--- /dev/null
+// !$*UTF8*$!
+{
+ archiveVersion = 1;
+ classes = {
+ };
+ objectVersion = 46;
+ objects = {
+
+/* Begin PBXBuildFile section */
+ 8E9D78F817BA646F00C76DC9 /* main.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8E9D78F617BA646F00C76DC9 /* main.c */; };
+ 8E9D792617BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_image.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8E9D792117BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_image.framework */; };
+ 8E9D792717BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_mixer.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8E9D792217BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_mixer.framework */; };
+ 8E9D792817BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_net.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8E9D792317BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_net.framework */; };
+ 8E9D792917BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_ttf.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8E9D792417BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_ttf.framework */; };
+ 8E9D792A17BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = 8E9D792517BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2.framework */; };
+/* End PBXBuildFile section */
+
+/* Begin PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase section */
+ 8E9D78E717BA63F400C76DC9 /* CopyFiles */ = {
+ isa = PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase;
+ buildActionMask = 2147483647;
+ dstPath = /usr/share/man/man1/;
+ dstSubfolderSpec = 0;
+ files = (
+ );
+ runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 1;
+ };
+/* End PBXCopyFilesBuildPhase section */
+
+/* Begin PBXFileReference section */
+ 8E9D78E917BA63F400C76DC9 /* Super Polarity */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = "compiled.mach-o.executable"; includeInIndex = 0; path = "Super Polarity"; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; };
+ 8E9D78F617BA646F00C76DC9 /* main.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = main.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+ 8E9D78F717BA646F00C76DC9 /* Super_Polarity.1 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.man; path = Super_Polarity.1; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+ 8E9D792117BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_image.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = SDL2_image.framework; path = vendor/frameworks/SDL2_image.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+ 8E9D792217BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_mixer.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = SDL2_mixer.framework; path = vendor/frameworks/SDL2_mixer.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+ 8E9D792317BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_net.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = SDL2_net.framework; path = vendor/frameworks/SDL2_net.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+ 8E9D792417BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_ttf.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = SDL2_ttf.framework; path = vendor/frameworks/SDL2_ttf.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+ 8E9D792517BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = SDL2.framework; path = vendor/frameworks/SDL2.framework; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
+/* End PBXFileReference section */
+
+/* Begin PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */
+ 8E9D78E617BA63F400C76DC9 /* Frameworks */ = {
+ isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase;
+ buildActionMask = 2147483647;
+ files = (
+ 8E9D792617BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_image.framework in Frameworks */,
+ 8E9D792717BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_mixer.framework in Frameworks */,
+ 8E9D792817BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_net.framework in Frameworks */,
+ 8E9D792917BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_ttf.framework in Frameworks */,
+ 8E9D792A17BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2.framework in Frameworks */,
+ );
+ runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
+ };
+/* End PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */
+
+/* Begin PBXGroup section */
+ 8E9D78E017BA63F400C76DC9 = {
+ isa = PBXGroup;
+ children = (
+ 8E9D792117BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_image.framework */,
+ 8E9D792217BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_mixer.framework */,
+ 8E9D792317BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_net.framework */,
+ 8E9D792417BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2_ttf.framework */,
+ 8E9D792517BA690700C76DC9 /* SDL2.framework */,
+ 8E9D78F517BA646F00C76DC9 /* src */,
+ 8E9D78EA17BA63F400C76DC9 /* Products */,
+ );
+ sourceTree = "<group>";
+ };
+ 8E9D78EA17BA63F400C76DC9 /* Products */ = {
+ isa = PBXGroup;
+ children = (
+ 8E9D78E917BA63F400C76DC9 /* Super Polarity */,
+ );
+ name = Products;
+ sourceTree = "<group>";
+ };
+ 8E9D78F517BA646F00C76DC9 /* src */ = {
+ isa = PBXGroup;
+ children = (
+ 8E9D78F617BA646F00C76DC9 /* main.c */,
+ 8E9D78F717BA646F00C76DC9 /* Super_Polarity.1 */,
+ );
+ path = src;
+ sourceTree = "<group>";
+ };
+/* End PBXGroup section */
+
+/* Begin PBXNativeTarget section */
+ 8E9D78E817BA63F400C76DC9 /* Super Polarity */ = {
+ isa = PBXNativeTarget;
+ buildConfigurationList = 8E9D78F217BA63F400C76DC9 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "Super Polarity" */;
+ buildPhases = (
+ 8E9D78E517BA63F400C76DC9 /* Sources */,
+ 8E9D78E617BA63F400C76DC9 /* Frameworks */,
+ 8E9D78E717BA63F400C76DC9 /* CopyFiles */,
+ );
+ buildRules = (
+ );
+ dependencies = (
+ );
+ name = "Super Polarity";
+ productName = "Super Polarity";
+ productReference = 8E9D78E917BA63F400C76DC9 /* Super Polarity */;
+ productType = "com.apple.product-type.tool";
+ };
+/* End PBXNativeTarget section */
+
+/* Begin PBXProject section */
+ 8E9D78E117BA63F400C76DC9 /* Project object */ = {
+ isa = PBXProject;
+ attributes = {
+ LastUpgradeCheck = 0460;
+ ORGANIZATIONNAME = Abuguet;
+ };
+ buildConfigurationList = 8E9D78E417BA63F400C76DC9 /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "Super Polarity" */;
+ compatibilityVersion = "Xcode 3.2";
+ developmentRegion = English;
+ hasScannedForEncodings = 0;
+ knownRegions = (
+ en,
+ );
+ mainGroup = 8E9D78E017BA63F400C76DC9;
+ productRefGroup = 8E9D78EA17BA63F400C76DC9 /* Products */;
+ projectDirPath = "";
+ projectRoot = "";
+ targets = (
+ 8E9D78E817BA63F400C76DC9 /* Super Polarity */,
+ );
+ };
+/* End PBXProject section */
+
+/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
+ 8E9D78E517BA63F400C76DC9 /* Sources */ = {
+ isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;
+ buildActionMask = 2147483647;
+ files = (
+ 8E9D78F817BA646F00C76DC9 /* main.c in Sources */,
+ );
+ runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
+ };
+/* End PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
+
+/* Begin XCBuildConfiguration section */
+ 8E9D78F017BA63F400C76DC9 /* Debug */ = {
+ isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
+ buildSettings = {
+ ALWAYS_SEARCH_USER_PATHS = NO;
+ ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_64_BIT)";
+ CLANG_CXX_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = "gnu++0x";
+ CLANG_CXX_LIBRARY = "libc++";
+ CLANG_ENABLE_OBJC_ARC = YES;
+ CLANG_WARN_CONSTANT_CONVERSION = YES;
+ CLANG_WARN_EMPTY_BODY = YES;
+ CLANG_WARN_ENUM_CONVERSION = YES;
+ CLANG_WARN_INT_CONVERSION = YES;
+ CLANG_WARN__DUPLICATE_METHOD_MATCH = YES;
+ COPY_PHASE_STRIP = NO;
+ GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
+ GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
+ GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_EXCEPTIONS = YES;
+ GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 0;
+ GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
+ "DEBUG=1",
+ "$(inherited)",
+ );
+ GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
+ GCC_WARN_64_TO_32_BIT_CONVERSION = YES;
+ GCC_WARN_ABOUT_RETURN_TYPE = YES;
+ GCC_WARN_UNINITIALIZED_AUTOS = YES;
+ GCC_WARN_UNUSED_VARIABLE = YES;
+ MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.7;
+ ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
+ SDKROOT = macosx;
+ };
+ name = Debug;
+ };
+ 8E9D78F117BA63F400C76DC9 /* Release */ = {
+ isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
+ buildSettings = {
+ ALWAYS_SEARCH_USER_PATHS = NO;
+ ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_64_BIT)";
+ CLANG_CXX_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = "gnu++0x";
+ CLANG_CXX_LIBRARY = "libc++";
+ CLANG_ENABLE_OBJC_ARC = YES;
+ CLANG_WARN_CONSTANT_CONVERSION = YES;
+ CLANG_WARN_EMPTY_BODY = YES;
+ CLANG_WARN_ENUM_CONVERSION = YES;
+ CLANG_WARN_INT_CONVERSION = YES;
+ CLANG_WARN__DUPLICATE_METHOD_MATCH = YES;
+ COPY_PHASE_STRIP = YES;
+ DEBUG_INFORMATION_FORMAT = "dwarf-with-dsym";
+ GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
+ GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_EXCEPTIONS = YES;
+ GCC_WARN_64_TO_32_BIT_CONVERSION = YES;
+ GCC_WARN_ABOUT_RETURN_TYPE = YES;
+ GCC_WARN_UNINITIALIZED_AUTOS = YES;
+ GCC_WARN_UNUSED_VARIABLE = YES;
+ MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.7;
+ SDKROOT = macosx;
+ };
+ name = Release;
+ };
+ 8E9D78F317BA63F400C76DC9 /* Debug */ = {
+ isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
+ buildSettings = {
+ FRAMEWORK_SEARCH_PATHS = (
+ "$(inherited)",
+ "\"$(SRCROOT)/vendor/frameworks\"",
+ );
+ PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)";
+ };
+ name = Debug;
+ };
+ 8E9D78F417BA63F400C76DC9 /* Release */ = {
+ isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
+ buildSettings = {
+ FRAMEWORK_SEARCH_PATHS = (
+ "$(inherited)",
+ "\"$(SRCROOT)/vendor/frameworks\"",
+ );
+ PRODUCT_NAME = "$(TARGET_NAME)";
+ };
+ name = Release;
+ };
+/* End XCBuildConfiguration section */
+
+/* Begin XCConfigurationList section */
+ 8E9D78E417BA63F400C76DC9 /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "Super Polarity" */ = {
+ isa = XCConfigurationList;
+ buildConfigurations = (
+ 8E9D78F017BA63F400C76DC9 /* Debug */,
+ 8E9D78F117BA63F400C76DC9 /* Release */,
+ );
+ defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
+ defaultConfigurationName = Release;
+ };
+ 8E9D78F217BA63F400C76DC9 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "Super Polarity" */ = {
+ isa = XCConfigurationList;
+ buildConfigurations = (
+ 8E9D78F317BA63F400C76DC9 /* Debug */,
+ 8E9D78F417BA63F400C76DC9 /* Release */,
+ );
+ defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
+ defaultConfigurationName = Release;
+ };
+/* End XCConfigurationList section */
+ };
+ rootObject = 8E9D78E117BA63F400C76DC9 /* Project object */;
+}
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<Workspace
+ version = "1.0">
+ <FileRef
+ location = "self:Super Polarity.xcodeproj">
+ </FileRef>
+</Workspace>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<Scheme
+ LastUpgradeVersion = "0460"
+ version = "1.3">
+ <BuildAction
+ parallelizeBuildables = "YES"
+ buildImplicitDependencies = "YES">
+ <BuildActionEntries>
+ <BuildActionEntry
+ buildForTesting = "YES"
+ buildForRunning = "YES"
+ buildForProfiling = "YES"
+ buildForArchiving = "YES"
+ buildForAnalyzing = "YES">
+ <BuildableReference
+ BuildableIdentifier = "primary"
+ BlueprintIdentifier = "8E9D78E817BA63F400C76DC9"
+ BuildableName = "Super Polarity"
+ BlueprintName = "Super Polarity"
+ ReferencedContainer = "container:Super Polarity.xcodeproj">
+ </BuildableReference>
+ </BuildActionEntry>
+ </BuildActionEntries>
+ </BuildAction>
+ <TestAction
+ selectedDebuggerIdentifier = "Xcode.DebuggerFoundation.Debugger.LLDB"
+ selectedLauncherIdentifier = "Xcode.DebuggerFoundation.Launcher.LLDB"
+ shouldUseLaunchSchemeArgsEnv = "YES"
+ buildConfiguration = "Debug">
+ <Testables>
+ </Testables>
+ <MacroExpansion>
+ <BuildableReference
+ BuildableIdentifier = "primary"
+ BlueprintIdentifier = "8E9D78E817BA63F400C76DC9"
+ BuildableName = "Super Polarity"
+ BlueprintName = "Super Polarity"
+ ReferencedContainer = "container:Super Polarity.xcodeproj">
+ </BuildableReference>
+ </MacroExpansion>
+ </TestAction>
+ <LaunchAction
+ selectedDebuggerIdentifier = "Xcode.DebuggerFoundation.Debugger.LLDB"
+ selectedLauncherIdentifier = "Xcode.DebuggerFoundation.Launcher.LLDB"
+ launchStyle = "0"
+ useCustomWorkingDirectory = "NO"
+ buildConfiguration = "Debug"
+ ignoresPersistentStateOnLaunch = "NO"
+ debugDocumentVersioning = "YES"
+ allowLocationSimulation = "YES">
+ <BuildableProductRunnable>
+ <BuildableReference
+ BuildableIdentifier = "primary"
+ BlueprintIdentifier = "8E9D78E817BA63F400C76DC9"
+ BuildableName = "Super Polarity"
+ BlueprintName = "Super Polarity"
+ ReferencedContainer = "container:Super Polarity.xcodeproj">
+ </BuildableReference>
+ </BuildableProductRunnable>
+ <AdditionalOptions>
+ </AdditionalOptions>
+ </LaunchAction>
+ <ProfileAction
+ shouldUseLaunchSchemeArgsEnv = "YES"
+ savedToolIdentifier = ""
+ useCustomWorkingDirectory = "NO"
+ buildConfiguration = "Release"
+ debugDocumentVersioning = "YES">
+ <BuildableProductRunnable>
+ <BuildableReference
+ BuildableIdentifier = "primary"
+ BlueprintIdentifier = "8E9D78E817BA63F400C76DC9"
+ BuildableName = "Super Polarity"
+ BlueprintName = "Super Polarity"
+ ReferencedContainer = "container:Super Polarity.xcodeproj">
+ </BuildableReference>
+ </BuildableProductRunnable>
+ </ProfileAction>
+ <AnalyzeAction
+ buildConfiguration = "Debug">
+ </AnalyzeAction>
+ <ArchiveAction
+ buildConfiguration = "Release"
+ revealArchiveInOrganizer = "YES">
+ </ArchiveAction>
+</Scheme>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>SchemeUserState</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>Super Polarity.xcscheme</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>orderHint</key>
+ <integer>0</integer>
+ </dict>
+ </dict>
+ <key>SuppressBuildableAutocreation</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>8E9D78E817BA63F400C76DC9</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>primary</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+ </dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+.\"Modified from man(1) of FreeBSD, the NetBSD mdoc.template, and mdoc.samples.\r
+.\"See Also:\r
+.\"man mdoc.samples for a complete listing of options\r
+.\"man mdoc for the short list of editing options\r
+.\"/usr/share/misc/mdoc.template\r
+.Dd 8/13/13 \" DATE \r
+.Dt Super Polarity 1 \" Program name and manual section number \r
+.Os Darwin\r
+.Sh NAME \" Section Header - required - don't modify \r
+.Nm Super Polarity,\r
+.\" The following lines are read in generating the apropos(man -k) database. Use only key\r
+.\" words here as the database is built based on the words here and in the .ND line. \r
+.Nm Other_name_for_same_program(),\r
+.Nm Yet another name for the same program.\r
+.\" Use .Nm macro to designate other names for the documented program.\r
+.Nd This line parsed for whatis database.\r
+.Sh SYNOPSIS \" Section Header - required - don't modify\r
+.Nm\r
+.Op Fl abcd \" [-abcd]\r
+.Op Fl a Ar path \" [-a path] \r
+.Op Ar file \" [file]\r
+.Op Ar \" [file ...]\r
+.Ar arg0 \" Underlined argument - use .Ar anywhere to underline\r
+arg2 ... \" Arguments\r
+.Sh DESCRIPTION \" Section Header - required - don't modify\r
+Use the .Nm macro to refer to your program throughout the man page like such:\r
+.Nm\r
+Underlining is accomplished with the .Ar macro like this:\r
+.Ar underlined text .\r
+.Pp \" Inserts a space\r
+A list of items with descriptions:\r
+.Bl -tag -width -indent \" Begins a tagged list \r
+.It item a \" Each item preceded by .It macro\r
+Description of item a\r
+.It item b\r
+Description of item b\r
+.El \" Ends the list\r
+.Pp\r
+A list of flags and their descriptions:\r
+.Bl -tag -width -indent \" Differs from above in tag removed \r
+.It Fl a \"-a flag as a list item\r
+Description of -a flag\r
+.It Fl b\r
+Description of -b flag\r
+.El \" Ends the list\r
+.Pp\r
+.\" .Sh ENVIRONMENT \" May not be needed\r
+.\" .Bl -tag -width "ENV_VAR_1" -indent \" ENV_VAR_1 is width of the string ENV_VAR_1\r
+.\" .It Ev ENV_VAR_1\r
+.\" Description of ENV_VAR_1\r
+.\" .It Ev ENV_VAR_2\r
+.\" Description of ENV_VAR_2\r
+.\" .El \r
+.Sh FILES \" File used or created by the topic of the man page\r
+.Bl -tag -width "/Users/joeuser/Library/really_long_file_name" -compact\r
+.It Pa /usr/share/file_name\r
+FILE_1 description\r
+.It Pa /Users/joeuser/Library/really_long_file_name\r
+FILE_2 description\r
+.El \" Ends the list\r
+.\" .Sh DIAGNOSTICS \" May not be needed\r
+.\" .Bl -diag\r
+.\" .It Diagnostic Tag\r
+.\" Diagnostic informtion here.\r
+.\" .It Diagnostic Tag\r
+.\" Diagnostic informtion here.\r
+.\" .El\r
+.Sh SEE ALSO \r
+.\" List links in ascending order by section, alphabetically within a section.\r
+.\" Please do not reference files that do not exist without filing a bug report\r
+.Xr a 1 , \r
+.Xr b 1 ,\r
+.Xr c 1 ,\r
+.Xr a 2 ,\r
+.Xr b 2 ,\r
+.Xr a 3 ,\r
+.Xr b 3 \r
+.\" .Sh BUGS \" Document known, unremedied bugs \r
+.\" .Sh HISTORY \" Document history if command behaves in a unique manner
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+//
+// main.c
+// Super Polarity
+//
+// Created by Ruben Beltran del Rio on 8/13/13.
+// Copyright (c) 2013 Abuguet. All rights reserved.
+//
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "SDL2/SDL.h"
+
+// TODO: Move these guys to a config header file
+#define SCREEN_WIDTH 640
+#define SCREEN_HEIGHT 480
+#define FPS 30
+
+int main(int argc, const char * argv[])
+{
+
+ // SDL Initialization. TODO: Should have an initializer.
+ SDL_Window *window;
+ SDL_Renderer *renderer;
+ Uint32 startFrame;
+ Uint32 endFrame;
+ Uint32 delay;
+ int done;
+
+ if (SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_VIDEO) < 0) {
+ printf("Could not initialize SDL");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ window = SDL_CreateWindow("Super Polarity", 50, 50, SCREEN_WIDTH, SCREEN_HEIGHT, SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL | SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS);
+
+ renderer = SDL_CreateRenderer(window, -1, 0);
+
+ done = 0;
+
+ // Event Loop.
+ while (!done) {
+ startFrame = SDL_GetTicks();
+ SDL_Event event;
+ while (SDL_PollEvent(&event)) {
+ if (event.type == SDL_QUIT) {
+ done = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ endFrame = SDL_GetTicks();
+
+ /* see if we have time to sleep */
+ delay = 1000 / FPS - (endFrame - startFrame);
+ if (delay > 1000 / FPS) {
+ delay = 1000 / FPS;
+ }
+ SDL_Delay(delay);
+ }
+
+ SDL_Quit();
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Headers
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Resources
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/SDL2
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL.h
+ *
+ * Main include header for the SDL library
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \mainpage Simple DirectMedia Layer (SDL)
+ *
+ * http://www.libsdl.org/
+ *
+ * \section intro_sec Introduction
+ *
+ * This is the Simple DirectMedia Layer, a general API that provides low
+ * level access to audio, keyboard, mouse, joystick, 3D hardware via OpenGL,
+ * and 2D framebuffer across multiple platforms.
+ *
+ * SDL is written in C, but works with C++ natively, and has bindings to
+ * several other languages, including Ada, C#, Eiffel, Erlang, Euphoria,
+ * Guile, Haskell, Java, Lisp, Lua, ML, Objective C, Pascal, Perl, PHP,
+ * Pike, Pliant, Python, Ruby, and Smalltalk.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed under the zlib license, which can be
+ * found in the file "COPYING". This license allows you to use SDL
+ * freely for any purpose as long as you retain the copyright notice.
+ *
+ * The best way to learn how to use SDL is to check out the header files in
+ * the "include" subdirectory and the programs in the "test" subdirectory.
+ * The header files and test programs are well commented and always up to date.
+ * More documentation and FAQs are available online at:
+ * http://wiki.libsdl.org/
+ *
+ * If you need help with the library, or just want to discuss SDL related
+ * issues, you can join the developers mailing list:
+ * http://www.libsdl.org/mailing-list.php
+ *
+ * Enjoy!
+ * Sam Lantinga (slouken@libsdl.org)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_H
+#define _SDL_H
+
+#include "SDL_main.h"
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_assert.h"
+#include "SDL_atomic.h"
+#include "SDL_audio.h"
+#include "SDL_clipboard.h"
+#include "SDL_cpuinfo.h"
+#include "SDL_endian.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_events.h"
+#include "SDL_joystick.h"
+#include "SDL_gamecontroller.h"
+#include "SDL_haptic.h"
+#include "SDL_hints.h"
+#include "SDL_loadso.h"
+#include "SDL_log.h"
+#include "SDL_messagebox.h"
+#include "SDL_mutex.h"
+#include "SDL_power.h"
+#include "SDL_render.h"
+#include "SDL_rwops.h"
+#include "SDL_system.h"
+#include "SDL_thread.h"
+#include "SDL_timer.h"
+#include "SDL_version.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* As of version 0.5, SDL is loaded dynamically into the application */
+
+/**
+ * \name SDL_INIT_*
+ *
+ * These are the flags which may be passed to SDL_Init(). You should
+ * specify the subsystems which you will be using in your application.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define SDL_INIT_TIMER 0x00000001
+#define SDL_INIT_AUDIO 0x00000010
+#define SDL_INIT_VIDEO 0x00000020 /**< SDL_INIT_VIDEO implies SDL_INIT_EVENTS */
+#define SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK 0x00000200 /**< SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK implies SDL_INIT_EVENTS */
+#define SDL_INIT_HAPTIC 0x00001000
+#define SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER 0x00002000 /**< SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER implies SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK */
+#define SDL_INIT_EVENTS 0x00004000
+#define SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE 0x00100000 /**< Don't catch fatal signals */
+#define SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING ( \
+ SDL_INIT_TIMER | SDL_INIT_AUDIO | SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_EVENTS | \
+ SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK | SDL_INIT_HAPTIC | SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER \
+ )
+/*@}*/
+
+/**
+ * This function initializes the subsystems specified by \c flags
+ * Unless the ::SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE flag is set, it will install cleanup
+ * signal handlers for some commonly ignored fatal signals (like SIGSEGV).
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Init(Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * This function initializes specific SDL subsystems
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_InitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_QuitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * This function returns a mask of the specified subsystems which have
+ * previously been initialized.
+ *
+ * If \c flags is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_WasInit(Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * This function cleans up all initialized subsystems. You should
+ * call it upon all exit conditions.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Quit(void);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_H */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SDL_assert_h
+#define _SDL_assert_h
+
+#include "SDL_config.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL
+#ifdef SDL_DEFAULT_ASSERT_LEVEL
+#define SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL SDL_DEFAULT_ASSERT_LEVEL
+#elif defined(_DEBUG) || defined(DEBUG) || \
+ (defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__OPTIMIZE__))
+#define SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL 2
+#else
+#define SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL 1
+#endif
+#endif /* SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL */
+
+/*
+These are macros and not first class functions so that the debugger breaks
+on the assertion line and not in some random guts of SDL, and so each
+assert can have unique static variables associated with it.
+*/
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+/* Don't include intrin.h here because it contains C++ code */
+ extern void __cdecl __debugbreak(void);
+ #define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() __debugbreak()
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)))
+ #define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() __asm__ __volatile__ ( "int $3\n\t" )
+#elif defined(HAVE_SIGNAL_H)
+ #include <signal.h>
+ #define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() raise(SIGTRAP)
+#else
+ /* How do we trigger breakpoints on this platform? */
+ #define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint()
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) /* C99 supports __func__ as a standard. */
+# define SDL_FUNCTION __func__
+#elif ((__GNUC__ >= 2) || defined(_MSC_VER))
+# define SDL_FUNCTION __FUNCTION__
+#else
+# define SDL_FUNCTION "???"
+#endif
+#define SDL_FILE __FILE__
+#define SDL_LINE __LINE__
+
+/*
+sizeof (x) makes the compiler still parse the expression even without
+assertions enabled, so the code is always checked at compile time, but
+doesn't actually generate code for it, so there are no side effects or
+expensive checks at run time, just the constant size of what x WOULD be,
+which presumably gets optimized out as unused.
+This also solves the problem of...
+
+ int somevalue = blah();
+ SDL_assert(somevalue == 1);
+
+...which would cause compiles to complain that somevalue is unused if we
+disable assertions.
+*/
+
+#define SDL_disabled_assert(condition) \
+ do { (void) sizeof ((condition)); } while (0)
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_ASSERTION_RETRY, /**< Retry the assert immediately. */
+ SDL_ASSERTION_BREAK, /**< Make the debugger trigger a breakpoint. */
+ SDL_ASSERTION_ABORT, /**< Terminate the program. */
+ SDL_ASSERTION_IGNORE, /**< Ignore the assert. */
+ SDL_ASSERTION_ALWAYS_IGNORE /**< Ignore the assert from now on. */
+} SDL_assert_state;
+
+typedef struct SDL_assert_data
+{
+ int always_ignore;
+ unsigned int trigger_count;
+ const char *condition;
+ const char *filename;
+ int linenum;
+ const char *function;
+ const struct SDL_assert_data *next;
+} SDL_assert_data;
+
+#if (SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL > 0)
+
+/* Never call this directly. Use the SDL_assert* macros. */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_assert_state SDLCALL SDL_ReportAssertion(SDL_assert_data *,
+ const char *,
+ const char *, int);
+
+/* the do {} while(0) avoids dangling else problems:
+ if (x) SDL_assert(y); else blah();
+ ... without the do/while, the "else" could attach to this macro's "if".
+ We try to handle just the minimum we need here in a macro...the loop,
+ the static vars, and break points. The heavy lifting is handled in
+ SDL_ReportAssertion(), in SDL_assert.c.
+*/
+#define SDL_enabled_assert(condition) \
+ do { \
+ while ( !(condition) ) { \
+ static struct SDL_assert_data assert_data = { \
+ 0, 0, #condition, 0, 0, 0, 0 \
+ }; \
+ const SDL_assert_state state = SDL_ReportAssertion(&assert_data, \
+ SDL_FUNCTION, \
+ SDL_FILE, \
+ SDL_LINE); \
+ if (state == SDL_ASSERTION_RETRY) { \
+ continue; /* go again. */ \
+ } else if (state == SDL_ASSERTION_BREAK) { \
+ SDL_TriggerBreakpoint(); \
+ } \
+ break; /* not retrying. */ \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+
+#endif /* enabled assertions support code */
+
+/* Enable various levels of assertions. */
+#if SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 0 /* assertions disabled */
+# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
+# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
+# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
+#elif SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 1 /* release settings. */
+# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
+# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
+# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
+#elif SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 2 /* normal settings. */
+# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
+# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
+# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
+#elif SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 3 /* paranoid settings. */
+# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
+# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
+# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
+#else
+# error Unknown assertion level.
+#endif
+
+
+typedef SDL_assert_state (SDLCALL *SDL_AssertionHandler)(
+ const SDL_assert_data* data, void* userdata);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set an application-defined assertion handler.
+ *
+ * This allows an app to show its own assertion UI and/or force the
+ * response to an assertion failure. If the app doesn't provide this, SDL
+ * will try to do the right thing, popping up a system-specific GUI dialog,
+ * and probably minimizing any fullscreen windows.
+ *
+ * This callback may fire from any thread, but it runs wrapped in a mutex, so
+ * it will only fire from one thread at a time.
+ *
+ * Setting the callback to NULL restores SDL's original internal handler.
+ *
+ * This callback is NOT reset to SDL's internal handler upon SDL_Quit()!
+ *
+ * \return SDL_assert_state value of how to handle the assertion failure.
+ *
+ * \param handler Callback function, called when an assertion fails.
+ * \param userdata A pointer passed to the callback as-is.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetAssertionHandler(
+ SDL_AssertionHandler handler,
+ void *userdata);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get a list of all assertion failures.
+ *
+ * Get all assertions triggered since last call to SDL_ResetAssertionReport(),
+ * or the start of the program.
+ *
+ * The proper way to examine this data looks something like this:
+ *
+ * <code>
+ * const SDL_assert_data *item = SDL_GetAssertionReport();
+ * while (item) {
+ * printf("'%s', %s (%s:%d), triggered %u times, always ignore: %s.\n",
+ * item->condition, item->function, item->filename,
+ * item->linenum, item->trigger_count,
+ * item->always_ignore ? "yes" : "no");
+ * item = item->next;
+ * }
+ * </code>
+ *
+ * \return List of all assertions.
+ * \sa SDL_ResetAssertionReport
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const SDL_assert_data * SDLCALL SDL_GetAssertionReport(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Reset the list of all assertion failures.
+ *
+ * Reset list of all assertions triggered.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetAssertionReport
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ResetAssertionReport(void);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_assert_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_atomic.h
+ *
+ * Atomic operations.
+ *
+ * IMPORTANT:
+ * If you are not an expert in concurrent lockless programming, you should
+ * only be using the atomic lock and reference counting functions in this
+ * file. In all other cases you should be protecting your data structures
+ * with full mutexes.
+ *
+ * The list of "safe" functions to use are:
+ * SDL_AtomicLock()
+ * SDL_AtomicUnlock()
+ * SDL_AtomicIncRef()
+ * SDL_AtomicDecRef()
+ *
+ * Seriously, here be dragons!
+ * ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+ *
+ * You can find out a little more about lockless programming and the
+ * subtle issues that can arise here:
+ * http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee418650%28v=vs.85%29.aspx
+ *
+ * There's also lots of good information here:
+ * http://www.1024cores.net/home/lock-free-algorithms
+ * http://preshing.com/
+ *
+ * These operations may or may not actually be implemented using
+ * processor specific atomic operations. When possible they are
+ * implemented as true processor specific atomic operations. When that
+ * is not possible the are implemented using locks that *do* use the
+ * available atomic operations.
+ *
+ * All of the atomic operations that modify memory are full memory barriers.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_atomic_h_
+#define _SDL_atomic_h_
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_platform.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+
+/* Need to do this here because intrin.h has C++ code in it */
+/* Visual Studio 2005 has a bug where intrin.h conflicts with winnt.h */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1500)
+#include <intrin.h>
+#define HAVE_MSC_ATOMICS 1
+#endif
+
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \name SDL AtomicLock
+ *
+ * The atomic locks are efficient spinlocks using CPU instructions,
+ * but are vulnerable to starvation and can spin forever if a thread
+ * holding a lock has been terminated. For this reason you should
+ * minimize the code executed inside an atomic lock and never do
+ * expensive things like API or system calls while holding them.
+ *
+ * The atomic locks are not safe to lock recursively.
+ *
+ * Porting Note:
+ * The spin lock functions and type are required and can not be
+ * emulated because they are used in the atomic emulation code.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+typedef int SDL_SpinLock;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Try to lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
+ *
+ * \param lock Points to the lock.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the lock succeeded, SDL_FALSE if the lock is already held.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicTryLock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
+ *
+ * \param lock Points to the lock.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AtomicLock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Unlock a spin lock by setting it to 0. Always returns immediately
+ *
+ * \param lock Points to the lock.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AtomicUnlock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
+
+/*@}*//*SDL AtomicLock*/
+
+
+/**
+ * The compiler barrier prevents the compiler from reordering
+ * reads and writes to globally visible variables across the call.
+ */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER > 1200)
+void _ReadWriteBarrier(void);
+#pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier)
+#define SDL_CompilerBarrier() _ReadWriteBarrier()
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#define SDL_CompilerBarrier() __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
+#else
+#define SDL_CompilerBarrier() \
+{ SDL_SpinLock _tmp = 0; SDL_AtomicLock(&_tmp); SDL_AtomicUnlock(&_tmp); }
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Memory barriers are designed to prevent reads and writes from being
+ * reordered by the compiler and being seen out of order on multi-core CPUs.
+ *
+ * A typical pattern would be for thread A to write some data and a flag,
+ * and for thread B to read the flag and get the data. In this case you
+ * would insert a release barrier between writing the data and the flag,
+ * guaranteeing that the data write completes no later than the flag is
+ * written, and you would insert an acquire barrier between reading the
+ * flag and reading the data, to ensure that all the reads associated
+ * with the flag have completed.
+ *
+ * In this pattern you should always see a release barrier paired with
+ * an acquire barrier and you should gate the data reads/writes with a
+ * single flag variable.
+ *
+ * For more information on these semantics, take a look at the blog post:
+ * http://preshing.com/20120913/acquire-and-release-semantics
+ */
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("lwsync" : : : "memory")
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("lwsync" : : : "memory")
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__)
+#if defined(__ARM_ARCH_7__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7A__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7R__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7M__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7S__)
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
+#elif defined(__ARM_ARCH_6__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6J__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6K__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6T2__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6Z__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6ZK__)
+#ifdef __thumb__
+/* The mcr instruction isn't available in thumb mode, use real functions */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease();
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire();
+#else
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c7, c10, 5" : : "r"(0) : "memory")
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c7, c10, 5" : : "r"(0) : "memory")
+#endif /* __thumb__ */
+#else
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
+#endif /* __GNUC__ && __arm__ */
+#else
+/* This is correct for the x86 and x64 CPUs, and we'll expand this over time. */
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() SDL_CompilerBarrier()
+#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() SDL_CompilerBarrier()
+#endif
+
+
+/* Platform specific optimized versions of the atomic functions,
+ * you can disable these by defining SDL_DISABLE_ATOMIC_INLINE
+ */
+#if defined(SDL_ATOMIC_DISABLED) && SDL_ATOMIC_DISABLED
+#define SDL_DISABLE_ATOMIC_INLINE
+#endif
+#ifndef SDL_DISABLE_ATOMIC_INLINE
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MSC_ATOMICS
+
+#define SDL_AtomicSet(a, v) _InterlockedExchange((long*)&(a)->value, (v))
+#define SDL_AtomicAdd(a, v) _InterlockedExchangeAdd((long*)&(a)->value, (v))
+#define SDL_AtomicCAS(a, oldval, newval) (_InterlockedCompareExchange((long*)&(a)->value, (newval), (oldval)) == (oldval))
+#define SDL_AtomicSetPtr(a, v) _InterlockedExchangePointer((a), (v))
+#if _M_IX86
+#define SDL_AtomicCASPtr(a, oldval, newval) (_InterlockedCompareExchange((long*)(a), (long)(newval), (long)(oldval)) == (long)(oldval))
+#else
+#define SDL_AtomicCASPtr(a, oldval, newval) (_InterlockedCompareExchangePointer((a), (newval), (oldval)) == (oldval))
+#endif
+
+#elif defined(__MACOSX__)
+#include <libkern/OSAtomic.h>
+
+#define SDL_AtomicCAS(a, oldval, newval) OSAtomicCompareAndSwap32Barrier((oldval), (newval), &(a)->value)
+#ifdef __LP64__
+#define SDL_AtomicCASPtr(a, oldval, newval) OSAtomicCompareAndSwap64Barrier((int64_t)(oldval), (int64_t)(newval), (int64_t*)(a))
+#else
+#define SDL_AtomicCASPtr(a, oldval, newval) OSAtomicCompareAndSwap32Barrier((int32_t)(oldval), (int32_t)(newval), (int32_t*)(a))
+#endif
+
+#elif defined(HAVE_GCC_ATOMICS)
+
+#define SDL_AtomicSet(a, v) __sync_lock_test_and_set(&(a)->value, v)
+#define SDL_AtomicAdd(a, v) __sync_fetch_and_add(&(a)->value, v)
+#define SDL_AtomicSetPtr(a, v) __sync_lock_test_and_set(a, v)
+#define SDL_AtomicCAS(a, oldval, newval) __sync_bool_compare_and_swap(&(a)->value, oldval, newval)
+#define SDL_AtomicCASPtr(a, oldval, newval) __sync_bool_compare_and_swap(a, oldval, newval)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !SDL_DISABLE_ATOMIC_INLINE */
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief A type representing an atomic integer value. It is a struct
+ * so people don't accidentally use numeric operations on it.
+ */
+#ifndef SDL_atomic_t_defined
+typedef struct { int value; } SDL_atomic_t;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set an atomic variable to a new value if it is currently an old value.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the atomic variable was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \note If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use it!
+*/
+#ifndef SDL_AtomicCAS
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicCAS(SDL_atomic_t *a, int oldval, int newval);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set an atomic variable to a value.
+ *
+ * \return The previous value of the atomic variable.
+ */
+#ifndef SDL_AtomicSet
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE int SDL_AtomicSet(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v)
+{
+ int value;
+ do {
+ value = a->value;
+ } while (!SDL_AtomicCAS(a, value, v));
+ return value;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the value of an atomic variable
+ */
+#ifndef SDL_AtomicGet
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE int SDL_AtomicGet(SDL_atomic_t *a)
+{
+ int value = a->value;
+ SDL_CompilerBarrier();
+ return value;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Add to an atomic variable.
+ *
+ * \return The previous value of the atomic variable.
+ *
+ * \note This same style can be used for any number operation
+ */
+#ifndef SDL_AtomicAdd
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE int SDL_AtomicAdd(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v)
+{
+ int value;
+ do {
+ value = a->value;
+ } while (!SDL_AtomicCAS(a, value, (value + v)));
+ return value;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Increment an atomic variable used as a reference count.
+ */
+#ifndef SDL_AtomicIncRef
+#define SDL_AtomicIncRef(a) SDL_AtomicAdd(a, 1)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Decrement an atomic variable used as a reference count.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the variable reached zero after decrementing,
+ * SDL_FALSE otherwise
+ */
+#ifndef SDL_AtomicDecRef
+#define SDL_AtomicDecRef(a) (SDL_AtomicAdd(a, -1) == 1)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set a pointer to a new value if it is currently an old value.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the pointer was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \note If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use it!
+*/
+#ifndef SDL_AtomicCASPtr
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicCASPtr(void* *a, void *oldval, void *newval);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set a pointer to a value atomically.
+ *
+ * \return The previous value of the pointer.
+ */
+#ifndef SDL_AtomicSetPtr
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE void* SDL_AtomicSetPtr(void* *a, void* v)
+{
+ void* value;
+ do {
+ value = *a;
+ } while (!SDL_AtomicCASPtr(a, value, v));
+ return value;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the value of a pointer atomically.
+ */
+#ifndef SDL_AtomicGetPtr
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE void* SDL_AtomicGetPtr(void* *a)
+{
+ void* value = *a;
+ SDL_CompilerBarrier();
+ return value;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_atomic_h_ */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_audio.h
+ *
+ * Access to the raw audio mixing buffer for the SDL library.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_audio_h
+#define _SDL_audio_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_endian.h"
+#include "SDL_mutex.h"
+#include "SDL_thread.h"
+#include "SDL_rwops.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Audio format flags.
+ *
+ * These are what the 16 bits in SDL_AudioFormat currently mean...
+ * (Unspecified bits are always zero).
+ *
+ * \verbatim
+ ++-----------------------sample is signed if set
+ ||
+ || ++-----------sample is bigendian if set
+ || ||
+ || || ++---sample is float if set
+ || || ||
+ || || || +---sample bit size---+
+ || || || | |
+ 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00
+ \endverbatim
+ *
+ * There are macros in SDL 2.0 and later to query these bits.
+ */
+typedef Uint16 SDL_AudioFormat;
+
+/**
+ * \name Audio flags
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_BITSIZE (0xFF)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_DATATYPE (1<<8)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_ENDIAN (1<<12)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_SIGNED (1<<15)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_BITSIZE(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_BITSIZE)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ISFLOAT(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_DATATYPE)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ISBIGENDIAN(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_ENDIAN)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ISSIGNED(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_SIGNED)
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ISINT(x) (!SDL_AUDIO_ISFLOAT(x))
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ISLITTLEENDIAN(x) (!SDL_AUDIO_ISBIGENDIAN(x))
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ISUNSIGNED(x) (!SDL_AUDIO_ISSIGNED(x))
+
+/**
+ * \name Audio format flags
+ *
+ * Defaults to LSB byte order.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define AUDIO_U8 0x0008 /**< Unsigned 8-bit samples */
+#define AUDIO_S8 0x8008 /**< Signed 8-bit samples */
+#define AUDIO_U16LSB 0x0010 /**< Unsigned 16-bit samples */
+#define AUDIO_S16LSB 0x8010 /**< Signed 16-bit samples */
+#define AUDIO_U16MSB 0x1010 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
+#define AUDIO_S16MSB 0x9010 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
+#define AUDIO_U16 AUDIO_U16LSB
+#define AUDIO_S16 AUDIO_S16LSB
+/*@}*/
+
+/**
+ * \name int32 support
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define AUDIO_S32LSB 0x8020 /**< 32-bit integer samples */
+#define AUDIO_S32MSB 0x9020 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
+#define AUDIO_S32 AUDIO_S32LSB
+/*@}*/
+
+/**
+ * \name float32 support
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define AUDIO_F32LSB 0x8120 /**< 32-bit floating point samples */
+#define AUDIO_F32MSB 0x9120 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
+#define AUDIO_F32 AUDIO_F32LSB
+/*@}*/
+
+/**
+ * \name Native audio byte ordering
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
+#define AUDIO_U16SYS AUDIO_U16LSB
+#define AUDIO_S16SYS AUDIO_S16LSB
+#define AUDIO_S32SYS AUDIO_S32LSB
+#define AUDIO_F32SYS AUDIO_F32LSB
+#else
+#define AUDIO_U16SYS AUDIO_U16MSB
+#define AUDIO_S16SYS AUDIO_S16MSB
+#define AUDIO_S32SYS AUDIO_S32MSB
+#define AUDIO_F32SYS AUDIO_F32MSB
+#endif
+/*@}*/
+
+/**
+ * \name Allow change flags
+ *
+ * Which audio format changes are allowed when opening a device.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE 0x00000001
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE 0x00000002
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE 0x00000004
+#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_ANY_CHANGE (SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE)
+/*@}*/
+
+/*@}*//*Audio flags*/
+
+/**
+ * This function is called when the audio device needs more data.
+ *
+ * \param userdata An application-specific parameter saved in
+ * the SDL_AudioSpec structure
+ * \param stream A pointer to the audio data buffer.
+ * \param len The length of that buffer in bytes.
+ *
+ * Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid.
+ * Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.
+ */
+typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_AudioCallback) (void *userdata, Uint8 * stream,
+ int len);
+
+/**
+ * The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_AudioSpec
+{
+ int freq; /**< DSP frequency -- samples per second */
+ SDL_AudioFormat format; /**< Audio data format */
+ Uint8 channels; /**< Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo */
+ Uint8 silence; /**< Audio buffer silence value (calculated) */
+ Uint16 samples; /**< Audio buffer size in samples (power of 2) */
+ Uint16 padding; /**< Necessary for some compile environments */
+ Uint32 size; /**< Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated) */
+ SDL_AudioCallback callback;
+ void *userdata;
+} SDL_AudioSpec;
+
+
+struct SDL_AudioCVT;
+typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_AudioFilter) (struct SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
+ SDL_AudioFormat format);
+
+/**
+ * A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers.
+ */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+/* This structure is 84 bytes on 32-bit architectures, make sure GCC doesn't
+ pad it out to 88 bytes to guarantee ABI compatibility between compilers.
+ vvv
+ The next time we rev the ABI, make sure to size the ints and add padding.
+*/
+#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED __attribute__((packed))
+#else
+#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED
+#endif
+/* */
+typedef struct SDL_AudioCVT
+{
+ int needed; /**< Set to 1 if conversion possible */
+ SDL_AudioFormat src_format; /**< Source audio format */
+ SDL_AudioFormat dst_format; /**< Target audio format */
+ double rate_incr; /**< Rate conversion increment */
+ Uint8 *buf; /**< Buffer to hold entire audio data */
+ int len; /**< Length of original audio buffer */
+ int len_cvt; /**< Length of converted audio buffer */
+ int len_mult; /**< buffer must be len*len_mult big */
+ double len_ratio; /**< Given len, final size is len*len_ratio */
+ SDL_AudioFilter filters[10]; /**< Filter list */
+ int filter_index; /**< Current audio conversion function */
+} SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED SDL_AudioCVT;
+
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * \name Driver discovery functions
+ *
+ * These functions return the list of built in audio drivers, in the
+ * order that they are normally initialized by default.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAudioDrivers(void);
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDriver(int index);
+/*@}*/
+
+/**
+ * \name Initialization and cleanup
+ *
+ * \internal These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless
+ * you have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to
+ * use. You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
+ */
+/*@{*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioInit(const char *driver_name);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AudioQuit(void);
+/*@}*/
+
+/**
+ * This function returns the name of the current audio driver, or NULL
+ * if no driver has been initialized.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetCurrentAudioDriver(void);
+
+/**
+ * This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and
+ * returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
+ * structure pointed to by \c obtained. If \c obtained is NULL, the audio
+ * data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the
+ * requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware
+ * audio format if necessary. This function returns -1 if it failed
+ * to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread.
+ *
+ * When filling in the desired audio spec structure,
+ * - \c desired->freq should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-
+ * second.
+ * - \c desired->format should be the desired audio format.
+ * - \c desired->samples is the desired size of the audio buffer, in
+ * samples. This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by
+ * the audio driver to a value more suitable for the hardware. Good values
+ * seem to range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the
+ * application and CPU speed. Smaller values yield faster response time,
+ * but can lead to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing
+ * and cannot fill the audio buffer in time. A stereo sample consists of
+ * both right and left channels in LR ordering.
+ * Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the
+ * following formula: \code ms = (samples*1000)/freq \endcode
+ * - \c desired->size is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is
+ * calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
+ * - \c desired->silence is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
+ * and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
+ * - \c desired->callback should be set to a function that will be called
+ * when the audio device is ready for more data. It is passed a pointer
+ * to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
+ * This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
+ * protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio()
+ * and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code.
+ * - \c desired->userdata is passed as the first parameter to your callback
+ * function.
+ *
+ * The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should
+ * be enabled for playing by calling \c SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready
+ * for your audio callback function to be called. Since the audio driver
+ * may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate
+ * any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudio(SDL_AudioSpec * desired,
+ SDL_AudioSpec * obtained);
+
+/**
+ * SDL Audio Device IDs.
+ *
+ * A successful call to SDL_OpenAudio() is always device id 1, and legacy
+ * SDL audio APIs assume you want this device ID. SDL_OpenAudioDevice() calls
+ * always returns devices >= 2 on success. The legacy calls are good both
+ * for backwards compatibility and when you don't care about multiple,
+ * specific, or capture devices.
+ */
+typedef Uint32 SDL_AudioDeviceID;
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of available devices exposed by the current driver.
+ * Only valid after a successfully initializing the audio subsystem.
+ * Returns -1 if an explicit list of devices can't be determined; this is
+ * not an error. For example, if SDL is set up to talk to a remote audio
+ * server, it can't list every one available on the Internet, but it will
+ * still allow a specific host to be specified to SDL_OpenAudioDevice().
+ *
+ * In many common cases, when this function returns a value <= 0, it can still
+ * successfully open the default device (NULL for first argument of
+ * SDL_OpenAudioDevice()).
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(int iscapture);
+
+/**
+ * Get the human-readable name of a specific audio device.
+ * Must be a value between 0 and (number of audio devices-1).
+ * Only valid after a successfully initializing the audio subsystem.
+ * The values returned by this function reflect the latest call to
+ * SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(); recall that function to redetect available
+ * hardware.
+ *
+ * The string returned by this function is UTF-8 encoded, read-only, and
+ * managed internally. You are not to free it. If you need to keep the
+ * string for any length of time, you should make your own copy of it, as it
+ * will be invalid next time any of several other SDL functions is called.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(int index,
+ int iscapture);
+
+
+/**
+ * Open a specific audio device. Passing in a device name of NULL requests
+ * the most reasonable default (and is equivalent to calling SDL_OpenAudio()).
+ *
+ * The device name is a UTF-8 string reported by SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(), but
+ * some drivers allow arbitrary and driver-specific strings, such as a
+ * hostname/IP address for a remote audio server, or a filename in the
+ * diskaudio driver.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on error, a valid device ID that is >= 2 on success.
+ *
+ * SDL_OpenAudio(), unlike this function, always acts on device ID 1.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioDeviceID SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudioDevice(const char
+ *device,
+ int iscapture,
+ const
+ SDL_AudioSpec *
+ desired,
+ SDL_AudioSpec *
+ obtained,
+ int
+ allowed_changes);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * \name Audio state
+ *
+ * Get the current audio state.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED = 0,
+ SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING,
+ SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
+} SDL_AudioStatus;
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioStatus(void);
+
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL
+SDL_GetAudioDeviceStatus(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
+/*@}*//*Audio State*/
+
+/**
+ * \name Pause audio functions
+ *
+ * These functions pause and unpause the audio callback processing.
+ * They should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio
+ * device to start playing sound. This is so you can safely initialize
+ * data for your callback function after opening the audio device.
+ * Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudio(int pause_on);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev,
+ int pause_on);
+/*@}*//*Pause audio functions*/
+
+/**
+ * This function loads a WAVE from the data source, automatically freeing
+ * that source if \c freesrc is non-zero. For example, to load a WAVE file,
+ * you could do:
+ * \code
+ * SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * If this function succeeds, it returns the given SDL_AudioSpec,
+ * filled with the audio data format of the wave data, and sets
+ * \c *audio_buf to a malloc()'d buffer containing the audio data,
+ * and sets \c *audio_len to the length of that audio buffer, in bytes.
+ * You need to free the audio buffer with SDL_FreeWAV() when you are
+ * done with it.
+ *
+ * This function returns NULL and sets the SDL error message if the
+ * wave file cannot be opened, uses an unknown data format, or is
+ * corrupt. Currently raw and MS-ADPCM WAVE files are supported.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioSpec *SDLCALL SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops * src,
+ int freesrc,
+ SDL_AudioSpec * spec,
+ Uint8 ** audio_buf,
+ Uint32 * audio_len);
+
+/**
+ * Loads a WAV from a file.
+ * Compatibility convenience function.
+ */
+#define SDL_LoadWAV(file, spec, audio_buf, audio_len) \
+ SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"),1, spec,audio_buf,audio_len)
+
+/**
+ * This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeWAV(Uint8 * audio_buf);
+
+/**
+ * This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format
+ * and rate, and initializes the \c cvt structure with information needed
+ * by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format
+ * to the other.
+ *
+ * \return -1 if the format conversion is not supported, 0 if there's
+ * no conversion needed, or 1 if the audio filter is set up.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_BuildAudioCVT(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
+ SDL_AudioFormat src_format,
+ Uint8 src_channels,
+ int src_rate,
+ SDL_AudioFormat dst_format,
+ Uint8 dst_channels,
+ int dst_rate);
+
+/**
+ * Once you have initialized the \c cvt structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(),
+ * created an audio buffer \c cvt->buf, and filled it with \c cvt->len bytes of
+ * audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place
+ * to the desired format.
+ *
+ * The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer
+ * \c cvt->buf should be allocated after the \c cvt structure is initialized by
+ * SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be \c cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertAudio(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt);
+
+#define SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME 128
+/**
+ * This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes
+ * them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping.
+ * The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to ::SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
+ * for full audio volume. Note this does not change hardware volume.
+ * This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudio(Uint8 * dst, const Uint8 * src,
+ Uint32 len, int volume);
+
+/**
+ * This works like SDL_MixAudio(), but you specify the audio format instead of
+ * using the format of audio device 1. Thus it can be used when no audio
+ * device is open at all.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudioFormat(Uint8 * dst,
+ const Uint8 * src,
+ SDL_AudioFormat format,
+ Uint32 len, int volume);
+
+/**
+ * \name Audio lock functions
+ *
+ * The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function.
+ * During a SDL_LockAudio()/SDL_UnlockAudio() pair, you can be guaranteed that
+ * the callback function is not running. Do not call these from the callback
+ * function or you will cause deadlock.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudio(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudio(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
+/*@}*//*Audio lock functions*/
+
+/**
+ * This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudio(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_audio_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_blendmode.h
+ *
+ * Header file declaring the SDL_BlendMode enumeration
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_blendmode_h
+#define _SDL_blendmode_h
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief The blend mode used in SDL_RenderCopy() and drawing operations.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE = 0x00000000, /**< no blending
+ dstRGBA = srcRGBA */
+ SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND = 0x00000001, /**< alpha blending
+ dstRGB = (srcRGB * srcA) + (dstRGB * (1-srcA))
+ dstA = srcA + (dstA * (1-srcA)) */
+ SDL_BLENDMODE_ADD = 0x00000002, /**< additive blending
+ dstRGB = (srcRGB * srcA) + dstRGB
+ dstA = dstA */
+ SDL_BLENDMODE_MOD = 0x00000004 /**< color modulate
+ dstRGB = srcRGB * dstRGB
+ dstA = dstA */
+} SDL_BlendMode;
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_video_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_clipboard.h
+ *
+ * Include file for SDL clipboard handling
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_clipboard_h
+#define _SDL_clipboard_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Put UTF-8 text into the clipboard
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetClipboardText()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetClipboardText(const char *text);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get UTF-8 text from the clipboard, which must be freed with SDL_free()
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetClipboardText()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GetClipboardText(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns a flag indicating whether the clipboard exists and contains a text string that is non-empty
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetClipboardText()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasClipboardText(void);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_clipboard_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SDL_config_h
+#define _SDL_config_h
+
+#include "SDL_platform.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_config.h
+ */
+
+/* Add any platform that doesn't build using the configure system. */
+#if defined(__WIN32__)
+#include "SDL_config_windows.h"
+#elif defined(__MACOSX__)
+#include "SDL_config_macosx.h"
+#elif defined(__IPHONEOS__)
+#include "SDL_config_iphoneos.h"
+#elif defined(__ANDROID__)
+#include "SDL_config_android.h"
+#elif defined(__PSP__)
+#include "SDL_config_psp.h"
+#else
+/* This is a minimal configuration just to get SDL running on new platforms */
+#include "SDL_config_minimal.h"
+#endif /* platform config */
+
+#ifdef USING_GENERATED_CONFIG_H
+#error Wrong SDL_config.h, check your include path?
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _SDL_config_h */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SDL_config_macosx_h
+#define _SDL_config_macosx_h
+
+#include "SDL_platform.h"
+
+/* This gets us MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED... */
+#include <AvailabilityMacros.h>
+
+/* This is a set of defines to configure the SDL features */
+
+#ifdef __LP64__
+ #define SIZEOF_VOIDP 8
+#else
+ #define SIZEOF_VOIDP 4
+#endif
+
+/* Useful headers */
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
+#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
+#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
+#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
+#define HAVE_CTYPE_H 1
+#define HAVE_MATH_H 1
+#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1
+
+/* C library functions */
+#define HAVE_MALLOC 1
+#define HAVE_CALLOC 1
+#define HAVE_REALLOC 1
+#define HAVE_FREE 1
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#define HAVE_GETENV 1
+#define HAVE_SETENV 1
+#define HAVE_PUTENV 1
+#define HAVE_UNSETENV 1
+#define HAVE_QSORT 1
+#define HAVE_ABS 1
+#define HAVE_BCOPY 1
+#define HAVE_MEMSET 1
+#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
+#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
+#define HAVE_MEMCMP 1
+#define HAVE_STRLEN 1
+#define HAVE_STRLCPY 1
+#define HAVE_STRLCAT 1
+#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
+#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
+#define HAVE_STRRCHR 1
+#define HAVE_STRSTR 1
+#define HAVE_STRTOL 1
+#define HAVE_STRTOUL 1
+#define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
+#define HAVE_STRTOULL 1
+#define HAVE_STRTOD 1
+#define HAVE_ATOI 1
+#define HAVE_ATOF 1
+#define HAVE_STRCMP 1
+#define HAVE_STRNCMP 1
+#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
+#define HAVE_STRNCASECMP 1
+#define HAVE_SSCANF 1
+#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1
+#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1
+#define HAVE_CEIL 1
+#define HAVE_COPYSIGN 1
+#define HAVE_COS 1
+#define HAVE_COSF 1
+#define HAVE_FABS 1
+#define HAVE_FLOOR 1
+#define HAVE_LOG 1
+#define HAVE_POW 1
+#define HAVE_SCALBN 1
+#define HAVE_SIN 1
+#define HAVE_SINF 1
+#define HAVE_SQRT 1
+#define HAVE_SIGACTION 1
+#define HAVE_SETJMP 1
+#define HAVE_NANOSLEEP 1
+#define HAVE_SYSCONF 1
+#define HAVE_SYSCTLBYNAME 1
+#define HAVE_ATAN 1
+#define HAVE_ATAN2 1
+
+/* Enable various audio drivers */
+#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_COREAUDIO 1
+#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DISK 1
+#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
+
+/* Enable various input drivers */
+#define SDL_JOYSTICK_IOKIT 1
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_IOKIT 1
+
+/* Enable various shared object loading systems */
+#define SDL_LOADSO_DLOPEN 1
+
+/* Enable various threading systems */
+#define SDL_THREAD_PTHREAD 1
+#define SDL_THREAD_PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX 1
+
+/* Enable various timer systems */
+#define SDL_TIMER_UNIX 1
+
+/* Enable various video drivers */
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA 1
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
+#undef SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC "/usr/X11R6/lib/libX11.6.dylib"
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC_XEXT "/usr/X11R6/lib/libXext.6.dylib"
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC_XINERAMA "/usr/X11R6/lib/libXinerama.1.dylib"
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC_XINPUT2 "/usr/X11R6/lib/libXi.6.dylib"
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC_XRANDR "/usr/X11R6/lib/libXrandr.2.dylib"
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC_XSS "/usr/X11R6/lib/libXss.1.dylib"
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_DYNAMIC_XVIDMODE "/usr/X11R6/lib/libXxf86vm.1.dylib"
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_XINERAMA 1
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_XRANDR 1
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_XSCRNSAVER 1
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_XSHAPE 1
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_XVIDMODE 1
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_HAS_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM 1
+
+#ifdef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_8
+/*
+ * No matter the versions targeted, this is the 10.8 or later SDK, so you have
+ * to use the external Xquartz, which is a more modern Xlib. Previous SDKs
+ * used an older Xlib.
+ */
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_XINPUT2 1
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_SUPPORTS_GENERIC_EVENTS 1
+#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11_CONST_PARAM_XEXTADDDISPLAY 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_OGL
+#define SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_OGL 1
+#endif
+
+/* Enable OpenGL support */
+#ifndef SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL
+#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL 1
+#endif
+#ifndef SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL_CGL
+#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL_CGL 1
+#endif
+#ifndef SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL_GLX
+#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL_GLX 1
+#endif
+
+/* Enable system power support */
+#define SDL_POWER_MACOSX 1
+
+/* Enable assembly routines */
+#define SDL_ASSEMBLY_ROUTINES 1
+#ifdef __ppc__
+#define SDL_ALTIVEC_BLITTERS 1
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _SDL_config_macosx_h */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_cpuinfo.h
+ *
+ * CPU feature detection for SDL.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_cpuinfo_h
+#define _SDL_cpuinfo_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+/* Need to do this here because intrin.h has C++ code in it */
+/* Visual Studio 2005 has a bug where intrin.h conflicts with winnt.h */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1500)
+#include <intrin.h>
+#ifndef _WIN64
+#define __MMX__
+#define __3dNOW__
+#endif
+#define __SSE__
+#define __SSE2__
+#elif defined(__MINGW64_VERSION_MAJOR)
+#include <intrin.h>
+#else
+#ifdef __ALTIVEC__
+#if HAVE_ALTIVEC_H && !defined(__APPLE_ALTIVEC__)
+#include <altivec.h>
+#undef pixel
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef __MMX__
+#include <mmintrin.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef __3dNOW__
+#include <mm3dnow.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef __SSE__
+#include <xmmintrin.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef __SSE2__
+#include <emmintrin.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* This is a guess for the cacheline size used for padding.
+ * Most x86 processors have a 64 byte cache line.
+ * The 64-bit PowerPC processors have a 128 byte cache line.
+ * We'll use the larger value to be generally safe.
+ */
+#define SDL_CACHELINE_SIZE 128
+
+/**
+ * This function returns the number of CPU cores available.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCount(void);
+
+/**
+ * This function returns the L1 cache line size of the CPU
+ *
+ * This is useful for determining multi-threaded structure padding
+ * or SIMD prefetch sizes.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCacheLineSize(void);
+
+/**
+ * This function returns true if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasRDTSC(void);
+
+/**
+ * This function returns true if the CPU has AltiVec features.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAltiVec(void);
+
+/**
+ * This function returns true if the CPU has MMX features.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasMMX(void);
+
+/**
+ * This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow! features.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Has3DNow(void);
+
+/**
+ * This function returns true if the CPU has SSE features.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE(void);
+
+/**
+ * This function returns true if the CPU has SSE2 features.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE2(void);
+
+/**
+ * This function returns true if the CPU has SSE3 features.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE3(void);
+
+/**
+ * This function returns true if the CPU has SSE4.1 features.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE41(void);
+
+/**
+ * This function returns true if the CPU has SSE4.2 features.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE42(void);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_cpuinfo_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_endian.h
+ *
+ * Functions for reading and writing endian-specific values
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_endian_h
+#define _SDL_endian_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+/**
+ * \name The two types of endianness
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define SDL_LIL_ENDIAN 1234
+#define SDL_BIG_ENDIAN 4321
+/*@}*/
+
+#ifndef SDL_BYTEORDER /* Not defined in SDL_config.h? */
+#ifdef __linux__
+#include <endian.h>
+#define SDL_BYTEORDER __BYTE_ORDER
+#else /* __linux __ */
+#if defined(__hppa__) || \
+ defined(__m68k__) || defined(mc68000) || defined(_M_M68K) || \
+ (defined(__MIPS__) && defined(__MISPEB__)) || \
+ defined(__ppc__) || defined(__POWERPC__) || defined(_M_PPC) || \
+ defined(__sparc__)
+#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_BIG_ENDIAN
+#else
+#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
+#endif
+#endif /* __linux __ */
+#endif /* !SDL_BYTEORDER */
+
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_endian.h
+ */
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__) && \
+ !(__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 95 /* broken gcc version */)
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
+SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
+{
+ __asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0": "=q"(x):"0"(x));
+ return x;
+}
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
+SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
+{
+ __asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0": "=Q"(x):"0"(x));
+ return x;
+}
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
+SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
+{
+ int result;
+
+ __asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,8,16,23": "=&r"(result):"0"(x >> 8), "r"(x));
+ return (Uint16)result;
+}
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__M68000__) || defined(__M68020__)) && !defined(__mcoldfire__)
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
+SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
+{
+ __asm__("rorw #8,%0": "=d"(x): "0"(x):"cc");
+ return x;
+}
+#else
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
+SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
+{
+ return SDL_static_cast(Uint16, ((x << 8) | (x >> 8)));
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
+SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
+{
+ __asm__("bswap %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
+ return x;
+}
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
+SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
+{
+ __asm__("bswapl %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
+ return x;
+}
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
+SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
+{
+ Uint32 result;
+
+ __asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,16,23": "=&r"(result):"0"(x >> 24), "r"(x));
+ __asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,8,8,15": "=&r"(result):"0"(result), "r"(x));
+ __asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,0,7": "=&r"(result):"0"(result), "r"(x));
+ return result;
+}
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__M68000__) || defined(__M68020__)) && !defined(__mcoldfire__)
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
+SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
+{
+ __asm__("rorw #8,%0\n\tswap %0\n\trorw #8,%0": "=d"(x): "0"(x):"cc");
+ return x;
+}
+#else
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
+SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
+{
+ return SDL_static_cast(Uint32, ((x << 24) | ((x << 8) & 0x00FF0000) |
+ ((x >> 8) & 0x0000FF00) | (x >> 24)));
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
+SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
+{
+ union
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ Uint32 a, b;
+ } s;
+ Uint64 u;
+ } v;
+ v.u = x;
+ __asm__("bswapl %0 ; bswapl %1 ; xchgl %0,%1": "=r"(v.s.a), "=r"(v.s.b):"0"(v.s.a),
+ "1"(v.s.
+ b));
+ return v.u;
+}
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
+SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
+{
+ __asm__("bswapq %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
+ return x;
+}
+#else
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
+SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
+{
+ Uint32 hi, lo;
+
+ /* Separate into high and low 32-bit values and swap them */
+ lo = SDL_static_cast(Uint32, x & 0xFFFFFFFF);
+ x >>= 32;
+ hi = SDL_static_cast(Uint32, x & 0xFFFFFFFF);
+ x = SDL_Swap32(lo);
+ x <<= 32;
+ x |= SDL_Swap32(hi);
+ return (x);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE float
+SDL_SwapFloat(float x)
+{
+ union
+ {
+ float f;
+ Uint32 ui32;
+ } swapper;
+ swapper.f = x;
+ swapper.ui32 = SDL_Swap32(swapper.ui32);
+ return swapper.f;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * \name Swap to native
+ * Byteswap item from the specified endianness to the native endianness.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
+#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) (X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) (X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) (X)
+#define SDL_SwapFloatLE(X) (X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
+#define SDL_SwapFloatBE(X) SDL_SwapFloat(X)
+#else
+#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
+#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
+#define SDL_SwapFloatLE(X) SDL_SwapFloat(X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) (X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) (X)
+#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) (X)
+#define SDL_SwapFloatBE(X) (X)
+#endif
+/*@}*//*Swap to native*/
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_endian_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_error.h
+ *
+ * Simple error message routines for SDL.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_error_h
+#define _SDL_error_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Public functions */
+/* SDL_SetError() unconditionally returns -1. */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetError(const char *fmt, ...);
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetError(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearError(void);
+
+/**
+ * \name Internal error functions
+ *
+ * \internal
+ * Private error reporting function - used internally.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define SDL_OutOfMemory() SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM)
+#define SDL_Unsupported() SDL_Error(SDL_UNSUPPORTED)
+#define SDL_InvalidParamError(param) SDL_SetError("Parameter '%s' is invalid", (param))
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_ENOMEM,
+ SDL_EFREAD,
+ SDL_EFWRITE,
+ SDL_EFSEEK,
+ SDL_UNSUPPORTED,
+ SDL_LASTERROR
+} SDL_errorcode;
+/* SDL_Error() unconditionally returns -1. */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Error(SDL_errorcode code);
+/*@}*//*Internal error functions*/
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_error_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_events.h
+ *
+ * Include file for SDL event handling.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_events_h
+#define _SDL_events_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+#include "SDL_keyboard.h"
+#include "SDL_mouse.h"
+#include "SDL_joystick.h"
+#include "SDL_gamecontroller.h"
+#include "SDL_quit.h"
+#include "SDL_gesture.h"
+#include "SDL_touch.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* General keyboard/mouse state definitions */
+#define SDL_RELEASED 0
+#define SDL_PRESSED 1
+
+/**
+ * \brief The types of events that can be delivered.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_FIRSTEVENT = 0, /**< Unused (do not remove) */
+
+ /* Application events */
+ SDL_QUIT = 0x100, /**< User-requested quit */
+
+ /* These application events have special meaning on iOS, see README-ios.txt for details */
+ SDL_APP_TERMINATING, /**< The application is being terminated by the OS
+ Called on iOS in applicationWillTerminate()
+ Called on Android in onDestroy()
+ */
+ SDL_APP_LOWMEMORY, /**< The application is low on memory, free memory if possible.
+ Called on iOS in applicationDidReceiveMemoryWarning()
+ Called on Android in onLowMemory()
+ */
+ SDL_APP_WILLENTERBACKGROUND, /**< The application is about to enter the background
+ Called on iOS in applicationWillResignActive()
+ Called on Android in onPause()
+ */
+ SDL_APP_DIDENTERBACKGROUND, /**< The application did enter the background and may not get CPU for some time
+ Called on iOS in applicationDidEnterBackground()
+ Called on Android in onPause()
+ */
+ SDL_APP_WILLENTERFOREGROUND, /**< The application is about to enter the foreground
+ Called on iOS in applicationWillEnterForeground()
+ Called on Android in onResume()
+ */
+ SDL_APP_DIDENTERFOREGROUND, /**< The application is now interactive
+ Called on iOS in applicationDidBecomeActive()
+ Called on Android in onResume()
+ */
+
+ /* Window events */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT = 0x200, /**< Window state change */
+ SDL_SYSWMEVENT, /**< System specific event */
+
+ /* Keyboard events */
+ SDL_KEYDOWN = 0x300, /**< Key pressed */
+ SDL_KEYUP, /**< Key released */
+ SDL_TEXTEDITING, /**< Keyboard text editing (composition) */
+ SDL_TEXTINPUT, /**< Keyboard text input */
+
+ /* Mouse events */
+ SDL_MOUSEMOTION = 0x400, /**< Mouse moved */
+ SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, /**< Mouse button pressed */
+ SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP, /**< Mouse button released */
+ SDL_MOUSEWHEEL, /**< Mouse wheel motion */
+
+ /* Joystick events */
+ SDL_JOYAXISMOTION = 0x600, /**< Joystick axis motion */
+ SDL_JOYBALLMOTION, /**< Joystick trackball motion */
+ SDL_JOYHATMOTION, /**< Joystick hat position change */
+ SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN, /**< Joystick button pressed */
+ SDL_JOYBUTTONUP, /**< Joystick button released */
+ SDL_JOYDEVICEADDED, /**< A new joystick has been inserted into the system */
+ SDL_JOYDEVICEREMOVED, /**< An opened joystick has been removed */
+
+ /* Game controller events */
+ SDL_CONTROLLERAXISMOTION = 0x650, /**< Game controller axis motion */
+ SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONDOWN, /**< Game controller button pressed */
+ SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONUP, /**< Game controller button released */
+ SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEADDED, /**< A new Game controller has been inserted into the system */
+ SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMOVED, /**< An opened Game controller has been removed */
+ SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMAPPED, /**< The controller mapping was updated */
+
+ /* Touch events */
+ SDL_FINGERDOWN = 0x700,
+ SDL_FINGERUP,
+ SDL_FINGERMOTION,
+
+ /* Gesture events */
+ SDL_DOLLARGESTURE = 0x800,
+ SDL_DOLLARRECORD,
+ SDL_MULTIGESTURE,
+
+ /* Clipboard events */
+ SDL_CLIPBOARDUPDATE = 0x900, /**< The clipboard changed */
+
+ /* Drag and drop events */
+ SDL_DROPFILE = 0x1000, /**< The system requests a file open */
+
+ /** Events ::SDL_USEREVENT through ::SDL_LASTEVENT are for your use,
+ * and should be allocated with SDL_RegisterEvents()
+ */
+ SDL_USEREVENT = 0x8000,
+
+ /**
+ * This last event is only for bounding internal arrays
+ */
+ SDL_LASTEVENT = 0xFFFF
+} SDL_EventType;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Fields shared by every event
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_CommonEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type;
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+} SDL_CommonEvent;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Window state change event data (event.window.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_WindowEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_WINDOWEVENT */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ Uint32 windowID; /**< The associated window */
+ Uint8 event; /**< ::SDL_WindowEventID */
+ Uint8 padding1;
+ Uint8 padding2;
+ Uint8 padding3;
+ Sint32 data1; /**< event dependent data */
+ Sint32 data2; /**< event dependent data */
+} SDL_WindowEvent;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Keyboard button event structure (event.key.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_KeyboardEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_KEYDOWN or ::SDL_KEYUP */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with keyboard focus, if any */
+ Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
+ Uint8 repeat; /**< Non-zero if this is a key repeat */
+ Uint8 padding2;
+ Uint8 padding3;
+ SDL_Keysym keysym; /**< The key that was pressed or released */
+} SDL_KeyboardEvent;
+
+#define SDL_TEXTEDITINGEVENT_TEXT_SIZE (32)
+/**
+ * \brief Keyboard text editing event structure (event.edit.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_TextEditingEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_TEXTEDITING */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with keyboard focus, if any */
+ char text[SDL_TEXTEDITINGEVENT_TEXT_SIZE]; /**< The editing text */
+ Sint32 start; /**< The start cursor of selected editing text */
+ Sint32 length; /**< The length of selected editing text */
+} SDL_TextEditingEvent;
+
+
+#define SDL_TEXTINPUTEVENT_TEXT_SIZE (32)
+/**
+ * \brief Keyboard text input event structure (event.text.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_TextInputEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_TEXTINPUT */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with keyboard focus, if any */
+ char text[SDL_TEXTINPUTEVENT_TEXT_SIZE]; /**< The input text */
+} SDL_TextInputEvent;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Mouse motion event structure (event.motion.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_MouseMotionEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MOUSEMOTION */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with mouse focus, if any */
+ Uint32 which; /**< The mouse instance id, or SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID */
+ Uint32 state; /**< The current button state */
+ Sint32 x; /**< X coordinate, relative to window */
+ Sint32 y; /**< Y coordinate, relative to window */
+ Sint32 xrel; /**< The relative motion in the X direction */
+ Sint32 yrel; /**< The relative motion in the Y direction */
+} SDL_MouseMotionEvent;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Mouse button event structure (event.button.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_MouseButtonEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or ::SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with mouse focus, if any */
+ Uint32 which; /**< The mouse instance id, or SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID */
+ Uint8 button; /**< The mouse button index */
+ Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
+ Uint8 padding1;
+ Uint8 padding2;
+ Sint32 x; /**< X coordinate, relative to window */
+ Sint32 y; /**< Y coordinate, relative to window */
+} SDL_MouseButtonEvent;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Mouse wheel event structure (event.wheel.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_MouseWheelEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MOUSEWHEEL */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with mouse focus, if any */
+ Uint32 which; /**< The mouse instance id, or SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID */
+ Sint32 x; /**< The amount scrolled horizontally */
+ Sint32 y; /**< The amount scrolled vertically */
+} SDL_MouseWheelEvent;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Joystick axis motion event structure (event.jaxis.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_JoyAxisEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYAXISMOTION */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
+ Uint8 axis; /**< The joystick axis index */
+ Uint8 padding1;
+ Uint8 padding2;
+ Uint8 padding3;
+ Sint16 value; /**< The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767) */
+ Uint16 padding4;
+} SDL_JoyAxisEvent;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Joystick trackball motion event structure (event.jball.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_JoyBallEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYBALLMOTION */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
+ Uint8 ball; /**< The joystick trackball index */
+ Uint8 padding1;
+ Uint8 padding2;
+ Uint8 padding3;
+ Sint16 xrel; /**< The relative motion in the X direction */
+ Sint16 yrel; /**< The relative motion in the Y direction */
+} SDL_JoyBallEvent;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Joystick hat position change event structure (event.jhat.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_JoyHatEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYHATMOTION */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
+ Uint8 hat; /**< The joystick hat index */
+ Uint8 value; /**< The hat position value.
+ * \sa ::SDL_HAT_LEFTUP ::SDL_HAT_UP ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP
+ * \sa ::SDL_HAT_LEFT ::SDL_HAT_CENTERED ::SDL_HAT_RIGHT
+ * \sa ::SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN ::SDL_HAT_DOWN ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN
+ *
+ * Note that zero means the POV is centered.
+ */
+ Uint8 padding1;
+ Uint8 padding2;
+} SDL_JoyHatEvent;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Joystick button event structure (event.jbutton.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_JoyButtonEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or ::SDL_JOYBUTTONUP */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
+ Uint8 button; /**< The joystick button index */
+ Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
+ Uint8 padding1;
+ Uint8 padding2;
+} SDL_JoyButtonEvent;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Joystick device event structure (event.jdevice.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_JoyDeviceEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYDEVICEADDED or ::SDL_JOYDEVICEREMOVED */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ Sint32 which; /**< The joystick device index for the ADDED event, instance id for the REMOVED event */
+} SDL_JoyDeviceEvent;
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Game controller axis motion event structure (event.caxis.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_ControllerAxisEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERAXISMOTION */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
+ Uint8 axis; /**< The controller axis (SDL_GameControllerAxis) */
+ Uint8 padding1;
+ Uint8 padding2;
+ Uint8 padding3;
+ Sint16 value; /**< The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767) */
+ Uint16 padding4;
+} SDL_ControllerAxisEvent;
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Game controller button event structure (event.cbutton.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_ControllerButtonEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONDOWN or ::SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONUP */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
+ Uint8 button; /**< The controller button (SDL_GameControllerButton) */
+ Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
+ Uint8 padding1;
+ Uint8 padding2;
+} SDL_ControllerButtonEvent;
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Controller device event structure (event.cdevice.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEADDED, ::SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMOVED, or ::SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMAPPED */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ Sint32 which; /**< The joystick device index for the ADDED event, instance id for the REMOVED or REMAPPED event */
+} SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent;
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Touch finger event structure (event.tfinger.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_TouchFingerEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_FINGERMOTION or ::SDL_FINGERDOWN or ::SDL_FINGERUP */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ SDL_TouchID touchId; /**< The touch device id */
+ SDL_FingerID fingerId;
+ float x; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
+ float y; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
+ float dx; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
+ float dy; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
+ float pressure; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
+} SDL_TouchFingerEvent;
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Multiple Finger Gesture Event (event.mgesture.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_MultiGestureEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MULTIGESTURE */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ SDL_TouchID touchId; /**< The touch device index */
+ float dTheta;
+ float dDist;
+ float x;
+ float y;
+ Uint16 numFingers;
+ Uint16 padding;
+} SDL_MultiGestureEvent;
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Dollar Gesture Event (event.dgesture.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_DollarGestureEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_DOLLARGESTURE */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ SDL_TouchID touchId; /**< The touch device id */
+ SDL_GestureID gestureId;
+ Uint32 numFingers;
+ float error;
+ float x; /**< Normalized center of gesture */
+ float y; /**< Normalized center of gesture */
+} SDL_DollarGestureEvent;
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief An event used to request a file open by the system (event.drop.*)
+ * This event is disabled by default, you can enable it with SDL_EventState()
+ * \note If you enable this event, you must free the filename in the event.
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_DropEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_DROPFILE */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ char *file; /**< The file name, which should be freed with SDL_free() */
+} SDL_DropEvent;
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief The "quit requested" event
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_QuitEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_QUIT */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+} SDL_QuitEvent;
+
+/**
+ * \brief OS Specific event
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_OSEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_QUIT */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+} SDL_OSEvent;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A user-defined event type (event.user.*)
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_UserEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_USEREVENT through ::SDL_LASTEVENT-1 */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ Uint32 windowID; /**< The associated window if any */
+ Sint32 code; /**< User defined event code */
+ void *data1; /**< User defined data pointer */
+ void *data2; /**< User defined data pointer */
+} SDL_UserEvent;
+
+
+struct SDL_SysWMmsg;
+typedef struct SDL_SysWMmsg SDL_SysWMmsg;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A video driver dependent system event (event.syswm.*)
+ * This event is disabled by default, you can enable it with SDL_EventState()
+ *
+ * \note If you want to use this event, you should include SDL_syswm.h.
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_SysWMEvent
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_SYSWMEVENT */
+ Uint32 timestamp;
+ SDL_SysWMmsg *msg; /**< driver dependent data, defined in SDL_syswm.h */
+} SDL_SysWMEvent;
+
+/**
+ * \brief General event structure
+ */
+typedef union SDL_Event
+{
+ Uint32 type; /**< Event type, shared with all events */
+ SDL_CommonEvent common; /**< Common event data */
+ SDL_WindowEvent window; /**< Window event data */
+ SDL_KeyboardEvent key; /**< Keyboard event data */
+ SDL_TextEditingEvent edit; /**< Text editing event data */
+ SDL_TextInputEvent text; /**< Text input event data */
+ SDL_MouseMotionEvent motion; /**< Mouse motion event data */
+ SDL_MouseButtonEvent button; /**< Mouse button event data */
+ SDL_MouseWheelEvent wheel; /**< Mouse wheel event data */
+ SDL_JoyAxisEvent jaxis; /**< Joystick axis event data */
+ SDL_JoyBallEvent jball; /**< Joystick ball event data */
+ SDL_JoyHatEvent jhat; /**< Joystick hat event data */
+ SDL_JoyButtonEvent jbutton; /**< Joystick button event data */
+ SDL_JoyDeviceEvent jdevice; /**< Joystick device change event data */
+ SDL_ControllerAxisEvent caxis; /**< Game Controller axis event data */
+ SDL_ControllerButtonEvent cbutton; /**< Game Controller button event data */
+ SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent cdevice; /**< Game Controller device event data */
+ SDL_QuitEvent quit; /**< Quit request event data */
+ SDL_UserEvent user; /**< Custom event data */
+ SDL_SysWMEvent syswm; /**< System dependent window event data */
+ SDL_TouchFingerEvent tfinger; /**< Touch finger event data */
+ SDL_MultiGestureEvent mgesture; /**< Gesture event data */
+ SDL_DollarGestureEvent dgesture; /**< Gesture event data */
+ SDL_DropEvent drop; /**< Drag and drop event data */
+
+ /* This is necessary for ABI compatibility between Visual C++ and GCC
+ Visual C++ will respect the push pack pragma and use 52 bytes for
+ this structure, and GCC will use the alignment of the largest datatype
+ within the union, which is 8 bytes.
+
+ So... we'll add padding to force the size to be 56 bytes for both.
+ */
+ Uint8 padding[56];
+} SDL_Event;
+
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
+ *
+ * This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
+ *
+ * This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PumpEvents(void);
+
+/*@{*/
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_ADDEVENT,
+ SDL_PEEKEVENT,
+ SDL_GETEVENT
+} SDL_eventaction;
+
+/**
+ * Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
+ *
+ * If \c action is ::SDL_ADDEVENT, up to \c numevents events will be added to
+ * the back of the event queue.
+ *
+ * If \c action is ::SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to \c numevents events at the front
+ * of the event queue, within the specified minimum and maximum type,
+ * will be returned and will not be removed from the queue.
+ *
+ * If \c action is ::SDL_GETEVENT, up to \c numevents events at the front
+ * of the event queue, within the specified minimum and maximum type,
+ * will be returned and will be removed from the queue.
+ *
+ * \return The number of events actually stored, or -1 if there was an error.
+ *
+ * This function is thread-safe.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PeepEvents(SDL_Event * events, int numevents,
+ SDL_eventaction action,
+ Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
+/*@}*/
+
+/**
+ * Checks to see if certain event types are in the event queue.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasEvent(Uint32 type);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasEvents(Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
+
+/**
+ * This function clears events from the event queue
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FlushEvent(Uint32 type);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FlushEvents(Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Polls for currently pending events.
+ *
+ * \return 1 if there are any pending events, or 0 if there are none available.
+ *
+ * \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
+ * stored in that area.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PollEvent(SDL_Event * event);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Waits indefinitely for the next available event.
+ *
+ * \return 1, or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events.
+ *
+ * \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
+ * stored in that area.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEvent(SDL_Event * event);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Waits until the specified timeout (in milliseconds) for the next
+ * available event.
+ *
+ * \return 1, or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events.
+ *
+ * \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
+ * stored in that area.
+ * \param timeout The timeout (in milliseconds) to wait for next event.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEventTimeout(SDL_Event * event,
+ int timeout);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Add an event to the event queue.
+ *
+ * \return 1 on success, 0 if the event was filtered, or -1 if the event queue
+ * was full or there was some other error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PushEvent(SDL_Event * event);
+
+typedef int (SDLCALL * SDL_EventFilter) (void *userdata, SDL_Event * event);
+
+/**
+ * Sets up a filter to process all events before they change internal state and
+ * are posted to the internal event queue.
+ *
+ * The filter is prototyped as:
+ * \code
+ * int SDL_EventFilter(void *userdata, SDL_Event * event);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue.
+ * If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the
+ * internal state will still be updated. This allows selective filtering of
+ * dynamically arriving events.
+ *
+ * \warning Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as
+ * it may run in a different thread!
+ *
+ * There is one caveat when dealing with the ::SDL_QuitEvent event type. The
+ * event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
+ * application window. If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
+ * be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
+ *
+ * If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the
+ * internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter filter,
+ void *userdata);
+
+/**
+ * Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters.
+ * If there is no event filter set, this function returns SDL_FALSE.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter * filter,
+ void **userdata);
+
+/**
+ * Add a function which is called when an event is added to the queue.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AddEventWatch(SDL_EventFilter filter,
+ void *userdata);
+
+/**
+ * Remove an event watch function added with SDL_AddEventWatch()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DelEventWatch(SDL_EventFilter filter,
+ void *userdata);
+
+/**
+ * Run the filter function on the current event queue, removing any
+ * events for which the filter returns 0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FilterEvents(SDL_EventFilter filter,
+ void *userdata);
+
+/*@{*/
+#define SDL_QUERY -1
+#define SDL_IGNORE 0
+#define SDL_DISABLE 0
+#define SDL_ENABLE 1
+
+/**
+ * This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
+ * - If \c state is set to ::SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically
+ * dropped from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
+ * - If \c state is set to ::SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed
+ * normally.
+ * - If \c state is set to ::SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
+ * current processing state of the specified event.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_EventState(Uint32 type, int state);
+/*@}*/
+#define SDL_GetEventState(type) SDL_EventState(type, SDL_QUERY)
+
+/**
+ * This function allocates a set of user-defined events, and returns
+ * the beginning event number for that set of events.
+ *
+ * If there aren't enough user-defined events left, this function
+ * returns (Uint32)-1
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_RegisterEvents(int numevents);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_events_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_gamecontroller.h
+ *
+ * Include file for SDL game controller event handling
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_gamecontroller_h
+#define _SDL_gamecontroller_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_joystick.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_gamecontroller.h
+ *
+ * In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
+ * with the ::SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK flag. This causes SDL to scan the system
+ * for game controllers, and load appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ * If you would like to receive controller updates while the application
+ * is in the background, you should set the following hint before calling
+ * SDL_Init(): SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS
+ */
+
+/* The gamecontroller structure used to identify an SDL game controller */
+struct _SDL_GameController;
+typedef struct _SDL_GameController SDL_GameController;
+
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_NONE = 0,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_BUTTON,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_AXIS,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_HAT
+} SDL_GameControllerBindType;
+
+/**
+ * Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button/axis mapping
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_GameControllerButtonBind
+{
+ SDL_GameControllerBindType bindType;
+ union
+ {
+ int button;
+ int axis;
+ struct {
+ int hat;
+ int hat_mask;
+ } hat;
+ } value;
+
+} SDL_GameControllerButtonBind;
+
+
+/**
+ * To count the number of game controllers in the system for the following:
+ * int nJoysticks = SDL_NumJoysticks();
+ * int nGameControllers = 0;
+ * for ( int i = 0; i < nJoysticks; i++ ) {
+ * if ( SDL_IsGameController(i) ) {
+ * nGameControllers++;
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * Using the SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG hint or the SDL_GameControllerAddMapping you can add support for controllers SDL is unaware of or cause an existing controller to have a different binding. The format is:
+ * guid,name,mappings
+ *
+ * Where GUID is the string value from SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(), name is the human readable string for the device and mappings are controller mappings to joystick ones.
+ * Under Windows there is a reserved GUID of "xinput" that covers any XInput devices.
+ * The mapping format for joystick is:
+ * bX - a joystick button, index X
+ * hX.Y - hat X with value Y
+ * aX - axis X of the joystick
+ * Buttons can be used as a controller axis and vice versa.
+ *
+ * This string shows an example of a valid mapping for a controller
+ * "341a3608000000000000504944564944,Afterglow PS3 Controller,a:b1,b:b2,y:b3,x:b0,start:b9,guide:b12,back:b8,dpup:h0.1,dpleft:h0.8,dpdown:h0.4,dpright:h0.2,leftshoulder:b4,rightshoulder:b5,leftstick:b10,rightstick:b11,leftx:a0,lefty:a1,rightx:a2,righty:a3,lefttrigger:b6,righttrigger:b7",
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Add or update an existing mapping configuration
+ *
+ * \return 1 if mapping is added, 0 if updated, -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerAddMapping( const char* mappingString );
+
+/**
+ * Get a mapping string for a GUID
+ *
+ * \return the mapping string. Must be freed with SDL_free. Returns NULL if no mapping is available
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID( SDL_JoystickGUID guid );
+
+/**
+ * Get a mapping string for an open GameController
+ *
+ * \return the mapping string. Must be freed with SDL_free. Returns NULL if no mapping is available
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMapping( SDL_GameController * gamecontroller );
+
+/**
+ * Is the joystick on this index supported by the game controller interface?
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsGameController(int joystick_index);
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the implementation dependent name of a game controller.
+ * This can be called before any controllers are opened.
+ * If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex(int joystick_index);
+
+/**
+ * Open a game controller for use.
+ * The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th game controller on the system.
+ * This index is the value which will identify this controller in future controller
+ * events.
+ *
+ * \return A controller identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerOpen(int joystick_index);
+
+/**
+ * Return the name for this currently opened controller
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerName(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Returns SDL_TRUE if the controller has been opened and currently connected,
+ * or SDL_FALSE if it has not.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAttached(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Get the underlying joystick object used by a controller
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetJoystick(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+/**
+ * Enable/disable controller event polling.
+ *
+ * If controller events are disabled, you must call SDL_GameControllerUpdate()
+ * yourself and check the state of the controller when you want controller
+ * information.
+ *
+ * The state can be one of ::SDL_QUERY, ::SDL_ENABLE or ::SDL_IGNORE.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerEventState(int state);
+
+/**
+ * Update the current state of the open game controllers.
+ *
+ * This is called automatically by the event loop if any game controller
+ * events are enabled.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerUpdate(void);
+
+
+/**
+ * The list of axes available from a controller
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_INVALID = -1,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_MAX
+} SDL_GameControllerAxis;
+
+/**
+ * turn this string into a axis mapping
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerAxis SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAxisFromString(const char *pchString);
+
+/**
+ * turn this axis enum into a string mapping
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis(SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
+
+/**
+ * Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button mapping
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
+SDL_GameControllerGetBindForAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
+ SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of an axis control on a game controller.
+ *
+ * The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
+ *
+ * The axis indices start at index 0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL
+SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
+ SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
+
+/**
+ * The list of buttons available from a controller
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_INVALID = -1,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_GUIDE,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT,
+ SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX
+} SDL_GameControllerButton;
+
+/**
+ * turn this string into a button mapping
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButton SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButtonFromString(const char *pchString);
+
+/**
+ * turn this button enum into a string mapping
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForButton(SDL_GameControllerButton button);
+
+/**
+ * Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button mapping
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
+SDL_GameControllerGetBindForButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
+ SDL_GameControllerButton button);
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of a button on a game controller.
+ *
+ * The button indices start at index 0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
+ SDL_GameControllerButton button);
+
+/**
+ * Close a controller previously opened with SDL_GameControllerOpen().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerClose(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_gamecontroller_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_gesture.h
+ *
+ * Include file for SDL gesture event handling.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_gesture_h
+#define _SDL_gesture_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+
+#include "SDL_touch.h"
+
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef Sint64 SDL_GestureID;
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Begin Recording a gesture on the specified touch, or all touches (-1)
+ *
+ *
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RecordGesture(SDL_TouchID touchId);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Save all currently loaded Dollar Gesture templates
+ *
+ *
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveAllDollarTemplates(SDL_RWops *src);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Save a currently loaded Dollar Gesture template
+ *
+ *
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveDollarTemplate(SDL_GestureID gestureId,SDL_RWops *src);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Load Dollar Gesture templates from a file
+ *
+ *
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LoadDollarTemplates(SDL_TouchID touchId, SDL_RWops *src);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_gesture_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_haptic.h
+ *
+ * \brief The SDL Haptic subsystem allows you to control haptic (force feedback)
+ * devices.
+ *
+ * The basic usage is as follows:
+ * - Initialize the Subsystem (::SDL_INIT_HAPTIC).
+ * - Open a Haptic Device.
+ * - SDL_HapticOpen() to open from index.
+ * - SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick() to open from an existing joystick.
+ * - Create an effect (::SDL_HapticEffect).
+ * - Upload the effect with SDL_HapticNewEffect().
+ * - Run the effect with SDL_HapticRunEffect().
+ * - (optional) Free the effect with SDL_HapticDestroyEffect().
+ * - Close the haptic device with SDL_HapticClose().
+ *
+ * \par Simple rumble example:
+ * \code
+ * SDL_Haptic *haptic;
+ *
+ * // Open the device
+ * haptic = SDL_HapticOpen( 0 );
+ * if (haptic == NULL)
+ * return -1;
+ *
+ * // Initialize simple rumble
+ * if (SDL_HapticRumbleInit( haptic ) != 0)
+ * return -1;
+ *
+ * // Play effect at 50% strength for 2 seconds
+ * if (SDL_HapticRumblePlay( haptic, 0.5, 2000 ) != 0)
+ * return -1;
+ * SDL_Delay( 2000 );
+ *
+ * // Clean up
+ * SDL_HapticClose( haptic );
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \par Complete example:
+ * \code
+ * int test_haptic( SDL_Joystick * joystick ) {
+ * SDL_Haptic *haptic;
+ * SDL_HapticEffect effect;
+ * int effect_id;
+ *
+ * // Open the device
+ * haptic = SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick( joystick );
+ * if (haptic == NULL) return -1; // Most likely joystick isn't haptic
+ *
+ * // See if it can do sine waves
+ * if ((SDL_HapticQuery(haptic) & SDL_HAPTIC_SINE)==0) {
+ * SDL_HapticClose(haptic); // No sine effect
+ * return -1;
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Create the effect
+ * memset( &effect, 0, sizeof(SDL_HapticEffect) ); // 0 is safe default
+ * effect.type = SDL_HAPTIC_SINE;
+ * effect.periodic.direction.type = SDL_HAPTIC_POLAR; // Polar coordinates
+ * effect.periodic.direction.dir[0] = 18000; // Force comes from south
+ * effect.periodic.period = 1000; // 1000 ms
+ * effect.periodic.magnitude = 20000; // 20000/32767 strength
+ * effect.periodic.length = 5000; // 5 seconds long
+ * effect.periodic.attack_length = 1000; // Takes 1 second to get max strength
+ * effect.periodic.fade_length = 1000; // Takes 1 second to fade away
+ *
+ * // Upload the effect
+ * effect_id = SDL_HapticNewEffect( haptic, &effect );
+ *
+ * // Test the effect
+ * SDL_HapticRunEffect( haptic, effect_id, 1 );
+ * SDL_Delay( 5000); // Wait for the effect to finish
+ *
+ * // We destroy the effect, although closing the device also does this
+ * SDL_HapticDestroyEffect( haptic, effect_id );
+ *
+ * // Close the device
+ * SDL_HapticClose(haptic);
+ *
+ * return 0; // Success
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * You can also find out more information on my blog:
+ * http://bobbens.dyndns.org/journal/2010/sdl_haptic/
+ *
+ * \author Edgar Simo Serra
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_haptic_h
+#define _SDL_haptic_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_joystick.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/**
+ * \typedef SDL_Haptic
+ *
+ * \brief The haptic structure used to identify an SDL haptic.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick
+ * \sa SDL_HapticClose
+ */
+struct _SDL_Haptic;
+typedef struct _SDL_Haptic SDL_Haptic;
+
+
+/**
+ * \name Haptic features
+ *
+ * Different haptic features a device can have.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+/**
+ * \name Haptic effects
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+/**
+ * \brief Constant effect supported.
+ *
+ * Constant haptic effect.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticCondition
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_CONSTANT (1<<0)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Sine wave effect supported.
+ *
+ * Periodic haptic effect that simulates sine waves.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticPeriodic
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_SINE (1<<1)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Left/Right effect supported.
+ *
+ * Haptic effect for direct control over high/low frequency motors.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticLeftRight
+ * \warning this value was SDL_HAPTIC_SQUARE right before 2.0.0 shipped. Sorry,
+ * we ran out of bits, and this is important for XInput devices.
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_LEFTRIGHT (1<<2)
+
+/* !!! FIXME: put this back when we have more bits in 2.1 */
+/*#define SDL_HAPTIC_SQUARE (1<<2)*/
+
+/**
+ * \brief Triangle wave effect supported.
+ *
+ * Periodic haptic effect that simulates triangular waves.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticPeriodic
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_TRIANGLE (1<<3)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Sawtoothup wave effect supported.
+ *
+ * Periodic haptic effect that simulates saw tooth up waves.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticPeriodic
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_SAWTOOTHUP (1<<4)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Sawtoothdown wave effect supported.
+ *
+ * Periodic haptic effect that simulates saw tooth down waves.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticPeriodic
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_SAWTOOTHDOWN (1<<5)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Ramp effect supported.
+ *
+ * Ramp haptic effect.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRamp
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_RAMP (1<<6)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Spring effect supported - uses axes position.
+ *
+ * Condition haptic effect that simulates a spring. Effect is based on the
+ * axes position.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticCondition
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_SPRING (1<<7)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Damper effect supported - uses axes velocity.
+ *
+ * Condition haptic effect that simulates dampening. Effect is based on the
+ * axes velocity.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticCondition
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_DAMPER (1<<8)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Inertia effect supported - uses axes acceleration.
+ *
+ * Condition haptic effect that simulates inertia. Effect is based on the axes
+ * acceleration.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticCondition
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_INERTIA (1<<9)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Friction effect supported - uses axes movement.
+ *
+ * Condition haptic effect that simulates friction. Effect is based on the
+ * axes movement.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticCondition
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_FRICTION (1<<10)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Custom effect is supported.
+ *
+ * User defined custom haptic effect.
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_CUSTOM (1<<11)
+
+/*@}*//*Haptic effects*/
+
+/* These last few are features the device has, not effects */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Device can set global gain.
+ *
+ * Device supports setting the global gain.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticSetGain
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN (1<<12)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Device can set autocenter.
+ *
+ * Device supports setting autocenter.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticSetAutocenter
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_AUTOCENTER (1<<13)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Device can be queried for effect status.
+ *
+ * Device can be queried for effect status.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticGetEffectStatus
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_STATUS (1<<14)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Device can be paused.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticPause
+ * \sa SDL_HapticUnpause
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_PAUSE (1<<15)
+
+
+/**
+ * \name Direction encodings
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+/**
+ * \brief Uses polar coordinates for the direction.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDirection
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_POLAR 0
+
+/**
+ * \brief Uses cartesian coordinates for the direction.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDirection
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN 1
+
+/**
+ * \brief Uses spherical coordinates for the direction.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDirection
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_SPHERICAL 2
+
+/*@}*//*Direction encodings*/
+
+/*@}*//*Haptic features*/
+
+/*
+ * Misc defines.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Used to play a device an infinite number of times.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
+ */
+#define SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY 4294967295U
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Structure that represents a haptic direction.
+ *
+ * Directions can be specified by:
+ * - ::SDL_HAPTIC_POLAR : Specified by polar coordinates.
+ * - ::SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN : Specified by cartesian coordinates.
+ * - ::SDL_HAPTIC_SPHERICAL : Specified by spherical coordinates.
+ *
+ * Cardinal directions of the haptic device are relative to the positioning
+ * of the device. North is considered to be away from the user.
+ *
+ * The following diagram represents the cardinal directions:
+ * \verbatim
+ .--.
+ |__| .-------.
+ |=.| |.-----.|
+ |--| || ||
+ | | |'-----'|
+ |__|~')_____('
+ [ COMPUTER ]
+
+
+ North (0,-1)
+ ^
+ |
+ |
+ (1,0) West <----[ HAPTIC ]----> East (-1,0)
+ |
+ |
+ v
+ South (0,1)
+
+
+ [ USER ]
+ \|||/
+ (o o)
+ ---ooO-(_)-Ooo---
+ \endverbatim
+ *
+ * If type is ::SDL_HAPTIC_POLAR, direction is encoded by hundredths of a
+ * degree starting north and turning clockwise. ::SDL_HAPTIC_POLAR only uses
+ * the first \c dir parameter. The cardinal directions would be:
+ * - North: 0 (0 degrees)
+ * - East: 9000 (90 degrees)
+ * - South: 18000 (180 degrees)
+ * - West: 27000 (270 degrees)
+ *
+ * If type is ::SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN, direction is encoded by three positions
+ * (X axis, Y axis and Z axis (with 3 axes)). ::SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN uses
+ * the first three \c dir parameters. The cardinal directions would be:
+ * - North: 0,-1, 0
+ * - East: -1, 0, 0
+ * - South: 0, 1, 0
+ * - West: 1, 0, 0
+ *
+ * The Z axis represents the height of the effect if supported, otherwise
+ * it's unused. In cartesian encoding (1, 2) would be the same as (2, 4), you
+ * can use any multiple you want, only the direction matters.
+ *
+ * If type is ::SDL_HAPTIC_SPHERICAL, direction is encoded by two rotations.
+ * The first two \c dir parameters are used. The \c dir parameters are as
+ * follows (all values are in hundredths of degrees):
+ * - Degrees from (1, 0) rotated towards (0, 1).
+ * - Degrees towards (0, 0, 1) (device needs at least 3 axes).
+ *
+ *
+ * Example of force coming from the south with all encodings (force coming
+ * from the south means the user will have to pull the stick to counteract):
+ * \code
+ * SDL_HapticDirection direction;
+ *
+ * // Cartesian directions
+ * direction.type = SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN; // Using cartesian direction encoding.
+ * direction.dir[0] = 0; // X position
+ * direction.dir[1] = 1; // Y position
+ * // Assuming the device has 2 axes, we don't need to specify third parameter.
+ *
+ * // Polar directions
+ * direction.type = SDL_HAPTIC_POLAR; // We'll be using polar direction encoding.
+ * direction.dir[0] = 18000; // Polar only uses first parameter
+ *
+ * // Spherical coordinates
+ * direction.type = SDL_HAPTIC_SPHERICAL; // Spherical encoding
+ * direction.dir[0] = 9000; // Since we only have two axes we don't need more parameters.
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_POLAR
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_CARTESIAN
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_SPHERICAL
+ * \sa SDL_HapticEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNumAxes
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_HapticDirection
+{
+ Uint8 type; /**< The type of encoding. */
+ Sint32 dir[3]; /**< The encoded direction. */
+} SDL_HapticDirection;
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief A structure containing a template for a Constant effect.
+ *
+ * The struct is exclusive to the ::SDL_HAPTIC_CONSTANT effect.
+ *
+ * A constant effect applies a constant force in the specified direction
+ * to the joystick.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_CONSTANT
+ * \sa SDL_HapticEffect
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_HapticConstant
+{
+ /* Header */
+ Uint16 type; /**< ::SDL_HAPTIC_CONSTANT */
+ SDL_HapticDirection direction; /**< Direction of the effect. */
+
+ /* Replay */
+ Uint32 length; /**< Duration of the effect. */
+ Uint16 delay; /**< Delay before starting the effect. */
+
+ /* Trigger */
+ Uint16 button; /**< Button that triggers the effect. */
+ Uint16 interval; /**< How soon it can be triggered again after button. */
+
+ /* Constant */
+ Sint16 level; /**< Strength of the constant effect. */
+
+ /* Envelope */
+ Uint16 attack_length; /**< Duration of the attack. */
+ Uint16 attack_level; /**< Level at the start of the attack. */
+ Uint16 fade_length; /**< Duration of the fade. */
+ Uint16 fade_level; /**< Level at the end of the fade. */
+} SDL_HapticConstant;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A structure containing a template for a Periodic effect.
+ *
+ * The struct handles the following effects:
+ * - ::SDL_HAPTIC_SINE
+ * - ::SDL_HAPTIC_LEFTRIGHT
+ * - ::SDL_HAPTIC_TRIANGLE
+ * - ::SDL_HAPTIC_SAWTOOTHUP
+ * - ::SDL_HAPTIC_SAWTOOTHDOWN
+ *
+ * A periodic effect consists in a wave-shaped effect that repeats itself
+ * over time. The type determines the shape of the wave and the parameters
+ * determine the dimensions of the wave.
+ *
+ * Phase is given by hundredth of a cycle meaning that giving the phase a value
+ * of 9000 will displace it 25% of its period. Here are sample values:
+ * - 0: No phase displacement.
+ * - 9000: Displaced 25% of its period.
+ * - 18000: Displaced 50% of its period.
+ * - 27000: Displaced 75% of its period.
+ * - 36000: Displaced 100% of its period, same as 0, but 0 is preferred.
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ * \verbatim
+ SDL_HAPTIC_SINE
+ __ __ __ __
+ / \ / \ / \ /
+ / \__/ \__/ \__/
+
+ SDL_HAPTIC_SQUARE
+ __ __ __ __ __
+ | | | | | | | | | |
+ | |__| |__| |__| |__| |
+
+ SDL_HAPTIC_TRIANGLE
+ /\ /\ /\ /\ /\
+ / \ / \ / \ / \ /
+ / \/ \/ \/ \/
+
+ SDL_HAPTIC_SAWTOOTHUP
+ /| /| /| /| /| /| /|
+ / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
+ / |/ |/ |/ |/ |/ |/ |
+
+ SDL_HAPTIC_SAWTOOTHDOWN
+ \ |\ |\ |\ |\ |\ |\ |
+ \ | \ | \ | \ | \ | \ | \ |
+ \| \| \| \| \| \| \|
+ \endverbatim
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_SINE
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_LEFTRIGHT
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_TRIANGLE
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_SAWTOOTHUP
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_SAWTOOTHDOWN
+ * \sa SDL_HapticEffect
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_HapticPeriodic
+{
+ /* Header */
+ Uint16 type; /**< ::SDL_HAPTIC_SINE, ::SDL_HAPTIC_LEFTRIGHT,
+ ::SDL_HAPTIC_TRIANGLE, ::SDL_HAPTIC_SAWTOOTHUP or
+ ::SDL_HAPTIC_SAWTOOTHDOWN */
+ SDL_HapticDirection direction; /**< Direction of the effect. */
+
+ /* Replay */
+ Uint32 length; /**< Duration of the effect. */
+ Uint16 delay; /**< Delay before starting the effect. */
+
+ /* Trigger */
+ Uint16 button; /**< Button that triggers the effect. */
+ Uint16 interval; /**< How soon it can be triggered again after button. */
+
+ /* Periodic */
+ Uint16 period; /**< Period of the wave. */
+ Sint16 magnitude; /**< Peak value. */
+ Sint16 offset; /**< Mean value of the wave. */
+ Uint16 phase; /**< Horizontal shift given by hundredth of a cycle. */
+
+ /* Envelope */
+ Uint16 attack_length; /**< Duration of the attack. */
+ Uint16 attack_level; /**< Level at the start of the attack. */
+ Uint16 fade_length; /**< Duration of the fade. */
+ Uint16 fade_level; /**< Level at the end of the fade. */
+} SDL_HapticPeriodic;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A structure containing a template for a Condition effect.
+ *
+ * The struct handles the following effects:
+ * - ::SDL_HAPTIC_SPRING: Effect based on axes position.
+ * - ::SDL_HAPTIC_DAMPER: Effect based on axes velocity.
+ * - ::SDL_HAPTIC_INERTIA: Effect based on axes acceleration.
+ * - ::SDL_HAPTIC_FRICTION: Effect based on axes movement.
+ *
+ * Direction is handled by condition internals instead of a direction member.
+ * The condition effect specific members have three parameters. The first
+ * refers to the X axis, the second refers to the Y axis and the third
+ * refers to the Z axis. The right terms refer to the positive side of the
+ * axis and the left terms refer to the negative side of the axis. Please
+ * refer to the ::SDL_HapticDirection diagram for which side is positive and
+ * which is negative.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDirection
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_SPRING
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_DAMPER
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_INERTIA
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_FRICTION
+ * \sa SDL_HapticEffect
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_HapticCondition
+{
+ /* Header */
+ Uint16 type; /**< ::SDL_HAPTIC_SPRING, ::SDL_HAPTIC_DAMPER,
+ ::SDL_HAPTIC_INERTIA or ::SDL_HAPTIC_FRICTION */
+ SDL_HapticDirection direction; /**< Direction of the effect - Not used ATM. */
+
+ /* Replay */
+ Uint32 length; /**< Duration of the effect. */
+ Uint16 delay; /**< Delay before starting the effect. */
+
+ /* Trigger */
+ Uint16 button; /**< Button that triggers the effect. */
+ Uint16 interval; /**< How soon it can be triggered again after button. */
+
+ /* Condition */
+ Uint16 right_sat[3]; /**< Level when joystick is to the positive side. */
+ Uint16 left_sat[3]; /**< Level when joystick is to the negative side. */
+ Sint16 right_coeff[3]; /**< How fast to increase the force towards the positive side. */
+ Sint16 left_coeff[3]; /**< How fast to increase the force towards the negative side. */
+ Uint16 deadband[3]; /**< Size of the dead zone. */
+ Sint16 center[3]; /**< Position of the dead zone. */
+} SDL_HapticCondition;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A structure containing a template for a Ramp effect.
+ *
+ * This struct is exclusively for the ::SDL_HAPTIC_RAMP effect.
+ *
+ * The ramp effect starts at start strength and ends at end strength.
+ * It augments in linear fashion. If you use attack and fade with a ramp
+ * the effects get added to the ramp effect making the effect become
+ * quadratic instead of linear.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_RAMP
+ * \sa SDL_HapticEffect
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_HapticRamp
+{
+ /* Header */
+ Uint16 type; /**< ::SDL_HAPTIC_RAMP */
+ SDL_HapticDirection direction; /**< Direction of the effect. */
+
+ /* Replay */
+ Uint32 length; /**< Duration of the effect. */
+ Uint16 delay; /**< Delay before starting the effect. */
+
+ /* Trigger */
+ Uint16 button; /**< Button that triggers the effect. */
+ Uint16 interval; /**< How soon it can be triggered again after button. */
+
+ /* Ramp */
+ Sint16 start; /**< Beginning strength level. */
+ Sint16 end; /**< Ending strength level. */
+
+ /* Envelope */
+ Uint16 attack_length; /**< Duration of the attack. */
+ Uint16 attack_level; /**< Level at the start of the attack. */
+ Uint16 fade_length; /**< Duration of the fade. */
+ Uint16 fade_level; /**< Level at the end of the fade. */
+} SDL_HapticRamp;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A structure containing a template for a Left/Right effect.
+ *
+ * This struct is exclusively for the ::SDL_HAPTIC_LEFTRIGHT effect.
+ *
+ * The Left/Right effect is used to explicitly control the large and small
+ * motors, commonly found in modern game controllers. One motor is high
+ * frequency, the other is low frequency.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_LEFTRIGHT
+ * \sa SDL_HapticEffect
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_HapticLeftRight
+{
+ /* Header */
+ Uint16 type; /**< ::SDL_HAPTIC_LEFTRIGHT */
+
+ /* Replay */
+ Uint32 length; /**< Duration of the effect. */
+
+ /* Rumble */
+ Uint16 large_magnitude; /**< Control of the large controller motor. */
+ Uint16 small_magnitude; /**< Control of the small controller motor. */
+} SDL_HapticLeftRight;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A structure containing a template for the ::SDL_HAPTIC_CUSTOM effect.
+ *
+ * A custom force feedback effect is much like a periodic effect, where the
+ * application can define its exact shape. You will have to allocate the
+ * data yourself. Data should consist of channels * samples Uint16 samples.
+ *
+ * If channels is one, the effect is rotated using the defined direction.
+ * Otherwise it uses the samples in data for the different axes.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HAPTIC_CUSTOM
+ * \sa SDL_HapticEffect
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_HapticCustom
+{
+ /* Header */
+ Uint16 type; /**< ::SDL_HAPTIC_CUSTOM */
+ SDL_HapticDirection direction; /**< Direction of the effect. */
+
+ /* Replay */
+ Uint32 length; /**< Duration of the effect. */
+ Uint16 delay; /**< Delay before starting the effect. */
+
+ /* Trigger */
+ Uint16 button; /**< Button that triggers the effect. */
+ Uint16 interval; /**< How soon it can be triggered again after button. */
+
+ /* Custom */
+ Uint8 channels; /**< Axes to use, minimum of one. */
+ Uint16 period; /**< Sample periods. */
+ Uint16 samples; /**< Amount of samples. */
+ Uint16 *data; /**< Should contain channels*samples items. */
+
+ /* Envelope */
+ Uint16 attack_length; /**< Duration of the attack. */
+ Uint16 attack_level; /**< Level at the start of the attack. */
+ Uint16 fade_length; /**< Duration of the fade. */
+ Uint16 fade_level; /**< Level at the end of the fade. */
+} SDL_HapticCustom;
+
+/**
+ * \brief The generic template for any haptic effect.
+ *
+ * All values max at 32767 (0x7FFF). Signed values also can be negative.
+ * Time values unless specified otherwise are in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * You can also pass ::SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY to length instead of a 0-32767
+ * value. Neither delay, interval, attack_length nor fade_length support
+ * ::SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY. Fade will also not be used since effect never ends.
+ *
+ * Additionally, the ::SDL_HAPTIC_RAMP effect does not support a duration of
+ * ::SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY.
+ *
+ * Button triggers may not be supported on all devices, it is advised to not
+ * use them if possible. Buttons start at index 1 instead of index 0 like
+ * the joystick.
+ *
+ * If both attack_length and fade_level are 0, the envelope is not used,
+ * otherwise both values are used.
+ *
+ * Common parts:
+ * \code
+ * // Replay - All effects have this
+ * Uint32 length; // Duration of effect (ms).
+ * Uint16 delay; // Delay before starting effect.
+ *
+ * // Trigger - All effects have this
+ * Uint16 button; // Button that triggers effect.
+ * Uint16 interval; // How soon before effect can be triggered again.
+ *
+ * // Envelope - All effects except condition effects have this
+ * Uint16 attack_length; // Duration of the attack (ms).
+ * Uint16 attack_level; // Level at the start of the attack.
+ * Uint16 fade_length; // Duration of the fade out (ms).
+ * Uint16 fade_level; // Level at the end of the fade.
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ *
+ * Here we have an example of a constant effect evolution in time:
+ * \verbatim
+ Strength
+ ^
+ |
+ | effect level --> _________________
+ | / \
+ | / \
+ | / \
+ | / \
+ | attack_level --> | \
+ | | | <--- fade_level
+ |
+ +--------------------------------------------------> Time
+ [--] [---]
+ attack_length fade_length
+
+ [------------------][-----------------------]
+ delay length
+ \endverbatim
+ *
+ * Note either the attack_level or the fade_level may be above the actual
+ * effect level.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticConstant
+ * \sa SDL_HapticPeriodic
+ * \sa SDL_HapticCondition
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRamp
+ * \sa SDL_HapticLeftRight
+ * \sa SDL_HapticCustom
+ */
+typedef union SDL_HapticEffect
+{
+ /* Common for all force feedback effects */
+ Uint16 type; /**< Effect type. */
+ SDL_HapticConstant constant; /**< Constant effect. */
+ SDL_HapticPeriodic periodic; /**< Periodic effect. */
+ SDL_HapticCondition condition; /**< Condition effect. */
+ SDL_HapticRamp ramp; /**< Ramp effect. */
+ SDL_HapticLeftRight leftright; /**< Left/Right effect. */
+ SDL_HapticCustom custom; /**< Custom effect. */
+} SDL_HapticEffect;
+
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+/**
+ * \brief Count the number of haptic devices attached to the system.
+ *
+ * \return Number of haptic devices detected on the system.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumHaptics(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the implementation dependent name of a Haptic device.
+ *
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ * If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
+ *
+ * \param device_index Index of the device to get its name.
+ * \return Name of the device or NULL on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_NumHaptics
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_HapticName(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Opens a Haptic device for usage.
+ *
+ * The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th Haptic device on this
+ * system.
+ *
+ * When opening a haptic device, its gain will be set to maximum and
+ * autocenter will be disabled. To modify these values use
+ * SDL_HapticSetGain() and SDL_HapticSetAutocenter().
+ *
+ * \param device_index Index of the device to open.
+ * \return Device identifier or NULL on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticIndex
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromMouse
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick
+ * \sa SDL_HapticClose
+ * \sa SDL_HapticSetGain
+ * \sa SDL_HapticSetAutocenter
+ * \sa SDL_HapticPause
+ * \sa SDL_HapticStopAll
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Haptic *SDLCALL SDL_HapticOpen(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Checks if the haptic device at index has been opened.
+ *
+ * \param device_index Index to check to see if it has been opened.
+ * \return 1 if it has been opened or 0 if it hasn't.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \sa SDL_HapticIndex
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticOpened(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Gets the index of a haptic device.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to get the index of.
+ * \return The index of the haptic device or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpened
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticIndex(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Gets whether or not the current mouse has haptic capabilities.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the mouse is haptic, SDL_FALSE if it isn't.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromMouse
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_MouseIsHaptic(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Tries to open a haptic device from the current mouse.
+ *
+ * \return The haptic device identifier or NULL on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_MouseIsHaptic
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Haptic *SDLCALL SDL_HapticOpenFromMouse(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Checks to see if a joystick has haptic features.
+ *
+ * \param joystick Joystick to test for haptic capabilities.
+ * \return 1 if the joystick is haptic, 0 if it isn't
+ * or -1 if an error ocurred.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickIsHaptic(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Opens a Haptic device for usage from a Joystick device.
+ *
+ * You must still close the haptic device seperately. It will not be closed
+ * with the joystick.
+ *
+ * When opening from a joystick you should first close the haptic device before
+ * closing the joystick device. If not, on some implementations the haptic
+ * device will also get unallocated and you'll be unable to use force feedback
+ * on that device.
+ *
+ * \param joystick Joystick to create a haptic device from.
+ * \return A valid haptic device identifier on success or NULL on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \sa SDL_HapticClose
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Haptic *SDLCALL SDL_HapticOpenFromJoystick(SDL_Joystick *
+ joystick);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Closes a Haptic device previously opened with SDL_HapticOpen().
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to close.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_HapticClose(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns the number of effects a haptic device can store.
+ *
+ * On some platforms this isn't fully supported, and therefore is an
+ * approximation. Always check to see if your created effect was actually
+ * created and do not rely solely on SDL_HapticNumEffects().
+ *
+ * \param haptic The haptic device to query effect max.
+ * \return The number of effects the haptic device can store or
+ * -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNumEffectsPlaying
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticNumEffects(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns the number of effects a haptic device can play at the same
+ * time.
+ *
+ * This is not supported on all platforms, but will always return a value.
+ * Added here for the sake of completeness.
+ *
+ * \param haptic The haptic device to query maximum playing effects.
+ * \return The number of effects the haptic device can play at the same time
+ * or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNumEffects
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticNumEffectsPlaying(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Gets the haptic devices supported features in bitwise matter.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * \code
+ * if (SDL_HapticQuery(haptic) & SDL_HAPTIC_CONSTANT) {
+ * printf("We have constant haptic effect!");
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \param haptic The haptic device to query.
+ * \return Haptic features in bitwise manner (OR'd).
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNumEffects
+ * \sa SDL_HapticEffectSupported
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC unsigned int SDLCALL SDL_HapticQuery(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Gets the number of haptic axes the device has.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDirection
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticNumAxes(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Checks to see if effect is supported by haptic.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to check on.
+ * \param effect Effect to check to see if it is supported.
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if effect is supported, SDL_FALSE if it isn't or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticEffectSupported(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
+ SDL_HapticEffect *
+ effect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Creates a new haptic effect on the device.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to create the effect on.
+ * \param effect Properties of the effect to create.
+ * \return The id of the effect on success or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticUpdateEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticNewEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
+ SDL_HapticEffect * effect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Updates the properties of an effect.
+ *
+ * Can be used dynamically, although behaviour when dynamically changing
+ * direction may be strange. Specifically the effect may reupload itself
+ * and start playing from the start. You cannot change the type either when
+ * running SDL_HapticUpdateEffect().
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device that has the effect.
+ * \param effect Effect to update.
+ * \param data New effect properties to use.
+ * \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticUpdateEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
+ int effect,
+ SDL_HapticEffect * data);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Runs the haptic effect on its associated haptic device.
+ *
+ * If iterations are ::SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY, it'll run the effect over and over
+ * repeating the envelope (attack and fade) every time. If you only want the
+ * effect to last forever, set ::SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY in the effect's length
+ * parameter.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to run the effect on.
+ * \param effect Identifier of the haptic effect to run.
+ * \param iterations Number of iterations to run the effect. Use
+ * ::SDL_HAPTIC_INFINITY for infinity.
+ * \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticStopEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticGetEffectStatus
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRunEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
+ int effect,
+ Uint32 iterations);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Stops the haptic effect on its associated haptic device.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to stop the effect on.
+ * \param effect Identifier of the effect to stop.
+ * \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticDestroyEffect
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticStopEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
+ int effect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Destroys a haptic effect on the device.
+ *
+ * This will stop the effect if it's running. Effects are automatically
+ * destroyed when the device is closed.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Device to destroy the effect on.
+ * \param effect Identifier of the effect to destroy.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticNewEffect
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_HapticDestroyEffect(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
+ int effect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Gets the status of the current effect on the haptic device.
+ *
+ * Device must support the ::SDL_HAPTIC_STATUS feature.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to query the effect status on.
+ * \param effect Identifier of the effect to query its status.
+ * \return 0 if it isn't playing, 1 if it is playing or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRunEffect
+ * \sa SDL_HapticStopEffect
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticGetEffectStatus(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
+ int effect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Sets the global gain of the device.
+ *
+ * Device must support the ::SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN feature.
+ *
+ * The user may specify the maximum gain by setting the environment variable
+ * SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN_MAX which should be between 0 and 100. All calls to
+ * SDL_HapticSetGain() will scale linearly using SDL_HAPTIC_GAIN_MAX as the
+ * maximum.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to set the gain on.
+ * \param gain Value to set the gain to, should be between 0 and 100.
+ * \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticSetGain(SDL_Haptic * haptic, int gain);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Sets the global autocenter of the device.
+ *
+ * Autocenter should be between 0 and 100. Setting it to 0 will disable
+ * autocentering.
+ *
+ * Device must support the ::SDL_HAPTIC_AUTOCENTER feature.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to set autocentering on.
+ * \param autocenter Value to set autocenter to, 0 disables autocentering.
+ * \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticQuery
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticSetAutocenter(SDL_Haptic * haptic,
+ int autocenter);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Pauses a haptic device.
+ *
+ * Device must support the ::SDL_HAPTIC_PAUSE feature. Call
+ * SDL_HapticUnpause() to resume playback.
+ *
+ * Do not modify the effects nor add new ones while the device is paused.
+ * That can cause all sorts of weird errors.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to pause.
+ * \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticUnpause
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticPause(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Unpauses a haptic device.
+ *
+ * Call to unpause after SDL_HapticPause().
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to pause.
+ * \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticPause
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticUnpause(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Stops all the currently playing effects on a haptic device.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to stop.
+ * \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticStopAll(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Checks to see if rumble is supported on a haptic device.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to check to see if it supports rumble.
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if effect is supported, SDL_FALSE if it isn't or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRumbleSupported(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initializes the haptic device for simple rumble playback.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to initialize for simple rumble playback.
+ * \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticOpen
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRumbleInit(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Runs simple rumble on a haptic device
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic device to play rumble effect on.
+ * \param strength Strength of the rumble to play as a 0-1 float value.
+ * \param length Length of the rumble to play in milliseconds.
+ * \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleStop
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRumblePlay(SDL_Haptic * haptic, float strength, Uint32 length );
+
+/**
+ * \brief Stops the simple rumble on a haptic device.
+ *
+ * \param haptic Haptic to stop the rumble on.
+ * \return 0 on success or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleSupported
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumbleInit
+ * \sa SDL_HapticRumblePlay
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_HapticRumbleStop(SDL_Haptic * haptic);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_haptic_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_hints.h
+ *
+ * Official documentation for SDL configuration variables
+ *
+ * This file contains functions to set and get configuration hints,
+ * as well as listing each of them alphabetically.
+ *
+ * The convention for naming hints is SDL_HINT_X, where "SDL_X" is
+ * the environment variable that can be used to override the default.
+ *
+ * In general these hints are just that - they may or may not be
+ * supported or applicable on any given platform, but they provide
+ * a way for an application or user to give the library a hint as
+ * to how they would like the library to work.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_hints_h
+#define _SDL_hints_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling how 3D acceleration is used to accelerate the SDL screen surface.
+ *
+ * SDL can try to accelerate the SDL screen surface by using streaming
+ * textures with a 3D rendering engine. This variable controls whether and
+ * how this is done.
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" - Disable 3D acceleration
+ * "1" - Enable 3D acceleration, using the default renderer.
+ * "X" - Enable 3D acceleration, using X where X is one of the valid rendering drivers. (e.g. "direct3d", "opengl", etc.)
+ *
+ * By default SDL tries to make a best guess for each platform whether
+ * to use acceleration or not.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_FRAMEBUFFER_ACCELERATION "SDL_FRAMEBUFFER_ACCELERATION"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable specifying which render driver to use.
+ *
+ * If the application doesn't pick a specific renderer to use, this variable
+ * specifies the name of the preferred renderer. If the preferred renderer
+ * can't be initialized, the normal default renderer is used.
+ *
+ * This variable is case insensitive and can be set to the following values:
+ * "direct3d"
+ * "opengl"
+ * "opengles2"
+ * "opengles"
+ * "software"
+ *
+ * The default varies by platform, but it's the first one in the list that
+ * is available on the current platform.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_DRIVER "SDL_RENDER_DRIVER"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling whether the OpenGL render driver uses shaders if they are available.
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" - Disable shaders
+ * "1" - Enable shaders
+ *
+ * By default shaders are used if OpenGL supports them.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_OPENGL_SHADERS "SDL_RENDER_OPENGL_SHADERS"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling the scaling quality
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" or "nearest" - Nearest pixel sampling
+ * "1" or "linear" - Linear filtering (supported by OpenGL and Direct3D)
+ * "2" or "best" - Currently this is the same as "linear"
+ *
+ * By default nearest pixel sampling is used
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_SCALE_QUALITY "SDL_RENDER_SCALE_QUALITY"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling whether updates to the SDL screen surface should be synchronized with the vertical refresh, to avoid tearing.
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" - Disable vsync
+ * "1" - Enable vsync
+ *
+ * By default SDL does not sync screen surface updates with vertical refresh.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_VSYNC "SDL_RENDER_VSYNC"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling whether the X11 VidMode extension should be used.
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" - Disable XVidMode
+ * "1" - Enable XVidMode
+ *
+ * By default SDL will use XVidMode if it is available.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XVIDMODE "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XVIDMODE"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling whether the X11 Xinerama extension should be used.
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" - Disable Xinerama
+ * "1" - Enable Xinerama
+ *
+ * By default SDL will use Xinerama if it is available.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XINERAMA "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XINERAMA"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling whether the X11 XRandR extension should be used.
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" - Disable XRandR
+ * "1" - Enable XRandR
+ *
+ * By default SDL will not use XRandR because of window manager issues.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XRANDR "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XRANDR"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling whether grabbing input grabs the keyboard
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" - Grab will affect only the mouse
+ * "1" - Grab will affect mouse and keyboard
+ *
+ * By default SDL will not grab the keyboard so system shortcuts still work.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_GRAB_KEYBOARD "SDL_GRAB_KEYBOARD"
+
+/**
+ * \brief Minimize your SDL_Window if it loses key focus when in Fullscreen mode. Defaults to true.
+ *
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_MINIMIZE_ON_FOCUS_LOSS "SDL_VIDEO_MINIMIZE_ON_FOCUS_LOSS"
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling whether the idle timer is disabled on iOS.
+ *
+ * When an iOS app does not receive touches for some time, the screen is
+ * dimmed automatically. For games where the accelerometer is the only input
+ * this is problematic. This functionality can be disabled by setting this
+ * hint.
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" - Enable idle timer
+ * "1" - Disable idle timer
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_IDLE_TIMER_DISABLED "SDL_IOS_IDLE_TIMER_DISABLED"
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable controlling which orientations are allowed on iOS.
+ *
+ * In some circumstances it is necessary to be able to explicitly control
+ * which UI orientations are allowed.
+ *
+ * This variable is a space delimited list of the following values:
+ * "LandscapeLeft", "LandscapeRight", "Portrait" "PortraitUpsideDown"
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_ORIENTATIONS "SDL_IOS_ORIENTATIONS"
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable that lets you disable the detection and use of Xinput gamepad devices
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" - Disable XInput timer (only uses direct input)
+ * "1" - Enable XInput timer (the default)
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_XINPUT_ENABLED "SDL_XINPUT_ENABLED"
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable that lets you manually hint extra gamecontroller db entries
+ *
+ * The variable should be newline delimited rows of gamecontroller config data, see SDL_gamecontroller.h
+ *
+ * This hint must be set before calling SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER)
+ * You can update mappings after the system is initialized with SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID() and SDL_GameControllerAddMapping()
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG "SDL_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG"
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable that lets you enable joystick (and gamecontroller) events even when your app is in the background.
+ *
+ * The variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" - Disable joystick & gamecontroller input events when the
+ * application is in the background.
+ * "1" - Enable joystick & gamecontroller input events when the
+ * application is in the backgroumd.
+ *
+ * The default value is "0". This hint may be set at any time.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS "SDL_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS"
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief If set to 0 then never set the top most bit on a SDL Window, even if the video mode expects it.
+ * This is a debugging aid for developers and not expected to be used by end users. The default is "1"
+ *
+ * This variable can be set to the following values:
+ * "0" - don't allow topmost
+ * "1" - allow topmost
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_ALLOW_TOPMOST "SDL_ALLOW_TOPMOST"
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief A variable that controls the timer resolution, in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * The higher resolution the timer, the more frequently the CPU services
+ * timer interrupts, and the more precise delays are, but this takes up
+ * power and CPU time. This hint is only used on Windows 7 and earlier.
+ *
+ * See this blog post for more information:
+ * http://randomascii.wordpress.com/2013/07/08/windows-timer-resolution-megawatts-wasted/
+ *
+ * If this variable is set to "0", the system timer resolution is not set.
+ *
+ * The default value is "1". This hint may be set at any time.
+ */
+#define SDL_HINT_TIMER_RESOLUTION "SDL_TIMER_RESOLUTION"
+
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief An enumeration of hint priorities
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_HINT_DEFAULT,
+ SDL_HINT_NORMAL,
+ SDL_HINT_OVERRIDE
+} SDL_HintPriority;
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set a hint with a specific priority
+ *
+ * The priority controls the behavior when setting a hint that already
+ * has a value. Hints will replace existing hints of their priority and
+ * lower. Environment variables are considered to have override priority.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetHintWithPriority(const char *name,
+ const char *value,
+ SDL_HintPriority priority);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set a hint with normal priority
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetHint(const char *name,
+ const char *value);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get a hint
+ *
+ * \return The string value of a hint variable.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetHint(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Add a function to watch a particular hint
+ *
+ * \param name The hint to watch
+ * \param callback The function to call when the hint value changes
+ * \param userdata A pointer to pass to the callback function
+ */
+typedef void (*SDL_HintCallback)(void *userdata, const char *name, const char *oldValue, const char *newValue);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AddHintCallback(const char *name,
+ SDL_HintCallback callback,
+ void *userdata);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Remove a function watching a particular hint
+ *
+ * \param name The hint being watched
+ * \param callback The function being called when the hint value changes
+ * \param userdata A pointer being passed to the callback function
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DelHintCallback(const char *name,
+ SDL_HintCallback callback,
+ void *userdata);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Clear all hints
+ *
+ * This function is called during SDL_Quit() to free stored hints.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearHints(void);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_hints_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_joystick.h
+ *
+ * Include file for SDL joystick event handling
+ *
+ * The term "device_index" identifies currently plugged in joystick devices between 0 and SDL_NumJoysticks, with the exact joystick
+ * behind a device_index changing as joysticks are plugged and unplugged.
+ *
+ * The term "instance_id" is the current instantiation of a joystick device in the system, if the joystick is removed and then re-inserted
+ * then it will get a new instance_id, instance_id's are monotonically increasing identifiers of a joystick plugged in.
+ *
+ * The term JoystickGUID is a stable 128-bit identifier for a joystick device that does not change over time, it identifies class of
+ * the device (a X360 wired controller for example). This identifier is platform dependent.
+ *
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_joystick_h
+#define _SDL_joystick_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_joystick.h
+ *
+ * In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
+ * with the ::SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK flag. This causes SDL to scan the system
+ * for joysticks, and load appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ * If you would like to receive joystick updates while the application
+ * is in the background, you should set the following hint before calling
+ * SDL_Init(): SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS
+ */
+
+/* The joystick structure used to identify an SDL joystick */
+struct _SDL_Joystick;
+typedef struct _SDL_Joystick SDL_Joystick;
+
+/* A structure that encodes the stable unique id for a joystick device */
+typedef struct {
+ Uint8 data[16];
+} SDL_JoystickGUID;
+
+typedef Sint32 SDL_JoystickID;
+
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+/**
+ * Count the number of joysticks attached to the system right now
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumJoysticks(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
+ * This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
+ * If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNameForIndex(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Open a joystick for use.
+ * The index passed as an argument refers tothe N'th joystick on the system.
+ * This index is the value which will identify this joystick in future joystick
+ * events.
+ *
+ * \return A joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickOpen(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Return the name for this currently opened joystick.
+ * If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickName(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Return the GUID for the joystick at this index
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceGUID(int device_index);
+
+/**
+ * Return the GUID for this opened joystick
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUID(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Return a string representation for this guid. pszGUID must point to at least 33 bytes
+ * (32 for the string plus a NULL terminator).
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(SDL_JoystickGUID guid, char *pszGUID, int cbGUID);
+
+/**
+ * convert a string into a joystick formatted guid
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUIDFromString(const char *pchGUID);
+
+/**
+ * Returns SDL_TRUE if the joystick has been opened and currently connected, or SDL_FALSE if it has not.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAttached(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the instance ID of an opened joystick or -1 if the joystick is invalid.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickInstanceID(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of trackballs on a joystick.
+ *
+ * Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated
+ * with them and their state cannot be polled.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumBalls(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of POV hats on a joystick.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Get the number of buttons on a joystick.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
+
+/**
+ * Update the current state of the open joysticks.
+ *
+ * This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick
+ * events are enabled.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickUpdate(void);
+
+/**
+ * Enable/disable joystick event polling.
+ *
+ * If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
+ * yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick
+ * information.
+ *
+ * The state can be one of ::SDL_QUERY, ::SDL_ENABLE or ::SDL_IGNORE.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickEventState(int state);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick.
+ *
+ * The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
+ *
+ * The axis indices start at index 0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
+ int axis);
+
+/**
+ * \name Hat positions
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define SDL_HAT_CENTERED 0x00
+#define SDL_HAT_UP 0x01
+#define SDL_HAT_RIGHT 0x02
+#define SDL_HAT_DOWN 0x04
+#define SDL_HAT_LEFT 0x08
+#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_UP)
+#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
+#define SDL_HAT_LEFTUP (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_UP)
+#define SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
+/*@}*/
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick.
+ *
+ * The hat indices start at index 0.
+ *
+ * \return The return value is one of the following positions:
+ * - ::SDL_HAT_CENTERED
+ * - ::SDL_HAT_UP
+ * - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHT
+ * - ::SDL_HAT_DOWN
+ * - ::SDL_HAT_LEFT
+ * - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP
+ * - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN
+ * - ::SDL_HAT_LEFTUP
+ * - ::SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetHat(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
+ int hat);
+
+/**
+ * Get the ball axis change since the last poll.
+ *
+ * \return 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters.
+ *
+ * The ball indices start at index 0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetBall(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
+ int ball, int *dx, int *dy);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current state of a button on a joystick.
+ *
+ * The button indices start at index 0.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
+ int button);
+
+/**
+ * Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickClose(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_joystick_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_keyboard.h
+ *
+ * Include file for SDL keyboard event handling
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_keyboard_h
+#define _SDL_keyboard_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_keycode.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief The SDL keysym structure, used in key events.
+ *
+ * \note If you are looking for translated character input, see the ::SDL_TEXTINPUT event.
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_Keysym
+{
+ SDL_Scancode scancode; /**< SDL physical key code - see ::SDL_Scancode for details */
+ SDL_Keycode sym; /**< SDL virtual key code - see ::SDL_Keycode for details */
+ Uint16 mod; /**< current key modifiers */
+ Uint32 unused;
+} SDL_Keysym;
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the window which currently has keyboard focus.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyboardFocus(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
+ *
+ * \param numkeys if non-NULL, receives the length of the returned array.
+ *
+ * \return An array of key states. Indexes into this array are obtained by using ::SDL_Scancode values.
+ *
+ * \b Example:
+ * \code
+ * const Uint8 *state = SDL_GetKeyboardState(NULL);
+ * if ( state[SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN] ) {
+ * printf("<RETURN> is pressed.\n");
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const Uint8 *SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyboardState(int *numkeys);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keymod SDLCALL SDL_GetModState(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
+ *
+ * \note This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetModState(SDL_Keymod modstate);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the key code corresponding to the given scancode according
+ * to the current keyboard layout.
+ *
+ * See ::SDL_Keycode for details.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetKeyName()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keycode SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyFromScancode(SDL_Scancode scancode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the scancode corresponding to the given key code according to the
+ * current keyboard layout.
+ *
+ * See ::SDL_Scancode for details.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetScancodeName()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Scancode SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeFromKey(SDL_Keycode key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get a human-readable name for a scancode.
+ *
+ * \return A pointer to the name for the scancode.
+ * If the scancode doesn't have a name, this function returns
+ * an empty string ("").
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Scancode
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeName(SDL_Scancode scancode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get a scancode from a human-readable name
+ *
+ * \return scancode, or SDL_SCANCODE_UNKNOWN if the name wasn't recognized
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Scancode
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Scancode SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeFromName(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get a human-readable name for a key.
+ *
+ * \return A pointer to a UTF-8 string that stays valid at least until the next
+ * call to this function. If you need it around any longer, you must
+ * copy it. If the key doesn't have a name, this function returns an
+ * empty string ("").
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Key
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyName(SDL_Keycode key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get a key code from a human-readable name
+ *
+ * \return key code, or SDLK_UNKNOWN if the name wasn't recognized
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Keycode
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keycode SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyFromName(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Start accepting Unicode text input events.
+ * This function will show the on-screen keyboard if supported.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_StopTextInput()
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextInputRect()
+ * \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_StartTextInput(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return whether or not Unicode text input events are enabled.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
+ * \sa SDL_StopTextInput()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsTextInputActive(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Stop receiving any text input events.
+ * This function will hide the on-screen keyboard if supported.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
+ * \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_StopTextInput(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the rectangle used to type Unicode text inputs.
+ * This is used as a hint for IME and on-screen keyboard placement.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetTextInputRect(SDL_Rect *rect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns whether the platform has some screen keyboard support.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if some keyboard support is available else SDL_FALSE.
+ *
+ * \note Not all screen keyboard functions are supported on all platforms.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_IsScreenKeyboardShown()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns whether the screen keyboard is shown for given window.
+ *
+ * \param window The window for which screen keyboard should be queried.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if screen keyboard is shown else SDL_FALSE.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsScreenKeyboardShown(SDL_Window *window);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_keyboard_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_keycode.h
+ *
+ * Defines constants which identify keyboard keys and modifiers.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_keycode_h
+#define _SDL_keycode_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_scancode.h"
+
+/**
+ * \brief The SDL virtual key representation.
+ *
+ * Values of this type are used to represent keyboard keys using the current
+ * layout of the keyboard. These values include Unicode values representing
+ * the unmodified character that would be generated by pressing the key, or
+ * an SDLK_* constant for those keys that do not generate characters.
+ */
+typedef Sint32 SDL_Keycode;
+
+#define SDLK_SCANCODE_MASK (1<<30)
+#define SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(X) (X | SDLK_SCANCODE_MASK)
+
+enum
+{
+ SDLK_UNKNOWN = 0,
+
+ SDLK_RETURN = '\r',
+ SDLK_ESCAPE = '\033',
+ SDLK_BACKSPACE = '\b',
+ SDLK_TAB = '\t',
+ SDLK_SPACE = ' ',
+ SDLK_EXCLAIM = '!',
+ SDLK_QUOTEDBL = '"',
+ SDLK_HASH = '#',
+ SDLK_PERCENT = '%',
+ SDLK_DOLLAR = '$',
+ SDLK_AMPERSAND = '&',
+ SDLK_QUOTE = '\'',
+ SDLK_LEFTPAREN = '(',
+ SDLK_RIGHTPAREN = ')',
+ SDLK_ASTERISK = '*',
+ SDLK_PLUS = '+',
+ SDLK_COMMA = ',',
+ SDLK_MINUS = '-',
+ SDLK_PERIOD = '.',
+ SDLK_SLASH = '/',
+ SDLK_0 = '0',
+ SDLK_1 = '1',
+ SDLK_2 = '2',
+ SDLK_3 = '3',
+ SDLK_4 = '4',
+ SDLK_5 = '5',
+ SDLK_6 = '6',
+ SDLK_7 = '7',
+ SDLK_8 = '8',
+ SDLK_9 = '9',
+ SDLK_COLON = ':',
+ SDLK_SEMICOLON = ';',
+ SDLK_LESS = '<',
+ SDLK_EQUALS = '=',
+ SDLK_GREATER = '>',
+ SDLK_QUESTION = '?',
+ SDLK_AT = '@',
+ /*
+ Skip uppercase letters
+ */
+ SDLK_LEFTBRACKET = '[',
+ SDLK_BACKSLASH = '\\',
+ SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET = ']',
+ SDLK_CARET = '^',
+ SDLK_UNDERSCORE = '_',
+ SDLK_BACKQUOTE = '`',
+ SDLK_a = 'a',
+ SDLK_b = 'b',
+ SDLK_c = 'c',
+ SDLK_d = 'd',
+ SDLK_e = 'e',
+ SDLK_f = 'f',
+ SDLK_g = 'g',
+ SDLK_h = 'h',
+ SDLK_i = 'i',
+ SDLK_j = 'j',
+ SDLK_k = 'k',
+ SDLK_l = 'l',
+ SDLK_m = 'm',
+ SDLK_n = 'n',
+ SDLK_o = 'o',
+ SDLK_p = 'p',
+ SDLK_q = 'q',
+ SDLK_r = 'r',
+ SDLK_s = 's',
+ SDLK_t = 't',
+ SDLK_u = 'u',
+ SDLK_v = 'v',
+ SDLK_w = 'w',
+ SDLK_x = 'x',
+ SDLK_y = 'y',
+ SDLK_z = 'z',
+
+ SDLK_CAPSLOCK = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CAPSLOCK),
+
+ SDLK_F1 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F1),
+ SDLK_F2 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F2),
+ SDLK_F3 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F3),
+ SDLK_F4 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F4),
+ SDLK_F5 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F5),
+ SDLK_F6 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F6),
+ SDLK_F7 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F7),
+ SDLK_F8 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F8),
+ SDLK_F9 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F9),
+ SDLK_F10 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F10),
+ SDLK_F11 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F11),
+ SDLK_F12 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F12),
+
+ SDLK_PRINTSCREEN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PRINTSCREEN),
+ SDLK_SCROLLLOCK = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SCROLLLOCK),
+ SDLK_PAUSE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PAUSE),
+ SDLK_INSERT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_INSERT),
+ SDLK_HOME = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_HOME),
+ SDLK_PAGEUP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEUP),
+ SDLK_DELETE = '\177',
+ SDLK_END = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_END),
+ SDLK_PAGEDOWN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEDOWN),
+ SDLK_RIGHT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHT),
+ SDLK_LEFT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LEFT),
+ SDLK_DOWN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_DOWN),
+ SDLK_UP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_UP),
+
+ SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_NUMLOCKCLEAR),
+ SDLK_KP_DIVIDE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DIVIDE),
+ SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MULTIPLY),
+ SDLK_KP_MINUS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MINUS),
+ SDLK_KP_PLUS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUS),
+ SDLK_KP_ENTER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER),
+ SDLK_KP_1 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_1),
+ SDLK_KP_2 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_2),
+ SDLK_KP_3 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_3),
+ SDLK_KP_4 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_4),
+ SDLK_KP_5 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_5),
+ SDLK_KP_6 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_6),
+ SDLK_KP_7 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_7),
+ SDLK_KP_8 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_8),
+ SDLK_KP_9 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_9),
+ SDLK_KP_0 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_0),
+ SDLK_KP_PERIOD = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERIOD),
+
+ SDLK_APPLICATION = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_APPLICATION),
+ SDLK_POWER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_POWER),
+ SDLK_KP_EQUALS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALS),
+ SDLK_F13 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F13),
+ SDLK_F14 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F14),
+ SDLK_F15 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F15),
+ SDLK_F16 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F16),
+ SDLK_F17 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F17),
+ SDLK_F18 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F18),
+ SDLK_F19 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F19),
+ SDLK_F20 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F20),
+ SDLK_F21 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F21),
+ SDLK_F22 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F22),
+ SDLK_F23 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F23),
+ SDLK_F24 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F24),
+ SDLK_EXECUTE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_EXECUTE),
+ SDLK_HELP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_HELP),
+ SDLK_MENU = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MENU),
+ SDLK_SELECT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SELECT),
+ SDLK_STOP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_STOP),
+ SDLK_AGAIN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AGAIN),
+ SDLK_UNDO = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_UNDO),
+ SDLK_CUT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CUT),
+ SDLK_COPY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_COPY),
+ SDLK_PASTE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PASTE),
+ SDLK_FIND = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_FIND),
+ SDLK_MUTE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MUTE),
+ SDLK_VOLUMEUP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_VOLUMEUP),
+ SDLK_VOLUMEDOWN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_VOLUMEDOWN),
+ SDLK_KP_COMMA = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_COMMA),
+ SDLK_KP_EQUALSAS400 =
+ SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALSAS400),
+
+ SDLK_ALTERASE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_ALTERASE),
+ SDLK_SYSREQ = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SYSREQ),
+ SDLK_CANCEL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CANCEL),
+ SDLK_CLEAR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CLEAR),
+ SDLK_PRIOR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PRIOR),
+ SDLK_RETURN2 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2),
+ SDLK_SEPARATOR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SEPARATOR),
+ SDLK_OUT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_OUT),
+ SDLK_OPER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_OPER),
+ SDLK_CLEARAGAIN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CLEARAGAIN),
+ SDLK_CRSEL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CRSEL),
+ SDLK_EXSEL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_EXSEL),
+
+ SDLK_KP_00 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_00),
+ SDLK_KP_000 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_000),
+ SDLK_THOUSANDSSEPARATOR =
+ SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_THOUSANDSSEPARATOR),
+ SDLK_DECIMALSEPARATOR =
+ SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_DECIMALSEPARATOR),
+ SDLK_CURRENCYUNIT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CURRENCYUNIT),
+ SDLK_CURRENCYSUBUNIT =
+ SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CURRENCYSUBUNIT),
+ SDLK_KP_LEFTPAREN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LEFTPAREN),
+ SDLK_KP_RIGHTPAREN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_RIGHTPAREN),
+ SDLK_KP_LEFTBRACE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LEFTBRACE),
+ SDLK_KP_RIGHTBRACE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_RIGHTBRACE),
+ SDLK_KP_TAB = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_TAB),
+ SDLK_KP_BACKSPACE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BACKSPACE),
+ SDLK_KP_A = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_A),
+ SDLK_KP_B = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_B),
+ SDLK_KP_C = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_C),
+ SDLK_KP_D = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_D),
+ SDLK_KP_E = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_E),
+ SDLK_KP_F = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_F),
+ SDLK_KP_XOR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_XOR),
+ SDLK_KP_POWER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_POWER),
+ SDLK_KP_PERCENT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERCENT),
+ SDLK_KP_LESS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LESS),
+ SDLK_KP_GREATER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_GREATER),
+ SDLK_KP_AMPERSAND = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_AMPERSAND),
+ SDLK_KP_DBLAMPERSAND =
+ SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DBLAMPERSAND),
+ SDLK_KP_VERTICALBAR =
+ SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_VERTICALBAR),
+ SDLK_KP_DBLVERTICALBAR =
+ SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DBLVERTICALBAR),
+ SDLK_KP_COLON = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_COLON),
+ SDLK_KP_HASH = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_HASH),
+ SDLK_KP_SPACE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_SPACE),
+ SDLK_KP_AT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_AT),
+ SDLK_KP_EXCLAM = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EXCLAM),
+ SDLK_KP_MEMSTORE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMSTORE),
+ SDLK_KP_MEMRECALL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMRECALL),
+ SDLK_KP_MEMCLEAR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMCLEAR),
+ SDLK_KP_MEMADD = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMADD),
+ SDLK_KP_MEMSUBTRACT =
+ SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMSUBTRACT),
+ SDLK_KP_MEMMULTIPLY =
+ SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMMULTIPLY),
+ SDLK_KP_MEMDIVIDE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMDIVIDE),
+ SDLK_KP_PLUSMINUS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUSMINUS),
+ SDLK_KP_CLEAR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_CLEAR),
+ SDLK_KP_CLEARENTRY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_CLEARENTRY),
+ SDLK_KP_BINARY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BINARY),
+ SDLK_KP_OCTAL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_OCTAL),
+ SDLK_KP_DECIMAL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DECIMAL),
+ SDLK_KP_HEXADECIMAL =
+ SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_HEXADECIMAL),
+
+ SDLK_LCTRL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LCTRL),
+ SDLK_LSHIFT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LSHIFT),
+ SDLK_LALT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LALT),
+ SDLK_LGUI = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LGUI),
+ SDLK_RCTRL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RCTRL),
+ SDLK_RSHIFT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RSHIFT),
+ SDLK_RALT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RALT),
+ SDLK_RGUI = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RGUI),
+
+ SDLK_MODE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MODE),
+
+ SDLK_AUDIONEXT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIONEXT),
+ SDLK_AUDIOPREV = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOPREV),
+ SDLK_AUDIOSTOP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOSTOP),
+ SDLK_AUDIOPLAY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOPLAY),
+ SDLK_AUDIOMUTE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOMUTE),
+ SDLK_MEDIASELECT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MEDIASELECT),
+ SDLK_WWW = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_WWW),
+ SDLK_MAIL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MAIL),
+ SDLK_CALCULATOR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CALCULATOR),
+ SDLK_COMPUTER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_COMPUTER),
+ SDLK_AC_SEARCH = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_SEARCH),
+ SDLK_AC_HOME = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_HOME),
+ SDLK_AC_BACK = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BACK),
+ SDLK_AC_FORWARD = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_FORWARD),
+ SDLK_AC_STOP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_STOP),
+ SDLK_AC_REFRESH = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_REFRESH),
+ SDLK_AC_BOOKMARKS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BOOKMARKS),
+
+ SDLK_BRIGHTNESSDOWN =
+ SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_BRIGHTNESSDOWN),
+ SDLK_BRIGHTNESSUP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_BRIGHTNESSUP),
+ SDLK_DISPLAYSWITCH = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_DISPLAYSWITCH),
+ SDLK_KBDILLUMTOGGLE =
+ SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMTOGGLE),
+ SDLK_KBDILLUMDOWN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMDOWN),
+ SDLK_KBDILLUMUP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMUP),
+ SDLK_EJECT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_EJECT),
+ SDLK_SLEEP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SLEEP)
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief Enumeration of valid key mods (possibly OR'd together).
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ KMOD_NONE = 0x0000,
+ KMOD_LSHIFT = 0x0001,
+ KMOD_RSHIFT = 0x0002,
+ KMOD_LCTRL = 0x0040,
+ KMOD_RCTRL = 0x0080,
+ KMOD_LALT = 0x0100,
+ KMOD_RALT = 0x0200,
+ KMOD_LGUI = 0x0400,
+ KMOD_RGUI = 0x0800,
+ KMOD_NUM = 0x1000,
+ KMOD_CAPS = 0x2000,
+ KMOD_MODE = 0x4000,
+ KMOD_RESERVED = 0x8000
+} SDL_Keymod;
+
+#define KMOD_CTRL (KMOD_LCTRL|KMOD_RCTRL)
+#define KMOD_SHIFT (KMOD_LSHIFT|KMOD_RSHIFT)
+#define KMOD_ALT (KMOD_LALT|KMOD_RALT)
+#define KMOD_GUI (KMOD_LGUI|KMOD_RGUI)
+
+#endif /* _SDL_keycode_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_loadso.h
+ *
+ * System dependent library loading routines
+ *
+ * Some things to keep in mind:
+ * \li These functions only work on C function names. Other languages may
+ * have name mangling and intrinsic language support that varies from
+ * compiler to compiler.
+ * \li Make sure you declare your function pointers with the same calling
+ * convention as the actual library function. Your code will crash
+ * mysteriously if you do not do this.
+ * \li Avoid namespace collisions. If you load a symbol from the library,
+ * it is not defined whether or not it goes into the global symbol
+ * namespace for the application. If it does and it conflicts with
+ * symbols in your code or other shared libraries, you will not get
+ * the results you expect. :)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_loadso_h
+#define _SDL_loadso_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer
+ * to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error).
+ * The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadObject(const char *sofile);
+
+/**
+ * Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the
+ * named function in the shared object and returns it. This address
+ * is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadFunction(void *handle,
+ const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Unload a shared object from memory.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnloadObject(void *handle);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_loadso_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_log.h
+ *
+ * Simple log messages with categories and priorities.
+ *
+ * By default logs are quiet, but if you're debugging SDL you might want:
+ *
+ * SDL_LogSetAllPriority(SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN);
+ *
+ * Here's where the messages go on different platforms:
+ * Windows: debug output stream
+ * Android: log output
+ * Others: standard error output (stderr)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_log_h
+#define _SDL_log_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief The maximum size of a log message
+ *
+ * Messages longer than the maximum size will be truncated
+ */
+#define SDL_MAX_LOG_MESSAGE 4096
+
+/**
+ * \brief The predefined log categories
+ *
+ * By default the application category is enabled at the INFO level,
+ * the assert category is enabled at the WARN level, test is enabled
+ * at the VERBOSE level and all other categories are enabled at the
+ * CRITICAL level.
+ */
+enum
+{
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_ERROR,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_ASSERT,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_SYSTEM,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_AUDIO,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_VIDEO,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RENDER,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_INPUT,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_TEST,
+
+ /* Reserved for future SDL library use */
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED1,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED2,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED3,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED4,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED5,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED6,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED7,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED8,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED9,
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED10,
+
+ /* Beyond this point is reserved for application use, e.g.
+ enum {
+ MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME1 = SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_CUSTOM,
+ MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME2,
+ MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME3,
+ ...
+ };
+ */
+ SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_CUSTOM
+};
+
+/**
+ * \brief The predefined log priorities
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_VERBOSE = 1,
+ SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_DEBUG,
+ SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO,
+ SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN,
+ SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR,
+ SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_CRITICAL,
+ SDL_NUM_LOG_PRIORITIES
+} SDL_LogPriority;
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the priority of all log categories
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetAllPriority(SDL_LogPriority priority);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the priority of a particular log category
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetPriority(int category,
+ SDL_LogPriority priority);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the priority of a particular log category
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_LogPriority SDLCALL SDL_LogGetPriority(int category);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Reset all priorities to default.
+ *
+ * \note This is called in SDL_Quit().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogResetPriorities(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION and SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Log(const char *fmt, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_VERBOSE
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogVerbose(int category, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_DEBUG
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogDebug(int category, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogInfo(int category, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogWarn(int category, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogError(int category, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_CRITICAL
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogCritical(int category, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Log a message with the specified category and priority.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogMessage(int category,
+ SDL_LogPriority priority,
+ const char *fmt, ...);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Log a message with the specified category and priority.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogMessageV(int category,
+ SDL_LogPriority priority,
+ const char *fmt, va_list ap);
+
+/**
+ * \brief The prototype for the log output function
+ */
+typedef void (*SDL_LogOutputFunction)(void *userdata, int category, SDL_LogPriority priority, const char *message);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the current log output function.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogGetOutputFunction(SDL_LogOutputFunction *callback, void **userdata);
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function allows you to replace the default log output
+ * function with one of your own.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetOutputFunction(SDL_LogOutputFunction callback, void *userdata);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_log_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SDL_main_h
+#define _SDL_main_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_main.h
+ *
+ * Redefine main() on some platforms so that it is called by SDL.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SDL_MAIN_HANDLED
+#if defined(__WIN32__)
+/* On Windows SDL provides WinMain(), which parses the command line and passes
+ the arguments to your main function.
+
+ If you provide your own WinMain(), you may define SDL_MAIN_HANDLED
+ */
+#define SDL_MAIN_AVAILABLE
+
+#elif defined(__IPHONEOS__)
+/* On iOS SDL provides a main function that creates an application delegate
+ and starts the iOS application run loop.
+
+ See src/video/uikit/SDL_uikitappdelegate.m for more details.
+ */
+#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
+
+#elif defined(__ANDROID__)
+/* On Android SDL provides a Java class in SDLActivity.java that is the
+ main activity entry point.
+
+ See README-android.txt for more details on extending that class.
+ */
+#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
+
+#endif
+#endif /* SDL_MAIN_HANDLED */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define C_LINKAGE "C"
+#else
+#define C_LINKAGE
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_main.h
+ *
+ * The application's main() function must be called with C linkage,
+ * and should be declared like this:
+ * \code
+ * #ifdef __cplusplus
+ * extern "C"
+ * #endif
+ * int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+ * {
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ */
+
+#if defined(SDL_MAIN_NEEDED) || defined(SDL_MAIN_AVAILABLE)
+#define main SDL_main
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The prototype for the application's main() function
+ */
+extern C_LINKAGE int SDL_main(int argc, char *argv[]);
+
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This is called by the real SDL main function to let the rest of the
+ * library know that initialization was done properly.
+ *
+ * Calling this yourself without knowing what you're doing can cause
+ * crashes and hard to diagnose problems with your application.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDL_SetMainReady(void);
+
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+
+/**
+ * This can be called to set the application class at startup
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RegisterApp(char *name, Uint32 style,
+ void *hInst);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnregisterApp(void);
+
+#endif /* __WIN32__ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_main_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SDL_messagebox_h
+#define _SDL_messagebox_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h" /* For SDL_Window */
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief SDL_MessageBox flags. If supported will display warning icon, etc.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_MESSAGEBOX_ERROR = 0x00000010, /**< error dialog */
+ SDL_MESSAGEBOX_WARNING = 0x00000020, /**< warning dialog */
+ SDL_MESSAGEBOX_INFORMATION = 0x00000040 /**< informational dialog */
+} SDL_MessageBoxFlags;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Flags for SDL_MessageBoxButtonData.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_RETURNKEY_DEFAULT = 0x00000001, /**< Marks the default button when return is hit */
+ SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_ESCAPEKEY_DEFAULT = 0x00000002 /**< Marks the default button when escape is hit */
+} SDL_MessageBoxButtonFlags;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Individual button data.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ Uint32 flags; /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxButtonFlags */
+ int buttonid; /**< User defined button id (value returned via SDL_ShowMessageBox) */
+ const char * text; /**< The UTF-8 button text */
+} SDL_MessageBoxButtonData;
+
+/**
+ * \brief RGB value used in a message box color scheme
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ Uint8 r, g, b;
+} SDL_MessageBoxColor;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BACKGROUND,
+ SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_TEXT,
+ SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_BORDER,
+ SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_BACKGROUND,
+ SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_SELECTED,
+ SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_MAX
+} SDL_MessageBoxColorType;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A set of colors to use for message box dialogs
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ SDL_MessageBoxColor colors[SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_MAX];
+} SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme;
+
+/**
+ * \brief MessageBox structure containing title, text, window, etc.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ Uint32 flags; /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxFlags */
+ SDL_Window *window; /**< Parent window, can be NULL */
+ const char *title; /**< UTF-8 title */
+ const char *message; /**< UTF-8 message text */
+
+ int numbuttons;
+ const SDL_MessageBoxButtonData *buttons;
+
+ const SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme *colorScheme; /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme, can be NULL to use system settings */
+} SDL_MessageBoxData;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a modal message box.
+ *
+ * \param messageboxdata The SDL_MessageBoxData structure with title, text, etc.
+ * \param buttonid The pointer to which user id of hit button should be copied.
+ *
+ * \return -1 on error, otherwise 0 and buttonid contains user id of button
+ * hit or -1 if dialog was closed.
+ *
+ * \note This function should be called on the thread that created the parent
+ * window, or on the main thread if the messagebox has no parent. It will
+ * block execution of that thread until the user clicks a button or
+ * closes the messagebox.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowMessageBox(const SDL_MessageBoxData *messageboxdata, int *buttonid);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a simple modal message box
+ *
+ * \param flags ::SDL_MessageBoxFlags
+ * \param title UTF-8 title text
+ * \param message UTF-8 message text
+ * \param window The parent window, or NULL for no parent
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, -1 on error
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ShowMessageBox
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox(Uint32 flags, const char *title, const char *message, SDL_Window *window);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_messagebox_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_mouse.h
+ *
+ * Include file for SDL mouse event handling.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_mouse_h
+#define _SDL_mouse_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct SDL_Cursor SDL_Cursor; /* Implementation dependent */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Cursor types for SDL_CreateSystemCursor.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW, /**< Arrow */
+ SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM, /**< I-beam */
+ SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_WAIT, /**< Wait */
+ SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_CROSSHAIR, /**< Crosshair */
+ SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_WAITARROW, /**< Small wait cursor (or Wait if not available) */
+ SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE, /**< Double arrow pointing northwest and southeast */
+ SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW, /**< Double arrow pointing northeast and southwest */
+ SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE, /**< Double arrow pointing west and east */
+ SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS, /**< Double arrow pointing north and south */
+ SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL, /**< Four pointed arrow pointing north, south, east, and west */
+ SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO, /**< Slashed circle or crossbones */
+ SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND, /**< Hand */
+ SDL_NUM_SYSTEM_CURSORS
+} SDL_SystemCursor;
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the window which currently has mouse focus.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseFocus(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
+ *
+ * The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
+ * be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
+ * mouse cursor position relative to the focus window for the currently
+ * selected mouse. You can pass NULL for either x or y.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseState(int *x, int *y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the relative state of the mouse.
+ *
+ * The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
+ * be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
+ * mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(int *x, int *y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Moves the mouse to the given position within the window.
+ *
+ * \param window The window to move the mouse into, or NULL for the current mouse focus
+ * \param x The x coordinate within the window
+ * \param y The y coordinate within the window
+ *
+ * \note This function generates a mouse motion event
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(SDL_Window * window,
+ int x, int y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set relative mouse mode.
+ *
+ * \param enabled Whether or not to enable relative mode
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if relative mode is not supported.
+ *
+ * While the mouse is in relative mode, the cursor is hidden, and the
+ * driver will try to report continuous motion in the current window.
+ * Only relative motion events will be delivered, the mouse position
+ * will not change.
+ *
+ * \note This function will flush any pending mouse motion.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode(SDL_bool enabled);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Query whether relative mouse mode is enabled.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a cursor, using the specified bitmap data and
+ * mask (in MSB format).
+ *
+ * The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits.
+ *
+ * The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><td> data </td><td> mask </td><td> resulting pixel on screen </td></tr>
+ * <tr><td> 0 </td><td> 1 </td><td> White </td></tr>
+ * <tr><td> 1 </td><td> 1 </td><td> Black </td></tr>
+ * <tr><td> 0 </td><td> 0 </td><td> Transparent </td></tr>
+ * <tr><td> 1 </td><td> 0 </td><td> Inverted color if possible, black
+ * if not. </td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateCursor(const Uint8 * data,
+ const Uint8 * mask,
+ int w, int h, int hot_x,
+ int hot_y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a color cursor.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateColorCursor(SDL_Surface *surface,
+ int hot_x,
+ int hot_y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a system cursor.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SystemCursor id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the active cursor.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetCursor(SDL_Cursor * cursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the active cursor.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_GetCursor(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return the default cursor.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_GetDefaultCursor(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Frees a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor().
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateCursor()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeCursor(SDL_Cursor * cursor);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown.
+ *
+ * \param toggle 1 to show the cursor, 0 to hide it, -1 to query the current
+ * state.
+ *
+ * \return 1 if the cursor is shown, or 0 if the cursor is hidden.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowCursor(int toggle);
+
+/**
+ * Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate.
+ * - Button 1: Left mouse button
+ * - Button 2: Middle mouse button
+ * - Button 3: Right mouse button
+ */
+#define SDL_BUTTON(X) (1 << ((X)-1))
+#define SDL_BUTTON_LEFT 1
+#define SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE 2
+#define SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT 3
+#define SDL_BUTTON_X1 4
+#define SDL_BUTTON_X2 5
+#define SDL_BUTTON_LMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_LEFT)
+#define SDL_BUTTON_MMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE)
+#define SDL_BUTTON_RMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT)
+#define SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_X1)
+#define SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_X2)
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_mouse_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SDL_mutex_h
+#define _SDL_mutex_h
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_mutex.h
+ *
+ * Functions to provide thread synchronization primitives.
+ */
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Synchronization functions which can time out return this value
+ * if they time out.
+ */
+#define SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT 1
+
+/**
+ * This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out.
+ */
+#define SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT (~(Uint32)0)
+
+
+/**
+ * \name Mutex functions
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+/* The SDL mutex structure, defined in SDL_mutex.c */
+struct SDL_mutex;
+typedef struct SDL_mutex SDL_mutex;
+
+/**
+ * Create a mutex, initialized unlocked.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_mutex *SDLCALL SDL_CreateMutex(void);
+
+/**
+ * Lock the mutex.
+ *
+ * \return 0, or -1 on error.
+ */
+#define SDL_mutexP(m) SDL_LockMutex(m)
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
+
+/**
+ * Try to lock the mutex
+ *
+ * \return 0, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_TryLockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
+
+/**
+ * Unlock the mutex.
+ *
+ * \return 0, or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \warning It is an error to unlock a mutex that has not been locked by
+ * the current thread, and doing so results in undefined behavior.
+ */
+#define SDL_mutexV(m) SDL_UnlockMutex(m)
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UnlockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
+
+/**
+ * Destroy a mutex.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
+
+/*@}*//*Mutex functions*/
+
+
+/**
+ * \name Semaphore functions
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+/* The SDL semaphore structure, defined in SDL_sem.c */
+struct SDL_semaphore;
+typedef struct SDL_semaphore SDL_sem;
+
+/**
+ * Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_sem *SDLCALL SDL_CreateSemaphore(Uint32 initial_value);
+
+/**
+ * Destroy a semaphore.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroySemaphore(SDL_sem * sem);
+
+/**
+ * This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed
+ * to by \c sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the
+ * semaphore count.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWait(SDL_sem * sem);
+
+/**
+ * Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait().
+ *
+ * \return 0 if the wait succeeds, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would
+ * block, and -1 on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemTryWait(SDL_sem * sem);
+
+/**
+ * Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if the wait succeeds, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not
+ * succeed in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \warning On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a
+ * delay of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWaitTimeout(SDL_sem * sem, Uint32 ms);
+
+/**
+ * Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking).
+ *
+ * \return 0, or -1 on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemPost(SDL_sem * sem);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the current count of the semaphore.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_SemValue(SDL_sem * sem);
+
+/*@}*//*Semaphore functions*/
+
+
+/**
+ * \name Condition variable functions
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+/* The SDL condition variable structure, defined in SDL_cond.c */
+struct SDL_cond;
+typedef struct SDL_cond SDL_cond;
+
+/**
+ * Create a condition variable.
+ *
+ * Typical use of condition variables:
+ *
+ * Thread A:
+ * SDL_LockMutex(lock);
+ * while ( ! condition ) {
+ * SDL_CondWait(cond, lock);
+ * }
+ * SDL_UnlockMutex(lock);
+ *
+ * Thread B:
+ * SDL_LockMutex(lock);
+ * ...
+ * condition = true;
+ * ...
+ * SDL_CondSignal(cond);
+ * SDL_UnlockMutex(lock);
+ *
+ * There is some discussion whether to signal the condition variable
+ * with the mutex locked or not. There is some potential performance
+ * benefit to unlocking first on some platforms, but there are some
+ * potential race conditions depending on how your code is structured.
+ *
+ * In general it's safer to signal the condition variable while the
+ * mutex is locked.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_cond *SDLCALL SDL_CreateCond(void);
+
+/**
+ * Destroy a condition variable.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyCond(SDL_cond * cond);
+
+/**
+ * Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
+ *
+ * \return 0 or -1 on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondSignal(SDL_cond * cond);
+
+/**
+ * Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
+ *
+ * \return 0 or -1 on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondBroadcast(SDL_cond * cond);
+
+/**
+ * Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex.
+ *
+ * \warning The mutex must be locked before entering this function!
+ *
+ * The mutex is re-locked once the condition variable is signaled.
+ *
+ * \return 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWait(SDL_cond * cond, SDL_mutex * mutex);
+
+/**
+ * Waits for at most \c ms milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition
+ * variable is signaled, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not
+ * signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \warning On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a
+ * delay of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWaitTimeout(SDL_cond * cond,
+ SDL_mutex * mutex, Uint32 ms);
+
+/*@}*//*Condition variable functions*/
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_mutex_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+
+#ifndef _SDLname_h_
+#define _SDLname_h_
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
+#define NeedFunctionPrototypes 1
+#endif
+
+#define SDL_NAME(X) SDL_##X
+
+#endif /* _SDLname_h_ */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_opengl.h
+ *
+ * This is a simple file to encapsulate the OpenGL API headers.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_opengl_h
+#define _SDL_opengl_h
+
+#include "SDL_config.h"
+
+#ifndef __IPHONEOS__
+
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#ifndef NOMINMAX
+#define NOMINMAX /* Don't defined min() and max() */
+#endif
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __glext_h_
+/* Someone has already included glext.h */
+#define NO_SDL_GLEXT
+#endif
+#ifndef NO_SDL_GLEXT
+#define __glext_h_ /* Don't let gl.h include glext.h */
+#endif
+#if defined(__MACOSX__)
+#include <OpenGL/gl.h> /* Header File For The OpenGL Library */
+#define __X_GL_H
+#else
+#include <GL/gl.h> /* Header File For The OpenGL Library */
+#endif
+#ifndef NO_SDL_GLEXT
+#undef __glext_h_
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_opengl.h
+ *
+ * This file is included because glext.h is not available on some systems.
+ * If you don't want this version included, simply define ::NO_SDL_GLEXT.
+ *
+ * The latest version is available from:
+ * http://www.opengl.org/registry/
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \def NO_SDL_GLEXT
+ *
+ * Define this if you have your own version of glext.h and want to disable the
+ * version included in SDL_opengl.h.
+ */
+
+#if !defined(NO_SDL_GLEXT) && !defined(GL_GLEXT_LEGACY)
+#ifndef __glext_h_
+#define __glext_h_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Copyright (c) 2007-2010 The Khronos Group Inc.
+**
+** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the
+** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including
+** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to
+** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to
+** the following conditions:
+**
+** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials.
+**
+** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
+** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS.
+*/
+
+/* Header file version number, required by OpenGL ABI for Linux */
+/* glext.h last updated $Date: 2010-08-03 01:30:25 -0700 (Tue, 03 Aug 2010) $ */
+/* Current version at http://www.opengl.org/registry/ */
+#define GL_GLEXT_VERSION 64
+/* Function declaration macros - to move into glplatform.h */
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(APIENTRY) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__)
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN 1
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef APIENTRY
+#define APIENTRY
+#endif
+#ifndef APIENTRYP
+#define APIENTRYP APIENTRY *
+#endif
+#ifndef GLAPI
+#define GLAPI extern
+#endif
+
+/*************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_2
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_3_3_2 0x8032
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4 0x8033
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_5_5_1 0x8034
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8 0x8035
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_10_10_10_2 0x8036
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_3D 0x806A
+#define GL_PACK_SKIP_IMAGES 0x806B
+#define GL_PACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT 0x806C
+#define GL_UNPACK_SKIP_IMAGES 0x806D
+#define GL_UNPACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT 0x806E
+#define GL_TEXTURE_3D 0x806F
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_3D 0x8070
+#define GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH 0x8071
+#define GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_R 0x8072
+#define GL_MAX_3D_TEXTURE_SIZE 0x8073
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_2_3_3_REV 0x8362
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5 0x8363
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5_REV 0x8364
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4_REV 0x8365
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_1_5_5_5_REV 0x8366
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8_REV 0x8367
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_2_10_10_10_REV 0x8368
+#define GL_BGR 0x80E0
+#define GL_BGRA 0x80E1
+#define GL_MAX_ELEMENTS_VERTICES 0x80E8
+#define GL_MAX_ELEMENTS_INDICES 0x80E9
+#define GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE 0x812F
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MIN_LOD 0x813A
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LOD 0x813B
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BASE_LEVEL 0x813C
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LEVEL 0x813D
+#define GL_SMOOTH_POINT_SIZE_RANGE 0x0B12
+#define GL_SMOOTH_POINT_SIZE_GRANULARITY 0x0B13
+#define GL_SMOOTH_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE 0x0B22
+#define GL_SMOOTH_LINE_WIDTH_GRANULARITY 0x0B23
+#define GL_ALIASED_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE 0x846E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_2_DEPRECATED
+#define GL_RESCALE_NORMAL 0x803A
+#define GL_LIGHT_MODEL_COLOR_CONTROL 0x81F8
+#define GL_SINGLE_COLOR 0x81F9
+#define GL_SEPARATE_SPECULAR_COLOR 0x81FA
+#define GL_ALIASED_POINT_SIZE_RANGE 0x846D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_imaging
+#define GL_CONSTANT_COLOR 0x8001
+#define GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR 0x8002
+#define GL_CONSTANT_ALPHA 0x8003
+#define GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA 0x8004
+#define GL_BLEND_COLOR 0x8005
+#define GL_FUNC_ADD 0x8006
+#define GL_MIN 0x8007
+#define GL_MAX 0x8008
+#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION 0x8009
+#define GL_FUNC_SUBTRACT 0x800A
+#define GL_FUNC_REVERSE_SUBTRACT 0x800B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_imaging_DEPRECATED
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_1D 0x8010
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_2D 0x8011
+#define GL_SEPARABLE_2D 0x8012
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_BORDER_MODE 0x8013
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_FILTER_SCALE 0x8014
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_FILTER_BIAS 0x8015
+#define GL_REDUCE 0x8016
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_FORMAT 0x8017
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_WIDTH 0x8018
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_HEIGHT 0x8019
+#define GL_MAX_CONVOLUTION_WIDTH 0x801A
+#define GL_MAX_CONVOLUTION_HEIGHT 0x801B
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_RED_SCALE 0x801C
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_GREEN_SCALE 0x801D
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_BLUE_SCALE 0x801E
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_ALPHA_SCALE 0x801F
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_RED_BIAS 0x8020
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_GREEN_BIAS 0x8021
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_BLUE_BIAS 0x8022
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_ALPHA_BIAS 0x8023
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM 0x8024
+#define GL_PROXY_HISTOGRAM 0x8025
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_WIDTH 0x8026
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_FORMAT 0x8027
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_RED_SIZE 0x8028
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_GREEN_SIZE 0x8029
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_BLUE_SIZE 0x802A
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_ALPHA_SIZE 0x802B
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_LUMINANCE_SIZE 0x802C
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_SINK 0x802D
+#define GL_MINMAX 0x802E
+#define GL_MINMAX_FORMAT 0x802F
+#define GL_MINMAX_SINK 0x8030
+#define GL_TABLE_TOO_LARGE 0x8031
+#define GL_COLOR_MATRIX 0x80B1
+#define GL_COLOR_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH 0x80B2
+#define GL_MAX_COLOR_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH 0x80B3
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_RED_SCALE 0x80B4
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_GREEN_SCALE 0x80B5
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_BLUE_SCALE 0x80B6
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_ALPHA_SCALE 0x80B7
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_RED_BIAS 0x80B8
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_GREEN_BIAS 0x80B9
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_BLUE_BIAS 0x80BA
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_ALPHA_BIAS 0x80BB
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE 0x80D0
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_COLOR_TABLE 0x80D1
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_COLOR_TABLE 0x80D2
+#define GL_PROXY_COLOR_TABLE 0x80D3
+#define GL_PROXY_POST_CONVOLUTION_COLOR_TABLE 0x80D4
+#define GL_PROXY_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_COLOR_TABLE 0x80D5
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_SCALE 0x80D6
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_BIAS 0x80D7
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_FORMAT 0x80D8
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_WIDTH 0x80D9
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_RED_SIZE 0x80DA
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_GREEN_SIZE 0x80DB
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_BLUE_SIZE 0x80DC
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_ALPHA_SIZE 0x80DD
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_LUMINANCE_SIZE 0x80DE
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_INTENSITY_SIZE 0x80DF
+#define GL_CONSTANT_BORDER 0x8151
+#define GL_REPLICATE_BORDER 0x8153
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_BORDER_COLOR 0x8154
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_3
+#define GL_TEXTURE0 0x84C0
+#define GL_TEXTURE1 0x84C1
+#define GL_TEXTURE2 0x84C2
+#define GL_TEXTURE3 0x84C3
+#define GL_TEXTURE4 0x84C4
+#define GL_TEXTURE5 0x84C5
+#define GL_TEXTURE6 0x84C6
+#define GL_TEXTURE7 0x84C7
+#define GL_TEXTURE8 0x84C8
+#define GL_TEXTURE9 0x84C9
+#define GL_TEXTURE10 0x84CA
+#define GL_TEXTURE11 0x84CB
+#define GL_TEXTURE12 0x84CC
+#define GL_TEXTURE13 0x84CD
+#define GL_TEXTURE14 0x84CE
+#define GL_TEXTURE15 0x84CF
+#define GL_TEXTURE16 0x84D0
+#define GL_TEXTURE17 0x84D1
+#define GL_TEXTURE18 0x84D2
+#define GL_TEXTURE19 0x84D3
+#define GL_TEXTURE20 0x84D4
+#define GL_TEXTURE21 0x84D5
+#define GL_TEXTURE22 0x84D6
+#define GL_TEXTURE23 0x84D7
+#define GL_TEXTURE24 0x84D8
+#define GL_TEXTURE25 0x84D9
+#define GL_TEXTURE26 0x84DA
+#define GL_TEXTURE27 0x84DB
+#define GL_TEXTURE28 0x84DC
+#define GL_TEXTURE29 0x84DD
+#define GL_TEXTURE30 0x84DE
+#define GL_TEXTURE31 0x84DF
+#define GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE 0x84E0
+#define GL_MULTISAMPLE 0x809D
+#define GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_COVERAGE 0x809E
+#define GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_ONE 0x809F
+#define GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE 0x80A0
+#define GL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS 0x80A8
+#define GL_SAMPLES 0x80A9
+#define GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_VALUE 0x80AA
+#define GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_INVERT 0x80AB
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP 0x8513
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_CUBE_MAP 0x8514
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X 0x8515
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X 0x8516
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y 0x8517
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y 0x8518
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z 0x8519
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z 0x851A
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP 0x851B
+#define GL_MAX_CUBE_MAP_TEXTURE_SIZE 0x851C
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGB 0x84ED
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA 0x84EE
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION_HINT 0x84EF
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSED_IMAGE_SIZE 0x86A0
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSED 0x86A1
+#define GL_NUM_COMPRESSED_TEXTURE_FORMATS 0x86A2
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_TEXTURE_FORMATS 0x86A3
+#define GL_CLAMP_TO_BORDER 0x812D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_3_DEPRECATED
+#define GL_CLIENT_ACTIVE_TEXTURE 0x84E1
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_UNITS 0x84E2
+#define GL_TRANSPOSE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX 0x84E3
+#define GL_TRANSPOSE_PROJECTION_MATRIX 0x84E4
+#define GL_TRANSPOSE_TEXTURE_MATRIX 0x84E5
+#define GL_TRANSPOSE_COLOR_MATRIX 0x84E6
+#define GL_MULTISAMPLE_BIT 0x20000000
+#define GL_NORMAL_MAP 0x8511
+#define GL_REFLECTION_MAP 0x8512
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_ALPHA 0x84E9
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_LUMINANCE 0x84EA
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_LUMINANCE_ALPHA 0x84EB
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_INTENSITY 0x84EC
+#define GL_COMBINE 0x8570
+#define GL_COMBINE_RGB 0x8571
+#define GL_COMBINE_ALPHA 0x8572
+#define GL_SOURCE0_RGB 0x8580
+#define GL_SOURCE1_RGB 0x8581
+#define GL_SOURCE2_RGB 0x8582
+#define GL_SOURCE0_ALPHA 0x8588
+#define GL_SOURCE1_ALPHA 0x8589
+#define GL_SOURCE2_ALPHA 0x858A
+#define GL_OPERAND0_RGB 0x8590
+#define GL_OPERAND1_RGB 0x8591
+#define GL_OPERAND2_RGB 0x8592
+#define GL_OPERAND0_ALPHA 0x8598
+#define GL_OPERAND1_ALPHA 0x8599
+#define GL_OPERAND2_ALPHA 0x859A
+#define GL_RGB_SCALE 0x8573
+#define GL_ADD_SIGNED 0x8574
+#define GL_INTERPOLATE 0x8575
+#define GL_SUBTRACT 0x84E7
+#define GL_CONSTANT 0x8576
+#define GL_PRIMARY_COLOR 0x8577
+#define GL_PREVIOUS 0x8578
+#define GL_DOT3_RGB 0x86AE
+#define GL_DOT3_RGBA 0x86AF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_4
+#define GL_BLEND_DST_RGB 0x80C8
+#define GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB 0x80C9
+#define GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA 0x80CA
+#define GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA 0x80CB
+#define GL_POINT_FADE_THRESHOLD_SIZE 0x8128
+#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT16 0x81A5
+#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT24 0x81A6
+#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32 0x81A7
+#define GL_MIRRORED_REPEAT 0x8370
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS 0x84FD
+#define GL_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS 0x8501
+#define GL_INCR_WRAP 0x8507
+#define GL_DECR_WRAP 0x8508
+#define GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_SIZE 0x884A
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_MODE 0x884C
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_FUNC 0x884D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_4_DEPRECATED
+#define GL_POINT_SIZE_MIN 0x8126
+#define GL_POINT_SIZE_MAX 0x8127
+#define GL_POINT_DISTANCE_ATTENUATION 0x8129
+#define GL_GENERATE_MIPMAP 0x8191
+#define GL_GENERATE_MIPMAP_HINT 0x8192
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_SOURCE 0x8450
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE 0x8451
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_DEPTH 0x8452
+#define GL_CURRENT_FOG_COORDINATE 0x8453
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8454
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8455
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8456
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY 0x8457
+#define GL_COLOR_SUM 0x8458
+#define GL_CURRENT_SECONDARY_COLOR 0x8459
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE 0x845A
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE 0x845B
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x845C
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER 0x845D
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY 0x845E
+#define GL_TEXTURE_FILTER_CONTROL 0x8500
+#define GL_DEPTH_TEXTURE_MODE 0x884B
+#define GL_COMPARE_R_TO_TEXTURE 0x884E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_5
+#define GL_BUFFER_SIZE 0x8764
+#define GL_BUFFER_USAGE 0x8765
+#define GL_QUERY_COUNTER_BITS 0x8864
+#define GL_CURRENT_QUERY 0x8865
+#define GL_QUERY_RESULT 0x8866
+#define GL_QUERY_RESULT_AVAILABLE 0x8867
+#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8892
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8893
+#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8894
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8895
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889F
+#define GL_READ_ONLY 0x88B8
+#define GL_WRITE_ONLY 0x88B9
+#define GL_READ_WRITE 0x88BA
+#define GL_BUFFER_ACCESS 0x88BB
+#define GL_BUFFER_MAPPED 0x88BC
+#define GL_BUFFER_MAP_POINTER 0x88BD
+#define GL_STREAM_DRAW 0x88E0
+#define GL_STREAM_READ 0x88E1
+#define GL_STREAM_COPY 0x88E2
+#define GL_STATIC_DRAW 0x88E4
+#define GL_STATIC_READ 0x88E5
+#define GL_STATIC_COPY 0x88E6
+#define GL_DYNAMIC_DRAW 0x88E8
+#define GL_DYNAMIC_READ 0x88E9
+#define GL_DYNAMIC_COPY 0x88EA
+#define GL_SAMPLES_PASSED 0x8914
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_5_DEPRECATED
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8896
+#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8897
+#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8898
+#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8899
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889A
+#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889B
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889C
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889D
+#define GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889E
+#define GL_FOG_COORD_SRC 0x8450
+#define GL_FOG_COORD 0x8451
+#define GL_CURRENT_FOG_COORD 0x8453
+#define GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8454
+#define GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8455
+#define GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8456
+#define GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY 0x8457
+#define GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889D
+#define GL_SRC0_RGB 0x8580
+#define GL_SRC1_RGB 0x8581
+#define GL_SRC2_RGB 0x8582
+#define GL_SRC0_ALPHA 0x8588
+#define GL_SRC1_ALPHA 0x8589
+#define GL_SRC2_ALPHA 0x858A
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_0
+#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB 0x8009
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED 0x8622
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE 0x8623
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8624
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8625
+#define GL_CURRENT_VERTEX_ATTRIB 0x8626
+#define GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE 0x8642
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8645
+#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_FUNC 0x8800
+#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_FAIL 0x8801
+#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_PASS_DEPTH_FAIL 0x8802
+#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_PASS_DEPTH_PASS 0x8803
+#define GL_MAX_DRAW_BUFFERS 0x8824
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER0 0x8825
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER1 0x8826
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER2 0x8827
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER3 0x8828
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER4 0x8829
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER5 0x882A
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER6 0x882B
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER7 0x882C
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER8 0x882D
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER9 0x882E
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER10 0x882F
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER11 0x8830
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER12 0x8831
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER13 0x8832
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER14 0x8833
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER15 0x8834
+#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA 0x883D
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_ATTRIBS 0x8869
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED 0x886A
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS 0x8872
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER 0x8B30
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER 0x8B31
+#define GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS 0x8B49
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS 0x8B4A
+#define GL_MAX_VARYING_FLOATS 0x8B4B
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS 0x8B4C
+#define GL_MAX_COMBINED_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS 0x8B4D
+#define GL_SHADER_TYPE 0x8B4F
+#define GL_FLOAT_VEC2 0x8B50
+#define GL_FLOAT_VEC3 0x8B51
+#define GL_FLOAT_VEC4 0x8B52
+#define GL_INT_VEC2 0x8B53
+#define GL_INT_VEC3 0x8B54
+#define GL_INT_VEC4 0x8B55
+#define GL_BOOL 0x8B56
+#define GL_BOOL_VEC2 0x8B57
+#define GL_BOOL_VEC3 0x8B58
+#define GL_BOOL_VEC4 0x8B59
+#define GL_FLOAT_MAT2 0x8B5A
+#define GL_FLOAT_MAT3 0x8B5B
+#define GL_FLOAT_MAT4 0x8B5C
+#define GL_SAMPLER_1D 0x8B5D
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D 0x8B5E
+#define GL_SAMPLER_3D 0x8B5F
+#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE 0x8B60
+#define GL_SAMPLER_1D_SHADOW 0x8B61
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_SHADOW 0x8B62
+#define GL_DELETE_STATUS 0x8B80
+#define GL_COMPILE_STATUS 0x8B81
+#define GL_LINK_STATUS 0x8B82
+#define GL_VALIDATE_STATUS 0x8B83
+#define GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH 0x8B84
+#define GL_ATTACHED_SHADERS 0x8B85
+#define GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORMS 0x8B86
+#define GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORM_MAX_LENGTH 0x8B87
+#define GL_SHADER_SOURCE_LENGTH 0x8B88
+#define GL_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTES 0x8B89
+#define GL_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTE_MAX_LENGTH 0x8B8A
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER_DERIVATIVE_HINT 0x8B8B
+#define GL_SHADING_LANGUAGE_VERSION 0x8B8C
+#define GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM 0x8B8D
+#define GL_POINT_SPRITE_COORD_ORIGIN 0x8CA0
+#define GL_LOWER_LEFT 0x8CA1
+#define GL_UPPER_LEFT 0x8CA2
+#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_REF 0x8CA3
+#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_VALUE_MASK 0x8CA4
+#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_WRITEMASK 0x8CA5
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_0_DEPRECATED
+#define GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_TWO_SIDE 0x8643
+#define GL_POINT_SPRITE 0x8861
+#define GL_COORD_REPLACE 0x8862
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_COORDS 0x8871
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_1
+#define GL_PIXEL_PACK_BUFFER 0x88EB
+#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER 0x88EC
+#define GL_PIXEL_PACK_BUFFER_BINDING 0x88ED
+#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING 0x88EF
+#define GL_FLOAT_MAT2x3 0x8B65
+#define GL_FLOAT_MAT2x4 0x8B66
+#define GL_FLOAT_MAT3x2 0x8B67
+#define GL_FLOAT_MAT3x4 0x8B68
+#define GL_FLOAT_MAT4x2 0x8B69
+#define GL_FLOAT_MAT4x3 0x8B6A
+#define GL_SRGB 0x8C40
+#define GL_SRGB8 0x8C41
+#define GL_SRGB_ALPHA 0x8C42
+#define GL_SRGB8_ALPHA8 0x8C43
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB 0x8C48
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB_ALPHA 0x8C49
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_1_DEPRECATED
+#define GL_CURRENT_RASTER_SECONDARY_COLOR 0x845F
+#define GL_SLUMINANCE_ALPHA 0x8C44
+#define GL_SLUMINANCE8_ALPHA8 0x8C45
+#define GL_SLUMINANCE 0x8C46
+#define GL_SLUMINANCE8 0x8C47
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SLUMINANCE 0x8C4A
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SLUMINANCE_ALPHA 0x8C4B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_0
+#define GL_COMPARE_REF_TO_TEXTURE 0x884E
+#define GL_CLIP_DISTANCE0 0x3000
+#define GL_CLIP_DISTANCE1 0x3001
+#define GL_CLIP_DISTANCE2 0x3002
+#define GL_CLIP_DISTANCE3 0x3003
+#define GL_CLIP_DISTANCE4 0x3004
+#define GL_CLIP_DISTANCE5 0x3005
+#define GL_CLIP_DISTANCE6 0x3006
+#define GL_CLIP_DISTANCE7 0x3007
+#define GL_MAX_CLIP_DISTANCES 0x0D32
+#define GL_MAJOR_VERSION 0x821B
+#define GL_MINOR_VERSION 0x821C
+#define GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS 0x821D
+#define GL_CONTEXT_FLAGS 0x821E
+#define GL_DEPTH_BUFFER 0x8223
+#define GL_STENCIL_BUFFER 0x8224
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RED 0x8225
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RG 0x8226
+#define GL_CONTEXT_FLAG_FORWARD_COMPATIBLE_BIT 0x0001
+#define GL_RGBA32F 0x8814
+#define GL_RGB32F 0x8815
+#define GL_RGBA16F 0x881A
+#define GL_RGB16F 0x881B
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_INTEGER 0x88FD
+#define GL_MAX_ARRAY_TEXTURE_LAYERS 0x88FF
+#define GL_MIN_PROGRAM_TEXEL_OFFSET 0x8904
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_TEXEL_OFFSET 0x8905
+#define GL_CLAMP_READ_COLOR 0x891C
+#define GL_FIXED_ONLY 0x891D
+#define GL_MAX_VARYING_COMPONENTS 0x8B4B
+#define GL_TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY 0x8C18
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY 0x8C19
+#define GL_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY 0x8C1A
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY 0x8C1B
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_1D_ARRAY 0x8C1C
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D_ARRAY 0x8C1D
+#define GL_R11F_G11F_B10F 0x8C3A
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_10F_11F_11F_REV 0x8C3B
+#define GL_RGB9_E5 0x8C3D
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_5_9_9_9_REV 0x8C3E
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SHARED_SIZE 0x8C3F
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_VARYING_MAX_LENGTH 0x8C76
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_MODE 0x8C7F
+#define GL_MAX_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_SEPARATE_COMPONENTS 0x8C80
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_VARYINGS 0x8C83
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_START 0x8C84
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_SIZE 0x8C85
+#define GL_PRIMITIVES_GENERATED 0x8C87
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_PRIMITIVES_WRITTEN 0x8C88
+#define GL_RASTERIZER_DISCARD 0x8C89
+#define GL_MAX_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_INTERLEAVED_COMPONENTS 0x8C8A
+#define GL_MAX_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_SEPARATE_ATTRIBS 0x8C8B
+#define GL_INTERLEAVED_ATTRIBS 0x8C8C
+#define GL_SEPARATE_ATTRIBS 0x8C8D
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER 0x8C8E
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8C8F
+#define GL_RGBA32UI 0x8D70
+#define GL_RGB32UI 0x8D71
+#define GL_RGBA16UI 0x8D76
+#define GL_RGB16UI 0x8D77
+#define GL_RGBA8UI 0x8D7C
+#define GL_RGB8UI 0x8D7D
+#define GL_RGBA32I 0x8D82
+#define GL_RGB32I 0x8D83
+#define GL_RGBA16I 0x8D88
+#define GL_RGB16I 0x8D89
+#define GL_RGBA8I 0x8D8E
+#define GL_RGB8I 0x8D8F
+#define GL_RED_INTEGER 0x8D94
+#define GL_GREEN_INTEGER 0x8D95
+#define GL_BLUE_INTEGER 0x8D96
+#define GL_RGB_INTEGER 0x8D98
+#define GL_RGBA_INTEGER 0x8D99
+#define GL_BGR_INTEGER 0x8D9A
+#define GL_BGRA_INTEGER 0x8D9B
+#define GL_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY 0x8DC0
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY 0x8DC1
+#define GL_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY_SHADOW 0x8DC3
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY_SHADOW 0x8DC4
+#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE_SHADOW 0x8DC5
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_VEC2 0x8DC6
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_VEC3 0x8DC7
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_VEC4 0x8DC8
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_1D 0x8DC9
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D 0x8DCA
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_3D 0x8DCB
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE 0x8DCC
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY 0x8DCE
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY 0x8DCF
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_1D 0x8DD1
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D 0x8DD2
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_3D 0x8DD3
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE 0x8DD4
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY 0x8DD6
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY 0x8DD7
+#define GL_QUERY_WAIT 0x8E13
+#define GL_QUERY_NO_WAIT 0x8E14
+#define GL_QUERY_BY_REGION_WAIT 0x8E15
+#define GL_QUERY_BY_REGION_NO_WAIT 0x8E16
+#define GL_BUFFER_ACCESS_FLAGS 0x911F
+#define GL_BUFFER_MAP_LENGTH 0x9120
+#define GL_BUFFER_MAP_OFFSET 0x9121
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_depth_buffer_float */
+/* reuse GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32F */
+/* reuse GL_DEPTH32F_STENCIL8 */
+/* reuse GL_FLOAT_32_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8_REV */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_framebuffer_object */
+/* reuse GL_INVALID_FRAMEBUFFER_OPERATION */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_COLOR_ENCODING */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_COMPONENT_TYPE */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_RED_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_GREEN_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_BLUE_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_ALPHA_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_DEPTH_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_DEFAULT */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_UNDEFINED */
+/* reuse GL_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT */
+/* reuse GL_INDEX */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_RENDERBUFFER_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_DEPTH_STENCIL */
+/* reuse GL_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8 */
+/* reuse GL_DEPTH24_STENCIL8 */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_STENCIL_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_RED_TYPE */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_GREEN_TYPE */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_BLUE_TYPE */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_ALPHA_TYPE */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_TYPE */
+/* reuse GL_UNSIGNED_NORMALIZED */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING */
+/* reuse GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING */
+/* reuse GL_RENDERBUFFER_BINDING */
+/* reuse GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER */
+/* reuse GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER */
+/* reuse GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING */
+/* reuse GL_RENDERBUFFER_SAMPLES */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_OBJECT_TYPE */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_OBJECT_NAME */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LEVEL */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_FACE */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LAYER */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_COMPLETE */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_ATTACHMENT */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_MISSING_ATTACHMENT */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_DRAW_BUFFER */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_READ_BUFFER */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_UNSUPPORTED */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_COLOR_ATTACHMENTS */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT0 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT1 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT2 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT3 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT4 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT5 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT6 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT7 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT8 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT9 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT10 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT11 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT12 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT13 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT14 */
+/* reuse GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT15 */
+/* reuse GL_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT */
+/* reuse GL_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER */
+/* reuse GL_RENDERBUFFER */
+/* reuse GL_RENDERBUFFER_WIDTH */
+/* reuse GL_RENDERBUFFER_HEIGHT */
+/* reuse GL_RENDERBUFFER_INTERNAL_FORMAT */
+/* reuse GL_STENCIL_INDEX1 */
+/* reuse GL_STENCIL_INDEX4 */
+/* reuse GL_STENCIL_INDEX8 */
+/* reuse GL_STENCIL_INDEX16 */
+/* reuse GL_RENDERBUFFER_RED_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_RENDERBUFFER_GREEN_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_RENDERBUFFER_BLUE_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_RENDERBUFFER_ALPHA_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_RENDERBUFFER_DEPTH_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_RENDERBUFFER_STENCIL_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_MULTISAMPLE */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_SAMPLES */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_framebuffer_sRGB */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_half_float_vertex */
+/* reuse GL_HALF_FLOAT */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_map_buffer_range */
+/* reuse GL_MAP_READ_BIT */
+/* reuse GL_MAP_WRITE_BIT */
+/* reuse GL_MAP_INVALIDATE_RANGE_BIT */
+/* reuse GL_MAP_INVALIDATE_BUFFER_BIT */
+/* reuse GL_MAP_FLUSH_EXPLICIT_BIT */
+/* reuse GL_MAP_UNSYNCHRONIZED_BIT */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_texture_compression_rgtc */
+/* reuse GL_COMPRESSED_RED_RGTC1 */
+/* reuse GL_COMPRESSED_SIGNED_RED_RGTC1 */
+/* reuse GL_COMPRESSED_RG_RGTC2 */
+/* reuse GL_COMPRESSED_SIGNED_RG_RGTC2 */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_texture_rg */
+/* reuse GL_RG */
+/* reuse GL_RG_INTEGER */
+/* reuse GL_R8 */
+/* reuse GL_R16 */
+/* reuse GL_RG8 */
+/* reuse GL_RG16 */
+/* reuse GL_R16F */
+/* reuse GL_R32F */
+/* reuse GL_RG16F */
+/* reuse GL_RG32F */
+/* reuse GL_R8I */
+/* reuse GL_R8UI */
+/* reuse GL_R16I */
+/* reuse GL_R16UI */
+/* reuse GL_R32I */
+/* reuse GL_R32UI */
+/* reuse GL_RG8I */
+/* reuse GL_RG8UI */
+/* reuse GL_RG16I */
+/* reuse GL_RG16UI */
+/* reuse GL_RG32I */
+/* reuse GL_RG32UI */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_vertex_array_object */
+/* reuse GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_0_DEPRECATED
+#define GL_CLAMP_VERTEX_COLOR 0x891A
+#define GL_CLAMP_FRAGMENT_COLOR 0x891B
+#define GL_ALPHA_INTEGER 0x8D97
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_framebuffer_object */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_LUMINANCE_TYPE */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_INTENSITY_TYPE */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_1
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_RECT 0x8B63
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_RECT_SHADOW 0x8B64
+#define GL_SAMPLER_BUFFER 0x8DC2
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D_RECT 0x8DCD
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_BUFFER 0x8DD0
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D_RECT 0x8DD5
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_BUFFER 0x8DD8
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BUFFER 0x8C2A
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_BUFFER_SIZE 0x8C2B
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_BUFFER 0x8C2C
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BUFFER_DATA_STORE_BINDING 0x8C2D
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BUFFER_FORMAT 0x8C2E
+#define GL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE 0x84F5
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_RECTANGLE 0x84F6
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE 0x84F7
+#define GL_MAX_RECTANGLE_TEXTURE_SIZE 0x84F8
+#define GL_RED_SNORM 0x8F90
+#define GL_RG_SNORM 0x8F91
+#define GL_RGB_SNORM 0x8F92
+#define GL_RGBA_SNORM 0x8F93
+#define GL_R8_SNORM 0x8F94
+#define GL_RG8_SNORM 0x8F95
+#define GL_RGB8_SNORM 0x8F96
+#define GL_RGBA8_SNORM 0x8F97
+#define GL_R16_SNORM 0x8F98
+#define GL_RG16_SNORM 0x8F99
+#define GL_RGB16_SNORM 0x8F9A
+#define GL_RGBA16_SNORM 0x8F9B
+#define GL_SIGNED_NORMALIZED 0x8F9C
+#define GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART 0x8F9D
+#define GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_INDEX 0x8F9E
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_copy_buffer */
+/* reuse GL_COPY_READ_BUFFER */
+/* reuse GL_COPY_WRITE_BUFFER */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_draw_instanced (none) */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_uniform_buffer_object */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BUFFER */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BUFFER_BINDING */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BUFFER_START */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BUFFER_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNIFORM_BLOCKS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_BLOCKS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_COMBINED_UNIFORM_BLOCKS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_UNIFORM_BUFFER_BINDINGS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_UNIFORM_BLOCK_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_COMBINED_VERTEX_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_COMBINED_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BUFFER_OFFSET_ALIGNMENT */
+/* reuse GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORM_BLOCK_MAX_NAME_LENGTH */
+/* reuse GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORM_BLOCKS */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_TYPE */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_NAME_LENGTH */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_INDEX */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_OFFSET */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_ARRAY_STRIDE */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_MATRIX_STRIDE */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_IS_ROW_MAJOR */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_BINDING */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_DATA_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_NAME_LENGTH */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_ACTIVE_UNIFORMS */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_ACTIVE_UNIFORM_INDICES */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_REFERENCED_BY_VERTEX_SHADER */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_REFERENCED_BY_FRAGMENT_SHADER */
+/* reuse GL_INVALID_INDEX */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_2
+#define GL_CONTEXT_CORE_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000001
+#define GL_CONTEXT_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT 0x00000002
+#define GL_LINES_ADJACENCY 0x000A
+#define GL_LINE_STRIP_ADJACENCY 0x000B
+#define GL_TRIANGLES_ADJACENCY 0x000C
+#define GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP_ADJACENCY 0x000D
+#define GL_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE 0x8642
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS 0x8C29
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_LAYERED 0x8DA7
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_LAYER_TARGETS 0x8DA8
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER 0x8DD9
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_VERTICES_OUT 0x8916
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_INPUT_TYPE 0x8917
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_OUTPUT_TYPE 0x8918
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS 0x8DDF
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_OUTPUT_VERTICES 0x8DE0
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_TOTAL_OUTPUT_COMPONENTS 0x8DE1
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_OUTPUT_COMPONENTS 0x9122
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_INPUT_COMPONENTS 0x9123
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_OUTPUT_COMPONENTS 0x9124
+#define GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_INPUT_COMPONENTS 0x9125
+#define GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK 0x9126
+/* reuse GL_MAX_VARYING_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LAYER */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_depth_clamp */
+/* reuse GL_DEPTH_CLAMP */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_draw_elements_base_vertex (none) */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_fragment_coord_conventions (none) */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_provoking_vertex */
+/* reuse GL_QUADS_FOLLOW_PROVOKING_VERTEX_CONVENTION */
+/* reuse GL_FIRST_VERTEX_CONVENTION */
+/* reuse GL_LAST_VERTEX_CONVENTION */
+/* reuse GL_PROVOKING_VERTEX */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_seamless_cube_map */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_SEAMLESS */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_sync */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_SERVER_WAIT_TIMEOUT */
+/* reuse GL_OBJECT_TYPE */
+/* reuse GL_SYNC_CONDITION */
+/* reuse GL_SYNC_STATUS */
+/* reuse GL_SYNC_FLAGS */
+/* reuse GL_SYNC_FENCE */
+/* reuse GL_SYNC_GPU_COMMANDS_COMPLETE */
+/* reuse GL_UNSIGNALED */
+/* reuse GL_SIGNALED */
+/* reuse GL_ALREADY_SIGNALED */
+/* reuse GL_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED */
+/* reuse GL_CONDITION_SATISFIED */
+/* reuse GL_WAIT_FAILED */
+/* reuse GL_TIMEOUT_IGNORED */
+/* reuse GL_SYNC_FLUSH_COMMANDS_BIT */
+/* reuse GL_TIMEOUT_IGNORED */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_texture_multisample */
+/* reuse GL_SAMPLE_POSITION */
+/* reuse GL_SAMPLE_MASK */
+/* reuse GL_SAMPLE_MASK_VALUE */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_SAMPLE_MASK_WORDS */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE */
+/* reuse GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY */
+/* reuse GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D_MULTISAMPLE */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_SAMPLES */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_FIXED_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS */
+/* reuse GL_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE */
+/* reuse GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE */
+/* reuse GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE */
+/* reuse GL_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY */
+/* reuse GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY */
+/* reuse GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_COLOR_TEXTURE_SAMPLES */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_DEPTH_TEXTURE_SAMPLES */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_INTEGER_SAMPLES */
+/* Don't need to reuse tokens from ARB_vertex_array_bgra since they're already in 1.2 core */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_3
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_DIVISOR 0x88FE
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_blend_func_extended */
+/* reuse GL_SRC1_COLOR */
+/* reuse GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR */
+/* reuse GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_DUAL_SOURCE_DRAW_BUFFERS */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_explicit_attrib_location (none) */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_occlusion_query2 */
+/* reuse GL_ANY_SAMPLES_PASSED */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_sampler_objects */
+/* reuse GL_SAMPLER_BINDING */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_shader_bit_encoding (none) */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_texture_rgb10_a2ui */
+/* reuse GL_RGB10_A2UI */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_texture_swizzle */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_R */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_G */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_B */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_A */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_RGBA */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_timer_query */
+/* reuse GL_TIME_ELAPSED */
+/* reuse GL_TIMESTAMP */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_vertex_type_2_10_10_10_rev */
+/* reuse GL_INT_2_10_10_10_REV */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_0
+#define GL_SAMPLE_SHADING 0x8C36
+#define GL_MIN_SAMPLE_SHADING_VALUE 0x8C37
+#define GL_MIN_PROGRAM_TEXTURE_GATHER_OFFSET 0x8E5E
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_TEXTURE_GATHER_OFFSET 0x8E5F
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY 0x9009
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY 0x900A
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY 0x900B
+#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY 0x900C
+#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_SHADOW 0x900D
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY 0x900E
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY 0x900F
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_texture_query_lod (none) */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_draw_buffers_blend (none) */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_draw_indirect */
+/* reuse GL_DRAW_INDIRECT_BUFFER */
+/* reuse GL_DRAW_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BINDING */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_gpu_shader5 */
+/* reuse GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER_INVOCATIONS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_SHADER_INVOCATIONS */
+/* reuse GL_MIN_FRAGMENT_INTERPOLATION_OFFSET */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_INTERPOLATION_OFFSET */
+/* reuse GL_FRAGMENT_INTERPOLATION_OFFSET_BITS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_VERTEX_STREAMS */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_gpu_shader_fp64 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_VEC2 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_VEC3 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_VEC4 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT2 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT3 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT4 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT2x3 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT2x4 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT3x2 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT3x4 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT4x2 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT4x3 */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_shader_subroutine */
+/* reuse GL_ACTIVE_SUBROUTINES */
+/* reuse GL_ACTIVE_SUBROUTINE_UNIFORMS */
+/* reuse GL_ACTIVE_SUBROUTINE_UNIFORM_LOCATIONS */
+/* reuse GL_ACTIVE_SUBROUTINE_MAX_LENGTH */
+/* reuse GL_ACTIVE_SUBROUTINE_UNIFORM_MAX_LENGTH */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_SUBROUTINES */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_SUBROUTINE_UNIFORM_LOCATIONS */
+/* reuse GL_NUM_COMPATIBLE_SUBROUTINES */
+/* reuse GL_COMPATIBLE_SUBROUTINES */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_tessellation_shader */
+/* reuse GL_PATCHES */
+/* reuse GL_PATCH_VERTICES */
+/* reuse GL_PATCH_DEFAULT_INNER_LEVEL */
+/* reuse GL_PATCH_DEFAULT_OUTER_LEVEL */
+/* reuse GL_TESS_CONTROL_OUTPUT_VERTICES */
+/* reuse GL_TESS_GEN_MODE */
+/* reuse GL_TESS_GEN_SPACING */
+/* reuse GL_TESS_GEN_VERTEX_ORDER */
+/* reuse GL_TESS_GEN_POINT_MODE */
+/* reuse GL_ISOLINES */
+/* reuse GL_FRACTIONAL_ODD */
+/* reuse GL_FRACTIONAL_EVEN */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_PATCH_VERTICES */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TESS_GEN_LEVEL */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TESS_CONTROL_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TESS_EVALUATION_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TESS_CONTROL_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TESS_EVALUATION_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TESS_CONTROL_OUTPUT_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TESS_PATCH_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TESS_CONTROL_TOTAL_OUTPUT_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TESS_EVALUATION_OUTPUT_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TESS_CONTROL_UNIFORM_BLOCKS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TESS_EVALUATION_UNIFORM_BLOCKS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TESS_CONTROL_INPUT_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TESS_EVALUATION_INPUT_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_COMBINED_TESS_CONTROL_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_COMBINED_TESS_EVALUATION_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_REFERENCED_BY_TESS_CONTROL_SHADER */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_REFERENCED_BY_TESS_EVALUATION_SHADER */
+/* reuse GL_TESS_EVALUATION_SHADER */
+/* reuse GL_TESS_CONTROL_SHADER */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_texture_buffer_object_rgb32 (none) */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_transform_feedback2 */
+/* reuse GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK */
+/* reuse GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_PAUSED */
+/* reuse GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_ACTIVE */
+/* reuse GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BINDING */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_transform_feedback3 */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFERS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_VERTEX_STREAMS */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_1
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_ES2_compatibility */
+/* reuse GL_FIXED */
+/* reuse GL_IMPLEMENTATION_COLOR_READ_TYPE */
+/* reuse GL_IMPLEMENTATION_COLOR_READ_FORMAT */
+/* reuse GL_LOW_FLOAT */
+/* reuse GL_MEDIUM_FLOAT */
+/* reuse GL_HIGH_FLOAT */
+/* reuse GL_LOW_INT */
+/* reuse GL_MEDIUM_INT */
+/* reuse GL_HIGH_INT */
+/* reuse GL_SHADER_COMPILER */
+/* reuse GL_NUM_SHADER_BINARY_FORMATS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNIFORM_VECTORS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_VARYING_VECTORS */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_VECTORS */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_get_program_binary */
+/* reuse GL_PROGRAM_BINARY_RETRIEVABLE_HINT */
+/* reuse GL_PROGRAM_BINARY_LENGTH */
+/* reuse GL_NUM_PROGRAM_BINARY_FORMATS */
+/* reuse GL_PROGRAM_BINARY_FORMATS */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_separate_shader_objects */
+/* reuse GL_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT */
+/* reuse GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT */
+/* reuse GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT */
+/* reuse GL_TESS_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT */
+/* reuse GL_TESS_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT */
+/* reuse GL_ALL_SHADER_BITS */
+/* reuse GL_PROGRAM_SEPARABLE */
+/* reuse GL_ACTIVE_PROGRAM */
+/* reuse GL_PROGRAM_PIPELINE_BINDING */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_shader_precision (none) */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_vertex_attrib_64bit - all are in GL 3.0 and 4.0 already */
+/* Reuse tokens from ARB_viewport_array - some are in GL 1.1 and ARB_provoking_vertex already */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_VIEWPORTS */
+/* reuse GL_VIEWPORT_SUBPIXEL_BITS */
+/* reuse GL_VIEWPORT_BOUNDS_RANGE */
+/* reuse GL_LAYER_PROVOKING_VERTEX */
+/* reuse GL_VIEWPORT_INDEX_PROVOKING_VERTEX */
+/* reuse GL_UNDEFINED_VERTEX */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_multitexture
+#define GL_TEXTURE0_ARB 0x84C0
+#define GL_TEXTURE1_ARB 0x84C1
+#define GL_TEXTURE2_ARB 0x84C2
+#define GL_TEXTURE3_ARB 0x84C3
+#define GL_TEXTURE4_ARB 0x84C4
+#define GL_TEXTURE5_ARB 0x84C5
+#define GL_TEXTURE6_ARB 0x84C6
+#define GL_TEXTURE7_ARB 0x84C7
+#define GL_TEXTURE8_ARB 0x84C8
+#define GL_TEXTURE9_ARB 0x84C9
+#define GL_TEXTURE10_ARB 0x84CA
+#define GL_TEXTURE11_ARB 0x84CB
+#define GL_TEXTURE12_ARB 0x84CC
+#define GL_TEXTURE13_ARB 0x84CD
+#define GL_TEXTURE14_ARB 0x84CE
+#define GL_TEXTURE15_ARB 0x84CF
+#define GL_TEXTURE16_ARB 0x84D0
+#define GL_TEXTURE17_ARB 0x84D1
+#define GL_TEXTURE18_ARB 0x84D2
+#define GL_TEXTURE19_ARB 0x84D3
+#define GL_TEXTURE20_ARB 0x84D4
+#define GL_TEXTURE21_ARB 0x84D5
+#define GL_TEXTURE22_ARB 0x84D6
+#define GL_TEXTURE23_ARB 0x84D7
+#define GL_TEXTURE24_ARB 0x84D8
+#define GL_TEXTURE25_ARB 0x84D9
+#define GL_TEXTURE26_ARB 0x84DA
+#define GL_TEXTURE27_ARB 0x84DB
+#define GL_TEXTURE28_ARB 0x84DC
+#define GL_TEXTURE29_ARB 0x84DD
+#define GL_TEXTURE30_ARB 0x84DE
+#define GL_TEXTURE31_ARB 0x84DF
+#define GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE_ARB 0x84E0
+#define GL_CLIENT_ACTIVE_TEXTURE_ARB 0x84E1
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_UNITS_ARB 0x84E2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_transpose_matrix
+#define GL_TRANSPOSE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX_ARB 0x84E3
+#define GL_TRANSPOSE_PROJECTION_MATRIX_ARB 0x84E4
+#define GL_TRANSPOSE_TEXTURE_MATRIX_ARB 0x84E5
+#define GL_TRANSPOSE_COLOR_MATRIX_ARB 0x84E6
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_multisample
+#define GL_MULTISAMPLE_ARB 0x809D
+#define GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_COVERAGE_ARB 0x809E
+#define GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_ONE_ARB 0x809F
+#define GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_ARB 0x80A0
+#define GL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_ARB 0x80A8
+#define GL_SAMPLES_ARB 0x80A9
+#define GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_VALUE_ARB 0x80AA
+#define GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_INVERT_ARB 0x80AB
+#define GL_MULTISAMPLE_BIT_ARB 0x20000000
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_env_add
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_cube_map
+#define GL_NORMAL_MAP_ARB 0x8511
+#define GL_REFLECTION_MAP_ARB 0x8512
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARB 0x8513
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_CUBE_MAP_ARB 0x8514
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X_ARB 0x8515
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X_ARB 0x8516
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y_ARB 0x8517
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y_ARB 0x8518
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z_ARB 0x8519
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z_ARB 0x851A
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARB 0x851B
+#define GL_MAX_CUBE_MAP_TEXTURE_SIZE_ARB 0x851C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_compression
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_ALPHA_ARB 0x84E9
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_LUMINANCE_ARB 0x84EA
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_ARB 0x84EB
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_INTENSITY_ARB 0x84EC
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGB_ARB 0x84ED
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ARB 0x84EE
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION_HINT_ARB 0x84EF
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSED_IMAGE_SIZE_ARB 0x86A0
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSED_ARB 0x86A1
+#define GL_NUM_COMPRESSED_TEXTURE_FORMATS_ARB 0x86A2
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_TEXTURE_FORMATS_ARB 0x86A3
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_border_clamp
+#define GL_CLAMP_TO_BORDER_ARB 0x812D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_point_parameters
+#define GL_POINT_SIZE_MIN_ARB 0x8126
+#define GL_POINT_SIZE_MAX_ARB 0x8127
+#define GL_POINT_FADE_THRESHOLD_SIZE_ARB 0x8128
+#define GL_POINT_DISTANCE_ATTENUATION_ARB 0x8129
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_blend
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNITS_ARB 0x86A4
+#define GL_ACTIVE_VERTEX_UNITS_ARB 0x86A5
+#define GL_WEIGHT_SUM_UNITY_ARB 0x86A6
+#define GL_VERTEX_BLEND_ARB 0x86A7
+#define GL_CURRENT_WEIGHT_ARB 0x86A8
+#define GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_TYPE_ARB 0x86A9
+#define GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_STRIDE_ARB 0x86AA
+#define GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_SIZE_ARB 0x86AB
+#define GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_POINTER_ARB 0x86AC
+#define GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_ARB 0x86AD
+#define GL_MODELVIEW0_ARB 0x1700
+#define GL_MODELVIEW1_ARB 0x850A
+#define GL_MODELVIEW2_ARB 0x8722
+#define GL_MODELVIEW3_ARB 0x8723
+#define GL_MODELVIEW4_ARB 0x8724
+#define GL_MODELVIEW5_ARB 0x8725
+#define GL_MODELVIEW6_ARB 0x8726
+#define GL_MODELVIEW7_ARB 0x8727
+#define GL_MODELVIEW8_ARB 0x8728
+#define GL_MODELVIEW9_ARB 0x8729
+#define GL_MODELVIEW10_ARB 0x872A
+#define GL_MODELVIEW11_ARB 0x872B
+#define GL_MODELVIEW12_ARB 0x872C
+#define GL_MODELVIEW13_ARB 0x872D
+#define GL_MODELVIEW14_ARB 0x872E
+#define GL_MODELVIEW15_ARB 0x872F
+#define GL_MODELVIEW16_ARB 0x8730
+#define GL_MODELVIEW17_ARB 0x8731
+#define GL_MODELVIEW18_ARB 0x8732
+#define GL_MODELVIEW19_ARB 0x8733
+#define GL_MODELVIEW20_ARB 0x8734
+#define GL_MODELVIEW21_ARB 0x8735
+#define GL_MODELVIEW22_ARB 0x8736
+#define GL_MODELVIEW23_ARB 0x8737
+#define GL_MODELVIEW24_ARB 0x8738
+#define GL_MODELVIEW25_ARB 0x8739
+#define GL_MODELVIEW26_ARB 0x873A
+#define GL_MODELVIEW27_ARB 0x873B
+#define GL_MODELVIEW28_ARB 0x873C
+#define GL_MODELVIEW29_ARB 0x873D
+#define GL_MODELVIEW30_ARB 0x873E
+#define GL_MODELVIEW31_ARB 0x873F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_matrix_palette
+#define GL_MATRIX_PALETTE_ARB 0x8840
+#define GL_MAX_MATRIX_PALETTE_STACK_DEPTH_ARB 0x8841
+#define GL_MAX_PALETTE_MATRICES_ARB 0x8842
+#define GL_CURRENT_PALETTE_MATRIX_ARB 0x8843
+#define GL_MATRIX_INDEX_ARRAY_ARB 0x8844
+#define GL_CURRENT_MATRIX_INDEX_ARB 0x8845
+#define GL_MATRIX_INDEX_ARRAY_SIZE_ARB 0x8846
+#define GL_MATRIX_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE_ARB 0x8847
+#define GL_MATRIX_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_ARB 0x8848
+#define GL_MATRIX_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER_ARB 0x8849
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_env_combine
+#define GL_COMBINE_ARB 0x8570
+#define GL_COMBINE_RGB_ARB 0x8571
+#define GL_COMBINE_ALPHA_ARB 0x8572
+#define GL_SOURCE0_RGB_ARB 0x8580
+#define GL_SOURCE1_RGB_ARB 0x8581
+#define GL_SOURCE2_RGB_ARB 0x8582
+#define GL_SOURCE0_ALPHA_ARB 0x8588
+#define GL_SOURCE1_ALPHA_ARB 0x8589
+#define GL_SOURCE2_ALPHA_ARB 0x858A
+#define GL_OPERAND0_RGB_ARB 0x8590
+#define GL_OPERAND1_RGB_ARB 0x8591
+#define GL_OPERAND2_RGB_ARB 0x8592
+#define GL_OPERAND0_ALPHA_ARB 0x8598
+#define GL_OPERAND1_ALPHA_ARB 0x8599
+#define GL_OPERAND2_ALPHA_ARB 0x859A
+#define GL_RGB_SCALE_ARB 0x8573
+#define GL_ADD_SIGNED_ARB 0x8574
+#define GL_INTERPOLATE_ARB 0x8575
+#define GL_SUBTRACT_ARB 0x84E7
+#define GL_CONSTANT_ARB 0x8576
+#define GL_PRIMARY_COLOR_ARB 0x8577
+#define GL_PREVIOUS_ARB 0x8578
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_env_crossbar
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_env_dot3
+#define GL_DOT3_RGB_ARB 0x86AE
+#define GL_DOT3_RGBA_ARB 0x86AF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_mirrored_repeat
+#define GL_MIRRORED_REPEAT_ARB 0x8370
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_depth_texture
+#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT16_ARB 0x81A5
+#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT24_ARB 0x81A6
+#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32_ARB 0x81A7
+#define GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_SIZE_ARB 0x884A
+#define GL_DEPTH_TEXTURE_MODE_ARB 0x884B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shadow
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_MODE_ARB 0x884C
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_FUNC_ARB 0x884D
+#define GL_COMPARE_R_TO_TEXTURE_ARB 0x884E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shadow_ambient
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_FAIL_VALUE_ARB 0x80BF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_window_pos
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_program
+#define GL_COLOR_SUM_ARB 0x8458
+#define GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB 0x8620
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED_ARB 0x8622
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE_ARB 0x8623
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE_ARB 0x8624
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE_ARB 0x8625
+#define GL_CURRENT_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARB 0x8626
+#define GL_PROGRAM_LENGTH_ARB 0x8627
+#define GL_PROGRAM_STRING_ARB 0x8628
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_ARB 0x862E
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_MATRICES_ARB 0x862F
+#define GL_CURRENT_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_ARB 0x8640
+#define GL_CURRENT_MATRIX_ARB 0x8641
+#define GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE_ARB 0x8642
+#define GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_TWO_SIDE_ARB 0x8643
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER_ARB 0x8645
+#define GL_PROGRAM_ERROR_POSITION_ARB 0x864B
+#define GL_PROGRAM_BINDING_ARB 0x8677
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_ATTRIBS_ARB 0x8869
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED_ARB 0x886A
+#define GL_PROGRAM_ERROR_STRING_ARB 0x8874
+#define GL_PROGRAM_FORMAT_ASCII_ARB 0x8875
+#define GL_PROGRAM_FORMAT_ARB 0x8876
+#define GL_PROGRAM_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB 0x88A0
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB 0x88A1
+#define GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB 0x88A2
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB 0x88A3
+#define GL_PROGRAM_TEMPORARIES_ARB 0x88A4
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_TEMPORARIES_ARB 0x88A5
+#define GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEMPORARIES_ARB 0x88A6
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEMPORARIES_ARB 0x88A7
+#define GL_PROGRAM_PARAMETERS_ARB 0x88A8
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_PARAMETERS_ARB 0x88A9
+#define GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_PARAMETERS_ARB 0x88AA
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_PARAMETERS_ARB 0x88AB
+#define GL_PROGRAM_ATTRIBS_ARB 0x88AC
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_ATTRIBS_ARB 0x88AD
+#define GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ATTRIBS_ARB 0x88AE
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ATTRIBS_ARB 0x88AF
+#define GL_PROGRAM_ADDRESS_REGISTERS_ARB 0x88B0
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_ADDRESS_REGISTERS_ARB 0x88B1
+#define GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ADDRESS_REGISTERS_ARB 0x88B2
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ADDRESS_REGISTERS_ARB 0x88B3
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAMETERS_ARB 0x88B4
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_ENV_PARAMETERS_ARB 0x88B5
+#define GL_PROGRAM_UNDER_NATIVE_LIMITS_ARB 0x88B6
+#define GL_TRANSPOSE_CURRENT_MATRIX_ARB 0x88B7
+#define GL_MATRIX0_ARB 0x88C0
+#define GL_MATRIX1_ARB 0x88C1
+#define GL_MATRIX2_ARB 0x88C2
+#define GL_MATRIX3_ARB 0x88C3
+#define GL_MATRIX4_ARB 0x88C4
+#define GL_MATRIX5_ARB 0x88C5
+#define GL_MATRIX6_ARB 0x88C6
+#define GL_MATRIX7_ARB 0x88C7
+#define GL_MATRIX8_ARB 0x88C8
+#define GL_MATRIX9_ARB 0x88C9
+#define GL_MATRIX10_ARB 0x88CA
+#define GL_MATRIX11_ARB 0x88CB
+#define GL_MATRIX12_ARB 0x88CC
+#define GL_MATRIX13_ARB 0x88CD
+#define GL_MATRIX14_ARB 0x88CE
+#define GL_MATRIX15_ARB 0x88CF
+#define GL_MATRIX16_ARB 0x88D0
+#define GL_MATRIX17_ARB 0x88D1
+#define GL_MATRIX18_ARB 0x88D2
+#define GL_MATRIX19_ARB 0x88D3
+#define GL_MATRIX20_ARB 0x88D4
+#define GL_MATRIX21_ARB 0x88D5
+#define GL_MATRIX22_ARB 0x88D6
+#define GL_MATRIX23_ARB 0x88D7
+#define GL_MATRIX24_ARB 0x88D8
+#define GL_MATRIX25_ARB 0x88D9
+#define GL_MATRIX26_ARB 0x88DA
+#define GL_MATRIX27_ARB 0x88DB
+#define GL_MATRIX28_ARB 0x88DC
+#define GL_MATRIX29_ARB 0x88DD
+#define GL_MATRIX30_ARB 0x88DE
+#define GL_MATRIX31_ARB 0x88DF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_fragment_program
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_ARB 0x8804
+#define GL_PROGRAM_ALU_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB 0x8805
+#define GL_PROGRAM_TEX_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB 0x8806
+#define GL_PROGRAM_TEX_INDIRECTIONS_ARB 0x8807
+#define GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ALU_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB 0x8808
+#define GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEX_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB 0x8809
+#define GL_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEX_INDIRECTIONS_ARB 0x880A
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_ALU_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB 0x880B
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_TEX_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB 0x880C
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_TEX_INDIRECTIONS_ARB 0x880D
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_ALU_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB 0x880E
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEX_INSTRUCTIONS_ARB 0x880F
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_NATIVE_TEX_INDIRECTIONS_ARB 0x8810
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_COORDS_ARB 0x8871
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_ARB 0x8872
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_buffer_object
+#define GL_BUFFER_SIZE_ARB 0x8764
+#define GL_BUFFER_USAGE_ARB 0x8765
+#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_ARB 0x8892
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_ARB 0x8893
+#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x8894
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x8895
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x8896
+#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x8897
+#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x8898
+#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x8899
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x889A
+#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x889B
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x889C
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x889D
+#define GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x889E
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x889F
+#define GL_READ_ONLY_ARB 0x88B8
+#define GL_WRITE_ONLY_ARB 0x88B9
+#define GL_READ_WRITE_ARB 0x88BA
+#define GL_BUFFER_ACCESS_ARB 0x88BB
+#define GL_BUFFER_MAPPED_ARB 0x88BC
+#define GL_BUFFER_MAP_POINTER_ARB 0x88BD
+#define GL_STREAM_DRAW_ARB 0x88E0
+#define GL_STREAM_READ_ARB 0x88E1
+#define GL_STREAM_COPY_ARB 0x88E2
+#define GL_STATIC_DRAW_ARB 0x88E4
+#define GL_STATIC_READ_ARB 0x88E5
+#define GL_STATIC_COPY_ARB 0x88E6
+#define GL_DYNAMIC_DRAW_ARB 0x88E8
+#define GL_DYNAMIC_READ_ARB 0x88E9
+#define GL_DYNAMIC_COPY_ARB 0x88EA
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_occlusion_query
+#define GL_QUERY_COUNTER_BITS_ARB 0x8864
+#define GL_CURRENT_QUERY_ARB 0x8865
+#define GL_QUERY_RESULT_ARB 0x8866
+#define GL_QUERY_RESULT_AVAILABLE_ARB 0x8867
+#define GL_SAMPLES_PASSED_ARB 0x8914
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shader_objects
+#define GL_PROGRAM_OBJECT_ARB 0x8B40
+#define GL_SHADER_OBJECT_ARB 0x8B48
+#define GL_OBJECT_TYPE_ARB 0x8B4E
+#define GL_OBJECT_SUBTYPE_ARB 0x8B4F
+#define GL_FLOAT_VEC2_ARB 0x8B50
+#define GL_FLOAT_VEC3_ARB 0x8B51
+#define GL_FLOAT_VEC4_ARB 0x8B52
+#define GL_INT_VEC2_ARB 0x8B53
+#define GL_INT_VEC3_ARB 0x8B54
+#define GL_INT_VEC4_ARB 0x8B55
+#define GL_BOOL_ARB 0x8B56
+#define GL_BOOL_VEC2_ARB 0x8B57
+#define GL_BOOL_VEC3_ARB 0x8B58
+#define GL_BOOL_VEC4_ARB 0x8B59
+#define GL_FLOAT_MAT2_ARB 0x8B5A
+#define GL_FLOAT_MAT3_ARB 0x8B5B
+#define GL_FLOAT_MAT4_ARB 0x8B5C
+#define GL_SAMPLER_1D_ARB 0x8B5D
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_ARB 0x8B5E
+#define GL_SAMPLER_3D_ARB 0x8B5F
+#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE_ARB 0x8B60
+#define GL_SAMPLER_1D_SHADOW_ARB 0x8B61
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_SHADOW_ARB 0x8B62
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_RECT_ARB 0x8B63
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_RECT_SHADOW_ARB 0x8B64
+#define GL_OBJECT_DELETE_STATUS_ARB 0x8B80
+#define GL_OBJECT_COMPILE_STATUS_ARB 0x8B81
+#define GL_OBJECT_LINK_STATUS_ARB 0x8B82
+#define GL_OBJECT_VALIDATE_STATUS_ARB 0x8B83
+#define GL_OBJECT_INFO_LOG_LENGTH_ARB 0x8B84
+#define GL_OBJECT_ATTACHED_OBJECTS_ARB 0x8B85
+#define GL_OBJECT_ACTIVE_UNIFORMS_ARB 0x8B86
+#define GL_OBJECT_ACTIVE_UNIFORM_MAX_LENGTH_ARB 0x8B87
+#define GL_OBJECT_SHADER_SOURCE_LENGTH_ARB 0x8B88
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_shader
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER_ARB 0x8B31
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS_ARB 0x8B4A
+#define GL_MAX_VARYING_FLOATS_ARB 0x8B4B
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_ARB 0x8B4C
+#define GL_MAX_COMBINED_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_ARB 0x8B4D
+#define GL_OBJECT_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTES_ARB 0x8B89
+#define GL_OBJECT_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTE_MAX_LENGTH_ARB 0x8B8A
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_fragment_shader
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER_ARB 0x8B30
+#define GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS_ARB 0x8B49
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER_DERIVATIVE_HINT_ARB 0x8B8B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shading_language_100
+#define GL_SHADING_LANGUAGE_VERSION_ARB 0x8B8C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_point_sprite
+#define GL_POINT_SPRITE_ARB 0x8861
+#define GL_COORD_REPLACE_ARB 0x8862
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_fragment_program_shadow
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_draw_buffers
+#define GL_MAX_DRAW_BUFFERS_ARB 0x8824
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER0_ARB 0x8825
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER1_ARB 0x8826
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER2_ARB 0x8827
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER3_ARB 0x8828
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER4_ARB 0x8829
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER5_ARB 0x882A
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER6_ARB 0x882B
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER7_ARB 0x882C
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER8_ARB 0x882D
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER9_ARB 0x882E
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER10_ARB 0x882F
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER11_ARB 0x8830
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER12_ARB 0x8831
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER13_ARB 0x8832
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER14_ARB 0x8833
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER15_ARB 0x8834
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_rectangle
+#define GL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_ARB 0x84F5
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_RECTANGLE_ARB 0x84F6
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_ARB 0x84F7
+#define GL_MAX_RECTANGLE_TEXTURE_SIZE_ARB 0x84F8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_color_buffer_float
+#define GL_RGBA_FLOAT_MODE_ARB 0x8820
+#define GL_CLAMP_VERTEX_COLOR_ARB 0x891A
+#define GL_CLAMP_FRAGMENT_COLOR_ARB 0x891B
+#define GL_CLAMP_READ_COLOR_ARB 0x891C
+#define GL_FIXED_ONLY_ARB 0x891D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_half_float_pixel
+#define GL_HALF_FLOAT_ARB 0x140B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_float
+#define GL_TEXTURE_RED_TYPE_ARB 0x8C10
+#define GL_TEXTURE_GREEN_TYPE_ARB 0x8C11
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BLUE_TYPE_ARB 0x8C12
+#define GL_TEXTURE_ALPHA_TYPE_ARB 0x8C13
+#define GL_TEXTURE_LUMINANCE_TYPE_ARB 0x8C14
+#define GL_TEXTURE_INTENSITY_TYPE_ARB 0x8C15
+#define GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_TYPE_ARB 0x8C16
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_NORMALIZED_ARB 0x8C17
+#define GL_RGBA32F_ARB 0x8814
+#define GL_RGB32F_ARB 0x8815
+#define GL_ALPHA32F_ARB 0x8816
+#define GL_INTENSITY32F_ARB 0x8817
+#define GL_LUMINANCE32F_ARB 0x8818
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA32F_ARB 0x8819
+#define GL_RGBA16F_ARB 0x881A
+#define GL_RGB16F_ARB 0x881B
+#define GL_ALPHA16F_ARB 0x881C
+#define GL_INTENSITY16F_ARB 0x881D
+#define GL_LUMINANCE16F_ARB 0x881E
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA16F_ARB 0x881F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_pixel_buffer_object
+#define GL_PIXEL_PACK_BUFFER_ARB 0x88EB
+#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_ARB 0x88EC
+#define GL_PIXEL_PACK_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x88ED
+#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING_ARB 0x88EF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_depth_buffer_float
+#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32F 0x8CAC
+#define GL_DEPTH32F_STENCIL8 0x8CAD
+#define GL_FLOAT_32_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8_REV 0x8DAD
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_draw_instanced
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_framebuffer_object
+#define GL_INVALID_FRAMEBUFFER_OPERATION 0x0506
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_COLOR_ENCODING 0x8210
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_COMPONENT_TYPE 0x8211
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_RED_SIZE 0x8212
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_GREEN_SIZE 0x8213
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_BLUE_SIZE 0x8214
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_ALPHA_SIZE 0x8215
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_DEPTH_SIZE 0x8216
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_SIZE 0x8217
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_DEFAULT 0x8218
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_UNDEFINED 0x8219
+#define GL_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT 0x821A
+#define GL_MAX_RENDERBUFFER_SIZE 0x84E8
+#define GL_DEPTH_STENCIL 0x84F9
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8 0x84FA
+#define GL_DEPTH24_STENCIL8 0x88F0
+#define GL_TEXTURE_STENCIL_SIZE 0x88F1
+#define GL_TEXTURE_RED_TYPE 0x8C10
+#define GL_TEXTURE_GREEN_TYPE 0x8C11
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BLUE_TYPE 0x8C12
+#define GL_TEXTURE_ALPHA_TYPE 0x8C13
+#define GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_TYPE 0x8C16
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_NORMALIZED 0x8C17
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING 0x8CA6
+#define GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING GL_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_BINDING 0x8CA7
+#define GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER 0x8CA8
+#define GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER 0x8CA9
+#define GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING 0x8CAA
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_SAMPLES 0x8CAB
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_OBJECT_TYPE 0x8CD0
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_OBJECT_NAME 0x8CD1
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LEVEL 0x8CD2
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_FACE 0x8CD3
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LAYER 0x8CD4
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_COMPLETE 0x8CD5
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_ATTACHMENT 0x8CD6
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_MISSING_ATTACHMENT 0x8CD7
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_DRAW_BUFFER 0x8CDB
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_READ_BUFFER 0x8CDC
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_UNSUPPORTED 0x8CDD
+#define GL_MAX_COLOR_ATTACHMENTS 0x8CDF
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT0 0x8CE0
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT1 0x8CE1
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT2 0x8CE2
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT3 0x8CE3
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT4 0x8CE4
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT5 0x8CE5
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT6 0x8CE6
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT7 0x8CE7
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT8 0x8CE8
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT9 0x8CE9
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT10 0x8CEA
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT11 0x8CEB
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT12 0x8CEC
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT13 0x8CED
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT14 0x8CEE
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT15 0x8CEF
+#define GL_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT 0x8D00
+#define GL_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT 0x8D20
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER 0x8D40
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER 0x8D41
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_WIDTH 0x8D42
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_HEIGHT 0x8D43
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_INTERNAL_FORMAT 0x8D44
+#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX1 0x8D46
+#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX4 0x8D47
+#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX8 0x8D48
+#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX16 0x8D49
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_RED_SIZE 0x8D50
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_GREEN_SIZE 0x8D51
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_BLUE_SIZE 0x8D52
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_ALPHA_SIZE 0x8D53
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_DEPTH_SIZE 0x8D54
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_STENCIL_SIZE 0x8D55
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_MULTISAMPLE 0x8D56
+#define GL_MAX_SAMPLES 0x8D57
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_framebuffer_object_DEPRECATED
+#define GL_INDEX 0x8222
+#define GL_TEXTURE_LUMINANCE_TYPE 0x8C14
+#define GL_TEXTURE_INTENSITY_TYPE 0x8C15
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_framebuffer_sRGB
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB 0x8DB9
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_geometry_shader4
+#define GL_LINES_ADJACENCY_ARB 0x000A
+#define GL_LINE_STRIP_ADJACENCY_ARB 0x000B
+#define GL_TRIANGLES_ADJACENCY_ARB 0x000C
+#define GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP_ADJACENCY_ARB 0x000D
+#define GL_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE_ARB 0x8642
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_ARB 0x8C29
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_LAYERED_ARB 0x8DA7
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_LAYER_TARGETS_ARB 0x8DA8
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_LAYER_COUNT_ARB 0x8DA9
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER_ARB 0x8DD9
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_VERTICES_OUT_ARB 0x8DDA
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_INPUT_TYPE_ARB 0x8DDB
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_OUTPUT_TYPE_ARB 0x8DDC
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_VARYING_COMPONENTS_ARB 0x8DDD
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_VARYING_COMPONENTS_ARB 0x8DDE
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS_ARB 0x8DDF
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_OUTPUT_VERTICES_ARB 0x8DE0
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_TOTAL_OUTPUT_COMPONENTS_ARB 0x8DE1
+/* reuse GL_MAX_VARYING_COMPONENTS */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LAYER */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_half_float_vertex
+#define GL_HALF_FLOAT 0x140B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_instanced_arrays
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_DIVISOR_ARB 0x88FE
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_map_buffer_range
+#define GL_MAP_READ_BIT 0x0001
+#define GL_MAP_WRITE_BIT 0x0002
+#define GL_MAP_INVALIDATE_RANGE_BIT 0x0004
+#define GL_MAP_INVALIDATE_BUFFER_BIT 0x0008
+#define GL_MAP_FLUSH_EXPLICIT_BIT 0x0010
+#define GL_MAP_UNSYNCHRONIZED_BIT 0x0020
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_buffer_object
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BUFFER_ARB 0x8C2A
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_BUFFER_SIZE_ARB 0x8C2B
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_BUFFER_ARB 0x8C2C
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BUFFER_DATA_STORE_BINDING_ARB 0x8C2D
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BUFFER_FORMAT_ARB 0x8C2E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_compression_rgtc
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RED_RGTC1 0x8DBB
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SIGNED_RED_RGTC1 0x8DBC
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RG_RGTC2 0x8DBD
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SIGNED_RG_RGTC2 0x8DBE
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_rg
+#define GL_RG 0x8227
+#define GL_RG_INTEGER 0x8228
+#define GL_R8 0x8229
+#define GL_R16 0x822A
+#define GL_RG8 0x822B
+#define GL_RG16 0x822C
+#define GL_R16F 0x822D
+#define GL_R32F 0x822E
+#define GL_RG16F 0x822F
+#define GL_RG32F 0x8230
+#define GL_R8I 0x8231
+#define GL_R8UI 0x8232
+#define GL_R16I 0x8233
+#define GL_R16UI 0x8234
+#define GL_R32I 0x8235
+#define GL_R32UI 0x8236
+#define GL_RG8I 0x8237
+#define GL_RG8UI 0x8238
+#define GL_RG16I 0x8239
+#define GL_RG16UI 0x823A
+#define GL_RG32I 0x823B
+#define GL_RG32UI 0x823C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_array_object
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING 0x85B5
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_uniform_buffer_object
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BUFFER 0x8A11
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8A28
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BUFFER_START 0x8A29
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BUFFER_SIZE 0x8A2A
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNIFORM_BLOCKS 0x8A2B
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_UNIFORM_BLOCKS 0x8A2C
+#define GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_BLOCKS 0x8A2D
+#define GL_MAX_COMBINED_UNIFORM_BLOCKS 0x8A2E
+#define GL_MAX_UNIFORM_BUFFER_BINDINGS 0x8A2F
+#define GL_MAX_UNIFORM_BLOCK_SIZE 0x8A30
+#define GL_MAX_COMBINED_VERTEX_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS 0x8A31
+#define GL_MAX_COMBINED_GEOMETRY_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS 0x8A32
+#define GL_MAX_COMBINED_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS 0x8A33
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BUFFER_OFFSET_ALIGNMENT 0x8A34
+#define GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORM_BLOCK_MAX_NAME_LENGTH 0x8A35
+#define GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORM_BLOCKS 0x8A36
+#define GL_UNIFORM_TYPE 0x8A37
+#define GL_UNIFORM_SIZE 0x8A38
+#define GL_UNIFORM_NAME_LENGTH 0x8A39
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_INDEX 0x8A3A
+#define GL_UNIFORM_OFFSET 0x8A3B
+#define GL_UNIFORM_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8A3C
+#define GL_UNIFORM_MATRIX_STRIDE 0x8A3D
+#define GL_UNIFORM_IS_ROW_MAJOR 0x8A3E
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_BINDING 0x8A3F
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_DATA_SIZE 0x8A40
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_NAME_LENGTH 0x8A41
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_ACTIVE_UNIFORMS 0x8A42
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_ACTIVE_UNIFORM_INDICES 0x8A43
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_REFERENCED_BY_VERTEX_SHADER 0x8A44
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_REFERENCED_BY_GEOMETRY_SHADER 0x8A45
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_REFERENCED_BY_FRAGMENT_SHADER 0x8A46
+#define GL_INVALID_INDEX 0xFFFFFFFFu
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_compatibility
+/* ARB_compatibility just defines tokens from core 3.0 */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_copy_buffer
+#define GL_COPY_READ_BUFFER 0x8F36
+#define GL_COPY_WRITE_BUFFER 0x8F37
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shader_texture_lod
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_depth_clamp
+#define GL_DEPTH_CLAMP 0x864F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_draw_elements_base_vertex
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_fragment_coord_conventions
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_provoking_vertex
+#define GL_QUADS_FOLLOW_PROVOKING_VERTEX_CONVENTION 0x8E4C
+#define GL_FIRST_VERTEX_CONVENTION 0x8E4D
+#define GL_LAST_VERTEX_CONVENTION 0x8E4E
+#define GL_PROVOKING_VERTEX 0x8E4F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_seamless_cube_map
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_SEAMLESS 0x884F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_sync
+#define GL_MAX_SERVER_WAIT_TIMEOUT 0x9111
+#define GL_OBJECT_TYPE 0x9112
+#define GL_SYNC_CONDITION 0x9113
+#define GL_SYNC_STATUS 0x9114
+#define GL_SYNC_FLAGS 0x9115
+#define GL_SYNC_FENCE 0x9116
+#define GL_SYNC_GPU_COMMANDS_COMPLETE 0x9117
+#define GL_UNSIGNALED 0x9118
+#define GL_SIGNALED 0x9119
+#define GL_ALREADY_SIGNALED 0x911A
+#define GL_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 0x911B
+#define GL_CONDITION_SATISFIED 0x911C
+#define GL_WAIT_FAILED 0x911D
+#define GL_SYNC_FLUSH_COMMANDS_BIT 0x00000001
+#define GL_TIMEOUT_IGNORED 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_multisample
+#define GL_SAMPLE_POSITION 0x8E50
+#define GL_SAMPLE_MASK 0x8E51
+#define GL_SAMPLE_MASK_VALUE 0x8E52
+#define GL_MAX_SAMPLE_MASK_WORDS 0x8E59
+#define GL_TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE 0x9100
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE 0x9101
+#define GL_TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY 0x9102
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY 0x9103
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D_MULTISAMPLE 0x9104
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY 0x9105
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SAMPLES 0x9106
+#define GL_TEXTURE_FIXED_SAMPLE_LOCATIONS 0x9107
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE 0x9108
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE 0x9109
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE 0x910A
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY 0x910B
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY 0x910C
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY 0x910D
+#define GL_MAX_COLOR_TEXTURE_SAMPLES 0x910E
+#define GL_MAX_DEPTH_TEXTURE_SAMPLES 0x910F
+#define GL_MAX_INTEGER_SAMPLES 0x9110
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_array_bgra
+/* reuse GL_BGRA */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_draw_buffers_blend
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_sample_shading
+#define GL_SAMPLE_SHADING_ARB 0x8C36
+#define GL_MIN_SAMPLE_SHADING_VALUE_ARB 0x8C37
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_cube_map_array
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_ARB 0x9009
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_ARB 0x900A
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_ARB 0x900B
+#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_ARB 0x900C
+#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_SHADOW_ARB 0x900D
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_ARB 0x900E
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_ARB 0x900F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_gather
+#define GL_MIN_PROGRAM_TEXTURE_GATHER_OFFSET_ARB 0x8E5E
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_TEXTURE_GATHER_OFFSET_ARB 0x8E5F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_query_lod
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shading_language_include
+#define GL_SHADER_INCLUDE_ARB 0x8DAE
+#define GL_NAMED_STRING_LENGTH_ARB 0x8DE9
+#define GL_NAMED_STRING_TYPE_ARB 0x8DEA
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_compression_bptc
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_BPTC_UNORM_ARB 0x8E8C
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB_ALPHA_BPTC_UNORM_ARB 0x8E8D
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGB_BPTC_SIGNED_FLOAT_ARB 0x8E8E
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGB_BPTC_UNSIGNED_FLOAT_ARB 0x8E8F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_blend_func_extended
+#define GL_SRC1_COLOR 0x88F9
+/* reuse GL_SRC1_ALPHA */
+#define GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_COLOR 0x88FA
+#define GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC1_ALPHA 0x88FB
+#define GL_MAX_DUAL_SOURCE_DRAW_BUFFERS 0x88FC
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_occlusion_query2
+#define GL_ANY_SAMPLES_PASSED 0x8C2F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_sampler_objects
+#define GL_SAMPLER_BINDING 0x8919
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shader_bit_encoding
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_rgb10_a2ui
+#define GL_RGB10_A2UI 0x906F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_swizzle
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_R 0x8E42
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_G 0x8E43
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_B 0x8E44
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_A 0x8E45
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_RGBA 0x8E46
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_timer_query
+#define GL_TIME_ELAPSED 0x88BF
+#define GL_TIMESTAMP 0x8E28
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_type_2_10_10_10_rev
+/* reuse GL_UNSIGNED_INT_2_10_10_10_REV */
+#define GL_INT_2_10_10_10_REV 0x8D9F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_draw_indirect
+#define GL_DRAW_INDIRECT_BUFFER 0x8F3F
+#define GL_DRAW_INDIRECT_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8F43
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_gpu_shader5
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER_INVOCATIONS 0x887F
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_SHADER_INVOCATIONS 0x8E5A
+#define GL_MIN_FRAGMENT_INTERPOLATION_OFFSET 0x8E5B
+#define GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_INTERPOLATION_OFFSET 0x8E5C
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_INTERPOLATION_OFFSET_BITS 0x8E5D
+/* reuse GL_MAX_VERTEX_STREAMS */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_gpu_shader_fp64
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE */
+#define GL_DOUBLE_VEC2 0x8FFC
+#define GL_DOUBLE_VEC3 0x8FFD
+#define GL_DOUBLE_VEC4 0x8FFE
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT2 0x8F46
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT3 0x8F47
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT4 0x8F48
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT2x3 0x8F49
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT2x4 0x8F4A
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT3x2 0x8F4B
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT3x4 0x8F4C
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT4x2 0x8F4D
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT4x3 0x8F4E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shader_subroutine
+#define GL_ACTIVE_SUBROUTINES 0x8DE5
+#define GL_ACTIVE_SUBROUTINE_UNIFORMS 0x8DE6
+#define GL_ACTIVE_SUBROUTINE_UNIFORM_LOCATIONS 0x8E47
+#define GL_ACTIVE_SUBROUTINE_MAX_LENGTH 0x8E48
+#define GL_ACTIVE_SUBROUTINE_UNIFORM_MAX_LENGTH 0x8E49
+#define GL_MAX_SUBROUTINES 0x8DE7
+#define GL_MAX_SUBROUTINE_UNIFORM_LOCATIONS 0x8DE8
+#define GL_NUM_COMPATIBLE_SUBROUTINES 0x8E4A
+#define GL_COMPATIBLE_SUBROUTINES 0x8E4B
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_SIZE */
+/* reuse GL_UNIFORM_NAME_LENGTH */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_tessellation_shader
+#define GL_PATCHES 0x000E
+#define GL_PATCH_VERTICES 0x8E72
+#define GL_PATCH_DEFAULT_INNER_LEVEL 0x8E73
+#define GL_PATCH_DEFAULT_OUTER_LEVEL 0x8E74
+#define GL_TESS_CONTROL_OUTPUT_VERTICES 0x8E75
+#define GL_TESS_GEN_MODE 0x8E76
+#define GL_TESS_GEN_SPACING 0x8E77
+#define GL_TESS_GEN_VERTEX_ORDER 0x8E78
+#define GL_TESS_GEN_POINT_MODE 0x8E79
+/* reuse GL_TRIANGLES */
+/* reuse GL_QUADS */
+#define GL_ISOLINES 0x8E7A
+/* reuse GL_EQUAL */
+#define GL_FRACTIONAL_ODD 0x8E7B
+#define GL_FRACTIONAL_EVEN 0x8E7C
+/* reuse GL_CCW */
+/* reuse GL_CW */
+#define GL_MAX_PATCH_VERTICES 0x8E7D
+#define GL_MAX_TESS_GEN_LEVEL 0x8E7E
+#define GL_MAX_TESS_CONTROL_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS 0x8E7F
+#define GL_MAX_TESS_EVALUATION_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS 0x8E80
+#define GL_MAX_TESS_CONTROL_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS 0x8E81
+#define GL_MAX_TESS_EVALUATION_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS 0x8E82
+#define GL_MAX_TESS_CONTROL_OUTPUT_COMPONENTS 0x8E83
+#define GL_MAX_TESS_PATCH_COMPONENTS 0x8E84
+#define GL_MAX_TESS_CONTROL_TOTAL_OUTPUT_COMPONENTS 0x8E85
+#define GL_MAX_TESS_EVALUATION_OUTPUT_COMPONENTS 0x8E86
+#define GL_MAX_TESS_CONTROL_UNIFORM_BLOCKS 0x8E89
+#define GL_MAX_TESS_EVALUATION_UNIFORM_BLOCKS 0x8E8A
+#define GL_MAX_TESS_CONTROL_INPUT_COMPONENTS 0x886C
+#define GL_MAX_TESS_EVALUATION_INPUT_COMPONENTS 0x886D
+#define GL_MAX_COMBINED_TESS_CONTROL_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS 0x8E1E
+#define GL_MAX_COMBINED_TESS_EVALUATION_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS 0x8E1F
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_REFERENCED_BY_TESS_CONTROL_SHADER 0x84F0
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BLOCK_REFERENCED_BY_TESS_EVALUATION_SHADER 0x84F1
+#define GL_TESS_EVALUATION_SHADER 0x8E87
+#define GL_TESS_CONTROL_SHADER 0x8E88
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_buffer_object_rgb32
+/* reuse GL_RGB32F */
+/* reuse GL_RGB32UI */
+/* reuse GL_RGB32I */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_transform_feedback2
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK 0x8E22
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_PAUSED 0x8E23
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_ACTIVE 0x8E24
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BINDING 0x8E25
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_transform_feedback3
+#define GL_MAX_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFERS 0x8E70
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_STREAMS 0x8E71
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_ES2_compatibility
+#define GL_FIXED 0x140C
+#define GL_IMPLEMENTATION_COLOR_READ_TYPE 0x8B9A
+#define GL_IMPLEMENTATION_COLOR_READ_FORMAT 0x8B9B
+#define GL_LOW_FLOAT 0x8DF0
+#define GL_MEDIUM_FLOAT 0x8DF1
+#define GL_HIGH_FLOAT 0x8DF2
+#define GL_LOW_INT 0x8DF3
+#define GL_MEDIUM_INT 0x8DF4
+#define GL_HIGH_INT 0x8DF5
+#define GL_SHADER_COMPILER 0x8DFA
+#define GL_NUM_SHADER_BINARY_FORMATS 0x8DF9
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNIFORM_VECTORS 0x8DFB
+#define GL_MAX_VARYING_VECTORS 0x8DFC
+#define GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_VECTORS 0x8DFD
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_get_program_binary
+#define GL_PROGRAM_BINARY_RETRIEVABLE_HINT 0x8257
+#define GL_PROGRAM_BINARY_LENGTH 0x8741
+#define GL_NUM_PROGRAM_BINARY_FORMATS 0x87FE
+#define GL_PROGRAM_BINARY_FORMATS 0x87FF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER_BIT 0x00000001
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER_BIT 0x00000002
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER_BIT 0x00000004
+#define GL_TESS_CONTROL_SHADER_BIT 0x00000008
+#define GL_TESS_EVALUATION_SHADER_BIT 0x00000010
+#define GL_ALL_SHADER_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#define GL_PROGRAM_SEPARABLE 0x8258
+#define GL_ACTIVE_PROGRAM 0x8259
+#define GL_PROGRAM_PIPELINE_BINDING 0x825A
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shader_precision
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_attrib_64bit
+/* reuse GL_RGB32I */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_VEC2 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_VEC3 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_VEC4 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT2 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT3 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT4 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT2x3 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT2x4 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT3x2 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT3x4 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT4x2 */
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE_MAT4x3 */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_viewport_array
+/* reuse GL_SCISSOR_BOX */
+/* reuse GL_VIEWPORT */
+/* reuse GL_DEPTH_RANGE */
+/* reuse GL_SCISSOR_TEST */
+#define GL_MAX_VIEWPORTS 0x825B
+#define GL_VIEWPORT_SUBPIXEL_BITS 0x825C
+#define GL_VIEWPORT_BOUNDS_RANGE 0x825D
+#define GL_LAYER_PROVOKING_VERTEX 0x825E
+#define GL_VIEWPORT_INDEX_PROVOKING_VERTEX 0x825F
+#define GL_UNDEFINED_VERTEX 0x8260
+/* reuse GL_FIRST_VERTEX_CONVENTION */
+/* reuse GL_LAST_VERTEX_CONVENTION */
+/* reuse GL_PROVOKING_VERTEX */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_cl_event
+#define GL_SYNC_CL_EVENT_ARB 0x8240
+#define GL_SYNC_CL_EVENT_COMPLETE_ARB 0x8241
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_debug_output
+#define GL_DEBUG_OUTPUT_SYNCHRONOUS_ARB 0x8242
+#define GL_DEBUG_NEXT_LOGGED_MESSAGE_LENGTH_ARB 0x8243
+#define GL_DEBUG_CALLBACK_FUNCTION_ARB 0x8244
+#define GL_DEBUG_CALLBACK_USER_PARAM_ARB 0x8245
+#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_API_ARB 0x8246
+#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_WINDOW_SYSTEM_ARB 0x8247
+#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_SHADER_COMPILER_ARB 0x8248
+#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_THIRD_PARTY_ARB 0x8249
+#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_APPLICATION_ARB 0x824A
+#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_OTHER_ARB 0x824B
+#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_ERROR_ARB 0x824C
+#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_DEPRECATED_BEHAVIOR_ARB 0x824D
+#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_UNDEFINED_BEHAVIOR_ARB 0x824E
+#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_PORTABILITY_ARB 0x824F
+#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_ARB 0x8250
+#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_OTHER_ARB 0x8251
+#define GL_MAX_DEBUG_MESSAGE_LENGTH_ARB 0x9143
+#define GL_MAX_DEBUG_LOGGED_MESSAGES_ARB 0x9144
+#define GL_DEBUG_LOGGED_MESSAGES_ARB 0x9145
+#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_HIGH_ARB 0x9146
+#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_MEDIUM_ARB 0x9147
+#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_LOW_ARB 0x9148
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_robustness
+/* reuse GL_NO_ERROR */
+#define GL_CONTEXT_FLAG_ROBUST_ACCESS_BIT_ARB 0x00000004
+#define GL_LOSE_CONTEXT_ON_RESET_ARB 0x8252
+#define GL_GUILTY_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB 0x8253
+#define GL_INNOCENT_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB 0x8254
+#define GL_UNKNOWN_CONTEXT_RESET_ARB 0x8255
+#define GL_RESET_NOTIFICATION_STRATEGY_ARB 0x8256
+#define GL_NO_RESET_NOTIFICATION_ARB 0x8261
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shader_stencil_export
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_abgr
+#define GL_ABGR_EXT 0x8000
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_blend_color
+#define GL_CONSTANT_COLOR_EXT 0x8001
+#define GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR_EXT 0x8002
+#define GL_CONSTANT_ALPHA_EXT 0x8003
+#define GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA_EXT 0x8004
+#define GL_BLEND_COLOR_EXT 0x8005
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_polygon_offset
+#define GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_EXT 0x8037
+#define GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FACTOR_EXT 0x8038
+#define GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_BIAS_EXT 0x8039
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture
+#define GL_ALPHA4_EXT 0x803B
+#define GL_ALPHA8_EXT 0x803C
+#define GL_ALPHA12_EXT 0x803D
+#define GL_ALPHA16_EXT 0x803E
+#define GL_LUMINANCE4_EXT 0x803F
+#define GL_LUMINANCE8_EXT 0x8040
+#define GL_LUMINANCE12_EXT 0x8041
+#define GL_LUMINANCE16_EXT 0x8042
+#define GL_LUMINANCE4_ALPHA4_EXT 0x8043
+#define GL_LUMINANCE6_ALPHA2_EXT 0x8044
+#define GL_LUMINANCE8_ALPHA8_EXT 0x8045
+#define GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA4_EXT 0x8046
+#define GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA12_EXT 0x8047
+#define GL_LUMINANCE16_ALPHA16_EXT 0x8048
+#define GL_INTENSITY_EXT 0x8049
+#define GL_INTENSITY4_EXT 0x804A
+#define GL_INTENSITY8_EXT 0x804B
+#define GL_INTENSITY12_EXT 0x804C
+#define GL_INTENSITY16_EXT 0x804D
+#define GL_RGB2_EXT 0x804E
+#define GL_RGB4_EXT 0x804F
+#define GL_RGB5_EXT 0x8050
+#define GL_RGB8_EXT 0x8051
+#define GL_RGB10_EXT 0x8052
+#define GL_RGB12_EXT 0x8053
+#define GL_RGB16_EXT 0x8054
+#define GL_RGBA2_EXT 0x8055
+#define GL_RGBA4_EXT 0x8056
+#define GL_RGB5_A1_EXT 0x8057
+#define GL_RGBA8_EXT 0x8058
+#define GL_RGB10_A2_EXT 0x8059
+#define GL_RGBA12_EXT 0x805A
+#define GL_RGBA16_EXT 0x805B
+#define GL_TEXTURE_RED_SIZE_EXT 0x805C
+#define GL_TEXTURE_GREEN_SIZE_EXT 0x805D
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BLUE_SIZE_EXT 0x805E
+#define GL_TEXTURE_ALPHA_SIZE_EXT 0x805F
+#define GL_TEXTURE_LUMINANCE_SIZE_EXT 0x8060
+#define GL_TEXTURE_INTENSITY_SIZE_EXT 0x8061
+#define GL_REPLACE_EXT 0x8062
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_1D_EXT 0x8063
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D_EXT 0x8064
+#define GL_TEXTURE_TOO_LARGE_EXT 0x8065
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture3D
+#define GL_PACK_SKIP_IMAGES_EXT 0x806B
+#define GL_PACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT_EXT 0x806C
+#define GL_UNPACK_SKIP_IMAGES_EXT 0x806D
+#define GL_UNPACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT_EXT 0x806E
+#define GL_TEXTURE_3D_EXT 0x806F
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_3D_EXT 0x8070
+#define GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_EXT 0x8071
+#define GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_R_EXT 0x8072
+#define GL_MAX_3D_TEXTURE_SIZE_EXT 0x8073
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_texture_filter4
+#define GL_FILTER4_SGIS 0x8146
+#define GL_TEXTURE_FILTER4_SIZE_SGIS 0x8147
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_subtexture
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_copy_texture
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_histogram
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_EXT 0x8024
+#define GL_PROXY_HISTOGRAM_EXT 0x8025
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_WIDTH_EXT 0x8026
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_FORMAT_EXT 0x8027
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_RED_SIZE_EXT 0x8028
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_GREEN_SIZE_EXT 0x8029
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_BLUE_SIZE_EXT 0x802A
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_ALPHA_SIZE_EXT 0x802B
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_LUMINANCE_SIZE_EXT 0x802C
+#define GL_HISTOGRAM_SINK_EXT 0x802D
+#define GL_MINMAX_EXT 0x802E
+#define GL_MINMAX_FORMAT_EXT 0x802F
+#define GL_MINMAX_SINK_EXT 0x8030
+#define GL_TABLE_TOO_LARGE_EXT 0x8031
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_convolution
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_1D_EXT 0x8010
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_2D_EXT 0x8011
+#define GL_SEPARABLE_2D_EXT 0x8012
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_BORDER_MODE_EXT 0x8013
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_FILTER_SCALE_EXT 0x8014
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_FILTER_BIAS_EXT 0x8015
+#define GL_REDUCE_EXT 0x8016
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_FORMAT_EXT 0x8017
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_WIDTH_EXT 0x8018
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_HEIGHT_EXT 0x8019
+#define GL_MAX_CONVOLUTION_WIDTH_EXT 0x801A
+#define GL_MAX_CONVOLUTION_HEIGHT_EXT 0x801B
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_RED_SCALE_EXT 0x801C
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_GREEN_SCALE_EXT 0x801D
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_BLUE_SCALE_EXT 0x801E
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_ALPHA_SCALE_EXT 0x801F
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_RED_BIAS_EXT 0x8020
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_GREEN_BIAS_EXT 0x8021
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_BLUE_BIAS_EXT 0x8022
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_ALPHA_BIAS_EXT 0x8023
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGI_color_matrix
+#define GL_COLOR_MATRIX_SGI 0x80B1
+#define GL_COLOR_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_SGI 0x80B2
+#define GL_MAX_COLOR_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_SGI 0x80B3
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_RED_SCALE_SGI 0x80B4
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_GREEN_SCALE_SGI 0x80B5
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_BLUE_SCALE_SGI 0x80B6
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_ALPHA_SCALE_SGI 0x80B7
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_RED_BIAS_SGI 0x80B8
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_GREEN_BIAS_SGI 0x80B9
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_BLUE_BIAS_SGI 0x80BA
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_ALPHA_BIAS_SGI 0x80BB
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGI_color_table
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_SGI 0x80D0
+#define GL_POST_CONVOLUTION_COLOR_TABLE_SGI 0x80D1
+#define GL_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_COLOR_TABLE_SGI 0x80D2
+#define GL_PROXY_COLOR_TABLE_SGI 0x80D3
+#define GL_PROXY_POST_CONVOLUTION_COLOR_TABLE_SGI 0x80D4
+#define GL_PROXY_POST_COLOR_MATRIX_COLOR_TABLE_SGI 0x80D5
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_SCALE_SGI 0x80D6
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_BIAS_SGI 0x80D7
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_FORMAT_SGI 0x80D8
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_WIDTH_SGI 0x80D9
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_RED_SIZE_SGI 0x80DA
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_GREEN_SIZE_SGI 0x80DB
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_BLUE_SIZE_SGI 0x80DC
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_ALPHA_SIZE_SGI 0x80DD
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_LUMINANCE_SIZE_SGI 0x80DE
+#define GL_COLOR_TABLE_INTENSITY_SIZE_SGI 0x80DF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_pixel_texture
+#define GL_PIXEL_TEXTURE_SGIS 0x8353
+#define GL_PIXEL_FRAGMENT_RGB_SOURCE_SGIS 0x8354
+#define GL_PIXEL_FRAGMENT_ALPHA_SOURCE_SGIS 0x8355
+#define GL_PIXEL_GROUP_COLOR_SGIS 0x8356
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_pixel_texture
+#define GL_PIXEL_TEX_GEN_SGIX 0x8139
+#define GL_PIXEL_TEX_GEN_MODE_SGIX 0x832B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_texture4D
+#define GL_PACK_SKIP_VOLUMES_SGIS 0x8130
+#define GL_PACK_IMAGE_DEPTH_SGIS 0x8131
+#define GL_UNPACK_SKIP_VOLUMES_SGIS 0x8132
+#define GL_UNPACK_IMAGE_DEPTH_SGIS 0x8133
+#define GL_TEXTURE_4D_SGIS 0x8134
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_4D_SGIS 0x8135
+#define GL_TEXTURE_4DSIZE_SGIS 0x8136
+#define GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_Q_SGIS 0x8137
+#define GL_MAX_4D_TEXTURE_SIZE_SGIS 0x8138
+#define GL_TEXTURE_4D_BINDING_SGIS 0x814F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGI_texture_color_table
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COLOR_TABLE_SGI 0x80BC
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_COLOR_TABLE_SGI 0x80BD
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_cmyka
+#define GL_CMYK_EXT 0x800C
+#define GL_CMYKA_EXT 0x800D
+#define GL_PACK_CMYK_HINT_EXT 0x800E
+#define GL_UNPACK_CMYK_HINT_EXT 0x800F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_object
+#define GL_TEXTURE_PRIORITY_EXT 0x8066
+#define GL_TEXTURE_RESIDENT_EXT 0x8067
+#define GL_TEXTURE_1D_BINDING_EXT 0x8068
+#define GL_TEXTURE_2D_BINDING_EXT 0x8069
+#define GL_TEXTURE_3D_BINDING_EXT 0x806A
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_detail_texture
+#define GL_DETAIL_TEXTURE_2D_SGIS 0x8095
+#define GL_DETAIL_TEXTURE_2D_BINDING_SGIS 0x8096
+#define GL_LINEAR_DETAIL_SGIS 0x8097
+#define GL_LINEAR_DETAIL_ALPHA_SGIS 0x8098
+#define GL_LINEAR_DETAIL_COLOR_SGIS 0x8099
+#define GL_DETAIL_TEXTURE_LEVEL_SGIS 0x809A
+#define GL_DETAIL_TEXTURE_MODE_SGIS 0x809B
+#define GL_DETAIL_TEXTURE_FUNC_POINTS_SGIS 0x809C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_sharpen_texture
+#define GL_LINEAR_SHARPEN_SGIS 0x80AD
+#define GL_LINEAR_SHARPEN_ALPHA_SGIS 0x80AE
+#define GL_LINEAR_SHARPEN_COLOR_SGIS 0x80AF
+#define GL_SHARPEN_TEXTURE_FUNC_POINTS_SGIS 0x80B0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_packed_pixels
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_3_3_2_EXT 0x8032
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4_EXT 0x8033
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_5_5_1_EXT 0x8034
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8_EXT 0x8035
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_10_10_10_2_EXT 0x8036
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_texture_lod
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MIN_LOD_SGIS 0x813A
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LOD_SGIS 0x813B
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BASE_LEVEL_SGIS 0x813C
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LEVEL_SGIS 0x813D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_multisample
+#define GL_MULTISAMPLE_SGIS 0x809D
+#define GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_MASK_SGIS 0x809E
+#define GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_ONE_SGIS 0x809F
+#define GL_SAMPLE_MASK_SGIS 0x80A0
+#define GL_1PASS_SGIS 0x80A1
+#define GL_2PASS_0_SGIS 0x80A2
+#define GL_2PASS_1_SGIS 0x80A3
+#define GL_4PASS_0_SGIS 0x80A4
+#define GL_4PASS_1_SGIS 0x80A5
+#define GL_4PASS_2_SGIS 0x80A6
+#define GL_4PASS_3_SGIS 0x80A7
+#define GL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS 0x80A8
+#define GL_SAMPLES_SGIS 0x80A9
+#define GL_SAMPLE_MASK_VALUE_SGIS 0x80AA
+#define GL_SAMPLE_MASK_INVERT_SGIS 0x80AB
+#define GL_SAMPLE_PATTERN_SGIS 0x80AC
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_rescale_normal
+#define GL_RESCALE_NORMAL_EXT 0x803A
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_vertex_array
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_EXT 0x8074
+#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_EXT 0x8075
+#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_EXT 0x8076
+#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_EXT 0x8077
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_EXT 0x8078
+#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_EXT 0x8079
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT 0x807A
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT 0x807B
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT 0x807C
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT 0x807D
+#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT 0x807E
+#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT 0x807F
+#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT 0x8080
+#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT 0x8081
+#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT 0x8082
+#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT 0x8083
+#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT 0x8084
+#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT 0x8085
+#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT 0x8086
+#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT 0x8087
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT 0x8088
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT 0x8089
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT 0x808A
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT 0x808B
+#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT 0x808C
+#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_COUNT_EXT 0x808D
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT 0x808E
+#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT 0x808F
+#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT 0x8090
+#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT 0x8091
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT 0x8092
+#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT 0x8093
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_misc_attribute
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_generate_mipmap
+#define GL_GENERATE_MIPMAP_SGIS 0x8191
+#define GL_GENERATE_MIPMAP_HINT_SGIS 0x8192
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_clipmap
+#define GL_LINEAR_CLIPMAP_LINEAR_SGIX 0x8170
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CLIPMAP_CENTER_SGIX 0x8171
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CLIPMAP_FRAME_SGIX 0x8172
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CLIPMAP_OFFSET_SGIX 0x8173
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CLIPMAP_VIRTUAL_DEPTH_SGIX 0x8174
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CLIPMAP_LOD_OFFSET_SGIX 0x8175
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CLIPMAP_DEPTH_SGIX 0x8176
+#define GL_MAX_CLIPMAP_DEPTH_SGIX 0x8177
+#define GL_MAX_CLIPMAP_VIRTUAL_DEPTH_SGIX 0x8178
+#define GL_NEAREST_CLIPMAP_NEAREST_SGIX 0x844D
+#define GL_NEAREST_CLIPMAP_LINEAR_SGIX 0x844E
+#define GL_LINEAR_CLIPMAP_NEAREST_SGIX 0x844F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_shadow
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_SGIX 0x819A
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_OPERATOR_SGIX 0x819B
+#define GL_TEXTURE_LEQUAL_R_SGIX 0x819C
+#define GL_TEXTURE_GEQUAL_R_SGIX 0x819D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_texture_edge_clamp
+#define GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE_SGIS 0x812F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_texture_border_clamp
+#define GL_CLAMP_TO_BORDER_SGIS 0x812D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_blend_minmax
+#define GL_FUNC_ADD_EXT 0x8006
+#define GL_MIN_EXT 0x8007
+#define GL_MAX_EXT 0x8008
+#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_EXT 0x8009
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_blend_subtract
+#define GL_FUNC_SUBTRACT_EXT 0x800A
+#define GL_FUNC_REVERSE_SUBTRACT_EXT 0x800B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_blend_logic_op
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_interlace
+#define GL_INTERLACE_SGIX 0x8094
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_pixel_tiles
+#define GL_PIXEL_TILE_BEST_ALIGNMENT_SGIX 0x813E
+#define GL_PIXEL_TILE_CACHE_INCREMENT_SGIX 0x813F
+#define GL_PIXEL_TILE_WIDTH_SGIX 0x8140
+#define GL_PIXEL_TILE_HEIGHT_SGIX 0x8141
+#define GL_PIXEL_TILE_GRID_WIDTH_SGIX 0x8142
+#define GL_PIXEL_TILE_GRID_HEIGHT_SGIX 0x8143
+#define GL_PIXEL_TILE_GRID_DEPTH_SGIX 0x8144
+#define GL_PIXEL_TILE_CACHE_SIZE_SGIX 0x8145
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_texture_select
+#define GL_DUAL_ALPHA4_SGIS 0x8110
+#define GL_DUAL_ALPHA8_SGIS 0x8111
+#define GL_DUAL_ALPHA12_SGIS 0x8112
+#define GL_DUAL_ALPHA16_SGIS 0x8113
+#define GL_DUAL_LUMINANCE4_SGIS 0x8114
+#define GL_DUAL_LUMINANCE8_SGIS 0x8115
+#define GL_DUAL_LUMINANCE12_SGIS 0x8116
+#define GL_DUAL_LUMINANCE16_SGIS 0x8117
+#define GL_DUAL_INTENSITY4_SGIS 0x8118
+#define GL_DUAL_INTENSITY8_SGIS 0x8119
+#define GL_DUAL_INTENSITY12_SGIS 0x811A
+#define GL_DUAL_INTENSITY16_SGIS 0x811B
+#define GL_DUAL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA4_SGIS 0x811C
+#define GL_DUAL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA8_SGIS 0x811D
+#define GL_QUAD_ALPHA4_SGIS 0x811E
+#define GL_QUAD_ALPHA8_SGIS 0x811F
+#define GL_QUAD_LUMINANCE4_SGIS 0x8120
+#define GL_QUAD_LUMINANCE8_SGIS 0x8121
+#define GL_QUAD_INTENSITY4_SGIS 0x8122
+#define GL_QUAD_INTENSITY8_SGIS 0x8123
+#define GL_DUAL_TEXTURE_SELECT_SGIS 0x8124
+#define GL_QUAD_TEXTURE_SELECT_SGIS 0x8125
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_sprite
+#define GL_SPRITE_SGIX 0x8148
+#define GL_SPRITE_MODE_SGIX 0x8149
+#define GL_SPRITE_AXIS_SGIX 0x814A
+#define GL_SPRITE_TRANSLATION_SGIX 0x814B
+#define GL_SPRITE_AXIAL_SGIX 0x814C
+#define GL_SPRITE_OBJECT_ALIGNED_SGIX 0x814D
+#define GL_SPRITE_EYE_ALIGNED_SGIX 0x814E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_texture_multi_buffer
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MULTI_BUFFER_HINT_SGIX 0x812E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_point_parameters
+#define GL_POINT_SIZE_MIN_EXT 0x8126
+#define GL_POINT_SIZE_MAX_EXT 0x8127
+#define GL_POINT_FADE_THRESHOLD_SIZE_EXT 0x8128
+#define GL_DISTANCE_ATTENUATION_EXT 0x8129
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_point_parameters
+#define GL_POINT_SIZE_MIN_SGIS 0x8126
+#define GL_POINT_SIZE_MAX_SGIS 0x8127
+#define GL_POINT_FADE_THRESHOLD_SIZE_SGIS 0x8128
+#define GL_DISTANCE_ATTENUATION_SGIS 0x8129
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_instruments
+#define GL_INSTRUMENT_BUFFER_POINTER_SGIX 0x8180
+#define GL_INSTRUMENT_MEASUREMENTS_SGIX 0x8181
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_texture_scale_bias
+#define GL_POST_TEXTURE_FILTER_BIAS_SGIX 0x8179
+#define GL_POST_TEXTURE_FILTER_SCALE_SGIX 0x817A
+#define GL_POST_TEXTURE_FILTER_BIAS_RANGE_SGIX 0x817B
+#define GL_POST_TEXTURE_FILTER_SCALE_RANGE_SGIX 0x817C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_framezoom
+#define GL_FRAMEZOOM_SGIX 0x818B
+#define GL_FRAMEZOOM_FACTOR_SGIX 0x818C
+#define GL_MAX_FRAMEZOOM_FACTOR_SGIX 0x818D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_tag_sample_buffer
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_FfdMaskSGIX
+#define GL_TEXTURE_DEFORMATION_BIT_SGIX 0x00000001
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_DEFORMATION_BIT_SGIX 0x00000002
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_polynomial_ffd
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_DEFORMATION_SGIX 0x8194
+#define GL_TEXTURE_DEFORMATION_SGIX 0x8195
+#define GL_DEFORMATIONS_MASK_SGIX 0x8196
+#define GL_MAX_DEFORMATION_ORDER_SGIX 0x8197
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_reference_plane
+#define GL_REFERENCE_PLANE_SGIX 0x817D
+#define GL_REFERENCE_PLANE_EQUATION_SGIX 0x817E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_flush_raster
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_depth_texture
+#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT16_SGIX 0x81A5
+#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT24_SGIX 0x81A6
+#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32_SGIX 0x81A7
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_fog_function
+#define GL_FOG_FUNC_SGIS 0x812A
+#define GL_FOG_FUNC_POINTS_SGIS 0x812B
+#define GL_MAX_FOG_FUNC_POINTS_SGIS 0x812C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_fog_offset
+#define GL_FOG_OFFSET_SGIX 0x8198
+#define GL_FOG_OFFSET_VALUE_SGIX 0x8199
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_HP_image_transform
+#define GL_IMAGE_SCALE_X_HP 0x8155
+#define GL_IMAGE_SCALE_Y_HP 0x8156
+#define GL_IMAGE_TRANSLATE_X_HP 0x8157
+#define GL_IMAGE_TRANSLATE_Y_HP 0x8158
+#define GL_IMAGE_ROTATE_ANGLE_HP 0x8159
+#define GL_IMAGE_ROTATE_ORIGIN_X_HP 0x815A
+#define GL_IMAGE_ROTATE_ORIGIN_Y_HP 0x815B
+#define GL_IMAGE_MAG_FILTER_HP 0x815C
+#define GL_IMAGE_MIN_FILTER_HP 0x815D
+#define GL_IMAGE_CUBIC_WEIGHT_HP 0x815E
+#define GL_CUBIC_HP 0x815F
+#define GL_AVERAGE_HP 0x8160
+#define GL_IMAGE_TRANSFORM_2D_HP 0x8161
+#define GL_POST_IMAGE_TRANSFORM_COLOR_TABLE_HP 0x8162
+#define GL_PROXY_POST_IMAGE_TRANSFORM_COLOR_TABLE_HP 0x8163
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_HP_convolution_border_modes
+#define GL_IGNORE_BORDER_HP 0x8150
+#define GL_CONSTANT_BORDER_HP 0x8151
+#define GL_REPLICATE_BORDER_HP 0x8153
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_BORDER_COLOR_HP 0x8154
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_INGR_palette_buffer
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_texture_add_env
+#define GL_TEXTURE_ENV_BIAS_SGIX 0x80BE
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_color_subtable
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_PGI_vertex_hints
+#define GL_VERTEX_DATA_HINT_PGI 0x1A22A
+#define GL_VERTEX_CONSISTENT_HINT_PGI 0x1A22B
+#define GL_MATERIAL_SIDE_HINT_PGI 0x1A22C
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_HINT_PGI 0x1A22D
+#define GL_COLOR3_BIT_PGI 0x00010000
+#define GL_COLOR4_BIT_PGI 0x00020000
+#define GL_EDGEFLAG_BIT_PGI 0x00040000
+#define GL_INDEX_BIT_PGI 0x00080000
+#define GL_MAT_AMBIENT_BIT_PGI 0x00100000
+#define GL_MAT_AMBIENT_AND_DIFFUSE_BIT_PGI 0x00200000
+#define GL_MAT_DIFFUSE_BIT_PGI 0x00400000
+#define GL_MAT_EMISSION_BIT_PGI 0x00800000
+#define GL_MAT_COLOR_INDEXES_BIT_PGI 0x01000000
+#define GL_MAT_SHININESS_BIT_PGI 0x02000000
+#define GL_MAT_SPECULAR_BIT_PGI 0x04000000
+#define GL_NORMAL_BIT_PGI 0x08000000
+#define GL_TEXCOORD1_BIT_PGI 0x10000000
+#define GL_TEXCOORD2_BIT_PGI 0x20000000
+#define GL_TEXCOORD3_BIT_PGI 0x40000000
+#define GL_TEXCOORD4_BIT_PGI 0x80000000
+#define GL_VERTEX23_BIT_PGI 0x00000004
+#define GL_VERTEX4_BIT_PGI 0x00000008
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_PGI_misc_hints
+#define GL_PREFER_DOUBLEBUFFER_HINT_PGI 0x1A1F8
+#define GL_CONSERVE_MEMORY_HINT_PGI 0x1A1FD
+#define GL_RECLAIM_MEMORY_HINT_PGI 0x1A1FE
+#define GL_NATIVE_GRAPHICS_HANDLE_PGI 0x1A202
+#define GL_NATIVE_GRAPHICS_BEGIN_HINT_PGI 0x1A203
+#define GL_NATIVE_GRAPHICS_END_HINT_PGI 0x1A204
+#define GL_ALWAYS_FAST_HINT_PGI 0x1A20C
+#define GL_ALWAYS_SOFT_HINT_PGI 0x1A20D
+#define GL_ALLOW_DRAW_OBJ_HINT_PGI 0x1A20E
+#define GL_ALLOW_DRAW_WIN_HINT_PGI 0x1A20F
+#define GL_ALLOW_DRAW_FRG_HINT_PGI 0x1A210
+#define GL_ALLOW_DRAW_MEM_HINT_PGI 0x1A211
+#define GL_STRICT_DEPTHFUNC_HINT_PGI 0x1A216
+#define GL_STRICT_LIGHTING_HINT_PGI 0x1A217
+#define GL_STRICT_SCISSOR_HINT_PGI 0x1A218
+#define GL_FULL_STIPPLE_HINT_PGI 0x1A219
+#define GL_CLIP_NEAR_HINT_PGI 0x1A220
+#define GL_CLIP_FAR_HINT_PGI 0x1A221
+#define GL_WIDE_LINE_HINT_PGI 0x1A222
+#define GL_BACK_NORMALS_HINT_PGI 0x1A223
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_paletted_texture
+#define GL_COLOR_INDEX1_EXT 0x80E2
+#define GL_COLOR_INDEX2_EXT 0x80E3
+#define GL_COLOR_INDEX4_EXT 0x80E4
+#define GL_COLOR_INDEX8_EXT 0x80E5
+#define GL_COLOR_INDEX12_EXT 0x80E6
+#define GL_COLOR_INDEX16_EXT 0x80E7
+#define GL_TEXTURE_INDEX_SIZE_EXT 0x80ED
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_clip_volume_hint
+#define GL_CLIP_VOLUME_CLIPPING_HINT_EXT 0x80F0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_list_priority
+#define GL_LIST_PRIORITY_SGIX 0x8182
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_ir_instrument1
+#define GL_IR_INSTRUMENT1_SGIX 0x817F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_calligraphic_fragment
+#define GL_CALLIGRAPHIC_FRAGMENT_SGIX 0x8183
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_texture_lod_bias
+#define GL_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS_S_SGIX 0x818E
+#define GL_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS_T_SGIX 0x818F
+#define GL_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS_R_SGIX 0x8190
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_shadow_ambient
+#define GL_SHADOW_AMBIENT_SGIX 0x80BF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_index_texture
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_index_material
+#define GL_INDEX_MATERIAL_EXT 0x81B8
+#define GL_INDEX_MATERIAL_PARAMETER_EXT 0x81B9
+#define GL_INDEX_MATERIAL_FACE_EXT 0x81BA
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_index_func
+#define GL_INDEX_TEST_EXT 0x81B5
+#define GL_INDEX_TEST_FUNC_EXT 0x81B6
+#define GL_INDEX_TEST_REF_EXT 0x81B7
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_index_array_formats
+#define GL_IUI_V2F_EXT 0x81AD
+#define GL_IUI_V3F_EXT 0x81AE
+#define GL_IUI_N3F_V2F_EXT 0x81AF
+#define GL_IUI_N3F_V3F_EXT 0x81B0
+#define GL_T2F_IUI_V2F_EXT 0x81B1
+#define GL_T2F_IUI_V3F_EXT 0x81B2
+#define GL_T2F_IUI_N3F_V2F_EXT 0x81B3
+#define GL_T2F_IUI_N3F_V3F_EXT 0x81B4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_compiled_vertex_array
+#define GL_ARRAY_ELEMENT_LOCK_FIRST_EXT 0x81A8
+#define GL_ARRAY_ELEMENT_LOCK_COUNT_EXT 0x81A9
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_cull_vertex
+#define GL_CULL_VERTEX_EXT 0x81AA
+#define GL_CULL_VERTEX_EYE_POSITION_EXT 0x81AB
+#define GL_CULL_VERTEX_OBJECT_POSITION_EXT 0x81AC
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_ycrcb
+#define GL_YCRCB_422_SGIX 0x81BB
+#define GL_YCRCB_444_SGIX 0x81BC
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_fragment_lighting
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_LIGHTING_SGIX 0x8400
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_COLOR_MATERIAL_SGIX 0x8401
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_COLOR_MATERIAL_FACE_SGIX 0x8402
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_COLOR_MATERIAL_PARAMETER_SGIX 0x8403
+#define GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LIGHTS_SGIX 0x8404
+#define GL_MAX_ACTIVE_LIGHTS_SGIX 0x8405
+#define GL_CURRENT_RASTER_NORMAL_SGIX 0x8406
+#define GL_LIGHT_ENV_MODE_SGIX 0x8407
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_LIGHT_MODEL_LOCAL_VIEWER_SGIX 0x8408
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_LIGHT_MODEL_TWO_SIDE_SGIX 0x8409
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_LIGHT_MODEL_AMBIENT_SGIX 0x840A
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_LIGHT_MODEL_NORMAL_INTERPOLATION_SGIX 0x840B
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_LIGHT0_SGIX 0x840C
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_LIGHT1_SGIX 0x840D
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_LIGHT2_SGIX 0x840E
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_LIGHT3_SGIX 0x840F
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_LIGHT4_SGIX 0x8410
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_LIGHT5_SGIX 0x8411
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_LIGHT6_SGIX 0x8412
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_LIGHT7_SGIX 0x8413
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_IBM_rasterpos_clip
+#define GL_RASTER_POSITION_UNCLIPPED_IBM 0x19262
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_HP_texture_lighting
+#define GL_TEXTURE_LIGHTING_MODE_HP 0x8167
+#define GL_TEXTURE_POST_SPECULAR_HP 0x8168
+#define GL_TEXTURE_PRE_SPECULAR_HP 0x8169
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_draw_range_elements
+#define GL_MAX_ELEMENTS_VERTICES_EXT 0x80E8
+#define GL_MAX_ELEMENTS_INDICES_EXT 0x80E9
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_WIN_phong_shading
+#define GL_PHONG_WIN 0x80EA
+#define GL_PHONG_HINT_WIN 0x80EB
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_WIN_specular_fog
+#define GL_FOG_SPECULAR_TEXTURE_WIN 0x80EC
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_light_texture
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_MATERIAL_EXT 0x8349
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_NORMAL_EXT 0x834A
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_COLOR_EXT 0x834C
+#define GL_ATTENUATION_EXT 0x834D
+#define GL_SHADOW_ATTENUATION_EXT 0x834E
+#define GL_TEXTURE_APPLICATION_MODE_EXT 0x834F
+#define GL_TEXTURE_LIGHT_EXT 0x8350
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MATERIAL_FACE_EXT 0x8351
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MATERIAL_PARAMETER_EXT 0x8352
+/* reuse GL_FRAGMENT_DEPTH_EXT */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_blend_alpha_minmax
+#define GL_ALPHA_MIN_SGIX 0x8320
+#define GL_ALPHA_MAX_SGIX 0x8321
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_impact_pixel_texture
+#define GL_PIXEL_TEX_GEN_Q_CEILING_SGIX 0x8184
+#define GL_PIXEL_TEX_GEN_Q_ROUND_SGIX 0x8185
+#define GL_PIXEL_TEX_GEN_Q_FLOOR_SGIX 0x8186
+#define GL_PIXEL_TEX_GEN_ALPHA_REPLACE_SGIX 0x8187
+#define GL_PIXEL_TEX_GEN_ALPHA_NO_REPLACE_SGIX 0x8188
+#define GL_PIXEL_TEX_GEN_ALPHA_LS_SGIX 0x8189
+#define GL_PIXEL_TEX_GEN_ALPHA_MS_SGIX 0x818A
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_bgra
+#define GL_BGR_EXT 0x80E0
+#define GL_BGRA_EXT 0x80E1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_async
+#define GL_ASYNC_MARKER_SGIX 0x8329
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_async_pixel
+#define GL_ASYNC_TEX_IMAGE_SGIX 0x835C
+#define GL_ASYNC_DRAW_PIXELS_SGIX 0x835D
+#define GL_ASYNC_READ_PIXELS_SGIX 0x835E
+#define GL_MAX_ASYNC_TEX_IMAGE_SGIX 0x835F
+#define GL_MAX_ASYNC_DRAW_PIXELS_SGIX 0x8360
+#define GL_MAX_ASYNC_READ_PIXELS_SGIX 0x8361
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_async_histogram
+#define GL_ASYNC_HISTOGRAM_SGIX 0x832C
+#define GL_MAX_ASYNC_HISTOGRAM_SGIX 0x832D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_INTEL_texture_scissor
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_INTEL_parallel_arrays
+#define GL_PARALLEL_ARRAYS_INTEL 0x83F4
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_PARALLEL_POINTERS_INTEL 0x83F5
+#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_PARALLEL_POINTERS_INTEL 0x83F6
+#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_PARALLEL_POINTERS_INTEL 0x83F7
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_PARALLEL_POINTERS_INTEL 0x83F8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_HP_occlusion_test
+#define GL_OCCLUSION_TEST_HP 0x8165
+#define GL_OCCLUSION_TEST_RESULT_HP 0x8166
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_pixel_transform
+#define GL_PIXEL_TRANSFORM_2D_EXT 0x8330
+#define GL_PIXEL_MAG_FILTER_EXT 0x8331
+#define GL_PIXEL_MIN_FILTER_EXT 0x8332
+#define GL_PIXEL_CUBIC_WEIGHT_EXT 0x8333
+#define GL_CUBIC_EXT 0x8334
+#define GL_AVERAGE_EXT 0x8335
+#define GL_PIXEL_TRANSFORM_2D_STACK_DEPTH_EXT 0x8336
+#define GL_MAX_PIXEL_TRANSFORM_2D_STACK_DEPTH_EXT 0x8337
+#define GL_PIXEL_TRANSFORM_2D_MATRIX_EXT 0x8338
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_pixel_transform_color_table
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_shared_texture_palette
+#define GL_SHARED_TEXTURE_PALETTE_EXT 0x81FB
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_separate_specular_color
+#define GL_LIGHT_MODEL_COLOR_CONTROL_EXT 0x81F8
+#define GL_SINGLE_COLOR_EXT 0x81F9
+#define GL_SEPARATE_SPECULAR_COLOR_EXT 0x81FA
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_secondary_color
+#define GL_COLOR_SUM_EXT 0x8458
+#define GL_CURRENT_SECONDARY_COLOR_EXT 0x8459
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT 0x845A
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT 0x845B
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT 0x845C
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT 0x845D
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_EXT 0x845E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_perturb_normal
+#define GL_PERTURB_EXT 0x85AE
+#define GL_TEXTURE_NORMAL_EXT 0x85AF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_multi_draw_arrays
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_fog_coord
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_SOURCE_EXT 0x8450
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_EXT 0x8451
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_DEPTH_EXT 0x8452
+#define GL_CURRENT_FOG_COORDINATE_EXT 0x8453
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT 0x8454
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT 0x8455
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT 0x8456
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_EXT 0x8457
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_REND_screen_coordinates
+#define GL_SCREEN_COORDINATES_REND 0x8490
+#define GL_INVERTED_SCREEN_W_REND 0x8491
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_coordinate_frame
+#define GL_TANGENT_ARRAY_EXT 0x8439
+#define GL_BINORMAL_ARRAY_EXT 0x843A
+#define GL_CURRENT_TANGENT_EXT 0x843B
+#define GL_CURRENT_BINORMAL_EXT 0x843C
+#define GL_TANGENT_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT 0x843E
+#define GL_TANGENT_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT 0x843F
+#define GL_BINORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT 0x8440
+#define GL_BINORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT 0x8441
+#define GL_TANGENT_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT 0x8442
+#define GL_BINORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT 0x8443
+#define GL_MAP1_TANGENT_EXT 0x8444
+#define GL_MAP2_TANGENT_EXT 0x8445
+#define GL_MAP1_BINORMAL_EXT 0x8446
+#define GL_MAP2_BINORMAL_EXT 0x8447
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_env_combine
+#define GL_COMBINE_EXT 0x8570
+#define GL_COMBINE_RGB_EXT 0x8571
+#define GL_COMBINE_ALPHA_EXT 0x8572
+#define GL_RGB_SCALE_EXT 0x8573
+#define GL_ADD_SIGNED_EXT 0x8574
+#define GL_INTERPOLATE_EXT 0x8575
+#define GL_CONSTANT_EXT 0x8576
+#define GL_PRIMARY_COLOR_EXT 0x8577
+#define GL_PREVIOUS_EXT 0x8578
+#define GL_SOURCE0_RGB_EXT 0x8580
+#define GL_SOURCE1_RGB_EXT 0x8581
+#define GL_SOURCE2_RGB_EXT 0x8582
+#define GL_SOURCE0_ALPHA_EXT 0x8588
+#define GL_SOURCE1_ALPHA_EXT 0x8589
+#define GL_SOURCE2_ALPHA_EXT 0x858A
+#define GL_OPERAND0_RGB_EXT 0x8590
+#define GL_OPERAND1_RGB_EXT 0x8591
+#define GL_OPERAND2_RGB_EXT 0x8592
+#define GL_OPERAND0_ALPHA_EXT 0x8598
+#define GL_OPERAND1_ALPHA_EXT 0x8599
+#define GL_OPERAND2_ALPHA_EXT 0x859A
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_specular_vector
+#define GL_LIGHT_MODEL_SPECULAR_VECTOR_APPLE 0x85B0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_transform_hint
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_HINT_APPLE 0x85B1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_fog_scale
+#define GL_FOG_SCALE_SGIX 0x81FC
+#define GL_FOG_SCALE_VALUE_SGIX 0x81FD
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUNX_constant_data
+#define GL_UNPACK_CONSTANT_DATA_SUNX 0x81D5
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CONSTANT_DATA_SUNX 0x81D6
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUN_global_alpha
+#define GL_GLOBAL_ALPHA_SUN 0x81D9
+#define GL_GLOBAL_ALPHA_FACTOR_SUN 0x81DA
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUN_triangle_list
+#define GL_RESTART_SUN 0x0001
+#define GL_REPLACE_MIDDLE_SUN 0x0002
+#define GL_REPLACE_OLDEST_SUN 0x0003
+#define GL_TRIANGLE_LIST_SUN 0x81D7
+#define GL_REPLACEMENT_CODE_SUN 0x81D8
+#define GL_REPLACEMENT_CODE_ARRAY_SUN 0x85C0
+#define GL_REPLACEMENT_CODE_ARRAY_TYPE_SUN 0x85C1
+#define GL_REPLACEMENT_CODE_ARRAY_STRIDE_SUN 0x85C2
+#define GL_REPLACEMENT_CODE_ARRAY_POINTER_SUN 0x85C3
+#define GL_R1UI_V3F_SUN 0x85C4
+#define GL_R1UI_C4UB_V3F_SUN 0x85C5
+#define GL_R1UI_C3F_V3F_SUN 0x85C6
+#define GL_R1UI_N3F_V3F_SUN 0x85C7
+#define GL_R1UI_C4F_N3F_V3F_SUN 0x85C8
+#define GL_R1UI_T2F_V3F_SUN 0x85C9
+#define GL_R1UI_T2F_N3F_V3F_SUN 0x85CA
+#define GL_R1UI_T2F_C4F_N3F_V3F_SUN 0x85CB
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUN_vertex
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_blend_func_separate
+#define GL_BLEND_DST_RGB_EXT 0x80C8
+#define GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB_EXT 0x80C9
+#define GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA_EXT 0x80CA
+#define GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA_EXT 0x80CB
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_INGR_color_clamp
+#define GL_RED_MIN_CLAMP_INGR 0x8560
+#define GL_GREEN_MIN_CLAMP_INGR 0x8561
+#define GL_BLUE_MIN_CLAMP_INGR 0x8562
+#define GL_ALPHA_MIN_CLAMP_INGR 0x8563
+#define GL_RED_MAX_CLAMP_INGR 0x8564
+#define GL_GREEN_MAX_CLAMP_INGR 0x8565
+#define GL_BLUE_MAX_CLAMP_INGR 0x8566
+#define GL_ALPHA_MAX_CLAMP_INGR 0x8567
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_INGR_interlace_read
+#define GL_INTERLACE_READ_INGR 0x8568
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_stencil_wrap
+#define GL_INCR_WRAP_EXT 0x8507
+#define GL_DECR_WRAP_EXT 0x8508
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_422_pixels
+#define GL_422_EXT 0x80CC
+#define GL_422_REV_EXT 0x80CD
+#define GL_422_AVERAGE_EXT 0x80CE
+#define GL_422_REV_AVERAGE_EXT 0x80CF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texgen_reflection
+#define GL_NORMAL_MAP_NV 0x8511
+#define GL_REFLECTION_MAP_NV 0x8512
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_cube_map
+#define GL_NORMAL_MAP_EXT 0x8511
+#define GL_REFLECTION_MAP_EXT 0x8512
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_EXT 0x8513
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_CUBE_MAP_EXT 0x8514
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X_EXT 0x8515
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X_EXT 0x8516
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y_EXT 0x8517
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y_EXT 0x8518
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z_EXT 0x8519
+#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z_EXT 0x851A
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_EXT 0x851B
+#define GL_MAX_CUBE_MAP_TEXTURE_SIZE_EXT 0x851C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUN_convolution_border_modes
+#define GL_WRAP_BORDER_SUN 0x81D4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_env_add
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_lod_bias
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS_EXT 0x84FD
+#define GL_TEXTURE_FILTER_CONTROL_EXT 0x8500
+#define GL_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS_EXT 0x8501
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_filter_anisotropic
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MAX_ANISOTROPY_EXT 0x84FE
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_MAX_ANISOTROPY_EXT 0x84FF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_vertex_weighting
+#define GL_MODELVIEW0_STACK_DEPTH_EXT GL_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH
+#define GL_MODELVIEW1_STACK_DEPTH_EXT 0x8502
+#define GL_MODELVIEW0_MATRIX_EXT GL_MODELVIEW_MATRIX
+#define GL_MODELVIEW1_MATRIX_EXT 0x8506
+#define GL_VERTEX_WEIGHTING_EXT 0x8509
+#define GL_MODELVIEW0_EXT GL_MODELVIEW
+#define GL_MODELVIEW1_EXT 0x850A
+#define GL_CURRENT_VERTEX_WEIGHT_EXT 0x850B
+#define GL_VERTEX_WEIGHT_ARRAY_EXT 0x850C
+#define GL_VERTEX_WEIGHT_ARRAY_SIZE_EXT 0x850D
+#define GL_VERTEX_WEIGHT_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT 0x850E
+#define GL_VERTEX_WEIGHT_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT 0x850F
+#define GL_VERTEX_WEIGHT_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT 0x8510
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_light_max_exponent
+#define GL_MAX_SHININESS_NV 0x8504
+#define GL_MAX_SPOT_EXPONENT_NV 0x8505
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_array_range
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_NV 0x851D
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_LENGTH_NV 0x851E
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_VALID_NV 0x851F
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_ELEMENT_NV 0x8520
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_POINTER_NV 0x8521
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_register_combiners
+#define GL_REGISTER_COMBINERS_NV 0x8522
+#define GL_VARIABLE_A_NV 0x8523
+#define GL_VARIABLE_B_NV 0x8524
+#define GL_VARIABLE_C_NV 0x8525
+#define GL_VARIABLE_D_NV 0x8526
+#define GL_VARIABLE_E_NV 0x8527
+#define GL_VARIABLE_F_NV 0x8528
+#define GL_VARIABLE_G_NV 0x8529
+#define GL_CONSTANT_COLOR0_NV 0x852A
+#define GL_CONSTANT_COLOR1_NV 0x852B
+#define GL_PRIMARY_COLOR_NV 0x852C
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_NV 0x852D
+#define GL_SPARE0_NV 0x852E
+#define GL_SPARE1_NV 0x852F
+#define GL_DISCARD_NV 0x8530
+#define GL_E_TIMES_F_NV 0x8531
+#define GL_SPARE0_PLUS_SECONDARY_COLOR_NV 0x8532
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_IDENTITY_NV 0x8536
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INVERT_NV 0x8537
+#define GL_EXPAND_NORMAL_NV 0x8538
+#define GL_EXPAND_NEGATE_NV 0x8539
+#define GL_HALF_BIAS_NORMAL_NV 0x853A
+#define GL_HALF_BIAS_NEGATE_NV 0x853B
+#define GL_SIGNED_IDENTITY_NV 0x853C
+#define GL_SIGNED_NEGATE_NV 0x853D
+#define GL_SCALE_BY_TWO_NV 0x853E
+#define GL_SCALE_BY_FOUR_NV 0x853F
+#define GL_SCALE_BY_ONE_HALF_NV 0x8540
+#define GL_BIAS_BY_NEGATIVE_ONE_HALF_NV 0x8541
+#define GL_COMBINER_INPUT_NV 0x8542
+#define GL_COMBINER_MAPPING_NV 0x8543
+#define GL_COMBINER_COMPONENT_USAGE_NV 0x8544
+#define GL_COMBINER_AB_DOT_PRODUCT_NV 0x8545
+#define GL_COMBINER_CD_DOT_PRODUCT_NV 0x8546
+#define GL_COMBINER_MUX_SUM_NV 0x8547
+#define GL_COMBINER_SCALE_NV 0x8548
+#define GL_COMBINER_BIAS_NV 0x8549
+#define GL_COMBINER_AB_OUTPUT_NV 0x854A
+#define GL_COMBINER_CD_OUTPUT_NV 0x854B
+#define GL_COMBINER_SUM_OUTPUT_NV 0x854C
+#define GL_MAX_GENERAL_COMBINERS_NV 0x854D
+#define GL_NUM_GENERAL_COMBINERS_NV 0x854E
+#define GL_COLOR_SUM_CLAMP_NV 0x854F
+#define GL_COMBINER0_NV 0x8550
+#define GL_COMBINER1_NV 0x8551
+#define GL_COMBINER2_NV 0x8552
+#define GL_COMBINER3_NV 0x8553
+#define GL_COMBINER4_NV 0x8554
+#define GL_COMBINER5_NV 0x8555
+#define GL_COMBINER6_NV 0x8556
+#define GL_COMBINER7_NV 0x8557
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE0_ARB */
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE1_ARB */
+/* reuse GL_ZERO */
+/* reuse GL_NONE */
+/* reuse GL_FOG */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_fog_distance
+#define GL_FOG_DISTANCE_MODE_NV 0x855A
+#define GL_EYE_RADIAL_NV 0x855B
+#define GL_EYE_PLANE_ABSOLUTE_NV 0x855C
+/* reuse GL_EYE_PLANE */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texgen_emboss
+#define GL_EMBOSS_LIGHT_NV 0x855D
+#define GL_EMBOSS_CONSTANT_NV 0x855E
+#define GL_EMBOSS_MAP_NV 0x855F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_blend_square
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_env_combine4
+#define GL_COMBINE4_NV 0x8503
+#define GL_SOURCE3_RGB_NV 0x8583
+#define GL_SOURCE3_ALPHA_NV 0x858B
+#define GL_OPERAND3_RGB_NV 0x8593
+#define GL_OPERAND3_ALPHA_NV 0x859B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_MESA_resize_buffers
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_MESA_window_pos
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGB_S3TC_DXT1_EXT 0x83F0
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT1_EXT 0x83F1
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT3_EXT 0x83F2
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT5_EXT 0x83F3
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_IBM_cull_vertex
+#define GL_CULL_VERTEX_IBM 103050
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_IBM_multimode_draw_arrays
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_IBM_vertex_array_lists
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_LIST_IBM 103070
+#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_LIST_IBM 103071
+#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_LIST_IBM 103072
+#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_LIST_IBM 103073
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_LIST_IBM 103074
+#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_LIST_IBM 103075
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_LIST_IBM 103076
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_LIST_IBM 103077
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM 103080
+#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM 103081
+#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM 103082
+#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM 103083
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM 103084
+#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM 103085
+#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM 103086
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_LIST_STRIDE_IBM 103087
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_subsample
+#define GL_PACK_SUBSAMPLE_RATE_SGIX 0x85A0
+#define GL_UNPACK_SUBSAMPLE_RATE_SGIX 0x85A1
+#define GL_PIXEL_SUBSAMPLE_4444_SGIX 0x85A2
+#define GL_PIXEL_SUBSAMPLE_2424_SGIX 0x85A3
+#define GL_PIXEL_SUBSAMPLE_4242_SGIX 0x85A4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_ycrcb_subsample
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_ycrcba
+#define GL_YCRCB_SGIX 0x8318
+#define GL_YCRCBA_SGIX 0x8319
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGI_depth_pass_instrument
+#define GL_DEPTH_PASS_INSTRUMENT_SGIX 0x8310
+#define GL_DEPTH_PASS_INSTRUMENT_COUNTERS_SGIX 0x8311
+#define GL_DEPTH_PASS_INSTRUMENT_MAX_SGIX 0x8312
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_3DFX_texture_compression_FXT1
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGB_FXT1_3DFX 0x86B0
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_FXT1_3DFX 0x86B1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_3DFX_multisample
+#define GL_MULTISAMPLE_3DFX 0x86B2
+#define GL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_3DFX 0x86B3
+#define GL_SAMPLES_3DFX 0x86B4
+#define GL_MULTISAMPLE_BIT_3DFX 0x20000000
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_3DFX_tbuffer
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_multisample
+#define GL_MULTISAMPLE_EXT 0x809D
+#define GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_MASK_EXT 0x809E
+#define GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_ONE_EXT 0x809F
+#define GL_SAMPLE_MASK_EXT 0x80A0
+#define GL_1PASS_EXT 0x80A1
+#define GL_2PASS_0_EXT 0x80A2
+#define GL_2PASS_1_EXT 0x80A3
+#define GL_4PASS_0_EXT 0x80A4
+#define GL_4PASS_1_EXT 0x80A5
+#define GL_4PASS_2_EXT 0x80A6
+#define GL_4PASS_3_EXT 0x80A7
+#define GL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_EXT 0x80A8
+#define GL_SAMPLES_EXT 0x80A9
+#define GL_SAMPLE_MASK_VALUE_EXT 0x80AA
+#define GL_SAMPLE_MASK_INVERT_EXT 0x80AB
+#define GL_SAMPLE_PATTERN_EXT 0x80AC
+#define GL_MULTISAMPLE_BIT_EXT 0x20000000
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_vertex_preclip
+#define GL_VERTEX_PRECLIP_SGIX 0x83EE
+#define GL_VERTEX_PRECLIP_HINT_SGIX 0x83EF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_convolution_accuracy
+#define GL_CONVOLUTION_HINT_SGIX 0x8316
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_resample
+#define GL_PACK_RESAMPLE_SGIX 0x842C
+#define GL_UNPACK_RESAMPLE_SGIX 0x842D
+#define GL_RESAMPLE_REPLICATE_SGIX 0x842E
+#define GL_RESAMPLE_ZERO_FILL_SGIX 0x842F
+#define GL_RESAMPLE_DECIMATE_SGIX 0x8430
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_point_line_texgen
+#define GL_EYE_DISTANCE_TO_POINT_SGIS 0x81F0
+#define GL_OBJECT_DISTANCE_TO_POINT_SGIS 0x81F1
+#define GL_EYE_DISTANCE_TO_LINE_SGIS 0x81F2
+#define GL_OBJECT_DISTANCE_TO_LINE_SGIS 0x81F3
+#define GL_EYE_POINT_SGIS 0x81F4
+#define GL_OBJECT_POINT_SGIS 0x81F5
+#define GL_EYE_LINE_SGIS 0x81F6
+#define GL_OBJECT_LINE_SGIS 0x81F7
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_texture_color_mask
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COLOR_WRITEMASK_SGIS 0x81EF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_env_dot3
+#define GL_DOT3_RGB_EXT 0x8740
+#define GL_DOT3_RGBA_EXT 0x8741
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_texture_mirror_once
+#define GL_MIRROR_CLAMP_ATI 0x8742
+#define GL_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_EDGE_ATI 0x8743
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_fence
+#define GL_ALL_COMPLETED_NV 0x84F2
+#define GL_FENCE_STATUS_NV 0x84F3
+#define GL_FENCE_CONDITION_NV 0x84F4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_IBM_texture_mirrored_repeat
+#define GL_MIRRORED_REPEAT_IBM 0x8370
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_evaluators
+#define GL_EVAL_2D_NV 0x86C0
+#define GL_EVAL_TRIANGULAR_2D_NV 0x86C1
+#define GL_MAP_TESSELLATION_NV 0x86C2
+#define GL_MAP_ATTRIB_U_ORDER_NV 0x86C3
+#define GL_MAP_ATTRIB_V_ORDER_NV 0x86C4
+#define GL_EVAL_FRACTIONAL_TESSELLATION_NV 0x86C5
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB0_NV 0x86C6
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB1_NV 0x86C7
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB2_NV 0x86C8
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB3_NV 0x86C9
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB4_NV 0x86CA
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB5_NV 0x86CB
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB6_NV 0x86CC
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB7_NV 0x86CD
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB8_NV 0x86CE
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB9_NV 0x86CF
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB10_NV 0x86D0
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB11_NV 0x86D1
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB12_NV 0x86D2
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB13_NV 0x86D3
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB14_NV 0x86D4
+#define GL_EVAL_VERTEX_ATTRIB15_NV 0x86D5
+#define GL_MAX_MAP_TESSELLATION_NV 0x86D6
+#define GL_MAX_RATIONAL_EVAL_ORDER_NV 0x86D7
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_packed_depth_stencil
+#define GL_DEPTH_STENCIL_NV 0x84F9
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8_NV 0x84FA
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_register_combiners2
+#define GL_PER_STAGE_CONSTANTS_NV 0x8535
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_compression_vtc
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_rectangle
+#define GL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV 0x84F5
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_RECTANGLE_NV 0x84F6
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV 0x84F7
+#define GL_MAX_RECTANGLE_TEXTURE_SIZE_NV 0x84F8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_shader
+#define GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV 0x864C
+#define GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_SCALE_NV 0x864D
+#define GL_DOT_PRODUCT_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV 0x864E
+#define GL_RGBA_UNSIGNED_DOT_PRODUCT_MAPPING_NV 0x86D9
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_S8_S8_8_8_NV 0x86DA
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_S8_S8_REV_NV 0x86DB
+#define GL_DSDT_MAG_INTENSITY_NV 0x86DC
+#define GL_SHADER_CONSISTENT_NV 0x86DD
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SHADER_NV 0x86DE
+#define GL_SHADER_OPERATION_NV 0x86DF
+#define GL_CULL_MODES_NV 0x86E0
+#define GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_MATRIX_NV 0x86E1
+#define GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_SCALE_NV 0x86E2
+#define GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_BIAS_NV 0x86E3
+#define GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_2D_MATRIX_NV GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_MATRIX_NV
+#define GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_2D_SCALE_NV GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_SCALE_NV
+#define GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_2D_BIAS_NV GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_BIAS_NV
+#define GL_PREVIOUS_TEXTURE_INPUT_NV 0x86E4
+#define GL_CONST_EYE_NV 0x86E5
+#define GL_PASS_THROUGH_NV 0x86E6
+#define GL_CULL_FRAGMENT_NV 0x86E7
+#define GL_OFFSET_TEXTURE_2D_NV 0x86E8
+#define GL_DEPENDENT_AR_TEXTURE_2D_NV 0x86E9
+#define GL_DEPENDENT_GB_TEXTURE_2D_NV 0x86EA
+#define GL_DOT_PRODUCT_NV 0x86EC
+#define GL_DOT_PRODUCT_DEPTH_REPLACE_NV 0x86ED
+#define GL_DOT_PRODUCT_TEXTURE_2D_NV 0x86EE
+#define GL_DOT_PRODUCT_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NV 0x86F0
+#define GL_DOT_PRODUCT_DIFFUSE_CUBE_MAP_NV 0x86F1
+#define GL_DOT_PRODUCT_REFLECT_CUBE_MAP_NV 0x86F2
+#define GL_DOT_PRODUCT_CONST_EYE_REFLECT_CUBE_MAP_NV 0x86F3
+#define GL_HILO_NV 0x86F4
+#define GL_DSDT_NV 0x86F5
+#define GL_DSDT_MAG_NV 0x86F6
+#define GL_DSDT_MAG_VIB_NV 0x86F7
+#define GL_HILO16_NV 0x86F8
+#define GL_SIGNED_HILO_NV 0x86F9
+#define GL_SIGNED_HILO16_NV 0x86FA
+#define GL_SIGNED_RGBA_NV 0x86FB
+#define GL_SIGNED_RGBA8_NV 0x86FC
+#define GL_SIGNED_RGB_NV 0x86FE
+#define GL_SIGNED_RGB8_NV 0x86FF
+#define GL_SIGNED_LUMINANCE_NV 0x8701
+#define GL_SIGNED_LUMINANCE8_NV 0x8702
+#define GL_SIGNED_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_NV 0x8703
+#define GL_SIGNED_LUMINANCE8_ALPHA8_NV 0x8704
+#define GL_SIGNED_ALPHA_NV 0x8705
+#define GL_SIGNED_ALPHA8_NV 0x8706
+#define GL_SIGNED_INTENSITY_NV 0x8707
+#define GL_SIGNED_INTENSITY8_NV 0x8708
+#define GL_DSDT8_NV 0x8709
+#define GL_DSDT8_MAG8_NV 0x870A
+#define GL_DSDT8_MAG8_INTENSITY8_NV 0x870B
+#define GL_SIGNED_RGB_UNSIGNED_ALPHA_NV 0x870C
+#define GL_SIGNED_RGB8_UNSIGNED_ALPHA8_NV 0x870D
+#define GL_HI_SCALE_NV 0x870E
+#define GL_LO_SCALE_NV 0x870F
+#define GL_DS_SCALE_NV 0x8710
+#define GL_DT_SCALE_NV 0x8711
+#define GL_MAGNITUDE_SCALE_NV 0x8712
+#define GL_VIBRANCE_SCALE_NV 0x8713
+#define GL_HI_BIAS_NV 0x8714
+#define GL_LO_BIAS_NV 0x8715
+#define GL_DS_BIAS_NV 0x8716
+#define GL_DT_BIAS_NV 0x8717
+#define GL_MAGNITUDE_BIAS_NV 0x8718
+#define GL_VIBRANCE_BIAS_NV 0x8719
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BORDER_VALUES_NV 0x871A
+#define GL_TEXTURE_HI_SIZE_NV 0x871B
+#define GL_TEXTURE_LO_SIZE_NV 0x871C
+#define GL_TEXTURE_DS_SIZE_NV 0x871D
+#define GL_TEXTURE_DT_SIZE_NV 0x871E
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MAG_SIZE_NV 0x871F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_shader2
+#define GL_DOT_PRODUCT_TEXTURE_3D_NV 0x86EF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_array_range2
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_WITHOUT_FLUSH_NV 0x8533
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_program
+#define GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_NV 0x8620
+#define GL_VERTEX_STATE_PROGRAM_NV 0x8621
+#define GL_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE_NV 0x8623
+#define GL_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE_NV 0x8624
+#define GL_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE_NV 0x8625
+#define GL_CURRENT_ATTRIB_NV 0x8626
+#define GL_PROGRAM_LENGTH_NV 0x8627
+#define GL_PROGRAM_STRING_NV 0x8628
+#define GL_MODELVIEW_PROJECTION_NV 0x8629
+#define GL_IDENTITY_NV 0x862A
+#define GL_INVERSE_NV 0x862B
+#define GL_TRANSPOSE_NV 0x862C
+#define GL_INVERSE_TRANSPOSE_NV 0x862D
+#define GL_MAX_TRACK_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_NV 0x862E
+#define GL_MAX_TRACK_MATRICES_NV 0x862F
+#define GL_MATRIX0_NV 0x8630
+#define GL_MATRIX1_NV 0x8631
+#define GL_MATRIX2_NV 0x8632
+#define GL_MATRIX3_NV 0x8633
+#define GL_MATRIX4_NV 0x8634
+#define GL_MATRIX5_NV 0x8635
+#define GL_MATRIX6_NV 0x8636
+#define GL_MATRIX7_NV 0x8637
+#define GL_CURRENT_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_NV 0x8640
+#define GL_CURRENT_MATRIX_NV 0x8641
+#define GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE_NV 0x8642
+#define GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_TWO_SIDE_NV 0x8643
+#define GL_PROGRAM_PARAMETER_NV 0x8644
+#define GL_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER_NV 0x8645
+#define GL_PROGRAM_TARGET_NV 0x8646
+#define GL_PROGRAM_RESIDENT_NV 0x8647
+#define GL_TRACK_MATRIX_NV 0x8648
+#define GL_TRACK_MATRIX_TRANSFORM_NV 0x8649
+#define GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_BINDING_NV 0x864A
+#define GL_PROGRAM_ERROR_POSITION_NV 0x864B
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY0_NV 0x8650
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY1_NV 0x8651
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY2_NV 0x8652
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY3_NV 0x8653
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY4_NV 0x8654
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY5_NV 0x8655
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY6_NV 0x8656
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY7_NV 0x8657
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY8_NV 0x8658
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY9_NV 0x8659
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY10_NV 0x865A
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY11_NV 0x865B
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY12_NV 0x865C
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY13_NV 0x865D
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY14_NV 0x865E
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY15_NV 0x865F
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB0_4_NV 0x8660
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB1_4_NV 0x8661
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB2_4_NV 0x8662
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB3_4_NV 0x8663
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB4_4_NV 0x8664
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB5_4_NV 0x8665
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB6_4_NV 0x8666
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB7_4_NV 0x8667
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB8_4_NV 0x8668
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB9_4_NV 0x8669
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB10_4_NV 0x866A
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB11_4_NV 0x866B
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB12_4_NV 0x866C
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB13_4_NV 0x866D
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB14_4_NV 0x866E
+#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_ATTRIB15_4_NV 0x866F
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB0_4_NV 0x8670
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB1_4_NV 0x8671
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB2_4_NV 0x8672
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB3_4_NV 0x8673
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB4_4_NV 0x8674
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB5_4_NV 0x8675
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB6_4_NV 0x8676
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB7_4_NV 0x8677
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB8_4_NV 0x8678
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB9_4_NV 0x8679
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB10_4_NV 0x867A
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB11_4_NV 0x867B
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB12_4_NV 0x867C
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB13_4_NV 0x867D
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB14_4_NV 0x867E
+#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_ATTRIB15_4_NV 0x867F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_texture_coordinate_clamp
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MAX_CLAMP_S_SGIX 0x8369
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MAX_CLAMP_T_SGIX 0x836A
+#define GL_TEXTURE_MAX_CLAMP_R_SGIX 0x836B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_scalebias_hint
+#define GL_SCALEBIAS_HINT_SGIX 0x8322
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_OML_interlace
+#define GL_INTERLACE_OML 0x8980
+#define GL_INTERLACE_READ_OML 0x8981
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_OML_subsample
+#define GL_FORMAT_SUBSAMPLE_24_24_OML 0x8982
+#define GL_FORMAT_SUBSAMPLE_244_244_OML 0x8983
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_OML_resample
+#define GL_PACK_RESAMPLE_OML 0x8984
+#define GL_UNPACK_RESAMPLE_OML 0x8985
+#define GL_RESAMPLE_REPLICATE_OML 0x8986
+#define GL_RESAMPLE_ZERO_FILL_OML 0x8987
+#define GL_RESAMPLE_AVERAGE_OML 0x8988
+#define GL_RESAMPLE_DECIMATE_OML 0x8989
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_copy_depth_to_color
+#define GL_DEPTH_STENCIL_TO_RGBA_NV 0x886E
+#define GL_DEPTH_STENCIL_TO_BGRA_NV 0x886F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_envmap_bumpmap
+#define GL_BUMP_ROT_MATRIX_ATI 0x8775
+#define GL_BUMP_ROT_MATRIX_SIZE_ATI 0x8776
+#define GL_BUMP_NUM_TEX_UNITS_ATI 0x8777
+#define GL_BUMP_TEX_UNITS_ATI 0x8778
+#define GL_DUDV_ATI 0x8779
+#define GL_DU8DV8_ATI 0x877A
+#define GL_BUMP_ENVMAP_ATI 0x877B
+#define GL_BUMP_TARGET_ATI 0x877C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_fragment_shader
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER_ATI 0x8920
+#define GL_REG_0_ATI 0x8921
+#define GL_REG_1_ATI 0x8922
+#define GL_REG_2_ATI 0x8923
+#define GL_REG_3_ATI 0x8924
+#define GL_REG_4_ATI 0x8925
+#define GL_REG_5_ATI 0x8926
+#define GL_REG_6_ATI 0x8927
+#define GL_REG_7_ATI 0x8928
+#define GL_REG_8_ATI 0x8929
+#define GL_REG_9_ATI 0x892A
+#define GL_REG_10_ATI 0x892B
+#define GL_REG_11_ATI 0x892C
+#define GL_REG_12_ATI 0x892D
+#define GL_REG_13_ATI 0x892E
+#define GL_REG_14_ATI 0x892F
+#define GL_REG_15_ATI 0x8930
+#define GL_REG_16_ATI 0x8931
+#define GL_REG_17_ATI 0x8932
+#define GL_REG_18_ATI 0x8933
+#define GL_REG_19_ATI 0x8934
+#define GL_REG_20_ATI 0x8935
+#define GL_REG_21_ATI 0x8936
+#define GL_REG_22_ATI 0x8937
+#define GL_REG_23_ATI 0x8938
+#define GL_REG_24_ATI 0x8939
+#define GL_REG_25_ATI 0x893A
+#define GL_REG_26_ATI 0x893B
+#define GL_REG_27_ATI 0x893C
+#define GL_REG_28_ATI 0x893D
+#define GL_REG_29_ATI 0x893E
+#define GL_REG_30_ATI 0x893F
+#define GL_REG_31_ATI 0x8940
+#define GL_CON_0_ATI 0x8941
+#define GL_CON_1_ATI 0x8942
+#define GL_CON_2_ATI 0x8943
+#define GL_CON_3_ATI 0x8944
+#define GL_CON_4_ATI 0x8945
+#define GL_CON_5_ATI 0x8946
+#define GL_CON_6_ATI 0x8947
+#define GL_CON_7_ATI 0x8948
+#define GL_CON_8_ATI 0x8949
+#define GL_CON_9_ATI 0x894A
+#define GL_CON_10_ATI 0x894B
+#define GL_CON_11_ATI 0x894C
+#define GL_CON_12_ATI 0x894D
+#define GL_CON_13_ATI 0x894E
+#define GL_CON_14_ATI 0x894F
+#define GL_CON_15_ATI 0x8950
+#define GL_CON_16_ATI 0x8951
+#define GL_CON_17_ATI 0x8952
+#define GL_CON_18_ATI 0x8953
+#define GL_CON_19_ATI 0x8954
+#define GL_CON_20_ATI 0x8955
+#define GL_CON_21_ATI 0x8956
+#define GL_CON_22_ATI 0x8957
+#define GL_CON_23_ATI 0x8958
+#define GL_CON_24_ATI 0x8959
+#define GL_CON_25_ATI 0x895A
+#define GL_CON_26_ATI 0x895B
+#define GL_CON_27_ATI 0x895C
+#define GL_CON_28_ATI 0x895D
+#define GL_CON_29_ATI 0x895E
+#define GL_CON_30_ATI 0x895F
+#define GL_CON_31_ATI 0x8960
+#define GL_MOV_ATI 0x8961
+#define GL_ADD_ATI 0x8963
+#define GL_MUL_ATI 0x8964
+#define GL_SUB_ATI 0x8965
+#define GL_DOT3_ATI 0x8966
+#define GL_DOT4_ATI 0x8967
+#define GL_MAD_ATI 0x8968
+#define GL_LERP_ATI 0x8969
+#define GL_CND_ATI 0x896A
+#define GL_CND0_ATI 0x896B
+#define GL_DOT2_ADD_ATI 0x896C
+#define GL_SECONDARY_INTERPOLATOR_ATI 0x896D
+#define GL_NUM_FRAGMENT_REGISTERS_ATI 0x896E
+#define GL_NUM_FRAGMENT_CONSTANTS_ATI 0x896F
+#define GL_NUM_PASSES_ATI 0x8970
+#define GL_NUM_INSTRUCTIONS_PER_PASS_ATI 0x8971
+#define GL_NUM_INSTRUCTIONS_TOTAL_ATI 0x8972
+#define GL_NUM_INPUT_INTERPOLATOR_COMPONENTS_ATI 0x8973
+#define GL_NUM_LOOPBACK_COMPONENTS_ATI 0x8974
+#define GL_COLOR_ALPHA_PAIRING_ATI 0x8975
+#define GL_SWIZZLE_STR_ATI 0x8976
+#define GL_SWIZZLE_STQ_ATI 0x8977
+#define GL_SWIZZLE_STR_DR_ATI 0x8978
+#define GL_SWIZZLE_STQ_DQ_ATI 0x8979
+#define GL_SWIZZLE_STRQ_ATI 0x897A
+#define GL_SWIZZLE_STRQ_DQ_ATI 0x897B
+#define GL_RED_BIT_ATI 0x00000001
+#define GL_GREEN_BIT_ATI 0x00000002
+#define GL_BLUE_BIT_ATI 0x00000004
+#define GL_2X_BIT_ATI 0x00000001
+#define GL_4X_BIT_ATI 0x00000002
+#define GL_8X_BIT_ATI 0x00000004
+#define GL_HALF_BIT_ATI 0x00000008
+#define GL_QUARTER_BIT_ATI 0x00000010
+#define GL_EIGHTH_BIT_ATI 0x00000020
+#define GL_SATURATE_BIT_ATI 0x00000040
+#define GL_COMP_BIT_ATI 0x00000002
+#define GL_NEGATE_BIT_ATI 0x00000004
+#define GL_BIAS_BIT_ATI 0x00000008
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_pn_triangles
+#define GL_PN_TRIANGLES_ATI 0x87F0
+#define GL_MAX_PN_TRIANGLES_TESSELATION_LEVEL_ATI 0x87F1
+#define GL_PN_TRIANGLES_POINT_MODE_ATI 0x87F2
+#define GL_PN_TRIANGLES_NORMAL_MODE_ATI 0x87F3
+#define GL_PN_TRIANGLES_TESSELATION_LEVEL_ATI 0x87F4
+#define GL_PN_TRIANGLES_POINT_MODE_LINEAR_ATI 0x87F5
+#define GL_PN_TRIANGLES_POINT_MODE_CUBIC_ATI 0x87F6
+#define GL_PN_TRIANGLES_NORMAL_MODE_LINEAR_ATI 0x87F7
+#define GL_PN_TRIANGLES_NORMAL_MODE_QUADRATIC_ATI 0x87F8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_vertex_array_object
+#define GL_STATIC_ATI 0x8760
+#define GL_DYNAMIC_ATI 0x8761
+#define GL_PRESERVE_ATI 0x8762
+#define GL_DISCARD_ATI 0x8763
+#define GL_OBJECT_BUFFER_SIZE_ATI 0x8764
+#define GL_OBJECT_BUFFER_USAGE_ATI 0x8765
+#define GL_ARRAY_OBJECT_BUFFER_ATI 0x8766
+#define GL_ARRAY_OBJECT_OFFSET_ATI 0x8767
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_vertex_shader
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER_EXT 0x8780
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER_BINDING_EXT 0x8781
+#define GL_OP_INDEX_EXT 0x8782
+#define GL_OP_NEGATE_EXT 0x8783
+#define GL_OP_DOT3_EXT 0x8784
+#define GL_OP_DOT4_EXT 0x8785
+#define GL_OP_MUL_EXT 0x8786
+#define GL_OP_ADD_EXT 0x8787
+#define GL_OP_MADD_EXT 0x8788
+#define GL_OP_FRAC_EXT 0x8789
+#define GL_OP_MAX_EXT 0x878A
+#define GL_OP_MIN_EXT 0x878B
+#define GL_OP_SET_GE_EXT 0x878C
+#define GL_OP_SET_LT_EXT 0x878D
+#define GL_OP_CLAMP_EXT 0x878E
+#define GL_OP_FLOOR_EXT 0x878F
+#define GL_OP_ROUND_EXT 0x8790
+#define GL_OP_EXP_BASE_2_EXT 0x8791
+#define GL_OP_LOG_BASE_2_EXT 0x8792
+#define GL_OP_POWER_EXT 0x8793
+#define GL_OP_RECIP_EXT 0x8794
+#define GL_OP_RECIP_SQRT_EXT 0x8795
+#define GL_OP_SUB_EXT 0x8796
+#define GL_OP_CROSS_PRODUCT_EXT 0x8797
+#define GL_OP_MULTIPLY_MATRIX_EXT 0x8798
+#define GL_OP_MOV_EXT 0x8799
+#define GL_OUTPUT_VERTEX_EXT 0x879A
+#define GL_OUTPUT_COLOR0_EXT 0x879B
+#define GL_OUTPUT_COLOR1_EXT 0x879C
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD0_EXT 0x879D
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD1_EXT 0x879E
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD2_EXT 0x879F
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD3_EXT 0x87A0
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD4_EXT 0x87A1
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD5_EXT 0x87A2
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD6_EXT 0x87A3
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD7_EXT 0x87A4
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD8_EXT 0x87A5
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD9_EXT 0x87A6
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD10_EXT 0x87A7
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD11_EXT 0x87A8
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD12_EXT 0x87A9
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD13_EXT 0x87AA
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD14_EXT 0x87AB
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD15_EXT 0x87AC
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD16_EXT 0x87AD
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD17_EXT 0x87AE
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD18_EXT 0x87AF
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD19_EXT 0x87B0
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD20_EXT 0x87B1
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD21_EXT 0x87B2
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD22_EXT 0x87B3
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD23_EXT 0x87B4
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD24_EXT 0x87B5
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD25_EXT 0x87B6
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD26_EXT 0x87B7
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD27_EXT 0x87B8
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD28_EXT 0x87B9
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD29_EXT 0x87BA
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD30_EXT 0x87BB
+#define GL_OUTPUT_TEXTURE_COORD31_EXT 0x87BC
+#define GL_OUTPUT_FOG_EXT 0x87BD
+#define GL_SCALAR_EXT 0x87BE
+#define GL_VECTOR_EXT 0x87BF
+#define GL_MATRIX_EXT 0x87C0
+#define GL_VARIANT_EXT 0x87C1
+#define GL_INVARIANT_EXT 0x87C2
+#define GL_LOCAL_CONSTANT_EXT 0x87C3
+#define GL_LOCAL_EXT 0x87C4
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_SHADER_INSTRUCTIONS_EXT 0x87C5
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_SHADER_VARIANTS_EXT 0x87C6
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_SHADER_INVARIANTS_EXT 0x87C7
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_SHADER_LOCAL_CONSTANTS_EXT 0x87C8
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_SHADER_LOCALS_EXT 0x87C9
+#define GL_MAX_OPTIMIZED_VERTEX_SHADER_INSTRUCTIONS_EXT 0x87CA
+#define GL_MAX_OPTIMIZED_VERTEX_SHADER_VARIANTS_EXT 0x87CB
+#define GL_MAX_OPTIMIZED_VERTEX_SHADER_LOCAL_CONSTANTS_EXT 0x87CC
+#define GL_MAX_OPTIMIZED_VERTEX_SHADER_INVARIANTS_EXT 0x87CD
+#define GL_MAX_OPTIMIZED_VERTEX_SHADER_LOCALS_EXT 0x87CE
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER_INSTRUCTIONS_EXT 0x87CF
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER_VARIANTS_EXT 0x87D0
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER_INVARIANTS_EXT 0x87D1
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER_LOCAL_CONSTANTS_EXT 0x87D2
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER_LOCALS_EXT 0x87D3
+#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER_OPTIMIZED_EXT 0x87D4
+#define GL_X_EXT 0x87D5
+#define GL_Y_EXT 0x87D6
+#define GL_Z_EXT 0x87D7
+#define GL_W_EXT 0x87D8
+#define GL_NEGATIVE_X_EXT 0x87D9
+#define GL_NEGATIVE_Y_EXT 0x87DA
+#define GL_NEGATIVE_Z_EXT 0x87DB
+#define GL_NEGATIVE_W_EXT 0x87DC
+#define GL_ZERO_EXT 0x87DD
+#define GL_ONE_EXT 0x87DE
+#define GL_NEGATIVE_ONE_EXT 0x87DF
+#define GL_NORMALIZED_RANGE_EXT 0x87E0
+#define GL_FULL_RANGE_EXT 0x87E1
+#define GL_CURRENT_VERTEX_EXT 0x87E2
+#define GL_MVP_MATRIX_EXT 0x87E3
+#define GL_VARIANT_VALUE_EXT 0x87E4
+#define GL_VARIANT_DATATYPE_EXT 0x87E5
+#define GL_VARIANT_ARRAY_STRIDE_EXT 0x87E6
+#define GL_VARIANT_ARRAY_TYPE_EXT 0x87E7
+#define GL_VARIANT_ARRAY_EXT 0x87E8
+#define GL_VARIANT_ARRAY_POINTER_EXT 0x87E9
+#define GL_INVARIANT_VALUE_EXT 0x87EA
+#define GL_INVARIANT_DATATYPE_EXT 0x87EB
+#define GL_LOCAL_CONSTANT_VALUE_EXT 0x87EC
+#define GL_LOCAL_CONSTANT_DATATYPE_EXT 0x87ED
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_vertex_streams
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_STREAMS_ATI 0x876B
+#define GL_VERTEX_STREAM0_ATI 0x876C
+#define GL_VERTEX_STREAM1_ATI 0x876D
+#define GL_VERTEX_STREAM2_ATI 0x876E
+#define GL_VERTEX_STREAM3_ATI 0x876F
+#define GL_VERTEX_STREAM4_ATI 0x8770
+#define GL_VERTEX_STREAM5_ATI 0x8771
+#define GL_VERTEX_STREAM6_ATI 0x8772
+#define GL_VERTEX_STREAM7_ATI 0x8773
+#define GL_VERTEX_SOURCE_ATI 0x8774
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_element_array
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_ATI 0x8768
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_TYPE_ATI 0x8769
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_POINTER_ATI 0x876A
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUN_mesh_array
+#define GL_QUAD_MESH_SUN 0x8614
+#define GL_TRIANGLE_MESH_SUN 0x8615
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUN_slice_accum
+#define GL_SLICE_ACCUM_SUN 0x85CC
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_multisample_filter_hint
+#define GL_MULTISAMPLE_FILTER_HINT_NV 0x8534
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_depth_clamp
+#define GL_DEPTH_CLAMP_NV 0x864F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_occlusion_query
+#define GL_PIXEL_COUNTER_BITS_NV 0x8864
+#define GL_CURRENT_OCCLUSION_QUERY_ID_NV 0x8865
+#define GL_PIXEL_COUNT_NV 0x8866
+#define GL_PIXEL_COUNT_AVAILABLE_NV 0x8867
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_point_sprite
+#define GL_POINT_SPRITE_NV 0x8861
+#define GL_COORD_REPLACE_NV 0x8862
+#define GL_POINT_SPRITE_R_MODE_NV 0x8863
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_shader3
+#define GL_OFFSET_PROJECTIVE_TEXTURE_2D_NV 0x8850
+#define GL_OFFSET_PROJECTIVE_TEXTURE_2D_SCALE_NV 0x8851
+#define GL_OFFSET_PROJECTIVE_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV 0x8852
+#define GL_OFFSET_PROJECTIVE_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_SCALE_NV 0x8853
+#define GL_OFFSET_HILO_TEXTURE_2D_NV 0x8854
+#define GL_OFFSET_HILO_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV 0x8855
+#define GL_OFFSET_HILO_PROJECTIVE_TEXTURE_2D_NV 0x8856
+#define GL_OFFSET_HILO_PROJECTIVE_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV 0x8857
+#define GL_DEPENDENT_HILO_TEXTURE_2D_NV 0x8858
+#define GL_DEPENDENT_RGB_TEXTURE_3D_NV 0x8859
+#define GL_DEPENDENT_RGB_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NV 0x885A
+#define GL_DOT_PRODUCT_PASS_THROUGH_NV 0x885B
+#define GL_DOT_PRODUCT_TEXTURE_1D_NV 0x885C
+#define GL_DOT_PRODUCT_AFFINE_DEPTH_REPLACE_NV 0x885D
+#define GL_HILO8_NV 0x885E
+#define GL_SIGNED_HILO8_NV 0x885F
+#define GL_FORCE_BLUE_TO_ONE_NV 0x8860
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_program1_1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_shadow_funcs
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_stencil_two_side
+#define GL_STENCIL_TEST_TWO_SIDE_EXT 0x8910
+#define GL_ACTIVE_STENCIL_FACE_EXT 0x8911
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_text_fragment_shader
+#define GL_TEXT_FRAGMENT_SHADER_ATI 0x8200
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_client_storage
+#define GL_UNPACK_CLIENT_STORAGE_APPLE 0x85B2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_element_array
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_APPLE 0x8A0C
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_TYPE_APPLE 0x8A0D
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_POINTER_APPLE 0x8A0E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_fence
+#define GL_DRAW_PIXELS_APPLE 0x8A0A
+#define GL_FENCE_APPLE 0x8A0B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_vertex_array_object
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BINDING_APPLE 0x85B5
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_vertex_array_range
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_APPLE 0x851D
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_LENGTH_APPLE 0x851E
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STORAGE_HINT_APPLE 0x851F
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_RANGE_POINTER_APPLE 0x8521
+#define GL_STORAGE_CLIENT_APPLE 0x85B4
+#define GL_STORAGE_CACHED_APPLE 0x85BE
+#define GL_STORAGE_SHARED_APPLE 0x85BF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_ycbcr_422
+#define GL_YCBCR_422_APPLE 0x85B9
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_8_8_APPLE 0x85BA
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_8_8_REV_APPLE 0x85BB
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_S3_s3tc
+#define GL_RGB_S3TC 0x83A0
+#define GL_RGB4_S3TC 0x83A1
+#define GL_RGBA_S3TC 0x83A2
+#define GL_RGBA4_S3TC 0x83A3
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_draw_buffers
+#define GL_MAX_DRAW_BUFFERS_ATI 0x8824
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER0_ATI 0x8825
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER1_ATI 0x8826
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER2_ATI 0x8827
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER3_ATI 0x8828
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER4_ATI 0x8829
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER5_ATI 0x882A
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER6_ATI 0x882B
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER7_ATI 0x882C
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER8_ATI 0x882D
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER9_ATI 0x882E
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER10_ATI 0x882F
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER11_ATI 0x8830
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER12_ATI 0x8831
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER13_ATI 0x8832
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER14_ATI 0x8833
+#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER15_ATI 0x8834
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_pixel_format_float
+#define GL_TYPE_RGBA_FLOAT_ATI 0x8820
+#define GL_COLOR_CLEAR_UNCLAMPED_VALUE_ATI 0x8835
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_texture_env_combine3
+#define GL_MODULATE_ADD_ATI 0x8744
+#define GL_MODULATE_SIGNED_ADD_ATI 0x8745
+#define GL_MODULATE_SUBTRACT_ATI 0x8746
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_texture_float
+#define GL_RGBA_FLOAT32_ATI 0x8814
+#define GL_RGB_FLOAT32_ATI 0x8815
+#define GL_ALPHA_FLOAT32_ATI 0x8816
+#define GL_INTENSITY_FLOAT32_ATI 0x8817
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_FLOAT32_ATI 0x8818
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_FLOAT32_ATI 0x8819
+#define GL_RGBA_FLOAT16_ATI 0x881A
+#define GL_RGB_FLOAT16_ATI 0x881B
+#define GL_ALPHA_FLOAT16_ATI 0x881C
+#define GL_INTENSITY_FLOAT16_ATI 0x881D
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_FLOAT16_ATI 0x881E
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_FLOAT16_ATI 0x881F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_float_buffer
+#define GL_FLOAT_R_NV 0x8880
+#define GL_FLOAT_RG_NV 0x8881
+#define GL_FLOAT_RGB_NV 0x8882
+#define GL_FLOAT_RGBA_NV 0x8883
+#define GL_FLOAT_R16_NV 0x8884
+#define GL_FLOAT_R32_NV 0x8885
+#define GL_FLOAT_RG16_NV 0x8886
+#define GL_FLOAT_RG32_NV 0x8887
+#define GL_FLOAT_RGB16_NV 0x8888
+#define GL_FLOAT_RGB32_NV 0x8889
+#define GL_FLOAT_RGBA16_NV 0x888A
+#define GL_FLOAT_RGBA32_NV 0x888B
+#define GL_TEXTURE_FLOAT_COMPONENTS_NV 0x888C
+#define GL_FLOAT_CLEAR_COLOR_VALUE_NV 0x888D
+#define GL_FLOAT_RGBA_MODE_NV 0x888E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_fragment_program
+#define GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAMETERS_NV 0x8868
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_NV 0x8870
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_COORDS_NV 0x8871
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_NV 0x8872
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_BINDING_NV 0x8873
+#define GL_PROGRAM_ERROR_STRING_NV 0x8874
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_half_float
+#define GL_HALF_FLOAT_NV 0x140B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_pixel_data_range
+#define GL_WRITE_PIXEL_DATA_RANGE_NV 0x8878
+#define GL_READ_PIXEL_DATA_RANGE_NV 0x8879
+#define GL_WRITE_PIXEL_DATA_RANGE_LENGTH_NV 0x887A
+#define GL_READ_PIXEL_DATA_RANGE_LENGTH_NV 0x887B
+#define GL_WRITE_PIXEL_DATA_RANGE_POINTER_NV 0x887C
+#define GL_READ_PIXEL_DATA_RANGE_POINTER_NV 0x887D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_primitive_restart
+#define GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_NV 0x8558
+#define GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_INDEX_NV 0x8559
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_expand_normal
+#define GL_TEXTURE_UNSIGNED_REMAP_MODE_NV 0x888F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_program2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_map_object_buffer
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_separate_stencil
+#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_FUNC_ATI 0x8800
+#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_FAIL_ATI 0x8801
+#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_PASS_DEPTH_FAIL_ATI 0x8802
+#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_PASS_DEPTH_PASS_ATI 0x8803
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_vertex_attrib_array_object
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_OES_read_format
+#define GL_IMPLEMENTATION_COLOR_READ_TYPE_OES 0x8B9A
+#define GL_IMPLEMENTATION_COLOR_READ_FORMAT_OES 0x8B9B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_depth_bounds_test
+#define GL_DEPTH_BOUNDS_TEST_EXT 0x8890
+#define GL_DEPTH_BOUNDS_EXT 0x8891
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_mirror_clamp
+#define GL_MIRROR_CLAMP_EXT 0x8742
+#define GL_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_EDGE_EXT 0x8743
+#define GL_MIRROR_CLAMP_TO_BORDER_EXT 0x8912
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_blend_equation_separate
+#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB_EXT 0x8009
+#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA_EXT 0x883D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_MESA_pack_invert
+#define GL_PACK_INVERT_MESA 0x8758
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_8_8_MESA 0x85BA
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_8_8_REV_MESA 0x85BB
+#define GL_YCBCR_MESA 0x8757
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_pixel_buffer_object
+#define GL_PIXEL_PACK_BUFFER_EXT 0x88EB
+#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_EXT 0x88EC
+#define GL_PIXEL_PACK_BUFFER_BINDING_EXT 0x88ED
+#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING_EXT 0x88EF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_fragment_program_option
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_fragment_program2
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_EXEC_INSTRUCTIONS_NV 0x88F4
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_CALL_DEPTH_NV 0x88F5
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_IF_DEPTH_NV 0x88F6
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_LOOP_DEPTH_NV 0x88F7
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_LOOP_COUNT_NV 0x88F8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_program2_option
+/* reuse GL_MAX_PROGRAM_EXEC_INSTRUCTIONS_NV */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_PROGRAM_CALL_DEPTH_NV */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_program3
+/* reuse GL_MAX_VERTEX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_ARB */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_framebuffer_object
+#define GL_INVALID_FRAMEBUFFER_OPERATION_EXT 0x0506
+#define GL_MAX_RENDERBUFFER_SIZE_EXT 0x84E8
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING_EXT 0x8CA6
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_BINDING_EXT 0x8CA7
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_OBJECT_TYPE_EXT 0x8CD0
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_OBJECT_NAME_EXT 0x8CD1
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LEVEL_EXT 0x8CD2
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_FACE_EXT 0x8CD3
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_3D_ZOFFSET_EXT 0x8CD4
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_COMPLETE_EXT 0x8CD5
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_ATTACHMENT_EXT 0x8CD6
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_MISSING_ATTACHMENT_EXT 0x8CD7
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_DIMENSIONS_EXT 0x8CD9
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_FORMATS_EXT 0x8CDA
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_DRAW_BUFFER_EXT 0x8CDB
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_READ_BUFFER_EXT 0x8CDC
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_UNSUPPORTED_EXT 0x8CDD
+#define GL_MAX_COLOR_ATTACHMENTS_EXT 0x8CDF
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT0_EXT 0x8CE0
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT1_EXT 0x8CE1
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT2_EXT 0x8CE2
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT3_EXT 0x8CE3
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT4_EXT 0x8CE4
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT5_EXT 0x8CE5
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT6_EXT 0x8CE6
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT7_EXT 0x8CE7
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT8_EXT 0x8CE8
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT9_EXT 0x8CE9
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT10_EXT 0x8CEA
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT11_EXT 0x8CEB
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT12_EXT 0x8CEC
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT13_EXT 0x8CED
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT14_EXT 0x8CEE
+#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT15_EXT 0x8CEF
+#define GL_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT_EXT 0x8D00
+#define GL_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT_EXT 0x8D20
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT 0x8D40
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_EXT 0x8D41
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_WIDTH_EXT 0x8D42
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_HEIGHT_EXT 0x8D43
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_INTERNAL_FORMAT_EXT 0x8D44
+#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX1_EXT 0x8D46
+#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX4_EXT 0x8D47
+#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX8_EXT 0x8D48
+#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX16_EXT 0x8D49
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_RED_SIZE_EXT 0x8D50
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_GREEN_SIZE_EXT 0x8D51
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_BLUE_SIZE_EXT 0x8D52
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_ALPHA_SIZE_EXT 0x8D53
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_DEPTH_SIZE_EXT 0x8D54
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_STENCIL_SIZE_EXT 0x8D55
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_GREMEDY_string_marker
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil
+#define GL_DEPTH_STENCIL_EXT 0x84F9
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8_EXT 0x84FA
+#define GL_DEPTH24_STENCIL8_EXT 0x88F0
+#define GL_TEXTURE_STENCIL_SIZE_EXT 0x88F1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_stencil_clear_tag
+#define GL_STENCIL_TAG_BITS_EXT 0x88F2
+#define GL_STENCIL_CLEAR_TAG_VALUE_EXT 0x88F3
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_sRGB
+#define GL_SRGB_EXT 0x8C40
+#define GL_SRGB8_EXT 0x8C41
+#define GL_SRGB_ALPHA_EXT 0x8C42
+#define GL_SRGB8_ALPHA8_EXT 0x8C43
+#define GL_SLUMINANCE_ALPHA_EXT 0x8C44
+#define GL_SLUMINANCE8_ALPHA8_EXT 0x8C45
+#define GL_SLUMINANCE_EXT 0x8C46
+#define GL_SLUMINANCE8_EXT 0x8C47
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB_EXT 0x8C48
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB_ALPHA_EXT 0x8C49
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SLUMINANCE_EXT 0x8C4A
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SLUMINANCE_ALPHA_EXT 0x8C4B
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB_S3TC_DXT1_EXT 0x8C4C
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB_ALPHA_S3TC_DXT1_EXT 0x8C4D
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB_ALPHA_S3TC_DXT3_EXT 0x8C4E
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB_ALPHA_S3TC_DXT5_EXT 0x8C4F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_framebuffer_blit
+#define GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT 0x8CA8
+#define GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT 0x8CA9
+#define GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING_EXT GL_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING_EXT
+#define GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING_EXT 0x8CAA
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_framebuffer_multisample
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_SAMPLES_EXT 0x8CAB
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_MULTISAMPLE_EXT 0x8D56
+#define GL_MAX_SAMPLES_EXT 0x8D57
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_MESAX_texture_stack
+#define GL_TEXTURE_1D_STACK_MESAX 0x8759
+#define GL_TEXTURE_2D_STACK_MESAX 0x875A
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_1D_STACK_MESAX 0x875B
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D_STACK_MESAX 0x875C
+#define GL_TEXTURE_1D_STACK_BINDING_MESAX 0x875D
+#define GL_TEXTURE_2D_STACK_BINDING_MESAX 0x875E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_timer_query
+#define GL_TIME_ELAPSED_EXT 0x88BF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_gpu_program_parameters
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_flush_buffer_range
+#define GL_BUFFER_SERIALIZED_MODIFY_APPLE 0x8A12
+#define GL_BUFFER_FLUSHING_UNMAP_APPLE 0x8A13
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_gpu_program4
+#define GL_MIN_PROGRAM_TEXEL_OFFSET_NV 0x8904
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_TEXEL_OFFSET_NV 0x8905
+#define GL_PROGRAM_ATTRIB_COMPONENTS_NV 0x8906
+#define GL_PROGRAM_RESULT_COMPONENTS_NV 0x8907
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_ATTRIB_COMPONENTS_NV 0x8908
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_RESULT_COMPONENTS_NV 0x8909
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_GENERIC_ATTRIBS_NV 0x8DA5
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_GENERIC_RESULTS_NV 0x8DA6
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_geometry_program4
+#define GL_LINES_ADJACENCY_EXT 0x000A
+#define GL_LINE_STRIP_ADJACENCY_EXT 0x000B
+#define GL_TRIANGLES_ADJACENCY_EXT 0x000C
+#define GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP_ADJACENCY_EXT 0x000D
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM_NV 0x8C26
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_OUTPUT_VERTICES_NV 0x8C27
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_TOTAL_OUTPUT_COMPONENTS_NV 0x8C28
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_VERTICES_OUT_EXT 0x8DDA
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_INPUT_TYPE_EXT 0x8DDB
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_OUTPUT_TYPE_EXT 0x8DDC
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_EXT 0x8C29
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_LAYERED_EXT 0x8DA7
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_LAYER_TARGETS_EXT 0x8DA8
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_LAYER_COUNT_EXT 0x8DA9
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LAYER_EXT 0x8CD4
+#define GL_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE_EXT 0x8642
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_geometry_shader4
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER_EXT 0x8DD9
+/* reuse GL_GEOMETRY_VERTICES_OUT_EXT */
+/* reuse GL_GEOMETRY_INPUT_TYPE_EXT */
+/* reuse GL_GEOMETRY_OUTPUT_TYPE_EXT */
+/* reuse GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_EXT */
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_VARYING_COMPONENTS_EXT 0x8DDD
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_VARYING_COMPONENTS_EXT 0x8DDE
+#define GL_MAX_VARYING_COMPONENTS_EXT 0x8B4B
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS_EXT 0x8DDF
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_OUTPUT_VERTICES_EXT 0x8DE0
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_TOTAL_OUTPUT_COMPONENTS_EXT 0x8DE1
+/* reuse GL_LINES_ADJACENCY_EXT */
+/* reuse GL_LINE_STRIP_ADJACENCY_EXT */
+/* reuse GL_TRIANGLES_ADJACENCY_EXT */
+/* reuse GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP_ADJACENCY_EXT */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_LAYER_TARGETS_EXT */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_LAYER_COUNT_EXT */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_LAYERED_EXT */
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LAYER_EXT */
+/* reuse GL_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE_EXT */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_program4
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_INTEGER_NV 0x88FD
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_gpu_shader4
+#define GL_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY_EXT 0x8DC0
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY_EXT 0x8DC1
+#define GL_SAMPLER_BUFFER_EXT 0x8DC2
+#define GL_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY_SHADOW_EXT 0x8DC3
+#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY_SHADOW_EXT 0x8DC4
+#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE_SHADOW_EXT 0x8DC5
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_VEC2_EXT 0x8DC6
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_VEC3_EXT 0x8DC7
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_VEC4_EXT 0x8DC8
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_1D_EXT 0x8DC9
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D_EXT 0x8DCA
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_3D_EXT 0x8DCB
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE_EXT 0x8DCC
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D_RECT_EXT 0x8DCD
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY_EXT 0x8DCE
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY_EXT 0x8DCF
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_BUFFER_EXT 0x8DD0
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_1D_EXT 0x8DD1
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D_EXT 0x8DD2
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_3D_EXT 0x8DD3
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_CUBE_EXT 0x8DD4
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D_RECT_EXT 0x8DD5
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_1D_ARRAY_EXT 0x8DD6
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_2D_ARRAY_EXT 0x8DD7
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_BUFFER_EXT 0x8DD8
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_draw_instanced
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_packed_float
+#define GL_R11F_G11F_B10F_EXT 0x8C3A
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_10F_11F_11F_REV_EXT 0x8C3B
+#define GL_RGBA_SIGNED_COMPONENTS_EXT 0x8C3C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_array
+#define GL_TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY_EXT 0x8C18
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_1D_ARRAY_EXT 0x8C19
+#define GL_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY_EXT 0x8C1A
+#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D_ARRAY_EXT 0x8C1B
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_1D_ARRAY_EXT 0x8C1C
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D_ARRAY_EXT 0x8C1D
+#define GL_MAX_ARRAY_TEXTURE_LAYERS_EXT 0x88FF
+#define GL_COMPARE_REF_DEPTH_TO_TEXTURE_EXT 0x884E
+/* reuse GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LAYER_EXT */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_buffer_object
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BUFFER_EXT 0x8C2A
+#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_BUFFER_SIZE_EXT 0x8C2B
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_BUFFER_EXT 0x8C2C
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BUFFER_DATA_STORE_BINDING_EXT 0x8C2D
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BUFFER_FORMAT_EXT 0x8C2E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_compression_latc
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_LUMINANCE_LATC1_EXT 0x8C70
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SIGNED_LUMINANCE_LATC1_EXT 0x8C71
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_LATC2_EXT 0x8C72
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SIGNED_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_LATC2_EXT 0x8C73
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_compression_rgtc
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RED_RGTC1_EXT 0x8DBB
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SIGNED_RED_RGTC1_EXT 0x8DBC
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_RED_GREEN_RGTC2_EXT 0x8DBD
+#define GL_COMPRESSED_SIGNED_RED_GREEN_RGTC2_EXT 0x8DBE
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_shared_exponent
+#define GL_RGB9_E5_EXT 0x8C3D
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_5_9_9_9_REV_EXT 0x8C3E
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SHARED_SIZE_EXT 0x8C3F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_depth_buffer_float
+#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32F_NV 0x8DAB
+#define GL_DEPTH32F_STENCIL8_NV 0x8DAC
+#define GL_FLOAT_32_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8_REV_NV 0x8DAD
+#define GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_FLOAT_MODE_NV 0x8DAF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_fragment_program4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_framebuffer_multisample_coverage
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_COVERAGE_SAMPLES_NV 0x8CAB
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_COLOR_SAMPLES_NV 0x8E10
+#define GL_MAX_MULTISAMPLE_COVERAGE_MODES_NV 0x8E11
+#define GL_MULTISAMPLE_COVERAGE_MODES_NV 0x8E12
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_framebuffer_sRGB
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB_EXT 0x8DB9
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_SRGB_CAPABLE_EXT 0x8DBA
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_geometry_shader4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_parameter_buffer_object
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_PARAMETER_BUFFER_BINDINGS_NV 0x8DA0
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_PARAMETER_BUFFER_SIZE_NV 0x8DA1
+#define GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_PARAMETER_BUFFER_NV 0x8DA2
+#define GL_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM_PARAMETER_BUFFER_NV 0x8DA3
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_PARAMETER_BUFFER_NV 0x8DA4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_draw_buffers2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_transform_feedback
+#define GL_BACK_PRIMARY_COLOR_NV 0x8C77
+#define GL_BACK_SECONDARY_COLOR_NV 0x8C78
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_NV 0x8C79
+#define GL_CLIP_DISTANCE_NV 0x8C7A
+#define GL_VERTEX_ID_NV 0x8C7B
+#define GL_PRIMITIVE_ID_NV 0x8C7C
+#define GL_GENERIC_ATTRIB_NV 0x8C7D
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_ATTRIBS_NV 0x8C7E
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_MODE_NV 0x8C7F
+#define GL_MAX_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_SEPARATE_COMPONENTS_NV 0x8C80
+#define GL_ACTIVE_VARYINGS_NV 0x8C81
+#define GL_ACTIVE_VARYING_MAX_LENGTH_NV 0x8C82
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_VARYINGS_NV 0x8C83
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_START_NV 0x8C84
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_SIZE_NV 0x8C85
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_RECORD_NV 0x8C86
+#define GL_PRIMITIVES_GENERATED_NV 0x8C87
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_PRIMITIVES_WRITTEN_NV 0x8C88
+#define GL_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_NV 0x8C89
+#define GL_MAX_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_INTERLEAVED_ATTRIBS_NV 0x8C8A
+#define GL_MAX_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_SEPARATE_ATTRIBS_NV 0x8C8B
+#define GL_INTERLEAVED_ATTRIBS_NV 0x8C8C
+#define GL_SEPARATE_ATTRIBS_NV 0x8C8D
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_NV 0x8C8E
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_BINDING_NV 0x8C8F
+#define GL_LAYER_NV 0x8DAA
+#define GL_NEXT_BUFFER_NV -2
+#define GL_SKIP_COMPONENTS4_NV -3
+#define GL_SKIP_COMPONENTS3_NV -4
+#define GL_SKIP_COMPONENTS2_NV -5
+#define GL_SKIP_COMPONENTS1_NV -6
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_bindable_uniform
+#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_BINDABLE_UNIFORMS_EXT 0x8DE2
+#define GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_BINDABLE_UNIFORMS_EXT 0x8DE3
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_BINDABLE_UNIFORMS_EXT 0x8DE4
+#define GL_MAX_BINDABLE_UNIFORM_SIZE_EXT 0x8DED
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BUFFER_EXT 0x8DEE
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BUFFER_BINDING_EXT 0x8DEF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_integer
+#define GL_RGBA32UI_EXT 0x8D70
+#define GL_RGB32UI_EXT 0x8D71
+#define GL_ALPHA32UI_EXT 0x8D72
+#define GL_INTENSITY32UI_EXT 0x8D73
+#define GL_LUMINANCE32UI_EXT 0x8D74
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA32UI_EXT 0x8D75
+#define GL_RGBA16UI_EXT 0x8D76
+#define GL_RGB16UI_EXT 0x8D77
+#define GL_ALPHA16UI_EXT 0x8D78
+#define GL_INTENSITY16UI_EXT 0x8D79
+#define GL_LUMINANCE16UI_EXT 0x8D7A
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA16UI_EXT 0x8D7B
+#define GL_RGBA8UI_EXT 0x8D7C
+#define GL_RGB8UI_EXT 0x8D7D
+#define GL_ALPHA8UI_EXT 0x8D7E
+#define GL_INTENSITY8UI_EXT 0x8D7F
+#define GL_LUMINANCE8UI_EXT 0x8D80
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA8UI_EXT 0x8D81
+#define GL_RGBA32I_EXT 0x8D82
+#define GL_RGB32I_EXT 0x8D83
+#define GL_ALPHA32I_EXT 0x8D84
+#define GL_INTENSITY32I_EXT 0x8D85
+#define GL_LUMINANCE32I_EXT 0x8D86
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA32I_EXT 0x8D87
+#define GL_RGBA16I_EXT 0x8D88
+#define GL_RGB16I_EXT 0x8D89
+#define GL_ALPHA16I_EXT 0x8D8A
+#define GL_INTENSITY16I_EXT 0x8D8B
+#define GL_LUMINANCE16I_EXT 0x8D8C
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA16I_EXT 0x8D8D
+#define GL_RGBA8I_EXT 0x8D8E
+#define GL_RGB8I_EXT 0x8D8F
+#define GL_ALPHA8I_EXT 0x8D90
+#define GL_INTENSITY8I_EXT 0x8D91
+#define GL_LUMINANCE8I_EXT 0x8D92
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA8I_EXT 0x8D93
+#define GL_RED_INTEGER_EXT 0x8D94
+#define GL_GREEN_INTEGER_EXT 0x8D95
+#define GL_BLUE_INTEGER_EXT 0x8D96
+#define GL_ALPHA_INTEGER_EXT 0x8D97
+#define GL_RGB_INTEGER_EXT 0x8D98
+#define GL_RGBA_INTEGER_EXT 0x8D99
+#define GL_BGR_INTEGER_EXT 0x8D9A
+#define GL_BGRA_INTEGER_EXT 0x8D9B
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_INTEGER_EXT 0x8D9C
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_INTEGER_EXT 0x8D9D
+#define GL_RGBA_INTEGER_MODE_EXT 0x8D9E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_GREMEDY_frame_terminator
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_conditional_render
+#define GL_QUERY_WAIT_NV 0x8E13
+#define GL_QUERY_NO_WAIT_NV 0x8E14
+#define GL_QUERY_BY_REGION_WAIT_NV 0x8E15
+#define GL_QUERY_BY_REGION_NO_WAIT_NV 0x8E16
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_present_video
+#define GL_FRAME_NV 0x8E26
+#define GL_FIELDS_NV 0x8E27
+#define GL_CURRENT_TIME_NV 0x8E28
+#define GL_NUM_FILL_STREAMS_NV 0x8E29
+#define GL_PRESENT_TIME_NV 0x8E2A
+#define GL_PRESENT_DURATION_NV 0x8E2B
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_transform_feedback
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_EXT 0x8C8E
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_START_EXT 0x8C84
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_SIZE_EXT 0x8C85
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_BINDING_EXT 0x8C8F
+#define GL_INTERLEAVED_ATTRIBS_EXT 0x8C8C
+#define GL_SEPARATE_ATTRIBS_EXT 0x8C8D
+#define GL_PRIMITIVES_GENERATED_EXT 0x8C87
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_PRIMITIVES_WRITTEN_EXT 0x8C88
+#define GL_RASTERIZER_DISCARD_EXT 0x8C89
+#define GL_MAX_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_INTERLEAVED_COMPONENTS_EXT 0x8C8A
+#define GL_MAX_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_SEPARATE_ATTRIBS_EXT 0x8C8B
+#define GL_MAX_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_SEPARATE_COMPONENTS_EXT 0x8C80
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_VARYINGS_EXT 0x8C83
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_MODE_EXT 0x8C7F
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_VARYING_MAX_LENGTH_EXT 0x8C76
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_direct_state_access
+#define GL_PROGRAM_MATRIX_EXT 0x8E2D
+#define GL_TRANSPOSE_PROGRAM_MATRIX_EXT 0x8E2E
+#define GL_PROGRAM_MATRIX_STACK_DEPTH_EXT 0x8E2F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_vertex_array_bgra
+/* reuse GL_BGRA */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_swizzle
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_R_EXT 0x8E42
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_G_EXT 0x8E43
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_B_EXT 0x8E44
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_A_EXT 0x8E45
+#define GL_TEXTURE_SWIZZLE_RGBA_EXT 0x8E46
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_explicit_multisample
+#define GL_SAMPLE_POSITION_NV 0x8E50
+#define GL_SAMPLE_MASK_NV 0x8E51
+#define GL_SAMPLE_MASK_VALUE_NV 0x8E52
+#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_RENDERBUFFER_NV 0x8E53
+#define GL_TEXTURE_RENDERBUFFER_DATA_STORE_BINDING_NV 0x8E54
+#define GL_TEXTURE_RENDERBUFFER_NV 0x8E55
+#define GL_SAMPLER_RENDERBUFFER_NV 0x8E56
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_RENDERBUFFER_NV 0x8E57
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_RENDERBUFFER_NV 0x8E58
+#define GL_MAX_SAMPLE_MASK_WORDS_NV 0x8E59
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_transform_feedback2
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_NV 0x8E22
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_PAUSED_NV 0x8E23
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_ACTIVE_NV 0x8E24
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BINDING_NV 0x8E25
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_meminfo
+#define GL_VBO_FREE_MEMORY_ATI 0x87FB
+#define GL_TEXTURE_FREE_MEMORY_ATI 0x87FC
+#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_FREE_MEMORY_ATI 0x87FD
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_performance_monitor
+#define GL_COUNTER_TYPE_AMD 0x8BC0
+#define GL_COUNTER_RANGE_AMD 0x8BC1
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT64_AMD 0x8BC2
+#define GL_PERCENTAGE_AMD 0x8BC3
+#define GL_PERFMON_RESULT_AVAILABLE_AMD 0x8BC4
+#define GL_PERFMON_RESULT_SIZE_AMD 0x8BC5
+#define GL_PERFMON_RESULT_AMD 0x8BC6
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_texture_texture4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_vertex_shader_tesselator
+#define GL_SAMPLER_BUFFER_AMD 0x9001
+#define GL_INT_SAMPLER_BUFFER_AMD 0x9002
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_SAMPLER_BUFFER_AMD 0x9003
+#define GL_TESSELLATION_MODE_AMD 0x9004
+#define GL_TESSELLATION_FACTOR_AMD 0x9005
+#define GL_DISCRETE_AMD 0x9006
+#define GL_CONTINUOUS_AMD 0x9007
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_provoking_vertex
+#define GL_QUADS_FOLLOW_PROVOKING_VERTEX_CONVENTION_EXT 0x8E4C
+#define GL_FIRST_VERTEX_CONVENTION_EXT 0x8E4D
+#define GL_LAST_VERTEX_CONVENTION_EXT 0x8E4E
+#define GL_PROVOKING_VERTEX_EXT 0x8E4F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_snorm
+#define GL_ALPHA_SNORM 0x9010
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_SNORM 0x9011
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_SNORM 0x9012
+#define GL_INTENSITY_SNORM 0x9013
+#define GL_ALPHA8_SNORM 0x9014
+#define GL_LUMINANCE8_SNORM 0x9015
+#define GL_LUMINANCE8_ALPHA8_SNORM 0x9016
+#define GL_INTENSITY8_SNORM 0x9017
+#define GL_ALPHA16_SNORM 0x9018
+#define GL_LUMINANCE16_SNORM 0x9019
+#define GL_LUMINANCE16_ALPHA16_SNORM 0x901A
+#define GL_INTENSITY16_SNORM 0x901B
+/* reuse GL_RED_SNORM */
+/* reuse GL_RG_SNORM */
+/* reuse GL_RGB_SNORM */
+/* reuse GL_RGBA_SNORM */
+/* reuse GL_R8_SNORM */
+/* reuse GL_RG8_SNORM */
+/* reuse GL_RGB8_SNORM */
+/* reuse GL_RGBA8_SNORM */
+/* reuse GL_R16_SNORM */
+/* reuse GL_RG16_SNORM */
+/* reuse GL_RGB16_SNORM */
+/* reuse GL_RGBA16_SNORM */
+/* reuse GL_SIGNED_NORMALIZED */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_draw_buffers_blend
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_texture_range
+#define GL_TEXTURE_RANGE_LENGTH_APPLE 0x85B7
+#define GL_TEXTURE_RANGE_POINTER_APPLE 0x85B8
+#define GL_TEXTURE_STORAGE_HINT_APPLE 0x85BC
+#define GL_STORAGE_PRIVATE_APPLE 0x85BD
+/* reuse GL_STORAGE_CACHED_APPLE */
+/* reuse GL_STORAGE_SHARED_APPLE */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_float_pixels
+#define GL_HALF_APPLE 0x140B
+#define GL_RGBA_FLOAT32_APPLE 0x8814
+#define GL_RGB_FLOAT32_APPLE 0x8815
+#define GL_ALPHA_FLOAT32_APPLE 0x8816
+#define GL_INTENSITY_FLOAT32_APPLE 0x8817
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_FLOAT32_APPLE 0x8818
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_FLOAT32_APPLE 0x8819
+#define GL_RGBA_FLOAT16_APPLE 0x881A
+#define GL_RGB_FLOAT16_APPLE 0x881B
+#define GL_ALPHA_FLOAT16_APPLE 0x881C
+#define GL_INTENSITY_FLOAT16_APPLE 0x881D
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_FLOAT16_APPLE 0x881E
+#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA_FLOAT16_APPLE 0x881F
+#define GL_COLOR_FLOAT_APPLE 0x8A0F
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_vertex_program_evaluators
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_MAP1_APPLE 0x8A00
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_MAP2_APPLE 0x8A01
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_MAP1_SIZE_APPLE 0x8A02
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_MAP1_COEFF_APPLE 0x8A03
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_MAP1_ORDER_APPLE 0x8A04
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_MAP1_DOMAIN_APPLE 0x8A05
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_MAP2_SIZE_APPLE 0x8A06
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_MAP2_COEFF_APPLE 0x8A07
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_MAP2_ORDER_APPLE 0x8A08
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_MAP2_DOMAIN_APPLE 0x8A09
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_aux_depth_stencil
+#define GL_AUX_DEPTH_STENCIL_APPLE 0x8A14
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_object_purgeable
+#define GL_BUFFER_OBJECT_APPLE 0x85B3
+#define GL_RELEASED_APPLE 0x8A19
+#define GL_VOLATILE_APPLE 0x8A1A
+#define GL_RETAINED_APPLE 0x8A1B
+#define GL_UNDEFINED_APPLE 0x8A1C
+#define GL_PURGEABLE_APPLE 0x8A1D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_row_bytes
+#define GL_PACK_ROW_BYTES_APPLE 0x8A15
+#define GL_UNPACK_ROW_BYTES_APPLE 0x8A16
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_rgb_422
+#define GL_RGB_422_APPLE 0x8A1F
+/* reuse GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_8_8_APPLE */
+/* reuse GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_8_8_REV_APPLE */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_video_capture
+#define GL_VIDEO_BUFFER_NV 0x9020
+#define GL_VIDEO_BUFFER_BINDING_NV 0x9021
+#define GL_FIELD_UPPER_NV 0x9022
+#define GL_FIELD_LOWER_NV 0x9023
+#define GL_NUM_VIDEO_CAPTURE_STREAMS_NV 0x9024
+#define GL_NEXT_VIDEO_CAPTURE_BUFFER_STATUS_NV 0x9025
+#define GL_VIDEO_CAPTURE_TO_422_SUPPORTED_NV 0x9026
+#define GL_LAST_VIDEO_CAPTURE_STATUS_NV 0x9027
+#define GL_VIDEO_BUFFER_PITCH_NV 0x9028
+#define GL_VIDEO_COLOR_CONVERSION_MATRIX_NV 0x9029
+#define GL_VIDEO_COLOR_CONVERSION_MAX_NV 0x902A
+#define GL_VIDEO_COLOR_CONVERSION_MIN_NV 0x902B
+#define GL_VIDEO_COLOR_CONVERSION_OFFSET_NV 0x902C
+#define GL_VIDEO_BUFFER_INTERNAL_FORMAT_NV 0x902D
+#define GL_PARTIAL_SUCCESS_NV 0x902E
+#define GL_SUCCESS_NV 0x902F
+#define GL_FAILURE_NV 0x9030
+#define GL_YCBYCR8_422_NV 0x9031
+#define GL_YCBAYCR8A_4224_NV 0x9032
+#define GL_Z6Y10Z6CB10Z6Y10Z6CR10_422_NV 0x9033
+#define GL_Z6Y10Z6CB10Z6A10Z6Y10Z6CR10Z6A10_4224_NV 0x9034
+#define GL_Z4Y12Z4CB12Z4Y12Z4CR12_422_NV 0x9035
+#define GL_Z4Y12Z4CB12Z4A12Z4Y12Z4CR12Z4A12_4224_NV 0x9036
+#define GL_Z4Y12Z4CB12Z4CR12_444_NV 0x9037
+#define GL_VIDEO_CAPTURE_FRAME_WIDTH_NV 0x9038
+#define GL_VIDEO_CAPTURE_FRAME_HEIGHT_NV 0x9039
+#define GL_VIDEO_CAPTURE_FIELD_UPPER_HEIGHT_NV 0x903A
+#define GL_VIDEO_CAPTURE_FIELD_LOWER_HEIGHT_NV 0x903B
+#define GL_VIDEO_CAPTURE_SURFACE_ORIGIN_NV 0x903C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_copy_image
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_separate_shader_objects
+#define GL_ACTIVE_PROGRAM_EXT 0x8B8D
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_parameter_buffer_object2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_shader_buffer_load
+#define GL_BUFFER_GPU_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F1D
+#define GL_GPU_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F34
+#define GL_MAX_SHADER_BUFFER_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F35
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_UNIFIED_NV 0x8F1E
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_UNIFIED_NV 0x8F1F
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F20
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F21
+#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F22
+#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F23
+#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F24
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F25
+#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F26
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F27
+#define GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F28
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F29
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_LENGTH_NV 0x8F2A
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_LENGTH_NV 0x8F2B
+#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_LENGTH_NV 0x8F2C
+#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_LENGTH_NV 0x8F2D
+#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_LENGTH_NV 0x8F2E
+#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_LENGTH_NV 0x8F2F
+#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_LENGTH_NV 0x8F30
+#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_LENGTH_NV 0x8F31
+#define GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_LENGTH_NV 0x8F32
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_LENGTH_NV 0x8F33
+#define GL_DRAW_INDIRECT_UNIFIED_NV 0x8F40
+#define GL_DRAW_INDIRECT_ADDRESS_NV 0x8F41
+#define GL_DRAW_INDIRECT_LENGTH_NV 0x8F42
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_barrier
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_shader_stencil_export
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_seamless_cubemap_per_texture
+/* reuse GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_SEAMLESS_ARB */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_conservative_depth
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_shader_image_load_store
+#define GL_MAX_IMAGE_UNITS_EXT 0x8F38
+#define GL_MAX_COMBINED_IMAGE_UNITS_AND_FRAGMENT_OUTPUTS_EXT 0x8F39
+#define GL_IMAGE_BINDING_NAME_EXT 0x8F3A
+#define GL_IMAGE_BINDING_LEVEL_EXT 0x8F3B
+#define GL_IMAGE_BINDING_LAYERED_EXT 0x8F3C
+#define GL_IMAGE_BINDING_LAYER_EXT 0x8F3D
+#define GL_IMAGE_BINDING_ACCESS_EXT 0x8F3E
+#define GL_IMAGE_1D_EXT 0x904C
+#define GL_IMAGE_2D_EXT 0x904D
+#define GL_IMAGE_3D_EXT 0x904E
+#define GL_IMAGE_2D_RECT_EXT 0x904F
+#define GL_IMAGE_CUBE_EXT 0x9050
+#define GL_IMAGE_BUFFER_EXT 0x9051
+#define GL_IMAGE_1D_ARRAY_EXT 0x9052
+#define GL_IMAGE_2D_ARRAY_EXT 0x9053
+#define GL_IMAGE_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_EXT 0x9054
+#define GL_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_EXT 0x9055
+#define GL_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY_EXT 0x9056
+#define GL_INT_IMAGE_1D_EXT 0x9057
+#define GL_INT_IMAGE_2D_EXT 0x9058
+#define GL_INT_IMAGE_3D_EXT 0x9059
+#define GL_INT_IMAGE_2D_RECT_EXT 0x905A
+#define GL_INT_IMAGE_CUBE_EXT 0x905B
+#define GL_INT_IMAGE_BUFFER_EXT 0x905C
+#define GL_INT_IMAGE_1D_ARRAY_EXT 0x905D
+#define GL_INT_IMAGE_2D_ARRAY_EXT 0x905E
+#define GL_INT_IMAGE_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_EXT 0x905F
+#define GL_INT_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_EXT 0x9060
+#define GL_INT_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY_EXT 0x9061
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_1D_EXT 0x9062
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_2D_EXT 0x9063
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_3D_EXT 0x9064
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_2D_RECT_EXT 0x9065
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_CUBE_EXT 0x9066
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_BUFFER_EXT 0x9067
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_1D_ARRAY_EXT 0x9068
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_2D_ARRAY_EXT 0x9069
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_CUBE_MAP_ARRAY_EXT 0x906A
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_EXT 0x906B
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_IMAGE_2D_MULTISAMPLE_ARRAY_EXT 0x906C
+#define GL_MAX_IMAGE_SAMPLES_EXT 0x906D
+#define GL_IMAGE_BINDING_FORMAT_EXT 0x906E
+#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_BARRIER_BIT_EXT 0x00000001
+#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BARRIER_BIT_EXT 0x00000002
+#define GL_UNIFORM_BARRIER_BIT_EXT 0x00000004
+#define GL_TEXTURE_FETCH_BARRIER_BIT_EXT 0x00000008
+#define GL_SHADER_IMAGE_ACCESS_BARRIER_BIT_EXT 0x00000020
+#define GL_COMMAND_BARRIER_BIT_EXT 0x00000040
+#define GL_PIXEL_BUFFER_BARRIER_BIT_EXT 0x00000080
+#define GL_TEXTURE_UPDATE_BARRIER_BIT_EXT 0x00000100
+#define GL_BUFFER_UPDATE_BARRIER_BIT_EXT 0x00000200
+#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_BARRIER_BIT_EXT 0x00000400
+#define GL_TRANSFORM_FEEDBACK_BARRIER_BIT_EXT 0x00000800
+#define GL_ATOMIC_COUNTER_BARRIER_BIT_EXT 0x00001000
+#define GL_ALL_BARRIER_BITS_EXT 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_vertex_attrib_64bit
+/* reuse GL_DOUBLE */
+#define GL_DOUBLE_VEC2_EXT 0x8FFC
+#define GL_DOUBLE_VEC3_EXT 0x8FFD
+#define GL_DOUBLE_VEC4_EXT 0x8FFE
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT2_EXT 0x8F46
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT3_EXT 0x8F47
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT4_EXT 0x8F48
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT2x3_EXT 0x8F49
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT2x4_EXT 0x8F4A
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT3x2_EXT 0x8F4B
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT3x4_EXT 0x8F4C
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT4x2_EXT 0x8F4D
+#define GL_DOUBLE_MAT4x3_EXT 0x8F4E
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_gpu_program5
+#define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_PROGRAM_INVOCATIONS_NV 0x8E5A
+#define GL_MIN_FRAGMENT_INTERPOLATION_OFFSET_NV 0x8E5B
+#define GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_INTERPOLATION_OFFSET_NV 0x8E5C
+#define GL_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_INTERPOLATION_OFFSET_BITS_NV 0x8E5D
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_SUBROUTINE_PARAMETERS_NV 0x8F44
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_SUBROUTINE_NUM_NV 0x8F45
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_gpu_shader5
+#define GL_INT64_NV 0x140E
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT64_NV 0x140F
+#define GL_INT8_NV 0x8FE0
+#define GL_INT8_VEC2_NV 0x8FE1
+#define GL_INT8_VEC3_NV 0x8FE2
+#define GL_INT8_VEC4_NV 0x8FE3
+#define GL_INT16_NV 0x8FE4
+#define GL_INT16_VEC2_NV 0x8FE5
+#define GL_INT16_VEC3_NV 0x8FE6
+#define GL_INT16_VEC4_NV 0x8FE7
+#define GL_INT64_VEC2_NV 0x8FE9
+#define GL_INT64_VEC3_NV 0x8FEA
+#define GL_INT64_VEC4_NV 0x8FEB
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT8_NV 0x8FEC
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT8_VEC2_NV 0x8FED
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT8_VEC3_NV 0x8FEE
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT8_VEC4_NV 0x8FEF
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT16_NV 0x8FF0
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT16_VEC2_NV 0x8FF1
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT16_VEC3_NV 0x8FF2
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT16_VEC4_NV 0x8FF3
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT64_VEC2_NV 0x8FF5
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT64_VEC3_NV 0x8FF6
+#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT64_VEC4_NV 0x8FF7
+#define GL_FLOAT16_NV 0x8FF8
+#define GL_FLOAT16_VEC2_NV 0x8FF9
+#define GL_FLOAT16_VEC3_NV 0x8FFA
+#define GL_FLOAT16_VEC4_NV 0x8FFB
+/* reuse GL_PATCHES */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_shader_buffer_store
+#define GL_SHADER_GLOBAL_ACCESS_BARRIER_BIT_NV 0x00000010
+/* reuse GL_READ_WRITE */
+/* reuse GL_WRITE_ONLY */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_tessellation_program5
+#define GL_MAX_PROGRAM_PATCH_ATTRIBS_NV 0x86D8
+#define GL_TESS_CONTROL_PROGRAM_NV 0x891E
+#define GL_TESS_EVALUATION_PROGRAM_NV 0x891F
+#define GL_TESS_CONTROL_PROGRAM_PARAMETER_BUFFER_NV 0x8C74
+#define GL_TESS_EVALUATION_PROGRAM_PARAMETER_BUFFER_NV 0x8C75
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_attrib_integer_64bit
+/* reuse GL_INT64_NV */
+/* reuse GL_UNSIGNED_INT64_NV */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_multisample_coverage
+#define GL_COVERAGE_SAMPLES_NV 0x80A9
+#define GL_COLOR_SAMPLES_NV 0x8E20
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_name_gen_delete
+#define GL_DATA_BUFFER_AMD 0x9151
+#define GL_PERFORMANCE_MONITOR_AMD 0x9152
+#define GL_QUERY_OBJECT_AMD 0x9153
+#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_OBJECT_AMD 0x9154
+#define GL_SAMPLER_OBJECT_AMD 0x9155
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_debug_output
+#define GL_MAX_DEBUG_LOGGED_MESSAGES_AMD 0x9144
+#define GL_DEBUG_LOGGED_MESSAGES_AMD 0x9145
+#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_HIGH_AMD 0x9146
+#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_MEDIUM_AMD 0x9147
+#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_LOW_AMD 0x9148
+#define GL_DEBUG_CATEGORY_API_ERROR_AMD 0x9149
+#define GL_DEBUG_CATEGORY_WINDOW_SYSTEM_AMD 0x914A
+#define GL_DEBUG_CATEGORY_DEPRECATION_AMD 0x914B
+#define GL_DEBUG_CATEGORY_UNDEFINED_BEHAVIOR_AMD 0x914C
+#define GL_DEBUG_CATEGORY_PERFORMANCE_AMD 0x914D
+#define GL_DEBUG_CATEGORY_SHADER_COMPILER_AMD 0x914E
+#define GL_DEBUG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION_AMD 0x914F
+#define GL_DEBUG_CATEGORY_OTHER_AMD 0x9150
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vdpau_interop
+#define GL_SURFACE_STATE_NV 0x86EB
+#define GL_SURFACE_REGISTERED_NV 0x86FD
+#define GL_SURFACE_MAPPED_NV 0x8700
+#define GL_WRITE_DISCARD_NV 0x88BE
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_transform_feedback3_lines_triangles
+#endif
+
+
+/*************************************************************/
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_0
+/* GL type for program/shader text */
+typedef char GLchar;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_5
+/* GL types for handling large vertex buffer objects */
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+typedef long GLintptr;
+typedef long GLsizeiptr;
+#else
+typedef ptrdiff_t GLintptr;
+typedef ptrdiff_t GLsizeiptr;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_buffer_object
+/* GL types for handling large vertex buffer objects */
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+typedef long GLintptrARB;
+typedef long GLsizeiptrARB;
+#else
+typedef ptrdiff_t GLintptrARB;
+typedef ptrdiff_t GLsizeiptrARB;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shader_objects
+/* GL types for program/shader text and shader object handles */
+typedef char GLcharARB;
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+typedef void *GLhandleARB;
+#else
+typedef unsigned int GLhandleARB;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* GL type for "half" precision (s10e5) float data in host memory */
+#ifndef GL_ARB_half_float_pixel
+typedef unsigned short GLhalfARB;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_half_float
+typedef unsigned short GLhalfNV;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GLEXT_64_TYPES_DEFINED
+/* This code block is duplicated in glxext.h, so must be protected */
+#define GLEXT_64_TYPES_DEFINED
+/* Define int32_t, int64_t, and uint64_t types for UST/MSC */
+/* (as used in the GL_EXT_timer_query extension). */
+#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#elif defined(__sun__) || defined(__digital__)
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#if defined(__STDC__)
+#if defined(__arch64__) || defined(_LP64)
+typedef long int int64_t;
+typedef unsigned long int uint64_t;
+#else
+typedef long long int int64_t;
+typedef unsigned long long int uint64_t;
+#endif /* __arch64__ */
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+#elif defined( __VMS ) || defined(__sgi)
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#elif defined(__SCO__) || defined(__USLC__)
+#include <stdint.h>
+#elif defined(__UNIXOS2__) || defined(__SOL64__)
+typedef long int int32_t;
+typedef long long int int64_t;
+typedef unsigned long long int uint64_t;
+#elif defined(_WIN32) && defined(__GNUC__)
+#include <stdint.h>
+#elif defined(_WIN32)
+typedef __int32 int32_t;
+typedef __int64 int64_t;
+typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
+#else
+/* Fallback if nothing above works */
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_timer_query
+typedef int64_t GLint64EXT;
+typedef uint64_t GLuint64EXT;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_sync
+typedef int64_t GLint64;
+typedef uint64_t GLuint64;
+typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_cl_event
+/* These incomplete types let us declare types compatible with OpenCL's cl_context and cl_event */
+struct _cl_context;
+struct _cl_event;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_debug_output
+typedef void (APIENTRY *GLDEBUGPROCARB)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,GLvoid *userParam);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_debug_output
+typedef void (APIENTRY *GLDEBUGPROCAMD)(GLuint id,GLenum category,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,GLvoid *userParam);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vdpau_interop
+typedef GLintptr GLvdpauSurfaceNV;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_2
+#define GL_VERSION_1_2 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendColor (GLclampf red, GLclampf green, GLclampf blue, GLclampf alpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquation (GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawRangeElements (GLenum mode, GLuint start, GLuint end, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexImage3D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexSubImage3D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyTexSubImage3D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDCOLORPROC) (GLclampf red, GLclampf green, GLclampf blue, GLclampf alpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC) (GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWRANGEELEMENTSPROC) (GLenum mode, GLuint start, GLuint end, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE3DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_2_DEPRECATED
+#define GL_VERSION_1_2_DEPRECATED 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorTable (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *table);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorTableParameterfv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorTableParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyColorTable (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetColorTable (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *table);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetColorTableParameterfv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetColorTableParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorSubTable (GLenum target, GLsizei start, GLsizei count, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyColorSubTable (GLenum target, GLsizei start, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glConvolutionFilter1D (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *image);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glConvolutionFilter2D (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *image);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glConvolutionParameterf (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glConvolutionParameterfv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glConvolutionParameteri (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glConvolutionParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyConvolutionFilter1D (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyConvolutionFilter2D (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetConvolutionFilter (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *image);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetConvolutionParameterfv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetConvolutionParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetSeparableFilter (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *row, GLvoid *column, GLvoid *span);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSeparableFilter2D (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *row, const GLvoid *column);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetHistogram (GLenum target, GLboolean reset, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *values);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetHistogramParameterfv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetHistogramParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMinmax (GLenum target, GLboolean reset, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *values);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMinmaxParameterfv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMinmaxParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glHistogram (GLenum target, GLsizei width, GLenum internalformat, GLboolean sink);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMinmax (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLboolean sink);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glResetHistogram (GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glResetMinmax (GLenum target);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORTABLEPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *table);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORTABLEPARAMETERFVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORTABLEPARAMETERIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYCOLORTABLEPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOLORTABLEPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *table);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOLORTABLEPARAMETERFVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOLORTABLEPARAMETERIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORSUBTABLEPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei start, GLsizei count, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYCOLORSUBTABLEPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei start, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCONVOLUTIONFILTER1DPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *image);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCONVOLUTIONFILTER2DPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *image);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCONVOLUTIONPARAMETERFPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCONVOLUTIONPARAMETERFVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCONVOLUTIONPARAMETERIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCONVOLUTIONPARAMETERIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYCONVOLUTIONFILTER1DPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYCONVOLUTIONFILTER2DPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCONVOLUTIONFILTERPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *image);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCONVOLUTIONPARAMETERFVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCONVOLUTIONPARAMETERIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSEPARABLEFILTERPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *row, GLvoid *column, GLvoid *span);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSEPARABLEFILTER2DPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *row, const GLvoid *column);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETHISTOGRAMPROC) (GLenum target, GLboolean reset, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *values);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETHISTOGRAMPARAMETERFVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETHISTOGRAMPARAMETERIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMINMAXPROC) (GLenum target, GLboolean reset, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *values);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMINMAXPARAMETERFVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMINMAXPARAMETERIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLHISTOGRAMPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei width, GLenum internalformat, GLboolean sink);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMINMAXPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLboolean sink);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRESETHISTOGRAMPROC) (GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRESETMINMAXPROC) (GLenum target);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_3
+#define GL_VERSION_1_3 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glActiveTexture (GLenum texture);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSampleCoverage (GLclampf value, GLboolean invert);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTexImage3D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTexImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTexImage1D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTexSubImage3D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTexSubImage2D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTexSubImage1D (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetCompressedTexImage (GLenum target, GLint level, GLvoid *img);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC) (GLenum texture);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLECOVERAGEPROC) (GLclampf value, GLboolean invert);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE3DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE2DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE1DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE1DPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGEPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLvoid *img);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_3_DEPRECATED
+#define GL_VERSION_1_3_DEPRECATED 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClientActiveTexture (GLenum texture);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1d (GLenum target, GLdouble s);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1dv (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1f (GLenum target, GLfloat s);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1fv (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1i (GLenum target, GLint s);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1iv (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1s (GLenum target, GLshort s);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1sv (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2d (GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2dv (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2f (GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2fv (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2i (GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2iv (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2s (GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2sv (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3d (GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3dv (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3f (GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3fv (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3i (GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t, GLint r);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3iv (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3s (GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3sv (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4d (GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r, GLdouble q);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4dv (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4f (GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r, GLfloat q);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4fv (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4i (GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t, GLint r, GLint q);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4iv (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4s (GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r, GLshort q);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4sv (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glLoadTransposeMatrixf (const GLfloat *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glLoadTransposeMatrixd (const GLdouble *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultTransposeMatrixf (const GLfloat *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultTransposeMatrixd (const GLdouble *m);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLIENTACTIVETEXTUREPROC) (GLenum texture);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1DPROC) (GLenum target, GLdouble s);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1DVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1FPROC) (GLenum target, GLfloat s);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1FVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1IPROC) (GLenum target, GLint s);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1IVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1SPROC) (GLenum target, GLshort s);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1SVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2DPROC) (GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2DVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2FPROC) (GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2FVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2IPROC) (GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2IVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2SPROC) (GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2SVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3DPROC) (GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3DVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3FPROC) (GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3FVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3IPROC) (GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t, GLint r);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3IVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3SPROC) (GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3SVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4DPROC) (GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r, GLdouble q);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4DVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4FPROC) (GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r, GLfloat q);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4FVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4IPROC) (GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t, GLint r, GLint q);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4IVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4SPROC) (GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r, GLshort q);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4SVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOADTRANSPOSEMATRIXFPROC) (const GLfloat *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOADTRANSPOSEMATRIXDPROC) (const GLdouble *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTTRANSPOSEMATRIXFPROC) (const GLfloat *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTTRANSPOSEMATRIXDPROC) (const GLdouble *m);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_4
+#define GL_VERSION_1_4 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFuncSeparate (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiDrawArrays (GLenum mode, const GLint *first, const GLsizei *count, GLsizei primcount);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiDrawElements (GLenum mode, const GLsizei *count, GLenum type, const GLvoid* *indices, GLsizei primcount);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPointParameterf (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPointParameterfv (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPointParameteri (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPointParameteriv (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTIDRAWARRAYSPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLint *first, const GLsizei *count, GLsizei primcount);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTIDRAWELEMENTSPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLsizei *count, GLenum type, const GLvoid* *indices, GLsizei primcount);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFPROC) (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFVPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERIVPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_4_DEPRECATED
+#define GL_VERSION_1_4_DEPRECATED 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoordf (GLfloat coord);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoordfv (const GLfloat *coord);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoordd (GLdouble coord);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoorddv (const GLdouble *coord);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoordPointer (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3b (GLbyte red, GLbyte green, GLbyte blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3bv (const GLbyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3d (GLdouble red, GLdouble green, GLdouble blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3dv (const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3f (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3fv (const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3i (GLint red, GLint green, GLint blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3iv (const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3s (GLshort red, GLshort green, GLshort blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3sv (const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3ub (GLubyte red, GLubyte green, GLubyte blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3ubv (const GLubyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3ui (GLuint red, GLuint green, GLuint blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3uiv (const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3us (GLushort red, GLushort green, GLushort blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3usv (const GLushort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColorPointer (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2d (GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2dv (const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2f (GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2fv (const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2i (GLint x, GLint y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2iv (const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2s (GLshort x, GLshort y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2sv (const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3d (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3dv (const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3f (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3fv (const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3i (GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3iv (const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3s (GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3sv (const GLshort *v);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDFPROC) (GLfloat coord);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDFVPROC) (const GLfloat *coord);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDDPROC) (GLdouble coord);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDDVPROC) (const GLdouble *coord);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDPOINTERPROC) (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3BPROC) (GLbyte red, GLbyte green, GLbyte blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3BVPROC) (const GLbyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3DPROC) (GLdouble red, GLdouble green, GLdouble blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3DVPROC) (const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3FPROC) (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3FVPROC) (const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3IPROC) (GLint red, GLint green, GLint blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3IVPROC) (const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3SPROC) (GLshort red, GLshort green, GLshort blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3SVPROC) (const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UBPROC) (GLubyte red, GLubyte green, GLubyte blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UBVPROC) (const GLubyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UIPROC) (GLuint red, GLuint green, GLuint blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UIVPROC) (const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3USPROC) (GLushort red, GLushort green, GLushort blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3USVPROC) (const GLushort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLORPOINTERPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DPROC) (GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DVPROC) (const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FPROC) (GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FVPROC) (const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IPROC) (GLint x, GLint y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IVPROC) (const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SPROC) (GLshort x, GLshort y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SVPROC) (const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DPROC) (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DVPROC) (const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FPROC) (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FVPROC) (const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IVPROC) (const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SPROC) (GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SVPROC) (const GLshort *v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_5
+#define GL_VERSION_1_5 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenQueries (GLsizei n, GLuint *ids);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteQueries (GLsizei n, const GLuint *ids);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsQuery (GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBeginQuery (GLenum target, GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEndQuery (GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetQueryiv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetQueryObjectiv (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetQueryObjectuiv (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBuffer (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteBuffers (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenBuffers (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsBuffer (GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferData (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const GLvoid *data, GLenum usage);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferSubData (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetBufferSubData (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI GLvoid* APIENTRY glMapBuffer (GLenum target, GLenum access);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glUnmapBuffer (GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetBufferParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetBufferPointerv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENQUERIESPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *ids);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEQUERIESPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *ids);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISQUERYPROC) (GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINQUERYPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDQUERYPROC) (GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTIVPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTUIVPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISBUFFERPROC) (GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const GLvoid *data, GLenum usage);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBUFFERSUBDATAPROC) (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, GLvoid *data);
+typedef GLvoid* (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum access);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNMAPBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBUFFERPARAMETERIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBUFFERPOINTERVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_0
+#define GL_VERSION_2_0 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationSeparate (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawBuffers (GLsizei n, const GLenum *bufs);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glStencilOpSeparate (GLenum face, GLenum sfail, GLenum dpfail, GLenum dppass);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glStencilFuncSeparate (GLenum face, GLenum func, GLint ref, GLuint mask);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glStencilMaskSeparate (GLenum face, GLuint mask);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glAttachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindAttribLocation (GLuint program, GLuint index, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompileShader (GLuint shader);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateProgram (void);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateShader (GLenum type);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteShader (GLuint shader);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDetachShader (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnableVertexAttribArray (GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetActiveAttrib (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLint *size, GLenum *type, GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetActiveUniform (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLint *size, GLenum *type, GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetAttachedShaders (GLuint program, GLsizei maxCount, GLsizei *count, GLuint *obj);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetAttribLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramiv (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramInfoLog (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderiv (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderInfoLog (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderSource (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *source);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetUniformLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetUniformfv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetUniformiv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribdv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribfv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribiv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribPointerv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *pointer);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsShader (GLuint shader);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glLinkProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderSource (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar* *string, const GLint *length);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUseProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1f (GLint location, GLfloat v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2f (GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3f (GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4f (GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLfloat v3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1i (GLint location, GLint v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2i (GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3i (GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4i (GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2, GLint v3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1iv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2iv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3iv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4iv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix2fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix3fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glValidateProgram (GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1d (GLuint index, GLdouble x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1dv (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1f (GLuint index, GLfloat x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1fv (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1s (GLuint index, GLshort x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1sv (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2d (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2dv (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2f (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2fv (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2s (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2sv (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3d (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3dv (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3f (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3fv (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3s (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3sv (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4Nbv (GLuint index, const GLbyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4Niv (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4Nsv (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4Nub (GLuint index, GLubyte x, GLubyte y, GLubyte z, GLubyte w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4Nubv (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4Nuiv (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4Nusv (GLuint index, const GLushort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4bv (GLuint index, const GLbyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4d (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4dv (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4f (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4fv (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4iv (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4s (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4sv (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4ubv (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4uiv (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4usv (GLuint index, const GLushort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribPointer (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLenum *bufs);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTENCILOPSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum sfail, GLenum dpfail, GLenum dppass);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTENCILFUNCSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum func, GLint ref, GLuint mask);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTENCILMASKSEPARATEPROC) (GLenum face, GLuint mask);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDATTRIBLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint index, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC) (void);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC) (GLenum type);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC) (GLuint shader);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint shader);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC) (GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVEATTRIBPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLint *size, GLenum *type, GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVEUNIFORMPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLint *size, GLenum *type, GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETATTACHEDSHADERSPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei maxCount, GLsizei *count, GLuint *obj);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC) (GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERSOURCEPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *source);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMFVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBDVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBFVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *pointer);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISSHADERPROC) (GLuint shader);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar* *string, const GLint *length);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1FPROC) (GLint location, GLfloat v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2FPROC) (GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3FPROC) (GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4FPROC) (GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLfloat v3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2IPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3IPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4IPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2, GLint v3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1IVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2IVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3IVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4IVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVALIDATEPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FPROC) (GLuint index, GLfloat x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SPROC) (GLuint index, GLshort x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FPROC) (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SPROC) (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FPROC) (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SPROC) (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NBVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLbyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NIVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NSVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUBPROC) (GLuint index, GLubyte x, GLubyte y, GLubyte z, GLubyte w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUBVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUIVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUSVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLushort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4BVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLbyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FPROC) (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4IVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SPROC) (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UBVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UIVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4USVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLushort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_1
+#define GL_VERSION_2_1 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix2x3fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix3x2fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix2x4fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4x2fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix3x4fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4x3fv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2X3FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3X2FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2X4FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4X2FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3X4FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4X3FVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_0
+#define GL_VERSION_3_0 1
+/* OpenGL 3.0 also reuses entry points from these extensions: */
+/* ARB_framebuffer_object */
+/* ARB_map_buffer_range */
+/* ARB_vertex_array_object */
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorMaski (GLuint index, GLboolean r, GLboolean g, GLboolean b, GLboolean a);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetBooleani_v (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLboolean *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetIntegeri_v (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnablei (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisablei (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsEnabledi (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBeginTransformFeedback (GLenum primitiveMode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEndTransformFeedback (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBufferRange (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBufferBase (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTransformFeedbackVaryings (GLuint program, GLsizei count, const GLchar* *varyings, GLenum bufferMode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTransformFeedbackVarying (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLsizei *size, GLenum *type, GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClampColor (GLenum target, GLenum clamp);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBeginConditionalRender (GLuint id, GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEndConditionalRender (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribIPointer (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribIiv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribIuiv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI1i (GLuint index, GLint x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI2i (GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI3i (GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4i (GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI1ui (GLuint index, GLuint x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI2ui (GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI3ui (GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4ui (GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z, GLuint w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI1iv (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI2iv (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI3iv (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4iv (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI1uiv (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI2uiv (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI3uiv (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4uiv (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4bv (GLuint index, const GLbyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4sv (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4ubv (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4usv (GLuint index, const GLushort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetUniformuiv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindFragDataLocation (GLuint program, GLuint color, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetFragDataLocation (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1ui (GLint location, GLuint v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2ui (GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3ui (GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4ui (GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2, GLuint v3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1uiv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2uiv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3uiv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4uiv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexParameterIiv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexParameterIuiv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTexParameterIiv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTexParameterIuiv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearBufferiv (GLenum buffer, GLint drawbuffer, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearBufferuiv (GLenum buffer, GLint drawbuffer, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearBufferfv (GLenum buffer, GLint drawbuffer, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearBufferfi (GLenum buffer, GLint drawbuffer, GLfloat depth, GLint stencil);
+GLAPI const GLubyte * APIENTRY glGetStringi (GLenum name, GLuint index);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORMASKIPROC) (GLuint index, GLboolean r, GLboolean g, GLboolean b, GLboolean a);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBOOLEANI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLboolean *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEIPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEIPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISENABLEDIPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINTRANSFORMFEEDBACKPROC) (GLenum primitiveMode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDTRANSFORMFEEDBACKPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERRANGEPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERBASEPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTRANSFORMFEEDBACKVARYINGSPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei count, const GLchar* *varyings, GLenum bufferMode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKVARYINGPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLsizei *size, GLenum *type, GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLAMPCOLORPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum clamp);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINCONDITIONALRENDERPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDCONDITIONALRENDERPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBIPOINTERPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIUIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI1IPROC) (GLuint index, GLint x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI2IPROC) (GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI3IPROC) (GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4IPROC) (GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI1UIPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI2UIPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI3UIPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4UIPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z, GLuint w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI1IVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI2IVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI3IVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4IVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI1UIVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI2UIVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI3UIVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4UIVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4BVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLbyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4SVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4UBVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4USVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLushort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMUIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDFRAGDATALOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint color, const GLchar *name);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFRAGDATALOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1UIPROC) (GLint location, GLuint v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2UIPROC) (GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3UIPROC) (GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4UIPROC) (GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2, GLuint v3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1UIVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2UIVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3UIVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4UIVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIUIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERIIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERIUIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARBUFFERIVPROC) (GLenum buffer, GLint drawbuffer, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARBUFFERUIVPROC) (GLenum buffer, GLint drawbuffer, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARBUFFERFVPROC) (GLenum buffer, GLint drawbuffer, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARBUFFERFIPROC) (GLenum buffer, GLint drawbuffer, GLfloat depth, GLint stencil);
+typedef const GLubyte * (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGIPROC) (GLenum name, GLuint index);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_1
+#define GL_VERSION_3_1 1
+/* OpenGL 3.1 also reuses entry points from these extensions: */
+/* ARB_copy_buffer */
+/* ARB_uniform_buffer_object */
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawArraysInstanced (GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count, GLsizei primcount);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementsInstanced (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices, GLsizei primcount);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexBuffer (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPrimitiveRestartIndex (GLuint index);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWARRAYSINSTANCEDPROC) (GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count, GLsizei primcount);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSINSTANCEDPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices, GLsizei primcount);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPRIMITIVERESTARTINDEXPROC) (GLuint index);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_2
+#define GL_VERSION_3_2 1
+/* OpenGL 3.2 also reuses entry points from these extensions: */
+/* ARB_draw_elements_base_vertex */
+/* ARB_provoking_vertex */
+/* ARB_sync */
+/* ARB_texture_multisample */
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetInteger64i_v (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint64 *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetBufferParameteri64v (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint64 *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTexture (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGER64I_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint64 *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBUFFERPARAMETERI64VPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint64 *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTUREPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_3_3
+#define GL_VERSION_3_3 1
+/* OpenGL 3.3 also reuses entry points from these extensions: */
+/* ARB_blend_func_extended */
+/* ARB_sampler_objects */
+/* ARB_explicit_attrib_location, but it has none */
+/* ARB_occlusion_query2 (no entry points) */
+/* ARB_shader_bit_encoding (no entry points) */
+/* ARB_texture_rgb10_a2ui (no entry points) */
+/* ARB_texture_swizzle (no entry points) */
+/* ARB_timer_query */
+/* ARB_vertex_type_2_10_10_10_rev */
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribDivisor (GLuint index, GLuint divisor);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBDIVISORPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint divisor);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_0
+#define GL_VERSION_4_0 1
+/* OpenGL 4.0 also reuses entry points from these extensions: */
+/* ARB_texture_query_lod (no entry points) */
+/* ARB_draw_indirect */
+/* ARB_gpu_shader5 (no entry points) */
+/* ARB_gpu_shader_fp64 */
+/* ARB_shader_subroutine */
+/* ARB_tessellation_shader */
+/* ARB_texture_buffer_object_rgb32 (no entry points) */
+/* ARB_texture_cube_map_array (no entry points) */
+/* ARB_texture_gather (no entry points) */
+/* ARB_transform_feedback2 */
+/* ARB_transform_feedback3 */
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMinSampleShading (GLclampf value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationi (GLuint buf, GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationSeparatei (GLuint buf, GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFunci (GLuint buf, GLenum src, GLenum dst);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFuncSeparatei (GLuint buf, GLenum srcRGB, GLenum dstRGB, GLenum srcAlpha, GLenum dstAlpha);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMINSAMPLESHADINGPROC) (GLclampf value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONIPROC) (GLuint buf, GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEIPROC) (GLuint buf, GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCIPROC) (GLuint buf, GLenum src, GLenum dst);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEIPROC) (GLuint buf, GLenum srcRGB, GLenum dstRGB, GLenum srcAlpha, GLenum dstAlpha);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_VERSION_4_1
+#define GL_VERSION_4_1 1
+/* OpenGL 4.1 also reuses entry points from these extensions: */
+/* ARB_ES2_compatibility */
+/* ARB_get_program_binary */
+/* ARB_separate_shader_objects */
+/* ARB_shader_precision (no entry points) */
+/* ARB_vertex_attrib_64bit */
+/* ARB_viewport_array */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_multitexture
+#define GL_ARB_multitexture 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glActiveTextureARB (GLenum texture);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClientActiveTextureARB (GLenum texture);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1dARB (GLenum target, GLdouble s);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1dvARB (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1fARB (GLenum target, GLfloat s);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1fvARB (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1iARB (GLenum target, GLint s);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1ivARB (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1sARB (GLenum target, GLshort s);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1svARB (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2dARB (GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2dvARB (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2fARB (GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2fvARB (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2iARB (GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2ivARB (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2sARB (GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2svARB (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3dARB (GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3dvARB (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3fARB (GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3fvARB (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3iARB (GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t, GLint r);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3ivARB (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3sARB (GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3svARB (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4dARB (GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r, GLdouble q);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4dvARB (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4fARB (GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r, GLfloat q);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4fvARB (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4iARB (GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t, GLint r, GLint q);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4ivARB (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4sARB (GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r, GLshort q);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4svARB (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREARBPROC) (GLenum texture);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLIENTACTIVETEXTUREARBPROC) (GLenum texture);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1DARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLdouble s);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1DVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1FARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLfloat s);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1FVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1IARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLint s);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1IVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1SARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLshort s);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1SVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2DARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2DVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2FARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2FVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2IARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2IVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2SARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2SVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3DARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3DVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3FARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3FVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3IARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t, GLint r);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3IVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3SARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3SVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4DARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r, GLdouble q);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4DVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4FARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r, GLfloat q);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4FVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4IARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t, GLint r, GLint q);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4IVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4SARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r, GLshort q);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4SVARBPROC) (GLenum target, const GLshort *v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_transpose_matrix
+#define GL_ARB_transpose_matrix 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glLoadTransposeMatrixfARB (const GLfloat *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glLoadTransposeMatrixdARB (const GLdouble *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultTransposeMatrixfARB (const GLfloat *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultTransposeMatrixdARB (const GLdouble *m);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOADTRANSPOSEMATRIXFARBPROC) (const GLfloat *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOADTRANSPOSEMATRIXDARBPROC) (const GLdouble *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTTRANSPOSEMATRIXFARBPROC) (const GLfloat *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTTRANSPOSEMATRIXDARBPROC) (const GLdouble *m);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_multisample
+#define GL_ARB_multisample 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSampleCoverageARB (GLclampf value, GLboolean invert);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLECOVERAGEARBPROC) (GLclampf value, GLboolean invert);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_env_add
+#define GL_ARB_texture_env_add 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_cube_map
+#define GL_ARB_texture_cube_map 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_compression
+#define GL_ARB_texture_compression 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTexImage3DARB (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTexImage2DARB (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTexImage1DARB (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTexSubImage3DARB (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTexSubImage2DARB (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTexSubImage1DARB (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetCompressedTexImageARB (GLenum target, GLint level, GLvoid *img);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE3DARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE2DARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE1DARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE3DARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE2DARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE1DARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGEARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLvoid *img);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_border_clamp
+#define GL_ARB_texture_border_clamp 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_point_parameters
+#define GL_ARB_point_parameters 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPointParameterfARB (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPointParameterfvARB (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFARBPROC) (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFVARBPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_blend
+#define GL_ARB_vertex_blend 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWeightbvARB (GLint size, const GLbyte *weights);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWeightsvARB (GLint size, const GLshort *weights);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWeightivARB (GLint size, const GLint *weights);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWeightfvARB (GLint size, const GLfloat *weights);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWeightdvARB (GLint size, const GLdouble *weights);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWeightubvARB (GLint size, const GLubyte *weights);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWeightusvARB (GLint size, const GLushort *weights);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWeightuivARB (GLint size, const GLuint *weights);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWeightPointerARB (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexBlendARB (GLint count);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWEIGHTBVARBPROC) (GLint size, const GLbyte *weights);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWEIGHTSVARBPROC) (GLint size, const GLshort *weights);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWEIGHTIVARBPROC) (GLint size, const GLint *weights);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWEIGHTFVARBPROC) (GLint size, const GLfloat *weights);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWEIGHTDVARBPROC) (GLint size, const GLdouble *weights);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWEIGHTUBVARBPROC) (GLint size, const GLubyte *weights);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWEIGHTUSVARBPROC) (GLint size, const GLushort *weights);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWEIGHTUIVARBPROC) (GLint size, const GLuint *weights);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWEIGHTPOINTERARBPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXBLENDARBPROC) (GLint count);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_matrix_palette
+#define GL_ARB_matrix_palette 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCurrentPaletteMatrixARB (GLint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixIndexubvARB (GLint size, const GLubyte *indices);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixIndexusvARB (GLint size, const GLushort *indices);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixIndexuivARB (GLint size, const GLuint *indices);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixIndexPointerARB (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCURRENTPALETTEMATRIXARBPROC) (GLint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXINDEXUBVARBPROC) (GLint size, const GLubyte *indices);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXINDEXUSVARBPROC) (GLint size, const GLushort *indices);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXINDEXUIVARBPROC) (GLint size, const GLuint *indices);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXINDEXPOINTERARBPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_env_combine
+#define GL_ARB_texture_env_combine 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_env_crossbar
+#define GL_ARB_texture_env_crossbar 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_env_dot3
+#define GL_ARB_texture_env_dot3 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_mirrored_repeat
+#define GL_ARB_texture_mirrored_repeat 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_depth_texture
+#define GL_ARB_depth_texture 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shadow
+#define GL_ARB_shadow 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shadow_ambient
+#define GL_ARB_shadow_ambient 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_window_pos
+#define GL_ARB_window_pos 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2dARB (GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2dvARB (const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2fARB (GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2fvARB (const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2iARB (GLint x, GLint y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2ivARB (const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2sARB (GLshort x, GLshort y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2svARB (const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3dARB (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3dvARB (const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3fARB (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3fvARB (const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3iARB (GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3ivARB (const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3sARB (GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3svARB (const GLshort *v);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DARBPROC) (GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DVARBPROC) (const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FARBPROC) (GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FVARBPROC) (const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IARBPROC) (GLint x, GLint y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IVARBPROC) (const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SARBPROC) (GLshort x, GLshort y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SVARBPROC) (const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DARBPROC) (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DVARBPROC) (const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FARBPROC) (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FVARBPROC) (const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IARBPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IVARBPROC) (const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SARBPROC) (GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SVARBPROC) (const GLshort *v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_program
+#define GL_ARB_vertex_program 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1dARB (GLuint index, GLdouble x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1dvARB (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1fARB (GLuint index, GLfloat x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1fvARB (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1sARB (GLuint index, GLshort x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1svARB (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2dARB (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2dvARB (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2fARB (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2fvARB (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2sARB (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2svARB (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3dARB (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3dvARB (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3fARB (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3fvARB (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3sARB (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3svARB (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4NbvARB (GLuint index, const GLbyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4NivARB (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4NsvARB (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4NubARB (GLuint index, GLubyte x, GLubyte y, GLubyte z, GLubyte w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4NubvARB (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4NuivARB (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4NusvARB (GLuint index, const GLushort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4bvARB (GLuint index, const GLbyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4dARB (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4dvARB (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4fARB (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4fvARB (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4ivARB (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4sARB (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4svARB (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4ubvARB (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4uivARB (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4usvARB (GLuint index, const GLushort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribPointerARB (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnableVertexAttribArrayARB (GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisableVertexAttribArrayARB (GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramStringARB (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLsizei len, const GLvoid *string);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindProgramARB (GLenum target, GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteProgramsARB (GLsizei n, const GLuint *programs);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenProgramsARB (GLsizei n, GLuint *programs);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramEnvParameter4dARB (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramEnvParameter4dvARB (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramEnvParameter4fARB (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramEnvParameter4fvARB (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramLocalParameter4dARB (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramLocalParameter4dvARB (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramLocalParameter4fARB (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramLocalParameter4fvARB (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramEnvParameterdvARB (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramEnvParameterfvARB (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramLocalParameterdvARB (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramLocalParameterfvARB (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramivARB (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramStringARB (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLvoid *string);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribdvARB (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribfvARB (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribivARB (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribPointervARB (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *pointer);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsProgramARB (GLuint program);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLfloat x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLshort x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NBVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLbyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NIVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NSVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUBARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLubyte x, GLubyte y, GLubyte z, GLubyte w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUBVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUIVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUSVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLushort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4BVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLbyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4IVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UBVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UIVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4USVARBPROC) (GLuint index, const GLushort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYARBPROC) (GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYARBPROC) (GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMSTRINGARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLsizei len, const GLvoid *string);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDPROGRAMARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMSARBPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *programs);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENPROGRAMSARBPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *programs);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMENVPARAMETER4DARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMENVPARAMETER4DVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMENVPARAMETER4FARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMENVPARAMETER4FVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETER4DARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETER4DVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETER4FARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETER4FVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMENVPARAMETERDVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMENVPARAMETERFVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERDVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERFVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMSTRINGARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLvoid *string);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBDVARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBFVARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *pointer);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISPROGRAMARBPROC) (GLuint program);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_fragment_program
+#define GL_ARB_fragment_program 1
+/* All ARB_fragment_program entry points are shared with ARB_vertex_program. */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_buffer_object
+#define GL_ARB_vertex_buffer_object 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBufferARB (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteBuffersARB (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenBuffersARB (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsBufferARB (GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferDataARB (GLenum target, GLsizeiptrARB size, const GLvoid *data, GLenum usage);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferSubDataARB (GLenum target, GLintptrARB offset, GLsizeiptrARB size, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetBufferSubDataARB (GLenum target, GLintptrARB offset, GLsizeiptrARB size, GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI GLvoid* APIENTRY glMapBufferARB (GLenum target, GLenum access);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glUnmapBufferARB (GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetBufferParameterivARB (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetBufferPointervARB (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSARBPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENBUFFERSARBPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISBUFFERARBPROC) (GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERDATAARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizeiptrARB size, const GLvoid *data, GLenum usage);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLintptrARB offset, GLsizeiptrARB size, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBUFFERSUBDATAARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLintptrARB offset, GLsizeiptrARB size, GLvoid *data);
+typedef GLvoid* (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPBUFFERARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum access);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNMAPBUFFERARBPROC) (GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBUFFERPARAMETERIVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBUFFERPOINTERVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_occlusion_query
+#define GL_ARB_occlusion_query 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenQueriesARB (GLsizei n, GLuint *ids);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteQueriesARB (GLsizei n, const GLuint *ids);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsQueryARB (GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBeginQueryARB (GLenum target, GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEndQueryARB (GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetQueryivARB (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetQueryObjectivARB (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetQueryObjectuivARB (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENQUERIESARBPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *ids);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEQUERIESARBPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *ids);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISQUERYARBPROC) (GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINQUERYARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDQUERYARBPROC) (GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYIVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTIVARBPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTUIVARBPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shader_objects
+#define GL_ARB_shader_objects 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteObjectARB (GLhandleARB obj);
+GLAPI GLhandleARB APIENTRY glGetHandleARB (GLenum pname);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDetachObjectARB (GLhandleARB containerObj, GLhandleARB attachedObj);
+GLAPI GLhandleARB APIENTRY glCreateShaderObjectARB (GLenum shaderType);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderSourceARB (GLhandleARB shaderObj, GLsizei count, const GLcharARB* *string, const GLint *length);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompileShaderARB (GLhandleARB shaderObj);
+GLAPI GLhandleARB APIENTRY glCreateProgramObjectARB (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glAttachObjectARB (GLhandleARB containerObj, GLhandleARB obj);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glLinkProgramARB (GLhandleARB programObj);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUseProgramObjectARB (GLhandleARB programObj);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glValidateProgramARB (GLhandleARB programObj);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1fARB (GLint location, GLfloat v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2fARB (GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3fARB (GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4fARB (GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLfloat v3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1iARB (GLint location, GLint v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2iARB (GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3iARB (GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4iARB (GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2, GLint v3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1fvARB (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2fvARB (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3fvARB (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4fvARB (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1ivARB (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2ivARB (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3ivARB (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4ivARB (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix2fvARB (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix3fvARB (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4fvARB (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetObjectParameterfvARB (GLhandleARB obj, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetObjectParameterivARB (GLhandleARB obj, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetInfoLogARB (GLhandleARB obj, GLsizei maxLength, GLsizei *length, GLcharARB *infoLog);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetAttachedObjectsARB (GLhandleARB containerObj, GLsizei maxCount, GLsizei *count, GLhandleARB *obj);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetUniformLocationARB (GLhandleARB programObj, const GLcharARB *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetActiveUniformARB (GLhandleARB programObj, GLuint index, GLsizei maxLength, GLsizei *length, GLint *size, GLenum *type, GLcharARB *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetUniformfvARB (GLhandleARB programObj, GLint location, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetUniformivARB (GLhandleARB programObj, GLint location, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderSourceARB (GLhandleARB obj, GLsizei maxLength, GLsizei *length, GLcharARB *source);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEOBJECTARBPROC) (GLhandleARB obj);
+typedef GLhandleARB (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETHANDLEARBPROC) (GLenum pname);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDETACHOBJECTARBPROC) (GLhandleARB containerObj, GLhandleARB attachedObj);
+typedef GLhandleARB (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATESHADEROBJECTARBPROC) (GLenum shaderType);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADERSOURCEARBPROC) (GLhandleARB shaderObj, GLsizei count, const GLcharARB* *string, const GLint *length);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPILESHADERARBPROC) (GLhandleARB shaderObj);
+typedef GLhandleARB (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMOBJECTARBPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLATTACHOBJECTARBPROC) (GLhandleARB containerObj, GLhandleARB obj);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLINKPROGRAMARBPROC) (GLhandleARB programObj);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUSEPROGRAMOBJECTARBPROC) (GLhandleARB programObj);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVALIDATEPROGRAMARBPROC) (GLhandleARB programObj);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1FARBPROC) (GLint location, GLfloat v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2FARBPROC) (GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3FARBPROC) (GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4FARBPROC) (GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLfloat v3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1IARBPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2IARBPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3IARBPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4IARBPROC) (GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2, GLint v3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1FVARBPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2FVARBPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3FVARBPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4FVARBPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1IVARBPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2IVARBPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3IVARBPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4IVARBPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2FVARBPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3FVARBPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVARBPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETOBJECTPARAMETERFVARBPROC) (GLhandleARB obj, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETOBJECTPARAMETERIVARBPROC) (GLhandleARB obj, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINFOLOGARBPROC) (GLhandleARB obj, GLsizei maxLength, GLsizei *length, GLcharARB *infoLog);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETATTACHEDOBJECTSARBPROC) (GLhandleARB containerObj, GLsizei maxCount, GLsizei *count, GLhandleARB *obj);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONARBPROC) (GLhandleARB programObj, const GLcharARB *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVEUNIFORMARBPROC) (GLhandleARB programObj, GLuint index, GLsizei maxLength, GLsizei *length, GLint *size, GLenum *type, GLcharARB *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMFVARBPROC) (GLhandleARB programObj, GLint location, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMIVARBPROC) (GLhandleARB programObj, GLint location, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERSOURCEARBPROC) (GLhandleARB obj, GLsizei maxLength, GLsizei *length, GLcharARB *source);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_shader
+#define GL_ARB_vertex_shader 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindAttribLocationARB (GLhandleARB programObj, GLuint index, const GLcharARB *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetActiveAttribARB (GLhandleARB programObj, GLuint index, GLsizei maxLength, GLsizei *length, GLint *size, GLenum *type, GLcharARB *name);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetAttribLocationARB (GLhandleARB programObj, const GLcharARB *name);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDATTRIBLOCATIONARBPROC) (GLhandleARB programObj, GLuint index, const GLcharARB *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVEATTRIBARBPROC) (GLhandleARB programObj, GLuint index, GLsizei maxLength, GLsizei *length, GLint *size, GLenum *type, GLcharARB *name);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONARBPROC) (GLhandleARB programObj, const GLcharARB *name);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_fragment_shader
+#define GL_ARB_fragment_shader 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shading_language_100
+#define GL_ARB_shading_language_100 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two
+#define GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_point_sprite
+#define GL_ARB_point_sprite 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_fragment_program_shadow
+#define GL_ARB_fragment_program_shadow 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_draw_buffers
+#define GL_ARB_draw_buffers 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawBuffersARB (GLsizei n, const GLenum *bufs);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWBUFFERSARBPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLenum *bufs);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_rectangle
+#define GL_ARB_texture_rectangle 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_color_buffer_float
+#define GL_ARB_color_buffer_float 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClampColorARB (GLenum target, GLenum clamp);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLAMPCOLORARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum clamp);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_half_float_pixel
+#define GL_ARB_half_float_pixel 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_float
+#define GL_ARB_texture_float 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_pixel_buffer_object
+#define GL_ARB_pixel_buffer_object 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_depth_buffer_float
+#define GL_ARB_depth_buffer_float 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_draw_instanced
+#define GL_ARB_draw_instanced 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawArraysInstancedARB (GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count, GLsizei primcount);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementsInstancedARB (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices, GLsizei primcount);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWARRAYSINSTANCEDARBPROC) (GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count, GLsizei primcount);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSINSTANCEDARBPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices, GLsizei primcount);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_framebuffer_object
+#define GL_ARB_framebuffer_object 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsRenderbuffer (GLuint renderbuffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindRenderbuffer (GLenum target, GLuint renderbuffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteRenderbuffers (GLsizei n, const GLuint *renderbuffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenRenderbuffers (GLsizei n, GLuint *renderbuffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glRenderbufferStorage (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetRenderbufferParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsFramebuffer (GLuint framebuffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindFramebuffer (GLenum target, GLuint framebuffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteFramebuffers (GLsizei n, const GLuint *framebuffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenFramebuffers (GLsizei n, GLuint *framebuffers);
+GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glCheckFramebufferStatus (GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTexture1D (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTexture2D (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTexture3D (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint zoffset);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferRenderbuffer (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum renderbuffertarget, GLuint renderbuffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameteriv (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenerateMipmap (GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlitFramebuffer (GLint srcX0, GLint srcY0, GLint srcX1, GLint srcY1, GLint dstX0, GLint dstY0, GLint dstX1, GLint dstY1, GLbitfield mask, GLenum filter);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glRenderbufferStorageMultisample (GLenum target, GLsizei samples, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTextureLayer (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint layer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISRENDERBUFFERPROC) (GLuint renderbuffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDRENDERBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint renderbuffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETERENDERBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *renderbuffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENRENDERBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *renderbuffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETRENDERBUFFERPARAMETERIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISFRAMEBUFFERPROC) (GLuint framebuffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDFRAMEBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint framebuffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEFRAMEBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *framebuffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENFRAMEBUFFERSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *framebuffers);
+typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLCHECKFRAMEBUFFERSTATUSPROC) (GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE1DPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE2DPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE3DPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint zoffset);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERRENDERBUFFERPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum renderbuffertarget, GLuint renderbuffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFRAMEBUFFERATTACHMENTPARAMETERIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENERATEMIPMAPPROC) (GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLITFRAMEBUFFERPROC) (GLint srcX0, GLint srcY0, GLint srcX1, GLint srcY1, GLint dstX0, GLint dstY0, GLint dstX1, GLint dstY1, GLbitfield mask, GLenum filter);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEMULTISAMPLEPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei samples, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURELAYERPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint layer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_framebuffer_sRGB
+#define GL_ARB_framebuffer_sRGB 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_geometry_shader4
+#define GL_ARB_geometry_shader4 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramParameteriARB (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTextureARB (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTextureLayerARB (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint layer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTextureFaceARB (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLenum face);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMPARAMETERIARBPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTUREARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURELAYERARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint layer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTUREFACEARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLenum face);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_half_float_vertex
+#define GL_ARB_half_float_vertex 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_instanced_arrays
+#define GL_ARB_instanced_arrays 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribDivisorARB (GLuint index, GLuint divisor);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBDIVISORARBPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint divisor);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_map_buffer_range
+#define GL_ARB_map_buffer_range 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLvoid* APIENTRY glMapBufferRange (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr length, GLbitfield access);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlushMappedBufferRange (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr length);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLvoid* (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPBUFFERRANGEPROC) (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr length, GLbitfield access);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHMAPPEDBUFFERRANGEPROC) (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr length);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_buffer_object
+#define GL_ARB_texture_buffer_object 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexBufferARB (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLuint buffer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXBUFFERARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLuint buffer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_compression_rgtc
+#define GL_ARB_texture_compression_rgtc 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_rg
+#define GL_ARB_texture_rg 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_array_object
+#define GL_ARB_vertex_array_object 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindVertexArray (GLuint array);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteVertexArrays (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenVertexArrays (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsVertexArray (GLuint array);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYPROC) (GLuint array);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISVERTEXARRAYPROC) (GLuint array);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_uniform_buffer_object
+#define GL_ARB_uniform_buffer_object 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetUniformIndices (GLuint program, GLsizei uniformCount, const GLchar* *uniformNames, GLuint *uniformIndices);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetActiveUniformsiv (GLuint program, GLsizei uniformCount, const GLuint *uniformIndices, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetActiveUniformName (GLuint program, GLuint uniformIndex, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *uniformName);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glGetUniformBlockIndex (GLuint program, const GLchar *uniformBlockName);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetActiveUniformBlockiv (GLuint program, GLuint uniformBlockIndex, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetActiveUniformBlockName (GLuint program, GLuint uniformBlockIndex, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *uniformBlockName);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformBlockBinding (GLuint program, GLuint uniformBlockIndex, GLuint uniformBlockBinding);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMINDICESPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei uniformCount, const GLchar* *uniformNames, GLuint *uniformIndices);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVEUNIFORMSIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei uniformCount, const GLuint *uniformIndices, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVEUNIFORMNAMEPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint uniformIndex, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *uniformName);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMBLOCKINDEXPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *uniformBlockName);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVEUNIFORMBLOCKIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint uniformBlockIndex, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVEUNIFORMBLOCKNAMEPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint uniformBlockIndex, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *uniformBlockName);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMBLOCKBINDINGPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint uniformBlockIndex, GLuint uniformBlockBinding);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_compatibility
+#define GL_ARB_compatibility 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_copy_buffer
+#define GL_ARB_copy_buffer 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyBufferSubData (GLenum readTarget, GLenum writeTarget, GLintptr readOffset, GLintptr writeOffset, GLsizeiptr size);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYBUFFERSUBDATAPROC) (GLenum readTarget, GLenum writeTarget, GLintptr readOffset, GLintptr writeOffset, GLsizeiptr size);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shader_texture_lod
+#define GL_ARB_shader_texture_lod 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_depth_clamp
+#define GL_ARB_depth_clamp 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_draw_elements_base_vertex
+#define GL_ARB_draw_elements_base_vertex 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementsBaseVertex (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices, GLint basevertex);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawRangeElementsBaseVertex (GLenum mode, GLuint start, GLuint end, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices, GLint basevertex);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementsInstancedBaseVertex (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices, GLsizei primcount, GLint basevertex);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiDrawElementsBaseVertex (GLenum mode, const GLsizei *count, GLenum type, const GLvoid* *indices, GLsizei primcount, const GLint *basevertex);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices, GLint basevertex);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWRANGEELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC) (GLenum mode, GLuint start, GLuint end, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices, GLint basevertex);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSINSTANCEDBASEVERTEXPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices, GLsizei primcount, GLint basevertex);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTIDRAWELEMENTSBASEVERTEXPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLsizei *count, GLenum type, const GLvoid* *indices, GLsizei primcount, const GLint *basevertex);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_fragment_coord_conventions
+#define GL_ARB_fragment_coord_conventions 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_provoking_vertex
+#define GL_ARB_provoking_vertex 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProvokingVertex (GLenum mode);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROVOKINGVERTEXPROC) (GLenum mode);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_seamless_cube_map
+#define GL_ARB_seamless_cube_map 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_sync
+#define GL_ARB_sync 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLsync APIENTRY glFenceSync (GLenum condition, GLbitfield flags);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsSync (GLsync sync);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteSync (GLsync sync);
+GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glClientWaitSync (GLsync sync, GLbitfield flags, GLuint64 timeout);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWaitSync (GLsync sync, GLbitfield flags, GLuint64 timeout);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetInteger64v (GLenum pname, GLint64 *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetSynciv (GLsync sync, GLenum pname, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLint *values);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLsync (APIENTRYP PFNGLFENCESYNCPROC) (GLenum condition, GLbitfield flags);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISSYNCPROC) (GLsync sync);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETESYNCPROC) (GLsync sync);
+typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLIENTWAITSYNCPROC) (GLsync sync, GLbitfield flags, GLuint64 timeout);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWAITSYNCPROC) (GLsync sync, GLbitfield flags, GLuint64 timeout);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGER64VPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint64 *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSYNCIVPROC) (GLsync sync, GLenum pname, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLint *values);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_multisample
+#define GL_ARB_texture_multisample 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexImage2DMultisample (GLenum target, GLsizei samples, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLboolean fixedsamplelocations);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexImage3DMultisample (GLenum target, GLsizei samples, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLboolean fixedsamplelocations);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultisamplefv (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLfloat *val);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSampleMaski (GLuint index, GLbitfield mask);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DMULTISAMPLEPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei samples, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLboolean fixedsamplelocations);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE3DMULTISAMPLEPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei samples, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLboolean fixedsamplelocations);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTISAMPLEFVPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLfloat *val);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLEMASKIPROC) (GLuint index, GLbitfield mask);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_array_bgra
+#define GL_ARB_vertex_array_bgra 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_draw_buffers_blend
+#define GL_ARB_draw_buffers_blend 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationiARB (GLuint buf, GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationSeparateiARB (GLuint buf, GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFunciARB (GLuint buf, GLenum src, GLenum dst);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFuncSeparateiARB (GLuint buf, GLenum srcRGB, GLenum dstRGB, GLenum srcAlpha, GLenum dstAlpha);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONIARBPROC) (GLuint buf, GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEIARBPROC) (GLuint buf, GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCIARBPROC) (GLuint buf, GLenum src, GLenum dst);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEIARBPROC) (GLuint buf, GLenum srcRGB, GLenum dstRGB, GLenum srcAlpha, GLenum dstAlpha);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_sample_shading
+#define GL_ARB_sample_shading 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMinSampleShadingARB (GLclampf value);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMINSAMPLESHADINGARBPROC) (GLclampf value);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_cube_map_array
+#define GL_ARB_texture_cube_map_array 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_gather
+#define GL_ARB_texture_gather 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_query_lod
+#define GL_ARB_texture_query_lod 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shading_language_include
+#define GL_ARB_shading_language_include 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedStringARB (GLenum type, GLint namelen, const GLchar *name, GLint stringlen, const GLchar *string);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteNamedStringARB (GLint namelen, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompileShaderIncludeARB (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar* *path, const GLint *length);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsNamedStringARB (GLint namelen, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedStringARB (GLint namelen, const GLchar *name, GLsizei bufSize, GLint *stringlen, GLchar *string);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedStringivARB (GLint namelen, const GLchar *name, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDSTRINGARBPROC) (GLenum type, GLint namelen, const GLchar *name, GLint stringlen, const GLchar *string);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETENAMEDSTRINGARBPROC) (GLint namelen, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPILESHADERINCLUDEARBPROC) (GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar* *path, const GLint *length);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISNAMEDSTRINGARBPROC) (GLint namelen, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDSTRINGARBPROC) (GLint namelen, const GLchar *name, GLsizei bufSize, GLint *stringlen, GLchar *string);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDSTRINGIVARBPROC) (GLint namelen, const GLchar *name, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_compression_bptc
+#define GL_ARB_texture_compression_bptc 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_blend_func_extended
+#define GL_ARB_blend_func_extended 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindFragDataLocationIndexed (GLuint program, GLuint colorNumber, GLuint index, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetFragDataIndex (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDFRAGDATALOCATIONINDEXEDPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint colorNumber, GLuint index, const GLchar *name);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFRAGDATAINDEXPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location
+#define GL_ARB_explicit_attrib_location 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_occlusion_query2
+#define GL_ARB_occlusion_query2 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_sampler_objects
+#define GL_ARB_sampler_objects 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenSamplers (GLsizei count, GLuint *samplers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteSamplers (GLsizei count, const GLuint *samplers);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsSampler (GLuint sampler);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindSampler (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSamplerParameteri (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSamplerParameteriv (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, const GLint *param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSamplerParameterf (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSamplerParameterfv (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSamplerParameterIiv (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, const GLint *param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSamplerParameterIuiv (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, const GLuint *param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetSamplerParameteriv (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetSamplerParameterIiv (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetSamplerParameterfv (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetSamplerParameterIuiv (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENSAMPLERSPROC) (GLsizei count, GLuint *samplers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETESAMPLERSPROC) (GLsizei count, const GLuint *samplers);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISSAMPLERPROC) (GLuint sampler);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDSAMPLERPROC) (GLuint unit, GLuint sampler);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLERPARAMETERIPROC) (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLERPARAMETERIVPROC) (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, const GLint *param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLERPARAMETERFPROC) (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLERPARAMETERFVPROC) (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLERPARAMETERIIVPROC) (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, const GLint *param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLERPARAMETERIUIVPROC) (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, const GLuint *param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSAMPLERPARAMETERIVPROC) (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSAMPLERPARAMETERIIVPROC) (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSAMPLERPARAMETERFVPROC) (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSAMPLERPARAMETERIUIVPROC) (GLuint sampler, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_rgb10_a2ui
+#define GL_ARB_texture_rgb10_a2ui 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_swizzle
+#define GL_ARB_texture_swizzle 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_timer_query
+#define GL_ARB_timer_query 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glQueryCounter (GLuint id, GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetQueryObjecti64v (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint64 *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetQueryObjectui64v (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLuint64 *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLQUERYCOUNTERPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTI64VPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint64 *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTUI64VPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLuint64 *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_type_2_10_10_10_rev
+#define GL_ARB_vertex_type_2_10_10_10_rev 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexP2ui (GLenum type, GLuint value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexP2uiv (GLenum type, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexP3ui (GLenum type, GLuint value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexP3uiv (GLenum type, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexP4ui (GLenum type, GLuint value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexP4uiv (GLenum type, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoordP1ui (GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoordP1uiv (GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoordP2ui (GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoordP2uiv (GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoordP3ui (GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoordP3uiv (GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoordP4ui (GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoordP4uiv (GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoordP1ui (GLenum texture, GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoordP1uiv (GLenum texture, GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoordP2ui (GLenum texture, GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoordP2uiv (GLenum texture, GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoordP3ui (GLenum texture, GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoordP3uiv (GLenum texture, GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoordP4ui (GLenum texture, GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoordP4uiv (GLenum texture, GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalP3ui (GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalP3uiv (GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorP3ui (GLenum type, GLuint color);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorP3uiv (GLenum type, const GLuint *color);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorP4ui (GLenum type, GLuint color);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorP4uiv (GLenum type, const GLuint *color);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColorP3ui (GLenum type, GLuint color);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColorP3uiv (GLenum type, const GLuint *color);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribP1ui (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLuint value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribP1uiv (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribP2ui (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLuint value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribP2uiv (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribP3ui (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLuint value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribP3uiv (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribP4ui (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLuint value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribP4uiv (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, const GLuint *value);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXP2UIPROC) (GLenum type, GLuint value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXP2UIVPROC) (GLenum type, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXP3UIPROC) (GLenum type, GLuint value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXP3UIVPROC) (GLenum type, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXP4UIPROC) (GLenum type, GLuint value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXP4UIVPROC) (GLenum type, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORDP1UIPROC) (GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORDP1UIVPROC) (GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORDP2UIPROC) (GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORDP2UIVPROC) (GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORDP3UIPROC) (GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORDP3UIVPROC) (GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORDP4UIPROC) (GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORDP4UIVPROC) (GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORDP1UIPROC) (GLenum texture, GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORDP1UIVPROC) (GLenum texture, GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORDP2UIPROC) (GLenum texture, GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORDP2UIVPROC) (GLenum texture, GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORDP3UIPROC) (GLenum texture, GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORDP3UIVPROC) (GLenum texture, GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORDP4UIPROC) (GLenum texture, GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORDP4UIVPROC) (GLenum texture, GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALP3UIPROC) (GLenum type, GLuint coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALP3UIVPROC) (GLenum type, const GLuint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORP3UIPROC) (GLenum type, GLuint color);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORP3UIVPROC) (GLenum type, const GLuint *color);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORP4UIPROC) (GLenum type, GLuint color);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORP4UIVPROC) (GLenum type, const GLuint *color);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLORP3UIPROC) (GLenum type, GLuint color);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLORP3UIVPROC) (GLenum type, const GLuint *color);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBP1UIPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLuint value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBP1UIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBP2UIPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLuint value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBP2UIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBP3UIPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLuint value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBP3UIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBP4UIPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLuint value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBP4UIVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, const GLuint *value);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_draw_indirect
+#define GL_ARB_draw_indirect 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawArraysIndirect (GLenum mode, const GLvoid *indirect);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementsIndirect (GLenum mode, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indirect);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWARRAYSINDIRECTPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLvoid *indirect);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSINDIRECTPROC) (GLenum mode, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indirect);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_gpu_shader5
+#define GL_ARB_gpu_shader5 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_gpu_shader_fp64
+#define GL_ARB_gpu_shader_fp64 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1d (GLint location, GLdouble x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2d (GLint location, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3d (GLint location, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4d (GLint location, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1dv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2dv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3dv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4dv (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix2dv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix3dv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4dv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix2x3dv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix2x4dv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix3x2dv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix3x4dv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4x2dv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformMatrix4x3dv (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetUniformdv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1DPROC) (GLint location, GLdouble x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2DPROC) (GLint location, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3DPROC) (GLint location, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4DPROC) (GLint location, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1DVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2DVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3DVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4DVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2DVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3DVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4DVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2X3DVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2X4DVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3X2DVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3X4DVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4X2DVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4X3DVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMDVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shader_subroutine
+#define GL_ARB_shader_subroutine 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetSubroutineUniformLocation (GLuint program, GLenum shadertype, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glGetSubroutineIndex (GLuint program, GLenum shadertype, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetActiveSubroutineUniformiv (GLuint program, GLenum shadertype, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *values);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetActiveSubroutineUniformName (GLuint program, GLenum shadertype, GLuint index, GLsizei bufsize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetActiveSubroutineName (GLuint program, GLenum shadertype, GLuint index, GLsizei bufsize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformSubroutinesuiv (GLenum shadertype, GLsizei count, const GLuint *indices);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetUniformSubroutineuiv (GLenum shadertype, GLint location, GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramStageiv (GLuint program, GLenum shadertype, GLenum pname, GLint *values);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSUBROUTINEUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum shadertype, const GLchar *name);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSUBROUTINEINDEXPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum shadertype, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVESUBROUTINEUNIFORMIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum shadertype, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *values);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVESUBROUTINEUNIFORMNAMEPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum shadertype, GLuint index, GLsizei bufsize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVESUBROUTINENAMEPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum shadertype, GLuint index, GLsizei bufsize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMSUBROUTINESUIVPROC) (GLenum shadertype, GLsizei count, const GLuint *indices);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMSUBROUTINEUIVPROC) (GLenum shadertype, GLint location, GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMSTAGEIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum shadertype, GLenum pname, GLint *values);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_tessellation_shader
+#define GL_ARB_tessellation_shader 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPatchParameteri (GLenum pname, GLint value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPatchParameterfv (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *values);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPATCHPARAMETERIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPATCHPARAMETERFVPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *values);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_buffer_object_rgb32
+#define GL_ARB_texture_buffer_object_rgb32 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_transform_feedback2
+#define GL_ARB_transform_feedback2 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindTransformFeedback (GLenum target, GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteTransformFeedbacks (GLsizei n, const GLuint *ids);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenTransformFeedbacks (GLsizei n, GLuint *ids);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsTransformFeedback (GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPauseTransformFeedback (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glResumeTransformFeedback (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawTransformFeedback (GLenum mode, GLuint id);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDTRANSFORMFEEDBACKPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETETRANSFORMFEEDBACKSPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *ids);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENTRANSFORMFEEDBACKSPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *ids);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISTRANSFORMFEEDBACKPROC) (GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPAUSETRANSFORMFEEDBACKPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRESUMETRANSFORMFEEDBACKPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWTRANSFORMFEEDBACKPROC) (GLenum mode, GLuint id);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_transform_feedback3
+#define GL_ARB_transform_feedback3 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawTransformFeedbackStream (GLenum mode, GLuint id, GLuint stream);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBeginQueryIndexed (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEndQueryIndexed (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetQueryIndexediv (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWTRANSFORMFEEDBACKSTREAMPROC) (GLenum mode, GLuint id, GLuint stream);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINQUERYINDEXEDPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDQUERYINDEXEDPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYINDEXEDIVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_ES2_compatibility
+#define GL_ARB_ES2_compatibility 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReleaseShaderCompiler (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderBinary (GLsizei count, const GLuint *shaders, GLenum binaryformat, const GLvoid *binary, GLsizei length);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetShaderPrecisionFormat (GLenum shadertype, GLenum precisiontype, GLint *range, GLint *precision);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDepthRangef (GLclampf n, GLclampf f);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearDepthf (GLclampf d);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRELEASESHADERCOMPILERPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADERBINARYPROC) (GLsizei count, const GLuint *shaders, GLenum binaryformat, const GLvoid *binary, GLsizei length);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERPRECISIONFORMATPROC) (GLenum shadertype, GLenum precisiontype, GLint *range, GLint *precision);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEPTHRANGEFPROC) (GLclampf n, GLclampf f);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARDEPTHFPROC) (GLclampf d);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_get_program_binary
+#define GL_ARB_get_program_binary 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramBinary (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLenum *binaryFormat, GLvoid *binary);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramBinary (GLuint program, GLenum binaryFormat, const GLvoid *binary, GLsizei length);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramParameteri (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint value);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMBINARYPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLenum *binaryFormat, GLvoid *binary);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMBINARYPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum binaryFormat, const GLvoid *binary, GLsizei length);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMPARAMETERIPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint value);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects
+#define GL_ARB_separate_shader_objects 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUseProgramStages (GLuint pipeline, GLbitfield stages, GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glActiveShaderProgram (GLuint pipeline, GLuint program);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateShaderProgramv (GLenum type, GLsizei count, const GLchar* *strings);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindProgramPipeline (GLuint pipeline);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteProgramPipelines (GLsizei n, const GLuint *pipelines);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenProgramPipelines (GLsizei n, GLuint *pipelines);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsProgramPipeline (GLuint pipeline);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramPipelineiv (GLuint pipeline, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1i (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1iv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1f (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1fv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1d (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1dv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1ui (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1uiv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2i (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2iv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2f (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2fv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2d (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble v0, GLdouble v1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2dv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2ui (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2uiv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3i (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3iv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3f (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3fv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3d (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble v0, GLdouble v1, GLdouble v2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3dv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3ui (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3uiv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4i (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2, GLint v3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4iv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4f (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLfloat v3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4fv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4d (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble v0, GLdouble v1, GLdouble v2, GLdouble v3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4dv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4ui (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2, GLuint v3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4uiv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix2fv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix3fv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix4fv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix2dv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix3dv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix4dv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix2x3fv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix3x2fv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix2x4fv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix4x2fv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix3x4fv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix4x3fv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix2x3dv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix3x2dv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix2x4dv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix4x2dv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix3x4dv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix4x3dv (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glValidateProgramPipeline (GLuint pipeline);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramPipelineInfoLog (GLuint pipeline, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUSEPROGRAMSTAGESPROC) (GLuint pipeline, GLbitfield stages, GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACTIVESHADERPROGRAMPROC) (GLuint pipeline, GLuint program);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATESHADERPROGRAMVPROC) (GLenum type, GLsizei count, const GLchar* *strings);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDPROGRAMPIPELINEPROC) (GLuint pipeline);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPIPELINESPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *pipelines);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENPROGRAMPIPELINESPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *pipelines);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISPROGRAMPIPELINEPROC) (GLuint pipeline);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMPIPELINEIVPROC) (GLuint pipeline, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1IPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1IVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1FPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1FVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1DPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1DVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1UIPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1UIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2IPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2IVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2FPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2FVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2DPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble v0, GLdouble v1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2DVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2UIPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2UIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3IPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3IVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3FPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3FVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3DPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble v0, GLdouble v1, GLdouble v2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3DVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3UIPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3UIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4IPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2, GLint v3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4IVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4FPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLfloat v3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4FVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4DPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble v0, GLdouble v1, GLdouble v2, GLdouble v3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4DVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4UIPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2, GLuint v3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4UIVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX2FVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX3FVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX2DVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX3DVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX4DVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX2X3FVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX3X2FVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX2X4FVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX4X2FVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX3X4FVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX4X3FVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX2X3DVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX3X2DVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX2X4DVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX4X2DVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX3X4DVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX4X3DVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVALIDATEPROGRAMPIPELINEPROC) (GLuint pipeline);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMPIPELINEINFOLOGPROC) (GLuint pipeline, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_vertex_attrib_64bit
+#define GL_ARB_vertex_attrib_64bit 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL1d (GLuint index, GLdouble x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL2d (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL3d (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL4d (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL1dv (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL2dv (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL3dv (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL4dv (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribLPointer (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribLdv (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL1DPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL2DPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL3DPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL4DPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL1DVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL2DVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL3DVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL4DVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBLPOINTERPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBLDVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_viewport_array
+#define GL_ARB_viewport_array 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glViewportArrayv (GLuint first, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glViewportIndexedf (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat w, GLfloat h);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glViewportIndexedfv (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glScissorArrayv (GLuint first, GLsizei count, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glScissorIndexed (GLuint index, GLint left, GLint bottom, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glScissorIndexedv (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDepthRangeArrayv (GLuint first, GLsizei count, const GLclampd *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDepthRangeIndexed (GLuint index, GLclampd n, GLclampd f);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetFloati_v (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetDoublei_v (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *data);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIEWPORTARRAYVPROC) (GLuint first, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIEWPORTINDEXEDFPROC) (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat w, GLfloat h);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIEWPORTINDEXEDFVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSCISSORARRAYVPROC) (GLuint first, GLsizei count, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSCISSORINDEXEDPROC) (GLuint index, GLint left, GLint bottom, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSCISSORINDEXEDVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEPTHRANGEARRAYVPROC) (GLuint first, GLsizei count, const GLclampd *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEPTHRANGEINDEXEDPROC) (GLuint index, GLclampd n, GLclampd f);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEI_VPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *data);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_cl_event
+#define GL_ARB_cl_event 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLsync APIENTRY glCreateSyncFromCLeventARB (struct _cl_context * context, struct _cl_event * event, GLbitfield flags);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLsync (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATESYNCFROMCLEVENTARBPROC) (struct _cl_context * context, struct _cl_event * event, GLbitfield flags);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_debug_output
+#define GL_ARB_debug_output 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDebugMessageControlARB (GLenum source, GLenum type, GLenum severity, GLsizei count, const GLuint *ids, GLboolean enabled);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDebugMessageInsertARB (GLenum source, GLenum type, GLuint id, GLenum severity, GLsizei length, const GLchar *buf);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDebugMessageCallbackARB (GLDEBUGPROCARB callback, const GLvoid *userParam);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glGetDebugMessageLogARB (GLuint count, GLsizei bufsize, GLenum *sources, GLenum *types, GLuint *ids, GLenum *severities, GLsizei *lengths, GLchar *messageLog);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECONTROLARBPROC) (GLenum source, GLenum type, GLenum severity, GLsizei count, const GLuint *ids, GLboolean enabled);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGEINSERTARBPROC) (GLenum source, GLenum type, GLuint id, GLenum severity, GLsizei length, const GLchar *buf);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECALLBACKARBPROC) (GLDEBUGPROCARB callback, const GLvoid *userParam);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDEBUGMESSAGELOGARBPROC) (GLuint count, GLsizei bufsize, GLenum *sources, GLenum *types, GLuint *ids, GLenum *severities, GLsizei *lengths, GLchar *messageLog);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_robustness
+#define GL_ARB_robustness 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glGetGraphicsResetStatusARB (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnMapdvARB (GLenum target, GLenum query, GLsizei bufSize, GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnMapfvARB (GLenum target, GLenum query, GLsizei bufSize, GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnMapivARB (GLenum target, GLenum query, GLsizei bufSize, GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnPixelMapfvARB (GLenum map, GLsizei bufSize, GLfloat *values);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnPixelMapuivARB (GLenum map, GLsizei bufSize, GLuint *values);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnPixelMapusvARB (GLenum map, GLsizei bufSize, GLushort *values);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnPolygonStippleARB (GLsizei bufSize, GLubyte *pattern);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnColorTableARB (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *table);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnConvolutionFilterARB (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *image);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnSeparableFilterARB (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei rowBufSize, GLvoid *row, GLsizei columnBufSize, GLvoid *column, GLvoid *span);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnHistogramARB (GLenum target, GLboolean reset, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *values);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnMinmaxARB (GLenum target, GLboolean reset, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *values);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnTexImageARB (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *img);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReadnPixelsARB (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnCompressedTexImageARB (GLenum target, GLint lod, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *img);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnUniformfvARB (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei bufSize, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnUniformivARB (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei bufSize, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnUniformuivARB (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei bufSize, GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetnUniformdvARB (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei bufSize, GLdouble *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETGRAPHICSRESETSTATUSARBPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNMAPDVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum query, GLsizei bufSize, GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNMAPFVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum query, GLsizei bufSize, GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNMAPIVARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum query, GLsizei bufSize, GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNPIXELMAPFVARBPROC) (GLenum map, GLsizei bufSize, GLfloat *values);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNPIXELMAPUIVARBPROC) (GLenum map, GLsizei bufSize, GLuint *values);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNPIXELMAPUSVARBPROC) (GLenum map, GLsizei bufSize, GLushort *values);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNPOLYGONSTIPPLEARBPROC) (GLsizei bufSize, GLubyte *pattern);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNCOLORTABLEARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *table);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNCONVOLUTIONFILTERARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *image);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNSEPARABLEFILTERARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei rowBufSize, GLvoid *row, GLsizei columnBufSize, GLvoid *column, GLvoid *span);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNHISTOGRAMARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLboolean reset, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *values);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNMINMAXARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLboolean reset, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *values);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNTEXIMAGEARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *img);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREADNPIXELSARBPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGEARBPROC) (GLenum target, GLint lod, GLsizei bufSize, GLvoid *img);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNUNIFORMFVARBPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei bufSize, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNUNIFORMIVARBPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei bufSize, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNUNIFORMUIVARBPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei bufSize, GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNUNIFORMDVARBPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei bufSize, GLdouble *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ARB_shader_stencil_export
+#define GL_ARB_shader_stencil_export 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_abgr
+#define GL_EXT_abgr 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_blend_color
+#define GL_EXT_blend_color 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendColorEXT (GLclampf red, GLclampf green, GLclampf blue, GLclampf alpha);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDCOLOREXTPROC) (GLclampf red, GLclampf green, GLclampf blue, GLclampf alpha);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_polygon_offset
+#define GL_EXT_polygon_offset 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPolygonOffsetEXT (GLfloat factor, GLfloat bias);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOLYGONOFFSETEXTPROC) (GLfloat factor, GLfloat bias);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture
+#define GL_EXT_texture 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture3D
+#define GL_EXT_texture3D 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexImage3DEXT (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexSubImage3DEXT (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE3DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE3DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_texture_filter4
+#define GL_SGIS_texture_filter4 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTexFilterFuncSGIS (GLenum target, GLenum filter, GLfloat *weights);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexFilterFuncSGIS (GLenum target, GLenum filter, GLsizei n, const GLfloat *weights);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXFILTERFUNCSGISPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum filter, GLfloat *weights);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXFILTERFUNCSGISPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum filter, GLsizei n, const GLfloat *weights);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_subtexture
+#define GL_EXT_subtexture 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexSubImage1DEXT (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexSubImage2DEXT (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_copy_texture
+#define GL_EXT_copy_texture 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyTexImage1DEXT (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLint border);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyTexImage2DEXT (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyTexSubImage1DEXT (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyTexSubImage2DEXT (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyTexSubImage3DEXT (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLint border);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE3DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_histogram
+#define GL_EXT_histogram 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetHistogramEXT (GLenum target, GLboolean reset, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *values);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetHistogramParameterfvEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetHistogramParameterivEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMinmaxEXT (GLenum target, GLboolean reset, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *values);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMinmaxParameterfvEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMinmaxParameterivEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glHistogramEXT (GLenum target, GLsizei width, GLenum internalformat, GLboolean sink);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMinmaxEXT (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLboolean sink);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glResetHistogramEXT (GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glResetMinmaxEXT (GLenum target);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETHISTOGRAMEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLboolean reset, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *values);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETHISTOGRAMPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETHISTOGRAMPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMINMAXEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLboolean reset, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *values);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMINMAXPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMINMAXPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLHISTOGRAMEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei width, GLenum internalformat, GLboolean sink);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMINMAXEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLboolean sink);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRESETHISTOGRAMEXTPROC) (GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRESETMINMAXEXTPROC) (GLenum target);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_convolution
+#define GL_EXT_convolution 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glConvolutionFilter1DEXT (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *image);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glConvolutionFilter2DEXT (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *image);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glConvolutionParameterfEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glConvolutionParameterfvEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glConvolutionParameteriEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glConvolutionParameterivEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyConvolutionFilter1DEXT (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyConvolutionFilter2DEXT (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetConvolutionFilterEXT (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *image);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetConvolutionParameterfvEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetConvolutionParameterivEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetSeparableFilterEXT (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *row, GLvoid *column, GLvoid *span);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSeparableFilter2DEXT (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *row, const GLvoid *column);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCONVOLUTIONFILTER1DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *image);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCONVOLUTIONFILTER2DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *image);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCONVOLUTIONPARAMETERFEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCONVOLUTIONPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCONVOLUTIONPARAMETERIEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCONVOLUTIONPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYCONVOLUTIONFILTER1DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYCONVOLUTIONFILTER2DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCONVOLUTIONFILTEREXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *image);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCONVOLUTIONPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCONVOLUTIONPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSEPARABLEFILTEREXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *row, GLvoid *column, GLvoid *span);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSEPARABLEFILTER2DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *row, const GLvoid *column);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGI_color_matrix
+#define GL_SGI_color_matrix 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGI_color_table
+#define GL_SGI_color_table 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorTableSGI (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *table);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorTableParameterfvSGI (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorTableParameterivSGI (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyColorTableSGI (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetColorTableSGI (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *table);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetColorTableParameterfvSGI (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetColorTableParameterivSGI (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORTABLESGIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *table);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORTABLEPARAMETERFVSGIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORTABLEPARAMETERIVSGIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYCOLORTABLESGIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOLORTABLESGIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *table);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOLORTABLEPARAMETERFVSGIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOLORTABLEPARAMETERIVSGIPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_pixel_texture
+#define GL_SGIX_pixel_texture 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelTexGenSGIX (GLenum mode);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELTEXGENSGIXPROC) (GLenum mode);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_pixel_texture
+#define GL_SGIS_pixel_texture 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelTexGenParameteriSGIS (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelTexGenParameterivSGIS (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelTexGenParameterfSGIS (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelTexGenParameterfvSGIS (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetPixelTexGenParameterivSGIS (GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetPixelTexGenParameterfvSGIS (GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELTEXGENPARAMETERISGISPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELTEXGENPARAMETERIVSGISPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELTEXGENPARAMETERFSGISPROC) (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELTEXGENPARAMETERFVSGISPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPIXELTEXGENPARAMETERIVSGISPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPIXELTEXGENPARAMETERFVSGISPROC) (GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_texture4D
+#define GL_SGIS_texture4D 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexImage4DSGIS (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLsizei size4d, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexSubImage4DSGIS (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLint woffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLsizei size4d, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE4DSGISPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLsizei size4d, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE4DSGISPROC) (GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLint woffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLsizei size4d, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGI_texture_color_table
+#define GL_SGI_texture_color_table 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_cmyka
+#define GL_EXT_cmyka 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_object
+#define GL_EXT_texture_object 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glAreTexturesResidentEXT (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures, GLboolean *residences);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindTextureEXT (GLenum target, GLuint texture);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteTexturesEXT (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenTexturesEXT (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsTextureEXT (GLuint texture);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPrioritizeTexturesEXT (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures, const GLclampf *priorities);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLARETEXTURESRESIDENTEXTPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures, GLboolean *residences);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDTEXTUREEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint texture);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETETEXTURESEXTPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENTEXTURESEXTPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *textures);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISTEXTUREEXTPROC) (GLuint texture);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPRIORITIZETEXTURESEXTPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures, const GLclampf *priorities);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_detail_texture
+#define GL_SGIS_detail_texture 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDetailTexFuncSGIS (GLenum target, GLsizei n, const GLfloat *points);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetDetailTexFuncSGIS (GLenum target, GLfloat *points);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDETAILTEXFUNCSGISPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei n, const GLfloat *points);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDETAILTEXFUNCSGISPROC) (GLenum target, GLfloat *points);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_sharpen_texture
+#define GL_SGIS_sharpen_texture 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSharpenTexFuncSGIS (GLenum target, GLsizei n, const GLfloat *points);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetSharpenTexFuncSGIS (GLenum target, GLfloat *points);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHARPENTEXFUNCSGISPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei n, const GLfloat *points);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHARPENTEXFUNCSGISPROC) (GLenum target, GLfloat *points);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_packed_pixels
+#define GL_EXT_packed_pixels 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_texture_lod
+#define GL_SGIS_texture_lod 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_multisample
+#define GL_SGIS_multisample 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSampleMaskSGIS (GLclampf value, GLboolean invert);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSamplePatternSGIS (GLenum pattern);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLEMASKSGISPROC) (GLclampf value, GLboolean invert);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLEPATTERNSGISPROC) (GLenum pattern);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_rescale_normal
+#define GL_EXT_rescale_normal 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_vertex_array
+#define GL_EXT_vertex_array 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glArrayElementEXT (GLint i);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorPointerEXT (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawArraysEXT (GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEdgeFlagPointerEXT (GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLboolean *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetPointervEXT (GLenum pname, GLvoid* *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glIndexPointerEXT (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalPointerEXT (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoordPointerEXT (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexPointerEXT (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLARRAYELEMENTEXTPROC) (GLint i);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWARRAYSEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEDGEFLAGPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLboolean *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPOINTERVEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLvoid* *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORDPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLsizei count, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_misc_attribute
+#define GL_EXT_misc_attribute 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_generate_mipmap
+#define GL_SGIS_generate_mipmap 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_clipmap
+#define GL_SGIX_clipmap 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_shadow
+#define GL_SGIX_shadow 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_texture_edge_clamp
+#define GL_SGIS_texture_edge_clamp 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_texture_border_clamp
+#define GL_SGIS_texture_border_clamp 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_blend_minmax
+#define GL_EXT_blend_minmax 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationEXT (GLenum mode);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONEXTPROC) (GLenum mode);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_blend_subtract
+#define GL_EXT_blend_subtract 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_blend_logic_op
+#define GL_EXT_blend_logic_op 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_interlace
+#define GL_SGIX_interlace 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_pixel_tiles
+#define GL_SGIX_pixel_tiles 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_texture_select
+#define GL_SGIX_texture_select 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_sprite
+#define GL_SGIX_sprite 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSpriteParameterfSGIX (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSpriteParameterfvSGIX (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSpriteParameteriSGIX (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSpriteParameterivSGIX (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSPRITEPARAMETERFSGIXPROC) (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSPRITEPARAMETERFVSGIXPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSPRITEPARAMETERISGIXPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSPRITEPARAMETERIVSGIXPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_texture_multi_buffer
+#define GL_SGIX_texture_multi_buffer 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_point_parameters
+#define GL_EXT_point_parameters 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPointParameterfEXT (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPointParameterfvEXT (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_point_parameters
+#define GL_SGIS_point_parameters 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPointParameterfSGIS (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPointParameterfvSGIS (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFSGISPROC) (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFVSGISPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_instruments
+#define GL_SGIX_instruments 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetInstrumentsSGIX (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glInstrumentsBufferSGIX (GLsizei size, GLint *buffer);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glPollInstrumentsSGIX (GLint *marker_p);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReadInstrumentsSGIX (GLint marker);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glStartInstrumentsSGIX (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glStopInstrumentsSGIX (GLint marker);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINSTRUMENTSSGIXPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINSTRUMENTSBUFFERSGIXPROC) (GLsizei size, GLint *buffer);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOLLINSTRUMENTSSGIXPROC) (GLint *marker_p);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREADINSTRUMENTSSGIXPROC) (GLint marker);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTARTINSTRUMENTSSGIXPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTOPINSTRUMENTSSGIXPROC) (GLint marker);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_texture_scale_bias
+#define GL_SGIX_texture_scale_bias 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_framezoom
+#define GL_SGIX_framezoom 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFrameZoomSGIX (GLint factor);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEZOOMSGIXPROC) (GLint factor);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_tag_sample_buffer
+#define GL_SGIX_tag_sample_buffer 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTagSampleBufferSGIX (void);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTAGSAMPLEBUFFERSGIXPROC) (void);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_polynomial_ffd
+#define GL_SGIX_polynomial_ffd 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeformationMap3dSGIX (GLenum target, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2, GLint ustride, GLint uorder, GLdouble v1, GLdouble v2, GLint vstride, GLint vorder, GLdouble w1, GLdouble w2, GLint wstride, GLint worder, const GLdouble *points);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeformationMap3fSGIX (GLenum target, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2, GLint ustride, GLint uorder, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLint vstride, GLint vorder, GLfloat w1, GLfloat w2, GLint wstride, GLint worder, const GLfloat *points);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeformSGIX (GLbitfield mask);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glLoadIdentityDeformationMapSGIX (GLbitfield mask);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEFORMATIONMAP3DSGIXPROC) (GLenum target, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2, GLint ustride, GLint uorder, GLdouble v1, GLdouble v2, GLint vstride, GLint vorder, GLdouble w1, GLdouble w2, GLint wstride, GLint worder, const GLdouble *points);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEFORMATIONMAP3FSGIXPROC) (GLenum target, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2, GLint ustride, GLint uorder, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLint vstride, GLint vorder, GLfloat w1, GLfloat w2, GLint wstride, GLint worder, const GLfloat *points);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEFORMSGIXPROC) (GLbitfield mask);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOADIDENTITYDEFORMATIONMAPSGIXPROC) (GLbitfield mask);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_reference_plane
+#define GL_SGIX_reference_plane 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReferencePlaneSGIX (const GLdouble *equation);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREFERENCEPLANESGIXPROC) (const GLdouble *equation);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_flush_raster
+#define GL_SGIX_flush_raster 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlushRasterSGIX (void);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHRASTERSGIXPROC) (void);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_depth_texture
+#define GL_SGIX_depth_texture 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_fog_function
+#define GL_SGIS_fog_function 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogFuncSGIS (GLsizei n, const GLfloat *points);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetFogFuncSGIS (GLfloat *points);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGFUNCSGISPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLfloat *points);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFOGFUNCSGISPROC) (GLfloat *points);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_fog_offset
+#define GL_SGIX_fog_offset 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_HP_image_transform
+#define GL_HP_image_transform 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glImageTransformParameteriHP (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glImageTransformParameterfHP (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glImageTransformParameterivHP (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glImageTransformParameterfvHP (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetImageTransformParameterivHP (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetImageTransformParameterfvHP (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLIMAGETRANSFORMPARAMETERIHPPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLIMAGETRANSFORMPARAMETERFHPPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLIMAGETRANSFORMPARAMETERIVHPPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLIMAGETRANSFORMPARAMETERFVHPPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETIMAGETRANSFORMPARAMETERIVHPPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETIMAGETRANSFORMPARAMETERFVHPPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_HP_convolution_border_modes
+#define GL_HP_convolution_border_modes 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_texture_add_env
+#define GL_SGIX_texture_add_env 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_color_subtable
+#define GL_EXT_color_subtable 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorSubTableEXT (GLenum target, GLsizei start, GLsizei count, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyColorSubTableEXT (GLenum target, GLsizei start, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORSUBTABLEEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei start, GLsizei count, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYCOLORSUBTABLEEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei start, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_PGI_vertex_hints
+#define GL_PGI_vertex_hints 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_PGI_misc_hints
+#define GL_PGI_misc_hints 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glHintPGI (GLenum target, GLint mode);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLHINTPGIPROC) (GLenum target, GLint mode);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_paletted_texture
+#define GL_EXT_paletted_texture 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorTableEXT (GLenum target, GLenum internalFormat, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *table);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetColorTableEXT (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetColorTableParameterivEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetColorTableParameterfvEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORTABLEEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalFormat, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *table);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOLORTABLEEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOLORTABLEPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOLORTABLEPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_clip_volume_hint
+#define GL_EXT_clip_volume_hint 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_list_priority
+#define GL_SGIX_list_priority 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetListParameterfvSGIX (GLuint list, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetListParameterivSGIX (GLuint list, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glListParameterfSGIX (GLuint list, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glListParameterfvSGIX (GLuint list, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glListParameteriSGIX (GLuint list, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glListParameterivSGIX (GLuint list, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETLISTPARAMETERFVSGIXPROC) (GLuint list, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETLISTPARAMETERIVSGIXPROC) (GLuint list, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLISTPARAMETERFSGIXPROC) (GLuint list, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLISTPARAMETERFVSGIXPROC) (GLuint list, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLISTPARAMETERISGIXPROC) (GLuint list, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLISTPARAMETERIVSGIXPROC) (GLuint list, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_ir_instrument1
+#define GL_SGIX_ir_instrument1 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_calligraphic_fragment
+#define GL_SGIX_calligraphic_fragment 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_texture_lod_bias
+#define GL_SGIX_texture_lod_bias 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_shadow_ambient
+#define GL_SGIX_shadow_ambient 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_index_texture
+#define GL_EXT_index_texture 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_index_material
+#define GL_EXT_index_material 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glIndexMaterialEXT (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXMATERIALEXTPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_index_func
+#define GL_EXT_index_func 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glIndexFuncEXT (GLenum func, GLclampf ref);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXFUNCEXTPROC) (GLenum func, GLclampf ref);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_index_array_formats
+#define GL_EXT_index_array_formats 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_compiled_vertex_array
+#define GL_EXT_compiled_vertex_array 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glLockArraysEXT (GLint first, GLsizei count);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUnlockArraysEXT (void);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOCKARRAYSEXTPROC) (GLint first, GLsizei count);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNLOCKARRAYSEXTPROC) (void);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_cull_vertex
+#define GL_EXT_cull_vertex 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCullParameterdvEXT (GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCullParameterfvEXT (GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCULLPARAMETERDVEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCULLPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_ycrcb
+#define GL_SGIX_ycrcb 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_fragment_lighting
+#define GL_SGIX_fragment_lighting 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFragmentColorMaterialSGIX (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFragmentLightfSGIX (GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFragmentLightfvSGIX (GLenum light, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFragmentLightiSGIX (GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFragmentLightivSGIX (GLenum light, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFragmentLightModelfSGIX (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFragmentLightModelfvSGIX (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFragmentLightModeliSGIX (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFragmentLightModelivSGIX (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFragmentMaterialfSGIX (GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFragmentMaterialfvSGIX (GLenum face, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFragmentMaterialiSGIX (GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFragmentMaterialivSGIX (GLenum face, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetFragmentLightfvSGIX (GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetFragmentLightivSGIX (GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetFragmentMaterialfvSGIX (GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetFragmentMaterialivSGIX (GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glLightEnviSGIX (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAGMENTCOLORMATERIALSGIXPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAGMENTLIGHTFSGIXPROC) (GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAGMENTLIGHTFVSGIXPROC) (GLenum light, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAGMENTLIGHTISGIXPROC) (GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAGMENTLIGHTIVSGIXPROC) (GLenum light, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAGMENTLIGHTMODELFSGIXPROC) (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAGMENTLIGHTMODELFVSGIXPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAGMENTLIGHTMODELISGIXPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAGMENTLIGHTMODELIVSGIXPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAGMENTMATERIALFSGIXPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAGMENTMATERIALFVSGIXPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAGMENTMATERIALISGIXPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAGMENTMATERIALIVSGIXPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFRAGMENTLIGHTFVSGIXPROC) (GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFRAGMENTLIGHTIVSGIXPROC) (GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFRAGMENTMATERIALFVSGIXPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFRAGMENTMATERIALIVSGIXPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLIGHTENVISGIXPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_IBM_rasterpos_clip
+#define GL_IBM_rasterpos_clip 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_HP_texture_lighting
+#define GL_HP_texture_lighting 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_draw_range_elements
+#define GL_EXT_draw_range_elements 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawRangeElementsEXT (GLenum mode, GLuint start, GLuint end, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWRANGEELEMENTSEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, GLuint start, GLuint end, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_WIN_phong_shading
+#define GL_WIN_phong_shading 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_WIN_specular_fog
+#define GL_WIN_specular_fog 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_light_texture
+#define GL_EXT_light_texture 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glApplyTextureEXT (GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureLightEXT (GLenum pname);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureMaterialEXT (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLAPPLYTEXTUREEXTPROC) (GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTURELIGHTEXTPROC) (GLenum pname);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTUREMATERIALEXTPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum mode);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_blend_alpha_minmax
+#define GL_SGIX_blend_alpha_minmax 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_bgra
+#define GL_EXT_bgra 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_async
+#define GL_SGIX_async 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glAsyncMarkerSGIX (GLuint marker);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glFinishAsyncSGIX (GLuint *markerp);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glPollAsyncSGIX (GLuint *markerp);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glGenAsyncMarkersSGIX (GLsizei range);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteAsyncMarkersSGIX (GLuint marker, GLsizei range);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsAsyncMarkerSGIX (GLuint marker);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLASYNCMARKERSGIXPROC) (GLuint marker);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLFINISHASYNCSGIXPROC) (GLuint *markerp);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOLLASYNCSGIXPROC) (GLuint *markerp);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENASYNCMARKERSSGIXPROC) (GLsizei range);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEASYNCMARKERSSGIXPROC) (GLuint marker, GLsizei range);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISASYNCMARKERSGIXPROC) (GLuint marker);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_async_pixel
+#define GL_SGIX_async_pixel 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_async_histogram
+#define GL_SGIX_async_histogram 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_INTEL_parallel_arrays
+#define GL_INTEL_parallel_arrays 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexPointervINTEL (GLint size, GLenum type, const GLvoid* *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalPointervINTEL (GLenum type, const GLvoid* *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorPointervINTEL (GLint size, GLenum type, const GLvoid* *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoordPointervINTEL (GLint size, GLenum type, const GLvoid* *pointer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXPOINTERVINTELPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, const GLvoid* *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALPOINTERVINTELPROC) (GLenum type, const GLvoid* *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORPOINTERVINTELPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, const GLvoid* *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORDPOINTERVINTELPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, const GLvoid* *pointer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_HP_occlusion_test
+#define GL_HP_occlusion_test 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_pixel_transform
+#define GL_EXT_pixel_transform 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelTransformParameteriEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelTransformParameterfEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelTransformParameterivEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelTransformParameterfvEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELTRANSFORMPARAMETERIEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELTRANSFORMPARAMETERFEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELTRANSFORMPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELTRANSFORMPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_pixel_transform_color_table
+#define GL_EXT_pixel_transform_color_table 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_shared_texture_palette
+#define GL_EXT_shared_texture_palette 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_separate_specular_color
+#define GL_EXT_separate_specular_color 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_secondary_color
+#define GL_EXT_secondary_color 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3bEXT (GLbyte red, GLbyte green, GLbyte blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3bvEXT (const GLbyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3dEXT (GLdouble red, GLdouble green, GLdouble blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3dvEXT (const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3fEXT (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3fvEXT (const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3iEXT (GLint red, GLint green, GLint blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3ivEXT (const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3sEXT (GLshort red, GLshort green, GLshort blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3svEXT (const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3ubEXT (GLubyte red, GLubyte green, GLubyte blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3ubvEXT (const GLubyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3uiEXT (GLuint red, GLuint green, GLuint blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3uivEXT (const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3usEXT (GLushort red, GLushort green, GLushort blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3usvEXT (const GLushort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColorPointerEXT (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3BEXTPROC) (GLbyte red, GLbyte green, GLbyte blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3BVEXTPROC) (const GLbyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3DEXTPROC) (GLdouble red, GLdouble green, GLdouble blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3DVEXTPROC) (const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3FEXTPROC) (GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3FVEXTPROC) (const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3IEXTPROC) (GLint red, GLint green, GLint blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3IVEXTPROC) (const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3SEXTPROC) (GLshort red, GLshort green, GLshort blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3SVEXTPROC) (const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UBEXTPROC) (GLubyte red, GLubyte green, GLubyte blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UBVEXTPROC) (const GLubyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UIEXTPROC) (GLuint red, GLuint green, GLuint blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UIVEXTPROC) (const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3USEXTPROC) (GLushort red, GLushort green, GLushort blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3USVEXTPROC) (const GLushort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLORPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_perturb_normal
+#define GL_EXT_texture_perturb_normal 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureNormalEXT (GLenum mode);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTURENORMALEXTPROC) (GLenum mode);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_multi_draw_arrays
+#define GL_EXT_multi_draw_arrays 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiDrawArraysEXT (GLenum mode, const GLint *first, const GLsizei *count, GLsizei primcount);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiDrawElementsEXT (GLenum mode, const GLsizei *count, GLenum type, const GLvoid* *indices, GLsizei primcount);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTIDRAWARRAYSEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLint *first, const GLsizei *count, GLsizei primcount);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTIDRAWELEMENTSEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLsizei *count, GLenum type, const GLvoid* *indices, GLsizei primcount);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_fog_coord
+#define GL_EXT_fog_coord 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoordfEXT (GLfloat coord);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoordfvEXT (const GLfloat *coord);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoorddEXT (GLdouble coord);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoorddvEXT (const GLdouble *coord);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoordPointerEXT (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDFEXTPROC) (GLfloat coord);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDFVEXTPROC) (const GLfloat *coord);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDDEXTPROC) (GLdouble coord);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDDVEXTPROC) (const GLdouble *coord);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_REND_screen_coordinates
+#define GL_REND_screen_coordinates 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_coordinate_frame
+#define GL_EXT_coordinate_frame 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTangent3bEXT (GLbyte tx, GLbyte ty, GLbyte tz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTangent3bvEXT (const GLbyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTangent3dEXT (GLdouble tx, GLdouble ty, GLdouble tz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTangent3dvEXT (const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTangent3fEXT (GLfloat tx, GLfloat ty, GLfloat tz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTangent3fvEXT (const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTangent3iEXT (GLint tx, GLint ty, GLint tz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTangent3ivEXT (const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTangent3sEXT (GLshort tx, GLshort ty, GLshort tz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTangent3svEXT (const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBinormal3bEXT (GLbyte bx, GLbyte by, GLbyte bz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBinormal3bvEXT (const GLbyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBinormal3dEXT (GLdouble bx, GLdouble by, GLdouble bz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBinormal3dvEXT (const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBinormal3fEXT (GLfloat bx, GLfloat by, GLfloat bz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBinormal3fvEXT (const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBinormal3iEXT (GLint bx, GLint by, GLint bz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBinormal3ivEXT (const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBinormal3sEXT (GLshort bx, GLshort by, GLshort bz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBinormal3svEXT (const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTangentPointerEXT (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBinormalPointerEXT (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTANGENT3BEXTPROC) (GLbyte tx, GLbyte ty, GLbyte tz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTANGENT3BVEXTPROC) (const GLbyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTANGENT3DEXTPROC) (GLdouble tx, GLdouble ty, GLdouble tz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTANGENT3DVEXTPROC) (const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTANGENT3FEXTPROC) (GLfloat tx, GLfloat ty, GLfloat tz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTANGENT3FVEXTPROC) (const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTANGENT3IEXTPROC) (GLint tx, GLint ty, GLint tz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTANGENT3IVEXTPROC) (const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTANGENT3SEXTPROC) (GLshort tx, GLshort ty, GLshort tz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTANGENT3SVEXTPROC) (const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINORMAL3BEXTPROC) (GLbyte bx, GLbyte by, GLbyte bz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINORMAL3BVEXTPROC) (const GLbyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINORMAL3DEXTPROC) (GLdouble bx, GLdouble by, GLdouble bz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINORMAL3DVEXTPROC) (const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINORMAL3FEXTPROC) (GLfloat bx, GLfloat by, GLfloat bz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINORMAL3FVEXTPROC) (const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINORMAL3IEXTPROC) (GLint bx, GLint by, GLint bz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINORMAL3IVEXTPROC) (const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINORMAL3SEXTPROC) (GLshort bx, GLshort by, GLshort bz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINORMAL3SVEXTPROC) (const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTANGENTPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINORMALPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_env_combine
+#define GL_EXT_texture_env_combine 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_specular_vector
+#define GL_APPLE_specular_vector 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_transform_hint
+#define GL_APPLE_transform_hint 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_fog_scale
+#define GL_SGIX_fog_scale 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUNX_constant_data
+#define GL_SUNX_constant_data 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFinishTextureSUNX (void);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFINISHTEXTURESUNXPROC) (void);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUN_global_alpha
+#define GL_SUN_global_alpha 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGlobalAlphaFactorbSUN (GLbyte factor);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGlobalAlphaFactorsSUN (GLshort factor);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGlobalAlphaFactoriSUN (GLint factor);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGlobalAlphaFactorfSUN (GLfloat factor);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGlobalAlphaFactordSUN (GLdouble factor);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGlobalAlphaFactorubSUN (GLubyte factor);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGlobalAlphaFactorusSUN (GLushort factor);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGlobalAlphaFactoruiSUN (GLuint factor);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGLOBALALPHAFACTORBSUNPROC) (GLbyte factor);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGLOBALALPHAFACTORSSUNPROC) (GLshort factor);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGLOBALALPHAFACTORISUNPROC) (GLint factor);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGLOBALALPHAFACTORFSUNPROC) (GLfloat factor);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGLOBALALPHAFACTORDSUNPROC) (GLdouble factor);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGLOBALALPHAFACTORUBSUNPROC) (GLubyte factor);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGLOBALALPHAFACTORUSSUNPROC) (GLushort factor);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGLOBALALPHAFACTORUISUNPROC) (GLuint factor);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUN_triangle_list
+#define GL_SUN_triangle_list 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiSUN (GLuint code);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeusSUN (GLushort code);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeubSUN (GLubyte code);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuivSUN (const GLuint *code);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeusvSUN (const GLushort *code);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeubvSUN (const GLubyte *code);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodePointerSUN (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid* *pointer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUISUNPROC) (GLuint code);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUSSUNPROC) (GLushort code);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUBSUNPROC) (GLubyte code);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUIVSUNPROC) (const GLuint *code);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUSVSUNPROC) (const GLushort *code);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUBVSUNPROC) (const GLubyte *code);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEPOINTERSUNPROC) (GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid* *pointer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUN_vertex
+#define GL_SUN_vertex 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColor4ubVertex2fSUN (GLubyte r, GLubyte g, GLubyte b, GLubyte a, GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColor4ubVertex2fvSUN (const GLubyte *c, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColor4ubVertex3fSUN (GLubyte r, GLubyte g, GLubyte b, GLubyte a, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColor4ubVertex3fvSUN (const GLubyte *c, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColor3fVertex3fSUN (GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColor3fVertex3fvSUN (const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormal3fVertex3fSUN (GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormal3fVertex3fvSUN (const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN (GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat a, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN (const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord2fVertex3fSUN (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord2fVertex3fvSUN (const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord4fVertex4fSUN (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat p, GLfloat q, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord4fVertex4fvSUN (const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord2fColor4ubVertex3fSUN (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLubyte r, GLubyte g, GLubyte b, GLubyte a, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord2fColor4ubVertex3fvSUN (const GLfloat *tc, const GLubyte *c, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord2fColor3fVertex3fSUN (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord2fColor3fVertex3fvSUN (const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fSUN (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN (const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat a, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN (const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord4fColor4fNormal3fVertex4fSUN (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat p, GLfloat q, GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat a, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord4fColor4fNormal3fVertex4fvSUN (const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiVertex3fSUN (GLuint rc, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiVertex3fvSUN (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiColor4ubVertex3fSUN (GLuint rc, GLubyte r, GLubyte g, GLubyte b, GLubyte a, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiColor4ubVertex3fvSUN (const GLuint *rc, const GLubyte *c, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiColor3fVertex3fSUN (GLuint rc, GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiColor3fVertex3fvSUN (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiNormal3fVertex3fSUN (GLuint rc, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiNormal3fVertex3fvSUN (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN (GLuint rc, GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat a, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fVertex3fSUN (GLuint rc, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fVertex3fvSUN (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fSUN (GLuint rc, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fSUN (GLuint rc, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat a, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glReplacementCodeuiTexCoord2fColor4fNormal3fVertex3fvSUN (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4UBVERTEX2FSUNPROC) (GLubyte r, GLubyte g, GLubyte b, GLubyte a, GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4UBVERTEX2FVSUNPROC) (const GLubyte *c, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4UBVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLubyte r, GLubyte g, GLubyte b, GLubyte a, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4UBVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLubyte *c, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3FVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3FVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3FVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3FVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4FNORMAL3FVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat a, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4FNORMAL3FVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2FVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2FVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4FVERTEX4FSUNPROC) (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat p, GLfloat q, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4FVERTEX4FVSUNPROC) (const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2FCOLOR4UBVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLubyte r, GLubyte g, GLubyte b, GLubyte a, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2FCOLOR4UBVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLfloat *tc, const GLubyte *c, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2FCOLOR3FVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2FCOLOR3FVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2FNORMAL3FVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2FNORMAL3FVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2FCOLOR4FNORMAL3FVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat a, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2FCOLOR4FNORMAL3FVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4FCOLOR4FNORMAL3FVERTEX4FSUNPROC) (GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat p, GLfloat q, GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat a, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4FCOLOR4FNORMAL3FVERTEX4FVSUNPROC) (const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUIVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLuint rc, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUIVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUICOLOR4UBVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLuint rc, GLubyte r, GLubyte g, GLubyte b, GLubyte a, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUICOLOR4UBVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLuint *rc, const GLubyte *c, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUICOLOR3FVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLuint rc, GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUICOLOR3FVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUINORMAL3FVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLuint rc, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUINORMAL3FVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUICOLOR4FNORMAL3FVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLuint rc, GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat a, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUICOLOR4FNORMAL3FVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUITEXCOORD2FVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLuint rc, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUITEXCOORD2FVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUITEXCOORD2FNORMAL3FVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLuint rc, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUITEXCOORD2FNORMAL3FVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUITEXCOORD2FCOLOR4FNORMAL3FVERTEX3FSUNPROC) (GLuint rc, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat a, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREPLACEMENTCODEUITEXCOORD2FCOLOR4FNORMAL3FVERTEX3FVSUNPROC) (const GLuint *rc, const GLfloat *tc, const GLfloat *c, const GLfloat *n, const GLfloat *v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_blend_func_separate
+#define GL_EXT_blend_func_separate 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFuncSeparateEXT (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEEXTPROC) (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_INGR_blend_func_separate
+#define GL_INGR_blend_func_separate 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFuncSeparateINGR (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEINGRPROC) (GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_INGR_color_clamp
+#define GL_INGR_color_clamp 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_INGR_interlace_read
+#define GL_INGR_interlace_read 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_stencil_wrap
+#define GL_EXT_stencil_wrap 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_422_pixels
+#define GL_EXT_422_pixels 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texgen_reflection
+#define GL_NV_texgen_reflection 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUN_convolution_border_modes
+#define GL_SUN_convolution_border_modes 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_env_add
+#define GL_EXT_texture_env_add 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_lod_bias
+#define GL_EXT_texture_lod_bias 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_filter_anisotropic
+#define GL_EXT_texture_filter_anisotropic 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_vertex_weighting
+#define GL_EXT_vertex_weighting 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexWeightfEXT (GLfloat weight);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexWeightfvEXT (const GLfloat *weight);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexWeightPointerEXT (GLsizei size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXWEIGHTFEXTPROC) (GLfloat weight);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXWEIGHTFVEXTPROC) (const GLfloat *weight);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXWEIGHTPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLsizei size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_light_max_exponent
+#define GL_NV_light_max_exponent 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_array_range
+#define GL_NV_vertex_array_range 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlushVertexArrayRangeNV (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexArrayRangeNV (GLsizei length, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHVERTEXARRAYRANGENVPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXARRAYRANGENVPROC) (GLsizei length, const GLvoid *pointer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_register_combiners
+#define GL_NV_register_combiners 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCombinerParameterfvNV (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCombinerParameterfNV (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCombinerParameterivNV (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCombinerParameteriNV (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCombinerInputNV (GLenum stage, GLenum portion, GLenum variable, GLenum input, GLenum mapping, GLenum componentUsage);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCombinerOutputNV (GLenum stage, GLenum portion, GLenum abOutput, GLenum cdOutput, GLenum sumOutput, GLenum scale, GLenum bias, GLboolean abDotProduct, GLboolean cdDotProduct, GLboolean muxSum);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFinalCombinerInputNV (GLenum variable, GLenum input, GLenum mapping, GLenum componentUsage);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetCombinerInputParameterfvNV (GLenum stage, GLenum portion, GLenum variable, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetCombinerInputParameterivNV (GLenum stage, GLenum portion, GLenum variable, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetCombinerOutputParameterfvNV (GLenum stage, GLenum portion, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetCombinerOutputParameterivNV (GLenum stage, GLenum portion, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetFinalCombinerInputParameterfvNV (GLenum variable, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetFinalCombinerInputParameterivNV (GLenum variable, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMBINERPARAMETERFVNVPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMBINERPARAMETERFNVPROC) (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMBINERPARAMETERIVNVPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMBINERPARAMETERINVPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMBINERINPUTNVPROC) (GLenum stage, GLenum portion, GLenum variable, GLenum input, GLenum mapping, GLenum componentUsage);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMBINEROUTPUTNVPROC) (GLenum stage, GLenum portion, GLenum abOutput, GLenum cdOutput, GLenum sumOutput, GLenum scale, GLenum bias, GLboolean abDotProduct, GLboolean cdDotProduct, GLboolean muxSum);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFINALCOMBINERINPUTNVPROC) (GLenum variable, GLenum input, GLenum mapping, GLenum componentUsage);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOMBINERINPUTPARAMETERFVNVPROC) (GLenum stage, GLenum portion, GLenum variable, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOMBINERINPUTPARAMETERIVNVPROC) (GLenum stage, GLenum portion, GLenum variable, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOMBINEROUTPUTPARAMETERFVNVPROC) (GLenum stage, GLenum portion, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOMBINEROUTPUTPARAMETERIVNVPROC) (GLenum stage, GLenum portion, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFINALCOMBINERINPUTPARAMETERFVNVPROC) (GLenum variable, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFINALCOMBINERINPUTPARAMETERIVNVPROC) (GLenum variable, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_fog_distance
+#define GL_NV_fog_distance 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texgen_emboss
+#define GL_NV_texgen_emboss 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_blend_square
+#define GL_NV_blend_square 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_env_combine4
+#define GL_NV_texture_env_combine4 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_MESA_resize_buffers
+#define GL_MESA_resize_buffers 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glResizeBuffersMESA (void);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRESIZEBUFFERSMESAPROC) (void);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_MESA_window_pos
+#define GL_MESA_window_pos 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2dMESA (GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2dvMESA (const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2fMESA (GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2fvMESA (const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2iMESA (GLint x, GLint y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2ivMESA (const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2sMESA (GLshort x, GLshort y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos2svMESA (const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3dMESA (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3dvMESA (const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3fMESA (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3fvMESA (const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3iMESA (GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3ivMESA (const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3sMESA (GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos3svMESA (const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos4dMESA (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos4dvMESA (const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos4fMESA (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos4fvMESA (const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos4iMESA (GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos4ivMESA (const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos4sMESA (GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWindowPos4svMESA (const GLshort *v);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DMESAPROC) (GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DVMESAPROC) (const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FMESAPROC) (GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FVMESAPROC) (const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IMESAPROC) (GLint x, GLint y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IVMESAPROC) (const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SMESAPROC) (GLshort x, GLshort y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SVMESAPROC) (const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DMESAPROC) (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DVMESAPROC) (const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FMESAPROC) (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FVMESAPROC) (const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IMESAPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IVMESAPROC) (const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SMESAPROC) (GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SVMESAPROC) (const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS4DMESAPROC) (GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS4DVMESAPROC) (const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS4FMESAPROC) (GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS4FVMESAPROC) (const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS4IMESAPROC) (GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS4IVMESAPROC) (const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS4SMESAPROC) (GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS4SVMESAPROC) (const GLshort *v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_IBM_cull_vertex
+#define GL_IBM_cull_vertex 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_IBM_multimode_draw_arrays
+#define GL_IBM_multimode_draw_arrays 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiModeDrawArraysIBM (const GLenum *mode, const GLint *first, const GLsizei *count, GLsizei primcount, GLint modestride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiModeDrawElementsIBM (const GLenum *mode, const GLsizei *count, GLenum type, const GLvoid* const *indices, GLsizei primcount, GLint modestride);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTIMODEDRAWARRAYSIBMPROC) (const GLenum *mode, const GLint *first, const GLsizei *count, GLsizei primcount, GLint modestride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTIMODEDRAWELEMENTSIBMPROC) (const GLenum *mode, const GLsizei *count, GLenum type, const GLvoid* const *indices, GLsizei primcount, GLint modestride);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_IBM_vertex_array_lists
+#define GL_IBM_vertex_array_lists 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorPointerListIBM (GLint size, GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColorPointerListIBM (GLint size, GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEdgeFlagPointerListIBM (GLint stride, const GLboolean* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoordPointerListIBM (GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glIndexPointerListIBM (GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalPointerListIBM (GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoordPointerListIBM (GLint size, GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexPointerListIBM (GLint size, GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORPOINTERLISTIBMPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLORPOINTERLISTIBMPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEDGEFLAGPOINTERLISTIBMPROC) (GLint stride, const GLboolean* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDPOINTERLISTIBMPROC) (GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXPOINTERLISTIBMPROC) (GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALPOINTERLISTIBMPROC) (GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORDPOINTERLISTIBMPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXPOINTERLISTIBMPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLint stride, const GLvoid* *pointer, GLint ptrstride);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_subsample
+#define GL_SGIX_subsample 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_ycrcba
+#define GL_SGIX_ycrcba 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_ycrcb_subsample
+#define GL_SGIX_ycrcb_subsample 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_depth_pass_instrument
+#define GL_SGIX_depth_pass_instrument 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_3DFX_texture_compression_FXT1
+#define GL_3DFX_texture_compression_FXT1 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_3DFX_multisample
+#define GL_3DFX_multisample 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_3DFX_tbuffer
+#define GL_3DFX_tbuffer 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTbufferMask3DFX (GLuint mask);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTBUFFERMASK3DFXPROC) (GLuint mask);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_multisample
+#define GL_EXT_multisample 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSampleMaskEXT (GLclampf value, GLboolean invert);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSamplePatternEXT (GLenum pattern);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLEMASKEXTPROC) (GLclampf value, GLboolean invert);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLEPATTERNEXTPROC) (GLenum pattern);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_vertex_preclip
+#define GL_SGIX_vertex_preclip 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_convolution_accuracy
+#define GL_SGIX_convolution_accuracy 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_resample
+#define GL_SGIX_resample 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_point_line_texgen
+#define GL_SGIS_point_line_texgen 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIS_texture_color_mask
+#define GL_SGIS_texture_color_mask 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureColorMaskSGIS (GLboolean red, GLboolean green, GLboolean blue, GLboolean alpha);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTURECOLORMASKSGISPROC) (GLboolean red, GLboolean green, GLboolean blue, GLboolean alpha);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_igloo_interface
+#define GL_SGIX_igloo_interface 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glIglooInterfaceSGIX (GLenum pname, const GLvoid *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLIGLOOINTERFACESGIXPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLvoid *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_env_dot3
+#define GL_EXT_texture_env_dot3 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_texture_mirror_once
+#define GL_ATI_texture_mirror_once 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_fence
+#define GL_NV_fence 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteFencesNV (GLsizei n, const GLuint *fences);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenFencesNV (GLsizei n, GLuint *fences);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsFenceNV (GLuint fence);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glTestFenceNV (GLuint fence);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetFenceivNV (GLuint fence, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFinishFenceNV (GLuint fence);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSetFenceNV (GLuint fence, GLenum condition);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEFENCESNVPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *fences);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENFENCESNVPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *fences);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISFENCENVPROC) (GLuint fence);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLTESTFENCENVPROC) (GLuint fence);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFENCEIVNVPROC) (GLuint fence, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFINISHFENCENVPROC) (GLuint fence);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSETFENCENVPROC) (GLuint fence, GLenum condition);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_evaluators
+#define GL_NV_evaluators 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMapControlPointsNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum type, GLsizei ustride, GLsizei vstride, GLint uorder, GLint vorder, GLboolean packed, const GLvoid *points);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMapParameterivNV (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMapParameterfvNV (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMapControlPointsNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum type, GLsizei ustride, GLsizei vstride, GLboolean packed, GLvoid *points);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMapParameterivNV (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMapParameterfvNV (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMapAttribParameterivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMapAttribParameterfvNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEvalMapsNV (GLenum target, GLenum mode);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPCONTROLPOINTSNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum type, GLsizei ustride, GLsizei vstride, GLint uorder, GLint vorder, GLboolean packed, const GLvoid *points);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPPARAMETERIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPPARAMETERFVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMAPCONTROLPOINTSNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum type, GLsizei ustride, GLsizei vstride, GLboolean packed, GLvoid *points);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMAPPARAMETERIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMAPPARAMETERFVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMAPATTRIBPARAMETERIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMAPATTRIBPARAMETERFVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEVALMAPSNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum mode);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_packed_depth_stencil
+#define GL_NV_packed_depth_stencil 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_register_combiners2
+#define GL_NV_register_combiners2 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCombinerStageParameterfvNV (GLenum stage, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetCombinerStageParameterfvNV (GLenum stage, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMBINERSTAGEPARAMETERFVNVPROC) (GLenum stage, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOMBINERSTAGEPARAMETERFVNVPROC) (GLenum stage, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_compression_vtc
+#define GL_NV_texture_compression_vtc 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_rectangle
+#define GL_NV_texture_rectangle 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_shader
+#define GL_NV_texture_shader 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_shader2
+#define GL_NV_texture_shader2 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_array_range2
+#define GL_NV_vertex_array_range2 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_program
+#define GL_NV_vertex_program 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glAreProgramsResidentNV (GLsizei n, const GLuint *programs, GLboolean *residences);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindProgramNV (GLenum target, GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteProgramsNV (GLsizei n, const GLuint *programs);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glExecuteProgramNV (GLenum target, GLuint id, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenProgramsNV (GLsizei n, GLuint *programs);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramParameterdvNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramParameterfvNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramivNV (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramStringNV (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLubyte *program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTrackMatrixivNV (GLenum target, GLuint address, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribdvNV (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribfvNV (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribivNV (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribPointervNV (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *pointer);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsProgramNV (GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glLoadProgramNV (GLenum target, GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramParameter4dNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramParameter4dvNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramParameter4fNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramParameter4fvNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramParameters4dvNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint count, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramParameters4fvNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint count, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glRequestResidentProgramsNV (GLsizei n, const GLuint *programs);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTrackMatrixNV (GLenum target, GLuint address, GLenum matrix, GLenum transform);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribPointerNV (GLuint index, GLint fsize, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1dNV (GLuint index, GLdouble x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1dvNV (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1fNV (GLuint index, GLfloat x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1fvNV (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1sNV (GLuint index, GLshort x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1svNV (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2dNV (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2dvNV (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2fNV (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2fvNV (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2sNV (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2svNV (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3dNV (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3dvNV (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3fNV (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3fvNV (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3sNV (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3svNV (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4dNV (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4dvNV (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4fNV (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4fvNV (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4sNV (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4svNV (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4ubNV (GLuint index, GLubyte x, GLubyte y, GLubyte z, GLubyte w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4ubvNV (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs1dvNV (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs1fvNV (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs1svNV (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs2dvNV (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs2fvNV (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs2svNV (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs3dvNV (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs3fvNV (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs3svNV (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs4dvNV (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs4fvNV (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs4svNV (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs4ubvNV (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLubyte *v);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLAREPROGRAMSRESIDENTNVPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *programs, GLboolean *residences);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDPROGRAMNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMSNVPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *programs);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEXECUTEPROGRAMNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint id, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENPROGRAMSNVPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *programs);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMPARAMETERDVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMPARAMETERFVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVNVPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMSTRINGNVPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLubyte *program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRACKMATRIXIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint address, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBDVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBFVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *pointer);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISPROGRAMNVPROC) (GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOADPROGRAMNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMPARAMETER4DNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMPARAMETER4DVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMPARAMETER4FNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMPARAMETER4FVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMPARAMETERS4DVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint count, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMPARAMETERS4FVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint count, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREQUESTRESIDENTPROGRAMSNVPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *programs);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTRACKMATRIXNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint address, GLenum matrix, GLenum transform);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLint fsize, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLfloat x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLshort x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UBNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLubyte x, GLubyte y, GLubyte z, GLubyte w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UBVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS1DVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS1FVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS1SVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS2DVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS2FVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS2SVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS3DVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS3FVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS3SVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS4DVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS4FVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS4SVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS4UBVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLubyte *v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_texture_coordinate_clamp
+#define GL_SGIX_texture_coordinate_clamp 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SGIX_scalebias_hint
+#define GL_SGIX_scalebias_hint 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_OML_interlace
+#define GL_OML_interlace 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_OML_subsample
+#define GL_OML_subsample 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_OML_resample
+#define GL_OML_resample 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_copy_depth_to_color
+#define GL_NV_copy_depth_to_color 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_envmap_bumpmap
+#define GL_ATI_envmap_bumpmap 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexBumpParameterivATI (GLenum pname, const GLint *param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexBumpParameterfvATI (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTexBumpParameterivATI (GLenum pname, GLint *param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTexBumpParameterfvATI (GLenum pname, GLfloat *param);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXBUMPPARAMETERIVATIPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLint *param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXBUMPPARAMETERFVATIPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLfloat *param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXBUMPPARAMETERIVATIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint *param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXBUMPPARAMETERFVATIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLfloat *param);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_fragment_shader
+#define GL_ATI_fragment_shader 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glGenFragmentShadersATI (GLuint range);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindFragmentShaderATI (GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteFragmentShaderATI (GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBeginFragmentShaderATI (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEndFragmentShaderATI (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPassTexCoordATI (GLuint dst, GLuint coord, GLenum swizzle);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSampleMapATI (GLuint dst, GLuint interp, GLenum swizzle);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorFragmentOp1ATI (GLenum op, GLuint dst, GLuint dstMask, GLuint dstMod, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg1Rep, GLuint arg1Mod);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorFragmentOp2ATI (GLenum op, GLuint dst, GLuint dstMask, GLuint dstMod, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg1Rep, GLuint arg1Mod, GLuint arg2, GLuint arg2Rep, GLuint arg2Mod);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorFragmentOp3ATI (GLenum op, GLuint dst, GLuint dstMask, GLuint dstMod, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg1Rep, GLuint arg1Mod, GLuint arg2, GLuint arg2Rep, GLuint arg2Mod, GLuint arg3, GLuint arg3Rep, GLuint arg3Mod);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glAlphaFragmentOp1ATI (GLenum op, GLuint dst, GLuint dstMod, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg1Rep, GLuint arg1Mod);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glAlphaFragmentOp2ATI (GLenum op, GLuint dst, GLuint dstMod, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg1Rep, GLuint arg1Mod, GLuint arg2, GLuint arg2Rep, GLuint arg2Mod);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glAlphaFragmentOp3ATI (GLenum op, GLuint dst, GLuint dstMod, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg1Rep, GLuint arg1Mod, GLuint arg2, GLuint arg2Rep, GLuint arg2Mod, GLuint arg3, GLuint arg3Rep, GLuint arg3Mod);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSetFragmentShaderConstantATI (GLuint dst, const GLfloat *value);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENFRAGMENTSHADERSATIPROC) (GLuint range);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDFRAGMENTSHADERATIPROC) (GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEFRAGMENTSHADERATIPROC) (GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINFRAGMENTSHADERATIPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDFRAGMENTSHADERATIPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPASSTEXCOORDATIPROC) (GLuint dst, GLuint coord, GLenum swizzle);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLEMAPATIPROC) (GLuint dst, GLuint interp, GLenum swizzle);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORFRAGMENTOP1ATIPROC) (GLenum op, GLuint dst, GLuint dstMask, GLuint dstMod, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg1Rep, GLuint arg1Mod);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORFRAGMENTOP2ATIPROC) (GLenum op, GLuint dst, GLuint dstMask, GLuint dstMod, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg1Rep, GLuint arg1Mod, GLuint arg2, GLuint arg2Rep, GLuint arg2Mod);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORFRAGMENTOP3ATIPROC) (GLenum op, GLuint dst, GLuint dstMask, GLuint dstMod, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg1Rep, GLuint arg1Mod, GLuint arg2, GLuint arg2Rep, GLuint arg2Mod, GLuint arg3, GLuint arg3Rep, GLuint arg3Mod);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLALPHAFRAGMENTOP1ATIPROC) (GLenum op, GLuint dst, GLuint dstMod, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg1Rep, GLuint arg1Mod);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLALPHAFRAGMENTOP2ATIPROC) (GLenum op, GLuint dst, GLuint dstMod, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg1Rep, GLuint arg1Mod, GLuint arg2, GLuint arg2Rep, GLuint arg2Mod);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLALPHAFRAGMENTOP3ATIPROC) (GLenum op, GLuint dst, GLuint dstMod, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg1Rep, GLuint arg1Mod, GLuint arg2, GLuint arg2Rep, GLuint arg2Mod, GLuint arg3, GLuint arg3Rep, GLuint arg3Mod);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSETFRAGMENTSHADERCONSTANTATIPROC) (GLuint dst, const GLfloat *value);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_pn_triangles
+#define GL_ATI_pn_triangles 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPNTrianglesiATI (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPNTrianglesfATI (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPNTRIANGLESIATIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPNTRIANGLESFATIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_vertex_array_object
+#define GL_ATI_vertex_array_object 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glNewObjectBufferATI (GLsizei size, const GLvoid *pointer, GLenum usage);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsObjectBufferATI (GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUpdateObjectBufferATI (GLuint buffer, GLuint offset, GLsizei size, const GLvoid *pointer, GLenum preserve);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetObjectBufferfvATI (GLuint buffer, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetObjectBufferivATI (GLuint buffer, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFreeObjectBufferATI (GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glArrayObjectATI (GLenum array, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLuint buffer, GLuint offset);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetArrayObjectfvATI (GLenum array, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetArrayObjectivATI (GLenum array, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVariantArrayObjectATI (GLuint id, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLuint buffer, GLuint offset);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVariantArrayObjectfvATI (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVariantArrayObjectivATI (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLNEWOBJECTBUFFERATIPROC) (GLsizei size, const GLvoid *pointer, GLenum usage);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISOBJECTBUFFERATIPROC) (GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUPDATEOBJECTBUFFERATIPROC) (GLuint buffer, GLuint offset, GLsizei size, const GLvoid *pointer, GLenum preserve);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETOBJECTBUFFERFVATIPROC) (GLuint buffer, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETOBJECTBUFFERIVATIPROC) (GLuint buffer, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFREEOBJECTBUFFERATIPROC) (GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLARRAYOBJECTATIPROC) (GLenum array, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLuint buffer, GLuint offset);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETARRAYOBJECTFVATIPROC) (GLenum array, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETARRAYOBJECTIVATIPROC) (GLenum array, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVARIANTARRAYOBJECTATIPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLuint buffer, GLuint offset);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVARIANTARRAYOBJECTFVATIPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVARIANTARRAYOBJECTIVATIPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_vertex_shader
+#define GL_EXT_vertex_shader 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBeginVertexShaderEXT (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEndVertexShaderEXT (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindVertexShaderEXT (GLuint id);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glGenVertexShadersEXT (GLuint range);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteVertexShaderEXT (GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderOp1EXT (GLenum op, GLuint res, GLuint arg1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderOp2EXT (GLenum op, GLuint res, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glShaderOp3EXT (GLenum op, GLuint res, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg2, GLuint arg3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSwizzleEXT (GLuint res, GLuint in, GLenum outX, GLenum outY, GLenum outZ, GLenum outW);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glWriteMaskEXT (GLuint res, GLuint in, GLenum outX, GLenum outY, GLenum outZ, GLenum outW);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glInsertComponentEXT (GLuint res, GLuint src, GLuint num);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glExtractComponentEXT (GLuint res, GLuint src, GLuint num);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glGenSymbolsEXT (GLenum datatype, GLenum storagetype, GLenum range, GLuint components);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSetInvariantEXT (GLuint id, GLenum type, const GLvoid *addr);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSetLocalConstantEXT (GLuint id, GLenum type, const GLvoid *addr);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVariantbvEXT (GLuint id, const GLbyte *addr);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVariantsvEXT (GLuint id, const GLshort *addr);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVariantivEXT (GLuint id, const GLint *addr);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVariantfvEXT (GLuint id, const GLfloat *addr);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVariantdvEXT (GLuint id, const GLdouble *addr);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVariantubvEXT (GLuint id, const GLubyte *addr);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVariantusvEXT (GLuint id, const GLushort *addr);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVariantuivEXT (GLuint id, const GLuint *addr);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVariantPointerEXT (GLuint id, GLenum type, GLuint stride, const GLvoid *addr);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnableVariantClientStateEXT (GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisableVariantClientStateEXT (GLuint id);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glBindLightParameterEXT (GLenum light, GLenum value);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glBindMaterialParameterEXT (GLenum face, GLenum value);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glBindTexGenParameterEXT (GLenum unit, GLenum coord, GLenum value);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glBindTextureUnitParameterEXT (GLenum unit, GLenum value);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glBindParameterEXT (GLenum value);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsVariantEnabledEXT (GLuint id, GLenum cap);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVariantBooleanvEXT (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLboolean *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVariantIntegervEXT (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLint *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVariantFloatvEXT (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLfloat *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVariantPointervEXT (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLvoid* *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetInvariantBooleanvEXT (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLboolean *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetInvariantIntegervEXT (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLint *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetInvariantFloatvEXT (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLfloat *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetLocalConstantBooleanvEXT (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLboolean *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetLocalConstantIntegervEXT (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLint *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetLocalConstantFloatvEXT (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLfloat *data);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINVERTEXSHADEREXTPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDVERTEXSHADEREXTPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDVERTEXSHADEREXTPROC) (GLuint id);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENVERTEXSHADERSEXTPROC) (GLuint range);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEVERTEXSHADEREXTPROC) (GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADEROP1EXTPROC) (GLenum op, GLuint res, GLuint arg1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADEROP2EXTPROC) (GLenum op, GLuint res, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADEROP3EXTPROC) (GLenum op, GLuint res, GLuint arg1, GLuint arg2, GLuint arg3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSWIZZLEEXTPROC) (GLuint res, GLuint in, GLenum outX, GLenum outY, GLenum outZ, GLenum outW);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWRITEMASKEXTPROC) (GLuint res, GLuint in, GLenum outX, GLenum outY, GLenum outZ, GLenum outW);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINSERTCOMPONENTEXTPROC) (GLuint res, GLuint src, GLuint num);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEXTRACTCOMPONENTEXTPROC) (GLuint res, GLuint src, GLuint num);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENSYMBOLSEXTPROC) (GLenum datatype, GLenum storagetype, GLenum range, GLuint components);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSETINVARIANTEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum type, const GLvoid *addr);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSETLOCALCONSTANTEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum type, const GLvoid *addr);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVARIANTBVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, const GLbyte *addr);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVARIANTSVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, const GLshort *addr);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVARIANTIVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, const GLint *addr);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVARIANTFVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, const GLfloat *addr);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVARIANTDVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, const GLdouble *addr);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVARIANTUBVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, const GLubyte *addr);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVARIANTUSVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, const GLushort *addr);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVARIANTUIVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, const GLuint *addr);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVARIANTPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum type, GLuint stride, const GLvoid *addr);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEVARIANTCLIENTSTATEEXTPROC) (GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEVARIANTCLIENTSTATEEXTPROC) (GLuint id);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDLIGHTPARAMETEREXTPROC) (GLenum light, GLenum value);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDMATERIALPARAMETEREXTPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum value);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDTEXGENPARAMETEREXTPROC) (GLenum unit, GLenum coord, GLenum value);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDTEXTUREUNITPARAMETEREXTPROC) (GLenum unit, GLenum value);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDPARAMETEREXTPROC) (GLenum value);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISVARIANTENABLEDEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum cap);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVARIANTBOOLEANVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLboolean *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVARIANTINTEGERVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLint *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVARIANTFLOATVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLfloat *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVARIANTPOINTERVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLvoid* *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINVARIANTBOOLEANVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLboolean *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINVARIANTINTEGERVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLint *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINVARIANTFLOATVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLfloat *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETLOCALCONSTANTBOOLEANVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLboolean *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETLOCALCONSTANTINTEGERVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLint *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETLOCALCONSTANTFLOATVEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum value, GLfloat *data);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_vertex_streams
+#define GL_ATI_vertex_streams 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream1sATI (GLenum stream, GLshort x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream1svATI (GLenum stream, const GLshort *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream1iATI (GLenum stream, GLint x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream1ivATI (GLenum stream, const GLint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream1fATI (GLenum stream, GLfloat x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream1fvATI (GLenum stream, const GLfloat *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream1dATI (GLenum stream, GLdouble x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream1dvATI (GLenum stream, const GLdouble *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream2sATI (GLenum stream, GLshort x, GLshort y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream2svATI (GLenum stream, const GLshort *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream2iATI (GLenum stream, GLint x, GLint y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream2ivATI (GLenum stream, const GLint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream2fATI (GLenum stream, GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream2fvATI (GLenum stream, const GLfloat *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream2dATI (GLenum stream, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream2dvATI (GLenum stream, const GLdouble *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream3sATI (GLenum stream, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream3svATI (GLenum stream, const GLshort *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream3iATI (GLenum stream, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream3ivATI (GLenum stream, const GLint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream3fATI (GLenum stream, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream3fvATI (GLenum stream, const GLfloat *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream3dATI (GLenum stream, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream3dvATI (GLenum stream, const GLdouble *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream4sATI (GLenum stream, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream4svATI (GLenum stream, const GLshort *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream4iATI (GLenum stream, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream4ivATI (GLenum stream, const GLint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream4fATI (GLenum stream, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream4fvATI (GLenum stream, const GLfloat *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream4dATI (GLenum stream, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexStream4dvATI (GLenum stream, const GLdouble *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalStream3bATI (GLenum stream, GLbyte nx, GLbyte ny, GLbyte nz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalStream3bvATI (GLenum stream, const GLbyte *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalStream3sATI (GLenum stream, GLshort nx, GLshort ny, GLshort nz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalStream3svATI (GLenum stream, const GLshort *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalStream3iATI (GLenum stream, GLint nx, GLint ny, GLint nz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalStream3ivATI (GLenum stream, const GLint *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalStream3fATI (GLenum stream, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalStream3fvATI (GLenum stream, const GLfloat *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalStream3dATI (GLenum stream, GLdouble nx, GLdouble ny, GLdouble nz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalStream3dvATI (GLenum stream, const GLdouble *coords);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClientActiveVertexStreamATI (GLenum stream);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexBlendEnviATI (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexBlendEnvfATI (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM1SATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLshort x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM1SVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLshort *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM1IATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLint x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM1IVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM1FATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLfloat x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM1FVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLfloat *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM1DATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLdouble x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM1DVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLdouble *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM2SATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLshort x, GLshort y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM2SVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLshort *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM2IATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLint x, GLint y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM2IVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM2FATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLfloat x, GLfloat y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM2FVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLfloat *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM2DATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM2DVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLdouble *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM3SATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM3SVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLshort *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM3IATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM3IVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM3FATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM3FVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLfloat *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM3DATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM3DVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLdouble *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM4SATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM4SVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLshort *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM4IATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM4IVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM4FATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM4FVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLfloat *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM4DATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXSTREAM4DVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLdouble *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALSTREAM3BATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLbyte nx, GLbyte ny, GLbyte nz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALSTREAM3BVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLbyte *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALSTREAM3SATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLshort nx, GLshort ny, GLshort nz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALSTREAM3SVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLshort *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALSTREAM3IATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLint nx, GLint ny, GLint nz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALSTREAM3IVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLint *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALSTREAM3FATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALSTREAM3FVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLfloat *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALSTREAM3DATIPROC) (GLenum stream, GLdouble nx, GLdouble ny, GLdouble nz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALSTREAM3DVATIPROC) (GLenum stream, const GLdouble *coords);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLIENTACTIVEVERTEXSTREAMATIPROC) (GLenum stream);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXBLENDENVIATIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXBLENDENVFATIPROC) (GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_element_array
+#define GL_ATI_element_array 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glElementPointerATI (GLenum type, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementArrayATI (GLenum mode, GLsizei count);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawRangeElementArrayATI (GLenum mode, GLuint start, GLuint end, GLsizei count);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLELEMENTPOINTERATIPROC) (GLenum type, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTARRAYATIPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWRANGEELEMENTARRAYATIPROC) (GLenum mode, GLuint start, GLuint end, GLsizei count);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUN_mesh_array
+#define GL_SUN_mesh_array 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawMeshArraysSUN (GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count, GLsizei width);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWMESHARRAYSSUNPROC) (GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count, GLsizei width);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_SUN_slice_accum
+#define GL_SUN_slice_accum 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_multisample_filter_hint
+#define GL_NV_multisample_filter_hint 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_depth_clamp
+#define GL_NV_depth_clamp 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_occlusion_query
+#define GL_NV_occlusion_query 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenOcclusionQueriesNV (GLsizei n, GLuint *ids);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteOcclusionQueriesNV (GLsizei n, const GLuint *ids);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsOcclusionQueryNV (GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBeginOcclusionQueryNV (GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEndOcclusionQueryNV (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetOcclusionQueryivNV (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetOcclusionQueryuivNV (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENOCCLUSIONQUERIESNVPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *ids);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEOCCLUSIONQUERIESNVPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *ids);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISOCCLUSIONQUERYNVPROC) (GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINOCCLUSIONQUERYNVPROC) (GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDOCCLUSIONQUERYNVPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETOCCLUSIONQUERYIVNVPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETOCCLUSIONQUERYUIVNVPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_point_sprite
+#define GL_NV_point_sprite 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPointParameteriNV (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPointParameterivNV (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERINVPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERIVNVPROC) (GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_shader3
+#define GL_NV_texture_shader3 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_program1_1
+#define GL_NV_vertex_program1_1 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_shadow_funcs
+#define GL_EXT_shadow_funcs 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_stencil_two_side
+#define GL_EXT_stencil_two_side 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glActiveStencilFaceEXT (GLenum face);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACTIVESTENCILFACEEXTPROC) (GLenum face);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_text_fragment_shader
+#define GL_ATI_text_fragment_shader 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_client_storage
+#define GL_APPLE_client_storage 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_element_array
+#define GL_APPLE_element_array 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glElementPointerAPPLE (GLenum type, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementArrayAPPLE (GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawRangeElementArrayAPPLE (GLenum mode, GLuint start, GLuint end, GLint first, GLsizei count);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiDrawElementArrayAPPLE (GLenum mode, const GLint *first, const GLsizei *count, GLsizei primcount);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiDrawRangeElementArrayAPPLE (GLenum mode, GLuint start, GLuint end, const GLint *first, const GLsizei *count, GLsizei primcount);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLELEMENTPOINTERAPPLEPROC) (GLenum type, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTARRAYAPPLEPROC) (GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWRANGEELEMENTARRAYAPPLEPROC) (GLenum mode, GLuint start, GLuint end, GLint first, GLsizei count);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTIDRAWELEMENTARRAYAPPLEPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLint *first, const GLsizei *count, GLsizei primcount);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTIDRAWRANGEELEMENTARRAYAPPLEPROC) (GLenum mode, GLuint start, GLuint end, const GLint *first, const GLsizei *count, GLsizei primcount);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_fence
+#define GL_APPLE_fence 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenFencesAPPLE (GLsizei n, GLuint *fences);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteFencesAPPLE (GLsizei n, const GLuint *fences);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSetFenceAPPLE (GLuint fence);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsFenceAPPLE (GLuint fence);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glTestFenceAPPLE (GLuint fence);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFinishFenceAPPLE (GLuint fence);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glTestObjectAPPLE (GLenum object, GLuint name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFinishObjectAPPLE (GLenum object, GLint name);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENFENCESAPPLEPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *fences);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEFENCESAPPLEPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *fences);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSETFENCEAPPLEPROC) (GLuint fence);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISFENCEAPPLEPROC) (GLuint fence);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLTESTFENCEAPPLEPROC) (GLuint fence);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFINISHFENCEAPPLEPROC) (GLuint fence);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLTESTOBJECTAPPLEPROC) (GLenum object, GLuint name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFINISHOBJECTAPPLEPROC) (GLenum object, GLint name);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_vertex_array_object
+#define GL_APPLE_vertex_array_object 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindVertexArrayAPPLE (GLuint array);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteVertexArraysAPPLE (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenVertexArraysAPPLE (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsVertexArrayAPPLE (GLuint array);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDVERTEXARRAYAPPLEPROC) (GLuint array);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEVERTEXARRAYSAPPLEPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *arrays);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENVERTEXARRAYSAPPLEPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *arrays);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISVERTEXARRAYAPPLEPROC) (GLuint array);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_vertex_array_range
+#define GL_APPLE_vertex_array_range 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexArrayRangeAPPLE (GLsizei length, GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlushVertexArrayRangeAPPLE (GLsizei length, GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexArrayParameteriAPPLE (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXARRAYRANGEAPPLEPROC) (GLsizei length, GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHVERTEXARRAYRANGEAPPLEPROC) (GLsizei length, GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXARRAYPARAMETERIAPPLEPROC) (GLenum pname, GLint param);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_ycbcr_422
+#define GL_APPLE_ycbcr_422 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_S3_s3tc
+#define GL_S3_s3tc 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_draw_buffers
+#define GL_ATI_draw_buffers 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawBuffersATI (GLsizei n, const GLenum *bufs);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWBUFFERSATIPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLenum *bufs);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_pixel_format_float
+#define GL_ATI_pixel_format_float 1
+/* This is really a WGL extension, but defines some associated GL enums.
+ * ATI does not export "GL_ATI_pixel_format_float" in the GL_EXTENSIONS string.
+ */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_texture_env_combine3
+#define GL_ATI_texture_env_combine3 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_texture_float
+#define GL_ATI_texture_float 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_float_buffer
+#define GL_NV_float_buffer 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_fragment_program
+#define GL_NV_fragment_program 1
+/* Some NV_fragment_program entry points are shared with ARB_vertex_program. */
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramNamedParameter4fNV (GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *name, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramNamedParameter4dNV (GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *name, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramNamedParameter4fvNV (GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *name, const GLfloat *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramNamedParameter4dvNV (GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *name, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramNamedParameterfvNV (GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *name, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramNamedParameterdvNV (GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *name, GLdouble *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMNAMEDPARAMETER4FNVPROC) (GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *name, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMNAMEDPARAMETER4DNVPROC) (GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *name, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMNAMEDPARAMETER4FVNVPROC) (GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *name, const GLfloat *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMNAMEDPARAMETER4DVNVPROC) (GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *name, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMNAMEDPARAMETERFVNVPROC) (GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *name, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMNAMEDPARAMETERDVNVPROC) (GLuint id, GLsizei len, const GLubyte *name, GLdouble *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_half_float
+#define GL_NV_half_float 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertex2hNV (GLhalfNV x, GLhalfNV y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertex2hvNV (const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertex3hNV (GLhalfNV x, GLhalfNV y, GLhalfNV z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertex3hvNV (const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertex4hNV (GLhalfNV x, GLhalfNV y, GLhalfNV z, GLhalfNV w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertex4hvNV (const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormal3hNV (GLhalfNV nx, GLhalfNV ny, GLhalfNV nz);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormal3hvNV (const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColor3hNV (GLhalfNV red, GLhalfNV green, GLhalfNV blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColor3hvNV (const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColor4hNV (GLhalfNV red, GLhalfNV green, GLhalfNV blue, GLhalfNV alpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColor4hvNV (const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord1hNV (GLhalfNV s);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord1hvNV (const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord2hNV (GLhalfNV s, GLhalfNV t);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord2hvNV (const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord3hNV (GLhalfNV s, GLhalfNV t, GLhalfNV r);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord3hvNV (const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord4hNV (GLhalfNV s, GLhalfNV t, GLhalfNV r, GLhalfNV q);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoord4hvNV (const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1hNV (GLenum target, GLhalfNV s);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord1hvNV (GLenum target, const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2hNV (GLenum target, GLhalfNV s, GLhalfNV t);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord2hvNV (GLenum target, const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3hNV (GLenum target, GLhalfNV s, GLhalfNV t, GLhalfNV r);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord3hvNV (GLenum target, const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4hNV (GLenum target, GLhalfNV s, GLhalfNV t, GLhalfNV r, GLhalfNV q);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoord4hvNV (GLenum target, const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoordhNV (GLhalfNV fog);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoordhvNV (const GLhalfNV *fog);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3hNV (GLhalfNV red, GLhalfNV green, GLhalfNV blue);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColor3hvNV (const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexWeighthNV (GLhalfNV weight);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexWeighthvNV (const GLhalfNV *weight);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1hNV (GLuint index, GLhalfNV x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib1hvNV (GLuint index, const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2hNV (GLuint index, GLhalfNV x, GLhalfNV y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib2hvNV (GLuint index, const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3hNV (GLuint index, GLhalfNV x, GLhalfNV y, GLhalfNV z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib3hvNV (GLuint index, const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4hNV (GLuint index, GLhalfNV x, GLhalfNV y, GLhalfNV z, GLhalfNV w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttrib4hvNV (GLuint index, const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs1hvNV (GLuint index, GLsizei n, const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs2hvNV (GLuint index, GLsizei n, const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs3hvNV (GLuint index, GLsizei n, const GLhalfNV *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribs4hvNV (GLuint index, GLsizei n, const GLhalfNV *v);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX2HNVPROC) (GLhalfNV x, GLhalfNV y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX2HVNVPROC) (const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX3HNVPROC) (GLhalfNV x, GLhalfNV y, GLhalfNV z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX3HVNVPROC) (const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX4HNVPROC) (GLhalfNV x, GLhalfNV y, GLhalfNV z, GLhalfNV w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX4HVNVPROC) (const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3HNVPROC) (GLhalfNV nx, GLhalfNV ny, GLhalfNV nz);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3HVNVPROC) (const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3HNVPROC) (GLhalfNV red, GLhalfNV green, GLhalfNV blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3HVNVPROC) (const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4HNVPROC) (GLhalfNV red, GLhalfNV green, GLhalfNV blue, GLhalfNV alpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4HVNVPROC) (const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD1HNVPROC) (GLhalfNV s);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD1HVNVPROC) (const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2HNVPROC) (GLhalfNV s, GLhalfNV t);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2HVNVPROC) (const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD3HNVPROC) (GLhalfNV s, GLhalfNV t, GLhalfNV r);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD3HVNVPROC) (const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4HNVPROC) (GLhalfNV s, GLhalfNV t, GLhalfNV r, GLhalfNV q);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4HVNVPROC) (const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1HNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLhalfNV s);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1HVNVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2HNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLhalfNV s, GLhalfNV t);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2HVNVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3HNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLhalfNV s, GLhalfNV t, GLhalfNV r);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3HVNVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4HNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLhalfNV s, GLhalfNV t, GLhalfNV r, GLhalfNV q);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4HVNVPROC) (GLenum target, const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDHNVPROC) (GLhalfNV fog);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDHVNVPROC) (const GLhalfNV *fog);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3HNVPROC) (GLhalfNV red, GLhalfNV green, GLhalfNV blue);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3HVNVPROC) (const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXWEIGHTHNVPROC) (GLhalfNV weight);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXWEIGHTHVNVPROC) (const GLhalfNV *weight);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1HNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLhalfNV x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1HVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2HNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLhalfNV x, GLhalfNV y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2HVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3HNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLhalfNV x, GLhalfNV y, GLhalfNV z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3HVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4HNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLhalfNV x, GLhalfNV y, GLhalfNV z, GLhalfNV w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4HVNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS1HVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei n, const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS2HVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei n, const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS3HVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei n, const GLhalfNV *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBS4HVNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLsizei n, const GLhalfNV *v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_pixel_data_range
+#define GL_NV_pixel_data_range 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPixelDataRangeNV (GLenum target, GLsizei length, GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlushPixelDataRangeNV (GLenum target);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELDATARANGENVPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei length, GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHPIXELDATARANGENVPROC) (GLenum target);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_primitive_restart
+#define GL_NV_primitive_restart 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPrimitiveRestartNV (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPrimitiveRestartIndexNV (GLuint index);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPRIMITIVERESTARTNVPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPRIMITIVERESTARTINDEXNVPROC) (GLuint index);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_expand_normal
+#define GL_NV_texture_expand_normal 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_program2
+#define GL_NV_vertex_program2 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_map_object_buffer
+#define GL_ATI_map_object_buffer 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLvoid* APIENTRY glMapObjectBufferATI (GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUnmapObjectBufferATI (GLuint buffer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLvoid* (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPOBJECTBUFFERATIPROC) (GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNMAPOBJECTBUFFERATIPROC) (GLuint buffer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_separate_stencil
+#define GL_ATI_separate_stencil 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glStencilOpSeparateATI (GLenum face, GLenum sfail, GLenum dpfail, GLenum dppass);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glStencilFuncSeparateATI (GLenum frontfunc, GLenum backfunc, GLint ref, GLuint mask);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTENCILOPSEPARATEATIPROC) (GLenum face, GLenum sfail, GLenum dpfail, GLenum dppass);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTENCILFUNCSEPARATEATIPROC) (GLenum frontfunc, GLenum backfunc, GLint ref, GLuint mask);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_vertex_attrib_array_object
+#define GL_ATI_vertex_attrib_array_object 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribArrayObjectATI (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, GLuint buffer, GLuint offset);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribArrayObjectfvATI (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribArrayObjectivATI (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBARRAYOBJECTATIPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, GLuint buffer, GLuint offset);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBARRAYOBJECTFVATIPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBARRAYOBJECTIVATIPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_OES_read_format
+#define GL_OES_read_format 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_depth_bounds_test
+#define GL_EXT_depth_bounds_test 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDepthBoundsEXT (GLclampd zmin, GLclampd zmax);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEPTHBOUNDSEXTPROC) (GLclampd zmin, GLclampd zmax);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_mirror_clamp
+#define GL_EXT_texture_mirror_clamp 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_blend_equation_separate
+#define GL_EXT_blend_equation_separate 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationSeparateEXT (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEEXTPROC) (GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_MESA_pack_invert
+#define GL_MESA_pack_invert 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture
+#define GL_MESA_ycbcr_texture 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_pixel_buffer_object
+#define GL_EXT_pixel_buffer_object 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_fragment_program_option
+#define GL_NV_fragment_program_option 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_fragment_program2
+#define GL_NV_fragment_program2 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_program2_option
+#define GL_NV_vertex_program2_option 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_program3
+#define GL_NV_vertex_program3 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_framebuffer_object
+#define GL_EXT_framebuffer_object 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsRenderbufferEXT (GLuint renderbuffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindRenderbufferEXT (GLenum target, GLuint renderbuffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteRenderbuffersEXT (GLsizei n, const GLuint *renderbuffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenRenderbuffersEXT (GLsizei n, GLuint *renderbuffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glRenderbufferStorageEXT (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetRenderbufferParameterivEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsFramebufferEXT (GLuint framebuffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindFramebufferEXT (GLenum target, GLuint framebuffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteFramebuffersEXT (GLsizei n, const GLuint *framebuffers);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenFramebuffersEXT (GLsizei n, GLuint *framebuffers);
+GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glCheckFramebufferStatusEXT (GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTexture1DEXT (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTexture2DEXT (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTexture3DEXT (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint zoffset);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferRenderbufferEXT (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum renderbuffertarget, GLuint renderbuffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameterivEXT (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenerateMipmapEXT (GLenum target);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISRENDERBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLuint renderbuffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDRENDERBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint renderbuffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETERENDERBUFFERSEXTPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *renderbuffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENRENDERBUFFERSEXTPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *renderbuffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETRENDERBUFFERPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISFRAMEBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDFRAMEBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint framebuffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEFRAMEBUFFERSEXTPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *framebuffers);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENFRAMEBUFFERSEXTPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *framebuffers);
+typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLCHECKFRAMEBUFFERSTATUSEXTPROC) (GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE1DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE2DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE3DEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint zoffset);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERRENDERBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum renderbuffertarget, GLuint renderbuffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFRAMEBUFFERATTACHMENTPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENERATEMIPMAPEXTPROC) (GLenum target);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_GREMEDY_string_marker
+#define GL_GREMEDY_string_marker 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glStringMarkerGREMEDY (GLsizei len, const GLvoid *string);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTRINGMARKERGREMEDYPROC) (GLsizei len, const GLvoid *string);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil
+#define GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_stencil_clear_tag
+#define GL_EXT_stencil_clear_tag 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glStencilClearTagEXT (GLsizei stencilTagBits, GLuint stencilClearTag);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTENCILCLEARTAGEXTPROC) (GLsizei stencilTagBits, GLuint stencilClearTag);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_sRGB
+#define GL_EXT_texture_sRGB 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_framebuffer_blit
+#define GL_EXT_framebuffer_blit 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlitFramebufferEXT (GLint srcX0, GLint srcY0, GLint srcX1, GLint srcY1, GLint dstX0, GLint dstY0, GLint dstX1, GLint dstY1, GLbitfield mask, GLenum filter);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLITFRAMEBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLint srcX0, GLint srcY0, GLint srcX1, GLint srcY1, GLint dstX0, GLint dstY0, GLint dstX1, GLint dstY1, GLbitfield mask, GLenum filter);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_framebuffer_multisample
+#define GL_EXT_framebuffer_multisample 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glRenderbufferStorageMultisampleEXT (GLenum target, GLsizei samples, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEMULTISAMPLEEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei samples, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_MESAX_texture_stack
+#define GL_MESAX_texture_stack 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_timer_query
+#define GL_EXT_timer_query 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetQueryObjecti64vEXT (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint64EXT *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetQueryObjectui64vEXT (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLuint64EXT *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTI64VEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint64EXT *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTUI64VEXTPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLuint64EXT *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_gpu_program_parameters
+#define GL_EXT_gpu_program_parameters 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramEnvParameters4fvEXT (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramLocalParameters4fvEXT (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMENVPARAMETERS4FVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERS4FVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_flush_buffer_range
+#define GL_APPLE_flush_buffer_range 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferParameteriAPPLE (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlushMappedBufferRangeAPPLE (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERPARAMETERIAPPLEPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHMAPPEDBUFFERRANGEAPPLEPROC) (GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_gpu_program4
+#define GL_NV_gpu_program4 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramLocalParameterI4iNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramLocalParameterI4ivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramLocalParametersI4ivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramLocalParameterI4uiNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z, GLuint w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramLocalParameterI4uivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramLocalParametersI4uivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramEnvParameterI4iNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramEnvParameterI4ivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramEnvParametersI4ivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramEnvParameterI4uiNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z, GLuint w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramEnvParameterI4uivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramEnvParametersI4uivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramLocalParameterIivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramLocalParameterIuivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramEnvParameterIivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramEnvParameterIuivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERI4INVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERI4IVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERSI4IVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERI4UINVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z, GLuint w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERI4UIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERSI4UIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMENVPARAMETERI4INVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMENVPARAMETERI4IVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMENVPARAMETERSI4IVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMENVPARAMETERI4UINVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z, GLuint w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMENVPARAMETERI4UIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMENVPARAMETERSI4UIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERIIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERIUIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMENVPARAMETERIIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMENVPARAMETERIUIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_geometry_program4
+#define GL_NV_geometry_program4 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramVertexLimitNV (GLenum target, GLint limit);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTextureEXT (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTextureLayerEXT (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint layer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferTextureFaceEXT (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLenum face);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMVERTEXLIMITNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLint limit);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTUREEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURELAYEREXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint layer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTUREFACEEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLenum face);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_geometry_shader4
+#define GL_EXT_geometry_shader4 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramParameteriEXT (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint value);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMPARAMETERIEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint value);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_program4
+#define GL_NV_vertex_program4 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI1iEXT (GLuint index, GLint x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI2iEXT (GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI3iEXT (GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4iEXT (GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI1uiEXT (GLuint index, GLuint x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI2uiEXT (GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI3uiEXT (GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4uiEXT (GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z, GLuint w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI1ivEXT (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI2ivEXT (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI3ivEXT (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4ivEXT (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI1uivEXT (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI2uivEXT (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI3uivEXT (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4uivEXT (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4bvEXT (GLuint index, const GLbyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4svEXT (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4ubvEXT (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribI4usvEXT (GLuint index, const GLushort *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribIPointerEXT (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribIivEXT (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribIuivEXT (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI1IEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLint x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI2IEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI3IEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4IEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI1UIEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI2UIEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI3UIEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4UIEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z, GLuint w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI1IVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI2IVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI3IVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4IVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI1UIVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI2UIVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI3UIVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4UIVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4BVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLbyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4SVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLshort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4UBVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLubyte *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBI4USVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLushort *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBIPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIIVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIUIVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_gpu_shader4
+#define GL_EXT_gpu_shader4 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetUniformuivEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindFragDataLocationEXT (GLuint program, GLuint color, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetFragDataLocationEXT (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1uiEXT (GLint location, GLuint v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2uiEXT (GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3uiEXT (GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4uiEXT (GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2, GLuint v3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1uivEXT (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2uivEXT (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3uivEXT (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4uivEXT (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMUIVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDFRAGDATALOCATIONEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint color, const GLchar *name);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFRAGDATALOCATIONEXTPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1UIEXTPROC) (GLint location, GLuint v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2UIEXTPROC) (GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3UIEXTPROC) (GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4UIEXTPROC) (GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2, GLuint v3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1UIVEXTPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2UIVEXTPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3UIVEXTPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4UIVEXTPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_draw_instanced
+#define GL_EXT_draw_instanced 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawArraysInstancedEXT (GLenum mode, GLint start, GLsizei count, GLsizei primcount);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawElementsInstancedEXT (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices, GLsizei primcount);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWARRAYSINSTANCEDEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, GLint start, GLsizei count, GLsizei primcount);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSINSTANCEDEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const GLvoid *indices, GLsizei primcount);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_packed_float
+#define GL_EXT_packed_float 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_array
+#define GL_EXT_texture_array 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_buffer_object
+#define GL_EXT_texture_buffer_object 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexBufferEXT (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLuint buffer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLuint buffer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_compression_latc
+#define GL_EXT_texture_compression_latc 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_compression_rgtc
+#define GL_EXT_texture_compression_rgtc 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_shared_exponent
+#define GL_EXT_texture_shared_exponent 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_depth_buffer_float
+#define GL_NV_depth_buffer_float 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDepthRangedNV (GLdouble zNear, GLdouble zFar);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearDepthdNV (GLdouble depth);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDepthBoundsdNV (GLdouble zmin, GLdouble zmax);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEPTHRANGEDNVPROC) (GLdouble zNear, GLdouble zFar);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARDEPTHDNVPROC) (GLdouble depth);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEPTHBOUNDSDNVPROC) (GLdouble zmin, GLdouble zmax);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_fragment_program4
+#define GL_NV_fragment_program4 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_framebuffer_multisample_coverage
+#define GL_NV_framebuffer_multisample_coverage 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glRenderbufferStorageMultisampleCoverageNV (GLenum target, GLsizei coverageSamples, GLsizei colorSamples, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEMULTISAMPLECOVERAGENVPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei coverageSamples, GLsizei colorSamples, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_framebuffer_sRGB
+#define GL_EXT_framebuffer_sRGB 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_geometry_shader4
+#define GL_NV_geometry_shader4 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_parameter_buffer_object
+#define GL_NV_parameter_buffer_object 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramBufferParametersfvNV (GLenum target, GLuint buffer, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramBufferParametersIivNV (GLenum target, GLuint buffer, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramBufferParametersIuivNV (GLenum target, GLuint buffer, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLuint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMBUFFERPARAMETERSFVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint buffer, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMBUFFERPARAMETERSIIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint buffer, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMBUFFERPARAMETERSIUIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint buffer, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLuint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_draw_buffers2
+#define GL_EXT_draw_buffers2 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorMaskIndexedEXT (GLuint index, GLboolean r, GLboolean g, GLboolean b, GLboolean a);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetBooleanIndexedvEXT (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLboolean *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetIntegerIndexedvEXT (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnableIndexedEXT (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisableIndexedEXT (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsEnabledIndexedEXT (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORMASKINDEXEDEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLboolean r, GLboolean g, GLboolean b, GLboolean a);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBOOLEANINDEXEDVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLboolean *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERINDEXEDVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEINDEXEDEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEINDEXEDEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISENABLEDINDEXEDEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_transform_feedback
+#define GL_NV_transform_feedback 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBeginTransformFeedbackNV (GLenum primitiveMode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEndTransformFeedbackNV (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTransformFeedbackAttribsNV (GLuint count, const GLint *attribs, GLenum bufferMode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBufferRangeNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBufferOffsetNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBufferBaseNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTransformFeedbackVaryingsNV (GLuint program, GLsizei count, const GLint *locations, GLenum bufferMode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glActiveVaryingNV (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetVaryingLocationNV (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetActiveVaryingNV (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLsizei *size, GLenum *type, GLchar *name);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTransformFeedbackVaryingNV (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLint *location);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTransformFeedbackStreamAttribsNV (GLsizei count, const GLint *attribs, GLsizei nbuffers, const GLint *bufstreams, GLenum bufferMode);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINTRANSFORMFEEDBACKNVPROC) (GLenum primitiveMode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDTRANSFORMFEEDBACKNVPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTRANSFORMFEEDBACKATTRIBSNVPROC) (GLuint count, const GLint *attribs, GLenum bufferMode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERRANGENVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFEROFFSETNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERBASENVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTRANSFORMFEEDBACKVARYINGSNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei count, const GLint *locations, GLenum bufferMode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACTIVEVARYINGNVPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVARYINGLOCATIONNVPROC) (GLuint program, const GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVEVARYINGNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLsizei *size, GLenum *type, GLchar *name);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKVARYINGNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLint *location);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTRANSFORMFEEDBACKSTREAMATTRIBSNVPROC) (GLsizei count, const GLint *attribs, GLsizei nbuffers, const GLint *bufstreams, GLenum bufferMode);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_bindable_uniform
+#define GL_EXT_bindable_uniform 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformBufferEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI GLint APIENTRY glGetUniformBufferSizeEXT (GLuint program, GLint location);
+GLAPI GLintptr APIENTRY glGetUniformOffsetEXT (GLuint program, GLint location);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint buffer);
+typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMBUFFERSIZEEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location);
+typedef GLintptr (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMOFFSETEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_integer
+#define GL_EXT_texture_integer 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexParameterIivEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexParameterIuivEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTexParameterIivEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTexParameterIuivEXT (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearColorIiEXT (GLint red, GLint green, GLint blue, GLint alpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClearColorIuiEXT (GLuint red, GLuint green, GLuint blue, GLuint alpha);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIIVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIUIVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERIIVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERIUIVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARCOLORIIEXTPROC) (GLint red, GLint green, GLint blue, GLint alpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARCOLORIUIEXTPROC) (GLuint red, GLuint green, GLuint blue, GLuint alpha);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_GREMEDY_frame_terminator
+#define GL_GREMEDY_frame_terminator 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFrameTerminatorGREMEDY (void);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMETERMINATORGREMEDYPROC) (void);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_conditional_render
+#define GL_NV_conditional_render 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBeginConditionalRenderNV (GLuint id, GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEndConditionalRenderNV (void);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINCONDITIONALRENDERNVPROC) (GLuint id, GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDCONDITIONALRENDERNVPROC) (void);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_present_video
+#define GL_NV_present_video 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPresentFrameKeyedNV (GLuint video_slot, GLuint64EXT minPresentTime, GLuint beginPresentTimeId, GLuint presentDurationId, GLenum type, GLenum target0, GLuint fill0, GLuint key0, GLenum target1, GLuint fill1, GLuint key1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPresentFrameDualFillNV (GLuint video_slot, GLuint64EXT minPresentTime, GLuint beginPresentTimeId, GLuint presentDurationId, GLenum type, GLenum target0, GLuint fill0, GLenum target1, GLuint fill1, GLenum target2, GLuint fill2, GLenum target3, GLuint fill3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVideoivNV (GLuint video_slot, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVideouivNV (GLuint video_slot, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVideoi64vNV (GLuint video_slot, GLenum pname, GLint64EXT *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVideoui64vNV (GLuint video_slot, GLenum pname, GLuint64EXT *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPRESENTFRAMEKEYEDNVPROC) (GLuint video_slot, GLuint64EXT minPresentTime, GLuint beginPresentTimeId, GLuint presentDurationId, GLenum type, GLenum target0, GLuint fill0, GLuint key0, GLenum target1, GLuint fill1, GLuint key1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPRESENTFRAMEDUALFILLNVPROC) (GLuint video_slot, GLuint64EXT minPresentTime, GLuint beginPresentTimeId, GLuint presentDurationId, GLenum type, GLenum target0, GLuint fill0, GLenum target1, GLuint fill1, GLenum target2, GLuint fill2, GLenum target3, GLuint fill3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVIDEOIVNVPROC) (GLuint video_slot, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVIDEOUIVNVPROC) (GLuint video_slot, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVIDEOI64VNVPROC) (GLuint video_slot, GLenum pname, GLint64EXT *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVIDEOUI64VNVPROC) (GLuint video_slot, GLenum pname, GLuint64EXT *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_transform_feedback
+#define GL_EXT_transform_feedback 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBeginTransformFeedbackEXT (GLenum primitiveMode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEndTransformFeedbackEXT (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBufferRangeEXT (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBufferOffsetEXT (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindBufferBaseEXT (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTransformFeedbackVaryingsEXT (GLuint program, GLsizei count, const GLchar* *varyings, GLenum bufferMode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTransformFeedbackVaryingEXT (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLsizei *size, GLenum *type, GLchar *name);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINTRANSFORMFEEDBACKEXTPROC) (GLenum primitiveMode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDTRANSFORMFEEDBACKEXTPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERRANGEEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFEROFFSETEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERBASEEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTRANSFORMFEEDBACKVARYINGSEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLsizei count, const GLchar* *varyings, GLenum bufferMode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTRANSFORMFEEDBACKVARYINGEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLsizei *size, GLenum *type, GLchar *name);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_direct_state_access
+#define GL_EXT_direct_state_access 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glClientAttribDefaultEXT (GLbitfield mask);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPushClientAttribDefaultEXT (GLbitfield mask);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixLoadfEXT (GLenum mode, const GLfloat *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixLoaddEXT (GLenum mode, const GLdouble *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixMultfEXT (GLenum mode, const GLfloat *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixMultdEXT (GLenum mode, const GLdouble *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixLoadIdentityEXT (GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixRotatefEXT (GLenum mode, GLfloat angle, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixRotatedEXT (GLenum mode, GLdouble angle, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixScalefEXT (GLenum mode, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixScaledEXT (GLenum mode, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixTranslatefEXT (GLenum mode, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixTranslatedEXT (GLenum mode, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixFrustumEXT (GLenum mode, GLdouble left, GLdouble right, GLdouble bottom, GLdouble top, GLdouble zNear, GLdouble zFar);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixOrthoEXT (GLenum mode, GLdouble left, GLdouble right, GLdouble bottom, GLdouble top, GLdouble zNear, GLdouble zFar);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixPopEXT (GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixPushEXT (GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixLoadTransposefEXT (GLenum mode, const GLfloat *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixLoadTransposedEXT (GLenum mode, const GLdouble *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixMultTransposefEXT (GLenum mode, const GLfloat *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMatrixMultTransposedEXT (GLenum mode, const GLdouble *m);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureParameterfEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureParameterfvEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureParameteriEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureParameterivEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureImage1DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureImage2DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureSubImage1DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureSubImage2DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyTextureImage1DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLint border);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyTextureImage2DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyTextureSubImage1DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyTextureSubImage2DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTextureImageEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTextureParameterfvEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTextureParameterivEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTextureLevelParameterfvEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTextureLevelParameterivEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureImage3DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureSubImage3DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyTextureSubImage3DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexParameterfEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexParameterfvEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexParameteriEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexParameterivEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexImage1DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexImage2DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexSubImage1DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexSubImage2DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyMultiTexImage1DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLint border);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyMultiTexImage2DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyMultiTexSubImage1DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyMultiTexSubImage2DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultiTexImageEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultiTexParameterfvEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultiTexParameterivEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultiTexLevelParameterfvEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultiTexLevelParameterivEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexImage3DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexSubImage3DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyMultiTexSubImage3DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindMultiTextureEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLuint texture);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnableClientStateIndexedEXT (GLenum array, GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisableClientStateIndexedEXT (GLenum array, GLuint index);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexCoordPointerEXT (GLenum texunit, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexEnvfEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexEnvfvEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexEnviEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexEnvivEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexGendEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLdouble param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexGendvEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, const GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexGenfEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexGenfvEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexGeniEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexGenivEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultiTexEnvfvEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultiTexEnvivEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultiTexGendvEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultiTexGenfvEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultiTexGenivEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetFloatIndexedvEXT (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetDoubleIndexedvEXT (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetPointerIndexedvEXT (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLvoid* *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTextureImage3DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTextureImage2DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTextureImage1DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTextureSubImage3DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTextureSubImage2DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedTextureSubImage1DEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetCompressedTextureImageEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint lod, GLvoid *img);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedMultiTexImage3DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedMultiTexImage2DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedMultiTexImage1DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedMultiTexSubImage3DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedMultiTexSubImage2DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCompressedMultiTexSubImage1DEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetCompressedMultiTexImageEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint lod, GLvoid *img);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedProgramStringEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLenum format, GLsizei len, const GLvoid *string);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedProgramLocalParameter4dEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedProgramLocalParameter4dvEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedProgramLocalParameter4fEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedProgramLocalParameter4fvEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedProgramLocalParameterdvEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedProgramLocalParameterfvEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedProgramivEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedProgramStringEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLvoid *string);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedProgramLocalParameters4fvEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedProgramLocalParameterI4iEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedProgramLocalParameterI4ivEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedProgramLocalParametersI4ivEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedProgramLocalParameterI4uiEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z, GLuint w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedProgramLocalParameterI4uivEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedProgramLocalParametersI4uivEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedProgramLocalParameterIivEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedProgramLocalParameterIuivEXT (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureParameterIivEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureParameterIuivEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTextureParameterIivEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTextureParameterIuivEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexParameterIivEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexParameterIuivEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultiTexParameterIivEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultiTexParameterIuivEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1fEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2fEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3fEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4fEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLfloat v3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1iEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2iEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3iEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4iEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2, GLint v3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1fvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2fvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3fvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4fvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1ivEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2ivEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3ivEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4ivEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix2fvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix3fvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix4fvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix2x3fvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix3x2fvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix2x4fvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix4x2fvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix3x4fvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix4x3fvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1uiEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2uiEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3uiEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4uiEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2, GLuint v3);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1uivEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2uivEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3uivEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4uivEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedBufferDataEXT (GLuint buffer, GLsizeiptr size, const GLvoid *data, GLenum usage);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedBufferSubDataEXT (GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI GLvoid* APIENTRY glMapNamedBufferEXT (GLuint buffer, GLenum access);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glUnmapNamedBufferEXT (GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI GLvoid* APIENTRY glMapNamedBufferRangeEXT (GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr length, GLbitfield access);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFlushMappedNamedBufferRangeEXT (GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr length);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedCopyBufferSubDataEXT (GLuint readBuffer, GLuint writeBuffer, GLintptr readOffset, GLintptr writeOffset, GLsizeiptr size);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedBufferParameterivEXT (GLuint buffer, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedBufferPointervEXT (GLuint buffer, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedBufferSubDataEXT (GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureBufferEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexBufferEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedRenderbufferStorageEXT (GLuint renderbuffer, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedRenderbufferParameterivEXT (GLuint renderbuffer, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glCheckNamedFramebufferStatusEXT (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedFramebufferTexture1DEXT (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedFramebufferTexture2DEXT (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedFramebufferTexture3DEXT (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint zoffset);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedFramebufferRenderbufferEXT (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLenum renderbuffertarget, GLuint renderbuffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedFramebufferAttachmentParameterivEXT (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenerateTextureMipmapEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenerateMultiTexMipmapEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferDrawBufferEXT (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferDrawBuffersEXT (GLuint framebuffer, GLsizei n, const GLenum *bufs);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFramebufferReadBufferEXT (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetFramebufferParameterivEXT (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedRenderbufferStorageMultisampleEXT (GLuint renderbuffer, GLsizei samples, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedRenderbufferStorageMultisampleCoverageEXT (GLuint renderbuffer, GLsizei coverageSamples, GLsizei colorSamples, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedFramebufferTextureEXT (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedFramebufferTextureLayerEXT (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint layer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNamedFramebufferTextureFaceEXT (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLenum face);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureRenderbufferEXT (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLuint renderbuffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMultiTexRenderbufferEXT (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLuint renderbuffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1dEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2dEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3dEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4dEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1dvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2dvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3dvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4dvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix2dvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix3dvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix4dvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix2x3dvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix2x4dvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix3x2dvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix3x4dvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix4x2dvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformMatrix4x3dvEXT (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLIENTATTRIBDEFAULTEXTPROC) (GLbitfield mask);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPUSHCLIENTATTRIBDEFAULTEXTPROC) (GLbitfield mask);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXLOADFEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLfloat *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXLOADDEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLdouble *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXMULTFEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLfloat *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXMULTDEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLdouble *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXLOADIDENTITYEXTPROC) (GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXROTATEFEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, GLfloat angle, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXROTATEDEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, GLdouble angle, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXSCALEFEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXSCALEDEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXTRANSLATEFEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXTRANSLATEDEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXFRUSTUMEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, GLdouble left, GLdouble right, GLdouble bottom, GLdouble top, GLdouble zNear, GLdouble zFar);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXORTHOEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, GLdouble left, GLdouble right, GLdouble bottom, GLdouble top, GLdouble zNear, GLdouble zFar);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXPOPEXTPROC) (GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXPUSHEXTPROC) (GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXLOADTRANSPOSEFEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLfloat *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXLOADTRANSPOSEDEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLdouble *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXMULTTRANSPOSEFEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLfloat *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXMULTTRANSPOSEDEXTPROC) (GLenum mode, const GLdouble *m);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTUREPARAMETERFEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTUREPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTUREPARAMETERIEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTUREPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTUREIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTUREIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTURESUBIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTURESUBIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXTUREIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLint border);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXTUREIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXTURESUBIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXTURESUBIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXTUREIMAGEEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXTUREPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXTUREPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXTURELEVELPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXTURELEVELPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTUREIMAGE3DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTURESUBIMAGE3DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXTURESUBIMAGE3DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXPARAMETERFEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXPARAMETERIEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXSUBIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXSUBIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYMULTITEXIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLint border);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYMULTITEXIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYMULTITEXSUBIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYMULTITEXSUBIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTITEXIMAGEEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum format, GLenum type, GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTITEXPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTITEXPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTITEXLEVELPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTITEXLEVELPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXIMAGE3DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXSUBIMAGE3DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLenum type, const GLvoid *pixels);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYMULTITEXSUBIMAGE3DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDMULTITEXTUREEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLuint texture);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLECLIENTSTATEINDEXEDEXTPROC) (GLenum array, GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLECLIENTSTATEINDEXEDEXTPROC) (GLenum array, GLuint index);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORDPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXENVFEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXENVFVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXENVIEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXENVIVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXGENDEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLdouble param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXGENDVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, const GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXGENFEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLfloat param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXGENFVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXGENIEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLint param);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXGENIVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTITEXENVFVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTITEXENVIVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTITEXGENDVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTITEXGENFVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTITEXGENIVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATINDEXEDVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEINDEXEDVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPOINTERINDEXEDVEXTPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLvoid* *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXTUREIMAGE3DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXTUREIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXTUREIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXTURESUBIMAGE3DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXTURESUBIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXTURESUBIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOMPRESSEDTEXTUREIMAGEEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLint lod, GLvoid *img);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDMULTITEXIMAGE3DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDMULTITEXIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDMULTITEXIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDMULTITEXSUBIMAGE3DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDMULTITEXSUBIMAGE2DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDMULTITEXSUBIMAGE1DEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const GLvoid *bits);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOMPRESSEDMULTITEXIMAGEEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLint lod, GLvoid *img);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDPROGRAMSTRINGEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLenum format, GLsizei len, const GLvoid *string);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETER4DEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETER4DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETER4FEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETER4FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERDVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERFVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDPROGRAMIVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDPROGRAMSTRINGEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLvoid *string);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERS4FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERI4IEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERI4IVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERSI4IVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERI4UIEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z, GLuint w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERI4UIVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, const GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERSI4UIVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLsizei count, const GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERIIVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDPROGRAMLOCALPARAMETERIUIVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTUREPARAMETERIIVEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTUREPARAMETERIUIVEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXTUREPARAMETERIIVEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXTUREPARAMETERIUIVEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXPARAMETERIIVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXPARAMETERIUIVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTITEXPARAMETERIIVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTITEXPARAMETERIUIVEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1FEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2FEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3FEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4FEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLfloat v3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1IEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2IEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3IEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4IEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2, GLint v3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1IVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2IVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3IVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4IVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX2FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX3FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX4FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX2X3FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX3X2FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX2X4FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX4X2FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX3X4FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX4X3FVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1UIEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2UIEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3UIEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4UIEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint v0, GLuint v1, GLuint v2, GLuint v3);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1UIVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2UIVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3UIVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4UIVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDBUFFERDATAEXTPROC) (GLuint buffer, GLsizeiptr size, const GLvoid *data, GLenum usage);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDBUFFERSUBDATAEXTPROC) (GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const GLvoid *data);
+typedef GLvoid* (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPNAMEDBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLuint buffer, GLenum access);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNMAPNAMEDBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLuint buffer);
+typedef GLvoid* (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPNAMEDBUFFERRANGEEXTPROC) (GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr length, GLbitfield access);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHMAPPEDNAMEDBUFFERRANGEEXTPROC) (GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr length);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDCOPYBUFFERSUBDATAEXTPROC) (GLuint readBuffer, GLuint writeBuffer, GLintptr readOffset, GLintptr writeOffset, GLsizeiptr size);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDBUFFERPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLuint buffer, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDBUFFERPOINTERVEXTPROC) (GLuint buffer, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDBUFFERSUBDATAEXTPROC) (GLuint buffer, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTUREBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEEXTPROC) (GLuint renderbuffer, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDRENDERBUFFERPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLuint renderbuffer, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLCHECKNAMEDFRAMEBUFFERSTATUSEXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE1DEXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE2DEXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE3DEXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint zoffset);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDFRAMEBUFFERRENDERBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLenum renderbuffertarget, GLuint renderbuffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDFRAMEBUFFERATTACHMENTPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENERATETEXTUREMIPMAPEXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENERATEMULTITEXMIPMAPEXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERDRAWBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERDRAWBUFFERSEXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer, GLsizei n, const GLenum *bufs);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERREADBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFRAMEBUFFERPARAMETERIVEXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEMULTISAMPLEEXTPROC) (GLuint renderbuffer, GLsizei samples, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEMULTISAMPLECOVERAGEEXTPROC) (GLuint renderbuffer, GLsizei coverageSamples, GLsizei colorSamples, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDFRAMEBUFFERTEXTUREEXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURELAYEREXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint layer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNAMEDFRAMEBUFFERTEXTUREFACEEXTPROC) (GLuint framebuffer, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLenum face);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTURERENDERBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLuint texture, GLenum target, GLuint renderbuffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXRENDERBUFFEREXTPROC) (GLenum texunit, GLenum target, GLuint renderbuffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1DEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2DEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3DEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4DEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX2DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX3DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX4DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX2X3DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX2X4DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX3X2DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX3X4DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX4X2DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMMATRIX4X3DVEXTPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLdouble *value);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_vertex_array_bgra
+#define GL_EXT_vertex_array_bgra 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_swizzle
+#define GL_EXT_texture_swizzle 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_explicit_multisample
+#define GL_NV_explicit_multisample 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetMultisamplefvNV (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLfloat *val);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSampleMaskIndexedNV (GLuint index, GLbitfield mask);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexRenderbufferNV (GLenum target, GLuint renderbuffer);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMULTISAMPLEFVNVPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLfloat *val);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLEMASKINDEXEDNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLbitfield mask);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXRENDERBUFFERNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint renderbuffer);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_transform_feedback2
+#define GL_NV_transform_feedback2 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindTransformFeedbackNV (GLenum target, GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteTransformFeedbacksNV (GLsizei n, const GLuint *ids);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenTransformFeedbacksNV (GLsizei n, GLuint *ids);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsTransformFeedbackNV (GLuint id);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glPauseTransformFeedbackNV (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glResumeTransformFeedbackNV (void);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDrawTransformFeedbackNV (GLenum mode, GLuint id);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDTRANSFORMFEEDBACKNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETETRANSFORMFEEDBACKSNVPROC) (GLsizei n, const GLuint *ids);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENTRANSFORMFEEDBACKSNVPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *ids);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISTRANSFORMFEEDBACKNVPROC) (GLuint id);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPAUSETRANSFORMFEEDBACKNVPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRESUMETRANSFORMFEEDBACKNVPROC) (void);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWTRANSFORMFEEDBACKNVPROC) (GLenum mode, GLuint id);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_ATI_meminfo
+#define GL_ATI_meminfo 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_performance_monitor
+#define GL_AMD_performance_monitor 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetPerfMonitorGroupsAMD (GLint *numGroups, GLsizei groupsSize, GLuint *groups);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetPerfMonitorCountersAMD (GLuint group, GLint *numCounters, GLint *maxActiveCounters, GLsizei counterSize, GLuint *counters);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetPerfMonitorGroupStringAMD (GLuint group, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *groupString);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetPerfMonitorCounterStringAMD (GLuint group, GLuint counter, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *counterString);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetPerfMonitorCounterInfoAMD (GLuint group, GLuint counter, GLenum pname, GLvoid *data);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenPerfMonitorsAMD (GLsizei n, GLuint *monitors);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeletePerfMonitorsAMD (GLsizei n, GLuint *monitors);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSelectPerfMonitorCountersAMD (GLuint monitor, GLboolean enable, GLuint group, GLint numCounters, GLuint *counterList);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBeginPerfMonitorAMD (GLuint monitor);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEndPerfMonitorAMD (GLuint monitor);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetPerfMonitorCounterDataAMD (GLuint monitor, GLenum pname, GLsizei dataSize, GLuint *data, GLint *bytesWritten);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPERFMONITORGROUPSAMDPROC) (GLint *numGroups, GLsizei groupsSize, GLuint *groups);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPERFMONITORCOUNTERSAMDPROC) (GLuint group, GLint *numCounters, GLint *maxActiveCounters, GLsizei counterSize, GLuint *counters);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPERFMONITORGROUPSTRINGAMDPROC) (GLuint group, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *groupString);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPERFMONITORCOUNTERSTRINGAMDPROC) (GLuint group, GLuint counter, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *counterString);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPERFMONITORCOUNTERINFOAMDPROC) (GLuint group, GLuint counter, GLenum pname, GLvoid *data);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENPERFMONITORSAMDPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *monitors);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEPERFMONITORSAMDPROC) (GLsizei n, GLuint *monitors);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSELECTPERFMONITORCOUNTERSAMDPROC) (GLuint monitor, GLboolean enable, GLuint group, GLint numCounters, GLuint *counterList);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINPERFMONITORAMDPROC) (GLuint monitor);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDPERFMONITORAMDPROC) (GLuint monitor);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPERFMONITORCOUNTERDATAAMDPROC) (GLuint monitor, GLenum pname, GLsizei dataSize, GLuint *data, GLint *bytesWritten);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_texture_texture4
+#define GL_AMD_texture_texture4 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_vertex_shader_tesselator
+#define GL_AMD_vertex_shader_tesselator 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTessellationFactorAMD (GLfloat factor);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTessellationModeAMD (GLenum mode);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTESSELLATIONFACTORAMDPROC) (GLfloat factor);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTESSELLATIONMODEAMDPROC) (GLenum mode);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_provoking_vertex
+#define GL_EXT_provoking_vertex 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProvokingVertexEXT (GLenum mode);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROVOKINGVERTEXEXTPROC) (GLenum mode);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_snorm
+#define GL_EXT_texture_snorm 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_draw_buffers_blend
+#define GL_AMD_draw_buffers_blend 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFuncIndexedAMD (GLuint buf, GLenum src, GLenum dst);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendFuncSeparateIndexedAMD (GLuint buf, GLenum srcRGB, GLenum dstRGB, GLenum srcAlpha, GLenum dstAlpha);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationIndexedAMD (GLuint buf, GLenum mode);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBlendEquationSeparateIndexedAMD (GLuint buf, GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCINDEXEDAMDPROC) (GLuint buf, GLenum src, GLenum dst);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEINDEXEDAMDPROC) (GLuint buf, GLenum srcRGB, GLenum dstRGB, GLenum srcAlpha, GLenum dstAlpha);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONINDEXEDAMDPROC) (GLuint buf, GLenum mode);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEINDEXEDAMDPROC) (GLuint buf, GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_texture_range
+#define GL_APPLE_texture_range 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureRangeAPPLE (GLenum target, GLsizei length, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetTexParameterPointervAPPLE (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTURERANGEAPPLEPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei length, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERPOINTERVAPPLEPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLvoid* *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_float_pixels
+#define GL_APPLE_float_pixels 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_vertex_program_evaluators
+#define GL_APPLE_vertex_program_evaluators 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEnableVertexAttribAPPLE (GLuint index, GLenum pname);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDisableVertexAttribAPPLE (GLuint index, GLenum pname);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsVertexAttribEnabledAPPLE (GLuint index, GLenum pname);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMapVertexAttrib1dAPPLE (GLuint index, GLuint size, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2, GLint stride, GLint order, const GLdouble *points);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMapVertexAttrib1fAPPLE (GLuint index, GLuint size, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2, GLint stride, GLint order, const GLfloat *points);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMapVertexAttrib2dAPPLE (GLuint index, GLuint size, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2, GLint ustride, GLint uorder, GLdouble v1, GLdouble v2, GLint vstride, GLint vorder, const GLdouble *points);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMapVertexAttrib2fAPPLE (GLuint index, GLuint size, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2, GLint ustride, GLint uorder, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLint vstride, GLint vorder, const GLfloat *points);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBAPPLEPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBAPPLEPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISVERTEXATTRIBENABLEDAPPLEPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPVERTEXATTRIB1DAPPLEPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint size, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2, GLint stride, GLint order, const GLdouble *points);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPVERTEXATTRIB1FAPPLEPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint size, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2, GLint stride, GLint order, const GLfloat *points);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPVERTEXATTRIB2DAPPLEPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint size, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2, GLint ustride, GLint uorder, GLdouble v1, GLdouble v2, GLint vstride, GLint vorder, const GLdouble *points);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPVERTEXATTRIB2FAPPLEPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint size, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2, GLint ustride, GLint uorder, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLint vstride, GLint vorder, const GLfloat *points);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_aux_depth_stencil
+#define GL_APPLE_aux_depth_stencil 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_object_purgeable
+#define GL_APPLE_object_purgeable 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glObjectPurgeableAPPLE (GLenum objectType, GLuint name, GLenum option);
+GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glObjectUnpurgeableAPPLE (GLenum objectType, GLuint name, GLenum option);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetObjectParameterivAPPLE (GLenum objectType, GLuint name, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLOBJECTPURGEABLEAPPLEPROC) (GLenum objectType, GLuint name, GLenum option);
+typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLOBJECTUNPURGEABLEAPPLEPROC) (GLenum objectType, GLuint name, GLenum option);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETOBJECTPARAMETERIVAPPLEPROC) (GLenum objectType, GLuint name, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_row_bytes
+#define GL_APPLE_row_bytes 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_APPLE_rgb_422
+#define GL_APPLE_rgb_422 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_video_capture
+#define GL_NV_video_capture 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBeginVideoCaptureNV (GLuint video_capture_slot);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindVideoCaptureStreamBufferNV (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum frame_region, GLintptrARB offset);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindVideoCaptureStreamTextureNV (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum frame_region, GLenum target, GLuint texture);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEndVideoCaptureNV (GLuint video_capture_slot);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVideoCaptureivNV (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVideoCaptureStreamivNV (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVideoCaptureStreamfvNV (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVideoCaptureStreamdvNV (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI GLenum APIENTRY glVideoCaptureNV (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint *sequence_num, GLuint64EXT *capture_time);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVideoCaptureStreamParameterivNV (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVideoCaptureStreamParameterfvNV (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVideoCaptureStreamParameterdvNV (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum pname, const GLdouble *params);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINVIDEOCAPTURENVPROC) (GLuint video_capture_slot);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDVIDEOCAPTURESTREAMBUFFERNVPROC) (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum frame_region, GLintptrARB offset);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDVIDEOCAPTURESTREAMTEXTURENVPROC) (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum frame_region, GLenum target, GLuint texture);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDVIDEOCAPTURENVPROC) (GLuint video_capture_slot);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVIDEOCAPTUREIVNVPROC) (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVIDEOCAPTURESTREAMIVNVPROC) (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum pname, GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVIDEOCAPTURESTREAMFVNVPROC) (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVIDEOCAPTURESTREAMDVNVPROC) (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIDEOCAPTURENVPROC) (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint *sequence_num, GLuint64EXT *capture_time);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIDEOCAPTURESTREAMPARAMETERIVNVPROC) (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum pname, const GLint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIDEOCAPTURESTREAMPARAMETERFVNVPROC) (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIDEOCAPTURESTREAMPARAMETERDVNVPROC) (GLuint video_capture_slot, GLuint stream, GLenum pname, const GLdouble *params);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_copy_image
+#define GL_NV_copy_image 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glCopyImageSubDataNV (GLuint srcName, GLenum srcTarget, GLint srcLevel, GLint srcX, GLint srcY, GLint srcZ, GLuint dstName, GLenum dstTarget, GLint dstLevel, GLint dstX, GLint dstY, GLint dstZ, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYIMAGESUBDATANVPROC) (GLuint srcName, GLenum srcTarget, GLint srcLevel, GLint srcX, GLint srcY, GLint srcZ, GLuint dstName, GLenum dstTarget, GLint dstLevel, GLint dstX, GLint dstY, GLint dstZ, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_separate_shader_objects
+#define GL_EXT_separate_shader_objects 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUseShaderProgramEXT (GLenum type, GLuint program);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glActiveProgramEXT (GLuint program);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glCreateShaderProgramEXT (GLenum type, const GLchar *string);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUSESHADERPROGRAMEXTPROC) (GLenum type, GLuint program);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACTIVEPROGRAMEXTPROC) (GLuint program);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATESHADERPROGRAMEXTPROC) (GLenum type, const GLchar *string);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_parameter_buffer_object2
+#define GL_NV_parameter_buffer_object2 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_shader_buffer_load
+#define GL_NV_shader_buffer_load 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMakeBufferResidentNV (GLenum target, GLenum access);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMakeBufferNonResidentNV (GLenum target);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsBufferResidentNV (GLenum target);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMakeNamedBufferResidentNV (GLuint buffer, GLenum access);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMakeNamedBufferNonResidentNV (GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsNamedBufferResidentNV (GLuint buffer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetBufferParameterui64vNV (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLuint64EXT *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetNamedBufferParameterui64vNV (GLuint buffer, GLenum pname, GLuint64EXT *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetIntegerui64vNV (GLenum value, GLuint64EXT *result);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformui64NV (GLint location, GLuint64EXT value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniformui64vNV (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetUniformui64vNV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint64EXT *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformui64NV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint64EXT value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniformui64vNV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAKEBUFFERRESIDENTNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum access);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAKEBUFFERNONRESIDENTNVPROC) (GLenum target);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISBUFFERRESIDENTNVPROC) (GLenum target);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAKENAMEDBUFFERRESIDENTNVPROC) (GLuint buffer, GLenum access);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAKENAMEDBUFFERNONRESIDENTNVPROC) (GLuint buffer);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISNAMEDBUFFERRESIDENTNVPROC) (GLuint buffer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBUFFERPARAMETERUI64VNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLuint64EXT *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETNAMEDBUFFERPARAMETERUI64VNVPROC) (GLuint buffer, GLenum pname, GLuint64EXT *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERUI64VNVPROC) (GLenum value, GLuint64EXT *result);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMUI64NVPROC) (GLint location, GLuint64EXT value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMUI64VNVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMUI64VNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint64EXT *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMUI64NVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint64EXT value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORMUI64VNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory
+#define GL_NV_vertex_buffer_unified_memory 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBufferAddressRangeNV (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLuint64EXT address, GLsizeiptr length);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexFormatNV (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glNormalFormatNV (GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glColorFormatNV (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glIndexFormatNV (GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTexCoordFormatNV (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glEdgeFlagFormatNV (GLsizei stride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glSecondaryColorFormatNV (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glFogCoordFormatNV (GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribFormatNV (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribIFormatNV (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetIntegerui64i_vNV (GLenum value, GLuint index, GLuint64EXT *result);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERADDRESSRANGENVPROC) (GLenum pname, GLuint index, GLuint64EXT address, GLsizeiptr length);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXFORMATNVPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALFORMATNVPROC) (GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORFORMATNVPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXFORMATNVPROC) (GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORDFORMATNVPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEDGEFLAGFORMATNVPROC) (GLsizei stride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLORFORMATNVPROC) (GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDFORMATNVPROC) (GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBFORMATNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBIFORMATNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERUI64I_VNVPROC) (GLenum value, GLuint index, GLuint64EXT *result);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_texture_barrier
+#define GL_NV_texture_barrier 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glTextureBarrierNV (void);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXTUREBARRIERNVPROC) (void);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_shader_stencil_export
+#define GL_AMD_shader_stencil_export 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_seamless_cubemap_per_texture
+#define GL_AMD_seamless_cubemap_per_texture 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_conservative_depth
+#define GL_AMD_conservative_depth 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_shader_image_load_store
+#define GL_EXT_shader_image_load_store 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glBindImageTextureEXT (GLuint index, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLboolean layered, GLint layer, GLenum access, GLint format);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glMemoryBarrierEXT (GLbitfield barriers);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDIMAGETEXTUREEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLboolean layered, GLint layer, GLenum access, GLint format);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMEMORYBARRIEREXTPROC) (GLbitfield barriers);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_EXT_vertex_attrib_64bit
+#define GL_EXT_vertex_attrib_64bit 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL1dEXT (GLuint index, GLdouble x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL2dEXT (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL3dEXT (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL4dEXT (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL1dvEXT (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL2dvEXT (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL3dvEXT (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL4dvEXT (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribLPointerEXT (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribLdvEXT (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexArrayVertexAttribLOffsetEXT (GLuint vaobj, GLuint buffer, GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLintptr offset);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL1DEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL2DEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL3DEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL4DEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL1DVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL2DVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL3DVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL4DVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, const GLdouble *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBLPOINTEREXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const GLvoid *pointer);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBLDVEXTPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXARRAYVERTEXATTRIBLOFFSETEXTPROC) (GLuint vaobj, GLuint buffer, GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, GLintptr offset);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_gpu_program5
+#define GL_NV_gpu_program5 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramSubroutineParametersuivNV (GLenum target, GLsizei count, const GLuint *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetProgramSubroutineParameteruivNV (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint *param);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMSUBROUTINEPARAMETERSUIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLsizei count, const GLuint *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMSUBROUTINEPARAMETERUIVNVPROC) (GLenum target, GLuint index, GLuint *param);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_gpu_shader5
+#define GL_NV_gpu_shader5 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1i64NV (GLint location, GLint64EXT x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2i64NV (GLint location, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3i64NV (GLint location, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y, GLint64EXT z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4i64NV (GLint location, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y, GLint64EXT z, GLint64EXT w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1i64vNV (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2i64vNV (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3i64vNV (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4i64vNV (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1ui64NV (GLint location, GLuint64EXT x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2ui64NV (GLint location, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3ui64NV (GLint location, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y, GLuint64EXT z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4ui64NV (GLint location, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y, GLuint64EXT z, GLuint64EXT w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform1ui64vNV (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform2ui64vNV (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform3ui64vNV (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glUniform4ui64vNV (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetUniformi64vNV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint64EXT *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1i64NV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint64EXT x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2i64NV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3i64NV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y, GLint64EXT z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4i64NV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y, GLint64EXT z, GLint64EXT w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1i64vNV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2i64vNV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3i64vNV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4i64vNV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1ui64NV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint64EXT x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2ui64NV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3ui64NV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y, GLuint64EXT z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4ui64NV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y, GLuint64EXT z, GLuint64EXT w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform1ui64vNV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform2ui64vNV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform3ui64vNV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glProgramUniform4ui64vNV (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1I64NVPROC) (GLint location, GLint64EXT x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2I64NVPROC) (GLint location, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3I64NVPROC) (GLint location, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y, GLint64EXT z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4I64NVPROC) (GLint location, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y, GLint64EXT z, GLint64EXT w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1I64VNVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2I64VNVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3I64VNVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4I64VNVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1UI64NVPROC) (GLint location, GLuint64EXT x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2UI64NVPROC) (GLint location, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3UI64NVPROC) (GLint location, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y, GLuint64EXT z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4UI64NVPROC) (GLint location, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y, GLuint64EXT z, GLuint64EXT w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1UI64VNVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2UI64VNVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3UI64VNVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4UI64VNVPROC) (GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMI64VNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint64EXT *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1I64NVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint64EXT x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2I64NVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3I64NVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y, GLint64EXT z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4I64NVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y, GLint64EXT z, GLint64EXT w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1I64VNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2I64VNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3I64VNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4I64VNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1UI64NVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint64EXT x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2UI64NVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3UI64NVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y, GLuint64EXT z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4UI64NVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y, GLuint64EXT z, GLuint64EXT w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM1UI64VNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM2UI64VNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM3UI64VNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPROGRAMUNIFORM4UI64VNVPROC) (GLuint program, GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLuint64EXT *value);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_shader_buffer_store
+#define GL_NV_shader_buffer_store 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_tessellation_program5
+#define GL_NV_tessellation_program5 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vertex_attrib_integer_64bit
+#define GL_NV_vertex_attrib_integer_64bit 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL1i64NV (GLuint index, GLint64EXT x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL2i64NV (GLuint index, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL3i64NV (GLuint index, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y, GLint64EXT z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL4i64NV (GLuint index, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y, GLint64EXT z, GLint64EXT w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL1i64vNV (GLuint index, const GLint64EXT *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL2i64vNV (GLuint index, const GLint64EXT *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL3i64vNV (GLuint index, const GLint64EXT *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL4i64vNV (GLuint index, const GLint64EXT *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL1ui64NV (GLuint index, GLuint64EXT x);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL2ui64NV (GLuint index, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL3ui64NV (GLuint index, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y, GLuint64EXT z);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL4ui64NV (GLuint index, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y, GLuint64EXT z, GLuint64EXT w);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL1ui64vNV (GLuint index, const GLuint64EXT *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL2ui64vNV (GLuint index, const GLuint64EXT *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL3ui64vNV (GLuint index, const GLuint64EXT *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribL4ui64vNV (GLuint index, const GLuint64EXT *v);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribLi64vNV (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint64EXT *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGetVertexAttribLui64vNV (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLuint64EXT *params);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVertexAttribLFormatNV (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL1I64NVPROC) (GLuint index, GLint64EXT x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL2I64NVPROC) (GLuint index, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL3I64NVPROC) (GLuint index, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y, GLint64EXT z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL4I64NVPROC) (GLuint index, GLint64EXT x, GLint64EXT y, GLint64EXT z, GLint64EXT w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL1I64VNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint64EXT *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL2I64VNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint64EXT *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL3I64VNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint64EXT *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL4I64VNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLint64EXT *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL1UI64NVPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint64EXT x);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL2UI64NVPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL3UI64NVPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y, GLuint64EXT z);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL4UI64NVPROC) (GLuint index, GLuint64EXT x, GLuint64EXT y, GLuint64EXT z, GLuint64EXT w);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL1UI64VNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint64EXT *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL2UI64VNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint64EXT *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL3UI64VNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint64EXT *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBL4UI64VNVPROC) (GLuint index, const GLuint64EXT *v);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBLI64VNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint64EXT *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBLUI64VNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLuint64EXT *params);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBLFORMATNVPROC) (GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_multisample_coverage
+#define GL_NV_multisample_coverage 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_name_gen_delete
+#define GL_AMD_name_gen_delete 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glGenNamesAMD (GLenum identifier, GLuint num, GLuint *names);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDeleteNamesAMD (GLenum identifier, GLuint num, const GLuint *names);
+GLAPI GLboolean APIENTRY glIsNameAMD (GLenum identifier, GLuint name);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENNAMESAMDPROC) (GLenum identifier, GLuint num, GLuint *names);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETENAMESAMDPROC) (GLenum identifier, GLuint num, const GLuint *names);
+typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISNAMEAMDPROC) (GLenum identifier, GLuint name);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_debug_output
+#define GL_AMD_debug_output 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDebugMessageEnableAMD (GLenum category, GLenum severity, GLsizei count, const GLuint *ids, GLboolean enabled);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDebugMessageInsertAMD (GLenum category, GLenum severity, GLuint id, GLsizei length, const GLchar *buf);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glDebugMessageCallbackAMD (GLDEBUGPROCAMD callback, GLvoid *userParam);
+GLAPI GLuint APIENTRY glGetDebugMessageLogAMD (GLuint count, GLsizei bufsize, GLenum *categories, GLuint *severities, GLuint *ids, GLsizei *lengths, GLchar *message);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGEENABLEAMDPROC) (GLenum category, GLenum severity, GLsizei count, const GLuint *ids, GLboolean enabled);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGEINSERTAMDPROC) (GLenum category, GLenum severity, GLuint id, GLsizei length, const GLchar *buf);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECALLBACKAMDPROC) (GLDEBUGPROCAMD callback, GLvoid *userParam);
+typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDEBUGMESSAGELOGAMDPROC) (GLuint count, GLsizei bufsize, GLenum *categories, GLuint *severities, GLuint *ids, GLsizei *lengths, GLchar *message);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_NV_vdpau_interop
+#define GL_NV_vdpau_interop 1
+#ifdef GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVDPAUInitNV (const GLvoid *vdpDevice, const GLvoid *getProcAddress);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVDPAUFiniNV (void);
+GLAPI GLvdpauSurfaceNV APIENTRY glVDPAURegisterVideoSurfaceNV (GLvoid *vdpSurface, GLenum target, GLsizei numTextureNames, const GLuint *textureNames);
+GLAPI GLvdpauSurfaceNV APIENTRY glVDPAURegisterOutputSurfaceNV (GLvoid *vdpSurface, GLenum target, GLsizei numTextureNames, const GLuint *textureNames);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVDPAUIsSurfaceNV (GLvdpauSurfaceNV surface);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVDPAUUnregisterSurfaceNV (GLvdpauSurfaceNV surface);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVDPAUGetSurfaceivNV (GLvdpauSurfaceNV surface, GLenum pname, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLint *values);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVDPAUSurfaceAccessNV (GLvdpauSurfaceNV surface, GLenum access);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVDPAUMapSurfacesNV (GLsizei numSurfaces, const GLvdpauSurfaceNV *surfaces);
+GLAPI void APIENTRY glVDPAUUnmapSurfacesNV (GLsizei numSurface, const GLvdpauSurfaceNV *surfaces);
+#endif /* GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES */
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVDPAUINITNVPROC) (const GLvoid *vdpDevice, const GLvoid *getProcAddress);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVDPAUFININVPROC) (void);
+typedef GLvdpauSurfaceNV (APIENTRYP PFNGLVDPAUREGISTERVIDEOSURFACENVPROC) (GLvoid *vdpSurface, GLenum target, GLsizei numTextureNames, const GLuint *textureNames);
+typedef GLvdpauSurfaceNV (APIENTRYP PFNGLVDPAUREGISTEROUTPUTSURFACENVPROC) (GLvoid *vdpSurface, GLenum target, GLsizei numTextureNames, const GLuint *textureNames);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVDPAUISSURFACENVPROC) (GLvdpauSurfaceNV surface);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVDPAUUNREGISTERSURFACENVPROC) (GLvdpauSurfaceNV surface);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVDPAUGETSURFACEIVNVPROC) (GLvdpauSurfaceNV surface, GLenum pname, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLint *values);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVDPAUSURFACEACCESSNVPROC) (GLvdpauSurfaceNV surface, GLenum access);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVDPAUMAPSURFACESNVPROC) (GLsizei numSurfaces, const GLvdpauSurfaceNV *surfaces);
+typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVDPAUUNMAPSURFACESNVPROC) (GLsizei numSurface, const GLvdpauSurfaceNV *surfaces);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GL_AMD_transform_feedback3_lines_triangles
+#define GL_AMD_transform_feedback3_lines_triangles 1
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+#endif /* NO_SDL_GLEXT */
+
+#endif /* !__IPHONEOS__ */
+
+#endif /* _SDL_opengl_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_opengles.h
+ *
+ * This is a simple file to encapsulate the OpenGL ES 1.X API headers.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __IPHONEOS__
+#include <OpenGLES/ES1/gl.h>
+#include <OpenGLES/ES1/glext.h>
+#else
+#include <GLES/gl.h>
+#include <GLES/glext.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef APIENTRY
+#define APIENTRY
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_opengles.h
+ *
+ * This is a simple file to encapsulate the OpenGL ES 2.0 API headers.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __IPHONEOS__
+#include <OpenGLES/ES2/gl.h>
+#include <OpenGLES/ES2/glext.h>
+#else
+#include <GLES2/gl2.h>
+#include <GLES2/gl2ext.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef APIENTRY
+#define APIENTRY
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_pixels.h
+ *
+ * Header for the enumerated pixel format definitions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_pixels_h
+#define _SDL_pixels_h
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \name Transparency definitions
+ *
+ * These define alpha as the opacity of a surface.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE 255
+#define SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 0
+/*@}*/
+
+/** Pixel type. */
+enum
+{
+ SDL_PIXELTYPE_UNKNOWN,
+ SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX1,
+ SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX4,
+ SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX8,
+ SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED8,
+ SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16,
+ SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32,
+ SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU8,
+ SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU16,
+ SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU32,
+ SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYF16,
+ SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYF32
+};
+
+/** Bitmap pixel order, high bit -> low bit. */
+enum
+{
+ SDL_BITMAPORDER_NONE,
+ SDL_BITMAPORDER_4321,
+ SDL_BITMAPORDER_1234
+};
+
+/** Packed component order, high bit -> low bit. */
+enum
+{
+ SDL_PACKEDORDER_NONE,
+ SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
+ SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBX,
+ SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
+ SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA,
+ SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
+ SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRX,
+ SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR,
+ SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA
+};
+
+/** Array component order, low byte -> high byte. */
+enum
+{
+ SDL_ARRAYORDER_NONE,
+ SDL_ARRAYORDER_RGB,
+ SDL_ARRAYORDER_RGBA,
+ SDL_ARRAYORDER_ARGB,
+ SDL_ARRAYORDER_BGR,
+ SDL_ARRAYORDER_BGRA,
+ SDL_ARRAYORDER_ABGR
+};
+
+/** Packed component layout. */
+enum
+{
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_NONE,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_332,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_5551,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_565,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_2101010,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1010102
+};
+
+#define SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC(A, B, C, D) SDL_FOURCC(A, B, C, D)
+
+#define SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(type, order, layout, bits, bytes) \
+ ((1 << 28) | ((type) << 24) | ((order) << 20) | ((layout) << 16) | \
+ ((bits) << 8) | ((bytes) << 0))
+
+#define SDL_PIXELFLAG(X) (((X) >> 28) & 0x0F)
+#define SDL_PIXELTYPE(X) (((X) >> 24) & 0x0F)
+#define SDL_PIXELORDER(X) (((X) >> 20) & 0x0F)
+#define SDL_PIXELLAYOUT(X) (((X) >> 16) & 0x0F)
+#define SDL_BITSPERPIXEL(X) (((X) >> 8) & 0xFF)
+#define SDL_BYTESPERPIXEL(X) \
+ (SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_FOURCC(X) ? \
+ ((((X) == SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YUY2) || \
+ ((X) == SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UYVY) || \
+ ((X) == SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YVYU)) ? 2 : 1) : (((X) >> 0) & 0xFF))
+
+#define SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_INDEXED(format) \
+ (!SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_FOURCC(format) && \
+ ((SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX1) || \
+ (SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX4) || \
+ (SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX8)))
+
+#define SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_ALPHA(format) \
+ (!SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_FOURCC(format) && \
+ ((SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB) || \
+ (SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA) || \
+ (SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR) || \
+ (SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA)))
+
+/* The flag is set to 1 because 0x1? is not in the printable ASCII range */
+#define SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_FOURCC(format) \
+ ((format) && (SDL_PIXELFLAG(format) != 1))
+
+/* Note: If you modify this list, update SDL_GetPixelFormatName() */
+enum
+{
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN,
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX1LSB =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX1, SDL_BITMAPORDER_4321, 0,
+ 1, 0),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX1MSB =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX1, SDL_BITMAPORDER_1234, 0,
+ 1, 0),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX4LSB =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX4, SDL_BITMAPORDER_4321, 0,
+ 4, 0),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX4MSB =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX4, SDL_BITMAPORDER_1234, 0,
+ 4, 0),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX8 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX8, 0, 0, 8, 1),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB332 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED8, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_332, 8, 1),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB444 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 12, 2),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB555 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 15, 2),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR555 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 15, 2),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB4444 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 16, 2),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA4444 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 16, 2),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR4444 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 16, 2),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRA4444 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 16, 2),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB1555 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 16, 2),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA5551 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_5551, 16, 2),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR1555 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 16, 2),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRA5551 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_5551, 16, 2),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB565 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_565, 16, 2),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR565 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_565, 16, 2),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB24 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU8, SDL_ARRAYORDER_RGB, 0,
+ 24, 3),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR24 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU8, SDL_ARRAYORDER_BGR, 0,
+ 24, 3),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB888 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBX8888 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBX,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR888 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRX8888 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRX,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB8888 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 32, 4),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8888 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 32, 4),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR8888 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 32, 4),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8888 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 32, 4),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB2101010 =
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
+ SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_2101010, 32, 4),
+
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YV12 = /**< Planar mode: Y + V + U (3 planes) */
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('Y', 'V', '1', '2'),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_IYUV = /**< Planar mode: Y + U + V (3 planes) */
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('I', 'Y', 'U', 'V'),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YUY2 = /**< Packed mode: Y0+U0+Y1+V0 (1 plane) */
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('Y', 'U', 'Y', '2'),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UYVY = /**< Packed mode: U0+Y0+V0+Y1 (1 plane) */
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('U', 'Y', 'V', 'Y'),
+ SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YVYU = /**< Packed mode: Y0+V0+Y1+U0 (1 plane) */
+ SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('Y', 'V', 'Y', 'U')
+};
+
+typedef struct SDL_Color
+{
+ Uint8 r;
+ Uint8 g;
+ Uint8 b;
+ Uint8 a;
+} SDL_Color;
+#define SDL_Colour SDL_Color
+
+typedef struct SDL_Palette
+{
+ int ncolors;
+ SDL_Color *colors;
+ Uint32 version;
+ int refcount;
+} SDL_Palette;
+
+/**
+ * \note Everything in the pixel format structure is read-only.
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_PixelFormat
+{
+ Uint32 format;
+ SDL_Palette *palette;
+ Uint8 BitsPerPixel;
+ Uint8 BytesPerPixel;
+ Uint8 padding[2];
+ Uint32 Rmask;
+ Uint32 Gmask;
+ Uint32 Bmask;
+ Uint32 Amask;
+ Uint8 Rloss;
+ Uint8 Gloss;
+ Uint8 Bloss;
+ Uint8 Aloss;
+ Uint8 Rshift;
+ Uint8 Gshift;
+ Uint8 Bshift;
+ Uint8 Ashift;
+ int refcount;
+ struct SDL_PixelFormat *next;
+} SDL_PixelFormat;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the human readable name of a pixel format
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GetPixelFormatName(Uint32 format);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Convert one of the enumerated pixel formats to a bpp and RGBA masks.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE, or SDL_FALSE if the conversion wasn't possible.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks(Uint32 format,
+ int *bpp,
+ Uint32 * Rmask,
+ Uint32 * Gmask,
+ Uint32 * Bmask,
+ Uint32 * Amask);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Convert a bpp and RGBA masks to an enumerated pixel format.
+ *
+ * \return The pixel format, or ::SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN if the conversion
+ * wasn't possible.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum(int bpp,
+ Uint32 Rmask,
+ Uint32 Gmask,
+ Uint32 Bmask,
+ Uint32 Amask);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create an SDL_PixelFormat structure from a pixel format enum.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_PixelFormat * SDLCALL SDL_AllocFormat(Uint32 pixel_format);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free an SDL_PixelFormat structure.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeFormat(SDL_PixelFormat *format);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a palette structure with the specified number of color
+ * entries.
+ *
+ * \return A new palette, or NULL if there wasn't enough memory.
+ *
+ * \note The palette entries are initialized to white.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_FreePalette()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Palette *SDLCALL SDL_AllocPalette(int ncolors);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the palette for a pixel format structure.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetPixelFormatPalette(SDL_PixelFormat * format,
+ SDL_Palette *palette);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set a range of colors in a palette.
+ *
+ * \param palette The palette to modify.
+ * \param colors An array of colors to copy into the palette.
+ * \param firstcolor The index of the first palette entry to modify.
+ * \param ncolors The number of entries to modify.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if not all of the colors could be set.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetPaletteColors(SDL_Palette * palette,
+ const SDL_Color * colors,
+ int firstcolor, int ncolors);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Free a palette created with SDL_AllocPalette().
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_AllocPalette()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreePalette(SDL_Palette * palette);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGBA
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGB(const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
+ Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_MapRGB
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGBA(const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
+ Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b,
+ Uint8 a);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the RGB components from a pixel of the specified format.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGBA
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGB(Uint32 pixel,
+ const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
+ Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g, Uint8 * b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the RGBA components from a pixel of the specified format.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRGB
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGBA(Uint32 pixel,
+ const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
+ Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g, Uint8 * b,
+ Uint8 * a);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Calculate a 256 entry gamma ramp for a gamma value.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CalculateGammaRamp(float gamma, Uint16 * ramp);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_pixels_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_platform.h
+ *
+ * Try to get a standard set of platform defines.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_platform_h
+#define _SDL_platform_h
+
+#if defined(_AIX)
+#undef __AIX__
+#define __AIX__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(__BEOS__)
+#undef __BEOS__
+#define __BEOS__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(__HAIKU__)
+#undef __HAIKU__
+#define __HAIKU__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(bsdi) || defined(__bsdi) || defined(__bsdi__)
+#undef __BSDI__
+#define __BSDI__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(_arch_dreamcast)
+#undef __DREAMCAST__
+#define __DREAMCAST__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
+#undef __FREEBSD__
+#define __FREEBSD__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(hpux) || defined(__hpux) || defined(__hpux__)
+#undef __HPUX__
+#define __HPUX__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(sgi) || defined(__sgi) || defined(__sgi__) || defined(_SGI_SOURCE)
+#undef __IRIX__
+#define __IRIX__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(linux) || defined(__linux) || defined(__linux__)
+#undef __LINUX__
+#define __LINUX__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(ANDROID)
+#undef __ANDROID__
+#undef __LINUX__ /*do we need to do this?*/
+#define __ANDROID__ 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__)
+/* lets us know what version of Mac OS X we're compiling on */
+#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
+#include "TargetConditionals.h"
+#if TARGET_OS_IPHONE
+/* if compiling for iPhone */
+#undef __IPHONEOS__
+#define __IPHONEOS__ 1
+#undef __MACOSX__
+#else
+/* if not compiling for iPhone */
+#undef __MACOSX__
+#define __MACOSX__ 1
+#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
+# error SDL for Mac OS X only supports deploying on 10.5 and above.
+#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050 */
+#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1060
+# error SDL for Mac OS X must be built with a 10.6 SDK or above.
+#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1060 */
+#endif /* TARGET_OS_IPHONE */
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) */
+
+#if defined(__NetBSD__)
+#undef __NETBSD__
+#define __NETBSD__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(__OpenBSD__)
+#undef __OPENBSD__
+#define __OPENBSD__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(__OS2__)
+#undef __OS2__
+#define __OS2__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(osf) || defined(__osf) || defined(__osf__) || defined(_OSF_SOURCE)
+#undef __OSF__
+#define __OSF__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(__QNXNTO__)
+#undef __QNXNTO__
+#define __QNXNTO__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(riscos) || defined(__riscos) || defined(__riscos__)
+#undef __RISCOS__
+#define __RISCOS__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(__SVR4)
+#undef __SOLARIS__
+#define __SOLARIS__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
+#undef __WIN32__
+#define __WIN32__ 1
+#endif
+#if defined(__PSP__)
+#undef __PSP__
+#define __PSP__ 1
+#endif
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Gets the name of the platform.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetPlatform (void);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_platform_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SDL_power_h
+#define _SDL_power_h
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_power.h
+ *
+ * Header for the SDL power management routines.
+ */
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief The basic state for the system's power supply.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_POWERSTATE_UNKNOWN, /**< cannot determine power status */
+ SDL_POWERSTATE_ON_BATTERY, /**< Not plugged in, running on the battery */
+ SDL_POWERSTATE_NO_BATTERY, /**< Plugged in, no battery available */
+ SDL_POWERSTATE_CHARGING, /**< Plugged in, charging battery */
+ SDL_POWERSTATE_CHARGED /**< Plugged in, battery charged */
+} SDL_PowerState;
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the current power supply details.
+ *
+ * \param secs Seconds of battery life left. You can pass a NULL here if
+ * you don't care. Will return -1 if we can't determine a
+ * value, or we're not running on a battery.
+ *
+ * \param pct Percentage of battery life left, between 0 and 100. You can
+ * pass a NULL here if you don't care. Will return -1 if we
+ * can't determine a value, or we're not running on a battery.
+ *
+ * \return The state of the battery (if any).
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_PowerState SDLCALL SDL_GetPowerInfo(int *secs, int *pct);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_power_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_quit.h
+ *
+ * Include file for SDL quit event handling.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_quit_h
+#define _SDL_quit_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_quit.h
+ *
+ * An ::SDL_QUIT event is generated when the user tries to close the application
+ * window. If it is ignored or filtered out, the window will remain open.
+ * If it is not ignored or filtered, it is queued normally and the window
+ * is allowed to close. When the window is closed, screen updates will
+ * complete, but have no effect.
+ *
+ * SDL_Init() installs signal handlers for SIGINT (keyboard interrupt)
+ * and SIGTERM (system termination request), if handlers do not already
+ * exist, that generate ::SDL_QUIT events as well. There is no way
+ * to determine the cause of an ::SDL_QUIT event, but setting a signal
+ * handler in your application will override the default generation of
+ * quit events for that signal.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_Quit()
+ */
+
+/* There are no functions directly affecting the quit event */
+
+#define SDL_QuitRequested() \
+ (SDL_PumpEvents(), (SDL_PeepEvents(NULL,0,SDL_PEEKEVENT,SDL_QUIT,SDL_QUIT) > 0))
+
+#endif /* _SDL_quit_h */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_rect.h
+ *
+ * Header file for SDL_rect definition and management functions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_rect_h
+#define _SDL_rect_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_pixels.h"
+#include "SDL_rwops.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief The structure that defines a point
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ int x;
+ int y;
+} SDL_Point;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A rectangle, with the origin at the upper left.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RectEmpty
+ * \sa SDL_RectEquals
+ * \sa SDL_HasIntersection
+ * \sa SDL_IntersectRect
+ * \sa SDL_UnionRect
+ * \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_Rect
+{
+ int x, y;
+ int w, h;
+} SDL_Rect;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns true if the rectangle has no area.
+ */
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEmpty(const SDL_Rect *r)
+{
+ return ((!r) || (r->w <= 0) || (r->h <= 0)) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns true if the two rectangles are equal.
+ */
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEquals(const SDL_Rect *a, const SDL_Rect *b)
+{
+ return (a && b && (a->x == b->x) && (a->y == b->y) &&
+ (a->w == b->w) && (a->h == b->h)) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determine whether two rectangles intersect.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasIntersection(const SDL_Rect * A,
+ const SDL_Rect * B);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Calculate the intersection of two rectangles.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IntersectRect(const SDL_Rect * A,
+ const SDL_Rect * B,
+ SDL_Rect * result);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Calculate the union of two rectangles.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnionRect(const SDL_Rect * A,
+ const SDL_Rect * B,
+ SDL_Rect * result);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Calculate a minimal rectangle enclosing a set of points
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if any points were within the clipping rect
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_EnclosePoints(const SDL_Point * points,
+ int count,
+ const SDL_Rect * clip,
+ SDL_Rect * result);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Calculate the intersection of a rectangle and line segment.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IntersectRectAndLine(const SDL_Rect *
+ rect, int *X1,
+ int *Y1, int *X2,
+ int *Y2);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_rect_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_render.h
+ *
+ * Header file for SDL 2D rendering functions.
+ *
+ * This API supports the following features:
+ * * single pixel points
+ * * single pixel lines
+ * * filled rectangles
+ * * texture images
+ *
+ * The primitives may be drawn in opaque, blended, or additive modes.
+ *
+ * The texture images may be drawn in opaque, blended, or additive modes.
+ * They can have an additional color tint or alpha modulation applied to
+ * them, and may also be stretched with linear interpolation.
+ *
+ * This API is designed to accelerate simple 2D operations. You may
+ * want more functionality such as polygons and particle effects and
+ * in that case you should use SDL's OpenGL/Direct3D support or one
+ * of the many good 3D engines.
+ *
+ * These functions must be called from the main thread.
+ * See this bug for details: http://bugzilla.libsdl.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1995
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_render_h
+#define _SDL_render_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_rect.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Flags used when creating a rendering context
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_RENDERER_SOFTWARE = 0x00000001, /**< The renderer is a software fallback */
+ SDL_RENDERER_ACCELERATED = 0x00000002, /**< The renderer uses hardware
+ acceleration */
+ SDL_RENDERER_PRESENTVSYNC = 0x00000004, /**< Present is synchronized
+ with the refresh rate */
+ SDL_RENDERER_TARGETTEXTURE = 0x00000008 /**< The renderer supports
+ rendering to texture */
+} SDL_RendererFlags;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Information on the capabilities of a render driver or context.
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_RendererInfo
+{
+ const char *name; /**< The name of the renderer */
+ Uint32 flags; /**< Supported ::SDL_RendererFlags */
+ Uint32 num_texture_formats; /**< The number of available texture formats */
+ Uint32 texture_formats[16]; /**< The available texture formats */
+ int max_texture_width; /**< The maximimum texture width */
+ int max_texture_height; /**< The maximimum texture height */
+} SDL_RendererInfo;
+
+/**
+ * \brief The access pattern allowed for a texture.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STATIC, /**< Changes rarely, not lockable */
+ SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING, /**< Changes frequently, lockable */
+ SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_TARGET /**< Texture can be used as a render target */
+} SDL_TextureAccess;
+
+/**
+ * \brief The texture channel modulation used in SDL_RenderCopy().
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_TEXTUREMODULATE_NONE = 0x00000000, /**< No modulation */
+ SDL_TEXTUREMODULATE_COLOR = 0x00000001, /**< srcC = srcC * color */
+ SDL_TEXTUREMODULATE_ALPHA = 0x00000002 /**< srcA = srcA * alpha */
+} SDL_TextureModulate;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Flip constants for SDL_RenderCopyEx
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_FLIP_NONE = 0x00000000, /**< Do not flip */
+ SDL_FLIP_HORIZONTAL = 0x00000001, /**< flip horizontally */
+ SDL_FLIP_VERTICAL = 0x00000002 /**< flip vertically */
+} SDL_RendererFlip;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A structure representing rendering state
+ */
+struct SDL_Renderer;
+typedef struct SDL_Renderer SDL_Renderer;
+
+/**
+ * \brief An efficient driver-specific representation of pixel data
+ */
+struct SDL_Texture;
+typedef struct SDL_Texture SDL_Texture;
+
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the number of 2D rendering drivers available for the current
+ * display.
+ *
+ * A render driver is a set of code that handles rendering and texture
+ * management on a particular display. Normally there is only one, but
+ * some drivers may have several available with different capabilities.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRenderDriverInfo()
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRenderer()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumRenderDrivers(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get information about a specific 2D rendering driver for the current
+ * display.
+ *
+ * \param index The index of the driver to query information about.
+ * \param info A pointer to an SDL_RendererInfo struct to be filled with
+ * information on the rendering driver.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, -1 if the index was out of range.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRenderer()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderDriverInfo(int index,
+ SDL_RendererInfo * info);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a window and default renderer
+ *
+ * \param width The width of the window
+ * \param height The height of the window
+ * \param window_flags The flags used to create the window
+ * \param window A pointer filled with the window, or NULL on error
+ * \param renderer A pointer filled with the renderer, or NULL on error
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CreateWindowAndRenderer(
+ int width, int height, Uint32 window_flags,
+ SDL_Window **window, SDL_Renderer **renderer);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a 2D rendering context for a window.
+ *
+ * \param window The window where rendering is displayed.
+ * \param index The index of the rendering driver to initialize, or -1 to
+ * initialize the first one supporting the requested flags.
+ * \param flags ::SDL_RendererFlags.
+ *
+ * \return A valid rendering context or NULL if there was an error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateSoftwareRenderer()
+ * \sa SDL_GetRendererInfo()
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyRenderer()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Renderer * SDLCALL SDL_CreateRenderer(SDL_Window * window,
+ int index, Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a 2D software rendering context for a surface.
+ *
+ * \param surface The surface where rendering is done.
+ *
+ * \return A valid rendering context or NULL if there was an error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRenderer()
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyRenderer()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Renderer * SDLCALL SDL_CreateSoftwareRenderer(SDL_Surface * surface);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the renderer associated with a window.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Renderer * SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderer(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get information about a rendering context.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRendererInfo(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ SDL_RendererInfo * info);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the output size of a rendering context.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRendererOutputSize(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ int *w, int *h);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a texture for a rendering context.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer.
+ * \param format The format of the texture.
+ * \param access One of the enumerated values in ::SDL_TextureAccess.
+ * \param w The width of the texture in pixels.
+ * \param h The height of the texture in pixels.
+ *
+ * \return The created texture is returned, or 0 if no rendering context was
+ * active, the format was unsupported, or the width or height were out
+ * of range.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_QueryTexture()
+ * \sa SDL_UpdateTexture()
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyTexture()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL SDL_CreateTexture(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ Uint32 format,
+ int access, int w,
+ int h);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a texture from an existing surface.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer.
+ * \param surface The surface containing pixel data used to fill the texture.
+ *
+ * \return The created texture is returned, or 0 on error.
+ *
+ * \note The surface is not modified or freed by this function.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_QueryTexture()
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyTexture()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL SDL_CreateTextureFromSurface(SDL_Renderer * renderer, SDL_Surface * surface);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Query the attributes of a texture
+ *
+ * \param texture A texture to be queried.
+ * \param format A pointer filled in with the raw format of the texture. The
+ * actual format may differ, but pixel transfers will use this
+ * format.
+ * \param access A pointer filled in with the actual access to the texture.
+ * \param w A pointer filled in with the width of the texture in pixels.
+ * \param h A pointer filled in with the height of the texture in pixels.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_QueryTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
+ Uint32 * format, int *access,
+ int *w, int *h);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set an additional color value used in render copy operations.
+ *
+ * \param texture The texture to update.
+ * \param r The red color value multiplied into copy operations.
+ * \param g The green color value multiplied into copy operations.
+ * \param b The blue color value multiplied into copy operations.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid or color modulation
+ * is not supported.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTextureColorMod()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureColorMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
+ Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the additional color value used in render copy operations.
+ *
+ * \param texture The texture to query.
+ * \param r A pointer filled in with the current red color value.
+ * \param g A pointer filled in with the current green color value.
+ * \param b A pointer filled in with the current blue color value.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureColorMod()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureColorMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
+ Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g,
+ Uint8 * b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set an additional alpha value used in render copy operations.
+ *
+ * \param texture The texture to update.
+ * \param alpha The alpha value multiplied into copy operations.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid or alpha modulation
+ * is not supported.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTextureAlphaMod()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
+ Uint8 alpha);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the additional alpha value used in render copy operations.
+ *
+ * \param texture The texture to query.
+ * \param alpha A pointer filled in with the current alpha value.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureAlphaMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
+ Uint8 * alpha);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the blend mode used for texture copy operations.
+ *
+ * \param texture The texture to update.
+ * \param blendMode ::SDL_BlendMode to use for texture blending.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid or the blend mode is
+ * not supported.
+ *
+ * \note If the blend mode is not supported, the closest supported mode is
+ * chosen.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetTextureBlendMode()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureBlendMode(SDL_Texture * texture,
+ SDL_BlendMode blendMode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the blend mode used for texture copy operations.
+ *
+ * \param texture The texture to query.
+ * \param blendMode A pointer filled in with the current blend mode.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetTextureBlendMode()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureBlendMode(SDL_Texture * texture,
+ SDL_BlendMode *blendMode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Update the given texture rectangle with new pixel data.
+ *
+ * \param texture The texture to update
+ * \param rect A pointer to the rectangle of pixels to update, or NULL to
+ * update the entire texture.
+ * \param pixels The raw pixel data.
+ * \param pitch The number of bytes between rows of pixel data.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
+ *
+ * \note This is a fairly slow function.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpdateTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
+ const SDL_Rect * rect,
+ const void *pixels, int pitch);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Lock a portion of the texture for write-only pixel access.
+ *
+ * \param texture The texture to lock for access, which was created with
+ * ::SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING.
+ * \param rect A pointer to the rectangle to lock for access. If the rect
+ * is NULL, the entire texture will be locked.
+ * \param pixels This is filled in with a pointer to the locked pixels,
+ * appropriately offset by the locked area.
+ * \param pitch This is filled in with the pitch of the locked pixels.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid or was not created with ::SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockTexture()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
+ const SDL_Rect * rect,
+ void **pixels, int *pitch);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Unlock a texture, uploading the changes to video memory, if needed.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_LockTexture()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockTexture(SDL_Texture * texture);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Determines whether a window supports the use of render targets
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer that will be checked
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if supported, SDL_FALSE if not.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RenderTargetSupported(SDL_Renderer *renderer);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set a texture as the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer.
+ * \param texture The targeted texture, which must be created with the SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_TARGET flag, or NULL for the default render target
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRenderTarget()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRenderTarget(SDL_Renderer *renderer,
+ SDL_Texture *texture);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the current render target or NULL for the default render target.
+ *
+ * \return The current render target
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderTarget()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderTarget(SDL_Renderer *renderer);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set device independent resolution for rendering
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer for which resolution should be set.
+ * \param w The width of the logical resolution
+ * \param h The height of the logical resolution
+ *
+ * This function uses the viewport and scaling functionality to allow a fixed logical
+ * resolution for rendering, regardless of the actual output resolution. If the actual
+ * output resolution doesn't have the same aspect ratio the output rendering will be
+ * centered within the output display.
+ *
+ * If the output display is a window, mouse events in the window will be filtered
+ * and scaled so they seem to arrive within the logical resolution.
+ *
+ * \note If this function results in scaling or subpixel drawing by the
+ * rendering backend, it will be handled using the appropriate
+ * quality hints.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetLogicalSize()
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetScale()
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetViewport()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize(SDL_Renderer * renderer, int w, int h);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get device independent resolution for rendering
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer from which resolution should be queried.
+ * \param w A pointer filled with the width of the logical resolution
+ * \param h A pointer filled with the height of the logical resolution
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetLogicalSize(SDL_Renderer * renderer, int *w, int *h);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the drawing area for rendering on the current target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer for which the drawing area should be set.
+ * \param rect The rectangle representing the drawing area, or NULL to set the viewport to the entire target.
+ *
+ * The x,y of the viewport rect represents the origin for rendering.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \note If the window associated with the renderer is resized, the viewport is automatically reset.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetViewport()
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetViewport(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ const SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the drawing area for the current target.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetViewport()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetViewport(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the clip rectangle for the current target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer for which clip rectangle should be set.
+ * \param rect A pointer to the rectangle to set as the clip rectangle, or
+ * NULL to disable clipping.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetClipRect()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetClipRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ const SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the clip rectangle for the current target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer from which clip rectangle should be queried.
+ * \param rect A pointer filled in with the current clip rectangle, or
+ * an empty rectangle if clipping is disabled.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetClipRect()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetClipRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the drawing scale for rendering on the current target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer for which the drawing scale should be set.
+ * \param scaleX The horizontal scaling factor
+ * \param scaleY The vertical scaling factor
+ *
+ * The drawing coordinates are scaled by the x/y scaling factors
+ * before they are used by the renderer. This allows resolution
+ * independent drawing with a single coordinate system.
+ *
+ * \note If this results in scaling or subpixel drawing by the
+ * rendering backend, it will be handled using the appropriate
+ * quality hints. For best results use integer scaling factors.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderGetScale()
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetScale(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ float scaleX, float scaleY);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the drawing scale for the current target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer from which drawing scale should be queried.
+ * \param scaleX A pointer filled in with the horizontal scaling factor
+ * \param scaleY A pointer filled in with the vertical scaling factor
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RenderSetScale()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetScale(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ float *scaleX, float *scaleY);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the color used for drawing operations (Rect, Line and Clear).
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer for which drawing color should be set.
+ * \param r The red value used to draw on the rendering target.
+ * \param g The green value used to draw on the rendering target.
+ * \param b The blue value used to draw on the rendering target.
+ * \param a The alpha value used to draw on the rendering target, usually
+ * ::SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE (255).
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SetRenderDrawColor(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b,
+ Uint8 a);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the color used for drawing operations (Rect, Line and Clear).
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer from which drawing color should be queried.
+ * \param r A pointer to the red value used to draw on the rendering target.
+ * \param g A pointer to the green value used to draw on the rendering target.
+ * \param b A pointer to the blue value used to draw on the rendering target.
+ * \param a A pointer to the alpha value used to draw on the rendering target,
+ * usually ::SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE (255).
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDL_GetRenderDrawColor(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g, Uint8 * b,
+ Uint8 * a);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the blend mode used for drawing operations (Fill and Line).
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer for which blend mode should be set.
+ * \param blendMode ::SDL_BlendMode to use for blending.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \note If the blend mode is not supported, the closest supported mode is
+ * chosen.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetRenderDrawBlendMode()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ SDL_BlendMode blendMode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the blend mode used for drawing operations.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer from which blend mode should be queried.
+ * \param blendMode A pointer filled in with the current blend mode.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderDrawBlendMode(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ SDL_BlendMode *blendMode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Clear the current rendering target with the drawing color
+ *
+ * This function clears the entire rendering target, ignoring the viewport.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderClear(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Draw a point on the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should draw a point.
+ * \param x The x coordinate of the point.
+ * \param y The y coordinate of the point.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawPoint(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ int x, int y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Draw multiple points on the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should draw multiple points.
+ * \param points The points to draw
+ * \param count The number of points to draw
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawPoints(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ const SDL_Point * points,
+ int count);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Draw a line on the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should draw a line.
+ * \param x1 The x coordinate of the start point.
+ * \param y1 The y coordinate of the start point.
+ * \param x2 The x coordinate of the end point.
+ * \param y2 The y coordinate of the end point.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawLine(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Draw a series of connected lines on the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should draw multiple lines.
+ * \param points The points along the lines
+ * \param count The number of points, drawing count-1 lines
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawLines(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ const SDL_Point * points,
+ int count);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Draw a rectangle on the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should draw a rectangle.
+ * \param rect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL to outline the entire rendering target.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ const SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Draw some number of rectangles on the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should draw multiple rectangles.
+ * \param rects A pointer to an array of destination rectangles.
+ * \param count The number of rectangles.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawRects(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ const SDL_Rect * rects,
+ int count);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Fill a rectangle on the current rendering target with the drawing color.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should fill a rectangle.
+ * \param rect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL for the entire
+ * rendering target.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderFillRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ const SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Fill some number of rectangles on the current rendering target with the drawing color.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should fill multiple rectangles.
+ * \param rects A pointer to an array of destination rectangles.
+ * \param count The number of rectangles.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderFillRects(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ const SDL_Rect * rects,
+ int count);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Copy a portion of the texture to the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should copy parts of a texture.
+ * \param texture The source texture.
+ * \param srcrect A pointer to the source rectangle, or NULL for the entire
+ * texture.
+ * \param dstrect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL for the
+ * entire rendering target.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderCopy(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ SDL_Texture * texture,
+ const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
+ const SDL_Rect * dstrect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Copy a portion of the source texture to the current rendering target, rotating it by angle around the given center
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer which should copy parts of a texture.
+ * \param texture The source texture.
+ * \param srcrect A pointer to the source rectangle, or NULL for the entire
+ * texture.
+ * \param dstrect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL for the
+ * entire rendering target.
+ * \param angle An angle in degrees that indicates the rotation that will be applied to dstrect
+ * \param center A pointer to a point indicating the point around which dstrect will be rotated (if NULL, rotation will be done aroud dstrect.w/2, dstrect.h/2)
+ * \param flip An SDL_RendererFlip value stating which flipping actions should be performed on the texture
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderCopyEx(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ SDL_Texture * texture,
+ const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
+ const SDL_Rect * dstrect,
+ const double angle,
+ const SDL_Point *center,
+ const SDL_RendererFlip flip);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Read pixels from the current rendering target.
+ *
+ * \param renderer The renderer from which pixels should be read.
+ * \param rect A pointer to the rectangle to read, or NULL for the entire
+ * render target.
+ * \param format The desired format of the pixel data, or 0 to use the format
+ * of the rendering target
+ * \param pixels A pointer to be filled in with the pixel data
+ * \param pitch The pitch of the pixels parameter.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if pixel reading is not supported.
+ *
+ * \warning This is a very slow operation, and should not be used frequently.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderReadPixels(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
+ const SDL_Rect * rect,
+ Uint32 format,
+ void *pixels, int pitch);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Update the screen with rendering performed.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderPresent(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Destroy the specified texture.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateTexture()
+ * \sa SDL_CreateTextureFromSurface()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyTexture(SDL_Texture * texture);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Destroy the rendering context for a window and free associated
+ * textures.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateRenderer()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyRenderer(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Bind the texture to the current OpenGL/ES/ES2 context for use with
+ * OpenGL instructions.
+ *
+ * \param texture The SDL texture to bind
+ * \param texw A pointer to a float that will be filled with the texture width
+ * \param texh A pointer to a float that will be filled with the texture height
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the operation is not supported
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_BindTexture(SDL_Texture *texture, float *texw, float *texh);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Unbind a texture from the current OpenGL/ES/ES2 context.
+ *
+ * \param texture The SDL texture to unbind
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the operation is not supported
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_UnbindTexture(SDL_Texture *texture);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_render_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+#define SDL_REVISION "hg-7633:d6a8fa507a45"
+#define SDL_REVISION_NUMBER 7633
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_rwops.h
+ *
+ * This file provides a general interface for SDL to read and write
+ * data streams. It can easily be extended to files, memory, etc.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_rwops_h
+#define _SDL_rwops_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* RWops Types */
+#define SDL_RWOPS_UNKNOWN 0 /* Unknown stream type */
+#define SDL_RWOPS_WINFILE 1 /* Win32 file */
+#define SDL_RWOPS_STDFILE 2 /* Stdio file */
+#define SDL_RWOPS_JNIFILE 3 /* Android asset */
+#define SDL_RWOPS_MEMORY 4 /* Memory stream */
+#define SDL_RWOPS_MEMORY_RO 5 /* Read-Only memory stream */
+
+/**
+ * This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic.
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_RWops
+{
+ /**
+ * Return the size of the file in this rwops, or -1 if unknown
+ */
+ Sint64 (SDLCALL * size) (struct SDL_RWops * context);
+
+ /**
+ * Seek to \c offset relative to \c whence, one of stdio's whence values:
+ * RW_SEEK_SET, RW_SEEK_CUR, RW_SEEK_END
+ *
+ * \return the final offset in the data stream, or -1 on error.
+ */
+ Sint64 (SDLCALL * seek) (struct SDL_RWops * context, Sint64 offset,
+ int whence);
+
+ /**
+ * Read up to \c maxnum objects each of size \c size from the data
+ * stream to the area pointed at by \c ptr.
+ *
+ * \return the number of objects read, or 0 at error or end of file.
+ */
+ size_t (SDLCALL * read) (struct SDL_RWops * context, void *ptr,
+ size_t size, size_t maxnum);
+
+ /**
+ * Write exactly \c num objects each of size \c size from the area
+ * pointed at by \c ptr to data stream.
+ *
+ * \return the number of objects written, or 0 at error or end of file.
+ */
+ size_t (SDLCALL * write) (struct SDL_RWops * context, const void *ptr,
+ size_t size, size_t num);
+
+ /**
+ * Close and free an allocated SDL_RWops structure.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful or -1 on write error when flushing data.
+ */
+ int (SDLCALL * close) (struct SDL_RWops * context);
+
+ Uint32 type;
+ union
+ {
+#if defined(ANDROID)
+ struct
+ {
+ void *fileNameRef;
+ void *inputStreamRef;
+ void *readableByteChannelRef;
+ void *readMethod;
+ void *assetFileDescriptorRef;
+ long position;
+ long size;
+ long offset;
+ int fd;
+ } androidio;
+#elif defined(__WIN32__)
+ struct
+ {
+ SDL_bool append;
+ void *h;
+ struct
+ {
+ void *data;
+ size_t size;
+ size_t left;
+ } buffer;
+ } windowsio;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
+ struct
+ {
+ SDL_bool autoclose;
+ FILE *fp;
+ } stdio;
+#endif
+ struct
+ {
+ Uint8 *base;
+ Uint8 *here;
+ Uint8 *stop;
+ } mem;
+ struct
+ {
+ void *data1;
+ void *data2;
+ } unknown;
+ } hidden;
+
+} SDL_RWops;
+
+
+/**
+ * \name RWFrom functions
+ *
+ * Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data streams.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFile(const char *file,
+ const char *mode);
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFP(FILE * fp,
+ SDL_bool autoclose);
+#else
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFP(void * fp,
+ SDL_bool autoclose);
+#endif
+
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromMem(void *mem, int size);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromConstMem(const void *mem,
+ int size);
+
+/*@}*//*RWFrom functions*/
+
+
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_AllocRW(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeRW(SDL_RWops * area);
+
+#define RW_SEEK_SET 0 /**< Seek from the beginning of data */
+#define RW_SEEK_CUR 1 /**< Seek relative to current read point */
+#define RW_SEEK_END 2 /**< Seek relative to the end of data */
+
+/**
+ * \name Read/write macros
+ *
+ * Macros to easily read and write from an SDL_RWops structure.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define SDL_RWsize(ctx) (ctx)->size(ctx)
+#define SDL_RWseek(ctx, offset, whence) (ctx)->seek(ctx, offset, whence)
+#define SDL_RWtell(ctx) (ctx)->seek(ctx, 0, RW_SEEK_CUR)
+#define SDL_RWread(ctx, ptr, size, n) (ctx)->read(ctx, ptr, size, n)
+#define SDL_RWwrite(ctx, ptr, size, n) (ctx)->write(ctx, ptr, size, n)
+#define SDL_RWclose(ctx) (ctx)->close(ctx)
+/*@}*//*Read/write macros*/
+
+
+/**
+ * \name Read endian functions
+ *
+ * Read an item of the specified endianness and return in native format.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_ReadU8(SDL_RWops * src);
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE16(SDL_RWops * src);
+extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE16(SDL_RWops * src);
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE32(SDL_RWops * src);
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE32(SDL_RWops * src);
+extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE64(SDL_RWops * src);
+extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE64(SDL_RWops * src);
+/*@}*//*Read endian functions*/
+
+/**
+ * \name Write endian functions
+ *
+ * Write an item of native format to the specified endianness.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteU8(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint8 value);
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE16(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint16 value);
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE16(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint16 value);
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE32(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint32 value);
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE32(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint32 value);
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE64(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint64 value);
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE64(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint64 value);
+/*@}*//*Write endian functions*/
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_rwops_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_scancode.h
+ *
+ * Defines keyboard scancodes.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_scancode_h
+#define _SDL_scancode_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+/**
+ * \brief The SDL keyboard scancode representation.
+ *
+ * Values of this type are used to represent keyboard keys, among other places
+ * in the \link SDL_Keysym::scancode key.keysym.scancode \endlink field of the
+ * SDL_Event structure.
+ *
+ * The values in this enumeration are based on the USB usage page standard:
+ * http://www.usb.org/developers/devclass_docs/Hut1_12v2.pdf
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_SCANCODE_UNKNOWN = 0,
+
+ /**
+ * \name Usage page 0x07
+ *
+ * These values are from usage page 0x07 (USB keyboard page).
+ */
+ /*@{*/
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_A = 4,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_B = 5,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_C = 6,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_D = 7,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_E = 8,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F = 9,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_G = 10,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_H = 11,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_I = 12,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_J = 13,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_K = 14,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_L = 15,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_M = 16,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_N = 17,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_O = 18,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_P = 19,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_Q = 20,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_R = 21,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_S = 22,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_T = 23,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_U = 24,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_V = 25,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_W = 26,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_X = 27,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_Y = 28,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_Z = 29,
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_1 = 30,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_2 = 31,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_3 = 32,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_4 = 33,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_5 = 34,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_6 = 35,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_7 = 36,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_8 = 37,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_9 = 38,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_0 = 39,
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN = 40,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_ESCAPE = 41,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSPACE = 42,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_TAB = 43,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_SPACE = 44,
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_MINUS = 45,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_EQUALS = 46,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LEFTBRACKET = 47,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHTBRACKET = 48,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSLASH = 49, /**< Located at the lower left of the return
+ * key on ISO keyboards and at the right end
+ * of the QWERTY row on ANSI keyboards.
+ * Produces REVERSE SOLIDUS (backslash) and
+ * VERTICAL LINE in a US layout, REVERSE
+ * SOLIDUS and VERTICAL LINE in a UK Mac
+ * layout, NUMBER SIGN and TILDE in a UK
+ * Windows layout, DOLLAR SIGN and POUND SIGN
+ * in a Swiss German layout, NUMBER SIGN and
+ * APOSTROPHE in a German layout, GRAVE
+ * ACCENT and POUND SIGN in a French Mac
+ * layout, and ASTERISK and MICRO SIGN in a
+ * French Windows layout.
+ */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_NONUSHASH = 50, /**< ISO USB keyboards actually use this code
+ * instead of 49 for the same key, but all
+ * OSes I've seen treat the two codes
+ * identically. So, as an implementor, unless
+ * your keyboard generates both of those
+ * codes and your OS treats them differently,
+ * you should generate SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSLASH
+ * instead of this code. As a user, you
+ * should not rely on this code because SDL
+ * will never generate it with most (all?)
+ * keyboards.
+ */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_SEMICOLON = 51,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_APOSTROPHE = 52,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_GRAVE = 53, /**< Located in the top left corner (on both ANSI
+ * and ISO keyboards). Produces GRAVE ACCENT and
+ * TILDE in a US Windows layout and in US and UK
+ * Mac layouts on ANSI keyboards, GRAVE ACCENT
+ * and NOT SIGN in a UK Windows layout, SECTION
+ * SIGN and PLUS-MINUS SIGN in US and UK Mac
+ * layouts on ISO keyboards, SECTION SIGN and
+ * DEGREE SIGN in a Swiss German layout (Mac:
+ * only on ISO keyboards), CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT and
+ * DEGREE SIGN in a German layout (Mac: only on
+ * ISO keyboards), SUPERSCRIPT TWO and TILDE in a
+ * French Windows layout, COMMERCIAL AT and
+ * NUMBER SIGN in a French Mac layout on ISO
+ * keyboards, and LESS-THAN SIGN and GREATER-THAN
+ * SIGN in a Swiss German, German, or French Mac
+ * layout on ANSI keyboards.
+ */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_COMMA = 54,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_PERIOD = 55,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_SLASH = 56,
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_CAPSLOCK = 57,
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F1 = 58,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F2 = 59,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F3 = 60,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F4 = 61,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F5 = 62,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F6 = 63,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F7 = 64,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F8 = 65,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F9 = 66,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F10 = 67,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F11 = 68,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F12 = 69,
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_PRINTSCREEN = 70,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_SCROLLLOCK = 71,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_PAUSE = 72,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_INSERT = 73, /**< insert on PC, help on some Mac keyboards (but
+ does send code 73, not 117) */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_HOME = 74,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEUP = 75,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_DELETE = 76,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_END = 77,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEDOWN = 78,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHT = 79,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LEFT = 80,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_DOWN = 81,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_UP = 82,
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_NUMLOCKCLEAR = 83, /**< num lock on PC, clear on Mac keyboards
+ */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DIVIDE = 84,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MULTIPLY = 85,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MINUS = 86,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUS = 87,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER = 88,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_1 = 89,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_2 = 90,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_3 = 91,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_4 = 92,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_5 = 93,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_6 = 94,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_7 = 95,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_8 = 96,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_9 = 97,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_0 = 98,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERIOD = 99,
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_NONUSBACKSLASH = 100, /**< This is the additional key that ISO
+ * keyboards have over ANSI ones,
+ * located between left shift and Y.
+ * Produces GRAVE ACCENT and TILDE in a
+ * US or UK Mac layout, REVERSE SOLIDUS
+ * (backslash) and VERTICAL LINE in a
+ * US or UK Windows layout, and
+ * LESS-THAN SIGN and GREATER-THAN SIGN
+ * in a Swiss German, German, or French
+ * layout. */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_APPLICATION = 101, /**< windows contextual menu, compose */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_POWER = 102, /**< The USB document says this is a status flag,
+ * not a physical key - but some Mac keyboards
+ * do have a power key. */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALS = 103,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F13 = 104,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F14 = 105,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F15 = 106,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F16 = 107,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F17 = 108,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F18 = 109,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F19 = 110,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F20 = 111,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F21 = 112,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F22 = 113,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F23 = 114,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_F24 = 115,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_EXECUTE = 116,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_HELP = 117,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_MENU = 118,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_SELECT = 119,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_STOP = 120,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_AGAIN = 121, /**< redo */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_UNDO = 122,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_CUT = 123,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_COPY = 124,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_PASTE = 125,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_FIND = 126,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_MUTE = 127,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_VOLUMEUP = 128,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_VOLUMEDOWN = 129,
+/* not sure whether there's a reason to enable these */
+/* SDL_SCANCODE_LOCKINGCAPSLOCK = 130, */
+/* SDL_SCANCODE_LOCKINGNUMLOCK = 131, */
+/* SDL_SCANCODE_LOCKINGSCROLLLOCK = 132, */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_COMMA = 133,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALSAS400 = 134,
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL1 = 135, /**< used on Asian keyboards, see
+ footnotes in USB doc */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL2 = 136,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL3 = 137, /**< Yen */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL4 = 138,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL5 = 139,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL6 = 140,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL7 = 141,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL8 = 142,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL9 = 143,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LANG1 = 144, /**< Hangul/English toggle */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LANG2 = 145, /**< Hanja conversion */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LANG3 = 146, /**< Katakana */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LANG4 = 147, /**< Hiragana */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LANG5 = 148, /**< Zenkaku/Hankaku */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LANG6 = 149, /**< reserved */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LANG7 = 150, /**< reserved */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LANG8 = 151, /**< reserved */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LANG9 = 152, /**< reserved */
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_ALTERASE = 153, /**< Erase-Eaze */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_SYSREQ = 154,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_CANCEL = 155,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_CLEAR = 156,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_PRIOR = 157,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2 = 158,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_SEPARATOR = 159,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_OUT = 160,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_OPER = 161,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_CLEARAGAIN = 162,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_CRSEL = 163,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_EXSEL = 164,
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_00 = 176,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_000 = 177,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_THOUSANDSSEPARATOR = 178,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_DECIMALSEPARATOR = 179,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_CURRENCYUNIT = 180,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_CURRENCYSUBUNIT = 181,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LEFTPAREN = 182,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_RIGHTPAREN = 183,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LEFTBRACE = 184,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_RIGHTBRACE = 185,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_TAB = 186,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BACKSPACE = 187,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_A = 188,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_B = 189,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_C = 190,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_D = 191,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_E = 192,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_F = 193,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_XOR = 194,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_POWER = 195,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERCENT = 196,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LESS = 197,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_GREATER = 198,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_AMPERSAND = 199,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DBLAMPERSAND = 200,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_VERTICALBAR = 201,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DBLVERTICALBAR = 202,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_COLON = 203,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_HASH = 204,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_SPACE = 205,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_AT = 206,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EXCLAM = 207,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMSTORE = 208,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMRECALL = 209,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMCLEAR = 210,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMADD = 211,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMSUBTRACT = 212,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMMULTIPLY = 213,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMDIVIDE = 214,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUSMINUS = 215,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_CLEAR = 216,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_CLEARENTRY = 217,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BINARY = 218,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_OCTAL = 219,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DECIMAL = 220,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KP_HEXADECIMAL = 221,
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LCTRL = 224,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LSHIFT = 225,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LALT = 226, /**< alt, option */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_LGUI = 227, /**< windows, command (apple), meta */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_RCTRL = 228,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_RSHIFT = 229,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_RALT = 230, /**< alt gr, option */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_RGUI = 231, /**< windows, command (apple), meta */
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_MODE = 257, /**< I'm not sure if this is really not covered
+ * by any of the above, but since there's a
+ * special KMOD_MODE for it I'm adding it here
+ */
+
+ /*@}*//*Usage page 0x07*/
+
+ /**
+ * \name Usage page 0x0C
+ *
+ * These values are mapped from usage page 0x0C (USB consumer page).
+ */
+ /*@{*/
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIONEXT = 258,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOPREV = 259,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOSTOP = 260,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOPLAY = 261,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOMUTE = 262,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_MEDIASELECT = 263,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_WWW = 264,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_MAIL = 265,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_CALCULATOR = 266,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_COMPUTER = 267,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_AC_SEARCH = 268,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_AC_HOME = 269,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BACK = 270,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_AC_FORWARD = 271,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_AC_STOP = 272,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_AC_REFRESH = 273,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BOOKMARKS = 274,
+
+ /*@}*//*Usage page 0x0C*/
+
+ /**
+ * \name Walther keys
+ *
+ * These are values that Christian Walther added (for mac keyboard?).
+ */
+ /*@{*/
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_BRIGHTNESSDOWN = 275,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_BRIGHTNESSUP = 276,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_DISPLAYSWITCH = 277, /**< display mirroring/dual display
+ switch, video mode switch */
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMTOGGLE = 278,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMDOWN = 279,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMUP = 280,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_EJECT = 281,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_SLEEP = 282,
+
+ SDL_SCANCODE_APP1 = 283,
+ SDL_SCANCODE_APP2 = 284,
+
+ /*@}*//*Walther keys*/
+
+ /* Add any other keys here. */
+
+ SDL_NUM_SCANCODES = 512 /**< not a key, just marks the number of scancodes
+ for array bounds */
+} SDL_Scancode;
+
+#endif /* _SDL_scancode_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SDL_shape_h
+#define _SDL_shape_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_pixels.h"
+#include "SDL_rect.h"
+#include "SDL_surface.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** \file SDL_shape.h
+ *
+ * Header file for the shaped window API.
+ */
+
+#define SDL_NONSHAPEABLE_WINDOW -1
+#define SDL_INVALID_SHAPE_ARGUMENT -2
+#define SDL_WINDOW_LACKS_SHAPE -3
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a window that can be shaped with the specified position, dimensions, and flags.
+ *
+ * \param title The title of the window, in UTF-8 encoding.
+ * \param x The x position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
+ * ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
+ * \param y The y position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
+ * ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
+ * \param w The width of the window.
+ * \param h The height of the window.
+ * \param flags The flags for the window, a mask of SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS with any of the following:
+ * ::SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL, ::SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_GRABBED,
+ * ::SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN, ::SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE,
+ * ::SDL_WINDOW_MAXIMIZED, ::SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED,
+ * ::SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS is always set, and ::SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN is always unset.
+ *
+ * \return The window created, or NULL if window creation failed.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyWindow()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_CreateShapedWindow(const char *title,unsigned int x,unsigned int y,unsigned int w,unsigned int h,Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return whether the given window is a shaped window.
+ *
+ * \param window The window to query for being shaped.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the window is a window that can be shaped, SDL_FALSE if the window is unshaped or NULL.
+ * \sa SDL_CreateShapedWindow
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsShapedWindow(const SDL_Window *window);
+
+/** \brief An enum denoting the specific type of contents present in an SDL_WindowShapeParams union. */
+typedef enum {
+ /** \brief The default mode, a binarized alpha cutoff of 1. */
+ ShapeModeDefault,
+ /** \brief A binarized alpha cutoff with a given integer value. */
+ ShapeModeBinarizeAlpha,
+ /** \brief A binarized alpha cutoff with a given integer value, but with the opposite comparison. */
+ ShapeModeReverseBinarizeAlpha,
+ /** \brief A color key is applied. */
+ ShapeModeColorKey
+} WindowShapeMode;
+
+#define SDL_SHAPEMODEALPHA(mode) (mode == ShapeModeDefault || mode == ShapeModeBinarizeAlpha || mode == ShapeModeReverseBinarizeAlpha)
+
+/** \brief A union containing parameters for shaped windows. */
+typedef union {
+ /** \brief a cutoff alpha value for binarization of the window shape's alpha channel. */
+ Uint8 binarizationCutoff;
+ SDL_Color colorKey;
+} SDL_WindowShapeParams;
+
+/** \brief A struct that tags the SDL_WindowShapeParams union with an enum describing the type of its contents. */
+typedef struct SDL_WindowShapeMode {
+ /** \brief The mode of these window-shape parameters. */
+ WindowShapeMode mode;
+ /** \brief Window-shape parameters. */
+ SDL_WindowShapeParams parameters;
+} SDL_WindowShapeMode;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the shape and parameters of a shaped window.
+ *
+ * \param window The shaped window whose parameters should be set.
+ * \param shape A surface encoding the desired shape for the window.
+ * \param shape_mode The parameters to set for the shaped window.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, SDL_INVALID_SHAPE_ARGUMENT on invalid an invalid shape argument, or SDL_NONSHAPEABLE_WINDOW
+ * if the SDL_Window* given does not reference a valid shaped window.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WindowShapeMode
+ * \sa SDL_GetShapedWindowMode.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowShape(SDL_Window *window,SDL_Surface *shape,SDL_WindowShapeMode *shape_mode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the shape parameters of a shaped window.
+ *
+ * \param window The shaped window whose parameters should be retrieved.
+ * \param shape_mode An empty shape-mode structure to fill, or NULL to check whether the window has a shape.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if the window has a shape and, provided shape_mode was not NULL, shape_mode has been filled with the mode
+ * data, SDL_NONSHAPEABLE_WINDOW if the SDL_Window given is not a shaped window, or SDL_WINDOW_LACKS_SHAPE if
+ * the SDL_Window* given is a shapeable window currently lacking a shape.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_WindowShapeMode
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowShape
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetShapedWindowMode(SDL_Window *window,SDL_WindowShapeMode *shape_mode);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_shape_h */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_stdinc.h
+ *
+ * This is a general header that includes C language support.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_stdinc_h
+#define _SDL_stdinc_h
+
+#include "SDL_config.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+# if defined(HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# elif defined(HAVE_MALLOC_H)
+# include <malloc.h>
+# endif
+# if defined(HAVE_STDDEF_H)
+# include <stddef.h>
+# endif
+# if defined(HAVE_STDARG_H)
+# include <stdarg.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !defined(STDC_HEADERS) && defined(HAVE_MEMORY_H)
+# include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_CTYPE_H
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_MATH_H
+# include <math.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_ICONV) && defined(HAVE_ICONV_H)
+# include <iconv.h>
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The number of elements in an array.
+ */
+#define SDL_arraysize(array) (sizeof(array)/sizeof(array[0]))
+#define SDL_TABLESIZE(table) SDL_arraysize(table)
+
+/**
+ * \name Cast operators
+ *
+ * Use proper C++ casts when compiled as C++ to be compatible with the option
+ * -Wold-style-cast of GCC (and -Werror=old-style-cast in GCC 4.2 and above).
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define SDL_reinterpret_cast(type, expression) reinterpret_cast<type>(expression)
+#define SDL_static_cast(type, expression) static_cast<type>(expression)
+#define SDL_const_cast(type, expression) const_cast<type>(expression)
+#else
+#define SDL_reinterpret_cast(type, expression) ((type)(expression))
+#define SDL_static_cast(type, expression) ((type)(expression))
+#define SDL_const_cast(type, expression) ((type)(expression))
+#endif
+/*@}*//*Cast operators*/
+
+/* Define a four character code as a Uint32 */
+#define SDL_FOURCC(A, B, C, D) \
+ ((SDL_static_cast(Uint32, SDL_static_cast(Uint8, (A))) << 0) | \
+ (SDL_static_cast(Uint32, SDL_static_cast(Uint8, (B))) << 8) | \
+ (SDL_static_cast(Uint32, SDL_static_cast(Uint8, (C))) << 16) | \
+ (SDL_static_cast(Uint32, SDL_static_cast(Uint8, (D))) << 24))
+
+/**
+ * \name Basic data types
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_FALSE = 0,
+ SDL_TRUE = 1
+} SDL_bool;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A signed 8-bit integer type.
+ */
+typedef int8_t Sint8;
+/**
+ * \brief An unsigned 8-bit integer type.
+ */
+typedef uint8_t Uint8;
+/**
+ * \brief A signed 16-bit integer type.
+ */
+typedef int16_t Sint16;
+/**
+ * \brief An unsigned 16-bit integer type.
+ */
+typedef uint16_t Uint16;
+/**
+ * \brief A signed 32-bit integer type.
+ */
+typedef int32_t Sint32;
+/**
+ * \brief An unsigned 32-bit integer type.
+ */
+typedef uint32_t Uint32;
+
+/**
+ * \brief A signed 64-bit integer type.
+ */
+typedef int64_t Sint64;
+/**
+ * \brief An unsigned 64-bit integer type.
+ */
+typedef uint64_t Uint64;
+
+/*@}*//*Basic data types*/
+
+
+#define SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(name, x) \
+ typedef int SDL_dummy_ ## name[(x) * 2 - 1]
+/** \cond */
+#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_IGNORE_THIS
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint8, sizeof(Uint8) == 1);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint8, sizeof(Sint8) == 1);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint16, sizeof(Uint16) == 2);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint16, sizeof(Sint16) == 2);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint32, sizeof(Uint32) == 4);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint32, sizeof(Sint32) == 4);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint64, sizeof(Uint64) == 8);
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint64, sizeof(Sint64) == 8);
+#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_IGNORE_THIS */
+/** \endcond */
+
+/* Check to make sure enums are the size of ints, for structure packing.
+ For both Watcom C/C++ and Borland C/C++ the compiler option that makes
+ enums having the size of an int must be enabled.
+ This is "-b" for Borland C/C++ and "-ei" for Watcom C/C++ (v11).
+*/
+
+/** \cond */
+#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_IGNORE_THIS
+#if !defined(__ANDROID__)
+ /* TODO: include/SDL_stdinc.h:174: error: size of array 'SDL_dummy_enum' is negative */
+typedef enum
+{
+ DUMMY_ENUM_VALUE
+} SDL_DUMMY_ENUM;
+
+SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(enum, sizeof(SDL_DUMMY_ENUM) == sizeof(int));
+#endif
+#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_IGNORE_THIS */
+/** \endcond */
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_ALLOCA) && !defined(alloca)
+# if defined(HAVE_ALLOCA_H)
+# include <alloca.h>
+# elif defined(__GNUC__)
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+# include <malloc.h>
+# define alloca _alloca
+# elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
+# include <malloc.h>
+# elif defined(__BORLANDC__)
+# include <malloc.h>
+# elif defined(__DMC__)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# elif defined(__AIX__)
+#pragma alloca
+# elif defined(__MRC__)
+void *alloca(unsigned);
+# else
+char *alloca();
+# endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+#define SDL_stack_alloc(type, count) (type*)alloca(sizeof(type)*(count))
+#define SDL_stack_free(data)
+#else
+#define SDL_stack_alloc(type, count) (type*)SDL_malloc(sizeof(type)*(count))
+#define SDL_stack_free(data) SDL_free(data)
+#endif
+
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_malloc(size_t size);
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_realloc(void *mem, size_t size);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_free(void *mem);
+
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_getenv(const char *name);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int overwrite);
+
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_qsort(void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size, int (*compare) (const void *, const void *));
+
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_abs(int x);
+
+/* !!! FIXME: these have side effects. You probably shouldn't use them. */
+/* !!! FIXME: Maybe we do forceinline functions of SDL_mini, SDL_minf, etc? */
+#define SDL_min(x, y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+#define SDL_max(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_isdigit(int x);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_isspace(int x);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_toupper(int x);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_tolower(int x);
+
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_memset(void *dst, int c, size_t len);
+
+#define SDL_zero(x) SDL_memset(&(x), 0, sizeof((x)))
+#define SDL_zerop(x) SDL_memset((x), 0, sizeof(*(x)))
+
+/* Note that memset() is a byte assignment and this is a 32-bit assignment, so they're not directly equivalent. */
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE void SDL_memset4(void *dst, int val, size_t dwords)
+{
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(i386)
+ int u0, u1, u2;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ (
+ "cld \n\t"
+ "rep ; stosl \n\t"
+ : "=&D" (u0), "=&a" (u1), "=&c" (u2)
+ : "0" (dst), "1" (val), "2" (SDL_static_cast(Uint32, dwords))
+ : "memory"
+ );
+#else
+ size_t _n = (dwords + 3) / 4;
+ Uint32 *_p = SDL_static_cast(Uint32 *, dst);
+ Uint32 _val = (val);
+ if (dwords == 0)
+ return;
+ switch (dwords % 4)
+ {
+ case 0: do { *_p++ = _val;
+ case 3: *_p++ = _val;
+ case 2: *_p++ = _val;
+ case 1: *_p++ = _val;
+ } while ( --_n );
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_memcpy(void *dst, const void *src, size_t len);
+
+SDL_FORCE_INLINE void *SDL_memcpy4(void *dst, const void *src, size_t dwords)
+{
+ return SDL_memcpy(dst, src, dwords * 4);
+}
+
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_memmove(void *dst, const void *src, size_t len);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t len);
+
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_wcslen(const wchar_t *wstr);
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_wcslcpy(wchar_t *dst, const wchar_t *src, size_t maxlen);
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_wcslcat(wchar_t *dst, const wchar_t *src, size_t maxlen);
+
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_strlen(const char *str);
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t maxlen);
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_utf8strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t dst_bytes);
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t maxlen);
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strdup(const char *str);
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strrev(char *str);
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strupr(char *str);
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strlwr(char *str);
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strchr(const char *str, int c);
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strrchr(const char *str, int c);
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
+
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_itoa(int value, char *str, int radix);
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_uitoa(unsigned int value, char *str, int radix);
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_ltoa(long value, char *str, int radix);
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_ultoa(unsigned long value, char *str, int radix);
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_lltoa(Sint64 value, char *str, int radix);
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_ulltoa(Uint64 value, char *str, int radix);
+
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_atoi(const char *str);
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_atof(const char *str);
+extern DECLSPEC long SDLCALL SDL_strtol(const char *str, char **endp, int base);
+extern DECLSPEC unsigned long SDLCALL SDL_strtoul(const char *str, char **endp, int base);
+extern DECLSPEC Sint64 SDLCALL SDL_strtoll(const char *str, char **endp, int base);
+extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_strtoull(const char *str, char **endp, int base);
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_strtod(const char *str, char **endp);
+
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strcmp(const char *str1, const char *str2);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strncmp(const char *str1, const char *str2, size_t maxlen);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strcasecmp(const char *str1, const char *str2);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strncasecmp(const char *str1, const char *str2, size_t len);
+
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_sscanf(const char *text, const char *fmt, ...);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_snprintf(char *text, size_t maxlen, const char *fmt, ...);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_vsnprintf(char *text, size_t maxlen, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
+
+#ifndef HAVE_M_PI
+#ifndef M_PI
+#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846264338327950288 /* pi */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_atan(double x);
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_atan2(double x, double y);
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_ceil(double x);
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_copysign(double x, double y);
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_cos(double x);
+extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_cosf(float x);
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_fabs(double x);
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_floor(double x);
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_log(double x);
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_pow(double x, double y);
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_scalbn(double x, int n);
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_sin(double x);
+extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_sinf(float x);
+extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_sqrt(double x);
+
+/* The SDL implementation of iconv() returns these error codes */
+#define SDL_ICONV_ERROR (size_t)-1
+#define SDL_ICONV_E2BIG (size_t)-2
+#define SDL_ICONV_EILSEQ (size_t)-3
+#define SDL_ICONV_EINVAL (size_t)-4
+
+/* SDL_iconv_* are now always real symbols/types, not macros or inlined. */
+typedef struct _SDL_iconv_t *SDL_iconv_t;
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_iconv_t SDLCALL SDL_iconv_open(const char *tocode,
+ const char *fromcode);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_iconv_close(SDL_iconv_t cd);
+extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_iconv(SDL_iconv_t cd, const char **inbuf,
+ size_t * inbytesleft, char **outbuf,
+ size_t * outbytesleft);
+/**
+ * This function converts a string between encodings in one pass, returning a
+ * string that must be freed with SDL_free() or NULL on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_iconv_string(const char *tocode,
+ const char *fromcode,
+ const char *inbuf,
+ size_t inbytesleft);
+#define SDL_iconv_utf8_locale(S) SDL_iconv_string("", "UTF-8", S, SDL_strlen(S)+1)
+#define SDL_iconv_utf8_ucs2(S) (Uint16 *)SDL_iconv_string("UCS-2-INTERNAL", "UTF-8", S, SDL_strlen(S)+1)
+#define SDL_iconv_utf8_ucs4(S) (Uint32 *)SDL_iconv_string("UCS-4-INTERNAL", "UTF-8", S, SDL_strlen(S)+1)
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_stdinc_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_surface.h
+ *
+ * Header file for ::SDL_Surface definition and management functions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_surface_h
+#define _SDL_surface_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_pixels.h"
+#include "SDL_rect.h"
+#include "SDL_blendmode.h"
+#include "SDL_rwops.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \name Surface flags
+ *
+ * These are the currently supported flags for the ::SDL_Surface.
+ *
+ * \internal
+ * Used internally (read-only).
+ */
+/*@{*/
+#define SDL_SWSURFACE 0 /**< Just here for compatibility */
+#define SDL_PREALLOC 0x00000001 /**< Surface uses preallocated memory */
+#define SDL_RLEACCEL 0x00000002 /**< Surface is RLE encoded */
+#define SDL_DONTFREE 0x00000004 /**< Surface is referenced internally */
+/*@}*//*Surface flags*/
+
+/**
+ * Evaluates to true if the surface needs to be locked before access.
+ */
+#define SDL_MUSTLOCK(S) (((S)->flags & SDL_RLEACCEL) != 0)
+
+/**
+ * \brief A collection of pixels used in software blitting.
+ *
+ * \note This structure should be treated as read-only, except for \c pixels,
+ * which, if not NULL, contains the raw pixel data for the surface.
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_Surface
+{
+ Uint32 flags; /**< Read-only */
+ SDL_PixelFormat *format; /**< Read-only */
+ int w, h; /**< Read-only */
+ int pitch; /**< Read-only */
+ void *pixels; /**< Read-write */
+
+ /** Application data associated with the surface */
+ void *userdata; /**< Read-write */
+
+ /** information needed for surfaces requiring locks */
+ int locked; /**< Read-only */
+ void *lock_data; /**< Read-only */
+
+ /** clipping information */
+ SDL_Rect clip_rect; /**< Read-only */
+
+ /** info for fast blit mapping to other surfaces */
+ struct SDL_BlitMap *map; /**< Private */
+
+ /** Reference count -- used when freeing surface */
+ int refcount; /**< Read-mostly */
+} SDL_Surface;
+
+/**
+ * \brief The type of function used for surface blitting functions.
+ */
+typedef int (*SDL_blit) (struct SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
+ struct SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and free an RGB surface.
+ *
+ * If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface.
+ * If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the
+ * flags '[RGB]mask'.
+ *
+ * If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL.
+ *
+ * \param flags The \c flags are obsolete and should be set to 0.
+ * \param width The width in pixels of the surface to create.
+ * \param height The height in pixels of the surface to create.
+ * \param depth The depth in bits of the surface to create.
+ * \param Rmask The red mask of the surface to create.
+ * \param Gmask The green mask of the surface to create.
+ * \param Bmask The blue mask of the surface to create.
+ * \param Amask The alpha mask of the surface to create.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurface
+ (Uint32 flags, int width, int height, int depth,
+ Uint32 Rmask, Uint32 Gmask, Uint32 Bmask, Uint32 Amask);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(void *pixels,
+ int width,
+ int height,
+ int depth,
+ int pitch,
+ Uint32 Rmask,
+ Uint32 Gmask,
+ Uint32 Bmask,
+ Uint32 Amask);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the palette used by a surface.
+ *
+ * \return 0, or -1 if the surface format doesn't use a palette.
+ *
+ * \note A single palette can be shared with many surfaces.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfacePalette(SDL_Surface * surface,
+ SDL_Palette * palette);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels.
+ *
+ * Between calls to SDL_LockSurface() / SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write
+ * to and read from \c surface->pixels, using the pixel format stored in
+ * \c surface->format. Once you are done accessing the surface, you should
+ * use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it.
+ *
+ * Not all surfaces require locking. If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates
+ * to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the
+ * pixel format of the surface will not change.
+ *
+ * No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock
+ * pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time.
+ *
+ * SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_UnlockSurface()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
+/** \sa SDL_LockSurface() */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
+
+/**
+ * Load a surface from a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file).
+ *
+ * If \c freesrc is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
+ *
+ * The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface().
+ *
+ * \return the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWops * src,
+ int freesrc);
+
+/**
+ * Load a surface from a file.
+ *
+ * Convenience macro.
+ */
+#define SDL_LoadBMP(file) SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
+
+/**
+ * Save a surface to a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file).
+ *
+ * If \c freedst is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being written.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveBMP_RW
+ (SDL_Surface * surface, SDL_RWops * dst, int freedst);
+
+/**
+ * Save a surface to a file.
+ *
+ * Convenience macro.
+ */
+#define SDL_SaveBMP(surface, file) \
+ SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(file, "wb"), 1)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Sets the RLE acceleration hint for a surface.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid
+ *
+ * \note If RLE is enabled, colorkey and alpha blending blits are much faster,
+ * but the surface must be locked before directly accessing the pixels.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceRLE(SDL_Surface * surface,
+ int flag);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
+ *
+ * \param surface The surface to update
+ * \param flag Non-zero to enable colorkey and 0 to disable colorkey
+ * \param key The transparent pixel in the native surface format
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid
+ *
+ * You can pass SDL_RLEACCEL to enable RLE accelerated blits.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetColorKey(SDL_Surface * surface,
+ int flag, Uint32 key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Gets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
+ *
+ * \param surface The surface to update
+ * \param key A pointer filled in with the transparent pixel in the native
+ * surface format
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid or colorkey is not
+ * enabled.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetColorKey(SDL_Surface * surface,
+ Uint32 * key);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set an additional color value used in blit operations.
+ *
+ * \param surface The surface to update.
+ * \param r The red color value multiplied into blit operations.
+ * \param g The green color value multiplied into blit operations.
+ * \param b The blue color value multiplied into blit operations.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetSurfaceColorMod()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceColorMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
+ Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the additional color value used in blit operations.
+ *
+ * \param surface The surface to query.
+ * \param r A pointer filled in with the current red color value.
+ * \param g A pointer filled in with the current green color value.
+ * \param b A pointer filled in with the current blue color value.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetSurfaceColorMod()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceColorMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
+ Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g,
+ Uint8 * b);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set an additional alpha value used in blit operations.
+ *
+ * \param surface The surface to update.
+ * \param alpha The alpha value multiplied into blit operations.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetSurfaceAlphaMod()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceAlphaMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
+ Uint8 alpha);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the additional alpha value used in blit operations.
+ *
+ * \param surface The surface to query.
+ * \param alpha A pointer filled in with the current alpha value.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetSurfaceAlphaMod()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceAlphaMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
+ Uint8 * alpha);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the blend mode used for blit operations.
+ *
+ * \param surface The surface to update.
+ * \param blendMode ::SDL_BlendMode to use for blit blending.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the parameters are not valid.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetSurfaceBlendMode()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode(SDL_Surface * surface,
+ SDL_BlendMode blendMode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the blend mode used for blit operations.
+ *
+ * \param surface The surface to query.
+ * \param blendMode A pointer filled in with the current blend mode.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceBlendMode(SDL_Surface * surface,
+ SDL_BlendMode *blendMode);
+
+/**
+ * Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
+ *
+ * If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled.
+ *
+ * If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will
+ * return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped. Otherwise the
+ * function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to
+ * the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle.
+ *
+ * Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source
+ * and destination surfaces.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetClipRect(SDL_Surface * surface,
+ const SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
+ *
+ * \c rect must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled
+ * with the correct values.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetClipRect(SDL_Surface * surface,
+ SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps
+ * the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as
+ * fast as possible. If this function fails, it returns NULL.
+ *
+ * The \c flags parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those
+ * semantics. You can also pass ::SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and
+ * SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting
+ * surface.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_ConvertSurface
+ (SDL_Surface * src, SDL_PixelFormat * fmt, Uint32 flags);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_ConvertSurfaceFormat
+ (SDL_Surface * src, Uint32 pixel_format, Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Copy a block of pixels of one format to another format
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if there was an error
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertPixels(int width, int height,
+ Uint32 src_format,
+ const void * src, int src_pitch,
+ Uint32 dst_format,
+ void * dst, int dst_pitch);
+
+/**
+ * Performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with \c color.
+ *
+ * If \c rect is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with \c color.
+ *
+ * The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and
+ * can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_FillRect
+ (SDL_Surface * dst, const SDL_Rect * rect, Uint32 color);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_FillRects
+ (SDL_Surface * dst, const SDL_Rect * rects, int count, Uint32 color);
+
+/**
+ * Performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination surface.
+ *
+ * This assumes that the source and destination rectangles are
+ * the same size. If either \c srcrect or \c dstrect are NULL, the entire
+ * surface (\c src or \c dst) is copied. The final blit rectangles are saved
+ * in \c srcrect and \c dstrect after all clipping is performed.
+ *
+ * \return If the blit is successful, it returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
+ *
+ * The blit function should not be called on a locked surface.
+ *
+ * The blit semantics for surfaces with and without blending and colorkey
+ * are defined as follows:
+ * \verbatim
+ RGBA->RGB:
+ Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
+ alpha-blend (using the source alpha-channel and per-surface alpha)
+ SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
+ Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
+ copy RGB.
+ if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+ RGB values of the source color key, ignoring alpha in the
+ comparison.
+
+ RGB->RGBA:
+ Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
+ alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha)
+ Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
+ copy RGB, set destination alpha to source per-surface alpha value.
+ both:
+ if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+ source color key.
+
+ RGBA->RGBA:
+ Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
+ alpha-blend (using the source alpha-channel and per-surface alpha)
+ SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
+ Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
+ copy all of RGBA to the destination.
+ if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+ RGB values of the source color key, ignoring alpha in the
+ comparison.
+
+ RGB->RGB:
+ Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
+ alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha)
+ Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
+ copy RGB.
+ both:
+ if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
+ source color key.
+ \endverbatim
+ *
+ * You should call SDL_BlitSurface() unless you know exactly how SDL
+ * blitting works internally and how to use the other blit functions.
+ */
+#define SDL_BlitSurface SDL_UpperBlit
+
+/**
+ * This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs
+ * rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpperBlit
+ (SDL_Surface * src, const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
+ SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
+
+/**
+ * This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
+ * blitting only.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LowerBlit
+ (SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
+ SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Perform a fast, low quality, stretch blit between two surfaces of the
+ * same pixel format.
+ *
+ * \note This function uses a static buffer, and is not thread-safe.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SoftStretch(SDL_Surface * src,
+ const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
+ SDL_Surface * dst,
+ const SDL_Rect * dstrect);
+
+#define SDL_BlitScaled SDL_UpperBlitScaled
+
+/**
+ * This is the public scaled blit function, SDL_BlitScaled(), and it performs
+ * rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlitScaled()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpperBlitScaled
+ (SDL_Surface * src, const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
+ SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
+
+/**
+ * This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
+ * scaled blitting only.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LowerBlitScaled
+ (SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
+ SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_surface_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_system.h
+ *
+ * Include file for platform specific SDL API functions
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_system_h
+#define _SDL_system_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+#if defined(__IPHONEOS__) && __IPHONEOS__
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+#include "SDL_keyboard.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Platform specific functions for iOS */
+#if defined(__IPHONEOS__) && __IPHONEOS__
+
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_iPhoneSetAnimationCallback(SDL_Window * window, int interval, void (*callback)(void*), void *callbackParam);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_iPhoneSetEventPump(SDL_bool enabled);
+
+#endif /* __IPHONEOS__ */
+
+
+/* Platform specific functions for Android */
+#if defined(__ANDROID__) && __ANDROID__
+
+/* Get the JNI environment for the current thread
+ This returns JNIEnv*, but the prototype is void* so we don't need jni.h
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv();
+
+/* Get the SDL Activity object for the application
+ This returns jobject, but the prototype is void* so we don't need jni.h
+ The jobject returned by SDL_AndroidGetActivity is a local reference.
+ It is the caller's responsibility to properly release it
+ (using env->Push/PopLocalFrame or manually with env->DeleteLocalRef)
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetActivity();
+
+/* See the official Android developer guide for more information:
+ http://developer.android.com/guide/topics/data/data-storage.html
+*/
+#define SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_READ 0x01
+#define SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_WRITE 0x02
+
+/* Get the path used for internal storage for this application.
+ This path is unique to your application and cannot be written to
+ by other applications.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetInternalStoragePath();
+
+/* Get the current state of external storage, a bitmask of these values:
+ SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_READ
+ SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_WRITE
+ If external storage is currently unavailable, this will return 0.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetExternalStorageState();
+
+/* Get the path used for external storage for this application.
+ This path is unique to your application, but is public and can be
+ written to by other applications.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetExternalStoragePath();
+
+#endif /* __ANDROID__ */
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_system_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_syswm.h
+ *
+ * Include file for SDL custom system window manager hooks.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_syswm_h
+#define _SDL_syswm_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+#include "SDL_version.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_syswm.h
+ *
+ * Your application has access to a special type of event ::SDL_SYSWMEVENT,
+ * which contains window-manager specific information and arrives whenever
+ * an unhandled window event occurs. This event is ignored by default, but
+ * you can enable it with SDL_EventState().
+ */
+#ifdef SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY
+struct SDL_SysWMinfo;
+#else
+
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS)
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+/* This is the structure for custom window manager events */
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11)
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)
+/* conflicts with Quickdraw.h */
+#define Cursor X11Cursor
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)
+/* matches the re-define above */
+#undef Cursor
+#endif
+
+#endif /* defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11) */
+
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DIRECTFB)
+#include <directfb.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA)
+#ifdef __OBJC__
+#include <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
+#else
+typedef struct _NSWindow NSWindow;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_UIKIT)
+#ifdef __OBJC__
+#include <UIKit/UIKit.h>
+#else
+typedef struct _UIWindow UIWindow;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * These are the various supported windowing subsystems
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_SYSWM_UNKNOWN,
+ SDL_SYSWM_WINDOWS,
+ SDL_SYSWM_X11,
+ SDL_SYSWM_DIRECTFB,
+ SDL_SYSWM_COCOA,
+ SDL_SYSWM_UIKIT,
+} SDL_SYSWM_TYPE;
+
+/**
+ * The custom event structure.
+ */
+struct SDL_SysWMmsg
+{
+ SDL_version version;
+ SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
+ union
+ {
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS)
+ struct {
+ HWND hwnd; /**< The window for the message */
+ UINT msg; /**< The type of message */
+ WPARAM wParam; /**< WORD message parameter */
+ LPARAM lParam; /**< LONG message parameter */
+ } win;
+#endif
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11)
+ struct {
+ XEvent event;
+ } x11;
+#endif
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DIRECTFB)
+ struct {
+ DFBEvent event;
+ } dfb;
+#endif
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA)
+ struct
+ {
+ /* No Cocoa window events yet */
+ } cocoa;
+#endif
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_UIKIT)
+ struct
+ {
+ /* No UIKit window events yet */
+ } uikit;
+#endif
+ /* Can't have an empty union */
+ int dummy;
+ } msg;
+};
+
+/**
+ * The custom window manager information structure.
+ *
+ * When this structure is returned, it holds information about which
+ * low level system it is using, and will be one of SDL_SYSWM_TYPE.
+ */
+struct SDL_SysWMinfo
+{
+ SDL_version version;
+ SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
+ union
+ {
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS)
+ struct
+ {
+ HWND window; /**< The window handle */
+ } win;
+#endif
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11)
+ struct
+ {
+ Display *display; /**< The X11 display */
+ Window window; /**< The X11 window */
+ } x11;
+#endif
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DIRECTFB)
+ struct
+ {
+ IDirectFB *dfb; /**< The directfb main interface */
+ IDirectFBWindow *window; /**< The directfb window handle */
+ IDirectFBSurface *surface; /**< The directfb client surface */
+ } dfb;
+#endif
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA)
+ struct
+ {
+ NSWindow *window; /* The Cocoa window */
+ } cocoa;
+#endif
+#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_UIKIT)
+ struct
+ {
+ UIWindow *window; /* The UIKit window */
+ } uikit;
+#endif
+ /* Can't have an empty union */
+ int dummy;
+ } info;
+};
+
+#endif /* SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY */
+
+typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo SDL_SysWMinfo;
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+/**
+ * \brief This function allows access to driver-dependent window information.
+ *
+ * \param window The window about which information is being requested
+ * \param info This structure must be initialized with the SDL version, and is
+ * then filled in with information about the given window.
+ *
+ * \return SDL_TRUE if the function is implemented and the version member of
+ * the \c info struct is valid, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * You typically use this function like this:
+ * \code
+ * SDL_SysWMinfo info;
+ * SDL_VERSION(&info.version);
+ * if ( SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(window, &info) ) { ... }
+ * \endcode
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(SDL_Window * window,
+ SDL_SysWMinfo * info);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_syswm_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SDL_thread_h
+#define _SDL_thread_h
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_thread.h
+ *
+ * Header for the SDL thread management routines.
+ */
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+
+/* Thread synchronization primitives */
+#include "SDL_atomic.h"
+#include "SDL_mutex.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* The SDL thread structure, defined in SDL_thread.c */
+struct SDL_Thread;
+typedef struct SDL_Thread SDL_Thread;
+
+/* The SDL thread ID */
+typedef unsigned long SDL_threadID;
+
+/* Thread local storage ID, 0 is the invalid ID */
+typedef unsigned int SDL_TLSID;
+
+/* The SDL thread priority
+ *
+ * Note: On many systems you require special privileges to set high priority.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+ SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW,
+ SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_NORMAL,
+ SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGH
+} SDL_ThreadPriority;
+
+/* The function passed to SDL_CreateThread()
+ It is passed a void* user context parameter and returns an int.
+ */
+typedef int (SDLCALL * SDL_ThreadFunction) (void *data);
+
+#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(HAVE_LIBC)
+/**
+ * \file SDL_thread.h
+ *
+ * We compile SDL into a DLL. This means, that it's the DLL which
+ * creates a new thread for the calling process with the SDL_CreateThread()
+ * API. There is a problem with this, that only the RTL of the SDL.DLL will
+ * be initialized for those threads, and not the RTL of the calling
+ * application!
+ *
+ * To solve this, we make a little hack here.
+ *
+ * We'll always use the caller's _beginthread() and _endthread() APIs to
+ * start a new thread. This way, if it's the SDL.DLL which uses this API,
+ * then the RTL of SDL.DLL will be used to create the new thread, and if it's
+ * the application, then the RTL of the application will be used.
+ *
+ * So, in short:
+ * Always use the _beginthread() and _endthread() of the calling runtime
+ * library!
+ */
+#define SDL_PASSED_BEGINTHREAD_ENDTHREAD
+#include <process.h> /* This has _beginthread() and _endthread() defined! */
+
+typedef uintptr_t(__cdecl * pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread) (void *, unsigned,
+ unsigned (__stdcall *
+ func) (void
+ *),
+ void *arg, unsigned,
+ unsigned *threadID);
+typedef void (__cdecl * pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread) (unsigned code);
+
+/**
+ * Create a thread.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
+SDL_CreateThread(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, void *data,
+ pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread pfnBeginThread,
+ pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread pfnEndThread);
+
+/**
+ * Create a thread.
+ */
+#define SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data) SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthreadex, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthreadex)
+
+#else
+
+/**
+ * Create a thread.
+ *
+ * Thread naming is a little complicated: Most systems have very small
+ * limits for the string length (BeOS has 32 bytes, Linux currently has 16,
+ * Visual C++ 6.0 has nine!), and possibly other arbitrary rules. You'll
+ * have to see what happens with your system's debugger. The name should be
+ * UTF-8 (but using the naming limits of C identifiers is a better bet).
+ * There are no requirements for thread naming conventions, so long as the
+ * string is null-terminated UTF-8, but these guidelines are helpful in
+ * choosing a name:
+ *
+ * http://stackoverflow.com/questions/149932/naming-conventions-for-threads
+ *
+ * If a system imposes requirements, SDL will try to munge the string for
+ * it (truncate, etc), but the original string contents will be available
+ * from SDL_GetThreadName().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
+SDL_CreateThread(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, void *data);
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get the thread name, as it was specified in SDL_CreateThread().
+ * This function returns a pointer to a UTF-8 string that names the
+ * specified thread, or NULL if it doesn't have a name. This is internal
+ * memory, not to be free()'d by the caller, and remains valid until the
+ * specified thread is cleaned up by SDL_WaitThread().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetThreadName(SDL_Thread *thread);
+
+/**
+ * Get the thread identifier for the current thread.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_threadID SDLCALL SDL_ThreadID(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the thread identifier for the specified thread.
+ *
+ * Equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_threadID SDLCALL SDL_GetThreadID(SDL_Thread * thread);
+
+/**
+ * Set the priority for the current thread
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetThreadPriority(SDL_ThreadPriority priority);
+
+/**
+ * Wait for a thread to finish.
+ *
+ * The return code for the thread function is placed in the area
+ * pointed to by \c status, if \c status is not NULL.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WaitThread(SDL_Thread * thread, int *status);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create an identifier that is globally visible to all threads but refers to data that is thread-specific.
+ *
+ * \return The newly created thread local storage identifier, or 0 on error
+ *
+ * \code
+ * static SDL_SpinLock tls_lock;
+ * static SDL_TLSID thread_local_storage;
+ *
+ * void SetMyThreadData(void *value)
+ * {
+ * if (!thread_local_storage) {
+ * SDL_AtomicLock(&tls_lock);
+ * if (!thread_local_storage) {
+ * thread_local_storage = SDL_TLSCreate();
+ * }
+ * SDL_AtomicUnLock(&tls_lock);
+ * }
+ * SDL_TLSSet(thread_local_storage, value);
+ * }
+ *
+ * void *GetMyThreadData(void)
+ * {
+ * return SDL_TLSGet(thread_local_storage);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_TLSGet()
+ * \sa SDL_TLSSet()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_TLSID SDLCALL SDL_TLSCreate(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the value associated with a thread local storage ID for the current thread.
+ *
+ * \param id The thread local storage ID
+ *
+ * \return The value associated with the ID for the current thread, or NULL if no value has been set.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_TLSCreate()
+ * \sa SDL_TLSSet()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_TLSGet(SDL_TLSID id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the value associated with a thread local storage ID for the current thread.
+ *
+ * \param id The thread local storage ID
+ * \param value The value to associate with the ID for the current thread
+ * \param destructor A function called when the thread exits, to free the value.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, -1 on error
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_TLSCreate()
+ * \sa SDL_TLSGet()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_TLSSet(SDL_TLSID id, const void *value, void (*destructor)(void*));
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_thread_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SDL_timer_h
+#define _SDL_timer_h
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_timer.h
+ *
+ * Header for the SDL time management routines.
+ */
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization.
+ *
+ * \note This value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetTicks(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the current value of the high resolution counter
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_GetPerformanceCounter(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the count per second of the high resolution counter
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Delay(Uint32 ms);
+
+/**
+ * Function prototype for the timer callback function.
+ *
+ * The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns
+ * the next timer interval. If the returned value is the same as the one
+ * passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is
+ * scheduled. If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled.
+ */
+typedef Uint32 (SDLCALL * SDL_TimerCallback) (Uint32 interval, void *param);
+
+/**
+ * Definition of the timer ID type.
+ */
+typedef int SDL_TimerID;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running.
+ *
+ * \return A timer ID, or NULL when an error occurs.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_TimerID SDLCALL SDL_AddTimer(Uint32 interval,
+ SDL_TimerCallback callback,
+ void *param);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Remove a timer knowing its ID.
+ *
+ * \return A boolean value indicating success or failure.
+ *
+ * \warning It is not safe to remove a timer multiple times.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RemoveTimer(SDL_TimerID id);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_timer_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_touch.h
+ *
+ * Include file for SDL touch event handling.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_touch_h
+#define _SDL_touch_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_error.h"
+#include "SDL_video.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef Sint64 SDL_TouchID;
+typedef Sint64 SDL_FingerID;
+
+typedef struct SDL_Finger
+{
+ SDL_FingerID id;
+ float x;
+ float y;
+ float pressure;
+} SDL_Finger;
+
+/* Used as the device ID for mouse events simulated with touch input */
+#define SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ((Uint32)-1)
+
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the number of registered touch devices.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumTouchDevices(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the touch ID with the given index, or 0 if the index is invalid.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_TouchID SDLCALL SDL_GetTouchDevice(int index);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the number of active fingers for a given touch device.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumTouchFingers(SDL_TouchID touchID);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the finger object of the given touch, with the given index.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Finger * SDLCALL SDL_GetTouchFinger(SDL_TouchID touchID, int index);
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_touch_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_types.h
+ *
+ * \deprecated
+ */
+
+/* DEPRECATED */
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_version.h
+ *
+ * This header defines the current SDL version.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_version_h
+#define _SDL_version_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Information the version of SDL in use.
+ *
+ * Represents the library's version as three levels: major revision
+ * (increments with massive changes, additions, and enhancements),
+ * minor revision (increments with backwards-compatible changes to the
+ * major revision), and patchlevel (increments with fixes to the minor
+ * revision).
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_VERSION
+ * \sa SDL_GetVersion
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_version
+{
+ Uint8 major; /**< major version */
+ Uint8 minor; /**< minor version */
+ Uint8 patch; /**< update version */
+} SDL_version;
+
+/* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
+*/
+#define SDL_MAJOR_VERSION 2
+#define SDL_MINOR_VERSION 0
+#define SDL_PATCHLEVEL 0
+
+/**
+ * \brief Macro to determine SDL version program was compiled against.
+ *
+ * This macro fills in a SDL_version structure with the version of the
+ * library you compiled against. This is determined by what header the
+ * compiler uses. Note that if you dynamically linked the library, you might
+ * have a slightly newer or older version at runtime. That version can be
+ * determined with SDL_GetVersion(), which, unlike SDL_VERSION(),
+ * is not a macro.
+ *
+ * \param x A pointer to a SDL_version struct to initialize.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_version
+ * \sa SDL_GetVersion
+ */
+#define SDL_VERSION(x) \
+{ \
+ (x)->major = SDL_MAJOR_VERSION; \
+ (x)->minor = SDL_MINOR_VERSION; \
+ (x)->patch = SDL_PATCHLEVEL; \
+}
+
+/**
+ * This macro turns the version numbers into a numeric value:
+ * \verbatim
+ (1,2,3) -> (1203)
+ \endverbatim
+ *
+ * This assumes that there will never be more than 100 patchlevels.
+ */
+#define SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z) \
+ ((X)*1000 + (Y)*100 + (Z))
+
+/**
+ * This is the version number macro for the current SDL version.
+ */
+#define SDL_COMPILEDVERSION \
+ SDL_VERSIONNUM(SDL_MAJOR_VERSION, SDL_MINOR_VERSION, SDL_PATCHLEVEL)
+
+/**
+ * This macro will evaluate to true if compiled with SDL at least X.Y.Z.
+ */
+#define SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X, Y, Z) \
+ (SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z))
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the version of SDL that is linked against your program.
+ *
+ * If you are linking to SDL dynamically, then it is possible that the
+ * current version will be different than the version you compiled against.
+ * This function returns the current version, while SDL_VERSION() is a
+ * macro that tells you what version you compiled with.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * SDL_version compiled;
+ * SDL_version linked;
+ *
+ * SDL_VERSION(&compiled);
+ * SDL_GetVersion(&linked);
+ * printf("We compiled against SDL version %d.%d.%d ...\n",
+ * compiled.major, compiled.minor, compiled.patch);
+ * printf("But we linked against SDL version %d.%d.%d.\n",
+ * linked.major, linked.minor, linked.patch);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * This function may be called safely at any time, even before SDL_Init().
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_VERSION
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetVersion(SDL_version * ver);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the code revision of SDL that is linked against your program.
+ *
+ * Returns an arbitrary string (a hash value) uniquely identifying the
+ * exact revision of the SDL library in use, and is only useful in comparing
+ * against other revisions. It is NOT an incrementing number.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetRevision(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the revision number of SDL that is linked against your program.
+ *
+ * Returns a number uniquely identifying the exact revision of the SDL
+ * library in use. It is an incrementing number based on commits to
+ * hg.libsdl.org.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRevisionNumber(void);
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_version_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file SDL_video.h
+ *
+ * Header file for SDL video functions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_video_h
+#define _SDL_video_h
+
+#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
+#include "SDL_pixels.h"
+#include "SDL_rect.h"
+#include "SDL_surface.h"
+
+#include "begin_code.h"
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief The structure that defines a display mode
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumDisplayModes()
+ * \sa SDL_GetDisplayMode()
+ * \sa SDL_GetDesktopDisplayMode()
+ * \sa SDL_GetCurrentDisplayMode()
+ * \sa SDL_GetClosestDisplayMode()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode()
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowDisplayMode()
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ Uint32 format; /**< pixel format */
+ int w; /**< width */
+ int h; /**< height */
+ int refresh_rate; /**< refresh rate (or zero for unspecified) */
+ void *driverdata; /**< driver-specific data, initialize to 0 */
+} SDL_DisplayMode;
+
+/**
+ * \brief The type used to identify a window
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_CreateWindow()
+ * \sa SDL_CreateWindowFrom()
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyWindow()
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowData()
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowFlags()
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowGrab()
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowPosition()
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowSize()
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowTitle()
+ * \sa SDL_HideWindow()
+ * \sa SDL_MaximizeWindow()
+ * \sa SDL_MinimizeWindow()
+ * \sa SDL_RaiseWindow()
+ * \sa SDL_RestoreWindow()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowData()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowFullscreen()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowGrab()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowIcon()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowPosition()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowSize()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowBordered()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowTitle()
+ * \sa SDL_ShowWindow()
+ */
+typedef struct SDL_Window SDL_Window;
+
+/**
+ * \brief The flags on a window
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowFlags()
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN = 0x00000001, /**< fullscreen window */
+ SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL = 0x00000002, /**< window usable with OpenGL context */
+ SDL_WINDOW_SHOWN = 0x00000004, /**< window is visible */
+ SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN = 0x00000008, /**< window is not visible */
+ SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS = 0x00000010, /**< no window decoration */
+ SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE = 0x00000020, /**< window can be resized */
+ SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED = 0x00000040, /**< window is minimized */
+ SDL_WINDOW_MAXIMIZED = 0x00000080, /**< window is maximized */
+ SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_GRABBED = 0x00000100, /**< window has grabbed input focus */
+ SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS = 0x00000200, /**< window has input focus */
+ SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_FOCUS = 0x00000400, /**< window has mouse focus */
+ SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN_DESKTOP = ( SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN | 0x00001000 ),
+ SDL_WINDOW_FOREIGN = 0x00000800 /**< window not created by SDL */
+} SDL_WindowFlags;
+
+/**
+ * \brief Used to indicate that you don't care what the window position is.
+ */
+#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_MASK 0x1FFF0000
+#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_DISPLAY(X) (SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_MASK|(X))
+#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_DISPLAY(0)
+#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_ISUNDEFINED(X) \
+ (((X)&0xFFFF0000) == SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_MASK)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Used to indicate that the window position should be centered.
+ */
+#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_MASK 0x2FFF0000
+#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_DISPLAY(X) (SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_MASK|(X))
+#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_DISPLAY(0)
+#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_ISCENTERED(X) \
+ (((X)&0xFFFF0000) == SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_MASK)
+
+/**
+ * \brief Event subtype for window events
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_NONE, /**< Never used */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_SHOWN, /**< Window has been shown */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_HIDDEN, /**< Window has been hidden */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_EXPOSED, /**< Window has been exposed and should be
+ redrawn */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_MOVED, /**< Window has been moved to data1, data2
+ */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESIZED, /**< Window has been resized to data1xdata2 */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_SIZE_CHANGED, /**< The window size has changed, either as a result of an API call or through the system or user changing the window size. */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_MINIMIZED, /**< Window has been minimized */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_MAXIMIZED, /**< Window has been maximized */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESTORED, /**< Window has been restored to normal size
+ and position */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER, /**< Window has gained mouse focus */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE, /**< Window has lost mouse focus */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED, /**< Window has gained keyboard focus */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST, /**< Window has lost keyboard focus */
+ SDL_WINDOWEVENT_CLOSE /**< The window manager requests that the
+ window be closed */
+} SDL_WindowEventID;
+
+/**
+ * \brief An opaque handle to an OpenGL context.
+ */
+typedef void *SDL_GLContext;
+
+/**
+ * \brief OpenGL configuration attributes
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_GL_RED_SIZE,
+ SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE,
+ SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE,
+ SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE,
+ SDL_GL_BUFFER_SIZE,
+ SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER,
+ SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE,
+ SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE,
+ SDL_GL_ACCUM_RED_SIZE,
+ SDL_GL_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE,
+ SDL_GL_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE,
+ SDL_GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE,
+ SDL_GL_STEREO,
+ SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
+ SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES,
+ SDL_GL_ACCELERATED_VISUAL,
+ SDL_GL_RETAINED_BACKING,
+ SDL_GL_CONTEXT_MAJOR_VERSION,
+ SDL_GL_CONTEXT_MINOR_VERSION,
+ SDL_GL_CONTEXT_EGL,
+ SDL_GL_CONTEXT_FLAGS,
+ SDL_GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK,
+ SDL_GL_SHARE_WITH_CURRENT_CONTEXT
+} SDL_GLattr;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_CORE = 0x0001,
+ SDL_GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_COMPATIBILITY = 0x0002,
+ SDL_GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_ES = 0x0004
+} SDL_GLprofile;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ SDL_GL_CONTEXT_DEBUG_FLAG = 0x0001,
+ SDL_GL_CONTEXT_FORWARD_COMPATIBLE_FLAG = 0x0002,
+ SDL_GL_CONTEXT_ROBUST_ACCESS_FLAG = 0x0004,
+ SDL_GL_CONTEXT_RESET_ISOLATION_FLAG = 0x0008
+} SDL_GLcontextFlag;
+
+
+/* Function prototypes */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the number of video drivers compiled into SDL
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetVideoDriver()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumVideoDrivers(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the name of a built in video driver.
+ *
+ * \note The video drivers are presented in the order in which they are
+ * normally checked during initialization.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDrivers()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetVideoDriver(int index);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Initialize the video subsystem, optionally specifying a video driver.
+ *
+ * \param driver_name Initialize a specific driver by name, or NULL for the
+ * default video driver.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, -1 on error
+ *
+ * This function initializes the video subsystem; setting up a connection
+ * to the window manager, etc, and determines the available display modes
+ * and pixel formats, but does not initialize a window or graphics mode.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_VideoQuit()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_VideoInit(const char *driver_name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Shuts down the video subsystem.
+ *
+ * This function closes all windows, and restores the original video mode.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_VideoInit()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_VideoQuit(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns the name of the currently initialized video driver.
+ *
+ * \return The name of the current video driver or NULL if no driver
+ * has been initialized
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDrivers()
+ * \sa SDL_GetVideoDriver()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetCurrentVideoDriver(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns the number of available video displays.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetDisplayBounds()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the name of a display in UTF-8 encoding
+ *
+ * \return The name of a display, or NULL for an invalid display index.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetDisplayName(int displayIndex);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the desktop area represented by a display, with the primary
+ * display located at 0,0
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the index is out of range.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetDisplayBounds(int displayIndex, SDL_Rect * rect);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns the number of available display modes.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetDisplayMode()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumDisplayModes(int displayIndex);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Fill in information about a specific display mode.
+ *
+ * \note The display modes are sorted in this priority:
+ * \li bits per pixel -> more colors to fewer colors
+ * \li width -> largest to smallest
+ * \li height -> largest to smallest
+ * \li refresh rate -> highest to lowest
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumDisplayModes()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetDisplayMode(int displayIndex, int modeIndex,
+ SDL_DisplayMode * mode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Fill in information about the desktop display mode.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetDesktopDisplayMode(int displayIndex, SDL_DisplayMode * mode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Fill in information about the current display mode.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCurrentDisplayMode(int displayIndex, SDL_DisplayMode * mode);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the closest match to the requested display mode.
+ *
+ * \param displayIndex The index of display from which mode should be queried.
+ * \param mode The desired display mode
+ * \param closest A pointer to a display mode to be filled in with the closest
+ * match of the available display modes.
+ *
+ * \return The passed in value \c closest, or NULL if no matching video mode
+ * was available.
+ *
+ * The available display modes are scanned, and \c closest is filled in with the
+ * closest mode matching the requested mode and returned. The mode format and
+ * refresh_rate default to the desktop mode if they are 0. The modes are
+ * scanned with size being first priority, format being second priority, and
+ * finally checking the refresh_rate. If all the available modes are too
+ * small, then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetNumDisplayModes()
+ * \sa SDL_GetDisplayMode()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_DisplayMode * SDLCALL SDL_GetClosestDisplayMode(int displayIndex, const SDL_DisplayMode * mode, SDL_DisplayMode * closest);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the display index associated with a window.
+ *
+ * \return the display index of the display containing the center of the
+ * window, or -1 on error.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowDisplayIndex(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the display mode used when a fullscreen window is visible.
+ *
+ * By default the window's dimensions and the desktop format and refresh rate
+ * are used.
+ *
+ * \param window The window for which the display mode should be set.
+ * \param mode The mode to use, or NULL for the default mode.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if setting the display mode failed.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowDisplayMode()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowFullscreen()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode(SDL_Window * window,
+ const SDL_DisplayMode
+ * mode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Fill in information about the display mode used when a fullscreen
+ * window is visible.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowFullscreen()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowDisplayMode(SDL_Window * window,
+ SDL_DisplayMode * mode);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the pixel format associated with the window.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowPixelFormat(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create a window with the specified position, dimensions, and flags.
+ *
+ * \param title The title of the window, in UTF-8 encoding.
+ * \param x The x position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
+ * ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
+ * \param y The y position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
+ * ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
+ * \param w The width of the window.
+ * \param h The height of the window.
+ * \param flags The flags for the window, a mask of any of the following:
+ * ::SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN, ::SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL,
+ * ::SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN, ::SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS,
+ * ::SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE, ::SDL_WINDOW_MAXIMIZED,
+ * ::SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED, ::SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_GRABBED.
+ *
+ * \return The id of the window created, or zero if window creation failed.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyWindow()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_CreateWindow(const char *title,
+ int x, int y, int w,
+ int h, Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create an SDL window from an existing native window.
+ *
+ * \param data A pointer to driver-dependent window creation data
+ *
+ * \return The id of the window created, or zero if window creation failed.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_DestroyWindow()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_CreateWindowFrom(const void *data);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the numeric ID of a window, for logging purposes.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowID(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get a window from a stored ID, or NULL if it doesn't exist.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowFromID(Uint32 id);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the window flags.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowFlags(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the title of a window, in UTF-8 format.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowTitle()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowTitle(SDL_Window * window,
+ const char *title);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the title of a window, in UTF-8 format.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowTitle()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowTitle(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the icon for a window.
+ *
+ * \param window The window for which the icon should be set.
+ * \param icon The icon for the window.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowIcon(SDL_Window * window,
+ SDL_Surface * icon);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Associate an arbitrary named pointer with a window.
+ *
+ * \param window The window to associate with the pointer.
+ * \param name The name of the pointer.
+ * \param userdata The associated pointer.
+ *
+ * \return The previous value associated with 'name'
+ *
+ * \note The name is case-sensitive.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowData()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void* SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowData(SDL_Window * window,
+ const char *name,
+ void *userdata);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Retrieve the data pointer associated with a window.
+ *
+ * \param window The window to query.
+ * \param name The name of the pointer.
+ *
+ * \return The value associated with 'name'
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowData()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowData(SDL_Window * window,
+ const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the position of a window.
+ *
+ * \param window The window to reposition.
+ * \param x The x coordinate of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
+ ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
+ * \param y The y coordinate of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
+ ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
+ *
+ * \note The window coordinate origin is the upper left of the display.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowPosition()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowPosition(SDL_Window * window,
+ int x, int y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the position of a window.
+ *
+ * \param window The window to query.
+ * \param x Pointer to variable for storing the x position, may be NULL
+ * \param y Pointer to variable for storing the y position, may be NULL
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowPosition()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowPosition(SDL_Window * window,
+ int *x, int *y);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the size of a window's client area.
+ *
+ * \param window The window to resize.
+ * \param w The width of the window, must be >0
+ * \param h The height of the window, must be >0
+ *
+ * \note You can't change the size of a fullscreen window, it automatically
+ * matches the size of the display mode.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowSize()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowSize(SDL_Window * window, int w,
+ int h);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the size of a window's client area.
+ *
+ * \param window The window to query.
+ * \param w Pointer to variable for storing the width, may be NULL
+ * \param h Pointer to variable for storing the height, may be NULL
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowSize()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowSize(SDL_Window * window, int *w,
+ int *h);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the minimum size of a window's client area.
+ *
+ * \param window The window to set a new minimum size.
+ * \param min_w The minimum width of the window, must be >0
+ * \param min_h The minimum height of the window, must be >0
+ *
+ * \note You can't change the minimum size of a fullscreen window, it
+ * automatically matches the size of the display mode.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowMinimumSize()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowMaximumSize()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowMinimumSize(SDL_Window * window,
+ int min_w, int min_h);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the minimum size of a window's client area.
+ *
+ * \param window The window to query.
+ * \param w Pointer to variable for storing the minimum width, may be NULL
+ * \param h Pointer to variable for storing the minimum height, may be NULL
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowMaximumSize()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowMinimumSize()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowMinimumSize(SDL_Window * window,
+ int *w, int *h);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the maximum size of a window's client area.
+ *
+ * \param window The window to set a new maximum size.
+ * \param max_w The maximum width of the window, must be >0
+ * \param max_h The maximum height of the window, must be >0
+ *
+ * \note You can't change the maximum size of a fullscreen window, it
+ * automatically matches the size of the display mode.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowMaximumSize()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowMinimumSize()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowMaximumSize(SDL_Window * window,
+ int max_w, int max_h);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the maximum size of a window's client area.
+ *
+ * \param window The window to query.
+ * \param w Pointer to variable for storing the maximum width, may be NULL
+ * \param h Pointer to variable for storing the maximum height, may be NULL
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowMinimumSize()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowMaximumSize()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowMaximumSize(SDL_Window * window,
+ int *w, int *h);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the border state of a window.
+ *
+ * This will add or remove the window's SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS flag and
+ * add or remove the border from the actual window. This is a no-op if the
+ * window's border already matches the requested state.
+ *
+ * \param window The window of which to change the border state.
+ * \param bordered SDL_FALSE to remove border, SDL_TRUE to add border.
+ *
+ * \note You can't change the border state of a fullscreen window.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowFlags()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowBordered(SDL_Window * window,
+ SDL_bool bordered);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Show a window.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_HideWindow()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ShowWindow(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Hide a window.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_ShowWindow()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_HideWindow(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Raise a window above other windows and set the input focus.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RaiseWindow(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Make a window as large as possible.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RestoreWindow()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MaximizeWindow(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Minimize a window to an iconic representation.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_RestoreWindow()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MinimizeWindow(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Restore the size and position of a minimized or maximized window.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_MaximizeWindow()
+ * \sa SDL_MinimizeWindow()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RestoreWindow(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set a window's fullscreen state.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if setting the display mode failed.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode()
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowDisplayMode()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowFullscreen(SDL_Window * window,
+ Uint32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the SDL surface associated with the window.
+ *
+ * \return The window's framebuffer surface, or NULL on error.
+ *
+ * A new surface will be created with the optimal format for the window,
+ * if necessary. This surface will be freed when the window is destroyed.
+ *
+ * \note You may not combine this with 3D or the rendering API on this window.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_UpdateWindowSurface()
+ * \sa SDL_UpdateWindowSurfaceRects()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowSurface(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Copy the window surface to the screen.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowSurface()
+ * \sa SDL_UpdateWindowSurfaceRects()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpdateWindowSurface(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Copy a number of rectangles on the window surface to the screen.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowSurface()
+ * \sa SDL_UpdateWindowSurfaceRect()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpdateWindowSurfaceRects(SDL_Window * window,
+ const SDL_Rect * rects,
+ int numrects);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set a window's input grab mode.
+ *
+ * \param window The window for which the input grab mode should be set.
+ * \param grabbed This is SDL_TRUE to grab input, and SDL_FALSE to release input.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowGrab()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowGrab(SDL_Window * window,
+ SDL_bool grabbed);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get a window's input grab mode.
+ *
+ * \return This returns SDL_TRUE if input is grabbed, and SDL_FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowGrab()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowGrab(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the brightness (gamma correction) for a window.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if setting the brightness isn't supported.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowBrightness()
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowGammaRamp()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowBrightness(SDL_Window * window, float brightness);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the brightness (gamma correction) for a window.
+ *
+ * \return The last brightness value passed to SDL_SetWindowBrightness()
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowBrightness()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowBrightness(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the gamma ramp for a window.
+ *
+ * \param window The window for which the gamma ramp should be set.
+ * \param red The translation table for the red channel, or NULL.
+ * \param green The translation table for the green channel, or NULL.
+ * \param blue The translation table for the blue channel, or NULL.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if gamma ramps are unsupported.
+ *
+ * Set the gamma translation table for the red, green, and blue channels
+ * of the video hardware. Each table is an array of 256 16-bit quantities,
+ * representing a mapping between the input and output for that channel.
+ * The input is the index into the array, and the output is the 16-bit
+ * gamma value at that index, scaled to the output color precision.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GetWindowGammaRamp()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowGammaRamp(SDL_Window * window,
+ const Uint16 * red,
+ const Uint16 * green,
+ const Uint16 * blue);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the gamma ramp for a window.
+ *
+ * \param window The window from which the gamma ramp should be queried.
+ * \param red A pointer to a 256 element array of 16-bit quantities to hold
+ * the translation table for the red channel, or NULL.
+ * \param green A pointer to a 256 element array of 16-bit quantities to hold
+ * the translation table for the green channel, or NULL.
+ * \param blue A pointer to a 256 element array of 16-bit quantities to hold
+ * the translation table for the blue channel, or NULL.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if gamma ramps are unsupported.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_SetWindowGammaRamp()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowGammaRamp(SDL_Window * window,
+ Uint16 * red,
+ Uint16 * green,
+ Uint16 * blue);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Destroy a window.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyWindow(SDL_Window * window);
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief Returns whether the screensaver is currently enabled (default on).
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_EnableScreenSaver()
+ * \sa SDL_DisableScreenSaver()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsScreenSaverEnabled(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Allow the screen to be blanked by a screensaver
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_IsScreenSaverEnabled()
+ * \sa SDL_DisableScreenSaver()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_EnableScreenSaver(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Prevent the screen from being blanked by a screensaver
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_IsScreenSaverEnabled()
+ * \sa SDL_EnableScreenSaver()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DisableScreenSaver(void);
+
+
+/**
+ * \name OpenGL support functions
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+/**
+ * \brief Dynamically load an OpenGL library.
+ *
+ * \param path The platform dependent OpenGL library name, or NULL to open the
+ * default OpenGL library.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if the library couldn't be loaded.
+ *
+ * This should be done after initializing the video driver, but before
+ * creating any OpenGL windows. If no OpenGL library is loaded, the default
+ * library will be loaded upon creation of the first OpenGL window.
+ *
+ * \note If you do this, you need to retrieve all of the GL functions used in
+ * your program from the dynamic library using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GL_GetProcAddress()
+ * \sa SDL_GL_UnloadLibrary()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_LoadLibrary(const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the address of an OpenGL function.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(const char *proc);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Unload the OpenGL library previously loaded by SDL_GL_LoadLibrary().
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GL_LoadLibrary()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_UnloadLibrary(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Return true if an OpenGL extension is supported for the current
+ * context.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GL_ExtensionSupported(const char
+ *extension);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set an OpenGL window attribute before window creation.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GLattr attr, int value);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the actual value for an attribute from the current context.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetAttribute(SDL_GLattr attr, int *value);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Create an OpenGL context for use with an OpenGL window, and make it
+ * current.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GL_DeleteContext()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GLContext SDLCALL SDL_GL_CreateContext(SDL_Window *
+ window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set up an OpenGL context for rendering into an OpenGL window.
+ *
+ * \note The context must have been created with a compatible window.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(SDL_Window * window,
+ SDL_GLContext context);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the currently active OpenGL window.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window* SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetCurrentWindow(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the currently active OpenGL context.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_GLContext SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetCurrentContext(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Set the swap interval for the current OpenGL context.
+ *
+ * \param interval 0 for immediate updates, 1 for updates synchronized with the
+ * vertical retrace. If the system supports it, you may
+ * specify -1 to allow late swaps to happen immediately
+ * instead of waiting for the next retrace.
+ *
+ * \return 0 on success, or -1 if setting the swap interval is not supported.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GL_GetSwapInterval()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_SetSwapInterval(int interval);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Get the swap interval for the current OpenGL context.
+ *
+ * \return 0 if there is no vertical retrace synchronization, 1 if the buffer
+ * swap is synchronized with the vertical retrace, and -1 if late
+ * swaps happen immediately instead of waiting for the next retrace.
+ * If the system can't determine the swap interval, or there isn't a
+ * valid current context, this will return 0 as a safe default.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GL_SetSwapInterval()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetSwapInterval(void);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Swap the OpenGL buffers for a window, if double-buffering is
+ * supported.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_SwapWindow(SDL_Window * window);
+
+/**
+ * \brief Delete an OpenGL context.
+ *
+ * \sa SDL_GL_CreateContext()
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_DeleteContext(SDL_GLContext context);
+
+/*@}*//*OpenGL support functions*/
+
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include "close_code.h"
+
+#endif /* _SDL_video_h */
+
+/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file begin_code.h
+ *
+ * This file sets things up for C dynamic library function definitions,
+ * static inlined functions, and structures aligned at 4-byte alignment.
+ * If you don't like ugly C preprocessor code, don't look at this file. :)
+ */
+
+/* This shouldn't be nested -- included it around code only. */
+#ifdef _begin_code_h
+#error Nested inclusion of begin_code.h
+#endif
+#define _begin_code_h
+
+/* Some compilers use a special export keyword */
+#ifndef DECLSPEC
+# if defined(__BEOS__) || defined(__HAIKU__)
+# if defined(__GNUC__)
+# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllexport)
+# else
+# define DECLSPEC __declspec(export)
+# endif
+# elif defined(__WIN32__)
+# ifdef __BORLANDC__
+# ifdef BUILD_SDL
+# define DECLSPEC
+# else
+# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllimport)
+# endif
+# else
+# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllexport)
+# endif
+# else
+# if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4
+# define DECLSPEC __attribute__ ((visibility("default")))
+# else
+# define DECLSPEC
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* By default SDL uses the C calling convention */
+#ifndef SDLCALL
+#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
+#define SDLCALL __cdecl
+#else
+#define SDLCALL
+#endif
+#endif /* SDLCALL */
+
+/* Removed DECLSPEC on Symbian OS because SDL cannot be a DLL in EPOC */
+#ifdef __SYMBIAN32__
+#undef DECLSPEC
+#define DECLSPEC
+#endif /* __SYMBIAN32__ */
+
+/* Force structure packing at 4 byte alignment.
+ This is necessary if the header is included in code which has structure
+ packing set to an alternate value, say for loading structures from disk.
+ The packing is reset to the previous value in close_code.h
+ */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning(disable: 4103)
+#endif
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#pragma nopackwarning
+#endif
+#ifdef _M_X64
+/* Use 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures, so pointers are aligned */
+#pragma pack(push,8)
+#else
+#pragma pack(push,4)
+#endif
+#endif /* Compiler needs structure packing set */
+
+/* Set up compiler-specific options for inlining functions */
+#ifndef SDL_INLINE_OKAY
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
+#else
+/* Add any special compiler-specific cases here */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || \
+ defined(__DMC__) || defined(__SC__) || \
+ defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__LCC__) || \
+ defined(__DECC)
+#ifndef __inline__
+#define __inline__ __inline
+#endif
+#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
+#else
+#if !defined(__MRC__) && !defined(_SGI_SOURCE)
+#ifndef __inline__
+#define __inline__ inline
+#endif
+#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
+#endif /* Not a funky compiler */
+#endif /* Visual C++ */
+#endif /* GNU C */
+#endif /* SDL_INLINE_OKAY */
+
+/* If inlining isn't supported, remove "__inline__", turning static
+ inlined functions into static functions (resulting in code bloat
+ in all files which include the offending header files)
+*/
+#ifndef SDL_INLINE_OKAY
+#define __inline__
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SDL_FORCE_INLINE
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#define SDL_FORCE_INLINE __forceinline
+#elif ( (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4)) || defined(__clang__) )
+#define SDL_FORCE_INLINE __attribute__((always_inline)) static inline
+#else
+#define SDL_FORCE_INLINE static __inline__
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Apparently this is needed by several Windows compilers */
+#if !defined(__MACH__)
+#ifndef NULL
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define NULL 0
+#else
+#define NULL ((void *)0)
+#endif
+#endif /* NULL */
+#endif /* ! Mac OS X - breaks precompiled headers */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ Simple DirectMedia Layer
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/**
+ * \file close_code.h
+ *
+ * This file reverses the effects of begin_code.h and should be included
+ * after you finish any function and structure declarations in your headers
+ */
+
+#undef _begin_code_h
+
+/* Reset structure packing at previous byte alignment */
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#pragma nopackwarning
+#endif
+#pragma pack(pop)
+#endif /* Compiler needs structure packing set */
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>BuildMachineOSBuild</key>
+ <string>12E55</string>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>SDL2</string>
+ <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
+ <string>http://www.libsdl.org</string>
+ <key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
+ <string>org.libsdl.SDL2</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>Simple DirectMedia Layer</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>2.0.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+ <string>SDLX</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>2.0.0</string>
+ <key>DTCompiler</key>
+ <string></string>
+ <key>DTPlatformBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1503</string>
+ <key>DTPlatformVersion</key>
+ <string>GM</string>
+ <key>DTSDKBuild</key>
+ <string>12D75</string>
+ <key>DTSDKName</key>
+ <string>macosx10.8</string>
+ <key>DTXcode</key>
+ <string>0463</string>
+ <key>DTXcodeBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1503</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>files</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>Resources/Info.plist</key>
+ <data>
+ vOZTDemGZ8T0edVRfvI/ycY63sg=
+ </data>
+ </dict>
+ <key>rules</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>^Resources/</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1000</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/locversion.plist$</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>omit</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1100</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^version.plist$</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+A
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Frameworks
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Headers
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Resources
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/SDL2_image
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+//
+// This code is licensed under the same terms as WebM:
+// Software License Agreement: http://www.webmproject.org/license/software/
+// Additional IP Rights Grant: http://www.webmproject.org/license/additional/
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Main decoding functions for WebP images.
+//
+// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com)
+
+#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_
+#define WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_
+
+#include "./types.h"
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION 0x0201 // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b)
+
+// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++,
+// the types are left here for reference.
+// typedef enum VP8StatusCode VP8StatusCode;
+// typedef enum WEBP_CSP_MODE WEBP_CSP_MODE;
+typedef struct WebPRGBABuffer WebPRGBABuffer;
+typedef struct WebPYUVABuffer WebPYUVABuffer;
+typedef struct WebPDecBuffer WebPDecBuffer;
+typedef struct WebPIDecoder WebPIDecoder;
+typedef struct WebPBitstreamFeatures WebPBitstreamFeatures;
+typedef struct WebPDecoderOptions WebPDecoderOptions;
+typedef struct WebPDecoderConfig WebPDecoderConfig;
+
+// Return the decoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for
+// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPGetDecoderVersion(void);
+
+// Retrieve basic header information: width, height.
+// This function will also validate the header and return 0 in
+// case of formatting error.
+// Pointers 'width' and 'height' can be passed NULL if deemed irrelevant.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPGetInfo(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Decodes WebP images pointed to by 'data' and returns RGBA samples, along
+// with the dimensions in *width and *height. The ordering of samples in
+// memory is R, G, B, A, R, G, B, A... in scan order (endian-independent).
+// The returned pointer should be deleted calling free().
+// Returns NULL in case of error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGBA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning A, R, G, B, A, R, G, B... ordered data.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeARGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning B, G, R, A, B, G, R, A... ordered data.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGRA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning R, G, B, R, G, B... ordered data.
+// If the bitstream contains transparency, it is ignored.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Same as WebPDecodeRGB, but returning B, G, R, B, G, R... ordered data.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGR(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+
+// Decode WebP images pointed to by 'data' to Y'UV format(*). The pointer
+// returned is the Y samples buffer. Upon return, *u and *v will point to
+// the U and V chroma data. These U and V buffers need NOT be free()'d,
+// unlike the returned Y luma one. The dimension of the U and V planes
+// are both (*width + 1) / 2 and (*height + 1)/ 2.
+// Upon return, the Y buffer has a stride returned as '*stride', while U and V
+// have a common stride returned as '*uv_stride'.
+// Return NULL in case of error.
+// (*) Also named Y'CbCr. See: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YCbCr
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeYUV(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height,
+ uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v,
+ int* stride, int* uv_stride);
+
+// These five functions are variants of the above ones, that decode the image
+// directly into a pre-allocated buffer 'output_buffer'. The maximum storage
+// available in this buffer is indicated by 'output_buffer_size'. If this
+// storage is not sufficient (or an error occurred), NULL is returned.
+// Otherwise, output_buffer is returned, for convenience.
+// The parameter 'output_stride' specifies the distance (in bytes)
+// between scanlines. Hence, output_buffer_size is expected to be at least
+// output_stride x picture-height.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGBAInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeARGBInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGRAInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+
+// RGB and BGR variants. Here too the transparency information, if present,
+// will be dropped and ignored.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGBInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGRInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+
+// WebPDecodeYUVInto() is a variant of WebPDecodeYUV() that operates directly
+// into pre-allocated luma/chroma plane buffers. This function requires the
+// strides to be passed: one for the luma plane and one for each of the
+// chroma ones. The size of each plane buffer is passed as 'luma_size',
+// 'u_size' and 'v_size' respectively.
+// Pointer to the luma plane ('*luma') is returned or NULL if an error occurred
+// during decoding (or because some buffers were found to be too small).
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeYUVInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride,
+ uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride,
+ uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Output colorspaces and buffer
+
+// Colorspaces
+// Note: the naming describes the byte-ordering of packed samples in memory.
+// For instance, MODE_BGRA relates to samples ordered as B,G,R,A,B,G,R,A,...
+// Non-capital names (e.g.:MODE_Argb) relates to pre-multiplied RGB channels.
+// RGBA-4444 and RGB-565 colorspaces are represented by following byte-order:
+// RGBA-4444: [r3 r2 r1 r0 g3 g2 g1 g0], [b3 b2 b1 b0 a3 a2 a1 a0], ...
+// RGB-565: [r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3], [g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0], ...
+// In the case WEBP_SWAP_16BITS_CSP is defined, the bytes are swapped for
+// these two modes:
+// RGBA-4444: [b3 b2 b1 b0 a3 a2 a1 a0], [r3 r2 r1 r0 g3 g2 g1 g0], ...
+// RGB-565: [g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0], [r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3], ...
+
+typedef enum WEBP_CSP_MODE {
+ MODE_RGB = 0, MODE_RGBA = 1,
+ MODE_BGR = 2, MODE_BGRA = 3,
+ MODE_ARGB = 4, MODE_RGBA_4444 = 5,
+ MODE_RGB_565 = 6,
+ // RGB-premultiplied transparent modes (alpha value is preserved)
+ MODE_rgbA = 7,
+ MODE_bgrA = 8,
+ MODE_Argb = 9,
+ MODE_rgbA_4444 = 10,
+ // YUV modes must come after RGB ones.
+ MODE_YUV = 11, MODE_YUVA = 12, // yuv 4:2:0
+ MODE_LAST = 13
+} WEBP_CSP_MODE;
+
+// Some useful macros:
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsPremultipliedMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) {
+ return (mode == MODE_rgbA || mode == MODE_bgrA || mode == MODE_Argb ||
+ mode == MODE_rgbA_4444);
+}
+
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsAlphaMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) {
+ return (mode == MODE_RGBA || mode == MODE_BGRA || mode == MODE_ARGB ||
+ mode == MODE_RGBA_4444 || mode == MODE_YUVA ||
+ WebPIsPremultipliedMode(mode));
+}
+
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsRGBMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) {
+ return (mode < MODE_YUV);
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// WebPDecBuffer: Generic structure for describing the output sample buffer.
+
+struct WebPRGBABuffer { // view as RGBA
+ uint8_t* rgba; // pointer to RGBA samples
+ int stride; // stride in bytes from one scanline to the next.
+ size_t size; // total size of the *rgba buffer.
+};
+
+struct WebPYUVABuffer { // view as YUVA
+ uint8_t* y, *u, *v, *a; // pointer to luma, chroma U/V, alpha samples
+ int y_stride; // luma stride
+ int u_stride, v_stride; // chroma strides
+ int a_stride; // alpha stride
+ size_t y_size; // luma plane size
+ size_t u_size, v_size; // chroma planes size
+ size_t a_size; // alpha-plane size
+};
+
+// Output buffer
+struct WebPDecBuffer {
+ WEBP_CSP_MODE colorspace; // Colorspace.
+ int width, height; // Dimensions.
+ int is_external_memory; // If true, 'internal_memory' pointer is not used.
+ union {
+ WebPRGBABuffer RGBA;
+ WebPYUVABuffer YUVA;
+ } u; // Nameless union of buffer parameters.
+ uint32_t pad[4]; // padding for later use
+
+ uint8_t* private_memory; // Internally allocated memory (only when
+ // is_external_memory is false). Should not be used
+ // externally, but accessed via the buffer union.
+};
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPInitDecBufferInternal(WebPDecBuffer*, int);
+
+// Initialize the structure as empty. Must be called before any other use.
+// Returns false in case of version mismatch
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer) {
+ return WebPInitDecBufferInternal(buffer, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// Free any memory associated with the buffer. Must always be called last.
+// Note: doesn't free the 'buffer' structure itself.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPFreeDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Enumeration of the status codes
+
+typedef enum VP8StatusCode {
+ VP8_STATUS_OK = 0,
+ VP8_STATUS_OUT_OF_MEMORY,
+ VP8_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM,
+ VP8_STATUS_BITSTREAM_ERROR,
+ VP8_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE,
+ VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED,
+ VP8_STATUS_USER_ABORT,
+ VP8_STATUS_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA
+} VP8StatusCode;
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Incremental decoding
+//
+// This API allows streamlined decoding of partial data.
+// Picture can be incrementally decoded as data become available thanks to the
+// WebPIDecoder object. This object can be left in a SUSPENDED state if the
+// picture is only partially decoded, pending additional input.
+// Code example:
+//
+// WebPInitDecBuffer(&buffer);
+// buffer.colorspace = mode;
+// ...
+// WebPIDecoder* idec = WebPINewDecoder(&buffer);
+// while (has_more_data) {
+// // ... (get additional data)
+// status = WebPIAppend(idec, new_data, new_data_size);
+// if (status != VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED ||
+// break;
+// }
+//
+// // The above call decodes the current available buffer.
+// // Part of the image can now be refreshed by calling to
+// // WebPIDecGetRGB()/WebPIDecGetYUVA() etc.
+// }
+// WebPIDelete(idec);
+
+// Creates a new incremental decoder with the supplied buffer parameter.
+// This output_buffer can be passed NULL, in which case a default output buffer
+// is used (with MODE_RGB). Otherwise, an internal reference to 'output_buffer'
+// is kept, which means that the lifespan of 'output_buffer' must be larger than
+// that of the returned WebPIDecoder object.
+// The supplied 'output_buffer' content MUST NOT be changed between calls to
+// WebPIAppend() or WebPIUpdate() unless 'output_buffer.is_external_memory' is
+// set to 1. In such a case, it is allowed to modify the pointers, size and
+// stride of output_buffer.u.RGBA or output_buffer.u.YUVA, provided they remain
+// within valid bounds.
+// All other fields of WebPDecBuffer MUST remain constant between calls.
+// Returns NULL if the allocation failed.
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewDecoder(WebPDecBuffer* output_buffer);
+
+// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which
+// will output the RGB/A samples specified by 'csp' into a preallocated
+// buffer 'output_buffer'. The size of this buffer is at least
+// 'output_buffer_size' and the stride (distance in bytes between two scanlines)
+// is specified by 'output_stride'.
+// Additionally, output_buffer can be passed NULL in which case the output
+// buffer will be allocated automatically when the decoding starts. The
+// colorspace 'csp' is taken into account for allocating this buffer. All other
+// parameters are ignored.
+// Returns NULL if the allocation failed, or if some parameters are invalid.
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewRGB(
+ WEBP_CSP_MODE csp,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+
+// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which
+// will output the raw luma/chroma samples into a preallocated planes if
+// supplied. The luma plane is specified by its pointer 'luma', its size
+// 'luma_size' and its stride 'luma_stride'. Similarly, the chroma-u plane
+// is specified by the 'u', 'u_size' and 'u_stride' parameters, and the chroma-v
+// plane by 'v' and 'v_size'. And same for the alpha-plane. The 'a' pointer
+// can be pass NULL in case one is not interested in the transparency plane.
+// Conversely, 'luma' can be passed NULL if no preallocated planes are supplied.
+// In this case, the output buffer will be automatically allocated (using
+// MODE_YUVA) when decoding starts. All parameters are then ignored.
+// Returns NULL if the allocation failed or if a parameter is invalid.
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewYUVA(
+ uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride,
+ uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride,
+ uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride,
+ uint8_t* a, size_t a_size, int a_stride);
+
+// Deprecated version of the above, without the alpha plane.
+// Kept for backward compatibility.
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewYUV(
+ uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride,
+ uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride,
+ uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride);
+
+// Deletes the WebPIDecoder object and associated memory. Must always be called
+// if WebPINewDecoder, WebPINewRGB or WebPINewYUV succeeded.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPIDelete(WebPIDecoder* idec);
+
+// Copies and decodes the next available data. Returns VP8_STATUS_OK when
+// the image is successfully decoded. Returns VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED when more
+// data is expected. Returns error in other cases.
+WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPIAppend(
+ WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size);
+
+// A variant of the above function to be used when data buffer contains
+// partial data from the beginning. In this case data buffer is not copied
+// to the internal memory.
+// Note that the value of the 'data' pointer can change between calls to
+// WebPIUpdate, for instance when the data buffer is resized to fit larger data.
+WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPIUpdate(
+ WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size);
+
+// Returns the RGB/A image decoded so far. Returns NULL if output params
+// are not initialized yet. The RGB/A output type corresponds to the colorspace
+// specified during call to WebPINewDecoder() or WebPINewRGB().
+// *last_y is the index of last decoded row in raster scan order. Some pointers
+// (*last_y, *width etc.) can be NULL if corresponding information is not
+// needed.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPIDecGetRGB(
+ const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y,
+ int* width, int* height, int* stride);
+
+// Same as above function to get a YUVA image. Returns pointer to the luma
+// plane or NULL in case of error. If there is no alpha information
+// the alpha pointer '*a' will be returned NULL.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPIDecGetYUVA(
+ const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y,
+ uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v, uint8_t** a,
+ int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride, int* a_stride);
+
+// Deprecated alpha-less version of WebPIDecGetYUVA(): it will ignore the
+// alpha information (if present). Kept for backward compatibility.
+static WEBP_INLINE uint8_t* WebPIDecGetYUV(
+ const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y, uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v,
+ int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride) {
+ return WebPIDecGetYUVA(idec, last_y, u, v, NULL, width, height,
+ stride, uv_stride, NULL);
+}
+
+// Generic call to retrieve information about the displayable area.
+// If non NULL, the left/right/width/height pointers are filled with the visible
+// rectangular area so far.
+// Returns NULL in case the incremental decoder object is in an invalid state.
+// Otherwise returns the pointer to the internal representation. This structure
+// is read-only, tied to WebPIDecoder's lifespan and should not be modified.
+WEBP_EXTERN(const WebPDecBuffer*) WebPIDecodedArea(
+ const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* left, int* top, int* width, int* height);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Advanced decoding parametrization
+//
+// Code sample for using the advanced decoding API
+/*
+ // A) Init a configuration object
+ WebPDecoderConfig config;
+ CHECK(WebPInitDecoderConfig(&config));
+
+ // B) optional: retrieve the bitstream's features.
+ CHECK(WebPGetFeatures(data, data_size, &config.input) == VP8_STATUS_OK);
+
+ // C) Adjust 'config', if needed
+ config.no_fancy_upsampling = 1;
+ config.output.colorspace = MODE_BGRA;
+ // etc.
+
+ // Note that you can also make config.output point to an externally
+ // supplied memory buffer, provided it's big enough to store the decoded
+ // picture. Otherwise, config.output will just be used to allocate memory
+ // and store the decoded picture.
+
+ // D) Decode!
+ CHECK(WebPDecode(data, data_size, &config) == VP8_STATUS_OK);
+
+ // E) Decoded image is now in config.output (and config.output.u.RGBA)
+
+ // F) Reclaim memory allocated in config's object. It's safe to call
+ // this function even if the memory is external and wasn't allocated
+ // by WebPDecode().
+ WebPFreeDecBuffer(&config.output);
+*/
+
+// Features gathered from the bitstream
+struct WebPBitstreamFeatures {
+ int width; // Width in pixels, as read from the bitstream.
+ int height; // Height in pixels, as read from the bitstream.
+ int has_alpha; // True if the bitstream contains an alpha channel.
+ int has_animation; // True if the bitstream is an animation.
+
+ // Unused for now:
+ int bitstream_version; // should be 0 for now. TODO(later)
+ int no_incremental_decoding; // if true, using incremental decoding is not
+ // recommended.
+ int rotate; // TODO(later)
+ int uv_sampling; // should be 0 for now. TODO(later)
+ uint32_t pad[2]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPGetFeaturesInternal(
+ const uint8_t*, size_t, WebPBitstreamFeatures*, int);
+
+// Retrieve features from the bitstream. The *features structure is filled
+// with information gathered from the bitstream.
+// Returns VP8_STATUS_OK when the features are successfully retrieved. Returns
+// VP8_STATUS_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA when more data is needed to retrieve the
+// features from headers. Returns error in other cases.
+static WEBP_INLINE VP8StatusCode WebPGetFeatures(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ WebPBitstreamFeatures* features) {
+ return WebPGetFeaturesInternal(data, data_size, features,
+ WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// Decoding options
+struct WebPDecoderOptions {
+ int bypass_filtering; // if true, skip the in-loop filtering
+ int no_fancy_upsampling; // if true, use faster pointwise upsampler
+ int use_cropping; // if true, cropping is applied _first_
+ int crop_left, crop_top; // top-left position for cropping.
+ // Will be snapped to even values.
+ int crop_width, crop_height; // dimension of the cropping area
+ int use_scaling; // if true, scaling is applied _afterward_
+ int scaled_width, scaled_height; // final resolution
+ int use_threads; // if true, use multi-threaded decoding
+
+ // Unused for now:
+ int force_rotation; // forced rotation (to be applied _last_)
+ int no_enhancement; // if true, discard enhancement layer
+ uint32_t pad[6]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Main object storing the configuration for advanced decoding.
+struct WebPDecoderConfig {
+ WebPBitstreamFeatures input; // Immutable bitstream features (optional)
+ WebPDecBuffer output; // Output buffer (can point to external mem)
+ WebPDecoderOptions options; // Decoding options
+};
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(WebPDecoderConfig*, int);
+
+// Initialize the configuration as empty. This function must always be
+// called first, unless WebPGetFeatures() is to be called.
+// Returns false in case of mismatched version.
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecoderConfig(WebPDecoderConfig* config) {
+ return WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(config, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// Instantiate a new incremental decoder object with the requested
+// configuration. The bitstream can be passed using 'data' and 'data_size'
+// parameter, in which case the features will be parsed and stored into
+// config->input. Otherwise, 'data' can be NULL and no parsing will occur.
+// Note that 'config' can be NULL too, in which case a default configuration
+// is used.
+// The return WebPIDecoder object must always be deleted calling WebPIDelete().
+// Returns NULL in case of error (and config->status will then reflect
+// the error condition).
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPIDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ WebPDecoderConfig* config);
+
+// Non-incremental version. This version decodes the full data at once, taking
+// 'config' into account. Returns decoding status (which should be VP8_STATUS_OK
+// if the decoding was successful).
+WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ WebPDecoderConfig* config);
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+// Copyright 2011 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+//
+// This code is licensed under the same terms as WebM:
+// Software License Agreement: http://www.webmproject.org/license/software/
+// Additional IP Rights Grant: http://www.webmproject.org/license/additional/
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// WebP encoder: main interface
+//
+// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com)
+
+#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_
+#define WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_
+
+#include "./types.h"
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION 0x0201 // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b)
+
+// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++,
+// the types are left here for reference.
+// typedef enum WebPImageHint WebPImageHint;
+// typedef enum WebPEncCSP WebPEncCSP;
+// typedef enum WebPPreset WebPPreset;
+// typedef enum WebPEncodingError WebPEncodingError;
+typedef struct WebPConfig WebPConfig;
+typedef struct WebPPicture WebPPicture; // main structure for I/O
+typedef struct WebPAuxStats WebPAuxStats;
+typedef struct WebPMemoryWriter WebPMemoryWriter;
+
+// Return the encoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for
+// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPGetEncoderVersion(void);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// One-stop-shop call! No questions asked:
+
+// Returns the size of the compressed data (pointed to by *output), or 0 if
+// an error occurred. The compressed data must be released by the caller
+// using the call 'free(*output)'.
+// These functions compress using the lossy format, and the quality_factor
+// can go from 0 (smaller output, lower quality) to 100 (best quality,
+// larger output).
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeRGB(const uint8_t* rgb,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeBGR(const uint8_t* bgr,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
+
+// These functions are the equivalent of the above, but compressing in a
+// lossless manner. Files are usually larger than lossy format, but will
+// not suffer any compression loss.
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessRGB(const uint8_t* rgb,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessBGR(const uint8_t* bgr,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ uint8_t** output);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Coding parameters
+
+// Image characteristics hint for the underlying encoder.
+typedef enum WebPImageHint {
+ WEBP_HINT_DEFAULT = 0, // default preset.
+ WEBP_HINT_PICTURE, // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot
+ WEBP_HINT_PHOTO, // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting
+ WEBP_HINT_GRAPH, // Discrete tone image (graph, map-tile etc).
+ WEBP_HINT_LAST
+} WebPImageHint;
+
+// Compression parameters.
+struct WebPConfig {
+ int lossless; // Lossless encoding (0=lossy(default), 1=lossless).
+ float quality; // between 0 (smallest file) and 100 (biggest)
+ int method; // quality/speed trade-off (0=fast, 6=slower-better)
+
+ WebPImageHint image_hint; // Hint for image type (lossless only for now).
+
+ // Parameters related to lossy compression only:
+ int target_size; // if non-zero, set the desired target size in bytes.
+ // Takes precedence over the 'compression' parameter.
+ float target_PSNR; // if non-zero, specifies the minimal distortion to
+ // try to achieve. Takes precedence over target_size.
+ int segments; // maximum number of segments to use, in [1..4]
+ int sns_strength; // Spatial Noise Shaping. 0=off, 100=maximum.
+ int filter_strength; // range: [0 = off .. 100 = strongest]
+ int filter_sharpness; // range: [0 = off .. 7 = least sharp]
+ int filter_type; // filtering type: 0 = simple, 1 = strong (only used
+ // if filter_strength > 0 or autofilter > 0)
+ int autofilter; // Auto adjust filter's strength [0 = off, 1 = on]
+ int alpha_compression; // Algorithm for encoding the alpha plane (0 = none,
+ // 1 = compressed with WebP lossless). Default is 1.
+ int alpha_filtering; // Predictive filtering method for alpha plane.
+ // 0: none, 1: fast, 2: best. Default if 1.
+ int alpha_quality; // Between 0 (smallest size) and 100 (lossless).
+ // Default is 100.
+ int pass; // number of entropy-analysis passes (in [1..10]).
+
+ int show_compressed; // if true, export the compressed picture back.
+ // In-loop filtering is not applied.
+ int preprocessing; // preprocessing filter (0=none, 1=segment-smooth)
+ int partitions; // log2(number of token partitions) in [0..3]. Default
+ // is set to 0 for easier progressive decoding.
+ int partition_limit; // quality degradation allowed to fit the 512k limit
+ // on prediction modes coding (0: no degradation,
+ // 100: maximum possible degradation).
+ int emulate_jpeg_size; // If true, compression parameters will be remapped
+ // to better match the expected output size from
+ // JPEG compression. Generally, the output size will
+ // be similar but the degradation will be lower.
+ int thread_level; // If non-zero, try and use multi-threaded encoding.
+ int low_memory; // If set, reduce memory usage (but increase CPU use).
+
+ uint32_t pad[5]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Enumerate some predefined settings for WebPConfig, depending on the type
+// of source picture. These presets are used when calling WebPConfigPreset().
+typedef enum WebPPreset {
+ WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT = 0, // default preset.
+ WEBP_PRESET_PICTURE, // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot
+ WEBP_PRESET_PHOTO, // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting
+ WEBP_PRESET_DRAWING, // hand or line drawing, with high-contrast details
+ WEBP_PRESET_ICON, // small-sized colorful images
+ WEBP_PRESET_TEXT // text-like
+} WebPPreset;
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPConfigInitInternal(WebPConfig*, WebPPreset, float, int);
+
+// Should always be called, to initialize a fresh WebPConfig structure before
+// modification. Returns false in case of version mismatch. WebPConfigInit()
+// must have succeeded before using the 'config' object.
+// Note that the default values are lossless=0 and quality=75.
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigInit(WebPConfig* config) {
+ return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT, 75.f,
+ WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// This function will initialize the configuration according to a predefined
+// set of parameters (referred to by 'preset') and a given quality factor.
+// This function can be called as a replacement to WebPConfigInit(). Will
+// return false in case of error.
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigPreset(WebPConfig* config,
+ WebPPreset preset, float quality) {
+ return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, preset, quality,
+ WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// Returns true if 'config' is non-NULL and all configuration parameters are
+// within their valid ranges.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPValidateConfig(const WebPConfig* config);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Input / Output
+// Structure for storing auxiliary statistics (mostly for lossy encoding).
+
+struct WebPAuxStats {
+ int coded_size; // final size
+
+ float PSNR[5]; // peak-signal-to-noise ratio for Y/U/V/All/Alpha
+ int block_count[3]; // number of intra4/intra16/skipped macroblocks
+ int header_bytes[2]; // approximate number of bytes spent for header
+ // and mode-partition #0
+ int residual_bytes[3][4]; // approximate number of bytes spent for
+ // DC/AC/uv coefficients for each (0..3) segments.
+ int segment_size[4]; // number of macroblocks in each segments
+ int segment_quant[4]; // quantizer values for each segments
+ int segment_level[4]; // filtering strength for each segments [0..63]
+
+ int alpha_data_size; // size of the transparency data
+ int layer_data_size; // size of the enhancement layer data
+
+ // lossless encoder statistics
+ uint32_t lossless_features; // bit0:predictor bit1:cross-color transform
+ // bit2:subtract-green bit3:color indexing
+ int histogram_bits; // number of precision bits of histogram
+ int transform_bits; // precision bits for transform
+ int cache_bits; // number of bits for color cache lookup
+ int palette_size; // number of color in palette, if used
+ int lossless_size; // final lossless size
+
+ uint32_t pad[4]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Signature for output function. Should return true if writing was successful.
+// data/data_size is the segment of data to write, and 'picture' is for
+// reference (and so one can make use of picture->custom_ptr).
+typedef int (*WebPWriterFunction)(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// WebPMemoryWrite: a special WebPWriterFunction that writes to memory using
+// the following WebPMemoryWriter object (to be set as a custom_ptr).
+struct WebPMemoryWriter {
+ uint8_t* mem; // final buffer (of size 'max_size', larger than 'size').
+ size_t size; // final size
+ size_t max_size; // total capacity
+ uint32_t pad[1]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// The following must be called first before any use.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPMemoryWriterInit(WebPMemoryWriter* writer);
+
+// The custom writer to be used with WebPMemoryWriter as custom_ptr. Upon
+// completion, writer.mem and writer.size will hold the coded data.
+// writer.mem must be freed using the call 'free(writer.mem)'.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPMemoryWrite(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Progress hook, called from time to time to report progress. It can return
+// false to request an abort of the encoding process, or true otherwise if
+// everything is OK.
+typedef int (*WebPProgressHook)(int percent, const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Color spaces.
+typedef enum WebPEncCSP {
+ // chroma sampling
+ WEBP_YUV420 = 0, // 4:2:0
+ WEBP_YUV422 = 1, // 4:2:2
+ WEBP_YUV444 = 2, // 4:4:4
+ WEBP_YUV400 = 3, // grayscale
+ WEBP_CSP_UV_MASK = 3, // bit-mask to get the UV sampling factors
+ // alpha channel variants
+ WEBP_YUV420A = 4,
+ WEBP_YUV422A = 5,
+ WEBP_YUV444A = 6,
+ WEBP_YUV400A = 7, // grayscale + alpha
+ WEBP_CSP_ALPHA_BIT = 4 // bit that is set if alpha is present
+} WebPEncCSP;
+
+// Encoding error conditions.
+typedef enum WebPEncodingError {
+ VP8_ENC_OK = 0,
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, // memory error allocating objects
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_BITSTREAM_OUT_OF_MEMORY, // memory error while flushing bits
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_NULL_PARAMETER, // a pointer parameter is NULL
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_INVALID_CONFIGURATION, // configuration is invalid
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_DIMENSION, // picture has invalid width/height
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION0_OVERFLOW, // partition is bigger than 512k
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION_OVERFLOW, // partition is bigger than 16M
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_WRITE, // error while flushing bytes
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_FILE_TOO_BIG, // file is bigger than 4G
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_USER_ABORT, // abort request by user
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_LAST // list terminator. always last.
+} WebPEncodingError;
+
+// maximum width/height allowed (inclusive), in pixels
+#define WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION 16383
+
+// Main exchange structure (input samples, output bytes, statistics)
+struct WebPPicture {
+ // INPUT
+ //////////////
+ // Main flag for encoder selecting between ARGB or YUV input.
+ // It is recommended to use ARGB input (*argb, argb_stride) for lossless
+ // compression, and YUV input (*y, *u, *v, etc.) for lossy compression
+ // since these are the respective native colorspace for these formats.
+ int use_argb;
+
+ // YUV input (mostly used for input to lossy compression)
+ WebPEncCSP colorspace; // colorspace: should be YUV420 for now (=Y'CbCr).
+ int width, height; // dimensions (less or equal to WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION)
+ uint8_t *y, *u, *v; // pointers to luma/chroma planes.
+ int y_stride, uv_stride; // luma/chroma strides.
+ uint8_t* a; // pointer to the alpha plane
+ int a_stride; // stride of the alpha plane
+ uint32_t pad1[2]; // padding for later use
+
+ // ARGB input (mostly used for input to lossless compression)
+ uint32_t* argb; // Pointer to argb (32 bit) plane.
+ int argb_stride; // This is stride in pixels units, not bytes.
+ uint32_t pad2[3]; // padding for later use
+
+ // OUTPUT
+ ///////////////
+ // Byte-emission hook, to store compressed bytes as they are ready.
+ WebPWriterFunction writer; // can be NULL
+ void* custom_ptr; // can be used by the writer.
+
+ // map for extra information (only for lossy compression mode)
+ int extra_info_type; // 1: intra type, 2: segment, 3: quant
+ // 4: intra-16 prediction mode,
+ // 5: chroma prediction mode,
+ // 6: bit cost, 7: distortion
+ uint8_t* extra_info; // if not NULL, points to an array of size
+ // ((width + 15) / 16) * ((height + 15) / 16) that
+ // will be filled with a macroblock map, depending
+ // on extra_info_type.
+
+ // STATS AND REPORTS
+ ///////////////////////////
+ // Pointer to side statistics (updated only if not NULL)
+ WebPAuxStats* stats;
+
+ // Error code for the latest error encountered during encoding
+ WebPEncodingError error_code;
+
+ // If not NULL, report progress during encoding.
+ WebPProgressHook progress_hook;
+
+ void* user_data; // this field is free to be set to any value and
+ // used during callbacks (like progress-report e.g.).
+
+ uint32_t pad3[3]; // padding for later use
+
+ // Unused for now: original samples (for non-YUV420 modes)
+ uint8_t *u0, *v0;
+ int uv0_stride;
+
+ uint32_t pad4[7]; // padding for later use
+
+ // PRIVATE FIELDS
+ ////////////////////
+ void* memory_; // row chunk of memory for yuva planes
+ void* memory_argb_; // and for argb too.
+ void* pad5[2]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureInitInternal(WebPPicture*, int);
+
+// Should always be called, to initialize the structure. Returns false in case
+// of version mismatch. WebPPictureInit() must have succeeded before using the
+// 'picture' object.
+// Note that, by default, use_argb is false and colorspace is WEBP_YUV420.
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPPictureInit(WebPPicture* picture) {
+ return WebPPictureInitInternal(picture, WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// WebPPicture utils
+
+// Convenience allocation / deallocation based on picture->width/height:
+// Allocate y/u/v buffers as per colorspace/width/height specification.
+// Note! This function will free the previous buffer if needed.
+// Returns false in case of memory error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureAlloc(WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Release the memory allocated by WebPPictureAlloc() or WebPPictureImport*().
+// Note that this function does _not_ free the memory used by the 'picture'
+// object itself.
+// Besides memory (which is reclaimed) all other fields of 'picture' are
+// preserved.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPPictureFree(WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Copy the pixels of *src into *dst, using WebPPictureAlloc. Upon return,
+// *dst will fully own the copied pixels (this is not a view).
+// Returns false in case of memory allocation error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureCopy(const WebPPicture* src, WebPPicture* dst);
+
+// Compute PSNR, SSIM or LSIM distortion metric between two pictures.
+// Result is in dB, stores in result[] in the Y/U/V/Alpha/All order.
+// Returns false in case of error (src and ref don't have same dimension, ...)
+// Warning: this function is rather CPU-intensive.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureDistortion(
+ const WebPPicture* src, const WebPPicture* ref,
+ int metric_type, // 0 = PSNR, 1 = SSIM, 2 = LSIM
+ float result[5]);
+
+// self-crops a picture to the rectangle defined by top/left/width/height.
+// Returns false in case of memory allocation error, or if the rectangle is
+// outside of the source picture.
+// The rectangle for the view is defined by the top-left corner pixel
+// coordinates (left, top) as well as its width and height. This rectangle
+// must be fully be comprised inside the 'src' source picture. If the source
+// picture uses the YUV420 colorspace, the top and left coordinates will be
+// snapped to even values.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureCrop(WebPPicture* picture,
+ int left, int top, int width, int height);
+
+// Extracts a view from 'src' picture into 'dst'. The rectangle for the view
+// is defined by the top-left corner pixel coordinates (left, top) as well
+// as its width and height. This rectangle must be fully be comprised inside
+// the 'src' source picture. If the source picture uses the YUV420 colorspace,
+// the top and left coordinates will be snapped to even values.
+// Picture 'src' must out-live 'dst' picture. Self-extraction of view is allowed
+// ('src' equal to 'dst') as a mean of fast-cropping (but note that doing so,
+// the original dimension will be lost).
+// Returns false in case of memory allocation error or invalid parameters.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureView(const WebPPicture* src,
+ int left, int top, int width, int height,
+ WebPPicture* dst);
+
+// Returns true if the 'picture' is actually a view and therefore does
+// not own the memory for pixels.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureIsView(const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Rescale a picture to new dimension width x height.
+// Now gamma correction is applied.
+// Returns false in case of error (invalid parameter or insufficient memory).
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureRescale(WebPPicture* pic, int width, int height);
+
+// Colorspace conversion function to import RGB samples.
+// Previous buffer will be free'd, if any.
+// *rgb buffer should have a size of at least height * rgb_stride.
+// Returns false in case of memory error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportRGB(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgb, int rgb_stride);
+// Same, but for RGBA buffer.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportRGBA(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgba, int rgba_stride);
+// Same, but for RGBA buffer. Imports the RGB direct from the 32-bit format
+// input buffer ignoring the alpha channel. Avoids needing to copy the data
+// to a temporary 24-bit RGB buffer to import the RGB only.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportRGBX(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgbx, int rgbx_stride);
+
+// Variants of the above, but taking BGR(A|X) input.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportBGR(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgr, int bgr_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportBGRA(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgra, int bgra_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportBGRX(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgrx, int bgrx_stride);
+
+// Converts picture->argb data to the YUVA format specified by 'colorspace'.
+// Upon return, picture->use_argb is set to false. The presence of real
+// non-opaque transparent values is detected, and 'colorspace' will be
+// adjusted accordingly. Note that this method is lossy.
+// Returns false in case of error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureARGBToYUVA(WebPPicture* picture,
+ WebPEncCSP colorspace);
+
+// Converts picture->yuv to picture->argb and sets picture->use_argb to true.
+// The input format must be YUV_420 or YUV_420A.
+// Note that the use of this method is discouraged if one has access to the
+// raw ARGB samples, since using YUV420 is comparatively lossy. Also, the
+// conversion from YUV420 to ARGB incurs a small loss too.
+// Returns false in case of error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureYUVAToARGB(WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Helper function: given a width x height plane of YUV(A) samples
+// (with stride 'stride'), clean-up the YUV samples under fully transparent
+// area, to help compressibility (no guarantee, though).
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPCleanupTransparentArea(WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Scan the picture 'picture' for the presence of non fully opaque alpha values.
+// Returns true in such case. Otherwise returns false (indicating that the
+// alpha plane can be ignored altogether e.g.).
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureHasTransparency(const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Remove the transparency information (if present) by blending the color with
+// the background color 'background_rgb' (specified as 24bit RGB triplet).
+// After this call, all alpha values are reset to 0xff.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPBlendAlpha(WebPPicture* pic, uint32_t background_rgb);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Main call
+
+// Main encoding call, after config and picture have been initialized.
+// 'picture' must be less than 16384x16384 in dimension (cf WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION),
+// and the 'config' object must be a valid one.
+// Returns false in case of error, true otherwise.
+// In case of error, picture->error_code is updated accordingly.
+// 'picture' can hold the source samples in both YUV(A) or ARGB input, depending
+// on the value of 'picture->use_argb'. It is highly recommended to use
+// the former for lossy encoding, and the latter for lossless encoding
+// (when config.lossless is true). Automatic conversion from one format to
+// another is provided but they both incur some loss.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPEncode(const WebPConfig* config, WebPPicture* picture);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+//
+// This code is licensed under the same terms as WebM:
+// Software License Agreement: http://www.webmproject.org/license/software/
+// Additional IP Rights Grant: http://www.webmproject.org/license/additional/
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Common types
+//
+// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com)
+
+#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_
+#define WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_
+
+#include <stddef.h> // for size_t
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
+#define WEBP_INLINE
+#else /* __STRICT_ANSI__ */
+#define WEBP_INLINE inline
+#endif
+#else
+typedef signed char int8_t;
+typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+typedef signed short int16_t;
+typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
+typedef signed int int32_t;
+typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
+typedef unsigned long long int uint64_t;
+typedef long long int int64_t;
+#define WEBP_INLINE __forceinline
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
+
+#ifndef WEBP_EXTERN
+// This explicitly marks library functions and allows for changing the
+// signature for e.g., Windows DLL builds.
+#define WEBP_EXTERN(type) extern type
+#endif /* WEBP_EXTERN */
+
+// Macro to check ABI compatibility (same major revision number)
+#define WEBP_ABI_IS_INCOMPATIBLE(a, b) (((a) >> 8) != ((b) >> 8))
+
+#endif /* WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+The source code to this library used with SDL_image can be found here:
+http://www.libsdl.org/projects/SDL_image/libs/
+---
+
+Copyright (c) 2010, Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+ the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+ distribution.
+
+ * Neither the name of Google nor the names of its contributors may
+ be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>webp</string>
+ <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
+ <string>libwebp 0.1.3</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>webp</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>0.1.3</string>
+ <key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+ <string>????</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>0.1.3</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+//
+// This code is licensed under the same terms as WebM:
+// Software License Agreement: http://www.webmproject.org/license/software/
+// Additional IP Rights Grant: http://www.webmproject.org/license/additional/
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Main decoding functions for WebP images.
+//
+// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com)
+
+#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_
+#define WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_
+
+#include "./types.h"
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION 0x0201 // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b)
+
+// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++,
+// the types are left here for reference.
+// typedef enum VP8StatusCode VP8StatusCode;
+// typedef enum WEBP_CSP_MODE WEBP_CSP_MODE;
+typedef struct WebPRGBABuffer WebPRGBABuffer;
+typedef struct WebPYUVABuffer WebPYUVABuffer;
+typedef struct WebPDecBuffer WebPDecBuffer;
+typedef struct WebPIDecoder WebPIDecoder;
+typedef struct WebPBitstreamFeatures WebPBitstreamFeatures;
+typedef struct WebPDecoderOptions WebPDecoderOptions;
+typedef struct WebPDecoderConfig WebPDecoderConfig;
+
+// Return the decoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for
+// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPGetDecoderVersion(void);
+
+// Retrieve basic header information: width, height.
+// This function will also validate the header and return 0 in
+// case of formatting error.
+// Pointers 'width' and 'height' can be passed NULL if deemed irrelevant.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPGetInfo(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Decodes WebP images pointed to by 'data' and returns RGBA samples, along
+// with the dimensions in *width and *height. The ordering of samples in
+// memory is R, G, B, A, R, G, B, A... in scan order (endian-independent).
+// The returned pointer should be deleted calling free().
+// Returns NULL in case of error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGBA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning A, R, G, B, A, R, G, B... ordered data.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeARGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning B, G, R, A, B, G, R, A... ordered data.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGRA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning R, G, B, R, G, B... ordered data.
+// If the bitstream contains transparency, it is ignored.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Same as WebPDecodeRGB, but returning B, G, R, B, G, R... ordered data.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGR(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+
+// Decode WebP images pointed to by 'data' to Y'UV format(*). The pointer
+// returned is the Y samples buffer. Upon return, *u and *v will point to
+// the U and V chroma data. These U and V buffers need NOT be free()'d,
+// unlike the returned Y luma one. The dimension of the U and V planes
+// are both (*width + 1) / 2 and (*height + 1)/ 2.
+// Upon return, the Y buffer has a stride returned as '*stride', while U and V
+// have a common stride returned as '*uv_stride'.
+// Return NULL in case of error.
+// (*) Also named Y'CbCr. See: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YCbCr
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeYUV(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height,
+ uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v,
+ int* stride, int* uv_stride);
+
+// These five functions are variants of the above ones, that decode the image
+// directly into a pre-allocated buffer 'output_buffer'. The maximum storage
+// available in this buffer is indicated by 'output_buffer_size'. If this
+// storage is not sufficient (or an error occurred), NULL is returned.
+// Otherwise, output_buffer is returned, for convenience.
+// The parameter 'output_stride' specifies the distance (in bytes)
+// between scanlines. Hence, output_buffer_size is expected to be at least
+// output_stride x picture-height.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGBAInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeARGBInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGRAInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+
+// RGB and BGR variants. Here too the transparency information, if present,
+// will be dropped and ignored.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGBInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGRInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+
+// WebPDecodeYUVInto() is a variant of WebPDecodeYUV() that operates directly
+// into pre-allocated luma/chroma plane buffers. This function requires the
+// strides to be passed: one for the luma plane and one for each of the
+// chroma ones. The size of each plane buffer is passed as 'luma_size',
+// 'u_size' and 'v_size' respectively.
+// Pointer to the luma plane ('*luma') is returned or NULL if an error occurred
+// during decoding (or because some buffers were found to be too small).
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeYUVInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride,
+ uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride,
+ uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Output colorspaces and buffer
+
+// Colorspaces
+// Note: the naming describes the byte-ordering of packed samples in memory.
+// For instance, MODE_BGRA relates to samples ordered as B,G,R,A,B,G,R,A,...
+// Non-capital names (e.g.:MODE_Argb) relates to pre-multiplied RGB channels.
+// RGBA-4444 and RGB-565 colorspaces are represented by following byte-order:
+// RGBA-4444: [r3 r2 r1 r0 g3 g2 g1 g0], [b3 b2 b1 b0 a3 a2 a1 a0], ...
+// RGB-565: [r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3], [g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0], ...
+// In the case WEBP_SWAP_16BITS_CSP is defined, the bytes are swapped for
+// these two modes:
+// RGBA-4444: [b3 b2 b1 b0 a3 a2 a1 a0], [r3 r2 r1 r0 g3 g2 g1 g0], ...
+// RGB-565: [g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0], [r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3], ...
+
+typedef enum WEBP_CSP_MODE {
+ MODE_RGB = 0, MODE_RGBA = 1,
+ MODE_BGR = 2, MODE_BGRA = 3,
+ MODE_ARGB = 4, MODE_RGBA_4444 = 5,
+ MODE_RGB_565 = 6,
+ // RGB-premultiplied transparent modes (alpha value is preserved)
+ MODE_rgbA = 7,
+ MODE_bgrA = 8,
+ MODE_Argb = 9,
+ MODE_rgbA_4444 = 10,
+ // YUV modes must come after RGB ones.
+ MODE_YUV = 11, MODE_YUVA = 12, // yuv 4:2:0
+ MODE_LAST = 13
+} WEBP_CSP_MODE;
+
+// Some useful macros:
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsPremultipliedMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) {
+ return (mode == MODE_rgbA || mode == MODE_bgrA || mode == MODE_Argb ||
+ mode == MODE_rgbA_4444);
+}
+
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsAlphaMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) {
+ return (mode == MODE_RGBA || mode == MODE_BGRA || mode == MODE_ARGB ||
+ mode == MODE_RGBA_4444 || mode == MODE_YUVA ||
+ WebPIsPremultipliedMode(mode));
+}
+
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsRGBMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) {
+ return (mode < MODE_YUV);
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// WebPDecBuffer: Generic structure for describing the output sample buffer.
+
+struct WebPRGBABuffer { // view as RGBA
+ uint8_t* rgba; // pointer to RGBA samples
+ int stride; // stride in bytes from one scanline to the next.
+ size_t size; // total size of the *rgba buffer.
+};
+
+struct WebPYUVABuffer { // view as YUVA
+ uint8_t* y, *u, *v, *a; // pointer to luma, chroma U/V, alpha samples
+ int y_stride; // luma stride
+ int u_stride, v_stride; // chroma strides
+ int a_stride; // alpha stride
+ size_t y_size; // luma plane size
+ size_t u_size, v_size; // chroma planes size
+ size_t a_size; // alpha-plane size
+};
+
+// Output buffer
+struct WebPDecBuffer {
+ WEBP_CSP_MODE colorspace; // Colorspace.
+ int width, height; // Dimensions.
+ int is_external_memory; // If true, 'internal_memory' pointer is not used.
+ union {
+ WebPRGBABuffer RGBA;
+ WebPYUVABuffer YUVA;
+ } u; // Nameless union of buffer parameters.
+ uint32_t pad[4]; // padding for later use
+
+ uint8_t* private_memory; // Internally allocated memory (only when
+ // is_external_memory is false). Should not be used
+ // externally, but accessed via the buffer union.
+};
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPInitDecBufferInternal(WebPDecBuffer*, int);
+
+// Initialize the structure as empty. Must be called before any other use.
+// Returns false in case of version mismatch
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer) {
+ return WebPInitDecBufferInternal(buffer, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// Free any memory associated with the buffer. Must always be called last.
+// Note: doesn't free the 'buffer' structure itself.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPFreeDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Enumeration of the status codes
+
+typedef enum VP8StatusCode {
+ VP8_STATUS_OK = 0,
+ VP8_STATUS_OUT_OF_MEMORY,
+ VP8_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM,
+ VP8_STATUS_BITSTREAM_ERROR,
+ VP8_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE,
+ VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED,
+ VP8_STATUS_USER_ABORT,
+ VP8_STATUS_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA
+} VP8StatusCode;
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Incremental decoding
+//
+// This API allows streamlined decoding of partial data.
+// Picture can be incrementally decoded as data become available thanks to the
+// WebPIDecoder object. This object can be left in a SUSPENDED state if the
+// picture is only partially decoded, pending additional input.
+// Code example:
+//
+// WebPInitDecBuffer(&buffer);
+// buffer.colorspace = mode;
+// ...
+// WebPIDecoder* idec = WebPINewDecoder(&buffer);
+// while (has_more_data) {
+// // ... (get additional data)
+// status = WebPIAppend(idec, new_data, new_data_size);
+// if (status != VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED ||
+// break;
+// }
+//
+// // The above call decodes the current available buffer.
+// // Part of the image can now be refreshed by calling to
+// // WebPIDecGetRGB()/WebPIDecGetYUVA() etc.
+// }
+// WebPIDelete(idec);
+
+// Creates a new incremental decoder with the supplied buffer parameter.
+// This output_buffer can be passed NULL, in which case a default output buffer
+// is used (with MODE_RGB). Otherwise, an internal reference to 'output_buffer'
+// is kept, which means that the lifespan of 'output_buffer' must be larger than
+// that of the returned WebPIDecoder object.
+// The supplied 'output_buffer' content MUST NOT be changed between calls to
+// WebPIAppend() or WebPIUpdate() unless 'output_buffer.is_external_memory' is
+// set to 1. In such a case, it is allowed to modify the pointers, size and
+// stride of output_buffer.u.RGBA or output_buffer.u.YUVA, provided they remain
+// within valid bounds.
+// All other fields of WebPDecBuffer MUST remain constant between calls.
+// Returns NULL if the allocation failed.
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewDecoder(WebPDecBuffer* output_buffer);
+
+// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which
+// will output the RGB/A samples specified by 'csp' into a preallocated
+// buffer 'output_buffer'. The size of this buffer is at least
+// 'output_buffer_size' and the stride (distance in bytes between two scanlines)
+// is specified by 'output_stride'.
+// Additionally, output_buffer can be passed NULL in which case the output
+// buffer will be allocated automatically when the decoding starts. The
+// colorspace 'csp' is taken into account for allocating this buffer. All other
+// parameters are ignored.
+// Returns NULL if the allocation failed, or if some parameters are invalid.
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewRGB(
+ WEBP_CSP_MODE csp,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+
+// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which
+// will output the raw luma/chroma samples into a preallocated planes if
+// supplied. The luma plane is specified by its pointer 'luma', its size
+// 'luma_size' and its stride 'luma_stride'. Similarly, the chroma-u plane
+// is specified by the 'u', 'u_size' and 'u_stride' parameters, and the chroma-v
+// plane by 'v' and 'v_size'. And same for the alpha-plane. The 'a' pointer
+// can be pass NULL in case one is not interested in the transparency plane.
+// Conversely, 'luma' can be passed NULL if no preallocated planes are supplied.
+// In this case, the output buffer will be automatically allocated (using
+// MODE_YUVA) when decoding starts. All parameters are then ignored.
+// Returns NULL if the allocation failed or if a parameter is invalid.
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewYUVA(
+ uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride,
+ uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride,
+ uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride,
+ uint8_t* a, size_t a_size, int a_stride);
+
+// Deprecated version of the above, without the alpha plane.
+// Kept for backward compatibility.
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewYUV(
+ uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride,
+ uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride,
+ uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride);
+
+// Deletes the WebPIDecoder object and associated memory. Must always be called
+// if WebPINewDecoder, WebPINewRGB or WebPINewYUV succeeded.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPIDelete(WebPIDecoder* idec);
+
+// Copies and decodes the next available data. Returns VP8_STATUS_OK when
+// the image is successfully decoded. Returns VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED when more
+// data is expected. Returns error in other cases.
+WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPIAppend(
+ WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size);
+
+// A variant of the above function to be used when data buffer contains
+// partial data from the beginning. In this case data buffer is not copied
+// to the internal memory.
+// Note that the value of the 'data' pointer can change between calls to
+// WebPIUpdate, for instance when the data buffer is resized to fit larger data.
+WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPIUpdate(
+ WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size);
+
+// Returns the RGB/A image decoded so far. Returns NULL if output params
+// are not initialized yet. The RGB/A output type corresponds to the colorspace
+// specified during call to WebPINewDecoder() or WebPINewRGB().
+// *last_y is the index of last decoded row in raster scan order. Some pointers
+// (*last_y, *width etc.) can be NULL if corresponding information is not
+// needed.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPIDecGetRGB(
+ const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y,
+ int* width, int* height, int* stride);
+
+// Same as above function to get a YUVA image. Returns pointer to the luma
+// plane or NULL in case of error. If there is no alpha information
+// the alpha pointer '*a' will be returned NULL.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPIDecGetYUVA(
+ const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y,
+ uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v, uint8_t** a,
+ int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride, int* a_stride);
+
+// Deprecated alpha-less version of WebPIDecGetYUVA(): it will ignore the
+// alpha information (if present). Kept for backward compatibility.
+static WEBP_INLINE uint8_t* WebPIDecGetYUV(
+ const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y, uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v,
+ int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride) {
+ return WebPIDecGetYUVA(idec, last_y, u, v, NULL, width, height,
+ stride, uv_stride, NULL);
+}
+
+// Generic call to retrieve information about the displayable area.
+// If non NULL, the left/right/width/height pointers are filled with the visible
+// rectangular area so far.
+// Returns NULL in case the incremental decoder object is in an invalid state.
+// Otherwise returns the pointer to the internal representation. This structure
+// is read-only, tied to WebPIDecoder's lifespan and should not be modified.
+WEBP_EXTERN(const WebPDecBuffer*) WebPIDecodedArea(
+ const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* left, int* top, int* width, int* height);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Advanced decoding parametrization
+//
+// Code sample for using the advanced decoding API
+/*
+ // A) Init a configuration object
+ WebPDecoderConfig config;
+ CHECK(WebPInitDecoderConfig(&config));
+
+ // B) optional: retrieve the bitstream's features.
+ CHECK(WebPGetFeatures(data, data_size, &config.input) == VP8_STATUS_OK);
+
+ // C) Adjust 'config', if needed
+ config.no_fancy_upsampling = 1;
+ config.output.colorspace = MODE_BGRA;
+ // etc.
+
+ // Note that you can also make config.output point to an externally
+ // supplied memory buffer, provided it's big enough to store the decoded
+ // picture. Otherwise, config.output will just be used to allocate memory
+ // and store the decoded picture.
+
+ // D) Decode!
+ CHECK(WebPDecode(data, data_size, &config) == VP8_STATUS_OK);
+
+ // E) Decoded image is now in config.output (and config.output.u.RGBA)
+
+ // F) Reclaim memory allocated in config's object. It's safe to call
+ // this function even if the memory is external and wasn't allocated
+ // by WebPDecode().
+ WebPFreeDecBuffer(&config.output);
+*/
+
+// Features gathered from the bitstream
+struct WebPBitstreamFeatures {
+ int width; // Width in pixels, as read from the bitstream.
+ int height; // Height in pixels, as read from the bitstream.
+ int has_alpha; // True if the bitstream contains an alpha channel.
+ int has_animation; // True if the bitstream is an animation.
+
+ // Unused for now:
+ int bitstream_version; // should be 0 for now. TODO(later)
+ int no_incremental_decoding; // if true, using incremental decoding is not
+ // recommended.
+ int rotate; // TODO(later)
+ int uv_sampling; // should be 0 for now. TODO(later)
+ uint32_t pad[2]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPGetFeaturesInternal(
+ const uint8_t*, size_t, WebPBitstreamFeatures*, int);
+
+// Retrieve features from the bitstream. The *features structure is filled
+// with information gathered from the bitstream.
+// Returns VP8_STATUS_OK when the features are successfully retrieved. Returns
+// VP8_STATUS_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA when more data is needed to retrieve the
+// features from headers. Returns error in other cases.
+static WEBP_INLINE VP8StatusCode WebPGetFeatures(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ WebPBitstreamFeatures* features) {
+ return WebPGetFeaturesInternal(data, data_size, features,
+ WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// Decoding options
+struct WebPDecoderOptions {
+ int bypass_filtering; // if true, skip the in-loop filtering
+ int no_fancy_upsampling; // if true, use faster pointwise upsampler
+ int use_cropping; // if true, cropping is applied _first_
+ int crop_left, crop_top; // top-left position for cropping.
+ // Will be snapped to even values.
+ int crop_width, crop_height; // dimension of the cropping area
+ int use_scaling; // if true, scaling is applied _afterward_
+ int scaled_width, scaled_height; // final resolution
+ int use_threads; // if true, use multi-threaded decoding
+
+ // Unused for now:
+ int force_rotation; // forced rotation (to be applied _last_)
+ int no_enhancement; // if true, discard enhancement layer
+ uint32_t pad[6]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Main object storing the configuration for advanced decoding.
+struct WebPDecoderConfig {
+ WebPBitstreamFeatures input; // Immutable bitstream features (optional)
+ WebPDecBuffer output; // Output buffer (can point to external mem)
+ WebPDecoderOptions options; // Decoding options
+};
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(WebPDecoderConfig*, int);
+
+// Initialize the configuration as empty. This function must always be
+// called first, unless WebPGetFeatures() is to be called.
+// Returns false in case of mismatched version.
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecoderConfig(WebPDecoderConfig* config) {
+ return WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(config, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// Instantiate a new incremental decoder object with the requested
+// configuration. The bitstream can be passed using 'data' and 'data_size'
+// parameter, in which case the features will be parsed and stored into
+// config->input. Otherwise, 'data' can be NULL and no parsing will occur.
+// Note that 'config' can be NULL too, in which case a default configuration
+// is used.
+// The return WebPIDecoder object must always be deleted calling WebPIDelete().
+// Returns NULL in case of error (and config->status will then reflect
+// the error condition).
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPIDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ WebPDecoderConfig* config);
+
+// Non-incremental version. This version decodes the full data at once, taking
+// 'config' into account. Returns decoding status (which should be VP8_STATUS_OK
+// if the decoding was successful).
+WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ WebPDecoderConfig* config);
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+// Copyright 2011 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+//
+// This code is licensed under the same terms as WebM:
+// Software License Agreement: http://www.webmproject.org/license/software/
+// Additional IP Rights Grant: http://www.webmproject.org/license/additional/
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// WebP encoder: main interface
+//
+// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com)
+
+#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_
+#define WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_
+
+#include "./types.h"
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION 0x0201 // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b)
+
+// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++,
+// the types are left here for reference.
+// typedef enum WebPImageHint WebPImageHint;
+// typedef enum WebPEncCSP WebPEncCSP;
+// typedef enum WebPPreset WebPPreset;
+// typedef enum WebPEncodingError WebPEncodingError;
+typedef struct WebPConfig WebPConfig;
+typedef struct WebPPicture WebPPicture; // main structure for I/O
+typedef struct WebPAuxStats WebPAuxStats;
+typedef struct WebPMemoryWriter WebPMemoryWriter;
+
+// Return the encoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for
+// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPGetEncoderVersion(void);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// One-stop-shop call! No questions asked:
+
+// Returns the size of the compressed data (pointed to by *output), or 0 if
+// an error occurred. The compressed data must be released by the caller
+// using the call 'free(*output)'.
+// These functions compress using the lossy format, and the quality_factor
+// can go from 0 (smaller output, lower quality) to 100 (best quality,
+// larger output).
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeRGB(const uint8_t* rgb,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeBGR(const uint8_t* bgr,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
+
+// These functions are the equivalent of the above, but compressing in a
+// lossless manner. Files are usually larger than lossy format, but will
+// not suffer any compression loss.
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessRGB(const uint8_t* rgb,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessBGR(const uint8_t* bgr,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ uint8_t** output);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Coding parameters
+
+// Image characteristics hint for the underlying encoder.
+typedef enum WebPImageHint {
+ WEBP_HINT_DEFAULT = 0, // default preset.
+ WEBP_HINT_PICTURE, // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot
+ WEBP_HINT_PHOTO, // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting
+ WEBP_HINT_GRAPH, // Discrete tone image (graph, map-tile etc).
+ WEBP_HINT_LAST
+} WebPImageHint;
+
+// Compression parameters.
+struct WebPConfig {
+ int lossless; // Lossless encoding (0=lossy(default), 1=lossless).
+ float quality; // between 0 (smallest file) and 100 (biggest)
+ int method; // quality/speed trade-off (0=fast, 6=slower-better)
+
+ WebPImageHint image_hint; // Hint for image type (lossless only for now).
+
+ // Parameters related to lossy compression only:
+ int target_size; // if non-zero, set the desired target size in bytes.
+ // Takes precedence over the 'compression' parameter.
+ float target_PSNR; // if non-zero, specifies the minimal distortion to
+ // try to achieve. Takes precedence over target_size.
+ int segments; // maximum number of segments to use, in [1..4]
+ int sns_strength; // Spatial Noise Shaping. 0=off, 100=maximum.
+ int filter_strength; // range: [0 = off .. 100 = strongest]
+ int filter_sharpness; // range: [0 = off .. 7 = least sharp]
+ int filter_type; // filtering type: 0 = simple, 1 = strong (only used
+ // if filter_strength > 0 or autofilter > 0)
+ int autofilter; // Auto adjust filter's strength [0 = off, 1 = on]
+ int alpha_compression; // Algorithm for encoding the alpha plane (0 = none,
+ // 1 = compressed with WebP lossless). Default is 1.
+ int alpha_filtering; // Predictive filtering method for alpha plane.
+ // 0: none, 1: fast, 2: best. Default if 1.
+ int alpha_quality; // Between 0 (smallest size) and 100 (lossless).
+ // Default is 100.
+ int pass; // number of entropy-analysis passes (in [1..10]).
+
+ int show_compressed; // if true, export the compressed picture back.
+ // In-loop filtering is not applied.
+ int preprocessing; // preprocessing filter (0=none, 1=segment-smooth)
+ int partitions; // log2(number of token partitions) in [0..3]. Default
+ // is set to 0 for easier progressive decoding.
+ int partition_limit; // quality degradation allowed to fit the 512k limit
+ // on prediction modes coding (0: no degradation,
+ // 100: maximum possible degradation).
+ int emulate_jpeg_size; // If true, compression parameters will be remapped
+ // to better match the expected output size from
+ // JPEG compression. Generally, the output size will
+ // be similar but the degradation will be lower.
+ int thread_level; // If non-zero, try and use multi-threaded encoding.
+ int low_memory; // If set, reduce memory usage (but increase CPU use).
+
+ uint32_t pad[5]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Enumerate some predefined settings for WebPConfig, depending on the type
+// of source picture. These presets are used when calling WebPConfigPreset().
+typedef enum WebPPreset {
+ WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT = 0, // default preset.
+ WEBP_PRESET_PICTURE, // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot
+ WEBP_PRESET_PHOTO, // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting
+ WEBP_PRESET_DRAWING, // hand or line drawing, with high-contrast details
+ WEBP_PRESET_ICON, // small-sized colorful images
+ WEBP_PRESET_TEXT // text-like
+} WebPPreset;
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPConfigInitInternal(WebPConfig*, WebPPreset, float, int);
+
+// Should always be called, to initialize a fresh WebPConfig structure before
+// modification. Returns false in case of version mismatch. WebPConfigInit()
+// must have succeeded before using the 'config' object.
+// Note that the default values are lossless=0 and quality=75.
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigInit(WebPConfig* config) {
+ return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT, 75.f,
+ WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// This function will initialize the configuration according to a predefined
+// set of parameters (referred to by 'preset') and a given quality factor.
+// This function can be called as a replacement to WebPConfigInit(). Will
+// return false in case of error.
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigPreset(WebPConfig* config,
+ WebPPreset preset, float quality) {
+ return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, preset, quality,
+ WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// Returns true if 'config' is non-NULL and all configuration parameters are
+// within their valid ranges.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPValidateConfig(const WebPConfig* config);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Input / Output
+// Structure for storing auxiliary statistics (mostly for lossy encoding).
+
+struct WebPAuxStats {
+ int coded_size; // final size
+
+ float PSNR[5]; // peak-signal-to-noise ratio for Y/U/V/All/Alpha
+ int block_count[3]; // number of intra4/intra16/skipped macroblocks
+ int header_bytes[2]; // approximate number of bytes spent for header
+ // and mode-partition #0
+ int residual_bytes[3][4]; // approximate number of bytes spent for
+ // DC/AC/uv coefficients for each (0..3) segments.
+ int segment_size[4]; // number of macroblocks in each segments
+ int segment_quant[4]; // quantizer values for each segments
+ int segment_level[4]; // filtering strength for each segments [0..63]
+
+ int alpha_data_size; // size of the transparency data
+ int layer_data_size; // size of the enhancement layer data
+
+ // lossless encoder statistics
+ uint32_t lossless_features; // bit0:predictor bit1:cross-color transform
+ // bit2:subtract-green bit3:color indexing
+ int histogram_bits; // number of precision bits of histogram
+ int transform_bits; // precision bits for transform
+ int cache_bits; // number of bits for color cache lookup
+ int palette_size; // number of color in palette, if used
+ int lossless_size; // final lossless size
+
+ uint32_t pad[4]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Signature for output function. Should return true if writing was successful.
+// data/data_size is the segment of data to write, and 'picture' is for
+// reference (and so one can make use of picture->custom_ptr).
+typedef int (*WebPWriterFunction)(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// WebPMemoryWrite: a special WebPWriterFunction that writes to memory using
+// the following WebPMemoryWriter object (to be set as a custom_ptr).
+struct WebPMemoryWriter {
+ uint8_t* mem; // final buffer (of size 'max_size', larger than 'size').
+ size_t size; // final size
+ size_t max_size; // total capacity
+ uint32_t pad[1]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// The following must be called first before any use.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPMemoryWriterInit(WebPMemoryWriter* writer);
+
+// The custom writer to be used with WebPMemoryWriter as custom_ptr. Upon
+// completion, writer.mem and writer.size will hold the coded data.
+// writer.mem must be freed using the call 'free(writer.mem)'.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPMemoryWrite(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Progress hook, called from time to time to report progress. It can return
+// false to request an abort of the encoding process, or true otherwise if
+// everything is OK.
+typedef int (*WebPProgressHook)(int percent, const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Color spaces.
+typedef enum WebPEncCSP {
+ // chroma sampling
+ WEBP_YUV420 = 0, // 4:2:0
+ WEBP_YUV422 = 1, // 4:2:2
+ WEBP_YUV444 = 2, // 4:4:4
+ WEBP_YUV400 = 3, // grayscale
+ WEBP_CSP_UV_MASK = 3, // bit-mask to get the UV sampling factors
+ // alpha channel variants
+ WEBP_YUV420A = 4,
+ WEBP_YUV422A = 5,
+ WEBP_YUV444A = 6,
+ WEBP_YUV400A = 7, // grayscale + alpha
+ WEBP_CSP_ALPHA_BIT = 4 // bit that is set if alpha is present
+} WebPEncCSP;
+
+// Encoding error conditions.
+typedef enum WebPEncodingError {
+ VP8_ENC_OK = 0,
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, // memory error allocating objects
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_BITSTREAM_OUT_OF_MEMORY, // memory error while flushing bits
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_NULL_PARAMETER, // a pointer parameter is NULL
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_INVALID_CONFIGURATION, // configuration is invalid
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_DIMENSION, // picture has invalid width/height
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION0_OVERFLOW, // partition is bigger than 512k
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION_OVERFLOW, // partition is bigger than 16M
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_WRITE, // error while flushing bytes
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_FILE_TOO_BIG, // file is bigger than 4G
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_USER_ABORT, // abort request by user
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_LAST // list terminator. always last.
+} WebPEncodingError;
+
+// maximum width/height allowed (inclusive), in pixels
+#define WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION 16383
+
+// Main exchange structure (input samples, output bytes, statistics)
+struct WebPPicture {
+ // INPUT
+ //////////////
+ // Main flag for encoder selecting between ARGB or YUV input.
+ // It is recommended to use ARGB input (*argb, argb_stride) for lossless
+ // compression, and YUV input (*y, *u, *v, etc.) for lossy compression
+ // since these are the respective native colorspace for these formats.
+ int use_argb;
+
+ // YUV input (mostly used for input to lossy compression)
+ WebPEncCSP colorspace; // colorspace: should be YUV420 for now (=Y'CbCr).
+ int width, height; // dimensions (less or equal to WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION)
+ uint8_t *y, *u, *v; // pointers to luma/chroma planes.
+ int y_stride, uv_stride; // luma/chroma strides.
+ uint8_t* a; // pointer to the alpha plane
+ int a_stride; // stride of the alpha plane
+ uint32_t pad1[2]; // padding for later use
+
+ // ARGB input (mostly used for input to lossless compression)
+ uint32_t* argb; // Pointer to argb (32 bit) plane.
+ int argb_stride; // This is stride in pixels units, not bytes.
+ uint32_t pad2[3]; // padding for later use
+
+ // OUTPUT
+ ///////////////
+ // Byte-emission hook, to store compressed bytes as they are ready.
+ WebPWriterFunction writer; // can be NULL
+ void* custom_ptr; // can be used by the writer.
+
+ // map for extra information (only for lossy compression mode)
+ int extra_info_type; // 1: intra type, 2: segment, 3: quant
+ // 4: intra-16 prediction mode,
+ // 5: chroma prediction mode,
+ // 6: bit cost, 7: distortion
+ uint8_t* extra_info; // if not NULL, points to an array of size
+ // ((width + 15) / 16) * ((height + 15) / 16) that
+ // will be filled with a macroblock map, depending
+ // on extra_info_type.
+
+ // STATS AND REPORTS
+ ///////////////////////////
+ // Pointer to side statistics (updated only if not NULL)
+ WebPAuxStats* stats;
+
+ // Error code for the latest error encountered during encoding
+ WebPEncodingError error_code;
+
+ // If not NULL, report progress during encoding.
+ WebPProgressHook progress_hook;
+
+ void* user_data; // this field is free to be set to any value and
+ // used during callbacks (like progress-report e.g.).
+
+ uint32_t pad3[3]; // padding for later use
+
+ // Unused for now: original samples (for non-YUV420 modes)
+ uint8_t *u0, *v0;
+ int uv0_stride;
+
+ uint32_t pad4[7]; // padding for later use
+
+ // PRIVATE FIELDS
+ ////////////////////
+ void* memory_; // row chunk of memory for yuva planes
+ void* memory_argb_; // and for argb too.
+ void* pad5[2]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureInitInternal(WebPPicture*, int);
+
+// Should always be called, to initialize the structure. Returns false in case
+// of version mismatch. WebPPictureInit() must have succeeded before using the
+// 'picture' object.
+// Note that, by default, use_argb is false and colorspace is WEBP_YUV420.
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPPictureInit(WebPPicture* picture) {
+ return WebPPictureInitInternal(picture, WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// WebPPicture utils
+
+// Convenience allocation / deallocation based on picture->width/height:
+// Allocate y/u/v buffers as per colorspace/width/height specification.
+// Note! This function will free the previous buffer if needed.
+// Returns false in case of memory error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureAlloc(WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Release the memory allocated by WebPPictureAlloc() or WebPPictureImport*().
+// Note that this function does _not_ free the memory used by the 'picture'
+// object itself.
+// Besides memory (which is reclaimed) all other fields of 'picture' are
+// preserved.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPPictureFree(WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Copy the pixels of *src into *dst, using WebPPictureAlloc. Upon return,
+// *dst will fully own the copied pixels (this is not a view).
+// Returns false in case of memory allocation error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureCopy(const WebPPicture* src, WebPPicture* dst);
+
+// Compute PSNR, SSIM or LSIM distortion metric between two pictures.
+// Result is in dB, stores in result[] in the Y/U/V/Alpha/All order.
+// Returns false in case of error (src and ref don't have same dimension, ...)
+// Warning: this function is rather CPU-intensive.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureDistortion(
+ const WebPPicture* src, const WebPPicture* ref,
+ int metric_type, // 0 = PSNR, 1 = SSIM, 2 = LSIM
+ float result[5]);
+
+// self-crops a picture to the rectangle defined by top/left/width/height.
+// Returns false in case of memory allocation error, or if the rectangle is
+// outside of the source picture.
+// The rectangle for the view is defined by the top-left corner pixel
+// coordinates (left, top) as well as its width and height. This rectangle
+// must be fully be comprised inside the 'src' source picture. If the source
+// picture uses the YUV420 colorspace, the top and left coordinates will be
+// snapped to even values.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureCrop(WebPPicture* picture,
+ int left, int top, int width, int height);
+
+// Extracts a view from 'src' picture into 'dst'. The rectangle for the view
+// is defined by the top-left corner pixel coordinates (left, top) as well
+// as its width and height. This rectangle must be fully be comprised inside
+// the 'src' source picture. If the source picture uses the YUV420 colorspace,
+// the top and left coordinates will be snapped to even values.
+// Picture 'src' must out-live 'dst' picture. Self-extraction of view is allowed
+// ('src' equal to 'dst') as a mean of fast-cropping (but note that doing so,
+// the original dimension will be lost).
+// Returns false in case of memory allocation error or invalid parameters.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureView(const WebPPicture* src,
+ int left, int top, int width, int height,
+ WebPPicture* dst);
+
+// Returns true if the 'picture' is actually a view and therefore does
+// not own the memory for pixels.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureIsView(const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Rescale a picture to new dimension width x height.
+// Now gamma correction is applied.
+// Returns false in case of error (invalid parameter or insufficient memory).
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureRescale(WebPPicture* pic, int width, int height);
+
+// Colorspace conversion function to import RGB samples.
+// Previous buffer will be free'd, if any.
+// *rgb buffer should have a size of at least height * rgb_stride.
+// Returns false in case of memory error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportRGB(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgb, int rgb_stride);
+// Same, but for RGBA buffer.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportRGBA(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgba, int rgba_stride);
+// Same, but for RGBA buffer. Imports the RGB direct from the 32-bit format
+// input buffer ignoring the alpha channel. Avoids needing to copy the data
+// to a temporary 24-bit RGB buffer to import the RGB only.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportRGBX(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgbx, int rgbx_stride);
+
+// Variants of the above, but taking BGR(A|X) input.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportBGR(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgr, int bgr_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportBGRA(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgra, int bgra_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportBGRX(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgrx, int bgrx_stride);
+
+// Converts picture->argb data to the YUVA format specified by 'colorspace'.
+// Upon return, picture->use_argb is set to false. The presence of real
+// non-opaque transparent values is detected, and 'colorspace' will be
+// adjusted accordingly. Note that this method is lossy.
+// Returns false in case of error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureARGBToYUVA(WebPPicture* picture,
+ WebPEncCSP colorspace);
+
+// Converts picture->yuv to picture->argb and sets picture->use_argb to true.
+// The input format must be YUV_420 or YUV_420A.
+// Note that the use of this method is discouraged if one has access to the
+// raw ARGB samples, since using YUV420 is comparatively lossy. Also, the
+// conversion from YUV420 to ARGB incurs a small loss too.
+// Returns false in case of error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureYUVAToARGB(WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Helper function: given a width x height plane of YUV(A) samples
+// (with stride 'stride'), clean-up the YUV samples under fully transparent
+// area, to help compressibility (no guarantee, though).
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPCleanupTransparentArea(WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Scan the picture 'picture' for the presence of non fully opaque alpha values.
+// Returns true in such case. Otherwise returns false (indicating that the
+// alpha plane can be ignored altogether e.g.).
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureHasTransparency(const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Remove the transparency information (if present) by blending the color with
+// the background color 'background_rgb' (specified as 24bit RGB triplet).
+// After this call, all alpha values are reset to 0xff.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPBlendAlpha(WebPPicture* pic, uint32_t background_rgb);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Main call
+
+// Main encoding call, after config and picture have been initialized.
+// 'picture' must be less than 16384x16384 in dimension (cf WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION),
+// and the 'config' object must be a valid one.
+// Returns false in case of error, true otherwise.
+// In case of error, picture->error_code is updated accordingly.
+// 'picture' can hold the source samples in both YUV(A) or ARGB input, depending
+// on the value of 'picture->use_argb'. It is highly recommended to use
+// the former for lossy encoding, and the latter for lossless encoding
+// (when config.lossless is true). Automatic conversion from one format to
+// another is provided but they both incur some loss.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPEncode(const WebPConfig* config, WebPPicture* picture);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+//
+// This code is licensed under the same terms as WebM:
+// Software License Agreement: http://www.webmproject.org/license/software/
+// Additional IP Rights Grant: http://www.webmproject.org/license/additional/
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Common types
+//
+// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com)
+
+#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_
+#define WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_
+
+#include <stddef.h> // for size_t
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
+#define WEBP_INLINE
+#else /* __STRICT_ANSI__ */
+#define WEBP_INLINE inline
+#endif
+#else
+typedef signed char int8_t;
+typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+typedef signed short int16_t;
+typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
+typedef signed int int32_t;
+typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
+typedef unsigned long long int uint64_t;
+typedef long long int int64_t;
+#define WEBP_INLINE __forceinline
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
+
+#ifndef WEBP_EXTERN
+// This explicitly marks library functions and allows for changing the
+// signature for e.g., Windows DLL builds.
+#define WEBP_EXTERN(type) extern type
+#endif /* WEBP_EXTERN */
+
+// Macro to check ABI compatibility (same major revision number)
+#define WEBP_ABI_IS_INCOMPATIBLE(a, b) (((a) >> 8) != ((b) >> 8))
+
+#endif /* WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>webp</string>
+ <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
+ <string>libwebp 0.1.3</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>webp</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>0.1.3</string>
+ <key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+ <string>????</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>0.1.3</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>files</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>Resources/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>hash</key>
+ <data>
+ hR2cZIxfKUdqrI5n/tbc5YRa0dQ=
+ </data>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+ <key>Resources/Info.plist</key>
+ <data>
+ JQA5GLP9cIbArAnod8n9CRtOHFE=
+ </data>
+ </dict>
+ <key>rules</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>^Resources/</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1000</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/locversion.plist$</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>omit</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1100</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^version.plist$</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+//
+// This code is licensed under the same terms as WebM:
+// Software License Agreement: http://www.webmproject.org/license/software/
+// Additional IP Rights Grant: http://www.webmproject.org/license/additional/
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Main decoding functions for WebP images.
+//
+// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com)
+
+#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_
+#define WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_
+
+#include "./types.h"
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION 0x0201 // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b)
+
+// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++,
+// the types are left here for reference.
+// typedef enum VP8StatusCode VP8StatusCode;
+// typedef enum WEBP_CSP_MODE WEBP_CSP_MODE;
+typedef struct WebPRGBABuffer WebPRGBABuffer;
+typedef struct WebPYUVABuffer WebPYUVABuffer;
+typedef struct WebPDecBuffer WebPDecBuffer;
+typedef struct WebPIDecoder WebPIDecoder;
+typedef struct WebPBitstreamFeatures WebPBitstreamFeatures;
+typedef struct WebPDecoderOptions WebPDecoderOptions;
+typedef struct WebPDecoderConfig WebPDecoderConfig;
+
+// Return the decoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for
+// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPGetDecoderVersion(void);
+
+// Retrieve basic header information: width, height.
+// This function will also validate the header and return 0 in
+// case of formatting error.
+// Pointers 'width' and 'height' can be passed NULL if deemed irrelevant.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPGetInfo(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Decodes WebP images pointed to by 'data' and returns RGBA samples, along
+// with the dimensions in *width and *height. The ordering of samples in
+// memory is R, G, B, A, R, G, B, A... in scan order (endian-independent).
+// The returned pointer should be deleted calling free().
+// Returns NULL in case of error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGBA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning A, R, G, B, A, R, G, B... ordered data.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeARGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning B, G, R, A, B, G, R, A... ordered data.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGRA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning R, G, B, R, G, B... ordered data.
+// If the bitstream contains transparency, it is ignored.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+// Same as WebPDecodeRGB, but returning B, G, R, B, G, R... ordered data.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGR(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height);
+
+
+// Decode WebP images pointed to by 'data' to Y'UV format(*). The pointer
+// returned is the Y samples buffer. Upon return, *u and *v will point to
+// the U and V chroma data. These U and V buffers need NOT be free()'d,
+// unlike the returned Y luma one. The dimension of the U and V planes
+// are both (*width + 1) / 2 and (*height + 1)/ 2.
+// Upon return, the Y buffer has a stride returned as '*stride', while U and V
+// have a common stride returned as '*uv_stride'.
+// Return NULL in case of error.
+// (*) Also named Y'CbCr. See: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YCbCr
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeYUV(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ int* width, int* height,
+ uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v,
+ int* stride, int* uv_stride);
+
+// These five functions are variants of the above ones, that decode the image
+// directly into a pre-allocated buffer 'output_buffer'. The maximum storage
+// available in this buffer is indicated by 'output_buffer_size'. If this
+// storage is not sufficient (or an error occurred), NULL is returned.
+// Otherwise, output_buffer is returned, for convenience.
+// The parameter 'output_stride' specifies the distance (in bytes)
+// between scanlines. Hence, output_buffer_size is expected to be at least
+// output_stride x picture-height.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGBAInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeARGBInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGRAInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+
+// RGB and BGR variants. Here too the transparency information, if present,
+// will be dropped and ignored.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGBInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGRInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+
+// WebPDecodeYUVInto() is a variant of WebPDecodeYUV() that operates directly
+// into pre-allocated luma/chroma plane buffers. This function requires the
+// strides to be passed: one for the luma plane and one for each of the
+// chroma ones. The size of each plane buffer is passed as 'luma_size',
+// 'u_size' and 'v_size' respectively.
+// Pointer to the luma plane ('*luma') is returned or NULL if an error occurred
+// during decoding (or because some buffers were found to be too small).
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeYUVInto(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride,
+ uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride,
+ uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Output colorspaces and buffer
+
+// Colorspaces
+// Note: the naming describes the byte-ordering of packed samples in memory.
+// For instance, MODE_BGRA relates to samples ordered as B,G,R,A,B,G,R,A,...
+// Non-capital names (e.g.:MODE_Argb) relates to pre-multiplied RGB channels.
+// RGBA-4444 and RGB-565 colorspaces are represented by following byte-order:
+// RGBA-4444: [r3 r2 r1 r0 g3 g2 g1 g0], [b3 b2 b1 b0 a3 a2 a1 a0], ...
+// RGB-565: [r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3], [g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0], ...
+// In the case WEBP_SWAP_16BITS_CSP is defined, the bytes are swapped for
+// these two modes:
+// RGBA-4444: [b3 b2 b1 b0 a3 a2 a1 a0], [r3 r2 r1 r0 g3 g2 g1 g0], ...
+// RGB-565: [g2 g1 g0 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0], [r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 g5 g4 g3], ...
+
+typedef enum WEBP_CSP_MODE {
+ MODE_RGB = 0, MODE_RGBA = 1,
+ MODE_BGR = 2, MODE_BGRA = 3,
+ MODE_ARGB = 4, MODE_RGBA_4444 = 5,
+ MODE_RGB_565 = 6,
+ // RGB-premultiplied transparent modes (alpha value is preserved)
+ MODE_rgbA = 7,
+ MODE_bgrA = 8,
+ MODE_Argb = 9,
+ MODE_rgbA_4444 = 10,
+ // YUV modes must come after RGB ones.
+ MODE_YUV = 11, MODE_YUVA = 12, // yuv 4:2:0
+ MODE_LAST = 13
+} WEBP_CSP_MODE;
+
+// Some useful macros:
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsPremultipliedMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) {
+ return (mode == MODE_rgbA || mode == MODE_bgrA || mode == MODE_Argb ||
+ mode == MODE_rgbA_4444);
+}
+
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsAlphaMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) {
+ return (mode == MODE_RGBA || mode == MODE_BGRA || mode == MODE_ARGB ||
+ mode == MODE_RGBA_4444 || mode == MODE_YUVA ||
+ WebPIsPremultipliedMode(mode));
+}
+
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsRGBMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) {
+ return (mode < MODE_YUV);
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// WebPDecBuffer: Generic structure for describing the output sample buffer.
+
+struct WebPRGBABuffer { // view as RGBA
+ uint8_t* rgba; // pointer to RGBA samples
+ int stride; // stride in bytes from one scanline to the next.
+ size_t size; // total size of the *rgba buffer.
+};
+
+struct WebPYUVABuffer { // view as YUVA
+ uint8_t* y, *u, *v, *a; // pointer to luma, chroma U/V, alpha samples
+ int y_stride; // luma stride
+ int u_stride, v_stride; // chroma strides
+ int a_stride; // alpha stride
+ size_t y_size; // luma plane size
+ size_t u_size, v_size; // chroma planes size
+ size_t a_size; // alpha-plane size
+};
+
+// Output buffer
+struct WebPDecBuffer {
+ WEBP_CSP_MODE colorspace; // Colorspace.
+ int width, height; // Dimensions.
+ int is_external_memory; // If true, 'internal_memory' pointer is not used.
+ union {
+ WebPRGBABuffer RGBA;
+ WebPYUVABuffer YUVA;
+ } u; // Nameless union of buffer parameters.
+ uint32_t pad[4]; // padding for later use
+
+ uint8_t* private_memory; // Internally allocated memory (only when
+ // is_external_memory is false). Should not be used
+ // externally, but accessed via the buffer union.
+};
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPInitDecBufferInternal(WebPDecBuffer*, int);
+
+// Initialize the structure as empty. Must be called before any other use.
+// Returns false in case of version mismatch
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer) {
+ return WebPInitDecBufferInternal(buffer, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// Free any memory associated with the buffer. Must always be called last.
+// Note: doesn't free the 'buffer' structure itself.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPFreeDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Enumeration of the status codes
+
+typedef enum VP8StatusCode {
+ VP8_STATUS_OK = 0,
+ VP8_STATUS_OUT_OF_MEMORY,
+ VP8_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM,
+ VP8_STATUS_BITSTREAM_ERROR,
+ VP8_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE,
+ VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED,
+ VP8_STATUS_USER_ABORT,
+ VP8_STATUS_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA
+} VP8StatusCode;
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Incremental decoding
+//
+// This API allows streamlined decoding of partial data.
+// Picture can be incrementally decoded as data become available thanks to the
+// WebPIDecoder object. This object can be left in a SUSPENDED state if the
+// picture is only partially decoded, pending additional input.
+// Code example:
+//
+// WebPInitDecBuffer(&buffer);
+// buffer.colorspace = mode;
+// ...
+// WebPIDecoder* idec = WebPINewDecoder(&buffer);
+// while (has_more_data) {
+// // ... (get additional data)
+// status = WebPIAppend(idec, new_data, new_data_size);
+// if (status != VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED ||
+// break;
+// }
+//
+// // The above call decodes the current available buffer.
+// // Part of the image can now be refreshed by calling to
+// // WebPIDecGetRGB()/WebPIDecGetYUVA() etc.
+// }
+// WebPIDelete(idec);
+
+// Creates a new incremental decoder with the supplied buffer parameter.
+// This output_buffer can be passed NULL, in which case a default output buffer
+// is used (with MODE_RGB). Otherwise, an internal reference to 'output_buffer'
+// is kept, which means that the lifespan of 'output_buffer' must be larger than
+// that of the returned WebPIDecoder object.
+// The supplied 'output_buffer' content MUST NOT be changed between calls to
+// WebPIAppend() or WebPIUpdate() unless 'output_buffer.is_external_memory' is
+// set to 1. In such a case, it is allowed to modify the pointers, size and
+// stride of output_buffer.u.RGBA or output_buffer.u.YUVA, provided they remain
+// within valid bounds.
+// All other fields of WebPDecBuffer MUST remain constant between calls.
+// Returns NULL if the allocation failed.
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewDecoder(WebPDecBuffer* output_buffer);
+
+// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which
+// will output the RGB/A samples specified by 'csp' into a preallocated
+// buffer 'output_buffer'. The size of this buffer is at least
+// 'output_buffer_size' and the stride (distance in bytes between two scanlines)
+// is specified by 'output_stride'.
+// Additionally, output_buffer can be passed NULL in which case the output
+// buffer will be allocated automatically when the decoding starts. The
+// colorspace 'csp' is taken into account for allocating this buffer. All other
+// parameters are ignored.
+// Returns NULL if the allocation failed, or if some parameters are invalid.
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewRGB(
+ WEBP_CSP_MODE csp,
+ uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride);
+
+// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which
+// will output the raw luma/chroma samples into a preallocated planes if
+// supplied. The luma plane is specified by its pointer 'luma', its size
+// 'luma_size' and its stride 'luma_stride'. Similarly, the chroma-u plane
+// is specified by the 'u', 'u_size' and 'u_stride' parameters, and the chroma-v
+// plane by 'v' and 'v_size'. And same for the alpha-plane. The 'a' pointer
+// can be pass NULL in case one is not interested in the transparency plane.
+// Conversely, 'luma' can be passed NULL if no preallocated planes are supplied.
+// In this case, the output buffer will be automatically allocated (using
+// MODE_YUVA) when decoding starts. All parameters are then ignored.
+// Returns NULL if the allocation failed or if a parameter is invalid.
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewYUVA(
+ uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride,
+ uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride,
+ uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride,
+ uint8_t* a, size_t a_size, int a_stride);
+
+// Deprecated version of the above, without the alpha plane.
+// Kept for backward compatibility.
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewYUV(
+ uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride,
+ uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride,
+ uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride);
+
+// Deletes the WebPIDecoder object and associated memory. Must always be called
+// if WebPINewDecoder, WebPINewRGB or WebPINewYUV succeeded.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPIDelete(WebPIDecoder* idec);
+
+// Copies and decodes the next available data. Returns VP8_STATUS_OK when
+// the image is successfully decoded. Returns VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED when more
+// data is expected. Returns error in other cases.
+WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPIAppend(
+ WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size);
+
+// A variant of the above function to be used when data buffer contains
+// partial data from the beginning. In this case data buffer is not copied
+// to the internal memory.
+// Note that the value of the 'data' pointer can change between calls to
+// WebPIUpdate, for instance when the data buffer is resized to fit larger data.
+WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPIUpdate(
+ WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size);
+
+// Returns the RGB/A image decoded so far. Returns NULL if output params
+// are not initialized yet. The RGB/A output type corresponds to the colorspace
+// specified during call to WebPINewDecoder() or WebPINewRGB().
+// *last_y is the index of last decoded row in raster scan order. Some pointers
+// (*last_y, *width etc.) can be NULL if corresponding information is not
+// needed.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPIDecGetRGB(
+ const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y,
+ int* width, int* height, int* stride);
+
+// Same as above function to get a YUVA image. Returns pointer to the luma
+// plane or NULL in case of error. If there is no alpha information
+// the alpha pointer '*a' will be returned NULL.
+WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPIDecGetYUVA(
+ const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y,
+ uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v, uint8_t** a,
+ int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride, int* a_stride);
+
+// Deprecated alpha-less version of WebPIDecGetYUVA(): it will ignore the
+// alpha information (if present). Kept for backward compatibility.
+static WEBP_INLINE uint8_t* WebPIDecGetYUV(
+ const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y, uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v,
+ int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride) {
+ return WebPIDecGetYUVA(idec, last_y, u, v, NULL, width, height,
+ stride, uv_stride, NULL);
+}
+
+// Generic call to retrieve information about the displayable area.
+// If non NULL, the left/right/width/height pointers are filled with the visible
+// rectangular area so far.
+// Returns NULL in case the incremental decoder object is in an invalid state.
+// Otherwise returns the pointer to the internal representation. This structure
+// is read-only, tied to WebPIDecoder's lifespan and should not be modified.
+WEBP_EXTERN(const WebPDecBuffer*) WebPIDecodedArea(
+ const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* left, int* top, int* width, int* height);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Advanced decoding parametrization
+//
+// Code sample for using the advanced decoding API
+/*
+ // A) Init a configuration object
+ WebPDecoderConfig config;
+ CHECK(WebPInitDecoderConfig(&config));
+
+ // B) optional: retrieve the bitstream's features.
+ CHECK(WebPGetFeatures(data, data_size, &config.input) == VP8_STATUS_OK);
+
+ // C) Adjust 'config', if needed
+ config.no_fancy_upsampling = 1;
+ config.output.colorspace = MODE_BGRA;
+ // etc.
+
+ // Note that you can also make config.output point to an externally
+ // supplied memory buffer, provided it's big enough to store the decoded
+ // picture. Otherwise, config.output will just be used to allocate memory
+ // and store the decoded picture.
+
+ // D) Decode!
+ CHECK(WebPDecode(data, data_size, &config) == VP8_STATUS_OK);
+
+ // E) Decoded image is now in config.output (and config.output.u.RGBA)
+
+ // F) Reclaim memory allocated in config's object. It's safe to call
+ // this function even if the memory is external and wasn't allocated
+ // by WebPDecode().
+ WebPFreeDecBuffer(&config.output);
+*/
+
+// Features gathered from the bitstream
+struct WebPBitstreamFeatures {
+ int width; // Width in pixels, as read from the bitstream.
+ int height; // Height in pixels, as read from the bitstream.
+ int has_alpha; // True if the bitstream contains an alpha channel.
+ int has_animation; // True if the bitstream is an animation.
+
+ // Unused for now:
+ int bitstream_version; // should be 0 for now. TODO(later)
+ int no_incremental_decoding; // if true, using incremental decoding is not
+ // recommended.
+ int rotate; // TODO(later)
+ int uv_sampling; // should be 0 for now. TODO(later)
+ uint32_t pad[2]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPGetFeaturesInternal(
+ const uint8_t*, size_t, WebPBitstreamFeatures*, int);
+
+// Retrieve features from the bitstream. The *features structure is filled
+// with information gathered from the bitstream.
+// Returns VP8_STATUS_OK when the features are successfully retrieved. Returns
+// VP8_STATUS_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA when more data is needed to retrieve the
+// features from headers. Returns error in other cases.
+static WEBP_INLINE VP8StatusCode WebPGetFeatures(
+ const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ WebPBitstreamFeatures* features) {
+ return WebPGetFeaturesInternal(data, data_size, features,
+ WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// Decoding options
+struct WebPDecoderOptions {
+ int bypass_filtering; // if true, skip the in-loop filtering
+ int no_fancy_upsampling; // if true, use faster pointwise upsampler
+ int use_cropping; // if true, cropping is applied _first_
+ int crop_left, crop_top; // top-left position for cropping.
+ // Will be snapped to even values.
+ int crop_width, crop_height; // dimension of the cropping area
+ int use_scaling; // if true, scaling is applied _afterward_
+ int scaled_width, scaled_height; // final resolution
+ int use_threads; // if true, use multi-threaded decoding
+
+ // Unused for now:
+ int force_rotation; // forced rotation (to be applied _last_)
+ int no_enhancement; // if true, discard enhancement layer
+ uint32_t pad[6]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Main object storing the configuration for advanced decoding.
+struct WebPDecoderConfig {
+ WebPBitstreamFeatures input; // Immutable bitstream features (optional)
+ WebPDecBuffer output; // Output buffer (can point to external mem)
+ WebPDecoderOptions options; // Decoding options
+};
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(WebPDecoderConfig*, int);
+
+// Initialize the configuration as empty. This function must always be
+// called first, unless WebPGetFeatures() is to be called.
+// Returns false in case of mismatched version.
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecoderConfig(WebPDecoderConfig* config) {
+ return WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(config, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// Instantiate a new incremental decoder object with the requested
+// configuration. The bitstream can be passed using 'data' and 'data_size'
+// parameter, in which case the features will be parsed and stored into
+// config->input. Otherwise, 'data' can be NULL and no parsing will occur.
+// Note that 'config' can be NULL too, in which case a default configuration
+// is used.
+// The return WebPIDecoder object must always be deleted calling WebPIDelete().
+// Returns NULL in case of error (and config->status will then reflect
+// the error condition).
+WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPIDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ WebPDecoderConfig* config);
+
+// Non-incremental version. This version decodes the full data at once, taking
+// 'config' into account. Returns decoding status (which should be VP8_STATUS_OK
+// if the decoding was successful).
+WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ WebPDecoderConfig* config);
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+// Copyright 2011 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+//
+// This code is licensed under the same terms as WebM:
+// Software License Agreement: http://www.webmproject.org/license/software/
+// Additional IP Rights Grant: http://www.webmproject.org/license/additional/
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// WebP encoder: main interface
+//
+// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com)
+
+#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_
+#define WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_
+
+#include "./types.h"
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION 0x0201 // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b)
+
+// Note: forward declaring enumerations is not allowed in (strict) C and C++,
+// the types are left here for reference.
+// typedef enum WebPImageHint WebPImageHint;
+// typedef enum WebPEncCSP WebPEncCSP;
+// typedef enum WebPPreset WebPPreset;
+// typedef enum WebPEncodingError WebPEncodingError;
+typedef struct WebPConfig WebPConfig;
+typedef struct WebPPicture WebPPicture; // main structure for I/O
+typedef struct WebPAuxStats WebPAuxStats;
+typedef struct WebPMemoryWriter WebPMemoryWriter;
+
+// Return the encoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for
+// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPGetEncoderVersion(void);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// One-stop-shop call! No questions asked:
+
+// Returns the size of the compressed data (pointed to by *output), or 0 if
+// an error occurred. The compressed data must be released by the caller
+// using the call 'free(*output)'.
+// These functions compress using the lossy format, and the quality_factor
+// can go from 0 (smaller output, lower quality) to 100 (best quality,
+// larger output).
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeRGB(const uint8_t* rgb,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeBGR(const uint8_t* bgr,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ float quality_factor, uint8_t** output);
+
+// These functions are the equivalent of the above, but compressing in a
+// lossless manner. Files are usually larger than lossy format, but will
+// not suffer any compression loss.
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessRGB(const uint8_t* rgb,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessBGR(const uint8_t* bgr,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ uint8_t** output);
+WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra,
+ int width, int height, int stride,
+ uint8_t** output);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Coding parameters
+
+// Image characteristics hint for the underlying encoder.
+typedef enum WebPImageHint {
+ WEBP_HINT_DEFAULT = 0, // default preset.
+ WEBP_HINT_PICTURE, // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot
+ WEBP_HINT_PHOTO, // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting
+ WEBP_HINT_GRAPH, // Discrete tone image (graph, map-tile etc).
+ WEBP_HINT_LAST
+} WebPImageHint;
+
+// Compression parameters.
+struct WebPConfig {
+ int lossless; // Lossless encoding (0=lossy(default), 1=lossless).
+ float quality; // between 0 (smallest file) and 100 (biggest)
+ int method; // quality/speed trade-off (0=fast, 6=slower-better)
+
+ WebPImageHint image_hint; // Hint for image type (lossless only for now).
+
+ // Parameters related to lossy compression only:
+ int target_size; // if non-zero, set the desired target size in bytes.
+ // Takes precedence over the 'compression' parameter.
+ float target_PSNR; // if non-zero, specifies the minimal distortion to
+ // try to achieve. Takes precedence over target_size.
+ int segments; // maximum number of segments to use, in [1..4]
+ int sns_strength; // Spatial Noise Shaping. 0=off, 100=maximum.
+ int filter_strength; // range: [0 = off .. 100 = strongest]
+ int filter_sharpness; // range: [0 = off .. 7 = least sharp]
+ int filter_type; // filtering type: 0 = simple, 1 = strong (only used
+ // if filter_strength > 0 or autofilter > 0)
+ int autofilter; // Auto adjust filter's strength [0 = off, 1 = on]
+ int alpha_compression; // Algorithm for encoding the alpha plane (0 = none,
+ // 1 = compressed with WebP lossless). Default is 1.
+ int alpha_filtering; // Predictive filtering method for alpha plane.
+ // 0: none, 1: fast, 2: best. Default if 1.
+ int alpha_quality; // Between 0 (smallest size) and 100 (lossless).
+ // Default is 100.
+ int pass; // number of entropy-analysis passes (in [1..10]).
+
+ int show_compressed; // if true, export the compressed picture back.
+ // In-loop filtering is not applied.
+ int preprocessing; // preprocessing filter (0=none, 1=segment-smooth)
+ int partitions; // log2(number of token partitions) in [0..3]. Default
+ // is set to 0 for easier progressive decoding.
+ int partition_limit; // quality degradation allowed to fit the 512k limit
+ // on prediction modes coding (0: no degradation,
+ // 100: maximum possible degradation).
+ int emulate_jpeg_size; // If true, compression parameters will be remapped
+ // to better match the expected output size from
+ // JPEG compression. Generally, the output size will
+ // be similar but the degradation will be lower.
+ int thread_level; // If non-zero, try and use multi-threaded encoding.
+ int low_memory; // If set, reduce memory usage (but increase CPU use).
+
+ uint32_t pad[5]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Enumerate some predefined settings for WebPConfig, depending on the type
+// of source picture. These presets are used when calling WebPConfigPreset().
+typedef enum WebPPreset {
+ WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT = 0, // default preset.
+ WEBP_PRESET_PICTURE, // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot
+ WEBP_PRESET_PHOTO, // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting
+ WEBP_PRESET_DRAWING, // hand or line drawing, with high-contrast details
+ WEBP_PRESET_ICON, // small-sized colorful images
+ WEBP_PRESET_TEXT // text-like
+} WebPPreset;
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPConfigInitInternal(WebPConfig*, WebPPreset, float, int);
+
+// Should always be called, to initialize a fresh WebPConfig structure before
+// modification. Returns false in case of version mismatch. WebPConfigInit()
+// must have succeeded before using the 'config' object.
+// Note that the default values are lossless=0 and quality=75.
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigInit(WebPConfig* config) {
+ return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT, 75.f,
+ WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// This function will initialize the configuration according to a predefined
+// set of parameters (referred to by 'preset') and a given quality factor.
+// This function can be called as a replacement to WebPConfigInit(). Will
+// return false in case of error.
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigPreset(WebPConfig* config,
+ WebPPreset preset, float quality) {
+ return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, preset, quality,
+ WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+// Returns true if 'config' is non-NULL and all configuration parameters are
+// within their valid ranges.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPValidateConfig(const WebPConfig* config);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Input / Output
+// Structure for storing auxiliary statistics (mostly for lossy encoding).
+
+struct WebPAuxStats {
+ int coded_size; // final size
+
+ float PSNR[5]; // peak-signal-to-noise ratio for Y/U/V/All/Alpha
+ int block_count[3]; // number of intra4/intra16/skipped macroblocks
+ int header_bytes[2]; // approximate number of bytes spent for header
+ // and mode-partition #0
+ int residual_bytes[3][4]; // approximate number of bytes spent for
+ // DC/AC/uv coefficients for each (0..3) segments.
+ int segment_size[4]; // number of macroblocks in each segments
+ int segment_quant[4]; // quantizer values for each segments
+ int segment_level[4]; // filtering strength for each segments [0..63]
+
+ int alpha_data_size; // size of the transparency data
+ int layer_data_size; // size of the enhancement layer data
+
+ // lossless encoder statistics
+ uint32_t lossless_features; // bit0:predictor bit1:cross-color transform
+ // bit2:subtract-green bit3:color indexing
+ int histogram_bits; // number of precision bits of histogram
+ int transform_bits; // precision bits for transform
+ int cache_bits; // number of bits for color cache lookup
+ int palette_size; // number of color in palette, if used
+ int lossless_size; // final lossless size
+
+ uint32_t pad[4]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Signature for output function. Should return true if writing was successful.
+// data/data_size is the segment of data to write, and 'picture' is for
+// reference (and so one can make use of picture->custom_ptr).
+typedef int (*WebPWriterFunction)(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// WebPMemoryWrite: a special WebPWriterFunction that writes to memory using
+// the following WebPMemoryWriter object (to be set as a custom_ptr).
+struct WebPMemoryWriter {
+ uint8_t* mem; // final buffer (of size 'max_size', larger than 'size').
+ size_t size; // final size
+ size_t max_size; // total capacity
+ uint32_t pad[1]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// The following must be called first before any use.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPMemoryWriterInit(WebPMemoryWriter* writer);
+
+// The custom writer to be used with WebPMemoryWriter as custom_ptr. Upon
+// completion, writer.mem and writer.size will hold the coded data.
+// writer.mem must be freed using the call 'free(writer.mem)'.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPMemoryWrite(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size,
+ const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Progress hook, called from time to time to report progress. It can return
+// false to request an abort of the encoding process, or true otherwise if
+// everything is OK.
+typedef int (*WebPProgressHook)(int percent, const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Color spaces.
+typedef enum WebPEncCSP {
+ // chroma sampling
+ WEBP_YUV420 = 0, // 4:2:0
+ WEBP_YUV422 = 1, // 4:2:2
+ WEBP_YUV444 = 2, // 4:4:4
+ WEBP_YUV400 = 3, // grayscale
+ WEBP_CSP_UV_MASK = 3, // bit-mask to get the UV sampling factors
+ // alpha channel variants
+ WEBP_YUV420A = 4,
+ WEBP_YUV422A = 5,
+ WEBP_YUV444A = 6,
+ WEBP_YUV400A = 7, // grayscale + alpha
+ WEBP_CSP_ALPHA_BIT = 4 // bit that is set if alpha is present
+} WebPEncCSP;
+
+// Encoding error conditions.
+typedef enum WebPEncodingError {
+ VP8_ENC_OK = 0,
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, // memory error allocating objects
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_BITSTREAM_OUT_OF_MEMORY, // memory error while flushing bits
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_NULL_PARAMETER, // a pointer parameter is NULL
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_INVALID_CONFIGURATION, // configuration is invalid
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_DIMENSION, // picture has invalid width/height
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION0_OVERFLOW, // partition is bigger than 512k
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION_OVERFLOW, // partition is bigger than 16M
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_WRITE, // error while flushing bytes
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_FILE_TOO_BIG, // file is bigger than 4G
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_USER_ABORT, // abort request by user
+ VP8_ENC_ERROR_LAST // list terminator. always last.
+} WebPEncodingError;
+
+// maximum width/height allowed (inclusive), in pixels
+#define WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION 16383
+
+// Main exchange structure (input samples, output bytes, statistics)
+struct WebPPicture {
+ // INPUT
+ //////////////
+ // Main flag for encoder selecting between ARGB or YUV input.
+ // It is recommended to use ARGB input (*argb, argb_stride) for lossless
+ // compression, and YUV input (*y, *u, *v, etc.) for lossy compression
+ // since these are the respective native colorspace for these formats.
+ int use_argb;
+
+ // YUV input (mostly used for input to lossy compression)
+ WebPEncCSP colorspace; // colorspace: should be YUV420 for now (=Y'CbCr).
+ int width, height; // dimensions (less or equal to WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION)
+ uint8_t *y, *u, *v; // pointers to luma/chroma planes.
+ int y_stride, uv_stride; // luma/chroma strides.
+ uint8_t* a; // pointer to the alpha plane
+ int a_stride; // stride of the alpha plane
+ uint32_t pad1[2]; // padding for later use
+
+ // ARGB input (mostly used for input to lossless compression)
+ uint32_t* argb; // Pointer to argb (32 bit) plane.
+ int argb_stride; // This is stride in pixels units, not bytes.
+ uint32_t pad2[3]; // padding for later use
+
+ // OUTPUT
+ ///////////////
+ // Byte-emission hook, to store compressed bytes as they are ready.
+ WebPWriterFunction writer; // can be NULL
+ void* custom_ptr; // can be used by the writer.
+
+ // map for extra information (only for lossy compression mode)
+ int extra_info_type; // 1: intra type, 2: segment, 3: quant
+ // 4: intra-16 prediction mode,
+ // 5: chroma prediction mode,
+ // 6: bit cost, 7: distortion
+ uint8_t* extra_info; // if not NULL, points to an array of size
+ // ((width + 15) / 16) * ((height + 15) / 16) that
+ // will be filled with a macroblock map, depending
+ // on extra_info_type.
+
+ // STATS AND REPORTS
+ ///////////////////////////
+ // Pointer to side statistics (updated only if not NULL)
+ WebPAuxStats* stats;
+
+ // Error code for the latest error encountered during encoding
+ WebPEncodingError error_code;
+
+ // If not NULL, report progress during encoding.
+ WebPProgressHook progress_hook;
+
+ void* user_data; // this field is free to be set to any value and
+ // used during callbacks (like progress-report e.g.).
+
+ uint32_t pad3[3]; // padding for later use
+
+ // Unused for now: original samples (for non-YUV420 modes)
+ uint8_t *u0, *v0;
+ int uv0_stride;
+
+ uint32_t pad4[7]; // padding for later use
+
+ // PRIVATE FIELDS
+ ////////////////////
+ void* memory_; // row chunk of memory for yuva planes
+ void* memory_argb_; // and for argb too.
+ void* pad5[2]; // padding for later use
+};
+
+// Internal, version-checked, entry point
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureInitInternal(WebPPicture*, int);
+
+// Should always be called, to initialize the structure. Returns false in case
+// of version mismatch. WebPPictureInit() must have succeeded before using the
+// 'picture' object.
+// Note that, by default, use_argb is false and colorspace is WEBP_YUV420.
+static WEBP_INLINE int WebPPictureInit(WebPPicture* picture) {
+ return WebPPictureInitInternal(picture, WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION);
+}
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// WebPPicture utils
+
+// Convenience allocation / deallocation based on picture->width/height:
+// Allocate y/u/v buffers as per colorspace/width/height specification.
+// Note! This function will free the previous buffer if needed.
+// Returns false in case of memory error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureAlloc(WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Release the memory allocated by WebPPictureAlloc() or WebPPictureImport*().
+// Note that this function does _not_ free the memory used by the 'picture'
+// object itself.
+// Besides memory (which is reclaimed) all other fields of 'picture' are
+// preserved.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPPictureFree(WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Copy the pixels of *src into *dst, using WebPPictureAlloc. Upon return,
+// *dst will fully own the copied pixels (this is not a view).
+// Returns false in case of memory allocation error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureCopy(const WebPPicture* src, WebPPicture* dst);
+
+// Compute PSNR, SSIM or LSIM distortion metric between two pictures.
+// Result is in dB, stores in result[] in the Y/U/V/Alpha/All order.
+// Returns false in case of error (src and ref don't have same dimension, ...)
+// Warning: this function is rather CPU-intensive.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureDistortion(
+ const WebPPicture* src, const WebPPicture* ref,
+ int metric_type, // 0 = PSNR, 1 = SSIM, 2 = LSIM
+ float result[5]);
+
+// self-crops a picture to the rectangle defined by top/left/width/height.
+// Returns false in case of memory allocation error, or if the rectangle is
+// outside of the source picture.
+// The rectangle for the view is defined by the top-left corner pixel
+// coordinates (left, top) as well as its width and height. This rectangle
+// must be fully be comprised inside the 'src' source picture. If the source
+// picture uses the YUV420 colorspace, the top and left coordinates will be
+// snapped to even values.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureCrop(WebPPicture* picture,
+ int left, int top, int width, int height);
+
+// Extracts a view from 'src' picture into 'dst'. The rectangle for the view
+// is defined by the top-left corner pixel coordinates (left, top) as well
+// as its width and height. This rectangle must be fully be comprised inside
+// the 'src' source picture. If the source picture uses the YUV420 colorspace,
+// the top and left coordinates will be snapped to even values.
+// Picture 'src' must out-live 'dst' picture. Self-extraction of view is allowed
+// ('src' equal to 'dst') as a mean of fast-cropping (but note that doing so,
+// the original dimension will be lost).
+// Returns false in case of memory allocation error or invalid parameters.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureView(const WebPPicture* src,
+ int left, int top, int width, int height,
+ WebPPicture* dst);
+
+// Returns true if the 'picture' is actually a view and therefore does
+// not own the memory for pixels.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureIsView(const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Rescale a picture to new dimension width x height.
+// Now gamma correction is applied.
+// Returns false in case of error (invalid parameter or insufficient memory).
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureRescale(WebPPicture* pic, int width, int height);
+
+// Colorspace conversion function to import RGB samples.
+// Previous buffer will be free'd, if any.
+// *rgb buffer should have a size of at least height * rgb_stride.
+// Returns false in case of memory error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportRGB(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgb, int rgb_stride);
+// Same, but for RGBA buffer.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportRGBA(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgba, int rgba_stride);
+// Same, but for RGBA buffer. Imports the RGB direct from the 32-bit format
+// input buffer ignoring the alpha channel. Avoids needing to copy the data
+// to a temporary 24-bit RGB buffer to import the RGB only.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportRGBX(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgbx, int rgbx_stride);
+
+// Variants of the above, but taking BGR(A|X) input.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportBGR(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgr, int bgr_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportBGRA(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgra, int bgra_stride);
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportBGRX(
+ WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgrx, int bgrx_stride);
+
+// Converts picture->argb data to the YUVA format specified by 'colorspace'.
+// Upon return, picture->use_argb is set to false. The presence of real
+// non-opaque transparent values is detected, and 'colorspace' will be
+// adjusted accordingly. Note that this method is lossy.
+// Returns false in case of error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureARGBToYUVA(WebPPicture* picture,
+ WebPEncCSP colorspace);
+
+// Converts picture->yuv to picture->argb and sets picture->use_argb to true.
+// The input format must be YUV_420 or YUV_420A.
+// Note that the use of this method is discouraged if one has access to the
+// raw ARGB samples, since using YUV420 is comparatively lossy. Also, the
+// conversion from YUV420 to ARGB incurs a small loss too.
+// Returns false in case of error.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureYUVAToARGB(WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Helper function: given a width x height plane of YUV(A) samples
+// (with stride 'stride'), clean-up the YUV samples under fully transparent
+// area, to help compressibility (no guarantee, though).
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPCleanupTransparentArea(WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Scan the picture 'picture' for the presence of non fully opaque alpha values.
+// Returns true in such case. Otherwise returns false (indicating that the
+// alpha plane can be ignored altogether e.g.).
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureHasTransparency(const WebPPicture* picture);
+
+// Remove the transparency information (if present) by blending the color with
+// the background color 'background_rgb' (specified as 24bit RGB triplet).
+// After this call, all alpha values are reset to 0xff.
+WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPBlendAlpha(WebPPicture* pic, uint32_t background_rgb);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Main call
+
+// Main encoding call, after config and picture have been initialized.
+// 'picture' must be less than 16384x16384 in dimension (cf WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION),
+// and the 'config' object must be a valid one.
+// Returns false in case of error, true otherwise.
+// In case of error, picture->error_code is updated accordingly.
+// 'picture' can hold the source samples in both YUV(A) or ARGB input, depending
+// on the value of 'picture->use_argb'. It is highly recommended to use
+// the former for lossy encoding, and the latter for lossless encoding
+// (when config.lossless is true). Automatic conversion from one format to
+// another is provided but they both incur some loss.
+WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPEncode(const WebPConfig* config, WebPPicture* picture);
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus)
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+//
+// This code is licensed under the same terms as WebM:
+// Software License Agreement: http://www.webmproject.org/license/software/
+// Additional IP Rights Grant: http://www.webmproject.org/license/additional/
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Common types
+//
+// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com)
+
+#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_
+#define WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_
+
+#include <stddef.h> // for size_t
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
+#define WEBP_INLINE
+#else /* __STRICT_ANSI__ */
+#define WEBP_INLINE inline
+#endif
+#else
+typedef signed char int8_t;
+typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+typedef signed short int16_t;
+typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
+typedef signed int int32_t;
+typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
+typedef unsigned long long int uint64_t;
+typedef long long int int64_t;
+#define WEBP_INLINE __forceinline
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
+
+#ifndef WEBP_EXTERN
+// This explicitly marks library functions and allows for changing the
+// signature for e.g., Windows DLL builds.
+#define WEBP_EXTERN(type) extern type
+#endif /* WEBP_EXTERN */
+
+// Macro to check ABI compatibility (same major revision number)
+#define WEBP_ABI_IS_INCOMPATIBLE(a, b) (((a) >> 8) != ((b) >> 8))
+
+#endif /* WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>webp</string>
+ <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
+ <string>libwebp 0.1.3</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>webp</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>0.1.3</string>
+ <key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+ <string>????</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>0.1.3</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ SDL_image: An example image loading library for use with SDL
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/* A simple library to load images of various formats as SDL surfaces */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_IMAGE_H
+#define _SDL_IMAGE_H
+
+#include <SDL2/SDL.h>
+#include <SDL2/SDL_version.h>
+#include <SDL2/begin_code.h>
+
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
+*/
+#define SDL_IMAGE_MAJOR_VERSION 2
+#define SDL_IMAGE_MINOR_VERSION 0
+#define SDL_IMAGE_PATCHLEVEL 0
+
+/* This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+ * version of the SDL_image library.
+ */
+#define SDL_IMAGE_VERSION(X) \
+{ \
+ (X)->major = SDL_IMAGE_MAJOR_VERSION; \
+ (X)->minor = SDL_IMAGE_MINOR_VERSION; \
+ (X)->patch = SDL_IMAGE_PATCHLEVEL; \
+}
+
+/* This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL_image library.
+ it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
+ use the SDL_IMAGE_VERSION() macro.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const SDL_version * SDLCALL IMG_Linked_Version(void);
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ IMG_INIT_JPG = 0x00000001,
+ IMG_INIT_PNG = 0x00000002,
+ IMG_INIT_TIF = 0x00000004,
+ IMG_INIT_WEBP = 0x00000008
+} IMG_InitFlags;
+
+/* Loads dynamic libraries and prepares them for use. Flags should be
+ one or more flags from IMG_InitFlags OR'd together.
+ It returns the flags successfully initialized, or 0 on failure.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_Init(int flags);
+
+/* Unloads libraries loaded with IMG_Init */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL IMG_Quit(void);
+
+/* Load an image from an SDL data source.
+ The 'type' may be one of: "BMP", "GIF", "PNG", etc.
+
+ If the image format supports a transparent pixel, SDL will set the
+ colorkey for the surface. You can enable RLE acceleration on the
+ surface afterwards by calling:
+ SDL_SetColorKey(image, SDL_RLEACCEL, image->format->colorkey);
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadTyped_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc, const char *type);
+/* Convenience functions */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_Load(const char *file);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_Load_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc);
+
+#if SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,0)
+/* Load an image directly into a render texture.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL IMG_LoadTexture(SDL_Renderer *renderer, const char *file);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL IMG_LoadTexture_RW(SDL_Renderer *renderer, SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL IMG_LoadTextureTyped_RW(SDL_Renderer *renderer, SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc, const char *type);
+#endif /* SDL 2.0 */
+
+/* Functions to detect a file type, given a seekable source */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isICO(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isCUR(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isBMP(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isGIF(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isJPG(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isLBM(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isPCX(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isPNG(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isPNM(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isTIF(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isXCF(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isXPM(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isXV(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_isWEBP(SDL_RWops *src);
+
+/* Individual loading functions */
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadICO_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadCUR_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadGIF_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadJPG_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadLBM_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadPCX_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadPNG_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadPNM_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadTGA_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadTIF_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadXCF_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadXPM_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadXV_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_LoadWEBP_RW(SDL_RWops *src);
+
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL IMG_ReadXPMFromArray(char **xpm);
+
+/* Individual saving functions */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_SavePNG(SDL_Surface *surface, const char *file);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL IMG_SavePNG_RW(SDL_Surface *surface, SDL_RWops *dst, int freedst);
+
+/* We'll use SDL for reporting errors */
+#define IMG_SetError SDL_SetError
+#define IMG_GetError SDL_GetError
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include <SDL2/close_code.h>
+
+#endif /* _SDL_IMAGE_H */
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>BuildMachineOSBuild</key>
+ <string>12E55</string>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>SDL2_image</string>
+ <key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
+ <string>org.libsdl.SDL2-image</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>SDL2_image</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>2.0.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>2.0.0</string>
+ <key>DTCompiler</key>
+ <string></string>
+ <key>DTPlatformBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1503</string>
+ <key>DTPlatformVersion</key>
+ <string>GM</string>
+ <key>DTSDKBuild</key>
+ <string>12D75</string>
+ <key>DTSDKName</key>
+ <string>macosx10.8</string>
+ <key>DTXcode</key>
+ <string>0463</string>
+ <key>DTXcodeBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1503</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>files</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>Resources/Info.plist</key>
+ <data>
+ Pr0pXeo9+uzH63FwehZDZKLWPb4=
+ </data>
+ </dict>
+ <key>rules</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>^Resources/</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1000</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/locversion.plist$</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>omit</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1100</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^version.plist$</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+A
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Frameworks
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Headers
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Resources
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/SDL2_mixer
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/FLAC
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Headers
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+The source code to this library used with SDL_mixer can be found here:
+http://www.libsdl.org/projects/SDL_mixer/libs/
+---
+
+Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007 Josh Coalson
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+are met:
+
+- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
+CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Resources
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/* libFLAC - Free Lossless Audio Codec library
+ * Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007 Josh Coalson
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ * this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
+ * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+ * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FLAC__ALL_H
+#define FLAC__ALL_H
+
+#include "export.h"
+
+#include "assert.h"
+#include "callback.h"
+#include "format.h"
+#include "metadata.h"
+#include "ordinals.h"
+#include "stream_decoder.h"
+#include "stream_encoder.h"
+
+/** \mainpage
+ *
+ * \section intro Introduction
+ *
+ * This is the documentation for the FLAC C and C++ APIs. It is
+ * highly interconnected; this introduction should give you a top
+ * level idea of the structure and how to find the information you
+ * need. As a prerequisite you should have at least a basic
+ * knowledge of the FLAC format, documented
+ * <A HREF="../format.html">here</A>.
+ *
+ * \section c_api FLAC C API
+ *
+ * The FLAC C API is the interface to libFLAC, a set of structures
+ * describing the components of FLAC streams, and functions for
+ * encoding and decoding streams, as well as manipulating FLAC
+ * metadata in files. The public include files will be installed
+ * in your include area (for example /usr/include/FLAC/...).
+ *
+ * By writing a little code and linking against libFLAC, it is
+ * relatively easy to add FLAC support to another program. The
+ * library is licensed under <A HREF="../license.html">Xiph's BSD license</A>.
+ * Complete source code of libFLAC as well as the command-line
+ * encoder and plugins is available and is a useful source of
+ * examples.
+ *
+ * Aside from encoders and decoders, libFLAC provides a powerful
+ * metadata interface for manipulating metadata in FLAC files. It
+ * allows the user to add, delete, and modify FLAC metadata blocks
+ * and it can automatically take advantage of PADDING blocks to avoid
+ * rewriting the entire FLAC file when changing the size of the
+ * metadata.
+ *
+ * libFLAC usually only requires the standard C library and C math
+ * library. In particular, threading is not used so there is no
+ * dependency on a thread library. However, libFLAC does not use
+ * global variables and should be thread-safe.
+ *
+ * libFLAC also supports encoding to and decoding from Ogg FLAC.
+ * However the metadata editing interfaces currently have limited
+ * read-only support for Ogg FLAC files.
+ *
+ * \section cpp_api FLAC C++ API
+ *
+ * The FLAC C++ API is a set of classes that encapsulate the
+ * structures and functions in libFLAC. They provide slightly more
+ * functionality with respect to metadata but are otherwise
+ * equivalent. For the most part, they share the same usage as
+ * their counterparts in libFLAC, and the FLAC C API documentation
+ * can be used as a supplement. The public include files
+ * for the C++ API will be installed in your include area (for
+ * example /usr/include/FLAC++/...).
+ *
+ * libFLAC++ is also licensed under
+ * <A HREF="../license.html">Xiph's BSD license</A>.
+ *
+ * \section getting_started Getting Started
+ *
+ * A good starting point for learning the API is to browse through
+ * the <A HREF="modules.html">modules</A>. Modules are logical
+ * groupings of related functions or classes, which correspond roughly
+ * to header files or sections of header files. Each module includes a
+ * detailed description of the general usage of its functions or
+ * classes.
+ *
+ * From there you can go on to look at the documentation of
+ * individual functions. You can see different views of the individual
+ * functions through the links in top bar across this page.
+ *
+ * If you prefer a more hands-on approach, you can jump right to some
+ * <A HREF="../documentation_example_code.html">example code</A>.
+ *
+ * \section porting_guide Porting Guide
+ *
+ * Starting with FLAC 1.1.3 a \link porting Porting Guide \endlink
+ * has been introduced which gives detailed instructions on how to
+ * port your code to newer versions of FLAC.
+ *
+ * \section embedded_developers Embedded Developers
+ *
+ * libFLAC has grown larger over time as more functionality has been
+ * included, but much of it may be unnecessary for a particular embedded
+ * implementation. Unused parts may be pruned by some simple editing of
+ * src/libFLAC/Makefile.am. In general, the decoders, encoders, and
+ * metadata interface are all independent from each other.
+ *
+ * It is easiest to just describe the dependencies:
+ *
+ * - All modules depend on the \link flac_format Format \endlink module.
+ * - The decoders and encoders depend on the bitbuffer.
+ * - The decoder is independent of the encoder. The encoder uses the
+ * decoder because of the verify feature, but this can be removed if
+ * not needed.
+ * - Parts of the metadata interface require the stream decoder (but not
+ * the encoder).
+ * - Ogg support is selectable through the compile time macro
+ * \c FLAC__HAS_OGG.
+ *
+ * For example, if your application only requires the stream decoder, no
+ * encoder, and no metadata interface, you can remove the stream encoder
+ * and the metadata interface, which will greatly reduce the size of the
+ * library.
+ *
+ * Also, there are several places in the libFLAC code with comments marked
+ * with "OPT:" where a #define can be changed to enable code that might be
+ * faster on a specific platform. Experimenting with these can yield faster
+ * binaries.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup porting Porting Guide for New Versions
+ *
+ * This module describes differences in the library interfaces from
+ * version to version. It assists in the porting of code that uses
+ * the libraries to newer versions of FLAC.
+ *
+ * One simple facility for making porting easier that has been added
+ * in FLAC 1.1.3 is a set of \c #defines in \c export.h of each
+ * library's includes (e.g. \c include/FLAC/export.h). The
+ * \c #defines mirror the libraries'
+ * <A HREF="http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/manual.html#Libtool-versioning">libtool version numbers</A>,
+ * e.g. in libFLAC there are \c FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT,
+ * \c FLAC_API_VERSION_REVISION, and \c FLAC_API_VERSION_AGE.
+ * These can be used to support multiple versions of an API during the
+ * transition phase, e.g.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #if !defined(FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT) || FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT <= 7
+ * legacy code
+ * #else
+ * new code
+ * #endif
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * The the source will work for multiple versions and the legacy code can
+ * easily be removed when the transition is complete.
+ *
+ * Another available symbol is FLAC_API_SUPPORTS_OGG_FLAC (defined in
+ * include/FLAC/export.h), which can be used to determine whether or not
+ * the library has been compiled with support for Ogg FLAC. This is
+ * simpler than trying to call an Ogg init function and catching the
+ * error.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup porting_1_1_2_to_1_1_3 Porting from FLAC 1.1.2 to 1.1.3
+ * \ingroup porting
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module describes porting from FLAC 1.1.2 to FLAC 1.1.3.
+ *
+ * The main change between the APIs in 1.1.2 and 1.1.3 is that they have
+ * been simplified. First, libOggFLAC has been merged into libFLAC and
+ * libOggFLAC++ has been merged into libFLAC++. Second, both the three
+ * decoding layers and three encoding layers have been merged into a
+ * single stream decoder and stream encoder. That is, the functionality
+ * of FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoder and FLAC__FileDecoder has been merged
+ * into FLAC__StreamDecoder, and FLAC__SeekableStreamEncoder and
+ * FLAC__FileEncoder into FLAC__StreamEncoder. Only the
+ * FLAC__StreamDecoder and FLAC__StreamEncoder remain. What this means
+ * is there is now a single API that can be used to encode or decode
+ * streams to/from native FLAC or Ogg FLAC and the single API can work
+ * on both seekable and non-seekable streams.
+ *
+ * Instead of creating an encoder or decoder of a certain layer, now the
+ * client will always create a FLAC__StreamEncoder or
+ * FLAC__StreamDecoder. The old layers are now differentiated by the
+ * initialization function. For example, for the decoder,
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init() has been replaced by
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_stream(). This init function takes
+ * callbacks for the I/O, and the seeking callbacks are optional. This
+ * allows the client to use the same object for seekable and
+ * non-seekable streams. For decoding a FLAC file directly, the client
+ * can use FLAC__stream_decoder_init_file() and pass just a filename
+ * and fewer callbacks; most of the other callbacks are supplied
+ * internally. For situations where fopen()ing by filename is not
+ * possible (e.g. Unicode filenames on Windows) the client can instead
+ * open the file itself and supply the FILE* to
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_FILE(). The init functions now returns a
+ * FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus instead of FLAC__StreamDecoderState.
+ * Since the callbacks and client data are now passed to the init
+ * function, the FLAC__stream_decoder_set_*_callback() functions and
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_set_client_data() are no longer needed. The
+ * rest of the calls to the decoder are the same as before.
+ *
+ * There are counterpart init functions for Ogg FLAC, e.g.
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_stream(). All the rest of the calls
+ * and callbacks are the same as for native FLAC.
+ *
+ * As an example, in FLAC 1.1.2 a seekable stream decoder would have
+ * been set up like so:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * FLAC__SeekableStreamDecoder *decoder = FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_new();
+ * if(decoder == NULL) do_something;
+ * FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_md5_checking(decoder, true);
+ * [... other settings ...]
+ * FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_read_callback(decoder, my_read_callback);
+ * FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_seek_callback(decoder, my_seek_callback);
+ * FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_tell_callback(decoder, my_tell_callback);
+ * FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_length_callback(decoder, my_length_callback);
+ * FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_eof_callback(decoder, my_eof_callback);
+ * FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_write_callback(decoder, my_write_callback);
+ * FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_metadata_callback(decoder, my_metadata_callback);
+ * FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_error_callback(decoder, my_error_callback);
+ * FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_set_client_data(decoder, my_client_data);
+ * if(FLAC__seekable_stream_decoder_init(decoder) != FLAC__SEEKABLE_STREAM_DECODER_OK) do_something;
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * In FLAC 1.1.3 it is like this:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder = FLAC__stream_decoder_new();
+ * if(decoder == NULL) do_something;
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_set_md5_checking(decoder, true);
+ * [... other settings ...]
+ * if(FLAC__stream_decoder_init_stream(
+ * decoder,
+ * my_read_callback,
+ * my_seek_callback, // or NULL
+ * my_tell_callback, // or NULL
+ * my_length_callback, // or NULL
+ * my_eof_callback, // or NULL
+ * my_write_callback,
+ * my_metadata_callback, // or NULL
+ * my_error_callback,
+ * my_client_data
+ * ) != FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK) do_something;
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * or you could do;
+ *
+ * \code
+ * [...]
+ * FILE *file = fopen("somefile.flac","rb");
+ * if(file == NULL) do_somthing;
+ * if(FLAC__stream_decoder_init_FILE(
+ * decoder,
+ * file,
+ * my_write_callback,
+ * my_metadata_callback, // or NULL
+ * my_error_callback,
+ * my_client_data
+ * ) != FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK) do_something;
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * or just:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * [...]
+ * if(FLAC__stream_decoder_init_file(
+ * decoder,
+ * "somefile.flac",
+ * my_write_callback,
+ * my_metadata_callback, // or NULL
+ * my_error_callback,
+ * my_client_data
+ * ) != FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK) do_something;
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Another small change to the decoder is in how it handles unparseable
+ * streams. Before, when the decoder found an unparseable stream
+ * (reserved for when the decoder encounters a stream from a future
+ * encoder that it can't parse), it changed the state to
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_UNPARSEABLE_STREAM. Now the decoder instead
+ * drops sync and calls the error callback with a new error code
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_ERROR_STATUS_UNPARSEABLE_STREAM. This is
+ * more robust. If your error callback does not discriminate on the the
+ * error state, your code does not need to be changed.
+ *
+ * The encoder now has a new setting:
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_apodization(). This is for setting the
+ * method used to window the data before LPC analysis. You only need to
+ * add a call to this function if the default is not suitable. There
+ * are also two new convenience functions that may be useful:
+ * FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_calculate_cddb_id() and
+ * FLAC__metadata_get_cuesheet().
+ *
+ * The \a bytes parameter to FLAC__StreamDecoderReadCallback,
+ * FLAC__StreamEncoderReadCallback, and FLAC__StreamEncoderWriteCallback
+ * is now \c size_t instead of \c unsigned.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup porting_1_1_3_to_1_1_4 Porting from FLAC 1.1.3 to 1.1.4
+ * \ingroup porting
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module describes porting from FLAC 1.1.3 to FLAC 1.1.4.
+ *
+ * There were no changes to any of the interfaces from 1.1.3 to 1.1.4.
+ * There was a slight change in the implementation of
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_metadata(); the function now makes a copy
+ * of the \a metadata array of pointers so the client no longer needs
+ * to maintain it after the call. The objects themselves that are
+ * pointed to by the array are still not copied though and must be
+ * maintained until the call to FLAC__stream_encoder_finish().
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup porting_1_1_4_to_1_2_0 Porting from FLAC 1.1.4 to 1.2.0
+ * \ingroup porting
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module describes porting from FLAC 1.1.4 to FLAC 1.2.0.
+ *
+ * There were only very minor changes to the interfaces from 1.1.4 to 1.2.0.
+ * In libFLAC, \c FLAC__format_sample_rate_is_subset() was added.
+ * In libFLAC++, \c FLAC::Decoder::Stream::get_decode_position() was added.
+ *
+ * Finally, value of the constant \c FLAC__FRAME_HEADER_RESERVED_LEN
+ * has changed to reflect the conversion of one of the reserved bits
+ * into active use. It used to be \c 2 and now is \c 1. However the
+ * FLAC frame header length has not changed, so to skip the proper
+ * number of bits, use \c FLAC__FRAME_HEADER_RESERVED_LEN +
+ * \c FLAC__FRAME_HEADER_BLOCKING_STRATEGY_LEN
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup flac FLAC C API
+ *
+ * The FLAC C API is the interface to libFLAC, a set of structures
+ * describing the components of FLAC streams, and functions for
+ * encoding and decoding streams, as well as manipulating FLAC
+ * metadata in files.
+ *
+ * You should start with the format components as all other modules
+ * are dependent on it.
+ */
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* libFLAC - Free Lossless Audio Codec library
+ * Copyright (C) 2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007 Josh Coalson
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ * this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
+ * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+ * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FLAC__ASSERT_H
+#define FLAC__ASSERT_H
+
+/* we need this since some compilers (like MSVC) leave assert()s on release code (and we don't want to use their ASSERT) */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#include <assert.h>
+#define FLAC__ASSERT(x) assert(x)
+#define FLAC__ASSERT_DECLARATION(x) x
+#else
+#define FLAC__ASSERT(x)
+#define FLAC__ASSERT_DECLARATION(x)
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* libFLAC - Free Lossless Audio Codec library
+ * Copyright (C) 2004,2005,2006,2007 Josh Coalson
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ * this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
+ * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+ * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FLAC__CALLBACK_H
+#define FLAC__CALLBACK_H
+
+#include "ordinals.h"
+#include <stdlib.h> /* for size_t */
+
+/** \file include/FLAC/callback.h
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module defines the structures for describing I/O callbacks
+ * to the other FLAC interfaces.
+ *
+ * See the detailed documentation for callbacks in the
+ * \link flac_callbacks callbacks \endlink module.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup flac_callbacks FLAC/callback.h: I/O callback structures
+ * \ingroup flac
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module defines the structures for describing I/O callbacks
+ * to the other FLAC interfaces.
+ *
+ * The purpose of the I/O callback functions is to create a common way
+ * for the metadata interfaces to handle I/O.
+ *
+ * Originally the metadata interfaces required filenames as the way of
+ * specifying FLAC files to operate on. This is problematic in some
+ * environments so there is an additional option to specify a set of
+ * callbacks for doing I/O on the FLAC file, instead of the filename.
+ *
+ * In addition to the callbacks, a FLAC__IOHandle type is defined as an
+ * opaque structure for a data source.
+ *
+ * The callback function prototypes are similar (but not identical) to the
+ * stdio functions fread, fwrite, fseek, ftell, feof, and fclose. If you use
+ * stdio streams to implement the callbacks, you can pass fread, fwrite, and
+ * fclose anywhere a FLAC__IOCallback_Read, FLAC__IOCallback_Write, or
+ * FLAC__IOCallback_Close is required, and a FILE* anywhere a FLAC__IOHandle
+ * is required. \warning You generally CANNOT directly use fseek or ftell
+ * for FLAC__IOCallback_Seek or FLAC__IOCallback_Tell since on most systems
+ * these use 32-bit offsets and FLAC requires 64-bit offsets to deal with
+ * large files. You will have to find an equivalent function (e.g. ftello),
+ * or write a wrapper. The same is true for feof() since this is usually
+ * implemented as a macro, not as a function whose address can be taken.
+ *
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** This is the opaque handle type used by the callbacks. Typically
+ * this is a \c FILE* or address of a file descriptor.
+ */
+typedef void* FLAC__IOHandle;
+
+/** Signature for the read callback.
+ * The signature and semantics match POSIX fread() implementations
+ * and can generally be used interchangeably.
+ *
+ * \param ptr The address of the read buffer.
+ * \param size The size of the records to be read.
+ * \param nmemb The number of records to be read.
+ * \param handle The handle to the data source.
+ * \retval size_t
+ * The number of records read.
+ */
+typedef size_t (*FLAC__IOCallback_Read) (void *ptr, size_t size, size_t nmemb, FLAC__IOHandle handle);
+
+/** Signature for the write callback.
+ * The signature and semantics match POSIX fwrite() implementations
+ * and can generally be used interchangeably.
+ *
+ * \param ptr The address of the write buffer.
+ * \param size The size of the records to be written.
+ * \param nmemb The number of records to be written.
+ * \param handle The handle to the data source.
+ * \retval size_t
+ * The number of records written.
+ */
+typedef size_t (*FLAC__IOCallback_Write) (const void *ptr, size_t size, size_t nmemb, FLAC__IOHandle handle);
+
+/** Signature for the seek callback.
+ * The signature and semantics mostly match POSIX fseek() WITH ONE IMPORTANT
+ * EXCEPTION: the offset is a 64-bit type whereas fseek() is generally 'long'
+ * and 32-bits wide.
+ *
+ * \param handle The handle to the data source.
+ * \param offset The new position, relative to \a whence
+ * \param whence \c SEEK_SET, \c SEEK_CUR, or \c SEEK_END
+ * \retval int
+ * \c 0 on success, \c -1 on error.
+ */
+typedef int (*FLAC__IOCallback_Seek) (FLAC__IOHandle handle, FLAC__int64 offset, int whence);
+
+/** Signature for the tell callback.
+ * The signature and semantics mostly match POSIX ftell() WITH ONE IMPORTANT
+ * EXCEPTION: the offset is a 64-bit type whereas ftell() is generally 'long'
+ * and 32-bits wide.
+ *
+ * \param handle The handle to the data source.
+ * \retval FLAC__int64
+ * The current position on success, \c -1 on error.
+ */
+typedef FLAC__int64 (*FLAC__IOCallback_Tell) (FLAC__IOHandle handle);
+
+/** Signature for the EOF callback.
+ * The signature and semantics mostly match POSIX feof() but WATCHOUT:
+ * on many systems, feof() is a macro, so in this case a wrapper function
+ * must be provided instead.
+ *
+ * \param handle The handle to the data source.
+ * \retval int
+ * \c 0 if not at end of file, nonzero if at end of file.
+ */
+typedef int (*FLAC__IOCallback_Eof) (FLAC__IOHandle handle);
+
+/** Signature for the close callback.
+ * The signature and semantics match POSIX fclose() implementations
+ * and can generally be used interchangeably.
+ *
+ * \param handle The handle to the data source.
+ * \retval int
+ * \c 0 on success, \c EOF on error.
+ */
+typedef int (*FLAC__IOCallback_Close) (FLAC__IOHandle handle);
+
+/** A structure for holding a set of callbacks.
+ * Each FLAC interface that requires a FLAC__IOCallbacks structure will
+ * describe which of the callbacks are required. The ones that are not
+ * required may be set to NULL.
+ *
+ * If the seek requirement for an interface is optional, you can signify that
+ * a data sorce is not seekable by setting the \a seek field to \c NULL.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__IOCallback_Read read;
+ FLAC__IOCallback_Write write;
+ FLAC__IOCallback_Seek seek;
+ FLAC__IOCallback_Tell tell;
+ FLAC__IOCallback_Eof eof;
+ FLAC__IOCallback_Close close;
+} FLAC__IOCallbacks;
+
+/* \} */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* libFLAC - Free Lossless Audio Codec library
+ * Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007 Josh Coalson
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ * this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
+ * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+ * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FLAC__EXPORT_H
+#define FLAC__EXPORT_H
+
+/** \file include/FLAC/export.h
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module contains #defines and symbols for exporting function
+ * calls, and providing version information and compiled-in features.
+ *
+ * See the \link flac_export export \endlink module.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup flac_export FLAC/export.h: export symbols
+ * \ingroup flac
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module contains #defines and symbols for exporting function
+ * calls, and providing version information and compiled-in features.
+ *
+ * If you are compiling with MSVC and will link to the static library
+ * (libFLAC.lib) you should define FLAC__NO_DLL in your project to
+ * make sure the symbols are exported properly.
+ *
+ * \{
+ */
+
+#if defined(FLAC__NO_DLL) || !defined(_MSC_VER)
+#define FLAC_API
+
+#else
+
+#ifdef FLAC_API_EXPORTS
+#define FLAC_API _declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+#define FLAC_API _declspec(dllimport)
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/** These #defines will mirror the libtool-based library version number, see
+ * http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/manual.html#Libtool-versioning
+ */
+#define FLAC_API_VERSION_CURRENT 10
+#define FLAC_API_VERSION_REVISION 0 /**< see above */
+#define FLAC_API_VERSION_AGE 2 /**< see above */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** \c 1 if the library has been compiled with support for Ogg FLAC, else \c 0. */
+extern FLAC_API int FLAC_API_SUPPORTS_OGG_FLAC;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* \} */
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* libFLAC - Free Lossless Audio Codec library
+ * Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007 Josh Coalson
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ * this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
+ * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+ * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FLAC__FORMAT_H
+#define FLAC__FORMAT_H
+
+#include "export.h"
+#include "ordinals.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** \file include/FLAC/format.h
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module contains structure definitions for the representation
+ * of FLAC format components in memory. These are the basic
+ * structures used by the rest of the interfaces.
+ *
+ * See the detailed documentation in the
+ * \link flac_format format \endlink module.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup flac_format FLAC/format.h: format components
+ * \ingroup flac
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module contains structure definitions for the representation
+ * of FLAC format components in memory. These are the basic
+ * structures used by the rest of the interfaces.
+ *
+ * First, you should be familiar with the
+ * <A HREF="../format.html">FLAC format</A>. Many of the values here
+ * follow directly from the specification. As a user of libFLAC, the
+ * interesting parts really are the structures that describe the frame
+ * header and metadata blocks.
+ *
+ * The format structures here are very primitive, designed to store
+ * information in an efficient way. Reading information from the
+ * structures is easy but creating or modifying them directly is
+ * more complex. For the most part, as a user of a library, editing
+ * is not necessary; however, for metadata blocks it is, so there are
+ * convenience functions provided in the \link flac_metadata metadata
+ * module \endlink to simplify the manipulation of metadata blocks.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * It's not the best convention, but symbols ending in _LEN are in bits
+ * and _LENGTH are in bytes. _LENGTH symbols are \#defines instead of
+ * global variables because they are usually used when declaring byte
+ * arrays and some compilers require compile-time knowledge of array
+ * sizes when declared on the stack.
+ *
+ * \{
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ Most of the values described in this file are defined by the FLAC
+ format specification. There is nothing to tune here.
+*/
+
+/** The largest legal metadata type code. */
+#define FLAC__MAX_METADATA_TYPE_CODE (126u)
+
+/** The minimum block size, in samples, permitted by the format. */
+#define FLAC__MIN_BLOCK_SIZE (16u)
+
+/** The maximum block size, in samples, permitted by the format. */
+#define FLAC__MAX_BLOCK_SIZE (65535u)
+
+/** The maximum block size, in samples, permitted by the FLAC subset for
+ * sample rates up to 48kHz. */
+#define FLAC__SUBSET_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE_48000HZ (4608u)
+
+/** The maximum number of channels permitted by the format. */
+#define FLAC__MAX_CHANNELS (8u)
+
+/** The minimum sample resolution permitted by the format. */
+#define FLAC__MIN_BITS_PER_SAMPLE (4u)
+
+/** The maximum sample resolution permitted by the format. */
+#define FLAC__MAX_BITS_PER_SAMPLE (32u)
+
+/** The maximum sample resolution permitted by libFLAC.
+ *
+ * \warning
+ * FLAC__MAX_BITS_PER_SAMPLE is the limit of the FLAC format. However,
+ * the reference encoder/decoder is currently limited to 24 bits because
+ * of prevalent 32-bit math, so make sure and use this value when
+ * appropriate.
+ */
+#define FLAC__REFERENCE_CODEC_MAX_BITS_PER_SAMPLE (24u)
+
+/** The maximum sample rate permitted by the format. The value is
+ * ((2 ^ 16) - 1) * 10; see <A HREF="../format.html">FLAC format</A>
+ * as to why.
+ */
+#define FLAC__MAX_SAMPLE_RATE (655350u)
+
+/** The maximum LPC order permitted by the format. */
+#define FLAC__MAX_LPC_ORDER (32u)
+
+/** The maximum LPC order permitted by the FLAC subset for sample rates
+ * up to 48kHz. */
+#define FLAC__SUBSET_MAX_LPC_ORDER_48000HZ (12u)
+
+/** The minimum quantized linear predictor coefficient precision
+ * permitted by the format.
+ */
+#define FLAC__MIN_QLP_COEFF_PRECISION (5u)
+
+/** The maximum quantized linear predictor coefficient precision
+ * permitted by the format.
+ */
+#define FLAC__MAX_QLP_COEFF_PRECISION (15u)
+
+/** The maximum order of the fixed predictors permitted by the format. */
+#define FLAC__MAX_FIXED_ORDER (4u)
+
+/** The maximum Rice partition order permitted by the format. */
+#define FLAC__MAX_RICE_PARTITION_ORDER (15u)
+
+/** The maximum Rice partition order permitted by the FLAC Subset. */
+#define FLAC__SUBSET_MAX_RICE_PARTITION_ORDER (8u)
+
+/** The version string of the release, stamped onto the libraries and binaries.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * This does not correspond to the shared library version number, which
+ * is used to determine binary compatibility.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char *FLAC__VERSION_STRING;
+
+/** The vendor string inserted by the encoder into the VORBIS_COMMENT block.
+ * This is a NUL-terminated ASCII string; when inserted into the
+ * VORBIS_COMMENT the trailing null is stripped.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char *FLAC__VENDOR_STRING;
+
+/** The byte string representation of the beginning of a FLAC stream. */
+extern FLAC_API const FLAC__byte FLAC__STREAM_SYNC_STRING[4]; /* = "fLaC" */
+
+/** The 32-bit integer big-endian representation of the beginning of
+ * a FLAC stream.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_SYNC; /* = 0x664C6143 */
+
+/** The length of the FLAC signature in bits. */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_SYNC_LEN; /* = 32 bits */
+
+/** The length of the FLAC signature in bytes. */
+#define FLAC__STREAM_SYNC_LENGTH (4u)
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Subframe structures
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/** An enumeration of the available entropy coding methods. */
+typedef enum {
+ FLAC__ENTROPY_CODING_METHOD_PARTITIONED_RICE = 0,
+ /**< Residual is coded by partitioning into contexts, each with it's own
+ * 4-bit Rice parameter. */
+
+ FLAC__ENTROPY_CODING_METHOD_PARTITIONED_RICE2 = 1
+ /**< Residual is coded by partitioning into contexts, each with it's own
+ * 5-bit Rice parameter. */
+} FLAC__EntropyCodingMethodType;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__EntropyCodingMethodType to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__EntropyCodingMethodType as the index to this array will
+ * give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__EntropyCodingMethodTypeString[];
+
+
+/** Contents of a Rice partitioned residual
+ */
+typedef struct {
+
+ unsigned *parameters;
+ /**< The Rice parameters for each context. */
+
+ unsigned *raw_bits;
+ /**< Widths for escape-coded partitions. Will be non-zero for escaped
+ * partitions and zero for unescaped partitions.
+ */
+
+ unsigned capacity_by_order;
+ /**< The capacity of the \a parameters and \a raw_bits arrays
+ * specified as an order, i.e. the number of array elements
+ * allocated is 2 ^ \a capacity_by_order.
+ */
+} FLAC__EntropyCodingMethod_PartitionedRiceContents;
+
+/** Header for a Rice partitioned residual. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#partitioned_rice">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+
+ unsigned order;
+ /**< The partition order, i.e. # of contexts = 2 ^ \a order. */
+
+ const FLAC__EntropyCodingMethod_PartitionedRiceContents *contents;
+ /**< The context's Rice parameters and/or raw bits. */
+
+} FLAC__EntropyCodingMethod_PartitionedRice;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__ENTROPY_CODING_METHOD_PARTITIONED_RICE_ORDER_LEN; /**< == 4 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__ENTROPY_CODING_METHOD_PARTITIONED_RICE_PARAMETER_LEN; /**< == 4 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__ENTROPY_CODING_METHOD_PARTITIONED_RICE2_PARAMETER_LEN; /**< == 5 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__ENTROPY_CODING_METHOD_PARTITIONED_RICE_RAW_LEN; /**< == 5 (bits) */
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__ENTROPY_CODING_METHOD_PARTITIONED_RICE_ESCAPE_PARAMETER;
+/**< == (1<<FLAC__ENTROPY_CODING_METHOD_PARTITIONED_RICE_PARAMETER_LEN)-1 */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__ENTROPY_CODING_METHOD_PARTITIONED_RICE2_ESCAPE_PARAMETER;
+/**< == (1<<FLAC__ENTROPY_CODING_METHOD_PARTITIONED_RICE2_PARAMETER_LEN)-1 */
+
+/** Header for the entropy coding method. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#residual">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__EntropyCodingMethodType type;
+ union {
+ FLAC__EntropyCodingMethod_PartitionedRice partitioned_rice;
+ } data;
+} FLAC__EntropyCodingMethod;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__ENTROPY_CODING_METHOD_TYPE_LEN; /**< == 2 (bits) */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/** An enumeration of the available subframe types. */
+typedef enum {
+ FLAC__SUBFRAME_TYPE_CONSTANT = 0, /**< constant signal */
+ FLAC__SUBFRAME_TYPE_VERBATIM = 1, /**< uncompressed signal */
+ FLAC__SUBFRAME_TYPE_FIXED = 2, /**< fixed polynomial prediction */
+ FLAC__SUBFRAME_TYPE_LPC = 3 /**< linear prediction */
+} FLAC__SubframeType;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__SubframeType to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__SubframeType as the index to this array will
+ * give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__SubframeTypeString[];
+
+
+/** CONSTANT subframe. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#subframe_constant">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__int32 value; /**< The constant signal value. */
+} FLAC__Subframe_Constant;
+
+
+/** VERBATIM subframe. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#subframe_verbatim">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ const FLAC__int32 *data; /**< A pointer to verbatim signal. */
+} FLAC__Subframe_Verbatim;
+
+
+/** FIXED subframe. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#subframe_fixed">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__EntropyCodingMethod entropy_coding_method;
+ /**< The residual coding method. */
+
+ unsigned order;
+ /**< The polynomial order. */
+
+ FLAC__int32 warmup[FLAC__MAX_FIXED_ORDER];
+ /**< Warmup samples to prime the predictor, length == order. */
+
+ const FLAC__int32 *residual;
+ /**< The residual signal, length == (blocksize minus order) samples. */
+} FLAC__Subframe_Fixed;
+
+
+/** LPC subframe. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#subframe_lpc">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__EntropyCodingMethod entropy_coding_method;
+ /**< The residual coding method. */
+
+ unsigned order;
+ /**< The FIR order. */
+
+ unsigned qlp_coeff_precision;
+ /**< Quantized FIR filter coefficient precision in bits. */
+
+ int quantization_level;
+ /**< The qlp coeff shift needed. */
+
+ FLAC__int32 qlp_coeff[FLAC__MAX_LPC_ORDER];
+ /**< FIR filter coefficients. */
+
+ FLAC__int32 warmup[FLAC__MAX_LPC_ORDER];
+ /**< Warmup samples to prime the predictor, length == order. */
+
+ const FLAC__int32 *residual;
+ /**< The residual signal, length == (blocksize minus order) samples. */
+} FLAC__Subframe_LPC;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__SUBFRAME_LPC_QLP_COEFF_PRECISION_LEN; /**< == 4 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__SUBFRAME_LPC_QLP_SHIFT_LEN; /**< == 5 (bits) */
+
+
+/** FLAC subframe structure. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#subframe">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__SubframeType type;
+ union {
+ FLAC__Subframe_Constant constant;
+ FLAC__Subframe_Fixed fixed;
+ FLAC__Subframe_LPC lpc;
+ FLAC__Subframe_Verbatim verbatim;
+ } data;
+ unsigned wasted_bits;
+} FLAC__Subframe;
+
+/** == 1 (bit)
+ *
+ * This used to be a zero-padding bit (hence the name
+ * FLAC__SUBFRAME_ZERO_PAD_LEN) but is now a reserved bit. It still has a
+ * mandatory value of \c 0 but in the future may take on the value \c 0 or \c 1
+ * to mean something else.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__SUBFRAME_ZERO_PAD_LEN;
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__SUBFRAME_TYPE_LEN; /**< == 6 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__SUBFRAME_WASTED_BITS_FLAG_LEN; /**< == 1 (bit) */
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__SUBFRAME_TYPE_CONSTANT_BYTE_ALIGNED_MASK; /**< = 0x00 */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__SUBFRAME_TYPE_VERBATIM_BYTE_ALIGNED_MASK; /**< = 0x02 */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__SUBFRAME_TYPE_FIXED_BYTE_ALIGNED_MASK; /**< = 0x10 */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__SUBFRAME_TYPE_LPC_BYTE_ALIGNED_MASK; /**< = 0x40 */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Frame structures
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/** An enumeration of the available channel assignments. */
+typedef enum {
+ FLAC__CHANNEL_ASSIGNMENT_INDEPENDENT = 0, /**< independent channels */
+ FLAC__CHANNEL_ASSIGNMENT_LEFT_SIDE = 1, /**< left+side stereo */
+ FLAC__CHANNEL_ASSIGNMENT_RIGHT_SIDE = 2, /**< right+side stereo */
+ FLAC__CHANNEL_ASSIGNMENT_MID_SIDE = 3 /**< mid+side stereo */
+} FLAC__ChannelAssignment;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__ChannelAssignment to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__ChannelAssignment as the index to this array will
+ * give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__ChannelAssignmentString[];
+
+/** An enumeration of the possible frame numbering methods. */
+typedef enum {
+ FLAC__FRAME_NUMBER_TYPE_FRAME_NUMBER, /**< number contains the frame number */
+ FLAC__FRAME_NUMBER_TYPE_SAMPLE_NUMBER /**< number contains the sample number of first sample in frame */
+} FLAC__FrameNumberType;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__FrameNumberType to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__FrameNumberType as the index to this array will
+ * give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__FrameNumberTypeString[];
+
+
+/** FLAC frame header structure. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#frame_header">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned blocksize;
+ /**< The number of samples per subframe. */
+
+ unsigned sample_rate;
+ /**< The sample rate in Hz. */
+
+ unsigned channels;
+ /**< The number of channels (== number of subframes). */
+
+ FLAC__ChannelAssignment channel_assignment;
+ /**< The channel assignment for the frame. */
+
+ unsigned bits_per_sample;
+ /**< The sample resolution. */
+
+ FLAC__FrameNumberType number_type;
+ /**< The numbering scheme used for the frame. As a convenience, the
+ * decoder will always convert a frame number to a sample number because
+ * the rules are complex. */
+
+ union {
+ FLAC__uint32 frame_number;
+ FLAC__uint64 sample_number;
+ } number;
+ /**< The frame number or sample number of first sample in frame;
+ * use the \a number_type value to determine which to use. */
+
+ FLAC__uint8 crc;
+ /**< CRC-8 (polynomial = x^8 + x^2 + x^1 + x^0, initialized with 0)
+ * of the raw frame header bytes, meaning everything before the CRC byte
+ * including the sync code.
+ */
+} FLAC__FrameHeader;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__FRAME_HEADER_SYNC; /**< == 0x3ffe; the frame header sync code */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__FRAME_HEADER_SYNC_LEN; /**< == 14 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__FRAME_HEADER_RESERVED_LEN; /**< == 1 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__FRAME_HEADER_BLOCKING_STRATEGY_LEN; /**< == 1 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__FRAME_HEADER_BLOCK_SIZE_LEN; /**< == 4 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__FRAME_HEADER_SAMPLE_RATE_LEN; /**< == 4 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__FRAME_HEADER_CHANNEL_ASSIGNMENT_LEN; /**< == 4 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__FRAME_HEADER_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_LEN; /**< == 3 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__FRAME_HEADER_ZERO_PAD_LEN; /**< == 1 (bit) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__FRAME_HEADER_CRC_LEN; /**< == 8 (bits) */
+
+
+/** FLAC frame footer structure. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#frame_footer">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__uint16 crc;
+ /**< CRC-16 (polynomial = x^16 + x^15 + x^2 + x^0, initialized with
+ * 0) of the bytes before the crc, back to and including the frame header
+ * sync code.
+ */
+} FLAC__FrameFooter;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__FRAME_FOOTER_CRC_LEN; /**< == 16 (bits) */
+
+
+/** FLAC frame structure. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#frame">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__FrameHeader header;
+ FLAC__Subframe subframes[FLAC__MAX_CHANNELS];
+ FLAC__FrameFooter footer;
+} FLAC__Frame;
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Meta-data structures
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/** An enumeration of the available metadata block types. */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_STREAMINFO = 0,
+ /**< <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_streaminfo">STREAMINFO</A> block */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_PADDING = 1,
+ /**< <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_padding">PADDING</A> block */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_APPLICATION = 2,
+ /**< <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_application">APPLICATION</A> block */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_SEEKTABLE = 3,
+ /**< <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_seektable">SEEKTABLE</A> block */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT = 4,
+ /**< <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_vorbis_comment">VORBISCOMMENT</A> block (a.k.a. FLAC tags) */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_CUESHEET = 5,
+ /**< <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_cuesheet">CUESHEET</A> block */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_PICTURE = 6,
+ /**< <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_picture">PICTURE</A> block */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_UNDEFINED = 7
+ /**< marker to denote beginning of undefined type range; this number will increase as new metadata types are added */
+
+} FLAC__MetadataType;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__MetadataType to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__MetadataType as the index to this array will
+ * give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__MetadataTypeString[];
+
+
+/** FLAC STREAMINFO structure. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_streaminfo">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned min_blocksize, max_blocksize;
+ unsigned min_framesize, max_framesize;
+ unsigned sample_rate;
+ unsigned channels;
+ unsigned bits_per_sample;
+ FLAC__uint64 total_samples;
+ FLAC__byte md5sum[16];
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata_StreamInfo;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_STREAMINFO_MIN_BLOCK_SIZE_LEN; /**< == 16 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_STREAMINFO_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE_LEN; /**< == 16 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_STREAMINFO_MIN_FRAME_SIZE_LEN; /**< == 24 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_STREAMINFO_MAX_FRAME_SIZE_LEN; /**< == 24 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_STREAMINFO_SAMPLE_RATE_LEN; /**< == 20 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_STREAMINFO_CHANNELS_LEN; /**< == 3 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_STREAMINFO_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_LEN; /**< == 5 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_STREAMINFO_TOTAL_SAMPLES_LEN; /**< == 36 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_STREAMINFO_MD5SUM_LEN; /**< == 128 (bits) */
+
+/** The total stream length of the STREAMINFO block in bytes. */
+#define FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_STREAMINFO_LENGTH (34u)
+
+/** FLAC PADDING structure. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_padding">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ int dummy;
+ /**< Conceptually this is an empty struct since we don't store the
+ * padding bytes. Empty structs are not allowed by some C compilers,
+ * hence the dummy.
+ */
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata_Padding;
+
+
+/** FLAC APPLICATION structure. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_application">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__byte id[4];
+ FLAC__byte *data;
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata_Application;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_APPLICATION_ID_LEN; /**< == 32 (bits) */
+
+/** SeekPoint structure used in SEEKTABLE blocks. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#seekpoint">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__uint64 sample_number;
+ /**< The sample number of the target frame. */
+
+ FLAC__uint64 stream_offset;
+ /**< The offset, in bytes, of the target frame with respect to
+ * beginning of the first frame. */
+
+ unsigned frame_samples;
+ /**< The number of samples in the target frame. */
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata_SeekPoint;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_SEEKPOINT_SAMPLE_NUMBER_LEN; /**< == 64 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_SEEKPOINT_STREAM_OFFSET_LEN; /**< == 64 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_SEEKPOINT_FRAME_SAMPLES_LEN; /**< == 16 (bits) */
+
+/** The total stream length of a seek point in bytes. */
+#define FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_SEEKPOINT_LENGTH (18u)
+
+/** The value used in the \a sample_number field of
+ * FLAC__StreamMetadataSeekPoint used to indicate a placeholder
+ * point (== 0xffffffffffffffff).
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const FLAC__uint64 FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_SEEKPOINT_PLACEHOLDER;
+
+
+/** FLAC SEEKTABLE structure. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_seektable">format specification</A>)
+ *
+ * \note From the format specification:
+ * - The seek points must be sorted by ascending sample number.
+ * - Each seek point's sample number must be the first sample of the
+ * target frame.
+ * - Each seek point's sample number must be unique within the table.
+ * - Existence of a SEEKTABLE block implies a correct setting of
+ * total_samples in the stream_info block.
+ * - Behavior is undefined when more than one SEEKTABLE block is
+ * present in a stream.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned num_points;
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_SeekPoint *points;
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata_SeekTable;
+
+
+/** Vorbis comment entry structure used in VORBIS_COMMENT blocks. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_vorbis_comment">format specification</A>)
+ *
+ * For convenience, the APIs maintain a trailing NUL character at the end of
+ * \a entry which is not counted toward \a length, i.e.
+ * \code strlen(entry) == length \endcode
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__uint32 length;
+ FLAC__byte *entry;
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_VORBIS_COMMENT_ENTRY_LENGTH_LEN; /**< == 32 (bits) */
+
+
+/** FLAC VORBIS_COMMENT structure. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_vorbis_comment">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry vendor_string;
+ FLAC__uint32 num_comments;
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry *comments;
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_VORBIS_COMMENT_NUM_COMMENTS_LEN; /**< == 32 (bits) */
+
+
+/** FLAC CUESHEET track index structure. (See the
+ * <A HREF="../format.html#cuesheet_track_index">format specification</A> for
+ * the full description of each field.)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__uint64 offset;
+ /**< Offset in samples, relative to the track offset, of the index
+ * point.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__byte number;
+ /**< The index point number. */
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet_Index;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_INDEX_OFFSET_LEN; /**< == 64 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_INDEX_NUMBER_LEN; /**< == 8 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_INDEX_RESERVED_LEN; /**< == 3*8 (bits) */
+
+
+/** FLAC CUESHEET track structure. (See the
+ * <A HREF="../format.html#cuesheet_track">format specification</A> for
+ * the full description of each field.)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__uint64 offset;
+ /**< Track offset in samples, relative to the beginning of the FLAC audio stream. */
+
+ FLAC__byte number;
+ /**< The track number. */
+
+ char isrc[13];
+ /**< Track ISRC. This is a 12-digit alphanumeric code plus a trailing \c NUL byte */
+
+ unsigned type:1;
+ /**< The track type: 0 for audio, 1 for non-audio. */
+
+ unsigned pre_emphasis:1;
+ /**< The pre-emphasis flag: 0 for no pre-emphasis, 1 for pre-emphasis. */
+
+ FLAC__byte num_indices;
+ /**< The number of track index points. */
+
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet_Index *indices;
+ /**< NULL if num_indices == 0, else pointer to array of index points. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet_Track;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_TRACK_OFFSET_LEN; /**< == 64 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_TRACK_NUMBER_LEN; /**< == 8 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_TRACK_ISRC_LEN; /**< == 12*8 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_TRACK_TYPE_LEN; /**< == 1 (bit) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_TRACK_PRE_EMPHASIS_LEN; /**< == 1 (bit) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_TRACK_RESERVED_LEN; /**< == 6+13*8 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_TRACK_NUM_INDICES_LEN; /**< == 8 (bits) */
+
+
+/** FLAC CUESHEET structure. (See the
+ * <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_cuesheet">format specification</A>
+ * for the full description of each field.)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ char media_catalog_number[129];
+ /**< Media catalog number, in ASCII printable characters 0x20-0x7e. In
+ * general, the media catalog number may be 0 to 128 bytes long; any
+ * unused characters should be right-padded with NUL characters.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__uint64 lead_in;
+ /**< The number of lead-in samples. */
+
+ FLAC__bool is_cd;
+ /**< \c true if CUESHEET corresponds to a Compact Disc, else \c false. */
+
+ unsigned num_tracks;
+ /**< The number of tracks. */
+
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet_Track *tracks;
+ /**< NULL if num_tracks == 0, else pointer to array of tracks. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_MEDIA_CATALOG_NUMBER_LEN; /**< == 128*8 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_LEAD_IN_LEN; /**< == 64 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_IS_CD_LEN; /**< == 1 (bit) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_RESERVED_LEN; /**< == 7+258*8 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_CUESHEET_NUM_TRACKS_LEN; /**< == 8 (bits) */
+
+
+/** An enumeration of the PICTURE types (see FLAC__StreamMetadataPicture and id3 v2.4 APIC tag). */
+typedef enum {
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_OTHER = 0, /**< Other */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_FILE_ICON_STANDARD = 1, /**< 32x32 pixels 'file icon' (PNG only) */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_FILE_ICON = 2, /**< Other file icon */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_FRONT_COVER = 3, /**< Cover (front) */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_BACK_COVER = 4, /**< Cover (back) */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_LEAFLET_PAGE = 5, /**< Leaflet page */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_MEDIA = 6, /**< Media (e.g. label side of CD) */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_LEAD_ARTIST = 7, /**< Lead artist/lead performer/soloist */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_ARTIST = 8, /**< Artist/performer */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_CONDUCTOR = 9, /**< Conductor */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_BAND = 10, /**< Band/Orchestra */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_COMPOSER = 11, /**< Composer */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_LYRICIST = 12, /**< Lyricist/text writer */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_RECORDING_LOCATION = 13, /**< Recording Location */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_DURING_RECORDING = 14, /**< During recording */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_DURING_PERFORMANCE = 15, /**< During performance */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_VIDEO_SCREEN_CAPTURE = 16, /**< Movie/video screen capture */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_FISH = 17, /**< A bright coloured fish */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_ILLUSTRATION = 18, /**< Illustration */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_BAND_LOGOTYPE = 19, /**< Band/artist logotype */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_PUBLISHER_LOGOTYPE = 20, /**< Publisher/Studio logotype */
+ FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_UNDEFINED
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata_Picture_Type;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamMetadata_Picture_Type to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamMetadata_Picture_Type as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be
+ * modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamMetadata_Picture_TypeString[];
+
+/** FLAC PICTURE structure. (See the
+ * <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block_picture">format specification</A>
+ * for the full description of each field.)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_Picture_Type type;
+ /**< The kind of picture stored. */
+
+ char *mime_type;
+ /**< Picture data's MIME type, in ASCII printable characters
+ * 0x20-0x7e, NUL terminated. For best compatibility with players,
+ * use picture data of MIME type \c image/jpeg or \c image/png. A
+ * MIME type of '-->' is also allowed, in which case the picture
+ * data should be a complete URL. In file storage, the MIME type is
+ * stored as a 32-bit length followed by the ASCII string with no NUL
+ * terminator, but is converted to a plain C string in this structure
+ * for convenience.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__byte *description;
+ /**< Picture's description in UTF-8, NUL terminated. In file storage,
+ * the description is stored as a 32-bit length followed by the UTF-8
+ * string with no NUL terminator, but is converted to a plain C string
+ * in this structure for convenience.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__uint32 width;
+ /**< Picture's width in pixels. */
+
+ FLAC__uint32 height;
+ /**< Picture's height in pixels. */
+
+ FLAC__uint32 depth;
+ /**< Picture's color depth in bits-per-pixel. */
+
+ FLAC__uint32 colors;
+ /**< For indexed palettes (like GIF), picture's number of colors (the
+ * number of palette entries), or \c 0 for non-indexed (i.e. 2^depth).
+ */
+
+ FLAC__uint32 data_length;
+ /**< Length of binary picture data in bytes. */
+
+ FLAC__byte *data;
+ /**< Binary picture data. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata_Picture;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_TYPE_LEN; /**< == 32 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_MIME_TYPE_LENGTH_LEN; /**< == 32 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_DESCRIPTION_LENGTH_LEN; /**< == 32 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_WIDTH_LEN; /**< == 32 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_HEIGHT_LEN; /**< == 32 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_DEPTH_LEN; /**< == 32 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_COLORS_LEN; /**< == 32 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_PICTURE_DATA_LENGTH_LEN; /**< == 32 (bits) */
+
+
+/** Structure that is used when a metadata block of unknown type is loaded.
+ * The contents are opaque. The structure is used only internally to
+ * correctly handle unknown metadata.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__byte *data;
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata_Unknown;
+
+
+/** FLAC metadata block structure. (c.f. <A HREF="../format.html#metadata_block">format specification</A>)
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ FLAC__MetadataType type;
+ /**< The type of the metadata block; used determine which member of the
+ * \a data union to dereference. If type >= FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_UNDEFINED
+ * then \a data.unknown must be used. */
+
+ FLAC__bool is_last;
+ /**< \c true if this metadata block is the last, else \a false */
+
+ unsigned length;
+ /**< Length, in bytes, of the block data as it appears in the stream. */
+
+ union {
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_StreamInfo stream_info;
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_Padding padding;
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_Application application;
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_SeekTable seek_table;
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment vorbis_comment;
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet cue_sheet;
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_Picture picture;
+ FLAC__StreamMetadata_Unknown unknown;
+ } data;
+ /**< Polymorphic block data; use the \a type value to determine which
+ * to use. */
+} FLAC__StreamMetadata;
+
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_IS_LAST_LEN; /**< == 1 (bit) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_TYPE_LEN; /**< == 7 (bits) */
+extern FLAC_API const unsigned FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_LENGTH_LEN; /**< == 24 (bits) */
+
+/** The total stream length of a metadata block header in bytes. */
+#define FLAC__STREAM_METADATA_HEADER_LENGTH (4u)
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Utility functions
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/** Tests that a sample rate is valid for FLAC.
+ *
+ * \param sample_rate The sample rate to test for compliance.
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if the given sample rate conforms to the specification, else
+ * \c false.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__format_sample_rate_is_valid(unsigned sample_rate);
+
+/** Tests that a sample rate is valid for the FLAC subset. The subset rules
+ * for valid sample rates are slightly more complex since the rate has to
+ * be expressible completely in the frame header.
+ *
+ * \param sample_rate The sample rate to test for compliance.
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if the given sample rate conforms to the specification for the
+ * subset, else \c false.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__format_sample_rate_is_subset(unsigned sample_rate);
+
+/** Check a Vorbis comment entry name to see if it conforms to the Vorbis
+ * comment specification.
+ *
+ * Vorbis comment names must be composed only of characters from
+ * [0x20-0x3C,0x3E-0x7D].
+ *
+ * \param name A NUL-terminated string to be checked.
+ * \assert
+ * \code name != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if entry name is illegal, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__format_vorbiscomment_entry_name_is_legal(const char *name);
+
+/** Check a Vorbis comment entry value to see if it conforms to the Vorbis
+ * comment specification.
+ *
+ * Vorbis comment values must be valid UTF-8 sequences.
+ *
+ * \param value A string to be checked.
+ * \param length A the length of \a value in bytes. May be
+ * \c (unsigned)(-1) to indicate that \a value is a plain
+ * UTF-8 NUL-terminated string.
+ * \assert
+ * \code value != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if entry name is illegal, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__format_vorbiscomment_entry_value_is_legal(const FLAC__byte *value, unsigned length);
+
+/** Check a Vorbis comment entry to see if it conforms to the Vorbis
+ * comment specification.
+ *
+ * Vorbis comment entries must be of the form 'name=value', and 'name' and
+ * 'value' must be legal according to
+ * FLAC__format_vorbiscomment_entry_name_is_legal() and
+ * FLAC__format_vorbiscomment_entry_value_is_legal() respectively.
+ *
+ * \param entry An entry to be checked.
+ * \param length The length of \a entry in bytes.
+ * \assert
+ * \code value != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if entry name is illegal, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__format_vorbiscomment_entry_is_legal(const FLAC__byte *entry, unsigned length);
+
+/** Check a seek table to see if it conforms to the FLAC specification.
+ * See the format specification for limits on the contents of the
+ * seek table.
+ *
+ * \param seek_table A pointer to a seek table to be checked.
+ * \assert
+ * \code seek_table != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if seek table is illegal, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__format_seektable_is_legal(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_SeekTable *seek_table);
+
+/** Sort a seek table's seek points according to the format specification.
+ * This includes a "unique-ification" step to remove duplicates, i.e.
+ * seek points with identical \a sample_number values. Duplicate seek
+ * points are converted into placeholder points and sorted to the end of
+ * the table.
+ *
+ * \param seek_table A pointer to a seek table to be sorted.
+ * \assert
+ * \code seek_table != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * The number of duplicate seek points converted into placeholders.
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__format_seektable_sort(FLAC__StreamMetadata_SeekTable *seek_table);
+
+/** Check a cue sheet to see if it conforms to the FLAC specification.
+ * See the format specification for limits on the contents of the
+ * cue sheet.
+ *
+ * \param cue_sheet A pointer to an existing cue sheet to be checked.
+ * \param check_cd_da_subset If \c true, check CUESHEET against more
+ * stringent requirements for a CD-DA (audio) disc.
+ * \param violation Address of a pointer to a string. If there is a
+ * violation, a pointer to a string explanation of the
+ * violation will be returned here. \a violation may be
+ * \c NULL if you don't need the returned string. Do not
+ * free the returned string; it will always point to static
+ * data.
+ * \assert
+ * \code cue_sheet != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if cue sheet is illegal, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__format_cuesheet_is_legal(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet *cue_sheet, FLAC__bool check_cd_da_subset, const char **violation);
+
+/** Check picture data to see if it conforms to the FLAC specification.
+ * See the format specification for limits on the contents of the
+ * PICTURE block.
+ *
+ * \param picture A pointer to existing picture data to be checked.
+ * \param violation Address of a pointer to a string. If there is a
+ * violation, a pointer to a string explanation of the
+ * violation will be returned here. \a violation may be
+ * \c NULL if you don't need the returned string. Do not
+ * free the returned string; it will always point to static
+ * data.
+ * \assert
+ * \code picture != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if picture data is illegal, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__format_picture_is_legal(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_Picture *picture, const char **violation);
+
+/* \} */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* libFLAC - Free Lossless Audio Codec library
+ * Copyright (C) 2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007 Josh Coalson
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ * this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
+ * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+ * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FLAC__METADATA_H
+#define FLAC__METADATA_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h> /* for off_t */
+#include "export.h"
+#include "callback.h"
+#include "format.h"
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------
+ (For an example of how all these routines are used, see the source
+ code for the unit tests in src/test_libFLAC/metadata_*.c, or
+ metaflac in src/metaflac/)
+ ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** \file include/FLAC/metadata.h
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module provides functions for creating and manipulating FLAC
+ * metadata blocks in memory, and three progressively more powerful
+ * interfaces for traversing and editing metadata in FLAC files.
+ *
+ * See the detailed documentation for each interface in the
+ * \link flac_metadata metadata \endlink module.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup flac_metadata FLAC/metadata.h: metadata interfaces
+ * \ingroup flac
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module provides functions for creating and manipulating FLAC
+ * metadata blocks in memory, and three progressively more powerful
+ * interfaces for traversing and editing metadata in native FLAC files.
+ * Note that currently only the Chain interface (level 2) supports Ogg
+ * FLAC files, and it is read-only i.e. no writing back changed
+ * metadata to file.
+ *
+ * There are three metadata interfaces of increasing complexity:
+ *
+ * Level 0:
+ * Read-only access to the STREAMINFO, VORBIS_COMMENT, CUESHEET, and
+ * PICTURE blocks.
+ *
+ * Level 1:
+ * Read-write access to all metadata blocks. This level is write-
+ * efficient in most cases (more on this below), and uses less memory
+ * than level 2.
+ *
+ * Level 2:
+ * Read-write access to all metadata blocks. This level is write-
+ * efficient in all cases, but uses more memory since all metadata for
+ * the whole file is read into memory and manipulated before writing
+ * out again.
+ *
+ * What do we mean by efficient? Since FLAC metadata appears at the
+ * beginning of the file, when writing metadata back to a FLAC file
+ * it is possible to grow or shrink the metadata such that the entire
+ * file must be rewritten. However, if the size remains the same during
+ * changes or PADDING blocks are utilized, only the metadata needs to be
+ * overwritten, which is much faster.
+ *
+ * Efficient means the whole file is rewritten at most one time, and only
+ * when necessary. Level 1 is not efficient only in the case that you
+ * cause more than one metadata block to grow or shrink beyond what can
+ * be accomodated by padding. In this case you should probably use level
+ * 2, which allows you to edit all the metadata for a file in memory and
+ * write it out all at once.
+ *
+ * All levels know how to skip over and not disturb an ID3v2 tag at the
+ * front of the file.
+ *
+ * All levels access files via their filenames. In addition, level 2
+ * has additional alternative read and write functions that take an I/O
+ * handle and callbacks, for situations where access by filename is not
+ * possible.
+ *
+ * In addition to the three interfaces, this module defines functions for
+ * creating and manipulating various metadata objects in memory. As we see
+ * from the Format module, FLAC metadata blocks in memory are very primitive
+ * structures for storing information in an efficient way. Reading
+ * information from the structures is easy but creating or modifying them
+ * directly is more complex. The metadata object routines here facilitate
+ * this by taking care of the consistency and memory management drudgery.
+ *
+ * Unless you will be using the level 1 or 2 interfaces to modify existing
+ * metadata however, you will not probably not need these.
+ *
+ * From a dependency standpoint, none of the encoders or decoders require
+ * the metadata module. This is so that embedded users can strip out the
+ * metadata module from libFLAC to reduce the size and complexity.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/** \defgroup flac_metadata_level0 FLAC/metadata.h: metadata level 0 interface
+ * \ingroup flac_metadata
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * The level 0 interface consists of individual routines to read the
+ * STREAMINFO, VORBIS_COMMENT, CUESHEET, and PICTURE blocks, requiring
+ * only a filename.
+ *
+ * They try to skip any ID3v2 tag at the head of the file.
+ *
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/** Read the STREAMINFO metadata block of the given FLAC file. This function
+ * will try to skip any ID3v2 tag at the head of the file.
+ *
+ * \param filename The path to the FLAC file to read.
+ * \param streaminfo A pointer to space for the STREAMINFO block. Since
+ * FLAC__StreamMetadata is a simple structure with no
+ * memory allocation involved, you pass the address of
+ * an existing structure. It need not be initialized.
+ * \assert
+ * \code filename != NULL \endcode
+ * \code streaminfo != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if a valid STREAMINFO block was read from \a filename. Returns
+ * \c false if there was a memory allocation error, a file decoder error,
+ * or the file contained no STREAMINFO block. (A memory allocation error
+ * is possible because this function must set up a file decoder.)
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_get_streaminfo(const char *filename, FLAC__StreamMetadata *streaminfo);
+
+/** Read the VORBIS_COMMENT metadata block of the given FLAC file. This
+ * function will try to skip any ID3v2 tag at the head of the file.
+ *
+ * \param filename The path to the FLAC file to read.
+ * \param tags The address where the returned pointer will be
+ * stored. The \a tags object must be deleted by
+ * the caller using FLAC__metadata_object_delete().
+ * \assert
+ * \code filename != NULL \endcode
+ * \code tags != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if a valid VORBIS_COMMENT block was read from \a filename,
+ * and \a *tags will be set to the address of the metadata structure.
+ * Returns \c false if there was a memory allocation error, a file
+ * decoder error, or the file contained no VORBIS_COMMENT block, and
+ * \a *tags will be set to \c NULL.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_get_tags(const char *filename, FLAC__StreamMetadata **tags);
+
+/** Read the CUESHEET metadata block of the given FLAC file. This
+ * function will try to skip any ID3v2 tag at the head of the file.
+ *
+ * \param filename The path to the FLAC file to read.
+ * \param cuesheet The address where the returned pointer will be
+ * stored. The \a cuesheet object must be deleted by
+ * the caller using FLAC__metadata_object_delete().
+ * \assert
+ * \code filename != NULL \endcode
+ * \code cuesheet != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if a valid CUESHEET block was read from \a filename,
+ * and \a *cuesheet will be set to the address of the metadata
+ * structure. Returns \c false if there was a memory allocation
+ * error, a file decoder error, or the file contained no CUESHEET
+ * block, and \a *cuesheet will be set to \c NULL.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_get_cuesheet(const char *filename, FLAC__StreamMetadata **cuesheet);
+
+/** Read a PICTURE metadata block of the given FLAC file. This
+ * function will try to skip any ID3v2 tag at the head of the file.
+ * Since there can be more than one PICTURE block in a file, this
+ * function takes a number of parameters that act as constraints to
+ * the search. The PICTURE block with the largest area matching all
+ * the constraints will be returned, or \a *picture will be set to
+ * \c NULL if there was no such block.
+ *
+ * \param filename The path to the FLAC file to read.
+ * \param picture The address where the returned pointer will be
+ * stored. The \a picture object must be deleted by
+ * the caller using FLAC__metadata_object_delete().
+ * \param type The desired picture type. Use \c -1 to mean
+ * "any type".
+ * \param mime_type The desired MIME type, e.g. "image/jpeg". The
+ * string will be matched exactly. Use \c NULL to
+ * mean "any MIME type".
+ * \param description The desired description. The string will be
+ * matched exactly. Use \c NULL to mean "any
+ * description".
+ * \param max_width The maximum width in pixels desired. Use
+ * \c (unsigned)(-1) to mean "any width".
+ * \param max_height The maximum height in pixels desired. Use
+ * \c (unsigned)(-1) to mean "any height".
+ * \param max_depth The maximum color depth in bits-per-pixel desired.
+ * Use \c (unsigned)(-1) to mean "any depth".
+ * \param max_colors The maximum number of colors desired. Use
+ * \c (unsigned)(-1) to mean "any number of colors".
+ * \assert
+ * \code filename != NULL \endcode
+ * \code picture != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if a valid PICTURE block was read from \a filename,
+ * and \a *picture will be set to the address of the metadata
+ * structure. Returns \c false if there was a memory allocation
+ * error, a file decoder error, or the file contained no PICTURE
+ * block, and \a *picture will be set to \c NULL.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_get_picture(const char *filename, FLAC__StreamMetadata **picture, FLAC__StreamMetadata_Picture_Type type, const char *mime_type, const FLAC__byte *description, unsigned max_width, unsigned max_height, unsigned max_depth, unsigned max_colors);
+
+/* \} */
+
+
+/** \defgroup flac_metadata_level1 FLAC/metadata.h: metadata level 1 interface
+ * \ingroup flac_metadata
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * The level 1 interface provides read-write access to FLAC file metadata and
+ * operates directly on the FLAC file.
+ *
+ * The general usage of this interface is:
+ *
+ * - Create an iterator using FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_new()
+ * - Attach it to a file using FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init() and check
+ * the exit code. Call FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_is_writable() to
+ * see if the file is writable, or only read access is allowed.
+ * - Use FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_next() and
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_prev() to traverse the blocks.
+ * This is does not read the actual blocks themselves.
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_next() is relatively fast.
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_prev() is slower since it needs to search
+ * forward from the front of the file.
+ * - Use FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_get_block_type() or
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_get_block() to access the actual data at
+ * the current iterator position. The returned object is yours to modify
+ * and free.
+ * - Use FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_set_block() to write a modified block
+ * back. You must have write permission to the original file. Make sure to
+ * read the whole comment to FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_set_block()
+ * below.
+ * - Use FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_insert_block_after() to add new blocks.
+ * Use the object creation functions from
+ * \link flac_metadata_object here \endlink to generate new objects.
+ * - Use FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_delete_block() to remove the block
+ * currently referred to by the iterator, or replace it with padding.
+ * - Destroy the iterator with FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_delete() when
+ * finished.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * The FLAC file remains open the whole time between
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init() and
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_delete(), so make sure you are not altering
+ * the file during this time.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * Do not modify the \a is_last, \a length, or \a type fields of returned
+ * FLAC__StreamMetadata objects. These are managed automatically.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * If any of the modification functions
+ * (FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_set_block(),
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_delete_block(),
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_insert_block_after(), etc.) return \c false,
+ * you should delete the iterator as it may no longer be valid.
+ *
+ * \{
+ */
+
+struct FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator;
+/** The opaque structure definition for the level 1 iterator type.
+ * See the
+ * \link flac_metadata_level1 metadata level 1 module \endlink
+ * for a detailed description.
+ */
+typedef struct FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator;
+
+/** Status type for FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator.
+ *
+ * The iterator's current status can be obtained by calling FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_status().
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_OK = 0,
+ /**< The iterator is in the normal OK state */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_ILLEGAL_INPUT,
+ /**< The data passed into a function violated the function's usage criteria */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_ERROR_OPENING_FILE,
+ /**< The iterator could not open the target file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_NOT_A_FLAC_FILE,
+ /**< The iterator could not find the FLAC signature at the start of the file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_NOT_WRITABLE,
+ /**< The iterator tried to write to a file that was not writable */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_BAD_METADATA,
+ /**< The iterator encountered input that does not conform to the FLAC metadata specification */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_READ_ERROR,
+ /**< The iterator encountered an error while reading the FLAC file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_SEEK_ERROR,
+ /**< The iterator encountered an error while seeking in the FLAC file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_WRITE_ERROR,
+ /**< The iterator encountered an error while writing the FLAC file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_RENAME_ERROR,
+ /**< The iterator encountered an error renaming the FLAC file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_UNLINK_ERROR,
+ /**< The iterator encountered an error removing the temporary file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR,
+ /**< Memory allocation failed */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR
+ /**< The caller violated an assertion or an unexpected error occurred */
+
+} FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIteratorStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIteratorStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIteratorStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIteratorStatusString[];
+
+
+/** Create a new iterator instance.
+ *
+ * \retval FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator*
+ * \c NULL if there was an error allocating memory, else the new instance.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_new(void);
+
+/** Free an iterator instance. Deletes the object pointed to by \a iterator.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ */
+FLAC_API void FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_delete(FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator);
+
+/** Get the current status of the iterator. Call this after a function
+ * returns \c false to get the reason for the error. Also resets the status
+ * to FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_OK.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIteratorStatus
+ * The current status of the iterator.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIteratorStatus FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_status(FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator);
+
+/** Initialize the iterator to point to the first metadata block in the
+ * given FLAC file.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing iterator.
+ * \param filename The path to the FLAC file.
+ * \param read_only If \c true, the FLAC file will be opened
+ * in read-only mode; if \c false, the FLAC
+ * file will be opened for edit even if no
+ * edits are performed.
+ * \param preserve_file_stats If \c true, the owner and modification
+ * time will be preserved even if the FLAC
+ * file is written to.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \code filename != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if a memory allocation error occurs, the file can't be
+ * opened, or another error occurs, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init(FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator, const char *filename, FLAC__bool read_only, FLAC__bool preserve_file_stats);
+
+/** Returns \c true if the FLAC file is writable. If \c false, calls to
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_set_block() and
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_insert_block_after() will fail.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * See above.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_is_writable(const FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator);
+
+/** Moves the iterator forward one metadata block, returning \c false if
+ * already at the end.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if already at the last metadata block of the chain, else
+ * \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_next(FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator);
+
+/** Moves the iterator backward one metadata block, returning \c false if
+ * already at the beginning.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if already at the first metadata block of the chain, else
+ * \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_prev(FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator);
+
+/** Returns a flag telling if the current metadata block is the last.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if the current metadata block is the last in the file,
+ * else \c false.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_is_last(const FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator);
+
+/** Get the offset of the metadata block at the current position. This
+ * avoids reading the actual block data which can save time for large
+ * blocks.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init()
+ * \retval off_t
+ * The offset of the metadata block at the current iterator position.
+ * This is the byte offset relative to the beginning of the file of
+ * the current metadata block's header.
+ */
+FLAC_API off_t FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_get_block_offset(const FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator);
+
+/** Get the type of the metadata block at the current position. This
+ * avoids reading the actual block data which can save time for large
+ * blocks.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__MetadataType
+ * The type of the metadata block at the current iterator position.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__MetadataType FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_get_block_type(const FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator);
+
+/** Get the length of the metadata block at the current position. This
+ * avoids reading the actual block data which can save time for large
+ * blocks.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init()
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * The length of the metadata block at the current iterator position.
+ * The is same length as that in the
+ * <a href="http://flac.sourceforge.net/format.html#metadata_block_header">metadata block header</a>,
+ * i.e. the length of the metadata body that follows the header.
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_get_block_length(const FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator);
+
+/** Get the application ID of the \c APPLICATION block at the current
+ * position. This avoids reading the actual block data which can save
+ * time for large blocks.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \param id A pointer to a buffer of at least \c 4 bytes where
+ * the ID will be stored.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \code id != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if the ID was successfully read, else \c false, in which
+ * case you should check FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_status() to
+ * find out why. If the status is
+ * \c FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_ILLEGAL_INPUT, then the
+ * current metadata block is not an \c APPLICATION block. Otherwise
+ * if the status is
+ * \c FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_READ_ERROR or
+ * \c FLAC__METADATA_SIMPLE_ITERATOR_STATUS_SEEK_ERROR, an I/O error
+ * occurred and the iterator can no longer be used.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_get_application_id(FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator, FLAC__byte *id);
+
+/** Get the metadata block at the current position. You can modify the
+ * block but must use FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_set_block() to
+ * write it back to the FLAC file.
+ *
+ * You must call FLAC__metadata_object_delete() on the returned object
+ * when you are finished with it.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamMetadata*
+ * The current metadata block, or \c NULL if there was a memory
+ * allocation error.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamMetadata *FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_get_block(FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator);
+
+/** Write a block back to the FLAC file. This function tries to be
+ * as efficient as possible; how the block is actually written is
+ * shown by the following:
+ *
+ * Existing block is a STREAMINFO block and the new block is a
+ * STREAMINFO block: the new block is written in place. Make sure
+ * you know what you're doing when changing the values of a
+ * STREAMINFO block.
+ *
+ * Existing block is a STREAMINFO block and the new block is a
+ * not a STREAMINFO block: this is an error since the first block
+ * must be a STREAMINFO block. Returns \c false without altering the
+ * file.
+ *
+ * Existing block is not a STREAMINFO block and the new block is a
+ * STREAMINFO block: this is an error since there may be only one
+ * STREAMINFO block. Returns \c false without altering the file.
+ *
+ * Existing block and new block are the same length: the existing
+ * block will be replaced by the new block, written in place.
+ *
+ * Existing block is longer than new block: if use_padding is \c true,
+ * the existing block will be overwritten in place with the new
+ * block followed by a PADDING block, if possible, to make the total
+ * size the same as the existing block. Remember that a padding
+ * block requires at least four bytes so if the difference in size
+ * between the new block and existing block is less than that, the
+ * entire file will have to be rewritten, using the new block's
+ * exact size. If use_padding is \c false, the entire file will be
+ * rewritten, replacing the existing block by the new block.
+ *
+ * Existing block is shorter than new block: if use_padding is \c true,
+ * the function will try and expand the new block into the following
+ * PADDING block, if it exists and doing so won't shrink the PADDING
+ * block to less than 4 bytes. If there is no following PADDING
+ * block, or it will shrink to less than 4 bytes, or use_padding is
+ * \c false, the entire file is rewritten, replacing the existing block
+ * with the new block. Note that in this case any following PADDING
+ * block is preserved as is.
+ *
+ * After writing the block, the iterator will remain in the same
+ * place, i.e. pointing to the new block.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \param block The block to set.
+ * \param use_padding See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init()
+ * \code block != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if successful, else \c false.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_set_block(FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator, FLAC__StreamMetadata *block, FLAC__bool use_padding);
+
+/** This is similar to FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_set_block()
+ * except that instead of writing over an existing block, it appends
+ * a block after the existing block. \a use_padding is again used to
+ * tell the function to try an expand into following padding in an
+ * attempt to avoid rewriting the entire file.
+ *
+ * This function will fail and return \c false if given a STREAMINFO
+ * block.
+ *
+ * After writing the block, the iterator will be pointing to the
+ * new block.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \param block The block to set.
+ * \param use_padding See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init()
+ * \code block != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if successful, else \c false.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_insert_block_after(FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator, FLAC__StreamMetadata *block, FLAC__bool use_padding);
+
+/** Deletes the block at the current position. This will cause the
+ * entire FLAC file to be rewritten, unless \a use_padding is \c true,
+ * in which case the block will be replaced by an equal-sized PADDING
+ * block. The iterator will be left pointing to the block before the
+ * one just deleted.
+ *
+ * You may not delete the STREAMINFO block.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \param use_padding See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if successful, else \c false.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_delete_block(FLAC__Metadata_SimpleIterator *iterator, FLAC__bool use_padding);
+
+/* \} */
+
+
+/** \defgroup flac_metadata_level2 FLAC/metadata.h: metadata level 2 interface
+ * \ingroup flac_metadata
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * The level 2 interface provides read-write access to FLAC file metadata;
+ * all metadata is read into memory, operated on in memory, and then written
+ * to file, which is more efficient than level 1 when editing multiple blocks.
+ *
+ * Currently Ogg FLAC is supported for read only, via
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg() but a subsequent
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_write() will fail.
+ *
+ * The general usage of this interface is:
+ *
+ * - Create a new chain using FLAC__metadata_chain_new(). A chain is a
+ * linked list of FLAC metadata blocks.
+ * - Read all metadata into the the chain from a FLAC file using
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_read() or FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg() and
+ * check the status.
+ * - Optionally, consolidate the padding using
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_merge_padding() or
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_sort_padding().
+ * - Create a new iterator using FLAC__metadata_iterator_new()
+ * - Initialize the iterator to point to the first element in the chain
+ * using FLAC__metadata_iterator_init()
+ * - Traverse the chain using FLAC__metadata_iterator_next and
+ * FLAC__metadata_iterator_prev().
+ * - Get a block for reading or modification using
+ * FLAC__metadata_iterator_get_block(). The pointer to the object
+ * inside the chain is returned, so the block is yours to modify.
+ * Changes will be reflected in the FLAC file when you write the
+ * chain. You can also add and delete blocks (see functions below).
+ * - When done, write out the chain using FLAC__metadata_chain_write().
+ * Make sure to read the whole comment to the function below.
+ * - Delete the chain using FLAC__metadata_chain_delete().
+ *
+ * \note
+ * Even though the FLAC file is not open while the chain is being
+ * manipulated, you must not alter the file externally during
+ * this time. The chain assumes the FLAC file will not change
+ * between the time of FLAC__metadata_chain_read()/FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg()
+ * and FLAC__metadata_chain_write().
+ *
+ * \note
+ * Do not modify the is_last, length, or type fields of returned
+ * FLAC__StreamMetadata objects. These are managed automatically.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * The metadata objects returned by FLAC__metadata_iterator_get_block()
+ * are owned by the chain; do not FLAC__metadata_object_delete() them.
+ * In the same way, blocks passed to FLAC__metadata_iterator_set_block()
+ * become owned by the chain and they will be deleted when the chain is
+ * deleted.
+ *
+ * \{
+ */
+
+struct FLAC__Metadata_Chain;
+/** The opaque structure definition for the level 2 chain type.
+ */
+typedef struct FLAC__Metadata_Chain FLAC__Metadata_Chain;
+
+struct FLAC__Metadata_Iterator;
+/** The opaque structure definition for the level 2 iterator type.
+ */
+typedef struct FLAC__Metadata_Iterator FLAC__Metadata_Iterator;
+
+typedef enum {
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_OK = 0,
+ /**< The chain is in the normal OK state */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_ILLEGAL_INPUT,
+ /**< The data passed into a function violated the function's usage criteria */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_ERROR_OPENING_FILE,
+ /**< The chain could not open the target file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_NOT_A_FLAC_FILE,
+ /**< The chain could not find the FLAC signature at the start of the file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_NOT_WRITABLE,
+ /**< The chain tried to write to a file that was not writable */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_BAD_METADATA,
+ /**< The chain encountered input that does not conform to the FLAC metadata specification */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_READ_ERROR,
+ /**< The chain encountered an error while reading the FLAC file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_SEEK_ERROR,
+ /**< The chain encountered an error while seeking in the FLAC file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_WRITE_ERROR,
+ /**< The chain encountered an error while writing the FLAC file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_RENAME_ERROR,
+ /**< The chain encountered an error renaming the FLAC file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_UNLINK_ERROR,
+ /**< The chain encountered an error removing the temporary file */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR,
+ /**< Memory allocation failed */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR,
+ /**< The caller violated an assertion or an unexpected error occurred */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_INVALID_CALLBACKS,
+ /**< One or more of the required callbacks was NULL */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_READ_WRITE_MISMATCH,
+ /**< FLAC__metadata_chain_write() was called on a chain read by
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_read_with_callbacks()/FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg_with_callbacks(),
+ * or
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_write_with_callbacks()/FLAC__metadata_chain_write_with_callbacks_and_tempfile()
+ * was called on a chain read by
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_read()/FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg().
+ * Matching read/write methods must always be used. */
+
+ FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_WRONG_WRITE_CALL
+ /**< FLAC__metadata_chain_write_with_callbacks() was called when the
+ * chain write requires a tempfile; use
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_write_with_callbacks_and_tempfile() instead.
+ * Or, FLAC__metadata_chain_write_with_callbacks_and_tempfile() was
+ * called when the chain write does not require a tempfile; use
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_write_with_callbacks() instead.
+ * Always check FLAC__metadata_chain_check_if_tempfile_needed()
+ * before writing via callbacks. */
+
+} FLAC__Metadata_ChainStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__Metadata_ChainStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__Metadata_ChainStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__Metadata_ChainStatusString[];
+
+/*********** FLAC__Metadata_Chain ***********/
+
+/** Create a new chain instance.
+ *
+ * \retval FLAC__Metadata_Chain*
+ * \c NULL if there was an error allocating memory, else the new instance.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__Metadata_Chain *FLAC__metadata_chain_new(void);
+
+/** Free a chain instance. Deletes the object pointed to by \a chain.
+ *
+ * \param chain A pointer to an existing chain.
+ * \assert
+ * \code chain != NULL \endcode
+ */
+FLAC_API void FLAC__metadata_chain_delete(FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain);
+
+/** Get the current status of the chain. Call this after a function
+ * returns \c false to get the reason for the error. Also resets the
+ * status to FLAC__METADATA_CHAIN_STATUS_OK.
+ *
+ * \param chain A pointer to an existing chain.
+ * \assert
+ * \code chain != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__Metadata_ChainStatus
+ * The current status of the chain.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__Metadata_ChainStatus FLAC__metadata_chain_status(FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain);
+
+/** Read all metadata from a FLAC file into the chain.
+ *
+ * \param chain A pointer to an existing chain.
+ * \param filename The path to the FLAC file to read.
+ * \assert
+ * \code chain != NULL \endcode
+ * \code filename != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if a valid list of metadata blocks was read from
+ * \a filename, else \c false. On failure, check the status with
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_status().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_chain_read(FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain, const char *filename);
+
+/** Read all metadata from an Ogg FLAC file into the chain.
+ *
+ * \note Ogg FLAC metadata data writing is not supported yet and
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_write() will fail.
+ *
+ * \param chain A pointer to an existing chain.
+ * \param filename The path to the Ogg FLAC file to read.
+ * \assert
+ * \code chain != NULL \endcode
+ * \code filename != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if a valid list of metadata blocks was read from
+ * \a filename, else \c false. On failure, check the status with
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_status().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg(FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain, const char *filename);
+
+/** Read all metadata from a FLAC stream into the chain via I/O callbacks.
+ *
+ * The \a handle need only be open for reading, but must be seekable.
+ * The equivalent minimum stdio fopen() file mode is \c "r" (or \c "rb"
+ * for Windows).
+ *
+ * \param chain A pointer to an existing chain.
+ * \param handle The I/O handle of the FLAC stream to read. The
+ * handle will NOT be closed after the metadata is read;
+ * that is the duty of the caller.
+ * \param callbacks
+ * A set of callbacks to use for I/O. The mandatory
+ * callbacks are \a read, \a seek, and \a tell.
+ * \assert
+ * \code chain != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if a valid list of metadata blocks was read from
+ * \a handle, else \c false. On failure, check the status with
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_status().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_chain_read_with_callbacks(FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain, FLAC__IOHandle handle, FLAC__IOCallbacks callbacks);
+
+/** Read all metadata from an Ogg FLAC stream into the chain via I/O callbacks.
+ *
+ * The \a handle need only be open for reading, but must be seekable.
+ * The equivalent minimum stdio fopen() file mode is \c "r" (or \c "rb"
+ * for Windows).
+ *
+ * \note Ogg FLAC metadata data writing is not supported yet and
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_write() will fail.
+ *
+ * \param chain A pointer to an existing chain.
+ * \param handle The I/O handle of the Ogg FLAC stream to read. The
+ * handle will NOT be closed after the metadata is read;
+ * that is the duty of the caller.
+ * \param callbacks
+ * A set of callbacks to use for I/O. The mandatory
+ * callbacks are \a read, \a seek, and \a tell.
+ * \assert
+ * \code chain != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if a valid list of metadata blocks was read from
+ * \a handle, else \c false. On failure, check the status with
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_status().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg_with_callbacks(FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain, FLAC__IOHandle handle, FLAC__IOCallbacks callbacks);
+
+/** Checks if writing the given chain would require the use of a
+ * temporary file, or if it could be written in place.
+ *
+ * Under certain conditions, padding can be utilized so that writing
+ * edited metadata back to the FLAC file does not require rewriting the
+ * entire file. If rewriting is required, then a temporary workfile is
+ * required. When writing metadata using callbacks, you must check
+ * this function to know whether to call
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_write_with_callbacks() or
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_write_with_callbacks_and_tempfile(). When
+ * writing with FLAC__metadata_chain_write(), the temporary file is
+ * handled internally.
+ *
+ * \param chain A pointer to an existing chain.
+ * \param use_padding
+ * Whether or not padding will be allowed to be used
+ * during the write. The value of \a use_padding given
+ * here must match the value later passed to
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_write_with_callbacks() or
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_write_with_callbacks_with_tempfile().
+ * \assert
+ * \code chain != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if writing the current chain would require a tempfile, or
+ * \c false if metadata can be written in place.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_chain_check_if_tempfile_needed(FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain, FLAC__bool use_padding);
+
+/** Write all metadata out to the FLAC file. This function tries to be as
+ * efficient as possible; how the metadata is actually written is shown by
+ * the following:
+ *
+ * If the current chain is the same size as the existing metadata, the new
+ * data is written in place.
+ *
+ * If the current chain is longer than the existing metadata, and
+ * \a use_padding is \c true, and the last block is a PADDING block of
+ * sufficient length, the function will truncate the final padding block
+ * so that the overall size of the metadata is the same as the existing
+ * metadata, and then just rewrite the metadata. Otherwise, if not all of
+ * the above conditions are met, the entire FLAC file must be rewritten.
+ * If you want to use padding this way it is a good idea to call
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_sort_padding() first so that you have the maximum
+ * amount of padding to work with, unless you need to preserve ordering
+ * of the PADDING blocks for some reason.
+ *
+ * If the current chain is shorter than the existing metadata, and
+ * \a use_padding is \c true, and the final block is a PADDING block, the padding
+ * is extended to make the overall size the same as the existing data. If
+ * \a use_padding is \c true and the last block is not a PADDING block, a new
+ * PADDING block is added to the end of the new data to make it the same
+ * size as the existing data (if possible, see the note to
+ * FLAC__metadata_simple_iterator_set_block() about the four byte limit)
+ * and the new data is written in place. If none of the above apply or
+ * \a use_padding is \c false, the entire FLAC file is rewritten.
+ *
+ * If \a preserve_file_stats is \c true, the owner and modification time will
+ * be preserved even if the FLAC file is written.
+ *
+ * For this write function to be used, the chain must have been read with
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_read()/FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg(), not
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_read_with_callbacks()/FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg_with_callbacks().
+ *
+ * \param chain A pointer to an existing chain.
+ * \param use_padding See above.
+ * \param preserve_file_stats See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code chain != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if the write succeeded, else \c false. On failure,
+ * check the status with FLAC__metadata_chain_status().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_chain_write(FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain, FLAC__bool use_padding, FLAC__bool preserve_file_stats);
+
+/** Write all metadata out to a FLAC stream via callbacks.
+ *
+ * (See FLAC__metadata_chain_write() for the details on how padding is
+ * used to write metadata in place if possible.)
+ *
+ * The \a handle must be open for updating and be seekable. The
+ * equivalent minimum stdio fopen() file mode is \c "r+" (or \c "r+b"
+ * for Windows).
+ *
+ * For this write function to be used, the chain must have been read with
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_read_with_callbacks()/FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg_with_callbacks(),
+ * not FLAC__metadata_chain_read()/FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg().
+ * Also, FLAC__metadata_chain_check_if_tempfile_needed() must have returned
+ * \c false.
+ *
+ * \param chain A pointer to an existing chain.
+ * \param use_padding See FLAC__metadata_chain_write()
+ * \param handle The I/O handle of the FLAC stream to write. The
+ * handle will NOT be closed after the metadata is
+ * written; that is the duty of the caller.
+ * \param callbacks A set of callbacks to use for I/O. The mandatory
+ * callbacks are \a write and \a seek.
+ * \assert
+ * \code chain != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if the write succeeded, else \c false. On failure,
+ * check the status with FLAC__metadata_chain_status().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_chain_write_with_callbacks(FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain, FLAC__bool use_padding, FLAC__IOHandle handle, FLAC__IOCallbacks callbacks);
+
+/** Write all metadata out to a FLAC stream via callbacks.
+ *
+ * (See FLAC__metadata_chain_write() for the details on how padding is
+ * used to write metadata in place if possible.)
+ *
+ * This version of the write-with-callbacks function must be used when
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_check_if_tempfile_needed() returns true. In
+ * this function, you must supply an I/O handle corresponding to the
+ * FLAC file to edit, and a temporary handle to which the new FLAC
+ * file will be written. It is the caller's job to move this temporary
+ * FLAC file on top of the original FLAC file to complete the metadata
+ * edit.
+ *
+ * The \a handle must be open for reading and be seekable. The
+ * equivalent minimum stdio fopen() file mode is \c "r" (or \c "rb"
+ * for Windows).
+ *
+ * The \a temp_handle must be open for writing. The
+ * equivalent minimum stdio fopen() file mode is \c "w" (or \c "wb"
+ * for Windows). It should be an empty stream, or at least positioned
+ * at the start-of-file (in which case it is the caller's duty to
+ * truncate it on return).
+ *
+ * For this write function to be used, the chain must have been read with
+ * FLAC__metadata_chain_read_with_callbacks()/FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg_with_callbacks(),
+ * not FLAC__metadata_chain_read()/FLAC__metadata_chain_read_ogg().
+ * Also, FLAC__metadata_chain_check_if_tempfile_needed() must have returned
+ * \c true.
+ *
+ * \param chain A pointer to an existing chain.
+ * \param use_padding See FLAC__metadata_chain_write()
+ * \param handle The I/O handle of the original FLAC stream to read.
+ * The handle will NOT be closed after the metadata is
+ * written; that is the duty of the caller.
+ * \param callbacks A set of callbacks to use for I/O on \a handle.
+ * The mandatory callbacks are \a read, \a seek, and
+ * \a eof.
+ * \param temp_handle The I/O handle of the FLAC stream to write. The
+ * handle will NOT be closed after the metadata is
+ * written; that is the duty of the caller.
+ * \param temp_callbacks
+ * A set of callbacks to use for I/O on temp_handle.
+ * The only mandatory callback is \a write.
+ * \assert
+ * \code chain != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if the write succeeded, else \c false. On failure,
+ * check the status with FLAC__metadata_chain_status().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_chain_write_with_callbacks_and_tempfile(FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain, FLAC__bool use_padding, FLAC__IOHandle handle, FLAC__IOCallbacks callbacks, FLAC__IOHandle temp_handle, FLAC__IOCallbacks temp_callbacks);
+
+/** Merge adjacent PADDING blocks into a single block.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not write to the FLAC file, it only
+ * modifies the chain.
+ *
+ * \warning Any iterator on the current chain will become invalid after this
+ * call. You should delete the iterator and get a new one.
+ *
+ * \param chain A pointer to an existing chain.
+ * \assert
+ * \code chain != NULL \endcode
+ */
+FLAC_API void FLAC__metadata_chain_merge_padding(FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain);
+
+/** This function will move all PADDING blocks to the end on the metadata,
+ * then merge them into a single block.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not write to the FLAC file, it only
+ * modifies the chain.
+ *
+ * \warning Any iterator on the current chain will become invalid after this
+ * call. You should delete the iterator and get a new one.
+ *
+ * \param chain A pointer to an existing chain.
+ * \assert
+ * \code chain != NULL \endcode
+ */
+FLAC_API void FLAC__metadata_chain_sort_padding(FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain);
+
+
+/*********** FLAC__Metadata_Iterator ***********/
+
+/** Create a new iterator instance.
+ *
+ * \retval FLAC__Metadata_Iterator*
+ * \c NULL if there was an error allocating memory, else the new instance.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__Metadata_Iterator *FLAC__metadata_iterator_new(void);
+
+/** Free an iterator instance. Deletes the object pointed to by \a iterator.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ */
+FLAC_API void FLAC__metadata_iterator_delete(FLAC__Metadata_Iterator *iterator);
+
+/** Initialize the iterator to point to the first metadata block in the
+ * given chain.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing iterator.
+ * \param chain A pointer to an existing and initialized (read) chain.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \code chain != NULL \endcode
+ */
+FLAC_API void FLAC__metadata_iterator_init(FLAC__Metadata_Iterator *iterator, FLAC__Metadata_Chain *chain);
+
+/** Moves the iterator forward one metadata block, returning \c false if
+ * already at the end.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if already at the last metadata block of the chain, else
+ * \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_iterator_next(FLAC__Metadata_Iterator *iterator);
+
+/** Moves the iterator backward one metadata block, returning \c false if
+ * already at the beginning.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if already at the first metadata block of the chain, else
+ * \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_iterator_prev(FLAC__Metadata_Iterator *iterator);
+
+/** Get the type of the metadata block at the current position.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__MetadataType
+ * The type of the metadata block at the current iterator position.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__MetadataType FLAC__metadata_iterator_get_block_type(const FLAC__Metadata_Iterator *iterator);
+
+/** Get the metadata block at the current position. You can modify
+ * the block in place but must write the chain before the changes
+ * are reflected to the FLAC file. You do not need to call
+ * FLAC__metadata_iterator_set_block() to reflect the changes;
+ * the pointer returned by FLAC__metadata_iterator_get_block()
+ * points directly into the chain.
+ *
+ * \warning
+ * Do not call FLAC__metadata_object_delete() on the returned object;
+ * to delete a block use FLAC__metadata_iterator_delete_block().
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamMetadata*
+ * The current metadata block.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamMetadata *FLAC__metadata_iterator_get_block(FLAC__Metadata_Iterator *iterator);
+
+/** Set the metadata block at the current position, replacing the existing
+ * block. The new block passed in becomes owned by the chain and it will be
+ * deleted when the chain is deleted.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \param block A pointer to a metadata block.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_iterator_init()
+ * \code block != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the conditions in the above description are not met, or
+ * a memory allocation error occurs, otherwise \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_iterator_set_block(FLAC__Metadata_Iterator *iterator, FLAC__StreamMetadata *block);
+
+/** Removes the current block from the chain. If \a replace_with_padding is
+ * \c true, the block will instead be replaced with a padding block of equal
+ * size. You can not delete the STREAMINFO block. The iterator will be
+ * left pointing to the block before the one just "deleted", even if
+ * \a replace_with_padding is \c true.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \param replace_with_padding See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the conditions in the above description are not met,
+ * otherwise \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_iterator_delete_block(FLAC__Metadata_Iterator *iterator, FLAC__bool replace_with_padding);
+
+/** Insert a new block before the current block. You cannot insert a block
+ * before the first STREAMINFO block. You cannot insert a STREAMINFO block
+ * as there can be only one, the one that already exists at the head when you
+ * read in a chain. The chain takes ownership of the new block and it will be
+ * deleted when the chain is deleted. The iterator will be left pointing to
+ * the new block.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \param block A pointer to a metadata block to insert.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the conditions in the above description are not met, or
+ * a memory allocation error occurs, otherwise \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_iterator_insert_block_before(FLAC__Metadata_Iterator *iterator, FLAC__StreamMetadata *block);
+
+/** Insert a new block after the current block. You cannot insert a STREAMINFO
+ * block as there can be only one, the one that already exists at the head when
+ * you read in a chain. The chain takes ownership of the new block and it will
+ * be deleted when the chain is deleted. The iterator will be left pointing to
+ * the new block.
+ *
+ * \param iterator A pointer to an existing initialized iterator.
+ * \param block A pointer to a metadata block to insert.
+ * \assert
+ * \code iterator != NULL \endcode
+ * \a iterator has been successfully initialized with
+ * FLAC__metadata_iterator_init()
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the conditions in the above description are not met, or
+ * a memory allocation error occurs, otherwise \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_iterator_insert_block_after(FLAC__Metadata_Iterator *iterator, FLAC__StreamMetadata *block);
+
+/* \} */
+
+
+/** \defgroup flac_metadata_object FLAC/metadata.h: metadata object methods
+ * \ingroup flac_metadata
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module contains methods for manipulating FLAC metadata objects.
+ *
+ * Since many are variable length we have to be careful about the memory
+ * management. We decree that all pointers to data in the object are
+ * owned by the object and memory-managed by the object.
+ *
+ * Use the FLAC__metadata_object_new() and FLAC__metadata_object_delete()
+ * functions to create all instances. When using the
+ * FLAC__metadata_object_set_*() functions to set pointers to data, set
+ * \a copy to \c true to have the function make it's own copy of the data, or
+ * to \c false to give the object ownership of your data. In the latter case
+ * your pointer must be freeable by free() and will be free()d when the object
+ * is FLAC__metadata_object_delete()d. It is legal to pass a null pointer as
+ * the data pointer to a FLAC__metadata_object_set_*() function as long as
+ * the length argument is 0 and the \a copy argument is \c false.
+ *
+ * The FLAC__metadata_object_new() and FLAC__metadata_object_clone() function
+ * will return \c NULL in the case of a memory allocation error, otherwise a new
+ * object. The FLAC__metadata_object_set_*() functions return \c false in the
+ * case of a memory allocation error.
+ *
+ * We don't have the convenience of C++ here, so note that the library relies
+ * on you to keep the types straight. In other words, if you pass, for
+ * example, a FLAC__StreamMetadata* that represents a STREAMINFO block to
+ * FLAC__metadata_object_application_set_data(), you will get an assertion
+ * failure.
+ *
+ * For convenience the FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_*() functions
+ * maintain a trailing NUL on each Vorbis comment entry. This is not counted
+ * toward the length or stored in the stream, but it can make working with plain
+ * comments (those that don't contain embedded-NULs in the value) easier.
+ * Entries passed into these functions have trailing NULs added if missing, and
+ * returned entries are guaranteed to have a trailing NUL.
+ *
+ * The FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_*() functions that take a Vorbis
+ * comment entry/name/value will first validate that it complies with the Vorbis
+ * comment specification and return false if it does not.
+ *
+ * There is no need to recalculate the length field on metadata blocks you
+ * have modified. They will be calculated automatically before they are
+ * written back to a file.
+ *
+ * \{
+ */
+
+
+/** Create a new metadata object instance of the given type.
+ *
+ * The object will be "empty"; i.e. values and data pointers will be \c 0,
+ * with the exception of FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT, which will have
+ * the vendor string set (but zero comments).
+ *
+ * Do not pass in a value greater than or equal to
+ * \a FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_UNDEFINED unless you really know what you're
+ * doing.
+ *
+ * \param type Type of object to create
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamMetadata*
+ * \c NULL if there was an error allocating memory or the type code is
+ * greater than FLAC__MAX_METADATA_TYPE_CODE, else the new instance.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamMetadata *FLAC__metadata_object_new(FLAC__MetadataType type);
+
+/** Create a copy of an existing metadata object.
+ *
+ * The copy is a "deep" copy, i.e. dynamically allocated data within the
+ * object is also copied. The caller takes ownership of the new block and
+ * is responsible for freeing it with FLAC__metadata_object_delete().
+ *
+ * \param object Pointer to object to copy.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamMetadata*
+ * \c NULL if there was an error allocating memory, else the new instance.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamMetadata *FLAC__metadata_object_clone(const FLAC__StreamMetadata *object);
+
+/** Free a metadata object. Deletes the object pointed to by \a object.
+ *
+ * The delete is a "deep" delete, i.e. dynamically allocated data within the
+ * object is also deleted.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing object.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ */
+FLAC_API void FLAC__metadata_object_delete(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object);
+
+/** Compares two metadata objects.
+ *
+ * The compare is "deep", i.e. dynamically allocated data within the
+ * object is also compared.
+ *
+ * \param block1 A pointer to an existing object.
+ * \param block2 A pointer to an existing object.
+ * \assert
+ * \code block1 != NULL \endcode
+ * \code block2 != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if objects are identical, else \c false.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_is_equal(const FLAC__StreamMetadata *block1, const FLAC__StreamMetadata *block2);
+
+/** Sets the application data of an APPLICATION block.
+ *
+ * If \a copy is \c true, a copy of the data is stored; otherwise, the object
+ * takes ownership of the pointer. The existing data will be freed if this
+ * function is successful, otherwise the original data will remain if \a copy
+ * is \c true and malloc() fails.
+ *
+ * \note It is safe to pass a const pointer to \a data if \a copy is \c true.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing APPLICATION object.
+ * \param data A pointer to the data to set.
+ * \param length The length of \a data in bytes.
+ * \param copy See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_APPLICATION \endcode
+ * \code (data != NULL && length > 0) ||
+ * (data == NULL && length == 0 && copy == false) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if \a copy is \c true and malloc() fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_application_set_data(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, FLAC__byte *data, unsigned length, FLAC__bool copy);
+
+/** Resize the seekpoint array.
+ *
+ * If the size shrinks, elements will truncated; if it grows, new placeholder
+ * points will be added to the end.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing SEEKTABLE object.
+ * \param new_num_points The desired length of the array; may be \c 0.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_SEEKTABLE \endcode
+ * \code (object->data.seek_table.points == NULL && object->data.seek_table.num_points == 0) ||
+ * (object->data.seek_table.points != NULL && object->data.seek_table.num_points > 0) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation error, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_resize_points(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned new_num_points);
+
+/** Set a seekpoint in a seektable.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing SEEKTABLE object.
+ * \param point_num Index into seekpoint array to set.
+ * \param point The point to set.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_SEEKTABLE \endcode
+ * \code object->data.seek_table.num_points > point_num \endcode
+ */
+FLAC_API void FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_set_point(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned point_num, FLAC__StreamMetadata_SeekPoint point);
+
+/** Insert a seekpoint into a seektable.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing SEEKTABLE object.
+ * \param point_num Index into seekpoint array to set.
+ * \param point The point to set.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_SEEKTABLE \endcode
+ * \code object->data.seek_table.num_points >= point_num \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation error, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_insert_point(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned point_num, FLAC__StreamMetadata_SeekPoint point);
+
+/** Delete a seekpoint from a seektable.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing SEEKTABLE object.
+ * \param point_num Index into seekpoint array to set.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_SEEKTABLE \endcode
+ * \code object->data.seek_table.num_points > point_num \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation error, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_delete_point(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned point_num);
+
+/** Check a seektable to see if it conforms to the FLAC specification.
+ * See the format specification for limits on the contents of the
+ * seektable.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing SEEKTABLE object.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_SEEKTABLE \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if seek table is illegal, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_is_legal(const FLAC__StreamMetadata *object);
+
+/** Append a number of placeholder points to the end of a seek table.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * As with the other ..._seektable_template_... functions, you should
+ * call FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_template_sort() when finished
+ * to make the seek table legal.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing SEEKTABLE object.
+ * \param num The number of placeholder points to append.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_SEEKTABLE \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_template_append_placeholders(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned num);
+
+/** Append a specific seek point template to the end of a seek table.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * As with the other ..._seektable_template_... functions, you should
+ * call FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_template_sort() when finished
+ * to make the seek table legal.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing SEEKTABLE object.
+ * \param sample_number The sample number of the seek point template.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_SEEKTABLE \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_template_append_point(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, FLAC__uint64 sample_number);
+
+/** Append specific seek point templates to the end of a seek table.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * As with the other ..._seektable_template_... functions, you should
+ * call FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_template_sort() when finished
+ * to make the seek table legal.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing SEEKTABLE object.
+ * \param sample_numbers An array of sample numbers for the seek points.
+ * \param num The number of seek point templates to append.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_SEEKTABLE \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_template_append_points(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, FLAC__uint64 sample_numbers[], unsigned num);
+
+/** Append a set of evenly-spaced seek point templates to the end of a
+ * seek table.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * As with the other ..._seektable_template_... functions, you should
+ * call FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_template_sort() when finished
+ * to make the seek table legal.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing SEEKTABLE object.
+ * \param num The number of placeholder points to append.
+ * \param total_samples The total number of samples to be encoded;
+ * the seekpoints will be spaced approximately
+ * \a total_samples / \a num samples apart.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_SEEKTABLE \endcode
+ * \code total_samples > 0 \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_template_append_spaced_points(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned num, FLAC__uint64 total_samples);
+
+/** Append a set of evenly-spaced seek point templates to the end of a
+ * seek table.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * As with the other ..._seektable_template_... functions, you should
+ * call FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_template_sort() when finished
+ * to make the seek table legal.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing SEEKTABLE object.
+ * \param samples The number of samples apart to space the placeholder
+ * points. The first point will be at sample \c 0, the
+ * second at sample \a samples, then 2*\a samples, and
+ * so on. As long as \a samples and \a total_samples
+ * are greater than \c 0, there will always be at least
+ * one seekpoint at sample \c 0.
+ * \param total_samples The total number of samples to be encoded;
+ * the seekpoints will be spaced
+ * \a samples samples apart.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_SEEKTABLE \endcode
+ * \code samples > 0 \endcode
+ * \code total_samples > 0 \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_template_append_spaced_points_by_samples(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned samples, FLAC__uint64 total_samples);
+
+/** Sort a seek table's seek points according to the format specification,
+ * removing duplicates.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to a seek table to be sorted.
+ * \param compact If \c false, behaves like FLAC__format_seektable_sort().
+ * If \c true, duplicates are deleted and the seek table is
+ * shrunk appropriately; the number of placeholder points
+ * present in the seek table will be the same after the call
+ * as before.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_SEEKTABLE \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if realloc() fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_template_sort(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, FLAC__bool compact);
+
+/** Sets the vendor string in a VORBIS_COMMENT block.
+ *
+ * For convenience, a trailing NUL is added to the entry if it doesn't have
+ * one already.
+ *
+ * If \a copy is \c true, a copy of the entry is stored; otherwise, the object
+ * takes ownership of the \c entry.entry pointer.
+ *
+ * \note If this function returns \c false, the caller still owns the
+ * pointer.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing VORBIS_COMMENT object.
+ * \param entry The entry to set the vendor string to.
+ * \param copy See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT \endcode
+ * \code (entry.entry != NULL && entry.length > 0) ||
+ * (entry.entry == NULL && entry.length == 0) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation fails or \a entry does not comply with the
+ * Vorbis comment specification, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_set_vendor_string(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry entry, FLAC__bool copy);
+
+/** Resize the comment array.
+ *
+ * If the size shrinks, elements will truncated; if it grows, new empty
+ * fields will be added to the end.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing VORBIS_COMMENT object.
+ * \param new_num_comments The desired length of the array; may be \c 0.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT \endcode
+ * \code (object->data.vorbis_comment.comments == NULL && object->data.vorbis_comment.num_comments == 0) ||
+ * (object->data.vorbis_comment.comments != NULL && object->data.vorbis_comment.num_comments > 0) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_resize_comments(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned new_num_comments);
+
+/** Sets a comment in a VORBIS_COMMENT block.
+ *
+ * For convenience, a trailing NUL is added to the entry if it doesn't have
+ * one already.
+ *
+ * If \a copy is \c true, a copy of the entry is stored; otherwise, the object
+ * takes ownership of the \c entry.entry pointer.
+ *
+ * \note If this function returns \c false, the caller still owns the
+ * pointer.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing VORBIS_COMMENT object.
+ * \param comment_num Index into comment array to set.
+ * \param entry The entry to set the comment to.
+ * \param copy See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT \endcode
+ * \code comment_num < object->data.vorbis_comment.num_comments \endcode
+ * \code (entry.entry != NULL && entry.length > 0) ||
+ * (entry.entry == NULL && entry.length == 0) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation fails or \a entry does not comply with the
+ * Vorbis comment specification, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_set_comment(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned comment_num, FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry entry, FLAC__bool copy);
+
+/** Insert a comment in a VORBIS_COMMENT block at the given index.
+ *
+ * For convenience, a trailing NUL is added to the entry if it doesn't have
+ * one already.
+ *
+ * If \a copy is \c true, a copy of the entry is stored; otherwise, the object
+ * takes ownership of the \c entry.entry pointer.
+ *
+ * \note If this function returns \c false, the caller still owns the
+ * pointer.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing VORBIS_COMMENT object.
+ * \param comment_num The index at which to insert the comment. The comments
+ * at and after \a comment_num move right one position.
+ * To append a comment to the end, set \a comment_num to
+ * \c object->data.vorbis_comment.num_comments .
+ * \param entry The comment to insert.
+ * \param copy See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT \endcode
+ * \code object->data.vorbis_comment.num_comments >= comment_num \endcode
+ * \code (entry.entry != NULL && entry.length > 0) ||
+ * (entry.entry == NULL && entry.length == 0 && copy == false) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation fails or \a entry does not comply with the
+ * Vorbis comment specification, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_insert_comment(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned comment_num, FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry entry, FLAC__bool copy);
+
+/** Appends a comment to a VORBIS_COMMENT block.
+ *
+ * For convenience, a trailing NUL is added to the entry if it doesn't have
+ * one already.
+ *
+ * If \a copy is \c true, a copy of the entry is stored; otherwise, the object
+ * takes ownership of the \c entry.entry pointer.
+ *
+ * \note If this function returns \c false, the caller still owns the
+ * pointer.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing VORBIS_COMMENT object.
+ * \param entry The comment to insert.
+ * \param copy See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT \endcode
+ * \code (entry.entry != NULL && entry.length > 0) ||
+ * (entry.entry == NULL && entry.length == 0 && copy == false) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation fails or \a entry does not comply with the
+ * Vorbis comment specification, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_append_comment(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry entry, FLAC__bool copy);
+
+/** Replaces comments in a VORBIS_COMMENT block with a new one.
+ *
+ * For convenience, a trailing NUL is added to the entry if it doesn't have
+ * one already.
+ *
+ * Depending on the the value of \a all, either all or just the first comment
+ * whose field name(s) match the given entry's name will be replaced by the
+ * given entry. If no comments match, \a entry will simply be appended.
+ *
+ * If \a copy is \c true, a copy of the entry is stored; otherwise, the object
+ * takes ownership of the \c entry.entry pointer.
+ *
+ * \note If this function returns \c false, the caller still owns the
+ * pointer.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing VORBIS_COMMENT object.
+ * \param entry The comment to insert.
+ * \param all If \c true, all comments whose field name matches
+ * \a entry's field name will be removed, and \a entry will
+ * be inserted at the position of the first matching
+ * comment. If \c false, only the first comment whose
+ * field name matches \a entry's field name will be
+ * replaced with \a entry.
+ * \param copy See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT \endcode
+ * \code (entry.entry != NULL && entry.length > 0) ||
+ * (entry.entry == NULL && entry.length == 0 && copy == false) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation fails or \a entry does not comply with the
+ * Vorbis comment specification, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_replace_comment(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry entry, FLAC__bool all, FLAC__bool copy);
+
+/** Delete a comment in a VORBIS_COMMENT block at the given index.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing VORBIS_COMMENT object.
+ * \param comment_num The index of the comment to delete.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT \endcode
+ * \code object->data.vorbis_comment.num_comments > comment_num \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if realloc() fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_delete_comment(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned comment_num);
+
+/** Creates a Vorbis comment entry from NUL-terminated name and value strings.
+ *
+ * On return, the filled-in \a entry->entry pointer will point to malloc()ed
+ * memory and shall be owned by the caller. For convenience the entry will
+ * have a terminating NUL.
+ *
+ * \param entry A pointer to a Vorbis comment entry. The entry's
+ * \c entry pointer should not point to allocated
+ * memory as it will be overwritten.
+ * \param field_name The field name in ASCII, \c NUL terminated.
+ * \param field_value The field value in UTF-8, \c NUL terminated.
+ * \assert
+ * \code entry != NULL \endcode
+ * \code field_name != NULL \endcode
+ * \code field_value != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if malloc() fails, or if \a field_name or \a field_value does
+ * not comply with the Vorbis comment specification, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_entry_from_name_value_pair(FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry *entry, const char *field_name, const char *field_value);
+
+/** Splits a Vorbis comment entry into NUL-terminated name and value strings.
+ *
+ * The returned pointers to name and value will be allocated by malloc()
+ * and shall be owned by the caller.
+ *
+ * \param entry An existing Vorbis comment entry.
+ * \param field_name The address of where the returned pointer to the
+ * field name will be stored.
+ * \param field_value The address of where the returned pointer to the
+ * field value will be stored.
+ * \assert
+ * \code (entry.entry != NULL && entry.length > 0) \endcode
+ * \code memchr(entry.entry, '=', entry.length) != NULL \endcode
+ * \code field_name != NULL \endcode
+ * \code field_value != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation fails or \a entry does not comply with the
+ * Vorbis comment specification, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_entry_to_name_value_pair(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry entry, char **field_name, char **field_value);
+
+/** Check if the given Vorbis comment entry's field name matches the given
+ * field name.
+ *
+ * \param entry An existing Vorbis comment entry.
+ * \param field_name The field name to check.
+ * \param field_name_length The length of \a field_name, not including the
+ * terminating \c NUL.
+ * \assert
+ * \code (entry.entry != NULL && entry.length > 0) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if the field names match, else \c false
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_entry_matches(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_VorbisComment_Entry entry, const char *field_name, unsigned field_name_length);
+
+/** Find a Vorbis comment with the given field name.
+ *
+ * The search begins at entry number \a offset; use an offset of 0 to
+ * search from the beginning of the comment array.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing VORBIS_COMMENT object.
+ * \param offset The offset into the comment array from where to start
+ * the search.
+ * \param field_name The field name of the comment to find.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT \endcode
+ * \code field_name != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval int
+ * The offset in the comment array of the first comment whose field
+ * name matches \a field_name, or \c -1 if no match was found.
+ */
+FLAC_API int FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_find_entry_from(const FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned offset, const char *field_name);
+
+/** Remove first Vorbis comment matching the given field name.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing VORBIS_COMMENT object.
+ * \param field_name The field name of comment to delete.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT \endcode
+ * \retval int
+ * \c -1 for memory allocation error, \c 0 for no matching entries,
+ * \c 1 for one matching entry deleted.
+ */
+FLAC_API int FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_remove_entry_matching(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, const char *field_name);
+
+/** Remove all Vorbis comments matching the given field name.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing VORBIS_COMMENT object.
+ * \param field_name The field name of comments to delete.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_VORBIS_COMMENT \endcode
+ * \retval int
+ * \c -1 for memory allocation error, \c 0 for no matching entries,
+ * else the number of matching entries deleted.
+ */
+FLAC_API int FLAC__metadata_object_vorbiscomment_remove_entries_matching(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, const char *field_name);
+
+/** Create a new CUESHEET track instance.
+ *
+ * The object will be "empty"; i.e. values and data pointers will be \c 0.
+ *
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet_Track*
+ * \c NULL if there was an error allocating memory, else the new instance.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet_Track *FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_track_new(void);
+
+/** Create a copy of an existing CUESHEET track object.
+ *
+ * The copy is a "deep" copy, i.e. dynamically allocated data within the
+ * object is also copied. The caller takes ownership of the new object and
+ * is responsible for freeing it with
+ * FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_track_delete().
+ *
+ * \param object Pointer to object to copy.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet_Track*
+ * \c NULL if there was an error allocating memory, else the new instance.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet_Track *FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_track_clone(const FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet_Track *object);
+
+/** Delete a CUESHEET track object
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing CUESHEET track object.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ */
+FLAC_API void FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_track_delete(FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet_Track *object);
+
+/** Resize a track's index point array.
+ *
+ * If the size shrinks, elements will truncated; if it grows, new blank
+ * indices will be added to the end.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing CUESHEET object.
+ * \param track_num The index of the track to modify. NOTE: this is not
+ * necessarily the same as the track's \a number field.
+ * \param new_num_indices The desired length of the array; may be \c 0.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_CUESHEET \endcode
+ * \code object->data.cue_sheet.num_tracks > track_num \endcode
+ * \code (object->data.cue_sheet.tracks[track_num].indices == NULL && object->data.cue_sheet.tracks[track_num].num_indices == 0) ||
+ * (object->data.cue_sheet.tracks[track_num].indices != NULL && object->data.cue_sheet.tracks[track_num].num_indices > 0) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation error, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_track_resize_indices(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned track_num, unsigned new_num_indices);
+
+/** Insert an index point in a CUESHEET track at the given index.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing CUESHEET object.
+ * \param track_num The index of the track to modify. NOTE: this is not
+ * necessarily the same as the track's \a number field.
+ * \param index_num The index into the track's index array at which to
+ * insert the index point. NOTE: this is not necessarily
+ * the same as the index point's \a number field. The
+ * indices at and after \a index_num move right one
+ * position. To append an index point to the end, set
+ * \a index_num to
+ * \c object->data.cue_sheet.tracks[track_num].num_indices .
+ * \param index The index point to insert.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_CUESHEET \endcode
+ * \code object->data.cue_sheet.num_tracks > track_num \endcode
+ * \code object->data.cue_sheet.tracks[track_num].num_indices >= index_num \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if realloc() fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_track_insert_index(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned track_num, unsigned index_num, FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet_Index index);
+
+/** Insert a blank index point in a CUESHEET track at the given index.
+ *
+ * A blank index point is one in which all field values are zero.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing CUESHEET object.
+ * \param track_num The index of the track to modify. NOTE: this is not
+ * necessarily the same as the track's \a number field.
+ * \param index_num The index into the track's index array at which to
+ * insert the index point. NOTE: this is not necessarily
+ * the same as the index point's \a number field. The
+ * indices at and after \a index_num move right one
+ * position. To append an index point to the end, set
+ * \a index_num to
+ * \c object->data.cue_sheet.tracks[track_num].num_indices .
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_CUESHEET \endcode
+ * \code object->data.cue_sheet.num_tracks > track_num \endcode
+ * \code object->data.cue_sheet.tracks[track_num].num_indices >= index_num \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if realloc() fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_track_insert_blank_index(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned track_num, unsigned index_num);
+
+/** Delete an index point in a CUESHEET track at the given index.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing CUESHEET object.
+ * \param track_num The index into the track array of the track to
+ * modify. NOTE: this is not necessarily the same
+ * as the track's \a number field.
+ * \param index_num The index into the track's index array of the index
+ * to delete. NOTE: this is not necessarily the same
+ * as the index's \a number field.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_CUESHEET \endcode
+ * \code object->data.cue_sheet.num_tracks > track_num \endcode
+ * \code object->data.cue_sheet.tracks[track_num].num_indices > index_num \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if realloc() fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_track_delete_index(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned track_num, unsigned index_num);
+
+/** Resize the track array.
+ *
+ * If the size shrinks, elements will truncated; if it grows, new blank
+ * tracks will be added to the end.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing CUESHEET object.
+ * \param new_num_tracks The desired length of the array; may be \c 0.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_CUESHEET \endcode
+ * \code (object->data.cue_sheet.tracks == NULL && object->data.cue_sheet.num_tracks == 0) ||
+ * (object->data.cue_sheet.tracks != NULL && object->data.cue_sheet.num_tracks > 0) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if memory allocation error, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_resize_tracks(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned new_num_tracks);
+
+/** Sets a track in a CUESHEET block.
+ *
+ * If \a copy is \c true, a copy of the track is stored; otherwise, the object
+ * takes ownership of the \a track pointer.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing CUESHEET object.
+ * \param track_num Index into track array to set. NOTE: this is not
+ * necessarily the same as the track's \a number field.
+ * \param track The track to set the track to. You may safely pass in
+ * a const pointer if \a copy is \c true.
+ * \param copy See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_CUESHEET \endcode
+ * \code track_num < object->data.cue_sheet.num_tracks \endcode
+ * \code (track->indices != NULL && track->num_indices > 0) ||
+ * (track->indices == NULL && track->num_indices == 0)
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if \a copy is \c true and malloc() fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_set_track(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned track_num, FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet_Track *track, FLAC__bool copy);
+
+/** Insert a track in a CUESHEET block at the given index.
+ *
+ * If \a copy is \c true, a copy of the track is stored; otherwise, the object
+ * takes ownership of the \a track pointer.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing CUESHEET object.
+ * \param track_num The index at which to insert the track. NOTE: this
+ * is not necessarily the same as the track's \a number
+ * field. The tracks at and after \a track_num move right
+ * one position. To append a track to the end, set
+ * \a track_num to \c object->data.cue_sheet.num_tracks .
+ * \param track The track to insert. You may safely pass in a const
+ * pointer if \a copy is \c true.
+ * \param copy See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_CUESHEET \endcode
+ * \code object->data.cue_sheet.num_tracks >= track_num \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if \a copy is \c true and malloc() fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_insert_track(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned track_num, FLAC__StreamMetadata_CueSheet_Track *track, FLAC__bool copy);
+
+/** Insert a blank track in a CUESHEET block at the given index.
+ *
+ * A blank track is one in which all field values are zero.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing CUESHEET object.
+ * \param track_num The index at which to insert the track. NOTE: this
+ * is not necessarily the same as the track's \a number
+ * field. The tracks at and after \a track_num move right
+ * one position. To append a track to the end, set
+ * \a track_num to \c object->data.cue_sheet.num_tracks .
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_CUESHEET \endcode
+ * \code object->data.cue_sheet.num_tracks >= track_num \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if \a copy is \c true and malloc() fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_insert_blank_track(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned track_num);
+
+/** Delete a track in a CUESHEET block at the given index.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing CUESHEET object.
+ * \param track_num The index into the track array of the track to
+ * delete. NOTE: this is not necessarily the same
+ * as the track's \a number field.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_CUESHEET \endcode
+ * \code object->data.cue_sheet.num_tracks > track_num \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if realloc() fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_delete_track(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, unsigned track_num);
+
+/** Check a cue sheet to see if it conforms to the FLAC specification.
+ * See the format specification for limits on the contents of the
+ * cue sheet.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing CUESHEET object.
+ * \param check_cd_da_subset If \c true, check CUESHEET against more
+ * stringent requirements for a CD-DA (audio) disc.
+ * \param violation Address of a pointer to a string. If there is a
+ * violation, a pointer to a string explanation of the
+ * violation will be returned here. \a violation may be
+ * \c NULL if you don't need the returned string. Do not
+ * free the returned string; it will always point to static
+ * data.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_CUESHEET \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if cue sheet is illegal, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_is_legal(const FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, FLAC__bool check_cd_da_subset, const char **violation);
+
+/** Calculate and return the CDDB/freedb ID for a cue sheet. The function
+ * assumes the cue sheet corresponds to a CD; the result is undefined
+ * if the cuesheet's is_cd bit is not set.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing CUESHEET object.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_CUESHEET \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__uint32
+ * The unsigned integer representation of the CDDB/freedb ID
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__uint32 FLAC__metadata_object_cuesheet_calculate_cddb_id(const FLAC__StreamMetadata *object);
+
+/** Sets the MIME type of a PICTURE block.
+ *
+ * If \a copy is \c true, a copy of the string is stored; otherwise, the object
+ * takes ownership of the pointer. The existing string will be freed if this
+ * function is successful, otherwise the original string will remain if \a copy
+ * is \c true and malloc() fails.
+ *
+ * \note It is safe to pass a const pointer to \a mime_type if \a copy is \c true.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing PICTURE object.
+ * \param mime_type A pointer to the MIME type string. The string must be
+ * ASCII characters 0x20-0x7e, NUL-terminated. No validation
+ * is done.
+ * \param copy See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_PICTURE \endcode
+ * \code (mime_type != NULL) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if \a copy is \c true and malloc() fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_picture_set_mime_type(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, char *mime_type, FLAC__bool copy);
+
+/** Sets the description of a PICTURE block.
+ *
+ * If \a copy is \c true, a copy of the string is stored; otherwise, the object
+ * takes ownership of the pointer. The existing string will be freed if this
+ * function is successful, otherwise the original string will remain if \a copy
+ * is \c true and malloc() fails.
+ *
+ * \note It is safe to pass a const pointer to \a description if \a copy is \c true.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing PICTURE object.
+ * \param description A pointer to the description string. The string must be
+ * valid UTF-8, NUL-terminated. No validation is done.
+ * \param copy See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_PICTURE \endcode
+ * \code (description != NULL) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if \a copy is \c true and malloc() fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_picture_set_description(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, FLAC__byte *description, FLAC__bool copy);
+
+/** Sets the picture data of a PICTURE block.
+ *
+ * If \a copy is \c true, a copy of the data is stored; otherwise, the object
+ * takes ownership of the pointer. Also sets the \a data_length field of the
+ * metadata object to what is passed in as the \a length parameter. The
+ * existing data will be freed if this function is successful, otherwise the
+ * original data and data_length will remain if \a copy is \c true and
+ * malloc() fails.
+ *
+ * \note It is safe to pass a const pointer to \a data if \a copy is \c true.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to an existing PICTURE object.
+ * \param data A pointer to the data to set.
+ * \param length The length of \a data in bytes.
+ * \param copy See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_PICTURE \endcode
+ * \code (data != NULL && length > 0) ||
+ * (data == NULL && length == 0 && copy == false) \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if \a copy is \c true and malloc() fails, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_picture_set_data(FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, FLAC__byte *data, FLAC__uint32 length, FLAC__bool copy);
+
+/** Check a PICTURE block to see if it conforms to the FLAC specification.
+ * See the format specification for limits on the contents of the
+ * PICTURE block.
+ *
+ * \param object A pointer to existing PICTURE block to be checked.
+ * \param violation Address of a pointer to a string. If there is a
+ * violation, a pointer to a string explanation of the
+ * violation will be returned here. \a violation may be
+ * \c NULL if you don't need the returned string. Do not
+ * free the returned string; it will always point to static
+ * data.
+ * \assert
+ * \code object != NULL \endcode
+ * \code object->type == FLAC__METADATA_TYPE_PICTURE \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if PICTURE block is illegal, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__metadata_object_picture_is_legal(const FLAC__StreamMetadata *object, const char **violation);
+
+/* \} */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* libFLAC - Free Lossless Audio Codec library
+ * Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007 Josh Coalson
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ * this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
+ * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+ * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FLAC__ORDINALS_H
+#define FLAC__ORDINALS_H
+
+#if !(defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__EMX__))
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+typedef signed char FLAC__int8;
+typedef unsigned char FLAC__uint8;
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+typedef __int16 FLAC__int16;
+typedef __int32 FLAC__int32;
+typedef __int64 FLAC__int64;
+typedef unsigned __int16 FLAC__uint16;
+typedef unsigned __int32 FLAC__uint32;
+typedef unsigned __int64 FLAC__uint64;
+#elif defined(__EMX__)
+typedef short FLAC__int16;
+typedef long FLAC__int32;
+typedef long long FLAC__int64;
+typedef unsigned short FLAC__uint16;
+typedef unsigned long FLAC__uint32;
+typedef unsigned long long FLAC__uint64;
+#else
+typedef int16_t FLAC__int16;
+typedef int32_t FLAC__int32;
+typedef int64_t FLAC__int64;
+typedef uint16_t FLAC__uint16;
+typedef uint32_t FLAC__uint32;
+typedef uint64_t FLAC__uint64;
+#endif
+
+typedef int FLAC__bool;
+
+typedef FLAC__uint8 FLAC__byte;
+
+#ifdef true
+#undef true
+#endif
+#ifdef false
+#undef false
+#endif
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#define true 1
+#define false 0
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* libFLAC - Free Lossless Audio Codec library
+ * Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007 Josh Coalson
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ * this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
+ * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+ * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_H
+#define FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_H
+
+#include <stdio.h> /* for FILE */
+#include "export.h"
+#include "format.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/** \file include/FLAC/stream_decoder.h
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module contains the functions which implement the stream
+ * decoder.
+ *
+ * See the detailed documentation in the
+ * \link flac_stream_decoder stream decoder \endlink module.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup flac_decoder FLAC/ \*_decoder.h: decoder interfaces
+ * \ingroup flac
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module describes the decoder layers provided by libFLAC.
+ *
+ * The stream decoder can be used to decode complete streams either from
+ * the client via callbacks, or directly from a file, depending on how
+ * it is initialized. When decoding via callbacks, the client provides
+ * callbacks for reading FLAC data and writing decoded samples, and
+ * handling metadata and errors. If the client also supplies seek-related
+ * callback, the decoder function for sample-accurate seeking within the
+ * FLAC input is also available. When decoding from a file, the client
+ * needs only supply a filename or open \c FILE* and write/metadata/error
+ * callbacks; the rest of the callbacks are supplied internally. For more
+ * info see the \link flac_stream_decoder stream decoder \endlink module.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup flac_stream_decoder FLAC/stream_decoder.h: stream decoder interface
+ * \ingroup flac_decoder
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module contains the functions which implement the stream
+ * decoder.
+ *
+ * The stream decoder can decode native FLAC, and optionally Ogg FLAC
+ * (check FLAC_API_SUPPORTS_OGG_FLAC) streams and files.
+ *
+ * The basic usage of this decoder is as follows:
+ * - The program creates an instance of a decoder using
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_new().
+ * - The program overrides the default settings using
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_set_*() functions.
+ * - The program initializes the instance to validate the settings and
+ * prepare for decoding using
+ * - FLAC__stream_decoder_init_stream() or FLAC__stream_decoder_init_FILE()
+ * or FLAC__stream_decoder_init_file() for native FLAC,
+ * - FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_stream() or FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_FILE()
+ * or FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_file() for Ogg FLAC
+ * - The program calls the FLAC__stream_decoder_process_*() functions
+ * to decode data, which subsequently calls the callbacks.
+ * - The program finishes the decoding with FLAC__stream_decoder_finish(),
+ * which flushes the input and output and resets the decoder to the
+ * uninitialized state.
+ * - The instance may be used again or deleted with
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_delete().
+ *
+ * In more detail, the program will create a new instance by calling
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_new(), then call FLAC__stream_decoder_set_*()
+ * functions to override the default decoder options, and call
+ * one of the FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*() functions.
+ *
+ * There are three initialization functions for native FLAC, one for
+ * setting up the decoder to decode FLAC data from the client via
+ * callbacks, and two for decoding directly from a FLAC file.
+ *
+ * For decoding via callbacks, use FLAC__stream_decoder_init_stream().
+ * You must also supply several callbacks for handling I/O. Some (like
+ * seeking) are optional, depending on the capabilities of the input.
+ *
+ * For decoding directly from a file, use FLAC__stream_decoder_init_FILE()
+ * or FLAC__stream_decoder_init_file(). Then you must only supply an open
+ * \c FILE* or filename and fewer callbacks; the decoder will handle
+ * the other callbacks internally.
+ *
+ * There are three similarly-named init functions for decoding from Ogg
+ * FLAC streams. Check \c FLAC_API_SUPPORTS_OGG_FLAC to find out if the
+ * library has been built with Ogg support.
+ *
+ * Once the decoder is initialized, your program will call one of several
+ * functions to start the decoding process:
+ *
+ * - FLAC__stream_decoder_process_single() - Tells the decoder to process at
+ * most one metadata block or audio frame and return, calling either the
+ * metadata callback or write callback, respectively, once. If the decoder
+ * loses sync it will return with only the error callback being called.
+ * - FLAC__stream_decoder_process_until_end_of_metadata() - Tells the decoder
+ * to process the stream from the current location and stop upon reaching
+ * the first audio frame. The client will get one metadata, write, or error
+ * callback per metadata block, audio frame, or sync error, respectively.
+ * - FLAC__stream_decoder_process_until_end_of_stream() - Tells the decoder
+ * to process the stream from the current location until the read callback
+ * returns FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM or
+ * FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_ABORT. The client will get one metadata,
+ * write, or error callback per metadata block, audio frame, or sync error,
+ * respectively.
+ *
+ * When the decoder has finished decoding (normally or through an abort),
+ * the instance is finished by calling FLAC__stream_decoder_finish(), which
+ * ensures the decoder is in the correct state and frees memory. Then the
+ * instance may be deleted with FLAC__stream_decoder_delete() or initialized
+ * again to decode another stream.
+ *
+ * Seeking is exposed through the FLAC__stream_decoder_seek_absolute() method.
+ * At any point after the stream decoder has been initialized, the client can
+ * call this function to seek to an exact sample within the stream.
+ * Subsequently, the first time the write callback is called it will be
+ * passed a (possibly partial) block starting at that sample.
+ *
+ * If the client cannot seek via the callback interface provided, but still
+ * has another way of seeking, it can flush the decoder using
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_flush() and start feeding data from the new position
+ * through the read callback.
+ *
+ * The stream decoder also provides MD5 signature checking. If this is
+ * turned on before initialization, FLAC__stream_decoder_finish() will
+ * report when the decoded MD5 signature does not match the one stored
+ * in the STREAMINFO block. MD5 checking is automatically turned off
+ * (until the next FLAC__stream_decoder_reset()) if there is no signature
+ * in the STREAMINFO block or when a seek is attempted.
+ *
+ * The FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_*() functions deserve special
+ * attention. By default, the decoder only calls the metadata_callback for
+ * the STREAMINFO block. These functions allow you to tell the decoder
+ * explicitly which blocks to parse and return via the metadata_callback
+ * and/or which to skip. Use a FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_respond_all(),
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_ignore() ... or FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_ignore_all(),
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_respond() ... sequence to exactly specify
+ * which blocks to return. Remember that metadata blocks can potentially
+ * be big (for example, cover art) so filtering out the ones you don't
+ * use can reduce the memory requirements of the decoder. Also note the
+ * special forms FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_respond_application(id)
+ * and FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_ignore_application(id) for
+ * filtering APPLICATION blocks based on the application ID.
+ *
+ * STREAMINFO and SEEKTABLE blocks are always parsed and used internally, but
+ * they still can legally be filtered from the metadata_callback.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * The "set" functions may only be called when the decoder is in the
+ * state FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_UNINITIALIZED, i.e. after
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_new() or FLAC__stream_decoder_finish(), but
+ * before FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*(). If this is the case they will
+ * return \c true, otherwise \c false.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_finish() resets all settings to the constructor
+ * defaults, including the callbacks.
+ *
+ * \{
+ */
+
+
+/** State values for a FLAC__StreamDecoder
+ *
+ * The decoder's state can be obtained by calling FLAC__stream_decoder_get_state().
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEARCH_FOR_METADATA = 0,
+ /**< The decoder is ready to search for metadata. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_METADATA,
+ /**< The decoder is ready to or is in the process of reading metadata. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEARCH_FOR_FRAME_SYNC,
+ /**< The decoder is ready to or is in the process of searching for the
+ * frame sync code.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_FRAME,
+ /**< The decoder is ready to or is in the process of reading a frame. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_END_OF_STREAM,
+ /**< The decoder has reached the end of the stream. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_OGG_ERROR,
+ /**< An error occurred in the underlying Ogg layer. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_ERROR,
+ /**< An error occurred while seeking. The decoder must be flushed
+ * with FLAC__stream_decoder_flush() or reset with
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_reset() before decoding can continue.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_ABORTED,
+ /**< The decoder was aborted by the read callback. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR,
+ /**< An error occurred allocating memory. The decoder is in an invalid
+ * state and can no longer be used.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_UNINITIALIZED
+ /**< The decoder is in the uninitialized state; one of the
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*() functions must be called before samples
+ * can be processed.
+ */
+
+} FLAC__StreamDecoderState;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamDecoderState to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamDecoderState as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamDecoderStateString[];
+
+
+/** Possible return values for the FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*() functions.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK = 0,
+ /**< Initialization was successful. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_CONTAINER,
+ /**< The library was not compiled with support for the given container
+ * format.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_INVALID_CALLBACKS,
+ /**< A required callback was not supplied. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR,
+ /**< An error occurred allocating memory. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_ERROR_OPENING_FILE,
+ /**< fopen() failed in FLAC__stream_decoder_init_file() or
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_file(). */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_ALREADY_INITIALIZED
+ /**< FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*() was called when the decoder was
+ * already initialized, usually because
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_finish() was not called.
+ */
+
+} FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatusString[];
+
+
+/** Return values for the FLAC__StreamDecoder read callback.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_CONTINUE,
+ /**< The read was OK and decoding can continue. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM,
+ /**< The read was attempted while at the end of the stream. Note that
+ * the client must only return this value when the read callback was
+ * called when already at the end of the stream. Otherwise, if the read
+ * itself moves to the end of the stream, the client should still return
+ * the data and \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_CONTINUE, and then on
+ * the next read callback it should return
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM with a byte count
+ * of \c 0.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_ABORT
+ /**< An unrecoverable error occurred. The decoder will return from the process call. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatusString[];
+
+
+/** Return values for the FLAC__StreamDecoder seek callback.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_OK,
+ /**< The seek was OK and decoding can continue. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_ERROR,
+ /**< An unrecoverable error occurred. The decoder will return from the process call. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ /**< Client does not support seeking. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekStatusString[];
+
+
+/** Return values for the FLAC__StreamDecoder tell callback.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_OK,
+ /**< The tell was OK and decoding can continue. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_ERROR,
+ /**< An unrecoverable error occurred. The decoder will return from the process call. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ /**< Client does not support telling the position. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamDecoderTellStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamDecoderTellStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamDecoderTellStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamDecoderTellStatusString[];
+
+
+/** Return values for the FLAC__StreamDecoder length callback.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_OK,
+ /**< The length call was OK and decoding can continue. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_ERROR,
+ /**< An unrecoverable error occurred. The decoder will return from the process call. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ /**< Client does not support reporting the length. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthStatusString[];
+
+
+/** Return values for the FLAC__StreamDecoder write callback.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_WRITE_STATUS_CONTINUE,
+ /**< The write was OK and decoding can continue. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_WRITE_STATUS_ABORT
+ /**< An unrecoverable error occurred. The decoder will return from the process call. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteStatusString[];
+
+
+/** Possible values passed back to the FLAC__StreamDecoder error callback.
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_ERROR_STATUS_LOST_SYNC is the generic catch-
+ * all. The rest could be caused by bad sync (false synchronization on
+ * data that is not the start of a frame) or corrupted data. The error
+ * itself is the decoder's best guess at what happened assuming a correct
+ * sync. For example \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_ERROR_STATUS_BAD_HEADER
+ * could be caused by a correct sync on the start of a frame, but some
+ * data in the frame header was corrupted. Or it could be the result of
+ * syncing on a point the stream that looked like the starting of a frame
+ * but was not. \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_ERROR_STATUS_UNPARSEABLE_STREAM
+ * could be because the decoder encountered a valid frame made by a future
+ * version of the encoder which it cannot parse, or because of a false
+ * sync making it appear as though an encountered frame was generated by
+ * a future encoder.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_ERROR_STATUS_LOST_SYNC,
+ /**< An error in the stream caused the decoder to lose synchronization. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_ERROR_STATUS_BAD_HEADER,
+ /**< The decoder encountered a corrupted frame header. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_ERROR_STATUS_FRAME_CRC_MISMATCH,
+ /**< The frame's data did not match the CRC in the footer. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_ERROR_STATUS_UNPARSEABLE_STREAM
+ /**< The decoder encountered reserved fields in use in the stream. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatusString[];
+
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * class FLAC__StreamDecoder
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+struct FLAC__StreamDecoderProtected;
+struct FLAC__StreamDecoderPrivate;
+/** The opaque structure definition for the stream decoder type.
+ * See the \link flac_stream_decoder stream decoder module \endlink
+ * for a detailed description.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ struct FLAC__StreamDecoderProtected *protected_; /* avoid the C++ keyword 'protected' */
+ struct FLAC__StreamDecoderPrivate *private_; /* avoid the C++ keyword 'private' */
+} FLAC__StreamDecoder;
+
+/** Signature for the read callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature must be passed to
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init*_stream(). The supplied function will be
+ * called when the decoder needs more input data. The address of the
+ * buffer to be filled is supplied, along with the number of bytes the
+ * buffer can hold. The callback may choose to supply less data and
+ * modify the byte count but must be careful not to overflow the buffer.
+ * The callback then returns a status code chosen from
+ * FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatus.
+ *
+ * Here is an example of a read callback for stdio streams:
+ * \code
+ * FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatus read_cb(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__byte buffer[], size_t *bytes, void *client_data)
+ * {
+ * FILE *file = ((MyClientData*)client_data)->file;
+ * if(*bytes > 0) {
+ * *bytes = fread(buffer, sizeof(FLAC__byte), *bytes, file);
+ * if(ferror(file))
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_ABORT;
+ * else if(*bytes == 0)
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM;
+ * else
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_CONTINUE;
+ * }
+ * else
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_ABORT;
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamDecoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a decoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param decoder The decoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param buffer A pointer to a location for the callee to store
+ * data to be decoded.
+ * \param bytes A pointer to the size of the buffer. On entry
+ * to the callback, it contains the maximum number
+ * of bytes that may be stored in \a buffer. The
+ * callee must set it to the actual number of bytes
+ * stored (0 in case of error or end-of-stream) before
+ * returning.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*().
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatus
+ * The callee's return status. Note that the callback should return
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM if and only if
+ * zero bytes were read and there is no more data to be read.
+ */
+typedef FLAC__StreamDecoderReadStatus (*FLAC__StreamDecoderReadCallback)(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__byte buffer[], size_t *bytes, void *client_data);
+
+/** Signature for the seek callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature may be passed to
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init*_stream(). The supplied function will be
+ * called when the decoder needs to seek the input stream. The decoder
+ * will pass the absolute byte offset to seek to, 0 meaning the
+ * beginning of the stream.
+ *
+ * Here is an example of a seek callback for stdio streams:
+ * \code
+ * FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekStatus seek_cb(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__uint64 absolute_byte_offset, void *client_data)
+ * {
+ * FILE *file = ((MyClientData*)client_data)->file;
+ * if(file == stdin)
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED;
+ * else if(fseeko(file, (off_t)absolute_byte_offset, SEEK_SET) < 0)
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_ERROR;
+ * else
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_OK;
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamDecoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a decoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param decoder The decoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param absolute_byte_offset The offset from the beginning of the stream
+ * to seek to.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*().
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekStatus
+ * The callee's return status.
+ */
+typedef FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekStatus (*FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekCallback)(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__uint64 absolute_byte_offset, void *client_data);
+
+/** Signature for the tell callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature may be passed to
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init*_stream(). The supplied function will be
+ * called when the decoder wants to know the current position of the
+ * stream. The callback should return the byte offset from the
+ * beginning of the stream.
+ *
+ * Here is an example of a tell callback for stdio streams:
+ * \code
+ * FLAC__StreamDecoderTellStatus tell_cb(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__uint64 *absolute_byte_offset, void *client_data)
+ * {
+ * FILE *file = ((MyClientData*)client_data)->file;
+ * off_t pos;
+ * if(file == stdin)
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED;
+ * else if((pos = ftello(file)) < 0)
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_ERROR;
+ * else {
+ * *absolute_byte_offset = (FLAC__uint64)pos;
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_OK;
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamDecoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a decoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param decoder The decoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param absolute_byte_offset A pointer to storage for the current offset
+ * from the beginning of the stream.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*().
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoderTellStatus
+ * The callee's return status.
+ */
+typedef FLAC__StreamDecoderTellStatus (*FLAC__StreamDecoderTellCallback)(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__uint64 *absolute_byte_offset, void *client_data);
+
+/** Signature for the length callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature may be passed to
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init*_stream(). The supplied function will be
+ * called when the decoder wants to know the total length of the stream
+ * in bytes.
+ *
+ * Here is an example of a length callback for stdio streams:
+ * \code
+ * FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthStatus length_cb(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__uint64 *stream_length, void *client_data)
+ * {
+ * FILE *file = ((MyClientData*)client_data)->file;
+ * struct stat filestats;
+ *
+ * if(file == stdin)
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED;
+ * else if(fstat(fileno(file), &filestats) != 0)
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_ERROR;
+ * else {
+ * *stream_length = (FLAC__uint64)filestats.st_size;
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_OK;
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamDecoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a decoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param decoder The decoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param stream_length A pointer to storage for the length of the stream
+ * in bytes.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*().
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthStatus
+ * The callee's return status.
+ */
+typedef FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthStatus (*FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthCallback)(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__uint64 *stream_length, void *client_data);
+
+/** Signature for the EOF callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature may be passed to
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init*_stream(). The supplied function will be
+ * called when the decoder needs to know if the end of the stream has
+ * been reached.
+ *
+ * Here is an example of a EOF callback for stdio streams:
+ * FLAC__bool eof_cb(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, void *client_data)
+ * \code
+ * {
+ * FILE *file = ((MyClientData*)client_data)->file;
+ * return feof(file)? true : false;
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamDecoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a decoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param decoder The decoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*().
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if the currently at the end of the stream, else \c false.
+ */
+typedef FLAC__bool (*FLAC__StreamDecoderEofCallback)(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, void *client_data);
+
+/** Signature for the write callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature must be passed to one of
+ * the FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*() functions.
+ * The supplied function will be called when the decoder has decoded a
+ * single audio frame. The decoder will pass the frame metadata as well
+ * as an array of pointers (one for each channel) pointing to the
+ * decoded audio.
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamDecoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a decoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param decoder The decoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param frame The description of the decoded frame. See
+ * FLAC__Frame.
+ * \param buffer An array of pointers to decoded channels of data.
+ * Each pointer will point to an array of signed
+ * samples of length \a frame->header.blocksize.
+ * Channels will be ordered according to the FLAC
+ * specification; see the documentation for the
+ * <A HREF="../format.html#frame_header">frame header</A>.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*().
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteStatus
+ * The callee's return status.
+ */
+typedef FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteStatus (*FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteCallback)(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, const FLAC__Frame *frame, const FLAC__int32 * const buffer[], void *client_data);
+
+/** Signature for the metadata callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature must be passed to one of
+ * the FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*() functions.
+ * The supplied function will be called when the decoder has decoded a
+ * metadata block. In a valid FLAC file there will always be one
+ * \c STREAMINFO block, followed by zero or more other metadata blocks.
+ * These will be supplied by the decoder in the same order as they
+ * appear in the stream and always before the first audio frame (i.e.
+ * write callback). The metadata block that is passed in must not be
+ * modified, and it doesn't live beyond the callback, so you should make
+ * a copy of it with FLAC__metadata_object_clone() if you will need it
+ * elsewhere. Since metadata blocks can potentially be large, by
+ * default the decoder only calls the metadata callback for the
+ * \c STREAMINFO block; you can instruct the decoder to pass or filter
+ * other blocks with FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_*() calls.
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamDecoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a decoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param decoder The decoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param metadata The decoded metadata block.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*().
+ */
+typedef void (*FLAC__StreamDecoderMetadataCallback)(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, const FLAC__StreamMetadata *metadata, void *client_data);
+
+/** Signature for the error callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature must be passed to one of
+ * the FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*() functions.
+ * The supplied function will be called whenever an error occurs during
+ * decoding.
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamDecoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a decoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param decoder The decoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param status The error encountered by the decoder.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*().
+ */
+typedef void (*FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorCallback)(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorStatus status, void *client_data);
+
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Class constructor/destructor
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+/** Create a new stream decoder instance. The instance is created with
+ * default settings; see the individual FLAC__stream_decoder_set_*()
+ * functions for each setting's default.
+ *
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoder*
+ * \c NULL if there was an error allocating memory, else the new instance.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamDecoder *FLAC__stream_decoder_new(void);
+
+/** Free a decoder instance. Deletes the object pointed to by \a decoder.
+ *
+ * \param decoder A pointer to an existing decoder.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ */
+FLAC_API void FLAC__stream_decoder_delete(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Public class method prototypes
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+/** Set the serial number for the FLAC stream within the Ogg container.
+ * The default behavior is to use the serial number of the first Ogg
+ * page. Setting a serial number here will explicitly specify which
+ * stream is to be decoded.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * This does not need to be set for native FLAC decoding.
+ *
+ * \default \c use serial number of first page
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to set.
+ * \param serial_number See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the decoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_set_ogg_serial_number(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, long serial_number);
+
+/** Set the "MD5 signature checking" flag. If \c true, the decoder will
+ * compute the MD5 signature of the unencoded audio data while decoding
+ * and compare it to the signature from the STREAMINFO block, if it
+ * exists, during FLAC__stream_decoder_finish().
+ *
+ * MD5 signature checking will be turned off (until the next
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_reset()) if there is no signature in the
+ * STREAMINFO block or when a seek is attempted.
+ *
+ * Clients that do not use the MD5 check should leave this off to speed
+ * up decoding.
+ *
+ * \default \c false
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to set.
+ * \param value Flag value (see above).
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the decoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_set_md5_checking(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__bool value);
+
+/** Direct the decoder to pass on all metadata blocks of type \a type.
+ *
+ * \default By default, only the \c STREAMINFO block is returned via the
+ * metadata callback.
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to set.
+ * \param type See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \a type is valid
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the decoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_respond(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__MetadataType type);
+
+/** Direct the decoder to pass on all APPLICATION metadata blocks of the
+ * given \a id.
+ *
+ * \default By default, only the \c STREAMINFO block is returned via the
+ * metadata callback.
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to set.
+ * \param id See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \code id != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the decoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_respond_application(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, const FLAC__byte id[4]);
+
+/** Direct the decoder to pass on all metadata blocks of any type.
+ *
+ * \default By default, only the \c STREAMINFO block is returned via the
+ * metadata callback.
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to set.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the decoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_respond_all(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Direct the decoder to filter out all metadata blocks of type \a type.
+ *
+ * \default By default, only the \c STREAMINFO block is returned via the
+ * metadata callback.
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to set.
+ * \param type See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \a type is valid
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the decoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_ignore(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__MetadataType type);
+
+/** Direct the decoder to filter out all APPLICATION metadata blocks of
+ * the given \a id.
+ *
+ * \default By default, only the \c STREAMINFO block is returned via the
+ * metadata callback.
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to set.
+ * \param id See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \code id != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the decoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_ignore_application(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, const FLAC__byte id[4]);
+
+/** Direct the decoder to filter out all metadata blocks of any type.
+ *
+ * \default By default, only the \c STREAMINFO block is returned via the
+ * metadata callback.
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to set.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the decoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_set_metadata_ignore_all(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Get the current decoder state.
+ *
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoderState
+ * The current decoder state.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamDecoderState FLAC__stream_decoder_get_state(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Get the current decoder state as a C string.
+ *
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval const char *
+ * The decoder state as a C string. Do not modify the contents.
+ */
+FLAC_API const char *FLAC__stream_decoder_get_resolved_state_string(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Get the "MD5 signature checking" flag.
+ * This is the value of the setting, not whether or not the decoder is
+ * currently checking the MD5 (remember, it can be turned off automatically
+ * by a seek). When the decoder is reset the flag will be restored to the
+ * value returned by this function.
+ *
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * See above.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_get_md5_checking(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Get the total number of samples in the stream being decoded.
+ * Will only be valid after decoding has started and will contain the
+ * value from the \c STREAMINFO block. A value of \c 0 means "unknown".
+ *
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See above.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__uint64 FLAC__stream_decoder_get_total_samples(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Get the current number of channels in the stream being decoded.
+ * Will only be valid after decoding has started and will contain the
+ * value from the most recently decoded frame header.
+ *
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See above.
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__stream_decoder_get_channels(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Get the current channel assignment in the stream being decoded.
+ * Will only be valid after decoding has started and will contain the
+ * value from the most recently decoded frame header.
+ *
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__ChannelAssignment
+ * See above.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__ChannelAssignment FLAC__stream_decoder_get_channel_assignment(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Get the current sample resolution in the stream being decoded.
+ * Will only be valid after decoding has started and will contain the
+ * value from the most recently decoded frame header.
+ *
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See above.
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__stream_decoder_get_bits_per_sample(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Get the current sample rate in Hz of the stream being decoded.
+ * Will only be valid after decoding has started and will contain the
+ * value from the most recently decoded frame header.
+ *
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See above.
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__stream_decoder_get_sample_rate(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Get the current blocksize of the stream being decoded.
+ * Will only be valid after decoding has started and will contain the
+ * value from the most recently decoded frame header.
+ *
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See above.
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__stream_decoder_get_blocksize(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Returns the decoder's current read position within the stream.
+ * The position is the byte offset from the start of the stream.
+ * Bytes before this position have been fully decoded. Note that
+ * there may still be undecoded bytes in the decoder's read FIFO.
+ * The returned position is correct even after a seek.
+ *
+ * \warning This function currently only works for native FLAC,
+ * not Ogg FLAC streams.
+ *
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance to query.
+ * \param position Address at which to return the desired position.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \code position != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if successful, \c false if the stream is not native FLAC,
+ * or there was an error from the 'tell' callback or it returned
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_get_decode_position(const FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__uint64 *position);
+
+/** Initialize the decoder instance to decode native FLAC streams.
+ *
+ * This flavor of initialization sets up the decoder to decode from a
+ * native FLAC stream. I/O is performed via callbacks to the client.
+ * For decoding from a plain file via filename or open FILE*,
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_file() and FLAC__stream_decoder_init_FILE()
+ * provide a simpler interface.
+ *
+ * This function should be called after FLAC__stream_decoder_new() and
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_set_*() but before any of the
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_process_*() functions. Will set and return the
+ * decoder state, which will be FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEARCH_FOR_METADATA
+ * if initialization succeeded.
+ *
+ * \param decoder An uninitialized decoder instance.
+ * \param read_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderReadCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param seek_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if seeking is not
+ * supported. If \a seek_callback is not \c NULL then a
+ * \a tell_callback, \a length_callback, and \a eof_callback must also be supplied.
+ * Alternatively, a dummy seek callback that just
+ * returns \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ * may also be supplied, all though this is slightly
+ * less efficient for the decoder.
+ * \param tell_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderTellCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if not supported by the client. If
+ * \a seek_callback is not \c NULL then a
+ * \a tell_callback must also be supplied.
+ * Alternatively, a dummy tell callback that just
+ * returns \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ * may also be supplied, all though this is slightly
+ * less efficient for the decoder.
+ * \param length_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if not supported by the client. If
+ * \a seek_callback is not \c NULL then a
+ * \a length_callback must also be supplied.
+ * Alternatively, a dummy length callback that just
+ * returns \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ * may also be supplied, all though this is slightly
+ * less efficient for the decoder.
+ * \param eof_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderEofCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if not supported by the client. If
+ * \a seek_callback is not \c NULL then a
+ * \a eof_callback must also be supplied.
+ * Alternatively, a dummy length callback that just
+ * returns \c false
+ * may also be supplied, all though this is slightly
+ * less efficient for the decoder.
+ * \param write_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param metadata_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderMetadataCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if the callback is not
+ * desired.
+ * \param error_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param client_data This value will be supplied to callbacks in their
+ * \a client_data argument.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK if initialization was successful;
+ * see FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus for the meanings of other return values.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus FLAC__stream_decoder_init_stream(
+ FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderReadCallback read_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekCallback seek_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderTellCallback tell_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthCallback length_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderEofCallback eof_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteCallback write_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderMetadataCallback metadata_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorCallback error_callback,
+ void *client_data
+);
+
+/** Initialize the decoder instance to decode Ogg FLAC streams.
+ *
+ * This flavor of initialization sets up the decoder to decode from a
+ * FLAC stream in an Ogg container. I/O is performed via callbacks to the
+ * client. For decoding from a plain file via filename or open FILE*,
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_file() and FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_FILE()
+ * provide a simpler interface.
+ *
+ * This function should be called after FLAC__stream_decoder_new() and
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_set_*() but before any of the
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_process_*() functions. Will set and return the
+ * decoder state, which will be FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEARCH_FOR_METADATA
+ * if initialization succeeded.
+ *
+ * \note Support for Ogg FLAC in the library is optional. If this
+ * library has been built without support for Ogg FLAC, this function
+ * will return \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_CONTAINER.
+ *
+ * \param decoder An uninitialized decoder instance.
+ * \param read_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderReadCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param seek_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if seeking is not
+ * supported. If \a seek_callback is not \c NULL then a
+ * \a tell_callback, \a length_callback, and \a eof_callback must also be supplied.
+ * Alternatively, a dummy seek callback that just
+ * returns \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ * may also be supplied, all though this is slightly
+ * less efficient for the decoder.
+ * \param tell_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderTellCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if not supported by the client. If
+ * \a seek_callback is not \c NULL then a
+ * \a tell_callback must also be supplied.
+ * Alternatively, a dummy tell callback that just
+ * returns \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_TELL_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ * may also be supplied, all though this is slightly
+ * less efficient for the decoder.
+ * \param length_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if not supported by the client. If
+ * \a seek_callback is not \c NULL then a
+ * \a length_callback must also be supplied.
+ * Alternatively, a dummy length callback that just
+ * returns \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_LENGTH_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ * may also be supplied, all though this is slightly
+ * less efficient for the decoder.
+ * \param eof_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderEofCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if not supported by the client. If
+ * \a seek_callback is not \c NULL then a
+ * \a eof_callback must also be supplied.
+ * Alternatively, a dummy length callback that just
+ * returns \c false
+ * may also be supplied, all though this is slightly
+ * less efficient for the decoder.
+ * \param write_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param metadata_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderMetadataCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if the callback is not
+ * desired.
+ * \param error_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param client_data This value will be supplied to callbacks in their
+ * \a client_data argument.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK if initialization was successful;
+ * see FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus for the meanings of other return values.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_stream(
+ FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderReadCallback read_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderSeekCallback seek_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderTellCallback tell_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderLengthCallback length_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderEofCallback eof_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteCallback write_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderMetadataCallback metadata_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorCallback error_callback,
+ void *client_data
+);
+
+/** Initialize the decoder instance to decode native FLAC files.
+ *
+ * This flavor of initialization sets up the decoder to decode from a
+ * plain native FLAC file. For non-stdio streams, you must use
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_stream() and provide callbacks for the I/O.
+ *
+ * This function should be called after FLAC__stream_decoder_new() and
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_set_*() but before any of the
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_process_*() functions. Will set and return the
+ * decoder state, which will be FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEARCH_FOR_METADATA
+ * if initialization succeeded.
+ *
+ * \param decoder An uninitialized decoder instance.
+ * \param file An open FLAC file. The file should have been
+ * opened with mode \c "rb" and rewound. The file
+ * becomes owned by the decoder and should not be
+ * manipulated by the client while decoding.
+ * Unless \a file is \c stdin, it will be closed
+ * when FLAC__stream_decoder_finish() is called.
+ * Note however that seeking will not work when
+ * decoding from \c stdout since it is not seekable.
+ * \param write_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param metadata_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderMetadataCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if the callback is not
+ * desired.
+ * \param error_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param client_data This value will be supplied to callbacks in their
+ * \a client_data argument.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \code file != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK if initialization was successful;
+ * see FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus for the meanings of other return values.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus FLAC__stream_decoder_init_FILE(
+ FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder,
+ FILE *file,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteCallback write_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderMetadataCallback metadata_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorCallback error_callback,
+ void *client_data
+);
+
+/** Initialize the decoder instance to decode Ogg FLAC files.
+ *
+ * This flavor of initialization sets up the decoder to decode from a
+ * plain Ogg FLAC file. For non-stdio streams, you must use
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_stream() and provide callbacks for the I/O.
+ *
+ * This function should be called after FLAC__stream_decoder_new() and
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_set_*() but before any of the
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_process_*() functions. Will set and return the
+ * decoder state, which will be FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEARCH_FOR_METADATA
+ * if initialization succeeded.
+ *
+ * \note Support for Ogg FLAC in the library is optional. If this
+ * library has been built without support for Ogg FLAC, this function
+ * will return \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_CONTAINER.
+ *
+ * \param decoder An uninitialized decoder instance.
+ * \param file An open FLAC file. The file should have been
+ * opened with mode \c "rb" and rewound. The file
+ * becomes owned by the decoder and should not be
+ * manipulated by the client while decoding.
+ * Unless \a file is \c stdin, it will be closed
+ * when FLAC__stream_decoder_finish() is called.
+ * Note however that seeking will not work when
+ * decoding from \c stdout since it is not seekable.
+ * \param write_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param metadata_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderMetadataCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if the callback is not
+ * desired.
+ * \param error_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param client_data This value will be supplied to callbacks in their
+ * \a client_data argument.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \code file != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK if initialization was successful;
+ * see FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus for the meanings of other return values.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_FILE(
+ FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder,
+ FILE *file,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteCallback write_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderMetadataCallback metadata_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorCallback error_callback,
+ void *client_data
+);
+
+/** Initialize the decoder instance to decode native FLAC files.
+ *
+ * This flavor of initialization sets up the decoder to decode from a plain
+ * native FLAC file. If POSIX fopen() semantics are not sufficient, (for
+ * example, with Unicode filenames on Windows), you must use
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_FILE(), or FLAC__stream_decoder_init_stream()
+ * and provide callbacks for the I/O.
+ *
+ * This function should be called after FLAC__stream_decoder_new() and
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_set_*() but before any of the
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_process_*() functions. Will set and return the
+ * decoder state, which will be FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEARCH_FOR_METADATA
+ * if initialization succeeded.
+ *
+ * \param decoder An uninitialized decoder instance.
+ * \param filename The name of the file to decode from. The file will
+ * be opened with fopen(). Use \c NULL to decode from
+ * \c stdin. Note that \c stdin is not seekable.
+ * \param write_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param metadata_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderMetadataCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if the callback is not
+ * desired.
+ * \param error_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param client_data This value will be supplied to callbacks in their
+ * \a client_data argument.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK if initialization was successful;
+ * see FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus for the meanings of other return values.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus FLAC__stream_decoder_init_file(
+ FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder,
+ const char *filename,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteCallback write_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderMetadataCallback metadata_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorCallback error_callback,
+ void *client_data
+);
+
+/** Initialize the decoder instance to decode Ogg FLAC files.
+ *
+ * This flavor of initialization sets up the decoder to decode from a plain
+ * Ogg FLAC file. If POSIX fopen() semantics are not sufficient, (for
+ * example, with Unicode filenames on Windows), you must use
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_FILE(), or FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_stream()
+ * and provide callbacks for the I/O.
+ *
+ * This function should be called after FLAC__stream_decoder_new() and
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_set_*() but before any of the
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_process_*() functions. Will set and return the
+ * decoder state, which will be FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEARCH_FOR_METADATA
+ * if initialization succeeded.
+ *
+ * \note Support for Ogg FLAC in the library is optional. If this
+ * library has been built without support for Ogg FLAC, this function
+ * will return \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_CONTAINER.
+ *
+ * \param decoder An uninitialized decoder instance.
+ * \param filename The name of the file to decode from. The file will
+ * be opened with fopen(). Use \c NULL to decode from
+ * \c stdin. Note that \c stdin is not seekable.
+ * \param write_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param metadata_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderMetadataCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if the callback is not
+ * desired.
+ * \param error_callback See FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param client_data This value will be supplied to callbacks in their
+ * \a client_data argument.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_INIT_STATUS_OK if initialization was successful;
+ * see FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus for the meanings of other return values.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamDecoderInitStatus FLAC__stream_decoder_init_ogg_file(
+ FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder,
+ const char *filename,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderWriteCallback write_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderMetadataCallback metadata_callback,
+ FLAC__StreamDecoderErrorCallback error_callback,
+ void *client_data
+);
+
+/** Finish the decoding process.
+ * Flushes the decoding buffer, releases resources, resets the decoder
+ * settings to their defaults, and returns the decoder state to
+ * FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_UNINITIALIZED.
+ *
+ * In the event of a prematurely-terminated decode, it is not strictly
+ * necessary to call this immediately before FLAC__stream_decoder_delete()
+ * but it is good practice to match every FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*()
+ * with a FLAC__stream_decoder_finish().
+ *
+ * \param decoder An uninitialized decoder instance.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if MD5 checking is on AND a STREAMINFO block was available
+ * AND the MD5 signature in the STREAMINFO block was non-zero AND the
+ * signature does not match the one computed by the decoder; else
+ * \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_finish(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Flush the stream input.
+ * The decoder's input buffer will be cleared and the state set to
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEARCH_FOR_FRAME_SYNC. This will also turn
+ * off MD5 checking.
+ *
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if successful, else \c false if a memory allocation
+ * error occurs (in which case the state will be set to
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR).
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_flush(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Reset the decoding process.
+ * The decoder's input buffer will be cleared and the state set to
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEARCH_FOR_METADATA. This is similar to
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_finish() except that the settings are
+ * preserved; there is no need to call FLAC__stream_decoder_init_*()
+ * before decoding again. MD5 checking will be restored to its original
+ * setting.
+ *
+ * If the decoder is seekable, or was initialized with
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_init*_FILE() or FLAC__stream_decoder_init*_file(),
+ * the decoder will also attempt to seek to the beginning of the file.
+ * If this rewind fails, this function will return \c false. It follows
+ * that FLAC__stream_decoder_reset() cannot be used when decoding from
+ * \c stdin.
+ *
+ * If the decoder was initialized with FLAC__stream_encoder_init*_stream()
+ * and is not seekable (i.e. no seek callback was provided or the seek
+ * callback returns \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED), it
+ * is the duty of the client to start feeding data from the beginning of
+ * the stream on the next FLAC__stream_decoder_process() or
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_process_interleaved() call.
+ *
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if successful, else \c false if a memory allocation occurs
+ * (in which case the state will be set to
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR) or a seek error
+ * occurs (the state will be unchanged).
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_reset(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Decode one metadata block or audio frame.
+ * This version instructs the decoder to decode a either a single metadata
+ * block or a single frame and stop, unless the callbacks return a fatal
+ * error or the read callback returns
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM.
+ *
+ * As the decoder needs more input it will call the read callback.
+ * Depending on what was decoded, the metadata or write callback will be
+ * called with the decoded metadata block or audio frame.
+ *
+ * Unless there is a fatal read error or end of stream, this function
+ * will return once one whole frame is decoded. In other words, if the
+ * stream is not synchronized or points to a corrupt frame header, the
+ * decoder will continue to try and resync until it gets to a valid
+ * frame, then decode one frame, then return. If the decoder points to
+ * a frame whose frame CRC in the frame footer does not match the
+ * computed frame CRC, this function will issue a
+ * FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_ERROR_STATUS_FRAME_CRC_MISMATCH error to the
+ * error callback, and return, having decoded one complete, although
+ * corrupt, frame. (Such corrupted frames are sent as silence of the
+ * correct length to the write callback.)
+ *
+ * \param decoder An initialized decoder instance.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if any fatal read, write, or memory allocation error
+ * occurred (meaning decoding must stop), else \c true; for more
+ * information about the decoder, check the decoder state with
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_get_state().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_process_single(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Decode until the end of the metadata.
+ * This version instructs the decoder to decode from the current position
+ * and continue until all the metadata has been read, or until the
+ * callbacks return a fatal error or the read callback returns
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM.
+ *
+ * As the decoder needs more input it will call the read callback.
+ * As each metadata block is decoded, the metadata callback will be called
+ * with the decoded metadata.
+ *
+ * \param decoder An initialized decoder instance.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if any fatal read, write, or memory allocation error
+ * occurred (meaning decoding must stop), else \c true; for more
+ * information about the decoder, check the decoder state with
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_get_state().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_process_until_end_of_metadata(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Decode until the end of the stream.
+ * This version instructs the decoder to decode from the current position
+ * and continue until the end of stream (the read callback returns
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM), or until the
+ * callbacks return a fatal error.
+ *
+ * As the decoder needs more input it will call the read callback.
+ * As each metadata block and frame is decoded, the metadata or write
+ * callback will be called with the decoded metadata or frame.
+ *
+ * \param decoder An initialized decoder instance.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if any fatal read, write, or memory allocation error
+ * occurred (meaning decoding must stop), else \c true; for more
+ * information about the decoder, check the decoder state with
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_get_state().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_process_until_end_of_stream(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Skip one audio frame.
+ * This version instructs the decoder to 'skip' a single frame and stop,
+ * unless the callbacks return a fatal error or the read callback returns
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM.
+ *
+ * The decoding flow is the same as what occurs when
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_process_single() is called to process an audio
+ * frame, except that this function does not decode the parsed data into
+ * PCM or call the write callback. The integrity of the frame is still
+ * checked the same way as in the other process functions.
+ *
+ * This function will return once one whole frame is skipped, in the
+ * same way that FLAC__stream_decoder_process_single() will return once
+ * one whole frame is decoded.
+ *
+ * This function can be used in more quickly determining FLAC frame
+ * boundaries when decoding of the actual data is not needed, for
+ * example when an application is separating a FLAC stream into frames
+ * for editing or storing in a container. To do this, the application
+ * can use FLAC__stream_decoder_skip_single_frame() to quickly advance
+ * to the next frame, then use
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_get_decode_position() to find the new frame
+ * boundary.
+ *
+ * This function should only be called when the stream has advanced
+ * past all the metadata, otherwise it will return \c false.
+ *
+ * \param decoder An initialized decoder instance not in a metadata
+ * state.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if any fatal read, write, or memory allocation error
+ * occurred (meaning decoding must stop), or if the decoder
+ * is in the FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEARCH_FOR_METADATA or
+ * FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_READ_METADATA state, else \c true; for more
+ * information about the decoder, check the decoder state with
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_get_state().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_skip_single_frame(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder);
+
+/** Flush the input and seek to an absolute sample.
+ * Decoding will resume at the given sample. Note that because of
+ * this, the next write callback may contain a partial block. The
+ * client must support seeking the input or this function will fail
+ * and return \c false. Furthermore, if the decoder state is
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_DECODER_SEEK_ERROR, then the decoder must be flushed
+ * with FLAC__stream_decoder_flush() or reset with
+ * FLAC__stream_decoder_reset() before decoding can continue.
+ *
+ * \param decoder A decoder instance.
+ * \param sample The target sample number to seek to.
+ * \assert
+ * \code decoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if successful, else \c false.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_decoder_seek_absolute(FLAC__StreamDecoder *decoder, FLAC__uint64 sample);
+
+/* \} */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* libFLAC - Free Lossless Audio Codec library
+ * Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007 Josh Coalson
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ * this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+ * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
+ * CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+ * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_H
+#define FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_H
+
+#include <stdio.h> /* for FILE */
+#include "export.h"
+#include "format.h"
+#include "stream_decoder.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/** \file include/FLAC/stream_encoder.h
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module contains the functions which implement the stream
+ * encoder.
+ *
+ * See the detailed documentation in the
+ * \link flac_stream_encoder stream encoder \endlink module.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup flac_encoder FLAC/ \*_encoder.h: encoder interfaces
+ * \ingroup flac
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module describes the encoder layers provided by libFLAC.
+ *
+ * The stream encoder can be used to encode complete streams either to the
+ * client via callbacks, or directly to a file, depending on how it is
+ * initialized. When encoding via callbacks, the client provides a write
+ * callback which will be called whenever FLAC data is ready to be written.
+ * If the client also supplies a seek callback, the encoder will also
+ * automatically handle the writing back of metadata discovered while
+ * encoding, like stream info, seek points offsets, etc. When encoding to
+ * a file, the client needs only supply a filename or open \c FILE* and an
+ * optional progress callback for periodic notification of progress; the
+ * write and seek callbacks are supplied internally. For more info see the
+ * \link flac_stream_encoder stream encoder \endlink module.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup flac_stream_encoder FLAC/stream_encoder.h: stream encoder interface
+ * \ingroup flac_encoder
+ *
+ * \brief
+ * This module contains the functions which implement the stream
+ * encoder.
+ *
+ * The stream encoder can encode to native FLAC, and optionally Ogg FLAC
+ * (check FLAC_API_SUPPORTS_OGG_FLAC) streams and files.
+ *
+ * The basic usage of this encoder is as follows:
+ * - The program creates an instance of an encoder using
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_new().
+ * - The program overrides the default settings using
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_*() functions. At a minimum, the following
+ * functions should be called:
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_channels()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_bits_per_sample()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_sample_rate()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_ogg_serial_number() (if encoding to Ogg FLAC)
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_total_samples_estimate() (if known)
+ * - If the application wants to control the compression level or set its own
+ * metadata, then the following should also be called:
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_compression_level()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_verify()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_metadata()
+ * - The rest of the set functions should only be called if the client needs
+ * exact control over how the audio is compressed; thorough understanding
+ * of the FLAC format is necessary to achieve good results.
+ * - The program initializes the instance to validate the settings and
+ * prepare for encoding using
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_init_stream() or FLAC__stream_encoder_init_FILE()
+ * or FLAC__stream_encoder_init_file() for native FLAC
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_stream() or FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_FILE()
+ * or FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_file() for Ogg FLAC
+ * - The program calls FLAC__stream_encoder_process() or
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_process_interleaved() to encode data, which
+ * subsequently calls the callbacks when there is encoder data ready
+ * to be written.
+ * - The program finishes the encoding with FLAC__stream_encoder_finish(),
+ * which causes the encoder to encode any data still in its input pipe,
+ * update the metadata with the final encoding statistics if output
+ * seeking is possible, and finally reset the encoder to the
+ * uninitialized state.
+ * - The instance may be used again or deleted with
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_delete().
+ *
+ * In more detail, the stream encoder functions similarly to the
+ * \link flac_stream_decoder stream decoder \endlink, but has fewer
+ * callbacks and more options. Typically the client will create a new
+ * instance by calling FLAC__stream_encoder_new(), then set the necessary
+ * parameters with FLAC__stream_encoder_set_*(), and initialize it by
+ * calling one of the FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*() functions.
+ *
+ * Unlike the decoders, the stream encoder has many options that can
+ * affect the speed and compression ratio. When setting these parameters
+ * you should have some basic knowledge of the format (see the
+ * <A HREF="../documentation.html#format">user-level documentation</A>
+ * or the <A HREF="../format.html">formal description</A>). The
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_*() functions themselves do not validate the
+ * values as many are interdependent. The FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*()
+ * functions will do this, so make sure to pay attention to the state
+ * returned by FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*() to make sure that it is
+ * FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_OK. Any parameters that are not set
+ * before FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*() will take on the defaults from
+ * the constructor.
+ *
+ * There are three initialization functions for native FLAC, one for
+ * setting up the encoder to encode FLAC data to the client via
+ * callbacks, and two for encoding directly to a file.
+ *
+ * For encoding via callbacks, use FLAC__stream_encoder_init_stream().
+ * You must also supply a write callback which will be called anytime
+ * there is raw encoded data to write. If the client can seek the output
+ * it is best to also supply seek and tell callbacks, as this allows the
+ * encoder to go back after encoding is finished to write back
+ * information that was collected while encoding, like seek point offsets,
+ * frame sizes, etc.
+ *
+ * For encoding directly to a file, use FLAC__stream_encoder_init_FILE()
+ * or FLAC__stream_encoder_init_file(). Then you must only supply a
+ * filename or open \c FILE*; the encoder will handle all the callbacks
+ * internally. You may also supply a progress callback for periodic
+ * notification of the encoding progress.
+ *
+ * There are three similarly-named init functions for encoding to Ogg
+ * FLAC streams. Check \c FLAC_API_SUPPORTS_OGG_FLAC to find out if the
+ * library has been built with Ogg support.
+ *
+ * The call to FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*() currently will also immediately
+ * call the write callback several times, once with the \c fLaC signature,
+ * and once for each encoded metadata block. Note that for Ogg FLAC
+ * encoding you will usually get at least twice the number of callbacks than
+ * with native FLAC, one for the Ogg page header and one for the page body.
+ *
+ * After initializing the instance, the client may feed audio data to the
+ * encoder in one of two ways:
+ *
+ * - Channel separate, through FLAC__stream_encoder_process() - The client
+ * will pass an array of pointers to buffers, one for each channel, to
+ * the encoder, each of the same length. The samples need not be
+ * block-aligned, but each channel should have the same number of samples.
+ * - Channel interleaved, through
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_process_interleaved() - The client will pass a single
+ * pointer to data that is channel-interleaved (i.e. channel0_sample0,
+ * channel1_sample0, ... , channelN_sample0, channel0_sample1, ...).
+ * Again, the samples need not be block-aligned but they must be
+ * sample-aligned, i.e. the first value should be channel0_sample0 and
+ * the last value channelN_sampleM.
+ *
+ * Note that for either process call, each sample in the buffers should be a
+ * signed integer, right-justified to the resolution set by
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_bits_per_sample(). For example, if the resolution
+ * is 16 bits per sample, the samples should all be in the range [-32768,32767].
+ *
+ * When the client is finished encoding data, it calls
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_finish(), which causes the encoder to encode any
+ * data still in its input pipe, and call the metadata callback with the
+ * final encoding statistics. Then the instance may be deleted with
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_delete() or initialized again to encode another
+ * stream.
+ *
+ * For programs that write their own metadata, but that do not know the
+ * actual metadata until after encoding, it is advantageous to instruct
+ * the encoder to write a PADDING block of the correct size, so that
+ * instead of rewriting the whole stream after encoding, the program can
+ * just overwrite the PADDING block. If only the maximum size of the
+ * metadata is known, the program can write a slightly larger padding
+ * block, then split it after encoding.
+ *
+ * Make sure you understand how lengths are calculated. All FLAC metadata
+ * blocks have a 4 byte header which contains the type and length. This
+ * length does not include the 4 bytes of the header. See the format page
+ * for the specification of metadata blocks and their lengths.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * If you are writing the FLAC data to a file via callbacks, make sure it
+ * is open for update (e.g. mode "w+" for stdio streams). This is because
+ * after the first encoding pass, the encoder will try to seek back to the
+ * beginning of the stream, to the STREAMINFO block, to write some data
+ * there. (If using FLAC__stream_encoder_init*_file() or
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init*_FILE(), the file is managed internally.)
+ *
+ * \note
+ * The "set" functions may only be called when the encoder is in the
+ * state FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_UNINITIALIZED, i.e. after
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_new() or FLAC__stream_encoder_finish(), but
+ * before FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*(). If this is the case they will
+ * return \c true, otherwise \c false.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_finish() resets all settings to the constructor
+ * defaults.
+ *
+ * \{
+ */
+
+
+/** State values for a FLAC__StreamEncoder.
+ *
+ * The encoder's state can be obtained by calling FLAC__stream_encoder_get_state().
+ *
+ * If the encoder gets into any other state besides \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_OK
+ * or \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_UNINITIALIZED, it becomes invalid for encoding and
+ * must be deleted with FLAC__stream_encoder_delete().
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_OK = 0,
+ /**< The encoder is in the normal OK state and samples can be processed. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_UNINITIALIZED,
+ /**< The encoder is in the uninitialized state; one of the
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*() functions must be called before samples
+ * can be processed.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_OGG_ERROR,
+ /**< An error occurred in the underlying Ogg layer. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_VERIFY_DECODER_ERROR,
+ /**< An error occurred in the underlying verify stream decoder;
+ * check FLAC__stream_encoder_get_verify_decoder_state().
+ */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_VERIFY_MISMATCH_IN_AUDIO_DATA,
+ /**< The verify decoder detected a mismatch between the original
+ * audio signal and the decoded audio signal.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_CLIENT_ERROR,
+ /**< One of the callbacks returned a fatal error. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_IO_ERROR,
+ /**< An I/O error occurred while opening/reading/writing a file.
+ * Check \c errno.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_FRAMING_ERROR,
+ /**< An error occurred while writing the stream; usually, the
+ * write_callback returned an error.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_MEMORY_ALLOCATION_ERROR
+ /**< Memory allocation failed. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamEncoderState;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamEncoderState to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamEncoderState as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamEncoderStateString[];
+
+
+/** Possible return values for the FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*() functions.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_OK = 0,
+ /**< Initialization was successful. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_ENCODER_ERROR,
+ /**< General failure to set up encoder; call FLAC__stream_encoder_get_state() for cause. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_CONTAINER,
+ /**< The library was not compiled with support for the given container
+ * format.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_INVALID_CALLBACKS,
+ /**< A required callback was not supplied. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_INVALID_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS,
+ /**< The encoder has an invalid setting for number of channels. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_INVALID_BITS_PER_SAMPLE,
+ /**< The encoder has an invalid setting for bits-per-sample.
+ * FLAC supports 4-32 bps but the reference encoder currently supports
+ * only up to 24 bps.
+ */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_INVALID_SAMPLE_RATE,
+ /**< The encoder has an invalid setting for the input sample rate. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_INVALID_BLOCK_SIZE,
+ /**< The encoder has an invalid setting for the block size. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_INVALID_MAX_LPC_ORDER,
+ /**< The encoder has an invalid setting for the maximum LPC order. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_INVALID_QLP_COEFF_PRECISION,
+ /**< The encoder has an invalid setting for the precision of the quantized linear predictor coefficients. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_BLOCK_SIZE_TOO_SMALL_FOR_LPC_ORDER,
+ /**< The specified block size is less than the maximum LPC order. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_NOT_STREAMABLE,
+ /**< The encoder is bound to the <A HREF="../format.html#subset">Subset</A> but other settings violate it. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_INVALID_METADATA,
+ /**< The metadata input to the encoder is invalid, in one of the following ways:
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_metadata() was called with a null pointer but a block count > 0
+ * - One of the metadata blocks contains an undefined type
+ * - It contains an illegal CUESHEET as checked by FLAC__format_cuesheet_is_legal()
+ * - It contains an illegal SEEKTABLE as checked by FLAC__format_seektable_is_legal()
+ * - It contains more than one SEEKTABLE block or more than one VORBIS_COMMENT block
+ */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_ALREADY_INITIALIZED
+ /**< FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*() was called when the encoder was
+ * already initialized, usually because
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_finish() was not called.
+ */
+
+} FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatusString[];
+
+
+/** Return values for the FLAC__StreamEncoder read callback.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_READ_STATUS_CONTINUE,
+ /**< The read was OK and decoding can continue. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM,
+ /**< The read was attempted at the end of the stream. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_READ_STATUS_ABORT,
+ /**< An unrecoverable error occurred. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_READ_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ /**< Client does not support reading back from the output. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamEncoderReadStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamEncoderReadStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamEncoderReadStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamEncoderReadStatusString[];
+
+
+/** Return values for the FLAC__StreamEncoder write callback.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_WRITE_STATUS_OK = 0,
+ /**< The write was OK and encoding can continue. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_WRITE_STATUS_FATAL_ERROR
+ /**< An unrecoverable error occurred. The encoder will return from the process call. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamEncoderWriteStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamEncoderWriteStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamEncoderWriteStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamEncoderWriteStatusString[];
+
+
+/** Return values for the FLAC__StreamEncoder seek callback.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_SEEK_STATUS_OK,
+ /**< The seek was OK and encoding can continue. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_SEEK_STATUS_ERROR,
+ /**< An unrecoverable error occurred. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_SEEK_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ /**< Client does not support seeking. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamEncoderSeekStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamEncoderSeekStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamEncoderSeekStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamEncoderSeekStatusString[];
+
+
+/** Return values for the FLAC__StreamEncoder tell callback.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_TELL_STATUS_OK,
+ /**< The tell was OK and encoding can continue. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_TELL_STATUS_ERROR,
+ /**< An unrecoverable error occurred. */
+
+ FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_TELL_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ /**< Client does not support seeking. */
+
+} FLAC__StreamEncoderTellStatus;
+
+/** Maps a FLAC__StreamEncoderTellStatus to a C string.
+ *
+ * Using a FLAC__StreamEncoderTellStatus as the index to this array
+ * will give the string equivalent. The contents should not be modified.
+ */
+extern FLAC_API const char * const FLAC__StreamEncoderTellStatusString[];
+
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * class FLAC__StreamEncoder
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+struct FLAC__StreamEncoderProtected;
+struct FLAC__StreamEncoderPrivate;
+/** The opaque structure definition for the stream encoder type.
+ * See the \link flac_stream_encoder stream encoder module \endlink
+ * for a detailed description.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ struct FLAC__StreamEncoderProtected *protected_; /* avoid the C++ keyword 'protected' */
+ struct FLAC__StreamEncoderPrivate *private_; /* avoid the C++ keyword 'private' */
+} FLAC__StreamEncoder;
+
+/** Signature for the read callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature must be passed to
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_stream() if seeking is supported.
+ * The supplied function will be called when the encoder needs to read back
+ * encoded data. This happens during the metadata callback, when the encoder
+ * has to read, modify, and rewrite the metadata (e.g. seekpoints) gathered
+ * while encoding. The address of the buffer to be filled is supplied, along
+ * with the number of bytes the buffer can hold. The callback may choose to
+ * supply less data and modify the byte count but must be careful not to
+ * overflow the buffer. The callback then returns a status code chosen from
+ * FLAC__StreamEncoderReadStatus.
+ *
+ * Here is an example of a read callback for stdio streams:
+ * \code
+ * FLAC__StreamEncoderReadStatus read_cb(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__byte buffer[], size_t *bytes, void *client_data)
+ * {
+ * FILE *file = ((MyClientData*)client_data)->file;
+ * if(*bytes > 0) {
+ * *bytes = fread(buffer, sizeof(FLAC__byte), *bytes, file);
+ * if(ferror(file))
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_READ_STATUS_ABORT;
+ * else if(*bytes == 0)
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_READ_STATUS_END_OF_STREAM;
+ * else
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_READ_STATUS_CONTINUE;
+ * }
+ * else
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_READ_STATUS_ABORT;
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamEncoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a encoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param encoder The encoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param buffer A pointer to a location for the callee to store
+ * data to be encoded.
+ * \param bytes A pointer to the size of the buffer. On entry
+ * to the callback, it contains the maximum number
+ * of bytes that may be stored in \a buffer. The
+ * callee must set it to the actual number of bytes
+ * stored (0 in case of error or end-of-stream) before
+ * returning.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_client_data().
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamEncoderReadStatus
+ * The callee's return status.
+ */
+typedef FLAC__StreamEncoderReadStatus (*FLAC__StreamEncoderReadCallback)(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__byte buffer[], size_t *bytes, void *client_data);
+
+/** Signature for the write callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature must be passed to
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init*_stream(). The supplied function will be called
+ * by the encoder anytime there is raw encoded data ready to write. It may
+ * include metadata mixed with encoded audio frames and the data is not
+ * guaranteed to be aligned on frame or metadata block boundaries.
+ *
+ * The only duty of the callback is to write out the \a bytes worth of data
+ * in \a buffer to the current position in the output stream. The arguments
+ * \a samples and \a current_frame are purely informational. If \a samples
+ * is greater than \c 0, then \a current_frame will hold the current frame
+ * number that is being written; otherwise it indicates that the write
+ * callback is being called to write metadata.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * Unlike when writing to native FLAC, when writing to Ogg FLAC the
+ * write callback will be called twice when writing each audio
+ * frame; once for the page header, and once for the page body.
+ * When writing the page header, the \a samples argument to the
+ * write callback will be \c 0.
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamEncoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a encoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param encoder The encoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param buffer An array of encoded data of length \a bytes.
+ * \param bytes The byte length of \a buffer.
+ * \param samples The number of samples encoded by \a buffer.
+ * \c 0 has a special meaning; see above.
+ * \param current_frame The number of the current frame being encoded.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*().
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamEncoderWriteStatus
+ * The callee's return status.
+ */
+typedef FLAC__StreamEncoderWriteStatus (*FLAC__StreamEncoderWriteCallback)(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, const FLAC__byte buffer[], size_t bytes, unsigned samples, unsigned current_frame, void *client_data);
+
+/** Signature for the seek callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature may be passed to
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init*_stream(). The supplied function will be called
+ * when the encoder needs to seek the output stream. The encoder will pass
+ * the absolute byte offset to seek to, 0 meaning the beginning of the stream.
+ *
+ * Here is an example of a seek callback for stdio streams:
+ * \code
+ * FLAC__StreamEncoderSeekStatus seek_cb(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__uint64 absolute_byte_offset, void *client_data)
+ * {
+ * FILE *file = ((MyClientData*)client_data)->file;
+ * if(file == stdin)
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_SEEK_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED;
+ * else if(fseeko(file, (off_t)absolute_byte_offset, SEEK_SET) < 0)
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_SEEK_STATUS_ERROR;
+ * else
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_SEEK_STATUS_OK;
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamEncoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a encoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param encoder The encoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param absolute_byte_offset The offset from the beginning of the stream
+ * to seek to.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*().
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamEncoderSeekStatus
+ * The callee's return status.
+ */
+typedef FLAC__StreamEncoderSeekStatus (*FLAC__StreamEncoderSeekCallback)(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__uint64 absolute_byte_offset, void *client_data);
+
+/** Signature for the tell callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature may be passed to
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init*_stream(). The supplied function will be called
+ * when the encoder needs to know the current position of the output stream.
+ *
+ * \warning
+ * The callback must return the true current byte offset of the output to
+ * which the encoder is writing. If you are buffering the output, make
+ * sure and take this into account. If you are writing directly to a
+ * FILE* from your write callback, ftell() is sufficient. If you are
+ * writing directly to a file descriptor from your write callback, you
+ * can use lseek(fd, SEEK_CUR, 0). The encoder may later seek back to
+ * these points to rewrite metadata after encoding.
+ *
+ * Here is an example of a tell callback for stdio streams:
+ * \code
+ * FLAC__StreamEncoderTellStatus tell_cb(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__uint64 *absolute_byte_offset, void *client_data)
+ * {
+ * FILE *file = ((MyClientData*)client_data)->file;
+ * off_t pos;
+ * if(file == stdin)
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_TELL_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED;
+ * else if((pos = ftello(file)) < 0)
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_TELL_STATUS_ERROR;
+ * else {
+ * *absolute_byte_offset = (FLAC__uint64)pos;
+ * return FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_TELL_STATUS_OK;
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamEncoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a encoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param encoder The encoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param absolute_byte_offset The address at which to store the current
+ * position of the output.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*().
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamEncoderTellStatus
+ * The callee's return status.
+ */
+typedef FLAC__StreamEncoderTellStatus (*FLAC__StreamEncoderTellCallback)(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__uint64 *absolute_byte_offset, void *client_data);
+
+/** Signature for the metadata callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature may be passed to
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init*_stream(). The supplied function will be called
+ * once at the end of encoding with the populated STREAMINFO structure. This
+ * is so the client can seek back to the beginning of the file and write the
+ * STREAMINFO block with the correct statistics after encoding (like
+ * minimum/maximum frame size and total samples).
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamEncoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a encoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param encoder The encoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param metadata The final populated STREAMINFO block.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*().
+ */
+typedef void (*FLAC__StreamEncoderMetadataCallback)(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, const FLAC__StreamMetadata *metadata, void *client_data);
+
+/** Signature for the progress callback.
+ *
+ * A function pointer matching this signature may be passed to
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init*_file() or FLAC__stream_encoder_init*_FILE().
+ * The supplied function will be called when the encoder has finished
+ * writing a frame. The \c total_frames_estimate argument to the
+ * callback will be based on the value from
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_total_samples_estimate().
+ *
+ * \note In general, FLAC__StreamEncoder functions which change the
+ * state should not be called on the \a encoder while in the callback.
+ *
+ * \param encoder The encoder instance calling the callback.
+ * \param bytes_written Bytes written so far.
+ * \param samples_written Samples written so far.
+ * \param frames_written Frames written so far.
+ * \param total_frames_estimate The estimate of the total number of
+ * frames to be written.
+ * \param client_data The callee's client data set through
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*().
+ */
+typedef void (*FLAC__StreamEncoderProgressCallback)(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__uint64 bytes_written, FLAC__uint64 samples_written, unsigned frames_written, unsigned total_frames_estimate, void *client_data);
+
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Class constructor/destructor
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+/** Create a new stream encoder instance. The instance is created with
+ * default settings; see the individual FLAC__stream_encoder_set_*()
+ * functions for each setting's default.
+ *
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamEncoder*
+ * \c NULL if there was an error allocating memory, else the new instance.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamEncoder *FLAC__stream_encoder_new(void);
+
+/** Free an encoder instance. Deletes the object pointed to by \a encoder.
+ *
+ * \param encoder A pointer to an existing encoder.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ */
+FLAC_API void FLAC__stream_encoder_delete(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Public class method prototypes
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+/** Set the serial number for the FLAC stream to use in the Ogg container.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * This does not need to be set for native FLAC encoding.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * It is recommended to set a serial number explicitly as the default of '0'
+ * may collide with other streams.
+ *
+ * \default \c 0
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param serial_number See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_ogg_serial_number(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, long serial_number);
+
+/** Set the "verify" flag. If \c true, the encoder will verify it's own
+ * encoded output by feeding it through an internal decoder and comparing
+ * the original signal against the decoded signal. If a mismatch occurs,
+ * the process call will return \c false. Note that this will slow the
+ * encoding process by the extra time required for decoding and comparison.
+ *
+ * \default \c false
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value Flag value (see above).
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_verify(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__bool value);
+
+/** Set the <A HREF="../format.html#subset">Subset</A> flag. If \c true,
+ * the encoder will comply with the Subset and will check the
+ * settings during FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*() to see if all settings
+ * comply. If \c false, the settings may take advantage of the full
+ * range that the format allows.
+ *
+ * Make sure you know what it entails before setting this to \c false.
+ *
+ * \default \c true
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value Flag value (see above).
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_streamable_subset(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__bool value);
+
+/** Set the number of channels to be encoded.
+ *
+ * \default \c 2
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_channels(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, unsigned value);
+
+/** Set the sample resolution of the input to be encoded.
+ *
+ * \warning
+ * Do not feed the encoder data that is wider than the value you
+ * set here or you will generate an invalid stream.
+ *
+ * \default \c 16
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_bits_per_sample(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, unsigned value);
+
+/** Set the sample rate (in Hz) of the input to be encoded.
+ *
+ * \default \c 44100
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_sample_rate(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, unsigned value);
+
+/** Set the compression level
+ *
+ * The compression level is roughly proportional to the amount of effort
+ * the encoder expends to compress the file. A higher level usually
+ * means more computation but higher compression. The default level is
+ * suitable for most applications.
+ *
+ * Currently the levels range from \c 0 (fastest, least compression) to
+ * \c 8 (slowest, most compression). A value larger than \c 8 will be
+ * treated as \c 8.
+ *
+ * This function automatically calls the following other \c _set_
+ * functions with appropriate values, so the client does not need to
+ * unless it specifically wants to override them:
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_do_mid_side_stereo()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_loose_mid_side_stereo()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_apodization()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_max_lpc_order()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_qlp_coeff_precision()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_do_qlp_coeff_prec_search()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_do_escape_coding()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_do_exhaustive_model_search()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_min_residual_partition_order()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_max_residual_partition_order()
+ * - FLAC__stream_encoder_set_rice_parameter_search_dist()
+ *
+ * The actual values set for each level are:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>level</b><td>
+ * <td>do mid-side stereo<td>
+ * <td>loose mid-side stereo<td>
+ * <td>apodization<td>
+ * <td>max lpc order<td>
+ * <td>qlp coeff precision<td>
+ * <td>qlp coeff prec search<td>
+ * <td>escape coding<td>
+ * <td>exhaustive model search<td>
+ * <td>min residual partition order<td>
+ * <td>max residual partition order<td>
+ * <td>rice parameter search dist<td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr> <td><b>0</b><td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>tukey(0.5)<td> <td>0<td> <td>0<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>0<td> <td>3<td> <td>0<td> </tr>
+ * <tr> <td><b>1</b><td> <td>true<td> <td>true<td> <td>tukey(0.5)<td> <td>0<td> <td>0<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>0<td> <td>3<td> <td>0<td> </tr>
+ * <tr> <td><b>2</b><td> <td>true<td> <td>false<td> <td>tukey(0.5)<td> <td>0<td> <td>0<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>0<td> <td>3<td> <td>0<td> </tr>
+ * <tr> <td><b>3</b><td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>tukey(0.5)<td> <td>6<td> <td>0<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>0<td> <td>4<td> <td>0<td> </tr>
+ * <tr> <td><b>4</b><td> <td>true<td> <td>true<td> <td>tukey(0.5)<td> <td>8<td> <td>0<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>0<td> <td>4<td> <td>0<td> </tr>
+ * <tr> <td><b>5</b><td> <td>true<td> <td>false<td> <td>tukey(0.5)<td> <td>8<td> <td>0<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>0<td> <td>5<td> <td>0<td> </tr>
+ * <tr> <td><b>6</b><td> <td>true<td> <td>false<td> <td>tukey(0.5)<td> <td>8<td> <td>0<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>0<td> <td>6<td> <td>0<td> </tr>
+ * <tr> <td><b>7</b><td> <td>true<td> <td>false<td> <td>tukey(0.5)<td> <td>8<td> <td>0<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>true<td> <td>0<td> <td>6<td> <td>0<td> </tr>
+ * <tr> <td><b>8</b><td> <td>true<td> <td>false<td> <td>tukey(0.5)<td> <td>12<td> <td>0<td> <td>false<td> <td>false<td> <td>true<td> <td>0<td> <td>6<td> <td>0<td> </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \default \c 5
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_compression_level(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, unsigned value);
+
+/** Set the blocksize to use while encoding.
+ *
+ * The number of samples to use per frame. Use \c 0 to let the encoder
+ * estimate a blocksize; this is usually best.
+ *
+ * \default \c 0
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_blocksize(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, unsigned value);
+
+/** Set to \c true to enable mid-side encoding on stereo input. The
+ * number of channels must be 2 for this to have any effect. Set to
+ * \c false to use only independent channel coding.
+ *
+ * \default \c false
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value Flag value (see above).
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_do_mid_side_stereo(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__bool value);
+
+/** Set to \c true to enable adaptive switching between mid-side and
+ * left-right encoding on stereo input. Set to \c false to use
+ * exhaustive searching. Setting this to \c true requires
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_do_mid_side_stereo() to also be set to
+ * \c true in order to have any effect.
+ *
+ * \default \c false
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value Flag value (see above).
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_loose_mid_side_stereo(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__bool value);
+
+/** Sets the apodization function(s) the encoder will use when windowing
+ * audio data for LPC analysis.
+ *
+ * The \a specification is a plain ASCII string which specifies exactly
+ * which functions to use. There may be more than one (up to 32),
+ * separated by \c ';' characters. Some functions take one or more
+ * comma-separated arguments in parentheses.
+ *
+ * The available functions are \c bartlett, \c bartlett_hann,
+ * \c blackman, \c blackman_harris_4term_92db, \c connes, \c flattop,
+ * \c gauss(STDDEV), \c hamming, \c hann, \c kaiser_bessel, \c nuttall,
+ * \c rectangle, \c triangle, \c tukey(P), \c welch.
+ *
+ * For \c gauss(STDDEV), STDDEV specifies the standard deviation
+ * (0<STDDEV<=0.5).
+ *
+ * For \c tukey(P), P specifies the fraction of the window that is
+ * tapered (0<=P<=1). P=0 corresponds to \c rectangle and P=1
+ * corresponds to \c hann.
+ *
+ * Example specifications are \c "blackman" or
+ * \c "hann;triangle;tukey(0.5);tukey(0.25);tukey(0.125)"
+ *
+ * Any function that is specified erroneously is silently dropped. Up
+ * to 32 functions are kept, the rest are dropped. If the specification
+ * is empty the encoder defaults to \c "tukey(0.5)".
+ *
+ * When more than one function is specified, then for every subframe the
+ * encoder will try each of them separately and choose the window that
+ * results in the smallest compressed subframe.
+ *
+ * Note that each function specified causes the encoder to occupy a
+ * floating point array in which to store the window.
+ *
+ * \default \c "tukey(0.5)"
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param specification See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \code specification != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_apodization(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, const char *specification);
+
+/** Set the maximum LPC order, or \c 0 to use only the fixed predictors.
+ *
+ * \default \c 0
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_max_lpc_order(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, unsigned value);
+
+/** Set the precision, in bits, of the quantized linear predictor
+ * coefficients, or \c 0 to let the encoder select it based on the
+ * blocksize.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * In the current implementation, qlp_coeff_precision + bits_per_sample must
+ * be less than 32.
+ *
+ * \default \c 0
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_qlp_coeff_precision(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, unsigned value);
+
+/** Set to \c false to use only the specified quantized linear predictor
+ * coefficient precision, or \c true to search neighboring precision
+ * values and use the best one.
+ *
+ * \default \c false
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_do_qlp_coeff_prec_search(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__bool value);
+
+/** Deprecated. Setting this value has no effect.
+ *
+ * \default \c false
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_do_escape_coding(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__bool value);
+
+/** Set to \c false to let the encoder estimate the best model order
+ * based on the residual signal energy, or \c true to force the
+ * encoder to evaluate all order models and select the best.
+ *
+ * \default \c false
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_do_exhaustive_model_search(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__bool value);
+
+/** Set the minimum partition order to search when coding the residual.
+ * This is used in tandem with
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_max_residual_partition_order().
+ *
+ * The partition order determines the context size in the residual.
+ * The context size will be approximately <tt>blocksize / (2 ^ order)</tt>.
+ *
+ * Set both min and max values to \c 0 to force a single context,
+ * whose Rice parameter is based on the residual signal variance.
+ * Otherwise, set a min and max order, and the encoder will search
+ * all orders, using the mean of each context for its Rice parameter,
+ * and use the best.
+ *
+ * \default \c 0
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_min_residual_partition_order(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, unsigned value);
+
+/** Set the maximum partition order to search when coding the residual.
+ * This is used in tandem with
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_min_residual_partition_order().
+ *
+ * The partition order determines the context size in the residual.
+ * The context size will be approximately <tt>blocksize / (2 ^ order)</tt>.
+ *
+ * Set both min and max values to \c 0 to force a single context,
+ * whose Rice parameter is based on the residual signal variance.
+ * Otherwise, set a min and max order, and the encoder will search
+ * all orders, using the mean of each context for its Rice parameter,
+ * and use the best.
+ *
+ * \default \c 0
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_max_residual_partition_order(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, unsigned value);
+
+/** Deprecated. Setting this value has no effect.
+ *
+ * \default \c 0
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_rice_parameter_search_dist(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, unsigned value);
+
+/** Set an estimate of the total samples that will be encoded.
+ * This is merely an estimate and may be set to \c 0 if unknown.
+ * This value will be written to the STREAMINFO block before encoding,
+ * and can remove the need for the caller to rewrite the value later
+ * if the value is known before encoding.
+ *
+ * \default \c 0
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param value See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_total_samples_estimate(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__uint64 value);
+
+/** Set the metadata blocks to be emitted to the stream before encoding.
+ * A value of \c NULL, \c 0 implies no metadata; otherwise, supply an
+ * array of pointers to metadata blocks. The array is non-const since
+ * the encoder may need to change the \a is_last flag inside them, and
+ * in some cases update seek point offsets. Otherwise, the encoder will
+ * not modify or free the blocks. It is up to the caller to free the
+ * metadata blocks after encoding finishes.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * The encoder stores only copies of the pointers in the \a metadata array;
+ * the metadata blocks themselves must survive at least until after
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_finish() returns. Do not free the blocks until then.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * The STREAMINFO block is always written and no STREAMINFO block may
+ * occur in the supplied array.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * By default the encoder does not create a SEEKTABLE. If one is supplied
+ * in the \a metadata array, but the client has specified that it does not
+ * support seeking, then the SEEKTABLE will be written verbatim. However
+ * by itself this is not very useful as the client will not know the stream
+ * offsets for the seekpoints ahead of time. In order to get a proper
+ * seektable the client must support seeking. See next note.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * SEEKTABLE blocks are handled specially. Since you will not know
+ * the values for the seek point stream offsets, you should pass in
+ * a SEEKTABLE 'template', that is, a SEEKTABLE object with the
+ * required sample numbers (or placeholder points), with \c 0 for the
+ * \a frame_samples and \a stream_offset fields for each point. If the
+ * client has specified that it supports seeking by providing a seek
+ * callback to FLAC__stream_encoder_init_stream() or both seek AND read
+ * callback to FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_stream() (or by using
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init*_file() or FLAC__stream_encoder_init*_FILE()),
+ * then while it is encoding the encoder will fill the stream offsets in
+ * for you and when encoding is finished, it will seek back and write the
+ * real values into the SEEKTABLE block in the stream. There are helper
+ * routines for manipulating seektable template blocks; see metadata.h:
+ * FLAC__metadata_object_seektable_template_*(). If the client does
+ * not support seeking, the SEEKTABLE will have inaccurate offsets which
+ * will slow down or remove the ability to seek in the FLAC stream.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * The encoder instance \b will modify the first \c SEEKTABLE block
+ * as it transforms the template to a valid seektable while encoding,
+ * but it is still up to the caller to free all metadata blocks after
+ * encoding.
+ *
+ * \note
+ * A VORBIS_COMMENT block may be supplied. The vendor string in it
+ * will be ignored. libFLAC will use it's own vendor string. libFLAC
+ * will not modify the passed-in VORBIS_COMMENT's vendor string, it
+ * will simply write it's own into the stream. If no VORBIS_COMMENT
+ * block is present in the \a metadata array, libFLAC will write an
+ * empty one, containing only the vendor string.
+ *
+ * \note The Ogg FLAC mapping requires that the VORBIS_COMMENT block be
+ * the second metadata block of the stream. The encoder already supplies
+ * the STREAMINFO block automatically. If \a metadata does not contain a
+ * VORBIS_COMMENT block, the encoder will supply that too. Otherwise, if
+ * \a metadata does contain a VORBIS_COMMENT block and it is not the
+ * first, the init function will reorder \a metadata by moving the
+ * VORBIS_COMMENT block to the front; the relative ordering of the other
+ * blocks will remain as they were.
+ *
+ * \note The Ogg FLAC mapping limits the number of metadata blocks per
+ * stream to \c 65535. If \a num_blocks exceeds this the function will
+ * return \c false.
+ *
+ * \default \c NULL, 0
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \param metadata See above.
+ * \param num_blocks See above.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, else \c true.
+ * \c false if the encoder is already initialized, or if
+ * \a num_blocks > 65535 if encoding to Ogg FLAC, else \c true.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_set_metadata(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__StreamMetadata **metadata, unsigned num_blocks);
+
+/** Get the current encoder state.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamEncoderState
+ * The current encoder state.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamEncoderState FLAC__stream_encoder_get_state(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the state of the verify stream decoder.
+ * Useful when the stream encoder state is
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_VERIFY_DECODER_ERROR.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamDecoderState
+ * The verify stream decoder state.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamDecoderState FLAC__stream_encoder_get_verify_decoder_state(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the current encoder state as a C string.
+ * This version automatically resolves
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_VERIFY_DECODER_ERROR by getting the
+ * verify decoder's state.
+ *
+ * \param encoder A encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval const char *
+ * The encoder state as a C string. Do not modify the contents.
+ */
+FLAC_API const char *FLAC__stream_encoder_get_resolved_state_string(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get relevant values about the nature of a verify decoder error.
+ * Useful when the stream encoder state is
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_VERIFY_DECODER_ERROR. The arguments should
+ * be addresses in which the stats will be returned, or NULL if value
+ * is not desired.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \param absolute_sample The absolute sample number of the mismatch.
+ * \param frame_number The number of the frame in which the mismatch occurred.
+ * \param channel The channel in which the mismatch occurred.
+ * \param sample The number of the sample (relative to the frame) in
+ * which the mismatch occurred.
+ * \param expected The expected value for the sample in question.
+ * \param got The actual value returned by the decoder.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ */
+FLAC_API void FLAC__stream_encoder_get_verify_decoder_error_stats(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__uint64 *absolute_sample, unsigned *frame_number, unsigned *channel, unsigned *sample, FLAC__int32 *expected, FLAC__int32 *got);
+
+/** Get the "verify" flag.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_verify().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_get_verify(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the <A HREF="../format.html#subset>Subset</A> flag.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_streamable_subset().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_get_streamable_subset(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the number of input channels being processed.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_channels().
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__stream_encoder_get_channels(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the input sample resolution setting.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_bits_per_sample().
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__stream_encoder_get_bits_per_sample(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the input sample rate setting.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_sample_rate().
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__stream_encoder_get_sample_rate(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the blocksize setting.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_blocksize().
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__stream_encoder_get_blocksize(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the "mid/side stereo coding" flag.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_get_do_mid_side_stereo().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_get_do_mid_side_stereo(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the "adaptive mid/side switching" flag.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_loose_mid_side_stereo().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_get_loose_mid_side_stereo(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the maximum LPC order setting.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_max_lpc_order().
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__stream_encoder_get_max_lpc_order(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the quantized linear predictor coefficient precision setting.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_qlp_coeff_precision().
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__stream_encoder_get_qlp_coeff_precision(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the qlp coefficient precision search flag.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_do_qlp_coeff_prec_search().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_get_do_qlp_coeff_prec_search(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the "escape coding" flag.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_do_escape_coding().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_get_do_escape_coding(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the exhaustive model search flag.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_do_exhaustive_model_search().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_get_do_exhaustive_model_search(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the minimum residual partition order setting.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_min_residual_partition_order().
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__stream_encoder_get_min_residual_partition_order(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get maximum residual partition order setting.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_max_residual_partition_order().
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__stream_encoder_get_max_residual_partition_order(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the Rice parameter search distance setting.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to query.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval unsigned
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_set_rice_parameter_search_dist().
+ */
+FLAC_API unsigned FLAC__stream_encoder_get_rice_parameter_search_dist(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Get the previously set estimate of the total samples to be encoded.
+ * The encoder merely mimics back the value given to
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_total_samples_estimate() since it has no
+ * other way of knowing how many samples the client will encode.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An encoder instance to set.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__uint64
+ * See FLAC__stream_encoder_get_total_samples_estimate().
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__uint64 FLAC__stream_encoder_get_total_samples_estimate(const FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Initialize the encoder instance to encode native FLAC streams.
+ *
+ * This flavor of initialization sets up the encoder to encode to a
+ * native FLAC stream. I/O is performed via callbacks to the client.
+ * For encoding to a plain file via filename or open \c FILE*,
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init_file() and FLAC__stream_encoder_init_FILE()
+ * provide a simpler interface.
+ *
+ * This function should be called after FLAC__stream_encoder_new() and
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_*() but before FLAC__stream_encoder_process()
+ * or FLAC__stream_encoder_process_interleaved().
+ * initialization succeeded.
+ *
+ * The call to FLAC__stream_encoder_init_stream() currently will also
+ * immediately call the write callback several times, once with the \c fLaC
+ * signature, and once for each encoded metadata block.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An uninitialized encoder instance.
+ * \param write_callback See FLAC__StreamEncoderWriteCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param seek_callback See FLAC__StreamEncoderSeekCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if seeking is not
+ * supported. The encoder uses seeking to go back
+ * and write some some stream statistics to the
+ * STREAMINFO block; this is recommended but not
+ * necessary to create a valid FLAC stream. If
+ * \a seek_callback is not \c NULL then a
+ * \a tell_callback must also be supplied.
+ * Alternatively, a dummy seek callback that just
+ * returns \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_SEEK_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ * may also be supplied, all though this is slightly
+ * less efficient for the encoder.
+ * \param tell_callback See FLAC__StreamEncoderTellCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if seeking is not
+ * supported. If \a seek_callback is \c NULL then
+ * this argument will be ignored. If
+ * \a seek_callback is not \c NULL then a
+ * \a tell_callback must also be supplied.
+ * Alternatively, a dummy tell callback that just
+ * returns \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_TELL_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ * may also be supplied, all though this is slightly
+ * less efficient for the encoder.
+ * \param metadata_callback See FLAC__StreamEncoderMetadataCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if the callback is not
+ * desired. If the client provides a seek callback,
+ * this function is not necessary as the encoder
+ * will automatically seek back and update the
+ * STREAMINFO block. It may also be \c NULL if the
+ * client does not support seeking, since it will
+ * have no way of going back to update the
+ * STREAMINFO. However the client can still supply
+ * a callback if it would like to know the details
+ * from the STREAMINFO.
+ * \param client_data This value will be supplied to callbacks in their
+ * \a client_data argument.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_OK if initialization was successful;
+ * see FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus for the meanings of other return values.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus FLAC__stream_encoder_init_stream(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__StreamEncoderWriteCallback write_callback, FLAC__StreamEncoderSeekCallback seek_callback, FLAC__StreamEncoderTellCallback tell_callback, FLAC__StreamEncoderMetadataCallback metadata_callback, void *client_data);
+
+/** Initialize the encoder instance to encode Ogg FLAC streams.
+ *
+ * This flavor of initialization sets up the encoder to encode to a FLAC
+ * stream in an Ogg container. I/O is performed via callbacks to the
+ * client. For encoding to a plain file via filename or open \c FILE*,
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_file() and FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_FILE()
+ * provide a simpler interface.
+ *
+ * This function should be called after FLAC__stream_encoder_new() and
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_*() but before FLAC__stream_encoder_process()
+ * or FLAC__stream_encoder_process_interleaved().
+ * initialization succeeded.
+ *
+ * The call to FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_stream() currently will also
+ * immediately call the write callback several times to write the metadata
+ * packets.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An uninitialized encoder instance.
+ * \param read_callback See FLAC__StreamEncoderReadCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL if \a seek_callback
+ * is non-NULL since they are both needed to be
+ * able to write data back to the Ogg FLAC stream
+ * in the post-encode phase.
+ * \param write_callback See FLAC__StreamEncoderWriteCallback. This
+ * pointer must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param seek_callback See FLAC__StreamEncoderSeekCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if seeking is not
+ * supported. The encoder uses seeking to go back
+ * and write some some stream statistics to the
+ * STREAMINFO block; this is recommended but not
+ * necessary to create a valid FLAC stream. If
+ * \a seek_callback is not \c NULL then a
+ * \a tell_callback must also be supplied.
+ * Alternatively, a dummy seek callback that just
+ * returns \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_SEEK_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ * may also be supplied, all though this is slightly
+ * less efficient for the encoder.
+ * \param tell_callback See FLAC__StreamEncoderTellCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if seeking is not
+ * supported. If \a seek_callback is \c NULL then
+ * this argument will be ignored. If
+ * \a seek_callback is not \c NULL then a
+ * \a tell_callback must also be supplied.
+ * Alternatively, a dummy tell callback that just
+ * returns \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_TELL_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED
+ * may also be supplied, all though this is slightly
+ * less efficient for the encoder.
+ * \param metadata_callback See FLAC__StreamEncoderMetadataCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if the callback is not
+ * desired. If the client provides a seek callback,
+ * this function is not necessary as the encoder
+ * will automatically seek back and update the
+ * STREAMINFO block. It may also be \c NULL if the
+ * client does not support seeking, since it will
+ * have no way of going back to update the
+ * STREAMINFO. However the client can still supply
+ * a callback if it would like to know the details
+ * from the STREAMINFO.
+ * \param client_data This value will be supplied to callbacks in their
+ * \a client_data argument.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_OK if initialization was successful;
+ * see FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus for the meanings of other return values.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_stream(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FLAC__StreamEncoderReadCallback read_callback, FLAC__StreamEncoderWriteCallback write_callback, FLAC__StreamEncoderSeekCallback seek_callback, FLAC__StreamEncoderTellCallback tell_callback, FLAC__StreamEncoderMetadataCallback metadata_callback, void *client_data);
+
+/** Initialize the encoder instance to encode native FLAC files.
+ *
+ * This flavor of initialization sets up the encoder to encode to a
+ * plain native FLAC file. For non-stdio streams, you must use
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init_stream() and provide callbacks for the I/O.
+ *
+ * This function should be called after FLAC__stream_encoder_new() and
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_*() but before FLAC__stream_encoder_process()
+ * or FLAC__stream_encoder_process_interleaved().
+ * initialization succeeded.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An uninitialized encoder instance.
+ * \param file An open file. The file should have been opened
+ * with mode \c "w+b" and rewound. The file
+ * becomes owned by the encoder and should not be
+ * manipulated by the client while encoding.
+ * Unless \a file is \c stdout, it will be closed
+ * when FLAC__stream_encoder_finish() is called.
+ * Note however that a proper SEEKTABLE cannot be
+ * created when encoding to \c stdout since it is
+ * not seekable.
+ * \param progress_callback See FLAC__StreamEncoderProgressCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if the callback is not
+ * desired.
+ * \param client_data This value will be supplied to callbacks in their
+ * \a client_data argument.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \code file != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_OK if initialization was successful;
+ * see FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus for the meanings of other return values.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus FLAC__stream_encoder_init_FILE(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FILE *file, FLAC__StreamEncoderProgressCallback progress_callback, void *client_data);
+
+/** Initialize the encoder instance to encode Ogg FLAC files.
+ *
+ * This flavor of initialization sets up the encoder to encode to a
+ * plain Ogg FLAC file. For non-stdio streams, you must use
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_stream() and provide callbacks for the I/O.
+ *
+ * This function should be called after FLAC__stream_encoder_new() and
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_*() but before FLAC__stream_encoder_process()
+ * or FLAC__stream_encoder_process_interleaved().
+ * initialization succeeded.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An uninitialized encoder instance.
+ * \param file An open file. The file should have been opened
+ * with mode \c "w+b" and rewound. The file
+ * becomes owned by the encoder and should not be
+ * manipulated by the client while encoding.
+ * Unless \a file is \c stdout, it will be closed
+ * when FLAC__stream_encoder_finish() is called.
+ * Note however that a proper SEEKTABLE cannot be
+ * created when encoding to \c stdout since it is
+ * not seekable.
+ * \param progress_callback See FLAC__StreamEncoderProgressCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if the callback is not
+ * desired.
+ * \param client_data This value will be supplied to callbacks in their
+ * \a client_data argument.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \code file != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_OK if initialization was successful;
+ * see FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus for the meanings of other return values.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_FILE(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, FILE *file, FLAC__StreamEncoderProgressCallback progress_callback, void *client_data);
+
+/** Initialize the encoder instance to encode native FLAC files.
+ *
+ * This flavor of initialization sets up the encoder to encode to a plain
+ * FLAC file. If POSIX fopen() semantics are not sufficient (for example,
+ * with Unicode filenames on Windows), you must use
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init_FILE(), or FLAC__stream_encoder_init_stream()
+ * and provide callbacks for the I/O.
+ *
+ * This function should be called after FLAC__stream_encoder_new() and
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_*() but before FLAC__stream_encoder_process()
+ * or FLAC__stream_encoder_process_interleaved().
+ * initialization succeeded.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An uninitialized encoder instance.
+ * \param filename The name of the file to encode to. The file will
+ * be opened with fopen(). Use \c NULL to encode to
+ * \c stdout. Note however that a proper SEEKTABLE
+ * cannot be created when encoding to \c stdout since
+ * it is not seekable.
+ * \param progress_callback See FLAC__StreamEncoderProgressCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if the callback is not
+ * desired.
+ * \param client_data This value will be supplied to callbacks in their
+ * \a client_data argument.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_OK if initialization was successful;
+ * see FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus for the meanings of other return values.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus FLAC__stream_encoder_init_file(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, const char *filename, FLAC__StreamEncoderProgressCallback progress_callback, void *client_data);
+
+/** Initialize the encoder instance to encode Ogg FLAC files.
+ *
+ * This flavor of initialization sets up the encoder to encode to a plain
+ * Ogg FLAC file. If POSIX fopen() semantics are not sufficient (for example,
+ * with Unicode filenames on Windows), you must use
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_FILE(), or FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_stream()
+ * and provide callbacks for the I/O.
+ *
+ * This function should be called after FLAC__stream_encoder_new() and
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_*() but before FLAC__stream_encoder_process()
+ * or FLAC__stream_encoder_process_interleaved().
+ * initialization succeeded.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An uninitialized encoder instance.
+ * \param filename The name of the file to encode to. The file will
+ * be opened with fopen(). Use \c NULL to encode to
+ * \c stdout. Note however that a proper SEEKTABLE
+ * cannot be created when encoding to \c stdout since
+ * it is not seekable.
+ * \param progress_callback See FLAC__StreamEncoderProgressCallback. This
+ * pointer may be \c NULL if the callback is not
+ * desired.
+ * \param client_data This value will be supplied to callbacks in their
+ * \a client_data argument.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus
+ * \c FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_INIT_STATUS_OK if initialization was successful;
+ * see FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus for the meanings of other return values.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__StreamEncoderInitStatus FLAC__stream_encoder_init_ogg_file(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, const char *filename, FLAC__StreamEncoderProgressCallback progress_callback, void *client_data);
+
+/** Finish the encoding process.
+ * Flushes the encoding buffer, releases resources, resets the encoder
+ * settings to their defaults, and returns the encoder state to
+ * FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_UNINITIALIZED. Note that this can generate
+ * one or more write callbacks before returning, and will generate
+ * a metadata callback.
+ *
+ * Note that in the course of processing the last frame, errors can
+ * occur, so the caller should be sure to check the return value to
+ * ensure the file was encoded properly.
+ *
+ * In the event of a prematurely-terminated encode, it is not strictly
+ * necessary to call this immediately before FLAC__stream_encoder_delete()
+ * but it is good practice to match every FLAC__stream_encoder_init_*()
+ * with a FLAC__stream_encoder_finish().
+ *
+ * \param encoder An uninitialized encoder instance.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c false if an error occurred processing the last frame; or if verify
+ * mode is set (see FLAC__stream_encoder_set_verify()), there was a
+ * verify mismatch; else \c true. If \c false, caller should check the
+ * state with FLAC__stream_encoder_get_state() for more information
+ * about the error.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_finish(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder);
+
+/** Submit data for encoding.
+ * This version allows you to supply the input data via an array of
+ * pointers, each pointer pointing to an array of \a samples samples
+ * representing one channel. The samples need not be block-aligned,
+ * but each channel should have the same number of samples. Each sample
+ * should be a signed integer, right-justified to the resolution set by
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_bits_per_sample(). For example, if the
+ * resolution is 16 bits per sample, the samples should all be in the
+ * range [-32768,32767].
+ *
+ * For applications where channel order is important, channels must
+ * follow the order as described in the
+ * <A HREF="../format.html#frame_header">frame header</A>.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An initialized encoder instance in the OK state.
+ * \param buffer An array of pointers to each channel's signal.
+ * \param samples The number of samples in one channel.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \code FLAC__stream_encoder_get_state(encoder) == FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_OK \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if successful, else \c false; in this case, check the
+ * encoder state with FLAC__stream_encoder_get_state() to see what
+ * went wrong.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_process(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, const FLAC__int32 * const buffer[], unsigned samples);
+
+/** Submit data for encoding.
+ * This version allows you to supply the input data where the channels
+ * are interleaved into a single array (i.e. channel0_sample0,
+ * channel1_sample0, ... , channelN_sample0, channel0_sample1, ...).
+ * The samples need not be block-aligned but they must be
+ * sample-aligned, i.e. the first value should be channel0_sample0
+ * and the last value channelN_sampleM. Each sample should be a signed
+ * integer, right-justified to the resolution set by
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_set_bits_per_sample(). For example, if the
+ * resolution is 16 bits per sample, the samples should all be in the
+ * range [-32768,32767].
+ *
+ * For applications where channel order is important, channels must
+ * follow the order as described in the
+ * <A HREF="../format.html#frame_header">frame header</A>.
+ *
+ * \param encoder An initialized encoder instance in the OK state.
+ * \param buffer An array of channel-interleaved data (see above).
+ * \param samples The number of samples in one channel, the same as for
+ * FLAC__stream_encoder_process(). For example, if
+ * encoding two channels, \c 1000 \a samples corresponds
+ * to a \a buffer of 2000 values.
+ * \assert
+ * \code encoder != NULL \endcode
+ * \code FLAC__stream_encoder_get_state(encoder) == FLAC__STREAM_ENCODER_OK \endcode
+ * \retval FLAC__bool
+ * \c true if successful, else \c false; in this case, check the
+ * encoder state with FLAC__stream_encoder_get_state() to see what
+ * went wrong.
+ */
+FLAC_API FLAC__bool FLAC__stream_encoder_process_interleaved(FLAC__StreamEncoder *encoder, const FLAC__int32 buffer[], unsigned samples);
+
+/* \} */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>FLAC</string>
+ <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
+ <string>libFLAC 1.2.1</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>FLAC</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>1.2.1</string>
+ <key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+ <string>????</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>1.2.1</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>files</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>Resources/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>hash</key>
+ <data>
+ j2eWOF8MeujNuGiOuUJX/p9icME=
+ </data>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+ <key>Resources/Info.plist</key>
+ <data>
+ U0NugdhGt5l2wJIS2IOd6ifvq8Y=
+ </data>
+ </dict>
+ <key>rules</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>^Resources/</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1000</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/locversion.plist$</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>omit</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1100</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^version.plist$</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+A
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Headers
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+The source code to this library used with SDL_mixer can be found here:
+http://www.libsdl.org/projects/SDL_mixer/libs/
+---
+
+Copyright (c) 2002-2008 Xiph.org Foundation
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+are met:
+
+- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION
+OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Ogg
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Resources
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/********************************************************************
+ * *
+ * THIS FILE IS PART OF THE OggVorbis SOFTWARE CODEC SOURCE CODE. *
+ * USE, DISTRIBUTION AND REPRODUCTION OF THIS LIBRARY SOURCE IS *
+ * GOVERNED BY A BSD-STYLE SOURCE LICENSE INCLUDED WITH THIS SOURCE *
+ * IN 'COPYING'. PLEASE READ THESE TERMS BEFORE DISTRIBUTING. *
+ * *
+ * THE OggVorbis SOURCE CODE IS (C) COPYRIGHT 1994-2007 *
+ * by the Xiph.Org Foundation http://www.xiph.org/ *
+ * *
+ ********************************************************************
+
+ function: toplevel libogg include
+ last mod: $Id: ogg.h 18044 2011-08-01 17:55:20Z gmaxwell $
+
+ ********************************************************************/
+#ifndef _OGG_H
+#define _OGG_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <ogg/os_types.h>
+
+typedef struct {
+ void *iov_base;
+ size_t iov_len;
+} ogg_iovec_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+ long endbyte;
+ int endbit;
+
+ unsigned char *buffer;
+ unsigned char *ptr;
+ long storage;
+} oggpack_buffer;
+
+/* ogg_page is used to encapsulate the data in one Ogg bitstream page *****/
+
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned char *header;
+ long header_len;
+ unsigned char *body;
+ long body_len;
+} ogg_page;
+
+/* ogg_stream_state contains the current encode/decode state of a logical
+ Ogg bitstream **********************************************************/
+
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned char *body_data; /* bytes from packet bodies */
+ long body_storage; /* storage elements allocated */
+ long body_fill; /* elements stored; fill mark */
+ long body_returned; /* elements of fill returned */
+
+
+ int *lacing_vals; /* The values that will go to the segment table */
+ ogg_int64_t *granule_vals; /* granulepos values for headers. Not compact
+ this way, but it is simple coupled to the
+ lacing fifo */
+ long lacing_storage;
+ long lacing_fill;
+ long lacing_packet;
+ long lacing_returned;
+
+ unsigned char header[282]; /* working space for header encode */
+ int header_fill;
+
+ int e_o_s; /* set when we have buffered the last packet in the
+ logical bitstream */
+ int b_o_s; /* set after we've written the initial page
+ of a logical bitstream */
+ long serialno;
+ long pageno;
+ ogg_int64_t packetno; /* sequence number for decode; the framing
+ knows where there's a hole in the data,
+ but we need coupling so that the codec
+ (which is in a separate abstraction
+ layer) also knows about the gap */
+ ogg_int64_t granulepos;
+
+} ogg_stream_state;
+
+/* ogg_packet is used to encapsulate the data and metadata belonging
+ to a single raw Ogg/Vorbis packet *************************************/
+
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned char *packet;
+ long bytes;
+ long b_o_s;
+ long e_o_s;
+
+ ogg_int64_t granulepos;
+
+ ogg_int64_t packetno; /* sequence number for decode; the framing
+ knows where there's a hole in the data,
+ but we need coupling so that the codec
+ (which is in a separate abstraction
+ layer) also knows about the gap */
+} ogg_packet;
+
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned char *data;
+ int storage;
+ int fill;
+ int returned;
+
+ int unsynced;
+ int headerbytes;
+ int bodybytes;
+} ogg_sync_state;
+
+/* Ogg BITSTREAM PRIMITIVES: bitstream ************************/
+
+extern void oggpack_writeinit(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern int oggpack_writecheck(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern void oggpack_writetrunc(oggpack_buffer *b,long bits);
+extern void oggpack_writealign(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern void oggpack_writecopy(oggpack_buffer *b,void *source,long bits);
+extern void oggpack_reset(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern void oggpack_writeclear(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern void oggpack_readinit(oggpack_buffer *b,unsigned char *buf,int bytes);
+extern void oggpack_write(oggpack_buffer *b,unsigned long value,int bits);
+extern long oggpack_look(oggpack_buffer *b,int bits);
+extern long oggpack_look1(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern void oggpack_adv(oggpack_buffer *b,int bits);
+extern void oggpack_adv1(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern long oggpack_read(oggpack_buffer *b,int bits);
+extern long oggpack_read1(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern long oggpack_bytes(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern long oggpack_bits(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern unsigned char *oggpack_get_buffer(oggpack_buffer *b);
+
+extern void oggpackB_writeinit(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern int oggpackB_writecheck(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern void oggpackB_writetrunc(oggpack_buffer *b,long bits);
+extern void oggpackB_writealign(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern void oggpackB_writecopy(oggpack_buffer *b,void *source,long bits);
+extern void oggpackB_reset(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern void oggpackB_writeclear(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern void oggpackB_readinit(oggpack_buffer *b,unsigned char *buf,int bytes);
+extern void oggpackB_write(oggpack_buffer *b,unsigned long value,int bits);
+extern long oggpackB_look(oggpack_buffer *b,int bits);
+extern long oggpackB_look1(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern void oggpackB_adv(oggpack_buffer *b,int bits);
+extern void oggpackB_adv1(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern long oggpackB_read(oggpack_buffer *b,int bits);
+extern long oggpackB_read1(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern long oggpackB_bytes(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern long oggpackB_bits(oggpack_buffer *b);
+extern unsigned char *oggpackB_get_buffer(oggpack_buffer *b);
+
+/* Ogg BITSTREAM PRIMITIVES: encoding **************************/
+
+extern int ogg_stream_packetin(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_packet *op);
+extern int ogg_stream_iovecin(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_iovec_t *iov,
+ int count, long e_o_s, ogg_int64_t granulepos);
+extern int ogg_stream_pageout(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_page *og);
+extern int ogg_stream_pageout_fill(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_page *og, int nfill);
+extern int ogg_stream_flush(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_page *og);
+extern int ogg_stream_flush_fill(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_page *og, int nfill);
+
+/* Ogg BITSTREAM PRIMITIVES: decoding **************************/
+
+extern int ogg_sync_init(ogg_sync_state *oy);
+extern int ogg_sync_clear(ogg_sync_state *oy);
+extern int ogg_sync_reset(ogg_sync_state *oy);
+extern int ogg_sync_destroy(ogg_sync_state *oy);
+extern int ogg_sync_check(ogg_sync_state *oy);
+
+extern char *ogg_sync_buffer(ogg_sync_state *oy, long size);
+extern int ogg_sync_wrote(ogg_sync_state *oy, long bytes);
+extern long ogg_sync_pageseek(ogg_sync_state *oy,ogg_page *og);
+extern int ogg_sync_pageout(ogg_sync_state *oy, ogg_page *og);
+extern int ogg_stream_pagein(ogg_stream_state *os, ogg_page *og);
+extern int ogg_stream_packetout(ogg_stream_state *os,ogg_packet *op);
+extern int ogg_stream_packetpeek(ogg_stream_state *os,ogg_packet *op);
+
+/* Ogg BITSTREAM PRIMITIVES: general ***************************/
+
+extern int ogg_stream_init(ogg_stream_state *os,int serialno);
+extern int ogg_stream_clear(ogg_stream_state *os);
+extern int ogg_stream_reset(ogg_stream_state *os);
+extern int ogg_stream_reset_serialno(ogg_stream_state *os,int serialno);
+extern int ogg_stream_destroy(ogg_stream_state *os);
+extern int ogg_stream_check(ogg_stream_state *os);
+extern int ogg_stream_eos(ogg_stream_state *os);
+
+extern void ogg_page_checksum_set(ogg_page *og);
+
+extern int ogg_page_version(const ogg_page *og);
+extern int ogg_page_continued(const ogg_page *og);
+extern int ogg_page_bos(const ogg_page *og);
+extern int ogg_page_eos(const ogg_page *og);
+extern ogg_int64_t ogg_page_granulepos(const ogg_page *og);
+extern int ogg_page_serialno(const ogg_page *og);
+extern long ogg_page_pageno(const ogg_page *og);
+extern int ogg_page_packets(const ogg_page *og);
+
+extern void ogg_packet_clear(ogg_packet *op);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _OGG_H */
--- /dev/null
+/********************************************************************
+ * *
+ * THIS FILE IS PART OF THE OggVorbis SOFTWARE CODEC SOURCE CODE. *
+ * USE, DISTRIBUTION AND REPRODUCTION OF THIS LIBRARY SOURCE IS *
+ * GOVERNED BY A BSD-STYLE SOURCE LICENSE INCLUDED WITH THIS SOURCE *
+ * IN 'COPYING'. PLEASE READ THESE TERMS BEFORE DISTRIBUTING. *
+ * *
+ * THE OggVorbis SOURCE CODE IS (C) COPYRIGHT 1994-2002 *
+ * by the Xiph.Org Foundation http://www.xiph.org/ *
+ * *
+ ********************************************************************
+
+ function: #ifdef jail to whip a few platforms into the UNIX ideal.
+ last mod: $Id: os_types.h 17712 2010-12-03 17:10:02Z xiphmont $
+
+ ********************************************************************/
+#ifndef _OS_TYPES_H
+#define _OS_TYPES_H
+
+/* make it easy on the folks that want to compile the libs with a
+ different malloc than stdlib */
+#define _ogg_malloc malloc
+#define _ogg_calloc calloc
+#define _ogg_realloc realloc
+#define _ogg_free free
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+
+# if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+# include <stdint.h>
+ typedef int16_t ogg_int16_t;
+ typedef uint16_t ogg_uint16_t;
+ typedef int32_t ogg_int32_t;
+ typedef uint32_t ogg_uint32_t;
+ typedef int64_t ogg_int64_t;
+ typedef uint64_t ogg_uint64_t;
+# elif defined(__MINGW32__)
+# include <sys/types.h>
+ typedef short ogg_int16_t;
+ typedef unsigned short ogg_uint16_t;
+ typedef int ogg_int32_t;
+ typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
+ typedef long long ogg_int64_t;
+ typedef unsigned long long ogg_uint64_t;
+# elif defined(__MWERKS__)
+ typedef long long ogg_int64_t;
+ typedef int ogg_int32_t;
+ typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
+ typedef short ogg_int16_t;
+ typedef unsigned short ogg_uint16_t;
+# else
+ /* MSVC/Borland */
+ typedef __int64 ogg_int64_t;
+ typedef __int32 ogg_int32_t;
+ typedef unsigned __int32 ogg_uint32_t;
+ typedef __int16 ogg_int16_t;
+ typedef unsigned __int16 ogg_uint16_t;
+# endif
+
+#elif defined(__MACOS__)
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+ typedef SInt16 ogg_int16_t;
+ typedef UInt16 ogg_uint16_t;
+ typedef SInt32 ogg_int32_t;
+ typedef UInt32 ogg_uint32_t;
+ typedef SInt64 ogg_int64_t;
+
+#elif (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) /* MacOS X Framework build */
+
+# include <inttypes.h>
+ typedef int16_t ogg_int16_t;
+ typedef uint16_t ogg_uint16_t;
+ typedef int32_t ogg_int32_t;
+ typedef uint32_t ogg_uint32_t;
+ typedef int64_t ogg_int64_t;
+
+#elif defined(__HAIKU__)
+
+ /* Haiku */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+ typedef short ogg_int16_t;
+ typedef unsigned short ogg_uint16_t;
+ typedef int ogg_int32_t;
+ typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
+ typedef long long ogg_int64_t;
+
+#elif defined(__BEOS__)
+
+ /* Be */
+# include <inttypes.h>
+ typedef int16_t ogg_int16_t;
+ typedef uint16_t ogg_uint16_t;
+ typedef int32_t ogg_int32_t;
+ typedef uint32_t ogg_uint32_t;
+ typedef int64_t ogg_int64_t;
+
+#elif defined (__EMX__)
+
+ /* OS/2 GCC */
+ typedef short ogg_int16_t;
+ typedef unsigned short ogg_uint16_t;
+ typedef int ogg_int32_t;
+ typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
+ typedef long long ogg_int64_t;
+
+#elif defined (DJGPP)
+
+ /* DJGPP */
+ typedef short ogg_int16_t;
+ typedef int ogg_int32_t;
+ typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
+ typedef long long ogg_int64_t;
+
+#elif defined(R5900)
+
+ /* PS2 EE */
+ typedef long ogg_int64_t;
+ typedef int ogg_int32_t;
+ typedef unsigned ogg_uint32_t;
+ typedef short ogg_int16_t;
+
+#elif defined(__SYMBIAN32__)
+
+ /* Symbian GCC */
+ typedef signed short ogg_int16_t;
+ typedef unsigned short ogg_uint16_t;
+ typedef signed int ogg_int32_t;
+ typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
+ typedef long long int ogg_int64_t;
+
+#elif defined(__TMS320C6X__)
+
+ /* TI C64x compiler */
+ typedef signed short ogg_int16_t;
+ typedef unsigned short ogg_uint16_t;
+ typedef signed int ogg_int32_t;
+ typedef unsigned int ogg_uint32_t;
+ typedef long long int ogg_int64_t;
+
+#else
+
+# include <ogg/config_types.h>
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _OS_TYPES_H */
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>BuildMachineOSBuild</key>
+ <string>12D78</string>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>Ogg</string>
+ <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
+ <string>Ogg framework 1.1.4, Copyright © 1994-2009 Xiph.Org Foundation</string>
+ <key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
+ <string>org.xiph.ogg</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>1.1.4</string>
+ <key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+ <string>????</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>1.1.4</string>
+ <key>CSResourcesFileMapped</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>DTCompiler</key>
+ <string></string>
+ <key>DTPlatformBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1003</string>
+ <key>DTPlatformVersion</key>
+ <string>GM</string>
+ <key>DTSDKBuild</key>
+ <string>12D75</string>
+ <key>DTSDKName</key>
+ <string>macosx10.8</string>
+ <key>DTXcode</key>
+ <string>0462</string>
+ <key>DTXcodeBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1003</string>
+ <key>NSHumanReadableCopyright</key>
+ <string>Ogg framework 1.1.4, Copyright © 1994-2009 Xiph.Org Foundation</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>files</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>Resources/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>hash</key>
+ <data>
+ SpvCfw0UsHoD71ReAIyHRtgJ5+8=
+ </data>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+ <key>Resources/Info.plist</key>
+ <data>
+ VZ7nwhRWES3q6ztfCbmZbkiN1zw=
+ </data>
+ </dict>
+ <key>rules</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>^Resources/</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1000</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/locversion.plist$</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>omit</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1100</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^version.plist$</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+A
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Headers
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+The source code to this library used with SDL_mixer can be found here:
+http://www.libsdl.org/projects/SDL_mixer/libs/
+---
+
+Copyright (c) 2002-2008 Xiph.org Foundation
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+are met:
+
+- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+
+- Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION
+OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Resources
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/********************************************************************
+ * *
+ * THIS FILE IS PART OF THE OggVorbis SOFTWARE CODEC SOURCE CODE. *
+ * USE, DISTRIBUTION AND REPRODUCTION OF THIS LIBRARY SOURCE IS *
+ * GOVERNED BY A BSD-STYLE SOURCE LICENSE INCLUDED WITH THIS SOURCE *
+ * IN 'COPYING'. PLEASE READ THESE TERMS BEFORE DISTRIBUTING. *
+ * *
+ * THE OggVorbis SOURCE CODE IS (C) COPYRIGHT 1994-2001 *
+ * by the Xiph.Org Foundation http://www.xiph.org/ *
+
+ ********************************************************************
+
+ function: libvorbis codec headers
+ last mod: $Id: codec.h 17021 2010-03-24 09:29:41Z xiphmont $
+
+ ********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _vorbis_codec_h_
+#define _vorbis_codec_h_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#include <ogg/ogg.h>
+
+typedef struct vorbis_info{
+ int version;
+ int channels;
+ long rate;
+
+ /* The below bitrate declarations are *hints*.
+ Combinations of the three values carry the following implications:
+
+ all three set to the same value:
+ implies a fixed rate bitstream
+ only nominal set:
+ implies a VBR stream that averages the nominal bitrate. No hard
+ upper/lower limit
+ upper and or lower set:
+ implies a VBR bitstream that obeys the bitrate limits. nominal
+ may also be set to give a nominal rate.
+ none set:
+ the coder does not care to speculate.
+ */
+
+ long bitrate_upper;
+ long bitrate_nominal;
+ long bitrate_lower;
+ long bitrate_window;
+
+ void *codec_setup;
+} vorbis_info;
+
+/* vorbis_dsp_state buffers the current vorbis audio
+ analysis/synthesis state. The DSP state belongs to a specific
+ logical bitstream ****************************************************/
+typedef struct vorbis_dsp_state{
+ int analysisp;
+ vorbis_info *vi;
+
+ float **pcm;
+ float **pcmret;
+ int pcm_storage;
+ int pcm_current;
+ int pcm_returned;
+
+ int preextrapolate;
+ int eofflag;
+
+ long lW;
+ long W;
+ long nW;
+ long centerW;
+
+ ogg_int64_t granulepos;
+ ogg_int64_t sequence;
+
+ ogg_int64_t glue_bits;
+ ogg_int64_t time_bits;
+ ogg_int64_t floor_bits;
+ ogg_int64_t res_bits;
+
+ void *backend_state;
+} vorbis_dsp_state;
+
+typedef struct vorbis_block{
+ /* necessary stream state for linking to the framing abstraction */
+ float **pcm; /* this is a pointer into local storage */
+ oggpack_buffer opb;
+
+ long lW;
+ long W;
+ long nW;
+ int pcmend;
+ int mode;
+
+ int eofflag;
+ ogg_int64_t granulepos;
+ ogg_int64_t sequence;
+ vorbis_dsp_state *vd; /* For read-only access of configuration */
+
+ /* local storage to avoid remallocing; it's up to the mapping to
+ structure it */
+ void *localstore;
+ long localtop;
+ long localalloc;
+ long totaluse;
+ struct alloc_chain *reap;
+
+ /* bitmetrics for the frame */
+ long glue_bits;
+ long time_bits;
+ long floor_bits;
+ long res_bits;
+
+ void *internal;
+
+} vorbis_block;
+
+/* vorbis_block is a single block of data to be processed as part of
+the analysis/synthesis stream; it belongs to a specific logical
+bitstream, but is independent from other vorbis_blocks belonging to
+that logical bitstream. *************************************************/
+
+struct alloc_chain{
+ void *ptr;
+ struct alloc_chain *next;
+};
+
+/* vorbis_info contains all the setup information specific to the
+ specific compression/decompression mode in progress (eg,
+ psychoacoustic settings, channel setup, options, codebook
+ etc). vorbis_info and substructures are in backends.h.
+*********************************************************************/
+
+/* the comments are not part of vorbis_info so that vorbis_info can be
+ static storage */
+typedef struct vorbis_comment{
+ /* unlimited user comment fields. libvorbis writes 'libvorbis'
+ whatever vendor is set to in encode */
+ char **user_comments;
+ int *comment_lengths;
+ int comments;
+ char *vendor;
+
+} vorbis_comment;
+
+
+/* libvorbis encodes in two abstraction layers; first we perform DSP
+ and produce a packet (see docs/analysis.txt). The packet is then
+ coded into a framed OggSquish bitstream by the second layer (see
+ docs/framing.txt). Decode is the reverse process; we sync/frame
+ the bitstream and extract individual packets, then decode the
+ packet back into PCM audio.
+
+ The extra framing/packetizing is used in streaming formats, such as
+ files. Over the net (such as with UDP), the framing and
+ packetization aren't necessary as they're provided by the transport
+ and the streaming layer is not used */
+
+/* Vorbis PRIMITIVES: general ***************************************/
+
+extern void vorbis_info_init(vorbis_info *vi);
+extern void vorbis_info_clear(vorbis_info *vi);
+extern int vorbis_info_blocksize(vorbis_info *vi,int zo);
+extern void vorbis_comment_init(vorbis_comment *vc);
+extern void vorbis_comment_add(vorbis_comment *vc, const char *comment);
+extern void vorbis_comment_add_tag(vorbis_comment *vc,
+ const char *tag, const char *contents);
+extern char *vorbis_comment_query(vorbis_comment *vc, const char *tag, int count);
+extern int vorbis_comment_query_count(vorbis_comment *vc, const char *tag);
+extern void vorbis_comment_clear(vorbis_comment *vc);
+
+extern int vorbis_block_init(vorbis_dsp_state *v, vorbis_block *vb);
+extern int vorbis_block_clear(vorbis_block *vb);
+extern void vorbis_dsp_clear(vorbis_dsp_state *v);
+extern double vorbis_granule_time(vorbis_dsp_state *v,
+ ogg_int64_t granulepos);
+
+extern const char *vorbis_version_string(void);
+
+/* Vorbis PRIMITIVES: analysis/DSP layer ****************************/
+
+extern int vorbis_analysis_init(vorbis_dsp_state *v,vorbis_info *vi);
+extern int vorbis_commentheader_out(vorbis_comment *vc, ogg_packet *op);
+extern int vorbis_analysis_headerout(vorbis_dsp_state *v,
+ vorbis_comment *vc,
+ ogg_packet *op,
+ ogg_packet *op_comm,
+ ogg_packet *op_code);
+extern float **vorbis_analysis_buffer(vorbis_dsp_state *v,int vals);
+extern int vorbis_analysis_wrote(vorbis_dsp_state *v,int vals);
+extern int vorbis_analysis_blockout(vorbis_dsp_state *v,vorbis_block *vb);
+extern int vorbis_analysis(vorbis_block *vb,ogg_packet *op);
+
+extern int vorbis_bitrate_addblock(vorbis_block *vb);
+extern int vorbis_bitrate_flushpacket(vorbis_dsp_state *vd,
+ ogg_packet *op);
+
+/* Vorbis PRIMITIVES: synthesis layer *******************************/
+extern int vorbis_synthesis_idheader(ogg_packet *op);
+extern int vorbis_synthesis_headerin(vorbis_info *vi,vorbis_comment *vc,
+ ogg_packet *op);
+
+extern int vorbis_synthesis_init(vorbis_dsp_state *v,vorbis_info *vi);
+extern int vorbis_synthesis_restart(vorbis_dsp_state *v);
+extern int vorbis_synthesis(vorbis_block *vb,ogg_packet *op);
+extern int vorbis_synthesis_trackonly(vorbis_block *vb,ogg_packet *op);
+extern int vorbis_synthesis_blockin(vorbis_dsp_state *v,vorbis_block *vb);
+extern int vorbis_synthesis_pcmout(vorbis_dsp_state *v,float ***pcm);
+extern int vorbis_synthesis_lapout(vorbis_dsp_state *v,float ***pcm);
+extern int vorbis_synthesis_read(vorbis_dsp_state *v,int samples);
+extern long vorbis_packet_blocksize(vorbis_info *vi,ogg_packet *op);
+
+extern int vorbis_synthesis_halfrate(vorbis_info *v,int flag);
+extern int vorbis_synthesis_halfrate_p(vorbis_info *v);
+
+/* Vorbis ERRORS and return codes ***********************************/
+
+#define OV_FALSE -1
+#define OV_EOF -2
+#define OV_HOLE -3
+
+#define OV_EREAD -128
+#define OV_EFAULT -129
+#define OV_EIMPL -130
+#define OV_EINVAL -131
+#define OV_ENOTVORBIS -132
+#define OV_EBADHEADER -133
+#define OV_EVERSION -134
+#define OV_ENOTAUDIO -135
+#define OV_EBADPACKET -136
+#define OV_EBADLINK -137
+#define OV_ENOSEEK -138
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif
+
--- /dev/null
+/********************************************************************
+ * *
+ * THIS FILE IS PART OF THE OggVorbis SOFTWARE CODEC SOURCE CODE. *
+ * USE, DISTRIBUTION AND REPRODUCTION OF THIS LIBRARY SOURCE IS *
+ * GOVERNED BY A BSD-STYLE SOURCE LICENSE INCLUDED WITH THIS SOURCE *
+ * IN 'COPYING'. PLEASE READ THESE TERMS BEFORE DISTRIBUTING. *
+ * *
+ * THE OggVorbis SOURCE CODE IS (C) COPYRIGHT 1994-2001 *
+ * by the Xiph.Org Foundation http://www.xiph.org/ *
+ * *
+ ********************************************************************
+
+ function: vorbis encode-engine setup
+ last mod: $Id: vorbisenc.h 17021 2010-03-24 09:29:41Z xiphmont $
+
+ ********************************************************************/
+
+/** \file
+ * Libvorbisenc is a convenient API for setting up an encoding
+ * environment using libvorbis. Libvorbisenc encapsulates the
+ * actions needed to set up the encoder properly.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _OV_ENC_H_
+#define _OV_ENC_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#include "codec.h"
+
+/**
+ * This is the primary function within libvorbisenc for setting up managed
+ * bitrate modes.
+ *
+ * Before this function is called, the \ref vorbis_info
+ * struct should be initialized by using vorbis_info_init() from the libvorbis
+ * API. After encoding, vorbis_info_clear() should be called.
+ *
+ * The max_bitrate, nominal_bitrate, and min_bitrate settings are used to set
+ * constraints for the encoded file. This function uses these settings to
+ * select the appropriate encoding mode and set it up.
+ *
+ * \param vi Pointer to an initialized \ref vorbis_info struct.
+ * \param channels The number of channels to be encoded.
+ * \param rate The sampling rate of the source audio.
+ * \param max_bitrate Desired maximum bitrate (limit). -1 indicates unset.
+ * \param nominal_bitrate Desired average, or central, bitrate. -1 indicates unset.
+ * \param min_bitrate Desired minimum bitrate. -1 indicates unset.
+ *
+ * \return Zero for success, and negative values for failure.
+ *
+ * \retval 0 Success.
+ * \retval OV_EFAULT Internal logic fault; indicates a bug or heap/stack corruption.
+ * \retval OV_EINVAL Invalid setup request, eg, out of range argument.
+ * \retval OV_EIMPL Unimplemented mode; unable to comply with bitrate request.
+ */
+extern int vorbis_encode_init(vorbis_info *vi,
+ long channels,
+ long rate,
+
+ long max_bitrate,
+ long nominal_bitrate,
+ long min_bitrate);
+
+/**
+ * This function performs step-one of a three-step bitrate-managed encode
+ * setup. It functions similarly to the one-step setup performed by \ref
+ * vorbis_encode_init but allows an application to make further encode setup
+ * tweaks using \ref vorbis_encode_ctl before finally calling \ref
+ * vorbis_encode_setup_init to complete the setup process.
+ *
+ * Before this function is called, the \ref vorbis_info struct should be
+ * initialized by using vorbis_info_init() from the libvorbis API. After
+ * encoding, vorbis_info_clear() should be called.
+ *
+ * The max_bitrate, nominal_bitrate, and min_bitrate settings are used to set
+ * constraints for the encoded file. This function uses these settings to
+ * select the appropriate encoding mode and set it up.
+ *
+ * \param vi Pointer to an initialized vorbis_info struct.
+ * \param channels The number of channels to be encoded.
+ * \param rate The sampling rate of the source audio.
+ * \param max_bitrate Desired maximum bitrate (limit). -1 indicates unset.
+ * \param nominal_bitrate Desired average, or central, bitrate. -1 indicates unset.
+ * \param min_bitrate Desired minimum bitrate. -1 indicates unset.
+ *
+ * \return Zero for success, and negative for failure.
+ *
+ * \retval 0 Success
+ * \retval OV_EFAULT Internal logic fault; indicates a bug or heap/stack corruption.
+ * \retval OV_EINVAL Invalid setup request, eg, out of range argument.
+ * \retval OV_EIMPL Unimplemented mode; unable to comply with bitrate request.
+ */
+extern int vorbis_encode_setup_managed(vorbis_info *vi,
+ long channels,
+ long rate,
+
+ long max_bitrate,
+ long nominal_bitrate,
+ long min_bitrate);
+
+/**
+ * This function performs step-one of a three-step variable bitrate
+ * (quality-based) encode setup. It functions similarly to the one-step setup
+ * performed by \ref vorbis_encode_init_vbr() but allows an application to
+ * make further encode setup tweaks using \ref vorbis_encode_ctl() before
+ * finally calling \ref vorbis_encode_setup_init to complete the setup
+ * process.
+ *
+ * Before this function is called, the \ref vorbis_info struct should be
+ * initialized by using \ref vorbis_info_init() from the libvorbis API. After
+ * encoding, vorbis_info_clear() should be called.
+ *
+ * \param vi Pointer to an initialized vorbis_info struct.
+ * \param channels The number of channels to be encoded.
+ * \param rate The sampling rate of the source audio.
+ * \param quality Desired quality level, currently from -0.1 to 1.0 (lo to hi).
+ *
+ * \return Zero for success, and negative values for failure.
+ *
+ * \retval 0 Success
+ * \retval OV_EFAULT Internal logic fault; indicates a bug or heap/stack corruption.
+ * \retval OV_EINVAL Invalid setup request, eg, out of range argument.
+ * \retval OV_EIMPL Unimplemented mode; unable to comply with quality level request.
+ */
+extern int vorbis_encode_setup_vbr(vorbis_info *vi,
+ long channels,
+ long rate,
+
+ float quality
+ );
+
+/**
+ * This is the primary function within libvorbisenc for setting up variable
+ * bitrate ("quality" based) modes.
+ *
+ *
+ * Before this function is called, the vorbis_info struct should be
+ * initialized by using vorbis_info_init() from the libvorbis API. After
+ * encoding, vorbis_info_clear() should be called.
+ *
+ * \param vi Pointer to an initialized vorbis_info struct.
+ * \param channels The number of channels to be encoded.
+ * \param rate The sampling rate of the source audio.
+ * \param base_quality Desired quality level, currently from -0.1 to 1.0 (lo to hi).
+ *
+ *
+ * \return Zero for success, or a negative number for failure.
+ *
+ * \retval 0 Success
+ * \retval OV_EFAULT Internal logic fault; indicates a bug or heap/stack corruption.
+ * \retval OV_EINVAL Invalid setup request, eg, out of range argument.
+ * \retval OV_EIMPL Unimplemented mode; unable to comply with quality level request.
+ */
+extern int vorbis_encode_init_vbr(vorbis_info *vi,
+ long channels,
+ long rate,
+
+ float base_quality
+ );
+
+/**
+ * This function performs the last stage of three-step encoding setup, as
+ * described in the API overview under managed bitrate modes.
+ *
+ * Before this function is called, the \ref vorbis_info struct should be
+ * initialized by using vorbis_info_init() from the libvorbis API, one of
+ * \ref vorbis_encode_setup_managed() or \ref vorbis_encode_setup_vbr() called to
+ * initialize the high-level encoding setup, and \ref vorbis_encode_ctl()
+ * called if necessary to make encoding setup changes.
+ * vorbis_encode_setup_init() finalizes the highlevel encoding structure into
+ * a complete encoding setup after which the application may make no further
+ * setup changes.
+ *
+ * After encoding, vorbis_info_clear() should be called.
+ *
+ * \param vi Pointer to an initialized \ref vorbis_info struct.
+ *
+ * \return Zero for success, and negative values for failure.
+ *
+ * \retval 0 Success.
+ * \retval OV_EFAULT Internal logic fault; indicates a bug or heap/stack corruption.
+ *
+ * \retval OV_EINVAL Attempt to use vorbis_encode_setup_init() without first
+ * calling one of vorbis_encode_setup_managed() or vorbis_encode_setup_vbr() to
+ * initialize the high-level encoding setup
+ *
+ */
+extern int vorbis_encode_setup_init(vorbis_info *vi);
+
+/**
+ * This function implements a generic interface to miscellaneous encoder
+ * settings similar to the classic UNIX 'ioctl()' system call. Applications
+ * may use vorbis_encode_ctl() to query or set bitrate management or quality
+ * mode details by using one of several \e request arguments detailed below.
+ * vorbis_encode_ctl() must be called after one of
+ * vorbis_encode_setup_managed() or vorbis_encode_setup_vbr(). When used
+ * to modify settings, \ref vorbis_encode_ctl() must be called before \ref
+ * vorbis_encode_setup_init().
+ *
+ * \param vi Pointer to an initialized vorbis_info struct.
+ *
+ * \param number Specifies the desired action; See \ref encctlcodes "the list
+ * of available requests".
+ *
+ * \param arg void * pointing to a data structure matching the request
+ * argument.
+ *
+ * \retval 0 Success. Any further return information (such as the result of a
+ * query) is placed into the storage pointed to by *arg.
+ *
+ * \retval OV_EINVAL Invalid argument, or an attempt to modify a setting after
+ * calling vorbis_encode_setup_init().
+ *
+ * \retval OV_EIMPL Unimplemented or unknown request
+ */
+extern int vorbis_encode_ctl(vorbis_info *vi,int number,void *arg);
+
+/**
+ * \deprecated This is a deprecated interface. Please use vorbis_encode_ctl()
+ * with the \ref ovectl_ratemanage2_arg struct and \ref
+ * OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE2_GET and \ref OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE2_SET calls in new code.
+ *
+ * The \ref ovectl_ratemanage_arg structure is used with vorbis_encode_ctl()
+ * and the \ref OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE_GET, \ref OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE_SET, \ref
+ * OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE_AVG, \ref OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE_HARD calls in order to
+ * query and modify specifics of the encoder's bitrate management
+ * configuration.
+*/
+struct ovectl_ratemanage_arg {
+ int management_active; /**< nonzero if bitrate management is active*/
+/** hard lower limit (in kilobits per second) below which the stream bitrate
+ will never be allowed for any given bitrate_hard_window seconds of time.*/
+ long bitrate_hard_min;
+/** hard upper limit (in kilobits per second) above which the stream bitrate
+ will never be allowed for any given bitrate_hard_window seconds of time.*/
+ long bitrate_hard_max;
+/** the window period (in seconds) used to regulate the hard bitrate minimum
+ and maximum*/
+ double bitrate_hard_window;
+/** soft lower limit (in kilobits per second) below which the average bitrate
+ tracker will start nudging the bitrate higher.*/
+ long bitrate_av_lo;
+/** soft upper limit (in kilobits per second) above which the average bitrate
+ tracker will start nudging the bitrate lower.*/
+ long bitrate_av_hi;
+/** the window period (in seconds) used to regulate the average bitrate
+ minimum and maximum.*/
+ double bitrate_av_window;
+/** Regulates the relative centering of the average and hard windows; in
+ libvorbis 1.0 and 1.0.1, the hard window regulation overlapped but
+ followed the average window regulation. In libvorbis 1.1 a bit-reservoir
+ interface replaces the old windowing interface; the older windowing
+ interface is simulated and this field has no effect.*/
+ double bitrate_av_window_center;
+};
+
+/**
+ * \name struct ovectl_ratemanage2_arg
+ *
+ * The ovectl_ratemanage2_arg structure is used with vorbis_encode_ctl() and
+ * the OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE2_GET and OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE2_SET calls in order to
+ * query and modify specifics of the encoder's bitrate management
+ * configuration.
+ *
+*/
+struct ovectl_ratemanage2_arg {
+ int management_active; /**< nonzero if bitrate management is active */
+/** Lower allowed bitrate limit in kilobits per second */
+ long bitrate_limit_min_kbps;
+/** Upper allowed bitrate limit in kilobits per second */
+ long bitrate_limit_max_kbps;
+ long bitrate_limit_reservoir_bits; /**<Size of the bitrate reservoir in bits */
+/** Regulates the bitrate reservoir's preferred fill level in a range from 0.0
+ * to 1.0; 0.0 tries to bank bits to buffer against future bitrate spikes, 1.0
+ * buffers against future sudden drops in instantaneous bitrate. Default is
+ * 0.1
+ */
+ double bitrate_limit_reservoir_bias;
+/** Average bitrate setting in kilobits per second */
+ long bitrate_average_kbps;
+/** Slew rate limit setting for average bitrate adjustment; sets the minimum
+ * time in seconds the bitrate tracker may swing from one extreme to the
+ * other when boosting or damping average bitrate.
+ */
+ double bitrate_average_damping;
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * \name vorbis_encode_ctl() codes
+ *
+ * \anchor encctlcodes
+ *
+ * These values are passed as the \c number parameter of vorbis_encode_ctl().
+ * The type of the referent of that function's \c arg pointer depends on these
+ * codes.
+ */
+/*@{*/
+
+/**
+ * Query the current encoder bitrate management setting.
+ *
+ *Argument: <tt>struct ovectl_ratemanage2_arg *</tt>
+ *
+ * Used to query the current encoder bitrate management setting. Also used to
+ * initialize fields of an ovectl_ratemanage2_arg structure for use with
+ * \ref OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE2_SET.
+ */
+#define OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE2_GET 0x14
+
+/**
+ * Set the current encoder bitrate management settings.
+ *
+ * Argument: <tt>struct ovectl_ratemanage2_arg *</tt>
+ *
+ * Used to set the current encoder bitrate management settings to the values
+ * listed in the ovectl_ratemanage2_arg. Passing a NULL pointer will disable
+ * bitrate management.
+*/
+#define OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE2_SET 0x15
+
+/**
+ * Returns the current encoder hard-lowpass setting (kHz) in the double
+ * pointed to by arg.
+ *
+ * Argument: <tt>double *</tt>
+*/
+#define OV_ECTL_LOWPASS_GET 0x20
+
+/**
+ * Sets the encoder hard-lowpass to the value (kHz) pointed to by arg. Valid
+ * lowpass settings range from 2 to 99.
+ *
+ * Argument: <tt>double *</tt>
+*/
+#define OV_ECTL_LOWPASS_SET 0x21
+
+/**
+ * Returns the current encoder impulse block setting in the double pointed
+ * to by arg.
+ *
+ * Argument: <tt>double *</tt>
+*/
+#define OV_ECTL_IBLOCK_GET 0x30
+
+/**
+ * Sets the impulse block bias to the the value pointed to by arg.
+ *
+ * Argument: <tt>double *</tt>
+ *
+ * Valid range is -15.0 to 0.0 [default]. A negative impulse block bias will
+ * direct to encoder to use more bits when incoding short blocks that contain
+ * strong impulses, thus improving the accuracy of impulse encoding.
+ */
+#define OV_ECTL_IBLOCK_SET 0x31
+
+/**
+ * Returns the current encoder coupling setting in the int pointed
+ * to by arg.
+ *
+ * Argument: <tt>int *</tt>
+*/
+#define OV_ECTL_COUPLING_GET 0x40
+
+/**
+ * Enables/disables channel coupling in multichannel encoding according to arg.
+ *
+ * Argument: <tt>int *</tt>
+ *
+ * Zero disables channel coupling for multichannel inputs, nonzer enables
+ * channel coupling. Setting has no effect on monophonic encoding or
+ * multichannel counts that do not offer coupling. At present, coupling is
+ * available for stereo and 5.1 encoding.
+ */
+#define OV_ECTL_COUPLING_SET 0x41
+
+ /* deprecated rate management supported only for compatibility */
+
+/**
+ * Old interface to querying bitrate management settings.
+ *
+ * Deprecated after move to bit-reservoir style management in 1.1 rendered
+ * this interface partially obsolete.
+
+ * \deprecated Please use \ref OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE2_GET instead.
+ *
+ * Argument: <tt>struct ovectl_ratemanage_arg *</tt>
+ */
+#define OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE_GET 0x10
+/**
+ * Old interface to modifying bitrate management settings.
+ *
+ * deprecated after move to bit-reservoir style management in 1.1 rendered
+ * this interface partially obsolete.
+ *
+ * \deprecated Please use \ref OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE2_SET instead.
+ *
+ * Argument: <tt>struct ovectl_ratemanage_arg *</tt>
+ */
+#define OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE_SET 0x11
+/**
+ * Old interface to setting average-bitrate encoding mode.
+ *
+ * Deprecated after move to bit-reservoir style management in 1.1 rendered
+ * this interface partially obsolete.
+ *
+ * \deprecated Please use \ref OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE2_SET instead.
+ *
+ * Argument: <tt>struct ovectl_ratemanage_arg *</tt>
+ */
+#define OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE_AVG 0x12
+/**
+ * Old interface to setting bounded-bitrate encoding modes.
+ *
+ * deprecated after move to bit-reservoir style management in 1.1 rendered
+ * this interface partially obsolete.
+ *
+ * \deprecated Please use \ref OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE2_SET instead.
+ *
+ * Argument: <tt>struct ovectl_ratemanage_arg *</tt>
+ */
+#define OV_ECTL_RATEMANAGE_HARD 0x13
+
+/*@}*/
+
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+/********************************************************************
+ * *
+ * THIS FILE IS PART OF THE OggVorbis SOFTWARE CODEC SOURCE CODE. *
+ * USE, DISTRIBUTION AND REPRODUCTION OF THIS LIBRARY SOURCE IS *
+ * GOVERNED BY A BSD-STYLE SOURCE LICENSE INCLUDED WITH THIS SOURCE *
+ * IN 'COPYING'. PLEASE READ THESE TERMS BEFORE DISTRIBUTING. *
+ * *
+ * THE OggVorbis SOURCE CODE IS (C) COPYRIGHT 1994-2007 *
+ * by the Xiph.Org Foundation http://www.xiph.org/ *
+ * *
+ ********************************************************************
+
+ function: stdio-based convenience library for opening/seeking/decoding
+ last mod: $Id: vorbisfile.h 17182 2010-04-29 03:48:32Z xiphmont $
+
+ ********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _OV_FILE_H_
+#define _OV_FILE_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "codec.h"
+
+/* The function prototypes for the callbacks are basically the same as for
+ * the stdio functions fread, fseek, fclose, ftell.
+ * The one difference is that the FILE * arguments have been replaced with
+ * a void * - this is to be used as a pointer to whatever internal data these
+ * functions might need. In the stdio case, it's just a FILE * cast to a void *
+ *
+ * If you use other functions, check the docs for these functions and return
+ * the right values. For seek_func(), you *MUST* return -1 if the stream is
+ * unseekable
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ size_t (*read_func) (void *ptr, size_t size, size_t nmemb, void *datasource);
+ int (*seek_func) (void *datasource, ogg_int64_t offset, int whence);
+ int (*close_func) (void *datasource);
+ long (*tell_func) (void *datasource);
+} ov_callbacks;
+
+#ifndef OV_EXCLUDE_STATIC_CALLBACKS
+
+/* a few sets of convenient callbacks, especially for use under
+ * Windows where ov_open_callbacks() should always be used instead of
+ * ov_open() to avoid problems with incompatible crt.o version linking
+ * issues. */
+
+static int _ov_header_fseek_wrap(FILE *f,ogg_int64_t off,int whence){
+ if(f==NULL)return(-1);
+
+#ifdef __MINGW32__
+ return fseeko64(f,off,whence);
+#elif defined (_WIN32)
+ return _fseeki64(f,off,whence);
+#else
+ return fseek(f,off,whence);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* These structs below (OV_CALLBACKS_DEFAULT etc) are defined here as
+ * static data. That means that every file which includes this header
+ * will get its own copy of these structs whether it uses them or
+ * not unless it #defines OV_EXCLUDE_STATIC_CALLBACKS.
+ * These static symbols are essential on platforms such as Windows on
+ * which several different versions of stdio support may be linked to
+ * by different DLLs, and we need to be certain we know which one
+ * we're using (the same one as the main application).
+ */
+
+static ov_callbacks OV_CALLBACKS_DEFAULT = {
+ (size_t (*)(void *, size_t, size_t, void *)) fread,
+ (int (*)(void *, ogg_int64_t, int)) _ov_header_fseek_wrap,
+ (int (*)(void *)) fclose,
+ (long (*)(void *)) ftell
+};
+
+static ov_callbacks OV_CALLBACKS_NOCLOSE = {
+ (size_t (*)(void *, size_t, size_t, void *)) fread,
+ (int (*)(void *, ogg_int64_t, int)) _ov_header_fseek_wrap,
+ (int (*)(void *)) NULL,
+ (long (*)(void *)) ftell
+};
+
+static ov_callbacks OV_CALLBACKS_STREAMONLY = {
+ (size_t (*)(void *, size_t, size_t, void *)) fread,
+ (int (*)(void *, ogg_int64_t, int)) NULL,
+ (int (*)(void *)) fclose,
+ (long (*)(void *)) NULL
+};
+
+static ov_callbacks OV_CALLBACKS_STREAMONLY_NOCLOSE = {
+ (size_t (*)(void *, size_t, size_t, void *)) fread,
+ (int (*)(void *, ogg_int64_t, int)) NULL,
+ (int (*)(void *)) NULL,
+ (long (*)(void *)) NULL
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#define NOTOPEN 0
+#define PARTOPEN 1
+#define OPENED 2
+#define STREAMSET 3
+#define INITSET 4
+
+typedef struct OggVorbis_File {
+ void *datasource; /* Pointer to a FILE *, etc. */
+ int seekable;
+ ogg_int64_t offset;
+ ogg_int64_t end;
+ ogg_sync_state oy;
+
+ /* If the FILE handle isn't seekable (eg, a pipe), only the current
+ stream appears */
+ int links;
+ ogg_int64_t *offsets;
+ ogg_int64_t *dataoffsets;
+ long *serialnos;
+ ogg_int64_t *pcmlengths; /* overloaded to maintain binary
+ compatibility; x2 size, stores both
+ beginning and end values */
+ vorbis_info *vi;
+ vorbis_comment *vc;
+
+ /* Decoding working state local storage */
+ ogg_int64_t pcm_offset;
+ int ready_state;
+ long current_serialno;
+ int current_link;
+
+ double bittrack;
+ double samptrack;
+
+ ogg_stream_state os; /* take physical pages, weld into a logical
+ stream of packets */
+ vorbis_dsp_state vd; /* central working state for the packet->PCM decoder */
+ vorbis_block vb; /* local working space for packet->PCM decode */
+
+ ov_callbacks callbacks;
+
+} OggVorbis_File;
+
+
+extern int ov_clear(OggVorbis_File *vf);
+extern int ov_fopen(const char *path,OggVorbis_File *vf);
+extern int ov_open(FILE *f,OggVorbis_File *vf,const char *initial,long ibytes);
+extern int ov_open_callbacks(void *datasource, OggVorbis_File *vf,
+ const char *initial, long ibytes, ov_callbacks callbacks);
+
+extern int ov_test(FILE *f,OggVorbis_File *vf,const char *initial,long ibytes);
+extern int ov_test_callbacks(void *datasource, OggVorbis_File *vf,
+ const char *initial, long ibytes, ov_callbacks callbacks);
+extern int ov_test_open(OggVorbis_File *vf);
+
+extern long ov_bitrate(OggVorbis_File *vf,int i);
+extern long ov_bitrate_instant(OggVorbis_File *vf);
+extern long ov_streams(OggVorbis_File *vf);
+extern long ov_seekable(OggVorbis_File *vf);
+extern long ov_serialnumber(OggVorbis_File *vf,int i);
+
+extern ogg_int64_t ov_raw_total(OggVorbis_File *vf,int i);
+extern ogg_int64_t ov_pcm_total(OggVorbis_File *vf,int i);
+extern double ov_time_total(OggVorbis_File *vf,int i);
+
+extern int ov_raw_seek(OggVorbis_File *vf,ogg_int64_t pos);
+extern int ov_pcm_seek(OggVorbis_File *vf,ogg_int64_t pos);
+extern int ov_pcm_seek_page(OggVorbis_File *vf,ogg_int64_t pos);
+extern int ov_time_seek(OggVorbis_File *vf,double pos);
+extern int ov_time_seek_page(OggVorbis_File *vf,double pos);
+
+extern int ov_raw_seek_lap(OggVorbis_File *vf,ogg_int64_t pos);
+extern int ov_pcm_seek_lap(OggVorbis_File *vf,ogg_int64_t pos);
+extern int ov_pcm_seek_page_lap(OggVorbis_File *vf,ogg_int64_t pos);
+extern int ov_time_seek_lap(OggVorbis_File *vf,double pos);
+extern int ov_time_seek_page_lap(OggVorbis_File *vf,double pos);
+
+extern ogg_int64_t ov_raw_tell(OggVorbis_File *vf);
+extern ogg_int64_t ov_pcm_tell(OggVorbis_File *vf);
+extern double ov_time_tell(OggVorbis_File *vf);
+
+extern vorbis_info *ov_info(OggVorbis_File *vf,int link);
+extern vorbis_comment *ov_comment(OggVorbis_File *vf,int link);
+
+extern long ov_read_float(OggVorbis_File *vf,float ***pcm_channels,int samples,
+ int *bitstream);
+extern long ov_read_filter(OggVorbis_File *vf,char *buffer,int length,
+ int bigendianp,int word,int sgned,int *bitstream,
+ void (*filter)(float **pcm,long channels,long samples,void *filter_param),void *filter_param);
+extern long ov_read(OggVorbis_File *vf,char *buffer,int length,
+ int bigendianp,int word,int sgned,int *bitstream);
+extern int ov_crosslap(OggVorbis_File *vf1,OggVorbis_File *vf2);
+
+extern int ov_halfrate(OggVorbis_File *vf,int flag);
+extern int ov_halfrate_p(OggVorbis_File *vf);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif
+
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>BuildMachineOSBuild</key>
+ <string>12D78</string>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>Vorbis</string>
+ <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
+ <string>Vorbis framework 1.2.3, Copyright © 1994-2009 Xiph.Org Foundation</string>
+ <key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
+ <string>org.xiph.vorbis</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>1.2.3</string>
+ <key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+ <string>????</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>1.2.3</string>
+ <key>CSResourcesFileMapped</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>DTCompiler</key>
+ <string></string>
+ <key>DTPlatformBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1003</string>
+ <key>DTPlatformVersion</key>
+ <string>GM</string>
+ <key>DTSDKBuild</key>
+ <string>12D75</string>
+ <key>DTSDKName</key>
+ <string>macosx10.8</string>
+ <key>DTXcode</key>
+ <string>0462</string>
+ <key>DTXcodeBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1003</string>
+ <key>NSHumanReadableCopyright</key>
+ <string>Vorbis framework 1.2.3, Copyright © 1994-2009 Xiph.Org Foundation</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>files</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>Resources/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>hash</key>
+ <data>
+ xvZa7r5RUJvaJF/StlZX2cDVlmc=
+ </data>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+ <key>Resources/Info.plist</key>
+ <data>
+ QAy1wcbXHr7RDNBRuIhZbuRFr9E=
+ </data>
+ </dict>
+ <key>rules</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>^Resources/</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1000</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/locversion.plist$</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>omit</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1100</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^version.plist$</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+A
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Vorbis
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Headers
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+ModPlug-XMMS and libmodplug are now in the public domain.\r
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Resources
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ * This source code is public domain.
+ *
+ * Authors: Kenton Varda <temporal@gauge3d.org> (C interface wrapper)
+ */
+
+#ifndef MODPLUG_H__INCLUDED
+#define MODPLUG_H__INCLUDED
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct _ModPlugFile;
+typedef struct _ModPlugFile ModPlugFile;
+
+struct _ModPlugNote {
+ unsigned char Note;
+ unsigned char Instrument;
+ unsigned char VolumeEffect;
+ unsigned char Effect;
+ unsigned char Volume;
+ unsigned char Parameter;
+};
+typedef struct _ModPlugNote ModPlugNote;
+
+typedef void (*ModPlugMixerProc)(int*, unsigned long, unsigned long);
+
+/* Load a mod file. [data] should point to a block of memory containing the complete
+ * file, and [size] should be the size of that block.
+ * Return the loaded mod file on success, or NULL on failure. */
+ModPlugFile* ModPlug_Load(const void* data, int size);
+/* Unload a mod file. */
+void ModPlug_Unload(ModPlugFile* file);
+
+/* Read sample data into the buffer. Returns the number of bytes read. If the end
+ * of the mod has been reached, zero is returned. */
+int ModPlug_Read(ModPlugFile* file, void* buffer, int size);
+
+/* Get the name of the mod. The returned buffer is stored within the ModPlugFile
+ * structure and will remain valid until you unload the file. */
+const char* ModPlug_GetName(ModPlugFile* file);
+
+/* Get the length of the mod, in milliseconds. Note that this result is not always
+ * accurate, especially in the case of mods with loops. */
+int ModPlug_GetLength(ModPlugFile* file);
+
+/* Seek to a particular position in the song. Note that seeking and MODs don't mix very
+ * well. Some mods will be missing instruments for a short time after a seek, as ModPlug
+ * does not scan the sequence backwards to find out which instruments were supposed to be
+ * playing at that time. (Doing so would be difficult and not very reliable.) Also,
+ * note that seeking is not very exact in some mods -- especially those for which
+ * ModPlug_GetLength() does not report the full length. */
+void ModPlug_Seek(ModPlugFile* file, int millisecond);
+
+enum _ModPlug_Flags
+{
+ MODPLUG_ENABLE_OVERSAMPLING = 1 << 0, /* Enable oversampling (*highly* recommended) */
+ MODPLUG_ENABLE_NOISE_REDUCTION = 1 << 1, /* Enable noise reduction */
+ MODPLUG_ENABLE_REVERB = 1 << 2, /* Enable reverb */
+ MODPLUG_ENABLE_MEGABASS = 1 << 3, /* Enable megabass */
+ MODPLUG_ENABLE_SURROUND = 1 << 4 /* Enable surround sound. */
+};
+
+enum _ModPlug_ResamplingMode
+{
+ MODPLUG_RESAMPLE_NEAREST = 0, /* No interpolation (very fast, extremely bad sound quality) */
+ MODPLUG_RESAMPLE_LINEAR = 1, /* Linear interpolation (fast, good quality) */
+ MODPLUG_RESAMPLE_SPLINE = 2, /* Cubic spline interpolation (high quality) */
+ MODPLUG_RESAMPLE_FIR = 3 /* 8-tap fir filter (extremely high quality) */
+};
+
+typedef struct _ModPlug_Settings
+{
+ int mFlags; /* One or more of the MODPLUG_ENABLE_* flags above, bitwise-OR'ed */
+
+ /* Note that ModPlug always decodes sound at 44100kHz, 32 bit, stereo and then
+ * down-mixes to the settings you choose. */
+ int mChannels; /* Number of channels - 1 for mono or 2 for stereo */
+ int mBits; /* Bits per sample - 8, 16, or 32 */
+ int mFrequency; /* Sampling rate - 11025, 22050, or 44100 */
+ int mResamplingMode; /* One of MODPLUG_RESAMPLE_*, above */
+
+ int mStereoSeparation; /* Stereo separation, 1 - 256 */
+ int mMaxMixChannels; /* Maximum number of mixing channels (polyphony), 32 - 256 */
+
+ int mReverbDepth; /* Reverb level 0(quiet)-100(loud) */
+ int mReverbDelay; /* Reverb delay in ms, usually 40-200ms */
+ int mBassAmount; /* XBass level 0(quiet)-100(loud) */
+ int mBassRange; /* XBass cutoff in Hz 10-100 */
+ int mSurroundDepth; /* Surround level 0(quiet)-100(heavy) */
+ int mSurroundDelay; /* Surround delay in ms, usually 5-40ms */
+ int mLoopCount; /* Number of times to loop. Zero prevents looping.
+ -1 loops forever. */
+} ModPlug_Settings;
+
+/* Get and set the mod decoder settings. All options, except for channels, bits-per-sample,
+ * sampling rate, and loop count, will take effect immediately. Those options which don't
+ * take effect immediately will take effect the next time you load a mod. */
+void ModPlug_GetSettings(ModPlug_Settings* settings);
+void ModPlug_SetSettings(const ModPlug_Settings* settings);
+
+/* New ModPlug API Functions */
+/* NOTE: Master Volume (1-512) */
+unsigned int ModPlug_GetMasterVolume(ModPlugFile* file) ;
+void ModPlug_SetMasterVolume(ModPlugFile* file,unsigned int cvol) ;
+
+int ModPlug_GetCurrentSpeed(ModPlugFile* file);
+int ModPlug_GetCurrentTempo(ModPlugFile* file);
+int ModPlug_GetCurrentOrder(ModPlugFile* file);
+int ModPlug_GetCurrentPattern(ModPlugFile* file);
+int ModPlug_GetCurrentRow(ModPlugFile* file);
+int ModPlug_GetPlayingChannels(ModPlugFile* file);
+
+void ModPlug_SeekOrder(ModPlugFile* file,int order);
+int ModPlug_GetModuleType(ModPlugFile* file);
+char* ModPlug_GetMessage(ModPlugFile* file);
+
+
+#ifndef MODPLUG_NO_FILESAVE
+/*
+ * EXPERIMENTAL Export Functions
+ */
+/*Export to a Scream Tracker 3 S3M module. EXPERIMENTAL (only works on Little-Endian platforms)*/
+char ModPlug_ExportS3M(ModPlugFile* file, const char* filepath);
+
+/*Export to a Extended Module (XM). EXPERIMENTAL (only works on Little-Endian platforms)*/
+char ModPlug_ExportXM(ModPlugFile* file, const char* filepath);
+
+/*Export to a Amiga MOD file. EXPERIMENTAL.*/
+char ModPlug_ExportMOD(ModPlugFile* file, const char* filepath);
+
+/*Export to a Impulse Tracker IT file. Should work OK in Little-Endian & Big-Endian platforms :-) */
+char ModPlug_ExportIT(ModPlugFile* file, const char* filepath);
+#endif // MODPLUG_NO_FILESAVE
+
+unsigned int ModPlug_NumInstruments(ModPlugFile* file);
+unsigned int ModPlug_NumSamples(ModPlugFile* file);
+unsigned int ModPlug_NumPatterns(ModPlugFile* file);
+unsigned int ModPlug_NumChannels(ModPlugFile* file);
+unsigned int ModPlug_SampleName(ModPlugFile* file, unsigned int qual, char* buff);
+unsigned int ModPlug_InstrumentName(ModPlugFile* file, unsigned int qual, char* buff);
+
+/*
+ * Retrieve pattern note-data
+ */
+ModPlugNote* ModPlug_GetPattern(ModPlugFile* file, int pattern, unsigned int* numrows);
+
+/*
+ * =================
+ * Mixer callback
+ * =================
+ *
+ * Use this callback if you want to 'modify' the mixed data of LibModPlug.
+ *
+ * void proc(int* buffer,unsigned long channels,unsigned long nsamples) ;
+ *
+ * 'buffer': A buffer of mixed samples
+ * 'channels': N. of channels in the buffer
+ * 'nsamples': N. of samples in the buffeer (without taking care of n.channels)
+ *
+ * (Samples are signed 32-bit integers)
+ */
+void ModPlug_InitMixerCallback(ModPlugFile* file,ModPlugMixerProc proc) ;
+void ModPlug_UnloadMixerCallback(ModPlugFile* file) ;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>modplug</string>
+ <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
+ <string>libmodplug 0.8.8</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>modplug</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>0.8.8</string>
+ <key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+ <string>????</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>0.8.8</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>files</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>Resources/Info.plist</key>
+ <data>
+ z9M1jtRolj5yvBs/drKclNJtB0c=
+ </data>
+ </dict>
+ <key>rules</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>^Resources/</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1000</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/locversion.plist$</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>omit</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1100</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^version.plist$</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+A
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/modplug
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Headers
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+The source code to this library used with SDL_mixer can be found here:
+http://www.libsdl.org/projects/SDL_mixer/libs/
+---
+ GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is
+ numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+ This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
+other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for
+your libraries, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
+you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
+with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+ Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
+the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+ Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
+version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
+the original authors' reputations.
+\f
+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
+software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
+transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this,
+we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
+free use or not licensed at all.
+
+ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
+GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This
+license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
+designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary
+one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
+the same as in the ordinary license.
+
+ The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
+they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
+program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without
+changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
+analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in
+a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
+derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
+treats it as such.
+
+ Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
+Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
+sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We
+concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
+
+ However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
+users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
+libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to
+permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
+preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
+libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve
+this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
+changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this
+will lead to faster development of free libraries.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
+former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
+works together with the library.
+
+ Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
+General Public License rather than by this special one.
+\f
+ GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
+party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
+General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is
+addressed as "you".
+
+ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+\f
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+ in the event an application does not supply such function or
+ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+ its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+ application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+ root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+\f
+ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+\f
+ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
+ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+ to use the modified definitions.)
+
+ b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+ least three years, to give the same user the materials
+ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+ than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+ c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+ specified materials from the same place.
+
+ d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
+the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
+distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+\f
+ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
+ Sections above.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+\f
+ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+\f
+ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+\f
+ Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Resources
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ SMPEG - SDL MPEG Player Library
+ Copyright (C) 1999 Loki Entertainment Software
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+/* MPEG video frame */
+
+#ifndef _MPEGFRAME_H_
+#define _MPEGFRAME_H_
+
+/* A YV12 format video frame */
+typedef struct SMPEG_Frame {
+ unsigned int w, h;
+ unsigned int image_width;
+ unsigned int image_height;
+ Uint8 *image;
+} SMPEG_Frame;
+
+#endif /* _MPEGFRAME_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ SMPEG - SDL MPEG Player Library
+ Copyright (C) 1999 Loki Entertainment Software
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+*/
+
+/* This is the C interface to the SMPEG library */
+
+#ifndef _SMPEG_H_
+#define _SMPEG_H_
+
+#include "SDL.h"
+#include "SDL_mutex.h"
+#include "SDL_audio.h"
+#include "MPEGframe.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define SMPEG_MAJOR_VERSION 2
+#define SMPEG_MINOR_VERSION 0
+#define SMPEG_PATCHLEVEL 0
+
+typedef struct {
+ Uint8 major;
+ Uint8 minor;
+ Uint8 patch;
+} SMPEG_version;
+
+/* This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+ * version of the SDL library.
+ */
+#define SMPEG_VERSION(X) \
+{ \
+ (X)->major = SMPEG_MAJOR_VERSION; \
+ (X)->minor = SMPEG_MINOR_VERSION; \
+ (X)->patch = SMPEG_PATCHLEVEL; \
+}
+
+/* This is the actual SMPEG object */
+typedef struct _SMPEG SMPEG;
+
+/* Used to get information about the SMPEG object */
+typedef struct _SMPEG_Info {
+ int has_audio;
+ int has_video;
+ int width;
+ int height;
+ int current_frame;
+ double current_fps;
+ char audio_string[80];
+ int audio_current_frame;
+ Uint32 current_offset;
+ Uint32 total_size;
+ double current_time;
+ double total_time;
+} SMPEG_Info;
+
+/* Possible MPEG status codes */
+typedef enum {
+ SMPEG_ERROR = -1,
+ SMPEG_STOPPED,
+ SMPEG_PLAYING
+} SMPEGstatus;
+
+
+/* Matches the declaration of SDL_UpdateRect() */
+typedef void(*SMPEG_DisplayCallback)(void *data, SMPEG_Frame *frame);
+
+/* Create a new SMPEG object from an MPEG file.
+ On return, if 'info' is not NULL, it will be filled with information
+ about the MPEG object.
+ This function returns a new SMPEG object. Use SMPEG_error() to find out
+ whether or not there was a problem building the MPEG stream.
+ The sdl_audio parameter indicates if SMPEG should initialize the SDL audio
+ subsystem. If not, you will have to use the SMPEG_playaudio() function below
+ to extract the decoded data.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SMPEG* SMPEG_new(const char *file, SMPEG_Info* info, int sdl_audio);
+
+/* The same as above for a file descriptor */
+extern DECLSPEC SMPEG* SMPEG_new_descr(int file, SMPEG_Info* info, int sdl_audio);
+
+/*
+ The same as above but for a raw chunk of data. SMPEG makes a copy of the
+ data, so the application is free to delete after a successful call to this
+ function.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SMPEG* SMPEG_new_data(void *data, int size, SMPEG_Info* info, int sdl_audio);
+
+/* The same for a generic SDL_RWops structure.
+ 'freesrc' should be non-zero if SMPEG should close the source when it's done.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SMPEG* SMPEG_new_rwops(SDL_RWops *src, SMPEG_Info* info, int freesrc, int sdl_audio);
+
+/* Get current information about an SMPEG object */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_getinfo( SMPEG* mpeg, SMPEG_Info* info );
+
+/* Enable or disable audio playback in MPEG stream */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_enableaudio( SMPEG* mpeg, int enable );
+
+/* Enable or disable video playback in MPEG stream */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_enablevideo( SMPEG* mpeg, int enable );
+
+/* Delete an SMPEG object */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_delete( SMPEG* mpeg );
+
+/* Get the current status of an SMPEG object */
+extern DECLSPEC SMPEGstatus SMPEG_status( SMPEG* mpeg );
+
+/* Set the audio volume of an MPEG stream, in the range 0-100 */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_setvolume( SMPEG* mpeg, int volume );
+
+/* Set the frame display callback for MPEG video
+ 'lock' is a mutex used to synchronize access to the frame data, and is held during the update callback.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_setdisplay(SMPEG* mpeg, SMPEG_DisplayCallback callback, void* data, SDL_mutex* lock);
+
+/* Set or clear looping play on an SMPEG object */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_loop( SMPEG* mpeg, int repeat );
+
+/* Play an SMPEG object */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_play( SMPEG* mpeg );
+
+/* Pause/Resume playback of an SMPEG object */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_pause( SMPEG* mpeg );
+
+/* Stop playback of an SMPEG object */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_stop( SMPEG* mpeg );
+
+/* Rewind the play position of an SMPEG object to the beginning of the MPEG */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_rewind( SMPEG* mpeg );
+
+/* Seek 'bytes' bytes in the MPEG stream */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_seek( SMPEG* mpeg, int bytes);
+
+/* Skip 'seconds' seconds in the MPEG stream */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_skip( SMPEG* mpeg, float seconds );
+
+/* Render a particular frame in the MPEG video */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_renderFrame( SMPEG* mpeg, int framenum );
+
+/* Render the last frame of an MPEG video */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_renderFinal( SMPEG* mpeg );
+
+/* Return NULL if there is no error in the MPEG stream, or an error message
+ if there was a fatal error in the MPEG stream for the SMPEG object.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC char *SMPEG_error( SMPEG* mpeg );
+
+/* Exported callback function for audio playback.
+ The function takes a buffer and the amount of data to fill, and returns
+ the amount of data in bytes that was actually written. This will be the
+ amount requested unless the MPEG audio has finished.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SMPEG_playAudio( SMPEG *mpeg, Uint8 *stream, int len );
+
+/* Wrapper for SMPEG_playAudio() that can be passed to SDL and SDL_mixer
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_playAudioSDL( void *mpeg, Uint8 *stream, int len );
+
+/* Get the best SDL audio spec for the audio stream */
+extern DECLSPEC int SMPEG_wantedSpec( SMPEG *mpeg, SDL_AudioSpec *wanted );
+
+/* Inform SMPEG of the actual SDL audio spec used for sound playback */
+extern DECLSPEC void SMPEG_actualSpec( SMPEG *mpeg, SDL_AudioSpec *spec );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* _SMPEG_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>BuildMachineOSBuild</key>
+ <string>12D78</string>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>smpeg2</string>
+ <key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
+ <string>org.libsdl.smpeg2</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>smpeg2</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>2.0.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>2.0.0</string>
+ <key>DTCompiler</key>
+ <string></string>
+ <key>DTPlatformBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1003</string>
+ <key>DTPlatformVersion</key>
+ <string>GM</string>
+ <key>DTSDKBuild</key>
+ <string>12D75</string>
+ <key>DTSDKName</key>
+ <string>macosx10.8</string>
+ <key>DTXcode</key>
+ <string>0462</string>
+ <key>DTXcodeBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1003</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>files</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>Resources/Info.plist</key>
+ <data>
+ saKvKQeg9udEYHv4X7o3gZzGvUM=
+ </data>
+ </dict>
+ <key>rules</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>^Resources/</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1000</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/locversion.plist$</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>omit</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1100</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^version.plist$</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+A
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/smpeg2
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ SDL_mixer: An audio mixer library based on the SDL library
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/* $Id$ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_MIXER_H
+#define _SDL_MIXER_H
+
+#include <SDL2/SDL_stdinc.h>
+#include <SDL2/SDL_rwops.h>
+#include <SDL2/SDL_audio.h>
+#include <SDL2/SDL_endian.h>
+#include <SDL2/SDL_version.h>
+#include <SDL2/begin_code.h>
+
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
+*/
+#define SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION 2
+#define SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION 0
+#define SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL 0
+
+/* This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+ * version of the SDL_mixer library.
+ */
+#define SDL_MIXER_VERSION(X) \
+{ \
+ (X)->major = SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION; \
+ (X)->minor = SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION; \
+ (X)->patch = SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL; \
+}
+
+/* Backwards compatibility */
+#define MIX_MAJOR_VERSION SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION
+#define MIX_MINOR_VERSION SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION
+#define MIX_PATCHLEVEL SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL
+#define MIX_VERSION(X) SDL_MIXER_VERSION(X)
+
+/* This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL_mixer library.
+ it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
+ use the SDL_MIXER_VERSION() macro.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const SDL_version * SDLCALL Mix_Linked_Version(void);
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ MIX_INIT_FLAC = 0x00000001,
+ MIX_INIT_MOD = 0x00000002,
+ MIX_INIT_MODPLUG = 0x00000004,
+ MIX_INIT_MP3 = 0x00000008,
+ MIX_INIT_OGG = 0x00000010,
+ MIX_INIT_FLUIDSYNTH = 0x00000020
+} MIX_InitFlags;
+
+/* Loads dynamic libraries and prepares them for use. Flags should be
+ one or more flags from MIX_InitFlags OR'd together.
+ It returns the flags successfully initialized, or 0 on failure.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_Init(int flags);
+
+/* Unloads libraries loaded with Mix_Init */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_Quit(void);
+
+
+/* The default mixer has 8 simultaneous mixing channels */
+#ifndef MIX_CHANNELS
+#define MIX_CHANNELS 8
+#endif
+
+/* Good default values for a PC soundcard */
+#define MIX_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY 22050
+#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
+#define MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT AUDIO_S16LSB
+#else
+#define MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT AUDIO_S16MSB
+#endif
+#define MIX_DEFAULT_CHANNELS 2
+#define MIX_MAX_VOLUME 128 /* Volume of a chunk */
+
+/* The internal format for an audio chunk */
+typedef struct Mix_Chunk {
+ int allocated;
+ Uint8 *abuf;
+ Uint32 alen;
+ Uint8 volume; /* Per-sample volume, 0-128 */
+} Mix_Chunk;
+
+/* The different fading types supported */
+typedef enum {
+ MIX_NO_FADING,
+ MIX_FADING_OUT,
+ MIX_FADING_IN
+} Mix_Fading;
+
+typedef enum {
+ MUS_NONE,
+ MUS_CMD,
+ MUS_WAV,
+ MUS_MOD,
+ MUS_MID,
+ MUS_OGG,
+ MUS_MP3,
+ MUS_MP3_MAD,
+ MUS_FLAC,
+ MUS_MODPLUG
+} Mix_MusicType;
+
+/* The internal format for a music chunk interpreted via mikmod */
+typedef struct _Mix_Music Mix_Music;
+
+/* Open the mixer with a certain audio format */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_OpenAudio(int frequency, Uint16 format, int channels, int chunksize);
+
+/* Dynamically change the number of channels managed by the mixer.
+ If decreasing the number of channels, the upper channels are
+ stopped.
+ This function returns the new number of allocated channels.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_AllocateChannels(int numchans);
+
+/* Find out what the actual audio device parameters are.
+ This function returns 1 if the audio has been opened, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_QuerySpec(int *frequency,Uint16 *format,int *channels);
+
+/* Load a wave file or a music (.mod .s3m .it .xm) file */
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk * SDLCALL Mix_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc);
+#define Mix_LoadWAV(file) Mix_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Music * SDLCALL Mix_LoadMUS(const char *file);
+
+/* Load a music file from an SDL_RWop object (Ogg and MikMod specific currently)
+ Matt Campbell (matt@campbellhome.dhs.org) April 2000 */
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Music * SDLCALL Mix_LoadMUS_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc);
+
+/* Load a music file from an SDL_RWop object assuming a specific format */
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Music * SDLCALL Mix_LoadMUSType_RW(SDL_RWops *src, Mix_MusicType type, int freesrc);
+
+/* Load a wave file of the mixer format from a memory buffer */
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk * SDLCALL Mix_QuickLoad_WAV(Uint8 *mem);
+
+/* Load raw audio data of the mixer format from a memory buffer */
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk * SDLCALL Mix_QuickLoad_RAW(Uint8 *mem, Uint32 len);
+
+/* Free an audio chunk previously loaded */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_FreeChunk(Mix_Chunk *chunk);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_FreeMusic(Mix_Music *music);
+
+/* Get a list of chunk/music decoders that this build of SDL_mixer provides.
+ This list can change between builds AND runs of the program, if external
+ libraries that add functionality become available.
+ You must successfully call Mix_OpenAudio() before calling these functions.
+ This API is only available in SDL_mixer 1.2.9 and later.
+
+ // usage...
+ int i;
+ const int total = Mix_GetNumChunkDecoders();
+ for (i = 0; i < total; i++)
+ printf("Supported chunk decoder: [%s]\n", Mix_GetChunkDecoder(i));
+
+ Appearing in this list doesn't promise your specific audio file will
+ decode...but it's handy to know if you have, say, a functioning Timidity
+ install.
+
+ These return values are static, read-only data; do not modify or free it.
+ The pointers remain valid until you call Mix_CloseAudio().
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GetNumChunkDecoders(void);
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL Mix_GetChunkDecoder(int index);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GetNumMusicDecoders(void);
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL Mix_GetMusicDecoder(int index);
+
+/* Find out the music format of a mixer music, or the currently playing
+ music, if 'music' is NULL.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_MusicType SDLCALL Mix_GetMusicType(const Mix_Music *music);
+
+/* Set a function that is called after all mixing is performed.
+ This can be used to provide real-time visual display of the audio stream
+ or add a custom mixer filter for the stream data.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_SetPostMix(void (*mix_func)(void *udata, Uint8 *stream, int len), void *arg);
+
+/* Add your own music player or additional mixer function.
+ If 'mix_func' is NULL, the default music player is re-enabled.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_HookMusic(void (*mix_func)(void *udata, Uint8 *stream, int len), void *arg);
+
+/* Add your own callback when the music has finished playing.
+ This callback is only called if the music finishes naturally.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_HookMusicFinished(void (*music_finished)(void));
+
+/* Get a pointer to the user data for the current music hook */
+extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL Mix_GetMusicHookData(void);
+
+/*
+ * Add your own callback when a channel has finished playing. NULL
+ * to disable callback. The callback may be called from the mixer's audio
+ * callback or it could be called as a result of Mix_HaltChannel(), etc.
+ * do not call SDL_LockAudio() from this callback; you will either be
+ * inside the audio callback, or SDL_mixer will explicitly lock the audio
+ * before calling your callback.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_ChannelFinished(void (*channel_finished)(int channel));
+
+
+/* Special Effects API by ryan c. gordon. (icculus@icculus.org) */
+
+#define MIX_CHANNEL_POST -2
+
+/* This is the format of a special effect callback:
+ *
+ * myeffect(int chan, void *stream, int len, void *udata);
+ *
+ * (chan) is the channel number that your effect is affecting. (stream) is
+ * the buffer of data to work upon. (len) is the size of (stream), and
+ * (udata) is a user-defined bit of data, which you pass as the last arg of
+ * Mix_RegisterEffect(), and is passed back unmolested to your callback.
+ * Your effect changes the contents of (stream) based on whatever parameters
+ * are significant, or just leaves it be, if you prefer. You can do whatever
+ * you like to the buffer, though, and it will continue in its changed state
+ * down the mixing pipeline, through any other effect functions, then finally
+ * to be mixed with the rest of the channels and music for the final output
+ * stream.
+ *
+ * DO NOT EVER call SDL_LockAudio() from your callback function!
+ */
+typedef void (*Mix_EffectFunc_t)(int chan, void *stream, int len, void *udata);
+
+/*
+ * This is a callback that signifies that a channel has finished all its
+ * loops and has completed playback. This gets called if the buffer
+ * plays out normally, or if you call Mix_HaltChannel(), implicitly stop
+ * a channel via Mix_AllocateChannels(), or unregister a callback while
+ * it's still playing.
+ *
+ * DO NOT EVER call SDL_LockAudio() from your callback function!
+ */
+typedef void (*Mix_EffectDone_t)(int chan, void *udata);
+
+
+/* Register a special effect function. At mixing time, the channel data is
+ * copied into a buffer and passed through each registered effect function.
+ * After it passes through all the functions, it is mixed into the final
+ * output stream. The copy to buffer is performed once, then each effect
+ * function performs on the output of the previous effect. Understand that
+ * this extra copy to a buffer is not performed if there are no effects
+ * registered for a given chunk, which saves CPU cycles, and any given
+ * effect will be extra cycles, too, so it is crucial that your code run
+ * fast. Also note that the data that your function is given is in the
+ * format of the sound device, and not the format you gave to Mix_OpenAudio(),
+ * although they may in reality be the same. This is an unfortunate but
+ * necessary speed concern. Use Mix_QuerySpec() to determine if you can
+ * handle the data before you register your effect, and take appropriate
+ * actions.
+ * You may also specify a callback (Mix_EffectDone_t) that is called when
+ * the channel finishes playing. This gives you a more fine-grained control
+ * than Mix_ChannelFinished(), in case you need to free effect-specific
+ * resources, etc. If you don't need this, you can specify NULL.
+ * You may set the callbacks before or after calling Mix_PlayChannel().
+ * Things like Mix_SetPanning() are just internal special effect functions,
+ * so if you are using that, you've already incurred the overhead of a copy
+ * to a separate buffer, and that these effects will be in the queue with
+ * any functions you've registered. The list of registered effects for a
+ * channel is reset when a chunk finishes playing, so you need to explicitly
+ * set them with each call to Mix_PlayChannel*().
+ * You may also register a special effect function that is to be run after
+ * final mixing occurs. The rules for these callbacks are identical to those
+ * in Mix_RegisterEffect, but they are run after all the channels and the
+ * music have been mixed into a single stream, whereas channel-specific
+ * effects run on a given channel before any other mixing occurs. These
+ * global effect callbacks are call "posteffects". Posteffects only have
+ * their Mix_EffectDone_t function called when they are unregistered (since
+ * the main output stream is never "done" in the same sense as a channel).
+ * You must unregister them manually when you've had enough. Your callback
+ * will be told that the channel being mixed is (MIX_CHANNEL_POST) if the
+ * processing is considered a posteffect.
+ *
+ * After all these effects have finished processing, the callback registered
+ * through Mix_SetPostMix() runs, and then the stream goes to the audio
+ * device.
+ *
+ * DO NOT EVER call SDL_LockAudio() from your callback function!
+ *
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel), nonzero if added.
+ * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_RegisterEffect(int chan, Mix_EffectFunc_t f, Mix_EffectDone_t d, void *arg);
+
+
+/* You may not need to call this explicitly, unless you need to stop an
+ * effect from processing in the middle of a chunk's playback.
+ * Posteffects are never implicitly unregistered as they are for channels,
+ * but they may be explicitly unregistered through this function by
+ * specifying MIX_CHANNEL_POST for a channel.
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or effect), nonzero if removed.
+ * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_UnregisterEffect(int channel, Mix_EffectFunc_t f);
+
+
+/* You may not need to call this explicitly, unless you need to stop all
+ * effects from processing in the middle of a chunk's playback. Note that
+ * this will also shut off some internal effect processing, since
+ * Mix_SetPanning() and others may use this API under the hood. This is
+ * called internally when a channel completes playback.
+ * Posteffects are never implicitly unregistered as they are for channels,
+ * but they may be explicitly unregistered through this function by
+ * specifying MIX_CHANNEL_POST for a channel.
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel), nonzero if all effects removed.
+ * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_UnregisterAllEffects(int channel);
+
+
+#define MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED "MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED"
+
+/*
+ * These are the internally-defined mixing effects. They use the same API that
+ * effects defined in the application use, but are provided here as a
+ * convenience. Some effects can reduce their quality or use more memory in
+ * the name of speed; to enable this, make sure the environment variable
+ * MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED (see above) is defined before you call
+ * Mix_OpenAudio().
+ */
+
+
+/* Set the panning of a channel. The left and right channels are specified
+ * as integers between 0 and 255, quietest to loudest, respectively.
+ *
+ * Technically, this is just individual volume control for a sample with
+ * two (stereo) channels, so it can be used for more than just panning.
+ * If you want real panning, call it like this:
+ *
+ * Mix_SetPanning(channel, left, 255 - left);
+ *
+ * ...which isn't so hard.
+ *
+ * Setting (channel) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+ * the panning will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it on
+ * to the audio device.
+ *
+ * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect() API internally, and returns without
+ * registering the effect function if the audio device is not configured
+ * for stereo output. Setting both (left) and (right) to 255 causes this
+ * effect to be unregistered, since that is the data's normal state.
+ *
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
+ * nonzero if panning effect enabled. Note that an audio device in mono
+ * mode is a no-op, but this call will return successful in that case.
+ * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetPanning(int channel, Uint8 left, Uint8 right);
+
+
+/* Set the position of a channel. (angle) is an integer from 0 to 360, that
+ * specifies the location of the sound in relation to the listener. (angle)
+ * will be reduced as neccesary (540 becomes 180 degrees, -100 becomes 260).
+ * Angle 0 is due north, and rotates clockwise as the value increases.
+ * For efficiency, the precision of this effect may be limited (angles 1
+ * through 7 might all produce the same effect, 8 through 15 are equal, etc).
+ * (distance) is an integer between 0 and 255 that specifies the space
+ * between the sound and the listener. The larger the number, the further
+ * away the sound is. Using 255 does not guarantee that the channel will be
+ * culled from the mixing process or be completely silent. For efficiency,
+ * the precision of this effect may be limited (distance 0 through 5 might
+ * all produce the same effect, 6 through 10 are equal, etc). Setting (angle)
+ * and (distance) to 0 unregisters this effect, since the data would be
+ * unchanged.
+ *
+ * If you need more precise positional audio, consider using OpenAL for
+ * spatialized effects instead of SDL_mixer. This is only meant to be a
+ * basic effect for simple "3D" games.
+ *
+ * If the audio device is configured for mono output, then you won't get
+ * any effectiveness from the angle; however, distance attenuation on the
+ * channel will still occur. While this effect will function with stereo
+ * voices, it makes more sense to use voices with only one channel of sound,
+ * so when they are mixed through this effect, the positioning will sound
+ * correct. You can convert them to mono through SDL before giving them to
+ * the mixer in the first place if you like.
+ *
+ * Setting (channel) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+ * the positioning will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it
+ * on to the audio device.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience wrapper over Mix_SetDistance() and Mix_SetPanning().
+ *
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
+ * nonzero if position effect is enabled.
+ * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetPosition(int channel, Sint16 angle, Uint8 distance);
+
+
+/* Set the "distance" of a channel. (distance) is an integer from 0 to 255
+ * that specifies the location of the sound in relation to the listener.
+ * Distance 0 is overlapping the listener, and 255 is as far away as possible
+ * A distance of 255 does not guarantee silence; in such a case, you might
+ * want to try changing the chunk's volume, or just cull the sample from the
+ * mixing process with Mix_HaltChannel().
+ * For efficiency, the precision of this effect may be limited (distances 1
+ * through 7 might all produce the same effect, 8 through 15 are equal, etc).
+ * (distance) is an integer between 0 and 255 that specifies the space
+ * between the sound and the listener. The larger the number, the further
+ * away the sound is.
+ * Setting (distance) to 0 unregisters this effect, since the data would be
+ * unchanged.
+ * If you need more precise positional audio, consider using OpenAL for
+ * spatialized effects instead of SDL_mixer. This is only meant to be a
+ * basic effect for simple "3D" games.
+ *
+ * Setting (channel) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+ * the distance attenuation will be done to the final mixed stream before
+ * passing it on to the audio device.
+ *
+ * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect() API internally.
+ *
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
+ * nonzero if position effect is enabled.
+ * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetDistance(int channel, Uint8 distance);
+
+
+/*
+ * !!! FIXME : Haven't implemented, since the effect goes past the
+ * end of the sound buffer. Will have to think about this.
+ * --ryan.
+ */
+#if 0
+/* Causes an echo effect to be mixed into a sound. (echo) is the amount
+ * of echo to mix. 0 is no echo, 255 is infinite (and probably not
+ * what you want).
+ *
+ * Setting (channel) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
+ * the reverbing will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it on
+ * to the audio device.
+ *
+ * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect() API internally. If you specify an echo
+ * of zero, the effect is unregistered, as the data is already in that state.
+ *
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
+ * nonzero if reversing effect is enabled.
+ * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern no_parse_DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetReverb(int channel, Uint8 echo);
+#endif
+
+/* Causes a channel to reverse its stereo. This is handy if the user has his
+ * speakers hooked up backwards, or you would like to have a minor bit of
+ * psychedelia in your sound code. :) Calling this function with (flip)
+ * set to non-zero reverses the chunks's usual channels. If (flip) is zero,
+ * the effect is unregistered.
+ *
+ * This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect() API internally, and thus is probably
+ * more CPU intensive than having the user just plug in his speakers
+ * correctly. Mix_SetReverseStereo() returns without registering the effect
+ * function if the audio device is not configured for stereo output.
+ *
+ * If you specify MIX_CHANNEL_POST for (channel), then this the effect is used
+ * on the final mixed stream before sending it on to the audio device (a
+ * posteffect).
+ *
+ * returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
+ * nonzero if reversing effect is enabled. Note that an audio device in mono
+ * mode is a no-op, but this call will return successful in that case.
+ * Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetReverseStereo(int channel, int flip);
+
+/* end of effects API. --ryan. */
+
+
+/* Reserve the first channels (0 -> n-1) for the application, i.e. don't allocate
+ them dynamically to the next sample if requested with a -1 value below.
+ Returns the number of reserved channels.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_ReserveChannels(int num);
+
+/* Channel grouping functions */
+
+/* Attach a tag to a channel. A tag can be assigned to several mixer
+ channels, to form groups of channels.
+ If 'tag' is -1, the tag is removed (actually -1 is the tag used to
+ represent the group of all the channels).
+ Returns true if everything was OK.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupChannel(int which, int tag);
+/* Assign several consecutive channels to a group */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupChannels(int from, int to, int tag);
+/* Finds the first available channel in a group of channels,
+ returning -1 if none are available.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupAvailable(int tag);
+/* Returns the number of channels in a group. This is also a subtle
+ way to get the total number of channels when 'tag' is -1
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupCount(int tag);
+/* Finds the "oldest" sample playing in a group of channels */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupOldest(int tag);
+/* Finds the "most recent" (i.e. last) sample playing in a group of channels */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupNewer(int tag);
+
+/* Play an audio chunk on a specific channel.
+ If the specified channel is -1, play on the first free channel.
+ If 'loops' is greater than zero, loop the sound that many times.
+ If 'loops' is -1, loop inifinitely (~65000 times).
+ Returns which channel was used to play the sound.
+*/
+#define Mix_PlayChannel(channel,chunk,loops) Mix_PlayChannelTimed(channel,chunk,loops,-1)
+/* The same as above, but the sound is played at most 'ticks' milliseconds */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_PlayChannelTimed(int channel, Mix_Chunk *chunk, int loops, int ticks);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_PlayMusic(Mix_Music *music, int loops);
+
+/* Fade in music or a channel over "ms" milliseconds, same semantics as the "Play" functions */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeInMusic(Mix_Music *music, int loops, int ms);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeInMusicPos(Mix_Music *music, int loops, int ms, double position);
+#define Mix_FadeInChannel(channel,chunk,loops,ms) Mix_FadeInChannelTimed(channel,chunk,loops,ms,-1)
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeInChannelTimed(int channel, Mix_Chunk *chunk, int loops, int ms, int ticks);
+
+/* Set the volume in the range of 0-128 of a specific channel or chunk.
+ If the specified channel is -1, set volume for all channels.
+ Returns the original volume.
+ If the specified volume is -1, just return the current volume.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_Volume(int channel, int volume);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_VolumeChunk(Mix_Chunk *chunk, int volume);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_VolumeMusic(int volume);
+
+/* Halt playing of a particular channel */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_HaltChannel(int channel);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_HaltGroup(int tag);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_HaltMusic(void);
+
+/* Change the expiration delay for a particular channel.
+ The sample will stop playing after the 'ticks' milliseconds have elapsed,
+ or remove the expiration if 'ticks' is -1
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_ExpireChannel(int channel, int ticks);
+
+/* Halt a channel, fading it out progressively till it's silent
+ The ms parameter indicates the number of milliseconds the fading
+ will take.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeOutChannel(int which, int ms);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeOutGroup(int tag, int ms);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeOutMusic(int ms);
+
+/* Query the fading status of a channel */
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Fading SDLCALL Mix_FadingMusic(void);
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Fading SDLCALL Mix_FadingChannel(int which);
+
+/* Pause/Resume a particular channel */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_Pause(int channel);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_Resume(int channel);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_Paused(int channel);
+
+/* Pause/Resume the music stream */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_PauseMusic(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_ResumeMusic(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_RewindMusic(void);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_PausedMusic(void);
+
+/* Set the current position in the music stream.
+ This returns 0 if successful, or -1 if it failed or isn't implemented.
+ This function is only implemented for MOD music formats (set pattern
+ order number) and for OGG, FLAC, MP3_MAD, and MODPLUG music (set
+ position in seconds), at the moment.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetMusicPosition(double position);
+
+/* Check the status of a specific channel.
+ If the specified channel is -1, check all channels.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_Playing(int channel);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_PlayingMusic(void);
+
+/* Stop music and set external music playback command */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetMusicCMD(const char *command);
+
+/* Synchro value is set by MikMod from modules while playing */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetSynchroValue(int value);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GetSynchroValue(void);
+
+/* Set/Get/Iterate SoundFonts paths to use by supported MIDI backends */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetSoundFonts(const char *paths);
+extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL Mix_GetSoundFonts(void);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_EachSoundFont(int (*function)(const char*, void*), void *data);
+
+/* Get the Mix_Chunk currently associated with a mixer channel
+ Returns NULL if it's an invalid channel, or there's no chunk associated.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk * SDLCALL Mix_GetChunk(int channel);
+
+/* Close the mixer, halting all playing audio */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_CloseAudio(void);
+
+/* We'll use SDL for reporting errors */
+#define Mix_SetError SDL_SetError
+#define Mix_GetError SDL_GetError
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include <SDL2/close_code.h>
+
+#endif /* _SDL_MIXER_H */
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>BuildMachineOSBuild</key>
+ <string>12E55</string>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>SDL2_mixer</string>
+ <key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
+ <string>org.libsdl.SDL2-mixer</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>SDL2_mixer</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>2.0.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>2.0.0</string>
+ <key>DTCompiler</key>
+ <string></string>
+ <key>DTPlatformBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1503</string>
+ <key>DTPlatformVersion</key>
+ <string>GM</string>
+ <key>DTSDKBuild</key>
+ <string>12D75</string>
+ <key>DTSDKName</key>
+ <string>macosx10.8</string>
+ <key>DTXcode</key>
+ <string>0463</string>
+ <key>DTXcodeBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1503</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>files</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>Resources/Info.plist</key>
+ <data>
+ ICdcY3F9F+RRJ4X+q1ArMnDUEkk=
+ </data>
+ </dict>
+ <key>rules</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>^Resources/</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1000</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/locversion.plist$</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>omit</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1100</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^version.plist$</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+A
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Headers
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Resources
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/SDL2_net
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ SDL_net: An example cross-platform network library for use with SDL
+ Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+ Copyright (C) 2012 Simeon Maxein <smaxein@googlemail.com>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/* $Id$ */
+
+#ifndef _SDL_NET_H
+#define _SDL_NET_H
+
+#ifdef WITHOUT_SDL
+#include <stdint.h>
+typedef uint8_t Uint8;
+typedef uint16_t Uint16;
+typedef uint32_t Uint32;
+
+typedef struct SDLNet_version {
+ Uint8 major;
+ Uint8 minor;
+ Uint8 patch;
+} SDLNet_version;
+
+#else /* WITHOUT_SDL */
+
+#include <SDL2/SDL.h>
+#include <SDL2/SDL_endian.h>
+#include <SDL2/SDL_version.h>
+
+typedef SDL_version SDLNet_version;
+
+#endif /* WITHOUT_SDL */
+
+#include <SDL2/begin_code.h>
+
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
+*/
+#define SDL_NET_MAJOR_VERSION 2
+#define SDL_NET_MINOR_VERSION 0
+#define SDL_NET_PATCHLEVEL 0
+
+/* This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+ * version of the SDL_net library.
+ */
+#define SDL_NET_VERSION(X) \
+{ \
+ (X)->major = SDL_NET_MAJOR_VERSION; \
+ (X)->minor = SDL_NET_MINOR_VERSION; \
+ (X)->patch = SDL_NET_PATCHLEVEL; \
+}
+
+/* This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL_net library.
+ it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
+ use the SDL_NET_VERSION() macro.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const SDLNet_version * SDLCALL SDLNet_Linked_Version(void);
+
+/* Initialize/Cleanup the network API
+ SDL must be initialized before calls to functions in this library,
+ because this library uses utility functions from the SDL library.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_Init(void);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDLNet_Quit(void);
+
+/***********************************************************************/
+/* IPv4 hostname resolution API */
+/***********************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct {
+ Uint32 host; /* 32-bit IPv4 host address */
+ Uint16 port; /* 16-bit protocol port */
+} IPaddress;
+
+/* Resolve a host name and port to an IP address in network form.
+ If the function succeeds, it will return 0.
+ If the host couldn't be resolved, the host portion of the returned
+ address will be INADDR_NONE, and the function will return -1.
+ If 'host' is NULL, the resolved host will be set to INADDR_ANY.
+ */
+#ifndef INADDR_ANY
+#define INADDR_ANY 0x00000000
+#endif
+#ifndef INADDR_NONE
+#define INADDR_NONE 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+#ifndef INADDR_LOOPBACK
+#define INADDR_LOOPBACK 0x7f000001
+#endif
+#ifndef INADDR_BROADCAST
+#define INADDR_BROADCAST 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_ResolveHost(IPaddress *address, const char *host, Uint16 port);
+
+/* Resolve an ip address to a host name in canonical form.
+ If the ip couldn't be resolved, this function returns NULL,
+ otherwise a pointer to a static buffer containing the hostname
+ is returned. Note that this function is not thread-safe.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDLNet_ResolveIP(const IPaddress *ip);
+
+/* Get the addresses of network interfaces on this system.
+ This returns the number of addresses saved in 'addresses'
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_GetLocalAddresses(IPaddress *addresses, int maxcount);
+
+/***********************************************************************/
+/* TCP network API */
+/***********************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct _TCPsocket *TCPsocket;
+
+/* Open a TCP network socket
+ If ip.host is INADDR_NONE or INADDR_ANY, this creates a local server
+ socket on the given port, otherwise a TCP connection to the remote
+ host and port is attempted. The address passed in should already be
+ swapped to network byte order (addresses returned from
+ SDLNet_ResolveHost() are already in the correct form).
+ The newly created socket is returned, or NULL if there was an error.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC TCPsocket SDLCALL SDLNet_TCP_Open(IPaddress *ip);
+
+/* Accept an incoming connection on the given server socket.
+ The newly created socket is returned, or NULL if there was an error.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC TCPsocket SDLCALL SDLNet_TCP_Accept(TCPsocket server);
+
+/* Get the IP address of the remote system associated with the socket.
+ If the socket is a server socket, this function returns NULL.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC IPaddress * SDLCALL SDLNet_TCP_GetPeerAddress(TCPsocket sock);
+
+/* Send 'len' bytes of 'data' over the non-server socket 'sock'
+ This function returns the actual amount of data sent. If the return value
+ is less than the amount of data sent, then either the remote connection was
+ closed, or an unknown socket error occurred.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_TCP_Send(TCPsocket sock, const void *data,
+ int len);
+
+/* Receive up to 'maxlen' bytes of data over the non-server socket 'sock',
+ and store them in the buffer pointed to by 'data'.
+ This function returns the actual amount of data received. If the return
+ value is less than or equal to zero, then either the remote connection was
+ closed, or an unknown socket error occurred.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_TCP_Recv(TCPsocket sock, void *data, int maxlen);
+
+/* Close a TCP network socket */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDLNet_TCP_Close(TCPsocket sock);
+
+
+/***********************************************************************/
+/* UDP network API */
+/***********************************************************************/
+
+/* The maximum channels on a a UDP socket */
+#define SDLNET_MAX_UDPCHANNELS 32
+/* The maximum addresses bound to a single UDP socket channel */
+#define SDLNET_MAX_UDPADDRESSES 4
+
+typedef struct _UDPsocket *UDPsocket;
+typedef struct {
+ int channel; /* The src/dst channel of the packet */
+ Uint8 *data; /* The packet data */
+ int len; /* The length of the packet data */
+ int maxlen; /* The size of the data buffer */
+ int status; /* packet status after sending */
+ IPaddress address; /* The source/dest address of an incoming/outgoing packet */
+} UDPpacket;
+
+/* Allocate/resize/free a single UDP packet 'size' bytes long.
+ The new packet is returned, or NULL if the function ran out of memory.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC UDPpacket * SDLCALL SDLNet_AllocPacket(int size);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_ResizePacket(UDPpacket *packet, int newsize);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDLNet_FreePacket(UDPpacket *packet);
+
+/* Allocate/Free a UDP packet vector (array of packets) of 'howmany' packets,
+ each 'size' bytes long.
+ A pointer to the first packet in the array is returned, or NULL if the
+ function ran out of memory.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC UDPpacket ** SDLCALL SDLNet_AllocPacketV(int howmany, int size);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDLNet_FreePacketV(UDPpacket **packetV);
+
+
+/* Open a UDP network socket
+ If 'port' is non-zero, the UDP socket is bound to a local port.
+ The 'port' should be given in native byte order, but is used
+ internally in network (big endian) byte order, in addresses, etc.
+ This allows other systems to send to this socket via a known port.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC UDPsocket SDLCALL SDLNet_UDP_Open(Uint16 port);
+
+/* Set the percentage of simulated packet loss for packets sent on the socket.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDLNet_UDP_SetPacketLoss(UDPsocket sock, int percent);
+
+/* Bind the address 'address' to the requested channel on the UDP socket.
+ If the channel is -1, then the first unbound channel that has not yet
+ been bound to the maximum number of addresses will be bound with
+ the given address as it's primary address.
+ If the channel is already bound, this new address will be added to the
+ list of valid source addresses for packets arriving on the channel.
+ If the channel is not already bound, then the address becomes the primary
+ address, to which all outbound packets on the channel are sent.
+ This function returns the channel which was bound, or -1 on error.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_UDP_Bind(UDPsocket sock, int channel, const IPaddress *address);
+
+/* Unbind all addresses from the given channel */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDLNet_UDP_Unbind(UDPsocket sock, int channel);
+
+/* Get the primary IP address of the remote system associated with the
+ socket and channel. If the channel is -1, then the primary IP port
+ of the UDP socket is returned -- this is only meaningful for sockets
+ opened with a specific port.
+ If the channel is not bound and not -1, this function returns NULL.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC IPaddress * SDLCALL SDLNet_UDP_GetPeerAddress(UDPsocket sock, int channel);
+
+/* Send a vector of packets to the the channels specified within the packet.
+ If the channel specified in the packet is -1, the packet will be sent to
+ the address in the 'src' member of the packet.
+ Each packet will be updated with the status of the packet after it has
+ been sent, -1 if the packet send failed.
+ This function returns the number of packets sent.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_UDP_SendV(UDPsocket sock, UDPpacket **packets, int npackets);
+
+/* Send a single packet to the specified channel.
+ If the channel specified in the packet is -1, the packet will be sent to
+ the address in the 'src' member of the packet.
+ The packet will be updated with the status of the packet after it has
+ been sent.
+ This function returns 1 if the packet was sent, or 0 on error.
+
+ NOTE:
+ The maximum size of the packet is limited by the MTU (Maximum Transfer Unit)
+ of the transport medium. It can be as low as 250 bytes for some PPP links,
+ and as high as 1500 bytes for ethernet.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_UDP_Send(UDPsocket sock, int channel, UDPpacket *packet);
+
+/* Receive a vector of pending packets from the UDP socket.
+ The returned packets contain the source address and the channel they arrived
+ on. If they did not arrive on a bound channel, the the channel will be set
+ to -1.
+ The channels are checked in highest to lowest order, so if an address is
+ bound to multiple channels, the highest channel with the source address
+ bound will be returned.
+ This function returns the number of packets read from the network, or -1
+ on error. This function does not block, so can return 0 packets pending.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_UDP_RecvV(UDPsocket sock, UDPpacket **packets);
+
+/* Receive a single packet from the UDP socket.
+ The returned packet contains the source address and the channel it arrived
+ on. If it did not arrive on a bound channel, the the channel will be set
+ to -1.
+ The channels are checked in highest to lowest order, so if an address is
+ bound to multiple channels, the highest channel with the source address
+ bound will be returned.
+ This function returns the number of packets read from the network, or -1
+ on error. This function does not block, so can return 0 packets pending.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_UDP_Recv(UDPsocket sock, UDPpacket *packet);
+
+/* Close a UDP network socket */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDLNet_UDP_Close(UDPsocket sock);
+
+
+/***********************************************************************/
+/* Hooks for checking sockets for available data */
+/***********************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct _SDLNet_SocketSet *SDLNet_SocketSet;
+
+/* Any network socket can be safely cast to this socket type */
+typedef struct _SDLNet_GenericSocket {
+ int ready;
+} *SDLNet_GenericSocket;
+
+/* Allocate a socket set for use with SDLNet_CheckSockets()
+ This returns a socket set for up to 'maxsockets' sockets, or NULL if
+ the function ran out of memory.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC SDLNet_SocketSet SDLCALL SDLNet_AllocSocketSet(int maxsockets);
+
+/* Add a socket to a set of sockets to be checked for available data */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_AddSocket(SDLNet_SocketSet set, SDLNet_GenericSocket sock);
+static __inline__ int SDLNet_TCP_AddSocket(SDLNet_SocketSet set, TCPsocket sock)
+{
+ return SDLNet_AddSocket(set, (SDLNet_GenericSocket)sock);
+}
+static __inline__ int SDLNet_UDP_AddSocket(SDLNet_SocketSet set, UDPsocket sock)
+{
+ return SDLNet_AddSocket(set, (SDLNet_GenericSocket)sock);
+}
+
+
+/* Remove a socket from a set of sockets to be checked for available data */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_DelSocket(SDLNet_SocketSet set, SDLNet_GenericSocket sock);
+static __inline__ int SDLNet_TCP_DelSocket(SDLNet_SocketSet set, TCPsocket sock)
+{
+ return SDLNet_DelSocket(set, (SDLNet_GenericSocket)sock);
+}
+static __inline__ int SDLNet_UDP_DelSocket(SDLNet_SocketSet set, UDPsocket sock)
+{
+ return SDLNet_DelSocket(set, (SDLNet_GenericSocket)sock);
+}
+
+/* This function checks to see if data is available for reading on the
+ given set of sockets. If 'timeout' is 0, it performs a quick poll,
+ otherwise the function returns when either data is available for
+ reading, or the timeout in milliseconds has elapsed, which ever occurs
+ first. This function returns the number of sockets ready for reading,
+ or -1 if there was an error with the select() system call.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDLNet_CheckSockets(SDLNet_SocketSet set, Uint32 timeout);
+
+/* After calling SDLNet_CheckSockets(), you can use this function on a
+ socket that was in the socket set, to find out if data is available
+ for reading.
+*/
+#define SDLNet_SocketReady(sock) _SDLNet_SocketReady((SDLNet_GenericSocket)(sock))
+static __inline__ int _SDLNet_SocketReady(SDLNet_GenericSocket sock)
+{
+ return (sock != NULL) && (sock->ready);
+}
+
+/* Free a set of sockets allocated by SDL_NetAllocSocketSet() */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDLNet_FreeSocketSet(SDLNet_SocketSet set);
+
+/***********************************************************************/
+/* Error reporting functions */
+/***********************************************************************/
+
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDLNet_SetError(const char *fmt, ...);
+extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDLNet_GetError(void);
+
+/***********************************************************************/
+/* Inline functions to read/write network data */
+/***********************************************************************/
+
+/* Warning, some systems have data access alignment restrictions */
+#if defined(sparc) || defined(mips) || defined(__arm__)
+#define SDL_DATA_ALIGNED 1
+#endif
+#ifndef SDL_DATA_ALIGNED
+#define SDL_DATA_ALIGNED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Write a 16/32-bit value to network packet buffer */
+#define SDLNet_Write16(value, areap) _SDLNet_Write16(value, areap)
+#define SDLNet_Write32(value, areap) _SDLNet_Write32(value, areap)
+
+/* Read a 16/32-bit value from network packet buffer */
+#define SDLNet_Read16(areap) _SDLNet_Read16(areap)
+#define SDLNet_Read32(areap) _SDLNet_Read32(areap)
+
+#if !defined(WITHOUT_SDL) && !SDL_DATA_ALIGNED
+
+static __inline__ void _SDLNet_Write16(Uint16 value, void *areap)
+{
+ *(Uint16 *)areap = SDL_SwapBE16(value);
+}
+
+static __inline__ void _SDLNet_Write32(Uint32 value, void *areap)
+{
+ *(Uint32 *)areap = SDL_SwapBE32(value);
+}
+
+static __inline__ Uint16 _SDLNet_Read16(const void *areap)
+{
+ return SDL_SwapBE16(*(const Uint16 *)areap);
+}
+
+static __inline__ Uint32 _SDLNet_Read32(const void *areap)
+{
+ return SDL_SwapBE32(*(const Uint32 *)areap);
+}
+
+#else /* !defined(WITHOUT_SDL) && !SDL_DATA_ALIGNED */
+
+static __inline__ void _SDLNet_Write16(Uint16 value, void *areap)
+{
+ Uint8 *area = (Uint8*)areap;
+ area[0] = (value >> 8) & 0xFF;
+ area[1] = value & 0xFF;
+}
+
+static __inline__ void _SDLNet_Write32(Uint32 value, void *areap)
+{
+ Uint8 *area = (Uint8*)areap;
+ area[0] = (value >> 24) & 0xFF;
+ area[1] = (value >> 16) & 0xFF;
+ area[2] = (value >> 8) & 0xFF;
+ area[3] = value & 0xFF;
+}
+
+static __inline__ Uint16 _SDLNet_Read16(void *areap)
+{
+ Uint8 *area = (Uint8*)areap;
+ return ((Uint16)area[0]) << 8 | ((Uint16)area[1]);
+}
+
+static __inline__ Uint32 _SDLNet_Read32(const void *areap)
+{
+ const Uint8 *area = (const Uint8*)areap;
+ return ((Uint32)area[0]) << 24 | ((Uint32)area[1]) << 16 | ((Uint32)area[2]) << 8 | ((Uint32)area[3]);
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(WITHOUT_SDL) && !SDL_DATA_ALIGNED */
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include <SDL2/close_code.h>
+
+#endif /* _SDL_NET_H */
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>BuildMachineOSBuild</key>
+ <string>12E55</string>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>SDL2_net</string>
+ <key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
+ <string>org.libsdl.SDL2-net</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>SDL2_net</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>2.0.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>2.0.0</string>
+ <key>DTCompiler</key>
+ <string></string>
+ <key>DTPlatformBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1503</string>
+ <key>DTPlatformVersion</key>
+ <string>GM</string>
+ <key>DTSDKBuild</key>
+ <string>12D75</string>
+ <key>DTSDKName</key>
+ <string>macosx10.8</string>
+ <key>DTXcode</key>
+ <string>0463</string>
+ <key>DTXcodeBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1503</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>files</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>Resources/Info.plist</key>
+ <data>
+ Ql2ULG0DHXr+KnXb/0tp9LikglU=
+ </data>
+ </dict>
+ <key>rules</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>^Resources/</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1000</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/locversion.plist$</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>omit</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1100</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^version.plist$</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+A
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Frameworks
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Headers
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/Resources
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+Versions/Current/SDL2_ttf
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+/* ftconfig.h. Generated from ftconfig.in by configure. */
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftconfig.in */
+/* */
+/* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006-2009, 2011, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
+ /* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */
+ /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */
+ /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */
+ /* compiler. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */
+ /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */
+ /* */
+ /* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/<system>', and */
+ /* contains system-specific files that are always included first when */
+ /* building the library. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
+#define __FTCONFIG_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
+ /* */
+ /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */
+ /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */
+ /* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */
+ /* `freetype/builds/<system>' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
+#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
+
+
+ /* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
+ /* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */
+ /* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */
+ /* is probably unexpected. */
+ /* */
+ /* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */
+ /* `char' type. */
+
+#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
+#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
+#endif
+
+
+/* #undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
+#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
+
+#define SIZEOF_INT 4
+#define SIZEOF_LONG 8
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG
+
+#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
+
+ /* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */
+ /* is copied from default include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h. */
+ /* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */
+ /* applied to the original header file for the builders that */
+ /* does not use configure script. */
+
+ /* The size of an `int' type. */
+#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#else
+#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
+#endif
+
+ /* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
+ /* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
+#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#else
+#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
+
+
+ /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */
+ /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
+#ifndef FT_UNUSED
+#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
+ /* */
+ /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */
+ /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */
+ /* porter should need to mess with them. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Mac support */
+ /* */
+ /* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */
+ /* providing a new configuration file. */
+ /* */
+#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
+ /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
+ /* AvailabilityMacros.h is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
+ /* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion */
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
+#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
+#endif
+#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
+ ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
+#undef FT_MACINTOSH
+#endif
+
+#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
+ /* Classic MacOS compilers */
+#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
+#if TARGET_OS_MAC
+#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
+#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
+#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
+#pragma set woff 3505
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* basic_types */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Int16 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed short FT_Int16;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UInt16 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
+#if 0
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Int32 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
+ /* the configuration. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UInt32 */
+ /* */
+ /* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
+ /* the configuration. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Int64 */
+ /* */
+ /* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
+ /* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
+ /* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
+
+ /* */
+
+#endif
+
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
+
+ typedef signed int FT_Int32;
+ typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
+
+ typedef signed long FT_Int32;
+ typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
+
+#else
+#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
+#endif
+
+
+ /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
+
+ typedef int FT_Fast;
+ typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
+
+ typedef long FT_Fast;
+ typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
+ /* Autoconf */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
+
+ /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 long
+
+#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
+
+ /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 __int64
+
+#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
+
+ /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
+ /* to test the compiler version. */
+
+ /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 __int64
+
+#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
+
+ /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
+
+#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
+
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 long long int
+
+#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
+
+ /* GCC provides the `long long' type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 long long int
+
+#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile */
+ /* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable its use if __STDC__ */
+ /* is defined. You can however ignore this rule by defining the */
+ /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */
+ /* */
+#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+
+ /* Undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode. */
+ /* Since `#undef' doesn't survive in configuration header files */
+ /* we use the postprocessing facility of AC_CONFIG_HEADERS to */
+ /* replace the leading `/' with `#'. */
+#undef FT_LONG64
+#undef FT_INT64
+
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */
+
+#ifdef FT_LONG64
+ typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
+#endif
+
+
+#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
+#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
+#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER
+ /* Provide assembler fragments for performance-critical functions. */
+ /* These must be defined `static __inline__' with GCC. */
+
+#if defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ ) /* RVCT */
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_arm
+
+ /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+ static __inline FT_Int32
+ FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32 a,
+ FT_Int32 b )
+ {
+ register FT_Int32 t, t2;
+
+
+ __asm
+ {
+ smull t2, t, b, a /* (lo=t2,hi=t) = a*b */
+ mov a, t, asr #31 /* a = (hi >> 31) */
+ add a, a, #0x8000 /* a += 0x8000 */
+ adds t2, t2, a /* t2 += a */
+ adc t, t, #0 /* t += carry */
+ mov a, t2, lsr #16 /* a = t2 >> 16 */
+ orr a, a, t, lsl #16 /* a |= t << 16 */
+ }
+ return a;
+ }
+
+#endif /* __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ */
+
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+
+#if defined( __arm__ ) && !defined( __thumb__ ) && \
+ !( defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ ) )
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_arm
+
+ /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+ static __inline__ FT_Int32
+ FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32 a,
+ FT_Int32 b )
+ {
+ register FT_Int32 t, t2;
+
+
+ __asm__ __volatile__ (
+ "smull %1, %2, %4, %3\n\t" /* (lo=%1,hi=%2) = a*b */
+ "mov %0, %2, asr #31\n\t" /* %0 = (hi >> 31) */
+ "add %0, %0, #0x8000\n\t" /* %0 += 0x8000 */
+ "adds %1, %1, %0\n\t" /* %1 += %0 */
+ "adc %2, %2, #0\n\t" /* %2 += carry */
+ "mov %0, %1, lsr #16\n\t" /* %0 = %1 >> 16 */
+ "orr %0, %0, %2, lsl #16\n\t" /* %0 |= %2 << 16 */
+ : "=r"(a), "=&r"(t2), "=&r"(t)
+ : "r"(a), "r"(b)
+ : "cc" );
+ return a;
+ }
+
+#endif /* __arm__ && !__thumb__ && !( __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ ) */
+
+#if defined( __i386__ )
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_i386
+
+ /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+ static __inline__ FT_Int32
+ FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32 a,
+ FT_Int32 b )
+ {
+ register FT_Int32 result;
+
+
+ __asm__ __volatile__ (
+ "imul %%edx\n"
+ "movl %%edx, %%ecx\n"
+ "sarl $31, %%ecx\n"
+ "addl $0x8000, %%ecx\n"
+ "addl %%ecx, %%eax\n"
+ "adcl $0, %%edx\n"
+ "shrl $16, %%eax\n"
+ "shll $16, %%edx\n"
+ "addl %%edx, %%eax\n"
+ : "=a"(result), "=d"(b)
+ : "a"(a), "d"(b)
+ : "%ecx", "cc" );
+ return result;
+ }
+
+#endif /* i386 */
+
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER /* Visual C++ */
+
+#ifdef _M_IX86
+
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_i386
+
+ /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+ static __inline FT_Int32
+ FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32 a,
+ FT_Int32 b )
+ {
+ register FT_Int32 result;
+
+ __asm
+ {
+ mov eax, a
+ mov edx, b
+ imul edx
+ mov ecx, edx
+ sar ecx, 31
+ add ecx, 8000h
+ add eax, ecx
+ adc edx, 0
+ shr eax, 16
+ shl edx, 16
+ add eax, edx
+ mov result, eax
+ }
+ return result;
+ }
+
+#endif /* _M_IX86 */
+
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
+#ifdef FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
+#define FT_MULFIX_INLINED FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
+
+#else
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
+
+ /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
+ /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
+ /* */
+
+ /* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
+ /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
+ /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
+ /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
+ /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
+ /* contains pointers to callback functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
+ /* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
+ /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */
+ /* */
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
+
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftheader.h */
+/* */
+/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2008, 2010, 2012, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __FT_HEADER_H__
+#define __FT_HEADER_H__
+
+
+ /*@***********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
+ /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
+ /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
+ /* C++ compiler. */
+ /* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
+#else
+#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+
+ /*@***********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_END_HEADER */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
+ /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
+ /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
+ /* C++ compiler. */
+ /* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_END_HEADER }
+#else
+#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* header_file_macros */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Header File Macros */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */
+ /* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */
+ /* statements as in: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
+ /* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */
+ /* #include FT_GLYPH_H */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */
+ /* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */
+ /* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */
+ /* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */
+ /* */
+ /* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */
+ /* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* configuration files */
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * FreeType~2 configuration data.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
+ * instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
+#endif
+
+ /* */
+
+ /* public headers */
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_FREETYPE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * base FreeType~2 API.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ERRORS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
+ *
+ * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SYSTEM_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
+ * and stream i/o).
+ *
+ * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IMAGE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
+ * definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
+ * scan-converter parameters).
+ *
+ * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TYPES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
+ *
+ * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_LIST_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * list management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ * (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_OUTLINE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SIZES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_MODULE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * module management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_RENDER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H <freetype/ftautoh.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftcffdrv.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
+ * etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
+ * definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
+ * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_BDF_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
+ * face.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CID_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
+ * face.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_GZIP_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_LZW_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_BZIP2_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_WINFONTS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_GLYPH_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API of the optional glyph management component.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_BITMAP_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_BBOX_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CACHE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+ *
+ * It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements. You can also
+ * use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to
+ * store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
+ *
+ * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+ * glyph image-related cache declarations.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+ *
+ * It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively
+ * memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in
+ * @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images,
+ * including scalable outlines.
+ *
+ * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+ * small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+ *
+ * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+ * charmap-based cache declarations.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_MAC_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access
+ * fonts embedded in resource forks.
+ *
+ * This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
+ * compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
+ * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
+ * GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
+ * mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_PFR_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_STROKER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
+ */
+#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SYNTHESIS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
+ */
+#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_XFREE86_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and
+ * X.Org X11 servers.
+ */
+#define FT_XFREE86_H <freetype/ftxf86.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
+ * cosines and arc tangents).
+ */
+#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
+ */
+#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
+ */
+#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_INCREMENTAL_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
+ */
+#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_GASP_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
+ */
+#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ADVANCES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
+ */
+#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
+
+
+ /* */
+
+#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
+
+
+ /* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
+ /* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
+ /* no rogue client that uses them. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+
+
+#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
+
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
+
+
+ /*
+ * Include internal headers definitions from <freetype/internal/...>
+ * only when building the library.
+ */
+#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
+#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
+#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
+
+
+#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/* This is a generated file. */
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
+/* EOF */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftoption.h */
+/* */
+/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOPTION_H__
+#define __FTOPTION_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */
+ /* */
+ /* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */
+ /* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */
+ /* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */
+ /* */
+ /* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */
+ /* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */
+ /* library from a single source directory. */
+ /* */
+ /* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */
+ /* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' */
+ /* is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType */
+ /* include path during compilation. */
+ /* */
+ /* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */
+ /* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */
+ /* that for your own projects. */
+ /* */
+ /* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */
+ /* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */
+ /* locate this file during the build. For example, */
+ /* */
+ /* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */
+ /* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> */
+ /* */
+ /* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */
+ /* definitions. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */
+ /* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
+ /* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */
+ /* default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>. */
+ /* */
+ /* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering */
+ /* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */
+ /* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its */
+ /* _implementation_. For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
+ /* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times wider than */
+ /* the original size in case this macro isn't defined; however, each */
+ /* triplet of subpixels has R=G=B. */
+ /* */
+ /* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing */
+ /* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */
+ /* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */
+ /* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
+ /* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */
+ /* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */
+ /* */
+ /* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */
+ /* building the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */
+ /* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */
+ /* `configure' script on supported platforms. */
+ /* */
+#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */
+ /* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */
+ /* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */
+ /* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */
+ /* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */
+ /* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
+ /* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* LZW-compressed file support. */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
+ /* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
+ /* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */
+ /* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */
+ /* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */
+ /* */
+ /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Gzip-compressed file support. */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
+ /* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
+ /* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */
+ /* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */
+ /* */
+ /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */
+ /* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* ZLib library selection */
+ /* */
+ /* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */
+ /* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */
+ /* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */
+ /* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */
+ /* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */
+ /* included directly within the component and *not* export external */
+ /* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */
+ /* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
+ /* it for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Bzip2-compressed file support. */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
+ /* `bzip2' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
+ /* files that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2' to */
+ /* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c). */
+ /* Contrary to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use */
+ /* the system available bzip2 implementation. */
+ /* */
+ /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, FILE, */
+ /* fopen() etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded */
+ /* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without */
+ /* file stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not */
+ /* necessary such as memory loading of font files. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* DLL export compilation */
+ /* */
+ /* When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a */
+ /* special keyword in front OR after the return type of function */
+ /* declarations. */
+ /* */
+ /* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
+ /* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */
+ /* */
+ /* is used in a function declaration, as in */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
+ /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */
+ /* */
+ /* is used in a function definition, as in */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
+ /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
+ /* { */
+ /* ... some code ... */
+ /* return FT_Err_Ok; */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */
+ /* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. If you leave them undefined, they */
+ /* will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to */
+ /* allow normal compilation. */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+ /* them for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_EXPORT(x) extern x */
+/* #define FT_EXPORT_DEF(x) x */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Glyph Postscript Names handling */
+ /* */
+ /* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */
+ /* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */
+ /* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */
+ /* use with the TrueType `post' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */
+ /* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */
+ /* */
+ /* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */
+ /* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */
+ /* `post' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */
+ /* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */
+ /* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */
+ /* */
+ /* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */
+ /* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
+ /* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */
+ /* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */
+ /* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */
+ /* */
+ /* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */
+ /* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */
+ /* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
+ /* fonts. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Support for Mac fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */
+ /* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */
+ /* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */
+ /* */
+ /* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */
+ /* GNU/Linux). */
+ /* */
+ /* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */
+ /* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */
+ /* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */
+ /* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */
+ /* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */
+ /* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */
+ /* names must be used. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
+ /* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */
+ /* */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */
+ /* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */
+ /* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */
+ /* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */
+ /* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */
+ /* to do all of its work. */
+ /* */
+ /* This must be greater than 4KByte if you use FreeType to rasterize */
+ /* glyphs; otherwise, you may set it to zero to avoid unnecessary */
+ /* allocation of the render pool. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* FT_MAX_MODULES */
+ /* */
+ /* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */
+ /* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Debug level */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */
+ /* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */
+ /* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */
+ /* execution. */
+ /* */
+ /* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */
+ /* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+ /* them for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Autofitter debugging */
+ /* */
+ /* If FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT is defined, FreeType provides some means to */
+ /* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global */
+ /* boolean variables (consequently, you should *never* enable this */
+ /* while compiling in `release' mode): */
+ /* */
+ /* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints */
+ /* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints */
+ /* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints */
+ /* */
+ /* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various */
+ /* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf'): */
+ /* */
+ /* af_glyph_hints_dump_points */
+ /* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments */
+ /* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges */
+ /* */
+ /* As an argument, they use another global variable: */
+ /* */
+ /* _af_debug_hints */
+ /* */
+ /* Please have a look at the `ftgrid' demo program to see how those */
+ /* variables and macros should be used. */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+ /* them for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Memory Debugging */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */
+ /* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */
+ /* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */
+ /* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */
+ /* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
+ /* it for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Module errors */
+ /* */
+ /* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */
+ /* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */
+ /* while the lower byte is the real error code. */
+ /* */
+ /* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */
+ /* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */
+ /* FreeType 2. */
+ /* */
+ /* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */
+ /* */
+#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Position Independent Code */
+ /* */
+ /* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */
+ /* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */
+ /* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */
+ /* code will be used. */
+ /* */
+ /* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */
+ /* fixups, such as BREW. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */
+ /* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */
+ /* TrueType & OpenType). */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */
+ /* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */
+ /* OpenType file. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */
+ /* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */
+ /* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */
+ /* */
+ /* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */
+ /* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */
+ /* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */
+ /* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */
+ /* does not contain any glyph name though. */
+ /* */
+ /* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */
+ /* `freetype/ftsnames.h'. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* TrueType CMap support */
+ /* */
+ /* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */
+ /* supported. */
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */
+ /* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */
+ /* */
+ /* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */
+ /* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */
+ /* define it for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING if you want to compile */
+ /* EXPERIMENTAL subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This */
+ /* replaces the native TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO is requested. */
+ /* */
+ /* Enabling this causes the TrueType driver to ignore instructions under */
+ /* certain conditions. This is done in accordance with the guide here, */
+ /* with some minor differences: */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx */
+ /* */
+ /* By undefining this, you only compile the code necessary to hint */
+ /* TrueType glyphs with native TT hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* This option requires TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER to be */
+ /* defined. */
+ /* */
+/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* If you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING, a special version */
+ /* of the TrueType bytecode interpreter is used that doesn't implement */
+ /* any of the patented opcodes and algorithms. The patents related to */
+ /* TrueType hinting have expired worldwide since May 2010; this option */
+ /* is now deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING macro is *ignored* */
+ /* if you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER; in other words, */
+ /* either define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER or */
+ /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING but not both at the same time. */
+ /* */
+ /* This macro is only useful for a small number of font files (mostly */
+ /* for Asian scripts) that require bytecode interpretation to properly */
+ /* load glyphs. For all other fonts, this produces unpleasant results, */
+ /* thus the unpatented interpreter is never used to load glyphs from */
+ /* TrueType fonts unless one of the following two options is used. */
+ /* */
+ /* - The unpatented interpreter is explicitly activated by the user */
+ /* through the FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING parameter tag */
+ /* when opening the FT_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* - FreeType detects that the FT_Face corresponds to one of the */
+ /* `trick' fonts (e.g., `Mingliu') it knows about. The font engine */
+ /* contains a hard-coded list of font names and other matching */
+ /* parameters (see function `tt_face_init' in file */
+ /* `src/truetype/ttobjs.c'). */
+ /* */
+ /* Here a sample code snippet for using FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING. */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Parameter parameter; */
+ /* FT_Open_Args open_args; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING; */
+ /* */
+ /* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS; */
+ /* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname; */
+ /* open_args.num_params = 1; */
+ /* open_args.params = ¶meter; */
+ /* */
+ /* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face ); */
+ /* ... */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH to compile the TrueType */
+ /* bytecode interpreter with a huge switch statement, rather than a call */
+ /* table. This results in smaller and faster code for a number of */
+ /* architectures. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note however that on some compiler/processor combinations, undefining */
+ /* this macro will generate faster, though larger, code. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */
+ /* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */
+ /* component offsets in composite glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */
+ /* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */
+ /* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */
+ /* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */
+ /* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */
+ /* fonts will not have them. */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm */
+ /* http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */
+ /* */
+#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */
+ /* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */
+ /* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */
+ /* Masters support. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */
+ /* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and */
+ /* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */
+ /* required. */
+ /* */
+#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */
+ /* calls during glyph loading. */
+ /* */
+#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */
+ /* minimum of 16 is required. */
+ /* */
+ /* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
+ /* */
+#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
+ /* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */
+ /* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
+ /* unable to produce kerning distances. */
+ /* */
+#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
+ /* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */
+ /* driver. */
+ /* */
+#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */
+ /* support. */
+ /* */
+#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Compile autofit module with Indic script support. */
+ /* */
+#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Compile autofit module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping */
+ /* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension */
+ /* so that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the */
+ /* grid. To find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various */
+ /* parameter combinations are tried and scored. */
+ /* */
+ /* This experimental option is only active if the render mode is */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT. */
+ /* */
+/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER */
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*
+ * Define this variable if you want to keep the layout of internal
+ * structures that was used prior to FreeType 2.2. This also compiles in
+ * a few obsolete functions to avoid linking problems on typical Unix
+ * distributions.
+ *
+ * For embedded systems or building a new distribution from scratch, it
+ * is recommended to disable the macro since it reduces the library's code
+ * size and activates a few memory-saving optimizations as well.
+ */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+ /*
+ * To detect legacy cache-lookup call from a rogue client (<= 2.1.7),
+ * we restrict the number of charmaps in a font. The current API of
+ * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup() takes cmap_index & charcode, but old API
+ * takes charcode only. To determine the passed value is for cmap_index
+ * or charcode, the possible cmap_index is restricted not to exceed
+ * the minimum possible charcode by a rogue client. It is also very
+ * unlikely that a rogue client is interested in Unicode values 0 to 15.
+ *
+ * NOTE: The original threshold was 4 deduced from popular number of
+ * cmap subtables in UCS-4 TrueType fonts, but now it is not
+ * irregular for OpenType fonts to have more than 4 subtables,
+ * because variation selector subtables are available for Apple
+ * and Microsoft platforms.
+ */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+#define FT_MAX_CHARMAP_CACHEABLE 15
+#endif
+
+
+ /*
+ * This macro is defined if either unpatented or native TrueType
+ * hinting is requested by the definitions above.
+ */
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#elif defined TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#endif
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTOPTION_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftstdlib.h */
+/* */
+/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */
+/* only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002-2007, 2009, 2011-2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */
+ /* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */
+ /* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */
+ /* */
+ /* Load a file which defines __FTSTDLIB_H__ before this one to override */
+ /* it. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSTDLIB_H__
+#define __FTSTDLIB_H__
+
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* integer limits */
+ /* */
+ /* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */
+ /* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */
+ /* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */
+ /* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */
+ /* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */
+ /* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */
+ /* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
+#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
+#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
+#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
+#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
+#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* character and string processing */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define ft_memchr memchr
+#define ft_memcmp memcmp
+#define ft_memcpy memcpy
+#define ft_memmove memmove
+#define ft_memset memset
+#define ft_strcat strcat
+#define ft_strcmp strcmp
+#define ft_strcpy strcpy
+#define ft_strlen strlen
+#define ft_strncmp strncmp
+#define ft_strncpy strncpy
+#define ft_strrchr strrchr
+#define ft_strstr strstr
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* file handling */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#define FT_FILE FILE
+#define ft_fclose fclose
+#define ft_fopen fopen
+#define ft_fread fread
+#define ft_fseek fseek
+#define ft_ftell ftell
+#define ft_sprintf sprintf
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* sorting */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define ft_qsort qsort
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* memory allocation */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#define ft_scalloc calloc
+#define ft_sfree free
+#define ft_smalloc malloc
+#define ft_srealloc realloc
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* miscellaneous */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#define ft_atol atol
+#define ft_labs labs
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* execution control */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
+ /* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */
+ /* on certain platforms */
+
+#define ft_longjmp longjmp
+#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
+
+
+ /* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
+ /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+
+#endif /* __FTSTDLIB_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* freetype.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType high-level API and common types (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FREETYPE_H__
+#define __FREETYPE_H__
+
+
+#ifndef FT_FREETYPE_H
+#error "`ft2build.h' hasn't been included yet!"
+#error "Please always use macros to include FreeType header files."
+#error "Example:"
+#error " #include <ft2build.h>"
+#error " #include FT_FREETYPE_H"
+#endif
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_TYPES_H
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* user_allocation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* User allocation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How client applications should allocate FreeType data structures. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType assumes that structures allocated by the user and passed */
+ /* as arguments are zeroed out except for the actual data. In other */
+ /* words, it is recommended to use `calloc' (or variants of it) */
+ /* instead of `malloc' for allocation. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* B A S I C T Y P E S */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* base_interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Base Interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* The FreeType~2 base font interface. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section describes the public high-level API of FreeType~2. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_Library */
+ /* FT_Face */
+ /* FT_Size */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlot */
+ /* FT_CharMap */
+ /* FT_Encoding */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FaceRec */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SizeRec */
+ /* FT_Size_Metrics */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */
+ /* FT_SubGlyph */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Init_FreeType */
+ /* FT_Done_FreeType */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_New_Face */
+ /* FT_Done_Face */
+ /* FT_New_Memory_Face */
+ /* FT_Open_Face */
+ /* FT_Open_Args */
+ /* FT_Parameter */
+ /* FT_Attach_File */
+ /* FT_Attach_Stream */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Set_Char_Size */
+ /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */
+ /* FT_Request_Size */
+ /* FT_Select_Size */
+ /* FT_Size_Request_Type */
+ /* FT_Size_Request */
+ /* FT_Set_Transform */
+ /* FT_Load_Glyph */
+ /* FT_Get_Char_Index */
+ /* FT_Get_Name_Index */
+ /* FT_Load_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY */
+ /* FT_OPEN_STREAM */
+ /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME */
+ /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER */
+ /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_LOAD_DEFAULT */
+ /* FT_LOAD_RENDER */
+ /* FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME */
+ /* FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN */
+ /* FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE */
+ /* FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */
+ /* FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP */
+ /* FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT */
+ /* FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM */
+ /* FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH */
+ /* FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT */
+ /* FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE */
+ /* FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Render_Glyph */
+ /* FT_Render_Mode */
+ /* FT_Get_Kerning */
+ /* FT_Kerning_Mode */
+ /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */
+ /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */
+ /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_CharMapRec */
+ /* FT_Select_Charmap */
+ /* FT_Set_Charmap */
+ /* FT_Get_Charmap_Index */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model the metrics of a single glyph. The */
+ /* values are expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE has been used while loading the glyph, values */
+ /* are expressed in font units instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* width :: */
+ /* The glyph's width. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: */
+ /* The glyph's height. */
+ /* */
+ /* horiBearingX :: */
+ /* Left side bearing for horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* horiBearingY :: */
+ /* Top side bearing for horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* horiAdvance :: */
+ /* Advance width for horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* vertBearingX :: */
+ /* Left side bearing for vertical layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* vertBearingY :: */
+ /* Top side bearing for vertical layout. Larger positive values */
+ /* mean further below the vertical glyph origin. */
+ /* */
+ /* vertAdvance :: */
+ /* Advance height for vertical layout. Positive values mean the */
+ /* glyph has a positive advance downward. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If not disabled with @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING, the values represent */
+ /* dimensions of the hinted glyph (in case hinting is applicable). */
+ /* */
+ /* Stroking a glyph with an outside border does not increase */
+ /* `horiAdvance' or `vertAdvance'; you have to manually adjust these */
+ /* values to account for the added width and height. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Glyph_Metrics_
+ {
+ FT_Pos width;
+ FT_Pos height;
+
+ FT_Pos horiBearingX;
+ FT_Pos horiBearingY;
+ FT_Pos horiAdvance;
+
+ FT_Pos vertBearingX;
+ FT_Pos vertBearingY;
+ FT_Pos vertAdvance;
+
+ } FT_Glyph_Metrics;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This structure models the metrics of a bitmap strike (i.e., a set */
+ /* of glyphs for a given point size and resolution) in a bitmap font. */
+ /* It is used for the `available_sizes' field of @FT_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* height :: The vertical distance, in pixels, between two */
+ /* consecutive baselines. It is always positive. */
+ /* */
+ /* width :: The average width, in pixels, of all glyphs in the */
+ /* strike. */
+ /* */
+ /* size :: The nominal size of the strike in 26.6 fractional */
+ /* points. This field is not very useful. */
+ /* */
+ /* x_ppem :: The horizontal ppem (nominal width) in 26.6 fractional */
+ /* pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* y_ppem :: The vertical ppem (nominal height) in 26.6 fractional */
+ /* pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Windows FNT: */
+ /* The nominal size given in a FNT font is not reliable. Thus when */
+ /* the driver finds it incorrect, it sets `size' to some calculated */
+ /* values and sets `x_ppem' and `y_ppem' to the pixel width and */
+ /* height given in the font, respectively. */
+ /* */
+ /* TrueType embedded bitmaps: */
+ /* `size', `width', and `height' values are not contained in the */
+ /* bitmap strike itself. They are computed from the global font */
+ /* parameters. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Bitmap_Size_
+ {
+ FT_Short height;
+ FT_Short width;
+
+ FT_Pos size;
+
+ FT_Pos x_ppem;
+ FT_Pos y_ppem;
+
+ } FT_Bitmap_Size;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* O B J E C T C L A S S E S */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Library */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a FreeType library instance. Each `library' is */
+ /* completely independent from the others; it is the `root' of a set */
+ /* of objects like fonts, faces, sizes, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* It also embeds a memory manager (see @FT_Memory), as well as a */
+ /* scan-line converter object (see @FT_Raster). */
+ /* */
+ /* For multi-threading applications each thread should have its own */
+ /* FT_Library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Library objects are normally created by @FT_Init_FreeType, and */
+ /* destroyed with @FT_Done_FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_LibraryRec_ *FT_Library;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Module */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given FreeType module object. Each module can be a */
+ /* font driver, a renderer, or anything else that provides services */
+ /* to the formers. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ModuleRec_* FT_Module;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Driver */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given FreeType font driver object. Each font driver */
+ /* is a special module capable of creating faces from font files. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_DriverRec_* FT_Driver;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Renderer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given FreeType renderer. A renderer is a special */
+ /* module in charge of converting a glyph image to a bitmap, when */
+ /* necessary. Each renderer supports a given glyph image format, and */
+ /* one or more target surface depths. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_RendererRec_* FT_Renderer;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given typographic face object. A face object models */
+ /* a given typeface, in a given style. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Each face object also owns a single @FT_GlyphSlot object, as well */
+ /* as one or more @FT_Size objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* Use @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from */
+ /* a given filepathname or a custom input stream. */
+ /* */
+ /* Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Also> */
+ /* See @FT_FaceRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given face */
+ /* object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_FaceRec_* FT_Face;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an object used to model a face scaled to a given */
+ /* character size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Each @FT_Face has an _active_ @FT_Size object that is used by */
+ /* functions like @FT_Load_Glyph to determine the scaling */
+ /* transformation which is used to load and hint glyphs and metrics. */
+ /* */
+ /* You can use @FT_Set_Char_Size, @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, */
+ /* @FT_Request_Size or even @FT_Select_Size to change the content */
+ /* (i.e., the scaling values) of the active @FT_Size. */
+ /* */
+ /* You can use @FT_New_Size to create additional size objects for a */
+ /* given @FT_Face, but they won't be used by other functions until */
+ /* you activate it through @FT_Activate_Size. Only one size can be */
+ /* activated at any given time per face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Also> */
+ /* See @FT_SizeRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given size */
+ /* object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_SizeRec_* FT_Size;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlot */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given `glyph slot'. A slot is a container where it */
+ /* is possible to load any of the glyphs contained in its parent */
+ /* face. */
+ /* */
+ /* In other words, each time you call @FT_Load_Glyph or */
+ /* @FT_Load_Char, the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, */
+ /* i.e., the glyph's metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and */
+ /* other control information. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Also> */
+ /* See @FT_GlyphSlotRec for the publicly accessible glyph fields. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_* FT_GlyphSlot;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_CharMap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given character map. A charmap is used to translate */
+ /* character codes in a given encoding into glyph indexes for its */
+ /* parent's face. Some font formats may provide several charmaps per */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them */
+ /* can be `active' and used by @FT_Get_Char_Index or @FT_Load_Char. */
+ /* */
+ /* The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the */
+ /* `face->num_charmaps' and `face->charmaps' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* The currently active charmap is available as `face->charmap'. */
+ /* You should call @FT_Set_Charmap to change it. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* When a new face is created (either through @FT_New_Face or */
+ /* @FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within */
+ /* the list and automatically activates it. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Also> */
+ /* See @FT_CharMapRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given */
+ /* character map. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_* FT_CharMap;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_ENC_TAG */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long. It is */
+ /* used to define `encoding' identifiers (see @FT_Encoding). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */
+ /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */
+ /* this: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) value */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */
+ /* */
+
+#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG
+#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) \
+ value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) | \
+ ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) | \
+ ( (FT_UInt32)(c) << 8 ) | \
+ (FT_UInt32)(d) )
+
+#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Encoding */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration used to specify character sets supported by */
+ /* charmaps. Used in the @FT_Select_Charmap API function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Despite the name, this enumeration lists specific character */
+ /* repertories (i.e., charsets), and not text encoding methods (e.g., */
+ /* UTF-8, UTF-16, etc.). */
+ /* */
+ /* Other encodings might be defined in the future. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_NONE :: */
+ /* The encoding value~0 is reserved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Unicode character set. This value covers */
+ /* all versions of the Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and */
+ /* Latin-1. Most fonts include a Unicode charmap, but not all */
+ /* of them. */
+ /* */
+ /* For example, if you want to access Unicode value U+1F028 (and */
+ /* the font contains it), use value 0x1F028 as the input value for */
+ /* @FT_Get_Char_Index. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode */
+ /* mathematical symbols in the 32..255 character code range. For */
+ /* more information, see `http://www.ceviz.net/symbol.htm'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_SJIS :: */
+ /* Corresponds to Japanese SJIS encoding. More info at */
+ /* at `http://langsupport.japanreference.com/encoding.shtml'. */
+ /* See note on multi-byte encodings below. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_GB2312 :: */
+ /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Simplified Chinese as used */
+ /* used in mainland China. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_BIG5 :: */
+ /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as */
+ /* used in Taiwan and Hong Kong. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Wansung. */
+ /* For more information see */
+ /* `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/unicode/949.txt'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_JOHAB :: */
+ /* The Korean standard character set (KS~C 5601-1992), which */
+ /* corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361. This character set */
+ /* includes all possible Hangeul character combinations. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 :: */
+ /* Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type~1 */
+ /* PostScript font. It is limited to 256 character codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type~1, */
+ /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */
+ /* codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type~1, */
+ /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */
+ /* codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM :: */
+ /* Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and */
+ /* OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the 8-bit Apple roman encoding. Many TrueType */
+ /* and OpenType fonts contain a charmap for this encoding, since */
+ /* older versions of Mac OS are able to use it. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 :: */
+ /* This value is deprecated and was never used nor reported by */
+ /* FreeType. Don't use or test for it. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_GB2312. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* By default, FreeType automatically synthesizes a Unicode charmap */
+ /* for PostScript fonts, using their glyph names dictionaries. */
+ /* However, it also reports the encodings defined explicitly in the */
+ /* font file, for the cases when they are needed, with the Adobe */
+ /* values as well. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap */
+ /* is neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE). Use @FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID to find out */
+ /* which encoding is really present. If, for example, the */
+ /* `cs_registry' field is `KOI8' and the `cs_encoding' field is `R', */
+ /* the font is encoded in KOI8-R. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is always set (with a single exception) by the */
+ /* winfonts driver. Use @FT_Get_WinFNT_Header and examine the */
+ /* `charset' field of the @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure to find out */
+ /* which encoding is really present. For example, */
+ /* @FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 (204) means Windows code page 1251 (for */
+ /* Russian). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set if `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH */
+ /* and `encoding_id' is not @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN (otherwise it is set to */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN). */
+ /* */
+ /* If `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH, use the function */
+ /* @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID to query the Mac language ID which may */
+ /* be needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants. See */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/README.TXT */
+ /* */
+ /* to get an idea how to do that. Basically, if the language ID */
+ /* is~0, don't use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID. */
+ /* Then examine `encoding_id'. If, for example, `encoding_id' is */
+ /* @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN and the language ID (minus~1) is */
+ /* `TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK', it is the Greek encoding, not Roman. */
+ /* @TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC with `TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI' means the Farsi */
+ /* variant the Arabic encoding. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Encoding_
+ {
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL, 's', 'y', 'm', 'b' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_UNICODE, 'u', 'n', 'i', 'c' ),
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_SJIS, 's', 'j', 'i', 's' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_GB2312, 'g', 'b', ' ', ' ' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_BIG5, 'b', 'i', 'g', '5' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, 'w', 'a', 'n', 's' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_JOHAB, 'j', 'o', 'h', 'a' ),
+
+ /* for backwards compatibility */
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS = FT_ENCODING_SJIS,
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 = FT_ENCODING_GB2312,
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 = FT_ENCODING_BIG5,
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG = FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG,
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB = FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD, 'A', 'D', 'O', 'B' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'E' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'C' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1, 'l', 'a', 't', '1' ),
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2, 'l', 'a', 't', '2' ),
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN, 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' )
+
+ } FT_Encoding;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_encoding_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* These constants are deprecated; use the corresponding @FT_Encoding */
+ /* values instead. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_encoding_none FT_ENCODING_NONE
+#define ft_encoding_unicode FT_ENCODING_UNICODE
+#define ft_encoding_symbol FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL
+#define ft_encoding_latin_1 FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1
+#define ft_encoding_latin_2 FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2
+#define ft_encoding_sjis FT_ENCODING_SJIS
+#define ft_encoding_gb2312 FT_ENCODING_GB2312
+#define ft_encoding_big5 FT_ENCODING_BIG5
+#define ft_encoding_wansung FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG
+#define ft_encoding_johab FT_ENCODING_JOHAB
+
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_standard FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_expert FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_custom FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM
+#define ft_encoding_apple_roman FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_CharMapRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The base charmap structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* encoding :: An @FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap. Use */
+ /* this with @FT_Select_Charmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* platform_id :: An ID number describing the platform for the */
+ /* following encoding ID. This comes directly from */
+ /* the TrueType specification and should be emulated */
+ /* for other formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* encoding_id :: A platform specific encoding number. This also */
+ /* comes from the TrueType specification and should be */
+ /* emulated similarly. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_
+ {
+ FT_Face face;
+ FT_Encoding encoding;
+ FT_UShort platform_id;
+ FT_UShort encoding_id;
+
+ } FT_CharMapRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* B A S E O B J E C T C L A S S E S */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Face_Internal */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Face_InternalRec' structure, used to */
+ /* model private data of a given @FT_Face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* This structure might change between releases of FreeType~2 and is */
+ /* not generally available to client applications. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Face_InternalRec_* FT_Face_Internal;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_FaceRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType root face class structure. A face object models a */
+ /* typeface in a font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* num_faces :: The number of faces in the font file. Some */
+ /* font formats can have multiple faces in */
+ /* a font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face in the font file. It */
+ /* is set to~0 if there is only one face in */
+ /* the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_flags :: A set of bit flags that give important */
+ /* information about the face; see */
+ /* @FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* style_flags :: A set of bit flags indicating the style of */
+ /* the face; see @FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX for the */
+ /* details. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_glyphs :: The number of glyphs in the face. If the */
+ /* face is scalable and has sbits (see */
+ /* `num_fixed_sizes'), it is set to the number */
+ /* of outline glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* For CID-keyed fonts, this value gives the */
+ /* highest CID used in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* family_name :: The face's family name. This is an ASCII */
+ /* string, usually in English, which describes */
+ /* the typeface's family (like `Times New */
+ /* Roman', `Bodoni', `Garamond', etc). This */
+ /* is a least common denominator used to list */
+ /* fonts. Some formats (TrueType & OpenType) */
+ /* provide localized and Unicode versions of */
+ /* this string. Applications should use the */
+ /* format specific interface to access them. */
+ /* Can be NULL (e.g., in fonts embedded in a */
+ /* PDF file). */
+ /* */
+ /* style_name :: The face's style name. This is an ASCII */
+ /* string, usually in English, which describes */
+ /* the typeface's style (like `Italic', */
+ /* `Bold', `Condensed', etc). Not all font */
+ /* formats provide a style name, so this field */
+ /* is optional, and can be set to NULL. As */
+ /* for `family_name', some formats provide */
+ /* localized and Unicode versions of this */
+ /* string. Applications should use the format */
+ /* specific interface to access them. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_fixed_sizes :: The number of bitmap strikes in the face. */
+ /* Even if the face is scalable, there might */
+ /* still be bitmap strikes, which are called */
+ /* `sbits' in that case. */
+ /* */
+ /* available_sizes :: An array of @FT_Bitmap_Size for all bitmap */
+ /* strikes in the face. It is set to NULL if */
+ /* there is no bitmap strike. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_charmaps :: The number of charmaps in the face. */
+ /* */
+ /* charmaps :: An array of the charmaps of the face. */
+ /* */
+ /* generic :: A field reserved for client uses. See the */
+ /* @FT_Generic type description. */
+ /* */
+ /* bbox :: The font bounding box. Coordinates are */
+ /* expressed in font units (see */
+ /* `units_per_EM'). The box is large enough */
+ /* to contain any glyph from the font. Thus, */
+ /* `bbox.yMax' can be seen as the `maximum */
+ /* ascender', and `bbox.yMin' as the `minimum */
+ /* descender'. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the bounding box might be off by */
+ /* (at least) one pixel for hinted fonts. See */
+ /* @FT_Size_Metrics for further discussion. */
+ /* */
+ /* units_per_EM :: The number of font units per EM square for */
+ /* this face. This is typically 2048 for */
+ /* TrueType fonts, and 1000 for Type~1 fonts. */
+ /* Only relevant for scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* ascender :: The typographic ascender of the face, */
+ /* expressed in font units. For font formats */
+ /* not having this information, it is set to */
+ /* `bbox.yMax'. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* descender :: The typographic descender of the face, */
+ /* expressed in font units. For font formats */
+ /* not having this information, it is set to */
+ /* `bbox.yMin'. Note that this field is */
+ /* usually negative. Only relevant for */
+ /* scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: This value is the vertical distance */
+ /* between two consecutive baselines, */
+ /* expressed in font units. It is always */
+ /* positive. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you want the global glyph height, use */
+ /* `ascender - descender'. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_advance_width :: The maximum advance width, in font units, */
+ /* for all glyphs in this face. This can be */
+ /* used to make word wrapping computations */
+ /* faster. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_advance_height :: The maximum advance height, in font units, */
+ /* for all glyphs in this face. This is only */
+ /* relevant for vertical layouts, and is set */
+ /* to `height' for fonts that do not provide */
+ /* vertical metrics. Only relevant for */
+ /* scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* underline_position :: The position, in font units, of the */
+ /* underline line for this face. It is the */
+ /* center of the underlining stem. Only */
+ /* relevant for scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* underline_thickness :: The thickness, in font units, of the */
+ /* underline for this face. Only relevant for */
+ /* scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* glyph :: The face's associated glyph slot(s). */
+ /* */
+ /* size :: The current active size for this face. */
+ /* */
+ /* charmap :: The current active charmap for this face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Fields may be changed after a call to @FT_Attach_File or */
+ /* @FT_Attach_Stream. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_FaceRec_
+ {
+ FT_Long num_faces;
+ FT_Long face_index;
+
+ FT_Long face_flags;
+ FT_Long style_flags;
+
+ FT_Long num_glyphs;
+
+ FT_String* family_name;
+ FT_String* style_name;
+
+ FT_Int num_fixed_sizes;
+ FT_Bitmap_Size* available_sizes;
+
+ FT_Int num_charmaps;
+ FT_CharMap* charmaps;
+
+ FT_Generic generic;
+
+ /*# The following member variables (down to `underline_thickness') */
+ /*# are only relevant to scalable outlines; cf. @FT_Bitmap_Size */
+ /*# for bitmap fonts. */
+ FT_BBox bbox;
+
+ FT_UShort units_per_EM;
+ FT_Short ascender;
+ FT_Short descender;
+ FT_Short height;
+
+ FT_Short max_advance_width;
+ FT_Short max_advance_height;
+
+ FT_Short underline_position;
+ FT_Short underline_thickness;
+
+ FT_GlyphSlot glyph;
+ FT_Size size;
+ FT_CharMap charmap;
+
+ /*@private begin */
+
+ FT_Driver driver;
+ FT_Memory memory;
+ FT_Stream stream;
+
+ FT_ListRec sizes_list;
+
+ FT_Generic autohint; /* face-specific auto-hinter data */
+ void* extensions; /* unused */
+
+ FT_Face_Internal internal;
+
+ /*@private end */
+
+ } FT_FaceRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit flags used in the `face_flags' field of the */
+ /* @FT_FaceRec structure. They inform client applications of */
+ /* properties of the corresponding face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains outline glyphs. This doesn't */
+ /* prevent bitmap strikes, i.e., a face can have both this and */
+ /* and @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains bitmap strikes. See also the */
+ /* `num_fixed_sizes' and `available_sizes' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains fixed-width characters (like */
+ /* Courier, Lucido, MonoType, etc.). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face uses the `sfnt' storage scheme. For */
+ /* now, this means TrueType and OpenType. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains horizontal glyph metrics. This */
+ /* should be set for all common formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains vertical glyph metrics. This */
+ /* is only available in some formats, not all of them. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains kerning information. If set, */
+ /* the kerning distance can be retrieved through the function */
+ /* @FT_Get_Kerning. Otherwise the function always return the */
+ /* vector (0,0). Note that FreeType doesn't handle kerning data */
+ /* from the `GPOS' table (as present in some OpenType fonts). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS :: */
+ /* THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE OR TEST IT. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS :: */
+ /* Indicates that the font contains multiple masters and is capable */
+ /* of interpolating between them. See the multiple-masters */
+ /* specific API for details. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES :: */
+ /* Indicates that the font contains glyph names that can be */
+ /* retrieved through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name. Note that some TrueType */
+ /* fonts contain broken glyph name tables. Use the function */
+ /* @FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when needed. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM :: */
+ /* Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was */
+ /* provided by the client application and should not be destroyed */
+ /* when @FT_Done_Face is called. Don't read or test this flag. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER :: */
+ /* Set if the font driver has a hinting machine of its own. For */
+ /* example, with TrueType fonts, it makes sense to use data from */
+ /* the SFNT `gasp' table only if the native TrueType hinting engine */
+ /* (with the bytecode interpreter) is available and active. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED :: */
+ /* Set if the font is CID-keyed. In that case, the font is not */
+ /* accessed by glyph indices but by CID values. For subsetted */
+ /* CID-keyed fonts this has the consequence that not all index */
+ /* values are a valid argument to FT_Load_Glyph. Only the CID */
+ /* values for which corresponding glyphs in the subsetted font */
+ /* exist make FT_Load_Glyph return successfully; in all other cases */
+ /* you get an `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that CID-keyed fonts which are in an SFNT wrapper don't */
+ /* have this flag set since the glyphs are accessed in the normal */
+ /* way (using contiguous indices); the `CID-ness' isn't visible to */
+ /* the application. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY :: */
+ /* Set if the font is `tricky', this is, it always needs the */
+ /* font format's native hinting engine to get a reasonable result. */
+ /* A typical example is the Chinese font `mingli.ttf' which uses */
+ /* TrueType bytecode instructions to move and scale all of its */
+ /* subglyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* It is not possible to autohint such fonts using */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT; it will also ignore */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING. You have to set both @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */
+ /* and @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT to really disable hinting; however, you */
+ /* probably never want this except for demonstration purposes. */
+ /* */
+ /* Currently, there are about a dozen TrueType fonts in the list of */
+ /* tricky fonts; they are hard-coded in file `ttobjs.c'. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ( 1L << 0 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ( 1L << 1 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ( 1L << 2 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ( 1L << 3 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ( 1L << 4 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ( 1L << 5 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ( 1L << 6 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS ( 1L << 7 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ( 1L << 8 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ( 1L << 9 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ( 1L << 10 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER ( 1L << 11 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ( 1L << 12 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ( 1L << 13 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains
+ * horizontal metrics (this is true for all font formats though).
+ *
+ * @also:
+ * @FT_HAS_VERTICAL can be used to check for vertical metrics.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains real
+ * vertical metrics (and not only synthesized ones).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_KERNING( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning
+ * data that can be accessed with @FT_Get_Kerning.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_SCALABLE( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a scalable
+ * font face (true for TrueType, Type~1, Type~42, CID, OpenType/CFF,
+ * and PFR font formats.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_SFNT( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font
+ * whose format is based on the SFNT storage scheme. This usually
+ * means: TrueType fonts, OpenType fonts, as well as SFNT-based embedded
+ * bitmap fonts.
+ *
+ * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_SFNT_NAMES_H and
+ * @FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H are available.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_SFNT( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font face
+ * that contains fixed-width (or `monospace', `fixed-pitch', etc.)
+ * glyphs.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some
+ * embedded bitmaps. See the `available_sizes' field of the
+ * @FT_FaceRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Deprecated.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face ) 0
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some glyph
+ * names that can be accessed through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some
+ * multiple masters. The functions provided by @FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+ * are then available to choose the exact design you want.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a CID-keyed
+ * font. See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED for more
+ * details.
+ *
+ * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_CID_H are
+ * available.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_TRICKY( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face represents a `tricky' font.
+ * See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more details.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit-flags used to indicate the style of a given face. */
+ /* These are used in the `style_flags' field of @FT_FaceRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC :: */
+ /* Indicates that a given face style is italic or oblique. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD :: */
+ /* Indicates that a given face is bold. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The style information as provided by FreeType is very basic. More */
+ /* details are beyond the scope and should be done on a higher level */
+ /* (for example, by analyzing various fields of the `OS/2' table in */
+ /* SFNT based fonts). */
+ /* */
+#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC ( 1 << 0 )
+#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD ( 1 << 1 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Size_Internal */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Size_InternalRec' structure, used to */
+ /* model private data of a given @FT_Size object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Size_InternalRec_* FT_Size_Internal;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Size_Metrics */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The size metrics structure gives the metrics of a size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* x_ppem :: The width of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence */
+ /* the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */
+ /* referred to as `nominal width'. */
+ /* */
+ /* y_ppem :: The height of the scaled EM square in pixels, */
+ /* hence the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */
+ /* referred to as `nominal height'. */
+ /* */
+ /* x_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */
+ /* horizontal metrics from font units to 26.6 */
+ /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* font formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* y_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */
+ /* vertical metrics from font units to 26.6 */
+ /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* font formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* ascender :: The ascender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */
+ /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* descender :: The descender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */
+ /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: The height in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */
+ /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_advance :: The maximum advance width in 26.6 fractional */
+ /* pixels. See @FT_FaceRec for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The scaling values, if relevant, are determined first during a */
+ /* size changing operation. The remaining fields are then set by the */
+ /* driver. For scalable formats, they are usually set to scaled */
+ /* values of the corresponding fields in @FT_FaceRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that due to glyph hinting, these values might not be exact */
+ /* for certain fonts. Thus they must be treated as unreliable */
+ /* with an error margin of at least one pixel! */
+ /* */
+ /* Indeed, the only way to get the exact metrics is to render _all_ */
+ /* glyphs. As this would be a definite performance hit, it is up to */
+ /* client applications to perform such computations. */
+ /* */
+ /* The FT_Size_Metrics structure is valid for bitmap fonts also. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Size_Metrics_
+ {
+ FT_UShort x_ppem; /* horizontal pixels per EM */
+ FT_UShort y_ppem; /* vertical pixels per EM */
+
+ FT_Fixed x_scale; /* scaling values used to convert font */
+ FT_Fixed y_scale; /* units to 26.6 fractional pixels */
+
+ FT_Pos ascender; /* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels */
+ FT_Pos descender; /* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels */
+ FT_Pos height; /* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels */
+ FT_Pos max_advance; /* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels */
+
+ } FT_Size_Metrics;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_SizeRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType root size class structure. A size object models a face */
+ /* object at a given size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* face :: Handle to the parent face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* generic :: A typeless pointer, which is unused by the FreeType */
+ /* library or any of its drivers. It can be used by */
+ /* client applications to link their own data to each size */
+ /* object. */
+ /* */
+ /* metrics :: Metrics for this size object. This field is read-only. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_SizeRec_
+ {
+ FT_Face face; /* parent face object */
+ FT_Generic generic; /* generic pointer for client uses */
+ FT_Size_Metrics metrics; /* size metrics */
+ FT_Size_Internal internal;
+
+ } FT_SizeRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_SubGlyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe */
+ /* subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API, */
+ /* hence the forward structure declaration. */
+ /* */
+ /* You can however retrieve subglyph information with */
+ /* @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_SubGlyphRec_* FT_SubGlyph;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Slot_Internal */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Slot_InternalRec' structure, used to */
+ /* model private data of a given @FT_GlyphSlot object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Slot_InternalRec_* FT_Slot_Internal;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType root glyph slot class structure. A glyph slot is a */
+ /* container where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they in */
+ /* outline or bitmap format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library instance */
+ /* this slot belongs to. */
+ /* */
+ /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* next :: In some cases (like some font tools), several */
+ /* glyph slots per face object can be a good */
+ /* thing. As this is rare, the glyph slots are */
+ /* listed through a direct, single-linked list */
+ /* using its `next' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* generic :: A typeless pointer which is unused by the */
+ /* FreeType library or any of its drivers. It */
+ /* can be used by client applications to link */
+ /* their own data to each glyph slot object. */
+ /* */
+ /* metrics :: The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the */
+ /* slot. The returned values depend on the last */
+ /* load flags (see the @FT_Load_Glyph API */
+ /* function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 */
+ /* fractional pixels or font units. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that even when the glyph image is */
+ /* transformed, the metrics are not. */
+ /* */
+ /* linearHoriAdvance :: The advance width of the unhinted glyph. */
+ /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */
+ /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */
+ /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */
+ /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */
+ /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* linearVertAdvance :: The advance height of the unhinted glyph. */
+ /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */
+ /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */
+ /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */
+ /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */
+ /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* advance :: This shorthand is, depending on */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM, the transformed */
+ /* advance width for the glyph (in 26.6 */
+ /* fractional pixel format). As specified with */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT, it uses either the */
+ /* `horiAdvance' or the `vertAdvance' value of */
+ /* `metrics' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* format :: This field indicates the format of the image */
+ /* contained in the glyph slot. Typically */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, or */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but others are */
+ /* possible. */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap :: This field is used as a bitmap descriptor */
+ /* when the slot format is */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. Note that the */
+ /* address and content of the bitmap buffer can */
+ /* change between calls of @FT_Load_Glyph and a */
+ /* few other functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap_left :: This is the bitmap's left bearing expressed */
+ /* in integer pixels. Of course, this is only */
+ /* valid if the format is */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap_top :: This is the bitmap's top bearing expressed in */
+ /* integer pixels. Remember that this is the */
+ /* distance from the baseline to the top-most */
+ /* glyph scanline, upwards y~coordinates being */
+ /* *positive*. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: The outline descriptor for the current glyph */
+ /* image if its format is */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE. Once a glyph is */
+ /* loaded, `outline' can be transformed, */
+ /* distorted, embolded, etc. However, it must */
+ /* not be freed. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_subglyphs :: The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph. */
+ /* This field is only valid for the composite */
+ /* glyph format that should normally only be */
+ /* loaded with the @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag. */
+ /* For now this is internal to FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* subglyphs :: An array of subglyph descriptors for */
+ /* composite glyphs. There are `num_subglyphs' */
+ /* elements in there. Currently internal to */
+ /* FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* control_data :: Certain font drivers can also return the */
+ /* control data for a given glyph image (e.g. */
+ /* TrueType bytecode, Type~1 charstrings, etc.). */
+ /* This field is a pointer to such data. */
+ /* */
+ /* control_len :: This is the length in bytes of the control */
+ /* data. */
+ /* */
+ /* other :: Really wicked formats can use this pointer to */
+ /* present their own glyph image to client */
+ /* applications. Note that the application */
+ /* needs to know about the image format. */
+ /* */
+ /* lsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */
+ /* left side bearing while autohinting is */
+ /* active. Zero otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ /* rsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */
+ /* right side bearing while autohinting is */
+ /* active. Zero otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If @FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_DEFAULT) the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in */
+ /* its native format (e.g., an outline glyph for TrueType and Type~1 */
+ /* formats). */
+ /* */
+ /* This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling */
+ /* @FT_Render_Glyph. This function finds the current renderer for */
+ /* the native image's format, then invokes it. */
+ /* */
+ /* The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through */
+ /* the slot's face transformation fields, then converting it into a */
+ /* bitmap that is returned in `slot->bitmap'. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `slot->bitmap_left' and `slot->bitmap_top' are also used */
+ /* to specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen */
+ /* position (e.g., coordinates (0,0) on the baseline). Of course, */
+ /* `slot->format' is also changed to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Here a small pseudo code fragment which shows how to use */
+ /* `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta': */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Pos origin_x = 0; */
+ /* FT_Pos prev_rsb_delta = 0; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* for all glyphs do */
+ /* <compute kern between current and previous glyph and add it to */
+ /* `origin_x'> */
+ /* */
+ /* <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'> */
+ /* */
+ /* if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta >= 32 ) */
+ /* origin_x -= 64; */
+ /* else if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta < -32 ) */
+ /* origin_x += 64; */
+ /* */
+ /* prev_rsb_delta = face->glyph->rsb_delta; */
+ /* */
+ /* <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...> */
+ /* */
+ /* origin_x += face->glyph->advance.x; */
+ /* endfor */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_
+ {
+ FT_Library library;
+ FT_Face face;
+ FT_GlyphSlot next;
+ FT_UInt reserved; /* retained for binary compatibility */
+ FT_Generic generic;
+
+ FT_Glyph_Metrics metrics;
+ FT_Fixed linearHoriAdvance;
+ FT_Fixed linearVertAdvance;
+ FT_Vector advance;
+
+ FT_Glyph_Format format;
+
+ FT_Bitmap bitmap;
+ FT_Int bitmap_left;
+ FT_Int bitmap_top;
+
+ FT_Outline outline;
+
+ FT_UInt num_subglyphs;
+ FT_SubGlyph subglyphs;
+
+ void* control_data;
+ long control_len;
+
+ FT_Pos lsb_delta;
+ FT_Pos rsb_delta;
+
+ void* other;
+
+ FT_Slot_Internal internal;
+
+ } FT_GlyphSlotRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* F U N C T I O N S */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Init_FreeType */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Initialize a new FreeType library object. The set of modules */
+ /* that are registered by this function is determined at build time. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* alibrary :: A handle to a new library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* In case you want to provide your own memory allocating routines, */
+ /* use @FT_New_Library instead, followed by a call to */
+ /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules (or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module). */
+ /* */
+ /* For multi-threading applications each thread should have its own */
+ /* FT_Library object. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library *alibrary );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_FreeType */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy a given FreeType library object and all of its children, */
+ /* including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the target library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library library );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_OPEN_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit-field constants used within the `flags' field of the */
+ /* @FT_Open_Args structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY :: This is a memory-based stream. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_STREAM :: Copy the stream from the `stream' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME :: Create a new input stream from a C~path */
+ /* name. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER :: Use the `driver' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS :: Use the `num_params' and `params' fields. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_memory :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_MEMORY instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_stream :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_STREAM instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_pathname :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_PATHNAME instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_driver :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_DRIVER instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_params :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_PARAMS instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The `FT_OPEN_MEMORY', `FT_OPEN_STREAM', and `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME' */
+ /* flags are mutually exclusive. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_OPEN_MEMORY 0x1
+#define FT_OPEN_STREAM 0x2
+#define FT_OPEN_PATHNAME 0x4
+#define FT_OPEN_DRIVER 0x8
+#define FT_OPEN_PARAMS 0x10
+
+#define ft_open_memory FT_OPEN_MEMORY /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_stream FT_OPEN_STREAM /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_pathname FT_OPEN_PATHNAME /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_driver FT_OPEN_DRIVER /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_params FT_OPEN_PARAMS /* deprecated */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Parameter */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to pass more or less generic parameters to */
+ /* @FT_Open_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* tag :: A four-byte identification tag. */
+ /* */
+ /* data :: A pointer to the parameter data. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The ID and function of parameters are driver-specific. See the */
+ /* various FT_PARAM_TAG_XXX flags for more information. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Parameter_
+ {
+ FT_ULong tag;
+ FT_Pointer data;
+
+ } FT_Parameter;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Open_Args */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to indicate how to open a new font file or */
+ /* stream. A pointer to such a structure can be used as a parameter */
+ /* for the functions @FT_Open_Face and @FT_Attach_Stream. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* flags :: A set of bit flags indicating how to use the */
+ /* structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* memory_base :: The first byte of the file in memory. */
+ /* */
+ /* memory_size :: The size in bytes of the file in memory. */
+ /* */
+ /* pathname :: A pointer to an 8-bit file pathname. */
+ /* */
+ /* stream :: A handle to a source stream object. */
+ /* */
+ /* driver :: This field is exclusively used by @FT_Open_Face; */
+ /* it simply specifies the font driver to use to open */
+ /* the face. If set to~0, FreeType tries to load the */
+ /* face with each one of the drivers in its list. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_params :: The number of extra parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* params :: Extra parameters passed to the font driver when */
+ /* opening a new face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The stream type is determined by the contents of `flags' which */
+ /* are tested in the following order by @FT_Open_Face: */
+ /* */
+ /* If the `FT_OPEN_MEMORY' bit is set, assume that this is a */
+ /* memory file of `memory_size' bytes, located at `memory_address'. */
+ /* The data are are not copied, and the client is responsible for */
+ /* releasing and destroying them _after_ the corresponding call to */
+ /* @FT_Done_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* Otherwise, if the `FT_OPEN_STREAM' bit is set, assume that a */
+ /* custom input stream `stream' is used. */
+ /* */
+ /* Otherwise, if the `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME' bit is set, assume that this */
+ /* is a normal file and use `pathname' to open it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the `FT_OPEN_DRIVER' bit is set, @FT_Open_Face only tries to */
+ /* open the file with the driver whose handler is in `driver'. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the `FT_OPEN_PARAMS' bit is set, the parameters given by */
+ /* `num_params' and `params' is used. They are ignored otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ /* Ideally, both the `pathname' and `params' fields should be tagged */
+ /* as `const'; this is missing for API backwards compatibility. In */
+ /* other words, applications should treat them as read-only. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Open_Args_
+ {
+ FT_UInt flags;
+ const FT_Byte* memory_base;
+ FT_Long memory_size;
+ FT_String* pathname;
+ FT_Stream stream;
+ FT_Module driver;
+ FT_Int num_params;
+ FT_Parameter* params;
+
+ } FT_Open_Args;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font by its pathname. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* pathname :: A path to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */
+ /* face has index~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */
+ /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */
+ /* See @FT_Open_Face for more details. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Face( FT_Library library,
+ const char* filepathname,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Memory_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font which has been */
+ /* loaded into memory. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* file_base :: A pointer to the beginning of the font data. */
+ /* */
+ /* file_size :: The size of the memory chunk used by the font data. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */
+ /* face has index~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */
+ /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */
+ /* See @FT_Open_Face for more details. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You must not deallocate the memory before calling @FT_Done_Face. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Byte* file_base,
+ FT_Long file_size,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Open_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a face object from a given resource described by */
+ /* @FT_Open_Args. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* args :: A pointer to an `FT_Open_Args' structure which must */
+ /* be filled by the caller. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */
+ /* face has index~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */
+ /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */
+ /* See note below. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph */
+ /* slot for the face object which can be accessed directly through */
+ /* `face->glyph'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Open_Face can be used to quickly check whether the font */
+ /* format of a given font resource is supported by FreeType. If the */
+ /* `face_index' field is negative, the function's return value is~0 */
+ /* if the font format is recognized, or non-zero otherwise; */
+ /* the function returns a more or less empty face handle in `*aface' */
+ /* (if `aface' isn't NULL). The only useful field in this special */
+ /* case is `face->num_faces' which gives the number of faces within */
+ /* the font file. After examination, the returned @FT_Face structure */
+ /* should be deallocated with a call to @FT_Done_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* Each new face object created with this function also owns a */
+ /* default @FT_Size object, accessible as `face->size'. */
+ /* */
+ /* One @FT_Library instance can have multiple face objects, this is, */
+ /* @FT_Open_Face and its siblings can be called multiple times using */
+ /* the same `library' argument. */
+ /* */
+ /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
+ /* @FT_Reference_Face. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Open_Face( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Open_Args* args,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Attach_File */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Attach_Stream to attach a file. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: The target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* filepathname :: The pathname. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Attach_File( FT_Face face,
+ const char* filepathname );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Attach_Stream */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* `Attach' data to a face object. Normally, this is used to read */
+ /* additional information for the face object. For example, you can */
+ /* attach an AFM file that comes with a Type~1 font to get the */
+ /* kerning values and other metrics. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: The target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* parameters :: A pointer to @FT_Open_Args which must be filled by */
+ /* the caller. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The meaning of the `attach' (i.e., what really happens when the */
+ /* new file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself. It really */
+ /* depends on the font format (and thus the font driver). */
+ /* */
+ /* Client applications are expected to know what they are doing */
+ /* when invoking this function. Most drivers simply do not implement */
+ /* file attachments. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Open_Args* parameters );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Reference_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Face structure */
+ /* is created. This function increments the counter. @FT_Done_Face */
+ /* then only destroys a face if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply */
+ /* decrements the counter. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures which */
+ /* reference @FT_Face objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.4.2 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Reference_Face( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Discard a given face object, as well as all of its child slots and */
+ /* sizes. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
+ /* @FT_Reference_Face. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Done_Face( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Select_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Select a bitmap strike. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* strike_index :: The index of the bitmap strike in the */
+ /* `available_sizes' field of @FT_FaceRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Select_Size( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Int strike_index );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Size_Request_Type */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration type that lists the supported size request types. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL :: */
+ /* The nominal size. The `units_per_EM' field of @FT_FaceRec is */
+ /* used to determine both scaling values. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM :: */
+ /* The real dimension. The sum of the the `ascender' and (minus */
+ /* of) the `descender' fields of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine */
+ /* both scaling values. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX :: */
+ /* The font bounding box. The width and height of the `bbox' field */
+ /* of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine the horizontal and vertical */
+ /* scaling value, respectively. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL :: */
+ /* The `max_advance_width' field of @FT_FaceRec is used to */
+ /* determine the horizontal scaling value; the vertical scaling */
+ /* value is determined the same way as */
+ /* @FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM does. Finally, both scaling */
+ /* values are set to the smaller one. This type is useful if you */
+ /* want to specify the font size for, say, a window of a given */
+ /* dimension and 80x24 cells. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES :: */
+ /* Specify the scaling values directly. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The above descriptions only apply to scalable formats. For bitmap */
+ /* formats, the behaviour is up to the driver. */
+ /* */
+ /* See the note section of @FT_Size_Metrics if you wonder how size */
+ /* requesting relates to scaling values. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Size_Request_Type_
+ {
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL,
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM,
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX,
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL,
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES,
+
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX
+
+ } FT_Size_Request_Type;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Size_RequestRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a size request. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* type :: See @FT_Size_Request_Type. */
+ /* */
+ /* width :: The desired width. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: The desired height. */
+ /* */
+ /* horiResolution :: The horizontal resolution. If set to zero, */
+ /* `width' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */
+ /* value. */
+ /* */
+ /* vertResolution :: The vertical resolution. If set to zero, */
+ /* `height' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */
+ /* value. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If `width' is zero, then the horizontal scaling value is set equal */
+ /* to the vertical scaling value, and vice versa. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_
+ {
+ FT_Size_Request_Type type;
+ FT_Long width;
+ FT_Long height;
+ FT_UInt horiResolution;
+ FT_UInt vertResolution;
+
+ } FT_Size_RequestRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Size_Request */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a size request structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_ *FT_Size_Request;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Request_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Resize the scale of the active @FT_Size object in a face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* req :: A pointer to a @FT_Size_RequestRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Although drivers may select the bitmap strike matching the */
+ /* request, you should not rely on this if you intend to select a */
+ /* particular bitmap strike. Use @FT_Select_Size instead in that */
+ /* case. */
+ /* */
+ /* The relation between the requested size and the resulting glyph */
+ /* size is dependent entirely on how the size is defined in the */
+ /* source face. The font designer chooses the final size of each */
+ /* glyph relative to this size. For more information refer to */
+ /* `http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/glyphs/glyphs-2.html' */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Request_Size( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Size_Request req );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Char_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */
+ /* (in points). */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* char_width :: The nominal width, in 26.6 fractional points. */
+ /* */
+ /* char_height :: The nominal height, in 26.6 fractional points. */
+ /* */
+ /* horz_resolution :: The horizontal resolution in dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* vert_resolution :: The vertical resolution in dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If either the character width or height is zero, it is set equal */
+ /* to the other value. */
+ /* */
+ /* If either the horizontal or vertical resolution is zero, it is set */
+ /* equal to the other value. */
+ /* */
+ /* A character width or height smaller than 1pt is set to 1pt; if */
+ /* both resolution values are zero, they are set to 72dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face face,
+ FT_F26Dot6 char_width,
+ FT_F26Dot6 char_height,
+ FT_UInt horz_resolution,
+ FT_UInt vert_resolution );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */
+ /* (in pixels). */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* pixel_width :: The nominal width, in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* pixel_height :: The nominal height, in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You should not rely on the resulting glyphs matching, or being */
+ /* constrained, to this pixel size. Refer to @FT_Request_Size to */
+ /* understand how requested sizes relate to actual sizes. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt pixel_width,
+ FT_UInt pixel_height );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Load_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */
+ /* face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the target face object where the glyph */
+ /* is loaded. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file. For */
+ /* CID-keyed fonts (either in PS or in CFF format) */
+ /* this argument specifies the CID value. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */
+ /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */
+ /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */
+ /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The loaded glyph may be transformed. See @FT_Set_Transform for */
+ /* the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* For subsetted CID-keyed fonts, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' is */
+ /* returned for invalid CID values (this is, for CID values which */
+ /* don't have a corresponding glyph in the font). See the discussion */
+ /* of the @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag for more details. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_Int32 load_flags );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Load_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */
+ /* face object, according to its character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object where the glyph */
+ /* is loaded. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* char_code :: The glyph's character code, according to the */
+ /* current charmap used in the face. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */
+ /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */
+ /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */
+ /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function simply calls @FT_Get_Char_Index and @FT_Load_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Load_Char( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong char_code,
+ FT_Int32 load_flags );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_LOAD_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_Load_Glyph to indicate
+ * what kind of operations to perform during glyph loading.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ::
+ * Corresponding to~0, this value is used as the default glyph load
+ * operation. In this case, the following happens:
+ *
+ * 1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the
+ * face's current size. If one is found, the function returns.
+ * The bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note
+ * below).
+ *
+ * 2. If no embedded bitmap is searched or found, FreeType looks for a
+ * scalable outline. If one is found, it is loaded from the font
+ * file, scaled to device pixels, then `hinted' to the pixel grid
+ * in order to optimize it. The outline data can be accessed from
+ * the glyph slot (see note below).
+ *
+ * Note that by default, the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into
+ * bitmaps. The following flags are used to modify this default
+ * behaviour to more specific and useful cases.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ::
+ * Don't scale the loaded outline glyph but keep it in font units.
+ *
+ * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and @FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP, and
+ * unsets @FT_LOAD_RENDER.
+ *
+ * If the font is `tricky' (see @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more), using
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE usually yields meaningless outlines because the
+ * subglyphs must be scaled and positioned with hinting instructions.
+ * This can be solved by loading the font without FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and
+ * setting the character size to `font->units_per_EM'.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ::
+ * Disable hinting. This generally generates `blurrier' bitmap glyphs
+ * when the glyph are rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes. See
+ * also the note below.
+ *
+ * This flag is implied by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_RENDER ::
+ * Call @FT_Render_Glyph after the glyph is loaded. By default, the
+ * glyph is rendered in @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode. This can be
+ * overridden by @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX or @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.
+ *
+ * This flag is unset by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ::
+ * Ignore bitmap strikes when loading. Bitmap-only fonts ignore this
+ * flag.
+ *
+ * @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE always sets this flag.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ::
+ * Load the glyph for vertical text layout. In particular, the
+ * `advance' value in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure is set to the
+ * `vertAdvance' value of the `metrics' field.
+ *
+ * In case @FT_HAS_VERTICAL doesn't return true, you shouldn't use
+ * this flag currently. Reason is that in this case vertical metrics
+ * get synthesized, and those values are not always consistent across
+ * various font formats.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ::
+ * Indicates that the auto-hinter is preferred over the font's native
+ * hinter. See also the note below.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ::
+ * Indicates that the font driver should crop the loaded bitmap glyph
+ * (i.e., remove all space around its black bits). Not all drivers
+ * implement this.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ::
+ * Indicates that the font driver should perform pedantic verifications
+ * during glyph loading. This is mostly used to detect broken glyphs
+ * in fonts. By default, FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also.
+ *
+ * In particular, errors from the TrueType bytecode engine are not
+ * passed to the application if this flag is not set; this might
+ * result in partially hinted or distorted glyphs in case a glyph's
+ * bytecode is buggy.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ::
+ * Ignored. Deprecated.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ::
+ * This flag is only used internally. It merely indicates that the
+ * font driver should not load composite glyphs recursively. Instead,
+ * it should set the `num_subglyph' and `subglyphs' values of the
+ * glyph slot accordingly, and set `glyph->format' to
+ * @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.
+ *
+ * The description of sub-glyphs is not available to client
+ * applications for now.
+ *
+ * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ::
+ * Indicates that the transform matrix set by @FT_Set_Transform should
+ * be ignored.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ::
+ * This flag is used with @FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want to
+ * render an outline glyph to a 1-bit monochrome bitmap glyph, with
+ * 8~pixels packed into each byte of the bitmap data.
+ *
+ * Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used. You
+ * should rather use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO so that the
+ * monochrome-optimized hinting algorithm is used.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ::
+ * Indicates that the `linearHoriAdvance' and `linearVertAdvance'
+ * fields of @FT_GlyphSlotRec should be kept in font units. See
+ * @FT_GlyphSlotRec for details.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ::
+ * Disable auto-hinter. See also the note below.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter (see
+ * @FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER) is preferred over the auto-hinter. You can
+ * disable hinting by setting @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING or change the
+ * precedence by setting @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT. You can also set
+ * @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT in case you don't want the auto-hinter to be
+ * used at all.
+ *
+ * See the description of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for a special exception
+ * (affecting only a handful of Asian fonts).
+ *
+ * Besides deciding which hinter to use, you can also decide which
+ * hinting algorithm to use. See @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.
+ *
+ * Note that the auto-hinter needs a valid Unicode cmap (either a native
+ * one or synthesized by FreeType) for producing correct results. If a
+ * font provides an incorrect mapping (for example, assigning the
+ * character code U+005A, LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, to a glyph depicting a
+ * mathematical integral sign), the auto-hinter might produce useless
+ * results.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LOAD_DEFAULT 0x0
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ( 1L << 0 )
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ( 1L << 1 )
+#define FT_LOAD_RENDER ( 1L << 2 )
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ( 1L << 3 )
+#define FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ( 1L << 4 )
+#define FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 5 )
+#define FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ( 1L << 6 )
+#define FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ( 1L << 7 )
+#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ( 1L << 9 )
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ( 1L << 10 )
+#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ( 1L << 11 )
+#define FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ( 1L << 12 )
+#define FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ( 1L << 13 )
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 15 )
+
+ /* */
+
+ /* used internally only by certain font drivers! */
+#define FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY ( 1L << 8 )
+#define FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY ( 1L << 14 )
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values that are used to select a specific hinting algorithm
+ * to use by the hinter. You should OR one of these values to your
+ * `load_flags' when calling @FT_Load_Glyph.
+ *
+ * Note that font's native hinters may ignore the hinting algorithm you
+ * have specified (e.g., the TrueType bytecode interpreter). You can set
+ * @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT to ensure that the auto-hinter is used.
+ *
+ * Also note that @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT is an exception, in that it
+ * always implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL ::
+ * This corresponds to the default hinting algorithm, optimized for
+ * standard gray-level rendering. For monochrome output, use
+ * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT ::
+ * A lighter hinting algorithm for non-monochrome modes. Many
+ * generated glyphs are more fuzzy but better resemble its original
+ * shape. A bit like rendering on Mac OS~X.
+ *
+ * As a special exception, this target implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO ::
+ * Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome
+ * output. The result is probably unpleasant if the glyph is rendered
+ * in non-monochrome modes.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD ::
+ * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for horizontally
+ * decimated LCD displays.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V ::
+ * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for vertically
+ * decimated LCD displays.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should use only _one_ of the FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX values in your
+ * `load_flags'. They can't be ORed.
+ *
+ * If @FT_LOAD_RENDER is also set, the glyph is rendered in the
+ * corresponding mode (i.e., the mode which matches the used algorithm
+ * best). An exeption is FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO since it implies
+ * @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.
+ *
+ * You can use a hinting algorithm that doesn't correspond to the same
+ * rendering mode. As an example, it is possible to use the `light'
+ * hinting algorithm and have the results rendered in horizontal LCD
+ * pixel mode, with code like
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index,
+ * load_flags | FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT );
+ *
+ * FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD );
+ * }
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_( x ) ( (FT_Int32)( (x) & 15 ) << 16 )
+
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the @FT_Render_Mode corresponding to a given
+ * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX value.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( x ) ( (FT_Render_Mode)( ( (x) >> 16 ) & 15 ) )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Transform */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to set the transformation that is applied to glyph */
+ /* images when they are loaded into a glyph slot through */
+ /* @FT_Load_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation's 2x2 matrix. Use~0 for */
+ /* the identity matrix. */
+ /* delta :: A pointer to the translation vector. Use~0 for the null */
+ /* vector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The transformation is only applied to scalable image formats after */
+ /* the glyph has been loaded. It means that hinting is unaltered by */
+ /* the transformation and is performed on the character size given in */
+ /* the last call to @FT_Set_Char_Size or @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that this also transforms the `face.glyph.advance' field, but */
+ /* *not* the values in `face.glyph.metrics'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Matrix* matrix,
+ FT_Vector* delta );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Render_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration type that lists the render modes supported by */
+ /* FreeType~2. Each mode corresponds to a specific type of scanline */
+ /* conversion performed on the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* For bitmap fonts and embedded bitmaps the `bitmap->pixel_mode' */
+ /* field in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the */
+ /* returned bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* All modes except @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO use 256 levels of opacity. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL :: */
+ /* This is the default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit */
+ /* anti-aliased bitmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT :: */
+ /* This is equivalent to @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL. It is only */
+ /* defined as a separate value because render modes are also used */
+ /* indirectly to define hinting algorithm selectors. See */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO :: */
+ /* This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps (with 2~levels of */
+ /* opacity). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD :: */
+ /* This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB and BGR sub-pixel */
+ /* displays like LCD screens. It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are */
+ /* 3~times the width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and */
+ /* which use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V :: */
+ /* This mode corresponds to vertical RGB and BGR sub-pixel displays */
+ /* (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.). It produces */
+ /* 8-bit bitmaps that are 3~times the height of the original */
+ /* glyph outline in pixels and use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps produced by FT_Render_Glyph can be */
+ /* filtered to reduce color-fringes by using @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter */
+ /* (not active in the default builds). It is up to the caller to */
+ /* either call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter (if available) or do the */
+ /* filtering itself. */
+ /* */
+ /* The selected render mode only affects vector glyphs of a font. */
+ /* Embedded bitmaps often have a different pixel mode like */
+ /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. You can use @FT_Bitmap_Convert to transform */
+ /* them into 8-bit pixmaps. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Render_Mode_
+ {
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0,
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT,
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO,
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD,
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V,
+
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX
+
+ } FT_Render_Mode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_render_mode_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding */
+ /* @FT_Render_Mode values instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_render_mode_normal :: see @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL */
+ /* ft_render_mode_mono :: see @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO */
+ /* */
+#define ft_render_mode_normal FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL
+#define ft_render_mode_mono FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Render_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Convert a given glyph image to a bitmap. It does so by inspecting */
+ /* the glyph image format, finding the relevant renderer, and */
+ /* invoking it. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* slot :: A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to */
+ /* convert. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* render_mode :: This is the render mode used to render the glyph */
+ /* image into a bitmap. See @FT_Render_Mode for a */
+ /* list of possible values. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ FT_Render_Mode render_mode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Kerning_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration used to specify which kerning values to return in */
+ /* @FT_Get_Kerning. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_KERNING_DEFAULT :: Return scaled and grid-fitted kerning */
+ /* distances (value is~0). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_KERNING_UNFITTED :: Return scaled but un-grid-fitted kerning */
+ /* distances. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_KERNING_UNSCALED :: Return the kerning vector in original font */
+ /* units. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Kerning_Mode_
+ {
+ FT_KERNING_DEFAULT = 0,
+ FT_KERNING_UNFITTED,
+ FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+
+ } FT_Kerning_Mode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* ft_kerning_default */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This constant is deprecated. Please use @FT_KERNING_DEFAULT */
+ /* instead. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_kerning_default FT_KERNING_DEFAULT
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* ft_kerning_unfitted */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This constant is deprecated. Please use @FT_KERNING_UNFITTED */
+ /* instead. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_kerning_unfitted FT_KERNING_UNFITTED
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* ft_kerning_unscaled */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This constant is deprecated. Please use @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED */
+ /* instead. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_kerning_unscaled FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Kerning */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the kerning vector between two glyphs of a same face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* left_glyph :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair. */
+ /* */
+ /* right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair. */
+ /* */
+ /* kern_mode :: See @FT_Kerning_Mode for more information. */
+ /* Determines the scale and dimension of the returned */
+ /* kerning vector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* akerning :: The kerning vector. This is either in font units */
+ /* or in pixels (26.6 format) for scalable formats, */
+ /* and in pixels for fixed-sizes formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are */
+ /* supported by this method. Other layouts, or more sophisticated */
+ /* kernings, are out of the scope of this API function -- they can be */
+ /* implemented through format-specific interfaces. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt left_glyph,
+ FT_UInt right_glyph,
+ FT_UInt kern_mode,
+ FT_Vector *akerning );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the track kerning for a given face object at a given size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* point_size :: The point size in 16.16 fractional points. */
+ /* */
+ /* degree :: The degree of tightness. Increasingly negative */
+ /* values represent tighter track kerning, while */
+ /* increasingly positive values represent looser track */
+ /* kerning. Value zero means no track kerning. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* akerning :: The kerning in 16.16 fractional points, to be */
+ /* uniformly applied between all glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Currently, only the Type~1 font driver supports track kerning, */
+ /* using data from AFM files (if attached with @FT_Attach_File or */
+ /* @FT_Attach_Stream). */
+ /* */
+ /* Only very few AFM files come with track kerning data; please refer */
+ /* to the Adobe's AFM specification for more details. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Fixed point_size,
+ FT_Int degree,
+ FT_Fixed* akerning );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the ASCII name of a given glyph in a face. This only */
+ /* works for those faces where @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES(face) returns~1. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* glyph_index :: The glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* buffer_max :: The maximum number of bytes available in the */
+ /* buffer. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* buffer :: A pointer to a target buffer where the name is */
+ /* copied to. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* An error is returned if the face doesn't provide glyph names or if */
+ /* the glyph index is invalid. In all cases of failure, the first */
+ /* byte of `buffer' is set to~0 to indicate an empty name. */
+ /* */
+ /* The glyph name is truncated to fit within the buffer if it is too */
+ /* long. The returned string is always zero-terminated. */
+ /* */
+ /* Be aware that FreeType reorders glyph indices internally so that */
+ /* glyph index~0 always corresponds to the `missing glyph' (called */
+ /* `.notdef'). */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is not compiled within the library if the config */
+ /* macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES' is defined in */
+ /* `include/freetype/config/ftoptions.h'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_Pointer buffer,
+ FT_UInt buffer_max );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the ASCII PostScript name of a given face, if available. */
+ /* This only works with PostScript and TrueType fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A pointer to the face's PostScript name. NULL if unavailable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned pointer is owned by the face and is destroyed with */
+ /* it. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( const char* )
+ FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Select_Charmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Select a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in */
+ /* `freetype.h'). */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* encoding :: A handle to the selected encoding. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function returns an error if no charmap in the face */
+ /* corresponds to the encoding queried here. */
+ /* */
+ /* Because many fonts contain more than a single cmap for Unicode */
+ /* encoding, this function has some special code to select the one */
+ /* which covers Unicode best (`best' in the sense that a UCS-4 cmap */
+ /* is preferred to a UCS-2 cmap). It is thus preferable to */
+ /* @FT_Set_Charmap in this case. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Encoding encoding );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Charmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Select a given charmap for character code to glyph index mapping. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* charmap :: A handle to the selected charmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function returns an error if the charmap is not part of */
+ /* the face (i.e., if it is not listed in the `face->charmaps' */
+ /* table). */
+ /* */
+ /* It also fails if a type~14 charmap is selected. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face face,
+ FT_CharMap charmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_Charmap_Index
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve index of a given charmap.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * charmap ::
+ * A handle to a charmap.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The index into the array of character maps within the face to which
+ * `charmap' belongs. If an error occurs, -1 is returned.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+ FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap charmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Char_Index */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the glyph index of a given character code. This function */
+ /* uses a charmap object to do the mapping. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode :: The character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */
+ /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */
+ /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within the */
+ /* file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds to */
+ /* the `missing glyph'. If the first glyph is not named `.notdef', */
+ /* then for Type~1 and Type~42 fonts, `.notdef' will be moved into */
+ /* the glyph ID~0 position, and whatever was there will be moved to */
+ /* the position `.notdef' had. For Type~1 fonts, if there is no */
+ /* `.notdef' glyph at all, then one will be created at index~0 and */
+ /* whatever was there will be moved to the last index -- Type~42 */
+ /* fonts are considered invalid under this condition. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong charcode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_First_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function is used to return the first character code in the */
+ /* current charmap of a given face. It also returns the */
+ /* corresponding glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* agindex :: Glyph index of first character code. 0~if charmap is */
+ /* empty. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The charmap's first character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_Next_Char to be able to */
+ /* parse all character codes available in a given charmap. The code */
+ /* should look like this: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_ULong charcode; */
+ /* FT_UInt gindex; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode = FT_Get_First_Char( face, &gindex ); */
+ /* while ( gindex != 0 ) */
+ /* { */
+ /* ... do something with (charcode,gindex) pair ... */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 if the charmap is empty. The */
+ /* result itself can be~0 in two cases: if the charmap is empty or */
+ /* if the value~0 is the first valid character code. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+ FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt *agindex );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Next_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function is used to return the next character code in the */
+ /* current charmap of a given face following the value `char_code', */
+ /* as well as the corresponding glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* char_code :: The starting character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* agindex :: Glyph index of next character code. 0~if charmap */
+ /* is empty. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The charmap's next character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_First_Char to walk */
+ /* over all character codes available in a given charmap. See the */
+ /* note for this function for a simple code example. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 when there are no more codes in */
+ /* the charmap. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+ FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong char_code,
+ FT_UInt *agindex );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Name_Index */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the glyph index of a given glyph name. This function uses */
+ /* driver specific objects to do the translation. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* glyph_name :: The glyph name. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face face,
+ FT_String* glyph_name );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of constants used to describe subglyphs. Please refer to the
+ * TrueType specification for the meaning of the various flags.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS ::
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS 1
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES 2
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID 4
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE 8
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE 0x40
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 0x80
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS 0x200
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve a description of a given subglyph. Only use it if
+ * `glyph->format' is @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE; an error is
+ * returned otherwise.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * glyph ::
+ * The source glyph slot.
+ *
+ * sub_index ::
+ * The index of the subglyph. Must be less than
+ * `glyph->num_subglyphs'.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * p_index ::
+ * The glyph index of the subglyph.
+ *
+ * p_flags ::
+ * The subglyph flags, see @FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX.
+ *
+ * p_arg1 ::
+ * The subglyph's first argument (if any).
+ *
+ * p_arg2 ::
+ * The subglyph's second argument (if any).
+ *
+ * p_transform ::
+ * The subglyph transformation (if any).
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The values of `*p_arg1', `*p_arg2', and `*p_transform' must be
+ * interpreted depending on the flags returned in `*p_flags'. See the
+ * TrueType specification for details.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot glyph,
+ FT_UInt sub_index,
+ FT_Int *p_index,
+ FT_UInt *p_flags,
+ FT_Int *p_arg1,
+ FT_Int *p_arg2,
+ FT_Matrix *p_transform );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit flags used in the `fsType' field of the OS/2 table */
+ /* in a TrueType or OpenType font and the `FSType' entry in a */
+ /* PostScript font. These bit flags are returned by */
+ /* @FT_Get_FSType_Flags; they inform client applications of embedding */
+ /* and subsetting restrictions associated with a font. */
+ /* */
+ /* See http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/FontPolicies.pdf for */
+ /* more details. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING :: */
+ /* Fonts with no fsType bit set may be embedded and permanently */
+ /* installed on the remote system by an application. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING :: */
+ /* Fonts that have only this bit set must not be modified, embedded */
+ /* or exchanged in any manner without first obtaining permission of */
+ /* the font software copyright owner. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING :: */
+ /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded and temporarily */
+ /* loaded on the remote system. Documents containing Preview & */
+ /* Print fonts must be opened `read-only'; no edits can be applied */
+ /* to the document. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING :: */
+ /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded but must only be */
+ /* installed temporarily on other systems. In contrast to Preview */
+ /* & Print fonts, documents containing editable fonts may be opened */
+ /* for reading, editing is permitted, and changes may be saved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING :: */
+ /* If this bit is set, the font may not be subsetted prior to */
+ /* embedding. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY :: */
+ /* If this bit is set, only bitmaps contained in the font may be */
+ /* embedded; no outline data may be embedded. If there are no */
+ /* bitmaps available in the font, then the font is unembeddable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* While the fsType flags can indicate that a font may be embedded, a */
+ /* license with the font vendor may be separately required to use the */
+ /* font in this way. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0000
+#define FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING 0x0002
+#define FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING 0x0004
+#define FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0008
+#define FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING 0x0100
+#define FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY 0x0200
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the fsType flags for a font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The fsType flags, @FT_FSTYPE_XXX. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Use this function rather than directly reading the `fs_type' field */
+ /* in the @PS_FontInfoRec structure which is only guaranteed to */
+ /* return the correct results for Type~1 fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.8 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UShort )
+ FT_Get_FSType_Flags( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* glyph_variants */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Glyph Variants */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* The FreeType~2 interface to Unicode Ideographic Variation */
+ /* Sequences (IVS), using the SFNT cmap format~14. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Many CJK characters have variant forms. They are a sort of grey */
+ /* area somewhere between being totally irrelevant and semantically */
+ /* distinct; for this reason, the Unicode consortium decided to */
+ /* introduce Ideographic Variation Sequences (IVS), consisting of a */
+ /* Unicode base character and one of 240 variant selectors */
+ /* (U+E0100-U+E01EF), instead of further extending the already huge */
+ /* code range for CJK characters. */
+ /* */
+ /* An IVS is registered and unique; for further details please refer */
+ /* to Unicode Technical Standard #37, the Ideographic Variation */
+ /* Database: */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr37/ */
+ /* */
+ /* To date (November 2012), the character with the most variants is */
+ /* U+9089, having 31 such IVS. */
+ /* */
+ /* Adobe and MS decided to support IVS with a new cmap subtable */
+ /* (format~14). It is an odd subtable because it is not a mapping of */
+ /* input code points to glyphs, but contains lists of all variants */
+ /* supported by the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* A variant may be either `default' or `non-default'. A default */
+ /* variant is the one you will get for that code point if you look it */
+ /* up in the standard Unicode cmap. A non-default variant is a */
+ /* different glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the glyph index of a given character code as modified by */
+ /* the variation selector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode :: */
+ /* The character code point in Unicode. */
+ /* */
+ /* variantSelector :: */
+ /* The Unicode code point of the variation selector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The glyph index. 0~means either `undefined character code', or */
+ /* `undefined selector code', or `no variation selector cmap */
+ /* subtable', or `current CharMap is not Unicode'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */
+ /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */
+ /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within */
+ /* the file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds */
+ /* to the `missing glyph'. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is only meaningful if */
+ /* a) the font has a variation selector cmap sub table, */
+ /* and */
+ /* b) the current charmap has a Unicode encoding. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong charcode,
+ FT_ULong variantSelector );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Check whether this variant of this Unicode character is the one to */
+ /* be found in the `cmap'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode :: */
+ /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */
+ /* */
+ /* variantSelector :: */
+ /* The Unicode codepoint of the variation selector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* 1~if found in the standard (Unicode) cmap, 0~if found in the */
+ /* variation selector cmap, or -1 if it is not a variant. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function is only meaningful if the font has a variation */
+ /* selector cmap subtable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+ FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong charcode,
+ FT_ULong variantSelector );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */
+ /* in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A pointer to an array of selector code points, or NULL if there is */
+ /* no valid variant selector cmap subtable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */
+ /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */
+ /* call to a FreeType function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+ FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */
+ /* for the specified character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode :: */
+ /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A pointer to an array of variant selector code points which are */
+ /* active for the given character, or NULL if the corresponding list */
+ /* is empty. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */
+ /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */
+ /* call to a FreeType function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+ FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong charcode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode character codes found for */
+ /* the specified variant selector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* variantSelector :: */
+ /* The variant selector code point in Unicode. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A list of all the code points which are specified by this selector */
+ /* (both default and non-default codes are returned) or NULL if there */
+ /* is no valid cmap or the variant selector is invalid. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */
+ /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */
+ /* call to a FreeType function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+ FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong variantSelector );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* computations */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Computations */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Crunching fixed numbers and vectors. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains various functions used to perform */
+ /* computations on 16.16 fixed-float numbers or 2d vectors. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_MulDiv */
+ /* FT_MulFix */
+ /* FT_DivFix */
+ /* FT_RoundFix */
+ /* FT_CeilFix */
+ /* FT_FloorFix */
+ /* FT_Vector_Transform */
+ /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
+ /* FT_Matrix_Invert */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_MulDiv */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to perform the computation `(a*b)/c' */
+ /* with maximum accuracy (it uses a 64-bit intermediate integer */
+ /* whenever necessary). */
+ /* */
+ /* This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific */
+ /* operations, but is at least completely portable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The first multiplier. */
+ /* b :: The second multiplier. */
+ /* c :: The divisor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a*b)/c'. This function never traps when trying to */
+ /* divide by zero; it simply returns `MaxInt' or `MinInt' depending */
+ /* on the signs of `a' and `b'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_MulDiv( FT_Long a,
+ FT_Long b,
+ FT_Long c );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /* The following #if 0 ... #endif is for the documentation formatter, */
+ /* hiding the internal `FT_MULFIX_INLINED' macro. */
+
+#if 0
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_MulFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */
+ /* `(a*b)/0x10000' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time this is */
+ /* used to multiply a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The first multiplier. */
+ /* b :: The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever */
+ /* possible (see note below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a*b)/0x10000'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function has been optimized for the case where the absolute */
+ /* value of `a' is less than 2048, and `b' is a 16.16 scaling factor. */
+ /* As this happens mainly when scaling from notional units to */
+ /* fractional pixels in FreeType, it resulted in noticeable speed */
+ /* improvements between versions 2.x and 1.x. */
+ /* */
+ /* As a conclusion, always try to place a 16.16 factor as the */
+ /* _second_ argument of this function; this can make a great */
+ /* difference. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_MulFix( FT_Long a,
+ FT_Long b );
+
+ /* */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_MULFIX_INLINED
+#define FT_MulFix( a, b ) FT_MULFIX_INLINED( a, b )
+#else
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_MulFix( FT_Long a,
+ FT_Long b );
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_DivFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */
+ /* `(a*0x10000)/b' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time, this is */
+ /* used to divide a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The first multiplier. */
+ /* b :: The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever */
+ /* possible (see note below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a*0x10000)/b'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The optimization for FT_DivFix() is simple: If (a~<<~16) fits in */
+ /* 32~bits, then the division is computed directly. Otherwise, we */
+ /* use a specialized version of @FT_MulDiv. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_DivFix( FT_Long a,
+ FT_Long b );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_RoundFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to round a 16.16 fixed number. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The number to be rounded. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a + 0x8000) & -0x10000'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed a );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_CeilFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to compute the ceiling function of a */
+ /* 16.16 fixed number. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The number for which the ceiling function is to be computed. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a + 0x10000 - 1) & -0x10000'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed a );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_FloorFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to compute the floor function of a */
+ /* 16.16 fixed number. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The number for which the floor function is to be computed. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `a & -0x10000'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed a );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Vector_Transform */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Transform a single vector through a 2x2 matrix. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* vector :: The target vector to transform. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to the source 2x2 matrix. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The result is undefined if either `vector' or `matrix' is invalid. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector* vec,
+ const FT_Matrix* matrix );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* version */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* FreeType Version */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Functions and macros related to FreeType versions. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Note that those functions and macros are of limited use because */
+ /* even a new release of FreeType with only documentation changes */
+ /* increases the version number. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FREETYPE_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These three macros identify the FreeType source code version.
+ * Use @FT_Library_Version to access them at runtime.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FREETYPE_MAJOR :: The major version number.
+ * FREETYPE_MINOR :: The minor version number.
+ * FREETYPE_PATCH :: The patch level.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The version number of FreeType if built as a dynamic link library
+ * with the `libtool' package is _not_ controlled by these three
+ * macros.
+ *
+ */
+#define FREETYPE_MAJOR 2
+#define FREETYPE_MINOR 4
+#define FREETYPE_PATCH 12
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Library_Version */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the version of the FreeType library being used. This is */
+ /* useful when dynamically linking to the library, since one cannot */
+ /* use the macros @FREETYPE_MAJOR, @FREETYPE_MINOR, and */
+ /* @FREETYPE_PATCH. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A source library handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* amajor :: The major version number. */
+ /* */
+ /* aminor :: The minor version number. */
+ /* */
+ /* apatch :: The patch version number. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The reason why this function takes a `library' argument is because */
+ /* certain programs implement library initialization in a custom way */
+ /* that doesn't use @FT_Init_FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* In such cases, the library version might not be available before */
+ /* the library object has been created. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Library_Version( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Int *amajor,
+ FT_Int *aminor,
+ FT_Int *apatch );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Parse all bytecode instructions of a TrueType font file to check */
+ /* whether any of the patented opcodes are used. This is only useful */
+ /* if you want to be able to use the unpatented hinter with */
+ /* fonts that do *not* use these opcodes. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that this function parses *all* glyph instructions in the */
+ /* font file, which may be slow. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* 1~if this is a TrueType font that uses one of the patented */
+ /* opcodes, 0~otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.5 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
+ FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Enable or disable the unpatented hinter for a given face. */
+ /* Only enable it if you have determined that the face doesn't */
+ /* use any patented opcodes (see @FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* value :: New boolean setting. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The old setting value. This will always be false if this is not */
+ /* an SFNT font, or if the unpatented hinter is not compiled in this */
+ /* instance of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.5 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
+ FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bool value );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FREETYPE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftadvanc.h */
+/* */
+/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2008 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTADVANC_H__
+#define __FTADVANC_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * quick_advance
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * Quick retrieval of advance values
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
+ * glyph outlines, if possible.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
+ * without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
+ */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */
+ /* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */
+ /* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */
+ /* quick advance computation. */
+ /* */
+ /* Typically, glyphs which are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */
+ /* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */
+ /* quickly. */
+ /* */
+ /* Normal and bytecode hinted modes, which require loading, scaling, */
+ /* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */
+ /* comparison. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000UL
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Advance */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */
+ /* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advance is returned in font */
+ /* units. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
+ /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */
+ /* of advances you need. */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* padvance :: The advance value, in either font units or 16.16 */
+ /* format. */
+ /* */
+ /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */
+ /* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */
+ /* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */
+ /* horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
+ /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
+ /* retrieve the advances. */
+ /* */
+ /* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
+ /* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FT_Int32 load_flags,
+ FT_Fixed *padvance );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Advances */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */
+ /* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advances are returned in font */
+ /* units. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* start :: The first glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
+ /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* padvance :: The advances, in either font units or 16.16 format. */
+ /* This array must contain at least `count' elements. */
+ /* */
+ /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */
+ /* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */
+ /* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */
+ /* horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
+ /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
+ /* retrieve the advances. */
+ /* */
+ /* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */
+ /* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */
+ /* @FT_Set_Transform. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt start,
+ FT_UInt count,
+ FT_Int32 load_flags,
+ FT_Fixed *padvances );
+
+/* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTADVANC_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftautoh.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for controlling the auto-hinter (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTAUTOH_H__
+#define __FTAUTOH_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * auto_hinter
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * The auto-hinter
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Controlling the auto-hinting module.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself,
+ * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
+ * @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
+ * together with the necessary macros and structures.
+ *
+ * Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for
+ * historical reasons.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * glyph-to-script-map
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs.
+ * Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK. Before a glyph is
+ * auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and
+ * the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see
+ * below.
+ *
+ * OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than
+ * character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.),
+ * to be controlled by so-called `features'. Handling OpenType features
+ * can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of
+ * FreeType.
+ *
+ * The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter
+ * sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an
+ * array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face
+ * structure. The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to
+ * this array which can be modified as needed. Note that the
+ * modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by
+ * the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes
+ * actually uses the modified mapping.
+ *
+ * The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting
+ * the error handling).
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_Face face;
+ * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap prop;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
+ *
+ * prop.face = face;
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter",
+ * "glyph-to-script-map", &prop );
+ *
+ * // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here
+ *
+ * FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT );
+ * }
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to
+ * specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a
+ * particular glyph.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE ::
+ * Don't auto-hint this glyph.
+ *
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN ::
+ * Apply the latin auto-hinter. For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a
+ * very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters
+ * from those scripts share the same design constraints.
+ *
+ * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
+ * assigned to this submodule.
+ *
+ * {
+ * U+0020 - U+007F // Basic Latin (no control characters)
+ * U+00A0 - U+00FF // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters)
+ * U+0100 - U+017F // Latin Extended-A
+ * U+0180 - U+024F // Latin Extended-B
+ * U+0250 - U+02AF // IPA Extensions
+ * U+02B0 - U+02FF // Spacing Modifier Letters
+ * U+0300 - U+036F // Combining Diacritical Marks
+ * U+0370 - U+03FF // Greek and Coptic
+ * U+0400 - U+04FF // Cyrillic
+ * U+0500 - U+052F // Cyrillic Supplement
+ * U+1D00 - U+1D7F // Phonetic Extensions
+ * U+1D80 - U+1DBF // Phonetic Extensions Supplement
+ * U+1DC0 - U+1DFF // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement
+ * U+1E00 - U+1EFF // Latin Extended Additional
+ * U+1F00 - U+1FFF // Greek Extended
+ * U+2000 - U+206F // General Punctuation
+ * U+2070 - U+209F // Superscripts and Subscripts
+ * U+20A0 - U+20CF // Currency Symbols
+ * U+2150 - U+218F // Number Forms
+ * U+2460 - U+24FF // Enclosed Alphanumerics
+ * U+2C60 - U+2C7F // Latin Extended-C
+ * U+2DE0 - U+2DFF // Cyrillic Extended-A
+ * U+2E00 - U+2E7F // Supplemental Punctuation
+ * U+A640 - U+A69F // Cyrillic Extended-B
+ * U+A720 - U+A7FF // Latin Extended-D
+ * U+FB00 - U+FB06 // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures)
+ * U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
+ * U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement
+ * }
+ *
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK ::
+ * Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old
+ * Vietnamese, and some other scripts.
+ *
+ * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
+ * assigned to this submodule.
+ *
+ * {
+ * U+1100 - U+11FF // Hangul Jamo
+ * U+2E80 - U+2EFF // CJK Radicals Supplement
+ * U+2F00 - U+2FDF // Kangxi Radicals
+ * U+2FF0 - U+2FFF // Ideographic Description Characters
+ * U+3000 - U+303F // CJK Symbols and Punctuation
+ * U+3040 - U+309F // Hiragana
+ * U+30A0 - U+30FF // Katakana
+ * U+3100 - U+312F // Bopomofo
+ * U+3130 - U+318F // Hangul Compatibility Jamo
+ * U+3190 - U+319F // Kanbun
+ * U+31A0 - U+31BF // Bopomofo Extended
+ * U+31C0 - U+31EF // CJK Strokes
+ * U+31F0 - U+31FF // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
+ * U+3200 - U+32FF // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
+ * U+3300 - U+33FF // CJK Compatibility
+ * U+3400 - U+4DBF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A
+ * U+4DC0 - U+4DFF // Yijing Hexagram Symbols
+ * U+4E00 - U+9FFF // CJK Unified Ideographs
+ * U+A960 - U+A97F // Hangul Jamo Extended-A
+ * U+AC00 - U+D7AF // Hangul Syllables
+ * U+D7B0 - U+D7FF // Hangul Jamo Extended-B
+ * U+F900 - U+FAFF // CJK Compatibility Ideographs
+ * U+FE10 - U+FE1F // Vertical forms
+ * U+FE30 - U+FE4F // CJK Compatibility Forms
+ * U+FF00 - U+FFEF // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms
+ * U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement
+ * U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols
+ * U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement
+ * U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B
+ * U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C
+ * U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D
+ * U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement
+ * }
+ *
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC ::
+ * Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the
+ * Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao,
+ * or Tibetan.
+ *
+ * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
+ * assigned to this submodule.
+ *
+ * {
+ * U+0900 - U+0DFF // Indic Range
+ * U+0F00 - U+0FFF // Tibetan
+ * U+1900 - U+194F // Limbu
+ * U+1B80 - U+1BBF // Sundanese
+ * U+1C80 - U+1CDF // Meetei Mayak
+ * U+A800 - U+A82F // Syloti Nagri
+ * U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada
+ * }
+ *
+ * Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue
+ * zone support.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE 0
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN 1
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK 2
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC 3
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_
+ {
+ FT_Face face;
+ FT_Byte* map;
+
+ } FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * fallback-script
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a
+ * fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the
+ * @glyph-to-script-map property). By default, this is
+ * @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK. Using the `fallback-script' property,
+ * this fallback value can be changed.
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_UInt fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
+ * "fallback-script", &fallback_script );
+ * }
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
+ *
+ * It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
+ * creation of the glyph-to-script map which eventually uses the
+ * fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
+ * face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
+ * any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
+ * an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
+ * auto-hinter), a change of the fallback glyph will affect this face.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * increase-x-height
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round
+ * up the font's x~height much more often than normally. If the value
+ * is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off. Use
+ * this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if
+ * necessary.
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_Face face;
+ * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight prop;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
+ * FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 );
+ *
+ * prop.face = face;
+ * prop.limit = 14;
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
+ * "increase-x-height", &prop );
+ * }
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
+ *
+ * Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before
+ * loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter).
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_
+ {
+ FT_Face face;
+ FT_UInt limit;
+
+ } FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTAUTOH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftbbox.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2011 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
+ /* boxes. */
+ /* */
+ /* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */
+ /* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBBOX_H__
+#define __FTBBOX_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* outline_processing */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */
+ /* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */
+ /* algorithm which returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */
+ /* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */
+ /* extract their extrema. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */
+ /* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
+ /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
+ /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox */
+ /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_BBox *abbox );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBBOX_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftbdf.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBDF_H__
+#define __FTBDF_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* bdf_fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* BDF and PCF Files */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* BDF and PCF specific API. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
+ /* and PCF fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_PropertyType
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of BDF property types.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
+ * Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
+ *
+ * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
+ * Property is a string atom.
+ *
+ * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
+ * Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
+ *
+ * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
+ * Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
+ */
+ typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
+ {
+ BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+ BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
+ BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
+ BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
+
+ } BDF_PropertyType;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * BDF_Property
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
+ * BDF/PCF property.
+ */
+ typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * BDF_PropertyRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * type ::
+ * The property type.
+ *
+ * u.atom ::
+ * The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM.
+ *
+ * u.integer ::
+ * A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
+ *
+ * u.cardinal ::
+ * An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
+ */
+ typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
+ {
+ BDF_PropertyType type;
+ union {
+ const char* atom;
+ FT_Int32 integer;
+ FT_UInt32 cardinal;
+
+ } u;
+
+ } BDF_PropertyRec;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
+ * the BDF specification.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * acharset_encoding ::
+ * Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+ *
+ * acharset_registry ::
+ * Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
+ const char* *acharset_encoding,
+ const char* *acharset_registry );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_BDF_Property
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * name :: The property name.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * aproperty :: The property.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
+ * otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
+ * font.
+ *
+ * A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
+ * ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
+ * `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
+ *
+ * Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
+ * consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
+ * for BDF fonts only.
+ *
+ * In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
+ * @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
+ const char* prop_name,
+ BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBDF_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftbitmap.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBITMAP_H__
+#define __FTBITMAP_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* bitmap_handling */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Bitmap Handling */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains functions for converting FT_Bitmap objects. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Copy */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Copy a bitmap into another one. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Bitmap *source,
+ FT_Bitmap *target);
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */
+ /* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */
+ /* borders are kept unchanged. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */
+ /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
+ /* */
+ /* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */
+ /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */
+ /* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */
+ /* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
+ FT_Pos xStrength,
+ FT_Pos yStrength );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Convert */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, or 8bpp to a */
+ /* bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per */
+ /* line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* source :: The source bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */
+ /* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* target :: The target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */
+ /* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */
+ /* */
+ /* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */
+ /* */
+ /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
+ /* memory handling functions. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Bitmap *source,
+ FT_Bitmap *target,
+ FT_Int alignment );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* slot :: The glyph slot. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function is to be used in combination with */
+ /* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Done */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy a bitmap object created with @FT_Bitmap_New. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
+ /* memory handling functions. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBITMAP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftbzip2.h */
+/* */
+/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2010 by */
+/* Joel Klinghed. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBZIP2_H__
+#define __FTBZIP2_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* bzip2 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* BZIP2 Streams */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
+ * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come
+ * with XFree86.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream ::
+ * The target embedding stream.
+ *
+ * source ::
+ * The source stream.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
+ *
+ * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
+ * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
+ * objects will be released to the heap.
+ *
+ * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
+ * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
+ *
+ * In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
+ * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
+ * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
+ * compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream
+ * from it and re-open the face with it.
+ *
+ * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
+ * of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
+ FT_Stream source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBZIP2_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftcache.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType Cache subsystem (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCACHE_H__
+#define __FTCACHE_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * <Section>
+ * cache_subsystem
+ *
+ * <Title>
+ * Cache Sub-System
+ *
+ * <Abstract>
+ * How to cache face, size, and glyph data with FreeType~2.
+ *
+ * <Description>
+ * This section describes the FreeType~2 cache sub-system, which is used
+ * to limit the number of concurrently opened @FT_Face and @FT_Size
+ * objects, as well as caching information like character maps and glyph
+ * images while limiting their maximum memory usage.
+ *
+ * Note that all types and functions begin with the `FTC_' prefix.
+ *
+ * The cache is highly portable and thus doesn't know anything about the
+ * fonts installed on your system, or how to access them. This implies
+ * the following scheme:
+ *
+ * First, available or installed font faces are uniquely identified by
+ * @FTC_FaceID values, provided to the cache by the client. Note that
+ * the cache only stores and compares these values, and doesn't try to
+ * interpret them in any way.
+ *
+ * Second, the cache calls, only when needed, a client-provided function
+ * to convert an @FTC_FaceID into a new @FT_Face object. The latter is
+ * then completely managed by the cache, including its termination
+ * through @FT_Done_Face. To monitor termination of face objects, the
+ * finalizer callback in the `generic' field of the @FT_Face object can
+ * be used, which might also be used to store the @FTC_FaceID of the
+ * face.
+ *
+ * Clients are free to map face IDs to anything else. The most simple
+ * usage is to associate them to a (pathname,face_index) pair that is
+ * used to call @FT_New_Face. However, more complex schemes are also
+ * possible.
+ *
+ * Note that for the cache to work correctly, the face ID values must be
+ * *persistent*, which means that the contents they point to should not
+ * change at runtime, or that their value should not become invalid.
+ *
+ * If this is unavoidable (e.g., when a font is uninstalled at runtime),
+ * you should call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID as soon as possible, to let
+ * the cache get rid of any references to the old @FTC_FaceID it may
+ * keep internally. Failure to do so will lead to incorrect behaviour
+ * or even crashes.
+ *
+ * To use the cache, start with calling @FTC_Manager_New to create a new
+ * @FTC_Manager object, which models a single cache instance. You can
+ * then look up @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects with
+ * @FTC_Manager_LookupFace and @FTC_Manager_LookupSize, respectively.
+ *
+ * If you want to use the charmap caching, call @FTC_CMapCache_New, then
+ * later use @FTC_CMapCache_Lookup to perform the equivalent of
+ * @FT_Get_Char_Index, only much faster.
+ *
+ * If you want to use the @FT_Glyph caching, call @FTC_ImageCache, then
+ * later use @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup to retrieve the corresponding
+ * @FT_Glyph objects from the cache.
+ *
+ * If you need lots of small bitmaps, it is much more memory efficient
+ * to call @FTC_SBitCache_New followed by @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup. This
+ * returns @FTC_SBitRec structures, which are used to store small
+ * bitmaps directly. (A small bitmap is one whose metrics and
+ * dimensions all fit into 8-bit integers).
+ *
+ * We hope to also provide a kerning cache in the near future.
+ *
+ *
+ * <Order>
+ * FTC_Manager
+ * FTC_FaceID
+ * FTC_Face_Requester
+ *
+ * FTC_Manager_New
+ * FTC_Manager_Reset
+ * FTC_Manager_Done
+ * FTC_Manager_LookupFace
+ * FTC_Manager_LookupSize
+ * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
+ *
+ * FTC_Node
+ * FTC_Node_Unref
+ *
+ * FTC_ImageCache
+ * FTC_ImageCache_New
+ * FTC_ImageCache_Lookup
+ *
+ * FTC_SBit
+ * FTC_SBitCache
+ * FTC_SBitCache_New
+ * FTC_SBitCache_Lookup
+ *
+ * FTC_CMapCache
+ * FTC_CMapCache_New
+ * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
+ *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** BASIC TYPE DEFINITIONS *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type: FTC_FaceID
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * An opaque pointer type that is used to identity face objects. The
+ * contents of such objects is application-dependent.
+ *
+ * These pointers are typically used to point to a user-defined
+ * structure containing a font file path, and face index.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Never use NULL as a valid @FTC_FaceID.
+ *
+ * Face IDs are passed by the client to the cache manager, which calls,
+ * when needed, the @FTC_Face_Requester to translate them into new
+ * @FT_Face objects.
+ *
+ * If the content of a given face ID changes at runtime, or if the value
+ * becomes invalid (e.g., when uninstalling a font), you should
+ * immediately call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID before any other cache
+ * function.
+ *
+ * Failure to do so will result in incorrect behaviour or even
+ * memory leaks and crashes.
+ */
+ typedef FT_Pointer FTC_FaceID;
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FTC_Face_Requester
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A callback function provided by client applications. It is used by
+ * the cache manager to translate a given @FTC_FaceID into a new valid
+ * @FT_Face object, on demand.
+ *
+ * <Input>
+ * face_id ::
+ * The face ID to resolve.
+ *
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to a FreeType library object.
+ *
+ * req_data ::
+ * Application-provided request data (see note below).
+ *
+ * <Output>
+ * aface ::
+ * A new @FT_Face handle.
+ *
+ * <Return>
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * <Note>
+ * The third parameter `req_data' is the same as the one passed by the
+ * client when @FTC_Manager_New is called.
+ *
+ * The face requester should not perform funny things on the returned
+ * face object, like creating a new @FT_Size for it, or setting a
+ * transformation through @FT_Set_Transform!
+ */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FTC_Face_Requester)( FTC_FaceID face_id,
+ FT_Library library,
+ FT_Pointer request_data,
+ FT_Face* aface );
+
+ /* */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+ /* these macros are incompatible with LLP64, should not be used */
+
+#define FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( p ) ( (FT_ULong)(FT_Pointer)(p) )
+
+#define FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( i ) \
+ ((FT_UInt32)(( FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( i ) >> 3 ) ^ \
+ ( FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( i ) << 7 ) ) )
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** CACHE MANAGER OBJECT *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_Manager */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This object corresponds to one instance of the cache-subsystem. */
+ /* It is used to cache one or more @FT_Face objects, along with */
+ /* corresponding @FT_Size objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* The manager intentionally limits the total number of opened */
+ /* @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects to control memory usage. See the */
+ /* `max_faces' and `max_sizes' parameters of @FTC_Manager_New. */
+ /* */
+ /* The manager is also used to cache `nodes' of various types while */
+ /* limiting their total memory usage. */
+ /* */
+ /* All limitations are enforced by keeping lists of managed objects */
+ /* in most-recently-used order, and flushing old nodes to make room */
+ /* for new ones. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_ManagerRec_* FTC_Manager;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_Node */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An opaque handle to a cache node object. Each cache node is */
+ /* reference-counted. A node with a count of~0 might be flushed */
+ /* out of a full cache whenever a lookup request is performed. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you look up nodes, you have the ability to `acquire' them, */
+ /* i.e., to increment their reference count. This will prevent the */
+ /* node from being flushed out of the cache until you explicitly */
+ /* `release' it (see @FTC_Node_Unref). */
+ /* */
+ /* See also @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup and @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_NodeRec_* FTC_Node;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: The parent FreeType library handle to use. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_faces :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Face objects managed by */
+ /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_sizes :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Size objects managed by */
+ /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_bytes :: Maximum number of bytes to use for cached data nodes. */
+ /* Use~0 for defaults. Note that this value does not */
+ /* account for managed @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* requester :: An application-provided callback used to translate */
+ /* face IDs into real @FT_Face objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* req_data :: A generic pointer that is passed to the requester */
+ /* each time it is called (see @FTC_Face_Requester). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* amanager :: A handle to a new manager object. 0~in case of */
+ /* failure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library library,
+ FT_UInt max_faces,
+ FT_UInt max_sizes,
+ FT_ULong max_bytes,
+ FTC_Face_Requester requester,
+ FT_Pointer req_data,
+ FTC_Manager *amanager );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_Reset */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Empty a given cache manager. This simply gets rid of all the */
+ /* currently cached @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects within the manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the manager. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager manager );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_Done */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy a given manager after emptying it. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the target cache manager object. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager manager );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_LookupFace */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the @FT_Face object that corresponds to a given face ID */
+ /* through a cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_id :: The ID of the face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to the face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned @FT_Face object is always owned by the manager. You */
+ /* should never try to discard it yourself. */
+ /* */
+ /* The @FT_Face object doesn't necessarily have a current size object */
+ /* (i.e., face->size can be 0). If you need a specific `font size', */
+ /* use @FTC_Manager_LookupSize instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* Never change the face's transformation matrix (i.e., never call */
+ /* the @FT_Set_Transform function) on a returned face! If you need */
+ /* to transform glyphs, do it yourself after glyph loading. */
+ /* */
+ /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */
+ /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */
+ /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */
+ /* */
+ /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */
+ /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory was available */
+ /* for the operation. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_FaceID face_id,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FTC_ScalerRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to describe a given character size in either */
+ /* pixels or points to the cache manager. See */
+ /* @FTC_Manager_LookupSize. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* face_id :: The source face ID. */
+ /* */
+ /* width :: The character width. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: The character height. */
+ /* */
+ /* pixel :: A Boolean. If 1, the `width' and `height' fields are */
+ /* interpreted as integer pixel character sizes. */
+ /* Otherwise, they are expressed as 1/64th of points. */
+ /* */
+ /* x_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */
+ /* horizontal resolution in dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* y_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */
+ /* vertical resolution in dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This type is mainly used to retrieve @FT_Size objects through the */
+ /* cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_
+ {
+ FTC_FaceID face_id;
+ FT_UInt width;
+ FT_UInt height;
+ FT_Int pixel;
+ FT_UInt x_res;
+ FT_UInt y_res;
+
+ } FTC_ScalerRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FTC_Scaler */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an @FTC_ScalerRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_* FTC_Scaler;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_LookupSize */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the @FT_Size object that corresponds to a given */
+ /* @FTC_ScalerRec pointer through a cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* scaler :: A scaler handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* asize :: A handle to the size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned @FT_Size object is always owned by the manager. You */
+ /* should never try to discard it by yourself. */
+ /* */
+ /* You can access the parent @FT_Face object simply as `size->face' */
+ /* if you need it. Note that this object is also owned by the */
+ /* manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */
+ /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */
+ /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */
+ /* */
+ /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */
+ /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory is available */
+ /* for the operation. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_Scaler scaler,
+ FT_Size *asize );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Node_Unref */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Decrement a cache node's internal reference count. When the count */
+ /* reaches 0, it is not destroyed but becomes eligible for subsequent */
+ /* cache flushes. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* node :: The cache node handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* manager :: The cache manager handle. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node node,
+ FTC_Manager manager );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A special function used to indicate to the cache manager that
+ * a given @FTC_FaceID is no longer valid, either because its
+ * content changed, or because it was deallocated or uninstalled.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * manager ::
+ * The cache manager handle.
+ *
+ * face_id ::
+ * The @FTC_FaceID to be removed.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function flushes all nodes from the cache corresponding to this
+ * `face_id', with the exception of nodes with a non-null reference
+ * count.
+ *
+ * Such nodes are however modified internally so as to never appear
+ * in later lookups with the same `face_id' value, and to be immediately
+ * destroyed when released by all their users.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_FaceID face_id );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* cache_subsystem */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FTC_CMapCache
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * An opaque handle used to model a charmap cache. This cache is to
+ * hold character codes -> glyph indices mappings.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FTC_CMapCacheRec_* FTC_CMapCache;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FTC_CMapCache_New
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Create a new charmap cache.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * manager ::
+ * A handle to the cache manager.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * acache ::
+ * A new cache handle. NULL in case of error.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Like all other caches, this one will be destroyed with the cache
+ * manager.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_CMapCache *acache );
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Translate a character code into a glyph index, using the charmap
+ * cache.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * cache ::
+ * A charmap cache handle.
+ *
+ * face_id ::
+ * The source face ID.
+ *
+ * cmap_index ::
+ * The index of the charmap in the source face. Any negative value
+ * means to use the cache @FT_Face's default charmap.
+ *
+ * char_code ::
+ * The character code (in the corresponding charmap).
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Glyph index. 0~means `no glyph'.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache cache,
+ FTC_FaceID face_id,
+ FT_Int cmap_index,
+ FT_UInt32 char_code );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* cache_subsystem */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** IMAGE CACHE OBJECT *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FTC_ImageTypeRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A structure used to model the type of images in a glyph cache.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * face_id ::
+ * The face ID.
+ *
+ * width ::
+ * The width in pixels.
+ *
+ * height ::
+ * The height in pixels.
+ *
+ * flags ::
+ * The load flags, as in @FT_Load_Glyph.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_
+ {
+ FTC_FaceID face_id;
+ FT_Int width;
+ FT_Int height;
+ FT_Int32 flags;
+
+ } FTC_ImageTypeRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FTC_ImageType
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to an @FTC_ImageTypeRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_* FTC_ImageType;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE( d1, d2 ) \
+ ( (d1)->face_id == (d2)->face_id && \
+ (d1)->width == (d2)->width && \
+ (d1)->flags == (d2)->flags )
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+ /* this macro is incompatible with LLP64, should not be used */
+
+#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_HASH( d ) \
+ (FT_UFast)( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( (d)->face_id ) ^ \
+ ( (d)->width << 8 ) ^ (d)->height ^ \
+ ( (d)->flags << 4 ) )
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_ImageCache */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an glyph image cache object. They are designed to */
+ /* hold many distinct glyph images while not exceeding a certain */
+ /* memory threshold. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_ImageCacheRec_* FTC_ImageCache;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_ImageCache_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new glyph image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: The parent manager for the image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* acache :: A handle to the new glyph image cache object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_ImageCache *acache );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_ImageCache_Lookup */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve a given glyph image from a glyph image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* type :: A pointer to a glyph image type descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */
+ /* failure. */
+ /* */
+ /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */
+ /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */
+ /* below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */
+ /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */
+ /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */
+ /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */
+ /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */
+ /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */
+ /* `release' it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */
+ /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */
+ /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */
+ /* is persistent! */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache cache,
+ FTC_ImageType type,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FT_Glyph *aglyph,
+ FTC_Node *anode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A variant of @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */
+ /* to specify the face ID and its size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* scaler :: A pointer to a scaler descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */
+ /* failure. */
+ /* */
+ /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */
+ /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */
+ /* (see note below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */
+ /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */
+ /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */
+ /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */
+ /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */
+ /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */
+ /* `release' it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */
+ /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */
+ /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */
+ /* is persistent! */
+ /* */
+ /* Calls to @FT_Set_Char_Size and friends have no effect on cached */
+ /* glyphs; you should always use the FreeType cache API instead. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache cache,
+ FTC_Scaler scaler,
+ FT_ULong load_flags,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FT_Glyph *aglyph,
+ FTC_Node *anode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_SBit */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. See the @FTC_SBitRec */
+ /* structure for details. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_* FTC_SBit;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FTC_SBitRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very compact structure used to describe a small glyph bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* width :: The bitmap width in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: The bitmap height in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* left :: The horizontal distance from the pen position to the */
+ /* left bitmap border (a.k.a. `left side bearing', or */
+ /* `lsb'). */
+ /* */
+ /* top :: The vertical distance from the pen position (on the */
+ /* baseline) to the upper bitmap border (a.k.a. `top */
+ /* side bearing'). The distance is positive for upwards */
+ /* y~coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* format :: The format of the glyph bitmap (monochrome or gray). */
+ /* */
+ /* max_grays :: Maximum gray level value (in the range 1 to~255). */
+ /* */
+ /* pitch :: The number of bytes per bitmap line. May be positive */
+ /* or negative. */
+ /* */
+ /* xadvance :: The horizontal advance width in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* yadvance :: The vertical advance height in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* buffer :: A pointer to the bitmap pixels. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_
+ {
+ FT_Byte width;
+ FT_Byte height;
+ FT_Char left;
+ FT_Char top;
+
+ FT_Byte format;
+ FT_Byte max_grays;
+ FT_Short pitch;
+ FT_Char xadvance;
+ FT_Char yadvance;
+
+ FT_Byte* buffer;
+
+ } FTC_SBitRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_SBitCache */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a small bitmap cache. These are special cache objects */
+ /* used to store small glyph bitmaps (and anti-aliased pixmaps) in a */
+ /* much more efficient way than the traditional glyph image cache */
+ /* implemented by @FTC_ImageCache. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_SBitCacheRec_* FTC_SBitCache;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_SBitCache_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new cache to store small glyph bitmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the source cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* acache :: A handle to the new sbit cache. NULL in case of error. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_SBitCache *acache );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_SBitCache_Lookup */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Look up a given small glyph bitmap in a given sbit cache and */
+ /* `lock' it to prevent its flushing from the cache until needed. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* type :: A pointer to the glyph image type descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */
+ /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */
+ /* below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */
+ /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */
+ /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */
+ /* treat them as persistent data. */
+ /* */
+ /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */
+ /* glyph bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */
+ /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */
+ /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */
+ /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */
+ /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */
+ /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */
+ /* is persistent! */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache cache,
+ FTC_ImageType type,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FTC_SBit *sbit,
+ FTC_Node *anode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A variant of @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */
+ /* to specify the face ID and its size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* scaler :: A pointer to the scaler descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */
+ /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */
+ /* (see note below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */
+ /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */
+ /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */
+ /* treat them as persistent data. */
+ /* */
+ /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */
+ /* glyph bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */
+ /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */
+ /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */
+ /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */
+ /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */
+ /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */
+ /* is persistent! */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache cache,
+ FTC_Scaler scaler,
+ FT_ULong load_flags,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FTC_SBit *sbit,
+ FTC_Node *anode );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+ /*@***********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FTC_FontRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to describe a given `font' to the cache */
+ /* manager. Note that a `font' is the combination of a given face */
+ /* with a given character size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* face_id :: The ID of the face to use. */
+ /* */
+ /* pix_width :: The character width in integer pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* pix_height :: The character height in integer pixels. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_FontRec_
+ {
+ FTC_FaceID face_id;
+ FT_UShort pix_width;
+ FT_UShort pix_height;
+
+ } FTC_FontRec;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+#define FTC_FONT_COMPARE( f1, f2 ) \
+ ( (f1)->face_id == (f2)->face_id && \
+ (f1)->pix_width == (f2)->pix_width && \
+ (f1)->pix_height == (f2)->pix_height )
+
+ /* this macro is incompatible with LLP64, should not be used */
+#define FTC_FONT_HASH( f ) \
+ (FT_UInt32)( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH((f)->face_id) ^ \
+ ((f)->pix_width << 8) ^ \
+ ((f)->pix_height) )
+
+ typedef FTC_FontRec* FTC_Font;
+
+
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_Lookup_Face( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_FaceID face_id,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_Font font,
+ FT_Face *aface,
+ FT_Size *asize );
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTCACHE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftcffdrv.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for controlling the CFF driver (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCFFDRV_H__
+#define __FTCFFDRV_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * cff_driver
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * The CFF driver
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Controlling the CFF driver module.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself,
+ * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
+ * @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
+ * together with the necessary macros and structures.
+ *
+ * The CFF driver's module name is `cff'.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * hinting-engine
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing)
+ * engine, an application can select between `freetype' and `adobe'.
+ *
+ * Right now, the default engine is `freetype'. However, this will
+ * change: After a certain time of intensive testing it is planned to
+ * make `adobe' the default due to its superior rendering results.
+ *
+ * The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting
+ * engine (omitting the error handling).
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_Face face;
+ * FT_UInt hinting_engine = FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
+ * "hinting-engine", &hinting_engine );
+ * }
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_CFF_HINTING_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to select
+ * the hinting engine for CFF fonts.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE ::
+ * Use the old FreeType hinting engine.
+ *
+ * FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE ::
+ * Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE 0
+#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE 1
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * no-stem-darkening
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems at smaller sizes,
+ * regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast. Setting this property,
+ * stem darkening gets switched off.
+ *
+ * Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set.
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_Face face;
+ * FT_Bool no_stem_darkening = TRUE;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
+ * "no-stem-darkening", &no_stem_darkening );
+ * }
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTCFFDRV_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */
+/* It is used by the python script which generates the HTML files. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* general_remarks */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* General Remarks */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* user_allocation */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* core_api */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* Core API */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* version */
+/* basic_types */
+/* base_interface */
+/* glyph_variants */
+/* glyph_management */
+/* mac_specific */
+/* sizes_management */
+/* header_file_macros */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* format_specific */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* Format-Specific API */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* multiple_masters */
+/* truetype_tables */
+/* type1_tables */
+/* sfnt_names */
+/* bdf_fonts */
+/* cid_fonts */
+/* pfr_fonts */
+/* winfnt_fonts */
+/* font_formats */
+/* gasp_table */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* auto_hinter */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* The Auto-Hinter */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* auto_hinter */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* cff_driver */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* The CFF Driver */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* cff_driver */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* cache_subsystem */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* Cache Sub-System */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* cache_subsystem */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* support_api */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* Support API */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* computations */
+/* list_processing */
+/* outline_processing */
+/* quick_advance */
+/* bitmap_handling */
+/* raster */
+/* glyph_stroker */
+/* system_interface */
+/* module_management */
+/* gzip */
+/* lzw */
+/* bzip2 */
+/* lcd_filtering */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftcid.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2007, 2009 by Dereg Clegg, Michael Toftdal. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCID_H__
+#define __FTCID_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* cid_fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* CID Fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* CID-keyed font specific API. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */
+ /* functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
+ * "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * registry ::
+ * The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+ *
+ * ordering ::
+ * The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+ *
+ * supplement ::
+ * The supplement.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.6
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
+ const char* *registry,
+ const char* *ordering,
+ FT_Int *supplement);
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In
+ * constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
+ * successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * is_cid ::
+ * The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
+ * returning an error otherwise.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.9
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bool *is_cid );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * glyph_index ::
+ * The input glyph index.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * cid ::
+ * The CID as an @FT_UInt.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
+ * returning an error otherwise.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.9
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_UInt *cid );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTCID_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* fterrdef.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType error codes (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2010-2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** LIST OF ERROR CODES/MESSAGES *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* You need to define both FT_ERRORDEF_ and FT_NOERRORDEF_ before */
+ /* including this file. */
+
+
+ /* generic errors */
+
+ FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00, \
+ "no error" )
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01, \
+ "cannot open resource" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02, \
+ "unknown file format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03, \
+ "broken file" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04, \
+ "invalid FreeType version" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05, \
+ "module version is too low" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06, \
+ "invalid argument" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07, \
+ "unimplemented feature" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08, \
+ "broken table" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09, \
+ "broken offset within table" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A, \
+ "array allocation size too large" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B, \
+ "missing module" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C, \
+ "missing property" )
+
+ /* glyph/character errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10, \
+ "invalid glyph index" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11, \
+ "invalid character code" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12, \
+ "unsupported glyph image format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13, \
+ "cannot render this glyph format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14, \
+ "invalid outline" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15, \
+ "invalid composite glyph" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16, \
+ "too many hints" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17, \
+ "invalid pixel size" )
+
+ /* handle errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20, \
+ "invalid object handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21, \
+ "invalid library handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22, \
+ "invalid module handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23, \
+ "invalid face handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24, \
+ "invalid size handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25, \
+ "invalid glyph slot handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26, \
+ "invalid charmap handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27, \
+ "invalid cache manager handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28, \
+ "invalid stream handle" )
+
+ /* driver errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30, \
+ "too many modules" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31, \
+ "too many extensions" )
+
+ /* memory errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40, \
+ "out of memory" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41, \
+ "unlisted object" )
+
+ /* stream errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51, \
+ "cannot open stream" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52, \
+ "invalid stream seek" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53, \
+ "invalid stream skip" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54, \
+ "invalid stream read" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55, \
+ "invalid stream operation" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56, \
+ "invalid frame operation" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57, \
+ "nested frame access" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58, \
+ "invalid frame read" )
+
+ /* raster errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60, \
+ "raster uninitialized" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61, \
+ "raster corrupted" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62, \
+ "raster overflow" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63, \
+ "negative height while rastering" )
+
+ /* cache errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70, \
+ "too many registered caches" )
+
+ /* TrueType and SFNT errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80, \
+ "invalid opcode" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81, \
+ "too few arguments" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82, \
+ "stack overflow" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83, \
+ "code overflow" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84, \
+ "bad argument" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85, \
+ "division by zero" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86, \
+ "invalid reference" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87, \
+ "found debug opcode" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88, \
+ "found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89, \
+ "nested DEFS" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A, \
+ "invalid code range" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B, \
+ "execution context too long" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C, \
+ "too many function definitions" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D, \
+ "too many instruction definitions" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E, \
+ "SFNT font table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F, \
+ "horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90, \
+ "locations (loca) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91, \
+ "name table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92, \
+ "character map (cmap) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93, \
+ "horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94, \
+ "PostScript (post) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95, \
+ "invalid horizontal metrics" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96, \
+ "invalid character map (cmap) format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97, \
+ "invalid ppem value" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98, \
+ "invalid vertical metrics" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99, \
+ "could not find context" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A, \
+ "invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B, \
+ "invalid PostScript (post) table" )
+
+ /* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0, \
+ "opcode syntax error" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1, \
+ "argument stack underflow" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2, \
+ "ignore" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3, \
+ "no Unicode glyph name found" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4, \
+ "glyph to big for hinting" )
+
+ /* BDF errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0, \
+ "`STARTFONT' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1, \
+ "`FONT' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2, \
+ "`SIZE' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3, \
+ "`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4, \
+ "`CHARS' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5, \
+ "`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6, \
+ "`ENCODING' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7, \
+ "`BBX' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8, \
+ "`BBX' too big" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9, \
+ "Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA, \
+ "Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* fterrors.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2002, 2004, 2007, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This special header file is used to define the handling of FT2 */
+ /* enumeration constants. It can also be used to generate error message */
+ /* strings with a small macro trick explained below. */
+ /* */
+ /* I - Error Formats */
+ /* ----------------- */
+ /* */
+ /* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */
+ /* defined in ftoption.h in order to make the higher byte indicate */
+ /* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */
+ /* with standard builds of FreeType 2). See the file `ftmoderr.h' for */
+ /* more details. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* II - Error Message strings */
+ /* -------------------------- */
+ /* */
+ /* The error definitions below are made through special macros that */
+ /* allow client applications to build a table of error message strings */
+ /* if they need it. The strings are not included in a normal build of */
+ /* FreeType 2 to save space (most client applications do not use */
+ /* them). */
+ /* */
+ /* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */
+ /* this file: */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERROR_START_LIST :: */
+ /* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */
+ /* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls */
+ /* (see below). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) :: */
+ /* This macro is called to define one single error. */
+ /* `e' is the error code identifier (e.g. FT_Err_Invalid_Argument). */
+ /* `v' is the error numerical value. */
+ /* `s' is the corresponding error string. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERROR_END_LIST :: */
+ /* This macro ends the list. */
+ /* */
+ /* Additionally, you have to undefine __FTERRORS_H__ before #including */
+ /* this file. */
+ /* */
+ /* Here is a simple example: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #undef __FTERRORS_H__ */
+ /* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */
+ /* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */
+ /* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
+ /* */
+ /* const struct */
+ /* { */
+ /* int err_code; */
+ /* const char* err_msg; */
+ /* } ft_errors[] = */
+ /* */
+ /* #include FT_ERRORS_H */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTERRORS_H__
+#define __FTERRORS_H__
+
+
+ /* include module base error codes */
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** SETUP MACROS *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+
+ /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
+ /* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */
+ /* */
+#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
+#endif
+
+
+ /* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
+ /* */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+
+#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
+#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+#undef FT_ERR_BASE
+#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
+
+
+ /* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
+ /* enumeration type. */
+ /* */
+#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
+
+#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
+#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
+#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
+
+
+ /* this macro is used to define an error */
+#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
+ FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
+
+ /* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
+#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
+ FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
+
+
+#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+ FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+ /* now include the error codes */
+#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
+
+
+#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+ FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+ }
+#endif
+
+#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+
+#undef FT_ERRORDEF
+#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
+#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
+
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+#undef FT_ERR_BASE
+
+ /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
+#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
+#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __FTERRORS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftgasp.h */
+/* */
+/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2007, 2008, 2011 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef _FT_GASP_H_
+#define _FT_GASP_H_
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * gasp_table
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * Gasp Table
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
+ * font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is
+ * mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
+ * bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
+ */
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_GASP_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
+ * function.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
+ * This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
+ * It is up to the client to decide what to do.
+ *
+ * FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
+ * Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
+ * This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
+ * is not set, no hinting gets applied.
+ *
+ * FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
+ * Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
+ * If not set, do monochrome rendering.
+ *
+ * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
+ * If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
+ *
+ * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
+ * Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be
+ * used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
+ * `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to
+ * be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and
+ * `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored).
+ *
+ * `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
+ * protected by patents.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.0
+ */
+#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
+#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
+#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
+#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
+#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Get_Gasp
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and
+ * return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: The source face handle.
+ * ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
+ * `gasp' table in the face.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.0
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+ FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt ppem );
+
+/* */
+
+#endif /* _FT_GASP_H_ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftglyph.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2011 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */
+ /* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */
+ /* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */
+ /* */
+ /* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */
+ /* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */
+ /* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGLYPH_H__
+#define __FTGLYPH_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* glyph_management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Glyph Management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */
+ /* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */
+ /* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* forward declaration to a private type */
+ typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */
+ /* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */
+ /* bitmap or pointer. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */
+ /* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */
+ /* @FT_Done_FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_GlyphRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */
+ /* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */
+ /* */
+ /* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */
+ /* */
+ /* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
+ {
+ FT_Library library;
+ const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
+ FT_Glyph_Format format;
+ FT_Vector advance;
+
+ } FT_GlyphRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_BitmapGlyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */
+ /* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */
+ /* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
+ /* */
+ /* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */
+ /* from the current pen position to the left border of the */
+ /* glyph bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */
+ /* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */
+ /* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */
+ /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */
+ /* the bitmap's contents easily. */
+ /* */
+ /* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */
+ /* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
+ {
+ FT_GlyphRec root;
+ FT_Int left;
+ FT_Int top;
+ FT_Bitmap bitmap;
+
+ } FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_OutlineGlyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */
+ /* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */
+ /* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */
+ /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */
+ /* the outline's content easily. */
+ /* */
+ /* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
+ /* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
+ /* */
+ /* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */
+ /* destroyed with it. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
+ {
+ FT_GlyphRec root;
+ FT_Outline outline;
+
+ } FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */
+ /* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ FT_Glyph *aglyph );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Copy */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */
+ /* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */
+ /* error. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
+ FT_Glyph *target );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Transform */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */
+ /* */
+ /* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */
+ /* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */
+ /* advance vector. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_Matrix* matrix,
+ FT_Vector* delta );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */
+ /* Return unscaled font units. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */
+ /* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */
+ /* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */
+ /* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */
+ /* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
+ {
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
+
+ } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding */
+ /* @FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode values instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED. */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS. */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT. */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_truncate :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_pixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */
+ /* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
+ /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
+ /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
+ /* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */
+ /* */
+ /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
+ /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
+ /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
+ /* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* mode :: The mode which indicates how to interpret the returned */
+ /* bounding box values. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */
+ /* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */
+ /* convention. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */
+ /* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */
+ /* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */
+ /* is another name for this constant. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */
+ /* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
+ /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
+ /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox */
+ /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */
+ /* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */
+ /* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */
+ /* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */
+ /* which corresponds to: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */
+ /* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */
+ /* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */
+ /* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
+ /* */
+ /* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */
+ /* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_UInt bbox_mode,
+ FT_BBox *acbox );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */
+ /* rendered. */
+ /* */
+ /* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */
+ /* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */
+ /* translation). The origin is expressed in */
+ /* 26.6 pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */
+ /* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */
+ /* never destroyed in case of error. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */
+ /* */
+ /* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */
+ /* rendering. */
+ /* */
+ /* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
+ /* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */
+ /* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Glyph glyph; */
+ /* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* // load glyph */
+ /* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */
+ /* */
+ /* // extract glyph image */
+ /* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */
+ /* */
+ /* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */
+ /* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */
+ /* { */
+ /* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */
+ /* 0, 1 ); */
+ /* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */
+ /* ... */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* // access bitmap content by typecasting */
+ /* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */
+ /* */
+ /* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */
+ /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* Here another example, again without error handling: */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
+ /* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */
+ /* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */
+ /* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */
+ /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
+ /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
+ FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
+ FT_Vector* origin,
+ FT_Bool destroy );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy a given glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /* other helpful functions */
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* computations */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
+ FT_Matrix* b );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Matrix_Invert */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */
+ /* case of error. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGLYPH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftgxval.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by */
+/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGXVAL_H__
+#define __FTGXVAL_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* gx_validation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
+ /* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */
+ /* trak, prop, lcar). */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */
+ /* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
+#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
+#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
+#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
+#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
+#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
+#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
+#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
+#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
+#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
+ * for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
+ */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
+
+ /* */
+
+ /* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
+ Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
+ ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
+ * indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
+ * Validate `feat' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
+ * Validate `mort' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
+ * Validate `morx' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
+ * Validate `bsln' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_just ::
+ * Validate `just' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
+ * Validate `kern' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
+ * Validate `opbd' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
+ * Validate `trak' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
+ * Validate `prop' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
+ * Validate `lcar' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
+ * Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
+ * opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
+ *
+ */
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_just | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
+ * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
+ * actually does the text layout can access those tables without
+ * error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * validation_flags ::
+ * A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See
+ * @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
+ *
+ * table_length ::
+ * The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
+ * should be passed.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * tables ::
+ * The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
+ * The array itself must be allocated by a client.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
+ * each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value
+ * indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
+ * application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
+ * the ability to validate the sfnt table.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt validation_flags,
+ FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
+ FT_UInt table_length );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * table ::
+ * The pointer to the buffer allocated by
+ * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+ * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bytes table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
+ * to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected
+ * type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
+ * invalid.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
+ * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
+ * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
+ * Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
+ */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_ClassicKern_Validate
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
+ * and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
+ * actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
+ * checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+ *
+ * The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
+ * the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
+ * FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * validation_flags ::
+ * A bit field which specifies the dialect to be validated. See
+ * @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * ckern_table ::
+ * A pointer to the kern table.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
+ * `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value
+ * indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt validation_flags,
+ FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_ClassicKern_Free
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * table ::
+ * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
+ * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+ * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bytes table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGXVAL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftgzip.h */
+/* */
+/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGZIP_H__
+#define __FTGZIP_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* gzip */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* GZIP Streams */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Using gzip-compressed font files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stream_OpenGzip
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is
+ * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
+ * with XFree86.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream ::
+ * The target embedding stream.
+ *
+ * source ::
+ * The source stream.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
+ *
+ * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
+ * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
+ * objects will be released to the heap.
+ *
+ * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
+ * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
+ *
+ * In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
+ * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
+ * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
+ * compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
+ * it and re-open the face with it.
+ *
+ * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
+ * of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
+ FT_Stream source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGZIP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftimage.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType glyph image formats and default raster interface */
+/* (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, */
+/* 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Note: A `raster' is simply a scan-line converter, used to render */
+ /* FT_Outlines into FT_Bitmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTIMAGE_H__
+#define __FTIMAGE_H__
+
+
+ /* _STANDALONE_ is from ftgrays.c */
+#ifndef _STANDALONE_
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* basic_types */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Pos */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The type FT_Pos is used to store vectorial coordinates. Depending */
+ /* on the context, these can represent distances in integer font */
+ /* units, or 16.16, or 26.6 fixed-point pixel coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed long FT_Pos;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Vector */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of */
+ /* the FT_Pos type. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* x :: The horizontal coordinate. */
+ /* y :: The vertical coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Vector_
+ {
+ FT_Pos x;
+ FT_Pos y;
+
+ } FT_Vector;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_BBox */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the */
+ /* coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical */
+ /* directions. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* xMin :: The horizontal minimum (left-most). */
+ /* */
+ /* yMin :: The vertical minimum (bottom-most). */
+ /* */
+ /* xMax :: The horizontal maximum (right-most). */
+ /* */
+ /* yMax :: The vertical maximum (top-most). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The bounding box is specified with the coordinates of the lower */
+ /* left and the upper right corner. In PostScript, those values are */
+ /* often called (llx,lly) and (urx,ury), respectively. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `yMin' is negative, this value gives the glyph's descender. */
+ /* Otherwise, the glyph doesn't descend below the baseline. */
+ /* Similarly, if `ymax' is positive, this value gives the glyph's */
+ /* ascender. */
+ /* */
+ /* `xMin' gives the horizontal distance from the glyph's origin to */
+ /* the left edge of the glyph's bounding box. If `xMin' is negative, */
+ /* the glyph extends to the left of the origin. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_BBox_
+ {
+ FT_Pos xMin, yMin;
+ FT_Pos xMax, yMax;
+
+ } FT_BBox;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Pixel_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a */
+ /* given bitmap. Note that additional formats may be added in the */
+ /* future. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE :: */
+ /* Value~0 is reserved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO :: */
+ /* A monochrome bitmap, using 1~bit per pixel. Note that pixels */
+ /* are stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that */
+ /* the left-most pixel in a byte has value 128. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY :: */
+ /* An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph */
+ /* images. Each pixel is stored in one byte. Note that the number */
+ /* of `gray' levels is stored in the `num_grays' field of the */
+ /* @FT_Bitmap structure (it generally is 256). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 :: */
+ /* A 2-bit per pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded */
+ /* anti-aliased bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType */
+ /* specification. We haven't found a single font using this */
+ /* format, however. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 :: */
+ /* A 4-bit per pixel bitmap, representing embedded anti-aliased */
+ /* bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification. */
+ /* We haven't found a single font using this format, however. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD :: */
+ /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */
+ /* used for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three times */
+ /* wider than the original glyph image. See also */
+ /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V :: */
+ /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */
+ /* used for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap is three */
+ /* times taller than the original glyph image. See also */
+ /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Pixel_Mode_
+ {
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE = 0,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V,
+
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX /* do not remove */
+
+ } FT_Pixel_Mode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of deprecated constants. Use the corresponding */
+ /* @FT_Pixel_Mode values instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_none :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE. */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_mono :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_grays :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY. */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_pal2 :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2. */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_pal4 :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_pixel_mode_none FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE
+#define ft_pixel_mode_mono FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO
+#define ft_pixel_mode_grays FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY
+#define ft_pixel_mode_pal2 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2
+#define ft_pixel_mode_pal4 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4
+
+ /* */
+
+#if 0
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Palette_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT! */
+ /* */
+ /* An enumeration type to describe the format of a bitmap palette, */
+ /* used with ft_pixel_mode_pal4 and ft_pixel_mode_pal8. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_palette_mode_rgb :: The palette is an array of 3-byte RGB */
+ /* records. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_palette_mode_rgba :: The palette is an array of 4-byte RGBA */
+ /* records. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* As ft_pixel_mode_pal2, pal4 and pal8 are currently unused by */
+ /* FreeType, these types are not handled by the library itself. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Palette_Mode_
+ {
+ ft_palette_mode_rgb = 0,
+ ft_palette_mode_rgba,
+
+ ft_palette_mode_max /* do not remove */
+
+ } FT_Palette_Mode;
+
+ /* */
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster. */
+ /* Note that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the */
+ /* `pixel_mode' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* rows :: The number of bitmap rows. */
+ /* */
+ /* width :: The number of pixels in bitmap row. */
+ /* */
+ /* pitch :: The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes */
+ /* taken by one bitmap row, including padding. */
+ /* However, the pitch is positive when the bitmap has */
+ /* a `down' flow, and negative when it has an `up' */
+ /* flow. In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add */
+ /* to a bitmap pointer in order to go down one row. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `padding' means the alignment of a */
+ /* bitmap to a byte border, and FreeType functions */
+ /* normally align to the smallest possible integer */
+ /* value. */
+ /* */
+ /* For the B/W rasterizer, `pitch' is always an even */
+ /* number. */
+ /* */
+ /* To change the pitch of a bitmap (say, to make it a */
+ /* multiple of 4), use @FT_Bitmap_Convert. */
+ /* Alternatively, you might use callback functions to */
+ /* directly render to the application's surface; see */
+ /* the file `example2.cpp' in the tutorial for a */
+ /* demonstration. */
+ /* */
+ /* buffer :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer. This */
+ /* value should be aligned on 32-bit boundaries in */
+ /* most cases. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_grays :: This field is only used with */
+ /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY; it gives the number of gray */
+ /* levels used in the bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* pixel_mode :: The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored. */
+ /* See @FT_Pixel_Mode for possible values. */
+ /* */
+ /* palette_mode :: This field is intended for paletted pixel modes; */
+ /* it indicates how the palette is stored. Not */
+ /* used currently. */
+ /* */
+ /* palette :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; this */
+ /* field is intended for paletted pixel modes. Not */
+ /* used currently. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* For now, the only pixel modes supported by FreeType are mono and */
+ /* grays. However, drivers might be added in the future to support */
+ /* more `colorful' options. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Bitmap_
+ {
+ int rows;
+ int width;
+ int pitch;
+ unsigned char* buffer;
+ short num_grays;
+ char pixel_mode;
+ char palette_mode;
+ void* palette;
+
+ } FT_Bitmap;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* outline_processing */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Outline */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line */
+ /* converter. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* n_contours :: The number of contours in the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* n_points :: The number of points in the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* points :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' @FT_Vector */
+ /* elements, giving the outline's point coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* tags :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' chars, giving */
+ /* each outline point's type. */
+ /* */
+ /* If bit~0 is unset, the point is `off' the curve, */
+ /* i.e., a Bézier control point, while it is `on' if */
+ /* set. */
+ /* */
+ /* Bit~1 is meaningful for `off' points only. If set, */
+ /* it indicates a third-order Bézier arc control point; */
+ /* and a second-order control point if unset. */
+ /* */
+ /* If bit~2 is set, bits 5-7 contain the drop-out mode */
+ /* (as defined in the OpenType specification; the value */
+ /* is the same as the argument to the SCANMODE */
+ /* instruction). */
+ /* */
+ /* Bits 3 and~4 are reserved for internal purposes. */
+ /* */
+ /* contours :: An array of `n_contours' shorts, giving the end */
+ /* point of each contour within the outline. For */
+ /* example, the first contour is defined by the points */
+ /* `0' to `contours[0]', the second one is defined by */
+ /* the points `contours[0]+1' to `contours[1]', etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* flags :: A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline */
+ /* and give hints to the scan-converter and hinter on */
+ /* how to convert/grid-fit it. See @FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The B/W rasterizer only checks bit~2 in the `tags' array for the */
+ /* first point of each contour. The drop-out mode as given with */
+ /* @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, and */
+ /* @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS in `flags' is then overridden. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Outline_
+ {
+ short n_contours; /* number of contours in glyph */
+ short n_points; /* number of points in the glyph */
+
+ FT_Vector* points; /* the outline's points */
+ char* tags; /* the points flags */
+ short* contours; /* the contour end points */
+
+ int flags; /* outline masks */
+
+ } FT_Outline;
+
+ /* Following limits must be consistent with */
+ /* FT_Outline.{n_contours,n_points} */
+#define FT_OUTLINE_CONTOURS_MAX SHRT_MAX
+#define FT_OUTLINE_POINTS_MAX SHRT_MAX
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit-field constants use for the flags in an outline's */
+ /* `flags' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_NONE :: */
+ /* Value~0 is reserved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_OWNER :: */
+ /* If set, this flag indicates that the outline's field arrays */
+ /* (i.e., `points', `flags', and `contours') are `owned' by the */
+ /* outline object, and should thus be freed when it is destroyed. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL :: */
+ /* By default, outlines are filled using the non-zero winding rule. */
+ /* If set to 1, the outline will be filled using the even-odd fill */
+ /* rule (only works with the smooth rasterizer). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL :: */
+ /* By default, outside contours of an outline are oriented in */
+ /* clock-wise direction, as defined in the TrueType specification. */
+ /* This flag is set if the outline uses the opposite direction */
+ /* (typically for Type~1 fonts). This flag is ignored by the scan */
+ /* converter. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS :: */
+ /* By default, the scan converter will try to detect drop-outs in */
+ /* an outline and correct the glyph bitmap to ensure consistent */
+ /* shape continuity. If set, this flag hints the scan-line */
+ /* converter to ignore such cases. See below for more information. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS :: */
+ /* Select smart dropout control. If unset, use simple dropout */
+ /* control. Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See */
+ /* below for more information. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS :: */
+ /* If set, turn pixels on for `stubs', otherwise exclude them. */
+ /* Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See below for */
+ /* more information. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION :: */
+ /* This flag indicates that the scan-line converter should try to */
+ /* convert this outline to bitmaps with the highest possible */
+ /* quality. It is typically set for small character sizes. Note */
+ /* that this is only a hint that might be completely ignored by a */
+ /* given scan-converter. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS :: */
+ /* This flag is set to force a given scan-converter to only use a */
+ /* single pass over the outline to render a bitmap glyph image. */
+ /* Normally, it is set for very large character sizes. It is only */
+ /* a hint that might be completely ignored by a given */
+ /* scan-converter. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The flags @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, */
+ /* and @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS are ignored by the smooth */
+ /* rasterizer. */
+ /* */
+ /* There exists a second mechanism to pass the drop-out mode to the */
+ /* B/W rasterizer; see the `tags' field in @FT_Outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* Please refer to the description of the `SCANTYPE' instruction in */
+ /* the OpenType specification (in file `ttinst1.doc') how simple */
+ /* drop-outs, smart drop-outs, and stubs are defined. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_OUTLINE_NONE 0x0
+#define FT_OUTLINE_OWNER 0x1
+#define FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL 0x2
+#define FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL 0x4
+#define FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS 0x8
+#define FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS 0x10
+#define FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS 0x20
+
+#define FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION 0x100
+#define FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS 0x200
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * ft_outline_flags
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These constants are deprecated. Please use the corresponding
+ * @FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS values.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * ft_outline_none :: See @FT_OUTLINE_NONE.
+ * ft_outline_owner :: See @FT_OUTLINE_OWNER.
+ * ft_outline_even_odd_fill :: See @FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL.
+ * ft_outline_reverse_fill :: See @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL.
+ * ft_outline_ignore_dropouts :: See @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS.
+ * ft_outline_high_precision :: See @FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION.
+ * ft_outline_single_pass :: See @FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS.
+ */
+#define ft_outline_none FT_OUTLINE_NONE
+#define ft_outline_owner FT_OUTLINE_OWNER
+#define ft_outline_even_odd_fill FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL
+#define ft_outline_reverse_fill FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL
+#define ft_outline_ignore_dropouts FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS
+#define ft_outline_high_precision FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION
+#define ft_outline_single_pass FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS
+
+ /* */
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG( flag ) ( flag & 3 )
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_ON 1
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC 0
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC 2
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_HAS_SCANMODE 4
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X 8 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y 16 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH ( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X | \
+ FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y )
+
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_On FT_CURVE_TAG_ON
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Conic FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Cubic FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_X FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_Y FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `move */
+ /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* A `move to' is emitted to start a new contour in an outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `move to'. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the */
+ /* decomposition function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Outline_MoveToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `line */
+ /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* A `line to' is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `line to'. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the */
+ /* decomposition function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Outline_LineToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_LineTo_Func FT_Outline_LineToFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `conic */
+ /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* A `conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bézier arc in */
+ /* the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* control :: An intermediate control point between the last position */
+ /* and the new target in `to'. */
+ /* */
+ /* to :: A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of */
+ /* the decomposition function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Outline_ConicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control,
+ const FT_Vector* to,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `cubic */
+ /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* A `cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bézier arc. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* control1 :: A pointer to the first Bézier control point. */
+ /* */
+ /* control2 :: A pointer to the second Bézier control point. */
+ /* */
+ /* to :: A pointer to the target end point. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of */
+ /* the decomposition function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Outline_CubicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control1,
+ const FT_Vector* control2,
+ const FT_Vector* to,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Funcs */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline */
+ /* decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Béziers. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* move_to :: The `move to' emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* line_to :: The segment emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* conic_to :: The second-order Bézier arc emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* cubic_to :: The third-order Bézier arc emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* shift :: The shift that is applied to coordinates before they */
+ /* are sent to the emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* delta :: The delta that is applied to coordinates before they */
+ /* are sent to the emitter, but after the shift. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed */
+ /* version of the original coordinates (this is important for high */
+ /* accuracy during scan-conversion). The transformation is simple: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* x' = (x << shift) - delta */
+ /* y' = (x << shift) - delta */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* Set the values of `shift' and `delta' to~0 to get the original */
+ /* point coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Outline_Funcs_
+ {
+ FT_Outline_MoveToFunc move_to;
+ FT_Outline_LineToFunc line_to;
+ FT_Outline_ConicToFunc conic_to;
+ FT_Outline_CubicToFunc cubic_to;
+
+ int shift;
+ FT_Pos delta;
+
+ } FT_Outline_Funcs;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* basic_types */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */
+ /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */
+ /* this: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) value */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */
+ /* */
+#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG
+#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
+ value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \
+ ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \
+ ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8 ) | \
+ (unsigned long)_x4 )
+#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Format */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph */
+ /* image. Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image */
+ /* formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register */
+ /* their own format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE :: */
+ /* The value~0 is reserved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE :: */
+ /* The glyph image is a composite of several other images. This */
+ /* format is _only_ used with @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to */
+ /* report compound glyphs (like accented characters). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP :: */
+ /* The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an */
+ /* @FT_Bitmap. You generally need to access the `bitmap' field of */
+ /* the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE :: */
+ /* The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments */
+ /* and Bézier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you */
+ /* generally want to access the `outline' field of the */
+ /* @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER :: */
+ /* The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside and outside */
+ /* contours. Some Type~1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family, */
+ /* contain glyphs in this format. These are described as */
+ /* @FT_Outline, but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering */
+ /* them correctly. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Glyph_Format_
+ {
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
+
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p' ),
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, 'b', 'i', 't', 's' ),
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, 'o', 'u', 't', 'l' ),
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER, 'p', 'l', 'o', 't' )
+
+ } FT_Glyph_Format;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of deprecated constants. Use the corresponding */
+ /* @FT_Glyph_Format values instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_none :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE. */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_composite :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE. */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_bitmap :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_outline :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE. */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_plotter :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_glyph_format_none FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE
+#define ft_glyph_format_composite FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE
+#define ft_glyph_format_bitmap FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP
+#define ft_glyph_format_outline FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE
+#define ft_glyph_format_plotter FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** R A S T E R D E F I N I T I O N S *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* A raster is a scan converter, in charge of rendering an outline into */
+ /* a a bitmap. This section contains the public API for rasters. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that in FreeType 2, all rasters are now encapsulated within */
+ /* specific modules called `renderers'. See `freetype/ftrender.h' for */
+ /* more details on renderers. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* raster */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Scanline Converter */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How vectorial outlines are converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains technical definitions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Raster */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle (pointer) to a raster object. Each object can be used */
+ /* independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_RasterRec_* FT_Raster;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Span */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a single span of gray (or black) pixels */
+ /* when rendering a monochrome or anti-aliased bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* x :: The span's horizontal start position. */
+ /* */
+ /* len :: The span's length in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* coverage :: The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background) */
+ /* to 255 (foreground). Only used for anti-aliased */
+ /* rendering. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named */
+ /* @FT_SpanFunc which takes the y~coordinate of the span as a */
+ /* a parameter. */
+ /* */
+ /* The coverage value is always between 0 and 255. If you want less */
+ /* gray values, the callback function has to reduce them. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Span_
+ {
+ short x;
+ unsigned short len;
+ unsigned char coverage;
+
+ } FT_Span;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_SpanFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in */
+ /* order to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel */
+ /* spans on each scan line. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* y :: The scanline's y~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* count :: The number of spans to draw on this scanline. */
+ /* */
+ /* spans :: A table of `count' spans to draw on the scanline. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This callback allows client applications to directly render the */
+ /* gray spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces. */
+ /* */
+ /* This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a */
+ /* given background bitmap, and even perform translucency. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the `count' field cannot be greater than a fixed value */
+ /* defined by the `FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS' configuration macro in */
+ /* `ftoption.h'. By default, this value is set to~32, which means */
+ /* that if there are more than 32~spans on a given scanline, the */
+ /* callback is called several times with the same `y' parameter in */
+ /* order to draw all callbacks. */
+ /* */
+ /* Otherwise, the callback is only called once per scan-line, and */
+ /* only for those scanlines that do have `gray' pixels on them. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_SpanFunc)( int y,
+ int count,
+ const FT_Span* spans,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Span_Func FT_SpanFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_BitTest_Func */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT. */
+ /* */
+ /* A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter */
+ /* to test whether a given target pixel is already set to the drawing */
+ /* `color'. These tests are crucial to implement drop-out control */
+ /* per-se the TrueType spec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* y :: The pixel's y~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* x :: The pixel's x~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* 1~if the pixel is `set', 0~otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Raster_BitTest_Func)( int y,
+ int x,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_BitSet_Func */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT. */
+ /* */
+ /* A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter */
+ /* to set an individual target pixel. This is crucial to implement */
+ /* drop-out control according to the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* y :: The pixel's y~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* x :: The pixel's x~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* 1~if the pixel is `set', 0~otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Raster_BitSet_Func)( int y,
+ int x,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit flag constants as used in the `flags' field of a */
+ /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT :: This value is 0. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA :: This flag is set to indicate that an */
+ /* anti-aliased glyph image should be */
+ /* generated. Otherwise, it will be */
+ /* monochrome (1-bit). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT :: This flag is set to indicate direct */
+ /* rendering. In this mode, client */
+ /* applications must provide their own span */
+ /* callback. This lets them directly */
+ /* draw or compose over an existing bitmap. */
+ /* If this bit is not set, the target */
+ /* pixmap's buffer _must_ be zeroed before */
+ /* rendering. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that for now, direct rendering is */
+ /* only possible with anti-aliased glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP :: This flag is only used in direct */
+ /* rendering mode. If set, the output will */
+ /* be clipped to a box specified in the */
+ /* `clip_box' field of the */
+ /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that by default, the glyph bitmap */
+ /* is clipped to the target pixmap, except */
+ /* in direct rendering mode where all spans */
+ /* are generated if no clipping box is set. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT 0x0
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA 0x1
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT 0x2
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP 0x4
+
+ /* deprecated */
+#define ft_raster_flag_default FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT
+#define ft_raster_flag_aa FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA
+#define ft_raster_flag_direct FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT
+#define ft_raster_flag_clip FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Raster_Params */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render */
+ /* function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* target :: The target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* source :: A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an */
+ /* @FT_Outline). */
+ /* */
+ /* flags :: The rendering flags. */
+ /* */
+ /* gray_spans :: The gray span drawing callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* black_spans :: The black span drawing callback. UNIMPLEMENTED! */
+ /* */
+ /* bit_test :: The bit test callback. UNIMPLEMENTED! */
+ /* */
+ /* bit_set :: The bit set callback. UNIMPLEMENTED! */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing */
+ /* callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* clip_box :: An optional clipping box. It is only used in */
+ /* direct rendering mode. Note that coordinates here */
+ /* should be expressed in _integer_ pixels (and not in */
+ /* 26.6 fixed-point units). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA */
+ /* bit flag is set in the `flags' field, otherwise a monochrome */
+ /* bitmap is generated. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in `flags', the */
+ /* raster will call the `gray_spans' callback to draw gray pixel */
+ /* spans, in the case of an aa glyph bitmap, it will call */
+ /* `black_spans', and `bit_test' and `bit_set' in the case of a */
+ /* monochrome bitmap. This allows direct composition over a */
+ /* pre-existing bitmap through user-provided callbacks to perform the */
+ /* span drawing/composition. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the `bit_test' and `bit_set' callbacks are required when */
+ /* rendering a monochrome bitmap, as they are crucial to implement */
+ /* correct drop-out control as defined in the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Raster_Params_
+ {
+ const FT_Bitmap* target;
+ const void* source;
+ int flags;
+ FT_SpanFunc gray_spans;
+ FT_SpanFunc black_spans; /* doesn't work! */
+ FT_Raster_BitTest_Func bit_test; /* doesn't work! */
+ FT_Raster_BitSet_Func bit_set; /* doesn't work! */
+ void* user;
+ FT_BBox clip_box;
+
+ } FT_Raster_Params;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_NewFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to create a new raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* memory :: A handle to the memory allocator. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The `memory' parameter is a typeless pointer in order to avoid */
+ /* un-wanted dependencies on the rest of the FreeType code. In */
+ /* practice, it is an @FT_Memory object, i.e., a handle to the */
+ /* standard FreeType memory allocator. However, this field can be */
+ /* completely ignored by a given raster implementation. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Raster_NewFunc)( void* memory,
+ FT_Raster* raster );
+
+#define FT_Raster_New_Func FT_Raster_NewFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_DoneFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to destroy a given raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Raster_DoneFunc)( FT_Raster raster );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Done_Func FT_Raster_DoneFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_ResetFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType provides an area of memory called the `render pool', */
+ /* available to all registered rasters. This pool can be freely used */
+ /* during a given scan-conversion but is shared by all rasters. Its */
+ /* content is thus transient. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is called each time the render pool changes, or just */
+ /* after a new raster object is created. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* pool_base :: The address in memory of the render pool. */
+ /* */
+ /* pool_size :: The size in bytes of the render pool. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Rasters can ignore the render pool and rely on dynamic memory */
+ /* allocation if they want to (a handle to the memory allocator is */
+ /* passed to the raster constructor). However, this is not */
+ /* recommended for efficiency purposes. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Raster_ResetFunc)( FT_Raster raster,
+ unsigned char* pool_base,
+ unsigned long pool_size );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Reset_Func FT_Raster_ResetFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_SetModeFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function is a generic facility to change modes or attributes */
+ /* in a given raster. This can be used for debugging purposes, or */
+ /* simply to allow implementation-specific `features' in a given */
+ /* raster module. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* mode :: A 4-byte tag used to name the mode or property. */
+ /* */
+ /* args :: A pointer to the new mode/property to use. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Raster_SetModeFunc)( FT_Raster raster,
+ unsigned long mode,
+ void* args );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func FT_Raster_SetModeFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_RenderFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Invoke a given raster to scan-convert a given glyph image into a */
+ /* target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
+ /* store the rendering parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The exact format of the source image depends on the raster's glyph */
+ /* format defined in its @FT_Raster_Funcs structure. It can be an */
+ /* @FT_Outline or anything else in order to support a large array of */
+ /* glyph formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note also that the render function can fail and return a */
+ /* `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error code if the raster used does */
+ /* not support direct composition. */
+ /* */
+ /* XXX: For now, the standard raster doesn't support direct */
+ /* composition but this should change for the final release (see */
+ /* the files `demos/src/ftgrays.c' and `demos/src/ftgrays2.c' */
+ /* for examples of distinct implementations which support direct */
+ /* composition). */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Raster_RenderFunc)( FT_Raster raster,
+ const FT_Raster_Params* params );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Render_Func FT_Raster_RenderFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Raster_Funcs */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to describe a given raster class to the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* glyph_format :: The supported glyph format for this raster. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_new :: The raster constructor. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_reset :: Used to reset the render pool within the raster. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_render :: A function to render a glyph into a given bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_done :: The raster destructor. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Raster_Funcs_
+ {
+ FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
+ FT_Raster_NewFunc raster_new;
+ FT_Raster_ResetFunc raster_reset;
+ FT_Raster_SetModeFunc raster_set_mode;
+ FT_Raster_RenderFunc raster_render;
+ FT_Raster_DoneFunc raster_done;
+
+ } FT_Raster_Funcs;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTIMAGE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftincrem.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTINCREM_H__
+#define __FTINCREM_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * incremental
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * Incremental Loading
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Custom Glyph Loading.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
+ * `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
+ * from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application,
+ *
+ * Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
+ * file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
+ * engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
+ *
+ * To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
+ * @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
+ * @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
+ * @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
+ * `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
+ * embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
+ * where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
+ * different values.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
+ * objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
+ * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
+ * and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
+ *
+ * See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
+ * to use incremental objects with FreeType.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
+ * by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * bearing_x ::
+ * Left bearing, in font units.
+ *
+ * bearing_y ::
+ * Top bearing, in font units.
+ *
+ * advance ::
+ * Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
+ *
+ * advance_v ::
+ * Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
+ * value of the `vertical' argument to the function
+ * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
+ {
+ FT_Long bearing_x;
+ FT_Long bearing_y;
+ FT_Long advance;
+ FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
+
+ } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Incremental_Metrics
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
+ * during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
+ * enabled.
+ *
+ * Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
+ * file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
+ * the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
+ * *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is
+ * undefined for any other format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * incremental ::
+ * Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+ * application.
+ *
+ * glyph_index ::
+ * Index of relevant glyph.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * adata ::
+ * A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
+ * accessed as a read-only byte block).
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If this function returns successfully the method
+ * @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
+ * the data bytes.
+ *
+ * Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
+ * compound glyphs.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_Data* adata );
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
+ * successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * incremental ::
+ * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+ * application.
+ *
+ * data ::
+ * A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
+ * as a read-only byte block).
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
+ FT_Data* data );
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
+ * before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
+ * formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
+ * the glyph images proper.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * incremental ::
+ * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+ * application.
+ *
+ * glyph_index ::
+ * Index of relevant glyph.
+ *
+ * vertical ::
+ * If true, return vertical metrics.
+ *
+ * ametrics ::
+ * This parameter is used for both input and output.
+ * The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are
+ * not available all the values must be set to zero.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * ametrics ::
+ * The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
+ ( FT_Incremental incremental,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_Bool vertical,
+ FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
+ * incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * get_glyph_data ::
+ * The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
+ *
+ * free_glyph_data ::
+ * The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
+ *
+ * get_glyph_metrics ::
+ * The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does
+ * not provide overriding glyph metrics.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
+ {
+ FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
+ FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
+ FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
+
+ } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
+ * wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
+ * @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
+ * FT_Parameter parameter;
+ * FT_Open_Args open_args;
+ *
+ *
+ * // set up incremental descriptor
+ * inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
+ * inc_int.object = my_object;
+ *
+ * // set up optional parameter
+ * parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
+ * parameter.data = &inc_int;
+ *
+ * // set up FT_Open_Args structure
+ * open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
+ * open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
+ * open_args.num_params = 1;
+ * open_args.params = ¶meter; // we use one optional argument
+ *
+ * // open the font
+ * error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
+ * ...
+ * }
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
+ {
+ const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
+ FT_Incremental object;
+
+ } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental_Interface
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @constant:
+ * FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate
+ * an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTINCREM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftlcdfil.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */
+/* (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
+#define __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * lcd_filtering
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * LCD Filtering
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Reduce color fringes of LCD-optimized bitmaps.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API can be used to specify a low-pass
+ * filter which is then applied to LCD-optimized bitmaps generated
+ * through @FT_Render_Glyph. This is useful to reduce color fringes
+ * which would occur with unfiltered rendering.
+ *
+ * Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is
+ * *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to
+ * #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file
+ * in order to activate it.
+ *
+ * FreeType generates alpha coverage maps, which are linear by nature.
+ * For instance, the value 0x80 in bitmap representation means that
+ * (within numerical precision) 0x80/0xff fraction of that pixel is
+ * covered by the glyph's outline. The blending function for placing
+ * text over a background is
+ *
+ * {
+ * dst = alpha * src + (1 - alpha) * dst ,
+ * }
+ *
+ * which is known as OVER. However, when calculating the output of the
+ * OVER operator, the source colors should first be transformed to a
+ * linear color space, then alpha blended in that space, and transformed
+ * back to the output color space.
+ *
+ * When linear light blending is used, the default FIR5 filtering
+ * weights (as given by FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT) are no longer optimal, as
+ * they have been designed for black on white rendering while lacking
+ * gamma correction. To preserve color neutrality, weights for a FIR5
+ * filter should be chosen according to two free parameters `a' and `c',
+ * and the FIR weights should be
+ *
+ * {
+ * [a - c, a + c, 2 * a, a + c, a - c] .
+ * }
+ *
+ * This formula generates equal weights for all the color primaries
+ * across the filter kernel, which makes it colorless. One suggested
+ * set of weights is
+ *
+ * {
+ * [0x10, 0x50, 0x60, 0x50, 0x10] ,
+ * }
+ *
+ * where `a' has value 0x30 and `b' value 0x20. The weights in filter
+ * may have a sum larger than 0x100, which increases coloration slightly
+ * but also improves contrast.
+ */
+
+
+ /****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_LcdFilter
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
+ * Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
+ * results in sometimes severe color fringes.
+ *
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
+ * The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
+ * of a slight blurriness in the output.
+ *
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
+ * The light filter is a variant that produces less blurriness at the
+ * cost of slightly more color fringes than the default one. It might
+ * be better, depending on taste, your monitor, or your personal vision.
+ *
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
+ * This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
+ * provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
+ * fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
+ * In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
+ * interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
+ *
+ * This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
+ * disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.0
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
+ {
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
+
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
+
+ } FT_LcdFilter;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
+ * bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
+ * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to the target library instance.
+ *
+ * filter ::
+ * The filter type.
+ *
+ * You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
+ * @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
+ * well on most LCD screens.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
+ * explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
+ * @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
+ *
+ * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
+ * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
+ * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
+ * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
+ * default builds of FreeType.
+ *
+ * The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
+ * @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char.
+ *
+ * It does _not_ affect the output of @FT_Outline_Render and
+ * @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
+ *
+ * If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
+ * either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
+ * outline with regards to the pixel grid. For example, for
+ * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3~pixels to the left, and
+ * up to 3~pixels to the right.
+ *
+ * The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't
+ * need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling
+ * the filter.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.0
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
+ FT_LcdFilter filter );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Use this function to override the filter weights selected by
+ * @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter. By default, FreeType uses the quintuple
+ * (0x00, 0x55, 0x56, 0x55, 0x00) for FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT, and (0x10,
+ * 0x40, 0x70, 0x40, 0x10) for FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT and
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to the target library instance.
+ *
+ * weights ::
+ * A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
+ * uses them to specify the filter weights.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
+ * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
+ * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
+ * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
+ * default builds of FreeType.
+ *
+ * This function must be called after @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter to have
+ * any effect.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.4.0
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
+ unsigned char *weights );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftlist.h */
+/* */
+/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */
+ /* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTLIST_H__
+#define __FTLIST_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* list_processing */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* List Processing */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Simple management of lists. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains various definitions related to list */
+ /* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_List */
+ /* FT_ListNode */
+ /* FT_ListRec */
+ /* FT_ListNodeRec */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_List_Add */
+ /* FT_List_Insert */
+ /* FT_List_Find */
+ /* FT_List_Remove */
+ /* FT_List_Up */
+ /* FT_List_Iterate */
+ /* FT_List_Iterator */
+ /* FT_List_Finalize */
+ /* FT_List_Destructor */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Find */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Find the list node for a given listed object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
+ /* data :: The address of the listed object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
+ FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
+ void* data );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Add */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Append an element to the end of a list. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
+ /* node :: The node to append. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
+ FT_ListNode node );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Insert */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Insert an element at the head of a list. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to parent list. */
+ /* node :: The node to insert. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
+ FT_ListNode node );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Remove */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */
+ /* the node is in the list! */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* node :: The node to remove. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
+ FT_ListNode node );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Up */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */
+ /* lists. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
+ /* node :: The node to move. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
+ FT_ListNode node );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_List_Iterator */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list parse */
+ /* by @FT_List_Iterate. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* node :: The current iteration list node. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */
+ /* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */
+ /* */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Iterate */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
+ /* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */
+ /* returns a non-zero value. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* list :: A handle to the list. */
+ /* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
+ /* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the second */
+ /* argument to the iterator. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
+ FT_List_Iterator iterator,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_List_Destructor */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An @FT_List iterator function which is called during a list */
+ /* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */
+ /* given list. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* system :: The current system object. */
+ /* */
+ /* data :: The current object to destroy. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */
+ /* be used to point to the iteration's state. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
+ void* data,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Finalize */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* list :: A handle to the list. */
+ /* */
+ /* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */
+ /* of the list. */
+ /* */
+ /* memory :: The current memory object which handles deallocation. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the last */
+ /* argument to the destructor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */
+ /* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
+ FT_List_Destructor destroy,
+ FT_Memory memory,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTLIST_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftlzw.h */
+/* */
+/* LZW-compressed stream support. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2004, 2006 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTLZW_H__
+#define __FTLZW_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* lzw */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* LZW Streams */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Using LZW-compressed font files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stream_OpenLZW
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is
+ * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
+ * with XFree86.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream :: The target embedding stream.
+ *
+ * source :: The source stream.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
+ *
+ * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
+ * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
+ * objects will be released to the heap.
+ *
+ * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
+ * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
+ *
+ * In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
+ * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
+ * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
+ * compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
+ * and re-open the face with it.
+ *
+ * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
+ * of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
+ FT_Stream source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTLZW_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftmac.h */
+/* */
+/* Additional Mac-specific API. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */
+/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* NOTE: Include this file after <freetype/freetype.h> and after any */
+/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */
+/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMAC_H__
+#define __FTMAC_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
+#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && \
+ ((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)))
+#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated))
+#else
+#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* mac_specific */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Mac Specific Interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Only available on the Macintosh. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */
+ /* compiled on a Macintosh. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* fond :: A FOND resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */
+ /* case. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Notes> */
+ /* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */
+ /* that are installed in the system as follows. */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */
+ /* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
+ Handle fond,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */
+ /* Bold). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
+ FSSpec* pathSpec,
+ FT_Long* face_index )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
+ FSSpec* pathSpec,
+ FT_Long* face_index )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */
+ /* name which is handled by ATS framework. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */
+ /* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */
+ /* buffer before calling this function. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
+ UInt8* path,
+ UInt32 maxPathSize,
+ FT_Long* face_index )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
+ /* using an FSSpec to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
+ /* first face has index~0. */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
+ /* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
+ const FSSpec *spec,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
+ /* using an FSRef to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
+ /* first face has index~0. */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
+ /* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
+ const FSRef *ref,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTMAC_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftmm.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMM_H__
+#define __FTMM_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* multiple_masters */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Multiple Masters */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */
+ /* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */
+ /* setting design axis coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */
+ /* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */
+ /* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */
+ /* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */
+ /* consistent interface makes sense. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_MM_Axis */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
+ /* Multiple Masters fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* name :: The axis's name. */
+ /* */
+ /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
+ {
+ FT_String* name;
+ FT_Long minimum;
+ FT_Long maximum;
+
+ } FT_MM_Axis;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Multi_Master */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */
+ /* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */
+ /* allows for intermediate designs to be present. This */
+ /* number cannot exceed~16. */
+ /* */
+ /* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
+ {
+ FT_UInt num_axis;
+ FT_UInt num_designs;
+ FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+
+ } FT_Multi_Master;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Var_Axis */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
+ /* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* name :: The axis's name. */
+ /* Not always meaningful for GX. */
+ /* */
+ /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */
+ /* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */
+ /* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */
+ /* */
+ /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */
+ /* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */
+ /* */
+ /* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */
+ /* `name'). */
+ /* Not meaningful for MM. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
+ {
+ FT_String* name;
+
+ FT_Fixed minimum;
+ FT_Fixed def;
+ FT_Fixed maximum;
+
+ FT_ULong tag;
+ FT_UInt strid;
+
+ } FT_Var_Axis;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Var_Named_Style */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */
+ /* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */
+ /* */
+ /* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed* coords;
+ FT_UInt strid;
+
+ } FT_Var_Named_Style;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_MM_Var */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
+ /* or GX var distortable font. */
+ /* */
+ /* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */
+ /* MM; no limit in GX. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */
+ /* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */
+ /* (where every glyph could have a different */
+ /* number of designs). */
+ /* */
+ /* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */
+ /* GX which allows certain design coordinates to */
+ /* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */
+ /* associated with them. The font can tell the */
+ /* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */
+ /* */
+ /* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
+ /* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */
+ /* */
+ /* namedstyles :: A table of named styles. */
+ /* Only meaningful with GX. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
+ {
+ FT_UInt num_axis;
+ FT_UInt num_designs;
+ FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
+ FT_Var_Axis* axis;
+ FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
+
+ } FT_MM_Var;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Multi_Master */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_MM_Var */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */
+ /* Allocates a data structure, which the user must free */
+ /* (a single call to FT_FREE will do it). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
+ FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */
+ /* through design coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
+ /* the number of axes in the font). */
+ /* */
+ /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt num_coords,
+ FT_Long* coords );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
+ /* design through design coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
+ /* the number of axes in the font). */
+ /* */
+ /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt num_coords,
+ FT_Fixed* coords );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
+ /* design through normalized blend coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
+ /* the number of axes in the font). */
+ /* */
+ /* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */
+ /* between 0 and 1.0). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt num_coords,
+ FT_Fixed* coords );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt num_coords,
+ FT_Fixed* coords );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTMM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftmodapi.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2006, 2008-2010, 2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMODAPI_H__
+#define __FTMODAPI_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* module_management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Module Management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */
+ /* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */
+ /* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */
+ /* */
+ /* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */
+ /* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* autofitter */
+ /* bdf */
+ /* cff */
+ /* gxvalid */
+ /* otvalid */
+ /* pcf */
+ /* pfr */
+ /* psaux */
+ /* pshinter */
+ /* psnames */
+ /* raster1, raster5 */
+ /* sfnt */
+ /* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */
+ /* truetype */
+ /* type1 */
+ /* type42 */
+ /* t1cid */
+ /* winfonts */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* module bit flags */
+#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
+#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
+#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
+#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
+
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
+ /* scalable fonts */
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
+ /* support vector outlines */
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
+ /* own hinter */
+
+
+ /* deprecated values */
+#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
+#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
+#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
+#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
+
+#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
+#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
+#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
+
+
+ typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Module_Constructor */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* module :: The module to initialize. */
+ /* */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Module_Destructor */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* module :: The module to finalize. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Module_Requester */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* module :: The module to be searched. */
+ /* */
+ /* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */
+ /* */
+ typedef FT_Module_Interface
+ (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
+ const char* name );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Module_Class */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The module class descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */
+ /* bytes. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_name :: The name of the module. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */
+ /* (major.minor). */
+ /* */
+ /* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */
+ /* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */
+ /* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_init :: The initializing function. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_done :: The finalizing function. */
+ /* */
+ /* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
+ {
+ FT_ULong module_flags;
+ FT_Long module_size;
+ const FT_String* module_name;
+ FT_Fixed module_version;
+ FT_Fixed module_requires;
+
+ const void* module_interface;
+
+ FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
+ FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
+ FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
+
+ } FT_Module_Class;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Add_Module */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Add a new module to a given library instance. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
+ /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Module */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Find a module by its name. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */
+ /* should look up the source code for details. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
+ FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
+ const char* module_name );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Remove_Module */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Remove a given module from a library instance. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* module :: A handle to a module object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Module module );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Property_Set
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Set a property for a given module.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to the library the module is part of.
+ *
+ * module_name ::
+ * The module name.
+ *
+ * property_name ::
+ * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
+ * subsection of the module's documentation.
+ *
+ * Note that only a few modules have properties.
+ *
+ * value ::
+ * A generic pointer to a variable or structure which gives the new
+ * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
+ * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
+ * module's documentation.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
+ * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
+ * valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
+ *
+ * The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in
+ * module `foo' to value~1.
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_UInt bar;
+ *
+ *
+ * bar = 1;
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
+ * }
+ *
+ * It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache
+ * sub-system with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set instead.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.4.11
+ *
+ */
+ FT_Error
+ FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_String* module_name,
+ const FT_String* property_name,
+ const void* value );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Property_Get
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Get a module's property value.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to the library the module is part of.
+ *
+ * module_name ::
+ * The module name.
+ *
+ * property_name ::
+ * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
+ * subsection of the module's documentation.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * value ::
+ * A generic pointer to a variable or structure which gives the
+ * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
+ * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
+ * module's documentation.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
+ * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
+ * valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
+ *
+ * The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'.
+ *
+ * {
+ * typedef range_
+ * {
+ * FT_Int32 min;
+ * FT_Int32 max;
+ *
+ * } range;
+ *
+ * range baz;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
+ * }
+ *
+ * It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
+ * sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.4.11
+ *
+ */
+ FT_Error
+ FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_String* module_name,
+ const FT_String* property_name,
+ void* value );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Reference_Library */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */
+ /* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */
+ /* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */
+ /* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures which */
+ /* reference @FT_Library objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a target library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.4.2 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Library */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */
+ /* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */
+ /* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. */
+ /* */
+ /* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */
+ /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */
+ /* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */
+ /* */
+ /* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */
+ /* library instance. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
+ /* @FT_Reference_Library. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
+ FT_Library *alibrary );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_Library */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */
+ /* discards all resource objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the target library. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
+ /* @FT_Reference_Library. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
+
+/* */
+
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
+ /* format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */
+ /* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */
+ /* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */
+ /* */
+ /* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */
+ /* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */
+ /* */
+ /* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */
+ /* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */
+ /* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
+ FT_UInt hook_index,
+ FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */
+ /* This is only useful when you create a library object with */
+ /* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
+
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * truetype_engine
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * The TrueType Engine
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * TrueType bytecode support.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
+ * bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_TrueTypeEngineType
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
+ * engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used
+ * by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
+ * The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
+ *
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
+ * The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't
+ * support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine.
+ *
+ * Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts which position and
+ * scale glyph components with bytecode instructions. It produces
+ * bad output for most other fonts.
+ *
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
+ * The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
+ * the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this
+ * was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.2
+ *
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
+ {
+ FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+ FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
+ FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
+
+ } FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
+ * the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A library instance.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * A value indicating which level is supported.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.2
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
+ FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTMODAPI_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftmoderr.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2001-2005, 2010, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */
+ /* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */
+ /* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */
+ /* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */
+ /* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */
+ /* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */
+ /* including the high byte. */
+ /* */
+ /* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */
+ /* an error value is set to zero. */
+ /* */
+ /* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */
+ /* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERR( err ) */
+ /* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */
+ /* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */
+ /* the line */
+ /* */
+ /* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */
+ /* */
+ /* expands to */
+ /* */
+ /* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */
+ /* */
+ /* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */
+ /* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */
+ /* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */
+ /* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */
+ /* and inequality, respectively. Example: */
+ /* */
+ /* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */
+ /* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */
+ /* the same as */
+ /* */
+ /* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */
+ /* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */
+ /* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */
+ /* with something like */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #undef __FTMODERR_H__ */
+ /* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */
+ /* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */
+ /* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
+ /* */
+ /* const struct */
+ /* { */
+ /* int mod_err_offset; */
+ /* const char* mod_err_msg */
+ /* } ft_mod_errors[] = */
+ /* */
+ /* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMODERR_H__
+#define __FTMODERR_H__
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** SETUP MACROS *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
+#else
+#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
+#endif
+
+#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
+#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+ FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+ FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** CLEANUP *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+ }
+#endif
+
+#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+#undef FT_MODERRDEF
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+
+#endif /* __FTMODERR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftotval.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* */
+/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */
+/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */
+/* OpenType specification. */
+/* */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOTVAL_H__
+#define __FTOTVAL_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* ot_validation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* OpenType Validation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* An API to validate OpenType tables. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
+ /* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
+ * indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
+ * Validate BASE table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
+ * Validate GDEF table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
+ * Validate GPOS table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
+ * Validate GSUB table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
+ * Validate JSTF table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
+ * Validate MATH table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
+ * Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
+#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
+#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_MATH
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_OpenType_Validate
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
+ * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
+ * actually does the text layout can access those tables without
+ * error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * validation_flags ::
+ * A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See
+ * @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * BASE_table ::
+ * A pointer to the BASE table.
+ *
+ * GDEF_table ::
+ * A pointer to the GDEF table.
+ *
+ * GPOS_table ::
+ * A pointer to the GPOS table.
+ *
+ * GSUB_table ::
+ * A pointer to the GSUB table.
+ *
+ * JSTF_table ::
+ * A pointer to the JSTF table.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
+ * @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either
+ * doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
+ * validation.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt validation_flags,
+ FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
+ FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
+ FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
+ FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
+ FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_OpenType_Free
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * table ::
+ * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
+ * @FT_OpenType_Validate.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+ * @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bytes table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTOTVAL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftoutln.h */
+/* */
+/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */
+/* most scalable font formats (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2005-2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOUTLN_H__
+#define __FTOUTLN_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* outline_processing */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Outline Processing */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
+ /* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */
+ /* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_Outline */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS */
+ /* FT_Outline_New */
+ /* FT_Outline_Done */
+ /* FT_Outline_Copy */
+ /* FT_Outline_Translate */
+ /* FT_Outline_Transform */
+ /* FT_Outline_Embolden */
+ /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
+ /* FT_Outline_Reverse */
+ /* FT_Outline_Check */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
+ /* FT_Outline_Render */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Outline_Decompose */
+ /* FT_Outline_Funcs */
+ /* FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func */
+ /* FT_Outline_LineTo_Func */
+ /* FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func */
+ /* FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Decompose */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */
+ /* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */
+ /* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */
+ /* */
+ /* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */
+ /* called during decomposition to indicate path */
+ /* operations. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed to each */
+ /* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */
+ /* used to store the state during the */
+ /* decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
+ const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new outline of a given size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */
+ /* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */
+ /* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */
+ /* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */
+ /* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */
+ /* */
+ /* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */
+ /* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
+ /* to use the library's memory allocator. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
+ FT_UInt numPoints,
+ FT_Int numContours,
+ FT_Outline *anoutline );
+
+
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
+ FT_UInt numPoints,
+ FT_Int numContours,
+ FT_Outline *anoutline );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Done */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */
+ /* outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */
+ /* descriptor will be released. */
+ /* */
+ /* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */
+ /* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
+ FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Check */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */
+ /* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
+ /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
+ /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
+ /* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */
+ /* */
+ /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
+ /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
+ /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
+ /* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* acbox :: The outline's control box. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_BBox *acbox );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Translate */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */
+ /* */
+ /* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Pos xOffset,
+ FT_Pos yOffset );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Copy */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */
+ /* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */
+ /* function is called. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* source :: A handle to the source outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* target :: A handle to the target outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
+ FT_Outline *target );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Transform */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */
+ /* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */
+ /* outline's points. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
+ const FT_Matrix* matrix );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Embolden */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */
+ /* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */
+ /* bottom borders as unchanged. */
+ /* */
+ /* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */
+ /* possible also. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */
+ /* 26.6 pixel format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */
+ /* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
+ /* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */
+ /* handled incorrectly. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */
+ /* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */
+ /* */
+ /* Example call: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
+ /* if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */
+ /* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Pos strength );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */
+ /* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */
+ /* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */
+ /* directions. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Pos xstrength,
+ FT_Pos ystrength );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Reverse */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */
+ /* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */
+ /* the outline's `flags' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */
+ /* knows what it is doing. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */
+ /* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */
+ /* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */
+ /* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */
+ /* */
+ /* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */
+ /* */
+ /* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */
+ /* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */
+ /* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Outline* outline,
+ const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Render */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
+ /* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
+ /* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */
+ /* etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
+ /* describe the rendering operation. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
+ /* to use this function. */
+ /* */
+ /* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
+ /* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */
+ /* actually ignored. */
+ /* */
+ /* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */
+ /* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
+ /* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */
+ /* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Raster_Params* params );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_Orientation
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
+ *
+ * The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
+ * to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
+ * According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
+ * be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
+ *
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
+ * According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
+ * must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
+ *
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
+ * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
+ * remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
+ * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
+ *
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
+ * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
+ * remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
+ * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
+ *
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
+ * The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
+ * the glyph have different orientation.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_Orientation_
+ {
+ FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
+ FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
+ FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
+ FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
+ FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
+
+ } FT_Orientation;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
+ * fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by computing
+ * the direction of each global horizontal and/or vertical extrema
+ * within the outline.
+ *
+ * Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
+ * outlines.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * outline ::
+ * A handle to the source outline.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The orientation.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
+ FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTOUTLN_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftpfr.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTPFR_H__
+#define __FTPFR_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* pfr_fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* PFR Fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * aoutline_resolution ::
+ * Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
+ * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
+ *
+ * ametrics_resolution ::
+ * Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
+ * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
+ *
+ * ametrics_x_scale ::
+ * A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
+ * in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to
+ * `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
+ * can be NULL).
+ *
+ * ametrics_y_scale ::
+ * Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
+ * optional (parameter can be NULL).
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
+ * However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
+ FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
+ FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
+ FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
+ * The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
+ * @FT_Get_Kerning.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * left :: Index of the left glyph.
+ *
+ * right :: Index of the right glyph.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * avector :: A kerning vector.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
+ * units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+ * mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
+ *
+ * You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
+ * returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt left,
+ FT_UInt right,
+ FT_Vector *avector );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PFR_Advance
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
+ * from a PFR font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * gindex :: The glyph index.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
+ * to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FT_Pos *aadvance );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTPFR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftrender.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2005, 2006, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTRENDER_H__
+#define __FTRENDER_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* module_management */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* create a new glyph object */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+ /* destroys a given glyph object */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
+
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ const FT_Matrix* matrix,
+ const FT_Vector* delta );
+
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_BBox* abbox );
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
+ FT_Glyph target );
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+/* deprecated */
+#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
+
+
+ struct FT_Glyph_Class_
+ {
+ FT_Long glyph_size;
+ FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
+ FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
+ FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
+ FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
+ FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
+ FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
+ FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
+ };
+
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ FT_UInt mode,
+ const FT_Vector* origin );
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ const FT_Matrix* matrix,
+ const FT_Vector* delta );
+
+
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ FT_BBox* cbox );
+
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_ULong mode_tag,
+ FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
+
+/* deprecated identifiers */
+#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
+#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
+#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
+#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Renderer_Class */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The renderer module class descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */
+ /* */
+ /* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */
+ /* */
+ /* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */
+ /* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
+ /* a given glyph slot. */
+ /* */
+ /* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */
+ /* */
+ /* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */
+ /* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
+ {
+ FT_Module_Class root;
+
+ FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
+
+ FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
+ FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
+ FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
+ FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
+
+ FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
+
+ } FT_Renderer_Class;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Renderer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* format :: The glyph format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
+ /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
+ /* */
+ /* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */
+ /* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
+ FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Glyph_Format format );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Renderer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* parameters :: Additional parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */
+ /* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* Currently, only the B/W renderer, if compiled with */
+ /* FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING (providing a 5-levels */
+ /* anti-aliasing mode; this option must be set directly in */
+ /* `ftraster.c' and is undefined by default) accepts a single tag */
+ /* `pal5' to set its gray palette as a character string with */
+ /* 5~elements. Consequently, the third and fourth argument are zero */
+ /* normally. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_UInt num_params,
+ FT_Parameter* parameters );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTRENDER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftsizes.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */
+ /* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */
+ /* where they are needed. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSIZES_H__
+#define __FTSIZES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* sizes_management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Size Management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Managing multiple sizes per face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */
+ /* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */
+ /* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */
+ /* field. */
+ /* */
+ /* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */
+ /* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */
+ /* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */
+ /* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */
+ /* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */
+ /* */
+ /* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */
+ /* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */
+ /* when using these. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new size object from a given face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
+ /* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */
+ /* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Size* size );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */
+ /* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */
+ /* @FT_New_Size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Activate_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */
+ /* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */
+ /* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one which has been */
+ /* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */
+ /* object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */
+ /* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSIZES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftsnames.h */
+/* */
+/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */
+/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */
+/* */
+/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2009, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
+#define __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* sfnt_names */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* SFNT Names */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */
+ /* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */
+ /* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */
+ /* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_SfntName */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */
+ /* */
+ /* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */
+ /* */
+ /* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */
+ /* */
+ /* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */
+ /* */
+ /* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */
+ /* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */
+ /* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* Generally speaking, the string is not */
+ /* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */
+ /* specification for details. */
+ /* */
+ /* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */
+ /* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */
+ /* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */
+ /* */
+ /* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */
+ /* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_SfntName_
+ {
+ FT_UShort platform_id;
+ FT_UShort encoding_id;
+ FT_UShort language_id;
+ FT_UShort name_id;
+
+ FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
+ FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
+
+ } FT_SfntName;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The number of strings in the `name' table. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */
+ /* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */
+ /* longer in use. */
+ /* */
+ /* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */
+ /* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */
+ /* platform, encoding, and name ID. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt idx,
+ FT_SfntName *aname );
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @constant:
+ * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
+ * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name'
+ * table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with
+ * legacy systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @constant:
+ * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
+ * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since
+ * OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy
+ * systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftstroke.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002-2006, 2008, 2009, 2011-2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_STROKE_H__
+#define __FT_STROKE_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * glyph_stroker
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * Glyph Stroker
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
+ * glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
+ * `inside' borders of the stroke.
+ *
+ * This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
+ * displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
+ * shape.
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Stroker
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Opaque handler to a path stroker object.
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_Stroker_LineJoin
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
+ * in a stroker.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
+ * Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used
+ * to join two lines smoothly.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
+ * Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of
+ * the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular
+ * region of the corner with a straight line between the
+ * outer corners of each stroke.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
+ * Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the
+ * miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes
+ * for the two segments are extended until they meet at an
+ * angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such
+ * that the miter would extend from the intersection of the
+ * segments a distance greater than the product of the miter
+ * limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see
+ * above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being
+ * created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter
+ * line join as used in PostScript and PDF.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
+ * Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if
+ * the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the
+ * strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector
+ * of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the
+ * intersection of the segments equal to the product of the
+ * miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents
+ * long spikes being created.
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line
+ * join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias
+ * for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for
+ * backwards compatibility.
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
+ {
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1,
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3
+
+ } FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_Stroker_LineCap
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
+ * rendered in a stroke.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
+ * The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
+ * point itself.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
+ * The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
+ * last point.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
+ * The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
+ * last point.
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
+ {
+ FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
+ FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
+ FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
+
+ } FT_Stroker_LineCap;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_StrokerBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These values are used to select a given stroke border
+ * in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
+ * Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
+ * Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
+ * borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
+ * `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
+ * drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
+ *
+ * You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
+ * @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
+ {
+ FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
+ FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
+
+ } FT_StrokerBorder;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
+ * `inside' borders of a given outline.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * outline ::
+ * The source outline handle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
+ * outlines.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
+ FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
+ * `outside' borders of a given outline.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * outline ::
+ * The source outline handle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
+ * outlines.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
+ FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_New
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Create a new stroker object.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * FreeType library handle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * astroker ::
+ * A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Stroker *astroker );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_Set
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Reset a stroker object's attributes.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * radius ::
+ * The border radius.
+ *
+ * line_cap ::
+ * The line cap style.
+ *
+ * line_join ::
+ * The line join style.
+ *
+ * miter_limit ::
+ * The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles,
+ * expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
+ * coordinates.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Fixed radius,
+ FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
+ FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
+ FT_Fixed miter_limit );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_Rewind
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
+ * You should call this function before beginning a new
+ * series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
+ * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
+ * the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
+ * later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * outline ::
+ * The source outline.
+ *
+ * opened ::
+ * A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
+ * of a closed one.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
+ * path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
+ *
+ * If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
+ * stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
+ *
+ * This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Bool opened );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * to ::
+ * A pointer to the start vector.
+ *
+ * open ::
+ * A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
+ * not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Vector* to,
+ FT_Bool open );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
+ * If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
+ * single line segment to the start position when needed.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_LineTo
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
+ * from the last position.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * to ::
+ * A pointer to the destination point.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+ * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Vector* to );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_ConicTo
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+ * from the last position.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * control ::
+ * A pointer to a Bézier control point.
+ *
+ * to ::
+ * A pointer to the destination point.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+ * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Vector* control,
+ FT_Vector* to );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_CubicTo
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+ * from the last position.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * control1 ::
+ * A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
+ *
+ * control2 ::
+ * A pointer to second Bézier control point.
+ *
+ * to ::
+ * A pointer to the destination point.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+ * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Vector* control1,
+ FT_Vector* control2,
+ FT_Vector* to );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
+ * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
+ * contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
+ * outlines generated by the stroker.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * border ::
+ * The border index.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * anum_points ::
+ * The number of points.
+ *
+ * anum_contours ::
+ * The number of contours.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
+ * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
+ *
+ * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
+ * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
+ * points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
+ *
+ * Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
+ * retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_StrokerBorder border,
+ FT_UInt *anum_points,
+ FT_UInt *anum_contours );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+ * export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * Note that this function appends the border points and
+ * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
+ * arrays.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * border ::
+ * The border index.
+ *
+ * outline ::
+ * The target outline handle.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+ * get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
+ * receive all new data.
+ *
+ * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
+ * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'
+ *
+ * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
+ * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
+ * points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
+ *
+ * Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
+ * retrieve all borders at once.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_StrokerBorder border,
+ FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_GetCounts
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
+ * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
+ * contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
+ * outline/path.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * anum_points ::
+ * The number of points.
+ *
+ * anum_contours ::
+ * The number of contours.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_UInt *anum_points,
+ FT_UInt *anum_contours );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_Export
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+ * export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
+ *
+ * Note that this function appends the border points and
+ * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
+ * arrays.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * outline ::
+ * The target outline handle.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_Done
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Destroy a stroker object.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Glyph_Stroke
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * pglyph ::
+ * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * A stroker handle.
+ *
+ * destroy ::
+ * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
+ * on success.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
+ *
+ * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
+ * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
+ * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
+ * to account for this added size.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
+ FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Bool destroy );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
+ * only return either its inside or outside border.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * pglyph ::
+ * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * A stroker handle.
+ *
+ * inside ::
+ * A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
+ * the outside border.
+ *
+ * destroy ::
+ * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
+ * on success.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
+ *
+ * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
+ * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
+ * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
+ * to account for this added size.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
+ FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Bool inside,
+ FT_Bool destroy );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_STROKE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftsynth.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */
+/* (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /********* *********/
+ /********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
+ /********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
+ /********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
+ /********* *********/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
+ /* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
+ /* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
+ /* code resource which should be copied into the application and */
+ /* adapted to the particular needs. */
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSYNTH_H__
+#define __FTSYNTH_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
+ /* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
+ /* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
+ /* */
+ /* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */
+ /* increased by the strength of the emboldening. You can also call */
+ /* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+ /* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSYNTH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftsystem.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSYSTEM_H__
+#define __FTSYSTEM_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* system_interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* System Interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains various definitions related to memory */
+ /* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */
+ /* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */
+ /* i/o streams. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Memory
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
+ * @FT_MemoryRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Alloc_Func
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * memory ::
+ * A handle to the source memory manager.
+ *
+ * size ::
+ * The size in bytes to allocate.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void*
+ (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
+ long size );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Free_Func
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to release a given block of memory.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * memory ::
+ * A handle to the source memory manager.
+ *
+ * block ::
+ * The address of the target memory block.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
+ void* block );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Realloc_Func
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * memory ::
+ * A handle to the source memory manager.
+ *
+ * cur_size ::
+ * The block's current size in bytes.
+ *
+ * new_size ::
+ * The block's requested new size.
+ *
+ * block ::
+ * The block's current address.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * In case of error, the old block must still be available.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void*
+ (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
+ long cur_size,
+ long new_size,
+ void* block );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_MemoryRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * user ::
+ * A generic typeless pointer for user data.
+ *
+ * alloc ::
+ * A pointer type to an allocation function.
+ *
+ * free ::
+ * A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
+ *
+ * realloc ::
+ * A pointer type to a reallocation function.
+ *
+ */
+ struct FT_MemoryRec_
+ {
+ void* user;
+ FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
+ FT_Free_Func free;
+ FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
+ };
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Stream
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to an input stream.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_StreamDesc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
+ * to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
+ {
+ long value;
+ void* pointer;
+
+ } FT_StreamDesc;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Stream_IoFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream ::
+ * A handle to the source stream.
+ *
+ * offset ::
+ * The offset of read in stream (always from start).
+ *
+ * buffer ::
+ * The address of the read buffer.
+ *
+ * count ::
+ * The number of bytes to read from the stream.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
+ * with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an
+ * error.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef unsigned long
+ (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
+ unsigned long offset,
+ unsigned char* buffer,
+ unsigned long count );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Stream_CloseFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to close a given input stream.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream ::
+ * A handle to the target stream.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_StreamRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A structure used to describe an input stream.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * base ::
+ * For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
+ * byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for
+ * disk-based streams.
+ *
+ * size ::
+ * The stream size in bytes.
+ *
+ * pos ::
+ * The current position within the stream.
+ *
+ * descriptor ::
+ * This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
+ * used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
+ * pointers.
+ *
+ * pathname ::
+ * This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
+ * useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
+ * (where available).
+ *
+ * read ::
+ * The stream's input function.
+ *
+ * close ::
+ * The stream's close function.
+ *
+ * memory ::
+ * The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set
+ * internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
+ * implementations.
+ *
+ * cursor ::
+ * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
+ * frames.
+ *
+ * limit ::
+ * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
+ * frames.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
+ {
+ unsigned char* base;
+ unsigned long size;
+ unsigned long pos;
+
+ FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
+ FT_StreamDesc pathname;
+ FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
+ FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
+
+ FT_Memory memory;
+ unsigned char* cursor;
+ unsigned char* limit;
+
+ } FT_StreamRec;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSYSTEM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* fttrigon.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2001, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTTRIGON_H__
+#define __FTTRIGON_H__
+
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* computations */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Angle
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
+ * angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ANGLE_PI
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ANGLE_2PI
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ANGLE_PI2
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ANGLE_PI4
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Sin
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The input angle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The sinus value.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
+ * function @FT_Vector_Unit.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Cos
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The input angle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The cosinus value.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
+ * function @FT_Vector_Unit.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Tan
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The input angle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The tangent value.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Atan2
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
+ * the 2d plane.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * x ::
+ * The horizontal vector coordinate.
+ *
+ * y ::
+ * The vertical vector coordinate.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
+ FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
+ FT_Fixed y );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Angle_Diff
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
+ * constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle1 ::
+ * First angle.
+ *
+ * angle2 ::
+ * Second angle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
+ FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
+ FT_Angle angle2 );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_Unit
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
+ * call, the value of `vec.x' will be `sin(angle)', and the value of
+ * `vec.y' will be `cos(angle)'.
+ *
+ * This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
+ * given angle quickly.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of target vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The address of angle.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
+ FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_Rotate
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Rotate a vector by a given angle.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of target vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The address of angle.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
+ FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_Length
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the length of a given vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of target vector.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
+ * vector coordinates.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_Polarize
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of source vector.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * length ::
+ * The vector length.
+ *
+ * angle ::
+ * The vector angle.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
+ FT_Fixed *length,
+ FT_Angle *angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_From_Polar
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of source vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * length ::
+ * The vector length.
+ *
+ * angle ::
+ * The vector angle.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
+ FT_Fixed length,
+ FT_Angle angle );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTTRIGON_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* fttypes.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2002, 2004, 2006-2009, 2012, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTTYPES_H__
+#define __FTTYPES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_SYSTEM_H
+#include FT_IMAGE_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* basic_types */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Basic Data Types */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* The basic data types defined by the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */
+ /* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */
+ /* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_Byte */
+ /* FT_Bytes */
+ /* FT_Char */
+ /* FT_Int */
+ /* FT_UInt */
+ /* FT_Int16 */
+ /* FT_UInt16 */
+ /* FT_Int32 */
+ /* FT_UInt32 */
+ /* FT_Short */
+ /* FT_UShort */
+ /* FT_Long */
+ /* FT_ULong */
+ /* FT_Bool */
+ /* FT_Offset */
+ /* FT_PtrDist */
+ /* FT_String */
+ /* FT_Tag */
+ /* FT_Error */
+ /* FT_Fixed */
+ /* FT_Pointer */
+ /* FT_Pos */
+ /* FT_Vector */
+ /* FT_BBox */
+ /* FT_Matrix */
+ /* FT_FWord */
+ /* FT_UFWord */
+ /* FT_F2Dot14 */
+ /* FT_UnitVector */
+ /* FT_F26Dot6 */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Generic */
+ /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Bitmap */
+ /* FT_Pixel_Mode */
+ /* FT_Palette_Mode */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Format */
+ /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Bool */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */
+ /* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_FWord */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */
+ /* units. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UFWord */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */
+ /* font units. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed char FT_Char;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Byte */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Bytes */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for constant memory areas. */
+ /* */
+ typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Tag */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */
+ /* */
+ typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_String */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */
+ /* */
+ typedef char FT_String;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Short */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for signed short. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed short FT_Short;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UShort */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for unsigned short. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Int */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for the int type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed int FT_Int;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UInt */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Long */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for signed long. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed long FT_Long;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_ULong */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for unsigned long. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_F2Dot14 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_F26Dot6 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */
+ /* coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Fixed */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */
+ /* values or matrix coefficients. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Error */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */
+ /* as a successful operation. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int FT_Error;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Pointer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void* FT_Pointer;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Offset */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */
+ /* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */
+ /* or a memory block size. */
+ /* */
+ typedef size_t FT_Offset;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_PtrDist */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */
+ /* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */
+ /* between two pointers. */
+ /* */
+ typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_UnitVector */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */
+ /* FT_F2Dot14 types. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* y :: Vertical coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
+ {
+ FT_F2Dot14 x;
+ FT_F2Dot14 y;
+
+ } FT_UnitVector;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Matrix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */
+ /* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* x' = x*xx + y*xy */
+ /* y' = x*yx + y*yy */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */
+ /* */
+ /* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */
+ /* */
+ /* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */
+ /* */
+ /* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Matrix_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed xx, xy;
+ FT_Fixed yx, yy;
+
+ } FT_Matrix;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Data */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* pointer :: The data. */
+ /* */
+ /* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Data_
+ {
+ const FT_Byte* pointer;
+ FT_Int length;
+
+ } FT_Data;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */
+ /* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */
+ /* details of usage. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* The address of the FreeType object which is under finalization. */
+ /* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object);
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Generic */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */
+ /* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */
+ /* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */
+ /* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */
+ /* servers. */
+ /* */
+ /* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
+ /* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */
+ /* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */
+ /* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
+ /* in the `finalizer' field). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
+ /* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */
+ /* */
+ /* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */
+ /* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */
+ /* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Generic_
+ {
+ void* data;
+ FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
+
+ } FT_Generic;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_MAKE_TAG */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro converts four-letter tags which are used to label */
+ /* TrueType tables into an unsigned long to be used within FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */
+ /* this macro. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
+ (FT_Tag) \
+ ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \
+ ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \
+ ( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \
+ (FT_ULong)_x4 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* list_processing */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_ListNode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */
+ /* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */
+ /* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_List */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_ListNodeRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to hold a single list element. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */
+ /* */
+ /* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */
+ /* */
+ /* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
+ {
+ FT_ListNode prev;
+ FT_ListNode next;
+ void* data;
+
+ } FT_ListNodeRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_ListRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */
+ /* used in many parts of FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */
+ /* */
+ /* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ListRec_
+ {
+ FT_ListNode head;
+ FT_ListNode tail;
+
+ } FT_ListRec;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
+#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
+
+ /* concatenate C tokens */
+#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
+#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
+
+ /* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */
+
+#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )
+
+#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
+#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
+
+#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \
+ ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
+#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \
+ ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTTYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftwinfnt.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2003, 2004, 2008 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTWINFNT_H__
+#define __FTWINFNT_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* winfnt_fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Window FNT Files */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Windows FNT specific API. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */
+ /* functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
+ * @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
+ * encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at ftp://ftp.unicode.org
+ * in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS subdirectory. cp1361 is
+ * roughly a superset of MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
+ * This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
+ * `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value.
+ * When querying for information about the character set of the font
+ * that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
+ * return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
+ * There is no known mapping table available.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
+ * Mac Roman encoding.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
+ * From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
+ *
+ * The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
+ * is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
+ * `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
+ *
+ * The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
+ * specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
+ *
+ * The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
+ * Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
+ * character set. The OEM character set is system dependent.
+ *
+ * In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
+ * second default codepage that most international versions of
+ * Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
+ *
+ * http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/cphome.mspx,
+ *
+ * and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
+ * A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
+ * 1252 and OEM codepage 850.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
+ * A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
+ * A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
+ * A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
+ * ordering and minor deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
+ * A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different
+ * ordering and minor deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
+ * A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
+ * ordering and minor deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
+ * A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
+ * ordering).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
+ * A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
+ * ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
+ * A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
+ * A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
+ * A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
+ * A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
+ * A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
+ * For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
+ * characters.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
+ * Korean (Johab).
+ */
+
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Windows FNT Header info. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
+ {
+ FT_UShort version;
+ FT_ULong file_size;
+ FT_Byte copyright[60];
+ FT_UShort file_type;
+ FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
+ FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
+ FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
+ FT_UShort ascent;
+ FT_UShort internal_leading;
+ FT_UShort external_leading;
+ FT_Byte italic;
+ FT_Byte underline;
+ FT_Byte strike_out;
+ FT_UShort weight;
+ FT_Byte charset;
+ FT_UShort pixel_width;
+ FT_UShort pixel_height;
+ FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
+ FT_UShort avg_width;
+ FT_UShort max_width;
+ FT_Byte first_char;
+ FT_Byte last_char;
+ FT_Byte default_char;
+ FT_Byte break_char;
+ FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
+ FT_ULong device_offset;
+ FT_ULong face_name_offset;
+ FT_ULong bits_pointer;
+ FT_ULong bits_offset;
+ FT_Byte reserved;
+ FT_ULong flags;
+ FT_UShort A_space;
+ FT_UShort B_space;
+ FT_UShort C_space;
+ FT_UShort color_table_offset;
+ FT_ULong reserved1[4];
+
+ } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_WinFNT_Header */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * aheader :: The WinFNT header.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
+ * otherwise.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
+ FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTWINFNT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftxf86.h */
+/* */
+/* Support functions for X11. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTXF86_H__
+#define __FTXF86_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* font_formats */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Font Formats */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Getting the font format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */
+ /* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */
+ /* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */
+ /* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is in the X11/xf86 namespace for historical reasons */
+ /* and in no way depends on that windowing system. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_X11_Font_Format */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a string describing the format of a given face, using values */
+ /* which can be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. Possible values are */
+ /* `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', `CID~Type~1', `CFF', */
+ /* `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* Input face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( const char* )
+ FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTXF86_H__ */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* t1tables.h */
+/* */
+/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */
+/* only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2011 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1TABLES_H__
+#define __T1TABLES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* type1_tables */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Type 1 Tables */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */
+ /* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
+ /* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* PS_FontInfoRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */
+ /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
+ /* FontInfo dictionary. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_
+ {
+ FT_String* version;
+ FT_String* notice;
+ FT_String* full_name;
+ FT_String* family_name;
+ FT_String* weight;
+ FT_Long italic_angle;
+ FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch;
+ FT_Short underline_position;
+ FT_UShort underline_thickness;
+
+ } PS_FontInfoRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* PS_FontInfo */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* T1_FontInfo */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
+ /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
+ /* FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* PS_PrivateRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */
+ /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
+ /* Private dictionary. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_
+ {
+ FT_Int unique_id;
+ FT_Int lenIV;
+
+ FT_Byte num_blue_values;
+ FT_Byte num_other_blues;
+ FT_Byte num_family_blues;
+ FT_Byte num_family_other_blues;
+
+ FT_Short blue_values[14];
+ FT_Short other_blues[10];
+
+ FT_Short family_blues [14];
+ FT_Short family_other_blues[10];
+
+ FT_Fixed blue_scale;
+ FT_Int blue_shift;
+ FT_Int blue_fuzz;
+
+ FT_UShort standard_width[1];
+ FT_UShort standard_height[1];
+
+ FT_Byte num_snap_widths;
+ FT_Byte num_snap_heights;
+ FT_Bool force_bold;
+ FT_Bool round_stem_up;
+
+ FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */
+ FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */
+
+ FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
+
+ FT_Long language_group;
+ FT_Long password;
+
+ FT_Short min_feature[2];
+
+ } PS_PrivateRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* PS_Private */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* T1_Private */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */
+ /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
+ /* FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* T1_Blend_Flags */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */
+ /* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */
+ /* Multiple Masters fonts. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_
+ {
+ /*# required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
+ T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
+ T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
+ T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
+
+ /*# required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
+ T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
+ T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
+ T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
+ T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
+ T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
+ T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
+ T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
+ T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
+ T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
+ T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
+ T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
+
+ /*# never remove */
+ T1_BLEND_MAX
+
+ } T1_Blend_Flags;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*# backwards compatible definitions */
+#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
+#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
+#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
+#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
+#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
+#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
+#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
+#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
+#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
+#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
+#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
+#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX
+
+
+ /* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16
+
+ /* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4
+
+ /* maximum number of elements in a design map */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20
+
+
+ /* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
+ typedef struct PS_DesignMap_
+ {
+ FT_Byte num_points;
+ FT_Long* design_points;
+ FT_Fixed* blend_points;
+
+ } PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
+
+ /* backwards-compatible definition */
+ typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap;
+
+
+ typedef struct PS_BlendRec_
+ {
+ FT_UInt num_designs;
+ FT_UInt num_axis;
+
+ FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+ FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
+ PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+
+ FT_Fixed* weight_vector;
+ FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector;
+
+ PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+ PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+
+ FT_ULong blend_bitflags;
+
+ FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+
+ /* since 2.3.0 */
+
+ /* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */
+ /* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */
+ /* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
+ /* in the font and associated metrics files */
+ FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
+ FT_UInt num_default_design_vector;
+
+ } PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
+
+
+ /* backwards-compatible definition */
+ typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_FaceDictRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_
+ {
+ PS_PrivateRec private_dict;
+
+ FT_UInt len_buildchar;
+ FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold;
+ FT_Pos stroke_width;
+ FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
+
+ FT_Byte paint_type;
+ FT_Byte font_type;
+ FT_Matrix font_matrix;
+ FT_Vector font_offset;
+
+ FT_UInt num_subrs;
+ FT_ULong subrmap_offset;
+ FT_Int sd_bytes;
+
+ } CID_FaceDictRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_FaceDict */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /* backwards-compatible definition */
+ typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_FaceInfoRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_
+ {
+ FT_String* cid_font_name;
+ FT_Fixed cid_version;
+ FT_Int cid_font_type;
+
+ FT_String* registry;
+ FT_String* ordering;
+ FT_Int supplement;
+
+ PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
+ FT_BBox font_bbox;
+ FT_ULong uid_base;
+
+ FT_Int num_xuid;
+ FT_ULong xuid[16];
+
+ FT_ULong cidmap_offset;
+ FT_Int fd_bytes;
+ FT_Int gd_bytes;
+ FT_ULong cid_count;
+
+ FT_Int num_dicts;
+ CID_FaceDict font_dicts;
+
+ FT_ULong data_offset;
+
+ } CID_FaceInfoRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_FaceInfo */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_Info */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
+ /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
+ /* FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info;
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph
+ * names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
+ * except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
+ * glyph name tables.
+ *
+ * When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
+ * names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * face handle
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+ FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
+ * PostScript font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * PostScript face handle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * afont_info ::
+ * Output font info structure pointer.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by
+ * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
+ *
+ * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will
+ * return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face,
+ PS_FontInfo afont_info );
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
+ * PostScript font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * PostScript face handle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * afont_private ::
+ * Output private dictionary structure pointer.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
+ * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
+ *
+ * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
+ * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face,
+ PS_Private afont_private );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* T1_EncodingType */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1 */
+ /* dictionary. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum T1_EncodingType_
+ {
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
+
+ } T1_EncodingType;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* PS_Dict_Keys */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify */
+ /* the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_
+ {
+ /* conventionally in the font dictionary */
+ PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */
+ PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */
+ PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */
+ PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */
+
+ /* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */
+ PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */
+ PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */
+ PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */
+ PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */
+ PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */
+
+ /* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */
+ PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */
+ PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */
+ PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */
+ PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */
+
+ PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE
+
+ } PS_Dict_Keys;
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * PostScript face handle.
+ *
+ * key ::
+ * An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.
+ *
+ * idx ::
+ * For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.
+ *
+ * value ::
+ * A pointer to memory into which to write the value.
+ *
+ * valen_len ::
+ * The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * value ::
+ * The value matching the above key, if it exists.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested
+ * value (if it exists, -1 otherwise).
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of
+ * the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them
+ * belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the
+ * `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be
+ * used to manipulate the face.
+ *
+ * `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of
+ * various types.
+ *
+ * If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the
+ * required memory size for the requested entry is returned.
+ *
+ * The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for
+ * example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys
+ * from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It
+ * is ignored for atomic values.
+ *
+ * PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To
+ * get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by
+ * 65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).
+ *
+ * IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can
+ * be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP,
+ * ND, and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be
+ * available either.
+ *
+ * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
+ * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face,
+ PS_Dict_Keys key,
+ FT_UInt idx,
+ void *value,
+ FT_Long value_len );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1TABLES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ttnameid.h */
+/* */
+/* TrueType name ID definitions (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006-2008, 2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTNAMEID_H__
+#define __TTNAMEID_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* truetype_tables */
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Possible values for the `platform' identifier code in the name */
+ /* records of the TTF `name' table. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_PLATFORM_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `platform_id' identifier code in
+ * @FT_CharMapRec and @FT_SfntName structures.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE ::
+ * Used by Apple to indicate a Unicode character map and/or name entry.
+ * See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note
+ * that name entries in this format are coded as big-endian UCS-2
+ * character codes _only_.
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH ::
+ * Used by Apple to indicate a MacOS-specific charmap and/or name entry.
+ * See @TT_MAC_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note that
+ * most TrueType fonts contain an Apple roman charmap to be usable on
+ * MacOS systems (even if they contain a Microsoft charmap as well).
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_ISO ::
+ * This value was used to specify ISO/IEC 10646 charmaps. It is however
+ * now deprecated. See @TT_ISO_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding
+ * `encoding_id' values.
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT ::
+ * Used by Microsoft to indicate Windows-specific charmaps. See
+ * @TT_MS_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding `encoding_id' values.
+ * Note that most fonts contain a Unicode charmap using
+ * (TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT, @TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS).
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM ::
+ * Used to indicate application-specific charmaps.
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE ::
+ * This value isn't part of any font format specification, but is used
+ * by FreeType to report Adobe-specific charmaps in an @FT_CharMapRec
+ * structure. See @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX.
+ */
+
+#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE 0
+#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH 1
+#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO 2 /* deprecated */
+#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT 3
+#define TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM 4
+#define TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE 7 /* artificial */
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE charmaps and name entries.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT ::
+ * Unicode version 1.0.
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 ::
+ * Unicode 1.1; specifies Hangul characters starting at U+34xx.
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 ::
+ * Deprecated (identical to preceding).
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 ::
+ * Unicode 2.0 and beyond (UTF-16 BMP only).
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 ::
+ * Unicode 3.1 and beyond, using UTF-32.
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR ::
+ * From Adobe, not Apple. Not a normal cmap. Specifies variations
+ * on a real cmap.
+ */
+
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT 0 /* Unicode 1.0 */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 1 /* specify Hangul at U+34xx */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 2 /* deprecated */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 3 /* or later */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 4 /* 2.0 or later, full repertoire */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR 5 /* variation selector data */
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_MAC_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH charmaps and name entries.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GREEK ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_KHMER ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_THAI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP ::
+ */
+
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN 0
+#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE 1
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE 2
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN 3
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC 4
+#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW 5
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK 6
+#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN 7
+#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL 8
+#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI 9
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI 10
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI 11
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA 12
+#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI 13
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL 14
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU 15
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA 16
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM 17
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE 18
+#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE 19
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER 20
+#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI 21
+#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN 22
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN 23
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN 24
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN 25
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE 25
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN 26
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN 27
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ 28
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC 29
+#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE 30
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI 31
+#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP 32
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_ISO_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_ISO charmaps and name entries.
+ *
+ * Their use is now deprecated.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII ::
+ * ASCII.
+ * TT_ISO_ID_10646 ::
+ * ISO/10646.
+ * TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 ::
+ * Also known as Latin-1.
+ */
+
+#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII 0
+#define TT_ISO_ID_10646 1
+#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 2
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_MS_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT charmaps and name entries.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS ::
+ * Corresponds to Microsoft symbol encoding. See
+ * @FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS ::
+ * Corresponds to a Microsoft WGL4 charmap, matching Unicode. See
+ * @FT_ENCODING_UNICODE.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_SJIS ::
+ * Corresponds to SJIS Japanese encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_SJIS.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_GB2312 ::
+ * Corresponds to Simplified Chinese as used in Mainland China. See
+ * @FT_ENCODING_GB2312.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 ::
+ * Corresponds to Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong.
+ * See @FT_ENCODING_BIG5.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG ::
+ * Corresponds to Korean Wansung encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_JOHAB ::
+ * Corresponds to Johab encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 ::
+ * Corresponds to UCS-4 or UTF-32 charmaps. This has been added to
+ * the OpenType specification version 1.4 (mid-2001.)
+ */
+
+#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS 0
+#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS 1
+#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS 2
+#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312 3
+#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 4
+#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG 5
+#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB 6
+#define TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 10
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE charmaps. This is a FreeType-specific extension!
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD ::
+ * Adobe standard encoding.
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT ::
+ * Adobe expert encoding.
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM ::
+ * Adobe custom encoding.
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 ::
+ * Adobe Latin~1 encoding.
+ */
+
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD 0
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT 1
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM 2
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 3
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */
+ /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */
+ /* TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH. These values are also used as return values */
+ /* for function @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID. */
+ /* */
+ /* The canonical source for the Apple assigned Language ID's is at */
+ /* */
+ /* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6name.html */
+ /* */
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH 0
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FRENCH 1
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GERMAN 2
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ITALIAN 3
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DUTCH 4
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWEDISH 5
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SPANISH 6
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DANISH 7
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PORTUGUESE 8
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NORWEGIAN 9
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HEBREW 10
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAPANESE 11
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARABIC 12
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FINNISH 13
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK 14
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ICELANDIC 15
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALTESE 16
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKISH 17
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CROATIAN 18
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 19
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_URDU 20
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HINDI 21
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_THAI 22
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KOREAN 23
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LITHUANIAN 24
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_POLISH 25
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HUNGARIAN 26
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESTONIAN 27
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LETTISH 28
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SAAMISK 29
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FAEROESE 30
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI 31
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUSSIAN 32
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED 33
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FLEMISH 34
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH 35
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ALBANIAN 36
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ROMANIAN 37
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CZECH 38
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVAK 39
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVENIAN 40
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_YIDDISH 41
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SERBIAN 42
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MACEDONIAN 43
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BULGARIAN 44
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UKRAINIAN 45
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BYELORUSSIAN 46
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UZBEK 47
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KAZAKH 48
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI 49
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 49
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ARABIC_SCRIPT 50
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARMENIAN 51
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GEORGIAN 52
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN 53
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KIRGHIZ 54
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAJIKI 55
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKMEN 56
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN 57
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIAN_SCRIPT 57
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 58
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PASHTO 59
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KURDISH 60
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KASHMIRI 61
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINDHI 62
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIBETAN 63
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NEPALI 64
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SANSKRIT 65
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MARATHI 66
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BENGALI 67
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ASSAMESE 68
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUJARATI 69
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PUNJABI 70
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ORIYA 71
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAYALAM 72
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KANNADA 73
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAMIL 74
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TELUGU 75
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINHALESE 76
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BURMESE 77
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KHMER 78
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LAO 79
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_VIETNAMESE 80
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INDONESIAN 81
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAGALOG 82
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ROMAN_SCRIPT 83
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ARABIC_SCRIPT 84
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AMHARIC 85
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIGRINYA 86
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALLA 87
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SOMALI 88
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWAHILI 89
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUANDA 90
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUNDI 91
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHEWA 92
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAGASY 93
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESPERANTO 94
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_WELSH 128
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BASQUE 129
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CATALAN 130
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LATIN 131
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_QUECHUA 132
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUARANI 133
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AYMARA 134
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TATAR 135
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UIGHUR 136
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DZONGKHA 137
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAVANESE 138
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SUNDANESE 139
+
+
+#if 0 /* these seem to be errors that have been dropped */
+
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 140
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 141
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /* The following codes are new as of 2000-03-10 */
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALICIAN 140
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AFRIKAANS 141
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BRETON 142
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INUKTITUT 143
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 144
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MANX_GAELIC 145
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 146
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TONGAN 147
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK_POLYTONIC 148
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREELANDIC 149
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ROMAN_SCRIPT 150
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */
+ /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */
+ /* TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT. */
+ /* */
+ /* The canonical source for the MS assigned LCIDs is */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/lcid-all.mspx */
+ /* */
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_GENERAL 0x0001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x0401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x0801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x0c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x1001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x1401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x1801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x1c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_OMAN 0x2001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x2401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x2801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x2c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x3001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x3401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_UAE 0x3801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x3c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_QATAR 0x4001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BULGARIAN_BULGARIA 0x0402
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_SPAIN 0x0403
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_GENERAL 0x0004
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TAIWAN 0x0404
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_PRC 0x0804
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG 0x0c04
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_SINGAPORE 0x1004
+
+#if 1 /* this looks like the correct value */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU 0x1404
+#else /* but beware, Microsoft may change its mind...
+ the most recent Word reference has the following: */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* used only with .NET `cultures'; commented out */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 0x7C04
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CZECH_CZECH_REPUBLIC 0x0405
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DANISH_DENMARK 0x0406
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_GERMANY 0x0407
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0807
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_AUSTRIA 0x0c07
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x1007
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEI 0x1407
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE 0x0408
+
+ /* don't ask what this one means... It is commented out currently. */
+#if 0
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE2 0x2008
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_GENERAL 0x0009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_STATES 0x0409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x0809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA 0x0c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CANADA 0x1009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND 0x1409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_IRELAND 0x1809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x1c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x2009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x2409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x2809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x2c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x3009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x3409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDONESIA 0x3809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_HONG_KONG 0x3c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDIA 0x4009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA 0x4409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE 0x4809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_TRADITIONAL_SORT 0x040a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_MEXICO 0x080a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_INTERNATIONAL_SORT 0x0c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x100a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x140a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x180a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x1c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x200a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x240a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PERU 0x280a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x2c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x300a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_CHILE 0x340a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x380a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x3c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x400a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x440a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x480a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x4c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x500a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_UNITED_STATES 0x540a
+ /* The following ID blatantly violate MS specs by using a */
+ /* sublanguage > 0x1F. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_LATIN_AMERICA 0xE40aU
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FINNISH_FINLAND 0x040b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_FRANCE 0x040c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_BELGIUM 0x080c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CANADA 0x0c0c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SWITZERLAND 0x100c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x140c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MONACO 0x180c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_WEST_INDIES 0x1c0c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_REUNION 0x200c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO 0x240c
+ /* which was formerly: */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_ZAIRE TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SENEGAL 0x280c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CAMEROON 0x2c0c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_COTE_D_IVOIRE 0x300c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MALI 0x340c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MOROCCO 0x380c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_HAITI 0x3c0c
+ /* and another violation of the spec (see 0xE40aU) */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_NORTH_AFRICA 0xE40cU
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HEBREW_ISRAEL 0x040d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUNGARIAN_HUNGARY 0x040e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ICELANDIC_ICELAND 0x040f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_ITALY 0x0410
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0810
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_JAPANESE_JAPAN 0x0411
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_EXTENDED_WANSUNG_KOREA 0x0412
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_JOHAB_KOREA 0x0812
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_NETHERLANDS 0x0413
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_BELGIUM 0x0813
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_BOKMAL 0x0414
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_NYNORSK 0x0814
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_POLISH_POLAND 0x0415
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_BRAZIL 0x0416
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_PORTUGAL 0x0816
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_RHAETO_ROMANIC_SWITZERLAND 0x0417
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x0418
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0818
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_RUSSIA 0x0419
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0819
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_CROATIA 0x041a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_LATIN 0x081a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_CYRILLIC 0x0c1a
+
+#if 0 /* this used to be this value, but it looks like we were wrong */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101a
+#else /* current sources say */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x141a
+ /* and XPsp2 Platform SDK added (2004-07-26) */
+ /* Names are shortened to be significant within 40 chars. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_LATIN 0x181a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_CYRILLIC 0x181a
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVAK_SLOVAKIA 0x041b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALBANIAN_ALBANIA 0x041c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_SWEDEN 0x041d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x081d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_THAI_THAILAND 0x041e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKISH_TURKEY 0x041f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x0420
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_INDIA 0x0820
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_INDONESIAN_INDONESIA 0x0421
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UKRAINIAN_UKRAINE 0x0422
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BELARUSIAN_BELARUS 0x0423
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENE_SLOVENIA 0x0424
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ESTONIAN_ESTONIA 0x0425
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATVIAN_LATVIA 0x0426
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0427
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CLASSIC_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0827
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAJIK_TAJIKISTAN 0x0428
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FARSI_IRAN 0x0429
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_VIETNAMESE_VIET_NAM 0x042a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARMENIAN_ARMENIA 0x042b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_LATIN 0x042c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_CYRILLIC 0x082c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_SPAIN 0x042d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SORBIAN_GERMANY 0x042e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MACEDONIAN_MACEDONIA 0x042f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SUTU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0430
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSONGA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0431
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0432
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_VENDA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0433
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_XHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0434
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0435
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AFRIKAANS_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0436
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GEORGIAN_GEORGIA 0x0437
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FAEROESE_FAEROE_ISLANDS 0x0438
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HINDI_INDIA 0x0439
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALTESE_MALTA 0x043a
+ /* Added by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_NORWAY 0x043b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_SWEDEN 0x083b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_FINLAND 0x0C3b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_NORWAY 0x103b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_SWEDEN 0x143b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_NORWAY 0x183b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_SWEDEN 0x1C3b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SKOLT_FINLAND 0x203b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_INARI_FINLAND 0x243b
+ /* ... and we also keep our old identifier... */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAAMI_LAPONIA 0x043b
+
+#if 0 /* this seems to be a previous inversion */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083c
+#else
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043c
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_YIDDISH_GERMANY 0x043d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x043e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x083e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAK_KAZAKSTAN 0x043f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN /* Cyrillic*/ 0x0440
+ /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZ_REPUBLIC \
+ TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWAHILI_KENYA 0x0441
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKMEN_TURKMENISTAN 0x0442
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_LATIN 0x0443
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_CYRILLIC 0x0843
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_TATARSTAN 0x0444
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_INDIA 0x0445
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_BANGLADESH 0x0845
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x0446
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_ARABIC_PAKISTAN 0x0846
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUJARATI_INDIA 0x0447
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ORIYA_INDIA 0x0448
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMIL_INDIA 0x0449
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TELUGU_INDIA 0x044a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANNADA_INDIA 0x044b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAYALAM_INDIA 0x044c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ASSAMESE_INDIA 0x044d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MARATHI_INDIA 0x044e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SANSKRIT_INDIA 0x044f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA /* Cyrillic */ 0x0450
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA_MONGOLIAN 0x0850
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_CHINA 0x0451
+ /* Don't use the next constant! It has */
+ /* (1) the wrong spelling (Dzonghka) */
+ /* (2) Microsoft doesn't officially define it -- */
+ /* at least it is not in the List of Local */
+ /* ID Values. */
+ /* (3) Dzongkha is not the same language as */
+ /* Tibetan, so merging it is wrong anyway. */
+ /* */
+ /* TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN is correct, BTW. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN 0x0851
+
+#if 0
+ /* the following used to be defined */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN 0x0451
+ /* ... but it was changed; */
+#else
+ /* So we will continue to #define it, but with the correct value */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_WALES 0x0452
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KHMER_CAMBODIA 0x0453
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LAO_LAOS 0x0454
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BURMESE_MYANMAR 0x0455
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_SPAIN 0x0456
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KONKANI_INDIA 0x0457
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MANIPURI_INDIA /* Bengali */ 0x0458
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_INDIA /* Arabic */ 0x0459
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_PAKISTAN 0x0859
+ /* Missing a LCID for Sindhi in Devanagari script */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SYRIAC_SYRIA 0x045a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALESE_SRI_LANKA 0x045b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHEROKEE_UNITED_STATES 0x045c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_INUKTITUT_CANADA 0x045d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AMHARIC_ETHIOPIA 0x045e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO /* Arabic */ 0x045f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO_LATIN 0x085f
+ /* Missing a LCID for Tifinagh script */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_PAKISTAN /* Arabic */ 0x0460
+ /* Spelled this way by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
+ /* script is yet unclear... might be Arabic, Nagari or Sharada */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA 0x0860
+ /* ... and aliased (by MS) for compatibility reasons. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_INDIA TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_NEPAL 0x0461
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_INDIA 0x0861
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRISIAN_NETHERLANDS 0x0462
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PASHTO_AFGHANISTAN 0x0463
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FILIPINO_PHILIPPINES 0x0464
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES 0x0465
+ /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DIVEHI_MALDIVES TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_EDO_NIGERIA 0x0466
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FULFULDE_NIGERIA 0x0467
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAUSA_NIGERIA 0x0468
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IBIBIO_NIGERIA 0x0469
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_YORUBA_NIGERIA 0x046a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_BOLIVIA 0x046b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_ECUADOR 0x086b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_PERU 0x0c6b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x046c
+ /* Also spelled by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOTHO_SOUTHERN_SOUTH_AFRICA \
+ TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA
+ /* language codes 0x046d, 0x046e and 0x046f are (still) unknown. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IGBO_NIGERIA 0x0470
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANURI_NIGERIA 0x0471
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_OROMO_ETHIOPIA 0x0472
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ETHIOPIA 0x0473
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA 0x0873
+ /* also spelled in the `Passport SDK' list as: */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTREA TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUARANI_PARAGUAY 0x0474
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAWAIIAN_UNITED_STATES 0x0475
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATIN 0x0476
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOMALI_SOMALIA 0x0477
+ /* Note: Yi does not have a (proper) ISO 639-2 code, since it is mostly */
+ /* not written (but OTOH the peculiar writing system is worth */
+ /* studying). */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_YI_CHINA 0x0478
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PAPIAMENTU_NETHERLANDS_ANTILLES 0x0479
+ /* language codes from 0x047a to 0x047f are (still) unknown. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_CHINA 0x0480
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAORI_NEW_ZEALAND 0x0481
+
+#if 0 /* not deemed useful for fonts */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE 0x04ff
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Possible values of the `name' identifier field in the name records of */
+ /* the TTF `name' table. These values are platform independent. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_COPYRIGHT 0
+#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY 1
+#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY 2
+#define TT_NAME_ID_UNIQUE_ID 3
+#define TT_NAME_ID_FULL_NAME 4
+#define TT_NAME_ID_VERSION_STRING 5
+#define TT_NAME_ID_PS_NAME 6
+#define TT_NAME_ID_TRADEMARK 7
+
+ /* the following values are from the OpenType spec */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_MANUFACTURER 8
+#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER 9
+#define TT_NAME_ID_DESCRIPTION 10
+#define TT_NAME_ID_VENDOR_URL 11
+#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER_URL 12
+#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE 13
+#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE_URL 14
+ /* number 15 is reserved */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY 16
+#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY 17
+#define TT_NAME_ID_MAC_FULL_NAME 18
+
+ /* The following code is new as of 2000-01-21 */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_SAMPLE_TEXT 19
+
+ /* This is new in OpenType 1.3 */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_CID_FINDFONT_NAME 20
+
+ /* This is new in OpenType 1.5 */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_FAMILY 21
+#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_SUBFAMILY 22
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Bit mask values for the Unicode Ranges from the TTF `OS2 ' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* Updated 08-Nov-2008. */
+ /* */
+
+ /* Bit 0 Basic Latin */
+#define TT_UCR_BASIC_LATIN (1L << 0) /* U+0020-U+007E */
+ /* Bit 1 C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN1_SUPPLEMENT (1L << 1) /* U+0080-U+00FF */
+ /* Bit 2 Latin Extended-A */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_A (1L << 2) /* U+0100-U+017F */
+ /* Bit 3 Latin Extended-B */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_B (1L << 3) /* U+0180-U+024F */
+ /* Bit 4 IPA Extensions */
+ /* Phonetic Extensions */
+ /* Phonetic Extensions Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_IPA_EXTENSIONS (1L << 4) /* U+0250-U+02AF */
+ /* U+1D00-U+1D7F */
+ /* U+1D80-U+1DBF */
+ /* Bit 5 Spacing Modifier Letters */
+ /* Modifier Tone Letters */
+#define TT_UCR_SPACING_MODIFIER (1L << 5) /* U+02B0-U+02FF */
+ /* U+A700-U+A71F */
+ /* Bit 6 Combining Diacritical Marks */
+ /* Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS (1L << 6) /* U+0300-U+036F */
+ /* U+1DC0-U+1DFF */
+ /* Bit 7 Greek and Coptic */
+#define TT_UCR_GREEK (1L << 7) /* U+0370-U+03FF */
+ /* Bit 8 Coptic */
+#define TT_UCR_COPTIC (1L << 8) /* U+2C80-U+2CFF */
+ /* Bit 9 Cyrillic */
+ /* Cyrillic Supplement */
+ /* Cyrillic Extended-A */
+ /* Cyrillic Extended-B */
+#define TT_UCR_CYRILLIC (1L << 9) /* U+0400-U+04FF */
+ /* U+0500-U+052F */
+ /* U+2DE0-U+2DFF */
+ /* U+A640-U+A69F */
+ /* Bit 10 Armenian */
+#define TT_UCR_ARMENIAN (1L << 10) /* U+0530-U+058F */
+ /* Bit 11 Hebrew */
+#define TT_UCR_HEBREW (1L << 11) /* U+0590-U+05FF */
+ /* Bit 12 Vai */
+#define TT_UCR_VAI (1L << 12) /* U+A500-U+A63F */
+ /* Bit 13 Arabic */
+ /* Arabic Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC (1L << 13) /* U+0600-U+06FF */
+ /* U+0750-U+077F */
+ /* Bit 14 NKo */
+#define TT_UCR_NKO (1L << 14) /* U+07C0-U+07FF */
+ /* Bit 15 Devanagari */
+#define TT_UCR_DEVANAGARI (1L << 15) /* U+0900-U+097F */
+ /* Bit 16 Bengali */
+#define TT_UCR_BENGALI (1L << 16) /* U+0980-U+09FF */
+ /* Bit 17 Gurmukhi */
+#define TT_UCR_GURMUKHI (1L << 17) /* U+0A00-U+0A7F */
+ /* Bit 18 Gujarati */
+#define TT_UCR_GUJARATI (1L << 18) /* U+0A80-U+0AFF */
+ /* Bit 19 Oriya */
+#define TT_UCR_ORIYA (1L << 19) /* U+0B00-U+0B7F */
+ /* Bit 20 Tamil */
+#define TT_UCR_TAMIL (1L << 20) /* U+0B80-U+0BFF */
+ /* Bit 21 Telugu */
+#define TT_UCR_TELUGU (1L << 21) /* U+0C00-U+0C7F */
+ /* Bit 22 Kannada */
+#define TT_UCR_KANNADA (1L << 22) /* U+0C80-U+0CFF */
+ /* Bit 23 Malayalam */
+#define TT_UCR_MALAYALAM (1L << 23) /* U+0D00-U+0D7F */
+ /* Bit 24 Thai */
+#define TT_UCR_THAI (1L << 24) /* U+0E00-U+0E7F */
+ /* Bit 25 Lao */
+#define TT_UCR_LAO (1L << 25) /* U+0E80-U+0EFF */
+ /* Bit 26 Georgian */
+ /* Georgian Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_GEORGIAN (1L << 26) /* U+10A0-U+10FF */
+ /* U+2D00-U+2D2F */
+ /* Bit 27 Balinese */
+#define TT_UCR_BALINESE (1L << 27) /* U+1B00-U+1B7F */
+ /* Bit 28 Hangul Jamo */
+#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_JAMO (1L << 28) /* U+1100-U+11FF */
+ /* Bit 29 Latin Extended Additional */
+ /* Latin Extended-C */
+ /* Latin Extended-D */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL (1L << 29) /* U+1E00-U+1EFF */
+ /* U+2C60-U+2C7F */
+ /* U+A720-U+A7FF */
+ /* Bit 30 Greek Extended */
+#define TT_UCR_GREEK_EXTENDED (1L << 30) /* U+1F00-U+1FFF */
+ /* Bit 31 General Punctuation */
+ /* Supplemental Punctuation */
+#define TT_UCR_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION (1L << 31) /* U+2000-U+206F */
+ /* U+2E00-U+2E7F */
+ /* Bit 32 Superscripts And Subscripts */
+#define TT_UCR_SUPERSCRIPTS_SUBSCRIPTS (1L << 0) /* U+2070-U+209F */
+ /* Bit 33 Currency Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS (1L << 1) /* U+20A0-U+20CF */
+ /* Bit 34 Combining Diacritical Marks For Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB (1L << 2) /* U+20D0-U+20FF */
+ /* Bit 35 Letterlike Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS (1L << 3) /* U+2100-U+214F */
+ /* Bit 36 Number Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_NUMBER_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+2150-U+218F */
+ /* Bit 37 Arrows */
+ /* Supplemental Arrows-A */
+ /* Supplemental Arrows-B */
+ /* Miscellaneous Symbols and Arrows */
+#define TT_UCR_ARROWS (1L << 5) /* U+2190-U+21FF */
+ /* U+27F0-U+27FF */
+ /* U+2900-U+297F */
+ /* U+2B00-U+2BFF */
+ /* Bit 38 Mathematical Operators */
+ /* Supplemental Mathematical Operators */
+ /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A */
+ /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B */
+#define TT_UCR_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS (1L << 6) /* U+2200-U+22FF */
+ /* U+2A00-U+2AFF */
+ /* U+27C0-U+27EF */
+ /* U+2980-U+29FF */
+ /* Bit 39 Miscellaneous Technical */
+#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL (1L << 7) /* U+2300-U+23FF */
+ /* Bit 40 Control Pictures */
+#define TT_UCR_CONTROL_PICTURES (1L << 8) /* U+2400-U+243F */
+ /* Bit 41 Optical Character Recognition */
+#define TT_UCR_OCR (1L << 9) /* U+2440-U+245F */
+ /* Bit 42 Enclosed Alphanumerics */
+#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS (1L << 10) /* U+2460-U+24FF */
+ /* Bit 43 Box Drawing */
+#define TT_UCR_BOX_DRAWING (1L << 11) /* U+2500-U+257F */
+ /* Bit 44 Block Elements */
+#define TT_UCR_BLOCK_ELEMENTS (1L << 12) /* U+2580-U+259F */
+ /* Bit 45 Geometric Shapes */
+#define TT_UCR_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES (1L << 13) /* U+25A0-U+25FF */
+ /* Bit 46 Miscellaneous Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS (1L << 14) /* U+2600-U+26FF */
+ /* Bit 47 Dingbats */
+#define TT_UCR_DINGBATS (1L << 15) /* U+2700-U+27BF */
+ /* Bit 48 CJK Symbols and Punctuation */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_SYMBOLS (1L << 16) /* U+3000-U+303F */
+ /* Bit 49 Hiragana */
+#define TT_UCR_HIRAGANA (1L << 17) /* U+3040-U+309F */
+ /* Bit 50 Katakana */
+ /* Katakana Phonetic Extensions */
+#define TT_UCR_KATAKANA (1L << 18) /* U+30A0-U+30FF */
+ /* U+31F0-U+31FF */
+ /* Bit 51 Bopomofo */
+ /* Bopomofo Extended */
+#define TT_UCR_BOPOMOFO (1L << 19) /* U+3100-U+312F */
+ /* U+31A0-U+31BF */
+ /* Bit 52 Hangul Compatibility Jamo */
+#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO (1L << 20) /* U+3130-U+318F */
+ /* Bit 53 Phags-Pa */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_MISC (1L << 21) /* U+A840-U+A87F */
+#define TT_UCR_KANBUN TT_UCR_CJK_MISC /* deprecated */
+#define TT_UCR_PHAGSPA
+ /* Bit 54 Enclosed CJK Letters and Months */
+#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_MONTHS (1L << 22) /* U+3200-U+32FF */
+ /* Bit 55 CJK Compatibility */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY (1L << 23) /* U+3300-U+33FF */
+ /* Bit 56 Hangul Syllables */
+#define TT_UCR_HANGUL (1L << 24) /* U+AC00-U+D7A3 */
+ /* Bit 57 High Surrogates */
+ /* High Private Use Surrogates */
+ /* Low Surrogates */
+ /* */
+ /* According to OpenType specs v.1.3+, */
+ /* setting bit 57 implies that there is */
+ /* at least one codepoint beyond the */
+ /* Basic Multilingual Plane that is */
+ /* supported by this font. So it really */
+ /* means >= U+10000 */
+#define TT_UCR_SURROGATES (1L << 25) /* U+D800-U+DB7F */
+ /* U+DB80-U+DBFF */
+ /* U+DC00-U+DFFF */
+#define TT_UCR_NON_PLANE_0 TT_UCR_SURROGATES
+ /* Bit 58 Phoenician */
+#define TT_UCR_PHOENICIAN (1L << 26) /*U+10900-U+1091F*/
+ /* Bit 59 CJK Unified Ideographs */
+ /* CJK Radicals Supplement */
+ /* Kangxi Radicals */
+ /* Ideographic Description Characters */
+ /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A */
+ /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B */
+ /* Kanbun */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 27) /* U+4E00-U+9FFF */
+ /* U+2E80-U+2EFF */
+ /* U+2F00-U+2FDF */
+ /* U+2FF0-U+2FFF */
+ /* U+3400-U+4DB5 */
+ /*U+20000-U+2A6DF*/
+ /* U+3190-U+319F */
+ /* Bit 60 Private Use */
+#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE (1L << 28) /* U+E000-U+F8FF */
+ /* Bit 61 CJK Strokes */
+ /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */
+ /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 29) /* U+31C0-U+31EF */
+ /* U+F900-U+FAFF */
+ /*U+2F800-U+2FA1F*/
+ /* Bit 62 Alphabetic Presentation Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS (1L << 30) /* U+FB00-U+FB4F */
+ /* Bit 63 Arabic Presentation Forms-A */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A (1L << 31) /* U+FB50-U+FDFF */
+ /* Bit 64 Combining Half Marks */
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS (1L << 0) /* U+FE20-U+FE2F */
+ /* Bit 65 Vertical forms */
+ /* CJK Compatibility Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_FORMS (1L << 1) /* U+FE10-U+FE1F */
+ /* U+FE30-U+FE4F */
+ /* Bit 66 Small Form Variants */
+#define TT_UCR_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS (1L << 2) /* U+FE50-U+FE6F */
+ /* Bit 67 Arabic Presentation Forms-B */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B (1L << 3) /* U+FE70-U+FEFE */
+ /* Bit 68 Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_HALFWIDTH_FULLWIDTH_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+FF00-U+FFEF */
+ /* Bit 69 Specials */
+#define TT_UCR_SPECIALS (1L << 5) /* U+FFF0-U+FFFD */
+ /* Bit 70 Tibetan */
+#define TT_UCR_TIBETAN (1L << 6) /* U+0F00-U+0FFF */
+ /* Bit 71 Syriac */
+#define TT_UCR_SYRIAC (1L << 7) /* U+0700-U+074F */
+ /* Bit 72 Thaana */
+#define TT_UCR_THAANA (1L << 8) /* U+0780-U+07BF */
+ /* Bit 73 Sinhala */
+#define TT_UCR_SINHALA (1L << 9) /* U+0D80-U+0DFF */
+ /* Bit 74 Myanmar */
+#define TT_UCR_MYANMAR (1L << 10) /* U+1000-U+109F */
+ /* Bit 75 Ethiopic */
+ /* Ethiopic Supplement */
+ /* Ethiopic Extended */
+#define TT_UCR_ETHIOPIC (1L << 11) /* U+1200-U+137F */
+ /* U+1380-U+139F */
+ /* U+2D80-U+2DDF */
+ /* Bit 76 Cherokee */
+#define TT_UCR_CHEROKEE (1L << 12) /* U+13A0-U+13FF */
+ /* Bit 77 Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics */
+#define TT_UCR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL_SYLLABICS (1L << 13) /* U+1400-U+167F */
+ /* Bit 78 Ogham */
+#define TT_UCR_OGHAM (1L << 14) /* U+1680-U+169F */
+ /* Bit 79 Runic */
+#define TT_UCR_RUNIC (1L << 15) /* U+16A0-U+16FF */
+ /* Bit 80 Khmer */
+ /* Khmer Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_KHMER (1L << 16) /* U+1780-U+17FF */
+ /* U+19E0-U+19FF */
+ /* Bit 81 Mongolian */
+#define TT_UCR_MONGOLIAN (1L << 17) /* U+1800-U+18AF */
+ /* Bit 82 Braille Patterns */
+#define TT_UCR_BRAILLE (1L << 18) /* U+2800-U+28FF */
+ /* Bit 83 Yi Syllables */
+ /* Yi Radicals */
+#define TT_UCR_YI (1L << 19) /* U+A000-U+A48F */
+ /* U+A490-U+A4CF */
+ /* Bit 84 Tagalog */
+ /* Hanunoo */
+ /* Buhid */
+ /* Tagbanwa */
+#define TT_UCR_PHILIPPINE (1L << 20) /* U+1700-U+171F */
+ /* U+1720-U+173F */
+ /* U+1740-U+175F */
+ /* U+1760-U+177F */
+ /* Bit 85 Old Italic */
+#define TT_UCR_OLD_ITALIC (1L << 21) /*U+10300-U+1032F*/
+ /* Bit 86 Gothic */
+#define TT_UCR_GOTHIC (1L << 22) /*U+10330-U+1034F*/
+ /* Bit 87 Deseret */
+#define TT_UCR_DESERET (1L << 23) /*U+10400-U+1044F*/
+ /* Bit 88 Byzantine Musical Symbols */
+ /* Musical Symbols */
+ /* Ancient Greek Musical Notation */
+#define TT_UCR_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS (1L << 24) /*U+1D000-U+1D0FF*/
+ /*U+1D100-U+1D1FF*/
+ /*U+1D200-U+1D24F*/
+ /* Bit 89 Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_MATH_ALPHANUMERIC_SYMBOLS (1L << 25) /*U+1D400-U+1D7FF*/
+ /* Bit 90 Private Use (plane 15) */
+ /* Private Use (plane 16) */
+#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE_SUPPLEMENTARY (1L << 26) /*U+F0000-U+FFFFD*/
+ /*U+100000-U+10FFFD*/
+ /* Bit 91 Variation Selectors */
+ /* Variation Selectors Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_VARIATION_SELECTORS (1L << 27) /* U+FE00-U+FE0F */
+ /*U+E0100-U+E01EF*/
+ /* Bit 92 Tags */
+#define TT_UCR_TAGS (1L << 28) /*U+E0000-U+E007F*/
+ /* Bit 93 Limbu */
+#define TT_UCR_LIMBU (1L << 29) /* U+1900-U+194F */
+ /* Bit 94 Tai Le */
+#define TT_UCR_TAI_LE (1L << 30) /* U+1950-U+197F */
+ /* Bit 95 New Tai Lue */
+#define TT_UCR_NEW_TAI_LUE (1L << 31) /* U+1980-U+19DF */
+ /* Bit 96 Buginese */
+#define TT_UCR_BUGINESE (1L << 0) /* U+1A00-U+1A1F */
+ /* Bit 97 Glagolitic */
+#define TT_UCR_GLAGOLITIC (1L << 1) /* U+2C00-U+2C5F */
+ /* Bit 98 Tifinagh */
+#define TT_UCR_TIFINAGH (1L << 2) /* U+2D30-U+2D7F */
+ /* Bit 99 Yijing Hexagram Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_YIJING (1L << 3) /* U+4DC0-U+4DFF */
+ /* Bit 100 Syloti Nagri */
+#define TT_UCR_SYLOTI_NAGRI (1L << 4) /* U+A800-U+A82F */
+ /* Bit 101 Linear B Syllabary */
+ /* Linear B Ideograms */
+ /* Aegean Numbers */
+#define TT_UCR_LINEAR_B (1L << 5) /*U+10000-U+1007F*/
+ /*U+10080-U+100FF*/
+ /*U+10100-U+1013F*/
+ /* Bit 102 Ancient Greek Numbers */
+#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_GREEK_NUMBERS (1L << 6) /*U+10140-U+1018F*/
+ /* Bit 103 Ugaritic */
+#define TT_UCR_UGARITIC (1L << 7) /*U+10380-U+1039F*/
+ /* Bit 104 Old Persian */
+#define TT_UCR_OLD_PERSIAN (1L << 8) /*U+103A0-U+103DF*/
+ /* Bit 105 Shavian */
+#define TT_UCR_SHAVIAN (1L << 9) /*U+10450-U+1047F*/
+ /* Bit 106 Osmanya */
+#define TT_UCR_OSMANYA (1L << 10) /*U+10480-U+104AF*/
+ /* Bit 107 Cypriot Syllabary */
+#define TT_UCR_CYPRIOT_SYLLABARY (1L << 11) /*U+10800-U+1083F*/
+ /* Bit 108 Kharoshthi */
+#define TT_UCR_KHAROSHTHI (1L << 12) /*U+10A00-U+10A5F*/
+ /* Bit 109 Tai Xuan Jing Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_TAI_XUAN_JING (1L << 13) /*U+1D300-U+1D35F*/
+ /* Bit 110 Cuneiform */
+ /* Cuneiform Numbers and Punctuation */
+#define TT_UCR_CUNEIFORM (1L << 14) /*U+12000-U+123FF*/
+ /*U+12400-U+1247F*/
+ /* Bit 111 Counting Rod Numerals */
+#define TT_UCR_COUNTING_ROD_NUMERALS (1L << 15) /*U+1D360-U+1D37F*/
+ /* Bit 112 Sundanese */
+#define TT_UCR_SUNDANESE (1L << 16) /* U+1B80-U+1BBF */
+ /* Bit 113 Lepcha */
+#define TT_UCR_LEPCHA (1L << 17) /* U+1C00-U+1C4F */
+ /* Bit 114 Ol Chiki */
+#define TT_UCR_OL_CHIKI (1L << 18) /* U+1C50-U+1C7F */
+ /* Bit 115 Saurashtra */
+#define TT_UCR_SAURASHTRA (1L << 19) /* U+A880-U+A8DF */
+ /* Bit 116 Kayah Li */
+#define TT_UCR_KAYAH_LI (1L << 20) /* U+A900-U+A92F */
+ /* Bit 117 Rejang */
+#define TT_UCR_REJANG (1L << 21) /* U+A930-U+A95F */
+ /* Bit 118 Cham */
+#define TT_UCR_CHAM (1L << 22) /* U+AA00-U+AA5F */
+ /* Bit 119 Ancient Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_SYMBOLS (1L << 23) /*U+10190-U+101CF*/
+ /* Bit 120 Phaistos Disc */
+#define TT_UCR_PHAISTOS_DISC (1L << 24) /*U+101D0-U+101FF*/
+ /* Bit 121 Carian */
+ /* Lycian */
+ /* Lydian */
+#define TT_UCR_OLD_ANATOLIAN (1L << 25) /*U+102A0-U+102DF*/
+ /*U+10280-U+1029F*/
+ /*U+10920-U+1093F*/
+ /* Bit 122 Domino Tiles */
+ /* Mahjong Tiles */
+#define TT_UCR_GAME_TILES (1L << 26) /*U+1F030-U+1F09F*/
+ /*U+1F000-U+1F02F*/
+ /* Bit 123-127 Reserved for process-internal usage */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Some compilers have a very limited length of identifiers. */
+ /* */
+#if defined( __TURBOC__ ) && __TURBOC__ < 0x0410 || defined( __PACIFIC__ )
+#define HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Here some alias #defines in order to be clearer. */
+ /* */
+ /* These are not always #defined to stay within the 31~character limit */
+ /* which some compilers have. */
+ /* */
+ /* Credits go to Dave Hoo <dhoo@flash.net> for pointing out that modern */
+ /* Borland compilers (read: from BC++ 3.1 on) can increase this limit. */
+ /* If you get a warning with such a compiler, use the -i40 switch. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A \
+ TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B \
+ TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B
+
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS \
+ TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB \
+ TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB
+
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTNAMEID_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* tttables.h */
+/* */
+/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */
+/* (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2005, 2008-2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTTABLES_H__
+#define __TTTABLES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* truetype_tables */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* TrueType Tables */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* TrueType specific table types and functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables */
+ /* as well as some routines used to access and process them. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_Header */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All */
+ /* fields follow the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_Header_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed Table_Version;
+ FT_Fixed Font_Revision;
+
+ FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust;
+ FT_Long Magic_Number;
+
+ FT_UShort Flags;
+ FT_UShort Units_Per_EM;
+
+ FT_Long Created [2];
+ FT_Long Modified[2];
+
+ FT_Short xMin;
+ FT_Short yMin;
+ FT_Short xMax;
+ FT_Short yMax;
+
+ FT_UShort Mac_Style;
+ FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
+
+ FT_Short Font_Direction;
+ FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format;
+ FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format;
+
+ } TT_Header;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_HoriHeader */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */
+ /* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */
+ /* i.e., the `hmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* Version :: The table version. */
+ /* */
+ /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
+ /* from the baseline to the top-most of all */
+ /* glyph points found in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+ /* it is usually set by the font designer, */
+ /* and often reflects only a portion of the */
+ /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
+ /* */
+ /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
+ /* of the OS/2 table instead if you want */
+ /* the correct one. */
+ /* */
+ /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
+ /* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */
+ /* all glyph points found in the font. It */
+ /* is negative. */
+ /* */
+ /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+ /* it is usually set by the font designer, */
+ /* and often reflects only a portion of the */
+ /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
+ /* */
+ /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
+ /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
+ /* want the correct one. */
+ /* */
+ /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
+ /* to add to the ascender and descender to */
+ /* get the BTB, i.e., the */
+ /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
+ /* widths found in the font. It can be */
+ /* used to compute the maximum width of an */
+ /* arbitrary string of text. */
+ /* */
+ /* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */
+ /* glyphs within the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */
+ /* glyphs within the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
+ /* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
+ /* all glyphs in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
+ /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
+ /* slope. */
+ /* */
+ /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
+ /* */
+ /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
+ /* table -- this value can be smaller than */
+ /* the total number of glyphs in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
+ /* be identical except for the names of their fields which */
+ /* are different. */
+ /* */
+ /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
+ /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
+ /* headers. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed Version;
+ FT_Short Ascender;
+ FT_Short Descender;
+ FT_Short Line_Gap;
+
+ FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */
+
+ FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */
+ FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */
+ FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */
+ FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
+ FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
+ FT_Short caret_Offset;
+
+ FT_Short Reserved[4];
+
+ FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
+ FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics;
+
+ /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
+ /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
+ /* `HMTX' table. */
+
+ void* long_metrics;
+ void* short_metrics;
+
+ } TT_HoriHeader;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_VertHeader */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */
+ /* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., */
+ /* the `vmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* Version :: The table version. */
+ /* */
+ /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
+ /* from the baseline to the top-most of */
+ /* all glyph points found in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+ /* it is usually set by the font designer, */
+ /* and often reflects only a portion of */
+ /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
+ /* ASCII). */
+ /* */
+ /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */
+ /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
+ /* want the correct one. */
+ /* */
+ /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */
+ /* distance from the baseline to the */
+ /* bottom-most of all glyph points found */
+ /* in the font. It is negative. */
+ /* */
+ /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+ /* it is usually set by the font designer, */
+ /* and often reflects only a portion of */
+ /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
+ /* ASCII). */
+ /* */
+ /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
+ /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
+ /* want the correct one. */
+ /* */
+ /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
+ /* to add to the ascender and descender to */
+ /* get the BTB, i.e., the */
+ /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */
+ /* advance heights found in the font. It */
+ /* can be used to compute the maximum */
+ /* height of an arbitrary string of text. */
+ /* */
+ /* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */
+ /* glyphs within the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */
+ /* glyphs within the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */
+ /* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
+ /* all glyphs in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
+ /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
+ /* slope. */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */
+ /* This value is `reserved' in vmtx */
+ /* version 1.0. */
+ /* */
+ /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
+ /* */
+ /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */
+ /* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */
+ /* smaller than the total number of glyphs */
+ /* in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
+ /* be identical except for the names of their fields which */
+ /* are different. */
+ /* */
+ /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
+ /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
+ /* headers. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_VertHeader_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed Version;
+ FT_Short Ascender;
+ FT_Short Descender;
+ FT_Short Line_Gap;
+
+ FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */
+
+ FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb or top-sb */
+ FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb */
+ FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* xmax or ymax extents */
+ FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
+ FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
+ FT_Short caret_Offset;
+
+ FT_Short Reserved[4];
+
+ FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
+ FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics;
+
+ /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
+ /* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
+ /* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table. */
+
+ void* long_metrics;
+ void* short_metrics;
+
+ } TT_VertHeader;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_OS2 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. This is the long */
+ /* table version. All fields comply to the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that we now support old Mac fonts which do not include an */
+ /* OS/2 table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to */
+ /* 0xFFFF. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_OS2_
+ {
+ FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
+ FT_Short xAvgCharWidth;
+ FT_UShort usWeightClass;
+ FT_UShort usWidthClass;
+ FT_Short fsType;
+ FT_Short ySubscriptXSize;
+ FT_Short ySubscriptYSize;
+ FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset;
+ FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset;
+ FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize;
+ FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize;
+ FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset;
+ FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset;
+ FT_Short yStrikeoutSize;
+ FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition;
+ FT_Short sFamilyClass;
+
+ FT_Byte panose[10];
+
+ FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
+ FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
+ FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */
+ FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */
+
+ FT_Char achVendID[4];
+
+ FT_UShort fsSelection;
+ FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex;
+ FT_UShort usLastCharIndex;
+ FT_Short sTypoAscender;
+ FT_Short sTypoDescender;
+ FT_Short sTypoLineGap;
+ FT_UShort usWinAscent;
+ FT_UShort usWinDescent;
+
+ /* only version 1 tables: */
+
+ FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
+ FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
+
+ /* only version 2 tables: */
+
+ FT_Short sxHeight;
+ FT_Short sCapHeight;
+ FT_UShort usDefaultChar;
+ FT_UShort usBreakChar;
+ FT_UShort usMaxContext;
+
+ } TT_OS2;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_Postscript */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields */
+ /* comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not */
+ /* reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless */
+ /* accessed with the `ttpost' module. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_Postscript_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed FormatType;
+ FT_Fixed italicAngle;
+ FT_Short underlinePosition;
+ FT_Short underlineThickness;
+ FT_ULong isFixedPitch;
+ FT_ULong minMemType42;
+ FT_ULong maxMemType42;
+ FT_ULong minMemType1;
+ FT_ULong maxMemType1;
+
+ /* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't */
+ /* load them by default. See the ttpost.c file. */
+
+ } TT_Postscript;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_PCLT */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields */
+ /* comply to the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_PCLT_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed Version;
+ FT_ULong FontNumber;
+ FT_UShort Pitch;
+ FT_UShort xHeight;
+ FT_UShort Style;
+ FT_UShort TypeFamily;
+ FT_UShort CapHeight;
+ FT_UShort SymbolSet;
+ FT_Char TypeFace[16];
+ FT_Char CharacterComplement[8];
+ FT_Char FileName[6];
+ FT_Char StrokeWeight;
+ FT_Char WidthType;
+ FT_Byte SerifStyle;
+ FT_Byte Reserved;
+
+ } TT_PCLT;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_MaxProfile */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The maximum profile is a table containing many max values which */
+ /* can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory */
+ /* allocation occurs during a glyph load. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* version :: The version number. */
+ /* */
+ /* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
+ /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
+ /* the structure element */
+ /* `maxCompositePoints'. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
+ /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
+ /* the structure element */
+ /* `maxCompositeContours'. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
+ /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
+ /* structure element `maxPoints'. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
+ /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
+ /* structure element `maxContours'. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */
+ /* glyph hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */
+ /* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */
+ /* storage area used for glyph hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */
+ /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
+ /* this font. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */
+ /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
+ /* this font. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
+ /* during bytecode interpretation. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */
+ /* used for glyph hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */
+ /* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */
+ /* glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This structure is only used during font loading. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed version;
+ FT_UShort numGlyphs;
+ FT_UShort maxPoints;
+ FT_UShort maxContours;
+ FT_UShort maxCompositePoints;
+ FT_UShort maxCompositeContours;
+ FT_UShort maxZones;
+ FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints;
+ FT_UShort maxStorage;
+ FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs;
+ FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs;
+ FT_UShort maxStackElements;
+ FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions;
+ FT_UShort maxComponentElements;
+ FT_UShort maxComponentDepth;
+
+ } TT_MaxProfile;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. */
+ /* Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_
+ {
+ ft_sfnt_head = 0, /* TT_Header */
+ ft_sfnt_maxp = 1, /* TT_MaxProfile */
+ ft_sfnt_os2 = 2, /* TT_OS2 */
+ ft_sfnt_hhea = 3, /* TT_HoriHeader */
+ ft_sfnt_vhea = 4, /* TT_VertHeader */
+ ft_sfnt_post = 5, /* TT_Postscript */
+ ft_sfnt_pclt = 6, /* TT_PCLT */
+
+ sfnt_max /* internal end mark */
+
+ } FT_Sfnt_Tag;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source. */
+ /* */
+ /* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be~0 in case of */
+ /* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */
+ /* from the file. */
+ /* */
+ /* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */
+ /* elements. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
+ /* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
+ /* a list. */
+ /* */
+ /* Here an example how to access the `vhea' table: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* TT_VertHeader* vert_header; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* vert_header = */
+ /* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, ft_sfnt_vhea ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void* )
+ FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Sfnt_Tag tag );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Load any font table into client memory.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the source face.
+ *
+ * tag ::
+ * The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value~0 if you want
+ * to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the
+ * definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
+ * one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
+ *
+ * offset ::
+ * The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * buffer ::
+ * The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory
+ * array is big enough to hold the data.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * length ::
+ * If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table.
+ * Return an error code if it fails.
+ *
+ * Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the
+ * table's (or file) full size in it.
+ *
+ * Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
+ * starting offset.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
+ * function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example:
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_ULong length = 0;
+ *
+ *
+ * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
+ * if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
+ *
+ * buffer = malloc( length );
+ * if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
+ *
+ * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
+ * if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
+ * }
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong tag,
+ FT_Long offset,
+ FT_Byte* buffer,
+ FT_ULong* length );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return information on an SFNT table.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the source face.
+ *
+ * table_index ::
+ * The index of an SFNT table. The function returns
+ * FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * tag ::
+ * The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is NULL, `table_index'
+ * is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the
+ * font.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * length ::
+ * The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending
+ * on `tag').
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as
+ * missing.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt table_index,
+ FT_ULong *tag,
+ FT_ULong *length );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of */
+ /* language ID values are in `freetype/ttnameid.h'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* charmap :: */
+ /* The target charmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
+ /* TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value. */
+ /* */
+ /* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is */
+ /* 0xFFFFFFFF. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+ FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* charmap :: */
+ /* The target charmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
+ /* TrueType/sfnt face, return -1. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTTABLES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* tttags.h */
+/* */
+/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTAGS_H__
+#define __TTAGS_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
+#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
+#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
+#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
+#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
+#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
+#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
+#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
+#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
+#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
+#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
+#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
+#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
+#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
+#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
+#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
+#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
+#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
+#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
+#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
+#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
+#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
+#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
+#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
+#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
+#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
+#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
+#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
+#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
+#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
+#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
+#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
+#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
+#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
+#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
+#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
+#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTAGS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ttunpat.h */
+/* */
+/* Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2003, 2006 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com> */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTUNPAT_H__
+#define __TTUNPAT_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @constant:
+ * FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to indicate
+ * that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType bytecode
+ * interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __TTUNPAT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ft2build.h */
+/* */
+/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2006 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This is a Unix-specific version of <ft2build.h> that should be used */
+ /* exclusively *after* installation of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* It assumes that `/usr/local/include/freetype2' (or whatever is */
+ /* returned by the `freetype-config --cflags' or `pkg-config --cflags' */
+ /* command) is in your compilation include path. */
+ /* */
+ /* We don't need to do anything special in this release. However, for */
+ /* a future FreeType 2 release, the following installation changes will */
+ /* be performed: */
+ /* */
+ /* - The contents of `freetype-2.x/include/freetype' will be installed */
+ /* to `/usr/local/include/freetype2' instead of */
+ /* `/usr/local/include/freetype2/freetype'. */
+ /* */
+ /* - This file will #include <freetype2/config/ftheader.h>, instead */
+ /* of <freetype/config/ftheader.h>. */
+ /* */
+ /* - The contents of `ftheader.h' will be processed with `sed' to */
+ /* replace all `<freetype/xxx>' with `<freetype2/xxx>'. */
+ /* */
+ /* - Adding `/usr/local/include/freetype2' to your compilation include */
+ /* path will not be necessary anymore. */
+ /* */
+ /* These changes will be transparent to client applications which use */
+ /* freetype-config (or pkg-config). No modifications will be necessary */
+ /* to compile with the new scheme. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
+#define __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
+
+ /* `<prefix>/include/freetype2' must be in your current inclusion path */
+#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
+
+#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+The source code to this library used with SDL_ttf can be found here:
+http://www.libsdl.org/projects/SDL_ttf/libs/
+---
+
+ The FreeType Project LICENSE
+ ----------------------------
+
+ 2006-Jan-27
+
+ Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
+ David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
+
+
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+ The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages;
+ some of them may contain, in addition to the FreeType font engine,
+ various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the
+ FreeType Project.
+
+ This license applies to all files found in such packages, and
+ which do not fall under their own explicit license. The license
+ affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs,
+ documentation and makefiles, at the very least.
+
+ This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG
+ (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which all encourage inclusion
+ and use of free software in commercial and freeware products
+ alike. As a consequence, its main points are that:
+
+ o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be
+ interested in any kind of bug reports. (`as is' distribution)
+
+ o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or
+ full form, without having to pay us. (`royalty-free' usage)
+
+ o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use
+ it, or only parts of it, in a program, you must acknowledge
+ somewhere in your documentation that you have used the
+ FreeType code. (`credits')
+
+ We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this
+ software, with or without modifications, in commercial products.
+ We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and
+ assume no liability related to The FreeType Project.
+
+
+ Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a
+ credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this license. We thus
+ encourage you to use the following text:
+
+ """
+ Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
+ Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
+ """
+
+ Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you
+ actually use.
+
+
+Legal Terms
+===========
+
+0. Definitions
+--------------
+
+ Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project',
+ and `FreeType archive' refer to the set of files originally
+ distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and
+ Werner Lemberg) as the `FreeType Project', be they named as alpha,
+ beta or final release.
+
+ `You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where
+ `using' is a generic term including compiling the project's source
+ code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.
+ This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType
+ engine'.
+
+ This license applies to all files distributed in the original
+ FreeType Project, including all source code, binaries and
+ documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its
+ original, unmodified form as distributed in the original archive.
+ If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by
+ this license, you must contact us to verify this.
+
+ The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner,
+ Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. All rights reserved except as
+ specified below.
+
+1. No Warranty
+--------------
+
+ THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+ KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO
+ USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
+
+2. Redistribution
+-----------------
+
+ This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and
+ irrevocable right and license to use, execute, perform, compile,
+ display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and
+ sublicense the FreeType Project (in both source and object code
+ forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to
+ authorize others to exercise some or all of the rights granted
+ herein, subject to the following conditions:
+
+ o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file
+ (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions or changes to
+ the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying
+ documentation. The copyright notices of the unaltered,
+ original files must be preserved in all copies of source
+ files.
+
+ o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that
+ states that the software is based in part of the work of the
+ FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also
+ encourage you to put an URL to the FreeType web page in your
+ documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
+
+ These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on
+ the FreeType Project, not just the unmodified files. If you use
+ our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid
+ to us.
+
+3. Advertising
+--------------
+
+ Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use
+ the name of the other for commercial, advertising, or promotional
+ purposes without specific prior written permission.
+
+ We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the
+ following phrases to refer to this software in your documentation
+ or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine',
+ `FreeType library', or `FreeType Distribution'.
+
+ As you have not signed this license, you are not required to
+ accept it. However, as the FreeType Project is copyrighted
+ material, only this license, or another one contracted with the
+ authors, grants you the right to use, distribute, and modify it.
+ Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType
+ Project, you indicate that you understand and accept all the terms
+ of this license.
+
+4. Contacts
+-----------
+
+ There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
+
+ o freetype@nongnu.org
+
+ Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as
+ future and wanted additions to the library and distribution.
+ If you are looking for support, start in this list if you
+ haven't found anything to help you in the documentation.
+
+ o freetype-devel@nongnu.org
+
+ Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues,
+ specific licenses, porting, etc.
+
+ Our home page can be found at
+
+ http://www.freetype.org
+
+
+--- end of FTL.TXT ---
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>FreeType</string>
+ <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
+ <string>FreeType 2.4.8</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>FreeType</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>2.4.8</string>
+ <key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+ <string>????</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>2.4.8</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+/* ftconfig.h. Generated from ftconfig.in by configure. */
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftconfig.in */
+/* */
+/* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006-2009, 2011, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
+ /* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */
+ /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */
+ /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */
+ /* compiler. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */
+ /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */
+ /* */
+ /* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/<system>', and */
+ /* contains system-specific files that are always included first when */
+ /* building the library. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
+#define __FTCONFIG_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
+ /* */
+ /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */
+ /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */
+ /* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */
+ /* `freetype/builds/<system>' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
+#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
+
+
+ /* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
+ /* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */
+ /* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */
+ /* is probably unexpected. */
+ /* */
+ /* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */
+ /* `char' type. */
+
+#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
+#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
+#endif
+
+
+/* #undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
+#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
+
+#define SIZEOF_INT 4
+#define SIZEOF_LONG 8
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG
+
+#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
+
+ /* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */
+ /* is copied from default include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h. */
+ /* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */
+ /* applied to the original header file for the builders that */
+ /* does not use configure script. */
+
+ /* The size of an `int' type. */
+#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#else
+#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
+#endif
+
+ /* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
+ /* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
+#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#else
+#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
+
+
+ /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */
+ /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
+#ifndef FT_UNUSED
+#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
+ /* */
+ /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */
+ /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */
+ /* porter should need to mess with them. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Mac support */
+ /* */
+ /* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */
+ /* providing a new configuration file. */
+ /* */
+#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
+ /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
+ /* AvailabilityMacros.h is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
+ /* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion */
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
+#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
+#endif
+#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
+ ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
+#undef FT_MACINTOSH
+#endif
+
+#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
+ /* Classic MacOS compilers */
+#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
+#if TARGET_OS_MAC
+#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
+#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
+#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
+#pragma set woff 3505
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* basic_types */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Int16 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed short FT_Int16;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UInt16 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
+#if 0
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Int32 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
+ /* the configuration. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UInt32 */
+ /* */
+ /* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
+ /* the configuration. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Int64 */
+ /* */
+ /* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
+ /* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
+ /* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
+
+ /* */
+
+#endif
+
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
+
+ typedef signed int FT_Int32;
+ typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
+
+ typedef signed long FT_Int32;
+ typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
+
+#else
+#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
+#endif
+
+
+ /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
+
+ typedef int FT_Fast;
+ typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
+
+ typedef long FT_Fast;
+ typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
+ /* Autoconf */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
+
+ /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 long
+
+#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
+
+ /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 __int64
+
+#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
+
+ /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
+ /* to test the compiler version. */
+
+ /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 __int64
+
+#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
+
+ /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
+
+#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
+
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 long long int
+
+#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
+
+ /* GCC provides the `long long' type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 long long int
+
+#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile */
+ /* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable its use if __STDC__ */
+ /* is defined. You can however ignore this rule by defining the */
+ /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */
+ /* */
+#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+
+ /* Undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode. */
+ /* Since `#undef' doesn't survive in configuration header files */
+ /* we use the postprocessing facility of AC_CONFIG_HEADERS to */
+ /* replace the leading `/' with `#'. */
+#undef FT_LONG64
+#undef FT_INT64
+
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */
+
+#ifdef FT_LONG64
+ typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
+#endif
+
+
+#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
+#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
+#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER
+ /* Provide assembler fragments for performance-critical functions. */
+ /* These must be defined `static __inline__' with GCC. */
+
+#if defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ ) /* RVCT */
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_arm
+
+ /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+ static __inline FT_Int32
+ FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32 a,
+ FT_Int32 b )
+ {
+ register FT_Int32 t, t2;
+
+
+ __asm
+ {
+ smull t2, t, b, a /* (lo=t2,hi=t) = a*b */
+ mov a, t, asr #31 /* a = (hi >> 31) */
+ add a, a, #0x8000 /* a += 0x8000 */
+ adds t2, t2, a /* t2 += a */
+ adc t, t, #0 /* t += carry */
+ mov a, t2, lsr #16 /* a = t2 >> 16 */
+ orr a, a, t, lsl #16 /* a |= t << 16 */
+ }
+ return a;
+ }
+
+#endif /* __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ */
+
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+
+#if defined( __arm__ ) && !defined( __thumb__ ) && \
+ !( defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ ) )
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_arm
+
+ /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+ static __inline__ FT_Int32
+ FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32 a,
+ FT_Int32 b )
+ {
+ register FT_Int32 t, t2;
+
+
+ __asm__ __volatile__ (
+ "smull %1, %2, %4, %3\n\t" /* (lo=%1,hi=%2) = a*b */
+ "mov %0, %2, asr #31\n\t" /* %0 = (hi >> 31) */
+ "add %0, %0, #0x8000\n\t" /* %0 += 0x8000 */
+ "adds %1, %1, %0\n\t" /* %1 += %0 */
+ "adc %2, %2, #0\n\t" /* %2 += carry */
+ "mov %0, %1, lsr #16\n\t" /* %0 = %1 >> 16 */
+ "orr %0, %0, %2, lsl #16\n\t" /* %0 |= %2 << 16 */
+ : "=r"(a), "=&r"(t2), "=&r"(t)
+ : "r"(a), "r"(b)
+ : "cc" );
+ return a;
+ }
+
+#endif /* __arm__ && !__thumb__ && !( __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ ) */
+
+#if defined( __i386__ )
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_i386
+
+ /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+ static __inline__ FT_Int32
+ FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32 a,
+ FT_Int32 b )
+ {
+ register FT_Int32 result;
+
+
+ __asm__ __volatile__ (
+ "imul %%edx\n"
+ "movl %%edx, %%ecx\n"
+ "sarl $31, %%ecx\n"
+ "addl $0x8000, %%ecx\n"
+ "addl %%ecx, %%eax\n"
+ "adcl $0, %%edx\n"
+ "shrl $16, %%eax\n"
+ "shll $16, %%edx\n"
+ "addl %%edx, %%eax\n"
+ : "=a"(result), "=d"(b)
+ : "a"(a), "d"(b)
+ : "%ecx", "cc" );
+ return result;
+ }
+
+#endif /* i386 */
+
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER /* Visual C++ */
+
+#ifdef _M_IX86
+
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_i386
+
+ /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+ static __inline FT_Int32
+ FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32 a,
+ FT_Int32 b )
+ {
+ register FT_Int32 result;
+
+ __asm
+ {
+ mov eax, a
+ mov edx, b
+ imul edx
+ mov ecx, edx
+ sar ecx, 31
+ add ecx, 8000h
+ add eax, ecx
+ adc edx, 0
+ shr eax, 16
+ shl edx, 16
+ add eax, edx
+ mov result, eax
+ }
+ return result;
+ }
+
+#endif /* _M_IX86 */
+
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
+#ifdef FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
+#define FT_MULFIX_INLINED FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
+
+#else
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
+
+ /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
+ /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
+ /* */
+
+ /* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
+ /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
+ /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
+ /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
+ /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
+ /* contains pointers to callback functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
+ /* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
+ /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */
+ /* */
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
+
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftheader.h */
+/* */
+/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2008, 2010, 2012, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __FT_HEADER_H__
+#define __FT_HEADER_H__
+
+
+ /*@***********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
+ /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
+ /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
+ /* C++ compiler. */
+ /* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
+#else
+#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+
+ /*@***********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_END_HEADER */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
+ /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
+ /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
+ /* C++ compiler. */
+ /* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_END_HEADER }
+#else
+#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* header_file_macros */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Header File Macros */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */
+ /* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */
+ /* statements as in: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
+ /* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */
+ /* #include FT_GLYPH_H */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */
+ /* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */
+ /* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */
+ /* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */
+ /* */
+ /* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */
+ /* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* configuration files */
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * FreeType~2 configuration data.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
+ * instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
+#endif
+
+ /* */
+
+ /* public headers */
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_FREETYPE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * base FreeType~2 API.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ERRORS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
+ *
+ * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SYSTEM_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
+ * and stream i/o).
+ *
+ * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IMAGE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
+ * definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
+ * scan-converter parameters).
+ *
+ * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TYPES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
+ *
+ * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_LIST_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * list management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ * (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_OUTLINE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SIZES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_MODULE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * module management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_RENDER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H <freetype/ftautoh.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftcffdrv.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
+ * etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
+ * definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
+ * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_BDF_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
+ * face.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CID_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
+ * face.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_GZIP_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_LZW_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_BZIP2_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_WINFONTS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_GLYPH_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API of the optional glyph management component.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_BITMAP_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_BBOX_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CACHE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+ *
+ * It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements. You can also
+ * use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to
+ * store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
+ *
+ * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+ * glyph image-related cache declarations.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+ *
+ * It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively
+ * memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in
+ * @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images,
+ * including scalable outlines.
+ *
+ * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+ * small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+ *
+ * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+ * charmap-based cache declarations.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_MAC_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access
+ * fonts embedded in resource forks.
+ *
+ * This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
+ * compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
+ * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
+ * GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
+ * mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_PFR_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_STROKER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
+ */
+#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SYNTHESIS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
+ */
+#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_XFREE86_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and
+ * X.Org X11 servers.
+ */
+#define FT_XFREE86_H <freetype/ftxf86.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
+ * cosines and arc tangents).
+ */
+#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
+ */
+#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
+ */
+#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_INCREMENTAL_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
+ */
+#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_GASP_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
+ */
+#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ADVANCES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
+ */
+#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
+
+
+ /* */
+
+#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
+
+
+ /* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
+ /* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
+ /* no rogue client that uses them. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+
+
+#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
+
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
+
+
+ /*
+ * Include internal headers definitions from <freetype/internal/...>
+ * only when building the library.
+ */
+#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
+#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
+#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
+
+
+#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/* This is a generated file. */
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
+/* EOF */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftoption.h */
+/* */
+/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOPTION_H__
+#define __FTOPTION_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */
+ /* */
+ /* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */
+ /* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */
+ /* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */
+ /* */
+ /* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */
+ /* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */
+ /* library from a single source directory. */
+ /* */
+ /* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */
+ /* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' */
+ /* is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType */
+ /* include path during compilation. */
+ /* */
+ /* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */
+ /* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */
+ /* that for your own projects. */
+ /* */
+ /* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */
+ /* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */
+ /* locate this file during the build. For example, */
+ /* */
+ /* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */
+ /* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> */
+ /* */
+ /* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */
+ /* definitions. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */
+ /* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
+ /* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */
+ /* default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>. */
+ /* */
+ /* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering */
+ /* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */
+ /* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its */
+ /* _implementation_. For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
+ /* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times wider than */
+ /* the original size in case this macro isn't defined; however, each */
+ /* triplet of subpixels has R=G=B. */
+ /* */
+ /* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing */
+ /* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */
+ /* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */
+ /* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
+ /* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */
+ /* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */
+ /* */
+ /* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */
+ /* building the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */
+ /* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */
+ /* `configure' script on supported platforms. */
+ /* */
+#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */
+ /* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */
+ /* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */
+ /* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */
+ /* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */
+ /* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
+ /* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* LZW-compressed file support. */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
+ /* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
+ /* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */
+ /* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */
+ /* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */
+ /* */
+ /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Gzip-compressed file support. */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
+ /* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
+ /* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */
+ /* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */
+ /* */
+ /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */
+ /* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* ZLib library selection */
+ /* */
+ /* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */
+ /* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */
+ /* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */
+ /* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */
+ /* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */
+ /* included directly within the component and *not* export external */
+ /* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */
+ /* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
+ /* it for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Bzip2-compressed file support. */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
+ /* `bzip2' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
+ /* files that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2' to */
+ /* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c). */
+ /* Contrary to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use */
+ /* the system available bzip2 implementation. */
+ /* */
+ /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, FILE, */
+ /* fopen() etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded */
+ /* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without */
+ /* file stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not */
+ /* necessary such as memory loading of font files. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* DLL export compilation */
+ /* */
+ /* When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a */
+ /* special keyword in front OR after the return type of function */
+ /* declarations. */
+ /* */
+ /* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
+ /* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */
+ /* */
+ /* is used in a function declaration, as in */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
+ /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */
+ /* */
+ /* is used in a function definition, as in */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
+ /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
+ /* { */
+ /* ... some code ... */
+ /* return FT_Err_Ok; */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */
+ /* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. If you leave them undefined, they */
+ /* will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to */
+ /* allow normal compilation. */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+ /* them for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_EXPORT(x) extern x */
+/* #define FT_EXPORT_DEF(x) x */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Glyph Postscript Names handling */
+ /* */
+ /* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */
+ /* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */
+ /* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */
+ /* use with the TrueType `post' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */
+ /* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */
+ /* */
+ /* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */
+ /* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */
+ /* `post' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */
+ /* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */
+ /* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */
+ /* */
+ /* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */
+ /* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
+ /* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */
+ /* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */
+ /* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */
+ /* */
+ /* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */
+ /* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */
+ /* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
+ /* fonts. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Support for Mac fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */
+ /* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */
+ /* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */
+ /* */
+ /* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */
+ /* GNU/Linux). */
+ /* */
+ /* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */
+ /* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */
+ /* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */
+ /* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */
+ /* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */
+ /* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */
+ /* names must be used. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
+ /* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */
+ /* */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */
+ /* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */
+ /* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */
+ /* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */
+ /* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */
+ /* to do all of its work. */
+ /* */
+ /* This must be greater than 4KByte if you use FreeType to rasterize */
+ /* glyphs; otherwise, you may set it to zero to avoid unnecessary */
+ /* allocation of the render pool. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* FT_MAX_MODULES */
+ /* */
+ /* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */
+ /* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Debug level */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */
+ /* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */
+ /* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */
+ /* execution. */
+ /* */
+ /* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */
+ /* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+ /* them for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Autofitter debugging */
+ /* */
+ /* If FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT is defined, FreeType provides some means to */
+ /* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global */
+ /* boolean variables (consequently, you should *never* enable this */
+ /* while compiling in `release' mode): */
+ /* */
+ /* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints */
+ /* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints */
+ /* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints */
+ /* */
+ /* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various */
+ /* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf'): */
+ /* */
+ /* af_glyph_hints_dump_points */
+ /* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments */
+ /* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges */
+ /* */
+ /* As an argument, they use another global variable: */
+ /* */
+ /* _af_debug_hints */
+ /* */
+ /* Please have a look at the `ftgrid' demo program to see how those */
+ /* variables and macros should be used. */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+ /* them for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Memory Debugging */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */
+ /* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */
+ /* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */
+ /* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */
+ /* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
+ /* it for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Module errors */
+ /* */
+ /* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */
+ /* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */
+ /* while the lower byte is the real error code. */
+ /* */
+ /* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */
+ /* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */
+ /* FreeType 2. */
+ /* */
+ /* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */
+ /* */
+#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Position Independent Code */
+ /* */
+ /* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */
+ /* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */
+ /* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */
+ /* code will be used. */
+ /* */
+ /* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */
+ /* fixups, such as BREW. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */
+ /* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */
+ /* TrueType & OpenType). */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */
+ /* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */
+ /* OpenType file. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */
+ /* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */
+ /* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */
+ /* */
+ /* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */
+ /* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */
+ /* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */
+ /* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */
+ /* does not contain any glyph name though. */
+ /* */
+ /* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */
+ /* `freetype/ftsnames.h'. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* TrueType CMap support */
+ /* */
+ /* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */
+ /* supported. */
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */
+ /* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */
+ /* */
+ /* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */
+ /* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */
+ /* define it for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING if you want to compile */
+ /* EXPERIMENTAL subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This */
+ /* replaces the native TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO is requested. */
+ /* */
+ /* Enabling this causes the TrueType driver to ignore instructions under */
+ /* certain conditions. This is done in accordance with the guide here, */
+ /* with some minor differences: */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx */
+ /* */
+ /* By undefining this, you only compile the code necessary to hint */
+ /* TrueType glyphs with native TT hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* This option requires TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER to be */
+ /* defined. */
+ /* */
+/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* If you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING, a special version */
+ /* of the TrueType bytecode interpreter is used that doesn't implement */
+ /* any of the patented opcodes and algorithms. The patents related to */
+ /* TrueType hinting have expired worldwide since May 2010; this option */
+ /* is now deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING macro is *ignored* */
+ /* if you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER; in other words, */
+ /* either define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER or */
+ /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING but not both at the same time. */
+ /* */
+ /* This macro is only useful for a small number of font files (mostly */
+ /* for Asian scripts) that require bytecode interpretation to properly */
+ /* load glyphs. For all other fonts, this produces unpleasant results, */
+ /* thus the unpatented interpreter is never used to load glyphs from */
+ /* TrueType fonts unless one of the following two options is used. */
+ /* */
+ /* - The unpatented interpreter is explicitly activated by the user */
+ /* through the FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING parameter tag */
+ /* when opening the FT_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* - FreeType detects that the FT_Face corresponds to one of the */
+ /* `trick' fonts (e.g., `Mingliu') it knows about. The font engine */
+ /* contains a hard-coded list of font names and other matching */
+ /* parameters (see function `tt_face_init' in file */
+ /* `src/truetype/ttobjs.c'). */
+ /* */
+ /* Here a sample code snippet for using FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING. */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Parameter parameter; */
+ /* FT_Open_Args open_args; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING; */
+ /* */
+ /* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS; */
+ /* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname; */
+ /* open_args.num_params = 1; */
+ /* open_args.params = ¶meter; */
+ /* */
+ /* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face ); */
+ /* ... */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH to compile the TrueType */
+ /* bytecode interpreter with a huge switch statement, rather than a call */
+ /* table. This results in smaller and faster code for a number of */
+ /* architectures. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note however that on some compiler/processor combinations, undefining */
+ /* this macro will generate faster, though larger, code. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */
+ /* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */
+ /* component offsets in composite glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */
+ /* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */
+ /* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */
+ /* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */
+ /* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */
+ /* fonts will not have them. */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm */
+ /* http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */
+ /* */
+#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */
+ /* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */
+ /* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */
+ /* Masters support. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */
+ /* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and */
+ /* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */
+ /* required. */
+ /* */
+#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */
+ /* calls during glyph loading. */
+ /* */
+#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */
+ /* minimum of 16 is required. */
+ /* */
+ /* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
+ /* */
+#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
+ /* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */
+ /* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
+ /* unable to produce kerning distances. */
+ /* */
+#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
+ /* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */
+ /* driver. */
+ /* */
+#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */
+ /* support. */
+ /* */
+#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Compile autofit module with Indic script support. */
+ /* */
+#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Compile autofit module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping */
+ /* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension */
+ /* so that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the */
+ /* grid. To find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various */
+ /* parameter combinations are tried and scored. */
+ /* */
+ /* This experimental option is only active if the render mode is */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT. */
+ /* */
+/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER */
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*
+ * Define this variable if you want to keep the layout of internal
+ * structures that was used prior to FreeType 2.2. This also compiles in
+ * a few obsolete functions to avoid linking problems on typical Unix
+ * distributions.
+ *
+ * For embedded systems or building a new distribution from scratch, it
+ * is recommended to disable the macro since it reduces the library's code
+ * size and activates a few memory-saving optimizations as well.
+ */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+ /*
+ * To detect legacy cache-lookup call from a rogue client (<= 2.1.7),
+ * we restrict the number of charmaps in a font. The current API of
+ * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup() takes cmap_index & charcode, but old API
+ * takes charcode only. To determine the passed value is for cmap_index
+ * or charcode, the possible cmap_index is restricted not to exceed
+ * the minimum possible charcode by a rogue client. It is also very
+ * unlikely that a rogue client is interested in Unicode values 0 to 15.
+ *
+ * NOTE: The original threshold was 4 deduced from popular number of
+ * cmap subtables in UCS-4 TrueType fonts, but now it is not
+ * irregular for OpenType fonts to have more than 4 subtables,
+ * because variation selector subtables are available for Apple
+ * and Microsoft platforms.
+ */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+#define FT_MAX_CHARMAP_CACHEABLE 15
+#endif
+
+
+ /*
+ * This macro is defined if either unpatented or native TrueType
+ * hinting is requested by the definitions above.
+ */
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#elif defined TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#endif
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTOPTION_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftstdlib.h */
+/* */
+/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */
+/* only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002-2007, 2009, 2011-2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */
+ /* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */
+ /* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */
+ /* */
+ /* Load a file which defines __FTSTDLIB_H__ before this one to override */
+ /* it. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSTDLIB_H__
+#define __FTSTDLIB_H__
+
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* integer limits */
+ /* */
+ /* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */
+ /* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */
+ /* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */
+ /* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */
+ /* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */
+ /* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */
+ /* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
+#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
+#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
+#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
+#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
+#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* character and string processing */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define ft_memchr memchr
+#define ft_memcmp memcmp
+#define ft_memcpy memcpy
+#define ft_memmove memmove
+#define ft_memset memset
+#define ft_strcat strcat
+#define ft_strcmp strcmp
+#define ft_strcpy strcpy
+#define ft_strlen strlen
+#define ft_strncmp strncmp
+#define ft_strncpy strncpy
+#define ft_strrchr strrchr
+#define ft_strstr strstr
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* file handling */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#define FT_FILE FILE
+#define ft_fclose fclose
+#define ft_fopen fopen
+#define ft_fread fread
+#define ft_fseek fseek
+#define ft_ftell ftell
+#define ft_sprintf sprintf
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* sorting */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define ft_qsort qsort
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* memory allocation */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#define ft_scalloc calloc
+#define ft_sfree free
+#define ft_smalloc malloc
+#define ft_srealloc realloc
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* miscellaneous */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#define ft_atol atol
+#define ft_labs labs
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* execution control */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
+ /* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */
+ /* on certain platforms */
+
+#define ft_longjmp longjmp
+#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
+
+
+ /* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
+ /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+
+#endif /* __FTSTDLIB_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* freetype.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType high-level API and common types (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FREETYPE_H__
+#define __FREETYPE_H__
+
+
+#ifndef FT_FREETYPE_H
+#error "`ft2build.h' hasn't been included yet!"
+#error "Please always use macros to include FreeType header files."
+#error "Example:"
+#error " #include <ft2build.h>"
+#error " #include FT_FREETYPE_H"
+#endif
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_TYPES_H
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* user_allocation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* User allocation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How client applications should allocate FreeType data structures. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType assumes that structures allocated by the user and passed */
+ /* as arguments are zeroed out except for the actual data. In other */
+ /* words, it is recommended to use `calloc' (or variants of it) */
+ /* instead of `malloc' for allocation. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* B A S I C T Y P E S */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* base_interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Base Interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* The FreeType~2 base font interface. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section describes the public high-level API of FreeType~2. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_Library */
+ /* FT_Face */
+ /* FT_Size */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlot */
+ /* FT_CharMap */
+ /* FT_Encoding */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FaceRec */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SizeRec */
+ /* FT_Size_Metrics */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */
+ /* FT_SubGlyph */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Init_FreeType */
+ /* FT_Done_FreeType */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_New_Face */
+ /* FT_Done_Face */
+ /* FT_New_Memory_Face */
+ /* FT_Open_Face */
+ /* FT_Open_Args */
+ /* FT_Parameter */
+ /* FT_Attach_File */
+ /* FT_Attach_Stream */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Set_Char_Size */
+ /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */
+ /* FT_Request_Size */
+ /* FT_Select_Size */
+ /* FT_Size_Request_Type */
+ /* FT_Size_Request */
+ /* FT_Set_Transform */
+ /* FT_Load_Glyph */
+ /* FT_Get_Char_Index */
+ /* FT_Get_Name_Index */
+ /* FT_Load_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY */
+ /* FT_OPEN_STREAM */
+ /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME */
+ /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER */
+ /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_LOAD_DEFAULT */
+ /* FT_LOAD_RENDER */
+ /* FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME */
+ /* FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN */
+ /* FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE */
+ /* FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */
+ /* FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP */
+ /* FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT */
+ /* FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM */
+ /* FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH */
+ /* FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT */
+ /* FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE */
+ /* FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Render_Glyph */
+ /* FT_Render_Mode */
+ /* FT_Get_Kerning */
+ /* FT_Kerning_Mode */
+ /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */
+ /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */
+ /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_CharMapRec */
+ /* FT_Select_Charmap */
+ /* FT_Set_Charmap */
+ /* FT_Get_Charmap_Index */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model the metrics of a single glyph. The */
+ /* values are expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE has been used while loading the glyph, values */
+ /* are expressed in font units instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* width :: */
+ /* The glyph's width. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: */
+ /* The glyph's height. */
+ /* */
+ /* horiBearingX :: */
+ /* Left side bearing for horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* horiBearingY :: */
+ /* Top side bearing for horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* horiAdvance :: */
+ /* Advance width for horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* vertBearingX :: */
+ /* Left side bearing for vertical layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* vertBearingY :: */
+ /* Top side bearing for vertical layout. Larger positive values */
+ /* mean further below the vertical glyph origin. */
+ /* */
+ /* vertAdvance :: */
+ /* Advance height for vertical layout. Positive values mean the */
+ /* glyph has a positive advance downward. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If not disabled with @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING, the values represent */
+ /* dimensions of the hinted glyph (in case hinting is applicable). */
+ /* */
+ /* Stroking a glyph with an outside border does not increase */
+ /* `horiAdvance' or `vertAdvance'; you have to manually adjust these */
+ /* values to account for the added width and height. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Glyph_Metrics_
+ {
+ FT_Pos width;
+ FT_Pos height;
+
+ FT_Pos horiBearingX;
+ FT_Pos horiBearingY;
+ FT_Pos horiAdvance;
+
+ FT_Pos vertBearingX;
+ FT_Pos vertBearingY;
+ FT_Pos vertAdvance;
+
+ } FT_Glyph_Metrics;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This structure models the metrics of a bitmap strike (i.e., a set */
+ /* of glyphs for a given point size and resolution) in a bitmap font. */
+ /* It is used for the `available_sizes' field of @FT_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* height :: The vertical distance, in pixels, between two */
+ /* consecutive baselines. It is always positive. */
+ /* */
+ /* width :: The average width, in pixels, of all glyphs in the */
+ /* strike. */
+ /* */
+ /* size :: The nominal size of the strike in 26.6 fractional */
+ /* points. This field is not very useful. */
+ /* */
+ /* x_ppem :: The horizontal ppem (nominal width) in 26.6 fractional */
+ /* pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* y_ppem :: The vertical ppem (nominal height) in 26.6 fractional */
+ /* pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Windows FNT: */
+ /* The nominal size given in a FNT font is not reliable. Thus when */
+ /* the driver finds it incorrect, it sets `size' to some calculated */
+ /* values and sets `x_ppem' and `y_ppem' to the pixel width and */
+ /* height given in the font, respectively. */
+ /* */
+ /* TrueType embedded bitmaps: */
+ /* `size', `width', and `height' values are not contained in the */
+ /* bitmap strike itself. They are computed from the global font */
+ /* parameters. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Bitmap_Size_
+ {
+ FT_Short height;
+ FT_Short width;
+
+ FT_Pos size;
+
+ FT_Pos x_ppem;
+ FT_Pos y_ppem;
+
+ } FT_Bitmap_Size;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* O B J E C T C L A S S E S */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Library */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a FreeType library instance. Each `library' is */
+ /* completely independent from the others; it is the `root' of a set */
+ /* of objects like fonts, faces, sizes, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* It also embeds a memory manager (see @FT_Memory), as well as a */
+ /* scan-line converter object (see @FT_Raster). */
+ /* */
+ /* For multi-threading applications each thread should have its own */
+ /* FT_Library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Library objects are normally created by @FT_Init_FreeType, and */
+ /* destroyed with @FT_Done_FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_LibraryRec_ *FT_Library;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Module */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given FreeType module object. Each module can be a */
+ /* font driver, a renderer, or anything else that provides services */
+ /* to the formers. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ModuleRec_* FT_Module;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Driver */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given FreeType font driver object. Each font driver */
+ /* is a special module capable of creating faces from font files. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_DriverRec_* FT_Driver;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Renderer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given FreeType renderer. A renderer is a special */
+ /* module in charge of converting a glyph image to a bitmap, when */
+ /* necessary. Each renderer supports a given glyph image format, and */
+ /* one or more target surface depths. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_RendererRec_* FT_Renderer;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given typographic face object. A face object models */
+ /* a given typeface, in a given style. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Each face object also owns a single @FT_GlyphSlot object, as well */
+ /* as one or more @FT_Size objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* Use @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from */
+ /* a given filepathname or a custom input stream. */
+ /* */
+ /* Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Also> */
+ /* See @FT_FaceRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given face */
+ /* object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_FaceRec_* FT_Face;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an object used to model a face scaled to a given */
+ /* character size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Each @FT_Face has an _active_ @FT_Size object that is used by */
+ /* functions like @FT_Load_Glyph to determine the scaling */
+ /* transformation which is used to load and hint glyphs and metrics. */
+ /* */
+ /* You can use @FT_Set_Char_Size, @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, */
+ /* @FT_Request_Size or even @FT_Select_Size to change the content */
+ /* (i.e., the scaling values) of the active @FT_Size. */
+ /* */
+ /* You can use @FT_New_Size to create additional size objects for a */
+ /* given @FT_Face, but they won't be used by other functions until */
+ /* you activate it through @FT_Activate_Size. Only one size can be */
+ /* activated at any given time per face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Also> */
+ /* See @FT_SizeRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given size */
+ /* object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_SizeRec_* FT_Size;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlot */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given `glyph slot'. A slot is a container where it */
+ /* is possible to load any of the glyphs contained in its parent */
+ /* face. */
+ /* */
+ /* In other words, each time you call @FT_Load_Glyph or */
+ /* @FT_Load_Char, the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, */
+ /* i.e., the glyph's metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and */
+ /* other control information. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Also> */
+ /* See @FT_GlyphSlotRec for the publicly accessible glyph fields. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_* FT_GlyphSlot;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_CharMap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given character map. A charmap is used to translate */
+ /* character codes in a given encoding into glyph indexes for its */
+ /* parent's face. Some font formats may provide several charmaps per */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them */
+ /* can be `active' and used by @FT_Get_Char_Index or @FT_Load_Char. */
+ /* */
+ /* The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the */
+ /* `face->num_charmaps' and `face->charmaps' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* The currently active charmap is available as `face->charmap'. */
+ /* You should call @FT_Set_Charmap to change it. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* When a new face is created (either through @FT_New_Face or */
+ /* @FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within */
+ /* the list and automatically activates it. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Also> */
+ /* See @FT_CharMapRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given */
+ /* character map. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_* FT_CharMap;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_ENC_TAG */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long. It is */
+ /* used to define `encoding' identifiers (see @FT_Encoding). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */
+ /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */
+ /* this: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) value */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */
+ /* */
+
+#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG
+#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) \
+ value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) | \
+ ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) | \
+ ( (FT_UInt32)(c) << 8 ) | \
+ (FT_UInt32)(d) )
+
+#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Encoding */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration used to specify character sets supported by */
+ /* charmaps. Used in the @FT_Select_Charmap API function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Despite the name, this enumeration lists specific character */
+ /* repertories (i.e., charsets), and not text encoding methods (e.g., */
+ /* UTF-8, UTF-16, etc.). */
+ /* */
+ /* Other encodings might be defined in the future. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_NONE :: */
+ /* The encoding value~0 is reserved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Unicode character set. This value covers */
+ /* all versions of the Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and */
+ /* Latin-1. Most fonts include a Unicode charmap, but not all */
+ /* of them. */
+ /* */
+ /* For example, if you want to access Unicode value U+1F028 (and */
+ /* the font contains it), use value 0x1F028 as the input value for */
+ /* @FT_Get_Char_Index. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode */
+ /* mathematical symbols in the 32..255 character code range. For */
+ /* more information, see `http://www.ceviz.net/symbol.htm'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_SJIS :: */
+ /* Corresponds to Japanese SJIS encoding. More info at */
+ /* at `http://langsupport.japanreference.com/encoding.shtml'. */
+ /* See note on multi-byte encodings below. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_GB2312 :: */
+ /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Simplified Chinese as used */
+ /* used in mainland China. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_BIG5 :: */
+ /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as */
+ /* used in Taiwan and Hong Kong. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Wansung. */
+ /* For more information see */
+ /* `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/unicode/949.txt'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_JOHAB :: */
+ /* The Korean standard character set (KS~C 5601-1992), which */
+ /* corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361. This character set */
+ /* includes all possible Hangeul character combinations. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 :: */
+ /* Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type~1 */
+ /* PostScript font. It is limited to 256 character codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type~1, */
+ /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */
+ /* codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type~1, */
+ /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */
+ /* codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM :: */
+ /* Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and */
+ /* OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the 8-bit Apple roman encoding. Many TrueType */
+ /* and OpenType fonts contain a charmap for this encoding, since */
+ /* older versions of Mac OS are able to use it. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 :: */
+ /* This value is deprecated and was never used nor reported by */
+ /* FreeType. Don't use or test for it. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_GB2312. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* By default, FreeType automatically synthesizes a Unicode charmap */
+ /* for PostScript fonts, using their glyph names dictionaries. */
+ /* However, it also reports the encodings defined explicitly in the */
+ /* font file, for the cases when they are needed, with the Adobe */
+ /* values as well. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap */
+ /* is neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE). Use @FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID to find out */
+ /* which encoding is really present. If, for example, the */
+ /* `cs_registry' field is `KOI8' and the `cs_encoding' field is `R', */
+ /* the font is encoded in KOI8-R. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is always set (with a single exception) by the */
+ /* winfonts driver. Use @FT_Get_WinFNT_Header and examine the */
+ /* `charset' field of the @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure to find out */
+ /* which encoding is really present. For example, */
+ /* @FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 (204) means Windows code page 1251 (for */
+ /* Russian). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set if `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH */
+ /* and `encoding_id' is not @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN (otherwise it is set to */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN). */
+ /* */
+ /* If `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH, use the function */
+ /* @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID to query the Mac language ID which may */
+ /* be needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants. See */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/README.TXT */
+ /* */
+ /* to get an idea how to do that. Basically, if the language ID */
+ /* is~0, don't use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID. */
+ /* Then examine `encoding_id'. If, for example, `encoding_id' is */
+ /* @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN and the language ID (minus~1) is */
+ /* `TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK', it is the Greek encoding, not Roman. */
+ /* @TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC with `TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI' means the Farsi */
+ /* variant the Arabic encoding. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Encoding_
+ {
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL, 's', 'y', 'm', 'b' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_UNICODE, 'u', 'n', 'i', 'c' ),
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_SJIS, 's', 'j', 'i', 's' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_GB2312, 'g', 'b', ' ', ' ' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_BIG5, 'b', 'i', 'g', '5' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, 'w', 'a', 'n', 's' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_JOHAB, 'j', 'o', 'h', 'a' ),
+
+ /* for backwards compatibility */
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS = FT_ENCODING_SJIS,
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 = FT_ENCODING_GB2312,
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 = FT_ENCODING_BIG5,
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG = FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG,
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB = FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD, 'A', 'D', 'O', 'B' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'E' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'C' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1, 'l', 'a', 't', '1' ),
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2, 'l', 'a', 't', '2' ),
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN, 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' )
+
+ } FT_Encoding;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_encoding_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* These constants are deprecated; use the corresponding @FT_Encoding */
+ /* values instead. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_encoding_none FT_ENCODING_NONE
+#define ft_encoding_unicode FT_ENCODING_UNICODE
+#define ft_encoding_symbol FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL
+#define ft_encoding_latin_1 FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1
+#define ft_encoding_latin_2 FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2
+#define ft_encoding_sjis FT_ENCODING_SJIS
+#define ft_encoding_gb2312 FT_ENCODING_GB2312
+#define ft_encoding_big5 FT_ENCODING_BIG5
+#define ft_encoding_wansung FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG
+#define ft_encoding_johab FT_ENCODING_JOHAB
+
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_standard FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_expert FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_custom FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM
+#define ft_encoding_apple_roman FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_CharMapRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The base charmap structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* encoding :: An @FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap. Use */
+ /* this with @FT_Select_Charmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* platform_id :: An ID number describing the platform for the */
+ /* following encoding ID. This comes directly from */
+ /* the TrueType specification and should be emulated */
+ /* for other formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* encoding_id :: A platform specific encoding number. This also */
+ /* comes from the TrueType specification and should be */
+ /* emulated similarly. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_
+ {
+ FT_Face face;
+ FT_Encoding encoding;
+ FT_UShort platform_id;
+ FT_UShort encoding_id;
+
+ } FT_CharMapRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* B A S E O B J E C T C L A S S E S */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Face_Internal */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Face_InternalRec' structure, used to */
+ /* model private data of a given @FT_Face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* This structure might change between releases of FreeType~2 and is */
+ /* not generally available to client applications. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Face_InternalRec_* FT_Face_Internal;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_FaceRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType root face class structure. A face object models a */
+ /* typeface in a font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* num_faces :: The number of faces in the font file. Some */
+ /* font formats can have multiple faces in */
+ /* a font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face in the font file. It */
+ /* is set to~0 if there is only one face in */
+ /* the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_flags :: A set of bit flags that give important */
+ /* information about the face; see */
+ /* @FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* style_flags :: A set of bit flags indicating the style of */
+ /* the face; see @FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX for the */
+ /* details. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_glyphs :: The number of glyphs in the face. If the */
+ /* face is scalable and has sbits (see */
+ /* `num_fixed_sizes'), it is set to the number */
+ /* of outline glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* For CID-keyed fonts, this value gives the */
+ /* highest CID used in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* family_name :: The face's family name. This is an ASCII */
+ /* string, usually in English, which describes */
+ /* the typeface's family (like `Times New */
+ /* Roman', `Bodoni', `Garamond', etc). This */
+ /* is a least common denominator used to list */
+ /* fonts. Some formats (TrueType & OpenType) */
+ /* provide localized and Unicode versions of */
+ /* this string. Applications should use the */
+ /* format specific interface to access them. */
+ /* Can be NULL (e.g., in fonts embedded in a */
+ /* PDF file). */
+ /* */
+ /* style_name :: The face's style name. This is an ASCII */
+ /* string, usually in English, which describes */
+ /* the typeface's style (like `Italic', */
+ /* `Bold', `Condensed', etc). Not all font */
+ /* formats provide a style name, so this field */
+ /* is optional, and can be set to NULL. As */
+ /* for `family_name', some formats provide */
+ /* localized and Unicode versions of this */
+ /* string. Applications should use the format */
+ /* specific interface to access them. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_fixed_sizes :: The number of bitmap strikes in the face. */
+ /* Even if the face is scalable, there might */
+ /* still be bitmap strikes, which are called */
+ /* `sbits' in that case. */
+ /* */
+ /* available_sizes :: An array of @FT_Bitmap_Size for all bitmap */
+ /* strikes in the face. It is set to NULL if */
+ /* there is no bitmap strike. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_charmaps :: The number of charmaps in the face. */
+ /* */
+ /* charmaps :: An array of the charmaps of the face. */
+ /* */
+ /* generic :: A field reserved for client uses. See the */
+ /* @FT_Generic type description. */
+ /* */
+ /* bbox :: The font bounding box. Coordinates are */
+ /* expressed in font units (see */
+ /* `units_per_EM'). The box is large enough */
+ /* to contain any glyph from the font. Thus, */
+ /* `bbox.yMax' can be seen as the `maximum */
+ /* ascender', and `bbox.yMin' as the `minimum */
+ /* descender'. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the bounding box might be off by */
+ /* (at least) one pixel for hinted fonts. See */
+ /* @FT_Size_Metrics for further discussion. */
+ /* */
+ /* units_per_EM :: The number of font units per EM square for */
+ /* this face. This is typically 2048 for */
+ /* TrueType fonts, and 1000 for Type~1 fonts. */
+ /* Only relevant for scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* ascender :: The typographic ascender of the face, */
+ /* expressed in font units. For font formats */
+ /* not having this information, it is set to */
+ /* `bbox.yMax'. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* descender :: The typographic descender of the face, */
+ /* expressed in font units. For font formats */
+ /* not having this information, it is set to */
+ /* `bbox.yMin'. Note that this field is */
+ /* usually negative. Only relevant for */
+ /* scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: This value is the vertical distance */
+ /* between two consecutive baselines, */
+ /* expressed in font units. It is always */
+ /* positive. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you want the global glyph height, use */
+ /* `ascender - descender'. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_advance_width :: The maximum advance width, in font units, */
+ /* for all glyphs in this face. This can be */
+ /* used to make word wrapping computations */
+ /* faster. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_advance_height :: The maximum advance height, in font units, */
+ /* for all glyphs in this face. This is only */
+ /* relevant for vertical layouts, and is set */
+ /* to `height' for fonts that do not provide */
+ /* vertical metrics. Only relevant for */
+ /* scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* underline_position :: The position, in font units, of the */
+ /* underline line for this face. It is the */
+ /* center of the underlining stem. Only */
+ /* relevant for scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* underline_thickness :: The thickness, in font units, of the */
+ /* underline for this face. Only relevant for */
+ /* scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* glyph :: The face's associated glyph slot(s). */
+ /* */
+ /* size :: The current active size for this face. */
+ /* */
+ /* charmap :: The current active charmap for this face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Fields may be changed after a call to @FT_Attach_File or */
+ /* @FT_Attach_Stream. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_FaceRec_
+ {
+ FT_Long num_faces;
+ FT_Long face_index;
+
+ FT_Long face_flags;
+ FT_Long style_flags;
+
+ FT_Long num_glyphs;
+
+ FT_String* family_name;
+ FT_String* style_name;
+
+ FT_Int num_fixed_sizes;
+ FT_Bitmap_Size* available_sizes;
+
+ FT_Int num_charmaps;
+ FT_CharMap* charmaps;
+
+ FT_Generic generic;
+
+ /*# The following member variables (down to `underline_thickness') */
+ /*# are only relevant to scalable outlines; cf. @FT_Bitmap_Size */
+ /*# for bitmap fonts. */
+ FT_BBox bbox;
+
+ FT_UShort units_per_EM;
+ FT_Short ascender;
+ FT_Short descender;
+ FT_Short height;
+
+ FT_Short max_advance_width;
+ FT_Short max_advance_height;
+
+ FT_Short underline_position;
+ FT_Short underline_thickness;
+
+ FT_GlyphSlot glyph;
+ FT_Size size;
+ FT_CharMap charmap;
+
+ /*@private begin */
+
+ FT_Driver driver;
+ FT_Memory memory;
+ FT_Stream stream;
+
+ FT_ListRec sizes_list;
+
+ FT_Generic autohint; /* face-specific auto-hinter data */
+ void* extensions; /* unused */
+
+ FT_Face_Internal internal;
+
+ /*@private end */
+
+ } FT_FaceRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit flags used in the `face_flags' field of the */
+ /* @FT_FaceRec structure. They inform client applications of */
+ /* properties of the corresponding face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains outline glyphs. This doesn't */
+ /* prevent bitmap strikes, i.e., a face can have both this and */
+ /* and @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains bitmap strikes. See also the */
+ /* `num_fixed_sizes' and `available_sizes' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains fixed-width characters (like */
+ /* Courier, Lucido, MonoType, etc.). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face uses the `sfnt' storage scheme. For */
+ /* now, this means TrueType and OpenType. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains horizontal glyph metrics. This */
+ /* should be set for all common formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains vertical glyph metrics. This */
+ /* is only available in some formats, not all of them. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains kerning information. If set, */
+ /* the kerning distance can be retrieved through the function */
+ /* @FT_Get_Kerning. Otherwise the function always return the */
+ /* vector (0,0). Note that FreeType doesn't handle kerning data */
+ /* from the `GPOS' table (as present in some OpenType fonts). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS :: */
+ /* THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE OR TEST IT. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS :: */
+ /* Indicates that the font contains multiple masters and is capable */
+ /* of interpolating between them. See the multiple-masters */
+ /* specific API for details. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES :: */
+ /* Indicates that the font contains glyph names that can be */
+ /* retrieved through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name. Note that some TrueType */
+ /* fonts contain broken glyph name tables. Use the function */
+ /* @FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when needed. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM :: */
+ /* Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was */
+ /* provided by the client application and should not be destroyed */
+ /* when @FT_Done_Face is called. Don't read or test this flag. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER :: */
+ /* Set if the font driver has a hinting machine of its own. For */
+ /* example, with TrueType fonts, it makes sense to use data from */
+ /* the SFNT `gasp' table only if the native TrueType hinting engine */
+ /* (with the bytecode interpreter) is available and active. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED :: */
+ /* Set if the font is CID-keyed. In that case, the font is not */
+ /* accessed by glyph indices but by CID values. For subsetted */
+ /* CID-keyed fonts this has the consequence that not all index */
+ /* values are a valid argument to FT_Load_Glyph. Only the CID */
+ /* values for which corresponding glyphs in the subsetted font */
+ /* exist make FT_Load_Glyph return successfully; in all other cases */
+ /* you get an `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that CID-keyed fonts which are in an SFNT wrapper don't */
+ /* have this flag set since the glyphs are accessed in the normal */
+ /* way (using contiguous indices); the `CID-ness' isn't visible to */
+ /* the application. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY :: */
+ /* Set if the font is `tricky', this is, it always needs the */
+ /* font format's native hinting engine to get a reasonable result. */
+ /* A typical example is the Chinese font `mingli.ttf' which uses */
+ /* TrueType bytecode instructions to move and scale all of its */
+ /* subglyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* It is not possible to autohint such fonts using */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT; it will also ignore */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING. You have to set both @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */
+ /* and @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT to really disable hinting; however, you */
+ /* probably never want this except for demonstration purposes. */
+ /* */
+ /* Currently, there are about a dozen TrueType fonts in the list of */
+ /* tricky fonts; they are hard-coded in file `ttobjs.c'. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ( 1L << 0 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ( 1L << 1 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ( 1L << 2 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ( 1L << 3 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ( 1L << 4 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ( 1L << 5 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ( 1L << 6 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS ( 1L << 7 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ( 1L << 8 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ( 1L << 9 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ( 1L << 10 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER ( 1L << 11 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ( 1L << 12 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ( 1L << 13 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains
+ * horizontal metrics (this is true for all font formats though).
+ *
+ * @also:
+ * @FT_HAS_VERTICAL can be used to check for vertical metrics.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains real
+ * vertical metrics (and not only synthesized ones).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_KERNING( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning
+ * data that can be accessed with @FT_Get_Kerning.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_SCALABLE( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a scalable
+ * font face (true for TrueType, Type~1, Type~42, CID, OpenType/CFF,
+ * and PFR font formats.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_SFNT( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font
+ * whose format is based on the SFNT storage scheme. This usually
+ * means: TrueType fonts, OpenType fonts, as well as SFNT-based embedded
+ * bitmap fonts.
+ *
+ * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_SFNT_NAMES_H and
+ * @FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H are available.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_SFNT( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font face
+ * that contains fixed-width (or `monospace', `fixed-pitch', etc.)
+ * glyphs.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some
+ * embedded bitmaps. See the `available_sizes' field of the
+ * @FT_FaceRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Deprecated.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face ) 0
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some glyph
+ * names that can be accessed through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some
+ * multiple masters. The functions provided by @FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+ * are then available to choose the exact design you want.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a CID-keyed
+ * font. See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED for more
+ * details.
+ *
+ * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_CID_H are
+ * available.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_TRICKY( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face represents a `tricky' font.
+ * See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more details.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit-flags used to indicate the style of a given face. */
+ /* These are used in the `style_flags' field of @FT_FaceRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC :: */
+ /* Indicates that a given face style is italic or oblique. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD :: */
+ /* Indicates that a given face is bold. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The style information as provided by FreeType is very basic. More */
+ /* details are beyond the scope and should be done on a higher level */
+ /* (for example, by analyzing various fields of the `OS/2' table in */
+ /* SFNT based fonts). */
+ /* */
+#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC ( 1 << 0 )
+#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD ( 1 << 1 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Size_Internal */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Size_InternalRec' structure, used to */
+ /* model private data of a given @FT_Size object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Size_InternalRec_* FT_Size_Internal;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Size_Metrics */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The size metrics structure gives the metrics of a size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* x_ppem :: The width of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence */
+ /* the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */
+ /* referred to as `nominal width'. */
+ /* */
+ /* y_ppem :: The height of the scaled EM square in pixels, */
+ /* hence the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */
+ /* referred to as `nominal height'. */
+ /* */
+ /* x_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */
+ /* horizontal metrics from font units to 26.6 */
+ /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* font formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* y_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */
+ /* vertical metrics from font units to 26.6 */
+ /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* font formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* ascender :: The ascender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */
+ /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* descender :: The descender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */
+ /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: The height in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */
+ /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_advance :: The maximum advance width in 26.6 fractional */
+ /* pixels. See @FT_FaceRec for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The scaling values, if relevant, are determined first during a */
+ /* size changing operation. The remaining fields are then set by the */
+ /* driver. For scalable formats, they are usually set to scaled */
+ /* values of the corresponding fields in @FT_FaceRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that due to glyph hinting, these values might not be exact */
+ /* for certain fonts. Thus they must be treated as unreliable */
+ /* with an error margin of at least one pixel! */
+ /* */
+ /* Indeed, the only way to get the exact metrics is to render _all_ */
+ /* glyphs. As this would be a definite performance hit, it is up to */
+ /* client applications to perform such computations. */
+ /* */
+ /* The FT_Size_Metrics structure is valid for bitmap fonts also. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Size_Metrics_
+ {
+ FT_UShort x_ppem; /* horizontal pixels per EM */
+ FT_UShort y_ppem; /* vertical pixels per EM */
+
+ FT_Fixed x_scale; /* scaling values used to convert font */
+ FT_Fixed y_scale; /* units to 26.6 fractional pixels */
+
+ FT_Pos ascender; /* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels */
+ FT_Pos descender; /* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels */
+ FT_Pos height; /* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels */
+ FT_Pos max_advance; /* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels */
+
+ } FT_Size_Metrics;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_SizeRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType root size class structure. A size object models a face */
+ /* object at a given size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* face :: Handle to the parent face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* generic :: A typeless pointer, which is unused by the FreeType */
+ /* library or any of its drivers. It can be used by */
+ /* client applications to link their own data to each size */
+ /* object. */
+ /* */
+ /* metrics :: Metrics for this size object. This field is read-only. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_SizeRec_
+ {
+ FT_Face face; /* parent face object */
+ FT_Generic generic; /* generic pointer for client uses */
+ FT_Size_Metrics metrics; /* size metrics */
+ FT_Size_Internal internal;
+
+ } FT_SizeRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_SubGlyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe */
+ /* subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API, */
+ /* hence the forward structure declaration. */
+ /* */
+ /* You can however retrieve subglyph information with */
+ /* @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_SubGlyphRec_* FT_SubGlyph;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Slot_Internal */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Slot_InternalRec' structure, used to */
+ /* model private data of a given @FT_GlyphSlot object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Slot_InternalRec_* FT_Slot_Internal;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType root glyph slot class structure. A glyph slot is a */
+ /* container where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they in */
+ /* outline or bitmap format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library instance */
+ /* this slot belongs to. */
+ /* */
+ /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* next :: In some cases (like some font tools), several */
+ /* glyph slots per face object can be a good */
+ /* thing. As this is rare, the glyph slots are */
+ /* listed through a direct, single-linked list */
+ /* using its `next' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* generic :: A typeless pointer which is unused by the */
+ /* FreeType library or any of its drivers. It */
+ /* can be used by client applications to link */
+ /* their own data to each glyph slot object. */
+ /* */
+ /* metrics :: The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the */
+ /* slot. The returned values depend on the last */
+ /* load flags (see the @FT_Load_Glyph API */
+ /* function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 */
+ /* fractional pixels or font units. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that even when the glyph image is */
+ /* transformed, the metrics are not. */
+ /* */
+ /* linearHoriAdvance :: The advance width of the unhinted glyph. */
+ /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */
+ /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */
+ /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */
+ /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */
+ /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* linearVertAdvance :: The advance height of the unhinted glyph. */
+ /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */
+ /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */
+ /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */
+ /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */
+ /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* advance :: This shorthand is, depending on */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM, the transformed */
+ /* advance width for the glyph (in 26.6 */
+ /* fractional pixel format). As specified with */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT, it uses either the */
+ /* `horiAdvance' or the `vertAdvance' value of */
+ /* `metrics' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* format :: This field indicates the format of the image */
+ /* contained in the glyph slot. Typically */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, or */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but others are */
+ /* possible. */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap :: This field is used as a bitmap descriptor */
+ /* when the slot format is */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. Note that the */
+ /* address and content of the bitmap buffer can */
+ /* change between calls of @FT_Load_Glyph and a */
+ /* few other functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap_left :: This is the bitmap's left bearing expressed */
+ /* in integer pixels. Of course, this is only */
+ /* valid if the format is */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap_top :: This is the bitmap's top bearing expressed in */
+ /* integer pixels. Remember that this is the */
+ /* distance from the baseline to the top-most */
+ /* glyph scanline, upwards y~coordinates being */
+ /* *positive*. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: The outline descriptor for the current glyph */
+ /* image if its format is */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE. Once a glyph is */
+ /* loaded, `outline' can be transformed, */
+ /* distorted, embolded, etc. However, it must */
+ /* not be freed. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_subglyphs :: The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph. */
+ /* This field is only valid for the composite */
+ /* glyph format that should normally only be */
+ /* loaded with the @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag. */
+ /* For now this is internal to FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* subglyphs :: An array of subglyph descriptors for */
+ /* composite glyphs. There are `num_subglyphs' */
+ /* elements in there. Currently internal to */
+ /* FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* control_data :: Certain font drivers can also return the */
+ /* control data for a given glyph image (e.g. */
+ /* TrueType bytecode, Type~1 charstrings, etc.). */
+ /* This field is a pointer to such data. */
+ /* */
+ /* control_len :: This is the length in bytes of the control */
+ /* data. */
+ /* */
+ /* other :: Really wicked formats can use this pointer to */
+ /* present their own glyph image to client */
+ /* applications. Note that the application */
+ /* needs to know about the image format. */
+ /* */
+ /* lsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */
+ /* left side bearing while autohinting is */
+ /* active. Zero otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ /* rsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */
+ /* right side bearing while autohinting is */
+ /* active. Zero otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If @FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_DEFAULT) the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in */
+ /* its native format (e.g., an outline glyph for TrueType and Type~1 */
+ /* formats). */
+ /* */
+ /* This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling */
+ /* @FT_Render_Glyph. This function finds the current renderer for */
+ /* the native image's format, then invokes it. */
+ /* */
+ /* The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through */
+ /* the slot's face transformation fields, then converting it into a */
+ /* bitmap that is returned in `slot->bitmap'. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `slot->bitmap_left' and `slot->bitmap_top' are also used */
+ /* to specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen */
+ /* position (e.g., coordinates (0,0) on the baseline). Of course, */
+ /* `slot->format' is also changed to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Here a small pseudo code fragment which shows how to use */
+ /* `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta': */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Pos origin_x = 0; */
+ /* FT_Pos prev_rsb_delta = 0; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* for all glyphs do */
+ /* <compute kern between current and previous glyph and add it to */
+ /* `origin_x'> */
+ /* */
+ /* <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'> */
+ /* */
+ /* if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta >= 32 ) */
+ /* origin_x -= 64; */
+ /* else if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta < -32 ) */
+ /* origin_x += 64; */
+ /* */
+ /* prev_rsb_delta = face->glyph->rsb_delta; */
+ /* */
+ /* <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...> */
+ /* */
+ /* origin_x += face->glyph->advance.x; */
+ /* endfor */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_
+ {
+ FT_Library library;
+ FT_Face face;
+ FT_GlyphSlot next;
+ FT_UInt reserved; /* retained for binary compatibility */
+ FT_Generic generic;
+
+ FT_Glyph_Metrics metrics;
+ FT_Fixed linearHoriAdvance;
+ FT_Fixed linearVertAdvance;
+ FT_Vector advance;
+
+ FT_Glyph_Format format;
+
+ FT_Bitmap bitmap;
+ FT_Int bitmap_left;
+ FT_Int bitmap_top;
+
+ FT_Outline outline;
+
+ FT_UInt num_subglyphs;
+ FT_SubGlyph subglyphs;
+
+ void* control_data;
+ long control_len;
+
+ FT_Pos lsb_delta;
+ FT_Pos rsb_delta;
+
+ void* other;
+
+ FT_Slot_Internal internal;
+
+ } FT_GlyphSlotRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* F U N C T I O N S */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Init_FreeType */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Initialize a new FreeType library object. The set of modules */
+ /* that are registered by this function is determined at build time. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* alibrary :: A handle to a new library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* In case you want to provide your own memory allocating routines, */
+ /* use @FT_New_Library instead, followed by a call to */
+ /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules (or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module). */
+ /* */
+ /* For multi-threading applications each thread should have its own */
+ /* FT_Library object. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library *alibrary );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_FreeType */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy a given FreeType library object and all of its children, */
+ /* including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the target library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library library );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_OPEN_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit-field constants used within the `flags' field of the */
+ /* @FT_Open_Args structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY :: This is a memory-based stream. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_STREAM :: Copy the stream from the `stream' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME :: Create a new input stream from a C~path */
+ /* name. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER :: Use the `driver' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS :: Use the `num_params' and `params' fields. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_memory :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_MEMORY instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_stream :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_STREAM instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_pathname :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_PATHNAME instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_driver :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_DRIVER instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_params :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_PARAMS instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The `FT_OPEN_MEMORY', `FT_OPEN_STREAM', and `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME' */
+ /* flags are mutually exclusive. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_OPEN_MEMORY 0x1
+#define FT_OPEN_STREAM 0x2
+#define FT_OPEN_PATHNAME 0x4
+#define FT_OPEN_DRIVER 0x8
+#define FT_OPEN_PARAMS 0x10
+
+#define ft_open_memory FT_OPEN_MEMORY /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_stream FT_OPEN_STREAM /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_pathname FT_OPEN_PATHNAME /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_driver FT_OPEN_DRIVER /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_params FT_OPEN_PARAMS /* deprecated */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Parameter */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to pass more or less generic parameters to */
+ /* @FT_Open_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* tag :: A four-byte identification tag. */
+ /* */
+ /* data :: A pointer to the parameter data. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The ID and function of parameters are driver-specific. See the */
+ /* various FT_PARAM_TAG_XXX flags for more information. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Parameter_
+ {
+ FT_ULong tag;
+ FT_Pointer data;
+
+ } FT_Parameter;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Open_Args */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to indicate how to open a new font file or */
+ /* stream. A pointer to such a structure can be used as a parameter */
+ /* for the functions @FT_Open_Face and @FT_Attach_Stream. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* flags :: A set of bit flags indicating how to use the */
+ /* structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* memory_base :: The first byte of the file in memory. */
+ /* */
+ /* memory_size :: The size in bytes of the file in memory. */
+ /* */
+ /* pathname :: A pointer to an 8-bit file pathname. */
+ /* */
+ /* stream :: A handle to a source stream object. */
+ /* */
+ /* driver :: This field is exclusively used by @FT_Open_Face; */
+ /* it simply specifies the font driver to use to open */
+ /* the face. If set to~0, FreeType tries to load the */
+ /* face with each one of the drivers in its list. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_params :: The number of extra parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* params :: Extra parameters passed to the font driver when */
+ /* opening a new face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The stream type is determined by the contents of `flags' which */
+ /* are tested in the following order by @FT_Open_Face: */
+ /* */
+ /* If the `FT_OPEN_MEMORY' bit is set, assume that this is a */
+ /* memory file of `memory_size' bytes, located at `memory_address'. */
+ /* The data are are not copied, and the client is responsible for */
+ /* releasing and destroying them _after_ the corresponding call to */
+ /* @FT_Done_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* Otherwise, if the `FT_OPEN_STREAM' bit is set, assume that a */
+ /* custom input stream `stream' is used. */
+ /* */
+ /* Otherwise, if the `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME' bit is set, assume that this */
+ /* is a normal file and use `pathname' to open it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the `FT_OPEN_DRIVER' bit is set, @FT_Open_Face only tries to */
+ /* open the file with the driver whose handler is in `driver'. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the `FT_OPEN_PARAMS' bit is set, the parameters given by */
+ /* `num_params' and `params' is used. They are ignored otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ /* Ideally, both the `pathname' and `params' fields should be tagged */
+ /* as `const'; this is missing for API backwards compatibility. In */
+ /* other words, applications should treat them as read-only. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Open_Args_
+ {
+ FT_UInt flags;
+ const FT_Byte* memory_base;
+ FT_Long memory_size;
+ FT_String* pathname;
+ FT_Stream stream;
+ FT_Module driver;
+ FT_Int num_params;
+ FT_Parameter* params;
+
+ } FT_Open_Args;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font by its pathname. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* pathname :: A path to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */
+ /* face has index~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */
+ /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */
+ /* See @FT_Open_Face for more details. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Face( FT_Library library,
+ const char* filepathname,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Memory_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font which has been */
+ /* loaded into memory. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* file_base :: A pointer to the beginning of the font data. */
+ /* */
+ /* file_size :: The size of the memory chunk used by the font data. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */
+ /* face has index~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */
+ /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */
+ /* See @FT_Open_Face for more details. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You must not deallocate the memory before calling @FT_Done_Face. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Byte* file_base,
+ FT_Long file_size,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Open_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a face object from a given resource described by */
+ /* @FT_Open_Args. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* args :: A pointer to an `FT_Open_Args' structure which must */
+ /* be filled by the caller. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */
+ /* face has index~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */
+ /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */
+ /* See note below. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph */
+ /* slot for the face object which can be accessed directly through */
+ /* `face->glyph'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Open_Face can be used to quickly check whether the font */
+ /* format of a given font resource is supported by FreeType. If the */
+ /* `face_index' field is negative, the function's return value is~0 */
+ /* if the font format is recognized, or non-zero otherwise; */
+ /* the function returns a more or less empty face handle in `*aface' */
+ /* (if `aface' isn't NULL). The only useful field in this special */
+ /* case is `face->num_faces' which gives the number of faces within */
+ /* the font file. After examination, the returned @FT_Face structure */
+ /* should be deallocated with a call to @FT_Done_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* Each new face object created with this function also owns a */
+ /* default @FT_Size object, accessible as `face->size'. */
+ /* */
+ /* One @FT_Library instance can have multiple face objects, this is, */
+ /* @FT_Open_Face and its siblings can be called multiple times using */
+ /* the same `library' argument. */
+ /* */
+ /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
+ /* @FT_Reference_Face. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Open_Face( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Open_Args* args,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Attach_File */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Attach_Stream to attach a file. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: The target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* filepathname :: The pathname. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Attach_File( FT_Face face,
+ const char* filepathname );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Attach_Stream */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* `Attach' data to a face object. Normally, this is used to read */
+ /* additional information for the face object. For example, you can */
+ /* attach an AFM file that comes with a Type~1 font to get the */
+ /* kerning values and other metrics. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: The target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* parameters :: A pointer to @FT_Open_Args which must be filled by */
+ /* the caller. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The meaning of the `attach' (i.e., what really happens when the */
+ /* new file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself. It really */
+ /* depends on the font format (and thus the font driver). */
+ /* */
+ /* Client applications are expected to know what they are doing */
+ /* when invoking this function. Most drivers simply do not implement */
+ /* file attachments. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Open_Args* parameters );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Reference_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Face structure */
+ /* is created. This function increments the counter. @FT_Done_Face */
+ /* then only destroys a face if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply */
+ /* decrements the counter. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures which */
+ /* reference @FT_Face objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.4.2 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Reference_Face( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Discard a given face object, as well as all of its child slots and */
+ /* sizes. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
+ /* @FT_Reference_Face. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Done_Face( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Select_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Select a bitmap strike. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* strike_index :: The index of the bitmap strike in the */
+ /* `available_sizes' field of @FT_FaceRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Select_Size( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Int strike_index );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Size_Request_Type */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration type that lists the supported size request types. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL :: */
+ /* The nominal size. The `units_per_EM' field of @FT_FaceRec is */
+ /* used to determine both scaling values. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM :: */
+ /* The real dimension. The sum of the the `ascender' and (minus */
+ /* of) the `descender' fields of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine */
+ /* both scaling values. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX :: */
+ /* The font bounding box. The width and height of the `bbox' field */
+ /* of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine the horizontal and vertical */
+ /* scaling value, respectively. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL :: */
+ /* The `max_advance_width' field of @FT_FaceRec is used to */
+ /* determine the horizontal scaling value; the vertical scaling */
+ /* value is determined the same way as */
+ /* @FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM does. Finally, both scaling */
+ /* values are set to the smaller one. This type is useful if you */
+ /* want to specify the font size for, say, a window of a given */
+ /* dimension and 80x24 cells. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES :: */
+ /* Specify the scaling values directly. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The above descriptions only apply to scalable formats. For bitmap */
+ /* formats, the behaviour is up to the driver. */
+ /* */
+ /* See the note section of @FT_Size_Metrics if you wonder how size */
+ /* requesting relates to scaling values. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Size_Request_Type_
+ {
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL,
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM,
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX,
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL,
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES,
+
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX
+
+ } FT_Size_Request_Type;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Size_RequestRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a size request. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* type :: See @FT_Size_Request_Type. */
+ /* */
+ /* width :: The desired width. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: The desired height. */
+ /* */
+ /* horiResolution :: The horizontal resolution. If set to zero, */
+ /* `width' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */
+ /* value. */
+ /* */
+ /* vertResolution :: The vertical resolution. If set to zero, */
+ /* `height' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */
+ /* value. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If `width' is zero, then the horizontal scaling value is set equal */
+ /* to the vertical scaling value, and vice versa. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_
+ {
+ FT_Size_Request_Type type;
+ FT_Long width;
+ FT_Long height;
+ FT_UInt horiResolution;
+ FT_UInt vertResolution;
+
+ } FT_Size_RequestRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Size_Request */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a size request structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_ *FT_Size_Request;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Request_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Resize the scale of the active @FT_Size object in a face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* req :: A pointer to a @FT_Size_RequestRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Although drivers may select the bitmap strike matching the */
+ /* request, you should not rely on this if you intend to select a */
+ /* particular bitmap strike. Use @FT_Select_Size instead in that */
+ /* case. */
+ /* */
+ /* The relation between the requested size and the resulting glyph */
+ /* size is dependent entirely on how the size is defined in the */
+ /* source face. The font designer chooses the final size of each */
+ /* glyph relative to this size. For more information refer to */
+ /* `http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/glyphs/glyphs-2.html' */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Request_Size( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Size_Request req );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Char_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */
+ /* (in points). */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* char_width :: The nominal width, in 26.6 fractional points. */
+ /* */
+ /* char_height :: The nominal height, in 26.6 fractional points. */
+ /* */
+ /* horz_resolution :: The horizontal resolution in dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* vert_resolution :: The vertical resolution in dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If either the character width or height is zero, it is set equal */
+ /* to the other value. */
+ /* */
+ /* If either the horizontal or vertical resolution is zero, it is set */
+ /* equal to the other value. */
+ /* */
+ /* A character width or height smaller than 1pt is set to 1pt; if */
+ /* both resolution values are zero, they are set to 72dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face face,
+ FT_F26Dot6 char_width,
+ FT_F26Dot6 char_height,
+ FT_UInt horz_resolution,
+ FT_UInt vert_resolution );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */
+ /* (in pixels). */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* pixel_width :: The nominal width, in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* pixel_height :: The nominal height, in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You should not rely on the resulting glyphs matching, or being */
+ /* constrained, to this pixel size. Refer to @FT_Request_Size to */
+ /* understand how requested sizes relate to actual sizes. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt pixel_width,
+ FT_UInt pixel_height );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Load_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */
+ /* face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the target face object where the glyph */
+ /* is loaded. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file. For */
+ /* CID-keyed fonts (either in PS or in CFF format) */
+ /* this argument specifies the CID value. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */
+ /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */
+ /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */
+ /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The loaded glyph may be transformed. See @FT_Set_Transform for */
+ /* the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* For subsetted CID-keyed fonts, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' is */
+ /* returned for invalid CID values (this is, for CID values which */
+ /* don't have a corresponding glyph in the font). See the discussion */
+ /* of the @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag for more details. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_Int32 load_flags );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Load_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */
+ /* face object, according to its character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object where the glyph */
+ /* is loaded. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* char_code :: The glyph's character code, according to the */
+ /* current charmap used in the face. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */
+ /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */
+ /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */
+ /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function simply calls @FT_Get_Char_Index and @FT_Load_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Load_Char( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong char_code,
+ FT_Int32 load_flags );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_LOAD_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_Load_Glyph to indicate
+ * what kind of operations to perform during glyph loading.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ::
+ * Corresponding to~0, this value is used as the default glyph load
+ * operation. In this case, the following happens:
+ *
+ * 1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the
+ * face's current size. If one is found, the function returns.
+ * The bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note
+ * below).
+ *
+ * 2. If no embedded bitmap is searched or found, FreeType looks for a
+ * scalable outline. If one is found, it is loaded from the font
+ * file, scaled to device pixels, then `hinted' to the pixel grid
+ * in order to optimize it. The outline data can be accessed from
+ * the glyph slot (see note below).
+ *
+ * Note that by default, the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into
+ * bitmaps. The following flags are used to modify this default
+ * behaviour to more specific and useful cases.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ::
+ * Don't scale the loaded outline glyph but keep it in font units.
+ *
+ * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and @FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP, and
+ * unsets @FT_LOAD_RENDER.
+ *
+ * If the font is `tricky' (see @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more), using
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE usually yields meaningless outlines because the
+ * subglyphs must be scaled and positioned with hinting instructions.
+ * This can be solved by loading the font without FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and
+ * setting the character size to `font->units_per_EM'.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ::
+ * Disable hinting. This generally generates `blurrier' bitmap glyphs
+ * when the glyph are rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes. See
+ * also the note below.
+ *
+ * This flag is implied by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_RENDER ::
+ * Call @FT_Render_Glyph after the glyph is loaded. By default, the
+ * glyph is rendered in @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode. This can be
+ * overridden by @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX or @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.
+ *
+ * This flag is unset by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ::
+ * Ignore bitmap strikes when loading. Bitmap-only fonts ignore this
+ * flag.
+ *
+ * @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE always sets this flag.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ::
+ * Load the glyph for vertical text layout. In particular, the
+ * `advance' value in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure is set to the
+ * `vertAdvance' value of the `metrics' field.
+ *
+ * In case @FT_HAS_VERTICAL doesn't return true, you shouldn't use
+ * this flag currently. Reason is that in this case vertical metrics
+ * get synthesized, and those values are not always consistent across
+ * various font formats.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ::
+ * Indicates that the auto-hinter is preferred over the font's native
+ * hinter. See also the note below.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ::
+ * Indicates that the font driver should crop the loaded bitmap glyph
+ * (i.e., remove all space around its black bits). Not all drivers
+ * implement this.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ::
+ * Indicates that the font driver should perform pedantic verifications
+ * during glyph loading. This is mostly used to detect broken glyphs
+ * in fonts. By default, FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also.
+ *
+ * In particular, errors from the TrueType bytecode engine are not
+ * passed to the application if this flag is not set; this might
+ * result in partially hinted or distorted glyphs in case a glyph's
+ * bytecode is buggy.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ::
+ * Ignored. Deprecated.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ::
+ * This flag is only used internally. It merely indicates that the
+ * font driver should not load composite glyphs recursively. Instead,
+ * it should set the `num_subglyph' and `subglyphs' values of the
+ * glyph slot accordingly, and set `glyph->format' to
+ * @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.
+ *
+ * The description of sub-glyphs is not available to client
+ * applications for now.
+ *
+ * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ::
+ * Indicates that the transform matrix set by @FT_Set_Transform should
+ * be ignored.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ::
+ * This flag is used with @FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want to
+ * render an outline glyph to a 1-bit monochrome bitmap glyph, with
+ * 8~pixels packed into each byte of the bitmap data.
+ *
+ * Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used. You
+ * should rather use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO so that the
+ * monochrome-optimized hinting algorithm is used.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ::
+ * Indicates that the `linearHoriAdvance' and `linearVertAdvance'
+ * fields of @FT_GlyphSlotRec should be kept in font units. See
+ * @FT_GlyphSlotRec for details.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ::
+ * Disable auto-hinter. See also the note below.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter (see
+ * @FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER) is preferred over the auto-hinter. You can
+ * disable hinting by setting @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING or change the
+ * precedence by setting @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT. You can also set
+ * @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT in case you don't want the auto-hinter to be
+ * used at all.
+ *
+ * See the description of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for a special exception
+ * (affecting only a handful of Asian fonts).
+ *
+ * Besides deciding which hinter to use, you can also decide which
+ * hinting algorithm to use. See @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.
+ *
+ * Note that the auto-hinter needs a valid Unicode cmap (either a native
+ * one or synthesized by FreeType) for producing correct results. If a
+ * font provides an incorrect mapping (for example, assigning the
+ * character code U+005A, LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, to a glyph depicting a
+ * mathematical integral sign), the auto-hinter might produce useless
+ * results.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LOAD_DEFAULT 0x0
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ( 1L << 0 )
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ( 1L << 1 )
+#define FT_LOAD_RENDER ( 1L << 2 )
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ( 1L << 3 )
+#define FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ( 1L << 4 )
+#define FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 5 )
+#define FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ( 1L << 6 )
+#define FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ( 1L << 7 )
+#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ( 1L << 9 )
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ( 1L << 10 )
+#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ( 1L << 11 )
+#define FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ( 1L << 12 )
+#define FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ( 1L << 13 )
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 15 )
+
+ /* */
+
+ /* used internally only by certain font drivers! */
+#define FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY ( 1L << 8 )
+#define FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY ( 1L << 14 )
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values that are used to select a specific hinting algorithm
+ * to use by the hinter. You should OR one of these values to your
+ * `load_flags' when calling @FT_Load_Glyph.
+ *
+ * Note that font's native hinters may ignore the hinting algorithm you
+ * have specified (e.g., the TrueType bytecode interpreter). You can set
+ * @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT to ensure that the auto-hinter is used.
+ *
+ * Also note that @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT is an exception, in that it
+ * always implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL ::
+ * This corresponds to the default hinting algorithm, optimized for
+ * standard gray-level rendering. For monochrome output, use
+ * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT ::
+ * A lighter hinting algorithm for non-monochrome modes. Many
+ * generated glyphs are more fuzzy but better resemble its original
+ * shape. A bit like rendering on Mac OS~X.
+ *
+ * As a special exception, this target implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO ::
+ * Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome
+ * output. The result is probably unpleasant if the glyph is rendered
+ * in non-monochrome modes.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD ::
+ * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for horizontally
+ * decimated LCD displays.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V ::
+ * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for vertically
+ * decimated LCD displays.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should use only _one_ of the FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX values in your
+ * `load_flags'. They can't be ORed.
+ *
+ * If @FT_LOAD_RENDER is also set, the glyph is rendered in the
+ * corresponding mode (i.e., the mode which matches the used algorithm
+ * best). An exeption is FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO since it implies
+ * @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.
+ *
+ * You can use a hinting algorithm that doesn't correspond to the same
+ * rendering mode. As an example, it is possible to use the `light'
+ * hinting algorithm and have the results rendered in horizontal LCD
+ * pixel mode, with code like
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index,
+ * load_flags | FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT );
+ *
+ * FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD );
+ * }
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_( x ) ( (FT_Int32)( (x) & 15 ) << 16 )
+
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the @FT_Render_Mode corresponding to a given
+ * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX value.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( x ) ( (FT_Render_Mode)( ( (x) >> 16 ) & 15 ) )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Transform */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to set the transformation that is applied to glyph */
+ /* images when they are loaded into a glyph slot through */
+ /* @FT_Load_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation's 2x2 matrix. Use~0 for */
+ /* the identity matrix. */
+ /* delta :: A pointer to the translation vector. Use~0 for the null */
+ /* vector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The transformation is only applied to scalable image formats after */
+ /* the glyph has been loaded. It means that hinting is unaltered by */
+ /* the transformation and is performed on the character size given in */
+ /* the last call to @FT_Set_Char_Size or @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that this also transforms the `face.glyph.advance' field, but */
+ /* *not* the values in `face.glyph.metrics'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Matrix* matrix,
+ FT_Vector* delta );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Render_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration type that lists the render modes supported by */
+ /* FreeType~2. Each mode corresponds to a specific type of scanline */
+ /* conversion performed on the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* For bitmap fonts and embedded bitmaps the `bitmap->pixel_mode' */
+ /* field in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the */
+ /* returned bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* All modes except @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO use 256 levels of opacity. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL :: */
+ /* This is the default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit */
+ /* anti-aliased bitmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT :: */
+ /* This is equivalent to @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL. It is only */
+ /* defined as a separate value because render modes are also used */
+ /* indirectly to define hinting algorithm selectors. See */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO :: */
+ /* This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps (with 2~levels of */
+ /* opacity). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD :: */
+ /* This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB and BGR sub-pixel */
+ /* displays like LCD screens. It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are */
+ /* 3~times the width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and */
+ /* which use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V :: */
+ /* This mode corresponds to vertical RGB and BGR sub-pixel displays */
+ /* (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.). It produces */
+ /* 8-bit bitmaps that are 3~times the height of the original */
+ /* glyph outline in pixels and use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps produced by FT_Render_Glyph can be */
+ /* filtered to reduce color-fringes by using @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter */
+ /* (not active in the default builds). It is up to the caller to */
+ /* either call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter (if available) or do the */
+ /* filtering itself. */
+ /* */
+ /* The selected render mode only affects vector glyphs of a font. */
+ /* Embedded bitmaps often have a different pixel mode like */
+ /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. You can use @FT_Bitmap_Convert to transform */
+ /* them into 8-bit pixmaps. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Render_Mode_
+ {
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0,
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT,
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO,
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD,
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V,
+
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX
+
+ } FT_Render_Mode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_render_mode_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding */
+ /* @FT_Render_Mode values instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_render_mode_normal :: see @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL */
+ /* ft_render_mode_mono :: see @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO */
+ /* */
+#define ft_render_mode_normal FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL
+#define ft_render_mode_mono FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Render_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Convert a given glyph image to a bitmap. It does so by inspecting */
+ /* the glyph image format, finding the relevant renderer, and */
+ /* invoking it. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* slot :: A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to */
+ /* convert. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* render_mode :: This is the render mode used to render the glyph */
+ /* image into a bitmap. See @FT_Render_Mode for a */
+ /* list of possible values. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ FT_Render_Mode render_mode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Kerning_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration used to specify which kerning values to return in */
+ /* @FT_Get_Kerning. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_KERNING_DEFAULT :: Return scaled and grid-fitted kerning */
+ /* distances (value is~0). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_KERNING_UNFITTED :: Return scaled but un-grid-fitted kerning */
+ /* distances. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_KERNING_UNSCALED :: Return the kerning vector in original font */
+ /* units. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Kerning_Mode_
+ {
+ FT_KERNING_DEFAULT = 0,
+ FT_KERNING_UNFITTED,
+ FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+
+ } FT_Kerning_Mode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* ft_kerning_default */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This constant is deprecated. Please use @FT_KERNING_DEFAULT */
+ /* instead. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_kerning_default FT_KERNING_DEFAULT
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* ft_kerning_unfitted */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This constant is deprecated. Please use @FT_KERNING_UNFITTED */
+ /* instead. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_kerning_unfitted FT_KERNING_UNFITTED
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* ft_kerning_unscaled */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This constant is deprecated. Please use @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED */
+ /* instead. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_kerning_unscaled FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Kerning */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the kerning vector between two glyphs of a same face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* left_glyph :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair. */
+ /* */
+ /* right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair. */
+ /* */
+ /* kern_mode :: See @FT_Kerning_Mode for more information. */
+ /* Determines the scale and dimension of the returned */
+ /* kerning vector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* akerning :: The kerning vector. This is either in font units */
+ /* or in pixels (26.6 format) for scalable formats, */
+ /* and in pixels for fixed-sizes formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are */
+ /* supported by this method. Other layouts, or more sophisticated */
+ /* kernings, are out of the scope of this API function -- they can be */
+ /* implemented through format-specific interfaces. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt left_glyph,
+ FT_UInt right_glyph,
+ FT_UInt kern_mode,
+ FT_Vector *akerning );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the track kerning for a given face object at a given size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* point_size :: The point size in 16.16 fractional points. */
+ /* */
+ /* degree :: The degree of tightness. Increasingly negative */
+ /* values represent tighter track kerning, while */
+ /* increasingly positive values represent looser track */
+ /* kerning. Value zero means no track kerning. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* akerning :: The kerning in 16.16 fractional points, to be */
+ /* uniformly applied between all glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Currently, only the Type~1 font driver supports track kerning, */
+ /* using data from AFM files (if attached with @FT_Attach_File or */
+ /* @FT_Attach_Stream). */
+ /* */
+ /* Only very few AFM files come with track kerning data; please refer */
+ /* to the Adobe's AFM specification for more details. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Fixed point_size,
+ FT_Int degree,
+ FT_Fixed* akerning );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the ASCII name of a given glyph in a face. This only */
+ /* works for those faces where @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES(face) returns~1. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* glyph_index :: The glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* buffer_max :: The maximum number of bytes available in the */
+ /* buffer. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* buffer :: A pointer to a target buffer where the name is */
+ /* copied to. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* An error is returned if the face doesn't provide glyph names or if */
+ /* the glyph index is invalid. In all cases of failure, the first */
+ /* byte of `buffer' is set to~0 to indicate an empty name. */
+ /* */
+ /* The glyph name is truncated to fit within the buffer if it is too */
+ /* long. The returned string is always zero-terminated. */
+ /* */
+ /* Be aware that FreeType reorders glyph indices internally so that */
+ /* glyph index~0 always corresponds to the `missing glyph' (called */
+ /* `.notdef'). */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is not compiled within the library if the config */
+ /* macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES' is defined in */
+ /* `include/freetype/config/ftoptions.h'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_Pointer buffer,
+ FT_UInt buffer_max );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the ASCII PostScript name of a given face, if available. */
+ /* This only works with PostScript and TrueType fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A pointer to the face's PostScript name. NULL if unavailable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned pointer is owned by the face and is destroyed with */
+ /* it. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( const char* )
+ FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Select_Charmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Select a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in */
+ /* `freetype.h'). */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* encoding :: A handle to the selected encoding. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function returns an error if no charmap in the face */
+ /* corresponds to the encoding queried here. */
+ /* */
+ /* Because many fonts contain more than a single cmap for Unicode */
+ /* encoding, this function has some special code to select the one */
+ /* which covers Unicode best (`best' in the sense that a UCS-4 cmap */
+ /* is preferred to a UCS-2 cmap). It is thus preferable to */
+ /* @FT_Set_Charmap in this case. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Encoding encoding );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Charmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Select a given charmap for character code to glyph index mapping. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* charmap :: A handle to the selected charmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function returns an error if the charmap is not part of */
+ /* the face (i.e., if it is not listed in the `face->charmaps' */
+ /* table). */
+ /* */
+ /* It also fails if a type~14 charmap is selected. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face face,
+ FT_CharMap charmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_Charmap_Index
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve index of a given charmap.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * charmap ::
+ * A handle to a charmap.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The index into the array of character maps within the face to which
+ * `charmap' belongs. If an error occurs, -1 is returned.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+ FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap charmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Char_Index */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the glyph index of a given character code. This function */
+ /* uses a charmap object to do the mapping. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode :: The character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */
+ /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */
+ /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within the */
+ /* file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds to */
+ /* the `missing glyph'. If the first glyph is not named `.notdef', */
+ /* then for Type~1 and Type~42 fonts, `.notdef' will be moved into */
+ /* the glyph ID~0 position, and whatever was there will be moved to */
+ /* the position `.notdef' had. For Type~1 fonts, if there is no */
+ /* `.notdef' glyph at all, then one will be created at index~0 and */
+ /* whatever was there will be moved to the last index -- Type~42 */
+ /* fonts are considered invalid under this condition. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong charcode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_First_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function is used to return the first character code in the */
+ /* current charmap of a given face. It also returns the */
+ /* corresponding glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* agindex :: Glyph index of first character code. 0~if charmap is */
+ /* empty. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The charmap's first character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_Next_Char to be able to */
+ /* parse all character codes available in a given charmap. The code */
+ /* should look like this: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_ULong charcode; */
+ /* FT_UInt gindex; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode = FT_Get_First_Char( face, &gindex ); */
+ /* while ( gindex != 0 ) */
+ /* { */
+ /* ... do something with (charcode,gindex) pair ... */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 if the charmap is empty. The */
+ /* result itself can be~0 in two cases: if the charmap is empty or */
+ /* if the value~0 is the first valid character code. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+ FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt *agindex );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Next_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function is used to return the next character code in the */
+ /* current charmap of a given face following the value `char_code', */
+ /* as well as the corresponding glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* char_code :: The starting character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* agindex :: Glyph index of next character code. 0~if charmap */
+ /* is empty. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The charmap's next character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_First_Char to walk */
+ /* over all character codes available in a given charmap. See the */
+ /* note for this function for a simple code example. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 when there are no more codes in */
+ /* the charmap. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+ FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong char_code,
+ FT_UInt *agindex );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Name_Index */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the glyph index of a given glyph name. This function uses */
+ /* driver specific objects to do the translation. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* glyph_name :: The glyph name. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face face,
+ FT_String* glyph_name );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of constants used to describe subglyphs. Please refer to the
+ * TrueType specification for the meaning of the various flags.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS ::
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS 1
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES 2
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID 4
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE 8
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE 0x40
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 0x80
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS 0x200
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve a description of a given subglyph. Only use it if
+ * `glyph->format' is @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE; an error is
+ * returned otherwise.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * glyph ::
+ * The source glyph slot.
+ *
+ * sub_index ::
+ * The index of the subglyph. Must be less than
+ * `glyph->num_subglyphs'.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * p_index ::
+ * The glyph index of the subglyph.
+ *
+ * p_flags ::
+ * The subglyph flags, see @FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX.
+ *
+ * p_arg1 ::
+ * The subglyph's first argument (if any).
+ *
+ * p_arg2 ::
+ * The subglyph's second argument (if any).
+ *
+ * p_transform ::
+ * The subglyph transformation (if any).
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The values of `*p_arg1', `*p_arg2', and `*p_transform' must be
+ * interpreted depending on the flags returned in `*p_flags'. See the
+ * TrueType specification for details.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot glyph,
+ FT_UInt sub_index,
+ FT_Int *p_index,
+ FT_UInt *p_flags,
+ FT_Int *p_arg1,
+ FT_Int *p_arg2,
+ FT_Matrix *p_transform );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit flags used in the `fsType' field of the OS/2 table */
+ /* in a TrueType or OpenType font and the `FSType' entry in a */
+ /* PostScript font. These bit flags are returned by */
+ /* @FT_Get_FSType_Flags; they inform client applications of embedding */
+ /* and subsetting restrictions associated with a font. */
+ /* */
+ /* See http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/FontPolicies.pdf for */
+ /* more details. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING :: */
+ /* Fonts with no fsType bit set may be embedded and permanently */
+ /* installed on the remote system by an application. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING :: */
+ /* Fonts that have only this bit set must not be modified, embedded */
+ /* or exchanged in any manner without first obtaining permission of */
+ /* the font software copyright owner. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING :: */
+ /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded and temporarily */
+ /* loaded on the remote system. Documents containing Preview & */
+ /* Print fonts must be opened `read-only'; no edits can be applied */
+ /* to the document. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING :: */
+ /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded but must only be */
+ /* installed temporarily on other systems. In contrast to Preview */
+ /* & Print fonts, documents containing editable fonts may be opened */
+ /* for reading, editing is permitted, and changes may be saved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING :: */
+ /* If this bit is set, the font may not be subsetted prior to */
+ /* embedding. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY :: */
+ /* If this bit is set, only bitmaps contained in the font may be */
+ /* embedded; no outline data may be embedded. If there are no */
+ /* bitmaps available in the font, then the font is unembeddable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* While the fsType flags can indicate that a font may be embedded, a */
+ /* license with the font vendor may be separately required to use the */
+ /* font in this way. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0000
+#define FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING 0x0002
+#define FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING 0x0004
+#define FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0008
+#define FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING 0x0100
+#define FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY 0x0200
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the fsType flags for a font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The fsType flags, @FT_FSTYPE_XXX. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Use this function rather than directly reading the `fs_type' field */
+ /* in the @PS_FontInfoRec structure which is only guaranteed to */
+ /* return the correct results for Type~1 fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.8 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UShort )
+ FT_Get_FSType_Flags( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* glyph_variants */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Glyph Variants */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* The FreeType~2 interface to Unicode Ideographic Variation */
+ /* Sequences (IVS), using the SFNT cmap format~14. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Many CJK characters have variant forms. They are a sort of grey */
+ /* area somewhere between being totally irrelevant and semantically */
+ /* distinct; for this reason, the Unicode consortium decided to */
+ /* introduce Ideographic Variation Sequences (IVS), consisting of a */
+ /* Unicode base character and one of 240 variant selectors */
+ /* (U+E0100-U+E01EF), instead of further extending the already huge */
+ /* code range for CJK characters. */
+ /* */
+ /* An IVS is registered and unique; for further details please refer */
+ /* to Unicode Technical Standard #37, the Ideographic Variation */
+ /* Database: */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr37/ */
+ /* */
+ /* To date (November 2012), the character with the most variants is */
+ /* U+9089, having 31 such IVS. */
+ /* */
+ /* Adobe and MS decided to support IVS with a new cmap subtable */
+ /* (format~14). It is an odd subtable because it is not a mapping of */
+ /* input code points to glyphs, but contains lists of all variants */
+ /* supported by the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* A variant may be either `default' or `non-default'. A default */
+ /* variant is the one you will get for that code point if you look it */
+ /* up in the standard Unicode cmap. A non-default variant is a */
+ /* different glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the glyph index of a given character code as modified by */
+ /* the variation selector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode :: */
+ /* The character code point in Unicode. */
+ /* */
+ /* variantSelector :: */
+ /* The Unicode code point of the variation selector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The glyph index. 0~means either `undefined character code', or */
+ /* `undefined selector code', or `no variation selector cmap */
+ /* subtable', or `current CharMap is not Unicode'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */
+ /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */
+ /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within */
+ /* the file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds */
+ /* to the `missing glyph'. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is only meaningful if */
+ /* a) the font has a variation selector cmap sub table, */
+ /* and */
+ /* b) the current charmap has a Unicode encoding. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong charcode,
+ FT_ULong variantSelector );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Check whether this variant of this Unicode character is the one to */
+ /* be found in the `cmap'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode :: */
+ /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */
+ /* */
+ /* variantSelector :: */
+ /* The Unicode codepoint of the variation selector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* 1~if found in the standard (Unicode) cmap, 0~if found in the */
+ /* variation selector cmap, or -1 if it is not a variant. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function is only meaningful if the font has a variation */
+ /* selector cmap subtable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+ FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong charcode,
+ FT_ULong variantSelector );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */
+ /* in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A pointer to an array of selector code points, or NULL if there is */
+ /* no valid variant selector cmap subtable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */
+ /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */
+ /* call to a FreeType function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+ FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */
+ /* for the specified character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode :: */
+ /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A pointer to an array of variant selector code points which are */
+ /* active for the given character, or NULL if the corresponding list */
+ /* is empty. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */
+ /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */
+ /* call to a FreeType function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+ FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong charcode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode character codes found for */
+ /* the specified variant selector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* variantSelector :: */
+ /* The variant selector code point in Unicode. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A list of all the code points which are specified by this selector */
+ /* (both default and non-default codes are returned) or NULL if there */
+ /* is no valid cmap or the variant selector is invalid. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */
+ /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */
+ /* call to a FreeType function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+ FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong variantSelector );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* computations */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Computations */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Crunching fixed numbers and vectors. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains various functions used to perform */
+ /* computations on 16.16 fixed-float numbers or 2d vectors. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_MulDiv */
+ /* FT_MulFix */
+ /* FT_DivFix */
+ /* FT_RoundFix */
+ /* FT_CeilFix */
+ /* FT_FloorFix */
+ /* FT_Vector_Transform */
+ /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
+ /* FT_Matrix_Invert */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_MulDiv */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to perform the computation `(a*b)/c' */
+ /* with maximum accuracy (it uses a 64-bit intermediate integer */
+ /* whenever necessary). */
+ /* */
+ /* This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific */
+ /* operations, but is at least completely portable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The first multiplier. */
+ /* b :: The second multiplier. */
+ /* c :: The divisor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a*b)/c'. This function never traps when trying to */
+ /* divide by zero; it simply returns `MaxInt' or `MinInt' depending */
+ /* on the signs of `a' and `b'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_MulDiv( FT_Long a,
+ FT_Long b,
+ FT_Long c );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /* The following #if 0 ... #endif is for the documentation formatter, */
+ /* hiding the internal `FT_MULFIX_INLINED' macro. */
+
+#if 0
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_MulFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */
+ /* `(a*b)/0x10000' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time this is */
+ /* used to multiply a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The first multiplier. */
+ /* b :: The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever */
+ /* possible (see note below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a*b)/0x10000'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function has been optimized for the case where the absolute */
+ /* value of `a' is less than 2048, and `b' is a 16.16 scaling factor. */
+ /* As this happens mainly when scaling from notional units to */
+ /* fractional pixels in FreeType, it resulted in noticeable speed */
+ /* improvements between versions 2.x and 1.x. */
+ /* */
+ /* As a conclusion, always try to place a 16.16 factor as the */
+ /* _second_ argument of this function; this can make a great */
+ /* difference. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_MulFix( FT_Long a,
+ FT_Long b );
+
+ /* */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_MULFIX_INLINED
+#define FT_MulFix( a, b ) FT_MULFIX_INLINED( a, b )
+#else
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_MulFix( FT_Long a,
+ FT_Long b );
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_DivFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */
+ /* `(a*0x10000)/b' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time, this is */
+ /* used to divide a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The first multiplier. */
+ /* b :: The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever */
+ /* possible (see note below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a*0x10000)/b'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The optimization for FT_DivFix() is simple: If (a~<<~16) fits in */
+ /* 32~bits, then the division is computed directly. Otherwise, we */
+ /* use a specialized version of @FT_MulDiv. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_DivFix( FT_Long a,
+ FT_Long b );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_RoundFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to round a 16.16 fixed number. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The number to be rounded. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a + 0x8000) & -0x10000'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed a );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_CeilFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to compute the ceiling function of a */
+ /* 16.16 fixed number. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The number for which the ceiling function is to be computed. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a + 0x10000 - 1) & -0x10000'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed a );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_FloorFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to compute the floor function of a */
+ /* 16.16 fixed number. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The number for which the floor function is to be computed. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `a & -0x10000'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed a );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Vector_Transform */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Transform a single vector through a 2x2 matrix. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* vector :: The target vector to transform. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to the source 2x2 matrix. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The result is undefined if either `vector' or `matrix' is invalid. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector* vec,
+ const FT_Matrix* matrix );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* version */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* FreeType Version */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Functions and macros related to FreeType versions. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Note that those functions and macros are of limited use because */
+ /* even a new release of FreeType with only documentation changes */
+ /* increases the version number. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FREETYPE_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These three macros identify the FreeType source code version.
+ * Use @FT_Library_Version to access them at runtime.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FREETYPE_MAJOR :: The major version number.
+ * FREETYPE_MINOR :: The minor version number.
+ * FREETYPE_PATCH :: The patch level.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The version number of FreeType if built as a dynamic link library
+ * with the `libtool' package is _not_ controlled by these three
+ * macros.
+ *
+ */
+#define FREETYPE_MAJOR 2
+#define FREETYPE_MINOR 4
+#define FREETYPE_PATCH 12
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Library_Version */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the version of the FreeType library being used. This is */
+ /* useful when dynamically linking to the library, since one cannot */
+ /* use the macros @FREETYPE_MAJOR, @FREETYPE_MINOR, and */
+ /* @FREETYPE_PATCH. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A source library handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* amajor :: The major version number. */
+ /* */
+ /* aminor :: The minor version number. */
+ /* */
+ /* apatch :: The patch version number. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The reason why this function takes a `library' argument is because */
+ /* certain programs implement library initialization in a custom way */
+ /* that doesn't use @FT_Init_FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* In such cases, the library version might not be available before */
+ /* the library object has been created. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Library_Version( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Int *amajor,
+ FT_Int *aminor,
+ FT_Int *apatch );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Parse all bytecode instructions of a TrueType font file to check */
+ /* whether any of the patented opcodes are used. This is only useful */
+ /* if you want to be able to use the unpatented hinter with */
+ /* fonts that do *not* use these opcodes. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that this function parses *all* glyph instructions in the */
+ /* font file, which may be slow. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* 1~if this is a TrueType font that uses one of the patented */
+ /* opcodes, 0~otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.5 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
+ FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Enable or disable the unpatented hinter for a given face. */
+ /* Only enable it if you have determined that the face doesn't */
+ /* use any patented opcodes (see @FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* value :: New boolean setting. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The old setting value. This will always be false if this is not */
+ /* an SFNT font, or if the unpatented hinter is not compiled in this */
+ /* instance of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.5 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
+ FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bool value );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FREETYPE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftadvanc.h */
+/* */
+/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2008 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTADVANC_H__
+#define __FTADVANC_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * quick_advance
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * Quick retrieval of advance values
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
+ * glyph outlines, if possible.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
+ * without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
+ */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */
+ /* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */
+ /* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */
+ /* quick advance computation. */
+ /* */
+ /* Typically, glyphs which are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */
+ /* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */
+ /* quickly. */
+ /* */
+ /* Normal and bytecode hinted modes, which require loading, scaling, */
+ /* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */
+ /* comparison. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000UL
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Advance */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */
+ /* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advance is returned in font */
+ /* units. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
+ /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */
+ /* of advances you need. */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* padvance :: The advance value, in either font units or 16.16 */
+ /* format. */
+ /* */
+ /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */
+ /* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */
+ /* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */
+ /* horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
+ /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
+ /* retrieve the advances. */
+ /* */
+ /* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
+ /* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FT_Int32 load_flags,
+ FT_Fixed *padvance );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Advances */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */
+ /* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advances are returned in font */
+ /* units. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* start :: The first glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
+ /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* padvance :: The advances, in either font units or 16.16 format. */
+ /* This array must contain at least `count' elements. */
+ /* */
+ /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */
+ /* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */
+ /* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */
+ /* horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
+ /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
+ /* retrieve the advances. */
+ /* */
+ /* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */
+ /* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */
+ /* @FT_Set_Transform. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt start,
+ FT_UInt count,
+ FT_Int32 load_flags,
+ FT_Fixed *padvances );
+
+/* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTADVANC_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftautoh.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for controlling the auto-hinter (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTAUTOH_H__
+#define __FTAUTOH_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * auto_hinter
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * The auto-hinter
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Controlling the auto-hinting module.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself,
+ * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
+ * @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
+ * together with the necessary macros and structures.
+ *
+ * Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for
+ * historical reasons.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * glyph-to-script-map
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs.
+ * Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK. Before a glyph is
+ * auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and
+ * the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see
+ * below.
+ *
+ * OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than
+ * character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.),
+ * to be controlled by so-called `features'. Handling OpenType features
+ * can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of
+ * FreeType.
+ *
+ * The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter
+ * sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an
+ * array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face
+ * structure. The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to
+ * this array which can be modified as needed. Note that the
+ * modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by
+ * the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes
+ * actually uses the modified mapping.
+ *
+ * The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting
+ * the error handling).
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_Face face;
+ * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap prop;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
+ *
+ * prop.face = face;
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter",
+ * "glyph-to-script-map", &prop );
+ *
+ * // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here
+ *
+ * FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT );
+ * }
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to
+ * specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a
+ * particular glyph.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE ::
+ * Don't auto-hint this glyph.
+ *
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN ::
+ * Apply the latin auto-hinter. For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a
+ * very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters
+ * from those scripts share the same design constraints.
+ *
+ * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
+ * assigned to this submodule.
+ *
+ * {
+ * U+0020 - U+007F // Basic Latin (no control characters)
+ * U+00A0 - U+00FF // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters)
+ * U+0100 - U+017F // Latin Extended-A
+ * U+0180 - U+024F // Latin Extended-B
+ * U+0250 - U+02AF // IPA Extensions
+ * U+02B0 - U+02FF // Spacing Modifier Letters
+ * U+0300 - U+036F // Combining Diacritical Marks
+ * U+0370 - U+03FF // Greek and Coptic
+ * U+0400 - U+04FF // Cyrillic
+ * U+0500 - U+052F // Cyrillic Supplement
+ * U+1D00 - U+1D7F // Phonetic Extensions
+ * U+1D80 - U+1DBF // Phonetic Extensions Supplement
+ * U+1DC0 - U+1DFF // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement
+ * U+1E00 - U+1EFF // Latin Extended Additional
+ * U+1F00 - U+1FFF // Greek Extended
+ * U+2000 - U+206F // General Punctuation
+ * U+2070 - U+209F // Superscripts and Subscripts
+ * U+20A0 - U+20CF // Currency Symbols
+ * U+2150 - U+218F // Number Forms
+ * U+2460 - U+24FF // Enclosed Alphanumerics
+ * U+2C60 - U+2C7F // Latin Extended-C
+ * U+2DE0 - U+2DFF // Cyrillic Extended-A
+ * U+2E00 - U+2E7F // Supplemental Punctuation
+ * U+A640 - U+A69F // Cyrillic Extended-B
+ * U+A720 - U+A7FF // Latin Extended-D
+ * U+FB00 - U+FB06 // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures)
+ * U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
+ * U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement
+ * }
+ *
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK ::
+ * Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old
+ * Vietnamese, and some other scripts.
+ *
+ * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
+ * assigned to this submodule.
+ *
+ * {
+ * U+1100 - U+11FF // Hangul Jamo
+ * U+2E80 - U+2EFF // CJK Radicals Supplement
+ * U+2F00 - U+2FDF // Kangxi Radicals
+ * U+2FF0 - U+2FFF // Ideographic Description Characters
+ * U+3000 - U+303F // CJK Symbols and Punctuation
+ * U+3040 - U+309F // Hiragana
+ * U+30A0 - U+30FF // Katakana
+ * U+3100 - U+312F // Bopomofo
+ * U+3130 - U+318F // Hangul Compatibility Jamo
+ * U+3190 - U+319F // Kanbun
+ * U+31A0 - U+31BF // Bopomofo Extended
+ * U+31C0 - U+31EF // CJK Strokes
+ * U+31F0 - U+31FF // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
+ * U+3200 - U+32FF // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
+ * U+3300 - U+33FF // CJK Compatibility
+ * U+3400 - U+4DBF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A
+ * U+4DC0 - U+4DFF // Yijing Hexagram Symbols
+ * U+4E00 - U+9FFF // CJK Unified Ideographs
+ * U+A960 - U+A97F // Hangul Jamo Extended-A
+ * U+AC00 - U+D7AF // Hangul Syllables
+ * U+D7B0 - U+D7FF // Hangul Jamo Extended-B
+ * U+F900 - U+FAFF // CJK Compatibility Ideographs
+ * U+FE10 - U+FE1F // Vertical forms
+ * U+FE30 - U+FE4F // CJK Compatibility Forms
+ * U+FF00 - U+FFEF // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms
+ * U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement
+ * U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols
+ * U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement
+ * U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B
+ * U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C
+ * U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D
+ * U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement
+ * }
+ *
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC ::
+ * Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the
+ * Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao,
+ * or Tibetan.
+ *
+ * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
+ * assigned to this submodule.
+ *
+ * {
+ * U+0900 - U+0DFF // Indic Range
+ * U+0F00 - U+0FFF // Tibetan
+ * U+1900 - U+194F // Limbu
+ * U+1B80 - U+1BBF // Sundanese
+ * U+1C80 - U+1CDF // Meetei Mayak
+ * U+A800 - U+A82F // Syloti Nagri
+ * U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada
+ * }
+ *
+ * Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue
+ * zone support.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE 0
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN 1
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK 2
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC 3
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_
+ {
+ FT_Face face;
+ FT_Byte* map;
+
+ } FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * fallback-script
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a
+ * fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the
+ * @glyph-to-script-map property). By default, this is
+ * @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK. Using the `fallback-script' property,
+ * this fallback value can be changed.
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_UInt fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
+ * "fallback-script", &fallback_script );
+ * }
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
+ *
+ * It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
+ * creation of the glyph-to-script map which eventually uses the
+ * fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
+ * face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
+ * any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
+ * an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
+ * auto-hinter), a change of the fallback glyph will affect this face.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * increase-x-height
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round
+ * up the font's x~height much more often than normally. If the value
+ * is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off. Use
+ * this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if
+ * necessary.
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_Face face;
+ * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight prop;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
+ * FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 );
+ *
+ * prop.face = face;
+ * prop.limit = 14;
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
+ * "increase-x-height", &prop );
+ * }
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
+ *
+ * Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before
+ * loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter).
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_
+ {
+ FT_Face face;
+ FT_UInt limit;
+
+ } FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTAUTOH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftbbox.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2011 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
+ /* boxes. */
+ /* */
+ /* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */
+ /* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBBOX_H__
+#define __FTBBOX_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* outline_processing */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */
+ /* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */
+ /* algorithm which returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */
+ /* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */
+ /* extract their extrema. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */
+ /* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
+ /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
+ /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox */
+ /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_BBox *abbox );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBBOX_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftbdf.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBDF_H__
+#define __FTBDF_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* bdf_fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* BDF and PCF Files */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* BDF and PCF specific API. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
+ /* and PCF fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_PropertyType
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of BDF property types.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
+ * Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
+ *
+ * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
+ * Property is a string atom.
+ *
+ * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
+ * Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
+ *
+ * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
+ * Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
+ */
+ typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
+ {
+ BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+ BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
+ BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
+ BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
+
+ } BDF_PropertyType;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * BDF_Property
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
+ * BDF/PCF property.
+ */
+ typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * BDF_PropertyRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * type ::
+ * The property type.
+ *
+ * u.atom ::
+ * The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM.
+ *
+ * u.integer ::
+ * A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
+ *
+ * u.cardinal ::
+ * An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
+ */
+ typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
+ {
+ BDF_PropertyType type;
+ union {
+ const char* atom;
+ FT_Int32 integer;
+ FT_UInt32 cardinal;
+
+ } u;
+
+ } BDF_PropertyRec;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
+ * the BDF specification.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * acharset_encoding ::
+ * Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+ *
+ * acharset_registry ::
+ * Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
+ const char* *acharset_encoding,
+ const char* *acharset_registry );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_BDF_Property
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * name :: The property name.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * aproperty :: The property.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
+ * otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
+ * font.
+ *
+ * A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
+ * ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
+ * `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
+ *
+ * Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
+ * consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
+ * for BDF fonts only.
+ *
+ * In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
+ * @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
+ const char* prop_name,
+ BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBDF_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftbitmap.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBITMAP_H__
+#define __FTBITMAP_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* bitmap_handling */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Bitmap Handling */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains functions for converting FT_Bitmap objects. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Copy */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Copy a bitmap into another one. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Bitmap *source,
+ FT_Bitmap *target);
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */
+ /* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */
+ /* borders are kept unchanged. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */
+ /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
+ /* */
+ /* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */
+ /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */
+ /* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */
+ /* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
+ FT_Pos xStrength,
+ FT_Pos yStrength );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Convert */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, or 8bpp to a */
+ /* bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per */
+ /* line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* source :: The source bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */
+ /* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* target :: The target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */
+ /* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */
+ /* */
+ /* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */
+ /* */
+ /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
+ /* memory handling functions. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Bitmap *source,
+ FT_Bitmap *target,
+ FT_Int alignment );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* slot :: The glyph slot. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function is to be used in combination with */
+ /* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Done */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy a bitmap object created with @FT_Bitmap_New. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
+ /* memory handling functions. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBITMAP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftbzip2.h */
+/* */
+/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2010 by */
+/* Joel Klinghed. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBZIP2_H__
+#define __FTBZIP2_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* bzip2 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* BZIP2 Streams */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
+ * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come
+ * with XFree86.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream ::
+ * The target embedding stream.
+ *
+ * source ::
+ * The source stream.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
+ *
+ * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
+ * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
+ * objects will be released to the heap.
+ *
+ * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
+ * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
+ *
+ * In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
+ * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
+ * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
+ * compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream
+ * from it and re-open the face with it.
+ *
+ * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
+ * of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
+ FT_Stream source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBZIP2_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftcache.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType Cache subsystem (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCACHE_H__
+#define __FTCACHE_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * <Section>
+ * cache_subsystem
+ *
+ * <Title>
+ * Cache Sub-System
+ *
+ * <Abstract>
+ * How to cache face, size, and glyph data with FreeType~2.
+ *
+ * <Description>
+ * This section describes the FreeType~2 cache sub-system, which is used
+ * to limit the number of concurrently opened @FT_Face and @FT_Size
+ * objects, as well as caching information like character maps and glyph
+ * images while limiting their maximum memory usage.
+ *
+ * Note that all types and functions begin with the `FTC_' prefix.
+ *
+ * The cache is highly portable and thus doesn't know anything about the
+ * fonts installed on your system, or how to access them. This implies
+ * the following scheme:
+ *
+ * First, available or installed font faces are uniquely identified by
+ * @FTC_FaceID values, provided to the cache by the client. Note that
+ * the cache only stores and compares these values, and doesn't try to
+ * interpret them in any way.
+ *
+ * Second, the cache calls, only when needed, a client-provided function
+ * to convert an @FTC_FaceID into a new @FT_Face object. The latter is
+ * then completely managed by the cache, including its termination
+ * through @FT_Done_Face. To monitor termination of face objects, the
+ * finalizer callback in the `generic' field of the @FT_Face object can
+ * be used, which might also be used to store the @FTC_FaceID of the
+ * face.
+ *
+ * Clients are free to map face IDs to anything else. The most simple
+ * usage is to associate them to a (pathname,face_index) pair that is
+ * used to call @FT_New_Face. However, more complex schemes are also
+ * possible.
+ *
+ * Note that for the cache to work correctly, the face ID values must be
+ * *persistent*, which means that the contents they point to should not
+ * change at runtime, or that their value should not become invalid.
+ *
+ * If this is unavoidable (e.g., when a font is uninstalled at runtime),
+ * you should call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID as soon as possible, to let
+ * the cache get rid of any references to the old @FTC_FaceID it may
+ * keep internally. Failure to do so will lead to incorrect behaviour
+ * or even crashes.
+ *
+ * To use the cache, start with calling @FTC_Manager_New to create a new
+ * @FTC_Manager object, which models a single cache instance. You can
+ * then look up @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects with
+ * @FTC_Manager_LookupFace and @FTC_Manager_LookupSize, respectively.
+ *
+ * If you want to use the charmap caching, call @FTC_CMapCache_New, then
+ * later use @FTC_CMapCache_Lookup to perform the equivalent of
+ * @FT_Get_Char_Index, only much faster.
+ *
+ * If you want to use the @FT_Glyph caching, call @FTC_ImageCache, then
+ * later use @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup to retrieve the corresponding
+ * @FT_Glyph objects from the cache.
+ *
+ * If you need lots of small bitmaps, it is much more memory efficient
+ * to call @FTC_SBitCache_New followed by @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup. This
+ * returns @FTC_SBitRec structures, which are used to store small
+ * bitmaps directly. (A small bitmap is one whose metrics and
+ * dimensions all fit into 8-bit integers).
+ *
+ * We hope to also provide a kerning cache in the near future.
+ *
+ *
+ * <Order>
+ * FTC_Manager
+ * FTC_FaceID
+ * FTC_Face_Requester
+ *
+ * FTC_Manager_New
+ * FTC_Manager_Reset
+ * FTC_Manager_Done
+ * FTC_Manager_LookupFace
+ * FTC_Manager_LookupSize
+ * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
+ *
+ * FTC_Node
+ * FTC_Node_Unref
+ *
+ * FTC_ImageCache
+ * FTC_ImageCache_New
+ * FTC_ImageCache_Lookup
+ *
+ * FTC_SBit
+ * FTC_SBitCache
+ * FTC_SBitCache_New
+ * FTC_SBitCache_Lookup
+ *
+ * FTC_CMapCache
+ * FTC_CMapCache_New
+ * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
+ *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** BASIC TYPE DEFINITIONS *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type: FTC_FaceID
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * An opaque pointer type that is used to identity face objects. The
+ * contents of such objects is application-dependent.
+ *
+ * These pointers are typically used to point to a user-defined
+ * structure containing a font file path, and face index.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Never use NULL as a valid @FTC_FaceID.
+ *
+ * Face IDs are passed by the client to the cache manager, which calls,
+ * when needed, the @FTC_Face_Requester to translate them into new
+ * @FT_Face objects.
+ *
+ * If the content of a given face ID changes at runtime, or if the value
+ * becomes invalid (e.g., when uninstalling a font), you should
+ * immediately call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID before any other cache
+ * function.
+ *
+ * Failure to do so will result in incorrect behaviour or even
+ * memory leaks and crashes.
+ */
+ typedef FT_Pointer FTC_FaceID;
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FTC_Face_Requester
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A callback function provided by client applications. It is used by
+ * the cache manager to translate a given @FTC_FaceID into a new valid
+ * @FT_Face object, on demand.
+ *
+ * <Input>
+ * face_id ::
+ * The face ID to resolve.
+ *
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to a FreeType library object.
+ *
+ * req_data ::
+ * Application-provided request data (see note below).
+ *
+ * <Output>
+ * aface ::
+ * A new @FT_Face handle.
+ *
+ * <Return>
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * <Note>
+ * The third parameter `req_data' is the same as the one passed by the
+ * client when @FTC_Manager_New is called.
+ *
+ * The face requester should not perform funny things on the returned
+ * face object, like creating a new @FT_Size for it, or setting a
+ * transformation through @FT_Set_Transform!
+ */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FTC_Face_Requester)( FTC_FaceID face_id,
+ FT_Library library,
+ FT_Pointer request_data,
+ FT_Face* aface );
+
+ /* */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+ /* these macros are incompatible with LLP64, should not be used */
+
+#define FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( p ) ( (FT_ULong)(FT_Pointer)(p) )
+
+#define FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( i ) \
+ ((FT_UInt32)(( FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( i ) >> 3 ) ^ \
+ ( FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( i ) << 7 ) ) )
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** CACHE MANAGER OBJECT *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_Manager */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This object corresponds to one instance of the cache-subsystem. */
+ /* It is used to cache one or more @FT_Face objects, along with */
+ /* corresponding @FT_Size objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* The manager intentionally limits the total number of opened */
+ /* @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects to control memory usage. See the */
+ /* `max_faces' and `max_sizes' parameters of @FTC_Manager_New. */
+ /* */
+ /* The manager is also used to cache `nodes' of various types while */
+ /* limiting their total memory usage. */
+ /* */
+ /* All limitations are enforced by keeping lists of managed objects */
+ /* in most-recently-used order, and flushing old nodes to make room */
+ /* for new ones. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_ManagerRec_* FTC_Manager;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_Node */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An opaque handle to a cache node object. Each cache node is */
+ /* reference-counted. A node with a count of~0 might be flushed */
+ /* out of a full cache whenever a lookup request is performed. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you look up nodes, you have the ability to `acquire' them, */
+ /* i.e., to increment their reference count. This will prevent the */
+ /* node from being flushed out of the cache until you explicitly */
+ /* `release' it (see @FTC_Node_Unref). */
+ /* */
+ /* See also @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup and @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_NodeRec_* FTC_Node;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: The parent FreeType library handle to use. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_faces :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Face objects managed by */
+ /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_sizes :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Size objects managed by */
+ /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_bytes :: Maximum number of bytes to use for cached data nodes. */
+ /* Use~0 for defaults. Note that this value does not */
+ /* account for managed @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* requester :: An application-provided callback used to translate */
+ /* face IDs into real @FT_Face objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* req_data :: A generic pointer that is passed to the requester */
+ /* each time it is called (see @FTC_Face_Requester). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* amanager :: A handle to a new manager object. 0~in case of */
+ /* failure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library library,
+ FT_UInt max_faces,
+ FT_UInt max_sizes,
+ FT_ULong max_bytes,
+ FTC_Face_Requester requester,
+ FT_Pointer req_data,
+ FTC_Manager *amanager );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_Reset */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Empty a given cache manager. This simply gets rid of all the */
+ /* currently cached @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects within the manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the manager. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager manager );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_Done */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy a given manager after emptying it. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the target cache manager object. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager manager );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_LookupFace */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the @FT_Face object that corresponds to a given face ID */
+ /* through a cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_id :: The ID of the face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to the face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned @FT_Face object is always owned by the manager. You */
+ /* should never try to discard it yourself. */
+ /* */
+ /* The @FT_Face object doesn't necessarily have a current size object */
+ /* (i.e., face->size can be 0). If you need a specific `font size', */
+ /* use @FTC_Manager_LookupSize instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* Never change the face's transformation matrix (i.e., never call */
+ /* the @FT_Set_Transform function) on a returned face! If you need */
+ /* to transform glyphs, do it yourself after glyph loading. */
+ /* */
+ /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */
+ /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */
+ /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */
+ /* */
+ /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */
+ /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory was available */
+ /* for the operation. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_FaceID face_id,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FTC_ScalerRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to describe a given character size in either */
+ /* pixels or points to the cache manager. See */
+ /* @FTC_Manager_LookupSize. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* face_id :: The source face ID. */
+ /* */
+ /* width :: The character width. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: The character height. */
+ /* */
+ /* pixel :: A Boolean. If 1, the `width' and `height' fields are */
+ /* interpreted as integer pixel character sizes. */
+ /* Otherwise, they are expressed as 1/64th of points. */
+ /* */
+ /* x_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */
+ /* horizontal resolution in dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* y_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */
+ /* vertical resolution in dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This type is mainly used to retrieve @FT_Size objects through the */
+ /* cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_
+ {
+ FTC_FaceID face_id;
+ FT_UInt width;
+ FT_UInt height;
+ FT_Int pixel;
+ FT_UInt x_res;
+ FT_UInt y_res;
+
+ } FTC_ScalerRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FTC_Scaler */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an @FTC_ScalerRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_* FTC_Scaler;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_LookupSize */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the @FT_Size object that corresponds to a given */
+ /* @FTC_ScalerRec pointer through a cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* scaler :: A scaler handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* asize :: A handle to the size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned @FT_Size object is always owned by the manager. You */
+ /* should never try to discard it by yourself. */
+ /* */
+ /* You can access the parent @FT_Face object simply as `size->face' */
+ /* if you need it. Note that this object is also owned by the */
+ /* manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */
+ /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */
+ /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */
+ /* */
+ /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */
+ /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory is available */
+ /* for the operation. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_Scaler scaler,
+ FT_Size *asize );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Node_Unref */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Decrement a cache node's internal reference count. When the count */
+ /* reaches 0, it is not destroyed but becomes eligible for subsequent */
+ /* cache flushes. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* node :: The cache node handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* manager :: The cache manager handle. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node node,
+ FTC_Manager manager );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A special function used to indicate to the cache manager that
+ * a given @FTC_FaceID is no longer valid, either because its
+ * content changed, or because it was deallocated or uninstalled.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * manager ::
+ * The cache manager handle.
+ *
+ * face_id ::
+ * The @FTC_FaceID to be removed.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function flushes all nodes from the cache corresponding to this
+ * `face_id', with the exception of nodes with a non-null reference
+ * count.
+ *
+ * Such nodes are however modified internally so as to never appear
+ * in later lookups with the same `face_id' value, and to be immediately
+ * destroyed when released by all their users.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_FaceID face_id );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* cache_subsystem */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FTC_CMapCache
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * An opaque handle used to model a charmap cache. This cache is to
+ * hold character codes -> glyph indices mappings.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FTC_CMapCacheRec_* FTC_CMapCache;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FTC_CMapCache_New
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Create a new charmap cache.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * manager ::
+ * A handle to the cache manager.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * acache ::
+ * A new cache handle. NULL in case of error.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Like all other caches, this one will be destroyed with the cache
+ * manager.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_CMapCache *acache );
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Translate a character code into a glyph index, using the charmap
+ * cache.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * cache ::
+ * A charmap cache handle.
+ *
+ * face_id ::
+ * The source face ID.
+ *
+ * cmap_index ::
+ * The index of the charmap in the source face. Any negative value
+ * means to use the cache @FT_Face's default charmap.
+ *
+ * char_code ::
+ * The character code (in the corresponding charmap).
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Glyph index. 0~means `no glyph'.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache cache,
+ FTC_FaceID face_id,
+ FT_Int cmap_index,
+ FT_UInt32 char_code );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* cache_subsystem */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** IMAGE CACHE OBJECT *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FTC_ImageTypeRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A structure used to model the type of images in a glyph cache.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * face_id ::
+ * The face ID.
+ *
+ * width ::
+ * The width in pixels.
+ *
+ * height ::
+ * The height in pixels.
+ *
+ * flags ::
+ * The load flags, as in @FT_Load_Glyph.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_
+ {
+ FTC_FaceID face_id;
+ FT_Int width;
+ FT_Int height;
+ FT_Int32 flags;
+
+ } FTC_ImageTypeRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FTC_ImageType
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to an @FTC_ImageTypeRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_* FTC_ImageType;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE( d1, d2 ) \
+ ( (d1)->face_id == (d2)->face_id && \
+ (d1)->width == (d2)->width && \
+ (d1)->flags == (d2)->flags )
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+ /* this macro is incompatible with LLP64, should not be used */
+
+#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_HASH( d ) \
+ (FT_UFast)( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( (d)->face_id ) ^ \
+ ( (d)->width << 8 ) ^ (d)->height ^ \
+ ( (d)->flags << 4 ) )
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_ImageCache */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an glyph image cache object. They are designed to */
+ /* hold many distinct glyph images while not exceeding a certain */
+ /* memory threshold. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_ImageCacheRec_* FTC_ImageCache;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_ImageCache_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new glyph image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: The parent manager for the image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* acache :: A handle to the new glyph image cache object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_ImageCache *acache );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_ImageCache_Lookup */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve a given glyph image from a glyph image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* type :: A pointer to a glyph image type descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */
+ /* failure. */
+ /* */
+ /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */
+ /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */
+ /* below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */
+ /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */
+ /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */
+ /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */
+ /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */
+ /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */
+ /* `release' it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */
+ /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */
+ /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */
+ /* is persistent! */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache cache,
+ FTC_ImageType type,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FT_Glyph *aglyph,
+ FTC_Node *anode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A variant of @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */
+ /* to specify the face ID and its size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* scaler :: A pointer to a scaler descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */
+ /* failure. */
+ /* */
+ /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */
+ /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */
+ /* (see note below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */
+ /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */
+ /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */
+ /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */
+ /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */
+ /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */
+ /* `release' it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */
+ /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */
+ /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */
+ /* is persistent! */
+ /* */
+ /* Calls to @FT_Set_Char_Size and friends have no effect on cached */
+ /* glyphs; you should always use the FreeType cache API instead. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache cache,
+ FTC_Scaler scaler,
+ FT_ULong load_flags,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FT_Glyph *aglyph,
+ FTC_Node *anode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_SBit */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. See the @FTC_SBitRec */
+ /* structure for details. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_* FTC_SBit;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FTC_SBitRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very compact structure used to describe a small glyph bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* width :: The bitmap width in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: The bitmap height in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* left :: The horizontal distance from the pen position to the */
+ /* left bitmap border (a.k.a. `left side bearing', or */
+ /* `lsb'). */
+ /* */
+ /* top :: The vertical distance from the pen position (on the */
+ /* baseline) to the upper bitmap border (a.k.a. `top */
+ /* side bearing'). The distance is positive for upwards */
+ /* y~coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* format :: The format of the glyph bitmap (monochrome or gray). */
+ /* */
+ /* max_grays :: Maximum gray level value (in the range 1 to~255). */
+ /* */
+ /* pitch :: The number of bytes per bitmap line. May be positive */
+ /* or negative. */
+ /* */
+ /* xadvance :: The horizontal advance width in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* yadvance :: The vertical advance height in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* buffer :: A pointer to the bitmap pixels. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_
+ {
+ FT_Byte width;
+ FT_Byte height;
+ FT_Char left;
+ FT_Char top;
+
+ FT_Byte format;
+ FT_Byte max_grays;
+ FT_Short pitch;
+ FT_Char xadvance;
+ FT_Char yadvance;
+
+ FT_Byte* buffer;
+
+ } FTC_SBitRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_SBitCache */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a small bitmap cache. These are special cache objects */
+ /* used to store small glyph bitmaps (and anti-aliased pixmaps) in a */
+ /* much more efficient way than the traditional glyph image cache */
+ /* implemented by @FTC_ImageCache. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_SBitCacheRec_* FTC_SBitCache;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_SBitCache_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new cache to store small glyph bitmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the source cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* acache :: A handle to the new sbit cache. NULL in case of error. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_SBitCache *acache );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_SBitCache_Lookup */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Look up a given small glyph bitmap in a given sbit cache and */
+ /* `lock' it to prevent its flushing from the cache until needed. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* type :: A pointer to the glyph image type descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */
+ /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */
+ /* below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */
+ /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */
+ /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */
+ /* treat them as persistent data. */
+ /* */
+ /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */
+ /* glyph bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */
+ /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */
+ /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */
+ /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */
+ /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */
+ /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */
+ /* is persistent! */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache cache,
+ FTC_ImageType type,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FTC_SBit *sbit,
+ FTC_Node *anode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A variant of @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */
+ /* to specify the face ID and its size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* scaler :: A pointer to the scaler descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */
+ /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */
+ /* (see note below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */
+ /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */
+ /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */
+ /* treat them as persistent data. */
+ /* */
+ /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */
+ /* glyph bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */
+ /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */
+ /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */
+ /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */
+ /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */
+ /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */
+ /* is persistent! */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache cache,
+ FTC_Scaler scaler,
+ FT_ULong load_flags,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FTC_SBit *sbit,
+ FTC_Node *anode );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+ /*@***********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FTC_FontRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to describe a given `font' to the cache */
+ /* manager. Note that a `font' is the combination of a given face */
+ /* with a given character size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* face_id :: The ID of the face to use. */
+ /* */
+ /* pix_width :: The character width in integer pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* pix_height :: The character height in integer pixels. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_FontRec_
+ {
+ FTC_FaceID face_id;
+ FT_UShort pix_width;
+ FT_UShort pix_height;
+
+ } FTC_FontRec;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+#define FTC_FONT_COMPARE( f1, f2 ) \
+ ( (f1)->face_id == (f2)->face_id && \
+ (f1)->pix_width == (f2)->pix_width && \
+ (f1)->pix_height == (f2)->pix_height )
+
+ /* this macro is incompatible with LLP64, should not be used */
+#define FTC_FONT_HASH( f ) \
+ (FT_UInt32)( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH((f)->face_id) ^ \
+ ((f)->pix_width << 8) ^ \
+ ((f)->pix_height) )
+
+ typedef FTC_FontRec* FTC_Font;
+
+
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_Lookup_Face( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_FaceID face_id,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_Font font,
+ FT_Face *aface,
+ FT_Size *asize );
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTCACHE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftcffdrv.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for controlling the CFF driver (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCFFDRV_H__
+#define __FTCFFDRV_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * cff_driver
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * The CFF driver
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Controlling the CFF driver module.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself,
+ * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
+ * @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
+ * together with the necessary macros and structures.
+ *
+ * The CFF driver's module name is `cff'.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * hinting-engine
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing)
+ * engine, an application can select between `freetype' and `adobe'.
+ *
+ * Right now, the default engine is `freetype'. However, this will
+ * change: After a certain time of intensive testing it is planned to
+ * make `adobe' the default due to its superior rendering results.
+ *
+ * The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting
+ * engine (omitting the error handling).
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_Face face;
+ * FT_UInt hinting_engine = FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
+ * "hinting-engine", &hinting_engine );
+ * }
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_CFF_HINTING_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to select
+ * the hinting engine for CFF fonts.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE ::
+ * Use the old FreeType hinting engine.
+ *
+ * FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE ::
+ * Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE 0
+#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE 1
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * no-stem-darkening
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems at smaller sizes,
+ * regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast. Setting this property,
+ * stem darkening gets switched off.
+ *
+ * Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set.
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_Face face;
+ * FT_Bool no_stem_darkening = TRUE;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
+ * "no-stem-darkening", &no_stem_darkening );
+ * }
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTCFFDRV_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */
+/* It is used by the python script which generates the HTML files. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* general_remarks */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* General Remarks */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* user_allocation */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* core_api */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* Core API */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* version */
+/* basic_types */
+/* base_interface */
+/* glyph_variants */
+/* glyph_management */
+/* mac_specific */
+/* sizes_management */
+/* header_file_macros */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* format_specific */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* Format-Specific API */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* multiple_masters */
+/* truetype_tables */
+/* type1_tables */
+/* sfnt_names */
+/* bdf_fonts */
+/* cid_fonts */
+/* pfr_fonts */
+/* winfnt_fonts */
+/* font_formats */
+/* gasp_table */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* auto_hinter */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* The Auto-Hinter */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* auto_hinter */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* cff_driver */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* The CFF Driver */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* cff_driver */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* cache_subsystem */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* Cache Sub-System */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* cache_subsystem */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* support_api */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* Support API */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* computations */
+/* list_processing */
+/* outline_processing */
+/* quick_advance */
+/* bitmap_handling */
+/* raster */
+/* glyph_stroker */
+/* system_interface */
+/* module_management */
+/* gzip */
+/* lzw */
+/* bzip2 */
+/* lcd_filtering */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftcid.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2007, 2009 by Dereg Clegg, Michael Toftdal. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCID_H__
+#define __FTCID_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* cid_fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* CID Fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* CID-keyed font specific API. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */
+ /* functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
+ * "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * registry ::
+ * The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+ *
+ * ordering ::
+ * The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+ *
+ * supplement ::
+ * The supplement.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.6
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
+ const char* *registry,
+ const char* *ordering,
+ FT_Int *supplement);
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In
+ * constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
+ * successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * is_cid ::
+ * The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
+ * returning an error otherwise.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.9
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bool *is_cid );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * glyph_index ::
+ * The input glyph index.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * cid ::
+ * The CID as an @FT_UInt.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
+ * returning an error otherwise.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.9
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_UInt *cid );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTCID_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* fterrdef.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType error codes (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2010-2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** LIST OF ERROR CODES/MESSAGES *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* You need to define both FT_ERRORDEF_ and FT_NOERRORDEF_ before */
+ /* including this file. */
+
+
+ /* generic errors */
+
+ FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00, \
+ "no error" )
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01, \
+ "cannot open resource" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02, \
+ "unknown file format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03, \
+ "broken file" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04, \
+ "invalid FreeType version" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05, \
+ "module version is too low" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06, \
+ "invalid argument" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07, \
+ "unimplemented feature" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08, \
+ "broken table" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09, \
+ "broken offset within table" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A, \
+ "array allocation size too large" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B, \
+ "missing module" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C, \
+ "missing property" )
+
+ /* glyph/character errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10, \
+ "invalid glyph index" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11, \
+ "invalid character code" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12, \
+ "unsupported glyph image format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13, \
+ "cannot render this glyph format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14, \
+ "invalid outline" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15, \
+ "invalid composite glyph" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16, \
+ "too many hints" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17, \
+ "invalid pixel size" )
+
+ /* handle errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20, \
+ "invalid object handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21, \
+ "invalid library handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22, \
+ "invalid module handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23, \
+ "invalid face handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24, \
+ "invalid size handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25, \
+ "invalid glyph slot handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26, \
+ "invalid charmap handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27, \
+ "invalid cache manager handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28, \
+ "invalid stream handle" )
+
+ /* driver errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30, \
+ "too many modules" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31, \
+ "too many extensions" )
+
+ /* memory errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40, \
+ "out of memory" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41, \
+ "unlisted object" )
+
+ /* stream errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51, \
+ "cannot open stream" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52, \
+ "invalid stream seek" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53, \
+ "invalid stream skip" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54, \
+ "invalid stream read" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55, \
+ "invalid stream operation" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56, \
+ "invalid frame operation" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57, \
+ "nested frame access" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58, \
+ "invalid frame read" )
+
+ /* raster errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60, \
+ "raster uninitialized" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61, \
+ "raster corrupted" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62, \
+ "raster overflow" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63, \
+ "negative height while rastering" )
+
+ /* cache errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70, \
+ "too many registered caches" )
+
+ /* TrueType and SFNT errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80, \
+ "invalid opcode" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81, \
+ "too few arguments" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82, \
+ "stack overflow" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83, \
+ "code overflow" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84, \
+ "bad argument" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85, \
+ "division by zero" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86, \
+ "invalid reference" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87, \
+ "found debug opcode" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88, \
+ "found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89, \
+ "nested DEFS" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A, \
+ "invalid code range" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B, \
+ "execution context too long" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C, \
+ "too many function definitions" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D, \
+ "too many instruction definitions" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E, \
+ "SFNT font table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F, \
+ "horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90, \
+ "locations (loca) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91, \
+ "name table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92, \
+ "character map (cmap) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93, \
+ "horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94, \
+ "PostScript (post) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95, \
+ "invalid horizontal metrics" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96, \
+ "invalid character map (cmap) format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97, \
+ "invalid ppem value" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98, \
+ "invalid vertical metrics" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99, \
+ "could not find context" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A, \
+ "invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B, \
+ "invalid PostScript (post) table" )
+
+ /* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0, \
+ "opcode syntax error" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1, \
+ "argument stack underflow" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2, \
+ "ignore" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3, \
+ "no Unicode glyph name found" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4, \
+ "glyph to big for hinting" )
+
+ /* BDF errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0, \
+ "`STARTFONT' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1, \
+ "`FONT' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2, \
+ "`SIZE' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3, \
+ "`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4, \
+ "`CHARS' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5, \
+ "`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6, \
+ "`ENCODING' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7, \
+ "`BBX' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8, \
+ "`BBX' too big" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9, \
+ "Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA, \
+ "Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* fterrors.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2002, 2004, 2007, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This special header file is used to define the handling of FT2 */
+ /* enumeration constants. It can also be used to generate error message */
+ /* strings with a small macro trick explained below. */
+ /* */
+ /* I - Error Formats */
+ /* ----------------- */
+ /* */
+ /* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */
+ /* defined in ftoption.h in order to make the higher byte indicate */
+ /* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */
+ /* with standard builds of FreeType 2). See the file `ftmoderr.h' for */
+ /* more details. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* II - Error Message strings */
+ /* -------------------------- */
+ /* */
+ /* The error definitions below are made through special macros that */
+ /* allow client applications to build a table of error message strings */
+ /* if they need it. The strings are not included in a normal build of */
+ /* FreeType 2 to save space (most client applications do not use */
+ /* them). */
+ /* */
+ /* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */
+ /* this file: */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERROR_START_LIST :: */
+ /* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */
+ /* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls */
+ /* (see below). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) :: */
+ /* This macro is called to define one single error. */
+ /* `e' is the error code identifier (e.g. FT_Err_Invalid_Argument). */
+ /* `v' is the error numerical value. */
+ /* `s' is the corresponding error string. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERROR_END_LIST :: */
+ /* This macro ends the list. */
+ /* */
+ /* Additionally, you have to undefine __FTERRORS_H__ before #including */
+ /* this file. */
+ /* */
+ /* Here is a simple example: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #undef __FTERRORS_H__ */
+ /* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */
+ /* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */
+ /* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
+ /* */
+ /* const struct */
+ /* { */
+ /* int err_code; */
+ /* const char* err_msg; */
+ /* } ft_errors[] = */
+ /* */
+ /* #include FT_ERRORS_H */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTERRORS_H__
+#define __FTERRORS_H__
+
+
+ /* include module base error codes */
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** SETUP MACROS *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+
+ /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
+ /* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */
+ /* */
+#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
+#endif
+
+
+ /* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
+ /* */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+
+#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
+#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+#undef FT_ERR_BASE
+#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
+
+
+ /* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
+ /* enumeration type. */
+ /* */
+#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
+
+#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
+#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
+#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
+
+
+ /* this macro is used to define an error */
+#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
+ FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
+
+ /* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
+#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
+ FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
+
+
+#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+ FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+ /* now include the error codes */
+#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
+
+
+#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+ FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+ }
+#endif
+
+#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+
+#undef FT_ERRORDEF
+#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
+#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
+
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+#undef FT_ERR_BASE
+
+ /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
+#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
+#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __FTERRORS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftgasp.h */
+/* */
+/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2007, 2008, 2011 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef _FT_GASP_H_
+#define _FT_GASP_H_
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * gasp_table
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * Gasp Table
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
+ * font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is
+ * mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
+ * bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
+ */
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_GASP_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
+ * function.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
+ * This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
+ * It is up to the client to decide what to do.
+ *
+ * FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
+ * Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
+ * This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
+ * is not set, no hinting gets applied.
+ *
+ * FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
+ * Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
+ * If not set, do monochrome rendering.
+ *
+ * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
+ * If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
+ *
+ * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
+ * Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be
+ * used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
+ * `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to
+ * be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and
+ * `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored).
+ *
+ * `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
+ * protected by patents.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.0
+ */
+#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
+#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
+#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
+#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
+#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Get_Gasp
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and
+ * return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: The source face handle.
+ * ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
+ * `gasp' table in the face.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.0
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+ FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt ppem );
+
+/* */
+
+#endif /* _FT_GASP_H_ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftglyph.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2011 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */
+ /* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */
+ /* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */
+ /* */
+ /* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */
+ /* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */
+ /* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGLYPH_H__
+#define __FTGLYPH_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* glyph_management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Glyph Management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */
+ /* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */
+ /* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* forward declaration to a private type */
+ typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */
+ /* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */
+ /* bitmap or pointer. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */
+ /* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */
+ /* @FT_Done_FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_GlyphRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */
+ /* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */
+ /* */
+ /* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */
+ /* */
+ /* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
+ {
+ FT_Library library;
+ const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
+ FT_Glyph_Format format;
+ FT_Vector advance;
+
+ } FT_GlyphRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_BitmapGlyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */
+ /* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */
+ /* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
+ /* */
+ /* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */
+ /* from the current pen position to the left border of the */
+ /* glyph bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */
+ /* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */
+ /* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */
+ /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */
+ /* the bitmap's contents easily. */
+ /* */
+ /* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */
+ /* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
+ {
+ FT_GlyphRec root;
+ FT_Int left;
+ FT_Int top;
+ FT_Bitmap bitmap;
+
+ } FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_OutlineGlyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */
+ /* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */
+ /* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */
+ /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */
+ /* the outline's content easily. */
+ /* */
+ /* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
+ /* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
+ /* */
+ /* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */
+ /* destroyed with it. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
+ {
+ FT_GlyphRec root;
+ FT_Outline outline;
+
+ } FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */
+ /* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ FT_Glyph *aglyph );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Copy */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */
+ /* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */
+ /* error. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
+ FT_Glyph *target );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Transform */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */
+ /* */
+ /* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */
+ /* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */
+ /* advance vector. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_Matrix* matrix,
+ FT_Vector* delta );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */
+ /* Return unscaled font units. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */
+ /* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */
+ /* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */
+ /* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */
+ /* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
+ {
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
+
+ } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding */
+ /* @FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode values instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED. */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS. */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT. */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_truncate :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_pixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */
+ /* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
+ /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
+ /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
+ /* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */
+ /* */
+ /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
+ /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
+ /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
+ /* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* mode :: The mode which indicates how to interpret the returned */
+ /* bounding box values. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */
+ /* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */
+ /* convention. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */
+ /* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */
+ /* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */
+ /* is another name for this constant. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */
+ /* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
+ /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
+ /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox */
+ /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */
+ /* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */
+ /* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */
+ /* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */
+ /* which corresponds to: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */
+ /* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */
+ /* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */
+ /* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
+ /* */
+ /* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */
+ /* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_UInt bbox_mode,
+ FT_BBox *acbox );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */
+ /* rendered. */
+ /* */
+ /* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */
+ /* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */
+ /* translation). The origin is expressed in */
+ /* 26.6 pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */
+ /* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */
+ /* never destroyed in case of error. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */
+ /* */
+ /* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */
+ /* rendering. */
+ /* */
+ /* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
+ /* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */
+ /* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Glyph glyph; */
+ /* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* // load glyph */
+ /* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */
+ /* */
+ /* // extract glyph image */
+ /* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */
+ /* */
+ /* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */
+ /* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */
+ /* { */
+ /* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */
+ /* 0, 1 ); */
+ /* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */
+ /* ... */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* // access bitmap content by typecasting */
+ /* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */
+ /* */
+ /* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */
+ /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* Here another example, again without error handling: */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
+ /* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */
+ /* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */
+ /* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */
+ /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
+ /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
+ FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
+ FT_Vector* origin,
+ FT_Bool destroy );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy a given glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /* other helpful functions */
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* computations */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
+ FT_Matrix* b );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Matrix_Invert */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */
+ /* case of error. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGLYPH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftgxval.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by */
+/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGXVAL_H__
+#define __FTGXVAL_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* gx_validation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
+ /* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */
+ /* trak, prop, lcar). */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */
+ /* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
+#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
+#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
+#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
+#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
+#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
+#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
+#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
+#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
+#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
+ * for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
+ */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
+
+ /* */
+
+ /* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
+ Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
+ ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
+ * indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
+ * Validate `feat' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
+ * Validate `mort' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
+ * Validate `morx' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
+ * Validate `bsln' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_just ::
+ * Validate `just' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
+ * Validate `kern' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
+ * Validate `opbd' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
+ * Validate `trak' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
+ * Validate `prop' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
+ * Validate `lcar' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
+ * Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
+ * opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
+ *
+ */
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_just | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
+ * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
+ * actually does the text layout can access those tables without
+ * error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * validation_flags ::
+ * A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See
+ * @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
+ *
+ * table_length ::
+ * The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
+ * should be passed.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * tables ::
+ * The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
+ * The array itself must be allocated by a client.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
+ * each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value
+ * indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
+ * application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
+ * the ability to validate the sfnt table.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt validation_flags,
+ FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
+ FT_UInt table_length );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * table ::
+ * The pointer to the buffer allocated by
+ * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+ * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bytes table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
+ * to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected
+ * type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
+ * invalid.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
+ * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
+ * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
+ * Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
+ */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_ClassicKern_Validate
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
+ * and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
+ * actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
+ * checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+ *
+ * The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
+ * the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
+ * FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * validation_flags ::
+ * A bit field which specifies the dialect to be validated. See
+ * @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * ckern_table ::
+ * A pointer to the kern table.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
+ * `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value
+ * indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt validation_flags,
+ FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_ClassicKern_Free
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * table ::
+ * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
+ * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+ * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bytes table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGXVAL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftgzip.h */
+/* */
+/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGZIP_H__
+#define __FTGZIP_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* gzip */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* GZIP Streams */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Using gzip-compressed font files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stream_OpenGzip
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is
+ * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
+ * with XFree86.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream ::
+ * The target embedding stream.
+ *
+ * source ::
+ * The source stream.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
+ *
+ * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
+ * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
+ * objects will be released to the heap.
+ *
+ * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
+ * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
+ *
+ * In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
+ * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
+ * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
+ * compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
+ * it and re-open the face with it.
+ *
+ * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
+ * of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
+ FT_Stream source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGZIP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftimage.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType glyph image formats and default raster interface */
+/* (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, */
+/* 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Note: A `raster' is simply a scan-line converter, used to render */
+ /* FT_Outlines into FT_Bitmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTIMAGE_H__
+#define __FTIMAGE_H__
+
+
+ /* _STANDALONE_ is from ftgrays.c */
+#ifndef _STANDALONE_
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* basic_types */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Pos */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The type FT_Pos is used to store vectorial coordinates. Depending */
+ /* on the context, these can represent distances in integer font */
+ /* units, or 16.16, or 26.6 fixed-point pixel coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed long FT_Pos;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Vector */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of */
+ /* the FT_Pos type. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* x :: The horizontal coordinate. */
+ /* y :: The vertical coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Vector_
+ {
+ FT_Pos x;
+ FT_Pos y;
+
+ } FT_Vector;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_BBox */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the */
+ /* coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical */
+ /* directions. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* xMin :: The horizontal minimum (left-most). */
+ /* */
+ /* yMin :: The vertical minimum (bottom-most). */
+ /* */
+ /* xMax :: The horizontal maximum (right-most). */
+ /* */
+ /* yMax :: The vertical maximum (top-most). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The bounding box is specified with the coordinates of the lower */
+ /* left and the upper right corner. In PostScript, those values are */
+ /* often called (llx,lly) and (urx,ury), respectively. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `yMin' is negative, this value gives the glyph's descender. */
+ /* Otherwise, the glyph doesn't descend below the baseline. */
+ /* Similarly, if `ymax' is positive, this value gives the glyph's */
+ /* ascender. */
+ /* */
+ /* `xMin' gives the horizontal distance from the glyph's origin to */
+ /* the left edge of the glyph's bounding box. If `xMin' is negative, */
+ /* the glyph extends to the left of the origin. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_BBox_
+ {
+ FT_Pos xMin, yMin;
+ FT_Pos xMax, yMax;
+
+ } FT_BBox;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Pixel_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a */
+ /* given bitmap. Note that additional formats may be added in the */
+ /* future. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE :: */
+ /* Value~0 is reserved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO :: */
+ /* A monochrome bitmap, using 1~bit per pixel. Note that pixels */
+ /* are stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that */
+ /* the left-most pixel in a byte has value 128. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY :: */
+ /* An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph */
+ /* images. Each pixel is stored in one byte. Note that the number */
+ /* of `gray' levels is stored in the `num_grays' field of the */
+ /* @FT_Bitmap structure (it generally is 256). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 :: */
+ /* A 2-bit per pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded */
+ /* anti-aliased bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType */
+ /* specification. We haven't found a single font using this */
+ /* format, however. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 :: */
+ /* A 4-bit per pixel bitmap, representing embedded anti-aliased */
+ /* bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification. */
+ /* We haven't found a single font using this format, however. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD :: */
+ /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */
+ /* used for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three times */
+ /* wider than the original glyph image. See also */
+ /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V :: */
+ /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */
+ /* used for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap is three */
+ /* times taller than the original glyph image. See also */
+ /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Pixel_Mode_
+ {
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE = 0,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V,
+
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX /* do not remove */
+
+ } FT_Pixel_Mode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of deprecated constants. Use the corresponding */
+ /* @FT_Pixel_Mode values instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_none :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE. */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_mono :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_grays :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY. */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_pal2 :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2. */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_pal4 :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_pixel_mode_none FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE
+#define ft_pixel_mode_mono FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO
+#define ft_pixel_mode_grays FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY
+#define ft_pixel_mode_pal2 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2
+#define ft_pixel_mode_pal4 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4
+
+ /* */
+
+#if 0
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Palette_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT! */
+ /* */
+ /* An enumeration type to describe the format of a bitmap palette, */
+ /* used with ft_pixel_mode_pal4 and ft_pixel_mode_pal8. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_palette_mode_rgb :: The palette is an array of 3-byte RGB */
+ /* records. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_palette_mode_rgba :: The palette is an array of 4-byte RGBA */
+ /* records. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* As ft_pixel_mode_pal2, pal4 and pal8 are currently unused by */
+ /* FreeType, these types are not handled by the library itself. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Palette_Mode_
+ {
+ ft_palette_mode_rgb = 0,
+ ft_palette_mode_rgba,
+
+ ft_palette_mode_max /* do not remove */
+
+ } FT_Palette_Mode;
+
+ /* */
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster. */
+ /* Note that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the */
+ /* `pixel_mode' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* rows :: The number of bitmap rows. */
+ /* */
+ /* width :: The number of pixels in bitmap row. */
+ /* */
+ /* pitch :: The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes */
+ /* taken by one bitmap row, including padding. */
+ /* However, the pitch is positive when the bitmap has */
+ /* a `down' flow, and negative when it has an `up' */
+ /* flow. In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add */
+ /* to a bitmap pointer in order to go down one row. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `padding' means the alignment of a */
+ /* bitmap to a byte border, and FreeType functions */
+ /* normally align to the smallest possible integer */
+ /* value. */
+ /* */
+ /* For the B/W rasterizer, `pitch' is always an even */
+ /* number. */
+ /* */
+ /* To change the pitch of a bitmap (say, to make it a */
+ /* multiple of 4), use @FT_Bitmap_Convert. */
+ /* Alternatively, you might use callback functions to */
+ /* directly render to the application's surface; see */
+ /* the file `example2.cpp' in the tutorial for a */
+ /* demonstration. */
+ /* */
+ /* buffer :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer. This */
+ /* value should be aligned on 32-bit boundaries in */
+ /* most cases. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_grays :: This field is only used with */
+ /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY; it gives the number of gray */
+ /* levels used in the bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* pixel_mode :: The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored. */
+ /* See @FT_Pixel_Mode for possible values. */
+ /* */
+ /* palette_mode :: This field is intended for paletted pixel modes; */
+ /* it indicates how the palette is stored. Not */
+ /* used currently. */
+ /* */
+ /* palette :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; this */
+ /* field is intended for paletted pixel modes. Not */
+ /* used currently. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* For now, the only pixel modes supported by FreeType are mono and */
+ /* grays. However, drivers might be added in the future to support */
+ /* more `colorful' options. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Bitmap_
+ {
+ int rows;
+ int width;
+ int pitch;
+ unsigned char* buffer;
+ short num_grays;
+ char pixel_mode;
+ char palette_mode;
+ void* palette;
+
+ } FT_Bitmap;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* outline_processing */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Outline */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line */
+ /* converter. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* n_contours :: The number of contours in the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* n_points :: The number of points in the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* points :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' @FT_Vector */
+ /* elements, giving the outline's point coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* tags :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' chars, giving */
+ /* each outline point's type. */
+ /* */
+ /* If bit~0 is unset, the point is `off' the curve, */
+ /* i.e., a Bézier control point, while it is `on' if */
+ /* set. */
+ /* */
+ /* Bit~1 is meaningful for `off' points only. If set, */
+ /* it indicates a third-order Bézier arc control point; */
+ /* and a second-order control point if unset. */
+ /* */
+ /* If bit~2 is set, bits 5-7 contain the drop-out mode */
+ /* (as defined in the OpenType specification; the value */
+ /* is the same as the argument to the SCANMODE */
+ /* instruction). */
+ /* */
+ /* Bits 3 and~4 are reserved for internal purposes. */
+ /* */
+ /* contours :: An array of `n_contours' shorts, giving the end */
+ /* point of each contour within the outline. For */
+ /* example, the first contour is defined by the points */
+ /* `0' to `contours[0]', the second one is defined by */
+ /* the points `contours[0]+1' to `contours[1]', etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* flags :: A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline */
+ /* and give hints to the scan-converter and hinter on */
+ /* how to convert/grid-fit it. See @FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The B/W rasterizer only checks bit~2 in the `tags' array for the */
+ /* first point of each contour. The drop-out mode as given with */
+ /* @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, and */
+ /* @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS in `flags' is then overridden. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Outline_
+ {
+ short n_contours; /* number of contours in glyph */
+ short n_points; /* number of points in the glyph */
+
+ FT_Vector* points; /* the outline's points */
+ char* tags; /* the points flags */
+ short* contours; /* the contour end points */
+
+ int flags; /* outline masks */
+
+ } FT_Outline;
+
+ /* Following limits must be consistent with */
+ /* FT_Outline.{n_contours,n_points} */
+#define FT_OUTLINE_CONTOURS_MAX SHRT_MAX
+#define FT_OUTLINE_POINTS_MAX SHRT_MAX
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit-field constants use for the flags in an outline's */
+ /* `flags' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_NONE :: */
+ /* Value~0 is reserved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_OWNER :: */
+ /* If set, this flag indicates that the outline's field arrays */
+ /* (i.e., `points', `flags', and `contours') are `owned' by the */
+ /* outline object, and should thus be freed when it is destroyed. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL :: */
+ /* By default, outlines are filled using the non-zero winding rule. */
+ /* If set to 1, the outline will be filled using the even-odd fill */
+ /* rule (only works with the smooth rasterizer). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL :: */
+ /* By default, outside contours of an outline are oriented in */
+ /* clock-wise direction, as defined in the TrueType specification. */
+ /* This flag is set if the outline uses the opposite direction */
+ /* (typically for Type~1 fonts). This flag is ignored by the scan */
+ /* converter. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS :: */
+ /* By default, the scan converter will try to detect drop-outs in */
+ /* an outline and correct the glyph bitmap to ensure consistent */
+ /* shape continuity. If set, this flag hints the scan-line */
+ /* converter to ignore such cases. See below for more information. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS :: */
+ /* Select smart dropout control. If unset, use simple dropout */
+ /* control. Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See */
+ /* below for more information. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS :: */
+ /* If set, turn pixels on for `stubs', otherwise exclude them. */
+ /* Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See below for */
+ /* more information. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION :: */
+ /* This flag indicates that the scan-line converter should try to */
+ /* convert this outline to bitmaps with the highest possible */
+ /* quality. It is typically set for small character sizes. Note */
+ /* that this is only a hint that might be completely ignored by a */
+ /* given scan-converter. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS :: */
+ /* This flag is set to force a given scan-converter to only use a */
+ /* single pass over the outline to render a bitmap glyph image. */
+ /* Normally, it is set for very large character sizes. It is only */
+ /* a hint that might be completely ignored by a given */
+ /* scan-converter. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The flags @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, */
+ /* and @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS are ignored by the smooth */
+ /* rasterizer. */
+ /* */
+ /* There exists a second mechanism to pass the drop-out mode to the */
+ /* B/W rasterizer; see the `tags' field in @FT_Outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* Please refer to the description of the `SCANTYPE' instruction in */
+ /* the OpenType specification (in file `ttinst1.doc') how simple */
+ /* drop-outs, smart drop-outs, and stubs are defined. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_OUTLINE_NONE 0x0
+#define FT_OUTLINE_OWNER 0x1
+#define FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL 0x2
+#define FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL 0x4
+#define FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS 0x8
+#define FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS 0x10
+#define FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS 0x20
+
+#define FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION 0x100
+#define FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS 0x200
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * ft_outline_flags
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These constants are deprecated. Please use the corresponding
+ * @FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS values.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * ft_outline_none :: See @FT_OUTLINE_NONE.
+ * ft_outline_owner :: See @FT_OUTLINE_OWNER.
+ * ft_outline_even_odd_fill :: See @FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL.
+ * ft_outline_reverse_fill :: See @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL.
+ * ft_outline_ignore_dropouts :: See @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS.
+ * ft_outline_high_precision :: See @FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION.
+ * ft_outline_single_pass :: See @FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS.
+ */
+#define ft_outline_none FT_OUTLINE_NONE
+#define ft_outline_owner FT_OUTLINE_OWNER
+#define ft_outline_even_odd_fill FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL
+#define ft_outline_reverse_fill FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL
+#define ft_outline_ignore_dropouts FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS
+#define ft_outline_high_precision FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION
+#define ft_outline_single_pass FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS
+
+ /* */
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG( flag ) ( flag & 3 )
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_ON 1
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC 0
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC 2
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_HAS_SCANMODE 4
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X 8 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y 16 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH ( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X | \
+ FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y )
+
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_On FT_CURVE_TAG_ON
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Conic FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Cubic FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_X FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_Y FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `move */
+ /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* A `move to' is emitted to start a new contour in an outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `move to'. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the */
+ /* decomposition function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Outline_MoveToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `line */
+ /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* A `line to' is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `line to'. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the */
+ /* decomposition function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Outline_LineToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_LineTo_Func FT_Outline_LineToFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `conic */
+ /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* A `conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bézier arc in */
+ /* the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* control :: An intermediate control point between the last position */
+ /* and the new target in `to'. */
+ /* */
+ /* to :: A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of */
+ /* the decomposition function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Outline_ConicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control,
+ const FT_Vector* to,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `cubic */
+ /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* A `cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bézier arc. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* control1 :: A pointer to the first Bézier control point. */
+ /* */
+ /* control2 :: A pointer to the second Bézier control point. */
+ /* */
+ /* to :: A pointer to the target end point. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of */
+ /* the decomposition function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Outline_CubicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control1,
+ const FT_Vector* control2,
+ const FT_Vector* to,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Funcs */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline */
+ /* decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Béziers. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* move_to :: The `move to' emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* line_to :: The segment emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* conic_to :: The second-order Bézier arc emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* cubic_to :: The third-order Bézier arc emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* shift :: The shift that is applied to coordinates before they */
+ /* are sent to the emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* delta :: The delta that is applied to coordinates before they */
+ /* are sent to the emitter, but after the shift. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed */
+ /* version of the original coordinates (this is important for high */
+ /* accuracy during scan-conversion). The transformation is simple: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* x' = (x << shift) - delta */
+ /* y' = (x << shift) - delta */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* Set the values of `shift' and `delta' to~0 to get the original */
+ /* point coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Outline_Funcs_
+ {
+ FT_Outline_MoveToFunc move_to;
+ FT_Outline_LineToFunc line_to;
+ FT_Outline_ConicToFunc conic_to;
+ FT_Outline_CubicToFunc cubic_to;
+
+ int shift;
+ FT_Pos delta;
+
+ } FT_Outline_Funcs;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* basic_types */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */
+ /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */
+ /* this: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) value */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */
+ /* */
+#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG
+#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
+ value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \
+ ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \
+ ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8 ) | \
+ (unsigned long)_x4 )
+#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Format */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph */
+ /* image. Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image */
+ /* formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register */
+ /* their own format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE :: */
+ /* The value~0 is reserved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE :: */
+ /* The glyph image is a composite of several other images. This */
+ /* format is _only_ used with @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to */
+ /* report compound glyphs (like accented characters). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP :: */
+ /* The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an */
+ /* @FT_Bitmap. You generally need to access the `bitmap' field of */
+ /* the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE :: */
+ /* The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments */
+ /* and Bézier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you */
+ /* generally want to access the `outline' field of the */
+ /* @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER :: */
+ /* The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside and outside */
+ /* contours. Some Type~1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family, */
+ /* contain glyphs in this format. These are described as */
+ /* @FT_Outline, but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering */
+ /* them correctly. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Glyph_Format_
+ {
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
+
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p' ),
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, 'b', 'i', 't', 's' ),
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, 'o', 'u', 't', 'l' ),
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER, 'p', 'l', 'o', 't' )
+
+ } FT_Glyph_Format;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of deprecated constants. Use the corresponding */
+ /* @FT_Glyph_Format values instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_none :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE. */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_composite :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE. */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_bitmap :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_outline :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE. */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_plotter :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_glyph_format_none FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE
+#define ft_glyph_format_composite FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE
+#define ft_glyph_format_bitmap FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP
+#define ft_glyph_format_outline FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE
+#define ft_glyph_format_plotter FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** R A S T E R D E F I N I T I O N S *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* A raster is a scan converter, in charge of rendering an outline into */
+ /* a a bitmap. This section contains the public API for rasters. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that in FreeType 2, all rasters are now encapsulated within */
+ /* specific modules called `renderers'. See `freetype/ftrender.h' for */
+ /* more details on renderers. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* raster */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Scanline Converter */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How vectorial outlines are converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains technical definitions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Raster */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle (pointer) to a raster object. Each object can be used */
+ /* independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_RasterRec_* FT_Raster;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Span */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a single span of gray (or black) pixels */
+ /* when rendering a monochrome or anti-aliased bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* x :: The span's horizontal start position. */
+ /* */
+ /* len :: The span's length in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* coverage :: The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background) */
+ /* to 255 (foreground). Only used for anti-aliased */
+ /* rendering. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named */
+ /* @FT_SpanFunc which takes the y~coordinate of the span as a */
+ /* a parameter. */
+ /* */
+ /* The coverage value is always between 0 and 255. If you want less */
+ /* gray values, the callback function has to reduce them. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Span_
+ {
+ short x;
+ unsigned short len;
+ unsigned char coverage;
+
+ } FT_Span;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_SpanFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in */
+ /* order to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel */
+ /* spans on each scan line. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* y :: The scanline's y~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* count :: The number of spans to draw on this scanline. */
+ /* */
+ /* spans :: A table of `count' spans to draw on the scanline. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This callback allows client applications to directly render the */
+ /* gray spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces. */
+ /* */
+ /* This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a */
+ /* given background bitmap, and even perform translucency. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the `count' field cannot be greater than a fixed value */
+ /* defined by the `FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS' configuration macro in */
+ /* `ftoption.h'. By default, this value is set to~32, which means */
+ /* that if there are more than 32~spans on a given scanline, the */
+ /* callback is called several times with the same `y' parameter in */
+ /* order to draw all callbacks. */
+ /* */
+ /* Otherwise, the callback is only called once per scan-line, and */
+ /* only for those scanlines that do have `gray' pixels on them. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_SpanFunc)( int y,
+ int count,
+ const FT_Span* spans,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Span_Func FT_SpanFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_BitTest_Func */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT. */
+ /* */
+ /* A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter */
+ /* to test whether a given target pixel is already set to the drawing */
+ /* `color'. These tests are crucial to implement drop-out control */
+ /* per-se the TrueType spec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* y :: The pixel's y~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* x :: The pixel's x~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* 1~if the pixel is `set', 0~otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Raster_BitTest_Func)( int y,
+ int x,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_BitSet_Func */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT. */
+ /* */
+ /* A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter */
+ /* to set an individual target pixel. This is crucial to implement */
+ /* drop-out control according to the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* y :: The pixel's y~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* x :: The pixel's x~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* 1~if the pixel is `set', 0~otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Raster_BitSet_Func)( int y,
+ int x,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit flag constants as used in the `flags' field of a */
+ /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT :: This value is 0. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA :: This flag is set to indicate that an */
+ /* anti-aliased glyph image should be */
+ /* generated. Otherwise, it will be */
+ /* monochrome (1-bit). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT :: This flag is set to indicate direct */
+ /* rendering. In this mode, client */
+ /* applications must provide their own span */
+ /* callback. This lets them directly */
+ /* draw or compose over an existing bitmap. */
+ /* If this bit is not set, the target */
+ /* pixmap's buffer _must_ be zeroed before */
+ /* rendering. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that for now, direct rendering is */
+ /* only possible with anti-aliased glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP :: This flag is only used in direct */
+ /* rendering mode. If set, the output will */
+ /* be clipped to a box specified in the */
+ /* `clip_box' field of the */
+ /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that by default, the glyph bitmap */
+ /* is clipped to the target pixmap, except */
+ /* in direct rendering mode where all spans */
+ /* are generated if no clipping box is set. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT 0x0
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA 0x1
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT 0x2
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP 0x4
+
+ /* deprecated */
+#define ft_raster_flag_default FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT
+#define ft_raster_flag_aa FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA
+#define ft_raster_flag_direct FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT
+#define ft_raster_flag_clip FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Raster_Params */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render */
+ /* function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* target :: The target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* source :: A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an */
+ /* @FT_Outline). */
+ /* */
+ /* flags :: The rendering flags. */
+ /* */
+ /* gray_spans :: The gray span drawing callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* black_spans :: The black span drawing callback. UNIMPLEMENTED! */
+ /* */
+ /* bit_test :: The bit test callback. UNIMPLEMENTED! */
+ /* */
+ /* bit_set :: The bit set callback. UNIMPLEMENTED! */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing */
+ /* callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* clip_box :: An optional clipping box. It is only used in */
+ /* direct rendering mode. Note that coordinates here */
+ /* should be expressed in _integer_ pixels (and not in */
+ /* 26.6 fixed-point units). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA */
+ /* bit flag is set in the `flags' field, otherwise a monochrome */
+ /* bitmap is generated. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in `flags', the */
+ /* raster will call the `gray_spans' callback to draw gray pixel */
+ /* spans, in the case of an aa glyph bitmap, it will call */
+ /* `black_spans', and `bit_test' and `bit_set' in the case of a */
+ /* monochrome bitmap. This allows direct composition over a */
+ /* pre-existing bitmap through user-provided callbacks to perform the */
+ /* span drawing/composition. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the `bit_test' and `bit_set' callbacks are required when */
+ /* rendering a monochrome bitmap, as they are crucial to implement */
+ /* correct drop-out control as defined in the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Raster_Params_
+ {
+ const FT_Bitmap* target;
+ const void* source;
+ int flags;
+ FT_SpanFunc gray_spans;
+ FT_SpanFunc black_spans; /* doesn't work! */
+ FT_Raster_BitTest_Func bit_test; /* doesn't work! */
+ FT_Raster_BitSet_Func bit_set; /* doesn't work! */
+ void* user;
+ FT_BBox clip_box;
+
+ } FT_Raster_Params;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_NewFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to create a new raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* memory :: A handle to the memory allocator. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The `memory' parameter is a typeless pointer in order to avoid */
+ /* un-wanted dependencies on the rest of the FreeType code. In */
+ /* practice, it is an @FT_Memory object, i.e., a handle to the */
+ /* standard FreeType memory allocator. However, this field can be */
+ /* completely ignored by a given raster implementation. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Raster_NewFunc)( void* memory,
+ FT_Raster* raster );
+
+#define FT_Raster_New_Func FT_Raster_NewFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_DoneFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to destroy a given raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Raster_DoneFunc)( FT_Raster raster );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Done_Func FT_Raster_DoneFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_ResetFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType provides an area of memory called the `render pool', */
+ /* available to all registered rasters. This pool can be freely used */
+ /* during a given scan-conversion but is shared by all rasters. Its */
+ /* content is thus transient. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is called each time the render pool changes, or just */
+ /* after a new raster object is created. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* pool_base :: The address in memory of the render pool. */
+ /* */
+ /* pool_size :: The size in bytes of the render pool. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Rasters can ignore the render pool and rely on dynamic memory */
+ /* allocation if they want to (a handle to the memory allocator is */
+ /* passed to the raster constructor). However, this is not */
+ /* recommended for efficiency purposes. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Raster_ResetFunc)( FT_Raster raster,
+ unsigned char* pool_base,
+ unsigned long pool_size );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Reset_Func FT_Raster_ResetFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_SetModeFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function is a generic facility to change modes or attributes */
+ /* in a given raster. This can be used for debugging purposes, or */
+ /* simply to allow implementation-specific `features' in a given */
+ /* raster module. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* mode :: A 4-byte tag used to name the mode or property. */
+ /* */
+ /* args :: A pointer to the new mode/property to use. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Raster_SetModeFunc)( FT_Raster raster,
+ unsigned long mode,
+ void* args );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func FT_Raster_SetModeFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_RenderFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Invoke a given raster to scan-convert a given glyph image into a */
+ /* target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
+ /* store the rendering parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The exact format of the source image depends on the raster's glyph */
+ /* format defined in its @FT_Raster_Funcs structure. It can be an */
+ /* @FT_Outline or anything else in order to support a large array of */
+ /* glyph formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note also that the render function can fail and return a */
+ /* `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error code if the raster used does */
+ /* not support direct composition. */
+ /* */
+ /* XXX: For now, the standard raster doesn't support direct */
+ /* composition but this should change for the final release (see */
+ /* the files `demos/src/ftgrays.c' and `demos/src/ftgrays2.c' */
+ /* for examples of distinct implementations which support direct */
+ /* composition). */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Raster_RenderFunc)( FT_Raster raster,
+ const FT_Raster_Params* params );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Render_Func FT_Raster_RenderFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Raster_Funcs */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to describe a given raster class to the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* glyph_format :: The supported glyph format for this raster. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_new :: The raster constructor. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_reset :: Used to reset the render pool within the raster. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_render :: A function to render a glyph into a given bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_done :: The raster destructor. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Raster_Funcs_
+ {
+ FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
+ FT_Raster_NewFunc raster_new;
+ FT_Raster_ResetFunc raster_reset;
+ FT_Raster_SetModeFunc raster_set_mode;
+ FT_Raster_RenderFunc raster_render;
+ FT_Raster_DoneFunc raster_done;
+
+ } FT_Raster_Funcs;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTIMAGE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftincrem.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTINCREM_H__
+#define __FTINCREM_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * incremental
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * Incremental Loading
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Custom Glyph Loading.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
+ * `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
+ * from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application,
+ *
+ * Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
+ * file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
+ * engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
+ *
+ * To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
+ * @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
+ * @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
+ * @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
+ * `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
+ * embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
+ * where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
+ * different values.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
+ * objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
+ * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
+ * and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
+ *
+ * See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
+ * to use incremental objects with FreeType.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
+ * by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * bearing_x ::
+ * Left bearing, in font units.
+ *
+ * bearing_y ::
+ * Top bearing, in font units.
+ *
+ * advance ::
+ * Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
+ *
+ * advance_v ::
+ * Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
+ * value of the `vertical' argument to the function
+ * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
+ {
+ FT_Long bearing_x;
+ FT_Long bearing_y;
+ FT_Long advance;
+ FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
+
+ } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Incremental_Metrics
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
+ * during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
+ * enabled.
+ *
+ * Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
+ * file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
+ * the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
+ * *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is
+ * undefined for any other format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * incremental ::
+ * Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+ * application.
+ *
+ * glyph_index ::
+ * Index of relevant glyph.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * adata ::
+ * A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
+ * accessed as a read-only byte block).
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If this function returns successfully the method
+ * @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
+ * the data bytes.
+ *
+ * Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
+ * compound glyphs.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_Data* adata );
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
+ * successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * incremental ::
+ * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+ * application.
+ *
+ * data ::
+ * A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
+ * as a read-only byte block).
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
+ FT_Data* data );
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
+ * before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
+ * formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
+ * the glyph images proper.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * incremental ::
+ * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+ * application.
+ *
+ * glyph_index ::
+ * Index of relevant glyph.
+ *
+ * vertical ::
+ * If true, return vertical metrics.
+ *
+ * ametrics ::
+ * This parameter is used for both input and output.
+ * The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are
+ * not available all the values must be set to zero.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * ametrics ::
+ * The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
+ ( FT_Incremental incremental,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_Bool vertical,
+ FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
+ * incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * get_glyph_data ::
+ * The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
+ *
+ * free_glyph_data ::
+ * The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
+ *
+ * get_glyph_metrics ::
+ * The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does
+ * not provide overriding glyph metrics.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
+ {
+ FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
+ FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
+ FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
+
+ } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
+ * wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
+ * @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
+ * FT_Parameter parameter;
+ * FT_Open_Args open_args;
+ *
+ *
+ * // set up incremental descriptor
+ * inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
+ * inc_int.object = my_object;
+ *
+ * // set up optional parameter
+ * parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
+ * parameter.data = &inc_int;
+ *
+ * // set up FT_Open_Args structure
+ * open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
+ * open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
+ * open_args.num_params = 1;
+ * open_args.params = ¶meter; // we use one optional argument
+ *
+ * // open the font
+ * error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
+ * ...
+ * }
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
+ {
+ const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
+ FT_Incremental object;
+
+ } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental_Interface
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @constant:
+ * FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate
+ * an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTINCREM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftlcdfil.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */
+/* (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
+#define __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * lcd_filtering
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * LCD Filtering
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Reduce color fringes of LCD-optimized bitmaps.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API can be used to specify a low-pass
+ * filter which is then applied to LCD-optimized bitmaps generated
+ * through @FT_Render_Glyph. This is useful to reduce color fringes
+ * which would occur with unfiltered rendering.
+ *
+ * Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is
+ * *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to
+ * #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file
+ * in order to activate it.
+ *
+ * FreeType generates alpha coverage maps, which are linear by nature.
+ * For instance, the value 0x80 in bitmap representation means that
+ * (within numerical precision) 0x80/0xff fraction of that pixel is
+ * covered by the glyph's outline. The blending function for placing
+ * text over a background is
+ *
+ * {
+ * dst = alpha * src + (1 - alpha) * dst ,
+ * }
+ *
+ * which is known as OVER. However, when calculating the output of the
+ * OVER operator, the source colors should first be transformed to a
+ * linear color space, then alpha blended in that space, and transformed
+ * back to the output color space.
+ *
+ * When linear light blending is used, the default FIR5 filtering
+ * weights (as given by FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT) are no longer optimal, as
+ * they have been designed for black on white rendering while lacking
+ * gamma correction. To preserve color neutrality, weights for a FIR5
+ * filter should be chosen according to two free parameters `a' and `c',
+ * and the FIR weights should be
+ *
+ * {
+ * [a - c, a + c, 2 * a, a + c, a - c] .
+ * }
+ *
+ * This formula generates equal weights for all the color primaries
+ * across the filter kernel, which makes it colorless. One suggested
+ * set of weights is
+ *
+ * {
+ * [0x10, 0x50, 0x60, 0x50, 0x10] ,
+ * }
+ *
+ * where `a' has value 0x30 and `b' value 0x20. The weights in filter
+ * may have a sum larger than 0x100, which increases coloration slightly
+ * but also improves contrast.
+ */
+
+
+ /****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_LcdFilter
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
+ * Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
+ * results in sometimes severe color fringes.
+ *
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
+ * The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
+ * of a slight blurriness in the output.
+ *
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
+ * The light filter is a variant that produces less blurriness at the
+ * cost of slightly more color fringes than the default one. It might
+ * be better, depending on taste, your monitor, or your personal vision.
+ *
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
+ * This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
+ * provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
+ * fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
+ * In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
+ * interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
+ *
+ * This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
+ * disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.0
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
+ {
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
+
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
+
+ } FT_LcdFilter;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
+ * bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
+ * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to the target library instance.
+ *
+ * filter ::
+ * The filter type.
+ *
+ * You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
+ * @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
+ * well on most LCD screens.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
+ * explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
+ * @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
+ *
+ * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
+ * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
+ * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
+ * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
+ * default builds of FreeType.
+ *
+ * The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
+ * @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char.
+ *
+ * It does _not_ affect the output of @FT_Outline_Render and
+ * @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
+ *
+ * If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
+ * either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
+ * outline with regards to the pixel grid. For example, for
+ * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3~pixels to the left, and
+ * up to 3~pixels to the right.
+ *
+ * The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't
+ * need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling
+ * the filter.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.0
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
+ FT_LcdFilter filter );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Use this function to override the filter weights selected by
+ * @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter. By default, FreeType uses the quintuple
+ * (0x00, 0x55, 0x56, 0x55, 0x00) for FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT, and (0x10,
+ * 0x40, 0x70, 0x40, 0x10) for FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT and
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to the target library instance.
+ *
+ * weights ::
+ * A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
+ * uses them to specify the filter weights.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
+ * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
+ * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
+ * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
+ * default builds of FreeType.
+ *
+ * This function must be called after @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter to have
+ * any effect.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.4.0
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
+ unsigned char *weights );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftlist.h */
+/* */
+/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */
+ /* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTLIST_H__
+#define __FTLIST_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* list_processing */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* List Processing */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Simple management of lists. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains various definitions related to list */
+ /* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_List */
+ /* FT_ListNode */
+ /* FT_ListRec */
+ /* FT_ListNodeRec */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_List_Add */
+ /* FT_List_Insert */
+ /* FT_List_Find */
+ /* FT_List_Remove */
+ /* FT_List_Up */
+ /* FT_List_Iterate */
+ /* FT_List_Iterator */
+ /* FT_List_Finalize */
+ /* FT_List_Destructor */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Find */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Find the list node for a given listed object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
+ /* data :: The address of the listed object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
+ FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
+ void* data );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Add */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Append an element to the end of a list. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
+ /* node :: The node to append. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
+ FT_ListNode node );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Insert */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Insert an element at the head of a list. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to parent list. */
+ /* node :: The node to insert. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
+ FT_ListNode node );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Remove */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */
+ /* the node is in the list! */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* node :: The node to remove. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
+ FT_ListNode node );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Up */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */
+ /* lists. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
+ /* node :: The node to move. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
+ FT_ListNode node );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_List_Iterator */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list parse */
+ /* by @FT_List_Iterate. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* node :: The current iteration list node. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */
+ /* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */
+ /* */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Iterate */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
+ /* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */
+ /* returns a non-zero value. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* list :: A handle to the list. */
+ /* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
+ /* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the second */
+ /* argument to the iterator. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
+ FT_List_Iterator iterator,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_List_Destructor */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An @FT_List iterator function which is called during a list */
+ /* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */
+ /* given list. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* system :: The current system object. */
+ /* */
+ /* data :: The current object to destroy. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */
+ /* be used to point to the iteration's state. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
+ void* data,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Finalize */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* list :: A handle to the list. */
+ /* */
+ /* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */
+ /* of the list. */
+ /* */
+ /* memory :: The current memory object which handles deallocation. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the last */
+ /* argument to the destructor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */
+ /* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
+ FT_List_Destructor destroy,
+ FT_Memory memory,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTLIST_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftlzw.h */
+/* */
+/* LZW-compressed stream support. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2004, 2006 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTLZW_H__
+#define __FTLZW_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* lzw */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* LZW Streams */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Using LZW-compressed font files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stream_OpenLZW
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is
+ * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
+ * with XFree86.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream :: The target embedding stream.
+ *
+ * source :: The source stream.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
+ *
+ * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
+ * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
+ * objects will be released to the heap.
+ *
+ * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
+ * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
+ *
+ * In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
+ * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
+ * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
+ * compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
+ * and re-open the face with it.
+ *
+ * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
+ * of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
+ FT_Stream source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTLZW_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftmac.h */
+/* */
+/* Additional Mac-specific API. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */
+/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* NOTE: Include this file after <freetype/freetype.h> and after any */
+/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */
+/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMAC_H__
+#define __FTMAC_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
+#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && \
+ ((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)))
+#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated))
+#else
+#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* mac_specific */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Mac Specific Interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Only available on the Macintosh. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */
+ /* compiled on a Macintosh. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* fond :: A FOND resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */
+ /* case. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Notes> */
+ /* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */
+ /* that are installed in the system as follows. */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */
+ /* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
+ Handle fond,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */
+ /* Bold). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
+ FSSpec* pathSpec,
+ FT_Long* face_index )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
+ FSSpec* pathSpec,
+ FT_Long* face_index )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */
+ /* name which is handled by ATS framework. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */
+ /* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */
+ /* buffer before calling this function. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
+ UInt8* path,
+ UInt32 maxPathSize,
+ FT_Long* face_index )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
+ /* using an FSSpec to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
+ /* first face has index~0. */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
+ /* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
+ const FSSpec *spec,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
+ /* using an FSRef to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
+ /* first face has index~0. */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
+ /* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
+ const FSRef *ref,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTMAC_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftmm.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMM_H__
+#define __FTMM_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* multiple_masters */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Multiple Masters */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */
+ /* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */
+ /* setting design axis coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */
+ /* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */
+ /* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */
+ /* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */
+ /* consistent interface makes sense. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_MM_Axis */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
+ /* Multiple Masters fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* name :: The axis's name. */
+ /* */
+ /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
+ {
+ FT_String* name;
+ FT_Long minimum;
+ FT_Long maximum;
+
+ } FT_MM_Axis;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Multi_Master */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */
+ /* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */
+ /* allows for intermediate designs to be present. This */
+ /* number cannot exceed~16. */
+ /* */
+ /* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
+ {
+ FT_UInt num_axis;
+ FT_UInt num_designs;
+ FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+
+ } FT_Multi_Master;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Var_Axis */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
+ /* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* name :: The axis's name. */
+ /* Not always meaningful for GX. */
+ /* */
+ /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */
+ /* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */
+ /* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */
+ /* */
+ /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */
+ /* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */
+ /* */
+ /* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */
+ /* `name'). */
+ /* Not meaningful for MM. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
+ {
+ FT_String* name;
+
+ FT_Fixed minimum;
+ FT_Fixed def;
+ FT_Fixed maximum;
+
+ FT_ULong tag;
+ FT_UInt strid;
+
+ } FT_Var_Axis;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Var_Named_Style */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */
+ /* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */
+ /* */
+ /* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed* coords;
+ FT_UInt strid;
+
+ } FT_Var_Named_Style;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_MM_Var */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
+ /* or GX var distortable font. */
+ /* */
+ /* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */
+ /* MM; no limit in GX. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */
+ /* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */
+ /* (where every glyph could have a different */
+ /* number of designs). */
+ /* */
+ /* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */
+ /* GX which allows certain design coordinates to */
+ /* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */
+ /* associated with them. The font can tell the */
+ /* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */
+ /* */
+ /* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
+ /* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */
+ /* */
+ /* namedstyles :: A table of named styles. */
+ /* Only meaningful with GX. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
+ {
+ FT_UInt num_axis;
+ FT_UInt num_designs;
+ FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
+ FT_Var_Axis* axis;
+ FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
+
+ } FT_MM_Var;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Multi_Master */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_MM_Var */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */
+ /* Allocates a data structure, which the user must free */
+ /* (a single call to FT_FREE will do it). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
+ FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */
+ /* through design coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
+ /* the number of axes in the font). */
+ /* */
+ /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt num_coords,
+ FT_Long* coords );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
+ /* design through design coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
+ /* the number of axes in the font). */
+ /* */
+ /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt num_coords,
+ FT_Fixed* coords );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
+ /* design through normalized blend coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
+ /* the number of axes in the font). */
+ /* */
+ /* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */
+ /* between 0 and 1.0). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt num_coords,
+ FT_Fixed* coords );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt num_coords,
+ FT_Fixed* coords );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTMM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftmodapi.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2006, 2008-2010, 2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMODAPI_H__
+#define __FTMODAPI_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* module_management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Module Management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */
+ /* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */
+ /* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */
+ /* */
+ /* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */
+ /* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* autofitter */
+ /* bdf */
+ /* cff */
+ /* gxvalid */
+ /* otvalid */
+ /* pcf */
+ /* pfr */
+ /* psaux */
+ /* pshinter */
+ /* psnames */
+ /* raster1, raster5 */
+ /* sfnt */
+ /* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */
+ /* truetype */
+ /* type1 */
+ /* type42 */
+ /* t1cid */
+ /* winfonts */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* module bit flags */
+#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
+#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
+#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
+#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
+
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
+ /* scalable fonts */
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
+ /* support vector outlines */
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
+ /* own hinter */
+
+
+ /* deprecated values */
+#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
+#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
+#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
+#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
+
+#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
+#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
+#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
+
+
+ typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Module_Constructor */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* module :: The module to initialize. */
+ /* */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Module_Destructor */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* module :: The module to finalize. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Module_Requester */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* module :: The module to be searched. */
+ /* */
+ /* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */
+ /* */
+ typedef FT_Module_Interface
+ (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
+ const char* name );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Module_Class */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The module class descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */
+ /* bytes. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_name :: The name of the module. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */
+ /* (major.minor). */
+ /* */
+ /* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */
+ /* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */
+ /* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_init :: The initializing function. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_done :: The finalizing function. */
+ /* */
+ /* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
+ {
+ FT_ULong module_flags;
+ FT_Long module_size;
+ const FT_String* module_name;
+ FT_Fixed module_version;
+ FT_Fixed module_requires;
+
+ const void* module_interface;
+
+ FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
+ FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
+ FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
+
+ } FT_Module_Class;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Add_Module */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Add a new module to a given library instance. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
+ /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Module */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Find a module by its name. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */
+ /* should look up the source code for details. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
+ FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
+ const char* module_name );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Remove_Module */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Remove a given module from a library instance. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* module :: A handle to a module object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Module module );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Property_Set
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Set a property for a given module.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to the library the module is part of.
+ *
+ * module_name ::
+ * The module name.
+ *
+ * property_name ::
+ * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
+ * subsection of the module's documentation.
+ *
+ * Note that only a few modules have properties.
+ *
+ * value ::
+ * A generic pointer to a variable or structure which gives the new
+ * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
+ * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
+ * module's documentation.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
+ * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
+ * valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
+ *
+ * The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in
+ * module `foo' to value~1.
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_UInt bar;
+ *
+ *
+ * bar = 1;
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
+ * }
+ *
+ * It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache
+ * sub-system with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set instead.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.4.11
+ *
+ */
+ FT_Error
+ FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_String* module_name,
+ const FT_String* property_name,
+ const void* value );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Property_Get
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Get a module's property value.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to the library the module is part of.
+ *
+ * module_name ::
+ * The module name.
+ *
+ * property_name ::
+ * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
+ * subsection of the module's documentation.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * value ::
+ * A generic pointer to a variable or structure which gives the
+ * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
+ * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
+ * module's documentation.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
+ * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
+ * valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
+ *
+ * The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'.
+ *
+ * {
+ * typedef range_
+ * {
+ * FT_Int32 min;
+ * FT_Int32 max;
+ *
+ * } range;
+ *
+ * range baz;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
+ * }
+ *
+ * It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
+ * sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.4.11
+ *
+ */
+ FT_Error
+ FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_String* module_name,
+ const FT_String* property_name,
+ void* value );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Reference_Library */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */
+ /* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */
+ /* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */
+ /* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures which */
+ /* reference @FT_Library objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a target library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.4.2 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Library */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */
+ /* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */
+ /* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. */
+ /* */
+ /* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */
+ /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */
+ /* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */
+ /* */
+ /* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */
+ /* library instance. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
+ /* @FT_Reference_Library. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
+ FT_Library *alibrary );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_Library */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */
+ /* discards all resource objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the target library. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
+ /* @FT_Reference_Library. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
+
+/* */
+
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
+ /* format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */
+ /* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */
+ /* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */
+ /* */
+ /* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */
+ /* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */
+ /* */
+ /* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */
+ /* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */
+ /* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
+ FT_UInt hook_index,
+ FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */
+ /* This is only useful when you create a library object with */
+ /* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
+
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * truetype_engine
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * The TrueType Engine
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * TrueType bytecode support.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
+ * bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_TrueTypeEngineType
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
+ * engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used
+ * by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
+ * The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
+ *
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
+ * The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't
+ * support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine.
+ *
+ * Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts which position and
+ * scale glyph components with bytecode instructions. It produces
+ * bad output for most other fonts.
+ *
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
+ * The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
+ * the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this
+ * was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.2
+ *
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
+ {
+ FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+ FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
+ FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
+
+ } FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
+ * the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A library instance.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * A value indicating which level is supported.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.2
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
+ FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTMODAPI_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftmoderr.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2001-2005, 2010, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */
+ /* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */
+ /* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */
+ /* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */
+ /* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */
+ /* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */
+ /* including the high byte. */
+ /* */
+ /* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */
+ /* an error value is set to zero. */
+ /* */
+ /* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */
+ /* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERR( err ) */
+ /* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */
+ /* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */
+ /* the line */
+ /* */
+ /* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */
+ /* */
+ /* expands to */
+ /* */
+ /* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */
+ /* */
+ /* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */
+ /* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */
+ /* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */
+ /* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */
+ /* and inequality, respectively. Example: */
+ /* */
+ /* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */
+ /* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */
+ /* the same as */
+ /* */
+ /* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */
+ /* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */
+ /* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */
+ /* with something like */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #undef __FTMODERR_H__ */
+ /* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */
+ /* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */
+ /* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
+ /* */
+ /* const struct */
+ /* { */
+ /* int mod_err_offset; */
+ /* const char* mod_err_msg */
+ /* } ft_mod_errors[] = */
+ /* */
+ /* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMODERR_H__
+#define __FTMODERR_H__
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** SETUP MACROS *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
+#else
+#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
+#endif
+
+#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
+#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+ FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+ FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** CLEANUP *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+ }
+#endif
+
+#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+#undef FT_MODERRDEF
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+
+#endif /* __FTMODERR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftotval.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* */
+/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */
+/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */
+/* OpenType specification. */
+/* */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOTVAL_H__
+#define __FTOTVAL_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* ot_validation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* OpenType Validation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* An API to validate OpenType tables. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
+ /* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
+ * indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
+ * Validate BASE table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
+ * Validate GDEF table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
+ * Validate GPOS table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
+ * Validate GSUB table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
+ * Validate JSTF table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
+ * Validate MATH table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
+ * Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
+#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
+#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_MATH
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_OpenType_Validate
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
+ * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
+ * actually does the text layout can access those tables without
+ * error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * validation_flags ::
+ * A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See
+ * @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * BASE_table ::
+ * A pointer to the BASE table.
+ *
+ * GDEF_table ::
+ * A pointer to the GDEF table.
+ *
+ * GPOS_table ::
+ * A pointer to the GPOS table.
+ *
+ * GSUB_table ::
+ * A pointer to the GSUB table.
+ *
+ * JSTF_table ::
+ * A pointer to the JSTF table.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
+ * @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either
+ * doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
+ * validation.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt validation_flags,
+ FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
+ FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
+ FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
+ FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
+ FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_OpenType_Free
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * table ::
+ * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
+ * @FT_OpenType_Validate.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+ * @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bytes table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTOTVAL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftoutln.h */
+/* */
+/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */
+/* most scalable font formats (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2005-2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOUTLN_H__
+#define __FTOUTLN_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* outline_processing */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Outline Processing */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
+ /* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */
+ /* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_Outline */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS */
+ /* FT_Outline_New */
+ /* FT_Outline_Done */
+ /* FT_Outline_Copy */
+ /* FT_Outline_Translate */
+ /* FT_Outline_Transform */
+ /* FT_Outline_Embolden */
+ /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
+ /* FT_Outline_Reverse */
+ /* FT_Outline_Check */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
+ /* FT_Outline_Render */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Outline_Decompose */
+ /* FT_Outline_Funcs */
+ /* FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func */
+ /* FT_Outline_LineTo_Func */
+ /* FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func */
+ /* FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Decompose */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */
+ /* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */
+ /* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */
+ /* */
+ /* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */
+ /* called during decomposition to indicate path */
+ /* operations. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed to each */
+ /* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */
+ /* used to store the state during the */
+ /* decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
+ const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new outline of a given size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */
+ /* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */
+ /* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */
+ /* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */
+ /* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */
+ /* */
+ /* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */
+ /* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
+ /* to use the library's memory allocator. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
+ FT_UInt numPoints,
+ FT_Int numContours,
+ FT_Outline *anoutline );
+
+
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
+ FT_UInt numPoints,
+ FT_Int numContours,
+ FT_Outline *anoutline );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Done */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */
+ /* outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */
+ /* descriptor will be released. */
+ /* */
+ /* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */
+ /* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
+ FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Check */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */
+ /* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
+ /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
+ /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
+ /* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */
+ /* */
+ /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
+ /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
+ /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
+ /* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* acbox :: The outline's control box. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_BBox *acbox );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Translate */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */
+ /* */
+ /* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Pos xOffset,
+ FT_Pos yOffset );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Copy */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */
+ /* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */
+ /* function is called. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* source :: A handle to the source outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* target :: A handle to the target outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
+ FT_Outline *target );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Transform */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */
+ /* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */
+ /* outline's points. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
+ const FT_Matrix* matrix );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Embolden */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */
+ /* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */
+ /* bottom borders as unchanged. */
+ /* */
+ /* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */
+ /* possible also. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */
+ /* 26.6 pixel format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */
+ /* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
+ /* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */
+ /* handled incorrectly. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */
+ /* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */
+ /* */
+ /* Example call: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
+ /* if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */
+ /* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Pos strength );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */
+ /* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */
+ /* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */
+ /* directions. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Pos xstrength,
+ FT_Pos ystrength );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Reverse */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */
+ /* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */
+ /* the outline's `flags' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */
+ /* knows what it is doing. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */
+ /* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */
+ /* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */
+ /* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */
+ /* */
+ /* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */
+ /* */
+ /* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */
+ /* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */
+ /* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Outline* outline,
+ const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Render */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
+ /* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
+ /* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */
+ /* etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
+ /* describe the rendering operation. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
+ /* to use this function. */
+ /* */
+ /* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
+ /* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */
+ /* actually ignored. */
+ /* */
+ /* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */
+ /* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
+ /* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */
+ /* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Raster_Params* params );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_Orientation
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
+ *
+ * The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
+ * to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
+ * According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
+ * be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
+ *
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
+ * According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
+ * must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
+ *
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
+ * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
+ * remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
+ * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
+ *
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
+ * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
+ * remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
+ * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
+ *
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
+ * The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
+ * the glyph have different orientation.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_Orientation_
+ {
+ FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
+ FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
+ FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
+ FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
+ FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
+
+ } FT_Orientation;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
+ * fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by computing
+ * the direction of each global horizontal and/or vertical extrema
+ * within the outline.
+ *
+ * Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
+ * outlines.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * outline ::
+ * A handle to the source outline.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The orientation.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
+ FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTOUTLN_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftpfr.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTPFR_H__
+#define __FTPFR_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* pfr_fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* PFR Fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * aoutline_resolution ::
+ * Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
+ * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
+ *
+ * ametrics_resolution ::
+ * Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
+ * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
+ *
+ * ametrics_x_scale ::
+ * A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
+ * in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to
+ * `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
+ * can be NULL).
+ *
+ * ametrics_y_scale ::
+ * Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
+ * optional (parameter can be NULL).
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
+ * However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
+ FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
+ FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
+ FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
+ * The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
+ * @FT_Get_Kerning.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * left :: Index of the left glyph.
+ *
+ * right :: Index of the right glyph.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * avector :: A kerning vector.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
+ * units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+ * mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
+ *
+ * You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
+ * returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt left,
+ FT_UInt right,
+ FT_Vector *avector );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PFR_Advance
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
+ * from a PFR font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * gindex :: The glyph index.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
+ * to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FT_Pos *aadvance );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTPFR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftrender.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2005, 2006, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTRENDER_H__
+#define __FTRENDER_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* module_management */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* create a new glyph object */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+ /* destroys a given glyph object */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
+
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ const FT_Matrix* matrix,
+ const FT_Vector* delta );
+
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_BBox* abbox );
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
+ FT_Glyph target );
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+/* deprecated */
+#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
+
+
+ struct FT_Glyph_Class_
+ {
+ FT_Long glyph_size;
+ FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
+ FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
+ FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
+ FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
+ FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
+ FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
+ FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
+ };
+
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ FT_UInt mode,
+ const FT_Vector* origin );
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ const FT_Matrix* matrix,
+ const FT_Vector* delta );
+
+
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ FT_BBox* cbox );
+
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_ULong mode_tag,
+ FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
+
+/* deprecated identifiers */
+#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
+#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
+#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
+#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Renderer_Class */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The renderer module class descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */
+ /* */
+ /* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */
+ /* */
+ /* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */
+ /* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
+ /* a given glyph slot. */
+ /* */
+ /* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */
+ /* */
+ /* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */
+ /* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
+ {
+ FT_Module_Class root;
+
+ FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
+
+ FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
+ FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
+ FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
+ FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
+
+ FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
+
+ } FT_Renderer_Class;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Renderer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* format :: The glyph format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
+ /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
+ /* */
+ /* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */
+ /* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
+ FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Glyph_Format format );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Renderer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* parameters :: Additional parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */
+ /* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* Currently, only the B/W renderer, if compiled with */
+ /* FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING (providing a 5-levels */
+ /* anti-aliasing mode; this option must be set directly in */
+ /* `ftraster.c' and is undefined by default) accepts a single tag */
+ /* `pal5' to set its gray palette as a character string with */
+ /* 5~elements. Consequently, the third and fourth argument are zero */
+ /* normally. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_UInt num_params,
+ FT_Parameter* parameters );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTRENDER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftsizes.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */
+ /* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */
+ /* where they are needed. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSIZES_H__
+#define __FTSIZES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* sizes_management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Size Management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Managing multiple sizes per face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */
+ /* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */
+ /* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */
+ /* field. */
+ /* */
+ /* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */
+ /* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */
+ /* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */
+ /* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */
+ /* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */
+ /* */
+ /* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */
+ /* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */
+ /* when using these. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new size object from a given face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
+ /* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */
+ /* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Size* size );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */
+ /* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */
+ /* @FT_New_Size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Activate_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */
+ /* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */
+ /* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one which has been */
+ /* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */
+ /* object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */
+ /* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSIZES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftsnames.h */
+/* */
+/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */
+/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */
+/* */
+/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2009, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
+#define __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* sfnt_names */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* SFNT Names */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */
+ /* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */
+ /* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */
+ /* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_SfntName */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */
+ /* */
+ /* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */
+ /* */
+ /* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */
+ /* */
+ /* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */
+ /* */
+ /* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */
+ /* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */
+ /* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* Generally speaking, the string is not */
+ /* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */
+ /* specification for details. */
+ /* */
+ /* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */
+ /* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */
+ /* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */
+ /* */
+ /* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */
+ /* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_SfntName_
+ {
+ FT_UShort platform_id;
+ FT_UShort encoding_id;
+ FT_UShort language_id;
+ FT_UShort name_id;
+
+ FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
+ FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
+
+ } FT_SfntName;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The number of strings in the `name' table. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */
+ /* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */
+ /* longer in use. */
+ /* */
+ /* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */
+ /* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */
+ /* platform, encoding, and name ID. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt idx,
+ FT_SfntName *aname );
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @constant:
+ * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
+ * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name'
+ * table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with
+ * legacy systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @constant:
+ * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
+ * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since
+ * OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy
+ * systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftstroke.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002-2006, 2008, 2009, 2011-2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_STROKE_H__
+#define __FT_STROKE_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * glyph_stroker
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * Glyph Stroker
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
+ * glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
+ * `inside' borders of the stroke.
+ *
+ * This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
+ * displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
+ * shape.
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Stroker
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Opaque handler to a path stroker object.
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_Stroker_LineJoin
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
+ * in a stroker.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
+ * Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used
+ * to join two lines smoothly.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
+ * Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of
+ * the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular
+ * region of the corner with a straight line between the
+ * outer corners of each stroke.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
+ * Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the
+ * miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes
+ * for the two segments are extended until they meet at an
+ * angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such
+ * that the miter would extend from the intersection of the
+ * segments a distance greater than the product of the miter
+ * limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see
+ * above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being
+ * created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter
+ * line join as used in PostScript and PDF.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
+ * Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if
+ * the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the
+ * strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector
+ * of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the
+ * intersection of the segments equal to the product of the
+ * miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents
+ * long spikes being created.
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line
+ * join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias
+ * for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for
+ * backwards compatibility.
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
+ {
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1,
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3
+
+ } FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_Stroker_LineCap
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
+ * rendered in a stroke.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
+ * The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
+ * point itself.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
+ * The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
+ * last point.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
+ * The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
+ * last point.
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
+ {
+ FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
+ FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
+ FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
+
+ } FT_Stroker_LineCap;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_StrokerBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These values are used to select a given stroke border
+ * in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
+ * Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
+ * Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
+ * borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
+ * `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
+ * drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
+ *
+ * You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
+ * @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
+ {
+ FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
+ FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
+
+ } FT_StrokerBorder;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
+ * `inside' borders of a given outline.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * outline ::
+ * The source outline handle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
+ * outlines.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
+ FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
+ * `outside' borders of a given outline.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * outline ::
+ * The source outline handle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
+ * outlines.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
+ FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_New
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Create a new stroker object.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * FreeType library handle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * astroker ::
+ * A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Stroker *astroker );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_Set
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Reset a stroker object's attributes.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * radius ::
+ * The border radius.
+ *
+ * line_cap ::
+ * The line cap style.
+ *
+ * line_join ::
+ * The line join style.
+ *
+ * miter_limit ::
+ * The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles,
+ * expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
+ * coordinates.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Fixed radius,
+ FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
+ FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
+ FT_Fixed miter_limit );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_Rewind
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
+ * You should call this function before beginning a new
+ * series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
+ * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
+ * the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
+ * later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * outline ::
+ * The source outline.
+ *
+ * opened ::
+ * A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
+ * of a closed one.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
+ * path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
+ *
+ * If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
+ * stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
+ *
+ * This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Bool opened );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * to ::
+ * A pointer to the start vector.
+ *
+ * open ::
+ * A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
+ * not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Vector* to,
+ FT_Bool open );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
+ * If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
+ * single line segment to the start position when needed.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_LineTo
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
+ * from the last position.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * to ::
+ * A pointer to the destination point.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+ * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Vector* to );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_ConicTo
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+ * from the last position.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * control ::
+ * A pointer to a Bézier control point.
+ *
+ * to ::
+ * A pointer to the destination point.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+ * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Vector* control,
+ FT_Vector* to );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_CubicTo
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+ * from the last position.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * control1 ::
+ * A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
+ *
+ * control2 ::
+ * A pointer to second Bézier control point.
+ *
+ * to ::
+ * A pointer to the destination point.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+ * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Vector* control1,
+ FT_Vector* control2,
+ FT_Vector* to );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
+ * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
+ * contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
+ * outlines generated by the stroker.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * border ::
+ * The border index.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * anum_points ::
+ * The number of points.
+ *
+ * anum_contours ::
+ * The number of contours.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
+ * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
+ *
+ * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
+ * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
+ * points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
+ *
+ * Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
+ * retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_StrokerBorder border,
+ FT_UInt *anum_points,
+ FT_UInt *anum_contours );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+ * export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * Note that this function appends the border points and
+ * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
+ * arrays.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * border ::
+ * The border index.
+ *
+ * outline ::
+ * The target outline handle.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+ * get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
+ * receive all new data.
+ *
+ * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
+ * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'
+ *
+ * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
+ * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
+ * points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
+ *
+ * Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
+ * retrieve all borders at once.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_StrokerBorder border,
+ FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_GetCounts
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
+ * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
+ * contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
+ * outline/path.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * anum_points ::
+ * The number of points.
+ *
+ * anum_contours ::
+ * The number of contours.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_UInt *anum_points,
+ FT_UInt *anum_contours );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_Export
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+ * export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
+ *
+ * Note that this function appends the border points and
+ * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
+ * arrays.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * outline ::
+ * The target outline handle.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_Done
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Destroy a stroker object.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Glyph_Stroke
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * pglyph ::
+ * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * A stroker handle.
+ *
+ * destroy ::
+ * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
+ * on success.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
+ *
+ * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
+ * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
+ * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
+ * to account for this added size.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
+ FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Bool destroy );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
+ * only return either its inside or outside border.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * pglyph ::
+ * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * A stroker handle.
+ *
+ * inside ::
+ * A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
+ * the outside border.
+ *
+ * destroy ::
+ * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
+ * on success.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
+ *
+ * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
+ * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
+ * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
+ * to account for this added size.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
+ FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Bool inside,
+ FT_Bool destroy );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_STROKE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftsynth.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */
+/* (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /********* *********/
+ /********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
+ /********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
+ /********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
+ /********* *********/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
+ /* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
+ /* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
+ /* code resource which should be copied into the application and */
+ /* adapted to the particular needs. */
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSYNTH_H__
+#define __FTSYNTH_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
+ /* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
+ /* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
+ /* */
+ /* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */
+ /* increased by the strength of the emboldening. You can also call */
+ /* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+ /* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSYNTH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftsystem.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSYSTEM_H__
+#define __FTSYSTEM_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* system_interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* System Interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains various definitions related to memory */
+ /* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */
+ /* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */
+ /* i/o streams. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Memory
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
+ * @FT_MemoryRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Alloc_Func
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * memory ::
+ * A handle to the source memory manager.
+ *
+ * size ::
+ * The size in bytes to allocate.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void*
+ (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
+ long size );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Free_Func
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to release a given block of memory.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * memory ::
+ * A handle to the source memory manager.
+ *
+ * block ::
+ * The address of the target memory block.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
+ void* block );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Realloc_Func
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * memory ::
+ * A handle to the source memory manager.
+ *
+ * cur_size ::
+ * The block's current size in bytes.
+ *
+ * new_size ::
+ * The block's requested new size.
+ *
+ * block ::
+ * The block's current address.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * In case of error, the old block must still be available.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void*
+ (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
+ long cur_size,
+ long new_size,
+ void* block );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_MemoryRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * user ::
+ * A generic typeless pointer for user data.
+ *
+ * alloc ::
+ * A pointer type to an allocation function.
+ *
+ * free ::
+ * A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
+ *
+ * realloc ::
+ * A pointer type to a reallocation function.
+ *
+ */
+ struct FT_MemoryRec_
+ {
+ void* user;
+ FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
+ FT_Free_Func free;
+ FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
+ };
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Stream
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to an input stream.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_StreamDesc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
+ * to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
+ {
+ long value;
+ void* pointer;
+
+ } FT_StreamDesc;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Stream_IoFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream ::
+ * A handle to the source stream.
+ *
+ * offset ::
+ * The offset of read in stream (always from start).
+ *
+ * buffer ::
+ * The address of the read buffer.
+ *
+ * count ::
+ * The number of bytes to read from the stream.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
+ * with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an
+ * error.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef unsigned long
+ (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
+ unsigned long offset,
+ unsigned char* buffer,
+ unsigned long count );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Stream_CloseFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to close a given input stream.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream ::
+ * A handle to the target stream.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_StreamRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A structure used to describe an input stream.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * base ::
+ * For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
+ * byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for
+ * disk-based streams.
+ *
+ * size ::
+ * The stream size in bytes.
+ *
+ * pos ::
+ * The current position within the stream.
+ *
+ * descriptor ::
+ * This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
+ * used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
+ * pointers.
+ *
+ * pathname ::
+ * This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
+ * useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
+ * (where available).
+ *
+ * read ::
+ * The stream's input function.
+ *
+ * close ::
+ * The stream's close function.
+ *
+ * memory ::
+ * The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set
+ * internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
+ * implementations.
+ *
+ * cursor ::
+ * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
+ * frames.
+ *
+ * limit ::
+ * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
+ * frames.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
+ {
+ unsigned char* base;
+ unsigned long size;
+ unsigned long pos;
+
+ FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
+ FT_StreamDesc pathname;
+ FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
+ FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
+
+ FT_Memory memory;
+ unsigned char* cursor;
+ unsigned char* limit;
+
+ } FT_StreamRec;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSYSTEM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* fttrigon.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2001, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTTRIGON_H__
+#define __FTTRIGON_H__
+
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* computations */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Angle
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
+ * angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ANGLE_PI
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ANGLE_2PI
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ANGLE_PI2
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ANGLE_PI4
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Sin
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The input angle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The sinus value.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
+ * function @FT_Vector_Unit.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Cos
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The input angle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The cosinus value.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
+ * function @FT_Vector_Unit.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Tan
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The input angle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The tangent value.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Atan2
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
+ * the 2d plane.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * x ::
+ * The horizontal vector coordinate.
+ *
+ * y ::
+ * The vertical vector coordinate.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
+ FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
+ FT_Fixed y );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Angle_Diff
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
+ * constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle1 ::
+ * First angle.
+ *
+ * angle2 ::
+ * Second angle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
+ FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
+ FT_Angle angle2 );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_Unit
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
+ * call, the value of `vec.x' will be `sin(angle)', and the value of
+ * `vec.y' will be `cos(angle)'.
+ *
+ * This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
+ * given angle quickly.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of target vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The address of angle.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
+ FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_Rotate
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Rotate a vector by a given angle.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of target vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The address of angle.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
+ FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_Length
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the length of a given vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of target vector.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
+ * vector coordinates.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_Polarize
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of source vector.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * length ::
+ * The vector length.
+ *
+ * angle ::
+ * The vector angle.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
+ FT_Fixed *length,
+ FT_Angle *angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_From_Polar
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of source vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * length ::
+ * The vector length.
+ *
+ * angle ::
+ * The vector angle.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
+ FT_Fixed length,
+ FT_Angle angle );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTTRIGON_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* fttypes.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2002, 2004, 2006-2009, 2012, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTTYPES_H__
+#define __FTTYPES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_SYSTEM_H
+#include FT_IMAGE_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* basic_types */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Basic Data Types */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* The basic data types defined by the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */
+ /* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */
+ /* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_Byte */
+ /* FT_Bytes */
+ /* FT_Char */
+ /* FT_Int */
+ /* FT_UInt */
+ /* FT_Int16 */
+ /* FT_UInt16 */
+ /* FT_Int32 */
+ /* FT_UInt32 */
+ /* FT_Short */
+ /* FT_UShort */
+ /* FT_Long */
+ /* FT_ULong */
+ /* FT_Bool */
+ /* FT_Offset */
+ /* FT_PtrDist */
+ /* FT_String */
+ /* FT_Tag */
+ /* FT_Error */
+ /* FT_Fixed */
+ /* FT_Pointer */
+ /* FT_Pos */
+ /* FT_Vector */
+ /* FT_BBox */
+ /* FT_Matrix */
+ /* FT_FWord */
+ /* FT_UFWord */
+ /* FT_F2Dot14 */
+ /* FT_UnitVector */
+ /* FT_F26Dot6 */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Generic */
+ /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Bitmap */
+ /* FT_Pixel_Mode */
+ /* FT_Palette_Mode */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Format */
+ /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Bool */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */
+ /* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_FWord */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */
+ /* units. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UFWord */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */
+ /* font units. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed char FT_Char;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Byte */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Bytes */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for constant memory areas. */
+ /* */
+ typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Tag */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */
+ /* */
+ typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_String */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */
+ /* */
+ typedef char FT_String;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Short */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for signed short. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed short FT_Short;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UShort */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for unsigned short. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Int */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for the int type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed int FT_Int;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UInt */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Long */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for signed long. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed long FT_Long;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_ULong */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for unsigned long. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_F2Dot14 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_F26Dot6 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */
+ /* coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Fixed */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */
+ /* values or matrix coefficients. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Error */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */
+ /* as a successful operation. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int FT_Error;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Pointer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void* FT_Pointer;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Offset */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */
+ /* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */
+ /* or a memory block size. */
+ /* */
+ typedef size_t FT_Offset;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_PtrDist */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */
+ /* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */
+ /* between two pointers. */
+ /* */
+ typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_UnitVector */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */
+ /* FT_F2Dot14 types. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* y :: Vertical coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
+ {
+ FT_F2Dot14 x;
+ FT_F2Dot14 y;
+
+ } FT_UnitVector;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Matrix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */
+ /* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* x' = x*xx + y*xy */
+ /* y' = x*yx + y*yy */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */
+ /* */
+ /* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */
+ /* */
+ /* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */
+ /* */
+ /* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Matrix_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed xx, xy;
+ FT_Fixed yx, yy;
+
+ } FT_Matrix;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Data */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* pointer :: The data. */
+ /* */
+ /* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Data_
+ {
+ const FT_Byte* pointer;
+ FT_Int length;
+
+ } FT_Data;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */
+ /* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */
+ /* details of usage. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* The address of the FreeType object which is under finalization. */
+ /* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object);
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Generic */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */
+ /* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */
+ /* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */
+ /* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */
+ /* servers. */
+ /* */
+ /* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
+ /* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */
+ /* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */
+ /* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
+ /* in the `finalizer' field). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
+ /* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */
+ /* */
+ /* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */
+ /* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */
+ /* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Generic_
+ {
+ void* data;
+ FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
+
+ } FT_Generic;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_MAKE_TAG */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro converts four-letter tags which are used to label */
+ /* TrueType tables into an unsigned long to be used within FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */
+ /* this macro. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
+ (FT_Tag) \
+ ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \
+ ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \
+ ( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \
+ (FT_ULong)_x4 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* list_processing */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_ListNode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */
+ /* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */
+ /* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_List */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_ListNodeRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to hold a single list element. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */
+ /* */
+ /* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */
+ /* */
+ /* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
+ {
+ FT_ListNode prev;
+ FT_ListNode next;
+ void* data;
+
+ } FT_ListNodeRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_ListRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */
+ /* used in many parts of FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */
+ /* */
+ /* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ListRec_
+ {
+ FT_ListNode head;
+ FT_ListNode tail;
+
+ } FT_ListRec;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
+#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
+
+ /* concatenate C tokens */
+#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
+#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
+
+ /* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */
+
+#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )
+
+#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
+#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
+
+#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \
+ ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
+#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \
+ ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTTYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftwinfnt.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2003, 2004, 2008 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTWINFNT_H__
+#define __FTWINFNT_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* winfnt_fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Window FNT Files */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Windows FNT specific API. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */
+ /* functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
+ * @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
+ * encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at ftp://ftp.unicode.org
+ * in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS subdirectory. cp1361 is
+ * roughly a superset of MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
+ * This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
+ * `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value.
+ * When querying for information about the character set of the font
+ * that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
+ * return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
+ * There is no known mapping table available.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
+ * Mac Roman encoding.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
+ * From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
+ *
+ * The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
+ * is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
+ * `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
+ *
+ * The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
+ * specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
+ *
+ * The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
+ * Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
+ * character set. The OEM character set is system dependent.
+ *
+ * In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
+ * second default codepage that most international versions of
+ * Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
+ *
+ * http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/cphome.mspx,
+ *
+ * and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
+ * A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
+ * 1252 and OEM codepage 850.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
+ * A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
+ * A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
+ * A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
+ * ordering and minor deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
+ * A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different
+ * ordering and minor deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
+ * A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
+ * ordering and minor deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
+ * A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
+ * ordering).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
+ * A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
+ * ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
+ * A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
+ * A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
+ * A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
+ * A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
+ * A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
+ * For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
+ * characters.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
+ * Korean (Johab).
+ */
+
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Windows FNT Header info. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
+ {
+ FT_UShort version;
+ FT_ULong file_size;
+ FT_Byte copyright[60];
+ FT_UShort file_type;
+ FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
+ FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
+ FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
+ FT_UShort ascent;
+ FT_UShort internal_leading;
+ FT_UShort external_leading;
+ FT_Byte italic;
+ FT_Byte underline;
+ FT_Byte strike_out;
+ FT_UShort weight;
+ FT_Byte charset;
+ FT_UShort pixel_width;
+ FT_UShort pixel_height;
+ FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
+ FT_UShort avg_width;
+ FT_UShort max_width;
+ FT_Byte first_char;
+ FT_Byte last_char;
+ FT_Byte default_char;
+ FT_Byte break_char;
+ FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
+ FT_ULong device_offset;
+ FT_ULong face_name_offset;
+ FT_ULong bits_pointer;
+ FT_ULong bits_offset;
+ FT_Byte reserved;
+ FT_ULong flags;
+ FT_UShort A_space;
+ FT_UShort B_space;
+ FT_UShort C_space;
+ FT_UShort color_table_offset;
+ FT_ULong reserved1[4];
+
+ } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_WinFNT_Header */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * aheader :: The WinFNT header.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
+ * otherwise.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
+ FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTWINFNT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftxf86.h */
+/* */
+/* Support functions for X11. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTXF86_H__
+#define __FTXF86_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* font_formats */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Font Formats */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Getting the font format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */
+ /* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */
+ /* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */
+ /* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is in the X11/xf86 namespace for historical reasons */
+ /* and in no way depends on that windowing system. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_X11_Font_Format */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a string describing the format of a given face, using values */
+ /* which can be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. Possible values are */
+ /* `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', `CID~Type~1', `CFF', */
+ /* `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* Input face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( const char* )
+ FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTXF86_H__ */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* t1tables.h */
+/* */
+/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */
+/* only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2011 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1TABLES_H__
+#define __T1TABLES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* type1_tables */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Type 1 Tables */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */
+ /* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
+ /* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* PS_FontInfoRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */
+ /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
+ /* FontInfo dictionary. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_
+ {
+ FT_String* version;
+ FT_String* notice;
+ FT_String* full_name;
+ FT_String* family_name;
+ FT_String* weight;
+ FT_Long italic_angle;
+ FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch;
+ FT_Short underline_position;
+ FT_UShort underline_thickness;
+
+ } PS_FontInfoRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* PS_FontInfo */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* T1_FontInfo */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
+ /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
+ /* FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* PS_PrivateRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */
+ /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
+ /* Private dictionary. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_
+ {
+ FT_Int unique_id;
+ FT_Int lenIV;
+
+ FT_Byte num_blue_values;
+ FT_Byte num_other_blues;
+ FT_Byte num_family_blues;
+ FT_Byte num_family_other_blues;
+
+ FT_Short blue_values[14];
+ FT_Short other_blues[10];
+
+ FT_Short family_blues [14];
+ FT_Short family_other_blues[10];
+
+ FT_Fixed blue_scale;
+ FT_Int blue_shift;
+ FT_Int blue_fuzz;
+
+ FT_UShort standard_width[1];
+ FT_UShort standard_height[1];
+
+ FT_Byte num_snap_widths;
+ FT_Byte num_snap_heights;
+ FT_Bool force_bold;
+ FT_Bool round_stem_up;
+
+ FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */
+ FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */
+
+ FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
+
+ FT_Long language_group;
+ FT_Long password;
+
+ FT_Short min_feature[2];
+
+ } PS_PrivateRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* PS_Private */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* T1_Private */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */
+ /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
+ /* FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* T1_Blend_Flags */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */
+ /* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */
+ /* Multiple Masters fonts. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_
+ {
+ /*# required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
+ T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
+ T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
+ T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
+
+ /*# required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
+ T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
+ T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
+ T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
+ T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
+ T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
+ T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
+ T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
+ T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
+ T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
+ T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
+ T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
+
+ /*# never remove */
+ T1_BLEND_MAX
+
+ } T1_Blend_Flags;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*# backwards compatible definitions */
+#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
+#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
+#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
+#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
+#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
+#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
+#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
+#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
+#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
+#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
+#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
+#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX
+
+
+ /* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16
+
+ /* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4
+
+ /* maximum number of elements in a design map */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20
+
+
+ /* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
+ typedef struct PS_DesignMap_
+ {
+ FT_Byte num_points;
+ FT_Long* design_points;
+ FT_Fixed* blend_points;
+
+ } PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
+
+ /* backwards-compatible definition */
+ typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap;
+
+
+ typedef struct PS_BlendRec_
+ {
+ FT_UInt num_designs;
+ FT_UInt num_axis;
+
+ FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+ FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
+ PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+
+ FT_Fixed* weight_vector;
+ FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector;
+
+ PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+ PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+
+ FT_ULong blend_bitflags;
+
+ FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+
+ /* since 2.3.0 */
+
+ /* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */
+ /* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */
+ /* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
+ /* in the font and associated metrics files */
+ FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
+ FT_UInt num_default_design_vector;
+
+ } PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
+
+
+ /* backwards-compatible definition */
+ typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_FaceDictRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_
+ {
+ PS_PrivateRec private_dict;
+
+ FT_UInt len_buildchar;
+ FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold;
+ FT_Pos stroke_width;
+ FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
+
+ FT_Byte paint_type;
+ FT_Byte font_type;
+ FT_Matrix font_matrix;
+ FT_Vector font_offset;
+
+ FT_UInt num_subrs;
+ FT_ULong subrmap_offset;
+ FT_Int sd_bytes;
+
+ } CID_FaceDictRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_FaceDict */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /* backwards-compatible definition */
+ typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_FaceInfoRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_
+ {
+ FT_String* cid_font_name;
+ FT_Fixed cid_version;
+ FT_Int cid_font_type;
+
+ FT_String* registry;
+ FT_String* ordering;
+ FT_Int supplement;
+
+ PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
+ FT_BBox font_bbox;
+ FT_ULong uid_base;
+
+ FT_Int num_xuid;
+ FT_ULong xuid[16];
+
+ FT_ULong cidmap_offset;
+ FT_Int fd_bytes;
+ FT_Int gd_bytes;
+ FT_ULong cid_count;
+
+ FT_Int num_dicts;
+ CID_FaceDict font_dicts;
+
+ FT_ULong data_offset;
+
+ } CID_FaceInfoRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_FaceInfo */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_Info */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
+ /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
+ /* FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info;
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph
+ * names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
+ * except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
+ * glyph name tables.
+ *
+ * When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
+ * names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * face handle
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+ FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
+ * PostScript font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * PostScript face handle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * afont_info ::
+ * Output font info structure pointer.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by
+ * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
+ *
+ * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will
+ * return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face,
+ PS_FontInfo afont_info );
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
+ * PostScript font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * PostScript face handle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * afont_private ::
+ * Output private dictionary structure pointer.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
+ * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
+ *
+ * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
+ * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face,
+ PS_Private afont_private );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* T1_EncodingType */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1 */
+ /* dictionary. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum T1_EncodingType_
+ {
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
+
+ } T1_EncodingType;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* PS_Dict_Keys */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify */
+ /* the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_
+ {
+ /* conventionally in the font dictionary */
+ PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */
+ PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */
+ PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */
+ PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */
+
+ /* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */
+ PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */
+ PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */
+ PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */
+ PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */
+ PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */
+
+ /* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */
+ PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */
+ PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */
+ PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */
+ PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */
+
+ PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE
+
+ } PS_Dict_Keys;
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * PostScript face handle.
+ *
+ * key ::
+ * An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.
+ *
+ * idx ::
+ * For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.
+ *
+ * value ::
+ * A pointer to memory into which to write the value.
+ *
+ * valen_len ::
+ * The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * value ::
+ * The value matching the above key, if it exists.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested
+ * value (if it exists, -1 otherwise).
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of
+ * the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them
+ * belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the
+ * `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be
+ * used to manipulate the face.
+ *
+ * `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of
+ * various types.
+ *
+ * If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the
+ * required memory size for the requested entry is returned.
+ *
+ * The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for
+ * example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys
+ * from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It
+ * is ignored for atomic values.
+ *
+ * PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To
+ * get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by
+ * 65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).
+ *
+ * IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can
+ * be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP,
+ * ND, and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be
+ * available either.
+ *
+ * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
+ * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face,
+ PS_Dict_Keys key,
+ FT_UInt idx,
+ void *value,
+ FT_Long value_len );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1TABLES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ttnameid.h */
+/* */
+/* TrueType name ID definitions (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006-2008, 2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTNAMEID_H__
+#define __TTNAMEID_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* truetype_tables */
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Possible values for the `platform' identifier code in the name */
+ /* records of the TTF `name' table. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_PLATFORM_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `platform_id' identifier code in
+ * @FT_CharMapRec and @FT_SfntName structures.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE ::
+ * Used by Apple to indicate a Unicode character map and/or name entry.
+ * See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note
+ * that name entries in this format are coded as big-endian UCS-2
+ * character codes _only_.
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH ::
+ * Used by Apple to indicate a MacOS-specific charmap and/or name entry.
+ * See @TT_MAC_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note that
+ * most TrueType fonts contain an Apple roman charmap to be usable on
+ * MacOS systems (even if they contain a Microsoft charmap as well).
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_ISO ::
+ * This value was used to specify ISO/IEC 10646 charmaps. It is however
+ * now deprecated. See @TT_ISO_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding
+ * `encoding_id' values.
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT ::
+ * Used by Microsoft to indicate Windows-specific charmaps. See
+ * @TT_MS_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding `encoding_id' values.
+ * Note that most fonts contain a Unicode charmap using
+ * (TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT, @TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS).
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM ::
+ * Used to indicate application-specific charmaps.
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE ::
+ * This value isn't part of any font format specification, but is used
+ * by FreeType to report Adobe-specific charmaps in an @FT_CharMapRec
+ * structure. See @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX.
+ */
+
+#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE 0
+#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH 1
+#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO 2 /* deprecated */
+#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT 3
+#define TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM 4
+#define TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE 7 /* artificial */
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE charmaps and name entries.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT ::
+ * Unicode version 1.0.
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 ::
+ * Unicode 1.1; specifies Hangul characters starting at U+34xx.
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 ::
+ * Deprecated (identical to preceding).
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 ::
+ * Unicode 2.0 and beyond (UTF-16 BMP only).
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 ::
+ * Unicode 3.1 and beyond, using UTF-32.
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR ::
+ * From Adobe, not Apple. Not a normal cmap. Specifies variations
+ * on a real cmap.
+ */
+
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT 0 /* Unicode 1.0 */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 1 /* specify Hangul at U+34xx */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 2 /* deprecated */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 3 /* or later */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 4 /* 2.0 or later, full repertoire */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR 5 /* variation selector data */
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_MAC_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH charmaps and name entries.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GREEK ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_KHMER ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_THAI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP ::
+ */
+
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN 0
+#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE 1
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE 2
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN 3
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC 4
+#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW 5
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK 6
+#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN 7
+#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL 8
+#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI 9
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI 10
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI 11
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA 12
+#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI 13
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL 14
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU 15
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA 16
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM 17
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE 18
+#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE 19
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER 20
+#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI 21
+#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN 22
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN 23
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN 24
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN 25
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE 25
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN 26
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN 27
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ 28
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC 29
+#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE 30
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI 31
+#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP 32
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_ISO_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_ISO charmaps and name entries.
+ *
+ * Their use is now deprecated.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII ::
+ * ASCII.
+ * TT_ISO_ID_10646 ::
+ * ISO/10646.
+ * TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 ::
+ * Also known as Latin-1.
+ */
+
+#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII 0
+#define TT_ISO_ID_10646 1
+#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 2
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_MS_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT charmaps and name entries.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS ::
+ * Corresponds to Microsoft symbol encoding. See
+ * @FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS ::
+ * Corresponds to a Microsoft WGL4 charmap, matching Unicode. See
+ * @FT_ENCODING_UNICODE.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_SJIS ::
+ * Corresponds to SJIS Japanese encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_SJIS.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_GB2312 ::
+ * Corresponds to Simplified Chinese as used in Mainland China. See
+ * @FT_ENCODING_GB2312.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 ::
+ * Corresponds to Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong.
+ * See @FT_ENCODING_BIG5.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG ::
+ * Corresponds to Korean Wansung encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_JOHAB ::
+ * Corresponds to Johab encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 ::
+ * Corresponds to UCS-4 or UTF-32 charmaps. This has been added to
+ * the OpenType specification version 1.4 (mid-2001.)
+ */
+
+#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS 0
+#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS 1
+#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS 2
+#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312 3
+#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 4
+#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG 5
+#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB 6
+#define TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 10
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE charmaps. This is a FreeType-specific extension!
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD ::
+ * Adobe standard encoding.
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT ::
+ * Adobe expert encoding.
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM ::
+ * Adobe custom encoding.
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 ::
+ * Adobe Latin~1 encoding.
+ */
+
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD 0
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT 1
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM 2
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 3
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */
+ /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */
+ /* TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH. These values are also used as return values */
+ /* for function @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID. */
+ /* */
+ /* The canonical source for the Apple assigned Language ID's is at */
+ /* */
+ /* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6name.html */
+ /* */
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH 0
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FRENCH 1
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GERMAN 2
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ITALIAN 3
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DUTCH 4
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWEDISH 5
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SPANISH 6
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DANISH 7
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PORTUGUESE 8
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NORWEGIAN 9
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HEBREW 10
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAPANESE 11
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARABIC 12
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FINNISH 13
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK 14
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ICELANDIC 15
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALTESE 16
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKISH 17
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CROATIAN 18
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 19
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_URDU 20
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HINDI 21
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_THAI 22
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KOREAN 23
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LITHUANIAN 24
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_POLISH 25
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HUNGARIAN 26
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESTONIAN 27
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LETTISH 28
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SAAMISK 29
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FAEROESE 30
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI 31
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUSSIAN 32
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED 33
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FLEMISH 34
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH 35
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ALBANIAN 36
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ROMANIAN 37
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CZECH 38
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVAK 39
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVENIAN 40
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_YIDDISH 41
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SERBIAN 42
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MACEDONIAN 43
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BULGARIAN 44
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UKRAINIAN 45
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BYELORUSSIAN 46
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UZBEK 47
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KAZAKH 48
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI 49
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 49
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ARABIC_SCRIPT 50
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARMENIAN 51
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GEORGIAN 52
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN 53
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KIRGHIZ 54
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAJIKI 55
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKMEN 56
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN 57
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIAN_SCRIPT 57
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 58
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PASHTO 59
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KURDISH 60
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KASHMIRI 61
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINDHI 62
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIBETAN 63
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NEPALI 64
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SANSKRIT 65
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MARATHI 66
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BENGALI 67
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ASSAMESE 68
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUJARATI 69
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PUNJABI 70
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ORIYA 71
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAYALAM 72
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KANNADA 73
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAMIL 74
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TELUGU 75
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINHALESE 76
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BURMESE 77
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KHMER 78
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LAO 79
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_VIETNAMESE 80
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INDONESIAN 81
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAGALOG 82
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ROMAN_SCRIPT 83
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ARABIC_SCRIPT 84
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AMHARIC 85
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIGRINYA 86
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALLA 87
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SOMALI 88
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWAHILI 89
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUANDA 90
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUNDI 91
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHEWA 92
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAGASY 93
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESPERANTO 94
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_WELSH 128
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BASQUE 129
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CATALAN 130
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LATIN 131
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_QUECHUA 132
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUARANI 133
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AYMARA 134
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TATAR 135
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UIGHUR 136
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DZONGKHA 137
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAVANESE 138
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SUNDANESE 139
+
+
+#if 0 /* these seem to be errors that have been dropped */
+
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 140
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 141
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /* The following codes are new as of 2000-03-10 */
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALICIAN 140
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AFRIKAANS 141
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BRETON 142
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INUKTITUT 143
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 144
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MANX_GAELIC 145
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 146
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TONGAN 147
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK_POLYTONIC 148
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREELANDIC 149
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ROMAN_SCRIPT 150
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */
+ /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */
+ /* TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT. */
+ /* */
+ /* The canonical source for the MS assigned LCIDs is */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/lcid-all.mspx */
+ /* */
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_GENERAL 0x0001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x0401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x0801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x0c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x1001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x1401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x1801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x1c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_OMAN 0x2001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x2401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x2801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x2c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x3001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x3401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_UAE 0x3801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x3c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_QATAR 0x4001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BULGARIAN_BULGARIA 0x0402
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_SPAIN 0x0403
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_GENERAL 0x0004
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TAIWAN 0x0404
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_PRC 0x0804
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG 0x0c04
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_SINGAPORE 0x1004
+
+#if 1 /* this looks like the correct value */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU 0x1404
+#else /* but beware, Microsoft may change its mind...
+ the most recent Word reference has the following: */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* used only with .NET `cultures'; commented out */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 0x7C04
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CZECH_CZECH_REPUBLIC 0x0405
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DANISH_DENMARK 0x0406
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_GERMANY 0x0407
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0807
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_AUSTRIA 0x0c07
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x1007
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEI 0x1407
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE 0x0408
+
+ /* don't ask what this one means... It is commented out currently. */
+#if 0
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE2 0x2008
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_GENERAL 0x0009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_STATES 0x0409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x0809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA 0x0c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CANADA 0x1009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND 0x1409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_IRELAND 0x1809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x1c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x2009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x2409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x2809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x2c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x3009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x3409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDONESIA 0x3809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_HONG_KONG 0x3c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDIA 0x4009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA 0x4409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE 0x4809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_TRADITIONAL_SORT 0x040a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_MEXICO 0x080a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_INTERNATIONAL_SORT 0x0c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x100a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x140a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x180a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x1c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x200a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x240a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PERU 0x280a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x2c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x300a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_CHILE 0x340a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x380a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x3c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x400a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x440a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x480a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x4c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x500a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_UNITED_STATES 0x540a
+ /* The following ID blatantly violate MS specs by using a */
+ /* sublanguage > 0x1F. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_LATIN_AMERICA 0xE40aU
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FINNISH_FINLAND 0x040b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_FRANCE 0x040c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_BELGIUM 0x080c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CANADA 0x0c0c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SWITZERLAND 0x100c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x140c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MONACO 0x180c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_WEST_INDIES 0x1c0c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_REUNION 0x200c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO 0x240c
+ /* which was formerly: */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_ZAIRE TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SENEGAL 0x280c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CAMEROON 0x2c0c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_COTE_D_IVOIRE 0x300c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MALI 0x340c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MOROCCO 0x380c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_HAITI 0x3c0c
+ /* and another violation of the spec (see 0xE40aU) */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_NORTH_AFRICA 0xE40cU
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HEBREW_ISRAEL 0x040d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUNGARIAN_HUNGARY 0x040e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ICELANDIC_ICELAND 0x040f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_ITALY 0x0410
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0810
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_JAPANESE_JAPAN 0x0411
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_EXTENDED_WANSUNG_KOREA 0x0412
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_JOHAB_KOREA 0x0812
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_NETHERLANDS 0x0413
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_BELGIUM 0x0813
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_BOKMAL 0x0414
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_NYNORSK 0x0814
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_POLISH_POLAND 0x0415
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_BRAZIL 0x0416
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_PORTUGAL 0x0816
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_RHAETO_ROMANIC_SWITZERLAND 0x0417
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x0418
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0818
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_RUSSIA 0x0419
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0819
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_CROATIA 0x041a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_LATIN 0x081a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_CYRILLIC 0x0c1a
+
+#if 0 /* this used to be this value, but it looks like we were wrong */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101a
+#else /* current sources say */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x141a
+ /* and XPsp2 Platform SDK added (2004-07-26) */
+ /* Names are shortened to be significant within 40 chars. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_LATIN 0x181a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_CYRILLIC 0x181a
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVAK_SLOVAKIA 0x041b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALBANIAN_ALBANIA 0x041c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_SWEDEN 0x041d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x081d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_THAI_THAILAND 0x041e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKISH_TURKEY 0x041f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x0420
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_INDIA 0x0820
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_INDONESIAN_INDONESIA 0x0421
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UKRAINIAN_UKRAINE 0x0422
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BELARUSIAN_BELARUS 0x0423
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENE_SLOVENIA 0x0424
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ESTONIAN_ESTONIA 0x0425
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATVIAN_LATVIA 0x0426
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0427
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CLASSIC_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0827
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAJIK_TAJIKISTAN 0x0428
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FARSI_IRAN 0x0429
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_VIETNAMESE_VIET_NAM 0x042a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARMENIAN_ARMENIA 0x042b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_LATIN 0x042c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_CYRILLIC 0x082c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_SPAIN 0x042d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SORBIAN_GERMANY 0x042e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MACEDONIAN_MACEDONIA 0x042f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SUTU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0430
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSONGA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0431
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0432
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_VENDA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0433
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_XHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0434
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0435
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AFRIKAANS_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0436
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GEORGIAN_GEORGIA 0x0437
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FAEROESE_FAEROE_ISLANDS 0x0438
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HINDI_INDIA 0x0439
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALTESE_MALTA 0x043a
+ /* Added by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_NORWAY 0x043b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_SWEDEN 0x083b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_FINLAND 0x0C3b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_NORWAY 0x103b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_SWEDEN 0x143b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_NORWAY 0x183b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_SWEDEN 0x1C3b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SKOLT_FINLAND 0x203b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_INARI_FINLAND 0x243b
+ /* ... and we also keep our old identifier... */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAAMI_LAPONIA 0x043b
+
+#if 0 /* this seems to be a previous inversion */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083c
+#else
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043c
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_YIDDISH_GERMANY 0x043d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x043e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x083e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAK_KAZAKSTAN 0x043f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN /* Cyrillic*/ 0x0440
+ /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZ_REPUBLIC \
+ TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWAHILI_KENYA 0x0441
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKMEN_TURKMENISTAN 0x0442
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_LATIN 0x0443
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_CYRILLIC 0x0843
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_TATARSTAN 0x0444
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_INDIA 0x0445
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_BANGLADESH 0x0845
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x0446
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_ARABIC_PAKISTAN 0x0846
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUJARATI_INDIA 0x0447
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ORIYA_INDIA 0x0448
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMIL_INDIA 0x0449
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TELUGU_INDIA 0x044a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANNADA_INDIA 0x044b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAYALAM_INDIA 0x044c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ASSAMESE_INDIA 0x044d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MARATHI_INDIA 0x044e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SANSKRIT_INDIA 0x044f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA /* Cyrillic */ 0x0450
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA_MONGOLIAN 0x0850
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_CHINA 0x0451
+ /* Don't use the next constant! It has */
+ /* (1) the wrong spelling (Dzonghka) */
+ /* (2) Microsoft doesn't officially define it -- */
+ /* at least it is not in the List of Local */
+ /* ID Values. */
+ /* (3) Dzongkha is not the same language as */
+ /* Tibetan, so merging it is wrong anyway. */
+ /* */
+ /* TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN is correct, BTW. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN 0x0851
+
+#if 0
+ /* the following used to be defined */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN 0x0451
+ /* ... but it was changed; */
+#else
+ /* So we will continue to #define it, but with the correct value */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_WALES 0x0452
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KHMER_CAMBODIA 0x0453
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LAO_LAOS 0x0454
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BURMESE_MYANMAR 0x0455
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_SPAIN 0x0456
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KONKANI_INDIA 0x0457
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MANIPURI_INDIA /* Bengali */ 0x0458
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_INDIA /* Arabic */ 0x0459
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_PAKISTAN 0x0859
+ /* Missing a LCID for Sindhi in Devanagari script */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SYRIAC_SYRIA 0x045a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALESE_SRI_LANKA 0x045b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHEROKEE_UNITED_STATES 0x045c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_INUKTITUT_CANADA 0x045d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AMHARIC_ETHIOPIA 0x045e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO /* Arabic */ 0x045f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO_LATIN 0x085f
+ /* Missing a LCID for Tifinagh script */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_PAKISTAN /* Arabic */ 0x0460
+ /* Spelled this way by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
+ /* script is yet unclear... might be Arabic, Nagari or Sharada */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA 0x0860
+ /* ... and aliased (by MS) for compatibility reasons. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_INDIA TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_NEPAL 0x0461
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_INDIA 0x0861
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRISIAN_NETHERLANDS 0x0462
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PASHTO_AFGHANISTAN 0x0463
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FILIPINO_PHILIPPINES 0x0464
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES 0x0465
+ /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DIVEHI_MALDIVES TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_EDO_NIGERIA 0x0466
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FULFULDE_NIGERIA 0x0467
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAUSA_NIGERIA 0x0468
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IBIBIO_NIGERIA 0x0469
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_YORUBA_NIGERIA 0x046a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_BOLIVIA 0x046b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_ECUADOR 0x086b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_PERU 0x0c6b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x046c
+ /* Also spelled by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOTHO_SOUTHERN_SOUTH_AFRICA \
+ TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA
+ /* language codes 0x046d, 0x046e and 0x046f are (still) unknown. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IGBO_NIGERIA 0x0470
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANURI_NIGERIA 0x0471
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_OROMO_ETHIOPIA 0x0472
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ETHIOPIA 0x0473
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA 0x0873
+ /* also spelled in the `Passport SDK' list as: */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTREA TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUARANI_PARAGUAY 0x0474
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAWAIIAN_UNITED_STATES 0x0475
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATIN 0x0476
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOMALI_SOMALIA 0x0477
+ /* Note: Yi does not have a (proper) ISO 639-2 code, since it is mostly */
+ /* not written (but OTOH the peculiar writing system is worth */
+ /* studying). */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_YI_CHINA 0x0478
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PAPIAMENTU_NETHERLANDS_ANTILLES 0x0479
+ /* language codes from 0x047a to 0x047f are (still) unknown. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_CHINA 0x0480
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAORI_NEW_ZEALAND 0x0481
+
+#if 0 /* not deemed useful for fonts */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE 0x04ff
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Possible values of the `name' identifier field in the name records of */
+ /* the TTF `name' table. These values are platform independent. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_COPYRIGHT 0
+#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY 1
+#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY 2
+#define TT_NAME_ID_UNIQUE_ID 3
+#define TT_NAME_ID_FULL_NAME 4
+#define TT_NAME_ID_VERSION_STRING 5
+#define TT_NAME_ID_PS_NAME 6
+#define TT_NAME_ID_TRADEMARK 7
+
+ /* the following values are from the OpenType spec */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_MANUFACTURER 8
+#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER 9
+#define TT_NAME_ID_DESCRIPTION 10
+#define TT_NAME_ID_VENDOR_URL 11
+#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER_URL 12
+#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE 13
+#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE_URL 14
+ /* number 15 is reserved */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY 16
+#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY 17
+#define TT_NAME_ID_MAC_FULL_NAME 18
+
+ /* The following code is new as of 2000-01-21 */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_SAMPLE_TEXT 19
+
+ /* This is new in OpenType 1.3 */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_CID_FINDFONT_NAME 20
+
+ /* This is new in OpenType 1.5 */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_FAMILY 21
+#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_SUBFAMILY 22
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Bit mask values for the Unicode Ranges from the TTF `OS2 ' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* Updated 08-Nov-2008. */
+ /* */
+
+ /* Bit 0 Basic Latin */
+#define TT_UCR_BASIC_LATIN (1L << 0) /* U+0020-U+007E */
+ /* Bit 1 C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN1_SUPPLEMENT (1L << 1) /* U+0080-U+00FF */
+ /* Bit 2 Latin Extended-A */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_A (1L << 2) /* U+0100-U+017F */
+ /* Bit 3 Latin Extended-B */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_B (1L << 3) /* U+0180-U+024F */
+ /* Bit 4 IPA Extensions */
+ /* Phonetic Extensions */
+ /* Phonetic Extensions Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_IPA_EXTENSIONS (1L << 4) /* U+0250-U+02AF */
+ /* U+1D00-U+1D7F */
+ /* U+1D80-U+1DBF */
+ /* Bit 5 Spacing Modifier Letters */
+ /* Modifier Tone Letters */
+#define TT_UCR_SPACING_MODIFIER (1L << 5) /* U+02B0-U+02FF */
+ /* U+A700-U+A71F */
+ /* Bit 6 Combining Diacritical Marks */
+ /* Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS (1L << 6) /* U+0300-U+036F */
+ /* U+1DC0-U+1DFF */
+ /* Bit 7 Greek and Coptic */
+#define TT_UCR_GREEK (1L << 7) /* U+0370-U+03FF */
+ /* Bit 8 Coptic */
+#define TT_UCR_COPTIC (1L << 8) /* U+2C80-U+2CFF */
+ /* Bit 9 Cyrillic */
+ /* Cyrillic Supplement */
+ /* Cyrillic Extended-A */
+ /* Cyrillic Extended-B */
+#define TT_UCR_CYRILLIC (1L << 9) /* U+0400-U+04FF */
+ /* U+0500-U+052F */
+ /* U+2DE0-U+2DFF */
+ /* U+A640-U+A69F */
+ /* Bit 10 Armenian */
+#define TT_UCR_ARMENIAN (1L << 10) /* U+0530-U+058F */
+ /* Bit 11 Hebrew */
+#define TT_UCR_HEBREW (1L << 11) /* U+0590-U+05FF */
+ /* Bit 12 Vai */
+#define TT_UCR_VAI (1L << 12) /* U+A500-U+A63F */
+ /* Bit 13 Arabic */
+ /* Arabic Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC (1L << 13) /* U+0600-U+06FF */
+ /* U+0750-U+077F */
+ /* Bit 14 NKo */
+#define TT_UCR_NKO (1L << 14) /* U+07C0-U+07FF */
+ /* Bit 15 Devanagari */
+#define TT_UCR_DEVANAGARI (1L << 15) /* U+0900-U+097F */
+ /* Bit 16 Bengali */
+#define TT_UCR_BENGALI (1L << 16) /* U+0980-U+09FF */
+ /* Bit 17 Gurmukhi */
+#define TT_UCR_GURMUKHI (1L << 17) /* U+0A00-U+0A7F */
+ /* Bit 18 Gujarati */
+#define TT_UCR_GUJARATI (1L << 18) /* U+0A80-U+0AFF */
+ /* Bit 19 Oriya */
+#define TT_UCR_ORIYA (1L << 19) /* U+0B00-U+0B7F */
+ /* Bit 20 Tamil */
+#define TT_UCR_TAMIL (1L << 20) /* U+0B80-U+0BFF */
+ /* Bit 21 Telugu */
+#define TT_UCR_TELUGU (1L << 21) /* U+0C00-U+0C7F */
+ /* Bit 22 Kannada */
+#define TT_UCR_KANNADA (1L << 22) /* U+0C80-U+0CFF */
+ /* Bit 23 Malayalam */
+#define TT_UCR_MALAYALAM (1L << 23) /* U+0D00-U+0D7F */
+ /* Bit 24 Thai */
+#define TT_UCR_THAI (1L << 24) /* U+0E00-U+0E7F */
+ /* Bit 25 Lao */
+#define TT_UCR_LAO (1L << 25) /* U+0E80-U+0EFF */
+ /* Bit 26 Georgian */
+ /* Georgian Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_GEORGIAN (1L << 26) /* U+10A0-U+10FF */
+ /* U+2D00-U+2D2F */
+ /* Bit 27 Balinese */
+#define TT_UCR_BALINESE (1L << 27) /* U+1B00-U+1B7F */
+ /* Bit 28 Hangul Jamo */
+#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_JAMO (1L << 28) /* U+1100-U+11FF */
+ /* Bit 29 Latin Extended Additional */
+ /* Latin Extended-C */
+ /* Latin Extended-D */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL (1L << 29) /* U+1E00-U+1EFF */
+ /* U+2C60-U+2C7F */
+ /* U+A720-U+A7FF */
+ /* Bit 30 Greek Extended */
+#define TT_UCR_GREEK_EXTENDED (1L << 30) /* U+1F00-U+1FFF */
+ /* Bit 31 General Punctuation */
+ /* Supplemental Punctuation */
+#define TT_UCR_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION (1L << 31) /* U+2000-U+206F */
+ /* U+2E00-U+2E7F */
+ /* Bit 32 Superscripts And Subscripts */
+#define TT_UCR_SUPERSCRIPTS_SUBSCRIPTS (1L << 0) /* U+2070-U+209F */
+ /* Bit 33 Currency Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS (1L << 1) /* U+20A0-U+20CF */
+ /* Bit 34 Combining Diacritical Marks For Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB (1L << 2) /* U+20D0-U+20FF */
+ /* Bit 35 Letterlike Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS (1L << 3) /* U+2100-U+214F */
+ /* Bit 36 Number Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_NUMBER_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+2150-U+218F */
+ /* Bit 37 Arrows */
+ /* Supplemental Arrows-A */
+ /* Supplemental Arrows-B */
+ /* Miscellaneous Symbols and Arrows */
+#define TT_UCR_ARROWS (1L << 5) /* U+2190-U+21FF */
+ /* U+27F0-U+27FF */
+ /* U+2900-U+297F */
+ /* U+2B00-U+2BFF */
+ /* Bit 38 Mathematical Operators */
+ /* Supplemental Mathematical Operators */
+ /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A */
+ /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B */
+#define TT_UCR_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS (1L << 6) /* U+2200-U+22FF */
+ /* U+2A00-U+2AFF */
+ /* U+27C0-U+27EF */
+ /* U+2980-U+29FF */
+ /* Bit 39 Miscellaneous Technical */
+#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL (1L << 7) /* U+2300-U+23FF */
+ /* Bit 40 Control Pictures */
+#define TT_UCR_CONTROL_PICTURES (1L << 8) /* U+2400-U+243F */
+ /* Bit 41 Optical Character Recognition */
+#define TT_UCR_OCR (1L << 9) /* U+2440-U+245F */
+ /* Bit 42 Enclosed Alphanumerics */
+#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS (1L << 10) /* U+2460-U+24FF */
+ /* Bit 43 Box Drawing */
+#define TT_UCR_BOX_DRAWING (1L << 11) /* U+2500-U+257F */
+ /* Bit 44 Block Elements */
+#define TT_UCR_BLOCK_ELEMENTS (1L << 12) /* U+2580-U+259F */
+ /* Bit 45 Geometric Shapes */
+#define TT_UCR_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES (1L << 13) /* U+25A0-U+25FF */
+ /* Bit 46 Miscellaneous Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS (1L << 14) /* U+2600-U+26FF */
+ /* Bit 47 Dingbats */
+#define TT_UCR_DINGBATS (1L << 15) /* U+2700-U+27BF */
+ /* Bit 48 CJK Symbols and Punctuation */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_SYMBOLS (1L << 16) /* U+3000-U+303F */
+ /* Bit 49 Hiragana */
+#define TT_UCR_HIRAGANA (1L << 17) /* U+3040-U+309F */
+ /* Bit 50 Katakana */
+ /* Katakana Phonetic Extensions */
+#define TT_UCR_KATAKANA (1L << 18) /* U+30A0-U+30FF */
+ /* U+31F0-U+31FF */
+ /* Bit 51 Bopomofo */
+ /* Bopomofo Extended */
+#define TT_UCR_BOPOMOFO (1L << 19) /* U+3100-U+312F */
+ /* U+31A0-U+31BF */
+ /* Bit 52 Hangul Compatibility Jamo */
+#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO (1L << 20) /* U+3130-U+318F */
+ /* Bit 53 Phags-Pa */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_MISC (1L << 21) /* U+A840-U+A87F */
+#define TT_UCR_KANBUN TT_UCR_CJK_MISC /* deprecated */
+#define TT_UCR_PHAGSPA
+ /* Bit 54 Enclosed CJK Letters and Months */
+#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_MONTHS (1L << 22) /* U+3200-U+32FF */
+ /* Bit 55 CJK Compatibility */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY (1L << 23) /* U+3300-U+33FF */
+ /* Bit 56 Hangul Syllables */
+#define TT_UCR_HANGUL (1L << 24) /* U+AC00-U+D7A3 */
+ /* Bit 57 High Surrogates */
+ /* High Private Use Surrogates */
+ /* Low Surrogates */
+ /* */
+ /* According to OpenType specs v.1.3+, */
+ /* setting bit 57 implies that there is */
+ /* at least one codepoint beyond the */
+ /* Basic Multilingual Plane that is */
+ /* supported by this font. So it really */
+ /* means >= U+10000 */
+#define TT_UCR_SURROGATES (1L << 25) /* U+D800-U+DB7F */
+ /* U+DB80-U+DBFF */
+ /* U+DC00-U+DFFF */
+#define TT_UCR_NON_PLANE_0 TT_UCR_SURROGATES
+ /* Bit 58 Phoenician */
+#define TT_UCR_PHOENICIAN (1L << 26) /*U+10900-U+1091F*/
+ /* Bit 59 CJK Unified Ideographs */
+ /* CJK Radicals Supplement */
+ /* Kangxi Radicals */
+ /* Ideographic Description Characters */
+ /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A */
+ /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B */
+ /* Kanbun */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 27) /* U+4E00-U+9FFF */
+ /* U+2E80-U+2EFF */
+ /* U+2F00-U+2FDF */
+ /* U+2FF0-U+2FFF */
+ /* U+3400-U+4DB5 */
+ /*U+20000-U+2A6DF*/
+ /* U+3190-U+319F */
+ /* Bit 60 Private Use */
+#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE (1L << 28) /* U+E000-U+F8FF */
+ /* Bit 61 CJK Strokes */
+ /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */
+ /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 29) /* U+31C0-U+31EF */
+ /* U+F900-U+FAFF */
+ /*U+2F800-U+2FA1F*/
+ /* Bit 62 Alphabetic Presentation Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS (1L << 30) /* U+FB00-U+FB4F */
+ /* Bit 63 Arabic Presentation Forms-A */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A (1L << 31) /* U+FB50-U+FDFF */
+ /* Bit 64 Combining Half Marks */
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS (1L << 0) /* U+FE20-U+FE2F */
+ /* Bit 65 Vertical forms */
+ /* CJK Compatibility Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_FORMS (1L << 1) /* U+FE10-U+FE1F */
+ /* U+FE30-U+FE4F */
+ /* Bit 66 Small Form Variants */
+#define TT_UCR_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS (1L << 2) /* U+FE50-U+FE6F */
+ /* Bit 67 Arabic Presentation Forms-B */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B (1L << 3) /* U+FE70-U+FEFE */
+ /* Bit 68 Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_HALFWIDTH_FULLWIDTH_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+FF00-U+FFEF */
+ /* Bit 69 Specials */
+#define TT_UCR_SPECIALS (1L << 5) /* U+FFF0-U+FFFD */
+ /* Bit 70 Tibetan */
+#define TT_UCR_TIBETAN (1L << 6) /* U+0F00-U+0FFF */
+ /* Bit 71 Syriac */
+#define TT_UCR_SYRIAC (1L << 7) /* U+0700-U+074F */
+ /* Bit 72 Thaana */
+#define TT_UCR_THAANA (1L << 8) /* U+0780-U+07BF */
+ /* Bit 73 Sinhala */
+#define TT_UCR_SINHALA (1L << 9) /* U+0D80-U+0DFF */
+ /* Bit 74 Myanmar */
+#define TT_UCR_MYANMAR (1L << 10) /* U+1000-U+109F */
+ /* Bit 75 Ethiopic */
+ /* Ethiopic Supplement */
+ /* Ethiopic Extended */
+#define TT_UCR_ETHIOPIC (1L << 11) /* U+1200-U+137F */
+ /* U+1380-U+139F */
+ /* U+2D80-U+2DDF */
+ /* Bit 76 Cherokee */
+#define TT_UCR_CHEROKEE (1L << 12) /* U+13A0-U+13FF */
+ /* Bit 77 Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics */
+#define TT_UCR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL_SYLLABICS (1L << 13) /* U+1400-U+167F */
+ /* Bit 78 Ogham */
+#define TT_UCR_OGHAM (1L << 14) /* U+1680-U+169F */
+ /* Bit 79 Runic */
+#define TT_UCR_RUNIC (1L << 15) /* U+16A0-U+16FF */
+ /* Bit 80 Khmer */
+ /* Khmer Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_KHMER (1L << 16) /* U+1780-U+17FF */
+ /* U+19E0-U+19FF */
+ /* Bit 81 Mongolian */
+#define TT_UCR_MONGOLIAN (1L << 17) /* U+1800-U+18AF */
+ /* Bit 82 Braille Patterns */
+#define TT_UCR_BRAILLE (1L << 18) /* U+2800-U+28FF */
+ /* Bit 83 Yi Syllables */
+ /* Yi Radicals */
+#define TT_UCR_YI (1L << 19) /* U+A000-U+A48F */
+ /* U+A490-U+A4CF */
+ /* Bit 84 Tagalog */
+ /* Hanunoo */
+ /* Buhid */
+ /* Tagbanwa */
+#define TT_UCR_PHILIPPINE (1L << 20) /* U+1700-U+171F */
+ /* U+1720-U+173F */
+ /* U+1740-U+175F */
+ /* U+1760-U+177F */
+ /* Bit 85 Old Italic */
+#define TT_UCR_OLD_ITALIC (1L << 21) /*U+10300-U+1032F*/
+ /* Bit 86 Gothic */
+#define TT_UCR_GOTHIC (1L << 22) /*U+10330-U+1034F*/
+ /* Bit 87 Deseret */
+#define TT_UCR_DESERET (1L << 23) /*U+10400-U+1044F*/
+ /* Bit 88 Byzantine Musical Symbols */
+ /* Musical Symbols */
+ /* Ancient Greek Musical Notation */
+#define TT_UCR_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS (1L << 24) /*U+1D000-U+1D0FF*/
+ /*U+1D100-U+1D1FF*/
+ /*U+1D200-U+1D24F*/
+ /* Bit 89 Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_MATH_ALPHANUMERIC_SYMBOLS (1L << 25) /*U+1D400-U+1D7FF*/
+ /* Bit 90 Private Use (plane 15) */
+ /* Private Use (plane 16) */
+#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE_SUPPLEMENTARY (1L << 26) /*U+F0000-U+FFFFD*/
+ /*U+100000-U+10FFFD*/
+ /* Bit 91 Variation Selectors */
+ /* Variation Selectors Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_VARIATION_SELECTORS (1L << 27) /* U+FE00-U+FE0F */
+ /*U+E0100-U+E01EF*/
+ /* Bit 92 Tags */
+#define TT_UCR_TAGS (1L << 28) /*U+E0000-U+E007F*/
+ /* Bit 93 Limbu */
+#define TT_UCR_LIMBU (1L << 29) /* U+1900-U+194F */
+ /* Bit 94 Tai Le */
+#define TT_UCR_TAI_LE (1L << 30) /* U+1950-U+197F */
+ /* Bit 95 New Tai Lue */
+#define TT_UCR_NEW_TAI_LUE (1L << 31) /* U+1980-U+19DF */
+ /* Bit 96 Buginese */
+#define TT_UCR_BUGINESE (1L << 0) /* U+1A00-U+1A1F */
+ /* Bit 97 Glagolitic */
+#define TT_UCR_GLAGOLITIC (1L << 1) /* U+2C00-U+2C5F */
+ /* Bit 98 Tifinagh */
+#define TT_UCR_TIFINAGH (1L << 2) /* U+2D30-U+2D7F */
+ /* Bit 99 Yijing Hexagram Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_YIJING (1L << 3) /* U+4DC0-U+4DFF */
+ /* Bit 100 Syloti Nagri */
+#define TT_UCR_SYLOTI_NAGRI (1L << 4) /* U+A800-U+A82F */
+ /* Bit 101 Linear B Syllabary */
+ /* Linear B Ideograms */
+ /* Aegean Numbers */
+#define TT_UCR_LINEAR_B (1L << 5) /*U+10000-U+1007F*/
+ /*U+10080-U+100FF*/
+ /*U+10100-U+1013F*/
+ /* Bit 102 Ancient Greek Numbers */
+#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_GREEK_NUMBERS (1L << 6) /*U+10140-U+1018F*/
+ /* Bit 103 Ugaritic */
+#define TT_UCR_UGARITIC (1L << 7) /*U+10380-U+1039F*/
+ /* Bit 104 Old Persian */
+#define TT_UCR_OLD_PERSIAN (1L << 8) /*U+103A0-U+103DF*/
+ /* Bit 105 Shavian */
+#define TT_UCR_SHAVIAN (1L << 9) /*U+10450-U+1047F*/
+ /* Bit 106 Osmanya */
+#define TT_UCR_OSMANYA (1L << 10) /*U+10480-U+104AF*/
+ /* Bit 107 Cypriot Syllabary */
+#define TT_UCR_CYPRIOT_SYLLABARY (1L << 11) /*U+10800-U+1083F*/
+ /* Bit 108 Kharoshthi */
+#define TT_UCR_KHAROSHTHI (1L << 12) /*U+10A00-U+10A5F*/
+ /* Bit 109 Tai Xuan Jing Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_TAI_XUAN_JING (1L << 13) /*U+1D300-U+1D35F*/
+ /* Bit 110 Cuneiform */
+ /* Cuneiform Numbers and Punctuation */
+#define TT_UCR_CUNEIFORM (1L << 14) /*U+12000-U+123FF*/
+ /*U+12400-U+1247F*/
+ /* Bit 111 Counting Rod Numerals */
+#define TT_UCR_COUNTING_ROD_NUMERALS (1L << 15) /*U+1D360-U+1D37F*/
+ /* Bit 112 Sundanese */
+#define TT_UCR_SUNDANESE (1L << 16) /* U+1B80-U+1BBF */
+ /* Bit 113 Lepcha */
+#define TT_UCR_LEPCHA (1L << 17) /* U+1C00-U+1C4F */
+ /* Bit 114 Ol Chiki */
+#define TT_UCR_OL_CHIKI (1L << 18) /* U+1C50-U+1C7F */
+ /* Bit 115 Saurashtra */
+#define TT_UCR_SAURASHTRA (1L << 19) /* U+A880-U+A8DF */
+ /* Bit 116 Kayah Li */
+#define TT_UCR_KAYAH_LI (1L << 20) /* U+A900-U+A92F */
+ /* Bit 117 Rejang */
+#define TT_UCR_REJANG (1L << 21) /* U+A930-U+A95F */
+ /* Bit 118 Cham */
+#define TT_UCR_CHAM (1L << 22) /* U+AA00-U+AA5F */
+ /* Bit 119 Ancient Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_SYMBOLS (1L << 23) /*U+10190-U+101CF*/
+ /* Bit 120 Phaistos Disc */
+#define TT_UCR_PHAISTOS_DISC (1L << 24) /*U+101D0-U+101FF*/
+ /* Bit 121 Carian */
+ /* Lycian */
+ /* Lydian */
+#define TT_UCR_OLD_ANATOLIAN (1L << 25) /*U+102A0-U+102DF*/
+ /*U+10280-U+1029F*/
+ /*U+10920-U+1093F*/
+ /* Bit 122 Domino Tiles */
+ /* Mahjong Tiles */
+#define TT_UCR_GAME_TILES (1L << 26) /*U+1F030-U+1F09F*/
+ /*U+1F000-U+1F02F*/
+ /* Bit 123-127 Reserved for process-internal usage */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Some compilers have a very limited length of identifiers. */
+ /* */
+#if defined( __TURBOC__ ) && __TURBOC__ < 0x0410 || defined( __PACIFIC__ )
+#define HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Here some alias #defines in order to be clearer. */
+ /* */
+ /* These are not always #defined to stay within the 31~character limit */
+ /* which some compilers have. */
+ /* */
+ /* Credits go to Dave Hoo <dhoo@flash.net> for pointing out that modern */
+ /* Borland compilers (read: from BC++ 3.1 on) can increase this limit. */
+ /* If you get a warning with such a compiler, use the -i40 switch. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A \
+ TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B \
+ TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B
+
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS \
+ TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB \
+ TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB
+
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTNAMEID_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* tttables.h */
+/* */
+/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */
+/* (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2005, 2008-2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTTABLES_H__
+#define __TTTABLES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* truetype_tables */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* TrueType Tables */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* TrueType specific table types and functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables */
+ /* as well as some routines used to access and process them. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_Header */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All */
+ /* fields follow the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_Header_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed Table_Version;
+ FT_Fixed Font_Revision;
+
+ FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust;
+ FT_Long Magic_Number;
+
+ FT_UShort Flags;
+ FT_UShort Units_Per_EM;
+
+ FT_Long Created [2];
+ FT_Long Modified[2];
+
+ FT_Short xMin;
+ FT_Short yMin;
+ FT_Short xMax;
+ FT_Short yMax;
+
+ FT_UShort Mac_Style;
+ FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
+
+ FT_Short Font_Direction;
+ FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format;
+ FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format;
+
+ } TT_Header;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_HoriHeader */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */
+ /* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */
+ /* i.e., the `hmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* Version :: The table version. */
+ /* */
+ /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
+ /* from the baseline to the top-most of all */
+ /* glyph points found in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+ /* it is usually set by the font designer, */
+ /* and often reflects only a portion of the */
+ /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
+ /* */
+ /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
+ /* of the OS/2 table instead if you want */
+ /* the correct one. */
+ /* */
+ /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
+ /* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */
+ /* all glyph points found in the font. It */
+ /* is negative. */
+ /* */
+ /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+ /* it is usually set by the font designer, */
+ /* and often reflects only a portion of the */
+ /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
+ /* */
+ /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
+ /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
+ /* want the correct one. */
+ /* */
+ /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
+ /* to add to the ascender and descender to */
+ /* get the BTB, i.e., the */
+ /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
+ /* widths found in the font. It can be */
+ /* used to compute the maximum width of an */
+ /* arbitrary string of text. */
+ /* */
+ /* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */
+ /* glyphs within the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */
+ /* glyphs within the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
+ /* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
+ /* all glyphs in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
+ /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
+ /* slope. */
+ /* */
+ /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
+ /* */
+ /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
+ /* table -- this value can be smaller than */
+ /* the total number of glyphs in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
+ /* be identical except for the names of their fields which */
+ /* are different. */
+ /* */
+ /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
+ /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
+ /* headers. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed Version;
+ FT_Short Ascender;
+ FT_Short Descender;
+ FT_Short Line_Gap;
+
+ FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */
+
+ FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */
+ FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */
+ FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */
+ FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
+ FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
+ FT_Short caret_Offset;
+
+ FT_Short Reserved[4];
+
+ FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
+ FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics;
+
+ /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
+ /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
+ /* `HMTX' table. */
+
+ void* long_metrics;
+ void* short_metrics;
+
+ } TT_HoriHeader;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_VertHeader */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */
+ /* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., */
+ /* the `vmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* Version :: The table version. */
+ /* */
+ /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
+ /* from the baseline to the top-most of */
+ /* all glyph points found in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+ /* it is usually set by the font designer, */
+ /* and often reflects only a portion of */
+ /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
+ /* ASCII). */
+ /* */
+ /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */
+ /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
+ /* want the correct one. */
+ /* */
+ /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */
+ /* distance from the baseline to the */
+ /* bottom-most of all glyph points found */
+ /* in the font. It is negative. */
+ /* */
+ /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+ /* it is usually set by the font designer, */
+ /* and often reflects only a portion of */
+ /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
+ /* ASCII). */
+ /* */
+ /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
+ /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
+ /* want the correct one. */
+ /* */
+ /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
+ /* to add to the ascender and descender to */
+ /* get the BTB, i.e., the */
+ /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */
+ /* advance heights found in the font. It */
+ /* can be used to compute the maximum */
+ /* height of an arbitrary string of text. */
+ /* */
+ /* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */
+ /* glyphs within the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */
+ /* glyphs within the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */
+ /* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
+ /* all glyphs in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
+ /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
+ /* slope. */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */
+ /* This value is `reserved' in vmtx */
+ /* version 1.0. */
+ /* */
+ /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
+ /* */
+ /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */
+ /* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */
+ /* smaller than the total number of glyphs */
+ /* in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
+ /* be identical except for the names of their fields which */
+ /* are different. */
+ /* */
+ /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
+ /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
+ /* headers. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_VertHeader_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed Version;
+ FT_Short Ascender;
+ FT_Short Descender;
+ FT_Short Line_Gap;
+
+ FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */
+
+ FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb or top-sb */
+ FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb */
+ FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* xmax or ymax extents */
+ FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
+ FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
+ FT_Short caret_Offset;
+
+ FT_Short Reserved[4];
+
+ FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
+ FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics;
+
+ /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
+ /* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
+ /* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table. */
+
+ void* long_metrics;
+ void* short_metrics;
+
+ } TT_VertHeader;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_OS2 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. This is the long */
+ /* table version. All fields comply to the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that we now support old Mac fonts which do not include an */
+ /* OS/2 table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to */
+ /* 0xFFFF. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_OS2_
+ {
+ FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
+ FT_Short xAvgCharWidth;
+ FT_UShort usWeightClass;
+ FT_UShort usWidthClass;
+ FT_Short fsType;
+ FT_Short ySubscriptXSize;
+ FT_Short ySubscriptYSize;
+ FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset;
+ FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset;
+ FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize;
+ FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize;
+ FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset;
+ FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset;
+ FT_Short yStrikeoutSize;
+ FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition;
+ FT_Short sFamilyClass;
+
+ FT_Byte panose[10];
+
+ FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
+ FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
+ FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */
+ FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */
+
+ FT_Char achVendID[4];
+
+ FT_UShort fsSelection;
+ FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex;
+ FT_UShort usLastCharIndex;
+ FT_Short sTypoAscender;
+ FT_Short sTypoDescender;
+ FT_Short sTypoLineGap;
+ FT_UShort usWinAscent;
+ FT_UShort usWinDescent;
+
+ /* only version 1 tables: */
+
+ FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
+ FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
+
+ /* only version 2 tables: */
+
+ FT_Short sxHeight;
+ FT_Short sCapHeight;
+ FT_UShort usDefaultChar;
+ FT_UShort usBreakChar;
+ FT_UShort usMaxContext;
+
+ } TT_OS2;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_Postscript */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields */
+ /* comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not */
+ /* reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless */
+ /* accessed with the `ttpost' module. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_Postscript_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed FormatType;
+ FT_Fixed italicAngle;
+ FT_Short underlinePosition;
+ FT_Short underlineThickness;
+ FT_ULong isFixedPitch;
+ FT_ULong minMemType42;
+ FT_ULong maxMemType42;
+ FT_ULong minMemType1;
+ FT_ULong maxMemType1;
+
+ /* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't */
+ /* load them by default. See the ttpost.c file. */
+
+ } TT_Postscript;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_PCLT */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields */
+ /* comply to the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_PCLT_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed Version;
+ FT_ULong FontNumber;
+ FT_UShort Pitch;
+ FT_UShort xHeight;
+ FT_UShort Style;
+ FT_UShort TypeFamily;
+ FT_UShort CapHeight;
+ FT_UShort SymbolSet;
+ FT_Char TypeFace[16];
+ FT_Char CharacterComplement[8];
+ FT_Char FileName[6];
+ FT_Char StrokeWeight;
+ FT_Char WidthType;
+ FT_Byte SerifStyle;
+ FT_Byte Reserved;
+
+ } TT_PCLT;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_MaxProfile */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The maximum profile is a table containing many max values which */
+ /* can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory */
+ /* allocation occurs during a glyph load. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* version :: The version number. */
+ /* */
+ /* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
+ /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
+ /* the structure element */
+ /* `maxCompositePoints'. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
+ /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
+ /* the structure element */
+ /* `maxCompositeContours'. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
+ /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
+ /* structure element `maxPoints'. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
+ /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
+ /* structure element `maxContours'. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */
+ /* glyph hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */
+ /* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */
+ /* storage area used for glyph hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */
+ /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
+ /* this font. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */
+ /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
+ /* this font. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
+ /* during bytecode interpretation. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */
+ /* used for glyph hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */
+ /* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */
+ /* glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This structure is only used during font loading. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed version;
+ FT_UShort numGlyphs;
+ FT_UShort maxPoints;
+ FT_UShort maxContours;
+ FT_UShort maxCompositePoints;
+ FT_UShort maxCompositeContours;
+ FT_UShort maxZones;
+ FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints;
+ FT_UShort maxStorage;
+ FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs;
+ FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs;
+ FT_UShort maxStackElements;
+ FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions;
+ FT_UShort maxComponentElements;
+ FT_UShort maxComponentDepth;
+
+ } TT_MaxProfile;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. */
+ /* Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_
+ {
+ ft_sfnt_head = 0, /* TT_Header */
+ ft_sfnt_maxp = 1, /* TT_MaxProfile */
+ ft_sfnt_os2 = 2, /* TT_OS2 */
+ ft_sfnt_hhea = 3, /* TT_HoriHeader */
+ ft_sfnt_vhea = 4, /* TT_VertHeader */
+ ft_sfnt_post = 5, /* TT_Postscript */
+ ft_sfnt_pclt = 6, /* TT_PCLT */
+
+ sfnt_max /* internal end mark */
+
+ } FT_Sfnt_Tag;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source. */
+ /* */
+ /* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be~0 in case of */
+ /* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */
+ /* from the file. */
+ /* */
+ /* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */
+ /* elements. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
+ /* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
+ /* a list. */
+ /* */
+ /* Here an example how to access the `vhea' table: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* TT_VertHeader* vert_header; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* vert_header = */
+ /* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, ft_sfnt_vhea ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void* )
+ FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Sfnt_Tag tag );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Load any font table into client memory.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the source face.
+ *
+ * tag ::
+ * The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value~0 if you want
+ * to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the
+ * definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
+ * one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
+ *
+ * offset ::
+ * The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * buffer ::
+ * The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory
+ * array is big enough to hold the data.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * length ::
+ * If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table.
+ * Return an error code if it fails.
+ *
+ * Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the
+ * table's (or file) full size in it.
+ *
+ * Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
+ * starting offset.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
+ * function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example:
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_ULong length = 0;
+ *
+ *
+ * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
+ * if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
+ *
+ * buffer = malloc( length );
+ * if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
+ *
+ * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
+ * if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
+ * }
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong tag,
+ FT_Long offset,
+ FT_Byte* buffer,
+ FT_ULong* length );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return information on an SFNT table.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the source face.
+ *
+ * table_index ::
+ * The index of an SFNT table. The function returns
+ * FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * tag ::
+ * The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is NULL, `table_index'
+ * is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the
+ * font.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * length ::
+ * The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending
+ * on `tag').
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as
+ * missing.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt table_index,
+ FT_ULong *tag,
+ FT_ULong *length );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of */
+ /* language ID values are in `freetype/ttnameid.h'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* charmap :: */
+ /* The target charmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
+ /* TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value. */
+ /* */
+ /* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is */
+ /* 0xFFFFFFFF. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+ FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* charmap :: */
+ /* The target charmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
+ /* TrueType/sfnt face, return -1. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTTABLES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* tttags.h */
+/* */
+/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTAGS_H__
+#define __TTAGS_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
+#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
+#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
+#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
+#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
+#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
+#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
+#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
+#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
+#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
+#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
+#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
+#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
+#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
+#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
+#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
+#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
+#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
+#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
+#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
+#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
+#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
+#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
+#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
+#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
+#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
+#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
+#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
+#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
+#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
+#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
+#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
+#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
+#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
+#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
+#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
+#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTAGS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ttunpat.h */
+/* */
+/* Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2003, 2006 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com> */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTUNPAT_H__
+#define __TTUNPAT_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @constant:
+ * FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to indicate
+ * that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType bytecode
+ * interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __TTUNPAT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ft2build.h */
+/* */
+/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2006 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This is a Unix-specific version of <ft2build.h> that should be used */
+ /* exclusively *after* installation of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* It assumes that `/usr/local/include/freetype2' (or whatever is */
+ /* returned by the `freetype-config --cflags' or `pkg-config --cflags' */
+ /* command) is in your compilation include path. */
+ /* */
+ /* We don't need to do anything special in this release. However, for */
+ /* a future FreeType 2 release, the following installation changes will */
+ /* be performed: */
+ /* */
+ /* - The contents of `freetype-2.x/include/freetype' will be installed */
+ /* to `/usr/local/include/freetype2' instead of */
+ /* `/usr/local/include/freetype2/freetype'. */
+ /* */
+ /* - This file will #include <freetype2/config/ftheader.h>, instead */
+ /* of <freetype/config/ftheader.h>. */
+ /* */
+ /* - The contents of `ftheader.h' will be processed with `sed' to */
+ /* replace all `<freetype/xxx>' with `<freetype2/xxx>'. */
+ /* */
+ /* - Adding `/usr/local/include/freetype2' to your compilation include */
+ /* path will not be necessary anymore. */
+ /* */
+ /* These changes will be transparent to client applications which use */
+ /* freetype-config (or pkg-config). No modifications will be necessary */
+ /* to compile with the new scheme. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
+#define __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
+
+ /* `<prefix>/include/freetype2' must be in your current inclusion path */
+#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
+
+#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>FreeType</string>
+ <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
+ <string>FreeType 2.4.8</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>FreeType</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>2.4.8</string>
+ <key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+ <string>????</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>2.4.8</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>files</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>Resources/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>hash</key>
+ <data>
+ HVTFMg5638sbz7hs64liIWXohnM=
+ </data>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+ <key>Resources/Info.plist</key>
+ <data>
+ 1FPRdIH76VylC1rjdLR7Ib9yAoY=
+ </data>
+ </dict>
+ <key>rules</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>^Resources/</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1000</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/locversion.plist$</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>omit</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1100</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^version.plist$</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+/* ftconfig.h. Generated from ftconfig.in by configure. */
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftconfig.in */
+/* */
+/* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006-2009, 2011, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */
+ /* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */
+ /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */
+ /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */
+ /* compiler. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */
+ /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */
+ /* */
+ /* The build directory is usually `freetype/builds/<system>', and */
+ /* contains system-specific files that are always included first when */
+ /* building the library. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__
+#define __FTCONFIG_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
+ /* */
+ /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */
+ /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */
+ /* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */
+ /* `freetype/builds/<system>' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
+#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
+
+
+ /* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */
+ /* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */
+ /* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */
+ /* is probably unexpected. */
+ /* */
+ /* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */
+ /* `char' type. */
+
+#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT
+#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
+#endif
+
+
+/* #undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
+#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES
+
+#define SIZEOF_INT 4
+#define SIZEOF_LONG 8
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG
+
+#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
+
+ /* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */
+ /* is copied from default include/freetype/config/ftconfig.h. */
+ /* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */
+ /* applied to the original header file for the builders that */
+ /* does not use configure script. */
+
+ /* The size of an `int' type. */
+#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#else
+#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!"
+#endif
+
+ /* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */
+ /* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */
+#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL
+#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT)
+#else
+#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */
+
+
+ /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */
+ /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */
+#ifndef FT_UNUSED
+#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) )
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */
+ /* */
+ /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */
+ /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */
+ /* porter should need to mess with them. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Mac support */
+ /* */
+ /* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */
+ /* providing a new configuration file. */
+ /* */
+#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) )
+ /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */
+ /* AvailabilityMacros.h is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */
+ /* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion */
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */
+#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
+#endif
+#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \
+ ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 )
+#undef FT_MACINTOSH
+#endif
+
+#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ )
+ /* Classic MacOS compilers */
+#include "ConditionalMacros.h"
+#if TARGET_OS_MAC
+#define FT_MACINTOSH 1
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */
+#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
+#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 )
+#pragma set woff 3505
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* basic_types */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Int16 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed short FT_Int16;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UInt16 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */
+#if 0
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Int32 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
+ /* the configuration. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed XXX FT_Int32;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UInt32 */
+ /* */
+ /* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */
+ /* the configuration. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Int64 */
+ /* */
+ /* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on */
+ /* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */
+ /* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed XXX FT_Int64;
+
+ /* */
+
+#endif
+
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4
+
+ typedef signed int FT_Int32;
+ typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4
+
+ typedef signed long FT_Int32;
+ typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32;
+
+#else
+#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files"
+#endif
+
+
+ /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4
+
+ typedef int FT_Fast;
+ typedef unsigned int FT_UFast;
+
+#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4
+
+ typedef long FT_Fast;
+ typedef unsigned long FT_UFast;
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */
+ /* Autoconf */
+#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8
+
+ /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 long
+
+#elif defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */
+
+ /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 __int64
+
+#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */
+
+ /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */
+ /* to test the compiler version. */
+
+ /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 __int64
+
+#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */
+
+ /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */
+
+#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */
+
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 long long int
+
+#elif defined( __GNUC__ )
+
+ /* GCC provides the `long long' type */
+#define FT_LONG64
+#define FT_INT64 long long int
+
+#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* A 64-bit data type will create compilation problems if you compile */
+ /* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable its use if __STDC__ */
+ /* is defined. You can however ignore this rule by defining the */
+ /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */
+ /* */
+#if defined( FT_LONG64 ) && !defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 )
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+
+ /* Undefine the 64-bit macros in strict ANSI compilation mode. */
+ /* Since `#undef' doesn't survive in configuration header files */
+ /* we use the postprocessing facility of AC_CONFIG_HEADERS to */
+ /* replace the leading `/' with `#'. */
+#undef FT_LONG64
+#undef FT_INT64
+
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#endif /* FT_LONG64 && !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 */
+
+#ifdef FT_LONG64
+ typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64;
+#endif
+
+
+#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do {
+#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 )
+#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT
+
+
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER
+ /* Provide assembler fragments for performance-critical functions. */
+ /* These must be defined `static __inline__' with GCC. */
+
+#if defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ ) /* RVCT */
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_arm
+
+ /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+ static __inline FT_Int32
+ FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32 a,
+ FT_Int32 b )
+ {
+ register FT_Int32 t, t2;
+
+
+ __asm
+ {
+ smull t2, t, b, a /* (lo=t2,hi=t) = a*b */
+ mov a, t, asr #31 /* a = (hi >> 31) */
+ add a, a, #0x8000 /* a += 0x8000 */
+ adds t2, t2, a /* t2 += a */
+ adc t, t, #0 /* t += carry */
+ mov a, t2, lsr #16 /* a = t2 >> 16 */
+ orr a, a, t, lsl #16 /* a |= t << 16 */
+ }
+ return a;
+ }
+
+#endif /* __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ */
+
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+
+#if defined( __arm__ ) && !defined( __thumb__ ) && \
+ !( defined( __CC_ARM ) || defined( __ARMCC__ ) )
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_arm
+
+ /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+ static __inline__ FT_Int32
+ FT_MulFix_arm( FT_Int32 a,
+ FT_Int32 b )
+ {
+ register FT_Int32 t, t2;
+
+
+ __asm__ __volatile__ (
+ "smull %1, %2, %4, %3\n\t" /* (lo=%1,hi=%2) = a*b */
+ "mov %0, %2, asr #31\n\t" /* %0 = (hi >> 31) */
+ "add %0, %0, #0x8000\n\t" /* %0 += 0x8000 */
+ "adds %1, %1, %0\n\t" /* %1 += %0 */
+ "adc %2, %2, #0\n\t" /* %2 += carry */
+ "mov %0, %1, lsr #16\n\t" /* %0 = %1 >> 16 */
+ "orr %0, %0, %2, lsl #16\n\t" /* %0 |= %2 << 16 */
+ : "=r"(a), "=&r"(t2), "=&r"(t)
+ : "r"(a), "r"(b)
+ : "cc" );
+ return a;
+ }
+
+#endif /* __arm__ && !__thumb__ && !( __CC_ARM || __ARMCC__ ) */
+
+#if defined( __i386__ )
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_i386
+
+ /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+ static __inline__ FT_Int32
+ FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32 a,
+ FT_Int32 b )
+ {
+ register FT_Int32 result;
+
+
+ __asm__ __volatile__ (
+ "imul %%edx\n"
+ "movl %%edx, %%ecx\n"
+ "sarl $31, %%ecx\n"
+ "addl $0x8000, %%ecx\n"
+ "addl %%ecx, %%eax\n"
+ "adcl $0, %%edx\n"
+ "shrl $16, %%eax\n"
+ "shll $16, %%edx\n"
+ "addl %%edx, %%eax\n"
+ : "=a"(result), "=d"(b)
+ : "a"(a), "d"(b)
+ : "%ecx", "cc" );
+ return result;
+ }
+
+#endif /* i386 */
+
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER /* Visual C++ */
+
+#ifdef _M_IX86
+
+#define FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER FT_MulFix_i386
+
+ /* documentation is in freetype.h */
+
+ static __inline FT_Int32
+ FT_MulFix_i386( FT_Int32 a,
+ FT_Int32 b )
+ {
+ register FT_Int32 result;
+
+ __asm
+ {
+ mov eax, a
+ mov edx, b
+ imul edx
+ mov ecx, edx
+ sar ecx, 31
+ add ecx, 8000h
+ add eax, ecx
+ adc edx, 0
+ shr eax, 16
+ shl edx, 16
+ add eax, edx
+ mov result, eax
+ }
+ return result;
+ }
+
+#endif /* _M_IX86 */
+
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
+
+#endif /* !FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
+
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
+#ifdef FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
+#define FT_MULFIX_INLINED FT_MULFIX_ASSEMBLER
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT
+
+#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x
+
+#else
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x
+#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
+#else
+#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */
+
+
+#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */
+
+ /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */
+ /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */
+ /* */
+
+ /* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */
+ /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */
+ /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */
+ /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */
+ /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */
+ /* contains pointers to callback functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */
+ /* that contains pointers to callback functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */
+ /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */
+ /* */
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */
+
+#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C"
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C"
+#else
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern
+#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */
+#endif
+#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftheader.h */
+/* */
+/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2008, 2010, 2012, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __FT_HEADER_H__
+#define __FT_HEADER_H__
+
+
+ /*@***********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */
+ /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
+ /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
+ /* C++ compiler. */
+ /* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" {
+#else
+#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+
+ /*@***********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_END_HEADER */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */
+ /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */
+ /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */
+ /* C++ compiler. */
+ /* */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_END_HEADER }
+#else
+#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* header_file_macros */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Header File Macros */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */
+ /* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */
+ /* statements as in: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */
+ /* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */
+ /* #include FT_GLYPH_H */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */
+ /* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */
+ /* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */
+ /* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */
+ /* */
+ /* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */
+ /* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* configuration files */
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * FreeType~2 configuration data.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <freetype/config/ftconfig.h>
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <freetype/config/ftstdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <freetype/config/ftoption.h>
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library
+ * instances in @FT_Init_FreeType.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H
+#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>
+#endif
+
+ /* */
+
+ /* public headers */
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_FREETYPE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * base FreeType~2 API.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype/freetype.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ERRORS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages).
+ *
+ * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ERRORS_H <freetype/fterrors.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <freetype/ftmoderr.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SYSTEM_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management
+ * and stream i/o).
+ *
+ * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_SYSTEM_H <freetype/ftsystem.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IMAGE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type
+ * definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines,
+ * scan-converter parameters).
+ *
+ * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftimage.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TYPES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * basic data types defined by FreeType~2.
+ *
+ * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TYPES_H <freetype/fttypes.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_LIST_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * list management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ * (Most applications will never need to include this file.)
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LIST_H <freetype/ftlist.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_OUTLINE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * scalable outline management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_OUTLINE_H <freetype/ftoutln.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SIZES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_SIZES_H <freetype/ftsizes.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_MODULE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * module management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_MODULE_H <freetype/ftmodapi.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_RENDER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * renderer module management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_RENDER_H <freetype/ftrender.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H <freetype/ftautoh.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CFF_DRIVER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing
+ * structures and macros related to the CFF driver module.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H <freetype/ftcffdrv.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * types and API specific to the Type~1 format.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <freetype/t1tables.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings,
+ * etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro
+ * definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <freetype/ttnameid.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <freetype/tttables.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in
+ * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <freetype/tttags.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_BDF_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a
+ * face.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_BDF_H <freetype/ftbdf.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CID_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which access CID font information from a
+ * face.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CID_H <freetype/ftcid.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_GZIP_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_GZIP_H <freetype/ftgzip.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_LZW_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LZW_H <freetype/ftlzw.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_BZIP2_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_BZIP2_H <freetype/ftbzip2.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_WINFONTS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_WINFONTS_H <freetype/ftwinfnt.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_GLYPH_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API of the optional glyph management component.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftglyph.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_BITMAP_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API of the optional bitmap conversion component.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_BITMAP_H <freetype/ftbitmap.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_BBOX_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_BBOX_H <freetype/ftbbox.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CACHE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+ *
+ * It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements. You can also
+ * use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to
+ * store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory.
+ *
+ * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+ * glyph image-related cache declarations.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+ *
+ * It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively
+ * memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in
+ * @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images,
+ * including scalable outlines.
+ *
+ * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+ * small bitmaps-related cache declarations.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system.
+ *
+ * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all
+ * charmap-based cache declarations.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_MAC_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access
+ * fonts embedded in resource forks.
+ *
+ * This header file must be explicitly included by client applications
+ * compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_MAC_H <freetype/ftmac.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <freetype/ftmm.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SFNT_NAMES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in
+ * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <freetype/ftsnames.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF,
+ * GPOS, GSUB, JSTF).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftotval.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_GX_VALIDATE_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat,
+ * mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <freetype/ftgxval.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_PFR_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PFR_H <freetype/ftpfr.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_STROKER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths.
+ */
+#define FT_STROKER_H <freetype/ftstroke.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SYNTHESIS_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening.
+ */
+#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <freetype/ftsynth.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_XFREE86_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and
+ * X.Org X11 servers.
+ */
+#define FT_XFREE86_H <freetype/ftxf86.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g.,
+ * cosines and arc tangents).
+ */
+#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <freetype/fttrigon.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
+ */
+#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <freetype/ftlcdfil.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
+ */
+#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_INCREMENTAL_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering.
+ */
+#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_GASP_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table.
+ */
+#define FT_GASP_H <freetype/ftgasp.h>
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ADVANCES_H
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the
+ * FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances.
+ */
+#define FT_ADVANCES_H <freetype/ftadvanc.h>
+
+
+ /* */
+
+#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <freetype/fterrdef.h>
+
+
+ /* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */
+ /* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */
+ /* no rogue client that uses them. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H <freetype/ftcache.h>
+
+
+#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <freetype/ftincrem.h>
+
+#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <freetype/ttunpat.h>
+
+
+ /*
+ * Include internal headers definitions from <freetype/internal/...>
+ * only when building the library.
+ */
+#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
+#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <freetype/internal/internal.h>
+#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H
+#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */
+
+
+#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/* This is a generated file. */
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class )
+FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class )
+/* EOF */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftoption.h */
+/* */
+/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOPTION_H__
+#define __FTOPTION_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */
+ /* */
+ /* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */
+ /* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */
+ /* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */
+ /* */
+ /* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */
+ /* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */
+ /* library from a single source directory. */
+ /* */
+ /* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */
+ /* precisely in `$BUILD/freetype/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' */
+ /* is the name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType */
+ /* include path during compilation. */
+ /* */
+ /* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */
+ /* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */
+ /* that for your own projects. */
+ /* */
+ /* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */
+ /* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */
+ /* locate this file during the build. For example, */
+ /* */
+ /* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */
+ /* #include <freetype/config/ftheader.h> */
+ /* */
+ /* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */
+ /* definitions. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */
+ /* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */
+ /* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */
+ /* default, this file is <freetype/config/ftmodule.h>. */
+ /* */
+ /* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering */
+ /* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */
+ /* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its */
+ /* _implementation_. For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */
+ /* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times wider than */
+ /* the original size in case this macro isn't defined; however, each */
+ /* triplet of subpixels has R=G=B. */
+ /* */
+ /* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing */
+ /* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */
+ /* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */
+ /* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */
+ /* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */
+ /* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */
+ /* */
+ /* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */
+ /* building the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */
+ /* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */
+ /* `configure' script on supported platforms. */
+ /* */
+#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */
+ /* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */
+ /* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */
+ /* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */
+ /* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */
+ /* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */
+ /* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* LZW-compressed file support. */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
+ /* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
+ /* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */
+ /* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */
+ /* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */
+ /* */
+ /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Gzip-compressed file support. */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
+ /* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */
+ /* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */
+ /* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */
+ /* */
+ /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */
+ /* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* ZLib library selection */
+ /* */
+ /* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */
+ /* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */
+ /* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */
+ /* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */
+ /* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */
+ /* included directly within the component and *not* export external */
+ /* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */
+ /* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
+ /* it for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Bzip2-compressed file support. */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */
+ /* `bzip2' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */
+ /* files that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2' to */
+ /* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c). */
+ /* Contrary to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use */
+ /* the system available bzip2 implementation. */
+ /* */
+ /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, FILE, */
+ /* fopen() etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded */
+ /* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without */
+ /* file stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not */
+ /* necessary such as memory loading of font files. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* DLL export compilation */
+ /* */
+ /* When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a */
+ /* special keyword in front OR after the return type of function */
+ /* declarations. */
+ /* */
+ /* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */
+ /* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */
+ /* */
+ /* is used in a function declaration, as in */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */
+ /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */
+ /* */
+ /* is used in a function definition, as in */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */
+ /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */
+ /* { */
+ /* ... some code ... */
+ /* return FT_Err_Ok; */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */
+ /* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. If you leave them undefined, they */
+ /* will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to */
+ /* allow normal compilation. */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+ /* them for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_EXPORT(x) extern x */
+/* #define FT_EXPORT_DEF(x) x */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Glyph Postscript Names handling */
+ /* */
+ /* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */
+ /* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */
+ /* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */
+ /* use with the TrueType `post' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */
+ /* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */
+ /* */
+ /* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */
+ /* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */
+ /* `post' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */
+ /* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */
+ /* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */
+ /* */
+ /* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */
+ /* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */
+ /* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */
+ /* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */
+ /* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */
+ /* */
+ /* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */
+ /* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */
+ /* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */
+ /* fonts. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Support for Mac fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */
+ /* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */
+ /* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */
+ /* */
+ /* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */
+ /* GNU/Linux). */
+ /* */
+ /* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */
+ /* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */
+ /* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */
+ /* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */
+ /* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */
+ /* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */
+ /* names must be used. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */
+ /* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */
+ /* */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */
+ /* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */
+ /* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */
+ /* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */
+ /* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */
+ /* to do all of its work. */
+ /* */
+ /* This must be greater than 4KByte if you use FreeType to rasterize */
+ /* glyphs; otherwise, you may set it to zero to avoid unnecessary */
+ /* allocation of the render pool. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* FT_MAX_MODULES */
+ /* */
+ /* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */
+ /* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Debug level */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */
+ /* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */
+ /* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */
+ /* execution. */
+ /* */
+ /* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */
+ /* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+ /* them for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Autofitter debugging */
+ /* */
+ /* If FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT is defined, FreeType provides some means to */
+ /* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global */
+ /* boolean variables (consequently, you should *never* enable this */
+ /* while compiling in `release' mode): */
+ /* */
+ /* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints */
+ /* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints */
+ /* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints */
+ /* */
+ /* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various */
+ /* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf'): */
+ /* */
+ /* af_glyph_hints_dump_points */
+ /* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments */
+ /* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges */
+ /* */
+ /* As an argument, they use another global variable: */
+ /* */
+ /* _af_debug_hints */
+ /* */
+ /* Please have a look at the `ftgrid' demo program to see how those */
+ /* variables and macros should be used. */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */
+ /* them for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Memory Debugging */
+ /* */
+ /* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */
+ /* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */
+ /* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */
+ /* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */
+ /* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */
+ /* it for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Module errors */
+ /* */
+ /* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */
+ /* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */
+ /* while the lower byte is the real error code. */
+ /* */
+ /* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */
+ /* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */
+ /* FreeType 2. */
+ /* */
+ /* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */
+ /* */
+#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Position Independent Code */
+ /* */
+ /* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */
+ /* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */
+ /* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */
+ /* code will be used. */
+ /* */
+ /* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */
+ /* fixups, such as BREW. */
+ /* */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */
+ /* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */
+ /* TrueType & OpenType). */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */
+ /* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */
+ /* OpenType file. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */
+ /* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */
+ /* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */
+ /* */
+ /* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */
+ /* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */
+ /* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */
+ /* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */
+ /* does not contain any glyph name though. */
+ /* */
+ /* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */
+ /* `freetype/ftsnames.h'. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* TrueType CMap support */
+ /* */
+ /* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */
+ /* supported. */
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13
+#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */
+ /* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */
+ /* */
+ /* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */
+ /* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */
+ /* define it for certain configurations only. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING if you want to compile */
+ /* EXPERIMENTAL subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This */
+ /* replaces the native TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO is requested. */
+ /* */
+ /* Enabling this causes the TrueType driver to ignore instructions under */
+ /* certain conditions. This is done in accordance with the guide here, */
+ /* with some minor differences: */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx */
+ /* */
+ /* By undefining this, you only compile the code necessary to hint */
+ /* TrueType glyphs with native TT hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* This option requires TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER to be */
+ /* defined. */
+ /* */
+/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* If you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING, a special version */
+ /* of the TrueType bytecode interpreter is used that doesn't implement */
+ /* any of the patented opcodes and algorithms. The patents related to */
+ /* TrueType hinting have expired worldwide since May 2010; this option */
+ /* is now deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING macro is *ignored* */
+ /* if you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER; in other words, */
+ /* either define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER or */
+ /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING but not both at the same time. */
+ /* */
+ /* This macro is only useful for a small number of font files (mostly */
+ /* for Asian scripts) that require bytecode interpretation to properly */
+ /* load glyphs. For all other fonts, this produces unpleasant results, */
+ /* thus the unpatented interpreter is never used to load glyphs from */
+ /* TrueType fonts unless one of the following two options is used. */
+ /* */
+ /* - The unpatented interpreter is explicitly activated by the user */
+ /* through the FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING parameter tag */
+ /* when opening the FT_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* - FreeType detects that the FT_Face corresponds to one of the */
+ /* `trick' fonts (e.g., `Mingliu') it knows about. The font engine */
+ /* contains a hard-coded list of font names and other matching */
+ /* parameters (see function `tt_face_init' in file */
+ /* `src/truetype/ttobjs.c'). */
+ /* */
+ /* Here a sample code snippet for using FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING. */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Parameter parameter; */
+ /* FT_Open_Args open_args; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING; */
+ /* */
+ /* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS; */
+ /* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname; */
+ /* open_args.num_params = 1; */
+ /* open_args.params = ¶meter; */
+ /* */
+ /* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face ); */
+ /* ... */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH to compile the TrueType */
+ /* bytecode interpreter with a huge switch statement, rather than a call */
+ /* table. This results in smaller and faster code for a number of */
+ /* architectures. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note however that on some compiler/processor combinations, undefining */
+ /* this macro will generate faster, though larger, code. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */
+ /* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */
+ /* component offsets in composite glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */
+ /* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */
+ /* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */
+ /* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */
+ /* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */
+ /* fonts will not have them. */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm */
+ /* http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */
+ /* */
+#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */
+ /* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */
+ /* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */
+ /* Masters support. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */
+ /* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and */
+ /* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */
+ /* required. */
+ /* */
+#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */
+ /* calls during glyph loading. */
+ /* */
+#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */
+ /* minimum of 16 is required. */
+ /* */
+ /* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */
+ /* */
+#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
+ /* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */
+ /* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */
+ /* unable to produce kerning distances. */
+ /* */
+#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */
+ /* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */
+ /* driver. */
+ /* */
+#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /**** ****/
+ /**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/
+ /**** ****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */
+ /* support. */
+ /* */
+#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Compile autofit module with Indic script support. */
+ /* */
+#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Compile autofit module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping */
+ /* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension */
+ /* so that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the */
+ /* grid. To find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various */
+ /* parameter combinations are tried and scored. */
+ /* */
+ /* This experimental option is only active if the render mode is */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT. */
+ /* */
+/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER */
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*
+ * Define this variable if you want to keep the layout of internal
+ * structures that was used prior to FreeType 2.2. This also compiles in
+ * a few obsolete functions to avoid linking problems on typical Unix
+ * distributions.
+ *
+ * For embedded systems or building a new distribution from scratch, it
+ * is recommended to disable the macro since it reduces the library's code
+ * size and activates a few memory-saving optimizations as well.
+ */
+/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+ /*
+ * To detect legacy cache-lookup call from a rogue client (<= 2.1.7),
+ * we restrict the number of charmaps in a font. The current API of
+ * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup() takes cmap_index & charcode, but old API
+ * takes charcode only. To determine the passed value is for cmap_index
+ * or charcode, the possible cmap_index is restricted not to exceed
+ * the minimum possible charcode by a rogue client. It is also very
+ * unlikely that a rogue client is interested in Unicode values 0 to 15.
+ *
+ * NOTE: The original threshold was 4 deduced from popular number of
+ * cmap subtables in UCS-4 TrueType fonts, but now it is not
+ * irregular for OpenType fonts to have more than 4 subtables,
+ * because variation selector subtables are available for Apple
+ * and Microsoft platforms.
+ */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+#define FT_MAX_CHARMAP_CACHEABLE 15
+#endif
+
+
+ /*
+ * This macro is defined if either unpatented or native TrueType
+ * hinting is requested by the definitions above.
+ */
+#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#elif defined TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER
+#endif
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTOPTION_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftstdlib.h */
+/* */
+/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */
+/* only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002-2007, 2009, 2011-2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */
+ /* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */
+ /* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */
+ /* */
+ /* Load a file which defines __FTSTDLIB_H__ before this one to override */
+ /* it. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSTDLIB_H__
+#define __FTSTDLIB_H__
+
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* integer limits */
+ /* */
+ /* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */
+ /* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */
+ /* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */
+ /* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */
+ /* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */
+ /* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */
+ /* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT
+#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX
+#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX
+#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN
+#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX
+#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* character and string processing */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define ft_memchr memchr
+#define ft_memcmp memcmp
+#define ft_memcpy memcpy
+#define ft_memmove memmove
+#define ft_memset memset
+#define ft_strcat strcat
+#define ft_strcmp strcmp
+#define ft_strcpy strcpy
+#define ft_strlen strlen
+#define ft_strncmp strncmp
+#define ft_strncpy strncpy
+#define ft_strrchr strrchr
+#define ft_strstr strstr
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* file handling */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#define FT_FILE FILE
+#define ft_fclose fclose
+#define ft_fopen fopen
+#define ft_fread fread
+#define ft_fseek fseek
+#define ft_ftell ftell
+#define ft_sprintf sprintf
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* sorting */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define ft_qsort qsort
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* memory allocation */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#define ft_scalloc calloc
+#define ft_sfree free
+#define ft_smalloc malloc
+#define ft_srealloc realloc
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* miscellaneous */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#define ft_atol atol
+#define ft_labs labs
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* execution control */
+ /* */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */
+ /* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */
+ /* on certain platforms */
+
+#define ft_longjmp longjmp
+#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */
+
+
+ /* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */
+ /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+
+#endif /* __FTSTDLIB_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* freetype.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType high-level API and common types (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FREETYPE_H__
+#define __FREETYPE_H__
+
+
+#ifndef FT_FREETYPE_H
+#error "`ft2build.h' hasn't been included yet!"
+#error "Please always use macros to include FreeType header files."
+#error "Example:"
+#error " #include <ft2build.h>"
+#error " #include FT_FREETYPE_H"
+#endif
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_TYPES_H
+#include FT_ERRORS_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* user_allocation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* User allocation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How client applications should allocate FreeType data structures. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType assumes that structures allocated by the user and passed */
+ /* as arguments are zeroed out except for the actual data. In other */
+ /* words, it is recommended to use `calloc' (or variants of it) */
+ /* instead of `malloc' for allocation. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* B A S I C T Y P E S */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* base_interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Base Interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* The FreeType~2 base font interface. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section describes the public high-level API of FreeType~2. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_Library */
+ /* FT_Face */
+ /* FT_Size */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlot */
+ /* FT_CharMap */
+ /* FT_Encoding */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FaceRec */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SizeRec */
+ /* FT_Size_Metrics */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */
+ /* FT_SubGlyph */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Init_FreeType */
+ /* FT_Done_FreeType */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_New_Face */
+ /* FT_Done_Face */
+ /* FT_New_Memory_Face */
+ /* FT_Open_Face */
+ /* FT_Open_Args */
+ /* FT_Parameter */
+ /* FT_Attach_File */
+ /* FT_Attach_Stream */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Set_Char_Size */
+ /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */
+ /* FT_Request_Size */
+ /* FT_Select_Size */
+ /* FT_Size_Request_Type */
+ /* FT_Size_Request */
+ /* FT_Set_Transform */
+ /* FT_Load_Glyph */
+ /* FT_Get_Char_Index */
+ /* FT_Get_Name_Index */
+ /* FT_Load_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY */
+ /* FT_OPEN_STREAM */
+ /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME */
+ /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER */
+ /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_LOAD_DEFAULT */
+ /* FT_LOAD_RENDER */
+ /* FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME */
+ /* FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN */
+ /* FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE */
+ /* FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */
+ /* FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP */
+ /* FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT */
+ /* FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM */
+ /* FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH */
+ /* FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT */
+ /* FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE */
+ /* FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD */
+ /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Render_Glyph */
+ /* FT_Render_Mode */
+ /* FT_Get_Kerning */
+ /* FT_Kerning_Mode */
+ /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */
+ /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */
+ /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_CharMapRec */
+ /* FT_Select_Charmap */
+ /* FT_Set_Charmap */
+ /* FT_Get_Charmap_Index */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model the metrics of a single glyph. The */
+ /* values are expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE has been used while loading the glyph, values */
+ /* are expressed in font units instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* width :: */
+ /* The glyph's width. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: */
+ /* The glyph's height. */
+ /* */
+ /* horiBearingX :: */
+ /* Left side bearing for horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* horiBearingY :: */
+ /* Top side bearing for horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* horiAdvance :: */
+ /* Advance width for horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* vertBearingX :: */
+ /* Left side bearing for vertical layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* vertBearingY :: */
+ /* Top side bearing for vertical layout. Larger positive values */
+ /* mean further below the vertical glyph origin. */
+ /* */
+ /* vertAdvance :: */
+ /* Advance height for vertical layout. Positive values mean the */
+ /* glyph has a positive advance downward. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If not disabled with @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING, the values represent */
+ /* dimensions of the hinted glyph (in case hinting is applicable). */
+ /* */
+ /* Stroking a glyph with an outside border does not increase */
+ /* `horiAdvance' or `vertAdvance'; you have to manually adjust these */
+ /* values to account for the added width and height. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Glyph_Metrics_
+ {
+ FT_Pos width;
+ FT_Pos height;
+
+ FT_Pos horiBearingX;
+ FT_Pos horiBearingY;
+ FT_Pos horiAdvance;
+
+ FT_Pos vertBearingX;
+ FT_Pos vertBearingY;
+ FT_Pos vertAdvance;
+
+ } FT_Glyph_Metrics;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This structure models the metrics of a bitmap strike (i.e., a set */
+ /* of glyphs for a given point size and resolution) in a bitmap font. */
+ /* It is used for the `available_sizes' field of @FT_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* height :: The vertical distance, in pixels, between two */
+ /* consecutive baselines. It is always positive. */
+ /* */
+ /* width :: The average width, in pixels, of all glyphs in the */
+ /* strike. */
+ /* */
+ /* size :: The nominal size of the strike in 26.6 fractional */
+ /* points. This field is not very useful. */
+ /* */
+ /* x_ppem :: The horizontal ppem (nominal width) in 26.6 fractional */
+ /* pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* y_ppem :: The vertical ppem (nominal height) in 26.6 fractional */
+ /* pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Windows FNT: */
+ /* The nominal size given in a FNT font is not reliable. Thus when */
+ /* the driver finds it incorrect, it sets `size' to some calculated */
+ /* values and sets `x_ppem' and `y_ppem' to the pixel width and */
+ /* height given in the font, respectively. */
+ /* */
+ /* TrueType embedded bitmaps: */
+ /* `size', `width', and `height' values are not contained in the */
+ /* bitmap strike itself. They are computed from the global font */
+ /* parameters. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Bitmap_Size_
+ {
+ FT_Short height;
+ FT_Short width;
+
+ FT_Pos size;
+
+ FT_Pos x_ppem;
+ FT_Pos y_ppem;
+
+ } FT_Bitmap_Size;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* O B J E C T C L A S S E S */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Library */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a FreeType library instance. Each `library' is */
+ /* completely independent from the others; it is the `root' of a set */
+ /* of objects like fonts, faces, sizes, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* It also embeds a memory manager (see @FT_Memory), as well as a */
+ /* scan-line converter object (see @FT_Raster). */
+ /* */
+ /* For multi-threading applications each thread should have its own */
+ /* FT_Library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Library objects are normally created by @FT_Init_FreeType, and */
+ /* destroyed with @FT_Done_FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_LibraryRec_ *FT_Library;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Module */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given FreeType module object. Each module can be a */
+ /* font driver, a renderer, or anything else that provides services */
+ /* to the formers. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ModuleRec_* FT_Module;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Driver */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given FreeType font driver object. Each font driver */
+ /* is a special module capable of creating faces from font files. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_DriverRec_* FT_Driver;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Renderer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given FreeType renderer. A renderer is a special */
+ /* module in charge of converting a glyph image to a bitmap, when */
+ /* necessary. Each renderer supports a given glyph image format, and */
+ /* one or more target surface depths. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_RendererRec_* FT_Renderer;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given typographic face object. A face object models */
+ /* a given typeface, in a given style. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Each face object also owns a single @FT_GlyphSlot object, as well */
+ /* as one or more @FT_Size objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* Use @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from */
+ /* a given filepathname or a custom input stream. */
+ /* */
+ /* Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Also> */
+ /* See @FT_FaceRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given face */
+ /* object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_FaceRec_* FT_Face;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an object used to model a face scaled to a given */
+ /* character size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Each @FT_Face has an _active_ @FT_Size object that is used by */
+ /* functions like @FT_Load_Glyph to determine the scaling */
+ /* transformation which is used to load and hint glyphs and metrics. */
+ /* */
+ /* You can use @FT_Set_Char_Size, @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, */
+ /* @FT_Request_Size or even @FT_Select_Size to change the content */
+ /* (i.e., the scaling values) of the active @FT_Size. */
+ /* */
+ /* You can use @FT_New_Size to create additional size objects for a */
+ /* given @FT_Face, but they won't be used by other functions until */
+ /* you activate it through @FT_Activate_Size. Only one size can be */
+ /* activated at any given time per face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Also> */
+ /* See @FT_SizeRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given size */
+ /* object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_SizeRec_* FT_Size;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlot */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given `glyph slot'. A slot is a container where it */
+ /* is possible to load any of the glyphs contained in its parent */
+ /* face. */
+ /* */
+ /* In other words, each time you call @FT_Load_Glyph or */
+ /* @FT_Load_Char, the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, */
+ /* i.e., the glyph's metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and */
+ /* other control information. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Also> */
+ /* See @FT_GlyphSlotRec for the publicly accessible glyph fields. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_* FT_GlyphSlot;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_CharMap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a given character map. A charmap is used to translate */
+ /* character codes in a given encoding into glyph indexes for its */
+ /* parent's face. Some font formats may provide several charmaps per */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them */
+ /* can be `active' and used by @FT_Get_Char_Index or @FT_Load_Char. */
+ /* */
+ /* The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the */
+ /* `face->num_charmaps' and `face->charmaps' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* The currently active charmap is available as `face->charmap'. */
+ /* You should call @FT_Set_Charmap to change it. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* When a new face is created (either through @FT_New_Face or */
+ /* @FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within */
+ /* the list and automatically activates it. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Also> */
+ /* See @FT_CharMapRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given */
+ /* character map. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_* FT_CharMap;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_ENC_TAG */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long. It is */
+ /* used to define `encoding' identifiers (see @FT_Encoding). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */
+ /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */
+ /* this: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) value */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */
+ /* */
+
+#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG
+#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) \
+ value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) | \
+ ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) | \
+ ( (FT_UInt32)(c) << 8 ) | \
+ (FT_UInt32)(d) )
+
+#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Encoding */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration used to specify character sets supported by */
+ /* charmaps. Used in the @FT_Select_Charmap API function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Despite the name, this enumeration lists specific character */
+ /* repertories (i.e., charsets), and not text encoding methods (e.g., */
+ /* UTF-8, UTF-16, etc.). */
+ /* */
+ /* Other encodings might be defined in the future. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_NONE :: */
+ /* The encoding value~0 is reserved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Unicode character set. This value covers */
+ /* all versions of the Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and */
+ /* Latin-1. Most fonts include a Unicode charmap, but not all */
+ /* of them. */
+ /* */
+ /* For example, if you want to access Unicode value U+1F028 (and */
+ /* the font contains it), use value 0x1F028 as the input value for */
+ /* @FT_Get_Char_Index. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode */
+ /* mathematical symbols in the 32..255 character code range. For */
+ /* more information, see `http://www.ceviz.net/symbol.htm'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_SJIS :: */
+ /* Corresponds to Japanese SJIS encoding. More info at */
+ /* at `http://langsupport.japanreference.com/encoding.shtml'. */
+ /* See note on multi-byte encodings below. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_GB2312 :: */
+ /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Simplified Chinese as used */
+ /* used in mainland China. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_BIG5 :: */
+ /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as */
+ /* used in Taiwan and Hong Kong. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Wansung. */
+ /* For more information see */
+ /* `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/unicode/949.txt'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_JOHAB :: */
+ /* The Korean standard character set (KS~C 5601-1992), which */
+ /* corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361. This character set */
+ /* includes all possible Hangeul character combinations. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 :: */
+ /* Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type~1 */
+ /* PostScript font. It is limited to 256 character codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type~1, */
+ /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */
+ /* codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type~1, */
+ /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */
+ /* codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM :: */
+ /* Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and */
+ /* OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN :: */
+ /* Corresponds to the 8-bit Apple roman encoding. Many TrueType */
+ /* and OpenType fonts contain a charmap for this encoding, since */
+ /* older versions of Mac OS are able to use it. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 :: */
+ /* This value is deprecated and was never used nor reported by */
+ /* FreeType. Don't use or test for it. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_GB2312. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB :: */
+ /* Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB. Deprecated. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* By default, FreeType automatically synthesizes a Unicode charmap */
+ /* for PostScript fonts, using their glyph names dictionaries. */
+ /* However, it also reports the encodings defined explicitly in the */
+ /* font file, for the cases when they are needed, with the Adobe */
+ /* values as well. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap */
+ /* is neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE). Use @FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID to find out */
+ /* which encoding is really present. If, for example, the */
+ /* `cs_registry' field is `KOI8' and the `cs_encoding' field is `R', */
+ /* the font is encoded in KOI8-R. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is always set (with a single exception) by the */
+ /* winfonts driver. Use @FT_Get_WinFNT_Header and examine the */
+ /* `charset' field of the @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure to find out */
+ /* which encoding is really present. For example, */
+ /* @FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 (204) means Windows code page 1251 (for */
+ /* Russian). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set if `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH */
+ /* and `encoding_id' is not @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN (otherwise it is set to */
+ /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN). */
+ /* */
+ /* If `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH, use the function */
+ /* @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID to query the Mac language ID which may */
+ /* be needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants. See */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/README.TXT */
+ /* */
+ /* to get an idea how to do that. Basically, if the language ID */
+ /* is~0, don't use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID. */
+ /* Then examine `encoding_id'. If, for example, `encoding_id' is */
+ /* @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN and the language ID (minus~1) is */
+ /* `TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK', it is the Greek encoding, not Roman. */
+ /* @TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC with `TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI' means the Farsi */
+ /* variant the Arabic encoding. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Encoding_
+ {
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL, 's', 'y', 'm', 'b' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_UNICODE, 'u', 'n', 'i', 'c' ),
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_SJIS, 's', 'j', 'i', 's' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_GB2312, 'g', 'b', ' ', ' ' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_BIG5, 'b', 'i', 'g', '5' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, 'w', 'a', 'n', 's' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_JOHAB, 'j', 'o', 'h', 'a' ),
+
+ /* for backwards compatibility */
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS = FT_ENCODING_SJIS,
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 = FT_ENCODING_GB2312,
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 = FT_ENCODING_BIG5,
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG = FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG,
+ FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB = FT_ENCODING_JOHAB,
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD, 'A', 'D', 'O', 'B' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'E' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'C' ),
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1, 'l', 'a', 't', '1' ),
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2, 'l', 'a', 't', '2' ),
+
+ FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN, 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' )
+
+ } FT_Encoding;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_encoding_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* These constants are deprecated; use the corresponding @FT_Encoding */
+ /* values instead. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_encoding_none FT_ENCODING_NONE
+#define ft_encoding_unicode FT_ENCODING_UNICODE
+#define ft_encoding_symbol FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL
+#define ft_encoding_latin_1 FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1
+#define ft_encoding_latin_2 FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2
+#define ft_encoding_sjis FT_ENCODING_SJIS
+#define ft_encoding_gb2312 FT_ENCODING_GB2312
+#define ft_encoding_big5 FT_ENCODING_BIG5
+#define ft_encoding_wansung FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG
+#define ft_encoding_johab FT_ENCODING_JOHAB
+
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_standard FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_expert FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT
+#define ft_encoding_adobe_custom FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM
+#define ft_encoding_apple_roman FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_CharMapRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The base charmap structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* encoding :: An @FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap. Use */
+ /* this with @FT_Select_Charmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* platform_id :: An ID number describing the platform for the */
+ /* following encoding ID. This comes directly from */
+ /* the TrueType specification and should be emulated */
+ /* for other formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* encoding_id :: A platform specific encoding number. This also */
+ /* comes from the TrueType specification and should be */
+ /* emulated similarly. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_
+ {
+ FT_Face face;
+ FT_Encoding encoding;
+ FT_UShort platform_id;
+ FT_UShort encoding_id;
+
+ } FT_CharMapRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* B A S E O B J E C T C L A S S E S */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Face_Internal */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Face_InternalRec' structure, used to */
+ /* model private data of a given @FT_Face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* This structure might change between releases of FreeType~2 and is */
+ /* not generally available to client applications. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Face_InternalRec_* FT_Face_Internal;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_FaceRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType root face class structure. A face object models a */
+ /* typeface in a font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* num_faces :: The number of faces in the font file. Some */
+ /* font formats can have multiple faces in */
+ /* a font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face in the font file. It */
+ /* is set to~0 if there is only one face in */
+ /* the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_flags :: A set of bit flags that give important */
+ /* information about the face; see */
+ /* @FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* style_flags :: A set of bit flags indicating the style of */
+ /* the face; see @FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX for the */
+ /* details. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_glyphs :: The number of glyphs in the face. If the */
+ /* face is scalable and has sbits (see */
+ /* `num_fixed_sizes'), it is set to the number */
+ /* of outline glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* For CID-keyed fonts, this value gives the */
+ /* highest CID used in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* family_name :: The face's family name. This is an ASCII */
+ /* string, usually in English, which describes */
+ /* the typeface's family (like `Times New */
+ /* Roman', `Bodoni', `Garamond', etc). This */
+ /* is a least common denominator used to list */
+ /* fonts. Some formats (TrueType & OpenType) */
+ /* provide localized and Unicode versions of */
+ /* this string. Applications should use the */
+ /* format specific interface to access them. */
+ /* Can be NULL (e.g., in fonts embedded in a */
+ /* PDF file). */
+ /* */
+ /* style_name :: The face's style name. This is an ASCII */
+ /* string, usually in English, which describes */
+ /* the typeface's style (like `Italic', */
+ /* `Bold', `Condensed', etc). Not all font */
+ /* formats provide a style name, so this field */
+ /* is optional, and can be set to NULL. As */
+ /* for `family_name', some formats provide */
+ /* localized and Unicode versions of this */
+ /* string. Applications should use the format */
+ /* specific interface to access them. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_fixed_sizes :: The number of bitmap strikes in the face. */
+ /* Even if the face is scalable, there might */
+ /* still be bitmap strikes, which are called */
+ /* `sbits' in that case. */
+ /* */
+ /* available_sizes :: An array of @FT_Bitmap_Size for all bitmap */
+ /* strikes in the face. It is set to NULL if */
+ /* there is no bitmap strike. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_charmaps :: The number of charmaps in the face. */
+ /* */
+ /* charmaps :: An array of the charmaps of the face. */
+ /* */
+ /* generic :: A field reserved for client uses. See the */
+ /* @FT_Generic type description. */
+ /* */
+ /* bbox :: The font bounding box. Coordinates are */
+ /* expressed in font units (see */
+ /* `units_per_EM'). The box is large enough */
+ /* to contain any glyph from the font. Thus, */
+ /* `bbox.yMax' can be seen as the `maximum */
+ /* ascender', and `bbox.yMin' as the `minimum */
+ /* descender'. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the bounding box might be off by */
+ /* (at least) one pixel for hinted fonts. See */
+ /* @FT_Size_Metrics for further discussion. */
+ /* */
+ /* units_per_EM :: The number of font units per EM square for */
+ /* this face. This is typically 2048 for */
+ /* TrueType fonts, and 1000 for Type~1 fonts. */
+ /* Only relevant for scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* ascender :: The typographic ascender of the face, */
+ /* expressed in font units. For font formats */
+ /* not having this information, it is set to */
+ /* `bbox.yMax'. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* descender :: The typographic descender of the face, */
+ /* expressed in font units. For font formats */
+ /* not having this information, it is set to */
+ /* `bbox.yMin'. Note that this field is */
+ /* usually negative. Only relevant for */
+ /* scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: This value is the vertical distance */
+ /* between two consecutive baselines, */
+ /* expressed in font units. It is always */
+ /* positive. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you want the global glyph height, use */
+ /* `ascender - descender'. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_advance_width :: The maximum advance width, in font units, */
+ /* for all glyphs in this face. This can be */
+ /* used to make word wrapping computations */
+ /* faster. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_advance_height :: The maximum advance height, in font units, */
+ /* for all glyphs in this face. This is only */
+ /* relevant for vertical layouts, and is set */
+ /* to `height' for fonts that do not provide */
+ /* vertical metrics. Only relevant for */
+ /* scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* underline_position :: The position, in font units, of the */
+ /* underline line for this face. It is the */
+ /* center of the underlining stem. Only */
+ /* relevant for scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* underline_thickness :: The thickness, in font units, of the */
+ /* underline for this face. Only relevant for */
+ /* scalable formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* glyph :: The face's associated glyph slot(s). */
+ /* */
+ /* size :: The current active size for this face. */
+ /* */
+ /* charmap :: The current active charmap for this face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Fields may be changed after a call to @FT_Attach_File or */
+ /* @FT_Attach_Stream. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_FaceRec_
+ {
+ FT_Long num_faces;
+ FT_Long face_index;
+
+ FT_Long face_flags;
+ FT_Long style_flags;
+
+ FT_Long num_glyphs;
+
+ FT_String* family_name;
+ FT_String* style_name;
+
+ FT_Int num_fixed_sizes;
+ FT_Bitmap_Size* available_sizes;
+
+ FT_Int num_charmaps;
+ FT_CharMap* charmaps;
+
+ FT_Generic generic;
+
+ /*# The following member variables (down to `underline_thickness') */
+ /*# are only relevant to scalable outlines; cf. @FT_Bitmap_Size */
+ /*# for bitmap fonts. */
+ FT_BBox bbox;
+
+ FT_UShort units_per_EM;
+ FT_Short ascender;
+ FT_Short descender;
+ FT_Short height;
+
+ FT_Short max_advance_width;
+ FT_Short max_advance_height;
+
+ FT_Short underline_position;
+ FT_Short underline_thickness;
+
+ FT_GlyphSlot glyph;
+ FT_Size size;
+ FT_CharMap charmap;
+
+ /*@private begin */
+
+ FT_Driver driver;
+ FT_Memory memory;
+ FT_Stream stream;
+
+ FT_ListRec sizes_list;
+
+ FT_Generic autohint; /* face-specific auto-hinter data */
+ void* extensions; /* unused */
+
+ FT_Face_Internal internal;
+
+ /*@private end */
+
+ } FT_FaceRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit flags used in the `face_flags' field of the */
+ /* @FT_FaceRec structure. They inform client applications of */
+ /* properties of the corresponding face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains outline glyphs. This doesn't */
+ /* prevent bitmap strikes, i.e., a face can have both this and */
+ /* and @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains bitmap strikes. See also the */
+ /* `num_fixed_sizes' and `available_sizes' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains fixed-width characters (like */
+ /* Courier, Lucido, MonoType, etc.). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face uses the `sfnt' storage scheme. For */
+ /* now, this means TrueType and OpenType. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains horizontal glyph metrics. This */
+ /* should be set for all common formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains vertical glyph metrics. This */
+ /* is only available in some formats, not all of them. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING :: */
+ /* Indicates that the face contains kerning information. If set, */
+ /* the kerning distance can be retrieved through the function */
+ /* @FT_Get_Kerning. Otherwise the function always return the */
+ /* vector (0,0). Note that FreeType doesn't handle kerning data */
+ /* from the `GPOS' table (as present in some OpenType fonts). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS :: */
+ /* THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE OR TEST IT. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS :: */
+ /* Indicates that the font contains multiple masters and is capable */
+ /* of interpolating between them. See the multiple-masters */
+ /* specific API for details. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES :: */
+ /* Indicates that the font contains glyph names that can be */
+ /* retrieved through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name. Note that some TrueType */
+ /* fonts contain broken glyph name tables. Use the function */
+ /* @FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when needed. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM :: */
+ /* Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was */
+ /* provided by the client application and should not be destroyed */
+ /* when @FT_Done_Face is called. Don't read or test this flag. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER :: */
+ /* Set if the font driver has a hinting machine of its own. For */
+ /* example, with TrueType fonts, it makes sense to use data from */
+ /* the SFNT `gasp' table only if the native TrueType hinting engine */
+ /* (with the bytecode interpreter) is available and active. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED :: */
+ /* Set if the font is CID-keyed. In that case, the font is not */
+ /* accessed by glyph indices but by CID values. For subsetted */
+ /* CID-keyed fonts this has the consequence that not all index */
+ /* values are a valid argument to FT_Load_Glyph. Only the CID */
+ /* values for which corresponding glyphs in the subsetted font */
+ /* exist make FT_Load_Glyph return successfully; in all other cases */
+ /* you get an `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that CID-keyed fonts which are in an SFNT wrapper don't */
+ /* have this flag set since the glyphs are accessed in the normal */
+ /* way (using contiguous indices); the `CID-ness' isn't visible to */
+ /* the application. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY :: */
+ /* Set if the font is `tricky', this is, it always needs the */
+ /* font format's native hinting engine to get a reasonable result. */
+ /* A typical example is the Chinese font `mingli.ttf' which uses */
+ /* TrueType bytecode instructions to move and scale all of its */
+ /* subglyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* It is not possible to autohint such fonts using */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT; it will also ignore */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING. You have to set both @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */
+ /* and @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT to really disable hinting; however, you */
+ /* probably never want this except for demonstration purposes. */
+ /* */
+ /* Currently, there are about a dozen TrueType fonts in the list of */
+ /* tricky fonts; they are hard-coded in file `ttobjs.c'. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ( 1L << 0 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ( 1L << 1 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ( 1L << 2 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ( 1L << 3 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ( 1L << 4 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ( 1L << 5 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ( 1L << 6 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS ( 1L << 7 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ( 1L << 8 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ( 1L << 9 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ( 1L << 10 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER ( 1L << 11 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ( 1L << 12 )
+#define FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ( 1L << 13 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains
+ * horizontal metrics (this is true for all font formats though).
+ *
+ * @also:
+ * @FT_HAS_VERTICAL can be used to check for vertical metrics.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains real
+ * vertical metrics (and not only synthesized ones).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_KERNING( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning
+ * data that can be accessed with @FT_Get_Kerning.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_SCALABLE( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a scalable
+ * font face (true for TrueType, Type~1, Type~42, CID, OpenType/CFF,
+ * and PFR font formats.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_SFNT( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font
+ * whose format is based on the SFNT storage scheme. This usually
+ * means: TrueType fonts, OpenType fonts, as well as SFNT-based embedded
+ * bitmap fonts.
+ *
+ * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_SFNT_NAMES_H and
+ * @FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H are available.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_SFNT( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font face
+ * that contains fixed-width (or `monospace', `fixed-pitch', etc.)
+ * glyphs.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some
+ * embedded bitmaps. See the `available_sizes' field of the
+ * @FT_FaceRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Deprecated.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face ) 0
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some glyph
+ * names that can be accessed through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some
+ * multiple masters. The functions provided by @FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H
+ * are then available to choose the exact design you want.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a CID-keyed
+ * font. See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED for more
+ * details.
+ *
+ * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_CID_H are
+ * available.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_IS_TRICKY( face )
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A macro that returns true whenever a face represents a `tricky' font.
+ * See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more details.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) \
+ ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit-flags used to indicate the style of a given face. */
+ /* These are used in the `style_flags' field of @FT_FaceRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC :: */
+ /* Indicates that a given face style is italic or oblique. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD :: */
+ /* Indicates that a given face is bold. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The style information as provided by FreeType is very basic. More */
+ /* details are beyond the scope and should be done on a higher level */
+ /* (for example, by analyzing various fields of the `OS/2' table in */
+ /* SFNT based fonts). */
+ /* */
+#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC ( 1 << 0 )
+#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD ( 1 << 1 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Size_Internal */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Size_InternalRec' structure, used to */
+ /* model private data of a given @FT_Size object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Size_InternalRec_* FT_Size_Internal;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Size_Metrics */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The size metrics structure gives the metrics of a size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* x_ppem :: The width of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence */
+ /* the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */
+ /* referred to as `nominal width'. */
+ /* */
+ /* y_ppem :: The height of the scaled EM square in pixels, */
+ /* hence the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */
+ /* referred to as `nominal height'. */
+ /* */
+ /* x_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */
+ /* horizontal metrics from font units to 26.6 */
+ /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* font formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* y_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */
+ /* vertical metrics from font units to 26.6 */
+ /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */
+ /* font formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* ascender :: The ascender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */
+ /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* descender :: The descender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */
+ /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: The height in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */
+ /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_advance :: The maximum advance width in 26.6 fractional */
+ /* pixels. See @FT_FaceRec for the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The scaling values, if relevant, are determined first during a */
+ /* size changing operation. The remaining fields are then set by the */
+ /* driver. For scalable formats, they are usually set to scaled */
+ /* values of the corresponding fields in @FT_FaceRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that due to glyph hinting, these values might not be exact */
+ /* for certain fonts. Thus they must be treated as unreliable */
+ /* with an error margin of at least one pixel! */
+ /* */
+ /* Indeed, the only way to get the exact metrics is to render _all_ */
+ /* glyphs. As this would be a definite performance hit, it is up to */
+ /* client applications to perform such computations. */
+ /* */
+ /* The FT_Size_Metrics structure is valid for bitmap fonts also. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Size_Metrics_
+ {
+ FT_UShort x_ppem; /* horizontal pixels per EM */
+ FT_UShort y_ppem; /* vertical pixels per EM */
+
+ FT_Fixed x_scale; /* scaling values used to convert font */
+ FT_Fixed y_scale; /* units to 26.6 fractional pixels */
+
+ FT_Pos ascender; /* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels */
+ FT_Pos descender; /* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels */
+ FT_Pos height; /* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels */
+ FT_Pos max_advance; /* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels */
+
+ } FT_Size_Metrics;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_SizeRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType root size class structure. A size object models a face */
+ /* object at a given size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* face :: Handle to the parent face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* generic :: A typeless pointer, which is unused by the FreeType */
+ /* library or any of its drivers. It can be used by */
+ /* client applications to link their own data to each size */
+ /* object. */
+ /* */
+ /* metrics :: Metrics for this size object. This field is read-only. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_SizeRec_
+ {
+ FT_Face face; /* parent face object */
+ FT_Generic generic; /* generic pointer for client uses */
+ FT_Size_Metrics metrics; /* size metrics */
+ FT_Size_Internal internal;
+
+ } FT_SizeRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_SubGlyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe */
+ /* subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API, */
+ /* hence the forward structure declaration. */
+ /* */
+ /* You can however retrieve subglyph information with */
+ /* @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_SubGlyphRec_* FT_SubGlyph;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Slot_Internal */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Slot_InternalRec' structure, used to */
+ /* model private data of a given @FT_GlyphSlot object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Slot_InternalRec_* FT_Slot_Internal;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType root glyph slot class structure. A glyph slot is a */
+ /* container where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they in */
+ /* outline or bitmap format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library instance */
+ /* this slot belongs to. */
+ /* */
+ /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* next :: In some cases (like some font tools), several */
+ /* glyph slots per face object can be a good */
+ /* thing. As this is rare, the glyph slots are */
+ /* listed through a direct, single-linked list */
+ /* using its `next' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* generic :: A typeless pointer which is unused by the */
+ /* FreeType library or any of its drivers. It */
+ /* can be used by client applications to link */
+ /* their own data to each glyph slot object. */
+ /* */
+ /* metrics :: The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the */
+ /* slot. The returned values depend on the last */
+ /* load flags (see the @FT_Load_Glyph API */
+ /* function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 */
+ /* fractional pixels or font units. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that even when the glyph image is */
+ /* transformed, the metrics are not. */
+ /* */
+ /* linearHoriAdvance :: The advance width of the unhinted glyph. */
+ /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */
+ /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */
+ /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */
+ /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */
+ /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* linearVertAdvance :: The advance height of the unhinted glyph. */
+ /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */
+ /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */
+ /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */
+ /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */
+ /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* advance :: This shorthand is, depending on */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM, the transformed */
+ /* advance width for the glyph (in 26.6 */
+ /* fractional pixel format). As specified with */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT, it uses either the */
+ /* `horiAdvance' or the `vertAdvance' value of */
+ /* `metrics' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* format :: This field indicates the format of the image */
+ /* contained in the glyph slot. Typically */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, or */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but others are */
+ /* possible. */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap :: This field is used as a bitmap descriptor */
+ /* when the slot format is */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. Note that the */
+ /* address and content of the bitmap buffer can */
+ /* change between calls of @FT_Load_Glyph and a */
+ /* few other functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap_left :: This is the bitmap's left bearing expressed */
+ /* in integer pixels. Of course, this is only */
+ /* valid if the format is */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap_top :: This is the bitmap's top bearing expressed in */
+ /* integer pixels. Remember that this is the */
+ /* distance from the baseline to the top-most */
+ /* glyph scanline, upwards y~coordinates being */
+ /* *positive*. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: The outline descriptor for the current glyph */
+ /* image if its format is */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE. Once a glyph is */
+ /* loaded, `outline' can be transformed, */
+ /* distorted, embolded, etc. However, it must */
+ /* not be freed. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_subglyphs :: The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph. */
+ /* This field is only valid for the composite */
+ /* glyph format that should normally only be */
+ /* loaded with the @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag. */
+ /* For now this is internal to FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* subglyphs :: An array of subglyph descriptors for */
+ /* composite glyphs. There are `num_subglyphs' */
+ /* elements in there. Currently internal to */
+ /* FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* control_data :: Certain font drivers can also return the */
+ /* control data for a given glyph image (e.g. */
+ /* TrueType bytecode, Type~1 charstrings, etc.). */
+ /* This field is a pointer to such data. */
+ /* */
+ /* control_len :: This is the length in bytes of the control */
+ /* data. */
+ /* */
+ /* other :: Really wicked formats can use this pointer to */
+ /* present their own glyph image to client */
+ /* applications. Note that the application */
+ /* needs to know about the image format. */
+ /* */
+ /* lsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */
+ /* left side bearing while autohinting is */
+ /* active. Zero otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ /* rsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */
+ /* right side bearing while autohinting is */
+ /* active. Zero otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If @FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_DEFAULT) the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in */
+ /* its native format (e.g., an outline glyph for TrueType and Type~1 */
+ /* formats). */
+ /* */
+ /* This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling */
+ /* @FT_Render_Glyph. This function finds the current renderer for */
+ /* the native image's format, then invokes it. */
+ /* */
+ /* The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through */
+ /* the slot's face transformation fields, then converting it into a */
+ /* bitmap that is returned in `slot->bitmap'. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `slot->bitmap_left' and `slot->bitmap_top' are also used */
+ /* to specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen */
+ /* position (e.g., coordinates (0,0) on the baseline). Of course, */
+ /* `slot->format' is also changed to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Here a small pseudo code fragment which shows how to use */
+ /* `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta': */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Pos origin_x = 0; */
+ /* FT_Pos prev_rsb_delta = 0; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* for all glyphs do */
+ /* <compute kern between current and previous glyph and add it to */
+ /* `origin_x'> */
+ /* */
+ /* <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'> */
+ /* */
+ /* if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta >= 32 ) */
+ /* origin_x -= 64; */
+ /* else if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta < -32 ) */
+ /* origin_x += 64; */
+ /* */
+ /* prev_rsb_delta = face->glyph->rsb_delta; */
+ /* */
+ /* <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...> */
+ /* */
+ /* origin_x += face->glyph->advance.x; */
+ /* endfor */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_
+ {
+ FT_Library library;
+ FT_Face face;
+ FT_GlyphSlot next;
+ FT_UInt reserved; /* retained for binary compatibility */
+ FT_Generic generic;
+
+ FT_Glyph_Metrics metrics;
+ FT_Fixed linearHoriAdvance;
+ FT_Fixed linearVertAdvance;
+ FT_Vector advance;
+
+ FT_Glyph_Format format;
+
+ FT_Bitmap bitmap;
+ FT_Int bitmap_left;
+ FT_Int bitmap_top;
+
+ FT_Outline outline;
+
+ FT_UInt num_subglyphs;
+ FT_SubGlyph subglyphs;
+
+ void* control_data;
+ long control_len;
+
+ FT_Pos lsb_delta;
+ FT_Pos rsb_delta;
+
+ void* other;
+
+ FT_Slot_Internal internal;
+
+ } FT_GlyphSlotRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* F U N C T I O N S */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Init_FreeType */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Initialize a new FreeType library object. The set of modules */
+ /* that are registered by this function is determined at build time. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* alibrary :: A handle to a new library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* In case you want to provide your own memory allocating routines, */
+ /* use @FT_New_Library instead, followed by a call to */
+ /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules (or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module). */
+ /* */
+ /* For multi-threading applications each thread should have its own */
+ /* FT_Library object. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library *alibrary );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_FreeType */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy a given FreeType library object and all of its children, */
+ /* including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the target library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library library );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_OPEN_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit-field constants used within the `flags' field of the */
+ /* @FT_Open_Args structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY :: This is a memory-based stream. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_STREAM :: Copy the stream from the `stream' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME :: Create a new input stream from a C~path */
+ /* name. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER :: Use the `driver' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS :: Use the `num_params' and `params' fields. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_memory :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_MEMORY instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_stream :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_STREAM instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_pathname :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_PATHNAME instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_driver :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_DRIVER instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_open_params :: Deprecated; use @FT_OPEN_PARAMS instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The `FT_OPEN_MEMORY', `FT_OPEN_STREAM', and `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME' */
+ /* flags are mutually exclusive. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_OPEN_MEMORY 0x1
+#define FT_OPEN_STREAM 0x2
+#define FT_OPEN_PATHNAME 0x4
+#define FT_OPEN_DRIVER 0x8
+#define FT_OPEN_PARAMS 0x10
+
+#define ft_open_memory FT_OPEN_MEMORY /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_stream FT_OPEN_STREAM /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_pathname FT_OPEN_PATHNAME /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_driver FT_OPEN_DRIVER /* deprecated */
+#define ft_open_params FT_OPEN_PARAMS /* deprecated */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Parameter */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to pass more or less generic parameters to */
+ /* @FT_Open_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* tag :: A four-byte identification tag. */
+ /* */
+ /* data :: A pointer to the parameter data. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The ID and function of parameters are driver-specific. See the */
+ /* various FT_PARAM_TAG_XXX flags for more information. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Parameter_
+ {
+ FT_ULong tag;
+ FT_Pointer data;
+
+ } FT_Parameter;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Open_Args */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to indicate how to open a new font file or */
+ /* stream. A pointer to such a structure can be used as a parameter */
+ /* for the functions @FT_Open_Face and @FT_Attach_Stream. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* flags :: A set of bit flags indicating how to use the */
+ /* structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* memory_base :: The first byte of the file in memory. */
+ /* */
+ /* memory_size :: The size in bytes of the file in memory. */
+ /* */
+ /* pathname :: A pointer to an 8-bit file pathname. */
+ /* */
+ /* stream :: A handle to a source stream object. */
+ /* */
+ /* driver :: This field is exclusively used by @FT_Open_Face; */
+ /* it simply specifies the font driver to use to open */
+ /* the face. If set to~0, FreeType tries to load the */
+ /* face with each one of the drivers in its list. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_params :: The number of extra parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* params :: Extra parameters passed to the font driver when */
+ /* opening a new face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The stream type is determined by the contents of `flags' which */
+ /* are tested in the following order by @FT_Open_Face: */
+ /* */
+ /* If the `FT_OPEN_MEMORY' bit is set, assume that this is a */
+ /* memory file of `memory_size' bytes, located at `memory_address'. */
+ /* The data are are not copied, and the client is responsible for */
+ /* releasing and destroying them _after_ the corresponding call to */
+ /* @FT_Done_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* Otherwise, if the `FT_OPEN_STREAM' bit is set, assume that a */
+ /* custom input stream `stream' is used. */
+ /* */
+ /* Otherwise, if the `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME' bit is set, assume that this */
+ /* is a normal file and use `pathname' to open it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the `FT_OPEN_DRIVER' bit is set, @FT_Open_Face only tries to */
+ /* open the file with the driver whose handler is in `driver'. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the `FT_OPEN_PARAMS' bit is set, the parameters given by */
+ /* `num_params' and `params' is used. They are ignored otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ /* Ideally, both the `pathname' and `params' fields should be tagged */
+ /* as `const'; this is missing for API backwards compatibility. In */
+ /* other words, applications should treat them as read-only. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Open_Args_
+ {
+ FT_UInt flags;
+ const FT_Byte* memory_base;
+ FT_Long memory_size;
+ FT_String* pathname;
+ FT_Stream stream;
+ FT_Module driver;
+ FT_Int num_params;
+ FT_Parameter* params;
+
+ } FT_Open_Args;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font by its pathname. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* pathname :: A path to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */
+ /* face has index~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */
+ /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */
+ /* See @FT_Open_Face for more details. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Face( FT_Library library,
+ const char* filepathname,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Memory_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font which has been */
+ /* loaded into memory. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* file_base :: A pointer to the beginning of the font data. */
+ /* */
+ /* file_size :: The size of the memory chunk used by the font data. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */
+ /* face has index~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */
+ /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */
+ /* See @FT_Open_Face for more details. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You must not deallocate the memory before calling @FT_Done_Face. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Byte* file_base,
+ FT_Long file_size,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Open_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a face object from a given resource described by */
+ /* @FT_Open_Args. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* args :: A pointer to an `FT_Open_Args' structure which must */
+ /* be filled by the caller. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */
+ /* face has index~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */
+ /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */
+ /* See note below. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph */
+ /* slot for the face object which can be accessed directly through */
+ /* `face->glyph'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Open_Face can be used to quickly check whether the font */
+ /* format of a given font resource is supported by FreeType. If the */
+ /* `face_index' field is negative, the function's return value is~0 */
+ /* if the font format is recognized, or non-zero otherwise; */
+ /* the function returns a more or less empty face handle in `*aface' */
+ /* (if `aface' isn't NULL). The only useful field in this special */
+ /* case is `face->num_faces' which gives the number of faces within */
+ /* the font file. After examination, the returned @FT_Face structure */
+ /* should be deallocated with a call to @FT_Done_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* Each new face object created with this function also owns a */
+ /* default @FT_Size object, accessible as `face->size'. */
+ /* */
+ /* One @FT_Library instance can have multiple face objects, this is, */
+ /* @FT_Open_Face and its siblings can be called multiple times using */
+ /* the same `library' argument. */
+ /* */
+ /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
+ /* @FT_Reference_Face. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Open_Face( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Open_Args* args,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Attach_File */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Attach_Stream to attach a file. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: The target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* filepathname :: The pathname. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Attach_File( FT_Face face,
+ const char* filepathname );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Attach_Stream */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* `Attach' data to a face object. Normally, this is used to read */
+ /* additional information for the face object. For example, you can */
+ /* attach an AFM file that comes with a Type~1 font to get the */
+ /* kerning values and other metrics. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: The target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* parameters :: A pointer to @FT_Open_Args which must be filled by */
+ /* the caller. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The meaning of the `attach' (i.e., what really happens when the */
+ /* new file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself. It really */
+ /* depends on the font format (and thus the font driver). */
+ /* */
+ /* Client applications are expected to know what they are doing */
+ /* when invoking this function. Most drivers simply do not implement */
+ /* file attachments. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Open_Args* parameters );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Reference_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Face structure */
+ /* is created. This function increments the counter. @FT_Done_Face */
+ /* then only destroys a face if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply */
+ /* decrements the counter. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures which */
+ /* reference @FT_Face objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.4.2 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Reference_Face( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_Face */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Discard a given face object, as well as all of its child slots and */
+ /* sizes. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
+ /* @FT_Reference_Face. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Done_Face( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Select_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Select a bitmap strike. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* strike_index :: The index of the bitmap strike in the */
+ /* `available_sizes' field of @FT_FaceRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Select_Size( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Int strike_index );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Size_Request_Type */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration type that lists the supported size request types. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL :: */
+ /* The nominal size. The `units_per_EM' field of @FT_FaceRec is */
+ /* used to determine both scaling values. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM :: */
+ /* The real dimension. The sum of the the `ascender' and (minus */
+ /* of) the `descender' fields of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine */
+ /* both scaling values. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX :: */
+ /* The font bounding box. The width and height of the `bbox' field */
+ /* of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine the horizontal and vertical */
+ /* scaling value, respectively. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL :: */
+ /* The `max_advance_width' field of @FT_FaceRec is used to */
+ /* determine the horizontal scaling value; the vertical scaling */
+ /* value is determined the same way as */
+ /* @FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM does. Finally, both scaling */
+ /* values are set to the smaller one. This type is useful if you */
+ /* want to specify the font size for, say, a window of a given */
+ /* dimension and 80x24 cells. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES :: */
+ /* Specify the scaling values directly. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The above descriptions only apply to scalable formats. For bitmap */
+ /* formats, the behaviour is up to the driver. */
+ /* */
+ /* See the note section of @FT_Size_Metrics if you wonder how size */
+ /* requesting relates to scaling values. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Size_Request_Type_
+ {
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL,
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM,
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX,
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL,
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES,
+
+ FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX
+
+ } FT_Size_Request_Type;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Size_RequestRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a size request. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* type :: See @FT_Size_Request_Type. */
+ /* */
+ /* width :: The desired width. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: The desired height. */
+ /* */
+ /* horiResolution :: The horizontal resolution. If set to zero, */
+ /* `width' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */
+ /* value. */
+ /* */
+ /* vertResolution :: The vertical resolution. If set to zero, */
+ /* `height' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */
+ /* value. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If `width' is zero, then the horizontal scaling value is set equal */
+ /* to the vertical scaling value, and vice versa. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_
+ {
+ FT_Size_Request_Type type;
+ FT_Long width;
+ FT_Long height;
+ FT_UInt horiResolution;
+ FT_UInt vertResolution;
+
+ } FT_Size_RequestRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Size_Request */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a size request structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_ *FT_Size_Request;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Request_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Resize the scale of the active @FT_Size object in a face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* req :: A pointer to a @FT_Size_RequestRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Although drivers may select the bitmap strike matching the */
+ /* request, you should not rely on this if you intend to select a */
+ /* particular bitmap strike. Use @FT_Select_Size instead in that */
+ /* case. */
+ /* */
+ /* The relation between the requested size and the resulting glyph */
+ /* size is dependent entirely on how the size is defined in the */
+ /* source face. The font designer chooses the final size of each */
+ /* glyph relative to this size. For more information refer to */
+ /* `http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/glyphs/glyphs-2.html' */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Request_Size( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Size_Request req );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Char_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */
+ /* (in points). */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* char_width :: The nominal width, in 26.6 fractional points. */
+ /* */
+ /* char_height :: The nominal height, in 26.6 fractional points. */
+ /* */
+ /* horz_resolution :: The horizontal resolution in dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* vert_resolution :: The vertical resolution in dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If either the character width or height is zero, it is set equal */
+ /* to the other value. */
+ /* */
+ /* If either the horizontal or vertical resolution is zero, it is set */
+ /* equal to the other value. */
+ /* */
+ /* A character width or height smaller than 1pt is set to 1pt; if */
+ /* both resolution values are zero, they are set to 72dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face face,
+ FT_F26Dot6 char_width,
+ FT_F26Dot6 char_height,
+ FT_UInt horz_resolution,
+ FT_UInt vert_resolution );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */
+ /* (in pixels). */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the target face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* pixel_width :: The nominal width, in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* pixel_height :: The nominal height, in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You should not rely on the resulting glyphs matching, or being */
+ /* constrained, to this pixel size. Refer to @FT_Request_Size to */
+ /* understand how requested sizes relate to actual sizes. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt pixel_width,
+ FT_UInt pixel_height );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Load_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */
+ /* face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the target face object where the glyph */
+ /* is loaded. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file. For */
+ /* CID-keyed fonts (either in PS or in CFF format) */
+ /* this argument specifies the CID value. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */
+ /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */
+ /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */
+ /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The loaded glyph may be transformed. See @FT_Set_Transform for */
+ /* the details. */
+ /* */
+ /* For subsetted CID-keyed fonts, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' is */
+ /* returned for invalid CID values (this is, for CID values which */
+ /* don't have a corresponding glyph in the font). See the discussion */
+ /* of the @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag for more details. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_Int32 load_flags );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Load_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */
+ /* face object, according to its character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a target face object where the glyph */
+ /* is loaded. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* char_code :: The glyph's character code, according to the */
+ /* current charmap used in the face. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */
+ /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */
+ /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */
+ /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function simply calls @FT_Get_Char_Index and @FT_Load_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Load_Char( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong char_code,
+ FT_Int32 load_flags );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_LOAD_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_Load_Glyph to indicate
+ * what kind of operations to perform during glyph loading.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ::
+ * Corresponding to~0, this value is used as the default glyph load
+ * operation. In this case, the following happens:
+ *
+ * 1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the
+ * face's current size. If one is found, the function returns.
+ * The bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note
+ * below).
+ *
+ * 2. If no embedded bitmap is searched or found, FreeType looks for a
+ * scalable outline. If one is found, it is loaded from the font
+ * file, scaled to device pixels, then `hinted' to the pixel grid
+ * in order to optimize it. The outline data can be accessed from
+ * the glyph slot (see note below).
+ *
+ * Note that by default, the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into
+ * bitmaps. The following flags are used to modify this default
+ * behaviour to more specific and useful cases.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ::
+ * Don't scale the loaded outline glyph but keep it in font units.
+ *
+ * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and @FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP, and
+ * unsets @FT_LOAD_RENDER.
+ *
+ * If the font is `tricky' (see @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more), using
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE usually yields meaningless outlines because the
+ * subglyphs must be scaled and positioned with hinting instructions.
+ * This can be solved by loading the font without FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and
+ * setting the character size to `font->units_per_EM'.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ::
+ * Disable hinting. This generally generates `blurrier' bitmap glyphs
+ * when the glyph are rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes. See
+ * also the note below.
+ *
+ * This flag is implied by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_RENDER ::
+ * Call @FT_Render_Glyph after the glyph is loaded. By default, the
+ * glyph is rendered in @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode. This can be
+ * overridden by @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX or @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.
+ *
+ * This flag is unset by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ::
+ * Ignore bitmap strikes when loading. Bitmap-only fonts ignore this
+ * flag.
+ *
+ * @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE always sets this flag.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ::
+ * Load the glyph for vertical text layout. In particular, the
+ * `advance' value in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure is set to the
+ * `vertAdvance' value of the `metrics' field.
+ *
+ * In case @FT_HAS_VERTICAL doesn't return true, you shouldn't use
+ * this flag currently. Reason is that in this case vertical metrics
+ * get synthesized, and those values are not always consistent across
+ * various font formats.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ::
+ * Indicates that the auto-hinter is preferred over the font's native
+ * hinter. See also the note below.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ::
+ * Indicates that the font driver should crop the loaded bitmap glyph
+ * (i.e., remove all space around its black bits). Not all drivers
+ * implement this.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ::
+ * Indicates that the font driver should perform pedantic verifications
+ * during glyph loading. This is mostly used to detect broken glyphs
+ * in fonts. By default, FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also.
+ *
+ * In particular, errors from the TrueType bytecode engine are not
+ * passed to the application if this flag is not set; this might
+ * result in partially hinted or distorted glyphs in case a glyph's
+ * bytecode is buggy.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ::
+ * Ignored. Deprecated.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ::
+ * This flag is only used internally. It merely indicates that the
+ * font driver should not load composite glyphs recursively. Instead,
+ * it should set the `num_subglyph' and `subglyphs' values of the
+ * glyph slot accordingly, and set `glyph->format' to
+ * @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE.
+ *
+ * The description of sub-glyphs is not available to client
+ * applications for now.
+ *
+ * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ::
+ * Indicates that the transform matrix set by @FT_Set_Transform should
+ * be ignored.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ::
+ * This flag is used with @FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want to
+ * render an outline glyph to a 1-bit monochrome bitmap glyph, with
+ * 8~pixels packed into each byte of the bitmap data.
+ *
+ * Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used. You
+ * should rather use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO so that the
+ * monochrome-optimized hinting algorithm is used.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ::
+ * Indicates that the `linearHoriAdvance' and `linearVertAdvance'
+ * fields of @FT_GlyphSlotRec should be kept in font units. See
+ * @FT_GlyphSlotRec for details.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ::
+ * Disable auto-hinter. See also the note below.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter (see
+ * @FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER) is preferred over the auto-hinter. You can
+ * disable hinting by setting @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING or change the
+ * precedence by setting @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT. You can also set
+ * @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT in case you don't want the auto-hinter to be
+ * used at all.
+ *
+ * See the description of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for a special exception
+ * (affecting only a handful of Asian fonts).
+ *
+ * Besides deciding which hinter to use, you can also decide which
+ * hinting algorithm to use. See @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details.
+ *
+ * Note that the auto-hinter needs a valid Unicode cmap (either a native
+ * one or synthesized by FreeType) for producing correct results. If a
+ * font provides an incorrect mapping (for example, assigning the
+ * character code U+005A, LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, to a glyph depicting a
+ * mathematical integral sign), the auto-hinter might produce useless
+ * results.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LOAD_DEFAULT 0x0
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ( 1L << 0 )
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ( 1L << 1 )
+#define FT_LOAD_RENDER ( 1L << 2 )
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ( 1L << 3 )
+#define FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ( 1L << 4 )
+#define FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 5 )
+#define FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ( 1L << 6 )
+#define FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ( 1L << 7 )
+#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ( 1L << 9 )
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ( 1L << 10 )
+#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ( 1L << 11 )
+#define FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ( 1L << 12 )
+#define FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ( 1L << 13 )
+#define FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 15 )
+
+ /* */
+
+ /* used internally only by certain font drivers! */
+#define FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY ( 1L << 8 )
+#define FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY ( 1L << 14 )
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values that are used to select a specific hinting algorithm
+ * to use by the hinter. You should OR one of these values to your
+ * `load_flags' when calling @FT_Load_Glyph.
+ *
+ * Note that font's native hinters may ignore the hinting algorithm you
+ * have specified (e.g., the TrueType bytecode interpreter). You can set
+ * @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT to ensure that the auto-hinter is used.
+ *
+ * Also note that @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT is an exception, in that it
+ * always implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL ::
+ * This corresponds to the default hinting algorithm, optimized for
+ * standard gray-level rendering. For monochrome output, use
+ * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT ::
+ * A lighter hinting algorithm for non-monochrome modes. Many
+ * generated glyphs are more fuzzy but better resemble its original
+ * shape. A bit like rendering on Mac OS~X.
+ *
+ * As a special exception, this target implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO ::
+ * Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome
+ * output. The result is probably unpleasant if the glyph is rendered
+ * in non-monochrome modes.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD ::
+ * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for horizontally
+ * decimated LCD displays.
+ *
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V ::
+ * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for vertically
+ * decimated LCD displays.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should use only _one_ of the FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX values in your
+ * `load_flags'. They can't be ORed.
+ *
+ * If @FT_LOAD_RENDER is also set, the glyph is rendered in the
+ * corresponding mode (i.e., the mode which matches the used algorithm
+ * best). An exeption is FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO since it implies
+ * @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME.
+ *
+ * You can use a hinting algorithm that doesn't correspond to the same
+ * rendering mode. As an example, it is possible to use the `light'
+ * hinting algorithm and have the results rendered in horizontal LCD
+ * pixel mode, with code like
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index,
+ * load_flags | FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT );
+ *
+ * FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD );
+ * }
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_( x ) ( (FT_Int32)( (x) & 15 ) << 16 )
+
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD )
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V )
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the @FT_Render_Mode corresponding to a given
+ * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX value.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( x ) ( (FT_Render_Mode)( ( (x) >> 16 ) & 15 ) )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Transform */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to set the transformation that is applied to glyph */
+ /* images when they are loaded into a glyph slot through */
+ /* @FT_Load_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation's 2x2 matrix. Use~0 for */
+ /* the identity matrix. */
+ /* delta :: A pointer to the translation vector. Use~0 for the null */
+ /* vector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The transformation is only applied to scalable image formats after */
+ /* the glyph has been loaded. It means that hinting is unaltered by */
+ /* the transformation and is performed on the character size given in */
+ /* the last call to @FT_Set_Char_Size or @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that this also transforms the `face.glyph.advance' field, but */
+ /* *not* the values in `face.glyph.metrics'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Matrix* matrix,
+ FT_Vector* delta );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Render_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration type that lists the render modes supported by */
+ /* FreeType~2. Each mode corresponds to a specific type of scanline */
+ /* conversion performed on the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* For bitmap fonts and embedded bitmaps the `bitmap->pixel_mode' */
+ /* field in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the */
+ /* returned bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* All modes except @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO use 256 levels of opacity. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL :: */
+ /* This is the default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit */
+ /* anti-aliased bitmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT :: */
+ /* This is equivalent to @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL. It is only */
+ /* defined as a separate value because render modes are also used */
+ /* indirectly to define hinting algorithm selectors. See */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO :: */
+ /* This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps (with 2~levels of */
+ /* opacity). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD :: */
+ /* This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB and BGR sub-pixel */
+ /* displays like LCD screens. It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are */
+ /* 3~times the width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and */
+ /* which use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V :: */
+ /* This mode corresponds to vertical RGB and BGR sub-pixel displays */
+ /* (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.). It produces */
+ /* 8-bit bitmaps that are 3~times the height of the original */
+ /* glyph outline in pixels and use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps produced by FT_Render_Glyph can be */
+ /* filtered to reduce color-fringes by using @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter */
+ /* (not active in the default builds). It is up to the caller to */
+ /* either call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter (if available) or do the */
+ /* filtering itself. */
+ /* */
+ /* The selected render mode only affects vector glyphs of a font. */
+ /* Embedded bitmaps often have a different pixel mode like */
+ /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. You can use @FT_Bitmap_Convert to transform */
+ /* them into 8-bit pixmaps. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Render_Mode_
+ {
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0,
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT,
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO,
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD,
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V,
+
+ FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX
+
+ } FT_Render_Mode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_render_mode_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding */
+ /* @FT_Render_Mode values instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_render_mode_normal :: see @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL */
+ /* ft_render_mode_mono :: see @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO */
+ /* */
+#define ft_render_mode_normal FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL
+#define ft_render_mode_mono FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Render_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Convert a given glyph image to a bitmap. It does so by inspecting */
+ /* the glyph image format, finding the relevant renderer, and */
+ /* invoking it. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* slot :: A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to */
+ /* convert. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* render_mode :: This is the render mode used to render the glyph */
+ /* image into a bitmap. See @FT_Render_Mode for a */
+ /* list of possible values. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ FT_Render_Mode render_mode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Kerning_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration used to specify which kerning values to return in */
+ /* @FT_Get_Kerning. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_KERNING_DEFAULT :: Return scaled and grid-fitted kerning */
+ /* distances (value is~0). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_KERNING_UNFITTED :: Return scaled but un-grid-fitted kerning */
+ /* distances. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_KERNING_UNSCALED :: Return the kerning vector in original font */
+ /* units. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Kerning_Mode_
+ {
+ FT_KERNING_DEFAULT = 0,
+ FT_KERNING_UNFITTED,
+ FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+
+ } FT_Kerning_Mode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* ft_kerning_default */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This constant is deprecated. Please use @FT_KERNING_DEFAULT */
+ /* instead. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_kerning_default FT_KERNING_DEFAULT
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* ft_kerning_unfitted */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This constant is deprecated. Please use @FT_KERNING_UNFITTED */
+ /* instead. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_kerning_unfitted FT_KERNING_UNFITTED
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* ft_kerning_unscaled */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This constant is deprecated. Please use @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED */
+ /* instead. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_kerning_unscaled FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Kerning */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the kerning vector between two glyphs of a same face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* left_glyph :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair. */
+ /* */
+ /* right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair. */
+ /* */
+ /* kern_mode :: See @FT_Kerning_Mode for more information. */
+ /* Determines the scale and dimension of the returned */
+ /* kerning vector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* akerning :: The kerning vector. This is either in font units */
+ /* or in pixels (26.6 format) for scalable formats, */
+ /* and in pixels for fixed-sizes formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are */
+ /* supported by this method. Other layouts, or more sophisticated */
+ /* kernings, are out of the scope of this API function -- they can be */
+ /* implemented through format-specific interfaces. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt left_glyph,
+ FT_UInt right_glyph,
+ FT_UInt kern_mode,
+ FT_Vector *akerning );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the track kerning for a given face object at a given size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* point_size :: The point size in 16.16 fractional points. */
+ /* */
+ /* degree :: The degree of tightness. Increasingly negative */
+ /* values represent tighter track kerning, while */
+ /* increasingly positive values represent looser track */
+ /* kerning. Value zero means no track kerning. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* akerning :: The kerning in 16.16 fractional points, to be */
+ /* uniformly applied between all glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Currently, only the Type~1 font driver supports track kerning, */
+ /* using data from AFM files (if attached with @FT_Attach_File or */
+ /* @FT_Attach_Stream). */
+ /* */
+ /* Only very few AFM files come with track kerning data; please refer */
+ /* to the Adobe's AFM specification for more details. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Fixed point_size,
+ FT_Int degree,
+ FT_Fixed* akerning );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the ASCII name of a given glyph in a face. This only */
+ /* works for those faces where @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES(face) returns~1. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* glyph_index :: The glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* buffer_max :: The maximum number of bytes available in the */
+ /* buffer. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* buffer :: A pointer to a target buffer where the name is */
+ /* copied to. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* An error is returned if the face doesn't provide glyph names or if */
+ /* the glyph index is invalid. In all cases of failure, the first */
+ /* byte of `buffer' is set to~0 to indicate an empty name. */
+ /* */
+ /* The glyph name is truncated to fit within the buffer if it is too */
+ /* long. The returned string is always zero-terminated. */
+ /* */
+ /* Be aware that FreeType reorders glyph indices internally so that */
+ /* glyph index~0 always corresponds to the `missing glyph' (called */
+ /* `.notdef'). */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is not compiled within the library if the config */
+ /* macro `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES' is defined in */
+ /* `include/freetype/config/ftoptions.h'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_Pointer buffer,
+ FT_UInt buffer_max );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the ASCII PostScript name of a given face, if available. */
+ /* This only works with PostScript and TrueType fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A pointer to the face's PostScript name. NULL if unavailable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned pointer is owned by the face and is destroyed with */
+ /* it. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( const char* )
+ FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Select_Charmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Select a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in */
+ /* `freetype.h'). */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* encoding :: A handle to the selected encoding. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function returns an error if no charmap in the face */
+ /* corresponds to the encoding queried here. */
+ /* */
+ /* Because many fonts contain more than a single cmap for Unicode */
+ /* encoding, this function has some special code to select the one */
+ /* which covers Unicode best (`best' in the sense that a UCS-4 cmap */
+ /* is preferred to a UCS-2 cmap). It is thus preferable to */
+ /* @FT_Set_Charmap in this case. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Encoding encoding );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Charmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Select a given charmap for character code to glyph index mapping. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* charmap :: A handle to the selected charmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function returns an error if the charmap is not part of */
+ /* the face (i.e., if it is not listed in the `face->charmaps' */
+ /* table). */
+ /* */
+ /* It also fails if a type~14 charmap is selected. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face face,
+ FT_CharMap charmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_Charmap_Index
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve index of a given charmap.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * charmap ::
+ * A handle to a charmap.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The index into the array of character maps within the face to which
+ * `charmap' belongs. If an error occurs, -1 is returned.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+ FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap charmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Char_Index */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the glyph index of a given character code. This function */
+ /* uses a charmap object to do the mapping. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode :: The character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */
+ /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */
+ /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within the */
+ /* file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds to */
+ /* the `missing glyph'. If the first glyph is not named `.notdef', */
+ /* then for Type~1 and Type~42 fonts, `.notdef' will be moved into */
+ /* the glyph ID~0 position, and whatever was there will be moved to */
+ /* the position `.notdef' had. For Type~1 fonts, if there is no */
+ /* `.notdef' glyph at all, then one will be created at index~0 and */
+ /* whatever was there will be moved to the last index -- Type~42 */
+ /* fonts are considered invalid under this condition. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong charcode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_First_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function is used to return the first character code in the */
+ /* current charmap of a given face. It also returns the */
+ /* corresponding glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* agindex :: Glyph index of first character code. 0~if charmap is */
+ /* empty. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The charmap's first character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_Next_Char to be able to */
+ /* parse all character codes available in a given charmap. The code */
+ /* should look like this: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_ULong charcode; */
+ /* FT_UInt gindex; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode = FT_Get_First_Char( face, &gindex ); */
+ /* while ( gindex != 0 ) */
+ /* { */
+ /* ... do something with (charcode,gindex) pair ... */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 if the charmap is empty. The */
+ /* result itself can be~0 in two cases: if the charmap is empty or */
+ /* if the value~0 is the first valid character code. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+ FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt *agindex );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Next_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function is used to return the next character code in the */
+ /* current charmap of a given face following the value `char_code', */
+ /* as well as the corresponding glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* char_code :: The starting character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* agindex :: Glyph index of next character code. 0~if charmap */
+ /* is empty. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The charmap's next character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_First_Char to walk */
+ /* over all character codes available in a given charmap. See the */
+ /* note for this function for a simple code example. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 when there are no more codes in */
+ /* the charmap. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+ FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong char_code,
+ FT_UInt *agindex );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Name_Index */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the glyph index of a given glyph name. This function uses */
+ /* driver specific objects to do the translation. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* glyph_name :: The glyph name. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face face,
+ FT_String* glyph_name );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of constants used to describe subglyphs. Please refer to the
+ * TrueType specification for the meaning of the various flags.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 ::
+ * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS ::
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS 1
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES 2
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID 4
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE 8
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE 0x40
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 0x80
+#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS 0x200
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve a description of a given subglyph. Only use it if
+ * `glyph->format' is @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE; an error is
+ * returned otherwise.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * glyph ::
+ * The source glyph slot.
+ *
+ * sub_index ::
+ * The index of the subglyph. Must be less than
+ * `glyph->num_subglyphs'.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * p_index ::
+ * The glyph index of the subglyph.
+ *
+ * p_flags ::
+ * The subglyph flags, see @FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX.
+ *
+ * p_arg1 ::
+ * The subglyph's first argument (if any).
+ *
+ * p_arg2 ::
+ * The subglyph's second argument (if any).
+ *
+ * p_transform ::
+ * The subglyph transformation (if any).
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The values of `*p_arg1', `*p_arg2', and `*p_transform' must be
+ * interpreted depending on the flags returned in `*p_flags'. See the
+ * TrueType specification for details.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot glyph,
+ FT_UInt sub_index,
+ FT_Int *p_index,
+ FT_UInt *p_flags,
+ FT_Int *p_arg1,
+ FT_Int *p_arg2,
+ FT_Matrix *p_transform );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit flags used in the `fsType' field of the OS/2 table */
+ /* in a TrueType or OpenType font and the `FSType' entry in a */
+ /* PostScript font. These bit flags are returned by */
+ /* @FT_Get_FSType_Flags; they inform client applications of embedding */
+ /* and subsetting restrictions associated with a font. */
+ /* */
+ /* See http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/FontPolicies.pdf for */
+ /* more details. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING :: */
+ /* Fonts with no fsType bit set may be embedded and permanently */
+ /* installed on the remote system by an application. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING :: */
+ /* Fonts that have only this bit set must not be modified, embedded */
+ /* or exchanged in any manner without first obtaining permission of */
+ /* the font software copyright owner. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING :: */
+ /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded and temporarily */
+ /* loaded on the remote system. Documents containing Preview & */
+ /* Print fonts must be opened `read-only'; no edits can be applied */
+ /* to the document. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING :: */
+ /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded but must only be */
+ /* installed temporarily on other systems. In contrast to Preview */
+ /* & Print fonts, documents containing editable fonts may be opened */
+ /* for reading, editing is permitted, and changes may be saved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING :: */
+ /* If this bit is set, the font may not be subsetted prior to */
+ /* embedding. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY :: */
+ /* If this bit is set, only bitmaps contained in the font may be */
+ /* embedded; no outline data may be embedded. If there are no */
+ /* bitmaps available in the font, then the font is unembeddable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* While the fsType flags can indicate that a font may be embedded, a */
+ /* license with the font vendor may be separately required to use the */
+ /* font in this way. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0000
+#define FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING 0x0002
+#define FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING 0x0004
+#define FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0008
+#define FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING 0x0100
+#define FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY 0x0200
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the fsType flags for a font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The fsType flags, @FT_FSTYPE_XXX. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Use this function rather than directly reading the `fs_type' field */
+ /* in the @PS_FontInfoRec structure which is only guaranteed to */
+ /* return the correct results for Type~1 fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.8 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UShort )
+ FT_Get_FSType_Flags( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* glyph_variants */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Glyph Variants */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* The FreeType~2 interface to Unicode Ideographic Variation */
+ /* Sequences (IVS), using the SFNT cmap format~14. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Many CJK characters have variant forms. They are a sort of grey */
+ /* area somewhere between being totally irrelevant and semantically */
+ /* distinct; for this reason, the Unicode consortium decided to */
+ /* introduce Ideographic Variation Sequences (IVS), consisting of a */
+ /* Unicode base character and one of 240 variant selectors */
+ /* (U+E0100-U+E01EF), instead of further extending the already huge */
+ /* code range for CJK characters. */
+ /* */
+ /* An IVS is registered and unique; for further details please refer */
+ /* to Unicode Technical Standard #37, the Ideographic Variation */
+ /* Database: */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr37/ */
+ /* */
+ /* To date (November 2012), the character with the most variants is */
+ /* U+9089, having 31 such IVS. */
+ /* */
+ /* Adobe and MS decided to support IVS with a new cmap subtable */
+ /* (format~14). It is an odd subtable because it is not a mapping of */
+ /* input code points to glyphs, but contains lists of all variants */
+ /* supported by the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* A variant may be either `default' or `non-default'. A default */
+ /* variant is the one you will get for that code point if you look it */
+ /* up in the standard Unicode cmap. A non-default variant is a */
+ /* different glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the glyph index of a given character code as modified by */
+ /* the variation selector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode :: */
+ /* The character code point in Unicode. */
+ /* */
+ /* variantSelector :: */
+ /* The Unicode code point of the variation selector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The glyph index. 0~means either `undefined character code', or */
+ /* `undefined selector code', or `no variation selector cmap */
+ /* subtable', or `current CharMap is not Unicode'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */
+ /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */
+ /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within */
+ /* the file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds */
+ /* to the `missing glyph'. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is only meaningful if */
+ /* a) the font has a variation selector cmap sub table, */
+ /* and */
+ /* b) the current charmap has a Unicode encoding. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong charcode,
+ FT_ULong variantSelector );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Check whether this variant of this Unicode character is the one to */
+ /* be found in the `cmap'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode :: */
+ /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */
+ /* */
+ /* variantSelector :: */
+ /* The Unicode codepoint of the variation selector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* 1~if found in the standard (Unicode) cmap, 0~if found in the */
+ /* variation selector cmap, or -1 if it is not a variant. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function is only meaningful if the font has a variation */
+ /* selector cmap subtable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+ FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong charcode,
+ FT_ULong variantSelector );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */
+ /* in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A pointer to an array of selector code points, or NULL if there is */
+ /* no valid variant selector cmap subtable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */
+ /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */
+ /* call to a FreeType function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+ FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */
+ /* for the specified character code. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* charcode :: */
+ /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A pointer to an array of variant selector code points which are */
+ /* active for the given character, or NULL if the corresponding list */
+ /* is empty. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */
+ /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */
+ /* call to a FreeType function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+ FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong charcode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode character codes found for */
+ /* the specified variant selector. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* A handle to the source face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* variantSelector :: */
+ /* The variant selector code point in Unicode. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A list of all the code points which are specified by this selector */
+ /* (both default and non-default codes are returned) or NULL if there */
+ /* is no valid cmap or the variant selector is invalid. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */
+ /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */
+ /* call to a FreeType function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.6 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* )
+ FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong variantSelector );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* computations */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Computations */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Crunching fixed numbers and vectors. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains various functions used to perform */
+ /* computations on 16.16 fixed-float numbers or 2d vectors. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_MulDiv */
+ /* FT_MulFix */
+ /* FT_DivFix */
+ /* FT_RoundFix */
+ /* FT_CeilFix */
+ /* FT_FloorFix */
+ /* FT_Vector_Transform */
+ /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
+ /* FT_Matrix_Invert */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_MulDiv */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to perform the computation `(a*b)/c' */
+ /* with maximum accuracy (it uses a 64-bit intermediate integer */
+ /* whenever necessary). */
+ /* */
+ /* This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific */
+ /* operations, but is at least completely portable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The first multiplier. */
+ /* b :: The second multiplier. */
+ /* c :: The divisor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a*b)/c'. This function never traps when trying to */
+ /* divide by zero; it simply returns `MaxInt' or `MinInt' depending */
+ /* on the signs of `a' and `b'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_MulDiv( FT_Long a,
+ FT_Long b,
+ FT_Long c );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /* The following #if 0 ... #endif is for the documentation formatter, */
+ /* hiding the internal `FT_MULFIX_INLINED' macro. */
+
+#if 0
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_MulFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */
+ /* `(a*b)/0x10000' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time this is */
+ /* used to multiply a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The first multiplier. */
+ /* b :: The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever */
+ /* possible (see note below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a*b)/0x10000'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function has been optimized for the case where the absolute */
+ /* value of `a' is less than 2048, and `b' is a 16.16 scaling factor. */
+ /* As this happens mainly when scaling from notional units to */
+ /* fractional pixels in FreeType, it resulted in noticeable speed */
+ /* improvements between versions 2.x and 1.x. */
+ /* */
+ /* As a conclusion, always try to place a 16.16 factor as the */
+ /* _second_ argument of this function; this can make a great */
+ /* difference. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_MulFix( FT_Long a,
+ FT_Long b );
+
+ /* */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FT_MULFIX_INLINED
+#define FT_MulFix( a, b ) FT_MULFIX_INLINED( a, b )
+#else
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_MulFix( FT_Long a,
+ FT_Long b );
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_DivFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */
+ /* `(a*0x10000)/b' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time, this is */
+ /* used to divide a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The first multiplier. */
+ /* b :: The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever */
+ /* possible (see note below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a*0x10000)/b'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The optimization for FT_DivFix() is simple: If (a~<<~16) fits in */
+ /* 32~bits, then the division is computed directly. Otherwise, we */
+ /* use a specialized version of @FT_MulDiv. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_DivFix( FT_Long a,
+ FT_Long b );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_RoundFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to round a 16.16 fixed number. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The number to be rounded. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a + 0x8000) & -0x10000'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed a );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_CeilFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to compute the ceiling function of a */
+ /* 16.16 fixed number. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The number for which the ceiling function is to be computed. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `(a + 0x10000 - 1) & -0x10000'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed a );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_FloorFix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very simple function used to compute the floor function of a */
+ /* 16.16 fixed number. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: The number for which the floor function is to be computed. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result of `a & -0x10000'. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed a );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Vector_Transform */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Transform a single vector through a 2x2 matrix. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* vector :: The target vector to transform. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to the source 2x2 matrix. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The result is undefined if either `vector' or `matrix' is invalid. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector* vec,
+ const FT_Matrix* matrix );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* version */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* FreeType Version */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Functions and macros related to FreeType versions. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Note that those functions and macros are of limited use because */
+ /* even a new release of FreeType with only documentation changes */
+ /* increases the version number. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FREETYPE_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These three macros identify the FreeType source code version.
+ * Use @FT_Library_Version to access them at runtime.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FREETYPE_MAJOR :: The major version number.
+ * FREETYPE_MINOR :: The minor version number.
+ * FREETYPE_PATCH :: The patch level.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The version number of FreeType if built as a dynamic link library
+ * with the `libtool' package is _not_ controlled by these three
+ * macros.
+ *
+ */
+#define FREETYPE_MAJOR 2
+#define FREETYPE_MINOR 4
+#define FREETYPE_PATCH 12
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Library_Version */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return the version of the FreeType library being used. This is */
+ /* useful when dynamically linking to the library, since one cannot */
+ /* use the macros @FREETYPE_MAJOR, @FREETYPE_MINOR, and */
+ /* @FREETYPE_PATCH. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A source library handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* amajor :: The major version number. */
+ /* */
+ /* aminor :: The minor version number. */
+ /* */
+ /* apatch :: The patch version number. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The reason why this function takes a `library' argument is because */
+ /* certain programs implement library initialization in a custom way */
+ /* that doesn't use @FT_Init_FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* In such cases, the library version might not be available before */
+ /* the library object has been created. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Library_Version( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Int *amajor,
+ FT_Int *aminor,
+ FT_Int *apatch );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Parse all bytecode instructions of a TrueType font file to check */
+ /* whether any of the patented opcodes are used. This is only useful */
+ /* if you want to be able to use the unpatented hinter with */
+ /* fonts that do *not* use these opcodes. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that this function parses *all* glyph instructions in the */
+ /* font file, which may be slow. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* 1~if this is a TrueType font that uses one of the patented */
+ /* opcodes, 0~otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.5 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
+ FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Enable or disable the unpatented hinter for a given face. */
+ /* Only enable it if you have determined that the face doesn't */
+ /* use any patented opcodes (see @FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* value :: New boolean setting. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The old setting value. This will always be false if this is not */
+ /* an SFNT font, or if the unpatented hinter is not compiled in this */
+ /* instance of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.3.5 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool )
+ FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bool value );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FREETYPE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftadvanc.h */
+/* */
+/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2008 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTADVANC_H__
+#define __FTADVANC_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * quick_advance
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * Quick retrieval of advance values
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing
+ * glyph outlines, if possible.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values
+ * without handling glyph outlines, if possible.
+ */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Const> */
+ /* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */
+ /* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */
+ /* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */
+ /* quick advance computation. */
+ /* */
+ /* Typically, glyphs which are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */
+ /* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */
+ /* quickly. */
+ /* */
+ /* Normal and bytecode hinted modes, which require loading, scaling, */
+ /* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */
+ /* comparison. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000UL
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Advance */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */
+ /* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advance is returned in font */
+ /* units. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
+ /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */
+ /* of advances you need. */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* padvance :: The advance value, in either font units or 16.16 */
+ /* format. */
+ /* */
+ /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */
+ /* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */
+ /* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */
+ /* horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
+ /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
+ /* retrieve the advances. */
+ /* */
+ /* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */
+ /* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FT_Int32 load_flags,
+ FT_Fixed *padvance );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Advances */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */
+ /* @FT_Face. By default, the unhinted advances are returned in font */
+ /* units. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* start :: The first glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */
+ /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* padvance :: The advances, in either font units or 16.16 format. */
+ /* This array must contain at least `count' elements. */
+ /* */
+ /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */
+ /* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */
+ /* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */
+ /* horizontal layout. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */
+ /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */
+ /* retrieve the advances. */
+ /* */
+ /* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */
+ /* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */
+ /* @FT_Set_Transform. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt start,
+ FT_UInt count,
+ FT_Int32 load_flags,
+ FT_Fixed *padvances );
+
+/* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTADVANC_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftautoh.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for controlling the auto-hinter (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTAUTOH_H__
+#define __FTAUTOH_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * auto_hinter
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * The auto-hinter
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Controlling the auto-hinting module.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself,
+ * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
+ * @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
+ * together with the necessary macros and structures.
+ *
+ * Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for
+ * historical reasons.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * glyph-to-script-map
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs.
+ * Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK. Before a glyph is
+ * auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and
+ * the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see
+ * below.
+ *
+ * OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than
+ * character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.),
+ * to be controlled by so-called `features'. Handling OpenType features
+ * can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of
+ * FreeType.
+ *
+ * The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter
+ * sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an
+ * array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face
+ * structure. The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to
+ * this array which can be modified as needed. Note that the
+ * modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by
+ * the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes
+ * actually uses the modified mapping.
+ *
+ * The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting
+ * the error handling).
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_Face face;
+ * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap prop;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
+ *
+ * prop.face = face;
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter",
+ * "glyph-to-script-map", &prop );
+ *
+ * // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here
+ *
+ * FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT );
+ * }
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to
+ * specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a
+ * particular glyph.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE ::
+ * Don't auto-hint this glyph.
+ *
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN ::
+ * Apply the latin auto-hinter. For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a
+ * very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters
+ * from those scripts share the same design constraints.
+ *
+ * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
+ * assigned to this submodule.
+ *
+ * {
+ * U+0020 - U+007F // Basic Latin (no control characters)
+ * U+00A0 - U+00FF // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters)
+ * U+0100 - U+017F // Latin Extended-A
+ * U+0180 - U+024F // Latin Extended-B
+ * U+0250 - U+02AF // IPA Extensions
+ * U+02B0 - U+02FF // Spacing Modifier Letters
+ * U+0300 - U+036F // Combining Diacritical Marks
+ * U+0370 - U+03FF // Greek and Coptic
+ * U+0400 - U+04FF // Cyrillic
+ * U+0500 - U+052F // Cyrillic Supplement
+ * U+1D00 - U+1D7F // Phonetic Extensions
+ * U+1D80 - U+1DBF // Phonetic Extensions Supplement
+ * U+1DC0 - U+1DFF // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement
+ * U+1E00 - U+1EFF // Latin Extended Additional
+ * U+1F00 - U+1FFF // Greek Extended
+ * U+2000 - U+206F // General Punctuation
+ * U+2070 - U+209F // Superscripts and Subscripts
+ * U+20A0 - U+20CF // Currency Symbols
+ * U+2150 - U+218F // Number Forms
+ * U+2460 - U+24FF // Enclosed Alphanumerics
+ * U+2C60 - U+2C7F // Latin Extended-C
+ * U+2DE0 - U+2DFF // Cyrillic Extended-A
+ * U+2E00 - U+2E7F // Supplemental Punctuation
+ * U+A640 - U+A69F // Cyrillic Extended-B
+ * U+A720 - U+A7FF // Latin Extended-D
+ * U+FB00 - U+FB06 // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures)
+ * U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols
+ * U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement
+ * }
+ *
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK ::
+ * Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old
+ * Vietnamese, and some other scripts.
+ *
+ * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
+ * assigned to this submodule.
+ *
+ * {
+ * U+1100 - U+11FF // Hangul Jamo
+ * U+2E80 - U+2EFF // CJK Radicals Supplement
+ * U+2F00 - U+2FDF // Kangxi Radicals
+ * U+2FF0 - U+2FFF // Ideographic Description Characters
+ * U+3000 - U+303F // CJK Symbols and Punctuation
+ * U+3040 - U+309F // Hiragana
+ * U+30A0 - U+30FF // Katakana
+ * U+3100 - U+312F // Bopomofo
+ * U+3130 - U+318F // Hangul Compatibility Jamo
+ * U+3190 - U+319F // Kanbun
+ * U+31A0 - U+31BF // Bopomofo Extended
+ * U+31C0 - U+31EF // CJK Strokes
+ * U+31F0 - U+31FF // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
+ * U+3200 - U+32FF // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
+ * U+3300 - U+33FF // CJK Compatibility
+ * U+3400 - U+4DBF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A
+ * U+4DC0 - U+4DFF // Yijing Hexagram Symbols
+ * U+4E00 - U+9FFF // CJK Unified Ideographs
+ * U+A960 - U+A97F // Hangul Jamo Extended-A
+ * U+AC00 - U+D7AF // Hangul Syllables
+ * U+D7B0 - U+D7FF // Hangul Jamo Extended-B
+ * U+F900 - U+FAFF // CJK Compatibility Ideographs
+ * U+FE10 - U+FE1F // Vertical forms
+ * U+FE30 - U+FE4F // CJK Compatibility Forms
+ * U+FF00 - U+FFEF // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms
+ * U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement
+ * U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols
+ * U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement
+ * U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B
+ * U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C
+ * U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D
+ * U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement
+ * }
+ *
+ * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC ::
+ * Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the
+ * Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao,
+ * or Tibetan.
+ *
+ * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are
+ * assigned to this submodule.
+ *
+ * {
+ * U+0900 - U+0DFF // Indic Range
+ * U+0F00 - U+0FFF // Tibetan
+ * U+1900 - U+194F // Limbu
+ * U+1B80 - U+1BBF // Sundanese
+ * U+1C80 - U+1CDF // Meetei Mayak
+ * U+A800 - U+A82F // Syloti Nagri
+ * U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada
+ * }
+ *
+ * Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue
+ * zone support.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE 0
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN 1
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK 2
+#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC 3
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_
+ {
+ FT_Face face;
+ FT_Byte* map;
+
+ } FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * fallback-script
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a
+ * fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the
+ * @glyph-to-script-map property). By default, this is
+ * @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK. Using the `fallback-script' property,
+ * this fallback value can be changed.
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_UInt fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
+ * "fallback-script", &fallback_script );
+ * }
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
+ *
+ * It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The
+ * creation of the glyph-to-script map which eventually uses the
+ * fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a
+ * face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting
+ * any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created
+ * an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the
+ * auto-hinter), a change of the fallback glyph will affect this face.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * increase-x-height
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round
+ * up the font's x~height much more often than normally. If the value
+ * is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off. Use
+ * this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if
+ * necessary.
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_Face face;
+ * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight prop;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face );
+ * FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 );
+ *
+ * prop.face = face;
+ * prop.limit = 14;
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter",
+ * "increase-x-height", &prop );
+ * }
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
+ *
+ * Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before
+ * loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter).
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_
+ {
+ FT_Face face;
+ FT_UInt limit;
+
+ } FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTAUTOH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftbbox.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2011 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */
+ /* boxes. */
+ /* */
+ /* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */
+ /* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBBOX_H__
+#define __FTBBOX_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* outline_processing */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */
+ /* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */
+ /* algorithm which returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */
+ /* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */
+ /* extract their extrema. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */
+ /* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
+ /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
+ /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox */
+ /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_BBox *abbox );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBBOX_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftbdf.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBDF_H__
+#define __FTBDF_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* bdf_fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* BDF and PCF Files */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* BDF and PCF specific API. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */
+ /* and PCF fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_PropertyType
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of BDF property types.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE ::
+ * Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property.
+ *
+ * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM ::
+ * Property is a string atom.
+ *
+ * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER ::
+ * Property is a 32-bit signed integer.
+ *
+ * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL ::
+ * Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer.
+ */
+ typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_
+ {
+ BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+ BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1,
+ BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2,
+ BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3
+
+ } BDF_PropertyType;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * BDF_Property
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given
+ * BDF/PCF property.
+ */
+ typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * BDF_PropertyRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This structure models a given BDF/PCF property.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * type ::
+ * The property type.
+ *
+ * u.atom ::
+ * The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM.
+ *
+ * u.integer ::
+ * A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER.
+ *
+ * u.cardinal ::
+ * An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL.
+ */
+ typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_
+ {
+ BDF_PropertyType type;
+ union {
+ const char* atom;
+ FT_Int32 integer;
+ FT_UInt32 cardinal;
+
+ } u;
+
+ } BDF_PropertyRec;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to
+ * the BDF specification.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * acharset_encoding ::
+ * Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+ *
+ * acharset_registry ::
+ * Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face,
+ const char* *acharset_encoding,
+ const char* *acharset_registry );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_BDF_Property
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * name :: The property name.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * aproperty :: The property.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error
+ * otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the
+ * font.
+ *
+ * A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES
+ * ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the
+ * `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font.
+ *
+ * Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts;
+ * consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value
+ * for BDF fonts only.
+ *
+ * In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to
+ * @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face,
+ const char* prop_name,
+ BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBDF_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftbitmap.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBITMAP_H__
+#define __FTBITMAP_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* bitmap_handling */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Bitmap Handling */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains functions for converting FT_Bitmap objects. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Copy */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Copy a bitmap into another one. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Bitmap *source,
+ FT_Bitmap *target);
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */
+ /* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */
+ /* borders are kept unchanged. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */
+ /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
+ /* */
+ /* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */
+ /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */
+ /* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */
+ /* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Bitmap* bitmap,
+ FT_Pos xStrength,
+ FT_Pos yStrength );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Convert */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, or 8bpp to a */
+ /* bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used bytes per */
+ /* line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* source :: The source bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */
+ /* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* target :: The target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */
+ /* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */
+ /* */
+ /* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */
+ /* */
+ /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
+ /* memory handling functions. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Bitmap *source,
+ FT_Bitmap *target,
+ FT_Int alignment );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* slot :: The glyph slot. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function is to be used in combination with */
+ /* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap_Done */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy a bitmap object created with @FT_Bitmap_New. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */
+ /* memory handling functions. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Bitmap *bitmap );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBITMAP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftbzip2.h */
+/* */
+/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2010 by */
+/* Joel Klinghed. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTBZIP2_H__
+#define __FTBZIP2_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* bzip2 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* BZIP2 Streams */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stream_OpenBzip2
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is
+ * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come
+ * with XFree86.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream ::
+ * The target embedding stream.
+ *
+ * source ::
+ * The source stream.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
+ *
+ * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
+ * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
+ * objects will be released to the heap.
+ *
+ * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
+ * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
+ *
+ * In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is
+ * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
+ * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
+ * compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream
+ * from it and re-open the face with it.
+ *
+ * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
+ * of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream,
+ FT_Stream source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTBZIP2_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftcache.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType Cache subsystem (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCACHE_H__
+#define __FTCACHE_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * <Section>
+ * cache_subsystem
+ *
+ * <Title>
+ * Cache Sub-System
+ *
+ * <Abstract>
+ * How to cache face, size, and glyph data with FreeType~2.
+ *
+ * <Description>
+ * This section describes the FreeType~2 cache sub-system, which is used
+ * to limit the number of concurrently opened @FT_Face and @FT_Size
+ * objects, as well as caching information like character maps and glyph
+ * images while limiting their maximum memory usage.
+ *
+ * Note that all types and functions begin with the `FTC_' prefix.
+ *
+ * The cache is highly portable and thus doesn't know anything about the
+ * fonts installed on your system, or how to access them. This implies
+ * the following scheme:
+ *
+ * First, available or installed font faces are uniquely identified by
+ * @FTC_FaceID values, provided to the cache by the client. Note that
+ * the cache only stores and compares these values, and doesn't try to
+ * interpret them in any way.
+ *
+ * Second, the cache calls, only when needed, a client-provided function
+ * to convert an @FTC_FaceID into a new @FT_Face object. The latter is
+ * then completely managed by the cache, including its termination
+ * through @FT_Done_Face. To monitor termination of face objects, the
+ * finalizer callback in the `generic' field of the @FT_Face object can
+ * be used, which might also be used to store the @FTC_FaceID of the
+ * face.
+ *
+ * Clients are free to map face IDs to anything else. The most simple
+ * usage is to associate them to a (pathname,face_index) pair that is
+ * used to call @FT_New_Face. However, more complex schemes are also
+ * possible.
+ *
+ * Note that for the cache to work correctly, the face ID values must be
+ * *persistent*, which means that the contents they point to should not
+ * change at runtime, or that their value should not become invalid.
+ *
+ * If this is unavoidable (e.g., when a font is uninstalled at runtime),
+ * you should call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID as soon as possible, to let
+ * the cache get rid of any references to the old @FTC_FaceID it may
+ * keep internally. Failure to do so will lead to incorrect behaviour
+ * or even crashes.
+ *
+ * To use the cache, start with calling @FTC_Manager_New to create a new
+ * @FTC_Manager object, which models a single cache instance. You can
+ * then look up @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects with
+ * @FTC_Manager_LookupFace and @FTC_Manager_LookupSize, respectively.
+ *
+ * If you want to use the charmap caching, call @FTC_CMapCache_New, then
+ * later use @FTC_CMapCache_Lookup to perform the equivalent of
+ * @FT_Get_Char_Index, only much faster.
+ *
+ * If you want to use the @FT_Glyph caching, call @FTC_ImageCache, then
+ * later use @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup to retrieve the corresponding
+ * @FT_Glyph objects from the cache.
+ *
+ * If you need lots of small bitmaps, it is much more memory efficient
+ * to call @FTC_SBitCache_New followed by @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup. This
+ * returns @FTC_SBitRec structures, which are used to store small
+ * bitmaps directly. (A small bitmap is one whose metrics and
+ * dimensions all fit into 8-bit integers).
+ *
+ * We hope to also provide a kerning cache in the near future.
+ *
+ *
+ * <Order>
+ * FTC_Manager
+ * FTC_FaceID
+ * FTC_Face_Requester
+ *
+ * FTC_Manager_New
+ * FTC_Manager_Reset
+ * FTC_Manager_Done
+ * FTC_Manager_LookupFace
+ * FTC_Manager_LookupSize
+ * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
+ *
+ * FTC_Node
+ * FTC_Node_Unref
+ *
+ * FTC_ImageCache
+ * FTC_ImageCache_New
+ * FTC_ImageCache_Lookup
+ *
+ * FTC_SBit
+ * FTC_SBitCache
+ * FTC_SBitCache_New
+ * FTC_SBitCache_Lookup
+ *
+ * FTC_CMapCache
+ * FTC_CMapCache_New
+ * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
+ *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** BASIC TYPE DEFINITIONS *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type: FTC_FaceID
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * An opaque pointer type that is used to identity face objects. The
+ * contents of such objects is application-dependent.
+ *
+ * These pointers are typically used to point to a user-defined
+ * structure containing a font file path, and face index.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Never use NULL as a valid @FTC_FaceID.
+ *
+ * Face IDs are passed by the client to the cache manager, which calls,
+ * when needed, the @FTC_Face_Requester to translate them into new
+ * @FT_Face objects.
+ *
+ * If the content of a given face ID changes at runtime, or if the value
+ * becomes invalid (e.g., when uninstalling a font), you should
+ * immediately call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID before any other cache
+ * function.
+ *
+ * Failure to do so will result in incorrect behaviour or even
+ * memory leaks and crashes.
+ */
+ typedef FT_Pointer FTC_FaceID;
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FTC_Face_Requester
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A callback function provided by client applications. It is used by
+ * the cache manager to translate a given @FTC_FaceID into a new valid
+ * @FT_Face object, on demand.
+ *
+ * <Input>
+ * face_id ::
+ * The face ID to resolve.
+ *
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to a FreeType library object.
+ *
+ * req_data ::
+ * Application-provided request data (see note below).
+ *
+ * <Output>
+ * aface ::
+ * A new @FT_Face handle.
+ *
+ * <Return>
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * <Note>
+ * The third parameter `req_data' is the same as the one passed by the
+ * client when @FTC_Manager_New is called.
+ *
+ * The face requester should not perform funny things on the returned
+ * face object, like creating a new @FT_Size for it, or setting a
+ * transformation through @FT_Set_Transform!
+ */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FTC_Face_Requester)( FTC_FaceID face_id,
+ FT_Library library,
+ FT_Pointer request_data,
+ FT_Face* aface );
+
+ /* */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+ /* these macros are incompatible with LLP64, should not be used */
+
+#define FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( p ) ( (FT_ULong)(FT_Pointer)(p) )
+
+#define FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( i ) \
+ ((FT_UInt32)(( FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( i ) >> 3 ) ^ \
+ ( FT_POINTER_TO_ULONG( i ) << 7 ) ) )
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** CACHE MANAGER OBJECT *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_Manager */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This object corresponds to one instance of the cache-subsystem. */
+ /* It is used to cache one or more @FT_Face objects, along with */
+ /* corresponding @FT_Size objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* The manager intentionally limits the total number of opened */
+ /* @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects to control memory usage. See the */
+ /* `max_faces' and `max_sizes' parameters of @FTC_Manager_New. */
+ /* */
+ /* The manager is also used to cache `nodes' of various types while */
+ /* limiting their total memory usage. */
+ /* */
+ /* All limitations are enforced by keeping lists of managed objects */
+ /* in most-recently-used order, and flushing old nodes to make room */
+ /* for new ones. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_ManagerRec_* FTC_Manager;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_Node */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An opaque handle to a cache node object. Each cache node is */
+ /* reference-counted. A node with a count of~0 might be flushed */
+ /* out of a full cache whenever a lookup request is performed. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you look up nodes, you have the ability to `acquire' them, */
+ /* i.e., to increment their reference count. This will prevent the */
+ /* node from being flushed out of the cache until you explicitly */
+ /* `release' it (see @FTC_Node_Unref). */
+ /* */
+ /* See also @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup and @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_NodeRec_* FTC_Node;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: The parent FreeType library handle to use. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_faces :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Face objects managed by */
+ /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_sizes :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Size objects managed by */
+ /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */
+ /* */
+ /* max_bytes :: Maximum number of bytes to use for cached data nodes. */
+ /* Use~0 for defaults. Note that this value does not */
+ /* account for managed @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* requester :: An application-provided callback used to translate */
+ /* face IDs into real @FT_Face objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* req_data :: A generic pointer that is passed to the requester */
+ /* each time it is called (see @FTC_Face_Requester). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* amanager :: A handle to a new manager object. 0~in case of */
+ /* failure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library library,
+ FT_UInt max_faces,
+ FT_UInt max_sizes,
+ FT_ULong max_bytes,
+ FTC_Face_Requester requester,
+ FT_Pointer req_data,
+ FTC_Manager *amanager );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_Reset */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Empty a given cache manager. This simply gets rid of all the */
+ /* currently cached @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects within the manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the manager. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager manager );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_Done */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy a given manager after emptying it. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the target cache manager object. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager manager );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_LookupFace */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the @FT_Face object that corresponds to a given face ID */
+ /* through a cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_id :: The ID of the face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to the face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned @FT_Face object is always owned by the manager. You */
+ /* should never try to discard it yourself. */
+ /* */
+ /* The @FT_Face object doesn't necessarily have a current size object */
+ /* (i.e., face->size can be 0). If you need a specific `font size', */
+ /* use @FTC_Manager_LookupSize instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* Never change the face's transformation matrix (i.e., never call */
+ /* the @FT_Set_Transform function) on a returned face! If you need */
+ /* to transform glyphs, do it yourself after glyph loading. */
+ /* */
+ /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */
+ /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */
+ /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */
+ /* */
+ /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */
+ /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory was available */
+ /* for the operation. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_FaceID face_id,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FTC_ScalerRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to describe a given character size in either */
+ /* pixels or points to the cache manager. See */
+ /* @FTC_Manager_LookupSize. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* face_id :: The source face ID. */
+ /* */
+ /* width :: The character width. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: The character height. */
+ /* */
+ /* pixel :: A Boolean. If 1, the `width' and `height' fields are */
+ /* interpreted as integer pixel character sizes. */
+ /* Otherwise, they are expressed as 1/64th of points. */
+ /* */
+ /* x_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */
+ /* horizontal resolution in dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* y_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */
+ /* vertical resolution in dpi. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This type is mainly used to retrieve @FT_Size objects through the */
+ /* cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_
+ {
+ FTC_FaceID face_id;
+ FT_UInt width;
+ FT_UInt height;
+ FT_Int pixel;
+ FT_UInt x_res;
+ FT_UInt y_res;
+
+ } FTC_ScalerRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FTC_Scaler */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an @FTC_ScalerRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_* FTC_Scaler;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Manager_LookupSize */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the @FT_Size object that corresponds to a given */
+ /* @FTC_ScalerRec pointer through a cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* scaler :: A scaler handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* asize :: A handle to the size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned @FT_Size object is always owned by the manager. You */
+ /* should never try to discard it by yourself. */
+ /* */
+ /* You can access the parent @FT_Face object simply as `size->face' */
+ /* if you need it. Note that this object is also owned by the */
+ /* manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */
+ /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */
+ /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */
+ /* */
+ /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */
+ /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory is available */
+ /* for the operation. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_Scaler scaler,
+ FT_Size *asize );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_Node_Unref */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Decrement a cache node's internal reference count. When the count */
+ /* reaches 0, it is not destroyed but becomes eligible for subsequent */
+ /* cache flushes. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* node :: The cache node handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* manager :: The cache manager handle. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node node,
+ FTC_Manager manager );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A special function used to indicate to the cache manager that
+ * a given @FTC_FaceID is no longer valid, either because its
+ * content changed, or because it was deallocated or uninstalled.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * manager ::
+ * The cache manager handle.
+ *
+ * face_id ::
+ * The @FTC_FaceID to be removed.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function flushes all nodes from the cache corresponding to this
+ * `face_id', with the exception of nodes with a non-null reference
+ * count.
+ *
+ * Such nodes are however modified internally so as to never appear
+ * in later lookups with the same `face_id' value, and to be immediately
+ * destroyed when released by all their users.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_FaceID face_id );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* cache_subsystem */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FTC_CMapCache
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * An opaque handle used to model a charmap cache. This cache is to
+ * hold character codes -> glyph indices mappings.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FTC_CMapCacheRec_* FTC_CMapCache;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FTC_CMapCache_New
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Create a new charmap cache.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * manager ::
+ * A handle to the cache manager.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * acache ::
+ * A new cache handle. NULL in case of error.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Like all other caches, this one will be destroyed with the cache
+ * manager.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_CMapCache *acache );
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Translate a character code into a glyph index, using the charmap
+ * cache.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * cache ::
+ * A charmap cache handle.
+ *
+ * face_id ::
+ * The source face ID.
+ *
+ * cmap_index ::
+ * The index of the charmap in the source face. Any negative value
+ * means to use the cache @FT_Face's default charmap.
+ *
+ * char_code ::
+ * The character code (in the corresponding charmap).
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Glyph index. 0~means `no glyph'.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache cache,
+ FTC_FaceID face_id,
+ FT_Int cmap_index,
+ FT_UInt32 char_code );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* cache_subsystem */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** IMAGE CACHE OBJECT *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FTC_ImageTypeRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A structure used to model the type of images in a glyph cache.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * face_id ::
+ * The face ID.
+ *
+ * width ::
+ * The width in pixels.
+ *
+ * height ::
+ * The height in pixels.
+ *
+ * flags ::
+ * The load flags, as in @FT_Load_Glyph.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_
+ {
+ FTC_FaceID face_id;
+ FT_Int width;
+ FT_Int height;
+ FT_Int32 flags;
+
+ } FTC_ImageTypeRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FTC_ImageType
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to an @FTC_ImageTypeRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_* FTC_ImageType;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE( d1, d2 ) \
+ ( (d1)->face_id == (d2)->face_id && \
+ (d1)->width == (d2)->width && \
+ (d1)->flags == (d2)->flags )
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+ /* this macro is incompatible with LLP64, should not be used */
+
+#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_HASH( d ) \
+ (FT_UFast)( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH( (d)->face_id ) ^ \
+ ( (d)->width << 8 ) ^ (d)->height ^ \
+ ( (d)->flags << 4 ) )
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_ImageCache */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an glyph image cache object. They are designed to */
+ /* hold many distinct glyph images while not exceeding a certain */
+ /* memory threshold. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_ImageCacheRec_* FTC_ImageCache;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_ImageCache_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new glyph image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: The parent manager for the image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* acache :: A handle to the new glyph image cache object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_ImageCache *acache );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_ImageCache_Lookup */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve a given glyph image from a glyph image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* type :: A pointer to a glyph image type descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */
+ /* failure. */
+ /* */
+ /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */
+ /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */
+ /* below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */
+ /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */
+ /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */
+ /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */
+ /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */
+ /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */
+ /* `release' it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */
+ /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */
+ /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */
+ /* is persistent! */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache cache,
+ FTC_ImageType type,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FT_Glyph *aglyph,
+ FTC_Node *anode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A variant of @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */
+ /* to specify the face ID and its size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* scaler :: A pointer to a scaler descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */
+ /* failure. */
+ /* */
+ /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */
+ /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */
+ /* (see note below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */
+ /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */
+ /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */
+ /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */
+ /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */
+ /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */
+ /* `release' it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */
+ /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */
+ /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */
+ /* is persistent! */
+ /* */
+ /* Calls to @FT_Set_Char_Size and friends have no effect on cached */
+ /* glyphs; you should always use the FreeType cache API instead. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache cache,
+ FTC_Scaler scaler,
+ FT_ULong load_flags,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FT_Glyph *aglyph,
+ FTC_Node *anode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_SBit */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. See the @FTC_SBitRec */
+ /* structure for details. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_* FTC_SBit;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FTC_SBitRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A very compact structure used to describe a small glyph bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* width :: The bitmap width in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* height :: The bitmap height in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* left :: The horizontal distance from the pen position to the */
+ /* left bitmap border (a.k.a. `left side bearing', or */
+ /* `lsb'). */
+ /* */
+ /* top :: The vertical distance from the pen position (on the */
+ /* baseline) to the upper bitmap border (a.k.a. `top */
+ /* side bearing'). The distance is positive for upwards */
+ /* y~coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* format :: The format of the glyph bitmap (monochrome or gray). */
+ /* */
+ /* max_grays :: Maximum gray level value (in the range 1 to~255). */
+ /* */
+ /* pitch :: The number of bytes per bitmap line. May be positive */
+ /* or negative. */
+ /* */
+ /* xadvance :: The horizontal advance width in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* yadvance :: The vertical advance height in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* buffer :: A pointer to the bitmap pixels. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_
+ {
+ FT_Byte width;
+ FT_Byte height;
+ FT_Char left;
+ FT_Char top;
+
+ FT_Byte format;
+ FT_Byte max_grays;
+ FT_Short pitch;
+ FT_Char xadvance;
+ FT_Char yadvance;
+
+ FT_Byte* buffer;
+
+ } FTC_SBitRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FTC_SBitCache */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a small bitmap cache. These are special cache objects */
+ /* used to store small glyph bitmaps (and anti-aliased pixmaps) in a */
+ /* much more efficient way than the traditional glyph image cache */
+ /* implemented by @FTC_ImageCache. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_SBitCacheRec_* FTC_SBitCache;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_SBitCache_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new cache to store small glyph bitmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* manager :: A handle to the source cache manager. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* acache :: A handle to the new sbit cache. NULL in case of error. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_SBitCache *acache );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_SBitCache_Lookup */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Look up a given small glyph bitmap in a given sbit cache and */
+ /* `lock' it to prevent its flushing from the cache until needed. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* type :: A pointer to the glyph image type descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */
+ /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */
+ /* below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */
+ /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */
+ /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */
+ /* treat them as persistent data. */
+ /* */
+ /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */
+ /* glyph bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */
+ /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */
+ /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */
+ /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */
+ /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */
+ /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */
+ /* is persistent! */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache cache,
+ FTC_ImageType type,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FTC_SBit *sbit,
+ FTC_Node *anode );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A variant of @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */
+ /* to specify the face ID and its size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */
+ /* */
+ /* scaler :: A pointer to the scaler descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */
+ /* */
+ /* gindex :: The glyph index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */
+ /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */
+ /* (see note below). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */
+ /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */
+ /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */
+ /* treat them as persistent data. */
+ /* */
+ /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */
+ /* glyph bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */
+ /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */
+ /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */
+ /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */
+ /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */
+ /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */
+ /* is persistent! */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache cache,
+ FTC_Scaler scaler,
+ FT_ULong load_flags,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FTC_SBit *sbit,
+ FTC_Node *anode );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS
+
+ /*@***********************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FTC_FontRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to describe a given `font' to the cache */
+ /* manager. Note that a `font' is the combination of a given face */
+ /* with a given character size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* face_id :: The ID of the face to use. */
+ /* */
+ /* pix_width :: The character width in integer pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* pix_height :: The character height in integer pixels. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FTC_FontRec_
+ {
+ FTC_FaceID face_id;
+ FT_UShort pix_width;
+ FT_UShort pix_height;
+
+ } FTC_FontRec;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+#define FTC_FONT_COMPARE( f1, f2 ) \
+ ( (f1)->face_id == (f2)->face_id && \
+ (f1)->pix_width == (f2)->pix_width && \
+ (f1)->pix_height == (f2)->pix_height )
+
+ /* this macro is incompatible with LLP64, should not be used */
+#define FTC_FONT_HASH( f ) \
+ (FT_UInt32)( FTC_FACE_ID_HASH((f)->face_id) ^ \
+ ((f)->pix_width << 8) ^ \
+ ((f)->pix_height) )
+
+ typedef FTC_FontRec* FTC_Font;
+
+
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_Lookup_Face( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_FaceID face_id,
+ FT_Face *aface );
+
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FTC_Manager_Lookup_Size( FTC_Manager manager,
+ FTC_Font font,
+ FT_Face *aface,
+ FT_Size *asize );
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTCACHE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftcffdrv.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for controlling the CFF driver (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCFFDRV_H__
+#define __FTCFFDRV_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * cff_driver
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * The CFF driver
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Controlling the CFF driver module.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself,
+ * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and
+ * @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties
+ * together with the necessary macros and structures.
+ *
+ * The CFF driver's module name is `cff'.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * hinting-engine
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing)
+ * engine, an application can select between `freetype' and `adobe'.
+ *
+ * Right now, the default engine is `freetype'. However, this will
+ * change: After a certain time of intensive testing it is planned to
+ * make `adobe' the default due to its superior rendering results.
+ *
+ * The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting
+ * engine (omitting the error handling).
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_Face face;
+ * FT_UInt hinting_engine = FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
+ * "hinting-engine", &hinting_engine );
+ * }
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_CFF_HINTING_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to select
+ * the hinting engine for CFF fonts.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE ::
+ * Use the old FreeType hinting engine.
+ *
+ * FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE ::
+ * Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE 0
+#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE 1
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @property:
+ * no-stem-darkening
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems at smaller sizes,
+ * regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast. Setting this property,
+ * stem darkening gets switched off.
+ *
+ * Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set.
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Library library;
+ * FT_Face face;
+ * FT_Bool no_stem_darkening = TRUE;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Init_FreeType( &library );
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff",
+ * "no-stem-darkening", &no_stem_darkening );
+ * }
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTCFFDRV_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */
+/* It is used by the python script which generates the HTML files. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* general_remarks */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* General Remarks */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* user_allocation */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* core_api */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* Core API */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* version */
+/* basic_types */
+/* base_interface */
+/* glyph_variants */
+/* glyph_management */
+/* mac_specific */
+/* sizes_management */
+/* header_file_macros */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* format_specific */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* Format-Specific API */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* multiple_masters */
+/* truetype_tables */
+/* type1_tables */
+/* sfnt_names */
+/* bdf_fonts */
+/* cid_fonts */
+/* pfr_fonts */
+/* winfnt_fonts */
+/* font_formats */
+/* gasp_table */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* auto_hinter */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* The Auto-Hinter */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* auto_hinter */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* cff_driver */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* The CFF Driver */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* cff_driver */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* cache_subsystem */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* Cache Sub-System */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* cache_subsystem */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* <Chapter> */
+/* support_api */
+/* */
+/* <Title> */
+/* Support API */
+/* */
+/* <Sections> */
+/* computations */
+/* list_processing */
+/* outline_processing */
+/* quick_advance */
+/* bitmap_handling */
+/* raster */
+/* glyph_stroker */
+/* system_interface */
+/* module_management */
+/* gzip */
+/* lzw */
+/* bzip2 */
+/* lcd_filtering */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftcid.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2007, 2009 by Dereg Clegg, Michael Toftdal. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTCID_H__
+#define __FTCID_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* cid_fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* CID Fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* CID-keyed font specific API. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */
+ /* functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the
+ * "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * registry ::
+ * The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+ *
+ * ordering ::
+ * The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face.
+ *
+ * supplement ::
+ * The supplement.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with CID faces, returning an error
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.6
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face,
+ const char* *registry,
+ const char* *ordering,
+ FT_Int *supplement);
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In
+ * constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns
+ * successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * is_cid ::
+ * The type of the face as an @FT_Bool.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
+ * returning an error otherwise.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.9
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bool *is_cid );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * glyph_index ::
+ * The input glyph index.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * cid ::
+ * The CID as an @FT_UInt.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts,
+ * returning an error otherwise.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.9
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_UInt *cid );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTCID_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* fterrdef.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType error codes (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2010-2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** LIST OF ERROR CODES/MESSAGES *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* You need to define both FT_ERRORDEF_ and FT_NOERRORDEF_ before */
+ /* including this file. */
+
+
+ /* generic errors */
+
+ FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00, \
+ "no error" )
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01, \
+ "cannot open resource" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02, \
+ "unknown file format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03, \
+ "broken file" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04, \
+ "invalid FreeType version" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05, \
+ "module version is too low" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06, \
+ "invalid argument" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07, \
+ "unimplemented feature" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08, \
+ "broken table" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09, \
+ "broken offset within table" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A, \
+ "array allocation size too large" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B, \
+ "missing module" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C, \
+ "missing property" )
+
+ /* glyph/character errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10, \
+ "invalid glyph index" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11, \
+ "invalid character code" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12, \
+ "unsupported glyph image format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13, \
+ "cannot render this glyph format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14, \
+ "invalid outline" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15, \
+ "invalid composite glyph" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16, \
+ "too many hints" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17, \
+ "invalid pixel size" )
+
+ /* handle errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20, \
+ "invalid object handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21, \
+ "invalid library handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22, \
+ "invalid module handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23, \
+ "invalid face handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24, \
+ "invalid size handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25, \
+ "invalid glyph slot handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26, \
+ "invalid charmap handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27, \
+ "invalid cache manager handle" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28, \
+ "invalid stream handle" )
+
+ /* driver errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30, \
+ "too many modules" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31, \
+ "too many extensions" )
+
+ /* memory errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40, \
+ "out of memory" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41, \
+ "unlisted object" )
+
+ /* stream errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51, \
+ "cannot open stream" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52, \
+ "invalid stream seek" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53, \
+ "invalid stream skip" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54, \
+ "invalid stream read" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55, \
+ "invalid stream operation" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56, \
+ "invalid frame operation" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57, \
+ "nested frame access" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58, \
+ "invalid frame read" )
+
+ /* raster errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60, \
+ "raster uninitialized" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61, \
+ "raster corrupted" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62, \
+ "raster overflow" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63, \
+ "negative height while rastering" )
+
+ /* cache errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70, \
+ "too many registered caches" )
+
+ /* TrueType and SFNT errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80, \
+ "invalid opcode" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81, \
+ "too few arguments" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82, \
+ "stack overflow" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83, \
+ "code overflow" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84, \
+ "bad argument" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85, \
+ "division by zero" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86, \
+ "invalid reference" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87, \
+ "found debug opcode" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88, \
+ "found ENDF opcode in execution stream" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89, \
+ "nested DEFS" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A, \
+ "invalid code range" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B, \
+ "execution context too long" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C, \
+ "too many function definitions" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D, \
+ "too many instruction definitions" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E, \
+ "SFNT font table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F, \
+ "horizontal header (hhea) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90, \
+ "locations (loca) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91, \
+ "name table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92, \
+ "character map (cmap) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93, \
+ "horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94, \
+ "PostScript (post) table missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95, \
+ "invalid horizontal metrics" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96, \
+ "invalid character map (cmap) format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97, \
+ "invalid ppem value" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98, \
+ "invalid vertical metrics" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99, \
+ "could not find context" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A, \
+ "invalid PostScript (post) table format" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B, \
+ "invalid PostScript (post) table" )
+
+ /* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0, \
+ "opcode syntax error" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1, \
+ "argument stack underflow" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2, \
+ "ignore" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3, \
+ "no Unicode glyph name found" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4, \
+ "glyph to big for hinting" )
+
+ /* BDF errors */
+
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0, \
+ "`STARTFONT' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1, \
+ "`FONT' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2, \
+ "`SIZE' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3, \
+ "`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4, \
+ "`CHARS' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5, \
+ "`STARTCHAR' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6, \
+ "`ENCODING' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7, \
+ "`BBX' field missing" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8, \
+ "`BBX' too big" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9, \
+ "Font header corrupted or missing fields" )
+ FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA, \
+ "Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" )
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* fterrors.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2002, 2004, 2007, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This special header file is used to define the handling of FT2 */
+ /* enumeration constants. It can also be used to generate error message */
+ /* strings with a small macro trick explained below. */
+ /* */
+ /* I - Error Formats */
+ /* ----------------- */
+ /* */
+ /* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */
+ /* defined in ftoption.h in order to make the higher byte indicate */
+ /* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */
+ /* with standard builds of FreeType 2). See the file `ftmoderr.h' for */
+ /* more details. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* II - Error Message strings */
+ /* -------------------------- */
+ /* */
+ /* The error definitions below are made through special macros that */
+ /* allow client applications to build a table of error message strings */
+ /* if they need it. The strings are not included in a normal build of */
+ /* FreeType 2 to save space (most client applications do not use */
+ /* them). */
+ /* */
+ /* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */
+ /* this file: */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERROR_START_LIST :: */
+ /* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */
+ /* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls */
+ /* (see below). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) :: */
+ /* This macro is called to define one single error. */
+ /* `e' is the error code identifier (e.g. FT_Err_Invalid_Argument). */
+ /* `v' is the error numerical value. */
+ /* `s' is the corresponding error string. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERROR_END_LIST :: */
+ /* This macro ends the list. */
+ /* */
+ /* Additionally, you have to undefine __FTERRORS_H__ before #including */
+ /* this file. */
+ /* */
+ /* Here is a simple example: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #undef __FTERRORS_H__ */
+ /* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */
+ /* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */
+ /* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
+ /* */
+ /* const struct */
+ /* { */
+ /* int err_code; */
+ /* const char* err_msg; */
+ /* } ft_errors[] = */
+ /* */
+ /* #include FT_ERRORS_H */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTERRORS_H__
+#define __FTERRORS_H__
+
+
+ /* include module base error codes */
+#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** SETUP MACROS *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+
+ /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */
+ /* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */
+ /* */
+#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX
+#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_
+#endif
+
+
+ /* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */
+ /* */
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+
+#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE
+#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base
+#endif
+
+#else
+
+#undef FT_ERR_BASE
+#define FT_ERR_BASE 0
+
+#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */
+
+
+ /* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */
+ /* enumeration type. */
+ /* */
+#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF
+
+#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v,
+#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum {
+#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) };
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */
+
+
+ /* this macro is used to define an error */
+#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
+ FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s )
+
+ /* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */
+#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \
+ FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s )
+
+
+#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+ FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+ /* now include the error codes */
+#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H
+
+
+#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+ FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+ }
+#endif
+
+#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST
+#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST
+
+#undef FT_ERRORDEF
+#undef FT_ERRORDEF_
+#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_
+
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+#undef FT_ERR_BASE
+
+ /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */
+#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY
+#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __FTERRORS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftgasp.h */
+/* */
+/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2007, 2008, 2011 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef _FT_GASP_H_
+#define _FT_GASP_H_
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * gasp_table
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * Gasp Table
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType
+ * font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is
+ * mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the
+ * bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results.
+ */
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_GASP_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp
+ * function.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_GASP_NO_TABLE ::
+ * This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face.
+ * It is up to the client to decide what to do.
+ *
+ * FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT ::
+ * Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem.
+ * This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit
+ * is not set, no hinting gets applied.
+ *
+ * FT_GASP_DO_GRAY ::
+ * Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem.
+ * If not set, do monochrome rendering.
+ *
+ * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING ::
+ * If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType.
+ *
+ * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT ::
+ * Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be
+ * used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that,
+ * `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to
+ * be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and
+ * `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored).
+ *
+ * `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly
+ * protected by patents.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.0
+ */
+#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1
+#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01
+#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02
+#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08
+#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Get_Gasp
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and
+ * return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: The source face handle.
+ * ppem :: The vertical character pixel size.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no
+ * `gasp' table in the face.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.0
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+ FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt ppem );
+
+/* */
+
+#endif /* _FT_GASP_H_ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftglyph.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2011 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */
+ /* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */
+ /* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */
+ /* */
+ /* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */
+ /* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */
+ /* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGLYPH_H__
+#define __FTGLYPH_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* glyph_management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Glyph Management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */
+ /* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */
+ /* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* forward declaration to a private type */
+ typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */
+ /* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */
+ /* bitmap or pointer. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */
+ /* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */
+ /* @FT_Done_FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_GlyphRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */
+ /* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */
+ /* */
+ /* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */
+ /* */
+ /* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_
+ {
+ FT_Library library;
+ const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz;
+ FT_Glyph_Format format;
+ FT_Vector advance;
+
+ } FT_GlyphRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_BitmapGlyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */
+ /* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */
+ /* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
+ /* */
+ /* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */
+ /* from the current pen position to the left border of the */
+ /* glyph bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */
+ /* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */
+ /* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */
+ /* */
+ /* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */
+ /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */
+ /* the bitmap's contents easily. */
+ /* */
+ /* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */
+ /* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_
+ {
+ FT_GlyphRec root;
+ FT_Int left;
+ FT_Int top;
+ FT_Bitmap bitmap;
+
+ } FT_BitmapGlyphRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_OutlineGlyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */
+ /* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */
+ /* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */
+ /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */
+ /* the outline's content easily. */
+ /* */
+ /* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */
+ /* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */
+ /* */
+ /* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */
+ /* destroyed with it. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_
+ {
+ FT_GlyphRec root;
+ FT_Outline outline;
+
+ } FT_OutlineGlyphRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */
+ /* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ FT_Glyph *aglyph );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Copy */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */
+ /* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */
+ /* error. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source,
+ FT_Glyph *target );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Transform */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */
+ /* */
+ /* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */
+ /* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */
+ /* advance vector. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_Matrix* matrix,
+ FT_Vector* delta );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */
+ /* Return unscaled font units. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */
+ /* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */
+ /* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */
+ /* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */
+ /* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_
+ {
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0,
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0,
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1,
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2,
+ FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3
+
+ } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* These constants are deprecated. Use the corresponding */
+ /* @FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode values instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED. */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS. */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT. */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_truncate :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
+ /* ft_glyph_bbox_pixels :: See @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE
+#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */
+ /* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
+ /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
+ /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
+ /* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */
+ /* */
+ /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
+ /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
+ /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
+ /* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* mode :: The mode which indicates how to interpret the returned */
+ /* bounding box values. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */
+ /* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */
+ /* convention. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */
+ /* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */
+ /* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */
+ /* is another name for this constant. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */
+ /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */
+ /* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */
+ /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */
+ /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox */
+ /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */
+ /* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */
+ /* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */
+ /* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */
+ /* which corresponds to: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */
+ /* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */
+ /* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */
+ /* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */
+ /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */
+ /* */
+ /* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */
+ /* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_UInt bbox_mode,
+ FT_BBox *acbox );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */
+ /* rendered. */
+ /* */
+ /* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */
+ /* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */
+ /* translation). The origin is expressed in */
+ /* 26.6 pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */
+ /* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */
+ /* never destroyed in case of error. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */
+ /* */
+ /* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */
+ /* rendering. */
+ /* */
+ /* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */
+ /* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */
+ /* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Glyph glyph; */
+ /* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* // load glyph */
+ /* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */
+ /* */
+ /* // extract glyph image */
+ /* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */
+ /* */
+ /* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */
+ /* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */
+ /* { */
+ /* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */
+ /* 0, 1 ); */
+ /* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */
+ /* ... */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* // access bitmap content by typecasting */
+ /* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */
+ /* */
+ /* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */
+ /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* Here another example, again without error handling: */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
+ /* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */
+ /* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */
+ /* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */
+ /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */
+ /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph,
+ FT_Render_Mode render_mode,
+ FT_Vector* origin,
+ FT_Bool destroy );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_Glyph */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy a given glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /* other helpful functions */
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* computations */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a,
+ FT_Matrix* b );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Matrix_Invert */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */
+ /* case of error. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGLYPH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftgxval.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006 by */
+/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */
+/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */
+/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGXVAL_H__
+#define __FTGXVAL_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* gx_validation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
+ /* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */
+ /* trak, prop, lcar). */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */
+ /* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0
+#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1
+#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2
+#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3
+#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4
+#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5
+#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6
+#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7
+#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8
+#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter
+ * for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
+ */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1)
+
+ /* */
+
+ /* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid.
+ Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \
+ ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX )
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to
+ * indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_feat ::
+ * Validate `feat' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_mort ::
+ * Validate `mort' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_morx ::
+ * Validate `morx' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_bsln ::
+ * Validate `bsln' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_just ::
+ * Validate `just' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_kern ::
+ * Validate `kern' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_opbd ::
+ * Validate `opbd' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_trak ::
+ * Validate `trak' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_prop ::
+ * Validate `prop' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_lcar ::
+ * Validate `lcar' table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GX ::
+ * Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern,
+ * opbd, trak, prop and lcar).
+ *
+ */
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar )
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_mort | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_morx | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_just | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_kern | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_trak | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_prop | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_lcar )
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and
+ * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
+ * actually does the text layout can access those tables without
+ * error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * validation_flags ::
+ * A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See
+ * @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values.
+ *
+ * table_length ::
+ * The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH
+ * should be passed.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * tables ::
+ * The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored.
+ * The array itself must be allocated by a client.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
+ * each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value
+ * indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the
+ * application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have
+ * the ability to validate the sfnt table.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt validation_flags,
+ FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH],
+ FT_UInt table_length );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_TrueTypeGX_Free
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * table ::
+ * The pointer to the buffer allocated by
+ * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+ * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bytes table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate
+ * to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected
+ * type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as
+ * invalid.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_MS ::
+ * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ::
+ * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ::
+ * Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table.
+ */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 )
+#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 )
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE )
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_ClassicKern_Validate
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets
+ * and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
+ * actually does the text layout can access those tables without error
+ * checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+ *
+ * The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both
+ * the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while
+ * FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * validation_flags ::
+ * A bit field which specifies the dialect to be validated. See
+ * @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * ckern_table ::
+ * A pointer to the kern table.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by
+ * `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value
+ * indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt validation_flags,
+ FT_Bytes *ckern_table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_ClassicKern_Free
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * table ::
+ * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
+ * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+ * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bytes table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGXVAL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftgzip.h */
+/* */
+/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTGZIP_H__
+#define __FTGZIP_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* gzip */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* GZIP Streams */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Using gzip-compressed font files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stream_OpenGzip
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is
+ * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come
+ * with XFree86.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream ::
+ * The target embedding stream.
+ *
+ * source ::
+ * The source stream.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
+ *
+ * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
+ * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
+ * objects will be released to the heap.
+ *
+ * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
+ * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream.
+ *
+ * In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is
+ * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
+ * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
+ * compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from
+ * it and re-open the face with it.
+ *
+ * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
+ * of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream,
+ FT_Stream source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTGZIP_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftimage.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType glyph image formats and default raster interface */
+/* (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, */
+/* 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Note: A `raster' is simply a scan-line converter, used to render */
+ /* FT_Outlines into FT_Bitmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTIMAGE_H__
+#define __FTIMAGE_H__
+
+
+ /* _STANDALONE_ is from ftgrays.c */
+#ifndef _STANDALONE_
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* basic_types */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Pos */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The type FT_Pos is used to store vectorial coordinates. Depending */
+ /* on the context, these can represent distances in integer font */
+ /* units, or 16.16, or 26.6 fixed-point pixel coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed long FT_Pos;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Vector */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of */
+ /* the FT_Pos type. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* x :: The horizontal coordinate. */
+ /* y :: The vertical coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Vector_
+ {
+ FT_Pos x;
+ FT_Pos y;
+
+ } FT_Vector;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_BBox */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the */
+ /* coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical */
+ /* directions. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* xMin :: The horizontal minimum (left-most). */
+ /* */
+ /* yMin :: The vertical minimum (bottom-most). */
+ /* */
+ /* xMax :: The horizontal maximum (right-most). */
+ /* */
+ /* yMax :: The vertical maximum (top-most). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The bounding box is specified with the coordinates of the lower */
+ /* left and the upper right corner. In PostScript, those values are */
+ /* often called (llx,lly) and (urx,ury), respectively. */
+ /* */
+ /* If `yMin' is negative, this value gives the glyph's descender. */
+ /* Otherwise, the glyph doesn't descend below the baseline. */
+ /* Similarly, if `ymax' is positive, this value gives the glyph's */
+ /* ascender. */
+ /* */
+ /* `xMin' gives the horizontal distance from the glyph's origin to */
+ /* the left edge of the glyph's bounding box. If `xMin' is negative, */
+ /* the glyph extends to the left of the origin. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_BBox_
+ {
+ FT_Pos xMin, yMin;
+ FT_Pos xMax, yMax;
+
+ } FT_BBox;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Pixel_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a */
+ /* given bitmap. Note that additional formats may be added in the */
+ /* future. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE :: */
+ /* Value~0 is reserved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO :: */
+ /* A monochrome bitmap, using 1~bit per pixel. Note that pixels */
+ /* are stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that */
+ /* the left-most pixel in a byte has value 128. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY :: */
+ /* An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph */
+ /* images. Each pixel is stored in one byte. Note that the number */
+ /* of `gray' levels is stored in the `num_grays' field of the */
+ /* @FT_Bitmap structure (it generally is 256). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 :: */
+ /* A 2-bit per pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded */
+ /* anti-aliased bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType */
+ /* specification. We haven't found a single font using this */
+ /* format, however. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 :: */
+ /* A 4-bit per pixel bitmap, representing embedded anti-aliased */
+ /* bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification. */
+ /* We haven't found a single font using this format, however. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD :: */
+ /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */
+ /* used for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three times */
+ /* wider than the original glyph image. See also */
+ /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V :: */
+ /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */
+ /* used for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap is three */
+ /* times taller than the original glyph image. See also */
+ /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Pixel_Mode_
+ {
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE = 0,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD,
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V,
+
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX /* do not remove */
+
+ } FT_Pixel_Mode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of deprecated constants. Use the corresponding */
+ /* @FT_Pixel_Mode values instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_none :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE. */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_mono :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_grays :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY. */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_pal2 :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2. */
+ /* ft_pixel_mode_pal4 :: See @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_pixel_mode_none FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE
+#define ft_pixel_mode_mono FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO
+#define ft_pixel_mode_grays FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY
+#define ft_pixel_mode_pal2 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2
+#define ft_pixel_mode_pal4 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4
+
+ /* */
+
+#if 0
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Palette_Mode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT! */
+ /* */
+ /* An enumeration type to describe the format of a bitmap palette, */
+ /* used with ft_pixel_mode_pal4 and ft_pixel_mode_pal8. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_palette_mode_rgb :: The palette is an array of 3-byte RGB */
+ /* records. */
+ /* */
+ /* ft_palette_mode_rgba :: The palette is an array of 4-byte RGBA */
+ /* records. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* As ft_pixel_mode_pal2, pal4 and pal8 are currently unused by */
+ /* FreeType, these types are not handled by the library itself. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Palette_Mode_
+ {
+ ft_palette_mode_rgb = 0,
+ ft_palette_mode_rgba,
+
+ ft_palette_mode_max /* do not remove */
+
+ } FT_Palette_Mode;
+
+ /* */
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Bitmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster. */
+ /* Note that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the */
+ /* `pixel_mode' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* rows :: The number of bitmap rows. */
+ /* */
+ /* width :: The number of pixels in bitmap row. */
+ /* */
+ /* pitch :: The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes */
+ /* taken by one bitmap row, including padding. */
+ /* However, the pitch is positive when the bitmap has */
+ /* a `down' flow, and negative when it has an `up' */
+ /* flow. In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add */
+ /* to a bitmap pointer in order to go down one row. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `padding' means the alignment of a */
+ /* bitmap to a byte border, and FreeType functions */
+ /* normally align to the smallest possible integer */
+ /* value. */
+ /* */
+ /* For the B/W rasterizer, `pitch' is always an even */
+ /* number. */
+ /* */
+ /* To change the pitch of a bitmap (say, to make it a */
+ /* multiple of 4), use @FT_Bitmap_Convert. */
+ /* Alternatively, you might use callback functions to */
+ /* directly render to the application's surface; see */
+ /* the file `example2.cpp' in the tutorial for a */
+ /* demonstration. */
+ /* */
+ /* buffer :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer. This */
+ /* value should be aligned on 32-bit boundaries in */
+ /* most cases. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_grays :: This field is only used with */
+ /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY; it gives the number of gray */
+ /* levels used in the bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* pixel_mode :: The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored. */
+ /* See @FT_Pixel_Mode for possible values. */
+ /* */
+ /* palette_mode :: This field is intended for paletted pixel modes; */
+ /* it indicates how the palette is stored. Not */
+ /* used currently. */
+ /* */
+ /* palette :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; this */
+ /* field is intended for paletted pixel modes. Not */
+ /* used currently. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* For now, the only pixel modes supported by FreeType are mono and */
+ /* grays. However, drivers might be added in the future to support */
+ /* more `colorful' options. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Bitmap_
+ {
+ int rows;
+ int width;
+ int pitch;
+ unsigned char* buffer;
+ short num_grays;
+ char pixel_mode;
+ char palette_mode;
+ void* palette;
+
+ } FT_Bitmap;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* outline_processing */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Outline */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line */
+ /* converter. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* n_contours :: The number of contours in the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* n_points :: The number of points in the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* points :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' @FT_Vector */
+ /* elements, giving the outline's point coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* tags :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' chars, giving */
+ /* each outline point's type. */
+ /* */
+ /* If bit~0 is unset, the point is `off' the curve, */
+ /* i.e., a Bézier control point, while it is `on' if */
+ /* set. */
+ /* */
+ /* Bit~1 is meaningful for `off' points only. If set, */
+ /* it indicates a third-order Bézier arc control point; */
+ /* and a second-order control point if unset. */
+ /* */
+ /* If bit~2 is set, bits 5-7 contain the drop-out mode */
+ /* (as defined in the OpenType specification; the value */
+ /* is the same as the argument to the SCANMODE */
+ /* instruction). */
+ /* */
+ /* Bits 3 and~4 are reserved for internal purposes. */
+ /* */
+ /* contours :: An array of `n_contours' shorts, giving the end */
+ /* point of each contour within the outline. For */
+ /* example, the first contour is defined by the points */
+ /* `0' to `contours[0]', the second one is defined by */
+ /* the points `contours[0]+1' to `contours[1]', etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* flags :: A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline */
+ /* and give hints to the scan-converter and hinter on */
+ /* how to convert/grid-fit it. See @FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The B/W rasterizer only checks bit~2 in the `tags' array for the */
+ /* first point of each contour. The drop-out mode as given with */
+ /* @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, and */
+ /* @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS in `flags' is then overridden. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Outline_
+ {
+ short n_contours; /* number of contours in glyph */
+ short n_points; /* number of points in the glyph */
+
+ FT_Vector* points; /* the outline's points */
+ char* tags; /* the points flags */
+ short* contours; /* the contour end points */
+
+ int flags; /* outline masks */
+
+ } FT_Outline;
+
+ /* Following limits must be consistent with */
+ /* FT_Outline.{n_contours,n_points} */
+#define FT_OUTLINE_CONTOURS_MAX SHRT_MAX
+#define FT_OUTLINE_POINTS_MAX SHRT_MAX
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit-field constants use for the flags in an outline's */
+ /* `flags' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_NONE :: */
+ /* Value~0 is reserved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_OWNER :: */
+ /* If set, this flag indicates that the outline's field arrays */
+ /* (i.e., `points', `flags', and `contours') are `owned' by the */
+ /* outline object, and should thus be freed when it is destroyed. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL :: */
+ /* By default, outlines are filled using the non-zero winding rule. */
+ /* If set to 1, the outline will be filled using the even-odd fill */
+ /* rule (only works with the smooth rasterizer). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL :: */
+ /* By default, outside contours of an outline are oriented in */
+ /* clock-wise direction, as defined in the TrueType specification. */
+ /* This flag is set if the outline uses the opposite direction */
+ /* (typically for Type~1 fonts). This flag is ignored by the scan */
+ /* converter. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS :: */
+ /* By default, the scan converter will try to detect drop-outs in */
+ /* an outline and correct the glyph bitmap to ensure consistent */
+ /* shape continuity. If set, this flag hints the scan-line */
+ /* converter to ignore such cases. See below for more information. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS :: */
+ /* Select smart dropout control. If unset, use simple dropout */
+ /* control. Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See */
+ /* below for more information. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS :: */
+ /* If set, turn pixels on for `stubs', otherwise exclude them. */
+ /* Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See below for */
+ /* more information. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION :: */
+ /* This flag indicates that the scan-line converter should try to */
+ /* convert this outline to bitmaps with the highest possible */
+ /* quality. It is typically set for small character sizes. Note */
+ /* that this is only a hint that might be completely ignored by a */
+ /* given scan-converter. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS :: */
+ /* This flag is set to force a given scan-converter to only use a */
+ /* single pass over the outline to render a bitmap glyph image. */
+ /* Normally, it is set for very large character sizes. It is only */
+ /* a hint that might be completely ignored by a given */
+ /* scan-converter. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The flags @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, */
+ /* and @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS are ignored by the smooth */
+ /* rasterizer. */
+ /* */
+ /* There exists a second mechanism to pass the drop-out mode to the */
+ /* B/W rasterizer; see the `tags' field in @FT_Outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* Please refer to the description of the `SCANTYPE' instruction in */
+ /* the OpenType specification (in file `ttinst1.doc') how simple */
+ /* drop-outs, smart drop-outs, and stubs are defined. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_OUTLINE_NONE 0x0
+#define FT_OUTLINE_OWNER 0x1
+#define FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL 0x2
+#define FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL 0x4
+#define FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS 0x8
+#define FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS 0x10
+#define FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS 0x20
+
+#define FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION 0x100
+#define FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS 0x200
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * ft_outline_flags
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These constants are deprecated. Please use the corresponding
+ * @FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS values.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * ft_outline_none :: See @FT_OUTLINE_NONE.
+ * ft_outline_owner :: See @FT_OUTLINE_OWNER.
+ * ft_outline_even_odd_fill :: See @FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL.
+ * ft_outline_reverse_fill :: See @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL.
+ * ft_outline_ignore_dropouts :: See @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS.
+ * ft_outline_high_precision :: See @FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION.
+ * ft_outline_single_pass :: See @FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS.
+ */
+#define ft_outline_none FT_OUTLINE_NONE
+#define ft_outline_owner FT_OUTLINE_OWNER
+#define ft_outline_even_odd_fill FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL
+#define ft_outline_reverse_fill FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL
+#define ft_outline_ignore_dropouts FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS
+#define ft_outline_high_precision FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION
+#define ft_outline_single_pass FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS
+
+ /* */
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG( flag ) ( flag & 3 )
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_ON 1
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC 0
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC 2
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_HAS_SCANMODE 4
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X 8 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y 16 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */
+
+#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH ( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X | \
+ FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y )
+
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_On FT_CURVE_TAG_ON
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Conic FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Cubic FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_X FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X
+#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_Y FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `move */
+ /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* A `move to' is emitted to start a new contour in an outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `move to'. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the */
+ /* decomposition function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Outline_MoveToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func FT_Outline_MoveToFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `line */
+ /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* A `line to' is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `line to'. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of the */
+ /* decomposition function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Outline_LineToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_LineTo_Func FT_Outline_LineToFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `conic */
+ /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* A `conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bézier arc in */
+ /* the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* control :: An intermediate control point between the last position */
+ /* and the new target in `to'. */
+ /* */
+ /* to :: A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of */
+ /* the decomposition function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Outline_ConicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control,
+ const FT_Vector* to,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func FT_Outline_ConicToFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `cubic */
+ /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* A `cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bézier arc. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* control1 :: A pointer to the first Bézier control point. */
+ /* */
+ /* control2 :: A pointer to the second Bézier control point. */
+ /* */
+ /* to :: A pointer to the target end point. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed from the caller of */
+ /* the decomposition function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Outline_CubicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control1,
+ const FT_Vector* control2,
+ const FT_Vector* to,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func FT_Outline_CubicToFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Funcs */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline */
+ /* decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Béziers. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* move_to :: The `move to' emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* line_to :: The segment emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* conic_to :: The second-order Bézier arc emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* cubic_to :: The third-order Bézier arc emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* shift :: The shift that is applied to coordinates before they */
+ /* are sent to the emitter. */
+ /* */
+ /* delta :: The delta that is applied to coordinates before they */
+ /* are sent to the emitter, but after the shift. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed */
+ /* version of the original coordinates (this is important for high */
+ /* accuracy during scan-conversion). The transformation is simple: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* x' = (x << shift) - delta */
+ /* y' = (x << shift) - delta */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* Set the values of `shift' and `delta' to~0 to get the original */
+ /* point coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Outline_Funcs_
+ {
+ FT_Outline_MoveToFunc move_to;
+ FT_Outline_LineToFunc line_to;
+ FT_Outline_ConicToFunc conic_to;
+ FT_Outline_CubicToFunc cubic_to;
+
+ int shift;
+ FT_Pos delta;
+
+ } FT_Outline_Funcs;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* basic_types */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */
+ /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */
+ /* this: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) value */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */
+ /* */
+#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG
+#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
+ value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \
+ ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \
+ ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8 ) | \
+ (unsigned long)_x4 )
+#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Format */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph */
+ /* image. Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image */
+ /* formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register */
+ /* their own format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE :: */
+ /* The value~0 is reserved. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE :: */
+ /* The glyph image is a composite of several other images. This */
+ /* format is _only_ used with @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to */
+ /* report compound glyphs (like accented characters). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP :: */
+ /* The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an */
+ /* @FT_Bitmap. You generally need to access the `bitmap' field of */
+ /* the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE :: */
+ /* The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments */
+ /* and Bézier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you */
+ /* generally want to access the `outline' field of the */
+ /* @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER :: */
+ /* The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside and outside */
+ /* contours. Some Type~1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family, */
+ /* contain glyphs in this format. These are described as */
+ /* @FT_Outline, but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering */
+ /* them correctly. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Glyph_Format_
+ {
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
+
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p' ),
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, 'b', 'i', 't', 's' ),
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, 'o', 'u', 't', 'l' ),
+ FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER, 'p', 'l', 'o', 't' )
+
+ } FT_Glyph_Format;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_xxx */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of deprecated constants. Use the corresponding */
+ /* @FT_Glyph_Format values instead. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_none :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE. */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_composite :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE. */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_bitmap :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_outline :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE. */
+ /* ft_glyph_format_plotter :: See @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER. */
+ /* */
+#define ft_glyph_format_none FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE
+#define ft_glyph_format_composite FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE
+#define ft_glyph_format_bitmap FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP
+#define ft_glyph_format_outline FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE
+#define ft_glyph_format_plotter FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** R A S T E R D E F I N I T I O N S *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* A raster is a scan converter, in charge of rendering an outline into */
+ /* a a bitmap. This section contains the public API for rasters. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that in FreeType 2, all rasters are now encapsulated within */
+ /* specific modules called `renderers'. See `freetype/ftrender.h' for */
+ /* more details on renderers. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* raster */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Scanline Converter */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How vectorial outlines are converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains technical definitions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Raster */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle (pointer) to a raster object. Each object can be used */
+ /* independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_RasterRec_* FT_Raster;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Span */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a single span of gray (or black) pixels */
+ /* when rendering a monochrome or anti-aliased bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* x :: The span's horizontal start position. */
+ /* */
+ /* len :: The span's length in pixels. */
+ /* */
+ /* coverage :: The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background) */
+ /* to 255 (foreground). Only used for anti-aliased */
+ /* rendering. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named */
+ /* @FT_SpanFunc which takes the y~coordinate of the span as a */
+ /* a parameter. */
+ /* */
+ /* The coverage value is always between 0 and 255. If you want less */
+ /* gray values, the callback function has to reduce them. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Span_
+ {
+ short x;
+ unsigned short len;
+ unsigned char coverage;
+
+ } FT_Span;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_SpanFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in */
+ /* order to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel */
+ /* spans on each scan line. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* y :: The scanline's y~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* count :: The number of spans to draw on this scanline. */
+ /* */
+ /* spans :: A table of `count' spans to draw on the scanline. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This callback allows client applications to directly render the */
+ /* gray spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces. */
+ /* */
+ /* This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a */
+ /* given background bitmap, and even perform translucency. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the `count' field cannot be greater than a fixed value */
+ /* defined by the `FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS' configuration macro in */
+ /* `ftoption.h'. By default, this value is set to~32, which means */
+ /* that if there are more than 32~spans on a given scanline, the */
+ /* callback is called several times with the same `y' parameter in */
+ /* order to draw all callbacks. */
+ /* */
+ /* Otherwise, the callback is only called once per scan-line, and */
+ /* only for those scanlines that do have `gray' pixels on them. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_SpanFunc)( int y,
+ int count,
+ const FT_Span* spans,
+ void* user );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Span_Func FT_SpanFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_BitTest_Func */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT. */
+ /* */
+ /* A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter */
+ /* to test whether a given target pixel is already set to the drawing */
+ /* `color'. These tests are crucial to implement drop-out control */
+ /* per-se the TrueType spec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* y :: The pixel's y~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* x :: The pixel's x~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* 1~if the pixel is `set', 0~otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Raster_BitTest_Func)( int y,
+ int x,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_BitSet_Func */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* THIS TYPE IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE IT. */
+ /* */
+ /* A function used as a call-back by the monochrome scan-converter */
+ /* to set an individual target pixel. This is crucial to implement */
+ /* drop-out control according to the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* y :: The pixel's y~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* x :: The pixel's x~coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* 1~if the pixel is `set', 0~otherwise. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Raster_BitSet_Func)( int y,
+ int x,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A list of bit flag constants as used in the `flags' field of a */
+ /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Values> */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT :: This value is 0. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA :: This flag is set to indicate that an */
+ /* anti-aliased glyph image should be */
+ /* generated. Otherwise, it will be */
+ /* monochrome (1-bit). */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT :: This flag is set to indicate direct */
+ /* rendering. In this mode, client */
+ /* applications must provide their own span */
+ /* callback. This lets them directly */
+ /* draw or compose over an existing bitmap. */
+ /* If this bit is not set, the target */
+ /* pixmap's buffer _must_ be zeroed before */
+ /* rendering. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that for now, direct rendering is */
+ /* only possible with anti-aliased glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP :: This flag is only used in direct */
+ /* rendering mode. If set, the output will */
+ /* be clipped to a box specified in the */
+ /* `clip_box' field of the */
+ /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that by default, the glyph bitmap */
+ /* is clipped to the target pixmap, except */
+ /* in direct rendering mode where all spans */
+ /* are generated if no clipping box is set. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT 0x0
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA 0x1
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT 0x2
+#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP 0x4
+
+ /* deprecated */
+#define ft_raster_flag_default FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT
+#define ft_raster_flag_aa FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA
+#define ft_raster_flag_direct FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT
+#define ft_raster_flag_clip FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Raster_Params */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render */
+ /* function. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* target :: The target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* source :: A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an */
+ /* @FT_Outline). */
+ /* */
+ /* flags :: The rendering flags. */
+ /* */
+ /* gray_spans :: The gray span drawing callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* black_spans :: The black span drawing callback. UNIMPLEMENTED! */
+ /* */
+ /* bit_test :: The bit test callback. UNIMPLEMENTED! */
+ /* */
+ /* bit_set :: The bit set callback. UNIMPLEMENTED! */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing */
+ /* callback. */
+ /* */
+ /* clip_box :: An optional clipping box. It is only used in */
+ /* direct rendering mode. Note that coordinates here */
+ /* should be expressed in _integer_ pixels (and not in */
+ /* 26.6 fixed-point units). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA */
+ /* bit flag is set in the `flags' field, otherwise a monochrome */
+ /* bitmap is generated. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in `flags', the */
+ /* raster will call the `gray_spans' callback to draw gray pixel */
+ /* spans, in the case of an aa glyph bitmap, it will call */
+ /* `black_spans', and `bit_test' and `bit_set' in the case of a */
+ /* monochrome bitmap. This allows direct composition over a */
+ /* pre-existing bitmap through user-provided callbacks to perform the */
+ /* span drawing/composition. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the `bit_test' and `bit_set' callbacks are required when */
+ /* rendering a monochrome bitmap, as they are crucial to implement */
+ /* correct drop-out control as defined in the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Raster_Params_
+ {
+ const FT_Bitmap* target;
+ const void* source;
+ int flags;
+ FT_SpanFunc gray_spans;
+ FT_SpanFunc black_spans; /* doesn't work! */
+ FT_Raster_BitTest_Func bit_test; /* doesn't work! */
+ FT_Raster_BitSet_Func bit_set; /* doesn't work! */
+ void* user;
+ FT_BBox clip_box;
+
+ } FT_Raster_Params;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_NewFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to create a new raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* memory :: A handle to the memory allocator. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The `memory' parameter is a typeless pointer in order to avoid */
+ /* un-wanted dependencies on the rest of the FreeType code. In */
+ /* practice, it is an @FT_Memory object, i.e., a handle to the */
+ /* standard FreeType memory allocator. However, this field can be */
+ /* completely ignored by a given raster implementation. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Raster_NewFunc)( void* memory,
+ FT_Raster* raster );
+
+#define FT_Raster_New_Func FT_Raster_NewFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_DoneFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to destroy a given raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Raster_DoneFunc)( FT_Raster raster );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Done_Func FT_Raster_DoneFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_ResetFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* FreeType provides an area of memory called the `render pool', */
+ /* available to all registered rasters. This pool can be freely used */
+ /* during a given scan-conversion but is shared by all rasters. Its */
+ /* content is thus transient. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is called each time the render pool changes, or just */
+ /* after a new raster object is created. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* pool_base :: The address in memory of the render pool. */
+ /* */
+ /* pool_size :: The size in bytes of the render pool. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Rasters can ignore the render pool and rely on dynamic memory */
+ /* allocation if they want to (a handle to the memory allocator is */
+ /* passed to the raster constructor). However, this is not */
+ /* recommended for efficiency purposes. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Raster_ResetFunc)( FT_Raster raster,
+ unsigned char* pool_base,
+ unsigned long pool_size );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Reset_Func FT_Raster_ResetFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_SetModeFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function is a generic facility to change modes or attributes */
+ /* in a given raster. This can be used for debugging purposes, or */
+ /* simply to allow implementation-specific `features' in a given */
+ /* raster module. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* mode :: A 4-byte tag used to name the mode or property. */
+ /* */
+ /* args :: A pointer to the new mode/property to use. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Raster_SetModeFunc)( FT_Raster raster,
+ unsigned long mode,
+ void* args );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func FT_Raster_SetModeFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Raster_RenderFunc */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Invoke a given raster to scan-convert a given glyph image into a */
+ /* target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */
+ /* */
+ /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
+ /* store the rendering parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The exact format of the source image depends on the raster's glyph */
+ /* format defined in its @FT_Raster_Funcs structure. It can be an */
+ /* @FT_Outline or anything else in order to support a large array of */
+ /* glyph formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note also that the render function can fail and return a */
+ /* `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error code if the raster used does */
+ /* not support direct composition. */
+ /* */
+ /* XXX: For now, the standard raster doesn't support direct */
+ /* composition but this should change for the final release (see */
+ /* the files `demos/src/ftgrays.c' and `demos/src/ftgrays2.c' */
+ /* for examples of distinct implementations which support direct */
+ /* composition). */
+ /* */
+ typedef int
+ (*FT_Raster_RenderFunc)( FT_Raster raster,
+ const FT_Raster_Params* params );
+
+#define FT_Raster_Render_Func FT_Raster_RenderFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Raster_Funcs */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to describe a given raster class to the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* glyph_format :: The supported glyph format for this raster. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_new :: The raster constructor. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_reset :: Used to reset the render pool within the raster. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_render :: A function to render a glyph into a given bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_done :: The raster destructor. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Raster_Funcs_
+ {
+ FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
+ FT_Raster_NewFunc raster_new;
+ FT_Raster_ResetFunc raster_reset;
+ FT_Raster_SetModeFunc raster_set_mode;
+ FT_Raster_RenderFunc raster_render;
+ FT_Raster_DoneFunc raster_done;
+
+ } FT_Raster_Funcs;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTIMAGE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftincrem.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTINCREM_H__
+#define __FTINCREM_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * incremental
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * Incremental Loading
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Custom Glyph Loading.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This section contains various functions used to perform so-called
+ * `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded
+ * from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application,
+ *
+ * Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font
+ * file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another
+ * engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor.
+ *
+ * To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an
+ * @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an
+ * @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for
+ * @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement
+ * `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support
+ * embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters),
+ * where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by
+ * different values.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental
+ * objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods
+ * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
+ * and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
+ *
+ * See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how
+ * to use incremental objects with FreeType.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Incremental_MetricsRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned
+ * by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * bearing_x ::
+ * Left bearing, in font units.
+ *
+ * bearing_y ::
+ * Top bearing, in font units.
+ *
+ * advance ::
+ * Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units.
+ *
+ * advance_v ::
+ * Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the
+ * value of the `vertical' argument to the function
+ * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_
+ {
+ FT_Long bearing_x;
+ FT_Long bearing_y;
+ FT_Long advance;
+ FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */
+
+ } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Incremental_Metrics
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes
+ * during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is
+ * enabled.
+ *
+ * Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font
+ * file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within
+ * the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the
+ * *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is
+ * undefined for any other format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * incremental ::
+ * Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+ * application.
+ *
+ * glyph_index ::
+ * Index of relevant glyph.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * adata ::
+ * A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be
+ * accessed as a read-only byte block).
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If this function returns successfully the method
+ * @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release
+ * the data bytes.
+ *
+ * Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for
+ * compound glyphs.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_Data* adata );
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a
+ * successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * incremental ::
+ * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+ * application.
+ *
+ * data ::
+ * A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed
+ * as a read-only byte block).
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental,
+ FT_Data* data );
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index
+ * before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain
+ * formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from
+ * the glyph images proper.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * incremental ::
+ * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client
+ * application.
+ *
+ * glyph_index ::
+ * Index of relevant glyph.
+ *
+ * vertical ::
+ * If true, return vertical metrics.
+ *
+ * ametrics ::
+ * This parameter is used for both input and output.
+ * The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are
+ * not available all the values must be set to zero.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * ametrics ::
+ * The replacement glyph metrics in font units.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc)
+ ( FT_Incremental incremental,
+ FT_UInt glyph_index,
+ FT_Bool vertical,
+ FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Incremental_FuncsRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data
+ * incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * get_glyph_data ::
+ * The function to get glyph data. Must not be null.
+ *
+ * free_glyph_data ::
+ * The function to release glyph data. Must not be null.
+ *
+ * get_glyph_metrics ::
+ * The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does
+ * not provide overriding glyph metrics.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_
+ {
+ FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data;
+ FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data;
+ FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics;
+
+ } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user
+ * wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with
+ * @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example:
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int;
+ * FT_Parameter parameter;
+ * FT_Open_Args open_args;
+ *
+ *
+ * // set up incremental descriptor
+ * inc_int.funcs = my_funcs;
+ * inc_int.object = my_object;
+ *
+ * // set up optional parameter
+ * parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL;
+ * parameter.data = &inc_int;
+ *
+ * // set up FT_Open_Args structure
+ * open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS;
+ * open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname;
+ * open_args.num_params = 1;
+ * open_args.params = ¶meter; // we use one optional argument
+ *
+ * // open the font
+ * error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face );
+ * ...
+ * }
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_
+ {
+ const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs;
+ FT_Incremental object;
+
+ } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Incremental_Interface
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface;
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @constant:
+ * FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate
+ * an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' )
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTINCREM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftlcdfil.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */
+/* (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
+#define __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * lcd_filtering
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * LCD Filtering
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Reduce color fringes of LCD-optimized bitmaps.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API can be used to specify a low-pass
+ * filter which is then applied to LCD-optimized bitmaps generated
+ * through @FT_Render_Glyph. This is useful to reduce color fringes
+ * which would occur with unfiltered rendering.
+ *
+ * Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is
+ * *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to
+ * #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file
+ * in order to activate it.
+ *
+ * FreeType generates alpha coverage maps, which are linear by nature.
+ * For instance, the value 0x80 in bitmap representation means that
+ * (within numerical precision) 0x80/0xff fraction of that pixel is
+ * covered by the glyph's outline. The blending function for placing
+ * text over a background is
+ *
+ * {
+ * dst = alpha * src + (1 - alpha) * dst ,
+ * }
+ *
+ * which is known as OVER. However, when calculating the output of the
+ * OVER operator, the source colors should first be transformed to a
+ * linear color space, then alpha blended in that space, and transformed
+ * back to the output color space.
+ *
+ * When linear light blending is used, the default FIR5 filtering
+ * weights (as given by FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT) are no longer optimal, as
+ * they have been designed for black on white rendering while lacking
+ * gamma correction. To preserve color neutrality, weights for a FIR5
+ * filter should be chosen according to two free parameters `a' and `c',
+ * and the FIR weights should be
+ *
+ * {
+ * [a - c, a + c, 2 * a, a + c, a - c] .
+ * }
+ *
+ * This formula generates equal weights for all the color primaries
+ * across the filter kernel, which makes it colorless. One suggested
+ * set of weights is
+ *
+ * {
+ * [0x10, 0x50, 0x60, 0x50, 0x10] ,
+ * }
+ *
+ * where `a' has value 0x30 and `b' value 0x20. The weights in filter
+ * may have a sum larger than 0x100, which increases coloration slightly
+ * but also improves contrast.
+ */
+
+
+ /****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_LcdFilter
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE ::
+ * Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this
+ * results in sometimes severe color fringes.
+ *
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT ::
+ * The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost
+ * of a slight blurriness in the output.
+ *
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT ::
+ * The light filter is a variant that produces less blurriness at the
+ * cost of slightly more color fringes than the default one. It might
+ * be better, depending on taste, your monitor, or your personal vision.
+ *
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY ::
+ * This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It
+ * provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color
+ * fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid.
+ * In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode
+ * interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used.
+ *
+ * This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be
+ * disabled or stay unsupported in the future.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.0
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_
+ {
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0,
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1,
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2,
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16,
+
+ FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */
+
+ } FT_LcdFilter;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Library_SetLcdFilter
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated
+ * bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with
+ * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to the target library instance.
+ *
+ * filter ::
+ * The filter type.
+ *
+ * You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or
+ * @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work
+ * well on most LCD screens.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an
+ * explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than
+ * @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it.
+ *
+ * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
+ * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
+ * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
+ * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
+ * default builds of FreeType.
+ *
+ * The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph,
+ * @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char.
+ *
+ * It does _not_ affect the output of @FT_Outline_Render and
+ * @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap.
+ *
+ * If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are
+ * either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding
+ * outline with regards to the pixel grid. For example, for
+ * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3~pixels to the left, and
+ * up to 3~pixels to the right.
+ *
+ * The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't
+ * need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling
+ * the filter.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.3.0
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library,
+ FT_LcdFilter filter );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Use this function to override the filter weights selected by
+ * @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter. By default, FreeType uses the quintuple
+ * (0x00, 0x55, 0x56, 0x55, 0x00) for FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT, and (0x10,
+ * 0x40, 0x70, 0x40, 0x10) for FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT and
+ * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to the target library instance.
+ *
+ * weights ::
+ * A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and
+ * uses them to specify the filter weights.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't
+ * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the
+ * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not
+ * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all
+ * default builds of FreeType.
+ *
+ * This function must be called after @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter to have
+ * any effect.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.4.0
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library,
+ unsigned char *weights );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftlist.h */
+/* */
+/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */
+ /* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTLIST_H__
+#define __FTLIST_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* list_processing */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* List Processing */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Simple management of lists. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains various definitions related to list */
+ /* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_List */
+ /* FT_ListNode */
+ /* FT_ListRec */
+ /* FT_ListNodeRec */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_List_Add */
+ /* FT_List_Insert */
+ /* FT_List_Find */
+ /* FT_List_Remove */
+ /* FT_List_Up */
+ /* FT_List_Iterate */
+ /* FT_List_Iterator */
+ /* FT_List_Finalize */
+ /* FT_List_Destructor */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Find */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Find the list node for a given listed object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
+ /* data :: The address of the listed object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode )
+ FT_List_Find( FT_List list,
+ void* data );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Add */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Append an element to the end of a list. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
+ /* node :: The node to append. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Add( FT_List list,
+ FT_ListNode node );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Insert */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Insert an element at the head of a list. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to parent list. */
+ /* node :: The node to insert. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Insert( FT_List list,
+ FT_ListNode node );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Remove */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */
+ /* the node is in the list! */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* node :: The node to remove. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Remove( FT_List list,
+ FT_ListNode node );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Up */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */
+ /* lists. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */
+ /* node :: The node to move. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Up( FT_List list,
+ FT_ListNode node );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_List_Iterator */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An FT_List iterator function which is called during a list parse */
+ /* by @FT_List_Iterate. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* node :: The current iteration list node. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */
+ /* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */
+ /* */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Iterate */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */
+ /* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */
+ /* returns a non-zero value. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* list :: A handle to the list. */
+ /* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */
+ /* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the second */
+ /* argument to the iterator. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list,
+ FT_List_Iterator iterator,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_List_Destructor */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An @FT_List iterator function which is called during a list */
+ /* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */
+ /* given list. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* system :: The current system object. */
+ /* */
+ /* data :: The current object to destroy. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */
+ /* be used to point to the iteration's state. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory,
+ void* data,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_List_Finalize */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* list :: A handle to the list. */
+ /* */
+ /* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */
+ /* of the list. */
+ /* */
+ /* memory :: The current memory object which handles deallocation. */
+ /* */
+ /* user :: A user-supplied field which is passed as the last */
+ /* argument to the destructor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */
+ /* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list,
+ FT_List_Destructor destroy,
+ FT_Memory memory,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTLIST_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftlzw.h */
+/* */
+/* LZW-compressed stream support. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2004, 2006 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTLZW_H__
+#define __FTLZW_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* lzw */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* LZW Streams */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Using LZW-compressed font files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stream_OpenLZW
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is
+ * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come
+ * with XFree86.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream :: The target embedding stream.
+ *
+ * source :: The source stream.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function.
+ *
+ * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will
+ * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream
+ * objects will be released to the heap.
+ *
+ * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression
+ * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream
+ *
+ * In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is
+ * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face.
+ * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw
+ * compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it
+ * and re-open the face with it.
+ *
+ * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build
+ * of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream,
+ FT_Stream source );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTLZW_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftmac.h */
+/* */
+/* Additional Mac-specific API. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */
+/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* NOTE: Include this file after <freetype/freetype.h> and after any */
+/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */
+/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMAC_H__
+#define __FTMAC_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */
+#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && \
+ ((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)))
+#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated))
+#else
+#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* mac_specific */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Mac Specific Interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Only available on the Macintosh. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */
+ /* compiled on a Macintosh. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* fond :: A FOND resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */
+ /* case. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Notes> */
+ /* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */
+ /* that are installed in the system as follows. */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */
+ /* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library,
+ Handle fond,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */
+ /* Bold). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName,
+ FSSpec* pathSpec,
+ FT_Long* face_index )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
+ FSSpec* pathSpec,
+ FT_Long* face_index )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */
+ /* name which is handled by ATS framework. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */
+ /* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */
+ /* buffer before calling this function. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName,
+ UInt8* path,
+ UInt32 maxPathSize,
+ FT_Long* face_index )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
+ /* using an FSSpec to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
+ /* first face has index~0. */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
+ /* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library,
+ const FSSpec *spec,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */
+ /* using an FSRef to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */
+ /* */
+ /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */
+ /* first face has index~0. */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */
+ /* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library,
+ const FSRef *ref,
+ FT_Long face_index,
+ FT_Face *aface )
+ FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __FTMAC_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftmm.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMM_H__
+#define __FTMM_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* multiple_masters */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Multiple Masters */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */
+ /* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */
+ /* setting design axis coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */
+ /* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */
+ /* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */
+ /* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */
+ /* consistent interface makes sense. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_MM_Axis */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
+ /* Multiple Masters fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* name :: The axis's name. */
+ /* */
+ /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_
+ {
+ FT_String* name;
+ FT_Long minimum;
+ FT_Long maximum;
+
+ } FT_MM_Axis;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Multi_Master */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */
+ /* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */
+ /* allows for intermediate designs to be present. This */
+ /* number cannot exceed~16. */
+ /* */
+ /* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_
+ {
+ FT_UInt num_axis;
+ FT_UInt num_designs;
+ FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+
+ } FT_Multi_Master;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Var_Axis */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */
+ /* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* name :: The axis's name. */
+ /* Not always meaningful for GX. */
+ /* */
+ /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */
+ /* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */
+ /* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */
+ /* */
+ /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */
+ /* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */
+ /* */
+ /* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */
+ /* `name'). */
+ /* Not meaningful for MM. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_
+ {
+ FT_String* name;
+
+ FT_Fixed minimum;
+ FT_Fixed def;
+ FT_Fixed maximum;
+
+ FT_ULong tag;
+ FT_UInt strid;
+
+ } FT_Var_Axis;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Var_Named_Style */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */
+ /* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */
+ /* */
+ /* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed* coords;
+ FT_UInt strid;
+
+ } FT_Var_Named_Style;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_MM_Var */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */
+ /* or GX var distortable font. */
+ /* */
+ /* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */
+ /* MM; no limit in GX. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */
+ /* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */
+ /* (where every glyph could have a different */
+ /* number of designs). */
+ /* */
+ /* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */
+ /* GX which allows certain design coordinates to */
+ /* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */
+ /* associated with them. The font can tell the */
+ /* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */
+ /* */
+ /* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */
+ /* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */
+ /* */
+ /* namedstyles :: A table of named styles. */
+ /* Only meaningful with GX. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_MM_Var_
+ {
+ FT_UInt num_axis;
+ FT_UInt num_designs;
+ FT_UInt num_namedstyles;
+ FT_Var_Axis* axis;
+ FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle;
+
+ } FT_MM_Var;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Multi_Master */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Multi_Master *amaster );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_MM_Var */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */
+ /* Allocates a data structure, which the user must free */
+ /* (a single call to FT_FREE will do it). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face,
+ FT_MM_Var* *amaster );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */
+ /* through design coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
+ /* the number of axes in the font). */
+ /* */
+ /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt num_coords,
+ FT_Long* coords );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
+ /* design through design coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
+ /* the number of axes in the font). */
+ /* */
+ /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt num_coords,
+ FT_Fixed* coords );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */
+ /* design through normalized blend coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */
+ /* the number of axes in the font). */
+ /* */
+ /* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */
+ /* between 0 and 1.0). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt num_coords,
+ FT_Fixed* coords );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt num_coords,
+ FT_Fixed* coords );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTMM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftmodapi.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2006, 2008-2010, 2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMODAPI_H__
+#define __FTMODAPI_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* module_management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Module Management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */
+ /* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */
+ /* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */
+ /* */
+ /* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */
+ /* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* autofitter */
+ /* bdf */
+ /* cff */
+ /* gxvalid */
+ /* otvalid */
+ /* pcf */
+ /* pfr */
+ /* psaux */
+ /* pshinter */
+ /* psnames */
+ /* raster1, raster5 */
+ /* sfnt */
+ /* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */
+ /* truetype */
+ /* type1 */
+ /* type42 */
+ /* t1cid */
+ /* winfonts */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* module bit flags */
+#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */
+#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */
+#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */
+#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */
+
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */
+ /* scalable fonts */
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */
+ /* support vector outlines */
+#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */
+ /* own hinter */
+
+
+ /* deprecated values */
+#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER
+#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER
+#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER
+#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER
+
+#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE
+#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES
+#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER
+
+
+ typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Module_Constructor */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* module :: The module to initialize. */
+ /* */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Module_Destructor */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* module :: The module to finalize. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Module_Requester */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* module :: The module to be searched. */
+ /* */
+ /* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */
+ /* */
+ typedef FT_Module_Interface
+ (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module,
+ const char* name );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Module_Class */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The module class descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */
+ /* bytes. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_name :: The name of the module. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */
+ /* (major.minor). */
+ /* */
+ /* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */
+ /* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */
+ /* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_init :: The initializing function. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_done :: The finalizing function. */
+ /* */
+ /* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Module_Class_
+ {
+ FT_ULong module_flags;
+ FT_Long module_size;
+ const FT_String* module_name;
+ FT_Fixed module_version;
+ FT_Fixed module_requires;
+
+ const void* module_interface;
+
+ FT_Module_Constructor module_init;
+ FT_Module_Destructor module_done;
+ FT_Module_Requester get_interface;
+
+ } FT_Module_Class;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Add_Module */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Add a new module to a given library instance. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
+ /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_Module_Class* clazz );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Module */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Find a module by its name. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */
+ /* should look up the source code for details. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Module )
+ FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library,
+ const char* module_name );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Remove_Module */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Remove a given module from a library instance. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* module :: A handle to a module object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Module module );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Property_Set
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Set a property for a given module.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to the library the module is part of.
+ *
+ * module_name ::
+ * The module name.
+ *
+ * property_name ::
+ * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
+ * subsection of the module's documentation.
+ *
+ * Note that only a few modules have properties.
+ *
+ * value ::
+ * A generic pointer to a variable or structure which gives the new
+ * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
+ * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
+ * module's documentation.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
+ * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
+ * valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
+ *
+ * The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in
+ * module `foo' to value~1.
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_UInt bar;
+ *
+ *
+ * bar = 1;
+ * FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar );
+ * }
+ *
+ * It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache
+ * sub-system with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set instead.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.4.11
+ *
+ */
+ FT_Error
+ FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_String* module_name,
+ const FT_String* property_name,
+ const void* value );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Property_Get
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Get a module's property value.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A handle to the library the module is part of.
+ *
+ * module_name ::
+ * The module name.
+ *
+ * property_name ::
+ * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis'
+ * subsection of the module's documentation.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * value ::
+ * A generic pointer to a variable or structure which gives the
+ * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is
+ * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the
+ * module's documentation.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name'
+ * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a
+ * valid value for the given property, an error is returned.
+ *
+ * The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'.
+ *
+ * {
+ * typedef range_
+ * {
+ * FT_Int32 min;
+ * FT_Int32 max;
+ *
+ * } range;
+ *
+ * range baz;
+ *
+ *
+ * FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz );
+ * }
+ *
+ * It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache
+ * sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.4.11
+ *
+ */
+ FT_Error
+ FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library,
+ const FT_String* module_name,
+ const FT_String* property_name,
+ void* value );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Reference_Library */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */
+ /* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */
+ /* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */
+ /* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures which */
+ /* reference @FT_Library objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a target library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Since> */
+ /* 2.4.2 */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Library */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */
+ /* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */
+ /* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. */
+ /* */
+ /* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */
+ /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */
+ /* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */
+ /* */
+ /* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */
+ /* library instance. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
+ /* @FT_Reference_Library. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory,
+ FT_Library *alibrary );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_Library */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */
+ /* discards all resource objects. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the target library. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */
+ /* @FT_Reference_Library. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library );
+
+/* */
+
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */
+ /* format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */
+ /* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */
+ /* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */
+ /* */
+ /* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */
+ /* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */
+ /* */
+ /* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */
+ /* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */
+ /* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library,
+ FT_UInt hook_index,
+ FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Add_Default_Modules */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */
+ /* This is only useful when you create a library object with */
+ /* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a new library object. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library );
+
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * truetype_engine
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * The TrueType Engine
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * TrueType bytecode support.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType
+ * bytecode support compiled in this version of the library.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_TrueTypeEngineType
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode
+ * engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used
+ * by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE ::
+ * The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter.
+ *
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED ::
+ * The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't
+ * support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine.
+ *
+ * Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts which position and
+ * scale glyph components with bytecode instructions. It produces
+ * bad output for most other fonts.
+ *
+ * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED ::
+ * The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers
+ * the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this
+ * was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name).
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.2
+ *
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_
+ {
+ FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+ FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED,
+ FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED
+
+ } FT_TrueTypeEngineType;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @func:
+ * FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of
+ * the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * A library instance.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * A value indicating which level is supported.
+ *
+ * @since:
+ * 2.2
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType )
+ FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTMODAPI_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftmoderr.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2001-2005, 2010, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */
+ /* */
+ /* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */
+ /* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */
+ /* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */
+ /* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */
+ /* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */
+ /* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */
+ /* including the high byte. */
+ /* */
+ /* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */
+ /* an error value is set to zero. */
+ /* */
+ /* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */
+ /* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERR( err ) */
+ /* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */
+ /* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */
+ /* the line */
+ /* */
+ /* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */
+ /* */
+ /* expands to */
+ /* */
+ /* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */
+ /* */
+ /* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */
+ /* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */
+ /* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */
+ /* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */
+ /* and inequality, respectively. Example: */
+ /* */
+ /* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */
+ /* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */
+ /* the same as */
+ /* */
+ /* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */
+ /* ... */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */
+ /* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */
+ /* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */
+ /* with something like */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* #undef __FTMODERR_H__ */
+ /* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */
+ /* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */
+ /* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */
+ /* */
+ /* const struct */
+ /* { */
+ /* int mod_err_offset; */
+ /* const char* mod_err_msg */
+ /* } ft_mod_errors[] = */
+ /* */
+ /* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTMODERR_H__
+#define __FTMODERR_H__
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** SETUP MACROS *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF
+
+#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS
+#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v,
+#else
+#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0,
+#endif
+
+#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum {
+#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max };
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+ FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" )
+ FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" )
+
+
+#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+ FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+#endif
+
+
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /***** *****/
+ /***** CLEANUP *****/
+ /***** *****/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+ /*******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+ }
+#endif
+
+#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST
+#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST
+#undef FT_MODERRDEF
+#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C
+
+
+#endif /* __FTMODERR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftotval.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* */
+/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */
+/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */
+/* OpenType specification. */
+/* */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOTVAL_H__
+#define __FTOTVAL_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* ot_validation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* OpenType Validation */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* An API to validate OpenType tables. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */
+ /* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to
+ * indicate which OpenType tables should be validated.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_VALIDATE_BASE ::
+ * Validate BASE table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GDEF ::
+ * Validate GDEF table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GPOS ::
+ * Validate GPOS table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_GSUB ::
+ * Validate GSUB table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_JSTF ::
+ * Validate JSTF table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_MATH ::
+ * Validate MATH table.
+ *
+ * FT_VALIDATE_OT ::
+ * Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH).
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400
+#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800
+#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000
+#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000
+
+#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \
+ FT_VALIDATE_MATH
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_OpenType_Validate
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and
+ * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library which
+ * actually does the text layout can access those tables without
+ * error checking (which can be quite time consuming).
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * validation_flags ::
+ * A bit field which specifies the tables to be validated. See
+ * @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * BASE_table ::
+ * A pointer to the BASE table.
+ *
+ * GDEF_table ::
+ * A pointer to the GDEF table.
+ *
+ * GPOS_table ::
+ * A pointer to the GPOS table.
+ *
+ * GSUB_table ::
+ * A pointer to the GSUB table.
+ *
+ * JSTF_table ::
+ * A pointer to the JSTF table.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with
+ * @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either
+ * doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for
+ * validation.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt validation_flags,
+ FT_Bytes *BASE_table,
+ FT_Bytes *GDEF_table,
+ FT_Bytes *GPOS_table,
+ FT_Bytes *GSUB_table,
+ FT_Bytes *JSTF_table );
+
+ /* */
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_OpenType_Free
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * table ::
+ * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by
+ * @FT_OpenType_Validate.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by
+ * @FT_OpenType_Validate only.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Bytes table );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTOTVAL_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftoutln.h */
+/* */
+/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */
+/* most scalable font formats (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2005-2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTOUTLN_H__
+#define __FTOUTLN_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* outline_processing */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Outline Processing */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */
+ /* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */
+ /* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_Outline */
+ /* FT_OUTLINE_FLAGS */
+ /* FT_Outline_New */
+ /* FT_Outline_Done */
+ /* FT_Outline_Copy */
+ /* FT_Outline_Translate */
+ /* FT_Outline_Transform */
+ /* FT_Outline_Embolden */
+ /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
+ /* FT_Outline_Reverse */
+ /* FT_Outline_Check */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
+ /* FT_Outline_Render */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Outline_Decompose */
+ /* FT_Outline_Funcs */
+ /* FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func */
+ /* FT_Outline_LineTo_Func */
+ /* FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func */
+ /* FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Decompose */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */
+ /* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */
+ /* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */
+ /* */
+ /* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */
+ /* called during decomposition to indicate path */
+ /* operations. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* user :: A typeless pointer which is passed to each */
+ /* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */
+ /* used to store the state during the */
+ /* decomposition. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline,
+ const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface,
+ void* user );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_New */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new outline of a given size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */
+ /* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */
+ /* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */
+ /* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */
+ /* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */
+ /* */
+ /* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */
+ /* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */
+ /* to use the library's memory allocator. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library,
+ FT_UInt numPoints,
+ FT_Int numContours,
+ FT_Outline *anoutline );
+
+
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
+ FT_UInt numPoints,
+ FT_Int numContours,
+ FT_Outline *anoutline );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Done */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */
+ /* outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */
+ /* descriptor will be released. */
+ /* */
+ /* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */
+ /* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory,
+ FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Check */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */
+ /* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */
+ /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */
+ /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */
+ /* which contains Bézier outside arcs). */
+ /* */
+ /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */
+ /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */
+ /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */
+ /* `ftbbox' component which is dedicated to this single task. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* acbox :: The outline's control box. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_BBox *acbox );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Translate */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */
+ /* */
+ /* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Pos xOffset,
+ FT_Pos yOffset );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Copy */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */
+ /* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */
+ /* function is called. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* source :: A handle to the source outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* target :: A handle to the target outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source,
+ FT_Outline *target );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Transform */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */
+ /* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */
+ /* outline's points. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline,
+ const FT_Matrix* matrix );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Embolden */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */
+ /* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */
+ /* bottom borders as unchanged. */
+ /* */
+ /* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */
+ /* possible also. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */
+ /* 26.6 pixel format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */
+ /* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */
+ /* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */
+ /* handled incorrectly. */
+ /* */
+ /* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */
+ /* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */
+ /* */
+ /* Example call: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */
+ /* if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */
+ /* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Pos strength );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */
+ /* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */
+ /* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */
+ /* directions. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Pos xstrength,
+ FT_Pos ystrength );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Reverse */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */
+ /* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */
+ /* the outline's `flags' field. */
+ /* */
+ /* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */
+ /* knows what it is doing. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */
+ /* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */
+ /* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */
+ /* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */
+ /* */
+ /* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */
+ /* */
+ /* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */
+ /* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */
+ /* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Outline* outline,
+ const FT_Bitmap *abitmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Outline_Render */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */
+ /* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */
+ /* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */
+ /* etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */
+ /* describe the rendering operation. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */
+ /* to use this function. */
+ /* */
+ /* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */
+ /* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */
+ /* actually ignored. */
+ /* */
+ /* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */
+ /* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */
+ /* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */
+ /* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Raster_Params* params );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_Orientation
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation.
+ *
+ * The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions
+ * to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE ::
+ * According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must
+ * be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled.
+ *
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT ::
+ * According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours
+ * must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled.
+ *
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT ::
+ * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to
+ * remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of
+ * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
+ *
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT ::
+ * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to
+ * remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of
+ * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled.
+ *
+ * FT_ORIENTATION_NONE ::
+ * The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of
+ * the glyph have different orientation.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_Orientation_
+ {
+ FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0,
+ FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1,
+ FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE,
+ FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT,
+ FT_ORIENTATION_NONE
+
+ } FT_Orientation;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Outline_Get_Orientation
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its
+ * fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by computing
+ * the direction of each global horizontal and/or vertical extrema
+ * within the outline.
+ *
+ * Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty
+ * outlines.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * outline ::
+ * A handle to the source outline.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The orientation.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation )
+ FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTOUTLN_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftpfr.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTPFR_H__
+#define __FTPFR_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* pfr_fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* PFR Fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * aoutline_resolution ::
+ * Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM'
+ * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
+ *
+ * ametrics_resolution ::
+ * Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution'
+ * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL).
+ *
+ * ametrics_x_scale ::
+ * A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed
+ * in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to
+ * `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter
+ * can be NULL).
+ *
+ * ametrics_y_scale ::
+ * Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction.
+ * optional (parameter can be NULL).
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error.
+ * However, in all cases, it will return valid values.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution,
+ FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution,
+ FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale,
+ FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PFR_Kerning
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face.
+ * The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of
+ * @FT_Get_Kerning.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * left :: Index of the left glyph.
+ *
+ * right :: Index of the right glyph.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * avector :: A kerning vector.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function always return distances in original PFR metrics
+ * units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED
+ * mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units.
+ *
+ * You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters
+ * returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt left,
+ FT_UInt right,
+ FT_Vector *avector );
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PFR_Advance
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units,
+ * from a PFR font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * gindex :: The glyph index.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics
+ * to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels).
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt gindex,
+ FT_Pos *aadvance );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTPFR_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftrender.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2005, 2006, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTRENDER_H__
+#define __FTRENDER_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_MODULE_H
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* module_management */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* create a new glyph object */
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+ /* destroys a given glyph object */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph );
+
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ const FT_Matrix* matrix,
+ const FT_Vector* delta );
+
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_BBox* abbox );
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source,
+ FT_Glyph target );
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+/* deprecated */
+#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc
+#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc
+
+
+ struct FT_Glyph_Class_
+ {
+ FT_Long glyph_size;
+ FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
+ FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init;
+ FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done;
+ FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy;
+ FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform;
+ FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox;
+ FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare;
+ };
+
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ FT_UInt mode,
+ const FT_Vector* origin );
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ const FT_Matrix* matrix,
+ const FT_Vector* delta );
+
+
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_GlyphSlot slot,
+ FT_BBox* cbox );
+
+
+ typedef FT_Error
+ (*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_ULong mode_tag,
+ FT_Pointer mode_ptr );
+
+/* deprecated identifiers */
+#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc
+#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc
+#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc
+#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Renderer_Class */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The renderer module class descriptor. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */
+ /* */
+ /* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */
+ /* */
+ /* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */
+ /* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */
+ /* a given glyph slot. */
+ /* */
+ /* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */
+ /* */
+ /* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */
+ /* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_
+ {
+ FT_Module_Class root;
+
+ FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format;
+
+ FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph;
+ FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph;
+ FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox;
+ FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode;
+
+ FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class;
+
+ } FT_Renderer_Class;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Renderer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* format :: The glyph format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */
+ /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */
+ /* */
+ /* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */
+ /* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer )
+ FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Glyph_Format format );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Set_Renderer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */
+ /* */
+ /* <InOut> */
+ /* library :: A handle to the library object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */
+ /* */
+ /* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* parameters :: Additional parameters. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */
+ /* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */
+ /* */
+ /* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */
+ /* */
+ /* Currently, only the B/W renderer, if compiled with */
+ /* FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING (providing a 5-levels */
+ /* anti-aliasing mode; this option must be set directly in */
+ /* `ftraster.c' and is undefined by default) accepts a single tag */
+ /* `pal5' to set its gray palette as a character string with */
+ /* 5~elements. Consequently, the third and fourth argument are zero */
+ /* normally. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Renderer renderer,
+ FT_UInt num_params,
+ FT_Parameter* parameters );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTRENDER_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftsizes.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */
+ /* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */
+ /* where they are needed. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSIZES_H__
+#define __FTSIZES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* sizes_management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Size Management */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Managing multiple sizes per face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */
+ /* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */
+ /* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */
+ /* field. */
+ /* */
+ /* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */
+ /* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */
+ /* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */
+ /* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */
+ /* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */
+ /* */
+ /* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */
+ /* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */
+ /* when using these. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_New_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Create a new size object from a given face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */
+ /* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */
+ /* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_New_Size( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Size* size );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Done_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */
+ /* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */
+ /* @FT_New_Size. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Activate_Size */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */
+ /* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */
+ /* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one which has been */
+ /* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */
+ /* object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */
+ /* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSIZES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftsnames.h */
+/* */
+/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */
+/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */
+/* */
+/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2003, 2006, 2009, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
+#define __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* sfnt_names */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* SFNT Names */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */
+ /* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */
+ /* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */
+ /* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_SfntName */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */
+ /* */
+ /* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */
+ /* */
+ /* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */
+ /* */
+ /* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */
+ /* */
+ /* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */
+ /* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */
+ /* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */
+ /* */
+ /* Generally speaking, the string is not */
+ /* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */
+ /* specification for details. */
+ /* */
+ /* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */
+ /* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */
+ /* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */
+ /* */
+ /* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */
+ /* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_SfntName_
+ {
+ FT_UShort platform_id;
+ FT_UShort encoding_id;
+ FT_UShort language_id;
+ FT_UShort name_id;
+
+ FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */
+ FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */
+
+ } FT_SfntName;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The number of strings in the `name' table. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt )
+ FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source face. */
+ /* */
+ /* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Output> */
+ /* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */
+ /* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */
+ /* longer in use. */
+ /* */
+ /* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */
+ /* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */
+ /* platform, encoding, and name ID. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt idx,
+ FT_SfntName *aname );
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @constant:
+ * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
+ * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name'
+ * table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with
+ * legacy systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' )
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @constant:
+ * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make
+ * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since
+ * OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy
+ * systems which has 4-face-per-family restriction.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' )
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftstroke.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002-2006, 2008, 2009, 2011-2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT_STROKE_H__
+#define __FT_STROKE_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_OUTLINE_H
+#include FT_GLYPH_H
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @section:
+ * glyph_stroker
+ *
+ * @title:
+ * Glyph Stroker
+ *
+ * @abstract:
+ * Generating bordered and stroked glyphs.
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial
+ * glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the
+ * `inside' borders of the stroke.
+ *
+ * This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs
+ * displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their
+ * shape.
+ */
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Stroker
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Opaque handler to a path stroker object.
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_Stroker_LineJoin
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These values determine how two joining lines are rendered
+ * in a stroker.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND ::
+ * Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used
+ * to join two lines smoothly.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL ::
+ * Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of
+ * the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular
+ * region of the corner with a straight line between the
+ * outer corners of each stroke.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED ::
+ * Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the
+ * miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes
+ * for the two segments are extended until they meet at an
+ * angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such
+ * that the miter would extend from the intersection of the
+ * segments a distance greater than the product of the miter
+ * limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see
+ * above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being
+ * created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter
+ * line join as used in PostScript and PDF.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE ::
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER ::
+ * Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if
+ * the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the
+ * strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector
+ * of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the
+ * intersection of the segments equal to the product of the
+ * miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents
+ * long spikes being created.
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line
+ * join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias
+ * for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for
+ * backwards compatibility.
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_
+ {
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0,
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1,
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2,
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE,
+ FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3
+
+ } FT_Stroker_LineJoin;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_Stroker_LineCap
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are
+ * rendered in a stroke.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT ::
+ * The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last
+ * point itself.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND ::
+ * The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the
+ * last point.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE ::
+ * The end of lines is rendered as a square around the
+ * last point.
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_
+ {
+ FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0,
+ FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND,
+ FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE
+
+ } FT_Stroker_LineCap;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_StrokerBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * These values are used to select a given stroke border
+ * in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT ::
+ * Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction.
+ *
+ * FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT ::
+ * Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside'
+ * borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the
+ * `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's
+ * drawing orientation, which varies between font formats.
+ *
+ * You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and
+ * @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these.
+ */
+ typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_
+ {
+ FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0,
+ FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT
+
+ } FT_StrokerBorder;
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
+ * `inside' borders of a given outline.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * outline ::
+ * The source outline handle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid
+ * outlines.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
+ FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the
+ * `outside' borders of a given outline.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * outline ::
+ * The source outline handle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid
+ * outlines.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder )
+ FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_New
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Create a new stroker object.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * library ::
+ * FreeType library handle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * astroker ::
+ * A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library,
+ FT_Stroker *astroker );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_Set
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Reset a stroker object's attributes.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * radius ::
+ * The border radius.
+ *
+ * line_cap ::
+ * The line cap style.
+ *
+ * line_join ::
+ * The line join style.
+ *
+ * miter_limit ::
+ * The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and
+ * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles,
+ * expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline
+ * coordinates.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Fixed radius,
+ FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap,
+ FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join,
+ FT_Fixed miter_limit );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_Rewind
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes.
+ * You should call this function before beginning a new
+ * series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or
+ * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_ParseOutline
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with
+ * the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved
+ * later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * outline ::
+ * The source outline.
+ *
+ * opened ::
+ * A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead
+ * of a closed one.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed
+ * path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines.
+ *
+ * If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the
+ * stroker generates a single `stroke' outline.
+ *
+ * This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Outline* outline,
+ FT_Bool opened );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Start a new sub-path in the stroker.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * to ::
+ * A pointer to the start vector.
+ *
+ * open ::
+ * A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is
+ * not stored as an @FT_Outline object.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Vector* to,
+ FT_Bool open );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_EndSubPath
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Close the current sub-path in the stroker.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath.
+ * If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a
+ * single line segment to the start position when needed.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_LineTo
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path,
+ * from the last position.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * to ::
+ * A pointer to the destination point.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+ * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Vector* to );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_ConicTo
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+ * from the last position.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * control ::
+ * A pointer to a Bézier control point.
+ *
+ * to ::
+ * A pointer to the destination point.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+ * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Vector* control,
+ FT_Vector* to );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_CubicTo
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path,
+ * from the last position.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * control1 ::
+ * A pointer to the first Bézier control point.
+ *
+ * control2 ::
+ * A pointer to second Bézier control point.
+ *
+ * to ::
+ * A pointer to the destination point.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and
+ * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Vector* control1,
+ FT_Vector* control2,
+ FT_Vector* to );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
+ * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
+ * contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke'
+ * outlines generated by the stroker.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * border ::
+ * The border index.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * anum_points ::
+ * The number of points.
+ *
+ * anum_contours ::
+ * The number of contours.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
+ * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'.
+ *
+ * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
+ * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
+ * points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
+ *
+ * Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to
+ * retrieve the counts associated to both borders.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_StrokerBorder border,
+ FT_UInt *anum_points,
+ FT_UInt *anum_contours );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_ExportBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+ * export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * Note that this function appends the border points and
+ * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
+ * arrays.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * border ::
+ * The border index.
+ *
+ * outline ::
+ * The target outline handle.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+ * get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to
+ * receive all new data.
+ *
+ * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates
+ * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'
+ *
+ * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges
+ * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all
+ * points, while the `right' border becomes empty.
+ *
+ * Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to
+ * retrieve all borders at once.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_StrokerBorder border,
+ FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_GetCounts
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths
+ * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and
+ * contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked
+ * outline/path.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * anum_points ::
+ * The number of points.
+ *
+ * anum_contours ::
+ * The number of contours.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_UInt *anum_points,
+ FT_UInt *anum_contours );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_Export
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to
+ * export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure.
+ *
+ * Note that this function appends the border points and
+ * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its
+ * arrays.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * The target stroker handle.
+ *
+ * outline ::
+ * The target outline handle.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Outline* outline );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Stroker_Done
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Destroy a stroker object.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * A stroker handle. Can be NULL.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Glyph_Stroke
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * pglyph ::
+ * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * A stroker handle.
+ *
+ * destroy ::
+ * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
+ * on success.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
+ *
+ * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
+ * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
+ * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
+ * to account for this added size.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
+ FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Bool destroy );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but
+ * only return either its inside or outside border.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * pglyph ::
+ * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stroker ::
+ * A stroker handle.
+ *
+ * inside ::
+ * A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise
+ * the outside border.
+ *
+ * destroy ::
+ * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed
+ * on success.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The source glyph is untouched in case of error.
+ *
+ * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph
+ * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You
+ * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts
+ * to account for this added size.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph,
+ FT_Stroker stroker,
+ FT_Bool inside,
+ FT_Bool destroy );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FT_STROKE_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftsynth.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */
+/* (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /********* *********/
+ /********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/
+ /********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/
+ /********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/
+ /********* *********/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */
+ /* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */
+ /* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */
+ /* code resource which should be copied into the application and */
+ /* adapted to the particular needs. */
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSYNTH_H__
+#define __FTSYNTH_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */
+ /* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */
+ /* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */
+ /* */
+ /* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */
+ /* increased by the strength of the emboldening. You can also call */
+ /* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+ /* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSYNTH_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftsystem.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2010 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTSYSTEM_H__
+#define __FTSYSTEM_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* system_interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* System Interface */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains various definitions related to memory */
+ /* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */
+ /* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */
+ /* i/o streams. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Memory
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an
+ * @FT_MemoryRec structure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Alloc_Func
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * memory ::
+ * A handle to the source memory manager.
+ *
+ * size ::
+ * The size in bytes to allocate.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void*
+ (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
+ long size );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Free_Func
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to release a given block of memory.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * memory ::
+ * A handle to the source memory manager.
+ *
+ * block ::
+ * The address of the target memory block.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
+ void* block );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Realloc_Func
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * memory ::
+ * A handle to the source memory manager.
+ *
+ * cur_size ::
+ * The block's current size in bytes.
+ *
+ * new_size ::
+ * The block's requested new size.
+ *
+ * block ::
+ * The block's current address.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * In case of error, the old block must still be available.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void*
+ (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory,
+ long cur_size,
+ long new_size,
+ void* block );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_MemoryRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2.
+ *
+ * @fields:
+ * user ::
+ * A generic typeless pointer for user data.
+ *
+ * alloc ::
+ * A pointer type to an allocation function.
+ *
+ * free ::
+ * A pointer type to an memory freeing function.
+ *
+ * realloc ::
+ * A pointer type to a reallocation function.
+ *
+ */
+ struct FT_MemoryRec_
+ {
+ void* user;
+ FT_Alloc_Func alloc;
+ FT_Free_Func free;
+ FT_Realloc_Func realloc;
+ };
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Stream
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A handle to an input stream.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_StreamDesc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used
+ * to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef union FT_StreamDesc_
+ {
+ long value;
+ void* pointer;
+
+ } FT_StreamDesc;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Stream_IoFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream ::
+ * A handle to the source stream.
+ *
+ * offset ::
+ * The offset of read in stream (always from start).
+ *
+ * buffer ::
+ * The address of the read buffer.
+ *
+ * count ::
+ * The number of bytes to read from the stream.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The number of bytes effectively read by the stream.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation
+ * with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an
+ * error.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef unsigned long
+ (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream,
+ unsigned long offset,
+ unsigned char* buffer,
+ unsigned long count );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @functype:
+ * FT_Stream_CloseFunc
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A function used to close a given input stream.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * stream ::
+ * A handle to the target stream.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef void
+ (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @struct:
+ * FT_StreamRec
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A structure used to describe an input stream.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * base ::
+ * For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream
+ * byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for
+ * disk-based streams.
+ *
+ * size ::
+ * The stream size in bytes.
+ *
+ * pos ::
+ * The current position within the stream.
+ *
+ * descriptor ::
+ * This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is
+ * used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*'
+ * pointers.
+ *
+ * pathname ::
+ * This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often
+ * useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename
+ * (where available).
+ *
+ * read ::
+ * The stream's input function.
+ *
+ * close ::
+ * The stream's close function.
+ *
+ * memory ::
+ * The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set
+ * internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream
+ * implementations.
+ *
+ * cursor ::
+ * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
+ * frames.
+ *
+ * limit ::
+ * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing
+ * frames.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef struct FT_StreamRec_
+ {
+ unsigned char* base;
+ unsigned long size;
+ unsigned long pos;
+
+ FT_StreamDesc descriptor;
+ FT_StreamDesc pathname;
+ FT_Stream_IoFunc read;
+ FT_Stream_CloseFunc close;
+
+ FT_Memory memory;
+ unsigned char* cursor;
+ unsigned char* limit;
+
+ } FT_StreamRec;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTSYSTEM_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* fttrigon.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2001, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTTRIGON_H__
+#define __FTTRIGON_H__
+
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* computations */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @type:
+ * FT_Angle
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the
+ * angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees.
+ *
+ */
+ typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ANGLE_PI
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ANGLE_2PI
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ANGLE_PI2
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @macro:
+ * FT_ANGLE_PI4
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Sin
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The input angle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The sinus value.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
+ * function @FT_Vector_Unit.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Cos
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The input angle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The cosinus value.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the
+ * function @FT_Vector_Unit.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Tan
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The input angle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The tangent value.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Atan2
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in
+ * the 2d plane.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * x ::
+ * The horizontal vector coordinate.
+ *
+ * y ::
+ * The vertical vector coordinate.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle).
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
+ FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x,
+ FT_Fixed y );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Angle_Diff
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the difference between two angles. The result is always
+ * constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle1 ::
+ * First angle.
+ *
+ * angle2 ::
+ * Second angle.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Constrained value of `value2-value1'.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle )
+ FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1,
+ FT_Angle angle2 );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_Unit
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the
+ * call, the value of `vec.x' will be `sin(angle)', and the value of
+ * `vec.y' will be `cos(angle)'.
+ *
+ * This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a
+ * given angle quickly.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of target vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The address of angle.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec,
+ FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_Rotate
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Rotate a vector by a given angle.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of target vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * angle ::
+ * The address of angle.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec,
+ FT_Angle angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_Length
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return the length of a given vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of target vector.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original
+ * vector coordinates.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed )
+ FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_Polarize
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Compute both the length and angle of a given vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of source vector.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * length ::
+ * The vector length.
+ *
+ * angle ::
+ * The vector angle.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec,
+ FT_Fixed *length,
+ FT_Angle *angle );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Vector_From_Polar
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * vec ::
+ * The address of source vector.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * length ::
+ * The vector length.
+ *
+ * angle ::
+ * The vector angle.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( void )
+ FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec,
+ FT_Fixed length,
+ FT_Angle angle );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTTRIGON_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* fttypes.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2002, 2004, 2006-2009, 2012, 2013 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTTYPES_H__
+#define __FTTYPES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H
+#include FT_SYSTEM_H
+#include FT_IMAGE_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* basic_types */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Basic Data Types */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* The basic data types defined by the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */
+ /* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */
+ /* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Order> */
+ /* FT_Byte */
+ /* FT_Bytes */
+ /* FT_Char */
+ /* FT_Int */
+ /* FT_UInt */
+ /* FT_Int16 */
+ /* FT_UInt16 */
+ /* FT_Int32 */
+ /* FT_UInt32 */
+ /* FT_Short */
+ /* FT_UShort */
+ /* FT_Long */
+ /* FT_ULong */
+ /* FT_Bool */
+ /* FT_Offset */
+ /* FT_PtrDist */
+ /* FT_String */
+ /* FT_Tag */
+ /* FT_Error */
+ /* FT_Fixed */
+ /* FT_Pointer */
+ /* FT_Pos */
+ /* FT_Vector */
+ /* FT_BBox */
+ /* FT_Matrix */
+ /* FT_FWord */
+ /* FT_UFWord */
+ /* FT_F2Dot14 */
+ /* FT_UnitVector */
+ /* FT_F26Dot6 */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Generic */
+ /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
+ /* */
+ /* FT_Bitmap */
+ /* FT_Pixel_Mode */
+ /* FT_Palette_Mode */
+ /* FT_Glyph_Format */
+ /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Bool */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */
+ /* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned char FT_Bool;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_FWord */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */
+ /* units. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UFWord */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */
+ /* font units. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Char */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed char FT_Char;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Byte */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned char FT_Byte;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Bytes */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for constant memory areas. */
+ /* */
+ typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Tag */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */
+ /* */
+ typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_String */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */
+ /* */
+ typedef char FT_String;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Short */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for signed short. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed short FT_Short;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UShort */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for unsigned short. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned short FT_UShort;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Int */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for the int type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed int FT_Int;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_UInt */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned int FT_UInt;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Long */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for signed long. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed long FT_Long;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_ULong */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A typedef for unsigned long. */
+ /* */
+ typedef unsigned long FT_ULong;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_F2Dot14 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_F26Dot6 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */
+ /* coordinates. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Fixed */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */
+ /* values or matrix coefficients. */
+ /* */
+ typedef signed long FT_Fixed;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Error */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */
+ /* as a successful operation. */
+ /* */
+ typedef int FT_Error;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Pointer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void* FT_Pointer;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_Offset */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */
+ /* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */
+ /* or a memory block size. */
+ /* */
+ typedef size_t FT_Offset;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_PtrDist */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */
+ /* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */
+ /* between two pointers. */
+ /* */
+ typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_UnitVector */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */
+ /* FT_F2Dot14 types. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ /* y :: Vertical coordinate. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_UnitVector_
+ {
+ FT_F2Dot14 x;
+ FT_F2Dot14 y;
+
+ } FT_UnitVector;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Matrix */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */
+ /* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* x' = x*xx + y*xy */
+ /* y' = x*yx + y*yy */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */
+ /* */
+ /* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */
+ /* */
+ /* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */
+ /* */
+ /* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Matrix_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed xx, xy;
+ FT_Fixed yx, yy;
+
+ } FT_Matrix;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Data */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* pointer :: The data. */
+ /* */
+ /* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Data_
+ {
+ const FT_Byte* pointer;
+ FT_Int length;
+
+ } FT_Data;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <FuncType> */
+ /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */
+ /* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */
+ /* details of usage. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* The address of the FreeType object which is under finalization. */
+ /* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */
+ /* */
+ typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object);
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_Generic */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */
+ /* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */
+ /* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */
+ /* */
+ /* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */
+ /* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */
+ /* servers. */
+ /* */
+ /* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */
+ /* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */
+ /* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */
+ /* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */
+ /* in the `finalizer' field). */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */
+ /* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */
+ /* */
+ /* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */
+ /* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */
+ /* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_Generic_
+ {
+ void* data;
+ FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer;
+
+ } FT_Generic;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Macro> */
+ /* FT_MAKE_TAG */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This macro converts four-letter tags which are used to label */
+ /* TrueType tables into an unsigned long to be used within FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */
+ /* this macro. */
+ /* */
+#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \
+ (FT_Tag) \
+ ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \
+ ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \
+ ( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \
+ (FT_ULong)_x4 )
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* list_processing */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_ListNode */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */
+ /* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */
+ /* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Type> */
+ /* FT_List */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_ListNodeRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to hold a single list element. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */
+ /* */
+ /* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */
+ /* */
+ /* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_
+ {
+ FT_ListNode prev;
+ FT_ListNode next;
+ void* data;
+
+ } FT_ListNodeRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_ListRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */
+ /* used in many parts of FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */
+ /* */
+ /* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_ListRec_
+ {
+ FT_ListNode head;
+ FT_ListNode tail;
+
+ } FT_ListRec;
+
+
+ /* */
+
+#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 )
+#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) )
+
+ /* concatenate C tokens */
+#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y
+#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y )
+
+ /* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */
+
+#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e )
+
+#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF )
+#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U )
+
+#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \
+ ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
+#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \
+ ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTTYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftwinfnt.h */
+/* */
+/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2003, 2004, 2008 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTWINFNT_H__
+#define __FTWINFNT_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* winfnt_fonts */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Window FNT Files */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Windows FNT specific API. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */
+ /* functions. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in
+ * @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX
+ * encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at ftp://ftp.unicode.org
+ * in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS subdirectory. cp1361 is
+ * roughly a superset of MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT ::
+ * This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a
+ * `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value.
+ * When querying for information about the character set of the font
+ * that is currently selected into a specified device context, this
+ * return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL ::
+ * There is no known mapping table available.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC ::
+ * Mac Roman encoding.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM ::
+ * From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>:
+ *
+ * The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM
+ * is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon',
+ * `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows.
+ *
+ * The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value
+ * specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent.
+ *
+ * The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver
+ * Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific
+ * character set. The OEM character set is system dependent.
+ *
+ * In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the
+ * second default codepage that most international versions of
+ * Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from
+ *
+ * http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/cphome.mspx,
+ *
+ * and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications.
+ * A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage
+ * 1252 and OEM codepage 850.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 ::
+ * A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 ::
+ * A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 ::
+ * A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different
+ * ordering and minor deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 ::
+ * A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different
+ * ordering and minor deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 ::
+ * A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different
+ * ordering and minor deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 ::
+ * A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different
+ * ordering).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 ::
+ * A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 ::
+ * ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 ::
+ * A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 ::
+ * A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 ::
+ * A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 ::
+ * A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 ::
+ * A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations).
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 ::
+ * For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary
+ * characters.
+ *
+ * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 ::
+ * Korean (Johab).
+ */
+
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238
+#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Windows FNT Header info. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_
+ {
+ FT_UShort version;
+ FT_ULong file_size;
+ FT_Byte copyright[60];
+ FT_UShort file_type;
+ FT_UShort nominal_point_size;
+ FT_UShort vertical_resolution;
+ FT_UShort horizontal_resolution;
+ FT_UShort ascent;
+ FT_UShort internal_leading;
+ FT_UShort external_leading;
+ FT_Byte italic;
+ FT_Byte underline;
+ FT_Byte strike_out;
+ FT_UShort weight;
+ FT_Byte charset;
+ FT_UShort pixel_width;
+ FT_UShort pixel_height;
+ FT_Byte pitch_and_family;
+ FT_UShort avg_width;
+ FT_UShort max_width;
+ FT_Byte first_char;
+ FT_Byte last_char;
+ FT_Byte default_char;
+ FT_Byte break_char;
+ FT_UShort bytes_per_row;
+ FT_ULong device_offset;
+ FT_ULong face_name_offset;
+ FT_ULong bits_pointer;
+ FT_ULong bits_offset;
+ FT_Byte reserved;
+ FT_ULong flags;
+ FT_UShort A_space;
+ FT_UShort B_space;
+ FT_UShort C_space;
+ FT_UShort color_table_offset;
+ FT_ULong reserved1[4];
+
+ } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* FT_WinFNT_Header */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header;
+
+
+ /**********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_WinFNT_Header
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face :: A handle to the input face.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * aheader :: The WinFNT header.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error
+ * otherwise.
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face,
+ FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader );
+
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTWINFNT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
+
+
+/* Local Variables: */
+/* coding: utf-8 */
+/* End: */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ftxf86.h */
+/* */
+/* Support functions for X11. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FTXF86_H__
+#define __FTXF86_H__
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* font_formats */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Font Formats */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Getting the font format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */
+ /* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */
+ /* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */
+ /* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is in the X11/xf86 namespace for historical reasons */
+ /* and in no way depends on that windowing system. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_X11_Font_Format */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a string describing the format of a given face, using values */
+ /* which can be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. Possible values are */
+ /* `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', `CID~Type~1', `CFF', */
+ /* `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: */
+ /* Input face handle. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( const char* )
+ FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __FTXF86_H__ */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* t1tables.h */
+/* */
+/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */
+/* only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2011 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __T1TABLES_H__
+#define __T1TABLES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* type1_tables */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* Type 1 Tables */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */
+ /* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */
+ /* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* PS_FontInfoRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */
+ /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
+ /* FontInfo dictionary. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_
+ {
+ FT_String* version;
+ FT_String* notice;
+ FT_String* full_name;
+ FT_String* family_name;
+ FT_String* weight;
+ FT_Long italic_angle;
+ FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch;
+ FT_Short underline_position;
+ FT_UShort underline_thickness;
+
+ } PS_FontInfoRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* PS_FontInfo */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* T1_FontInfo */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
+ /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
+ /* FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* PS_PrivateRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */
+ /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */
+ /* Private dictionary. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_
+ {
+ FT_Int unique_id;
+ FT_Int lenIV;
+
+ FT_Byte num_blue_values;
+ FT_Byte num_other_blues;
+ FT_Byte num_family_blues;
+ FT_Byte num_family_other_blues;
+
+ FT_Short blue_values[14];
+ FT_Short other_blues[10];
+
+ FT_Short family_blues [14];
+ FT_Short family_other_blues[10];
+
+ FT_Fixed blue_scale;
+ FT_Int blue_shift;
+ FT_Int blue_fuzz;
+
+ FT_UShort standard_width[1];
+ FT_UShort standard_height[1];
+
+ FT_Byte num_snap_widths;
+ FT_Byte num_snap_heights;
+ FT_Bool force_bold;
+ FT_Bool round_stem_up;
+
+ FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */
+ FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */
+
+ FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
+
+ FT_Long language_group;
+ FT_Long password;
+
+ FT_Short min_feature[2];
+
+ } PS_PrivateRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* PS_Private */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* T1_Private */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */
+ /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
+ /* FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* T1_Blend_Flags */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */
+ /* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */
+ /* Multiple Masters fonts. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_
+ {
+ /*# required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */
+ T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0,
+ T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS,
+ T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE,
+
+ /*# required fields in a Private blend dictionary */
+ T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES,
+ T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES,
+ T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH,
+ T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT,
+ T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS,
+ T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS,
+ T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE,
+ T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT,
+ T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES,
+ T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES,
+ T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD,
+
+ /*# never remove */
+ T1_BLEND_MAX
+
+ } T1_Blend_Flags;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*# backwards compatible definitions */
+#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION
+#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
+#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE
+#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES
+#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH
+#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT
+#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS
+#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS
+#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE
+#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT
+#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES
+#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD
+#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX
+
+
+ /* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16
+
+ /* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4
+
+ /* maximum number of elements in a design map */
+#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20
+
+
+ /* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */
+ typedef struct PS_DesignMap_
+ {
+ FT_Byte num_points;
+ FT_Long* design_points;
+ FT_Fixed* blend_points;
+
+ } PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap;
+
+ /* backwards-compatible definition */
+ typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap;
+
+
+ typedef struct PS_BlendRec_
+ {
+ FT_UInt num_designs;
+ FT_UInt num_axis;
+
+ FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+ FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
+ PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS];
+
+ FT_Fixed* weight_vector;
+ FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector;
+
+ PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+ PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+
+ FT_ULong blend_bitflags;
+
+ FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1];
+
+ /* since 2.3.0 */
+
+ /* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */
+ /* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */
+ /* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */
+ /* in the font and associated metrics files */
+ FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS];
+ FT_UInt num_default_design_vector;
+
+ } PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend;
+
+
+ /* backwards-compatible definition */
+ typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_FaceDictRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_
+ {
+ PS_PrivateRec private_dict;
+
+ FT_UInt len_buildchar;
+ FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold;
+ FT_Pos stroke_width;
+ FT_Fixed expansion_factor;
+
+ FT_Byte paint_type;
+ FT_Byte font_type;
+ FT_Matrix font_matrix;
+ FT_Vector font_offset;
+
+ FT_UInt num_subrs;
+ FT_ULong subrmap_offset;
+ FT_Int sd_bytes;
+
+ } CID_FaceDictRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_FaceDict */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /* backwards-compatible definition */
+ typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_FaceInfoRec */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_
+ {
+ FT_String* cid_font_name;
+ FT_Fixed cid_version;
+ FT_Int cid_font_type;
+
+ FT_String* registry;
+ FT_String* ordering;
+ FT_Int supplement;
+
+ PS_FontInfoRec font_info;
+ FT_BBox font_bbox;
+ FT_ULong uid_base;
+
+ FT_Int num_xuid;
+ FT_ULong xuid[16];
+
+ FT_ULong cidmap_offset;
+ FT_Int fd_bytes;
+ FT_Int gd_bytes;
+ FT_ULong cid_count;
+
+ FT_Int num_dicts;
+ CID_FaceDict font_dicts;
+
+ FT_ULong data_offset;
+
+ } CID_FaceInfoRec;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_FaceInfo */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* CID_Info */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */
+ /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */
+ /* FreeType. */
+ /* */
+ typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info;
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph
+ * names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro,
+ * except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect
+ * glyph name tables.
+ *
+ * When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph
+ * names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * face handle
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Int )
+ FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face );
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PS_Font_Info
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given
+ * PostScript font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * PostScript face handle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * afont_info ::
+ * Output font info structure pointer.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by
+ * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
+ *
+ * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will
+ * return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face,
+ PS_FontInfo afont_info );
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PS_Font_Private
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given
+ * PostScript font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * PostScript face handle.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * afont_private ::
+ * Output private dictionary structure pointer.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by
+ * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller.
+ *
+ * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
+ * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face,
+ PS_Private afont_private );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* T1_EncodingType */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1 */
+ /* dictionary. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum T1_EncodingType_
+ {
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0,
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY,
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD,
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1,
+ T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT
+
+ } T1_EncodingType;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* PS_Dict_Keys */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify */
+ /* the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_
+ {
+ /* conventionally in the font dictionary */
+ PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */
+ PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */
+ PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */
+ PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */
+
+ /* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */
+ PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */
+ PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */
+ PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */
+ PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */
+ PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */
+ PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */
+ PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */
+
+ /* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */
+ PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */
+ PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */
+ PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */
+ PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */
+ PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */
+ PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */
+
+ PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE
+
+ } PS_Dict_Keys;
+
+
+ /************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Get_PS_Font_Value
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * PostScript face handle.
+ *
+ * key ::
+ * An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve.
+ *
+ * idx ::
+ * For array values, this specifies the index to be returned.
+ *
+ * value ::
+ * A pointer to memory into which to write the value.
+ *
+ * valen_len ::
+ * The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * value ::
+ * The value matching the above key, if it exists.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested
+ * value (if it exists, -1 otherwise).
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of
+ * the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them
+ * belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the
+ * `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be
+ * used to manipulate the face.
+ *
+ * `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of
+ * various types.
+ *
+ * If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the
+ * required memory size for the requested entry is returned.
+ *
+ * The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for
+ * example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys
+ * from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It
+ * is ignored for atomic values.
+ *
+ * PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To
+ * get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by
+ * 65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale).
+ *
+ * IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can
+ * be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP,
+ * ND, and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be
+ * available either.
+ *
+ * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns
+ * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face,
+ PS_Dict_Keys key,
+ FT_UInt idx,
+ void *value,
+ FT_Long value_len );
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __T1TABLES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ttnameid.h */
+/* */
+/* TrueType name ID definitions (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006-2008, 2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTNAMEID_H__
+#define __TTNAMEID_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* truetype_tables */
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Possible values for the `platform' identifier code in the name */
+ /* records of the TTF `name' table. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_PLATFORM_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `platform_id' identifier code in
+ * @FT_CharMapRec and @FT_SfntName structures.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE ::
+ * Used by Apple to indicate a Unicode character map and/or name entry.
+ * See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note
+ * that name entries in this format are coded as big-endian UCS-2
+ * character codes _only_.
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH ::
+ * Used by Apple to indicate a MacOS-specific charmap and/or name entry.
+ * See @TT_MAC_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note that
+ * most TrueType fonts contain an Apple roman charmap to be usable on
+ * MacOS systems (even if they contain a Microsoft charmap as well).
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_ISO ::
+ * This value was used to specify ISO/IEC 10646 charmaps. It is however
+ * now deprecated. See @TT_ISO_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding
+ * `encoding_id' values.
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT ::
+ * Used by Microsoft to indicate Windows-specific charmaps. See
+ * @TT_MS_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding `encoding_id' values.
+ * Note that most fonts contain a Unicode charmap using
+ * (TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT, @TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS).
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM ::
+ * Used to indicate application-specific charmaps.
+ *
+ * TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE ::
+ * This value isn't part of any font format specification, but is used
+ * by FreeType to report Adobe-specific charmaps in an @FT_CharMapRec
+ * structure. See @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX.
+ */
+
+#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE 0
+#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH 1
+#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO 2 /* deprecated */
+#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT 3
+#define TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM 4
+#define TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE 7 /* artificial */
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE charmaps and name entries.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT ::
+ * Unicode version 1.0.
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 ::
+ * Unicode 1.1; specifies Hangul characters starting at U+34xx.
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 ::
+ * Deprecated (identical to preceding).
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 ::
+ * Unicode 2.0 and beyond (UTF-16 BMP only).
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 ::
+ * Unicode 3.1 and beyond, using UTF-32.
+ *
+ * TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR ::
+ * From Adobe, not Apple. Not a normal cmap. Specifies variations
+ * on a real cmap.
+ */
+
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT 0 /* Unicode 1.0 */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 1 /* specify Hangul at U+34xx */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 2 /* deprecated */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 3 /* or later */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 4 /* 2.0 or later, full repertoire */
+#define TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR 5 /* variation selector data */
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_MAC_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH charmaps and name entries.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GREEK ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_KHMER ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_THAI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI ::
+ * TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP ::
+ */
+
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN 0
+#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE 1
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE 2
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN 3
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC 4
+#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW 5
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK 6
+#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN 7
+#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL 8
+#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI 9
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI 10
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI 11
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA 12
+#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI 13
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL 14
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU 15
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA 16
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM 17
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE 18
+#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE 19
+#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER 20
+#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI 21
+#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN 22
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN 23
+#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN 24
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN 25
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE 25
+#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN 26
+#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN 27
+#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ 28
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC 29
+#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE 30
+#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI 31
+#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP 32
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_ISO_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_ISO charmaps and name entries.
+ *
+ * Their use is now deprecated.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII ::
+ * ASCII.
+ * TT_ISO_ID_10646 ::
+ * ISO/10646.
+ * TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 ::
+ * Also known as Latin-1.
+ */
+
+#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII 0
+#define TT_ISO_ID_10646 1
+#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 2
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_MS_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT charmaps and name entries.
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS ::
+ * Corresponds to Microsoft symbol encoding. See
+ * @FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS ::
+ * Corresponds to a Microsoft WGL4 charmap, matching Unicode. See
+ * @FT_ENCODING_UNICODE.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_SJIS ::
+ * Corresponds to SJIS Japanese encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_SJIS.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_GB2312 ::
+ * Corresponds to Simplified Chinese as used in Mainland China. See
+ * @FT_ENCODING_GB2312.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 ::
+ * Corresponds to Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong.
+ * See @FT_ENCODING_BIG5.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG ::
+ * Corresponds to Korean Wansung encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_JOHAB ::
+ * Corresponds to Johab encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_JOHAB.
+ *
+ * TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 ::
+ * Corresponds to UCS-4 or UTF-32 charmaps. This has been added to
+ * the OpenType specification version 1.4 (mid-2001.)
+ */
+
+#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS 0
+#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS 1
+#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS 2
+#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312 3
+#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 4
+#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG 5
+#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB 6
+#define TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 10
+
+
+ /***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * @enum:
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for
+ * @TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE charmaps. This is a FreeType-specific extension!
+ *
+ * @values:
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD ::
+ * Adobe standard encoding.
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT ::
+ * Adobe expert encoding.
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM ::
+ * Adobe custom encoding.
+ * TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 ::
+ * Adobe Latin~1 encoding.
+ */
+
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD 0
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT 1
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM 2
+#define TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 3
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */
+ /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */
+ /* TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH. These values are also used as return values */
+ /* for function @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID. */
+ /* */
+ /* The canonical source for the Apple assigned Language ID's is at */
+ /* */
+ /* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6name.html */
+ /* */
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH 0
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FRENCH 1
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GERMAN 2
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ITALIAN 3
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DUTCH 4
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWEDISH 5
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SPANISH 6
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DANISH 7
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PORTUGUESE 8
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NORWEGIAN 9
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HEBREW 10
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAPANESE 11
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARABIC 12
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FINNISH 13
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK 14
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ICELANDIC 15
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALTESE 16
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKISH 17
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CROATIAN 18
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 19
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_URDU 20
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HINDI 21
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_THAI 22
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KOREAN 23
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LITHUANIAN 24
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_POLISH 25
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HUNGARIAN 26
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESTONIAN 27
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LETTISH 28
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SAAMISK 29
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FAEROESE 30
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI 31
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUSSIAN 32
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED 33
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FLEMISH 34
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH 35
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ALBANIAN 36
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ROMANIAN 37
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CZECH 38
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVAK 39
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVENIAN 40
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_YIDDISH 41
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SERBIAN 42
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MACEDONIAN 43
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BULGARIAN 44
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UKRAINIAN 45
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BYELORUSSIAN 46
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UZBEK 47
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KAZAKH 48
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI 49
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 49
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ARABIC_SCRIPT 50
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARMENIAN 51
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GEORGIAN 52
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN 53
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KIRGHIZ 54
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAJIKI 55
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKMEN 56
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN 57
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIAN_SCRIPT 57
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 58
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PASHTO 59
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KURDISH 60
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KASHMIRI 61
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINDHI 62
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIBETAN 63
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NEPALI 64
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SANSKRIT 65
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MARATHI 66
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BENGALI 67
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ASSAMESE 68
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUJARATI 69
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PUNJABI 70
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ORIYA 71
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAYALAM 72
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KANNADA 73
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAMIL 74
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TELUGU 75
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINHALESE 76
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BURMESE 77
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KHMER 78
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LAO 79
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_VIETNAMESE 80
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INDONESIAN 81
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAGALOG 82
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ROMAN_SCRIPT 83
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ARABIC_SCRIPT 84
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AMHARIC 85
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIGRINYA 86
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALLA 87
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SOMALI 88
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWAHILI 89
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUANDA 90
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUNDI 91
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHEWA 92
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAGASY 93
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESPERANTO 94
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_WELSH 128
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BASQUE 129
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CATALAN 130
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LATIN 131
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_QUECHUA 132
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUARANI 133
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AYMARA 134
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TATAR 135
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UIGHUR 136
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DZONGKHA 137
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAVANESE 138
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SUNDANESE 139
+
+
+#if 0 /* these seem to be errors that have been dropped */
+
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 140
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 141
+
+#endif
+
+
+ /* The following codes are new as of 2000-03-10 */
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALICIAN 140
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AFRIKAANS 141
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BRETON 142
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INUKTITUT 143
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 144
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MANX_GAELIC 145
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 146
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TONGAN 147
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK_POLYTONIC 148
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREELANDIC 149
+#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ROMAN_SCRIPT 150
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */
+ /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */
+ /* TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT. */
+ /* */
+ /* The canonical source for the MS assigned LCIDs is */
+ /* */
+ /* http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/lcid-all.mspx */
+ /* */
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_GENERAL 0x0001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x0401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x0801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x0c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x1001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x1401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x1801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x1c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_OMAN 0x2001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x2401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x2801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x2c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x3001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x3401
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_UAE 0x3801
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x3c01
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_QATAR 0x4001
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BULGARIAN_BULGARIA 0x0402
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_SPAIN 0x0403
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_GENERAL 0x0004
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TAIWAN 0x0404
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_PRC 0x0804
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG 0x0c04
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_SINGAPORE 0x1004
+
+#if 1 /* this looks like the correct value */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU 0x1404
+#else /* but beware, Microsoft may change its mind...
+ the most recent Word reference has the following: */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* used only with .NET `cultures'; commented out */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 0x7C04
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CZECH_CZECH_REPUBLIC 0x0405
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DANISH_DENMARK 0x0406
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_GERMANY 0x0407
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0807
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_AUSTRIA 0x0c07
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x1007
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEI 0x1407
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE 0x0408
+
+ /* don't ask what this one means... It is commented out currently. */
+#if 0
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE2 0x2008
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_GENERAL 0x0009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_STATES 0x0409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x0809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA 0x0c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CANADA 0x1009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND 0x1409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_IRELAND 0x1809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x1c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x2009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x2409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x2809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x2c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x3009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x3409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDONESIA 0x3809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_HONG_KONG 0x3c09
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDIA 0x4009
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA 0x4409
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE 0x4809
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_TRADITIONAL_SORT 0x040a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_MEXICO 0x080a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_INTERNATIONAL_SORT 0x0c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x100a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x140a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x180a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x1c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x200a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x240a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PERU 0x280a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x2c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x300a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_CHILE 0x340a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x380a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x3c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x400a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x440a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x480a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x4c0a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x500a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_UNITED_STATES 0x540a
+ /* The following ID blatantly violate MS specs by using a */
+ /* sublanguage > 0x1F. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_LATIN_AMERICA 0xE40aU
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FINNISH_FINLAND 0x040b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_FRANCE 0x040c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_BELGIUM 0x080c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CANADA 0x0c0c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SWITZERLAND 0x100c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x140c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MONACO 0x180c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_WEST_INDIES 0x1c0c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_REUNION 0x200c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO 0x240c
+ /* which was formerly: */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_ZAIRE TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SENEGAL 0x280c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CAMEROON 0x2c0c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_COTE_D_IVOIRE 0x300c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MALI 0x340c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MOROCCO 0x380c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_HAITI 0x3c0c
+ /* and another violation of the spec (see 0xE40aU) */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_NORTH_AFRICA 0xE40cU
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HEBREW_ISRAEL 0x040d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUNGARIAN_HUNGARY 0x040e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ICELANDIC_ICELAND 0x040f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_ITALY 0x0410
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0810
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_JAPANESE_JAPAN 0x0411
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_EXTENDED_WANSUNG_KOREA 0x0412
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_JOHAB_KOREA 0x0812
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_NETHERLANDS 0x0413
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_BELGIUM 0x0813
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_BOKMAL 0x0414
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_NYNORSK 0x0814
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_POLISH_POLAND 0x0415
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_BRAZIL 0x0416
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_PORTUGAL 0x0816
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_RHAETO_ROMANIC_SWITZERLAND 0x0417
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x0418
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0818
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_RUSSIA 0x0419
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0819
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_CROATIA 0x041a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_LATIN 0x081a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_CYRILLIC 0x0c1a
+
+#if 0 /* this used to be this value, but it looks like we were wrong */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101a
+#else /* current sources say */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x141a
+ /* and XPsp2 Platform SDK added (2004-07-26) */
+ /* Names are shortened to be significant within 40 chars. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_LATIN 0x181a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_CYRILLIC 0x181a
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVAK_SLOVAKIA 0x041b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALBANIAN_ALBANIA 0x041c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_SWEDEN 0x041d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x081d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_THAI_THAILAND 0x041e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKISH_TURKEY 0x041f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x0420
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_INDIA 0x0820
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_INDONESIAN_INDONESIA 0x0421
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UKRAINIAN_UKRAINE 0x0422
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BELARUSIAN_BELARUS 0x0423
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENE_SLOVENIA 0x0424
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ESTONIAN_ESTONIA 0x0425
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATVIAN_LATVIA 0x0426
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0427
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CLASSIC_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0827
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAJIK_TAJIKISTAN 0x0428
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FARSI_IRAN 0x0429
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_VIETNAMESE_VIET_NAM 0x042a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARMENIAN_ARMENIA 0x042b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_LATIN 0x042c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_CYRILLIC 0x082c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_SPAIN 0x042d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SORBIAN_GERMANY 0x042e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MACEDONIAN_MACEDONIA 0x042f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SUTU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0430
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSONGA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0431
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0432
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_VENDA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0433
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_XHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0434
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0435
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AFRIKAANS_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0436
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GEORGIAN_GEORGIA 0x0437
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FAEROESE_FAEROE_ISLANDS 0x0438
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HINDI_INDIA 0x0439
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALTESE_MALTA 0x043a
+ /* Added by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_NORWAY 0x043b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_SWEDEN 0x083b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_FINLAND 0x0C3b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_NORWAY 0x103b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_SWEDEN 0x143b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_NORWAY 0x183b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_SWEDEN 0x1C3b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SKOLT_FINLAND 0x203b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_INARI_FINLAND 0x243b
+ /* ... and we also keep our old identifier... */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAAMI_LAPONIA 0x043b
+
+#if 0 /* this seems to be a previous inversion */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083c
+#else
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043c
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_YIDDISH_GERMANY 0x043d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x043e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x083e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAK_KAZAKSTAN 0x043f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN /* Cyrillic*/ 0x0440
+ /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZ_REPUBLIC \
+ TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWAHILI_KENYA 0x0441
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKMEN_TURKMENISTAN 0x0442
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_LATIN 0x0443
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_CYRILLIC 0x0843
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_TATARSTAN 0x0444
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_INDIA 0x0445
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_BANGLADESH 0x0845
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x0446
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_ARABIC_PAKISTAN 0x0846
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUJARATI_INDIA 0x0447
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ORIYA_INDIA 0x0448
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMIL_INDIA 0x0449
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TELUGU_INDIA 0x044a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANNADA_INDIA 0x044b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAYALAM_INDIA 0x044c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_ASSAMESE_INDIA 0x044d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MARATHI_INDIA 0x044e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SANSKRIT_INDIA 0x044f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA /* Cyrillic */ 0x0450
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA_MONGOLIAN 0x0850
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_CHINA 0x0451
+ /* Don't use the next constant! It has */
+ /* (1) the wrong spelling (Dzonghka) */
+ /* (2) Microsoft doesn't officially define it -- */
+ /* at least it is not in the List of Local */
+ /* ID Values. */
+ /* (3) Dzongkha is not the same language as */
+ /* Tibetan, so merging it is wrong anyway. */
+ /* */
+ /* TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN is correct, BTW. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN 0x0851
+
+#if 0
+ /* the following used to be defined */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN 0x0451
+ /* ... but it was changed; */
+#else
+ /* So we will continue to #define it, but with the correct value */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN
+#endif
+
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_WALES 0x0452
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KHMER_CAMBODIA 0x0453
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LAO_LAOS 0x0454
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_BURMESE_MYANMAR 0x0455
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_SPAIN 0x0456
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KONKANI_INDIA 0x0457
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MANIPURI_INDIA /* Bengali */ 0x0458
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_INDIA /* Arabic */ 0x0459
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_PAKISTAN 0x0859
+ /* Missing a LCID for Sindhi in Devanagari script */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SYRIAC_SYRIA 0x045a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALESE_SRI_LANKA 0x045b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHEROKEE_UNITED_STATES 0x045c
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_INUKTITUT_CANADA 0x045d
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_AMHARIC_ETHIOPIA 0x045e
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO /* Arabic */ 0x045f
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO_LATIN 0x085f
+ /* Missing a LCID for Tifinagh script */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_PAKISTAN /* Arabic */ 0x0460
+ /* Spelled this way by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
+ /* script is yet unclear... might be Arabic, Nagari or Sharada */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA 0x0860
+ /* ... and aliased (by MS) for compatibility reasons. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_INDIA TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_NEPAL 0x0461
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_INDIA 0x0861
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRISIAN_NETHERLANDS 0x0462
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PASHTO_AFGHANISTAN 0x0463
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FILIPINO_PHILIPPINES 0x0464
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES 0x0465
+ /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_DIVEHI_MALDIVES TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_EDO_NIGERIA 0x0466
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_FULFULDE_NIGERIA 0x0467
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAUSA_NIGERIA 0x0468
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IBIBIO_NIGERIA 0x0469
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_YORUBA_NIGERIA 0x046a
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_BOLIVIA 0x046b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_ECUADOR 0x086b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_PERU 0x0c6b
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x046c
+ /* Also spelled by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOTHO_SOUTHERN_SOUTH_AFRICA \
+ TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA
+ /* language codes 0x046d, 0x046e and 0x046f are (still) unknown. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_IGBO_NIGERIA 0x0470
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANURI_NIGERIA 0x0471
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_OROMO_ETHIOPIA 0x0472
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ETHIOPIA 0x0473
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA 0x0873
+ /* also spelled in the `Passport SDK' list as: */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTREA TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUARANI_PARAGUAY 0x0474
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAWAIIAN_UNITED_STATES 0x0475
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATIN 0x0476
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOMALI_SOMALIA 0x0477
+ /* Note: Yi does not have a (proper) ISO 639-2 code, since it is mostly */
+ /* not written (but OTOH the peculiar writing system is worth */
+ /* studying). */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_YI_CHINA 0x0478
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_PAPIAMENTU_NETHERLANDS_ANTILLES 0x0479
+ /* language codes from 0x047a to 0x047f are (still) unknown. */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_CHINA 0x0480
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAORI_NEW_ZEALAND 0x0481
+
+#if 0 /* not deemed useful for fonts */
+#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE 0x04ff
+#endif
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Possible values of the `name' identifier field in the name records of */
+ /* the TTF `name' table. These values are platform independent. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_COPYRIGHT 0
+#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY 1
+#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY 2
+#define TT_NAME_ID_UNIQUE_ID 3
+#define TT_NAME_ID_FULL_NAME 4
+#define TT_NAME_ID_VERSION_STRING 5
+#define TT_NAME_ID_PS_NAME 6
+#define TT_NAME_ID_TRADEMARK 7
+
+ /* the following values are from the OpenType spec */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_MANUFACTURER 8
+#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER 9
+#define TT_NAME_ID_DESCRIPTION 10
+#define TT_NAME_ID_VENDOR_URL 11
+#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER_URL 12
+#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE 13
+#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE_URL 14
+ /* number 15 is reserved */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY 16
+#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY 17
+#define TT_NAME_ID_MAC_FULL_NAME 18
+
+ /* The following code is new as of 2000-01-21 */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_SAMPLE_TEXT 19
+
+ /* This is new in OpenType 1.3 */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_CID_FINDFONT_NAME 20
+
+ /* This is new in OpenType 1.5 */
+#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_FAMILY 21
+#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_SUBFAMILY 22
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Bit mask values for the Unicode Ranges from the TTF `OS2 ' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* Updated 08-Nov-2008. */
+ /* */
+
+ /* Bit 0 Basic Latin */
+#define TT_UCR_BASIC_LATIN (1L << 0) /* U+0020-U+007E */
+ /* Bit 1 C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN1_SUPPLEMENT (1L << 1) /* U+0080-U+00FF */
+ /* Bit 2 Latin Extended-A */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_A (1L << 2) /* U+0100-U+017F */
+ /* Bit 3 Latin Extended-B */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_B (1L << 3) /* U+0180-U+024F */
+ /* Bit 4 IPA Extensions */
+ /* Phonetic Extensions */
+ /* Phonetic Extensions Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_IPA_EXTENSIONS (1L << 4) /* U+0250-U+02AF */
+ /* U+1D00-U+1D7F */
+ /* U+1D80-U+1DBF */
+ /* Bit 5 Spacing Modifier Letters */
+ /* Modifier Tone Letters */
+#define TT_UCR_SPACING_MODIFIER (1L << 5) /* U+02B0-U+02FF */
+ /* U+A700-U+A71F */
+ /* Bit 6 Combining Diacritical Marks */
+ /* Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS (1L << 6) /* U+0300-U+036F */
+ /* U+1DC0-U+1DFF */
+ /* Bit 7 Greek and Coptic */
+#define TT_UCR_GREEK (1L << 7) /* U+0370-U+03FF */
+ /* Bit 8 Coptic */
+#define TT_UCR_COPTIC (1L << 8) /* U+2C80-U+2CFF */
+ /* Bit 9 Cyrillic */
+ /* Cyrillic Supplement */
+ /* Cyrillic Extended-A */
+ /* Cyrillic Extended-B */
+#define TT_UCR_CYRILLIC (1L << 9) /* U+0400-U+04FF */
+ /* U+0500-U+052F */
+ /* U+2DE0-U+2DFF */
+ /* U+A640-U+A69F */
+ /* Bit 10 Armenian */
+#define TT_UCR_ARMENIAN (1L << 10) /* U+0530-U+058F */
+ /* Bit 11 Hebrew */
+#define TT_UCR_HEBREW (1L << 11) /* U+0590-U+05FF */
+ /* Bit 12 Vai */
+#define TT_UCR_VAI (1L << 12) /* U+A500-U+A63F */
+ /* Bit 13 Arabic */
+ /* Arabic Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC (1L << 13) /* U+0600-U+06FF */
+ /* U+0750-U+077F */
+ /* Bit 14 NKo */
+#define TT_UCR_NKO (1L << 14) /* U+07C0-U+07FF */
+ /* Bit 15 Devanagari */
+#define TT_UCR_DEVANAGARI (1L << 15) /* U+0900-U+097F */
+ /* Bit 16 Bengali */
+#define TT_UCR_BENGALI (1L << 16) /* U+0980-U+09FF */
+ /* Bit 17 Gurmukhi */
+#define TT_UCR_GURMUKHI (1L << 17) /* U+0A00-U+0A7F */
+ /* Bit 18 Gujarati */
+#define TT_UCR_GUJARATI (1L << 18) /* U+0A80-U+0AFF */
+ /* Bit 19 Oriya */
+#define TT_UCR_ORIYA (1L << 19) /* U+0B00-U+0B7F */
+ /* Bit 20 Tamil */
+#define TT_UCR_TAMIL (1L << 20) /* U+0B80-U+0BFF */
+ /* Bit 21 Telugu */
+#define TT_UCR_TELUGU (1L << 21) /* U+0C00-U+0C7F */
+ /* Bit 22 Kannada */
+#define TT_UCR_KANNADA (1L << 22) /* U+0C80-U+0CFF */
+ /* Bit 23 Malayalam */
+#define TT_UCR_MALAYALAM (1L << 23) /* U+0D00-U+0D7F */
+ /* Bit 24 Thai */
+#define TT_UCR_THAI (1L << 24) /* U+0E00-U+0E7F */
+ /* Bit 25 Lao */
+#define TT_UCR_LAO (1L << 25) /* U+0E80-U+0EFF */
+ /* Bit 26 Georgian */
+ /* Georgian Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_GEORGIAN (1L << 26) /* U+10A0-U+10FF */
+ /* U+2D00-U+2D2F */
+ /* Bit 27 Balinese */
+#define TT_UCR_BALINESE (1L << 27) /* U+1B00-U+1B7F */
+ /* Bit 28 Hangul Jamo */
+#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_JAMO (1L << 28) /* U+1100-U+11FF */
+ /* Bit 29 Latin Extended Additional */
+ /* Latin Extended-C */
+ /* Latin Extended-D */
+#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL (1L << 29) /* U+1E00-U+1EFF */
+ /* U+2C60-U+2C7F */
+ /* U+A720-U+A7FF */
+ /* Bit 30 Greek Extended */
+#define TT_UCR_GREEK_EXTENDED (1L << 30) /* U+1F00-U+1FFF */
+ /* Bit 31 General Punctuation */
+ /* Supplemental Punctuation */
+#define TT_UCR_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION (1L << 31) /* U+2000-U+206F */
+ /* U+2E00-U+2E7F */
+ /* Bit 32 Superscripts And Subscripts */
+#define TT_UCR_SUPERSCRIPTS_SUBSCRIPTS (1L << 0) /* U+2070-U+209F */
+ /* Bit 33 Currency Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS (1L << 1) /* U+20A0-U+20CF */
+ /* Bit 34 Combining Diacritical Marks For Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB (1L << 2) /* U+20D0-U+20FF */
+ /* Bit 35 Letterlike Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS (1L << 3) /* U+2100-U+214F */
+ /* Bit 36 Number Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_NUMBER_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+2150-U+218F */
+ /* Bit 37 Arrows */
+ /* Supplemental Arrows-A */
+ /* Supplemental Arrows-B */
+ /* Miscellaneous Symbols and Arrows */
+#define TT_UCR_ARROWS (1L << 5) /* U+2190-U+21FF */
+ /* U+27F0-U+27FF */
+ /* U+2900-U+297F */
+ /* U+2B00-U+2BFF */
+ /* Bit 38 Mathematical Operators */
+ /* Supplemental Mathematical Operators */
+ /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A */
+ /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B */
+#define TT_UCR_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS (1L << 6) /* U+2200-U+22FF */
+ /* U+2A00-U+2AFF */
+ /* U+27C0-U+27EF */
+ /* U+2980-U+29FF */
+ /* Bit 39 Miscellaneous Technical */
+#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL (1L << 7) /* U+2300-U+23FF */
+ /* Bit 40 Control Pictures */
+#define TT_UCR_CONTROL_PICTURES (1L << 8) /* U+2400-U+243F */
+ /* Bit 41 Optical Character Recognition */
+#define TT_UCR_OCR (1L << 9) /* U+2440-U+245F */
+ /* Bit 42 Enclosed Alphanumerics */
+#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS (1L << 10) /* U+2460-U+24FF */
+ /* Bit 43 Box Drawing */
+#define TT_UCR_BOX_DRAWING (1L << 11) /* U+2500-U+257F */
+ /* Bit 44 Block Elements */
+#define TT_UCR_BLOCK_ELEMENTS (1L << 12) /* U+2580-U+259F */
+ /* Bit 45 Geometric Shapes */
+#define TT_UCR_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES (1L << 13) /* U+25A0-U+25FF */
+ /* Bit 46 Miscellaneous Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS (1L << 14) /* U+2600-U+26FF */
+ /* Bit 47 Dingbats */
+#define TT_UCR_DINGBATS (1L << 15) /* U+2700-U+27BF */
+ /* Bit 48 CJK Symbols and Punctuation */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_SYMBOLS (1L << 16) /* U+3000-U+303F */
+ /* Bit 49 Hiragana */
+#define TT_UCR_HIRAGANA (1L << 17) /* U+3040-U+309F */
+ /* Bit 50 Katakana */
+ /* Katakana Phonetic Extensions */
+#define TT_UCR_KATAKANA (1L << 18) /* U+30A0-U+30FF */
+ /* U+31F0-U+31FF */
+ /* Bit 51 Bopomofo */
+ /* Bopomofo Extended */
+#define TT_UCR_BOPOMOFO (1L << 19) /* U+3100-U+312F */
+ /* U+31A0-U+31BF */
+ /* Bit 52 Hangul Compatibility Jamo */
+#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO (1L << 20) /* U+3130-U+318F */
+ /* Bit 53 Phags-Pa */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_MISC (1L << 21) /* U+A840-U+A87F */
+#define TT_UCR_KANBUN TT_UCR_CJK_MISC /* deprecated */
+#define TT_UCR_PHAGSPA
+ /* Bit 54 Enclosed CJK Letters and Months */
+#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_MONTHS (1L << 22) /* U+3200-U+32FF */
+ /* Bit 55 CJK Compatibility */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY (1L << 23) /* U+3300-U+33FF */
+ /* Bit 56 Hangul Syllables */
+#define TT_UCR_HANGUL (1L << 24) /* U+AC00-U+D7A3 */
+ /* Bit 57 High Surrogates */
+ /* High Private Use Surrogates */
+ /* Low Surrogates */
+ /* */
+ /* According to OpenType specs v.1.3+, */
+ /* setting bit 57 implies that there is */
+ /* at least one codepoint beyond the */
+ /* Basic Multilingual Plane that is */
+ /* supported by this font. So it really */
+ /* means >= U+10000 */
+#define TT_UCR_SURROGATES (1L << 25) /* U+D800-U+DB7F */
+ /* U+DB80-U+DBFF */
+ /* U+DC00-U+DFFF */
+#define TT_UCR_NON_PLANE_0 TT_UCR_SURROGATES
+ /* Bit 58 Phoenician */
+#define TT_UCR_PHOENICIAN (1L << 26) /*U+10900-U+1091F*/
+ /* Bit 59 CJK Unified Ideographs */
+ /* CJK Radicals Supplement */
+ /* Kangxi Radicals */
+ /* Ideographic Description Characters */
+ /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A */
+ /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B */
+ /* Kanbun */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 27) /* U+4E00-U+9FFF */
+ /* U+2E80-U+2EFF */
+ /* U+2F00-U+2FDF */
+ /* U+2FF0-U+2FFF */
+ /* U+3400-U+4DB5 */
+ /*U+20000-U+2A6DF*/
+ /* U+3190-U+319F */
+ /* Bit 60 Private Use */
+#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE (1L << 28) /* U+E000-U+F8FF */
+ /* Bit 61 CJK Strokes */
+ /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */
+ /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 29) /* U+31C0-U+31EF */
+ /* U+F900-U+FAFF */
+ /*U+2F800-U+2FA1F*/
+ /* Bit 62 Alphabetic Presentation Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS (1L << 30) /* U+FB00-U+FB4F */
+ /* Bit 63 Arabic Presentation Forms-A */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A (1L << 31) /* U+FB50-U+FDFF */
+ /* Bit 64 Combining Half Marks */
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS (1L << 0) /* U+FE20-U+FE2F */
+ /* Bit 65 Vertical forms */
+ /* CJK Compatibility Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_FORMS (1L << 1) /* U+FE10-U+FE1F */
+ /* U+FE30-U+FE4F */
+ /* Bit 66 Small Form Variants */
+#define TT_UCR_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS (1L << 2) /* U+FE50-U+FE6F */
+ /* Bit 67 Arabic Presentation Forms-B */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B (1L << 3) /* U+FE70-U+FEFE */
+ /* Bit 68 Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms */
+#define TT_UCR_HALFWIDTH_FULLWIDTH_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+FF00-U+FFEF */
+ /* Bit 69 Specials */
+#define TT_UCR_SPECIALS (1L << 5) /* U+FFF0-U+FFFD */
+ /* Bit 70 Tibetan */
+#define TT_UCR_TIBETAN (1L << 6) /* U+0F00-U+0FFF */
+ /* Bit 71 Syriac */
+#define TT_UCR_SYRIAC (1L << 7) /* U+0700-U+074F */
+ /* Bit 72 Thaana */
+#define TT_UCR_THAANA (1L << 8) /* U+0780-U+07BF */
+ /* Bit 73 Sinhala */
+#define TT_UCR_SINHALA (1L << 9) /* U+0D80-U+0DFF */
+ /* Bit 74 Myanmar */
+#define TT_UCR_MYANMAR (1L << 10) /* U+1000-U+109F */
+ /* Bit 75 Ethiopic */
+ /* Ethiopic Supplement */
+ /* Ethiopic Extended */
+#define TT_UCR_ETHIOPIC (1L << 11) /* U+1200-U+137F */
+ /* U+1380-U+139F */
+ /* U+2D80-U+2DDF */
+ /* Bit 76 Cherokee */
+#define TT_UCR_CHEROKEE (1L << 12) /* U+13A0-U+13FF */
+ /* Bit 77 Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics */
+#define TT_UCR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL_SYLLABICS (1L << 13) /* U+1400-U+167F */
+ /* Bit 78 Ogham */
+#define TT_UCR_OGHAM (1L << 14) /* U+1680-U+169F */
+ /* Bit 79 Runic */
+#define TT_UCR_RUNIC (1L << 15) /* U+16A0-U+16FF */
+ /* Bit 80 Khmer */
+ /* Khmer Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_KHMER (1L << 16) /* U+1780-U+17FF */
+ /* U+19E0-U+19FF */
+ /* Bit 81 Mongolian */
+#define TT_UCR_MONGOLIAN (1L << 17) /* U+1800-U+18AF */
+ /* Bit 82 Braille Patterns */
+#define TT_UCR_BRAILLE (1L << 18) /* U+2800-U+28FF */
+ /* Bit 83 Yi Syllables */
+ /* Yi Radicals */
+#define TT_UCR_YI (1L << 19) /* U+A000-U+A48F */
+ /* U+A490-U+A4CF */
+ /* Bit 84 Tagalog */
+ /* Hanunoo */
+ /* Buhid */
+ /* Tagbanwa */
+#define TT_UCR_PHILIPPINE (1L << 20) /* U+1700-U+171F */
+ /* U+1720-U+173F */
+ /* U+1740-U+175F */
+ /* U+1760-U+177F */
+ /* Bit 85 Old Italic */
+#define TT_UCR_OLD_ITALIC (1L << 21) /*U+10300-U+1032F*/
+ /* Bit 86 Gothic */
+#define TT_UCR_GOTHIC (1L << 22) /*U+10330-U+1034F*/
+ /* Bit 87 Deseret */
+#define TT_UCR_DESERET (1L << 23) /*U+10400-U+1044F*/
+ /* Bit 88 Byzantine Musical Symbols */
+ /* Musical Symbols */
+ /* Ancient Greek Musical Notation */
+#define TT_UCR_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS (1L << 24) /*U+1D000-U+1D0FF*/
+ /*U+1D100-U+1D1FF*/
+ /*U+1D200-U+1D24F*/
+ /* Bit 89 Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_MATH_ALPHANUMERIC_SYMBOLS (1L << 25) /*U+1D400-U+1D7FF*/
+ /* Bit 90 Private Use (plane 15) */
+ /* Private Use (plane 16) */
+#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE_SUPPLEMENTARY (1L << 26) /*U+F0000-U+FFFFD*/
+ /*U+100000-U+10FFFD*/
+ /* Bit 91 Variation Selectors */
+ /* Variation Selectors Supplement */
+#define TT_UCR_VARIATION_SELECTORS (1L << 27) /* U+FE00-U+FE0F */
+ /*U+E0100-U+E01EF*/
+ /* Bit 92 Tags */
+#define TT_UCR_TAGS (1L << 28) /*U+E0000-U+E007F*/
+ /* Bit 93 Limbu */
+#define TT_UCR_LIMBU (1L << 29) /* U+1900-U+194F */
+ /* Bit 94 Tai Le */
+#define TT_UCR_TAI_LE (1L << 30) /* U+1950-U+197F */
+ /* Bit 95 New Tai Lue */
+#define TT_UCR_NEW_TAI_LUE (1L << 31) /* U+1980-U+19DF */
+ /* Bit 96 Buginese */
+#define TT_UCR_BUGINESE (1L << 0) /* U+1A00-U+1A1F */
+ /* Bit 97 Glagolitic */
+#define TT_UCR_GLAGOLITIC (1L << 1) /* U+2C00-U+2C5F */
+ /* Bit 98 Tifinagh */
+#define TT_UCR_TIFINAGH (1L << 2) /* U+2D30-U+2D7F */
+ /* Bit 99 Yijing Hexagram Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_YIJING (1L << 3) /* U+4DC0-U+4DFF */
+ /* Bit 100 Syloti Nagri */
+#define TT_UCR_SYLOTI_NAGRI (1L << 4) /* U+A800-U+A82F */
+ /* Bit 101 Linear B Syllabary */
+ /* Linear B Ideograms */
+ /* Aegean Numbers */
+#define TT_UCR_LINEAR_B (1L << 5) /*U+10000-U+1007F*/
+ /*U+10080-U+100FF*/
+ /*U+10100-U+1013F*/
+ /* Bit 102 Ancient Greek Numbers */
+#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_GREEK_NUMBERS (1L << 6) /*U+10140-U+1018F*/
+ /* Bit 103 Ugaritic */
+#define TT_UCR_UGARITIC (1L << 7) /*U+10380-U+1039F*/
+ /* Bit 104 Old Persian */
+#define TT_UCR_OLD_PERSIAN (1L << 8) /*U+103A0-U+103DF*/
+ /* Bit 105 Shavian */
+#define TT_UCR_SHAVIAN (1L << 9) /*U+10450-U+1047F*/
+ /* Bit 106 Osmanya */
+#define TT_UCR_OSMANYA (1L << 10) /*U+10480-U+104AF*/
+ /* Bit 107 Cypriot Syllabary */
+#define TT_UCR_CYPRIOT_SYLLABARY (1L << 11) /*U+10800-U+1083F*/
+ /* Bit 108 Kharoshthi */
+#define TT_UCR_KHAROSHTHI (1L << 12) /*U+10A00-U+10A5F*/
+ /* Bit 109 Tai Xuan Jing Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_TAI_XUAN_JING (1L << 13) /*U+1D300-U+1D35F*/
+ /* Bit 110 Cuneiform */
+ /* Cuneiform Numbers and Punctuation */
+#define TT_UCR_CUNEIFORM (1L << 14) /*U+12000-U+123FF*/
+ /*U+12400-U+1247F*/
+ /* Bit 111 Counting Rod Numerals */
+#define TT_UCR_COUNTING_ROD_NUMERALS (1L << 15) /*U+1D360-U+1D37F*/
+ /* Bit 112 Sundanese */
+#define TT_UCR_SUNDANESE (1L << 16) /* U+1B80-U+1BBF */
+ /* Bit 113 Lepcha */
+#define TT_UCR_LEPCHA (1L << 17) /* U+1C00-U+1C4F */
+ /* Bit 114 Ol Chiki */
+#define TT_UCR_OL_CHIKI (1L << 18) /* U+1C50-U+1C7F */
+ /* Bit 115 Saurashtra */
+#define TT_UCR_SAURASHTRA (1L << 19) /* U+A880-U+A8DF */
+ /* Bit 116 Kayah Li */
+#define TT_UCR_KAYAH_LI (1L << 20) /* U+A900-U+A92F */
+ /* Bit 117 Rejang */
+#define TT_UCR_REJANG (1L << 21) /* U+A930-U+A95F */
+ /* Bit 118 Cham */
+#define TT_UCR_CHAM (1L << 22) /* U+AA00-U+AA5F */
+ /* Bit 119 Ancient Symbols */
+#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_SYMBOLS (1L << 23) /*U+10190-U+101CF*/
+ /* Bit 120 Phaistos Disc */
+#define TT_UCR_PHAISTOS_DISC (1L << 24) /*U+101D0-U+101FF*/
+ /* Bit 121 Carian */
+ /* Lycian */
+ /* Lydian */
+#define TT_UCR_OLD_ANATOLIAN (1L << 25) /*U+102A0-U+102DF*/
+ /*U+10280-U+1029F*/
+ /*U+10920-U+1093F*/
+ /* Bit 122 Domino Tiles */
+ /* Mahjong Tiles */
+#define TT_UCR_GAME_TILES (1L << 26) /*U+1F030-U+1F09F*/
+ /*U+1F000-U+1F02F*/
+ /* Bit 123-127 Reserved for process-internal usage */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Some compilers have a very limited length of identifiers. */
+ /* */
+#if defined( __TURBOC__ ) && __TURBOC__ < 0x0410 || defined( __PACIFIC__ )
+#define HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* Here some alias #defines in order to be clearer. */
+ /* */
+ /* These are not always #defined to stay within the 31~character limit */
+ /* which some compilers have. */
+ /* */
+ /* Credits go to Dave Hoo <dhoo@flash.net> for pointing out that modern */
+ /* Borland compilers (read: from BC++ 3.1 on) can increase this limit. */
+ /* If you get a warning with such a compiler, use the -i40 switch. */
+ /* */
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A \
+ TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A
+#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B \
+ TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B
+
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS \
+ TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS
+#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB \
+ TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB
+
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTNAMEID_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* tttables.h */
+/* */
+/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */
+/* (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2005, 2008-2012 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTTABLES_H__
+#define __TTTABLES_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Section> */
+ /* truetype_tables */
+ /* */
+ /* <Title> */
+ /* TrueType Tables */
+ /* */
+ /* <Abstract> */
+ /* TrueType specific table types and functions. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables */
+ /* as well as some routines used to access and process them. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_Header */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All */
+ /* fields follow the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_Header_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed Table_Version;
+ FT_Fixed Font_Revision;
+
+ FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust;
+ FT_Long Magic_Number;
+
+ FT_UShort Flags;
+ FT_UShort Units_Per_EM;
+
+ FT_Long Created [2];
+ FT_Long Modified[2];
+
+ FT_Short xMin;
+ FT_Short yMin;
+ FT_Short xMax;
+ FT_Short yMax;
+
+ FT_UShort Mac_Style;
+ FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM;
+
+ FT_Short Font_Direction;
+ FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format;
+ FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format;
+
+ } TT_Header;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_HoriHeader */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */
+ /* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */
+ /* i.e., the `hmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* Version :: The table version. */
+ /* */
+ /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
+ /* from the baseline to the top-most of all */
+ /* glyph points found in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+ /* it is usually set by the font designer, */
+ /* and often reflects only a portion of the */
+ /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
+ /* */
+ /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */
+ /* of the OS/2 table instead if you want */
+ /* the correct one. */
+ /* */
+ /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */
+ /* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */
+ /* all glyph points found in the font. It */
+ /* is negative. */
+ /* */
+ /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+ /* it is usually set by the font designer, */
+ /* and often reflects only a portion of the */
+ /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */
+ /* */
+ /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
+ /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
+ /* want the correct one. */
+ /* */
+ /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
+ /* to add to the ascender and descender to */
+ /* get the BTB, i.e., the */
+ /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */
+ /* widths found in the font. It can be */
+ /* used to compute the maximum width of an */
+ /* arbitrary string of text. */
+ /* */
+ /* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */
+ /* glyphs within the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */
+ /* glyphs within the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */
+ /* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
+ /* all glyphs in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
+ /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
+ /* slope. */
+ /* */
+ /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
+ /* */
+ /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */
+ /* table -- this value can be smaller than */
+ /* the total number of glyphs in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
+ /* be identical except for the names of their fields which */
+ /* are different. */
+ /* */
+ /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
+ /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
+ /* headers. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed Version;
+ FT_Short Ascender;
+ FT_Short Descender;
+ FT_Short Line_Gap;
+
+ FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */
+
+ FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */
+ FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */
+ FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */
+ FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
+ FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
+ FT_Short caret_Offset;
+
+ FT_Short Reserved[4];
+
+ FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
+ FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics;
+
+ /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
+ /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
+ /* `HMTX' table. */
+
+ void* long_metrics;
+ void* short_metrics;
+
+ } TT_HoriHeader;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_VertHeader */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */
+ /* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., */
+ /* the `vmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* Version :: The table version. */
+ /* */
+ /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */
+ /* from the baseline to the top-most of */
+ /* all glyph points found in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+ /* it is usually set by the font designer, */
+ /* and often reflects only a portion of */
+ /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
+ /* ASCII). */
+ /* */
+ /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */
+ /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
+ /* want the correct one. */
+ /* */
+ /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */
+ /* distance from the baseline to the */
+ /* bottom-most of all glyph points found */
+ /* in the font. It is negative. */
+ /* */
+ /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */
+ /* it is usually set by the font designer, */
+ /* and often reflects only a portion of */
+ /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */
+ /* ASCII). */
+ /* */
+ /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */
+ /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */
+ /* want the correct one. */
+ /* */
+ /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */
+ /* to add to the ascender and descender to */
+ /* get the BTB, i.e., the */
+ /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */
+ /* advance heights found in the font. It */
+ /* can be used to compute the maximum */
+ /* height of an arbitrary string of text. */
+ /* */
+ /* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */
+ /* glyphs within the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */
+ /* glyphs within the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */
+ /* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */
+ /* all glyphs in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */
+ /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */
+ /* slope. */
+ /* */
+ /* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */
+ /* This value is `reserved' in vmtx */
+ /* version 1.0. */
+ /* */
+ /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */
+ /* */
+ /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */
+ /* */
+ /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */
+ /* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */
+ /* smaller than the total number of glyphs */
+ /* in the font. */
+ /* */
+ /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */
+ /* be identical except for the names of their fields which */
+ /* are different. */
+ /* */
+ /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */
+ /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */
+ /* headers. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_VertHeader_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed Version;
+ FT_Short Ascender;
+ FT_Short Descender;
+ FT_Short Line_Gap;
+
+ FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */
+
+ FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb or top-sb */
+ FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb */
+ FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* xmax or ymax extents */
+ FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise;
+ FT_Short caret_Slope_Run;
+ FT_Short caret_Offset;
+
+ FT_Short Reserved[4];
+
+ FT_Short metric_Data_Format;
+ FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics;
+
+ /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */
+ /* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */
+ /* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table. */
+
+ void* long_metrics;
+ void* short_metrics;
+
+ } TT_VertHeader;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_OS2 */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. This is the long */
+ /* table version. All fields comply to the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ /* Note that we now support old Mac fonts which do not include an */
+ /* OS/2 table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to */
+ /* 0xFFFF. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_OS2_
+ {
+ FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */
+ FT_Short xAvgCharWidth;
+ FT_UShort usWeightClass;
+ FT_UShort usWidthClass;
+ FT_Short fsType;
+ FT_Short ySubscriptXSize;
+ FT_Short ySubscriptYSize;
+ FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset;
+ FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset;
+ FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize;
+ FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize;
+ FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset;
+ FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset;
+ FT_Short yStrikeoutSize;
+ FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition;
+ FT_Short sFamilyClass;
+
+ FT_Byte panose[10];
+
+ FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
+ FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
+ FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */
+ FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */
+
+ FT_Char achVendID[4];
+
+ FT_UShort fsSelection;
+ FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex;
+ FT_UShort usLastCharIndex;
+ FT_Short sTypoAscender;
+ FT_Short sTypoDescender;
+ FT_Short sTypoLineGap;
+ FT_UShort usWinAscent;
+ FT_UShort usWinDescent;
+
+ /* only version 1 tables: */
+
+ FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */
+ FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */
+
+ /* only version 2 tables: */
+
+ FT_Short sxHeight;
+ FT_Short sCapHeight;
+ FT_UShort usDefaultChar;
+ FT_UShort usBreakChar;
+ FT_UShort usMaxContext;
+
+ } TT_OS2;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_Postscript */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields */
+ /* comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not */
+ /* reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless */
+ /* accessed with the `ttpost' module. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_Postscript_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed FormatType;
+ FT_Fixed italicAngle;
+ FT_Short underlinePosition;
+ FT_Short underlineThickness;
+ FT_ULong isFixedPitch;
+ FT_ULong minMemType42;
+ FT_ULong maxMemType42;
+ FT_ULong minMemType1;
+ FT_ULong maxMemType1;
+
+ /* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't */
+ /* load them by default. See the ttpost.c file. */
+
+ } TT_Postscript;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_PCLT */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields */
+ /* comply to the TrueType specification. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_PCLT_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed Version;
+ FT_ULong FontNumber;
+ FT_UShort Pitch;
+ FT_UShort xHeight;
+ FT_UShort Style;
+ FT_UShort TypeFamily;
+ FT_UShort CapHeight;
+ FT_UShort SymbolSet;
+ FT_Char TypeFace[16];
+ FT_Char CharacterComplement[8];
+ FT_Char FileName[6];
+ FT_Char StrokeWeight;
+ FT_Char WidthType;
+ FT_Byte SerifStyle;
+ FT_Byte Reserved;
+
+ } TT_PCLT;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Struct> */
+ /* TT_MaxProfile */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* The maximum profile is a table containing many max values which */
+ /* can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory */
+ /* allocation occurs during a glyph load. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Fields> */
+ /* version :: The version number. */
+ /* */
+ /* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */
+ /* font. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
+ /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
+ /* the structure element */
+ /* `maxCompositePoints'. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
+ /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */
+ /* the structure element */
+ /* `maxCompositeContours'. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */
+ /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
+ /* structure element `maxPoints'. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */
+ /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */
+ /* structure element `maxContours'. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */
+ /* glyph hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */
+ /* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */
+ /* storage area used for glyph hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */
+ /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
+ /* this font. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */
+ /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */
+ /* this font. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */
+ /* during bytecode interpretation. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */
+ /* used for glyph hinting. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */
+ /* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */
+ /* */
+ /* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */
+ /* glyphs. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* This structure is only used during font loading. */
+ /* */
+ typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_
+ {
+ FT_Fixed version;
+ FT_UShort numGlyphs;
+ FT_UShort maxPoints;
+ FT_UShort maxContours;
+ FT_UShort maxCompositePoints;
+ FT_UShort maxCompositeContours;
+ FT_UShort maxZones;
+ FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints;
+ FT_UShort maxStorage;
+ FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs;
+ FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs;
+ FT_UShort maxStackElements;
+ FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions;
+ FT_UShort maxComponentElements;
+ FT_UShort maxComponentDepth;
+
+ } TT_MaxProfile;
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Enum> */
+ /* FT_Sfnt_Tag */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. */
+ /* Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */
+ /* */
+ typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_
+ {
+ ft_sfnt_head = 0, /* TT_Header */
+ ft_sfnt_maxp = 1, /* TT_MaxProfile */
+ ft_sfnt_os2 = 2, /* TT_OS2 */
+ ft_sfnt_hhea = 3, /* TT_HoriHeader */
+ ft_sfnt_vhea = 4, /* TT_VertHeader */
+ ft_sfnt_post = 5, /* TT_Postscript */
+ ft_sfnt_pclt = 6, /* TT_PCLT */
+
+ sfnt_max /* internal end mark */
+
+ } FT_Sfnt_Tag;
+
+ /* */
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* face :: A handle to the source. */
+ /* */
+ /* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be~0 in case of */
+ /* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */
+ /* from the file. */
+ /* */
+ /* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */
+ /* elements. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Note> */
+ /* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */
+ /* */
+ /* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */
+ /* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */
+ /* a list. */
+ /* */
+ /* Here an example how to access the `vhea' table: */
+ /* */
+ /* { */
+ /* TT_VertHeader* vert_header; */
+ /* */
+ /* */
+ /* vert_header = */
+ /* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, ft_sfnt_vhea ); */
+ /* } */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( void* )
+ FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
+ FT_Sfnt_Tag tag );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Load_Sfnt_Table
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Load any font table into client memory.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the source face.
+ *
+ * tag ::
+ * The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value~0 if you want
+ * to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the
+ * definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new
+ * one with @FT_MAKE_TAG.
+ *
+ * offset ::
+ * The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0).
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * buffer ::
+ * The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory
+ * array is big enough to hold the data.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * length ::
+ * If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table.
+ * Return an error code if it fails.
+ *
+ * Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the
+ * table's (or file) full size in it.
+ *
+ * Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the
+ * starting offset.
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this
+ * function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example:
+ *
+ * {
+ * FT_ULong length = 0;
+ *
+ *
+ * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length );
+ * if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... }
+ *
+ * buffer = malloc( length );
+ * if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... }
+ *
+ * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length );
+ * if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... }
+ * }
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face,
+ FT_ULong tag,
+ FT_Long offset,
+ FT_Byte* buffer,
+ FT_ULong* length );
+
+
+ /**************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @function:
+ * FT_Sfnt_Table_Info
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * Return information on an SFNT table.
+ *
+ * @input:
+ * face ::
+ * A handle to the source face.
+ *
+ * table_index ::
+ * The index of an SFNT table. The function returns
+ * FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value.
+ *
+ * @inout:
+ * tag ::
+ * The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is NULL, `table_index'
+ * is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the
+ * font.
+ *
+ * @output:
+ * length ::
+ * The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending
+ * on `tag').
+ *
+ * @return:
+ * FreeType error code. 0~means success.
+ *
+ * @note:
+ * While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as
+ * missing.
+ *
+ */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Error )
+ FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face,
+ FT_UInt table_index,
+ FT_ULong *tag,
+ FT_ULong *length );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of */
+ /* language ID values are in `freetype/ttnameid.h'. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* charmap :: */
+ /* The target charmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
+ /* TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value. */
+ /* */
+ /* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is */
+ /* 0xFFFFFFFF. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong )
+ FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap );
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* <Function> */
+ /* FT_Get_CMap_Format */
+ /* */
+ /* <Description> */
+ /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Input> */
+ /* charmap :: */
+ /* The target charmap. */
+ /* */
+ /* <Return> */
+ /* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */
+ /* TrueType/sfnt face, return -1. */
+ /* */
+ FT_EXPORT( FT_Long )
+ FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap );
+
+ /* */
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTTABLES_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* tttags.h */
+/* */
+/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTAGS_H__
+#define __TTAGS_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' )
+#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' )
+#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' )
+#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' )
+#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' )
+#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' )
+#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' )
+#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' )
+#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' )
+#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' )
+#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' )
+#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' )
+#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' )
+#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' )
+#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' )
+#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' )
+#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' )
+#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' )
+#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' )
+#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' )
+#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' )
+#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' )
+#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' )
+#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' )
+#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' )
+#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' )
+#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' )
+#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' )
+#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' )
+#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' )
+#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' )
+#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' )
+#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' )
+#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' )
+#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' )
+#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' )
+#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' )
+#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' )
+#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' )
+#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' )
+#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' )
+#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' )
+#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' )
+#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' )
+
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif /* __TTAGS_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ttunpat.h */
+/* */
+/* Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 2003, 2006 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com> */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __TTUNPAT_H__
+#define __TTUNPAT_H__
+
+
+#include <ft2build.h>
+#include FT_FREETYPE_H
+
+#ifdef FREETYPE_H
+#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!"
+#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files"
+#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first."
+#endif
+
+
+FT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+
+ /***************************************************************************
+ *
+ * @constant:
+ * FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING
+ *
+ * @description:
+ * A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to indicate
+ * that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType bytecode
+ * interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face.
+ *
+ */
+#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' )
+
+ /* */
+
+FT_END_HEADER
+
+
+#endif /* __TTUNPAT_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+/***************************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* ft2build.h */
+/* */
+/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */
+/* */
+/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2006 by */
+/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */
+/* */
+/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */
+/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */
+/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */
+/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */
+/* understand and accept it fully. */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************************/
+
+
+ /*************************************************************************/
+ /* */
+ /* This is a Unix-specific version of <ft2build.h> that should be used */
+ /* exclusively *after* installation of the library. */
+ /* */
+ /* It assumes that `/usr/local/include/freetype2' (or whatever is */
+ /* returned by the `freetype-config --cflags' or `pkg-config --cflags' */
+ /* command) is in your compilation include path. */
+ /* */
+ /* We don't need to do anything special in this release. However, for */
+ /* a future FreeType 2 release, the following installation changes will */
+ /* be performed: */
+ /* */
+ /* - The contents of `freetype-2.x/include/freetype' will be installed */
+ /* to `/usr/local/include/freetype2' instead of */
+ /* `/usr/local/include/freetype2/freetype'. */
+ /* */
+ /* - This file will #include <freetype2/config/ftheader.h>, instead */
+ /* of <freetype/config/ftheader.h>. */
+ /* */
+ /* - The contents of `ftheader.h' will be processed with `sed' to */
+ /* replace all `<freetype/xxx>' with `<freetype2/xxx>'. */
+ /* */
+ /* - Adding `/usr/local/include/freetype2' to your compilation include */
+ /* path will not be necessary anymore. */
+ /* */
+ /* These changes will be transparent to client applications which use */
+ /* freetype-config (or pkg-config). No modifications will be necessary */
+ /* to compile with the new scheme. */
+ /* */
+ /*************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
+#define __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__
+
+ /* `<prefix>/include/freetype2' must be in your current inclusion path */
+#include <freetype/config/ftheader.h>
+
+#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_UNIX_H__ */
+
+
+/* END */
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>FreeType</string>
+ <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key>
+ <string>FreeType 2.4.8</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>FreeType</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>2.4.8</string>
+ <key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+ <string>????</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>2.4.8</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+/*
+ SDL_ttf: A companion library to SDL for working with TrueType (tm) fonts
+ Copyright (C) 2001-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
+
+ This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
+ warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
+ arising from the use of this software.
+
+ Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
+ including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
+ freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+
+ 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
+ claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
+ in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
+ appreciated but is not required.
+ 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
+ misrepresented as being the original software.
+ 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+*/
+
+/* This library is a wrapper around the excellent FreeType 2.0 library,
+ available at:
+ http://www.freetype.org/
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SDL_TTF_H
+#define _SDL_TTF_H
+
+#include <SDL2/SDL.h>
+#include <SDL2/begin_code.h>
+
+/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
+*/
+#define SDL_TTF_MAJOR_VERSION 2
+#define SDL_TTF_MINOR_VERSION 0
+#define SDL_TTF_PATCHLEVEL 12
+
+/* This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
+ * version of the SDL_ttf library.
+ */
+#define SDL_TTF_VERSION(X) \
+{ \
+ (X)->major = SDL_TTF_MAJOR_VERSION; \
+ (X)->minor = SDL_TTF_MINOR_VERSION; \
+ (X)->patch = SDL_TTF_PATCHLEVEL; \
+}
+
+/* Backwards compatibility */
+#define TTF_MAJOR_VERSION SDL_TTF_MAJOR_VERSION
+#define TTF_MINOR_VERSION SDL_TTF_MINOR_VERSION
+#define TTF_PATCHLEVEL SDL_TTF_PATCHLEVEL
+#define TTF_VERSION(X) SDL_TTF_VERSION(X)
+
+/* This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL_ttf library.
+ it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
+ use the SDL_TTF_VERSION() macro.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC const SDL_version * SDLCALL TTF_Linked_Version(void);
+
+/* ZERO WIDTH NO-BREAKSPACE (Unicode byte order mark) */
+#define UNICODE_BOM_NATIVE 0xFEFF
+#define UNICODE_BOM_SWAPPED 0xFFFE
+
+/* This function tells the library whether UNICODE text is generally
+ byteswapped. A UNICODE BOM character in a string will override
+ this setting for the remainder of that string.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL TTF_ByteSwappedUNICODE(int swapped);
+
+/* The internal structure containing font information */
+typedef struct _TTF_Font TTF_Font;
+
+/* Initialize the TTF engine - returns 0 if successful, -1 on error */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_Init(void);
+
+/* Open a font file and create a font of the specified point size.
+ * Some .fon fonts will have several sizes embedded in the file, so the
+ * point size becomes the index of choosing which size. If the value
+ * is too high, the last indexed size will be the default. */
+extern DECLSPEC TTF_Font * SDLCALL TTF_OpenFont(const char *file, int ptsize);
+extern DECLSPEC TTF_Font * SDLCALL TTF_OpenFontIndex(const char *file, int ptsize, long index);
+extern DECLSPEC TTF_Font * SDLCALL TTF_OpenFontRW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc, int ptsize);
+extern DECLSPEC TTF_Font * SDLCALL TTF_OpenFontIndexRW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc, int ptsize, long index);
+
+/* Set and retrieve the font style */
+#define TTF_STYLE_NORMAL 0x00
+#define TTF_STYLE_BOLD 0x01
+#define TTF_STYLE_ITALIC 0x02
+#define TTF_STYLE_UNDERLINE 0x04
+#define TTF_STYLE_STRIKETHROUGH 0x08
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_GetFontStyle(const TTF_Font *font);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL TTF_SetFontStyle(TTF_Font *font, int style);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_GetFontOutline(const TTF_Font *font);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL TTF_SetFontOutline(TTF_Font *font, int outline);
+
+/* Set and retrieve FreeType hinter settings */
+#define TTF_HINTING_NORMAL 0
+#define TTF_HINTING_LIGHT 1
+#define TTF_HINTING_MONO 2
+#define TTF_HINTING_NONE 3
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_GetFontHinting(const TTF_Font *font);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL TTF_SetFontHinting(TTF_Font *font, int hinting);
+
+/* Get the total height of the font - usually equal to point size */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_FontHeight(const TTF_Font *font);
+
+/* Get the offset from the baseline to the top of the font
+ This is a positive value, relative to the baseline.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_FontAscent(const TTF_Font *font);
+
+/* Get the offset from the baseline to the bottom of the font
+ This is a negative value, relative to the baseline.
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_FontDescent(const TTF_Font *font);
+
+/* Get the recommended spacing between lines of text for this font */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_FontLineSkip(const TTF_Font *font);
+
+/* Get/Set whether or not kerning is allowed for this font */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_GetFontKerning(const TTF_Font *font);
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL TTF_SetFontKerning(TTF_Font *font, int allowed);
+
+/* Get the number of faces of the font */
+extern DECLSPEC long SDLCALL TTF_FontFaces(const TTF_Font *font);
+
+/* Get the font face attributes, if any */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_FontFaceIsFixedWidth(const TTF_Font *font);
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL TTF_FontFaceFamilyName(const TTF_Font *font);
+extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL TTF_FontFaceStyleName(const TTF_Font *font);
+
+/* Check wether a glyph is provided by the font or not */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_GlyphIsProvided(const TTF_Font *font, Uint16 ch);
+
+/* Get the metrics (dimensions) of a glyph
+ To understand what these metrics mean, here is a useful link:
+ http://freetype.sourceforge.net/freetype2/docs/tutorial/step2.html
+ */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_GlyphMetrics(TTF_Font *font, Uint16 ch,
+ int *minx, int *maxx,
+ int *miny, int *maxy, int *advance);
+
+/* Get the dimensions of a rendered string of text */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_SizeText(TTF_Font *font, const char *text, int *w, int *h);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_SizeUTF8(TTF_Font *font, const char *text, int *w, int *h);
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_SizeUNICODE(TTF_Font *font, const Uint16 *text, int *w, int *h);
+
+/* Create an 8-bit palettized surface and render the given text at
+ fast quality with the given font and color. The 0 pixel is the
+ colorkey, giving a transparent background, and the 1 pixel is set
+ to the text color.
+ This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderText_Solid(TTF_Font *font,
+ const char *text, SDL_Color fg);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderUTF8_Solid(TTF_Font *font,
+ const char *text, SDL_Color fg);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderUNICODE_Solid(TTF_Font *font,
+ const Uint16 *text, SDL_Color fg);
+
+/* Create an 8-bit palettized surface and render the given glyph at
+ fast quality with the given font and color. The 0 pixel is the
+ colorkey, giving a transparent background, and the 1 pixel is set
+ to the text color. The glyph is rendered without any padding or
+ centering in the X direction, and aligned normally in the Y direction.
+ This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderGlyph_Solid(TTF_Font *font,
+ Uint16 ch, SDL_Color fg);
+
+/* Create an 8-bit palettized surface and render the given text at
+ high quality with the given font and colors. The 0 pixel is background,
+ while other pixels have varying degrees of the foreground color.
+ This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderText_Shaded(TTF_Font *font,
+ const char *text, SDL_Color fg, SDL_Color bg);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderUTF8_Shaded(TTF_Font *font,
+ const char *text, SDL_Color fg, SDL_Color bg);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderUNICODE_Shaded(TTF_Font *font,
+ const Uint16 *text, SDL_Color fg, SDL_Color bg);
+
+/* Create an 8-bit palettized surface and render the given glyph at
+ high quality with the given font and colors. The 0 pixel is background,
+ while other pixels have varying degrees of the foreground color.
+ The glyph is rendered without any padding or centering in the X
+ direction, and aligned normally in the Y direction.
+ This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderGlyph_Shaded(TTF_Font *font,
+ Uint16 ch, SDL_Color fg, SDL_Color bg);
+
+/* Create a 32-bit ARGB surface and render the given text at high quality,
+ using alpha blending to dither the font with the given color.
+ This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderText_Blended(TTF_Font *font,
+ const char *text, SDL_Color fg);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderUTF8_Blended(TTF_Font *font,
+ const char *text, SDL_Color fg);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderUNICODE_Blended(TTF_Font *font,
+ const Uint16 *text, SDL_Color fg);
+
+
+/* Create a 32-bit ARGB surface and render the given text at high quality,
+ using alpha blending to dither the font with the given color.
+ Text is wrapped to multiple lines on line endings and on word boundaries
+ if it extends beyond wrapLength in pixels.
+ This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderText_Blended_Wrapped(TTF_Font *font,
+ const char *text, SDL_Color fg, Uint32 wrapLength);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderUTF8_Blended_Wrapped(TTF_Font *font,
+ const char *text, SDL_Color fg, Uint32 wrapLength);
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderUNICODE_Blended_Wrapped(TTF_Font *font,
+ const Uint16 *text, SDL_Color fg, Uint32 wrapLength);
+
+/* Create a 32-bit ARGB surface and render the given glyph at high quality,
+ using alpha blending to dither the font with the given color.
+ The glyph is rendered without any padding or centering in the X
+ direction, and aligned normally in the Y direction.
+ This function returns the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
+*/
+extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL TTF_RenderGlyph_Blended(TTF_Font *font,
+ Uint16 ch, SDL_Color fg);
+
+/* For compatibility with previous versions, here are the old functions */
+#define TTF_RenderText(font, text, fg, bg) \
+ TTF_RenderText_Shaded(font, text, fg, bg)
+#define TTF_RenderUTF8(font, text, fg, bg) \
+ TTF_RenderUTF8_Shaded(font, text, fg, bg)
+#define TTF_RenderUNICODE(font, text, fg, bg) \
+ TTF_RenderUNICODE_Shaded(font, text, fg, bg)
+
+/* Close an opened font file */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL TTF_CloseFont(TTF_Font *font);
+
+/* De-initialize the TTF engine */
+extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL TTF_Quit(void);
+
+/* Check if the TTF engine is initialized */
+extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL TTF_WasInit(void);
+
+/* Get the kerning size of two glyphs */
+extern DECLSPEC int TTF_GetFontKerningSize(TTF_Font *font, int prev_index, int index);
+
+/* We'll use SDL for reporting errors */
+#define TTF_SetError SDL_SetError
+#define TTF_GetError SDL_GetError
+
+/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#include <SDL2/close_code.h>
+
+#endif /* _SDL_TTF_H */
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>BuildMachineOSBuild</key>
+ <string>12E55</string>
+ <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+ <string>English</string>
+ <key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+ <string>SDL2_ttf</string>
+ <key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
+ <string>org.libsdl.SDL2-ttf</string>
+ <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+ <string>6.0</string>
+ <key>CFBundleName</key>
+ <string>SDL2_ttf</string>
+ <key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+ <string>FMWK</string>
+ <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key>
+ <string>2.0.12</string>
+ <key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+ <string>2.0.12</string>
+ <key>DTCompiler</key>
+ <string></string>
+ <key>DTPlatformBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1503</string>
+ <key>DTPlatformVersion</key>
+ <string>GM</string>
+ <key>DTSDKBuild</key>
+ <string>12D75</string>
+ <key>DTSDKName</key>
+ <string>macosx10.8</string>
+ <key>DTXcode</key>
+ <string>0463</string>
+ <key>DTXcodeBuild</key>
+ <string>4H1503</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+ <key>files</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>Resources/Info.plist</key>
+ <data>
+ u8vwDaLkOU2zyH43gc6cD3MWWLE=
+ </data>
+ </dict>
+ <key>rules</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>^Resources/</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>optional</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1000</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^Resources/.*\.lproj/locversion.plist$</key>
+ <dict>
+ <key>omit</key>
+ <true/>
+ <key>weight</key>
+ <real>1100</real>
+ </dict>
+ <key>^version.plist$</key>
+ <true/>
+ </dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
--- /dev/null
+A
\ No newline at end of file
git.r.bdr.sh / rbdr / super-polarity / commitdiff
